IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


// 


// 


^ 


\ 
.<^ 


^^^  <'  ^"^f^ 


^ 


4^0 


1.0 


I.I 


I 


u>  lii   12.2 
m   1^    12.0 


U& 


L25  HI  1.4 


1.6 


Photographic 

Sdaices 

Carparaflon 


^' 


23  VVtST  MAIN  STRUT 

WltSTiR,N.Y.  UStO 

(716)  172-4503 


CIHM/ICMH 

Microfiche 

Series. 


CIHM/ICIVIH 
Collection  de 
microfiches. 


Canadian  Instituta  for  Historical  IVIicroreproductions  /  institut  Canadian  da  microraproductiont  historiquas 


Technical  and  Bibliographic  Notas/Notaa  tachniquas  at  bibllographiquaa 


Tha  inatituta  has  attrmptad  to  obtain  tha  baat 
original  copy  availabia  for  filming.  Faaturaa  of  thia 
copy  which  may  ba  bibliographically  uniqua, 
which  may  altar  any  of  tha  imagaa  in  tha 
raproduction,  or  which  may  aignificantly  changa 
tha  uauai  mathod  of  filming,  ara  chackad  balow. 


D 


Coiourad  covara/ 
Couvartura  da  coulaur 


I     I    Covara  damagad/ 


Couvartura  andommagAa 

Covara  raatorad  and/or  iaminatad/ 
Couvartura  raataur^a  at/ou  pailiculAa 

Covar  titia  miaaing/ 

La  titra  de  couvartura  manqua 

Coiourad  mapa/ 

Cartaa  gAographiquaa  an  coulaur 

Coiourad  inic  (i.a.  othar  than  blua  or  black)/ 
Encra  da  coulaur  (i.a.  autra  qua  blaua  ou  noira) 


I     I    Coiourad  piataa  and/or  illuatrationa/ 


D 


D 


Planchaa  at/ou  illuatrationa  an  coulaur 

Bound  with  othar  matarial/ 
RailA  avac  d'autraa  documanta 

Tight  binding  may  cauaa  ahadowa  or  diatortion 
along  intarior  margin/ 

La  re  llura  aarr^a  paut  cauaar  da  I'ombra  ou  da  la 
diatortion  la  long  da  la  marga  intAriaura 

Blank  laavaa  addad  during  raatoration  may 
appear  within  the  text.  Whenever  poaaibia,  theae 
have  been  omitted  from  filming/ 
il  ae  peut  que  certainaa  pagea  blanchea  ajouttea 
lore  d'une  reatauration  apparaiaaent  dana  la  texte, 
maia,  loraqua  cela  Atait  poaaibia,  cea  pagea  n'ont 
paa  4tt6  filmtea. 


L'Inatitut  a  microfilm*  la  mailleur  exemplaire 
qu'ii  lui  a  4t*  poaaibia  de  ae  procurer.  Lea  dttaiia 
de  cet  exemplaire  qui  aont  peut-Atra  uniquaa  du 
point  de  vue  hibliographique,  qui  peuvent  modifier 
une  image  repr  oduite,  ou  qui  peuvent  exiger  une 
modification  dans  la  mAthoda  normale  de  filmage 
aont  indiqute  ci-daaaoua. 


I — I   Coiourad  pagea/ 


Pagea  da  coulaur 

Pagea  damaged/ 
Pagea  andommegtes 

Pagea  raatorad  and/oi 

Pagea  reataurtea  at/ou  peiilculAea 

Pagea  discoloured,  stained  or  foxet 
Pagea  dAcoiortea,  tachatAes  ou  piquAea 

Pagea  detached/ 
Pages  d^tachtea 

Showthrough> 
Transparence 

Quality  of  prir 

Quailt^  InAgaia  de  I'impreaalon 

Includea  aupplamentary  matarii 
Comprend  du  material  suppMmentaire 

Only  edition  available/ 
Seule  Mition  diaponible 


I — I  Pages  damaged/ 

I — I  Pagea  raatorad  and/or  laminated/ 

ryt  Pagea  discoloured,  stained  or  foxed/ 

I      I  Pagea  detached/ 

Fyj  Showthrough/ 

I      I  Quality  of  print  variea/ 

I      I  Includea  aupplamentary  material/ 

I — I  Only  edition  available/ 


D 


Pagea  wholly  or  partially  obacurad  by  errata 
slips,  tissuaa,  etc.,  have  been  ref limed  to 
enaure  the  best  possible  image/ 
Lea  pagea  totaiement  ou  partieilement 
obacurciaa  par  un  tfeuiilet  d'errata,  une  pelure, 
etc.,  ont  M  fiimtea  A  nouveau  de  fapon  A 
obtenir  la  meilleure  image  poaaibia. 


0 


Additional  commenta:/ 
Commentairea  suppifmantalraa: 


Irregular  pagination:  xvi,  1-210,  215-495,  [4]  p. 


Thia  item  la  filmed  at  the  reduction  ratio  checked  below/ 

Ce  document  eat  film*  au  taux  de  reduction  indiquA  ci-dessous. 


10X 

14X 

18X 

22X 

26X 

30X 

A 

12X 


16X 


20X 


24X 


28X 


32X 


air* 
)  d«tailt 

|UM  du 
t  modifiar 
Igar  una 
I  fllmaga 


/ 
jiaa 


Tha  copy  filmad  hara  hat  baan  raproducad  thanks 
to  tha  ganarosity  of: 

Nova  Scotia  Public  Archival 


Tha  Imagas  appaaring  hara  ara  tha  bast  quality 
pouibia  contidaring  tha  condition  and  lagibility 
of  tha  original  copy  and  in  kaaping  with  tha 
filming  contract  tpacifications. 


Original  copias  in  printad  papar  covars  ara  filmad 
baginning  with  tha  front  covar  and  anding  on 
tha  last  paga  with  a  printad  or  illustratad  impras- 
sion,  or  tha  back  covar  whan  appropriata.  All 
othar  original  copias  ara  filmad  baginning  on  tha 
first  pa'^a  with  a  printad  or  illuatratad  impras- 
sion,  and  anding  on  tha  last  paga  with  a  printad 
or  illustratad  imprassion. 


Tha  last  racordad  frama  on  aach  microficha 
shall  contain  tha  symbc*  — <^-  (maaning  "CON- 
TINUED"), or  tha  symbol  V  (maaning  "END"), 
whichavar  applias. 


L'axamplaira  fiimA  fut  raprodult  grica  i  la 
gAnArositi  da: 

Nova  Scotia  Public  Archivtt 


Las  imagas  suivantas  ont  itt  raproduitas  avac  la 
plus  grand  soin,  compta  tanu  d«  la  condition  at 
da  la  nattat*  da  raxemplaira  filmA,  at  an 
conformity  avac  las  conditions  du  contrat  da 
filmaga. 

Las  axamplairas  originaux  dont  la  couvartura  an 
papiar  ast  imprimis  sont  filmis  an  commandant 
par  la  pramiar  plat  at  an  tarminant  soit  par  la 
darnlAra  paga  qui  comporta  una  amprainta 
d'imprassion  ou  d'illustration,  soit  par  la  sacond 
plat,  salon  la  cas.  Tous  las  autras  axamplairas 
originaux  sont  fiimis  an  commandant  par  la 
pramlAra  paga  qui  comporta  una  amprainta 
d'imprassion  ou  d'illustration  at  an  tar'^iinant  par 
lai  darnlAra  paga  qui  comporta  una  talla 
amprainta. 

Un  das  symbolas  suivants  apparattra  sur  la 
darniira  imaga  da  chaqua  microficha,  salon  la 
cas:  la  symbols  — ^  signifia  "A  SUIVRE".  la 
symbola  ▼  aignifia  "FIN  ". 


ira 


>y  arrata 
ad  to 

int 

n*  paluro, 

i9on  it 


32X 


Maps,  platas,  charts,  ate,  may  ba  filmad  at 
diffarant  raduction  ratios.  Thosa  too  larga  to  ba 
antiraiy  includad  in  ona  axposura  ara  filmad 
baginning  in  tha  uppar  laft  hand  cornar,  laft  to 
right  and  top  to  bottom,  as  many  framas  as 
raquirad.  Tha  following  diagrams  iilustrata  tha 
method: 


1 

2 

3 

Las  cartas,  pianchas,  tableaux,  ate,  pauvant  Atra 
filmis  A  das  taux  da  reduction  diff Grants. 
Loraqua  la  document  ast  trop  grand  pour  Atra 
reproduit  en  un  seui  ciichA,  ii  est  film*  A  partir 
da  I'angle  supArieur  gauche,  de  gauche  h  droite, 
et  de  haut  en  baa,  an  prenant  la  nombra 
d'images  nAcessaire.  Las  diagrammas  suivants 
iilustrant  la  mithoda. 


1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

i' 


u 


4i., 


%. 


> 


^s*;, 


/ 


/ 


'J 


Iff  /C 


!^.ri 


l^U 


vcs 


NOVA  SCOTIA 


'^■A,: 


\ 


Presented  by: 
Capt.  J,  D.  Hains 


Halifax,  N.3. 


f..^  ^-^ 


>.  t^ 


1954 


*•  ♦■  ■«*- 


w"^* 


^^  I 


1^'^; 


■Uf 


i- 


•^ 


•^^'^^ 


•i-r 


J»  - 


< 

h 


I 


•>^A^'i 


r^ 

-? 


>t^<i 


i 

r 


;s^^T'**if4 


\ 


i. 


■.:*X 


ij. 


Ml 


•a^ 


Ddicrili4g4ii 


•  ytmn^^ 


B&UNT. 


jrrkti  ft-fh  QJTiifrf 


•  -*":•  ^2 


ijj.' 


■i^.  ,.)■ '•^^iP'*^" 


•il#«f4i^ 


▼T 


•■"v    W 


%  *. 


1^' 


*t  ol  ¥iil^t^-«>tTf»^it1^t^''to¥k. 


•^Myc^- 


[0*r  OLD  ESTABLISHED  STAND.] 


.2-':mJi^ 


I  b«  eonUMM<l  annmliy 


tto 
Bi- 


ICAL  HAVIOATuITmN  aAi^.ttfirMlypeJ.  i^ 

COAST  PILOT.  lOHiadlltaa.  '  ■> 

ANU  nHIPiM  A  TBH'H  ASilSTANT,  conUiDlns  InrorOMtion  umM  to 
lU.Ovnvm,  anil  Alaitert  of  iihiyt,  fcc  kc. 
,„_„       «'•,  froB  tbo  year  1811  to  IW4,  iMliulva—te  I 

|lm^  ClljPiT,  flxtMdiox  fron  New  York  to  HavaniiN.  IneludInK  Hahima  RankianiChannelii,  iin- 
^      .  urofMl  by  a(rtval  Purveyaaiiil  Vlitoaof  liarboun,  iuveyed  by  order  of  (ha  United 

*     .     v'MtatwNaff  OepartmeDt,  laao.  , 

t^         »»i Ay  tho  MliMWiapt  Hiver,  aMeDdinc  to  Now-Orieani,>cladin(  Moltllc,  he.  »Uh 
"-  a     MlMtDtf'MlnSm,  and  tian  of  Mobtle,  oil  a  Imm  waltt  from  actual  Survey. 

or  B|E«Nt  Mlk,  from  aetuf4  forvcy,  ttttM  ft  KloopCMH,  in  IBM,  with  eallinc 

->-.  ri'4«nVo«-Y«rk  to  Move  Sams,  extenillng'froM  latitude  38"  N.  tn  latttudo  47° 

<    V    MfMuorW*  Wli  to  iMHNrle  T4   W     ineludinK  the  whole  nf  Pt.  Oeorge'i 

Bank.  UBprovOfI  to  Au|;uatt8il,  by  KovarnoMnt  and  other  (urveyn,  by  which  the 

•«J»tiUHl9  aCSmthehoal  of  Viaqttwkatwa!!  fDUM)4V«aM>  and  la  here,  fortheArat 

flo£iLMiah«dcwrMU       ^^    '  '^     ^M^  ""' ' 

— ,  ortn  Atlantic  or  W«!<t«rn  Oc«an,  improved  W.^aMvith  an  Analyiii«or  the  au- 

thorttiea  upon'^nhich  the  daDfora  have  been  itM^M  on  titfChaft.    The  Tracka 

exteof  to  the  E(|iiatnr,  and  are  continued  on  the  CImvI  of  thaiwiath  Atlantic  Ocean. 

Thia  U  tlie  onlv  general  Chart  extant  whielriMa  (to  latitude  oT  tto  8outb  Shoal  of 

llantuckat,  wMliioSanilaacorrMt.  ,.,      , 

•-,  dftbo  Suuih  Atlantic  Octfao,  containing  more  aakbentlc  iofomatlon  than  any  ex> 

,,  fant,  parttof  which  de«cribu  dangers  lately  dUeovered,   with  original  Plana  of 

Harbouri  and  Views. 


Av^:?--;^: 


'!,'■/' 


r 


'##»i 


— — %of  the  North  C'oaat  of  Braxil,  showing  the  entrances  and  courseaof  tbo  Rivers  Para 
and  Amazon. 

,  ^oTitte  WeKt-IiuHea.on  four  aheettt  whiolx  may  be  bad  separate. 

— •— ,  ortheCoaitol  Ouayana. 

,  of  the  €08,11  of  Braail. 

,  of  (b?  Island  of  Bermudas,  with  Sailing  directions  on  the  Chart. 

.  of  LoDfr-lslanri  Sound,  ittprowedtollU.^,. 

"    '*i»,  of  the  Coast  of  Labrador.  ^ 

-,  of  Newfoundland  .jKe.-'" 

in  «f  N>w<r^n(lon  Harlioiir.  HurvMre4M€BA|tilHMlll1l|,  Esq,  of  the  VoRld  States  Kavy, 
,  ky^order  of  Commodore  HODOBRS.'anu  to  bim  rest^^fUliy  dedicated. 


FOR  SALE— AS  ABOVfe,' 


BepfiaHngCiNles;  Bran  Sextants,  <YittlT^lea<wp«•eomplete^  la  apatioKany 
-japAsVet;  Ebony  •■:=: — -•U.  ^Lv.  ..    -•:.      ..    J' 


eases 


Cita  of  aupmor 
la.  with  Tela- 
^\  iMOfn  I  (><  tt«  wiyi> 
«at;  Ar(iiiclalR»' 
ns  ;    Bteette, 
lortn,  AmptitoM, 
itttli,.FOrl(at, 


Bs 


I — I " 

V«Mk 


ia,fSt  itwon 


,_j-Ttle»«H«"; 

:■-  TelMcopak, 

•it|ie»  to  inroft  the 

ot  ataw .  It 

tt  ««|il^In- 

._     ayi- 

ai  "" 


Simlhtim  0UUiel  nfKnv-Yurk.  , 
B  IT  REMEMBSRUJD.  That  oa   th«  fifteenth  da; 
Alarch,  in  the  forty-sixth  year  of  the  Indepeiidance  oL 
United  !!>tiite8  or  America,  EDMUND  M  BLUNT, oTtha aaid 
Uixirict,  hath  deposited  in  tbia  office  the  title  of  abook.the  right 
whereof  he  claims  as  author,  in  the  words  following,  to  wit : 

"  The  American  Coast  Pilot;  containing  the  courses  and 
distiinccs  betwet',)  the  principal  harbtiurs,  capes,  and  headlands, 
on  the  coast  of  North  and  South  America  ;  with  directions  for 
aailiiiK  into  tiie  same ;  describing  the  soundingii,  benringa  of 
the  lighi-housen  enil  beacprs  fi-om  the  rocka,  xhoala,  ledges,  be 
with  the  (irevciiing  winds,  settings  or  tho  currents,  be.  andthe 
latitudes  and  longitudes  of  the  principal  harbours  and  capes. 
Together  with  a  Tide  Table,  By  Edmund  M.  Blunt  Cor- 
rected and  improved  by  information  derived  from  official  do- 
cuments, actual  obaervBtions,  and  the  most  experienced  pilots. 
Tenth  edition  " 

In  conrorm'ty  to  the  Act  of  the  Congress  of  the  United 
SStatea,  entitled  "  An  Act  for  the  encouragement  of  Leamiog, 
1)y  neeitring  the  Copiea  of  Maps,  CItarta,  and* Books;  toth*' au- 
thors and  proprietors  of  such  copies,  during  the  time  therein 
ed"  ,Aod  also  to  an  Act,  entitled  "ap  Act,  suppla- 
to  ao^jhat,  aatitlad  an  Act-for^ilw^eocauMicepimit  fir 
ig.  by iKurin the eopiesof Mapa,Charts,anaBbokk, ' 
i)«r»i«tid.siimiiitm  «C  syab  ^ia.^riiii  tha  tr 


Brass  Sextanta  for 
et« ;  Jack  b  Pen- 
Kolves  of  varloua 
kinds;  Writing  and 
Letter  Paper;  Ink 
and  Ink  Powder; 
LtmiandSlalaFM- 
cili ;  Log  and  Ac- 
count Books ;  lea- 
men's  Journiiils  ; — 
with  every  article  in 
the  Stationary  line 
useful  at  sea 

A1n>,  every 
Chart  and  Navi- 
oATioN  Book  re- 
quired by  gentle- 
men aavigatini;  any 
part  of  .the  globe, 
It  being  his  sold  ob- 
ject to  furnish  an 
universal  assort' 
ment  on  the  iMst 


entiq 


„  ^.  .      and*or  _„ 
tt<|ilrwd. 


^ 


>m(jm. 


m.jf, 


m 


to  tb* 
El- 


1^ 


i 


(2^  til  CbmiHl 


thJmt\ 


diA 


¥^l 


N 


Tha  IDIinHlHIiippoi 

HutPEcirutLY  HcroKT, 

That  the  Hoiith  Mu*t\  ut  Nantucket,  which  hM  been  hereto^ 
Int.  40<>  4^',  or  th«reM>ouu,  on  the  chart*  of  the  Coast  ufNortli 
been  placid  in  lat.  41°  4'  on  a  Chart  of  part  of  the  Coast  of  Korth 
cently  piibliHiied  hy  R.  M.  Blunt,  on  tha  follotving  evidance  of  ittnoiition 

1st.  A  Hurve«  by  C'apt.  J.  Culeaworthy,  nniie  in  June  and  wk.IIAi,  Im 
account  of,  and  at  the  expense  of  Mr.  £.  M.  Slunt.  *    , 

2d.  Ot>8t>rvtttiuM  of  Cvpu  f ^oliswui  tbl  oattu J  )th  of  8«p(0n*^CtBiiwiML     ^ 
•nsisted  by  Mr.^alter  Fol|(»r7iror?NaScu«kAi;idM  MedA^^^  *4W 

instance  of  several  of  th«  Inhabitanti  of  that  lalAnd.  to  detennim  wkdRMr  i 
mitttake  had  or  had  not  been  niaao  by  Capt  Colesworthy  in  hi|  provlous  aur- 
veya. 

At  this  tin3R,  (11th  S«pt.)  a  good  nbaerYalton  wta  had  M  noon  h*lf  •  milo 
■outh  of  the  Shoal  lycordinj  to  the  account  given  by  Mr.  Folnr. 

3d.  A  survey  nude  by  WilUam  Coffin,  P.  F.  CuAii,  JonapC.  Drigiss,  and 
•evL'rul  other  experienced  nftvigators  <»f  Nantuclcet,  who  WMa  provide 'with  a 
sloop  equipped  at  the  expense  of  tfia  IflfeBbituii^  pf  that  Isllml,Jby  aiil)MB«iption, 
for  the  express  purpose  of  survpying  tneHoutli  Shnak,  to  ascertno  wmther  the 
Shoal  surveyed  by  GiM.  ^'otesworttiy  wall  the  "  Old  SouHt^Skud,**  or  not. 

This  partT  left  NanWcet  on  the  Wttk^t  October  last  inl'thti  morning,  and 
'*  at  noon  oftkt  tame  d^obttrved  in  Mitude  41°  4',  by  four  i^M  intirumtnltt 
the  Shoai  &i$t  tvto  m%le$  ditt/tnt. 

After  this  th»jy  traversed  Ao  .e  S.  8.  W.  fifoth,  East,  N.  and  B*,  and  N.  pn^ 
W.  btttivcen  the  parallels  of  40^  40'  and  4l<^4'.  They  "  liMfl  30  futhotna  in 
40<^  40',  and  on  running  one  hour  to  th<>  south  bad  30  fatbomi»,    '  ^ 

In  traversinj;  over  the  ponition  assfgned  to  the  Shoal  on  the  old  Charts,  thej 
found  30  fathoma,  and  not  less  at  atqr  time  to  the  touth  of  40°  40*^  ;  from  tbiMt,  ' 
depth  the  soundings  were  found  rf>gulBr  to  15  fetbnraa  n«air  thf  Shoal  in41<'47^ 

Mr.  Walter  Folger,  Jr.  says  ia  a  I(|t|er4at0d  October  2Jst,  "  this  opening  tho\J 
Vessel  arrived  here  that  was  sent  ouf  to  An#the  South  ShnJ  in  40*^  43',  on  board 
of  which  tvere  stmie  of  those  \vho  were  most  powtivk  that  it  lay  in  that  hititude. 
Thev  inform  me,  that  tht'y  a|Ottld*i|itQii^l«|i  than  30  fathoms  water  on  that 
parallel.   They  observed  yesterday,  west  from  the  Shoal  that  Capt.  CoP 
surveyed  24th  Jime  and  9th  Julv,  and  tbat  we  observed  at  tliu  sottth 
mije  distant  on  the  Uth  ^ptemW;  I  eoftU  then  su  tht  vesaflj^mmi, 


This  statement  is  supported  bv  this  lett'ers  of  William  Coffin, 

Jooa<  C.  Briggs,  and  several  others,  ijrbicb  givit  particular  ae 

purvey,\and  which  accompany  this  H^port. 

'   tOnr  Comnaittee  are  therefore  of^pinion-  that  the  po!)ition  n 

tucl^t  South  aiio^]  by  Mr.  C  M  BlUnt,  on  the  Chart  recent' 

him  (in  lat.  41°  4'  N.)  i»  the  true  place  of  the  Shoal 

Your  Chmmittee  recommend  the  following  resi^lu^ons  for  adoptioi^ 

Resolved,  That  this  Society  is  satisfied  that  the  portion  aosiKned  tp  Nantiidcat 

South  Shoal  (lat.  41°  4'  N.)  by  Mr.  E.  M.  Blunt,  nn  a  Chart  of  part  oflhe  Coast 

of  North  America  recently  published  by  him,  is  the  true  place  of  |lCi^nOM|f  and 

that  the  position  of  that  Shoal  in  estabiinhed  by  more  snfiicient  ffalunony  than 

that  of  any  other  Shoal  on  the  Coast  of  North  America. t  ,    ^ 

.Resolved,  That  in  detecting  an  error  o(22'v%  the  posititm  assi{2,ne4,t&t^^5la^ 

Sarotis  South  Shoal  of  Nantticke:  on  the  Charts  heretofore  puhlisffed, 
I.  Blunt  has  rendered  an  important  service  to  the  shipping  interest, 
inaiS«Mgpf  the  United  States. 

That  the  Secretary  be  directed  to  transmit  to  Mt.  E, 
1la»  foiei^oing  Report  and  Resolutions.  ■^. 

"    "ISTIN, 

tEl 


%-i 


Nan- 
fcd  by 


-■^ 


4igj4^ 


M^ 


W^.  .1      i^H 


^ 


.'.> 


DIREOTIONfi  FQK  THE  0IN0BB. 


•  »• 


TB\ 


i/% 


ISLE  OF  SABLE • «. .  .To  face  Page      1 

PLAN  OF  PORTLAND  HAHBOUR   142 

. PORTSMOUTH US 

.-«-  ISLES  OF  SHOALS  .  r ; : 147 

1 NEWBURYPORT   14» 

,  ANNI8  S<IUAM 153 

^— BOSTON  .  .H 164 

CAPE  POGE 193 

:-  NEWPORT 194 

CHART  OF  LONG  IStAND  SOUND  . . ...       196 

PLAN  OF  NEW-YORK,. ! 207 

—  LITTLE  EGO  HARBOUR 213 

lilY  AND  RIVER  OF  DELAWARE 216 

CHAHT  OF  CHESAPEAKE  ENTRANCE,  &c 219, 

>LAN  OF  CHARLESTON  HARBOUia 234 

r   ^y>       SAVANNAH  ENTRANCE 539 

Ll^^ —  DOBOY  dt 241 

—i 1-^ VERA  CRUZ ^  341 

%  .  * 

4 

nTir".  .LlfrT^'' 


Or  thi 

been  con 
vention  ( 
er  scope 
line  boui 
recogQiK 
chaDnels 
shore  at 
which  h€ 
cy  of  the 
it  results 
mariner 
when  ex 
who  are 
Sften  pn 
ing  to  m 
unless  tl 
vessel  di 
are  i|)tei 
and  ace 
their  pi 
which  a 
ments,  I 
a  trftckl 
througl 


% 


TO  4.«  \x         ^-'C;; 

THE  TENTH  EIHTI^ 


«      0 


THE  jfMERICjlJN*  COMT  Pi 


Or  the  many  improvement!  which  the  icicnce  of  navigation  has 
been  continually  receiving,  in  the  lapie  oC  centuries,  aii^e  the  in* 
vention  of  the  compass,  perhaps  tl^tck  is  not  one  embraftjug  |^great- 
er  scope  of  practical  utility,  th^ii  an  accurate  descriptiofi^of  the  ma- 
rine boundaries  of  a  country,  by  which  the  adveniurc  M  pariaer  may 
recognise  his  coa^t  at  ^  distance  ;  of  the  soundings  and  eourses  of 
channels,  the  knowledge  of  which  enables  him  to  set  thi  rodcbiQund 
shore  at  defiance,  and  of  the  aspects  and  properties  of  harbours  iato 
which  he  can  securely  enter  and  embay  himself  from  the  inclemeri- 
cy  of  the  elements.  This  remark  is  made  with  more  coiifideiicc,  as 
it  results  from  the  consideration  th'^t  the  life  of  the  most  experienced 
mariner  is  more  endangered  when  heiiitilpproaches  the  coast,  th^n 
when  exposed  to  the  tempests  which  agitate  the  mid  ocean.  Bilots, 
who  are  not  always  to  be  found  in  the  dischai^e  of  their  duty,  frc 
6ften  prevented  fr>^m  offering  their  assrsiaace  to  vessels  endeavMjj^' 
ing  tr  make  a  hnrbour,  by  storms  and  violent  winds.  In  such  cM^, 
unless  the  masters  are  acquainted,  with  the  port,  the  saf4»y J^irthe 
vessel  depends  upon  the  accuracy  of  their  sailing  directions,  fplharts 
are  i|)tend€d  rather  to  give  a  general  idea  of  the  coast,  than  i^inute 
and  accurate  descriptions  of  particular  harbours.  It  .is  thcriiB^  to. 
their  printed  directions,  they  must  resort  to  procure  iQfo|pation, 
which  at  such  moments  becomes -vitally  important.  Their  instru- 
ments, by  which  they  have  bb on  enabled  to  shape  their  course througtif 
a  trftckless  ocean,  are  rendered  useless  by  ignorance  of  the  cHinnel 
through  fiiich  they  are  to  enter  the  harbour;  and  mariners,  w;h)ft 
have  escaped  all  former  dangers  of  the  voyage,  are  ofte%shii 

H  rock,  jor  unLnanNi  shoal,  at 
JP^e  knowledge  of  such  dangei^ 


'1." 


?1 


merAcc 


[%^ 


H  it  to  «eaineii  gcnf  rally,  ii  particularly  to,  to  thoMc  ol'the  tniteJ 
SUtei.  Navigating  WAt«rf  Ailed  with  laiKl  banki,  that  In vc  beet 
fonncd  by  the  Gulf  Streim,  and  by  the  mighty  river*  which  dii. 
charge  themielvei  from  the  eaitcrn  couit  of  the  North  Americnu 
continent,  they  require  no  ordinary  akili  and  knowledge  to  avoid 
those  extensive  and  intricate  shoaU  that  line  our  shores,  rendered 
still  more  dangcrouit  by  rapid  currents  and  eddies  peculiar  to  the 
American  seas,  and  by  a  strong  current  running  counter  to  the  Gulf 
Stream,  from  the  Bank  of  N^foandland  to  Cape  Florida.  The 
boisterous  and  variable  weather,  to  common  in  thin  climate,  also 
tends  to  increase  the  ditficultios  md  dangers  of  our  coasting  trade. 

Impressed  with  these  considerations,  and  sensible  of  the  growing 
importance  of  this  trade,  the  author  of  the  American  Coast  Pilot, 
about  thirty  years  since,  undertook  to  ac(|uirc  and  publish  informa- 
*tion  concerning  the  navigation  of  this  country.  At  that  time  the 
American  sailor  had  to  contend  with  the  difficulties  and  dangers  in- 
cident to  his  profession,  unassisted  by  those  aids,  which  hdve  lately 
made  his  tasic  comparatively  easy.  No  charts  or  sailing  directions 
for  the  doast  were  published  in  the  United  States,  and,  as  might  have 
been  expected,  those  published  in  England,  being  derived  from  par- 
tial information,  were  full  of  errors. 

Pursuing  the  selfish  policy,  ofdrawing  the  most  from  the  colonies 
at  the  least  expense,  the  British  government  caused  surveys  to  be 
mad^,  of  the  ports  most  frequented  by  ships  from  the  mother  coun- 
and  left  the  colonial  mariners  to  acquire  a  knowledge  of  thjp 

it  from  the  shipwrecks  of  others.  The  charts  of  this  country 
were  consequently  drawn  from  information  giveh  by  masters  of  Eng- 
lish v||sel!),  who  occasionally  visited  our  ports,  and  who  were  defi- 
cient in  that  minute  knowledge  of  the  coast  which  belongs  solely  to 
the  ij^bitauts,  and  which  alone  can  render  charts  and  directions 
uscfurf/ 

■J 

Thclhaccuracy  of  the  English  charts,  which  might  have  been  rea- 
spnably  presumed,  has  been  fully  proved  by  late  surreys  taken  by 
thtf  ^ders  of  the  government  of  the  United  States,  as  well  as  by 
t.hofJB  taken  at  the  expense  of  the  subscriber.  In  almost  every  in- 
sfitiice  the  old  charts  have  been  found  to  lie  incorrect  in  the  deline- 
rlbe  coast,  the  depth  of  channels,  and  the  extje;it  ^^rfy"*tL 
^vttsxtie  condition  of  hydrography. ill  1 79^,  mhSk  thi^lrst'em- 
ktiserican  Coast  I^lbt  wai  pubMriied,  with  a  delieniihiR'^ 


i(tt 


%^" 


:%r,- 


w 


PRBFACM, 


VII 


tiun  oa  tho  part  ofthu  nutbor  to  advance  iu  (be  lurvey  of  the  coait 
as  hit  meiUM  anU  op|)oriaitiuet  would  pvfmit.  Tho  inagiiituda  attd 
rcsponii^ity  of  tkn  tM»k,  and  ihc  gcantiucii  of  matcriaU,  were  luf- 
(iciontlj  appHlling)  and  the  pucuniary  dilBcullicfl  of  the  governmgit 
throatuoed  to  prevent  fur  an  indflinito  lime  any  •urvcjrR  at  the  pub- 
lie  cxponie.  The  execution  of  thti  dcnigu,  however  ilitlieult,  waa 
net  impracticable,  and  cvftry  lource  of  Diurinc  intelligence  which 
our  country,  aflufded,  ha»  been^iucceisively  rviurted  to.  Lctten 
have  been  addrcMcd  to  the  coUe<^ia  and  pilot*  in  ibc  ieveral  ports 
of  the  United  Statet,  rcquf^sting  ii^tical  information,  which  thejr  have 
givca  with  commendable  promptitlde*  I'eraoual  applicution  bai  been 
made  to  the  moit  experienced  marineri,  who  have  staled  the  sound* 
ingaof  channela,  tno  extent  of  shoals,  the  courses  to  be  followed  io 
enteriiig  different  harbours,  and  the  situations  and  bearings  of  va> 
ridus  beacons  and  laud-marks.  VVheoever  a  vessel  waa  lout,  proper 
measurea  were  taken  to  obtain  an  accurate  description  of  the  rock 
or  shoalfupon  which  she  wasw  shipwrecked.  Regular  surveys  too 
were  made  a^  |be  expense  of  the  author,  of  the  most  important  har- 
bours in  the  Uaited  States.  In  performing  these  various  du|ics,  ma- 
ny expensive  journeys  were  indispensable,  and  more  than  once  he 
has  been  obliged  to  travel  the  whole  length  of  the  coast.  60  much 
how«Tar  nas  M>  be  done,  and  so  great  were  the  obstacles  to  be  over- 
come, that  lor  several  years  the  progress  of  the  work  was  hardly  per- 
ceptible. The  prejudice  which  exists  against  every  new  undertak- 
ing was  to  be  met  and  vanquished.  The  embarrassmeat  under 
which  the  commerce  of  the  United  States  laboured  during  the  IM^ 
bargo,  ^e  noa-inteccourse,  and  the  war  with  Great  Britain,  hemes 
the  pecuniary  loss  to  which  it  subjected  the  author,  prevented  him 
from  prosecuting  bis  contemplated  improveuients.  The  same  rea- 
sons and  their  effects',  which  induced  the  government  to  adj||pt  the 
restrictive  system,  prevented  any  surveys  at  the  public  expeni^i  (ex- 
cept aa  uofinished  survey  of  the  coast  of  North  Carolina,  in,  1805,) 
until  (he  year  1819. 

Notwithstanding  these  obstacles,  many  important  improvementi 
and  additional  directions  were  inserted  in  the  Coast  Pilot  aft. each 
successive  edition.  In  ^806|  charts  of  the  coasts  of  Labrador  aii4 
Newfoundland,  illustrating  and  conforming  to  the  directions*  were 
publislied }  in  1807,  a  similar  chart  of  the  West  Indies ; 
chacU/^^  ■F'^ole  q^ast  of  the  United  States,  to^nrhich 


-y'^...... 


*9lf-m 


'me-   ^^4*' 


MT-i?     <^^     aUr-.^* 


'*•<•*■  ••#ir 


-*«»  «»*•, 


*««^«aK 


***iiir^- 


"*'^^IPlWp!|* 


r=  ^uiA.?^    4 


,;H«^pE^i 


#-'4,^> 


I'ur.FAOBt 


plojr,  wti  firm  to  mainint*  tin*  Soudi  Shnal  nC  Nuntuckel,  the  extent 

And  nituution  of  wliK:h  Ik*  lud  lon|{  BUNpct  ted  were  incorrectly  de- 

icribi'i*.     It  Wii«  then  ■ncfittiined,  (hiit  (hi*  Shonl,  whicii  hnd  been 

(•id  do«  t  in  all  the  t^iiKliHJi  charts  n%  extending  to  the  M>uth  ai  far 

hh  Idt.  iO"  'li",  in  fact  t«>rniinaled  in  lat.  11"  i'.     The  importance  ol 

(his  discovery  (n  the  navigation  of  the  United  Stntcii,  may  he  easily 

eoncoived.     Ileristoforis  inarinern  bound  tVoni  Europe,  ur  from  the 

ra*(tern  portn  to  New-York,  Philadelphia,  or  any  ol'  the  »uutlu>ru 

portfl,  in  their  dciirc  to  avoid  thin  dangerous  Nhoal,  kept  no  far  to  the 

•oulh-east,  as  often  to  run   into  the  (iulf  Stream,  and  were  thereby 

rotnrded  from  60  to  70  miles  per  dayt     Hy  this  survey,  a  clear  and 

perfectly  safe  channel,  'i2  miles  wide,  is  added  to  the  upate  suppos- 

ed  to  he  between  tht;  stream  nnd  the  shoal,  which  will  enable  them 

to  keep  more  to  the  north-west,  nnd  to  take  advantage  of  the  south* 

west  current  on  the  inner  edge  of  the  Ciulf.     An  average  gain  of  'i<l 

hours  may  be  thus  made  in  the  home  passage  of  most  Kuropoan 

traders. 

The  accuracy  of  this  survey,  which  was  at  tirst  disputed,  has  been 
fully  proved,  by  two  difll'rent  expeditions  8ubse()uently  sent  from 
Nantucket  to  ascertain  the  extent  of  the  shoal. 

The  Orbit  also  accompanied  a  vessel  sent  by  Cupt.  Isaac  Hull  to  ex- 
amine St.  Gcorgc^s  Dank,  and  the  result  of  the  surveys  and  sound- 
ings will  appear  in  this  edition  of  the  Coast  Pilot.     The  harbours  of 
Portland,  Portsmouth,  Newburyport,  Squam,  Newport,  New-York, 
Little  Egg  Harbour,  Georgetown,  Charleston,  and  Savannah,  have 
also  been  surveyed  by  the  direction  of  the  author,  and  improred  co* 
pies  are  now  inserted.     Minute  and  accurate  sailing  directions  for 
the  Gulf  of  Mexico  have  been  lately  given  to  him  hy  Cnpt.  Nathaniel 
if'owler,  of  New^Orlenns,to  whose  politeness  he  feels  much  indebted. 
These  arc  the  most  important  improvements  of  tlio  present  edi- 
tion, though  many  material  corrections  have  been  made,  whenever 
the  author  was  satisfied,  by  the  testimony  of  mariners  or  by  surveyB^ 
that  his  former  directions  wcro  inaccurate.     Alterations  have  not, 
however,  been  made,  unless  upon   stronger    evidence  than  what 
prompted  him  to  insert  the  origiiml  directions. 

In  presenting  the  1 0th  edition  of  the  American  Coast  Pilot  to  the 
public,  the  author  does  not  Halter  himself,  that  it  will  prove  entirely 
free  from  errors.     The  shifting  nature  of  certain  parts  of  the  coast 

may  occasionally  present  deviations  from  the  present  dircclionH. 

b 


!,*.At 


rilKFACK. 


Imperfection  too,  is  the  lot  of  mnn,  mid  in  attempting  to  give  dire^ 
tions  for  the  navigation  of  a  coital  6000  miles  in  length,  und  which 
was  first  traversed  long  after  the  European  coiisd  had  been  fully  ex> 
plored,  he  is  sensible  that  he  has  undertaken  a  duty,  the  perform* 
ance  of  which  belongs  rather  to  a  nation  than  to  an  individual.  Ot 
such  a  momentous  ta^k,  it  is  matter  of  astonishment  that  so  much  has 
been  done,  and  not  thai  so  niuch  remains  to  be  performed.  During 
the  many  years  devoted  to  its  execution,  his  zeal  has  not  been  ex- 
cited, nor  his  industry  quickened  by  the  consciousness  that  he  was 
engaged  in  a  brilliant  undertaking,  which  would  attract  the  attention 
of  mankind:  neither  was  there  opportunity  or  place  in  a  work  ad- 
dressed to  a  class,  using  a  peculiar  dialect,  and  who  required  only 
perspicuity  and  accuracy,  for  the  beauties  of  style  and  language. 
His  pecuniary  reward  has  been  hitherto  nothing,  the  profits  of  each 
edition,  ha/ing  been  wholly  absorbed  in  the  expenses  of  subsequent 
improvements. 

It  is,  however,  no  small  satisfaction  to  reflect,  that  the  average 
rate  of  insurance,  since  the  fir^t  publication  of  the  Pilot,  has  been 
diminished  more  than  one  half  upon  coasting  vessels,  and  four-fifths 
on  vessels  bound  to  New-Orleanij,  and  that,  among  other  causes,  the 
improvements  in  hydrography  must  have  contributed  to  effect  this 
great  reduction.  Still  more  satisfactory  is  the  consciousness,  de- 
rived from  many  public  and  private  acknowledgments,  that,  in  no 
small  number  of  instances,  by  following  his  directions,  both  vessels 
and  crews  have  been  saved  from  the  rage  of  a  merciless  element ; 
when  the  pilots  were  unable  to  come  to  their  assistance. 

With  such  pretensions  to  patronage,  the  author  is  not  unwillin    to 

meet  the  scrutiny  of  the  public,  being  more  desirous  that  errors 

should  be  discovered  in  his  publications,  than  that  mariners  should 

be  endangered  by  inaccuracies,  which  neither  his  care  nor  inuustry 

could  avoid. 

EDMUND  M,  BLUNT, 
March,  182?. 


PRIOR 

I'LAN 
Prom 
Direci 
Fort 
Convi 
Sandv 
Port 
Whitil 
Port 
Spry 
Know 
Catch 
Port 
Charl 
Gaint 
Pircci 
Port 
Fort  ( 
St.  M 
Sailir 
Fui 
Riiinr 
Direc 
Descr 


CONTENTS./; 


-^v 


;c» 


rage 


r,  Liscomb  Hatiipur,         .  .^ 


TRbM  Cap«  Sabia  to  the  Bay  nf  Fundy 

Plan  of  thb   Islb  or  sable  : 

t^rom  the  Light  on  Sanili      Inland  to  Cape  Sable 

Directions  for  Halifax  Haibour 

Fort  Alytbury  ..... 

Convey  Harbour,  Milford  Haven,  White  Haven 
Sandwich  Bay,  River  St.  Mary,  Houlton  Har 
Port  Stevens      ..... 

White  Uiands  Harbour,  Flemming  River,  Beaver  Harbour^  Port  Paiiier     <• 
Port  North,  Port  Palisser         .  .  .  .  •    .        •    i, , 

Spry  Harbour,  Dennu  Hiirbour,  Saunders  Harbour,  Tangier  Hfir^fiw    .t,--r^' 
Knowles  Harbour,  Keppel  Harbour,  Egniont  Harbour  .  .  . 

Catch  Harbour,  Sanibro'  Harbour,  Bristol  Bay,  Prospect  Harbour     .  . 

Port  Durham,  Leith  Harbour     ....... 

Charlotte  Bay,  Mecklunhurgh  Buy,  Lunenburg,  King's  Bay    .  .  . 

Gambler  Harbour,  Port  Manstield,        ...... 

Directions  fur  sailing  into  Shelt^iroe  harbour,  N.  S.     .  .  .  . 

Port  Mills  .......... 

Fort  Campbell,  Fort  Amhurst,  Fort  Haldimand      ..... 

St.  Mary's  Bay,  Annapolis  Roynl    ....... 

Sailing  Directions  for  Sable  Island,  the  Coast  of  Nova  Scotia,  and  Bay  of 

Fundy 
Remarks  on  the  same  ....  .... 

Directions  for  Navigating  on  part  of  the  South  Coast  of  Newfoundland    .  . 

Description  nf  Fortune  Bay  ....... 

of  Hermitage  Bay,  Description  of  the  Bay  of  Despair  . 

Directions  fur  n'lvigating  the  West  Coast  of  Newfoundland 

for  Navigating  on  part  of  the  N.  E.  side  of  Newfoundland,  and  in  the 

Streights  of  Belle-Isle         ........ 

Description  of  part  of  the  Coast  of  Labrador,  from  Grand  Point  of  Great  Mecatina 
to  Shecatica  .  ........ 

Courses  and  distances  along  shore,  passing  within  the  Great  Island  of  Mecatina  . 

and  distances  from  Great  island  of  Mecatina  to  other  places 

Directions  for  navigating  on  that  part  of  the  coast  of  Labrador  from  Shecatica  to 
Cliateaux,  in  the  streights  of  Belle-Isle    ...... 

Description  of  the  Coast  of  Labrador  from  Cape  Charles  to  Cape  Lewis  . 

of  the  coast  of  Labrador,  from  St.  Michael  to  Spotted  Island  . 

Remarks  made  between  the  Island  of  Groias  and  Cape  Bonavista    . 
Directions  for  navigating  from  Cape  Race  to  Cape  Bonavista,  with  remarks  «ipon  the 
Fishing  Banks        ......... 

Courses  and  distanrss  on  the  coast  of  Newfoundland,  between  Cape  Race  and  Cape 
Spear         .  .  .  .  .      ^     .  .  '         .  . 

The  courses  and  Distances  on  the  Coast  of  Newfoundland,  from  Cape  Spear  to  Bay 
Verds)  Bacalicu,  and  several  Ports  and  Headlands  in  the  Buy  of  Consumption  or 
Conception  ......... 

Courses  and  distances  from  Split  Point,  which  is  1^  mile  from  Bay  Verds  head  iu 
Nev.'fouiidland,  to  several  places  in  the  Bay  of  Trinity   .... 

Depth  of  \V^ater  on  the  Banic,  and  oflfthe  south  part  of  the  Coast  of  Newfoundland 

Directions  for  navigating  the  Bay  of  Placentia,  on  the  South  Coast  of  Newfoundland 

from  Cape  ChRpeaurouge  to  Cape  St.  Mary's     ..... 

Directions  for  navigating  port  of  the  Coast  of  Newfoundlaiid  from  Cape  St.  Mary's 

to  Cape  Spear,  including  St.  Mary's  and  Trospassy  Bay 
Sailing  directions  for  the  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence        ..... 

Lirections  for  sailing  up  the  River  St.  Lawrence     ..... 

~— ' -for  parsing  the  Traverse  .  ...  ... 

Soundings  in  the  Traverse     ......  .  . 

Bearings  on  the  east  end  of  Orleans  Ledge,  in  4  fathoms  at  low  water        .  , 

near  the  edge  of  the  Middle  Ground  ..... 

——taken  from  the  upper  end  of  the  land  (offOileans)  dry  at  low  water 

"from  another  station,  near  the  east  end  of  t)ie  said  sand,  dry  above  ]j|iniIo 
JN.  63P  E.  from  the  last     .  .  .  . 

Bearings  from  the  west  end  of  Rot  Island     .  .  ... 

——— fro. .1  the  east  end  of  Roi  Island     .  .  •  «  •  • 


.%s 


47 

58 
59 
60 

63 
65 
66 
68 

75 

89 


—for  the  west  end  of  Madame 


Directiont  for  sailing  from  Quebec,  down  the  P.iver  St.  I^awrence  . .      ... 

Anchora'je  on  the  edg?  of  Burnt  Cape  ledge,  in  4  fathoms  .  .  .  . 

Beariagt  taken  from  the  west  end  of  Little  island,  or  Gooseberry  island,    wfaicb  U«| 
ab0l«;N.55°E.      .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .   u 


90 

91 
92 

93 

lOS 
108 
109 
115 
117 
lid 

ib. 

ib. 

ib. 
119 

ib. 

ib. 
ISO 

ib. 


M 


,^C 


-«*anw#>d||i{ei' 


xu 


(yoiiteiilb. 


S.  Vf.  end 
said  island 


From  Cupu  Maiilnid  In  kh  cieiir  ofrondro  Hpit,  IV.  l„.  Iiy  N. 
Directions  for  the  South  Channol  from  St.  JuIiii*h  I'oint  ol' Orleans,  to  the 

of  Crane  Inland,  opposite  the  South  llivor 
Directions  to  go  to  tliH  eastward  of  the  island  of  Cnmpo-bollo,  between  the 

and  the  Wolves*  Islands    ...... 

Directions  for  the  Eastern  Const  when  you  fall  in  with  Grand  Manan  or  Meunt  De- 

eert  Hills  ..... 
directions  from  Machias  to  I'iisHamaqnoddy 
.11         — for  TItmanan  light-house  . 

-from  Mount  Desert  to  Goldshorougli  iind  Machius 


••from  Long  Island  to  the  south  west  Harbour  uf  Mount  Desert 

-for  sailing  through  Fox  island  passage 
—for  White  lleari  light        ..... 
—from  Tcnnant  Hnrhour  to  the  Muscle  Ridges      '.  < 

—from  Penmcquid  Point  tn  Bass  Harbour    .  . 

—from  Bass  harbour  .  •  •  •  • 

—for  Dyer's  bay,  &e.  .        •    .         •   .  .  . 

—from  Scuttoc  IslaHd  ..... 

—from  Titnmnan  light  to  Lndle  island        ...  « 

— for  Cape  Splitt  Harbour   .  .  .  •  . 

—for  Pleasant  River  ..... 

>-for  going  through  Moose  Peck  roiicU 
—for  sailing  into  George's  river      .... 
—from  Townsend  to  Manheigin       .... 
—for  Townsend  harbour       ..... 
—for  Kerineheck  and  Sheepscut  rivers  ■  •  • 

—for  sailing  Into  New  Meadows     .  .  .  . 

—for  Hussey'a  Sound  ..... 

-for  PortUind  harbour 


Plait  of  Portlaitd  HARBotrR       .... 

I^otice  to  Masters  of  Vessels  .  .'  •       '    • 

Boon  Island  light       ...... 

Remarks  on  the  White  hills  ..... 

Directions  from  Cape  Porpoise  to  Wood  island  light  . 

'  -to  sail  from  Cape  Neddock  to  Cape  Porpoise 
— >  -lor  Portsmouth  harbour    .... 

PtAir  OV  POATAMOITTH  HARBOtTR  .... 

Description  of  the  Isles  of  Shoals        .... 
Plan  ovTHS  laLBBoviHOALS      .  .  .  • 

Directions  foi  Newburyport,  Ipswich  bay,  &c.         .  . 

PLAW  Of"  NKWBORTrORT  HARBOVR 

Signals  for  Vessels  .  .  .  .  .  . 

Directions  for  Annis  Squam  harbour  in  Ipswich  bay  . 

F't.Air  OF  AifNis  SavAM  FIarbour  . 

Directions  to  go  into  Cape  Ann  harbour    .  • 

Ten  Pound  Island  light-house     .  t 

Directions  for  Salem  harbour     .  i 

b.^ections  f(tr  Beverly  and  Manchesier      >  > 

■■"■  ■  •fo>  sailing  into  Marbleheud        .  i 

Bearinji^fl  and  distances  of  4he  principal  islands,  rocks,  &c.  in 

from  ^akfr's  island  lights        i 
0«orge's  S'ioals  .  .  t  . 

directions  foi  sailing  into  Boston  harbour 
^LJiir  oif  Bosto'V  Hakbour    >  r 

Directions  from  Boston  light-house  to  Cape  Elizabeth 
tKrections  for  sailing  in  and  out  of  Boston  Bay,  from  Cape 

Boston  light  house    .  *  :  . 

Directions  for  Scituate  harbour  .  . 

Directions  for  Plymouth  harbour  -  ' 

for  Cape  Cod  harbour 


the  vicinity  of  Salem, 


Cod  or  Cape  Ann,  to 


Description  of  th©  eastern  coast  of  the  county  of  Barnstable  from  Cape  Codf,  or  Race 
point,  in  lati  42°  6'  N.  to  Cape  Malebarre,  or  the  Sandy  point  of  Chatham,  in  lat. 
41°  34'  N.  pointing  outthe  spots  on  which  the  Trustees  of  the  Humane  Society 
have  erected  huts,  and  other  places  where  shipwrecked  Seaman  may  look  for 
(Aielter     -:-------- 

Directions  for  Point  Gammon  light  and  Hyaones  harbour  -  - 

FrpfilJiisouth  end  of  Cape  Ceil^Ho  Holmes' Hole  *  *  '  ' 


131 

lb. 

122 

12J 
124 
12t> 

ib. 
128 

ib. 
130 

ib. 
132 
134 
134 
13.5 

ib. 

ib. 

ib. 
138 

il). 

la? 

138 
ISO 
141 

ib. 
143 

ib. 
144 

ib. 
145 

ib. 
146 

ib. 

ib. 
147 

ib. 
149 

ib. 
153 

ib. 

ib. 
154 
155 
157 
159 

ib. 

161 

162 

165 

167 

ib. 

ib. 
168 
169 
171 


»mm'^& 


f^  Chittham  harbour 

ling  into  Nilntuckot  harbour         «  '  - 

going  into  NantL   ..et  harbour     • 
Hilling  into  the  Itaibour  of  Nantucket  by  tbe  Buoys 


172 
17G 

ib. 
17« 
179 

ib. 
180 


Mx 


Contents. 


JLUl 


f  nurses  .nd  dlsKuicea  from  Nantucket  I'lRht  house  *«,.", 

Direction*  for  those  running  for  Block  Islumi  Chaunel,  to  the  «nuliiward  of  Martha'f 

Vineyard,  Nantuckol  Islnnd,  and  such  as  ore  bound  into  the  Vineyard  Sound, 

and  intend  going  over  the  Shoals  to  the  unittward 
Nantucket  South  Shoal  -  -  -  '  " 

Kxtract  Iroin  the  Orhit's  journal  -  •  t 

Dircrtiuns  for  Neiv-Bodford         .  -  -  - 

Additiniinl  Ileinarl.s        .  .  _  -  - 

Buoys  in  Buzzard^s  Buy  .... 

Bunrings  of  I.e-rl^es  from  Clark^s  point  lif^ht 
Bird  islanil  liKlit  house,  in  Buzzard's  bay 
Bearings  and  distances  from  Bird  island  li^ht  house 
Bearings  and  distnnc.'S  of  sundry  places  from  Gay  head  light  house 
Bearings  and  distances  from  the  light  on  Ctipe  Poge,  and  depth  of  water  of  several 

most  diingernus  shoals  in  sight  of  Cape  Poge  light  house,  and  the  bearing*  of  tho 

East  clinj)  of  Holmes'  Hole      --.-..- 
Pi.AN  OF  Capb  Poor  ---.-.. 

Directions  for  those  who  fall  in  with  Block  island,  when  they  arc  bound  for  Rhode 

island  harbour  .....--. 

Plan  of  Newport  -  -  .        *  - 

Bearings,  by  compass,  from  Rhode  island  light  house,  of  several  remarkable  places, 

together  with  tl)e  distances      ....•.- 
Directions  for  sailing  from  Newport,  through  the  Sound,  to  Hunt's  harbour,  near 

Hell-gate  •-.-..-.- 

Oyster  bay  and  Huntington        -..--.- 
Huntington  bay  .-  -  -  -- 

Hell-gaio  -  -  •  .  -  -  -  ,  . 

Directions  from  Block  island  to  Gardner's  bay     ..... 
Bearings  and  distances  of  sundry'  places,  from  the  Light-house  on  Montock  point, 

taken  by  the  Officers  of  the  Revenue  Cutter  Argus       -  -  .  - 

Description  of  Long  Island  ....... 

Directions  from  Gardner's  Island  to  Shelter  Island  .... 

r— from  Gardner's  liilnnd  to  New-London  .... 


ib 


181 
186 

>b. 
180 
190 
191 

ib. 
192 
lb. 

ib. 


193 

ib. 

ih. 

r4 

195 

ib. 
197 

ib. 

Ib. 
198 

303 

204 

ib. 

ib. 


for  vessels  coming  from  sea,  and  bound  to  New-Lon(lnn,  or  the  westward  20S 


for  New  Haven 


'"or  sailing  by  the  Light-House  on  Fayenweather^s  Island,  at  the  cntranoe 

of  Black  Rock  Harbour,  on  the  north  shore  of  Long  Island  Sound 
Chart  of  Lono  Isr.ANn  Sound  -  -  ... 

PtAw  OP  New-Yokic  ....... 

Directions  fdr  vessels  bound  to  New-York  ..... 

To  enter  Sandy-hook  channel  way  ...... 

Bearings,  courses  and  distances  of  the  Buoys  placed  in  the  Harbour  of  New-York 
Harbour  Masters'  Regulations  of  the  Port  of  New-York  ... 

Harbour  Mostere*  Fees  «f  the  Port  of  New-York  .  -  .  - 

Description  of  the  Coast  to  the  eastward  and  westv^ard  of  Sandy-hook 

'  New-York  bay     -  .  -  -  .  .  - 

Directions  for  sailing  from  Sandy-book  light-house  to  Cape  May,  or  light-house  on 
Cape  Henlopen  ........ 

Little  Egg  Harbour  ..... 

Plan  of  Little  Egg  Harbour    .... 

Directions  for  sailing  in  hy  Cape  May 

for  sailing  in  by  Cape  Henlopen 

from  Reedy  island  to  Philadelphia 

Tide  Table 

Directions  from  Cape  Henlopen  to  Cape  Henry     . 
Bat  and  River  or  Delaware  .  .  • 

Remarks  on  the  land  from  Cape  Henlopen  to  Chincoteague  shonls 
Directions  for  sailing  in  by  Cape  Henry  light-bouse  . 

General  directions  for  the  Horse-shoe        .  .  . 

Directions  for  New  Point  Comfort  .  ..         .     " 

— — : !-  for  those  bound  to  the  Capes  of  Virginia 

OfiART  OF  Chesapeake  Entrance,  &c.  .  . 

Directions  for  Hampton  Roads        .  .  .  .  , 

——————  for  running  from  Cape  Henry  up  the  Bay  to  Ballimoro 

—  ■-         from  New  Point  Comfort  to  Potomack  river     . 
— — — ^  from  Potomack  river  to  Patuxent  rivpr 

for  going  from  Cape-Henry  or  Lynn  Haven  Bay,  to  York  River 


Ca\^e  Hatteras 

Cape  Lookout  .  . 

Directions  for  Cape  F«ar4ight-lMufe 


ib. 

^ 
196 
207 

ib. 
SOS 
20? 

ib. 
310 

ib. 
2U 

ib. 
213 

ib. 

ib. 
214 
31.'; 

Ib. 

ib. 
316 

ib. 
SIT 

ib. 

ib. 
218 
219 

ib. 
320 
324 
SSS 


;v« 


m 


XIV 


Contents. 


The  North  B«r  uf  (lie  i<ewlnl«t     .  .  .  < 

Tha  Old  Bur  nt  Naw  Inlot,  or  ni  now  called  (he  South  Bar 

The  Main  Bar  of  Cape  Fear  River 

The  Western  or  Oak  Island  Channel        .  . 

Other  directions  for  0«Lk  Iilnnd  Channel     . 

Rates  of  Pilotage  for  Cape  Frar  Burs  and  RiTer 

From  Cape  Fear  to  Georgetown    .  •  .  . 

Directions  for  sailing  into  Georgetown  harbour 

Cape  Roman  .      '     .  , 

Directions  for  sailing  into  Charleston  (S.  C.) 

PtAN  or  CHARLXaTOiT  HARBOUR 

Orders  and  regulations  for  the  port  of  Charleston,  (S.  C.) 

From  Charleston  bar  to  Port  Royal 

Winds  and  weather  nri  the  coast  of  South  Carolina  . 

Plan  of  Savawnah  Ertrarck 

St.  Helrna  Sound    ...... 

From  Charleston  bar  to  Tybee       .... 

Plan  ow  Dobot  Entrance         .... 

Directions  for  Hogoheehee  River  ... 

St.  Catharine^s  Bar  .  .  . 

Directions  for  Darien  .  .  .  .  , 

Tybce  to  St.  Simons  ..... 

Other  directions  .  .  ... 

Directions  for  St.  Mary^s  and  Amelia  Bar 
St.  Mary^B  to  St.  John's 


ib. 
X)0 

ib. 

ih. 
231 
2J2 

ib. 
23.'< 
234 

ib. 
235 
237 
239 

ib. 

ib. 

ib. 
241 

ib. 

ib. 

ib. 
242 

ib. 
243 

'h. 

10. 

244 

24.'; 

ib. 
246 
247 


.  St.  John's  to  the  Bay  of  St.  Augustine        ..... 
To  anchor  in  the  Bny  of  St.  Augustine.    Observations  on  the  weather,  and  on  the 

Quif  Stream         ........ 

Directions  for  making  a  speedy  passage  through  the  Gulfto  New-York  . 
The  Setting  of  the  Tide  along  shore  from  \ew-York  to  St.  Augustine  . 
General  instructions  for  making  the  Berinuda  islands       .  .  ^ 

Remarks  on  the  Gulf  Stream)  and  the  means  of  ascertaining  when  in  its  vicinity 
Extract  of  a  letter  from  Francis  D.  Mason,  Esq.  to  Col.  Jon.  Williams,  commandant 

of  the  Corps  of  Engineers,  and  Author  of  "  Thermometrical  Navigation,''  at 

New- York,  dhted  Clifton,  (Eng.)  ......        25S 

Temperature  of  the  air  and  water  on  a  passage  from  New- York  to  Ireland       .        260 
Description  of  Little  Bahama  Bank  ......        261 

Directions  for  the  Bahama  Bank,  Gulf  Passage,  and  the  Florida  Coast  <        262 

Directions  for  Havanna      ........        272 

Directions  for  sailing  by  Crooked  island  to  Exuma  and  Providence         .  .         ib. 

Directions  for  vessels  bound  to  New  Providnnre    .  .  .  .        273 

Directions  fur  vessels  bound  from  New  Providence  to  East  Florida,  Georgia,  and 

South  Carolina    .........         ib. 

Directions  for  New  Providence  and  the  Bahama  Banks  .  .        274 

Directions  for  vessels  bound  from  the  southward  to  Exuma  Salt  Pond,  situated  in 

the  eastward  of  the  port  and  harbour  of  Exuma,  from  which  it  is  distant  between 

3  and  4  leagues  .........        275 

Description  of  Great  Harbour  ^Long  island,  Bahamas)  and  directions  for  entering 

the  same  .  .  .    ,       .  •  .  . 

Observations  on  the  Old  Straits  .  .  .  . 

General  Remarks  ....... 

Description  of  the  Const  from  the  Bay  of  Santa  Rosa  to  Cape  St.  Blass 
Description  of  Cape  St.  Blass       ...... 

b.iDk8  and  Const  of  Florida  .  .  . 

Soundings  off  Florida  ....... 

Florida  Reef  .  .  .  .  .  •  .  . 

Channelof  Florida  between  the  Reef  and  Keys    .  .  .  . 

Description  of  the  Tortugas  islands  .  .  .  .  . 

Winds  from  Tampico  bay  to  Cape  St.  Blass         .  .  . 

Vessels  bound  to  New-Orleans,  Mobile,  and  Pensacola  . 
Chandelier  Islands  .  .  .  . 

General  remarks  frnm  Santa  Rosa  bay  to  the  Balize 

Directions  lor  Pensacola  .  .  *      .     . 

Directions  Tor  Mobile       ... 

To  prevent  missintt  the  river  Mississippi,  and  falling  to  the  westward   . 

Common  ixror  of  Strangers         ...... 

Onthe  setting  of  the  Current  .  .  ... 

~-    '■■'"  I  lor  the  entrance  of  the  Biver  .  .... 

^.Rlv»r       .     .     .     .    .... 

;  or  bringing  up  •     «     . 


\ 


ib. 
276 

ib. 
277 
278 
280 
283 

ib. 
385 
286 

ib. 
387 
290 
291 

ib. 
293 
294 
S9& 

ib. 

ib. 
296, 

ib. 


Contents. 


X? 


the 


and 


ill. 
Z30 

ib. 

il). 
231 
23'2 

ib. 
2J.'I 
23'] 

ib. 
23;; 
23T 
239 

ib. 

ib. 

il). 
241 

ib. 

ib. 

ib. 
242 

ib. 
243 

'b. 

10. 

244 

24.''> 

ib. 

246 

247 


258 
260 
SCI 
262 
272 
ib. 
273 

ib. 
274 


ib. 
276 

ib. 
277 
278 
280 
283 

ib. 
285 
286 

ib. 
387 
290 
291 

ib. 
293 
294 
296 

ib. 

ib. 
S96, 

ib. 


hhcmWJn  the  Rlvp"  .......         »b. 

Uirtictioni  for  veMt'ls  bound  down  the  River    .....        297 

Directions  for  vewels  bound  from  the  .MissiHsippI  through  thn  Uulf  lb. 

Hniling  directions  fur  tliccoust  of  St.  Uoiniii)(o  and  Pauages  near  that  Mand  299 

Observations  on  the  navigation  round  tlie  (Jonave  Islands,  and  in  the  Southern 
Channel       .........         319 

In!<iruc(ions  for  sailing  along  the  coasl!<,  and  into  (he  Harbours  of  Jamaica,  Port 
Royal,  and  its  channeU  .......        320 

Bearings  taken  on  Drunken  Mnn".-*  Key  .  .  •  •  -        323 

Directions  for  Falmouth  HarlKiur  Bay  .....        328 

Directions  f  ir  sailing  frt>ni  Port  Royal  to  Mornnt  Point,  or  the  East  end  of  Jamaica    330 
I'rom  Morant  Point,  oi'  the  East  end  of  Jamaica,  to  the  south  shore  of  Cuba,  St. 

Jago,  Cumberland  harbour,  Occoa  bay,  and  Capo  Mayze     .  -  .        33*2 

Directions  for  Cumberland  harbour  -  -  ...  -        333 

Directions  for  Trinidad  (.Cuba)  -  -  -  -  -  -        33 1 

From  Morant  Point  or  tlie  East  end  of  Jamaica,  to  the  Navaxa,  Cape  Tiburon, 
and  Cape  Donna  Maria,  on  Hispaniola  .....        33,', 

Directions  for  falling  in  with  the  Loggerhead  Keys,  at  Cape  Catoche,  and  to  sail 
from  thence  to  Campeclic  ......        337 

Negrillo,  in  Gulf  of  Mexico  ......         j|,^ 

Directions  fur  sailing  into  and  out  of  Campeche  •  -  -  -         ib. 

Winds  and  Weather  in  the  Ciulf  ------        33« 

Directions  for  going  to,  and  sailing  into  La  Vera  Cruz  ...        341 

t'LAN  o»  Vbra  Cruz       --■■"---  ib. 

Remarks  on  the  courses  steered  by  the  Spaniards  from  Vera,  Cruz  to  the  H&vanna    ib . 
The  Colorados,  off  Cape  Antonio  -....-        340 

Remarks  on  the  soundings  on  the  Alcoranes  Rank,  on  the  part  of  the  Catoche 
Bank  to  the  westward  of  Campeche  .....         i)). 

Directions  for  sailing  to  the  mouth  of  River  Balliz,  or  Ballse,  in  the  bay  of  Honduras  343 
Other  general  directions  .  .  .  ...        345 

Directions  for  sailing  from  River  Balliz,  in  the  Bay  of  Honduras,  through  the  South 
Channel  .  .  .  .  ....        346 

Directions  for  sailing  out  of  the  Bay  of  Honduras  ....  ib. 

General  and  particular  directions  for  Port  Omoa  ...  .  .        347 

Directions  from  Port  Omoa  to  Golfo  Dulce,  at  the  S.W.  end  nf  the  Bay  of  Honduras  348 
Directions  for  sailing  from  Black  River,  on  the  Moskito  Shore,  to  the  Bay  of  Hon- 
duras, through  the  entrance  of  the  Main  Reef  at  the  Zapodilla  Keys  .        348 
Directions  for  sailing  into  and  out  of  Truxillo  Bay              ....        34!> 

Description  of  the  Coast  between  Black  River,  on  the  Moskito  Shore,  and  San  Fer- 
nando de  Omoe  ;  with  directions  for  Sailing,  Anchoring,  &c.  .  .        3oO 
Directions  for  sailing  to  the  Moskito  Shore,  Rattan,  and  Bay  of  Honduras,  i^c.        ;t.'>i2 
Description  of  Porto Bello  Harbour                          .....        '35\ 

Directions  for  sailing  into  and  out  of  Arenas  Bay,  to  the  northward  of  Carthagena, 
on  the  Spanish  Main  .  ......         ib. 

Cacthagrna  .  .  .......        3&fi 

Other  directions  for  Carthagena  ......        35t> 

St.  Martha  .  .  ......        35t( 

ytom  Cape  Blanco  to  Cape  St.  Roman,  Cata  Bay,  Porto  CabcUo,  Sic.  .         ib. 

From  Cape  Codera  to  Cape  Blanco — Jasper  Bay  ,  .  .  .        359 

From  the  Dispirited  Keys  to  Cape  Codera  or  Quadera  .  .  .        360 

The  Dispirited  Keys  on  the  Spanish  Main  .....         ib. 

Description  of  the  Spanish  Main,  and  the  adjacent  islands,  from  Margarita  Island 
to  Cape  St.  Roman — The  island  of  Margarita  ....        361 

Directions  for  Cumana — The  island  of  Tortuga  •  ,  ,  .        362 

The  island  of  Grenada  .  ......        36r{ 

The  Granadines  or  Granadillos — The  island  of  St.  Vincents — The  island  of  St.  Lucia  364 
The  island  of  Martiiiico  .  .  .  .  .  ..  .        365 

A  Table  of  the  Latitudes  and  Longitudes  of  the  principal  Places  and  Headlands  of 
Martinico  .  .  ......        368 

Bearingsof  sundry  Rocks,  Points,  &c.  at  Martinico  .  .  .         ib. 

The  island  of  Dominico  .  ......         ib. 

The  island,  of  Guadaloupe  and  its  Dependencies  ....        369 

Beatings  and  Distances  about  Guadaloupe,  Mariagalante,  the  Saints,  &c.       .        371 
■  about  Deseada,  Petite-Terre,  and  Mariagalante  .  .         ib. 

The  island  of  Antigua,  with  Barbuda  .....        372 

instructions  for  sailing  into  St.  John's  harbour,  coming  from  the  southward        .  ib. 

Sailing  Directions  for  the  north  side  of  Antigua  .  .  .  .        Sf^ 

The  islands  of  Montserrat,  Redondo,  Nevis,  and  St.  Kitts  .  .      -  f|8' 

Rem^ks  made  in  Basseterre  Road  and  Old  Road  .        'gfjji 

The  islands  of  St.  Eustatia  ^nd  9aba       .  .  >>.  .,'     4j||« 


xri 


Contentb. 


Tim  iiiUndN  of  S(.  IJurllioloniew,  S».  Martin,  ami  Angtiila,  >Ailli  bu%  UUiid  Lad 
Prickly  IVur  IiIhikI  ........ 


371 


Venringn  lakou  anfl  remnrki  mail*  hi  t^lliiii  lielwtan  the  above  nicfntiOMd  iiiandu, 

by  nil  experienced  imvigutor          :......  3m) 

The  little  iilaiid  niid  the  bank  of  Arks                    .....  .b. 

The  Virgin  Itlnndi                .                               .               .       '     .            .            .  ih. 
The  iilmidiol  SantnCrur,  Sl.John,  St.  Ihoniai,  Btci|iie,  d:c.                .            .781 

MaynguB  Boy  (Porto  Rico)                                                  ....  ?M 

Aquorta  Bny  (Porto  Rico)                                                     .            .            .            .  Jb. 

Theidniuli  of  Tortola,  Virgiii^orJn,  Aiicgada,  &c.                  .            .            .  ib. 

The  iilNiMl  of  ^eoinfaTero  t  .  .,  .3*5 

Porto  Rico             .                .                .                .                .            .            t            .  388 

Direction*  for  tailing  along  the  couth  bide  of  Porto  Rico              .            .           .  ili. 

To  enter  MayagiMi  (Porto  Rico)        .                .                ....  3l)H 

Of  the  North  Coast  of  Porto  Rico                        .                ....  3B9 

The  Silver  Key  and  Trianglea             .               .               .            .            .            ;  390 

Directions  for  Turks  liland  Paiiage                   ,               ....  301 

The  Caycos  Pusssge              ..               .                .                «...  .192 

The  Caycos                           .               ,               ,               ,            .            .            .  39» 

Mouchoir  (^uarrR,  or  the  Square  Handkerrliief                ....  30« 

Crooked  Island  Passage                         .                .                ....  397 

Directions  for  anchoring  in  the  Crooked  Island  Passage                 ,            .            .  ib. 

Description  of  the  islands  of  Uonair  and  Curassoa         .             •            .           .  39tt 

Tonnoge  Duty  in  Cura8<iua                 .                .               ....  4U0 

Directions  for  vessels  bound  to  Trinidnd,  Currents,  Sec.                ,           ,           .  401 

Cape  Codera  and  Ports  of  Venezuela             .                               ...           .  402 

The  Island  of  Barbadooi                  .               .               .               •            .           . '  ib. 

The  island  of  Tnbago                      .               .               .               ...  403 

Description  of  the  sever"!  Bays  of  Tnbflgo                      .                ...  404 

Remarks  on  D*E8pu,^iit  Bay,  or  Spanish  Bay,  Gulf  of  Paria                  .            .  40Q 

Currents  of  the  Caribbean  Sea,  and  Inset  into  that  of  Mexico                 .            .  ib. 

Directions  for  entering  the  River  Ornnoko                        .                ...  411 

Const  to  the  N.  W.  of  the  Great  Moudi             ,            .               ...  412 

The  making  the  Mouth                     .               .               .               .            .            .  ib. 

Remarks  for  sailing  into  the  River  Denierara                    ....  4l:i 

Observatiohs  and  Remarks  on  the  Coast  of  Ciuyana                     .            .            .  4)4 

Directions  for  sailing  up  the  Surinam  River  to  Paramaribo            .      '     .            .  415 

River  Amazon                       .                                 .                ....  417 

Cieneral  Observations  on  the  V/inds,  Tides,  and  Currents,  and  on  the  diflerent 

Passages,  over  the  Atlantic  Ocniin                  .                ....  41B 

Table  showing  the  Equinoctial  Limits  of  tlie  N.  £.  and  S.  E.  Trade  Winds,  between 

the  Meridians  of  IP  md  26  dei^rces  West                      ....  421 

From  Maranbam  to  Para                    .               .                .            .           .  437 

Other  Directions  for  River  Para                         .               .            .           .           .  4S& 

Coast  of  Brazil                    .               .                .               ....  431 

From  Cape  St.  Rnqup  to  Maranham                   .                ....  432^ 

Directions  for  sailing  to  St.  Luis  of  Muranham                  *            .            ^            .  436 

From  Maranhair  to  Belimor  Para                      ...             .                         .  436 

Directions  for  the  Mouth  of  the  River  La  Plata                  ....  43B 

Diroctions  for  navigating  in  the  Northern  Channcrl  of  the  Rio  dn  la  PIntH,  or  River 

Plate,  from  Monte  Video  to  the  road  of  Buenos  Ayres,  and  into  the  Bay  of  Culoniii  430 

Directions  for  Monte  Video                  .                .               ....  4-11 

To  sail  to  the  south  of  the  English  Bank                        .               ...            .-  442 

East  Coast  of  Brazil                        .                .               .                .            .            .  ib. 

Directions  for  making  the  land,  and  comins;  down  to  tlie  Bar  of  Rio  Gt  ;indo  4.'>n 
Ganertil  Remarks  on  the  Harbour  of  Rio  Janeiro  and  Cape  F/io              .             .  459 
deneral  Directions  for  leaving  Rio  Janeiro,  and  bound  to  the  River  Pl:ite           .  460 
Remfrhf  concerning  the  Winds,  Weather,  Tides,  or  Currents,  Soundings,   Sic.  in 
tht  RtVer  Plata,  with  a  few  Instructions  f..    navi£;ating  therein,  by  Captain  Pe- 
ter Haywood,  of  the  Royal  Navy                .                .                ...  462 

Directions  foir  MAldenado  Roads,  and  for  going  in  a;id  out,  rotnd  the  Island  Goritta  472 


Lqbos  de  Mer 

Se^ur*  Bay — pobos  de  Ticrre 
b^biM  Island    . 
^V0^t9>  Islands 
"    U  Latitudes  and  Longitudes 

li'  •    •       • 

fttf  fiodinc  the  Moon's  age 

rl^C  we  Times  of  High  V/ater  at  the  principal  Ports  aud  Harbours  an 
Iff  Ainerica,  with  the 'vertical  rise  of  the  Tids  in  feot 


473 
474 
475 

i%' 

487 


493 
493 


■•lid  Lad 
I  itUndn, 


97t 


, 

3W 

• 

•b. 

■ 

.     ih. 

• 

9tl 

t 

314 

• 

ib. 

• 

ib. 

• 

3115 

• 

386 

• 

ih. 

• 

308 

• 

388 

• 

'Mk 

• 

391 

• 

3»t 

• 

S9S 

t 

9M 

• 

397 

• 

ib. 

• 

39» 

« 

4(10 

• 

401 

• 

402 

• 

ib. 

t 

403 

• 

404 

• 

406 

• 

ib. 

• 

411 

• 

412 

• 

ib. 

, 

4I» 

. 

4T4 

. 

415 

. 

417 

fferen 

t 

• 

4in 

itween 

• 

421 

, 

427 

■ 

4S9 

0 

431 

. 

432 

, 

4J5 

. 

436 

, 

43» 

Rivei 

olonii) 

431) 

. 

441 

. 

412 

• 

ih. 

45ft 

• 

4-.9 

. 

460 

Ic.  ill 

nPc- 

. 

462 

oiitta  472 

, 

473 

• 

474 

. 

47.^ 

• 

ib. 

« 

478 

• 

487 

« 

492 

rs  on 

• 

493 

«". 

495 

d:  0 


^'i 


Ktivhi.f^  I 


i 


U 


i 


5 


I 


k 

^ 


^*^ 


'•''■v/i»,v  / 


>^ 


1» 


i 


W 


5 


■*^ 


1^  V 


» 
.• »» 


IBILVSIV^S  ASDIBIBIKDAII  (pODii'SV  IPIIILDV^ 


FROM  CAPE  SABLE  TO  THE  DAV  OF  FUNDY. 

TUG  south  cnd'of  the  South  Real  U\*  bcnrti  W.  hy  N.  from  Cap«fl«- 
hic,  diHiaiit  iihoiit  7  IvuguvH  ;  between  them  there  are  17  fMtnoms. 
Abuut  3^  iiiileM  S.  ^  E.  from  the  S.  W.  port  of  the  South  Seui  lole,  and 
VV.  7  Icuguen  from  Cupu  Sable,  there  is  a  rock  above  water,  which  an* 
peurs  tu  l)e  very  Mmooth  ;  between  this  rock  and  the  South  Seal  iBlanns, 
there  are  9  futhonn.  Olf  (he  west  side  <ii  the  island  there  are  twonnall 
rocky  inlands  ;  between  them    id  the  Seal  island  there  are  2  and  3  fathonas. 

Between  the  South  and  the  North  Seal  island:*,  there  is  a  channel  of 
about  t^  miles  wide,  with  16  fathoms  in  it.  In  going  through  this  chan- 
nel, you  should  keep  nearer  to  the  south  than  to  the  north  island,. becattte 
there  is  a  shoul  lies  off  about  three  quarters  of  a  mile  from  th«  noith 
island,  on  which  there  are  3  fathoms.  The  course  through  this  chwuel 
is  about  north-went. 

The  Ga.jnet  Kock  lies  13  miles  N.  }  W.  from  the  S.  W.  part  of  the 
South  Sciil  island,  and  8  miles  S.  by  W.  \  W.  from  Cape  Forcha. 
About  5  miles  W.  \  S.  from  the  Gannet  Rock,  14  miles  N.  N.  W.  \  W. 
from  the  S.  VV.  part  of  the  South  Seal  island,  and  1 1  miles  S.  W.  \  8. 
from  Cape  Forchu,  there  idalcdgeof  rocks,  which  appear  about  half  ebb. 
l^etween  the  South  Seal  island  and  the  Gannet  Rock,  there  are  from  8  to 
.^0  fathoms  ;  between  the  Gannet  Rock  and  Cape  Forchu  there  are  93, 
28,  16,  and  14  fathoms. 

The  Lurcher  ledge  lies  17  miles  N.  N.  W.  from  the  Gannet  Rock,  11 
miles  N.  VV.  |  VV.  from  Cane  Vorchu,  15  miles  S.  VV.  by  W.  from  Cape 
St.  Mary,  and  18  miles  S.  by  W.  f  VV.  from  the  S.  W.  part  of  Bryer's 
Island.  Between  Cape  Forchu  and  the  Lurcher,  there  are  28,  38,  and  14 
fathoms  ;  and  between  the  Lurcher  aod  Bryer*s  Island,  there  are  from 
17  to  4fi  fathoms.     On  Bryer's  island  is  a  light-house. 

Trinity  ledge  lies  6  miles  N.  £.  by  E.  from  the  Lurcher  ledge,  1 1 
miles  N.  W.  by  N.  \  N.  from  Cape  Forchu,  10  miles  S.  VV.  by  W.  from 
Cape  •St.  Mary,  and  14  miles  S.  by  VV.  from  the  south  point  of  Bryer*i 
island.  Between  Cape  Forchu  and  Trinity  ledge  there  are  from  12  to 
24  fathoms  ;  between  the  ledge  and  Cape  St.  Mary  there  are  18  fathoms  ;  . 
between  the  former  and  Bryer's  island,  there  are  42  fathoms  ;  and  along 
the  shore,  between  Cape  Forchu  and  Cape  St.  Mary,  there  are  1 1  and 
12  fathoms.  Cape  St.  Mary  bears  from  Cape  Forchu  N.  by  E.  \  E.  dis- 
tant 16  miles. 

The  south  entrance  of  the  Great  passage  lies  9  miles  N.  N.  W.  \  W. 
from  the  south  part  of  C-.pg  St.  Mary  ;  between  them  there  are  from  H 
to  22  fathomH.  The  Great  passage  lies  between  Bryer's  island  aad  the 
S.  W.  end  of  Long  Island  ;  and  the  Petit  passage  lies  at  the  N^  £.  ead  of 
Long  Island,  about  8  miles  distant  from  the  Great  passt^ii  ,^b<Kit  2 
miles  S.  W.  from  the  S.  VV.  part  of  Bryer's  island,  lies  Black  re^/  f^  ' 
about  a  mile  and  a  half  further,  in  the  same  direction,  there  is  a  sSoi^v 
with  only  3  feet  on  it.  Between  this  shoal  and  Black  rock  there  8tre-J#-:< 
jfuthoms ;  between  Black  rock  and  the  S.  W.  point  of  the  island  thcki^itet 

»  1  4.."-.''i-^-    ' 


Iki 


\ 


A 


Dlunt's  American  CoaHt  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


\ 


.>> 


it  nhniil.  Alioiil  ^  mllr*  %.  W.  hy  W.  from  tl.r  norlh  cntrnnrr  of  th« 
Uroiit  |i..««iigv,  i<«  the  North  WvHt  Icil^r.  'I  lu>  uidi'Nt  iiiid  ilcrpvitt  chun- 
ni*l  for  iihi|>N  that  conit;  rrotii  tht>  iouthwunl  fot  the  bay  of  Fundy,  \*  he- 
twc«n  thi>  North  Wviit  IimI^o  uiid  the  Wmt  M\\\  ixleit ;  it  in  nciirly  (] 
IriiKiii'N  widi>.  Th«>ri*  \%  aUo  u  chiiiiiu'l  hvtwft'r  (irriit  Muiiiin  ixhiiid  iiiid 
the  |mint  of  thu  luaiu  bud  to  the  wuHtwurd  of  it  ,  thi«  chuiVH'l  is  about  I 
niiU'it  wide. 

Mount  DpHcrt  rock  li«ii  ?fl  IrnKuon  V  '"  by  W.  from  th«  South  Seiil 
iohuidx,  17  hMKueit  W.  S.  VV.  from  lh«  -eal  ihIoh,  7  leajjut-H  K.  \  N. 

from  Woodciiball  rock,  luul  Vi  teaKu^"  tu.  ^  N.  from  Maiihcit^eii  inhmd. 

From  th«  Light^  on  Sttinl  ro  hland  to  Cape  Suile, 

From  Sanibro  ishind  lip;ht-hout«c  to  the  entrance  of  he  Have,  the 
courne  in  W.  ^  S.  and  the  dintuncc  1 1  lt>agueM  ;  between  them  are  Char^ 
loiiK*M  and  KinK**  bayH  ;  the  former  i^  aUo  railed  MnrKaret*M  bay.  About 
6  milcM  8.  I  VV.  from  the  point  of  land  whi(  h  MeuaratoH  the  two  bay**,  lien 
Green  island  ;  it  iit  small,  and  lies  7  leagues  VV.  N.  VV.  |  VV.  from  Sambro 
island. 

From  the  entrance  of  Le  Have  to  Hope  iHland,  the  course  i*  9.  W.  by 
W.  I  VV.  and  the  distance  about  1 1  leagues  ;  between  them  lie  Port  Jack- 
ion,  Liverpool,  and  Gaml)ier  harbours.  Port  JackHon  is  called  by  some 
Port  Mctway,  and  Gambicr  harbour  inalfo  called  Fort  Mattuon.  between 
Port  Jackson  and  Liverpool  is  Cape  Mctway. 

From  Hope  island  to  the  entrance  of  Port  Mills,  or  Ragged  Island  Har« 
hour,  the  course  is  VV.  S.  VV.  |  W.  iind  the  distance  f)J  leagues  ;  between 
them  lie  Stormont  river,  Port  Mansfield,  and  Penton  river.  Port  Muns- 
field  is  Also  called  Fort  Herbert. 

From  the  entrance  of  Fort  Mills  to  thnt  of  Port  Haldermand,  the  course 
IB  S.  W.  by  W.  I  VV.  and  the  distance  about  6  leagues  ;  between  them 
lie  Boiler  bay,  Fort  Campbell,  and  Port  Amherst.  Fort  Campbell  is  also 
called  Port  Uoseway  ;  this  is  deemed  an  excellent  harbour. 

From  the  entrance  of  Port  Halderman  to  Cape  Sable,  the  course  is  W, 
I  S.  nud  the  distance  10  miles  ;  between  them  lies  Barrlogton  bay.  Fort 
Haldermand  is  also  called  Port  Latour. 

The  Brazil  rock  lies  6  miles  S.  \  W.  from  the  point  of  land  which  se- 
parates  the  entrance  of  Fort  Haldermand  from  Barrington  bay  ;  and  6^ 
miles  S.  E.  by  E.  from  Cape  Sable  ;  on  this  rock  there  are  10  feet ;  be> 
tweeu  it  and  Cape  Sable  there  are  17  fathoms,, 

Cupe  Sable  is  a  low  sandy  point ;  it  may  be  known  by  several  sandy 
hills  lying  just  within  and  by  the  land  a  little  further  in  or  to  the  north- 
ward  of  the  sand  hills,  which  appear  higher. 

The  east  end  of  Baron  bank  lies  9  leagues  S.  W.  by  W.  from  Cape  Sa- 
ble ;  it  thence  extends  W.  S.  W.  ^  W.  7  miles,  is  about  4  miles  broad, 
and  has  20  and  21  fathoms  on  it.  Between  this  bank  and  Cape  Sable  there 
are  33  fathoms.  The  tide  flows  here,  on  the  change  and  full  days  of  the 
moon,  at  eight  o'clock.  From  Cape  Sable  a  reef  of  rocks  extends  W.  by 
S.  about  3  miles,  on  which  the  sea  always  breaks  unless  the  water  be  very 
smooth. 

A  light-house  has  been  erected  on  Cranberry  Island,  Nova  Scotia,  and 
wa:>  lit  on  the  first  of  November,  1818.  To  distinguish  it  from  Sambro 
light,  off  Halifax,  it  has  two  lights,  the  upper  one  large,  and  the  lower 
00  3  small. 

*  Sambro  ligtit,  kt  the  entrance  of  Halifax  harbour,  it  210  feet  atrave  tho  sea  leteU 
ttt  bf  isvcB  oil iMspa }  sMnds  io  U<. 440  81'  t6" N.  tong.  idP  W  30"  W. 


10  KilU.  BlunfH  American  Const  Pilot  3 

Directions  for  Iliilifiix  lmrl)our. 

SAMnnu  iaiiinti  lit(ht-hoiiiii*  m  in  liititudi;  It"  128'  S&"  North,  and  longi* 
t«ul«'  «i;»»  ;k/  :u)'  Wt-Bt. 

Fni")  tlit^  wi>iitwiir(l,  tirinii  ttio  linht  to  hmr  N.  K.  ;  if  it  hour  mort 
ciiMti'iiy,  <«tr(>t<'li  to  tin*  •^outliwanl  till  it  Im'iu'h  N.  K.  iiiiiI  im  iimch  mora 
northerly  iim  you  plottMc,  (li<*r'>  liriii^  no  mIioiiI  or  Ictl^i'  to  tin*  nuuthwiird  ; 
thfii  k(U!|>  it  o|»(;n  on  ycnir  larliour  l»ow  ;  ^ivu  it  muri;  than  u  niilu  itful  • 
hair  hirth,  an  much  nitirr  uh  yon  (llca4«^ 

Note. — The  wimtvrn  li'd^cM  hi>  from  thn  light  M.  W.  diittant  two  mi1o«, 
thi>  other  W.  S.  W.  about  onu  ItMiguu  ;  thv  tMMttMn  UmIk«ii  \'\c.  in  a  rm\\ifi 
nt^arly,  «om«t  nhovo  wiitor  ;  the  uutcrinuHt,  one  mile  and  u  halt'  from  th« 
light,  hiMinng  from  it  K.  N.  K. 

Whrn  tho  light  benrN  north,  distant  about  2  milcn,  run  N.  V\.  4  milef, 
then  north  will  carry  you  to  Chcduhucto  hcnd,  ut  n  proper  diMtunco  cleur 
of  all  danger. 

When  a-brentt  of  Chedabucto  Head,  run  N.  \  W.  for  the  Houth  point 
of  (leorge'rt  inland. 

When  within  A  n  mile  of  George'n  inland,  you  mny  enter  the  harbour 
west  of  it  in  12  nithomx,  or  eaut  of  it  in  ITi. 

In  pacing  between  Sandwich  noint  and  Meagery*M  beach,  nin  rather 
neareot  the  point,  to  ithun  atthoal  which  runti  ofl'.S.  W.  from  the  beuch. 

There  it  nliio  a  ohoal  lying  one  mile  Houth  of  Sandwich  point. 

Coming  from  the  eaHtward,  run  for  the  light,  and  you  cannot  fail  seeing 
Chedabucto  Head  aH  you  open  Halifax  harbour  ;  the  light  being  4^  miles 
liistnnt  from  the  Head  to  the  S.  W. 

Bearingi  and  Diitances  from  Samhro  Island  light-houi*. 

Chednbucto  Hentl  N.  E.  4^  niilti. 
Cap*  Le  ilnvo  W.  ^  S.  33  mile*. 
Livurpool  light  W.  Iiy  S.  5J  inilr*. 
Three  Fnthoin  Harbour  E.  N.  K.  16  milei. 
Jedure  Hend  E.  by  N.  4  N-  34  miles. 
Jedore  outer  ledge  E.  i&i  nillei. 

Var.  170  28' W. 

Fort  Ayleihury. 

You  have  regular  soundingH  and  deep  water  ns  far  up  as  point  Bruce, 
where  a  rocky  shoal  extends  near  one-third  of  the  way  across  the  chan- 
nel ;  when  you  arc  abreast  of  it,  steer  for  the  small  island  on  the  eastern 
shore,  and  under  a  short  sail,  haul  ro^ndits  west  side,  giving  it  but  a  small 
birth,  to  avoid  a  rocky  flat  running  fiom  the  western  shore,  within  the 
distance  of  60  fathoms  from  the  isle.  You  may  anchor  under  the  west 
side  of  the  isle,  or  farther  up.  There  is  n  passage,  at  high  water,  from 
this  to  the  Bay  of  Rocks,  for  boats  and  small  craft  only. 

Port  Hood  is  situated  on  the  north-western  extremity  of  the  island  of 
Cape  Breton,  bears  by  compass  north  4  degrees  east,  distant  20  miles 
from  the  north  entrance  of  the  gut  of  Canso,  and  east  8  degrees  south  17^ 
miles  from  Cape  George.  The  flood  tide  sets  from  the  northward  at  the 
rate  of  1^  mile  an  hour  :  and  on  the  days  of  full  and  change,  it  is  high  wa- 
ter at  half-past  seven  ;  common  spring  tides  rise  about  6  feet,  'i'o  sail  ia, 
keep  your  course  to  the  eastward,  till  Point  Emerson  is  on  with  the  gut  of 
Canso  ;  this  direction  will  lead  you  into  no  less  than  6  fathoms  ;  and  close 
by  the  end  of  the  sand  flat  which  runs  from  the  south-east  part  of  the  f^^ 
insula : — here  arc  two  small  remarkable  white  beaches  at  the  botiioilii-^ 


t./ 


Blunts  Amrrican  Conit  Pilot. 


10  Kdit 


th(>  rliflt  ;  wh«nlh«  notithrrnmoat  hrnrs  W.  Iiy  H.  you  mny  litiiil  rntiml  to 
th«  nnrhoriiKt*  in  4  iind  r»  liithoniM,  mmltly  lioltom,  whrrw  ■Iii|ih  muy  lir 
w«ll  «hflltprr«l  frnm  nil  wituU.  Th«*  wtiti*r  on  tlu*  lltitH  ii|i|MMirii  very  wliitt*, 
HHii  brciiku  whtMi  tlir  witu\  liluwa  Mrong  from  tlit>  noiitliniiril.  'I'licrv  M  a 
puMoge  fur  tniiill  v«*ii<trU  bi'tw«en  |iuiiit  SuNiinnuh  luul  lifniy  Itli;. 

Convey  Unrhour. 

Thi*  liiirlinnr  in  nhi'ltvn'd  by  .Sf>ymoiir  UIon,  ant)  Iiiin  (wo  rntnuirei. 
SiiiliuK  into  the  w«aternino«t,  in  oriU*r  to  hvokI  llrnry  IpiIkp,  k«i<|>  thr  atiir* 
Itoiinl  nliori'  on  boiinl ;  and  on  yoiii'  lurlioiinl  tackN.obdrrvr  not  (o  borrow 
Dcarrr  thNii  (i  (lithonw,  whirli  will  kcrp  you  rU>nr  of  tbi*  tail  of  the  vnnt 
re«r,  mill  of  a  ftmall  Hunkm  rock  about  a  rabln*N  diiitanrt*  totbr  N.  K.  from 
it.  Tbc  t'i  fi'Pt  mIiomI  lim  "i'iO  fHtlionm  iiiNtaiiri<  from  Park  InU>,  and  K. 
by  S.  f)(K)  fatboinn  diMtHnrn  from  Fifth  beach.  'I'o  Hail  into  the  wcMtorn 
entriiirn,  come  not  nearer  Seymour  IhIch  than  0  fathomn  :  HhaiiinK  y""r 
couTM^tutlie  northward,  until  you  open  the  North  Sta);e  mid-channel  ; 
then  litorr  for  it,  nnd  you  may  anchor  in  G,  U,  and  10  fathoiiM,  good  hold- 
iuf  gruuiid. 

MUford  Itaren. 

The  hendof  the  Bay  ChcdHburtoiit  Hiirrounded  with  nand  flat*,  tint  non(> 
extend  farther  from  the  nhore  than  2(M)  fathomn,  excepting  Stony  litle 
■houl,  running  olf  iouth  near  half  a  mile,  and  meetit  Toby-head  Hhoal, 
which  maken  a  bar  of  Jj  fathoms  acroMH  the  channel  intoMilford  llnvcn. 
At  the  beginning  of  the  tfoudand  ebb,  the  tide  HtreamH  with  great  velocity 
in  the  Narrown  between  Stony  Inle  and  the  wentern  ithore.  Within  (he 
harbour,  between  Elixa  point  and  the  beach,  there  ih  u  bar  .1^  fiitbomn., 
above  which  is  deep  water  for  Heveral  miles  up  into  the  country.  Sal- 
mon river  in  fit  only  fur  the  smallest  bouts. 

White  Haven. 

White-Ifeud  inland  is  very  high,  nnd  the  rocks  that  surround  it,  with 
those  olT  the  entrance  of  While  llavcn,  westward  to  Cape  Martingo,  in- 
clusively, are  high,  nnd  remarkably  white  also.  There  are  several  pas- 
sages between  these  rocks  ;  the  best  is  between  the  Gulf  rock  nnd  the 
west  breaker.  You  mny  sail  close  by  Turtle  rock  ;  then  shape  your  course 
N.  W.  by  N.  keeping  near  Three-top  island,  to  avoid  a  ridge  of  sunkeo 
rocks  which  extend  from  the  eastern  shore  one-third  of  the  way  across  the 
channel,  and  run  up  to  anchor  in  10  and  12  fathoms,  muddy  bottom. 

Port  How  is  a  good  snug  harbour,  but  there  nre  several  breakers  in  the 
entrance.  To  sail  into  it,  bring  the  body  of  Middle  Isle  to  bear  N.  j  E. 
then  steer  for  it  till  you  are  above  Iron-Mead,  to  which,  on  account  of 
some  rocks  southward  of  it,  you  are  to  give  a  good  birth  ;  and  you  may 
anchor  under  Middle  Isle  in  7  ond  8  fathoms,  good  holding  ground,  or  in 
the  north-west  branch  going  up  to  it ;  keep  nearest  the  western  shore. 
Grow  harbour,  or  the  south  shore  of  Chedabucto  bay,  W.  N.  W.  4  leagues 
from  Canso,  has  deep  water,  with  good  bottom,  and  may  afl'ord  receptioa 
for  i  or  3  ships  of  war.  The  best  channel  is  on  the  west  side  of  Rook 
Isle,  between  it  and  Corby,  which  is  a  shoal  extending  eastward  about  70 
fathoms  from  2  small  red  heads  on  the  western  shore.  Isle  Hook  is  bold  too. 

Philip  inlet  is  shoal,  and  lies  open  to  the  north  winds.  A  soiall 
schooner  may  lie  sheltered  within  White  Point  in  Shallop  Cove. 


„d^mi' 


10  Edit. 


Blunt*8  American  Coail  Pilot. 


Sandwich  Huy, 

Tlirri*  iirr  *»(«>  iim)  r»»y  |>iiii»iik(>«  for  Ihr  liirK«*"t  ahiim  of  war  lM>tw««o 
llir  rorki),  IimIki**,  iiiitl  lir«Mik«T«,  tiliuut  (lu>  iMitrMiin*  of  tlii«  hoy,  Irailinfup 
to  thi*  ttrvrrtil  luirbourN  hruiu  Iiiiik  out  from  i(.     Country  liMrhour  u  im- 
vi|(MWIr  II  ircul  Wiiy  up,  mu\  nfTonlo  Kooti  ■nrhnrHKw  in  mud  buttoui.     I'ort 
I lini'hiiiWrokn  hu*  iiUo  midiricnt  tlrptliN  ol'wHtiT  tor  iiny  olup.  and  koo<I  hold* 
iiig  Kruuiid.     I'ort  MuiittiKU  Im'h  very  roiivriiii'til  lor  cMrrying  on  tliu  co4 
iiitlu'ry.     You  may  lie  very  uniiK  witliiii  Ulund  hiirbour,  iii  7  or  B  tatlioRM, 
mud  bottom,  iiiid  rommodiouM  lor  k"*i>K  '*'  **'"  ^i^''  ulmoitt  Hnv  wind.  Th« 
Nouth  «Mid  of  WilliMtii  iKliind  i«  oho.il  for  u  i(uart«'r  of  a  mile.     A  rocky 
rt'vf  I'XtiMidM   about   halt'  a  milo  8.  S.  K.  from  Cape   Mur.odomff.      I'olluS 
•hi'lvcN  to  the  N.  W.  but  in  bold  to  on  th»  aoutb  Miid  ratt  •idi").     From  Or* 
phiMiM  IcdKC  It  iit  ahoHl  abo\(>  a  miio  to  tliv  8.  S.  vuntward,  and  h  quurtcr 
of  II  mile  to  thr  N.  N.  wc>Mtward.     Thv  Fliitts  a  Munkni  rock,  Ilea  S.  E. 
0  ^\f(^.  S.  '2  milcN  iVum  Cape  IV1o(-odoiii«>,  and  N.  K.  bv  K.  uno  miU  and 
thr«ie  (piartcrii  from  I'ollux,  and  S.  VV.  by  W.  ^  W.  \\  mil(»t  from  tirceo 
inland.     Thr  Fiddle,  another  Munkon  rock,  liflH  S.  K.  neur  4  mileii  from 
Cupn  Morodome,  ami  K.  J  8.  ;{  milcM  from  I'ollux.     The  nomioonii  ftwo 
breakerit)  lio  Houth  above  I]  mile  from  Urecn  inhiiid,  and  K.  by  N.  \  N. 
bpnile*  from  Pollux. 

I'ort  Hickerton  in  a  Hafe  little  harbour.  The  nouth  ond  of  Rich«rd  I«l« 
in  nhoul  for  about  the  diMtancn  of  a  cable*H  length.  Ilummlkk  Head  ii 
fiurrounded  with  high  btack  rockii — itM  interior  part  ia  barren  :  a  ship  may 
anchor  within  the  head  on  the  eiw^tern  xhore.  in  running  fuither  upi 
keep  the  atarboard  shore  on  board  to  avoid  Murray'n  ledge,  part  of  which 
ii  dry  at  low  water. 

River  St.  Mary. 

At  the  entrance  the  soundings  are  irregular,  and  the  bottom  rocky ;  it 
is  navigable  for  sloops  and  schooners  by  a  narrow  channel,  wimling  through 
extciiHive  llatx,  part  of  which,  at  low  wutcr,  arc  left  dry,  leading  to  the 
fresh  water  fidls. 

JTouhon  Harbour . 

Flint  Isle  is  surrounded  with  shoaN  nnd  breakers.  From  John  Isle 
there  arc  rocky  rcef^t  Htrctrhing  out  near  one  mile  south  and  S.  E.  You 
may  sail  on  cither  side  of  Mill  Rock,  it  being  steep  to.  Clamb  Kock  it 
dry  at  low  water  in  spring  tides.  The  best  channel  in  between  it  and  the 
biutr  head  on  the  east  shore. 

Liscomb  Harbour, 

The  rocks  nnd  breakers  extending  from  Cape  Amelia  are  observed  at 
a  con^idcruble  distance,  as  the  sea  breaks  over  them  at  all  times.  Coming 
from  the  eastward,  be  careful  of  a  sunken  rock  lying  S.  VV.  J  mile  from 
Cape  Amelia.  Within  the  entrance  of  the  harbour  there  is  a  blind  rock, 
lying  three  quarters  of  a  cable's  length  from  Point  Pitt.  Vou  may  anchor 
■any  wiicrc  in  this  hurbour,  in  b  or  b^  fathoms,  and  good  holding  ground. 

Port  Stevens. 

There  are  some  ledges  and  breakers  which  lie  scattered  from  the  E.  to 
the  ^-  K.  within  3  miles  of  Cape  Philip.  The  best  channel  is  between 
Taurus  and  aoother  shoal  extending  about  half  a  mile  S.  E.  from  White 


niunt^s  American  Coast  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


10 


point,  to  which  come  no  nearer  than  5  fnthom?,  whence  you  may  n»\\ 
through  between  Breyenton  iaiand  and  Duck  isle,  and  anclior  at  pleasure 
in  the  harbour. 

White  Islands  Harbour. 

The  sunken  rocks,  which  extend  about  half  a  mile  S.  S.  E.  from  the 
eastern  end  of  White  ialundn,  are  steep  too,  and  must  be  avoided  by  keep- 
ing mid-channel  between  them  and  Crane  island.  These  islands,  being  re- 
markably high  and  iron  bound,  with  white  rocks,  may  be  distinguished 
from  the  offing. 

Flemming  River. 

The  channel  into  this  river  being  rocky  and  intricate,  is  scarcely  fit  for 
any  but  fishing  and  other  small  craft. 

Beaver  Harbour. 

The  Beaver  isles  are  very  remarkable  to  ships  sailing  along  the  coast, 
particularly  Bald  Isle,  the  westernmost,  which  is  a  high  and  darkish  barren 
rock.  A  shoal  spreads  easterly  near  200  fathoms  from  the  eastern  ex- 
tremity of  South  isle,  and  about  three  quarters  of  a  mile  N.  ^  W.  from  it, 
lies  Bounce,  a  small  sunken  rock,  with  15  fathoms  close  to  it  on  all  sides  ; 
and  farther,  in  N.  3**  £.  1  j  miles  distant  are  the  Twins. 

Black  rock,  in  the  fair-way  going  up  the  harbour,  has  on  its  side  13  fa- 
thoms, and  16  on  its  westernmost  side  ;  you  may  anchor  in  B  fathoms  within 
Edward  and  Meadow  isles.  The  red  cliff  on  the  south  end  of  Edward's 
isle  makes  this  harbour  remarkable  from  the  ofhng,  being  the  only  one 
between  Egmont  harbour  and  Liscomb.  Sailing  into  Mackerel  basin,  give 
birth  to  the  shoal  which  extends  northerly  above  a  cable's  length  off  the 
beach,  on  the  east  side  of  its  entrance.  The  interior  part  of  this  beach 
is  so  steep  too,  that  a  vessel  of  100  tons  may,  at  all  times  of  tide,  lie  afloat 
with  her  side  touching.  There  arc  3  fathoms  and  mud  bottom  through- 
out the  basin. 

Port  Parker. 

At  the  entrance  of  this  port  the  bottom  is  Uiieven  and  rocky  within. 
Bridge  Cove  is  good  anchorage  in  3  and  3^  fathoms,  sound  bottom. 

Port  J^orth. 

Off  Cape  Hide  are  two  ledges,  linked  and  surrounded  by  sunken  rocks, 
commonly  named  Pegasus'  Wing,  to  which  come  not  nearer  than  12  fa- 
thoms ;  the  best  way  into  this  harbour  is  oi  i  the  west  side  of  them,  and 
thence  steer  for  Rock  isle,  which  is  steep  too,  and  run  up  through  between 
Banbury  and  Guilford  isles,  where  you  will  have  from  9  to  14  fathoms. 
N-  10"  W.  570  fathoms  distant  from  the  N.  E.  end  of  Banbury  Isle, 
and  E.  by  N.  2<»  N.  from  Stony  island,  lies  a  sunken  rock,  on  th*^ 
shoalest  part  of  which  there  are  no  more  than  two  feet ;  when  above  it, 
you  shape  your  course  north-easterly  up  the  river,  and  anchor  at  pleasure 
in  7,  8,  and  9  fathoms,  mud  bottom. 

Port  Palisser. 

OS  the  entrance  of  this  port  E.  S.  E.  7^®  S.  500  fathoms  distant 
from  the  Hug,  lies  a  sunken  r6ck,  with  deep  water  on  all  sides  around 


It;  II 

to  1 
whe 
leadi 


Cal 

mnkcl 

lower 

sevei 

than 

rock 

E.  21 


10  Edit. 

oil  mny  Hjiil 
'  ut  pleasure 


E.  from  the 
ed  by  keep- 
tl»,  being  re - 
istinguiHbed 


rcely  fit  for 


g  the  coast, 
kkh  barren 
eastern  ex- 
W.  from  it, 
n  all  sidea ; 

side  13fa- 
oms  within 
r  Edward's 
J  only  one 
lasin,  give 
;th  off  the 
this  beach 
,  lie  afloat 
through- 


:y  within, 
til. 


en  rocks, 
m  12  fa- 
lem,  and 
between 
fathoms, 
ry  Isle, 

on  the 
bove  it, 

leasure 


distant 
around 


10  Edit. 


Blunt^s  American  Coast  Pilot. 


it ;  in  sailing  thence  up  the  harbour,  the  soundings  are  irregular  from  4^ 
to  10  fathoms.  The  best  anchorage  is  within  Hugh  and  Palisser  islands, 
where  you  have  from  6  to  8  fathoms,  mud  bottom  :  and  the  best  channel 
leading  to  it  is  between  them. 

Spry  Harbour. 

Cape  Southampton  is  high,  rocky  and  barren  ;  two  trees  on  the  top 
make  it  very  remarkable  from  the  eastward  and  westward.  Cape  Spry  is 
lower,  and  likewise  barren ;  and  on  account  of  two  flat  stony  isles  and 
several  breakers  extending  south-westerly,  not  safe  to  approach  nearer 
than  7  fathoms.  You  may  sail  up  the  harbour  on  either  side  of  Cornish 
rock  ;  S.  S.  E.  2*  E.  630  fathoms  distant  from  this  rock,  aid  E.  N. 
E.  2"  E.  from  Cape  Spry,  lies  a  breaker,  on  which  are  4  fathoms. — 
Aries  is  a  blind  rock,  which  shews  itself  at  low  water  spring  tides,  and  is 
steep  too  on  all  sides  ;  it  lies  N.  N.  E.  4^°  E.  2  iO  fathoms  distant  from 
Point  Richard.  From  the  ancuoring  place  in  7  and  8  fathoms,  mud  boi. 
tom,  you  have  a  passage  for  small  vessels, ,  leading  through  within  the 
islands  into  Deane  harbour. 

Deane  Harbour. 

To  sail  into  the  harbour,  keep  mid-channel  between  Cape  Southamp- 
ton and  the  Calibian  ledge.  Above  Urn  isle  is  good  anchorage  in  5  and  6 
fathoms  stiff  blue  clay. 

t 
Saunders  Harbour. 

Excepting  the  shoal  and  a  breaker,  east  one  mile  off  Comptroller's 
ledge,  this  harbour  has  a  fair  entrance,  and  regular  souudings  all  the  way 
up,  and  good  anchorage  in  stiff  blue  clay. 

Tangier  Harbour. 

To  avoid  Calibian  ledges,  and  the  shoal  half  a  mile  to  S.  S.  E.  keep  the 
shore  of  Tangier  island  on  board ;  you  may  anchor  any  where  above 
Fisher's  Nose  in  4  fathoms,  mud  bottom. 

Knowles  Harbour, 

You  may  sail  on  either  side  of  Bold  rock,  the  N.  E.  side  of  which  is 
steep  too,  but  has  a  dhoal  extending  from  its  S.  W.  side  about  2  cables' 
length.  From  Hiron  island  there  is  a  ledge  and  a  shoal  running  easterly 
3  quarters  of  a  mile.  Centaur  is  a  blind  rock,  off  the  east  point,  at  the 
entrance  of  Charles  river,  which  shews  itself  at  a  quarter  ebb.  The  bot- 
tom is  a  stiff  blue  clay  throughout  the  harbour. 

Keppel  Harbour. 

Owl  Head  makes  this  harbour  very  remarkable  from  the  south-east- 
ward. In  the  offing  the  shore  appears  in  white  spots  from  its  entrance 
upwards.  The  best  channel  is  on  the  west  side  of  Hiron  island  ;  there 
is  no  danger  but  what  shews  itself,  excepting  Hervey  breakers,  on  which 
are  3i  fathoms,  and  which  break  only  in  bad  weather.  Saihng  up,  you 
shoal  your  water  gradually  from  17  to  6  and  4  fathoms,  muddy  bottom. 

Egmont  Harbour. 
To  sail  through  the  best  channel  into  this  harbour,  on  the  east  side  of 


?.&i^j, 


Blunt^s  American  Coast  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


Thorn  shoal,  on  which  there  are  1 1  feet  lying  S.  E.  by  S.  300  futhoms 
from  Point  Darby,  shiipe  your  course  towurd^  M'Bride  point,  which  is 
bold  too,  observing  to  keep  it  open  with  the  north  end  of  Little  Prpinsula  ; 
and  when  the  highest  part  of  Wintor  rocli  bears  south,  you  will  be  on  the 
east  side  of  Thorn  shoal  ;  whence  sail  northwards,  until  you  shut  in  Lit- 
tle Peninsula  with  M'Bride's  point,  and  steer  northwesterly  for  Black  rock, 
to  avoid  the  dry  sand  flats  on  your  starboard  hand,  within  a  ship's  length 
of  which  the  water  deepens  to  5  and  6  fathoms  ;  whence  you  may  run  up 
to  anchor  at  pleasure.  In  Watering  cove,  or  further  up  there  is  good  and 
well  sheltered  am  borage,  without  the  harbour,  between  Isle  James  and 
Isle  Worth.  Bank's  inlet  leaves  bet^  /een  the  eiftensive  dry  flats,  at  its  en- 
trance, bui  a  narrow  ana  winding  passage  ibr  tlie  smallest  tishing  crafts. 

Catch  Harbour y 

'Has  a  bar  across  its  entrance  with  9  feet  at  low  water,  and  it  breaks 
Hrhen  the  wind  blows  upon  the  shore  ;  it  is  frequented  by  small  vessels 
only. 

Samhro*  Harbour. 

Coming  from  the  westward,  the  best  passage  is  between  Cape  Palisser 
and  the  Bull  rock  ;  from  the  eastward,  you  may  run  up  between  Sambro' 
island  and  Inner  ledge.  The  anchoring  ground  is  within  the  Isle  of  Man, 
in  3  fathoms,  mud  bottom.  The  gut  leading  to  Loudy  basin  has  from  2  to 
3  fathoms,  and  is  very  narrow. 

Bristol  Bay. 

On  the  days  of  full  and  new  moon  it  flows  till  three  quarters  past  7 
o'clock,  and  the  common  spring  tides  rise  eight  feet.  To  ru:.  up  to  an- 
chor in  Shuldum  harbour,  when  coming  from  the  westward,  bring  Point 
Mackworth  to  bear  north,  and  pass  between  White  rocks  and  the  rocks 
which  lie  ofl"  Point  Mackworth.  There  is  a  good  channel  also  between  Cape 
Palisser  and  Hervey  isle,  with  good  anchoring  ground  in  7  and  8  fathoms. 

Prospect  Harbour. 

The  soundings  on  the  entrance  of  the  harbour  are  irregular.  About 
two  cables'  length  east  of  Dormon  rock  is  a  breaker,  with  3  fathoms 
on  it.  There  is  good  anchorage  above  Pyramid  isle  for  the  largest 
ships,  and  within  Betsey's  isles  for  small  vessels,  in  4^  fathoms,  stiff 
blue  clay. 

Port  Durham^ 

Has  a  suflicient  depth  of  water,  but  the  entrances  into  it  are  very  nar- 
row. Sailing  in  through  the  east  jwssage,  whic*"  is  the  best,  give  birth 
to  the  ledge  extending  E.  S.  E.  half  a  mile  from  Inchkeith  island. 


Leith  Harbour..  ' 

From  Inchkeith  island  E.  S.  E.  about  1^  mile  lies  the  Hog,  a  sunken 
rock,  on  which  there  are  but  6  feet ;  it  may  easily  be  perceived  by  a  rip- 
pling of  the  tide  in  fair  weather,  or  by  a  swell  and  breaking  of  the  sea 
when  the  wind  blows  on  the  shore  ;  there  are  good  channels  on  both 
sides  of  it.  The  channel  on  the  west  side  of  the  Hog  is  more  difficult,  on 
account  of  the  ledge  extending  E.  S.  E.  about  half  a  mile  from  the  east- 
ern extremity  of  Inchkeith  island. 


10  Edit. 

300  futhomH 
int,  which  is 
e  Poqinsula  ; 
i^ill  be  on  the 
u  shut  in  Li4- 
r  BiHck  rock, 
!«hip*8  length 
I  may  run  up 
'e  is  good  and 
!e  Janics  and 
lata,  at  its  en- 
ling  crafts. 


nd  it  breaks 
mall  vessels 


ape  Palisser 
een  Sambro' 
isle  of  Man, 
las  from  2  to 


rters  past  7 
v..  up  to  an- 
bring  Point 

the  rocks 
tween  Cape 

8  fathoms. 


ar.  About 
3  fathoms 

,he  largest 
horns,  stiff 


very  nar- 
gjve  birth 
ind. 


a  sunken 
iby  a  rip- 
if  the  sea 
i  on  both 
fficult,  on 
the  east- 


10  Edit. 


Blanks  American  Coast  Pilot. 


9 


Charlotte  Bay. 

In  this  bay  are  noveral  harbours  fit  to  receive  armed  ships  of  any  rate. 
The  high  lands  at  llaapotageon,  on  the  west,  between  it  and  King's  bay, 
are  very  remarkable  at  a  considerable  distance  in  tho  offing.  The  shores 
on  the  entrance  are  high  white  rocks,  and  steep  ioo  :  on  the  west  side, 
<;oming  in,  you  perceive  a  Dog  (a  ledge)  almost  covered  and  surround- 
ed with  breakers,  which  lies  S.  by  £.  3"  £.  near  1^  mile  distant  from 
the  south  end  of  Holdorness  island,  and  bears  W.  3°  S.  from  the  south- 
ernmost point  of  Inchkeith  island.  You  have  good  channels  on  both 
sides  uf  the  small  island  which  shelters  the  south  west  harbour.  In 
Fit/roy  river,  ships  may  lie  land-locked  in  5  or  6  fathoms  ;  sailing  into 
it  lies  Black  ledge,  with  deep  water  close  to  it,  and  lying  S.  W.  4  S.  300 
fathoms  distant  from  Warren  head,  appears  at  uU  times  of  tide.  Vessels 
may  ride  half  a  mile  below  the  falls  of  Ethngham  rivers.  In  Delivpare 
river  the  largest  ships  may  lie  in  the  greatest  safety.  Convay  cove  has 
also  a  sufficient  depth  of  water  for  any  ships,  and  sheltered  from  all  winds. 
•Sailing  into  it,  keep  nearest  the  starboard  point  of  the  entrance.  Within 
Hertford  basin  you  have  from  8  to  10  Htthoms  throughout.  Mecklenburg 
isle  affords  a  commodious  shelter  ;  and  further  up,  any  where  within  Stre- 
litz  isles,  you  may  anchor  very  secure. 

Mecklenbvrg  Bay. 

This  bay  is  full  of  the  finest  harbours ;  and  there  are  deep  passages 
within  almost  every  island  in  it,  with  convenient  anchorage  for  all  kinds 
of  shipping. 

To  sail  from  the  southward  into  Prince  harbour,  when  you  are.  as  high 
up  as  Royal  George  island,  steer  for  Roltinson's  rock,  which  is  always 
above  water,  until  the  north  point  of  Louis  inland  opens  with  the  north 
end  of  William  Henry  island,  whence  you  may  shape  your  course  to 
any  part  of  the  harbour,  and  anchor  at  pleasure  in  4,  6  or  9  fathoms, 
good  holding  ground. 

There  are  several  good  channels  leading  into  the  Royal  arm  ;  about  the 
middle  part  of  it,  S.  W.  ^  S.  300  fathoms  distant  from  the  south  end  of 
Jarvis  isle,  and  E.  |  S.  distant  600  fathoms  from  the  south  point  of  Barring- 
ton  island,  lies  a  ledge,  dry  at  low  water. . 

The  navigation  into  Cumberland  arm,  Chester,  and  the  other  harbours 
in  this  bay,  is  so  easy  and  safe,  that  the  sole  inspection  of  the  draft  will 
give  every  information  necessary  on  the  subject. 

Lunenburg. 

There  are  good  passages  in  Lunenburg  on  either  side  of  Prince  of 
Wales'  island  ;  sailing  in  on  the  east  side,  keep  mid-channel,  in  order  to 
avoid  the  shoals  which  extend  from  the  north  part  of  the  island,  and  from 
Colesworth  point.  Sailing  in  through  the  best  channel,  on  the  west  side 
of  the  island,  incline  towards  the  Ovens  ;  then  shape  your  course  N.  N. 
W.  \  W.  over  towards  Battery  cliff,  in  order  to  avoid  the  Cat,  which  lies 
N.  by  E.  1  mile  distant  from  the  Ovens,  and  on  which  are  but  8  feet ;  and 
keeping  the  fort  well  open  with  Moreau  point,  you  may  safely  run  up  to 
anchor  in  3  fathoms,  and  good  hold  ground. 

King's  Bay.      «^^ 

This  bay  is  parted  from  Charlotte's  bay  by  a  neck  of  land  about  ^  inites 
over,  whereon  the  highlands  of  Haspotageon  siand,  whose  appeanaoce, 

2 


10 


Blunf  s  American  Coast  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


ill  three  regular  swoUiiiRfl,  render  it  very  remarkable  at  a  great  distance 
in  the  ofling.  Between  the  islands  are  good  channels,  leading  up  intd 
leveral  6ne  harbours  within  the  bay.  The  outer  breaker  lies  N.  N.  E.  1 
mile  and  two  thirds  distant  from  the  sooth  east  end  of  Duck  island,  and 
W.  7°  S.  3^  miles  distant  from  the  S.  W.  point  of  Green  island.  From 
this,  about  3  miles  northward,  lies  the  Bull  (a  blind  rock,  visible  at 
three  quarters  ebb)  bearing  W.  S.  W.  1200  fathoms  distant  from  the  S. 
Yi.  «;nd  of  Flat  is»land,  and  S.  S.  E.  |  E.  2 J  miles  distant  from  the  west 
point  of  Royal  George  island.  And  further  up  W.  by  N.  8"  N.  400  fa- 
thoms distant  from  West  point,  lies  Rocky  shoal,  within  which  and  Royal 
George  island  is  deep  water.  The  Coachman  is  a  blind  ledge  within 
Mucklenburg  bay,  visible  -at  low  water  only.  The  east  ends  of  Royal 
Geoive't  and  Flat  islands  in  one,  will  lead  you  clear  on  the  east  side  of 
it.  The  west  end  of  iron  bound  island  open  with  the  west  point  of  the 
Litlle  Tancock  island,  will  clear  you  on  its  south  side  ;  and  Governor's 
island  on  witl.  West  point,  carries  you  safe  on  its  north  side. 

Gambler  Harbour. 

On  both  sides  of  Portsmouth  rocks,  which  are  always  above  water,  you 
have  deep  channels,  and  of  a  sufhcient  width  for  ships  to  turn  into  the  har- 
bour ;  with  a  leading  wind  you  may  steer  up  N.  W.  until  you  bring  Sad- 
dle island  to  bear  S.  W.  byS.  and  haul  up  S.  W.  to  the  anchoring  ground. 
Small  vessels  may  pass  on  the  west  side  of  Matoon  island,  between  the 
Bull  and  the  western  shore. 

Port  Mansfield. 

Green  Island,  without  the  entrarce  of  this  port,  is  remarkable  from 
the  westward,  having  no  trees  o.i  it.  The  channel  leading  to  the  anchor- 
ing ground  in  3  fathoms,  is  not  more  than  60  fathoms  wide,  between  Bridge's 
rock  and  Stony  beach,  above  which  are  flats  with  narrow  winding  chan- 
nels through  the  mud. 


ll 


Directions  for  sailing  into  Shelburne  harbour,  N.  S. 

Shelburne  is  a  safe  harbour  against  any  wind,  except  a  violent  storm 
from  the  S.  S.  W.  At  town  the  wind  from  S.  by  E.  does  no  harm,  but 
from  S.  by  W.  to  S.  W.  by  S.  if  blowing  hard  for  any  considerable  time, 
it  is  apt  to  set  the  small  vessels  adrift  at  the  wharves  ;  but  in  the  stream, 
with  good  ca!.les  and  anchors,  no  wind  can  hurt  you. 

Shelburne  light-house  is  built  on  the  south-eastern  end  of  M'Knutt's 
island,  and  forms  the  western  side  of  the  entrance  into  the  harbour. — 
About  half  way  from  its  base  to  the  upper  lantern  is  a  small  lantern, 
shewing  a  distinguishing  light.  Generally,  it  is  well  attended  to,  and  shews 
as  well  as  any  light  on  the.  coast.  Tha  light  may  be  approached  with 
safety  in  the  night,  from  any  situation,  when  it  bears  from  N.  N.  E.  to  W. 
N.  W.  There  is  water  enough  for  a  first  rate  man  of  war,  within  a  ca- 
ble's length  of  the  point  on  which  it  stands.  A  vessel  going  in  at  night, 
having  got  sight  of  the  light  and  bringing  it  to  bear  any  way  between  N. 
N.  E.  and  W.  N.  W.  ought  to  run  for  it  until  pretty  near  to  it,  so  as  (if  it 
if  not  very  dark)  to  see  or  he^T  the  surf  on  the  shore  ;  then  leave  it  on 
fhe  larboard  band,  and  still  keeping  the  larboard  shore  on  board  until  they 


10  Edit. 

»at  distnnce 
ng  up  into 
N.  N.E.  1 
inland,  and 
ind.  From 
,  visible  at 
rom  the  S. 
m  the  west 
N.  400  fa- 
h  and  Royal 
;dge  within 
Is  of  Royal 
east  side  of 
toint  of  the 
Governor's 


I  water,  you 
nto  the  har- 
I  bring  Sad- 
'ing  ground, 
etween  the 


rkable  from 
the  anchor- 
en  Bridge's 
ding  chan- 


K  s. 

lent  storm 
harm,  but 
pable  time, 
le  stream, 

iM'Knutt's 
larbour. — 
\\  lantern, 
and  shews 
:hed  with 
E.  to  W. 
Ithin  a  co- 
at night, 
Itween  N. 
as  (if  it 
lave  it  on 
intil  they 


10  Edit. 


Blunt's  American  Coast  Pilot. 


11 


find  by  their  lead  good  anchorage,  which  will  be  4  or  5  miles  abore  the 
light-h'^use.  The  bottom  is  good  from  the  light-house  to  Sandy  vn\»ty 
about  8  miles  over,  a  depth  of  water  from  12  to  6  fathoms  ;  a  vesseVihay 
turn  jp  without  meeting  any  obstruction  whatev^y  except  the  shore  ow 
each  side,  taking  care  to  keep  the  lead  going,  in  order  to  discover  the 
•hore  soundings,  when, the  weather  is  so  dark  as  to  hide  the  land  off  the 
shore  on  both  sides.  The  passstge  is  n«t  more  than  1^  mile  wide  frotn 
the  middle  head  of  the  island  (which  is  about  3  miles  above  the  light  on 
the  same  side)  ever  to  the  eastern  shore.  Coming  from  the  eastward,  or 
seaward,  there  is  a  rock,  which  is  seldom,  if  ever,  covered'with  water, 
called  the  Bell,  (by  some  it  is  called  the  Bull,  and  others  the  Cow)  whitih 
bears  from  the  light,  E.  20^  N.  2^  miles  distant.  It  is  bold  too',  on  any 
side  of  it,  and  may  be  passed  at  a  pistol  shot  with  safety  ;  and  a  run  of  4 
or  6  miles  N.  W.  from  it,  will  bring  you  up  to  some  where  about  the 
Middle  head,  whence  you  proceed  up  channel  about  N.  N,  W.  to  S^ndy 
point,  off  which  runs  a  spit  of  sand,  which  must  be  avoided  by  keeping 
further  to  the  westward.  This  is  the  only  obstacle  in  the  whole  passafte, 
and  you  may  anchor  below  it  if  night,  as  it  would  not  be  proper,  or 
even  necessary,  for  a  stranger  to  attempt  it,  finding  such  good  anchorage 
before  you  come  to  it.  After  rounding  Sandy  point,  the  town  appears,  and 
you  may  run  up  without  difficulty.  \.  «;, 

[Shelburne  affords  an  excellent  port  of  shelter  to  vuteh  in  distrest,  of  any  kind,  as  a 
small  supply  of  cordage  and  duck  cany  almost  at  any  time,  be  had-  Carpenters  can  be 
procured/or  repairing ;  pump,  block,  and  sail-makers  also.  It  affords  plenty  of  spars  and 
provisions  of  every  kind,  in  tolerable  plenty.  JVater  is  easily  provided,  of  an  excellent 
quality.  If  a  vessel  enters  at  the  Cuslom-hou/e,  the  charges  aire,  high ;  that,  howevcTf  it 
seldom  necessary.] 

The  fellowing  bearings  and  di$tance$  were  taken  at  the  light-house. 

From  the  light-house  to  Berry^s  or  Sunbridge  point,  N.  40°  E.  2  miles. 
From  ditto  to  Straptub  rock,  of!  the  above,  N.  45°  E.  2  miles. 
From  ditto  to  the  Bell  rock,  E.  20°  N.  2^  miles. 

From  ditto  to  the  south  end  of  the  weMernnost  Bagged  island,  N.  84°  E.  7  miles. 
From  ditto  to  the  eaeternmost  Ragged  island,  N   86°  SO'  £.  10)  miles. 
From  ditto  to  the  S.  W.  breaker  of  the-Racged  isJands,  S.  81°  34'  E.  8  miles. 
From  ditto  to  Cape  Negro,  S.  39°  IV.  9  rnHes. 

From  ditto  to  the  Jig  rock,  (wliich  almost  always  breaks,  and  lies  in  shore  of  the  track 
into  Shelburne)  S.  28°  W.  IJ  mile. 

Latitude  of  the  light-house,  -        •        43°  42'  30^'  N. 

Longitude  from  London,  -        -        65°     8'  W. 

Variation  of  tlie  compass,  13°  westerly. 

Port  Mills. 

The  entrance  of  Port  Mills  has  a  vfery  rugged  appearance,  several 
ledges  and  breakers  lying  scattered  before  it.  Conting  from  the  eastward, 
when  you  have  passed  Thomas'  island,  which  has  hi^rodky  cliffs  on 
the  east  side,  and  sunken  rocks,  extending  in  a  S.  W.  direction  near  onfe 
mile  from  its  southern  point,  keep  a  good  look  out  for  the  Tigef,  $ 
breaker,  lying  south,  half  a  mile  from  Rug  point,  \^hich  ydti  will  leaV% 
without  you,  and  haul  up  N.  W.  by  N.  sloping  your  course  along  Muffat 
island,  to  avoid  the  shoal  stretching  midway  over  from  the  eastern  sh<dre. 
You  are  in  the  best  of  the  channel  when  Centre  isle  is  just  open  witk 
Muffat  island  :  on  these  marks  you  may  run  up  to  the  North  arm  ta  ad* 
chor.    Small  vessels  may  be  well  sheltered  within  Cubb  Ikasm     COKuq|r 


12 


Blunf  s  American  Coast  Pflot. 


10  Edit. 


from  the  louthwanl,  or  from  the  wcMtwiird,  yoti  huve  deep  water  on  either 
lida  of  Gull  rocks,  or  between  the  Bcur  and  the  Tiger. 

. ,  Fort  Campbell. 

Cape  Roseway  is  a  hijjh  rliffof  white  rocks,  the  top  of  which  in  partly 
without  wood.  The  west  »u\c  of  RoHeneath  inland  is  low.  South  4|  miled 
divtiiDt  from  the  Cape  lies  the  Jij,a  rocky  reef,  with  no  more  than  (5  feet, 
between  which  and  the  island  you  have  4  and  5  fathoms.  The  Bell, 
II  rock,  always  visible,  and  bold  too,  lies  S.  E.  3°  S.  1100  fathoms 
distant  from  Sundrich  Point,  and  N.  E.  by  E.  above  2  miles  from  Cape 
Rweway,  in  the  fair-way  from  the  eastward  into  the  harbour.  The 
channel  is  clear  within  a  cablets  length  of  both  shores,  up  to  the  anchor- 
ing-ground,  in  good  water,  and  mud  bottom.  Sandy  Hat  on  the  east 
shore,  at  the  Narrows,  has  5  fathoms  close  to  ;  between  Rosenuath 
island  and  the  western  uhore  it  is  quite  shoal. 

Fort  Amhurst. 

Cape  Negro  island,  which  divides  the  entrance  into  two  passagop,  is 
very  low  about  the  middle,  and  appears  like  two  i<<lands,  the  Cape  itself 
remarkably  high,  rocky,  and  barren.  Coming  from  the  westward,  in 
hauling  i^ound  Point  Jeffrey  to  avoid  the  ledges,  blind  rocks,  and  shoals 
extending  easterly  from  the  western  shore,  shape  your  course  N.  N.  E. 
towards  the  Cape,  giving  the  Savage  Rocks  a  birth  of  3  cable's  length, 
until  you  open  Davies'  Isle,  which  is  the  westernmost  and  largest  at  the 
head  of  the  harbour,  a  saiPs  breadth  with  Point  William,  and  run  up 
in  that  direction,  observing  to  keep  clear  of  a  sunken  rock,  which  lies 
E.  S.  E.  from  Point  William,  about  300  fathoms  from  the  shore.  Fishery 
Beach  is  bold  too.  To  sail  up  through  the  east  passage  keep  Gray  Rocks 
on  board,  and  steer  up  N.  W.  for  Point  John,  until  you  can  see  across 
ihe  isthmus  in  the  middle  of  Cape  Negro  island,  and  have  passed  the 
Budget,  a  blind  rock,  which  lies  in  a  direction  between  the  Whiile's  Back 
and  the  Gray  Rocks,  on  both  sides  of  which  there  is  deep  water ;  whence 
haul  over  to  the  westward,  keeping  the  shore  of  the  island,  or  the  shoals, 
which  extend  half  the  distance  over  from  Point  John  to  the  island.  When 
you  have  opened  the  small  islands  at  the  head  of  the  bay,  shape  your 
course  N.  N.  W.  to  the  anchoring-ground. 

Fort  Haldimand. 

To  sail  into  it,  coming  from  the  westward,  continue  your  course  east- 
erly until  you  have  Brehm  Isle  a  ship's  length  open  to  the  ehstivard  of 
North  Rocks  ;  thence  you  may  steer  northerly  for  Isle  George  ;  and  when 
you  come  up  within  the  distance  of  two  cables  from  its  south  end,  incline 
to  the  wiestward  in  a  direction  with  the  western  extremity  of  Pond  Beach, 
until  you  open  Prospect  House  on  the  north  side  of  the  northernmost  Wo- 
hawk  Lodge,  and  then  haul  into  anchor  in  3  fathoms,  mud  bottom. 

About  midway  between  Baccaro  Point  and  the  south  ledges,  lies  the 
Folly,  a  sunken  rock,  within  which  and  the  western  shore  is  a  channel  of 
no  less  than  6  fathoms. 

Vulture,  a  dangerous  breaker,  lies  S.  W.  by  W.  near  2  miles  from 
Baccaro  point.  Brazil  is  a  sunken  rock,  with  10  feet  at  low  water ; 
it  lies  E.  by  S.  |  S.  3  leagues  from  Cape  Sable,  and  S^  S.  W.  3^  leagues 
from  Cape  Negro.  ^ 


/ 


10  Edit. 


Blunf  H  American  Coast  Pilot. 


13 


psagofi,  IP 


5^  Mary^t  Bay. 

From  Capn  St.  Mnry  upwards  into  the  bay,  the  iiouth  iihore  it  low,  and 
runn  out  in  samlv  Htita  for  near  three  quarters  of  n  mile.  The  north 
•horc  in  surrounded  by  '  igh  ntcep  cliffs,  with  deep  wal(  r  cloite  under 
thcni.  Mid-channel  and  about  two-thirds  up  the  bay,  lies  n  rocky  bank, 
with  4  and  4|  fathoms  :  and  on  each  side  of  which  are  channels  oi  12  :md 
16  fathoms,  lOud  hottonfc  The  entrance  <  f  the  river  Sissibou  is  shoal,  and 
within  huH  a  narrow  channel  of  2  fathoms.  Opposite  to  Sii<itibou  lies  « 
Sandy  Cove,  where  vessels,  when  it  blows  hard,  may  ground  on  sod 
mud,  and  be  sheltered  from  all  winds. 

Petit  passage  is  2U0  fathoms  wide  on  its  narrowest  part,  and  has  from 
QO  to  .'30  fathoms  ;  its  shores  are  bold  too.  On  the  west  side,  near  the 
northern  entrance,  lies  Eddy  Cove,  convenient  for  vessels  to  anchor  out 
of  the  stream  of  the  tides,  which  runs  so  verv  swift,  that  without  a  fresh 
gale  of  a  leading  wind,  no  ship  can  stem  it.  W.  N.  W.  ^  N.  3\  miles  dis- 
Umt  from  the  N.  W.  point  of  the  northern  entrance  of  Great  passage,  lies 
the  north-west  ledge.  Coming  in  from  the  southward,  the  widest  and 
deepest  channel  is  on  the  west  side  of  Belly^s  Island.  To  avoid  ^he  9 
feet  shonl  (north  distant  .3UU  fathoms  of  it)  haul  close  round  the  island, 
or  give  it  a  birth  of  4  cable's  length  ere  you  bear  up  for  tho,  anchoring- 
ground  off*  the  houses  on  the  western  shore.  The  Black  Hock  is  1^ 
mile  distant  S.  S.  W.  from  the  S.  E.  end  of  Bryer  Island :  and  near  2 
miles  farther  on  the  same  direction  is  a  shoal  with  3  fathoms,  .between, 
which  and  the  rock  are  16  fathoms.  Trinity  ledge  lies  10  miles  S,  W. 
by  W.  from  Cape  St.  Mary.  When  the  tide  is  out,  three  stones  appear 
above  water  ;  it  is  near  one  quarter  of  a  mile  in  length,  and  as  much 
in  breadth  ;  and  it  tails  off  half  a  mile  to  the  westward,  deepening  the' 
soundings  gradually. 

Annopolis  Royal. 

The  shore  on  both  sides  tlie  Gut  of  Annopolis  is  iron  bound  for  several 
leagues.  From  the  southwest  end  of  Long  island,' a  range  of  hills  riSe 
gradually  to  a  considerable  height  to  the  entrance  of  the  gut,  where  it 
terminates  by  a  steep  fall.  Here  you  have  from  25  to  30  and  40  fathoms, 
which,  as  you  draw  into  the  basin,  shoals  quick  to  10,  8,  and  6  fathoms, 
mud  bottom.  The  ebb  and  flood  stream  through  at  the  rate  of  5  knots, 
and  cause  several  whirlpools  and  eddies.  The  truest  tide  is  on  the  west- 
ern shore,  which  is  so  bold  too,  that  a  shipmight  rub  her  bowsprit  against 
the  cliffs,  and  be  in  10  fathoms.  Point  Prim  runs  off  shoal  about  30  fa- 
thoms. Ships  may  anchor  on  the  east  side  of  the  basin  or  run  up  towards 
Goat  island,  observing,  when  within  the  distance  of  half  p  mile  from  it, 
to  stretch  two  thirds  of  the  way  over  the  larboard  shore,  until  you  clear . 
the  island  which  is  shoal  all  round,  and  thence  to  keep  mid  channel  up  to  . 
the  town. 


B 


Sailing  Directiom  for  Sable  Island,  the  Coast  of  Nova  Scotia, 

and  Bay  of  Fundy. 

On  the  days  of  the  new  and  full  moon,  it  is  high  water  along  the  south 
iihore  of  the  island  at  half  an  hour  ailer  8  o'clock  ;  and  it  flows  till  half 
an  hour  past  10  o'clock  on  the  north  side,  and  till  near  11  o'clock  in  the 


14 


Blunt*B  American  Coast  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


nond  ;  common  spring  tiden  riiie  7  feet  perpendiciilnr,  nnd  nenp  tiden  4. 
The  Hood  netn  in  from  the  S.  !:>.  W.  at  the  rate  of  half  ti  mile  an  hour  ; 
hut  it  altcrH  its  couriic,  and  incrtuweM  itn  velocity  near  the  endn  of  thf> 
inland  :  ut  half  Hood  it  Htreamn  north,  and  south  at  half  cbh,  ^vith  great 
Aviftne^H  acroHH  theiiorth-caxt  and  north-west  barn,  therefore  dangcrouH  to 
approach  without  a  commanding  breexc.  The  north-cai*t  bar  runs  out  F. 
N.  E.  about  4  leagueiit  from  the  eastern  extremity  of  the  iHland,  all  which 
Hiii  very  nhoal,  having  in  few  places  more  than  2,  3,  or  4  fothomo  ;  whence 
it  continues  emt  and  K.  by  S.  deepening  giaduullv  to  2,  15,  and  18  fa- 
thoms at  the  dit*tance  of  8  or  10  leagues,  and  shapes  to  the  south  and 
8outh-ea<<t,  >«loping  gcptly  to  tiO  and  70  fathoms.  '1  o  the  northward  and 
eastward  it  is  very  steep  ;  and  in  n  run  of  3  miles,  the  water  will  deepen 
to  130  fathoms.  Abreast  the  body  of  the  isle  the  soundings  arc  more  gra* 
dual.  The  shoal  ground  of  the  northwest  bar,  shapes  to  the  westward, 
and  deepens  gradually  to  70  fathoms,  at  the  distance  of  20  or  26  leagues 
from  the  isle,  and  winds  easterly  and  southerly  until  it  meets  the  sound- 
ings of  the  north-east  bar.  The  quahty  of  the  bottom  in  general,  is  very 
fine  su^nd,  with  a  fewitmall  transparent  stones  :  to  the  northward,  iutd  close 
to  the  north-east  bar,  the  sand  is  mixed  with  many  black  specks  ;  but  near 
the  north-wfst  bar,  the  sand  has  a  greenish  colour.  The  north-east  bar 
breaks  in  bad  weather,  at  the  distance  of  8  and  10  leagues  from  the  island  ; 
but  in  moderate  weather,  a  ship  may  cross  it,  at  5  leagues  distance,  with 
great  safety,  in  no  less  than  8  or  9  fathoms  ;  and  if  the  weather  is 
clear,  the  island  may  be  seen  thence  very  distinctly  from  a  boat.  The 
north-west  bar  breaks  in  bad  weather,  at  7,  and  sometimes  at  8  miles  from 
the  island  ;  but  when  the  sea  is  smooth,  ships  may  cross  it,  within  the 
distance  of  4  miles  in  7  fathoms. 

Along^fhe  north  and  the  south  sides  of  the  island  are  many  spits  of  sand, 
extending  nearly  parallel,  and  within  a  mile  from  the  shore.  Vessels  may 
anchor  on  the  north  side  of  the  island,  between  these  spits,  and  not  be 
liable  to  be  drove  off  by  southerly  winds.  On  the  south  side  it  is  boldest 
off  the  body  of  the  island,  having  10  and  12  fathoms;  within  a  mile  from 
the  shore  :  but  towards  the  bar  it  is  more  shoal,  and  dangerous  to  ap- 
proach, for  the  currents,  which  are  uncertain,  are  in  a  great  degree  influ- 
enced by  the  winds  which  have  preceded.  The  surf  beats  continually  on 
the  shore,  and  in  c<dm  weather  is  heard  several  leagues  off.  Landing  on 
this  island  with  boats  is  practicable  on  the  north  side,  after  a  continuance 
of  good  weather  only.  The  whole  island  is  composed  of  fine  white  sand, 
much  coarser  than  any  of  the  soundings  about  it,  and  intermixed,  with 
small  transparent  stones ;  its  face  is  very  broken,  and  hove  up  in  little 
hills,  knobs,  and  cliffs  widely  heaped  together,  within  which  are  hollows 
and  pbnds  of  fresh  water,  the  skirts  of  which  iibound  with  cranberries  the 
whole  year,  and  urith  blue  berries,  junipers,  &c.  in  their  season,  as  also 
with  ducks,  snipes,  and  other  birds.  This  sai.dy  island  affords  a  great 
plenty  of  beach  grass,  wild  peas,  and  other  herbages,  for  the  support  of 
horses,  cp.ws,  hogs,  &c.  which  are  running  wild  upon  it.  It  grows  no 
trees  ;  but  abundance  of  wreck  and  drift  wood  w  ■  be  picked  up  from 
along  the  shore  for  fuel.  Strong  northerly  wind  wft  the  spit  of  sand, 
and  often  even  choke  up  the  entrance  of  the  pond,  which  usually  opens 
agaia  at  the  pext  southern  blast.  In  this  pond  are  prodigious  numbers  of 
seals,  and  some  flat  fish,  eels,  &c  ;  and  pn  the  south, west  side  lies  a  bed 
of  remarkable  large  muscles  and  clams.  The  south  shore  is,  between 
the  cliffs,  99  low,  that  the  sea  breaks  quite  over  in  many  places  when  the 
wind  blows  on  the  island.     The  Ram's  head  is  the-  highest  hill  on  this 


10  Edit. 


Blunt^B  American  Coast  Pilot. 


15 


'iHlnnd  ;  it  hna  n  ^cpp  clifl*  on  the  north-went,  nnil  i{»>ntly  MU  to  the  douth- 
rant.  The  nuked  stiiitl  hillM  nrc  IM\  feet  of  periK'ii(li«',ular  height  iihove 
the  level  o{  high  WHter  murk,  ..;. '  iilwuyH  appear  rory  white.  Mount 
Knight  ix  in  the  nhape  of  a  pyramid,  nitunted  in  a  follow  between  %  nteep 
rlifl'M.  Mount  Luttrel,  iH  a  remHrkahle  hummock  on  the  ton  of  a  lurgt; 
Kwellinft  >»  the  land.  Onitia  hill  iH  a  knob  at  the  top  of  aclifl,  the  heigat 
of  which  iH  126  feet  perpendicular  above  hiuh  water  murk.  The  Vnle 
of  Misery  in  alHO  remarkable  aH  in  Sniith'H  Flag-Atatf,  a  bir^e  hill,  with  a 
regular  ascent  every  way.  From  the  offing,  the  south  side  of  the  inland 
appcnrn  like  a  long  ridge  of  nandy  cliftn,  lensening  towards  the  west  end, 
which  is  very  low. 

The  Nova  Scotia  Banks  extend  nearly  70  lehgnes,  iu  a  westerly  direc- 
tion, from  the  isle  of  Sable  :  they  arc  from  20  to  25  leagues  wide  ;  untf 
their  inner  edges  are  from  M  to  18  leagues  off  shore  ;  they  are  intersect- 
ed by  narrow  winding  channels  (the  bottom  of  which  ih  mud)  running 
north-west  and  south-east.  Between  these  banks  and  the  shore,  are  se- 
veral small  inner  banks,  with  deep  water  and  muddy  bottom.  The  water 
deepens  gradually  from  the  isle  of  Sable,  to  the  distance  of  22  leagues, 
in  50  fathoms,  fine  gravel ;  thence  proceeding  westward,  the  gravel  be- 
comes coarser ;  at  the  distance  of  23  leagues,  and  south  from  Prospect 
harbour,  you  have  from  30  to  35  fathoms,  large  stones  ;  and  continuing 
westward  to  the  western  extremity  of  the  banks,  the  soundings  are  rocky 
and  shoal  to  18  and  15  fathoms,  Cape  Sable  bearing  N.  by  W.  distance  Id 
let^ues. 

The  south-west  extremity  of  bank  Q,uero  lies  26  miles  E.  N.  E.  ^  N. 
from  the  east  end  of  the  isle  of  Sable.  This  bank  extends  E.  by  N.  35 
leagues  in  width  ;  its  shoalest  part  is  about  5  leagues  from  its  eastern  ex- 
tremity, in  16  and  18  fathoms,  slimy  sand  and  clams  ;  from  whence  it 
deepens  regularly  every  way  to  60  and  70  fathoms  towards  the  edges  pf 
the  bank.  This  bank  is  st*"'p  to  :  and  from  its  soundings  on  the  north 
side,  you  will  fall  immediately  in  90  or  100  fathoms,  black  mud,  and  in  120 
fathoms  on  the  south  side.  ^ 

[See  CHART  of  tht  before-mentioned  Coast,  published  bi/  E.  M.  BLUJ^,  1820.] 

REMARKS. - 

The  eastern  extremity  of  Great  Breton  island  (which  ships  sailing 
from  Europe  to  Nova  Scotia,  in  general  choose  to  make)  appears  on  the 
sea  shore,  and  some  way  back  into  the  country,  barren  and  rocky  ;  and 
the  tops  of  the  hills  being  so  much  alike,  have  nothing  remarkable.  The 
light-house  and  town  of  Louisburg,  on  making  that  part  of  the  island, 
are  immediately  seen.  The  coast  to  the  westward  continues  rocky  on  the 
shore,  with  a  few  banks  of  red  earth,  and  appears  less  barren. 

Cape  Blancherotte  is  a  remarkable  cliff  of  whitish  earth,  lying  just  on 
the  east  of  the  isle  of  Saint  Esprit  (which  is  a  small  woody  island,  2  miles 
distant  from  the  shore  with  a  breaker  1  mile  and  a  half  without  it)  from 
whence  *he  land  is  low  to  the  Richmond  isles,  on  which  appear  several 
small  banks  of  bright  red  earth,  and  beaches  between  them.  Albion  cliff 
is  rocky,  and  remarkably  high  and  steep. 

In  sailing  through  the  gut  of  Canso,  ships  pass  between  it  and  the  isles 
of  Canso,  which  are  surrounded  with  many  low  white  rocks,  and  breakers 
extending  from  them.  The  south  shore  of  the  bay  of  Chedabucto  is  iron 
bound  and  steep  too  ;  ^nd  the  north  shore  mostly  red  cliffs  and  beaches. 
From  the  southern  entruacc  northward  through  the  |ut,  the  west  shore 


**-! 


It> 


Rliinffl  Amrrican  Count  Pilot. 


10  F.<Iit 


IH  high,  rorky.iuid  Htccp  ;  iind  the  pii«t  iihore  i*  low,  with  Wurhru  tu  thf 
north  enil  of  tb«  gut  ;  whoiir<*  to  nort  Koim!,  IhrrM  nre  high,  rocky  red 
cliflk  ;  and  on  the  wcxtrrn  nhorr  or  St.  Girorg('*M  bny,hotivpen  th«  gut  mid 
cupe St.CJi'orgp, arr  Hcvprid  wry  remurkiddc cliffy olpliiHler,  whirh  iippvur 
•Ktrenitdy  white.  Capo  Ht.  Grorgv  in  iron  bound  and  very  high,  itM  top  be- 
ing 'ISO  (c«t  ubofe  thf*  level  of  the  Hen  ;  nbout  hiilf  way  bftween  it  nnd 
port  Lutirel  \w.n  the  burn  (u  remark iihle  high  large  rock)  from  the  re- 
semblance to  which,  it  tnkeH  itM  name  ;  and  from  the  burn  to  port  Luttrcl, 
Pictou  harbour,  TatmegoUNhe,  KamMhge,  liinxee  river  and  l>ay  Vutte, 
and  fw  far  m  port  Chediack  and  Cocaigne,  the  ithore  in  bound  with  red 
cliffH  and  beacheH  undei  them.  The  inland  country  between  Frederick's 
bay  and  the  bu«iu  ot'  Cobei^uid,  appear*  remarkably  high  to  veviieltt  iu  the 
offing. 

From  Caniio,  westward  to  Torbny,  the  nhore  makeit  in  several  white 
rocky  head*  and  points  ;  here  the  country  in  much  broken  ;  and  near 
White  head,  many  white  i>toncM  appear  from  the  oiling,  like  nheep  in  the 
woodfl  ;  thence  to  LiHCumb  harbour  there  are  baiikx  of  red  earth  and 
beacheH,  and  from  Liitcumb  harbour  to  the  rugged  iitlandM  (excepting  th(> 
white  islands,  which  arc  white  rockH)  the  capen  and  outer  ixlandii  are  bound 
with  black  slaty  rocka,  generally  running  out  in  iipitH  from  cast  to  weHt  ; 
and  from  the  rugged  islands  to  the  Devil's  island,  at  the  entrance  of  the 
harbour  of  Halifax  you  have  several  remarkable  steep  red  clifl's  linked 
with  beacheH. 

From. Halifax,  westward  to  Charlotte  bay,  the  country  from  the  offing 
is  very  rocky  and  broken  ;  the  shore  is  steep  too,  and  bound  with  white, 
rocky  cliffs.  The  high  lands  of  Haspotageen,  on  the  eost  side  of  Mecki 
lenburg  bay,  are  very  remarkable  ;  from  whence  proceeding  westward, 
the  rocks  which  surround  the  shore  are  black,  with  some  banks  of  red 
earth.  Between  cape  Le  Have  (which  is  a  remarkable  promontory,  bald 
•n  the  top,  with  u  red  bank  under  it,  facing  the  south  westward)  and  Port 
Jackson,  there  are  some  hummocln  within  land  about  which  the  country 
i|ppears  lo'v  and  level  from  the  sea ;  and  on  the  shore  white  rocks  and 
stony  beaches,  with  several  low  bald  points,  from  whence  to  Port  Camp- 
bell the  land  is  woody.  About  the  entrance  of  Port  Haldimand,  and  with- 
in land,  are  several  barren  spots,  which,  from  the  olhng,  are  easily  dis- 
cerned ;  from  whence  to  Cape  bable  the  land  appears  level  and  bnv  ;  and 
on  the  shore  are  some  cliffs  of  exceeding  white  sund,  particularly  in  the 
entrance  of  Port  Haldimand,  and  on  Cape  Sable  where  they  are  very  ob- 
servable from  sea. 

From  Cape  Sable,  sailing  up  the  Bay  of  Fundy,  you  pass  the  Seal  Islcfi 
and  Tusket  Bald  Isles  ;  the  latter  of  which  are  small  green  isles,  with  red 
banks  of  earth  ;  the  shore  between  this  and  Cape  St.  Mary  is  surrounded 
with  banks  of  red  earth,  and  the  country  within  appears  even  und  weU 
clothed  with  wood. 

The  coast  from  the  south  part  of  Long  island  to  the  gut  of  Annapolis 
is  nearly  straight ;  the  shore  is  bound  with  high  rocky  cliffs,  al^^ve  which 
is  a  range  of  hills,  which  rise  to  a  considerable  height ;  their  tops  appear 
smooth  and  unbroken,  excepting  near  the  Great  passage.  Little  passage, 
Sandy  Cove,  and  Gulliver's  Hole,  where  those  hills  sink  in  a  valley. 
From  the  gut  of  Annapolis  up  the  bav  to  Cape  Split,  the  coast  continues 
straight  and  nearly  in  the  same  direction,  witli  a  few  rocky  cliffs  near  the 
gut,  and  many  banks  of  red  earth  under  high  lands,  which  appear  very 
even.  In  the  gut  leading  into  the  basin  of  mines  from  Cape  Split  to  Cape 
Blow-me-down,  and  from  Cape  Dore,  on  the  uo^b  side,  to  P^ridge  isl- 


10  Edit 

\\e^  lo  tli«' 
rocky  re«l 
be  gut  iiutt 
irh  iippvur 
i(H  to|»  br- 
p«Mi  it  1111(1 
)in  tlu*  rr- 
irtliUttrol, 
my  Vt'tt**, 
[|  with  rcil 
'ri»«lcrick'i 
ihcIh  ill  the 

ffttl  white 
;  tind  near 
loep  in  tho 
ciii'th  mill 
cptiiiK  th<> 
» arc  buuixi 
it  to  went  ; 
ince  of  the 
lifl'M  htikud 

n  the  offing 

with  white, 

»  of  Mccki 

I  wcHtward, 

nks  of  red 

ntory,  bsild 

1)  and  Port 

he  country 

rockH  and 

'ort  Camp* 

,  and  with- 

easily  diti- 

d  \m\  ;  and 

rly  in  the 

e  very  ob- 

Seal  Isles 
[»,  with  red 
lurrounded 
In  und  well 

Annapolis 
)ve  which 
)ps  appear 
le  passage, 

a  valley, 
continues 
fs  near  the 
jpear  very 
|lit  to  Cape 

tridge  wl- 


10  Bdit. 


Blunt'o  American  ConHt  Pilot. 


17 


mid,  the  land  ri«i»"i  ntinoMt  iMrp^mliruInr  from  tho  «horr  to  a  very  j^rpiit 
hi'i^ht.  Between  Capf  Hbiw-niCMlown,  und  l'artrid|{(>  i«laiid,  theii'  in  ii 
Ki'eat  diiplh  of  wat«>r,  and  ihi*  HtrtMni  of  the  tui-rciit,  cvuii  ut  the  limeN  i)t' 
ncup  tidcH  i|oi"4  not  run  Ii-mi  than  five  or  Nix  kiiul<«. 

(  ape  liore  aiul  Cape  Chii^iierto  are  hijch  landM,  with  very  atr^prliirii  of 
rorkn  and  red  <}frth,  and  deep  water  ('lo<«e  under  'hem  ;  ^«>u  have  nearly 
the  name  kind  of  nhore  to  llii>  head  of  (^hiKuerlo  Ray,  where  very  ex- 
teiiHive  tlatrt  of  mud  and  qiiirkMaiidn  are  |et\  dry  at  low  water.  The  ti<le« 
come  ill  a  boar,  an«l  ru«li  iii  with  ^reat  rapidity  ;  they  are  known  to  (low 
ut  the  ctpiinoxen  fruin  (!(>  to  7U  feet  perpendicular. 

Thu  Ule  llanto  it*  roinarkable  for  tlu!  i^eat  height  nnd  ittcppnciiM  of  the 
rocky  clitVii,  which  neeni  to  overhang  on  iln  wc«t  nido. 


Directions  for  JVavigutini(  on  part  of  the  South  Coast  of 

Nrwrutindluiid. 

(N.  B.  All  Dearings  antt  Coune$  Itereafter  mentioned  are  the  true  Beartngi 
and  Coursen,  and  not  by  Coinpa$i,] 

Capk  Chapeaurou^e,  or  the  mountain  of  the  Red  Hat,  is  Hitiiated  on 
the  wetit  Hide  of  i'lucentia  bay,  in  the  latitude  of  46"  63'  North,  and  lief 
nearly  west  17  or  Hi  leagues  from  Cape  St.  Maries  ;  it  is  the  higheat 
and  moMt  remarkable  land  on  that  part  of  the  coast,  appearing  above  tha 
rest  somewhat  like  the  crown  of  a  hat,  and  may  be  seen  in  clear  weather 

12  leagues. 

Close  to  the  eastward  of  Cape  Chapeaurouge  are  the  harboun  of  Great 
and  Little  St.  Lawrence.  To  sail  into  Ureat  St.  Lawrence,  which  is  the 
westernmost,  there  is  no  danger  but  what  lies  very  near  the  8)u)rc  ;  tak- 
ing care  with  westerly,  and  particularly  S.  W.  wiuds,  not  to  come  too  near 
the  Hat  Mountain,  to  avoid  the  fferrys  and  eddy  winds  under  the  high 
lands.  The  course  in,  is  first  N.  W.  till  you  open  the  upper  part  of  the 
harbour,  then  N.  N.  W.  ^  W.  ;  the  best  pl^cc  lor  large  shipa  to  anchor, 
and  the  best  ground  is  before  a  cove  on  the  euMt  side  of  the  harbour  in 

13  fathoais  water,  a  little  above  Blue  Beach  Point,  which  is  the  lirst  point 
on  the  west  side  ;  here  you  lie  only  two  points  open  :  you  may  anchor 
any  where  between  this  point  and  the  point  of  Low  Be'ich,  on  the  samo 
side  near  the  head  of  the  harbour,  observing  that  close  to  the  west  shore, 
the  ground  is  not  so  good  as  on  the  other  side.  Fishing  vessels  lay  at  the 
head  of  the  harbour  above  the  beach,  sheltered  from  all  winds. 

To  sail  into  Little  St.  Lawrence,  you  must  keep  the  west  shore  on 
board,  in  order  to  avoid  a  sunken  rock  which  lies  a  Kttic  without  the  point 
of  the  Peninsula,  which  stretches  off  from  the  east  side  of  the  harbour  <• 
you  anchor  above  this  Peninsula  (which  cover?  you  from  the  >ea  winds) 
in  3  andiA  fathoms  water,  a  6ne  shndy  bottom.  In  these  harbours  are  |i|^od 
fishing  conveniences,  and  plenty  of  wood  and  water.  Ships  may  anchor 
without  the  Peninsula  in  12  fathoms  good  ground,  but  open  to  the  S.  S.  E. 

Sanker  head  lies  3  miles  to  the  eastward  of  Cape  Chapeaurouge  ;  it  is 
a  pretty  high  roimd  point,  off  which  lie  some  aunkwi  CQcks,  about  a  cablets 
length  from  the  shore.  -'"'* 

Garden  bank,  whereon  is  from  7  to  17  fathoms  waf^r,  lies  about  half  a 


18 


Rliinfi;  Amrricnti  Con.tt  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


milt*  oflf  (mm  l.iKlfl  St.  I^imrencc,  with  Uluc  Bench  Foinl  on  with  the  OA-t 
|Niint  of  (ircnt  St.  Luwrrtir«. 

Frrr^liinil  KctMi,  ho*  S.  \V.  I  mile  rmm  Cap«  ChtpcniiroiiKP  ;  it  in  a 
high  ro'ky  i<«lanii,  jiiMt  ii(>|inriit<Ml  tVoiu  the  mnin  ;  thin  li<>iiil  itixl  Cnp4! 
ChiilH*:itiroiig(>,  iiri*  Niilhricht  muikM  to  ktmw  thit  luuhoiirit  of  St.  liiiwrrncr. 

VV«iit  h  liiiU'H  rmm  K(>ri')liittil  >l«>ii«l,  Ucm  thr  hay  ot'  liaiiii,  in  thr  hi>(o 
torn  of  whicli  arc  ttvi  umiill  inU*t«,  nillcii  (iicat  luxl  l.ittir  liHiiti.  Litth? 
Latin,  whirh  in  thr  Ciwti'rnin«)!*t,  Uv*  «»|mmi  t«»  thr  .s.  W.  winiU,  wliirh  gc- 
n«rnlly  prevail  upon  thin  r«)iiitt  ;  nmi  thcrft'oi-f*  no  pliiro  to  anchor  in. 
(Iri'iit  liaini  h«>M  Ml  nliont  N.  hy  K.  'i  mit('«,  in  ;H>ar  half  ii  niih^  mkU', 
whereon  ii  tVoni  14  to  :»  t'atlionH  water.  Ti*  i^ail  into  it,  yoti  inu»<t  Im* 
cnr<^t'iil  to  avniil  n  Miinken  rotk,  which  he**  about  atpinrter  ot  n  niilo  ofl 
from  the  eaMt  point.  The  hc^t  place  to  anrlior  i^  on  the  eaxt  witio,  ahotit 
halt'  a  mile  (Voni  the  heml,  in  (>  and  Tj  t'atlioniH  ;  the  hotlom  in  pretty  Kood  ; 
iinil  you  ure  Mheltered  (Voin  all  uindx,  <!xcept  S.  and  S.  Iiy  W.  which  hlow 
right  in  and  caute  a  )j;reat  nWell.  At  the  head  ol'  tint  placn  in  a  har  har- 
bour, into  which  hoiit**  can  tio  at  halt'  ti  le  ;  and  convi  nivnceH  Cur  a  li»he* 
ry,  and  plenty  of  wood  and  water. 

on' the  w^"*^  point  of  I^aun  Hay  tie  the  i^laniU  of  the  Hame  name,  not  far 
from  the  Hhore  ;  th"  w«'Mternmo»t  and  outermoKt  of  which  lie  W.  »iouth- 
criy,  10  milcH  from  Ferryland  Head  ;  near  a  quarter  of  a  mile  to  the 
Routhward  (f(  tluN  itiland  iH  a  rock  whereon  the  nea  breaks  in  very  htid 
weather  :  there  are  other  ••unken  rock**  about  the«e  iHlandn,  but  they  arc 
no  wnyN  d;ir«erou«,  bein^  very  near  the  Hhore. 

Tnylor'H  Bay,  which  lies  open  to  the  nea,  i«  li  milen  to  tJie  westward  of 
Lnun  Inlundit ;  olf  the  cant  point  arc  tiomc  Hunkon  ruckH,  iiour  a  quarter  of 
u  mile  from  the  nhorc. 

A  little  to  the  westward  of  Taylor'n  Bay,  there  »tretche«  out  n  low 
point  of  land,  called  Point  Aux  Gaul  j  ofl"  which  lies  a  rock  nbovc  water, 
half  u  mile  from  the  nhorc,  called  (iaul  Shag  Rock  ;  thiH  rock  lien  W.  i 
S.  5  lenji^ucH  from  Ferryland  Head  :  yuu  have  11  fathoms  close  to  the  oA' 
side  of  it,  but  between  it  and  the  point  are  ttome  sunken  rocks. 

From  Point  Aux  Gaul  Sliajj  Kock,  to  the  Islands  of  Lamclin,  is  W.  5  N. 
1  league  ;  I 'tween  them  is  the  iJay  of  Lamclin,  whereii;  is  very  shallow 
water,  and  several  small  islands  and  rocks,  both  above  and  under  water, 
and  in  the  bottom  of  it  is  a  salmon  river. 

The  two  islands  of  I^amelin  (which  are  but  low)  lie  off  the  west  point 
of  the  bay  of  the  same  name,  and  lie  W.  J  S.  (J  leagues  from  the  moun- 
tain of  the  Red  flat ;  but  in  steering  along  shore  making  a  W.  by  S. 
course  good,  will  carry  you  clear  of  all  danger.  Small  vessels  may  an- 
chor in  the  road  between  these  islands  in  4  or  5  fathoms,  tolerably  well 
ghcUered  from  the  weather.  Nearly  in  the  middle  of  the  passage,  going 
in  between  the  two  islands,  is  a  sunken  rock,  which  you  avoid  by  keeping 
nearer  to  one  side  than  the  other  :  the  most  room  is  on  the  east  side. — 
The  easternmost  island  communicates  with  the  main  at  low  water,  by  a 
narrow  beach,  over  which  boats  can  go  at  high  water,  into  the  N.  W.  arm 
of  Lamelin  R;iy,  where  they  lie  in  safety.  Here  are  conveniefices  for  a 
fishery,  but  htlU;  or  no  wood  of  any  sort.  Near  to  the  south  point  of  the 
ivestcrnmost  ii^liind  is  a  rock  pretty  high  above  water,  called  Lamelin 
Shag  Kock  ;  in  going  into  the  road  between  the  islands,  you  Iciive  this 
rock  on  your  buliKaiptd  side. 

LameUri  Ledges  lie  along  the  shore,  between  Lamelin  Islands  and  Point 
May,  which  \*  '3  leagues,  and  are  very  dangerous,  some  of  them  being  .3 
milesXrom  the  Uud.    To  avoid  these  ledges  in  the  day  time,  you  must  not 


10  Edit. 

th  the  i*n"t 
;«  ;  it  ia  • 

illul    Cll|M! 

I.iiwrrnriv 
II  the  ImiI  • 
in.  liiitlu 
wliirh  !<#•• 
iinrhor  iii. 
iul«>   wnU', 

Ml  ll)«l*>t    Im> 

'  II  niilo  oflf 
>itl(>,  iiIm>ii( 
ri'tty  KOod  ; 
kvhii'h  blow 
ii  bur  hill- 
I'ur  ii  iislie* 

mil*,  not  far 

W.  Hoiitb- 

tnilo  to  the 

11  very  bwd 
ul  ihcy  ure 

vrstwiinl  of 
ii  i|Uiirtcr  of 

out  n  low 
)ovc  water, 
k  lieu  W.  a 
5  to  the  off 

is  W.  ?  N. 
ry  shallow 
der  water, 

west  point 

the  nioun* 

I  W.  by  S. 

s  may  an- 

rably  well 

age,  goinc; 

)y  keeping 

ist  side. — 

ater,  by  a 

N.  W.  arm 

ences  for  a 

oint  of  the 

I   Lamelin 

leave  this 

and  Point 
:m  being  3 
u  mu6t  not 


10  edit. 


Blunt*>4  Amorirnn  CooMt  Pilot, 


19 


briiif  the  iMliindu  of  Lunirlni  to  the  Mouthwiird  of  raHl,  until  Point  May,  or 
thi^  wvatrni  cxlreinily  of  llif  t.uid  hvnr  N.  by  ii.  from  you  ;  you  ni.iy  tli«*ii 
■teor  to  tbr  tiortliwiird  Willi  <«.iti-t>,  bi*tivt*rn  I'oiiit  iMuy  uhil  (iiiMMi  Inland. 
In  ttif  tii((bt,  ttr  toKxy  w«Mitbi-r,  you  ou^bt  to  hv  vory  <'iir«*ful  not  to  ap* 
prourh  Ibr^f  liulgt-i  witbin  M)  fithoinM  wiiIim'.  lot  you  get  i>titiingl«<(| 
uniong^t  tbiuii.  Ui'tweiMi  tbtun  and  the  main  arc  varioun  HoundiugN  from' 
IG  to  .')  fathom*. 

All  th«*  land  about  Cape  rb:ipf>iiuroug(>  and  l.auii,  is  high  and  hilly  r|o<«e 
to  the  Men  ;  from  Laiiii  i«laii)l~  to  liamrliii  it  in  of  ii  modcnile  bright  \  from 
I.amelin  to  I'oint  May,  the  land  near  the  xhore  i«  v^ry  low,  with  nandy 
beac-lu'M,  but  a  little  way  iidaiul  are  mountaiiiH. 

The  loland  of  St.  i'eti'r'x  li«><4  in  the  latitude  Ul**  IH'  north,  W.  by  S.  near 
r^leagucH  I'rom  Cape  (baprHUroiigr,  anil   W.  by  S.  \  S.  h  loagues   frotn 


the  iMlaniU  of  I 


-Ii 


high, 


le  iMlaiKiH  oi  i.unielln  ;  it  i!t  alioiK  :i  leagues  in  ciitiiu,  mid  pretty  in, 
with  ii  craggy,  broken,  uneven  Hurface.  Coming  frwm  the  woittwurd,  n« 
Mooii  iiH  you  raise  (tallantry  Mead,  whirh  in  the  rtouth  pcunt  of  the  iidnud, 
it  will  make  in  u  lound  hummock,  like  a  small  island,  and  appeam  as  if 
Heparatcd  from  St.  I'eter'«.  On  the  east  sido  «if  the  islaiul,  a  little  to  th« 
N.  K.  of  (Jalluntry  Head,  lie  three  Hmall  islands,  the  iiinermust  of  which 
in  the  largest,  called  Dog  Island  ;  within  this  island  is  the  road  and  bnr< 
hour  of  St.  I'eter's  ;  the  harbour  is  but  small,  and  hath  in  it  from  Ii  to 
Hi)  feet  water  ;  but  there  is  aburucross  the  eutranec,  whereon  there  in 
but  0  feet  at  low  water,  and  12  or  14  feet  at  high  water.  The  road  which 
yes  on  the  N.  VV.oidu  of  Dog  Uland  will  admit  »«hips  uf  any  burthen,  but 
it  is  only  lit  fur  the  summer  season  being  open  to  the  N.  K.  winds  ;  you 
may  lie  in  B,  10,  or  1'^  fathoms,  and  for  the  most  part  is  u  hard  rocky  bol< 
tom  ;  there  is  very  little  clear  ground  ;  ships  of  war  commonly  buoy  thei; 
cables  ;  the  best  ground  is  near  the  north  shore.  Going  in  or  out,  y<> ; 
must  not  range  too  near  the  east  side  of  Hoar  Island,  which  is  the  »'asier  . 
most  of  the  three  islands  above  mentioned,  for  fear  of  some  sunke?i  •'». ' 
which  lie  cast  about  1  mile  from  it,  and  which  is  the  only  danger  ubuuk 
m.  Peter's,  but  what  lies  very  near  the  shore. 

The  island  of  Columbo  is  a  small  circuit,  hut  pretty  high,  and  lies  very 
near  the  N.  K.  point  of  St.  Peter's  ;  between  them  is  a  very  good  psiss- 
nge,  ^  of  a  mile  wide,  wherein  is  12  fathoms  water.  On  the  north  sido  of 
the  island  is  a  rock  pretty  high  ijbove  water  called  little  Columbo  :  and 
about  a  (piartcr  of  a  mile  N.  K.  from  this  rock  is  a  nunken  rock,  whereou 
is  2  fathoms  water. 

The  island  of  Langly,  which  lies  on  the  N.  W.  nide  of  St.  Peter's,  is 
about  8  leagues  in  circuit,  of  a  moderate  and  pretty  equal  height,  except 
the  north  end,  which  is  a  low  point,  with  sand  hills  along  it  ;  it  is  flat  a 
little  way  ofl'  the  low  land  on  both  sides  of  it ;  but  all  the  high  pfirt  of  the 
i-^lnnd  is  very  bold  too,  and  the  passage  between  it  and  St.  Peter's  (which 
is  1  league  broad)  is  clear  of  danger.  Von  may  anchor  on  the  N.  E. 
side  of  the  island,  a  little  to  the  southward  of  the  Sand  Hills,  in  Tj  and  6 
fathoms,  a  tine  sandy  bottom,  sheltered  from  the  southerly,  S.  W.  and  N. 
W.  winds. 

There  is  no  passage  between  the  north  point  of  Langly  arwl  the  south 
point  of  the  island  of  Miquelon,  which  island  is  4  luaaiues  in  length  from 
north  to  south,  but  of  an  unequal  breadth  ;  the  middle  of  the  island  is 
high  land,  called  the  high  land  of  Dunn  ;  but  down  by  the  shore  it  is  low, 
except  Cape  Miquelon,  which  is  a  lofty  promontory  at.  the  noi'ihcrn  ex- 
tremity of  the  island. 

On  the  S.  E.  side  of  the  Hiiuid,  to  the  southward  of  the  high  laad,  is  tt 


if> 


20 


Blunf  8  American  C6ast  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


pretty  large  bar  harbour,  caUe«l  Dunn  Harbour,  which  will  admit  fishing 
shallops  at  half  flood,  bj't  can  never  be  of  any  utility  for  a  fishery. 

Miquciou  Ilork  stretches  ofl'  from  the  east  point  of  the  iriland,  under 
the  hijjfh  land  1^  mile  to  the  eantwar.i,  some  are  above  and  Home  un- 
der water  ;  the  outermost  of  these  rocks  are  above  water,  and  you 
have  12  fathoms  close  to  them,  and  18  and  20  fathoms  1  mile  ofl".  N.  E. 
•J  N.  4  or  b  miles  from  these  rocks  lies  Miquelon  bank,  whereon  is  6  fa- 
thoms water. 

The  roa<l  of  Miquelon  (which  is  large  and  spacious)  lies  at  the  north 
end,  and  on  the  east  side  of  the  island,  between  Cape  Miquelon  and  a  very 
rcmarkiible  round  mountain  near  the  shore,  called  Chapeaux  :  off  the 
sosi'h  poi'il  of  the  road  are  some  sunken  rocks,  about  a  quarter  of  a  juile 
from  the  t^Uore,  but  every  where  else  it  is  clear  of  danger.  The  best 
anchorage  is  near  the  bottom  of  the  road  in  6  and  7  fathoms,  fme  sandy 
bottom ;  you  lie  open  to  the  easterly  winds,  which  seldom  blow  in  the 
summer. 

Cape  Miquelon,  or  the  northern  extremity  of  the  island,  is  high  blufl' 
land  ;  and  when  you  are  4  or  6  leagues  to  the  eastward  or  westward  of  it, 
you  would  take  it  for  an  island,  by  reason  the  land  at  the  bottom  of  the 
road  is  very  low. 

The  Seal  Rocks  are  2  rocks  above  water,  lying  one  league  and  a  half  off 
from  the  middle  of  the  west  side  of  the  island  Miquelon  ;  the  passage  be- 
tween them  and  the  island  is  very  safe,  and  you  have  14  or  16  fathoms 
within  a  cable's  length  all  round  them. 

Green  Island,  which  is  about  |  of  a  mile  in  circuit,  and  low,  lies  N.  E. 
5  miles  from  St.  Peter's,  and  nearly  in  the  middle  of  the  channel,  between 
it  and  Point  May  on  Newfoundland  :  on  aie  south  side  of  this  island  are 
Bome  rocks  both  abdve  and  under  water,  extending  themselves  1  mile  and 
a  quarter  to  the  S.  W. 

Description  of  Fortune  Bay. 

Fortune  Bay  is  v  large  ;  the  entrance  is  formed  by  Point  May  and 
Pass  Island,  which  are  lit  leagues  N.  by  E,  and  S.  by  W.  from  each  other, 
and  it  is  about  23  leagues  deep,  wherein  are  a  great  many  bays,  harbours 
and  islands. 

The  island  of  Brunet  is  situated  nearly  in  the  middle  of  the  entrance 
into  Fortune  bay  ;  it  is  about  6  leagues  in  circuit,  and  of  a  tolerable  height ; 
the  east  end  appears,  at  some  points  of  view,  like  islands,  by  reason  it  is 
very  low  and  narrow  in  two  places.  On  the  N.  E.  side  of  the  island  is  a 
bay,  wherein  is  tolerable  good  anchorage  for  ships  in  14  and  16  fathoms, 
sheltered  from  southerly  and  westerly  winds  ;  you  must  not  run  too  far 
in  for  fear  of  some  sunken  rocks  in  the  bottom  of  it,  a  quarter  of  a  mile 
from  the  shore  ;  opposite  this  bay  on  the  south  side  of  the  island,  is  a 
smiiU  cove,  wherein  small  vessels  md  shallops  can  lie  pretty  secure  from 
the  weather,  in  6  fathoms  water  ;  in  the  middle  of  the  cove  is  a  rock 
above  water,  and  a  channel  on  each  side  of  it.  The  islands  lying  at  the 
west  end  of  Brunet,  called  Little  Brunets,  afford  indifferent  shelter  for 
shallops  in  blowing  weather  ;  you  may  approach  these  islands,  and  the 
island  of  Brunet,  within  a  quarter  of  a  mile  all  round,  there  being  no  dan- 
ger but  what  lies  very  near  the  shore. 

Plate  islands  are  three  rocks  of  a  moderate  height,  lying  S.  W.  1  league 
from  the  west  end  of  Great  Brunet.  The  southernmost  and  outermost  of 
these  rocks  lie  W.  by  S.  |  S.  11  miles  from  Cape  Miquelon,  and  in  a  direct 
line  between  Poiliit  May  and  Pass  island,  17  jniles  from  the  foriiier,  and  19 


iOEdit. 


Blunf  s  American  Coast  Pilot. 


21 


:  sandy 
in  the 


from  the  Intter  ;  S.  E.  a  quarter  of  a  mile  from  the  Great  Plate  (which  is 
the  northernmost)  is  auunken  rock,  whereon  the  sea  breaks,  which  is  the 
only  danger  about  them. 

There  are  several  strong  and  irregular  settings  of  the  tides  or  currents 
about  the  Plate  and  Brunet  Islands  which  seem  to  have  no  dependency  on 
the  moon,  and  the  course  of  ♦he  tides  on  the  coast. 

The  island  of  Hagona,  which  il-^s  N.  N.  E.  two  leagues  from  the  east 
end  of  Brunet,  is  about  3  miles  and  a  half  in  circuit,  of  a  moderate  height, 
and  bold  too  all  round  ;  at  the  S.  W.  end  is  a  small  creek  that  will  admit 
dshing  shallops  ;  in  the  middle  of  the  entrance  is  a  sunken  rock,  which 
makes  it  exceeding  narrow,  and  difficult  to  get  in  or  out,  except  in  tine 
weather. 

Point  May  is  the  southern  extremity  of  Fortune  Bay,  and  the  S.  VV.  ex- 
tremity of  this  part  of  Newfoundland  ;  it  may  be  known  by  a  great  black 
rock  nearly  joining  to  the  pitch  of  the  point  and  something  higher  than 
the  land,  which  makes  it  look  like  «  black  hummock  on  the  point ;  near  a 
quarter  of  a  mile  right  off  from  the  point,  or  this  round  black  rock,  are 
three  sunken  rocks  whereon  the  sea  always  breaks. 

Near  2  miles  north  from  Point  May,  is  Little  Dantzick  Cove,  and  half  a 
league  from  Little  Dantzick  is  Great  Dantzick  Cove  ;  these  coves  are  no 
places  of  safety  being  open  to  the  westerly  winds  ;  the  land  ahout  them  is 
of  a  moderate  height,  bold  too,  and  clear  of  wood. 

From  Diintzick  point  (which  is  the  north  point  of  the  coves)  to  For- 
tune, the  course  is  N.  E.  near  3  leagues  ;  the  land  between  them  near  the 
shore  is  of  a  moderate  height,  and  bold  too  ;  you  will  have  in  most  places 

1  )  and  12  fathoms  two  cables  length  from  the  shore,  30  and  40  one  mile 
off,  and  70  and  80  two  miles  off.  Fortune  lies  north  from  the  east  end  of 
Brunet ;  it  is  a  bar  place  that  will  admit  tishing  boats  at  a  quarter  flood  ; 
and  a  fishing  village  situated  in  the  bottom  of  a  small  bay  wherein  is  an- 
chorage for  shipping  in  6,  8,  10  and  12  fathoms  ;  the  ground  is  none  of 
the  best ;  and  you  lay  open  to  near  half  the  compass. 

Cape  of  Grand  Bank,  is  a  pretty  high  point,  lying  one  league  N.  E. 
from  Fortune  ;  into  the  eastward  of  the  cape  is  Ship  Cove,  wherein  is 
good  anchorage  for  shipping,  in  8  and  10  fathoms,  sheltered  from  south- 
erly, westerly,  and  N.  W.  winds.  Grand  Bank  lies  E.  S.  E.  i  league  from 
the  cape  ;  it  is  a  fishing  village,  and  a  bar  'aarbour,  that  will  admit  of  fish- 
ing shallops  at  a  quarter  flood  ;  to  this  pi  ';e  and  5'ortune,  resort  the  crews 
of  fishing  ships,  who  lay  their  ships  up  in  harbour  Britain.  From  the 
Cape  of  Grand  Bank  to  Point  Enragee,  the  course  is  N.  E.  i  E.  8  leagues, 
forming  a  bay  between  them,  in  which  the  shore  is  low,  with  several 
sandy  beaches,  behind  which  are  bar  harbours  that  will  admit  boats  on  the 
tide  of  flood,  the  largest  of  which  is  Great  Garnish,  5  leagues  from  Grand 
Bank  ;  it  may  be  known  by  several  rocks  above  watier,  lying  before  it  ; 

2  miles  from  the  shore,  the  outmost  of  these  rocirs  are  steep  too,  but  be- 
tween them  and  the  shore  are  dangerous  sunken  rocks.  To  the  east- 
ward, and  within  these  rocks  is  Frenchman's  cove,  wherein  you  may  an- 
chor with  small  vessels  in  4  and  5  fathoms  water,  tolerably  well  sheltered 
from  the  sea  winds,  and  seems  a  convenient  place  for  the  cod  fishery. — 
The  passage  in  is  to  the  eastward  of  the  rocks  that  are  the  highest  above 
water  ;  between  them  and  some  other  lower  rocks  lying  of  tp  the  east- 
ward from  the  east  point  of  the  cove,  there  is  a  sunken  rocK  nearly  in  the 
middle  of  this  j>a8sage  which  you  must  be  aware  of.  You  may  anchor  any 
where  undef  the  shore,  between  Grand  Bank  and  Great  Garnish  in  8  and 
10  fathopai^^  water,  but  yuu  are  only  sheltered  from  the  land  winda. 


22 


Blunt's  American  Coast  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


Point  Enragee  is  but  low,  but  a  little  way  in  the  country  is  high  land  ; 
this  point  may  be  known  by  two  hummocks  upon  it  cJose  to  the  shore, 
but  you  mirst  be  very  near,  otherwise  the  elevation  of  the  high  lands 
will  hinder  you  from  discovering  them  ;  close  to  the  point  is  a  rock  un- 
der water. 

From  Point  Enragee  to  the  head  of  the  bay  the  course  is  first  N.  E.  | 
E.  3  leagues  to  Grand  Jervey  ;  then  N.  E.  by  E.  -J  E.  7^  leagues  to  the 
head  of  the  bay  ;  the  land  in  general  along  the  south  side  is  high,  bold 
too,  and  of  an  uneven  height,  with  hills  and  vallies  of  various  extent ; 
the  vallies  for  the  most  part  clothed  with  wood,  and  watered  with  small 
rivulets. 

Seven  leagues  to  the  eastward  of  Point  Enragee,  is  the  bay  L'Argent, 
wherein  you  may  anchor  in  30  or  40  fathoms  water,  sheltered  from  all 
winds. 

Xhe  entrance  of  harbour  Mille  is  to  the  eastward  of  the  east  point  of 
L'Argent ;  before  this  harbour  and  the  bay  L'Argent,  is  a  remarkable 
rock,  that  at  a  distance  appears  like  a  shallop  under  sail.  Harbour  Mille 
branches  into  two  arms,  one  lying  in  to  the  N.  E.  and  the  other  toward« 
the  E.  at  the  upper  part  of  both  is  good  anchorage,  and  various  sorts  of 
wood.  Between  this  harbour  and  Point  Enragee,  are  several  bar  har- 
bours in  small  bays,  wherein  are  sandy  beaches,  off  which  vessels  may 
anchor,  but  they  must  be  very  near  the  shore  to  be  in  a  moderate  depth 
of  water. 

Cape  Mille  lies  N.  N.  E.  J^  L.  1  league  from  the  before  mentioned 
Shallop  rock,  and  near  3  leagues  from  the  head  of  Fortune  bay  is  a  high, 
reddish  barren  rock.  The  width  of  Forttme  bay  at  Cape  Mille,  does  not 
exceed  half  a  league,  but  immediately  below  it,  it  is  twice  as  wide,  by 
which  this  cape  may  easily  be  known  :  above  this  cape  the  land  on  both 
sides  is  high,  with  steep  craggy  cliffs.  The  head  of  the  bay  is  terminated 
by  a  low  beach,  behind  which  is  a  large  pond  or  bar  harboar,  into  which 
boats  can  go  at  quarter  flood.  In  this  and  Ml  the  bar  harbours  between  it 
and  Grank  bank,  are  convenient  places  for  building  of  stages,  and  good 
beaches  for  drying  of  fish,  for  great  numbers  of  boats. 

Grand  L'Pierre  is  a  good  harbour,  situated  on  the  north  side  of  the  bay, 
half  a  league  from  the  head  ;  you  can  see  no  entrance  until  you  are 
abreast  of  it ;  there  is  not  the  least  danger  in  going  in.  And  you  may  an- 
chor in  any  depth  from  8  to  4  fathoms,  sheltered  from  all  winds. 

English  harbour  lies  a  little  to  the  westward  of  Grand  L'Pierre  ;  it  is 
very  small  and  fit  only  for  boats  and  small  vessels. 

To  the  westward  of  English  harbour  ie  a  small  bay  called  Little  bay  de 
Leau,  wherein  are  some  small  islands,  behind  which  is  shelter  for  small 
vessels. 

New  harbour  is  situated  opposite  Cape  Mille,  to  the  westward  of  Bay 
de  Leau  ;  it  is  but  a  small  inlet,  yet  hath  good  anchorage  on  the  west  side 
in  9,  8,  7,  and  5  fathoms  water  sheltered  from  the  S.  W.  winds. 

Harbour  Femme,  which  lies  half  a  league  to  the  westward  of  New 
harbour,  lies  in  N.  E.  hulf  a  league,  is  very  narrow,  and  hath  in  it  23 
fathoms  water  ;  before  the  entrance  is  an  island,  near  to  which  are  some 
rocks  above  water  :  the  passage  into  tlve  harbour  is  to  the  eastward  of 
the  island. 

One  league  to  the  westward  of  Harbour  Femmc,  is  a  small  cove  called 
Brewer's  Hole,  wherein  is  shelter  for  fishing  boats  ;  before  this  cove  is 
a  small  island  near  the  shore,  and  some  rocks  above  water. 

Harbour  le  Conte  is  situated  1  mile  to  the  westward  of  Brewer's  Hole, 


10  Edit. 

ligh  land  ; 
he  shore, 
ligh  lands 
a  rock  un- 

st  N.  E.  I 
los  to  the 
high,  bold 
19  extent ; 
^ith  small 

L'Argent, 
d  from  all 

»9t  point  of 
emarkable 
bour  Mille 
er  toward« 
js  sorts  of 
1  bar  har- 
!ssels  may 
rate  depth 

mentioned 
^  is  a  high, 
5,  does  not 
I  wide,  by 
d  on  both 
erminated 
nto  which 
jetween  it 
and  good 

if  the  bay, 
you  are 
may  an- 

rre  ;  it  is 

e  bay  de 
for  small 

rd  of  Bay 
west  side 

1  of  New 
in  it  23 
are  some 
tward  of 

ve  called 
s  cove  is 

r's  Hole, 


10  Edit. 


Blunfs  American  Coast  Pilot. 


2j» 


before  which  are  two  inlands,  one  without  the  other  ;  the  outermost  of 
which  is  the  largest,  is  of  a  tolerable  height,  and  lies  in  a  line  with  the 
coast,  and  is  not  easy  to  be  distinguished  from  the  main  in  sailing  along  the 
shore.  To  sail  into  this  harbour,  the  best  passage  is  on  the  west  side  of 
the  outer  island,  and  between  the  two  ;  as  soon  as  you  begin  to  open  the 
harbour,  you  must  keep  the  inner  island  close  on  board,  in  order  to  avoid 
some  sunken  r©cks  that  lay  near  a  small  island,  which  you  will  discover 
between  the  N.  E.  point  of  the  outer  island  and  the  opposite  point  on  the 
main  ;  and  likewise  another  rock  under  water,  which  lays  higher  up  on 
the  side  of  the  main  ;  this  rock  appears  at  low  water.  As  soon  as  you 
are  above  these  dangers,  you  may  steer  up  in  the  middle  of  the  channel, 
until  you  open  a  fine  spacious  basin,  wherein  you  may  anchor  in  any  depth 
from  .*j  to  17  fathoms  water,  shut  up  from  all  winds  ;  the  bottom  is  sand 
and  mud.  In  to  the  eastward  of  the  out«r  island,  is  a  small  cove  fit  for 
small  vessels  and  boats,  and  conveniences  for  the  fishery. 

Long  harbour  lies  4  miles  to  the  westward  of  harbour  le  Conte,  and'N. 
E.  by  N.  5  leagues  from  Point  Enragee  ;  it  may  be  known  by  a  small 
island  in  the  mouth  of  it,  called  Gull  island  ;  and  half  a  mile  without  this 
island  is  a  rock  above  water,  that  hath  the  appearance  of  a  small  boat. 
There  is  a  passage  into  the  harbour  on  each  side  of  the  island,  but  the 
broadest  is  the  westernmost.  Nearly  in  the  middle  of  this  passage,  a  lit- 
tle without  the  island,  is  a  ledge  of  rocks,  whereon  is  2  fathoms  water  :  a 
little  within  the  island  on  the  S.  E.  are  some  sunken  rocks,  about  2  cables 
length  from  the  shore,  lying  off  two  sandy  coves  ;  some  of  these  rock* 
appear  at  low  water.  On  the  N.  W.  side  of  the  harbour  2  miles  within 
the  island  is  Morgan's  Cove,  wherein  you  may  anchor  in  15  fathoms  wa- 
ter, and  the  only  place  you  can  anchor  unless  you  run  into,  or  above  the 
Narrows,  being  every  where  else  very  deep  water.  This  harbour  runs 
5  leagues  into  the  country,  at  the  head  of  which  is  a  salmon  fishery. 

A  little  to  the  westward  of  Long  harbour  is  Bell  bay,  which  extends  3 
leagues  every  way,  and  contains  several  bays  and  harbours.  On  the  east 
point  of  this  bay  is  Hare  harbour,  which  is  fit  only  for  small  vessels  andr 
boats,  before  which  are  two  small  islands,  and  some  rocks  above  and  un- 
der water. 

Two  miles  to  the  northward  of  Hare  harbour,  or  the  point  of  Bell 
bay,  is  Mall  bay,  being  a  narrow  arm,  lying  in  N.  E.  by  N.  3  miles,  where- 
in is  deep  water,  and  no  anchorage  until  at  the  head. 

Rencontre  islands  lie  to  the  westward  of  Mall  bay,  near  the  shore  ;  the 
westernmost  which  is  the  largest,  has  a  communication  with  the  main  at 
low  water  ;  in  and  about  this  island  are  shelter  for  smr.U  vessels  and  boats. 
Bell  harbour  lies  1  league  to  the  westward  of  Rencontre  islands  :  the 
passage  into  the  harbour  is  on  the  west  side  of  the  island  :  in  the  mouth 
of  it,  as  soon  as  you  are  within  the  island,  you  will  open  a  small  cove  on 
the  east  side  wherein  small  vessels  anchor,  but  large  ships  must  run  up  to 
the  head  of  the  harbour,  and  anchor  in  20  fathoms  water,  there  being 
most  room. 

Lally  cove  lies  a  little  to  the  westward  of  Bell  harbour  :  it  is  a  very 
snug  place  for  small  vessels,  being  covered  from  all  winds  behind  the 
island  in  the  cove. 

Lally  head  is  the  west  point  of  Lally  cove  ;  it  is  a  high  bluff  white 
point :  to  the  northward  of  the  head  is  Lally  cove  back  cove,  wherein 
you  may  anchor  in  16  fathoms  water. 

Two  miles  *.o  the  northward  of  Lally  cove  head,  is  the  bay  of  the  east, 
and  bay  ef  the  north  ;  in  both  is  deep  water,  and  no  anchorag;e|^ualc3S 


/ 


24 


Blunl'rt  American  Coast  Pilot. 


10  Edit 


very  near  the  shore.     At  the  head  of  the  north  bay  in  the  largest  river  in 
Fortune  bay,  and  8cem«  a  good  place  for  a  salmon  fishery. 

The  bay  of  Cincj  isles  lies  to  the  southward  of  the  North  bay  ;  and  op- 
posite to  Lidly  cove  head  there  is  tolerable  good  anchorage  for  large  ships 
on  the  iS.  VV.  side  of  the  island  in  the  bottom  of  the  bay.  The  north  arm 
is  a  very  snug  place  for  bmall  vessels  ;  at  the  head  of  this  arm  is  a  sal- 
mon river. 

A  little  to  the  southward  of  the  bay  of  Cinq  isles  is  Corben  bay,  wherein 
is  good  anchorage  for  any  ships  in  22  or  24  fathoms  water. 

S.  E.  about  2  miles  from  Lally  cove  head,  are  2  islands  about  a  mile 
from  each  other  ;  the  north  easternmost  is  called  Bell  Island,  and  the 
other  Do;;  Island  ;  they  are  of  a  tolerable  height,  and  bold  too  all  round. 

Between  Dog  Island  and  Lord  and  Lady  Island,  which  lies  oif  the  south 
point  of  Corben  bay,  is  a  sunken  rock  (somewhat  nearer  to  Lord  and 
Lady,  than  Dog  Island)  whereon  the  sea  breaks  in  very  bad  weather,  and 
every  where  round  it  very  deep  water.  About  a  quarter  of  a  mile  to  the 
northward  of  the  north  end  of  Lord  and  Lady  Island,  is  a  rock  that  ap- 
pears at  low  water. 

Bande  de  La'rier  bay  lies  on  the  west  point  of  Bell  bay  and  N.  N.  W. 
A  W.  near  3  leagues  from  Point  Enragee  ;  it  may  be  known  by  a  very  high 
mountain  over  the  baj',  which  rises  almost  perpendicular  n-om  the  sea, 
called  Iron  head.  Chappel  Island,  which  forms  the  east  side  of  the  bay, 
is  high  land  also.  The  harbour  lies  on  the  west  side  of  the  bay,  just 
within  the  point,  formed  by  a  narrow  low  beach  ;  it  is  very  small,  but  a 
snug  place,  and  conveniently  situated  for  the  cod  fishery.  There  is  a  to- 
lerable good  anchorage  along  the  west  side  of  the  bay,  from  the  harbour 
up  towards  Iron  head  in  18  and  20  fathoms  water. 

The  bank  of  Bande  de  La'rier,  whereon  is  no  less  than  7  fathoms,  lies 
with  the  beach  of  Bande  de  La'rier  harbour,  just  open  of  the  west  point 
of  the  bay,  and  Boxy  point  on  with  the  north  end  of  St.  Jaques  island. 

Two  miles  to  the  westward  of  Bande  de  La'rier,  is  the  harbour  of  St. 
Jaques,  which  may  be  easily  known  by  the  island  before  it.  This  island 
is  high  at  each  end,  and  low  in  the  middle,  and  at  a  distance  looks  like  2 
islands,  it  lies  N.  30**  E.  8J-  leagues  f;om  the  cape  of  Grand  bank,  and  N. 
E.  by  E.  7  leagues  from  the  east  end  of  Brunet.  The  passage  into  the 
harbour  is  on  the  west  side  of  the  island  ;  there  is  not  the  least  danger  in 
going  in,  or  in  any  p.irt  of  the  harbour  ;  you  may  anchor  in  any  depth 
from  17  to  4  fathoms. 

,  Two  miles  to  the  westward  of  St.  Jaques  is  the  harbour  of  Blue  Pin- 
ion ;  it  is  not  near  so  large,  or  so  safe  as  that  of  St.  Jaques  ;  near  to  the 
head  of  the  harbour,  on  the  west  side,  is  a  shoal,  whereon  is  two  fathoms 
at  low  water. 

,  A  little  to  the  westward  of  Blue  Pinion  is  English  cove,  which  is  very 
email,  wherein  small  vessels  and  boats  can  anchor ;  before  it  and  very 
near  the  shore  is  a  small  island. 

Boxy  point  lies  S.  W.  by  W.  J  W.  2^  leagues  from  St.  Jaques  island, 
N.  N.  E.  near  7  leagues  from  the  cape  of  Grand  Bank,  and  N.  E.  a  E.  13 
miles  from  the  east  end  of  Brunet  island  ;  it  is  of  a  moderate  height,  the 
most  advanced  to  the  southward  of  any  land  on  the  coast,  and  may  be  dis- 
tinguished at  a  considerable  distance  ;  there  are  some  sunken  rocks  otf  it, 
but  they  lay  very  near  the  shore,  and  are  no  way  dangerous. 

N.  N.  E.  3  miles  from  Boxy  point,  is  the  harbour  of  Boxy  ;  to  sail  into 
it  you  must  keep  Boxy  point  just  open  of  Freyer's  head  (a  black  head  a 
little  yt^in  the  point)  in  this  directjion  you  will  keep  in  the  middle  of  the 


10  Edit. 


10  Edit. 


BluDl's  Aineiicau  Coast  Pilot. 


2^ 


It  i-iver  in 

;  an«l  op- 
irge  ships 
north  arm 
n  id  u  sul- 

,  wherein 

ml  n  mile 
,  and  the 
all  round. 
'  the  south 
Lord  and 
i\ther,  and 
nile  to  the 
k  that  ap- 

N.  N.  W. 
very  high 
n  the  sea, 
>[  the  bay, 
I  bay,  just 
nail,  but  a 
;re  is  a  to- 
le  harbour 

horns,  lies 

west  point 

;  island. 

our  of  St. 
his  island 
ks  like  2 

ik,  andN. 

into  the 

danger  in 

[any  depth 

Ifilue  Pin- 
;ar  to  the 
rq  fathoms 

|h  is  very 
land  very 


lies  island, 

J  E.  13 

|eight,  the 

jy  be  dis- 

[cks  otf  it, 

|o  sail  into 
ck  head  a 
^le  of  the 


channel  between  the  Hhoals  which  lay  off  from  each  point  of  the  harbour, 
where  the  stages  are  ;  as  soon  us  you  are  within  these  shoals  which  co- 
vox  you  from  the  sea  winds,  you  may  anchor  in  5  and  4  fathoms  water, 
fine  sandy  ground. 

West  1  mile  from  Boxy  point  is  the  island  of  St.  John's,  which  is  of  a 
tolerable  height,  and  steep  too,  except  at  the  N.  E.  point  where  is  a  shoal 
a  little  way  off. 

N.  W.  half  a  league  from  St.  John's  island  is  St.  John's  head,  which  is 
a  high,  steep,  craggy  point.  Hotween  St.  John's  head  and  Boxy  point  is 
St.  John's  bay,  in  the  bottom  of  which  is  St.  John's  harbour,  wherein  is 
only  water  for  boats. 

On  the  north  side  of  St.  John's  head  are  two  rocky  islands,  called  the 
Gull  and  Shag  ;  at  the  west  end  of  these  islands  are  some  sunken  rocks. 

One  league  and  a  half  to  the  northward  of  St.  John's  head  is  the  Great 
bay  de  Lean,  wherein  is  good  anchorage  in  various  depths  of  water,  shel- 
tered from  ail  winds.  The  best  passage  in,  is  on  the  ea/.  aiAe  of  the  isl- 
and, lying  in  the  mouth  of  it ;  nothing  can  enter  in  on  the  west  side  but 
small  vessels  and  shallops. 

To  the  westward  of  Bay  de  Lean,  .3  miles  N.  N.  W.  from  St.  John's 
head  is  Little  Bay  Barrisway,  on  the  west  side  of  which  is  good  anchorage 
for  lirge  ships  in  7,  8,  or  10  fathoms  w.itcr  :  here  is  good  fishing  conve* 
niencies,  with  plenty  of  wood  and  W'>fer. 

Harbour  Britain  lies  to  the  westward  of  Little  Bay  Barrisway,  north 
1^  league  from  the  island  of  Sagona,  and  N.  by  E.  from  the  east  end  of 
Brunet.  The  two  heads  which  form  the  Entrance  of  this  harbour  or  bay 
are  pretty  high,  and  lay  from  each  other  E.  N.  E.  and  W.  S.  W.  above 
two  miles  ;  near  the  east  head  is  a  rock  above  water,  by  which  it  may  be 
known  ;  there  are  no  dangers  in  going  in  until  you  are  the  length  of  the 
south  point  of  the  S.  W.  arm,  which  is  more  than  a  mile  within  the  west 
head  ;  from  off  this  point  stretches  out  a  ledge  of  rocks  N.  E.  about  two 
cables  length  ;  the  only  place  for  king's  ships  to  anchor  is  above  this  point, 
before  the  S.  W.  arm,  in  16  or  18  fathoms  water,  mooring  nearly  E.  and 
W.  and  so  near  the  shore  as  to  have  the  east  head  on  with  the  point  above 
mentioned  ;  the  bottom  is  very  good  ^nd  the  place  convenient  for  wood- 
ing and  watering.  In  the  S.  W.  arm  is  roonti  for  a  great  number  of  mer- 
chant ships,  and  many  conveniencies  for  fishing  vessels. 

Opposite  to  the  S.  W.  arm  is  the  N.  E.  arm,  or  Jerseyman's  harbour, 
which  is  capable  of  holding  a  great  number  of  ships  securely  sheltered 
from  all  winds.  To  sail  into  it  you  must  keep  the  point  of  Thompson's 
beach  (which  is  the  beach  point  at  the  entrance  into  the  S.  W.  arm)  open 
of  Jerseyman's  head  (which  is  a  high  bluff  head  at  the  north  entrance  in- 
to Jerseyman's  harbour)  this  mark  will  lead  you  over  the  bar  in  the  best 
channel,  where  you  will  have  3  fathoms  at  low  water  ;  as  soon  as  you  open 
the  harbour,  haul  up  noi'th,  and  anchor  where  it  is  most  contenient,  in  8^ 
7,  or  6  fathoms  water,  good  ground,  and  sheltered  from  all  winds.  In  this 
harbour  are  several  convenient  places  for  erecting  many  stages,  and  good 
beach  room.  Jerseymen  generally  lay  their  ships  up  in  this  harbour,  and 
cure  their  fish  at  Fortune  and  Grand  bank. 

From  harbour  Briton  to  the  west  end  of  Brunet,  and  to  the  Plate  isl- 
ands, the  course  is  S.  W.  by  S.  6^  leagues  to  the  southernmost  Plate. 
From  the  harbour  Briton  to  Cape  Miquelonia  S.  W.  |  W.  10  leagues. 
From  the  west  head  of  harbour  Briton  to  Cannaigre  head,  the  course  is 
W.  by  S.  distant  2  leagues  ;  between  them  are  Gull  island  and  Deadman's 
hay.     Gull  island  lies  close  under  the  land,  2  jniles  to  the  westward  of 

4 


26 


Blunt^ti  American  Coast  Pilot. 


10E<Ut. 


harbour  Brito'ii.  Dendnmn's  bay  in  to  the  westward  of  Gall  ivlund,  whcre^ 
U)  you  may  anchor  witli  the  land  winds.  Between  harbour  Brito'-  and 
Cannai^re  head,  is  a  bank  stretching  off  from  the  shore  betwei'n  f  .id  3 
miles,  whereon  is  various  depths  of'  water  from  34  to  4  fathoms.  Fish- 
ermen say  that  they  li.ive  seen  the  sea  break,  in  very  bad  weather,  a 
good  way  without  Gull  island. 

Cannai^re  head,  which  forms  the  east  point  of  the  bay  of  the  same 
name,  lies  north  easterly  .1^  leagues  from  tlie  west  end  of  nrunet ;  it  is  a 
high  craggy  point,  easy  to  be  distinguished  from  any  point  of  view.  From 
this  head  to  Bassaterre  point,  the  course  is  W.  by  N.  J  N.  2  leagues,  and 
likewise  W.  by  N.  ^  N.  3^  leagues  to  the  rocks  of  Pass  island  ;  but  to  give 
them  a  birth,  make  n  W.  by  N.  course  good.  Between  Cannaigre  head  and 
Bassaterre  point  is  Cannaigre  bay,  which  exti  ids  itself  about  4  leagues* 
inhmd,  at  the  head  of  which  is  a  salmon  river.  In  the  mouth  of  the  bay 
lay  the  rocks  of  the  same  name  above  water  ;  yon  may  approach  these 
rocks  very  near,  there  being  no  danger  but  what  discovers  itself.  The 
channel  between  them  and  the  north  shore  is  something  dangerous,  by 
reason  of  a  range  of  rocks  which  lie  along  shore,  and  extend  themselves 
one  mile  offi 

Cannaigre  harbour,  which  is  very  small,  with  7  fathoms  water  in  it,  is 
within  a  point  on  the  south  side  of  the  bay,  5  miles  hbovc  the  head  ;  the 
passage  into  the  harbour  is  on  the  S.  E.  side  of  the  island  lying  before  it. 
Nearly  in  the  middle  of  the  bay,  abreast  of  thi*  harbour,  are  two  islands 
of  a  tolerable  height ;  on  the  sotith  side  of  the  westernmost  island,  which 
is  the  largest,  are  some  rocks  above  water. 

Dawson's  cove  is  on  the  N.  W.  side  of  the  bay,  bears  north,  distance 
about  4  miles  from  the  head^  and  east  2  miles  from  the  west  end  of  the 
Great  island.  In  it  are  good  fishing  conveniencie«»,  and  anchorage  for 
vessels  in  6  and  5  fathoms  water,  but  they  will  lay  open  to  the  southerly 
winds.  Between  the  S.  W.  point  of  this  cove  and  Bassaterre  point,  which 
is  5  miles  distance,  lays  the  range  of  rocks  before  mentioned. 

Bassaterre  point,  which  forms  the  west  point  of  Cannaigre  bay,  is  of  a 
moderate  height,  clear  of  wood,  and  bold  too,  all  the  way  from  it  to  Pass 
island,  which  bears  N.  W.  by  W.  1  league  from  Bassaterre  point. 

The  land  on  the  north  side  of  Fortune  bay,  for  the  most  part,  is  hilly, 
rising  directly  from  the  sea,  with  craggy,  barren  hills,  which  extend  4  or 
5  leagues  inland,  with  a  great  number  of  rivulets  and  ponds.  The  land 
on  the  south  side  of  Fortune  bay,  has  a  different  appearance  to  that  on 
the  north  side^  being  not  so 'full  of  craggy  mountains,  and  better  clothed 
with  woods,  which  are  of  a  short  brushy  kind,  which  makes  the  face  of 
the  country  look  green* 

Pass  island  lies  N.  16**  30'  E.  7^  leagues  from  Cape  Miquelon ;  it  is 
the  N.  W.  extremity  of  Fortune  bay,  and  lies  very  near  the  shore,  is 
more  than  2  miles  in  circuit,  and  is  pretty  high.  On  the  S.  W.  side  are 
several  rocks  above  water,  which  extend  themselves  1  mile  from  the 
island  ;  and  on  the  N.  W.  side  is  a  sunken  rock,  at  a  quarter  of  a  mile 
from  the  island  :  the  passage  between  this  island  and  the  main,  which  is 
near  2  cables  length  wide,  is  very  safe  for  small  vessels,  wherein  you  may 
anchor  in  6  fathotns,  a  fine  sandy  bottom.  This  island  is  well  situated  for 
ihe  cod  fishery,  there  being  very  gOod  fishing  ground  about  it. 

In  the  night  time,  or  in  foggy  weather,  ships  d^ught  to  place  no  great 
dependence  on  the  soundings  in  Fortune  bay,  lest  they  may  be  deceived 
thereby  :  for  you  have  more  water  in  many  parti  near  the  shore,  and  in 


0  Edit. 


10  Edit. 


Biuiit^tt  American  Coa»t  Pilot. 


27 


1,  where- 
rito'"  and 
if  ud  3 
s.  Fish- 
euther,  a 

tlie  same 
ut ;  it  i«  a 
■iW.  From 
gues,  nnd 
nit  to  give 
i  head  and 
4  lengue» 
)f  the  bay 
ach  these 
elf.  The 
;erous,  by 
hemselvei* 

LT  in  it,  is 
liead  ;  the 
before  it. 
:wo  islands 
md,  which 

li,  distance 
pnd  of  the 
loragc  for 
southerly 
>int,  which 

lay,  is  of  a 
it  to  Pass 

It. 

•t,  is  hilly, 
tend  4  or 
The  land 

to  that  OQ 

er  clothed 
ie  face  of 

on  ;  it  is 

shore,  is 

side  are 

from  the 

of  a  mile 

which  is 

1  you  may 

tuated  for 

!  no  great 
deceived 
re,  and  in 


several  of  its  contained  bays  and  harbours,  than  in  the  middle  of  the  bny 
itHcir 

Dticription  of  Hennitdj^r  Bay. 

From  Ph»m  inland  ta  GreiU  Jarviu  harbour,  at  the  entrance  into  the  bay 
«f  Oospiiir,  the  course  m  N.  by  K.  ^  K.  near  ;j  leagues  ;  and  from  Pass 
island  to  the  west  e\\A  of  Long  island,  the  course  is  N.  N.  E.  8  miles,  be^ 
Iween  them  is  the  bay  of  lleriqjtage,  which  Ues  in  ^.  N.  £.  8  leagues 
from  Piiss  island,  ivith  very  deep  water  in  most  parts  of  it. 

The  t^o  Fox  itilunds^  which  are  but  small,  lie  nearly  in  the  middle  of 
Hermitage  bay,  3  leagues  and  a  half  from  Pass  island  ;  near  to  these  islr 
ands  is  good  fishing  ground. 

Hermitage  coyc  i^  «ii  the  south  side  of  the  bay,  opposite  to  Fox's  isl- 
ands :  to  sail  into  it«  you  must  keep  between  the  islands  and  the  south 
shore,  where  there  is  Qo,t  the  least  danger  ;  in  this  cove  is  good  anchorage 
ibr  shipping  io  8  and  10  iitthon^s  water,  and  good  fishing  conveniences  with 
plenty  of  wood  and  water. 

Long  island  whjch  separates  the  bay  of  Despair  from  Hermitage,  is  of 
a  triangular  form,  about  8  leagues  in  circuit,  of  a  tolerable  height,  is  hilly, 
uneven,  and  barren.  The  east  entrance  into  the  bay  of  Despair  from 
Hermitage  bay,  is  by  the  west  end  of  Long  island  :  about  |  a  mile  from 
the  S.  W.  point  of  the  said  island,  are  2  rocks  above  water«  with  deep 
water  all  roiuid  them. 

Long  island  harbour*  lies  on  the  st^uth  side  of  Long  island,  2|  miles  from 
the  west  end  ;  before  which  is  an  island,  and  several  rocks  above  water  <, 
there  is  a  narrow  piissage  into  the  harbour  on  each  side  of  the  island  ;  this 
harbour  is  foraged  by  2  arms,  one  lying  into  the  north,  and  the  other  to 
the  eastward  ;  they  are  both  very  narrow,  and  have  in  them  from  42  to  7 
fathoms  watejr ;  the  casjt  aim  is  the  deepest  and  best  anchorage. 

Round  harbour,  wherein  is  6  fathoms  water,  lies  near  2  miles  to  the 
eastward  of  Long  island  harbour,  and  is  idso  in  Long  island  ;  it  will  only 
admit  very  small  vessels,  by  reason  the  channel  going  in  is  very  narrow. 

Harbour  Picarre  lies  N.  by  W.  \  a  league  from  Little  Fox  island, 
(which  is  the  westernmost  of  Fox  islands  ;),  to  sail  into  it,  you  must  keep 
near  the  west  point,  to  avoid  some  sunken  rocks  off  the  other,  and  an.- 
chor  in  the  first  cove  on  the  east  side,  in  9  or  1.0  fathoms,  sheltei%d  from 
all  winds. 

Galtaus  harbour,  which  is  but  small,  lies  near  the  east  point  of  Long 
island  ;  at  the  entrance  are  several  rocky  islands.  The  best  channel  into 
the  harbour^  is  on  the  west  side  of  these  islands,  wherein  is  4  fathoms 
water,  but  in  the  harbour  is  from  15  to  24  fathoms.  Here  are  several 
places  proper  for  erecting  stages  ;  and  both  this  harhour  and  Picarre  are 
conveniently  situated  for  a  fishery,  they  lying  contigiious  to  the  fishing 
grounds  about  Fox  islands. 

between  the  east  end  of  Long  island  and  the  main,  is  a  very  good'pasr 
sage  out  of  Hermitage  bay,  into  the  bay  of  Despair. 

•  » 
description  of  the  Bay  of  Despair, 

The  entranpe  of  the  bay  of  Despair  lies  between  the  west  end  of  Long 
i^aikl  and  Great  Jervis  island  (an  island  in  the  mouth  of  the  harhour  <h 
the  same  name)  the  distance  from  lOne  to  thQ.M)dier,  is  If  mile,  and  in  th« 
middle  between  themis  no  soundings  with  $.80 fathoms. 

The  bay  of  Despair  forms  2  capacious  arms,  one  extending  to  the  N, 


■^ 


28 


Blunt^B  American  Const  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


# 


E.  8  Icagucx,  nml  the  other  to  tho  northward  5  lettKuett ;  in  the  north  arm 
IH  very  duo|)  wiiter,  and  no  nnchora^c,  hut  in  tite  Hmall  hays  and  covoh 
which  lay  on  each  side  of  it.  At  the  head  of  the  hay  of  the  euut,  which 
ifl  an  arm  ol' the  nortlihay,iH  a  very  fine  Hahnon  river,  and  plenty  of  wood, 
(n  the  N.  K.  arm  of  the  hay  of  Dettpair  are  Heveral  arniH  undinhinds,  and 
tolerable  good  anchorage  in  Home  partH  of  it.  Little  river  and  Conne  ri- 
ver are  counted  good  places  for  Hnhnon  finheries  :  about  the'te  riverH  and 
the  head  of  the  bay  are  great  plenty  of  all  sortn  of  wood  common  to  this 
country,  hucIi  afl  fir,  pine,  birch,  ivitch-ha/.lc,  npruce,  ^Vc.  All  the  coun- 
try about  the  entrance  into  the  bay  of  Devpair,  and  for  a  good  way  up  it, 
is  very  mountainouH  and  barren,  but  about  the  head  of  the  bay  it  appeant 
to  be  pretty  level,  and  well  clothed  with  wood. 

Great  Jervis  harbour  is  situated  at  the  west  entrance  into  the  bay  of 
Despair,  is  a  snug  and  safe  harbour,  with  good  anchorage  in  every  part  of 
it  in  IG,  18  or  20  fathoms  ;  thotigh  but  small,  will  contain  a  great  niunber 
of  shipping,  securely  sheltered  from  all  winds,  and  very  convenient  for 
wooding  and  watering.  There  is  a  passage  into  this  harbour  oi.  either 
side  of  Great  Jervis  island,  the  southernmost  is  the  safest,  there  being  in 
it  no  danger  but  the  shore  itself.  To  sail  in  on  the  nortii  side  of  the  island, 
you  must  keep  in  the  middle  of  the  passage,  until  you  are  within  two  small 
rocks  above  water  near  to  each  other  on  your  starboard  side,  a  little  with- 
in the  north  point  of  the  passage  ;  you  must  then  bring  the  said  north 
point  between  these  rocks,  and  steer  into  the  harbour  in  that  direction, 
which  will  carry  you  clear  of  some  sunken  rocks  which  lie  off  the  west 
point  of  the  island  ;  these  rocks  apj-enr  at  low  water.  The  entrance  into 
this  harbour  may  be  known  by  the  eaiit  cjid  of  Great  Jervis  island,  which 
is  a  high  steep  craggy  point  called  Great  Jervis  head,  and  is  the  north 
point  of  the  south  entrance  into  this  harbour. 

Bonne  bay  lies  one  league  to  the  westward  from  Cape  Jervis  head,  and 
north  7  miles  from  Pass  island,  there  are  several  islands  in  the  mouth  of 
it,  the  westernmost  of  which  is  the  largest  and  highest.  The  best  passage 
into  the  bay  is  to  the  eastward  of  the  largest  islond,  between  it  and  the 
two  easternmost  island ;  which  two  islands  may  be  known  by  a  rock 
above  water,  off  the  south  point  of  each  of  them.  The  bay  lies  in  N.  N. 
W.  four  miles,  and  is  near  half  a  mile  broad  in  the  narrowest  part ;  there 
is  no  dlbger  going  in,  but  what  shews  itself;  you  may  go  on  cither  side 
of  Drake  island,  which  is  a  small  island  nearly  in  the  middle  of  the  bay  ; 
between  this  island  and  3  small  islands,  lying  on  the  west  side  of  the  bay 
within  Great  island,  is  anchorage  in  20  and  30  fathoms,  but  the  best  place 
for  large  ships  is  at  the  head  of  the  bay  in  12  or  14  fathoms,  clear  ground, 
and  convenient  for  wooding  and  watering.  On  the  west  side  of  the  bay, 
abreast  of  Drake  island,  is  a  very  snug  harbour  for  small  vessels,  where- 
in is  7  fathoms  water,  and  good  conveniences  for  a  fishery  ;  off  the  south 
point  of  the  entrance  are  some  sunken  rocks  about  a  cable's  length  from 
the  shore.  On  the  N.  W.  side  of  the  great  island,  within  the  2  small  isl- 
ands, is  very  good  anchorage  in  16,  20,  and  24  fathoms  water  sheltered 
from^U  winds.  The  passage  into  this  place  to  the  westward  of  the  great 
island  from  the  sea  is  very  dangerous,  by  reason  there  are  several  sunken 
rocks  in  the  passage  and  shallow  Water  ;  but  there  is  a  very  good  passage 
into  it  from  the  bay,  passing  to  the  northward  of  the  2  small  islands  be- 
tween them  and  the  west  shore.  In  sailing  in  or  out  of  the  bay  you  must 
not  approach  too  near  the  south  point  of  the  Great  island,  because  of  some 
sunken  rocks  which  lie  a  quarts  of  a  mile  from  the  shore. 


A 

kcta 
Tl 
from 
entra 
easily 
2  lea^ 
the  ei 
on  th( 
dual 
on  th( 


10  Kdit. 


Bliiiif  H  Ainek'icuii  ('oast  Pilot. 


A  little  to  the  wcHtwnrd  of  Rnnnu  !>iiy,  botwren  it  ami  Farhoux,  in  Muh- 
ketn  covr,  u  nniall  iul«t,  wlu'icih  is  from  30  to  17  iHthoiiiH  of  water. 

Tho  (Mitruiice  of  the  buys  of  Facheux  und  DraRon,  lies  went  4  milon 
from  hoiiiu*  hay,  and  N.  VV.  hy  N.  near  3  loaKUfA  from  1'iish  island  ;  tliJH 
entrance  is  very  conspicuous  at  sea,  hy  which  this  part  of  the  coast  is 
easily  known.     Facheux,  which  is  the  easternmost  liraiuh,  lies  in  north 

2  leagues,  and  is  a  third  of  a  mile  broad  in  the  narrowest  [nxri,  which  is  at 
the  entrance,  with  deep  water  in  most  pnrts  of  it.  One  mile  up  the  bay 
on  the  west  side  is  a  cove,  wherein  is  anchorage  in  10  fathoms,  with  gra- 
dual soundings  into  the  shore,  and  a  clear  bottom  ;  and  farther  up  the  bay, 
on  the  same  side,  arc  2  other  coves,  wherein  is  anchorage  and  plenty  of 
wood  and  wi..or.  Drau;on  bay  lies  in  W.  N.  VV.  1  league,  and  is  near  hall 
u  mile  broad,  wherein  is  GO  and  70  fathoms  water,  and  no  anchorage  till 
you  come  to  the  head,  and  then  you  must  be  very  near  the  shore  toh«;  in 
a  moderate  depth  of  water. 

One  mile  to  the  westwani  of  Facheux  is  little  hole,  wherein  is  shelter 
for  shallops.  And  one  league  to  the  westward  of  Facheux  is  Rirhanrs 
harbour,  a  snug  place  for  small  vessels  and  tishing  shallops,  wherein  is  not 
more  than  23  fathoms.  The  cast  point  of  this  harbour  is  a  very  conspi. 
cuoushigh  head,  lying  W.  \  S.  7  miles  from  Bonne  buy,  and  N.  W.  >  W. 

3  leagues  from  Pass  island. 

VV.  by  N.  l^  league  from  Richard^s  harbour,  is  Hare  bay,  which  lies 
in  north  about  5  miles,  is  about  a  third  of  a  mile  broad  in  the  narrowest 
part,  with  very  high  land  on  both  sides,  and  deep  water  close  home  to 
both  shores  in  most  parts  of  it.  Near  1  mile  up  the  bay,  on  the  castsid^, 
is  a  small  cove,  wherein  is  anchorage  in  20  fatnoms,  with  gradual  sound- 
ings into  the  shore,  and  1  league  up  the  bay  on  the  west  side,  is  a  very 
{{ood  harbour,  wherein  is  good  anchorage  in  8, 10, 12  and  16  fathoms,  and 
plenty  of  wood  and  water. 

VV.  by  N.  4  miles  from  Hare  bay  and  1  league  N.  by  VV.  from  Hare'g 
Kars  point  is  Devirs  bay,  a  narrow  inlet,  lying  into  the  northward  1 
league,  wherein  is  deep  water,  and  no  anchorage  till  you  come  close  to 
the  head. 

The  bay  of  Rencontre,  which  lies  to  the  northward  of  Hare's  Ear  point 
lies  in  VV.  by  N.  2  leagues,  it  is  near  4  a  mile  broad  in  the  narrowest  part, 
with  deep  water  in  most  parts  of  it.  To  anchor  in  this  bay,  you  must  run 
up  above  a  low  woody  point  on  the  south  side,  then  haul  under  the  south 
shore  until  you  are  land-locked  and  anchor  in  30  fathoms  water. 

Hare's  Ear's  point  is  a  pretty  large  point,  with  a  ragged  rock  upon  it, 
that  frotn  some  points  of  view  looks  like  the  cars  of  a  hare  ;  it  lies  west 
southerly  11  miles  from  the  point  of  Richard's  harbour,  and  W.  by  N, 
half  N.  6  leagues  from  Pass  island  :  off  this  point  is  a  tishing  bank  that 
extends  a  mile  from  the  shore,  whereon  is  from  20  to  36  fathoms  water. 

One  mile  to  the  northward  of  Hare's  Ears  point,  at  the  S.  W.  en- 
trance into  Rencontre  is  New  harbour,  a  small  harbour,  •vherein  is 
anchorage  for  small  vessels  in  16  fathoms  water,  and  goo<^  conveniences 
for  a  fishery.  ^ 

West  2  miles  from  Hare's  Ears  point  is  the  bay  of  «-''haleur,  which  lies 
in  first  N.  VV.  then  more  northerly,  in  the  whole  ^  leagues  :  it  is  about 
half  a  mile  broad,  and  hath  very  deep  water  ir«no8t  parts*  At  the  north 
entrance  into  the  bay,  close  to  the  shore,  if*  small  island  of  a  tolerable 
'  -..     N.  E.  sidfe  of  thetjay, 

»e  side,  is  a 


height,  and  half  a  league  within  the  island,  ^^''  ^   E«  i 
is  a  rock  above  water  ;  a  little  within  tW-'^^'*'  on  the 


FMuiiiV*  AriKTic'uii  Coast  Pilot. 


10  Rdiu 


10 


fliniill  rovo  nitli  a  Handy  brnrh,  ufT  which  you  mny  anchor  in  20  futhomA 
u  (mIiI«''m  Irttj^th  from  the  xhorc. 

VV.  N.  W.  ncur  half  a  Unij^m*'  from  Um  hay  ut'Cliah>iii-,  in  the  liay  Fran- 
coi'^,  uliich  is  a  Hmall  iiili't,  \y\uti  in  N,  N  VV.  i  W.  I  uuU'  ;  it  in  nt'ur  | 
of  a  niilt!  Iiroad  at  th>>  ctitrniK  c,  and  17  filhuniH  il«'('|i  ;  luit  junt  within  \n 
60  and  (!(<  titthoinn  ;  at  thi'  head  \n  from  MO  to  !JOfathoni<«,go()d  ancliuinKt- . 
and  ('.onv't-nicncoN  for  a  tiwhtry. 

VV.  S.  VV.  <t  nnU?*  from  thr  bay  Franroi«,  on  tho  «'aHt  ^u\v  of  Vnytv  lu 
Mniic  h«>H  Oar  hay  ;  oO  the  vt\nt  point  of  the  entranct'  in  a  hiw  rocky  inl- 
and, ch)Mi>  to  the  ••hore  ;  from  thix  point  to  the  entrance  into  tho  hay  ol 
Dc'Mpuir,  the  (-oiirite  in  VV.  -^  N.  0  hMigncit.  In  the  m«>nth  of  thin  bay  i»  n 
rocky  inland,  and  a  paM!Ha^o  on  eacli  (tide  of  it  :  the  bay  hen  in  tirtit  N.N. 
H.  n(Mir  one  h.>aKue,  then  norths  miles  ;  >t  ih  one-third  of  a  mile  brondin 
thv  narrowest  part,  with  deep  water  cloHe  to  both  Mhoresall  the  way  up  ; 
the  leuMt  water  irt  at  (he  entrance  :  at  the  heiui  in  a  Hniall  »*nnK  harhonr, 
lit  only  for  Nmall  vcHHeln  and  fiNhingf^hallopH,  wherein  in  r>  iathoiPH  water  : 
at  the  west  side  of  the  entrance  into  the  bay  N.  W.  by  N.  from  the  rocky 
island  before  mentioned,  in  h  Hmall  Muig  cove,  culled  Cul  de  «Sac,  wherein 
is  li  and  4  fathoms  water  and  good  Mhelter  for  fiKhing  vefltteU. 

Cape  la  Hunc  in  the  nouthernmoNt  point  of  land  on  this  part  of  the 
roast,  and  lies  in  the  latitude  of  47"  31  42 '  N.  W.  |  N.  from  Fans  island, 
and  N.  VV.  ^  N.  lU^  leuguea  from  Cape  Miquilon  ;  itmay  be  easily  known 
by  its  figure,  which  much  resembles  u  Mugar  loaf;  but  in  order  to  distin- 
guish this,  you  must  approach  the  shore  at  least  within  3  leugueH,  (unless 
you  are  directly  to  the  eastward  or  westward  of  it)  otherwise  the  eleva- 
tion of  the  high  land  within  it,  will  hinder  you  from  distinguishing  the  su- 
gar loaf  hill  ;  but  the  cape  may  always  be  known  by  the  high  land  of  lu 
Hune,  which  lies  one  league  to  the  westward  of  it :  this  land  rises  di- 
rectly from  the  sea  to  a  tolerable  height,  appears  pretty  flat  at  top,  and 
may  be  seen  in  clear  weather  16  leagues. 

South  29^  W.  3^  leagues  from  Cape  In  Hune,  und  north  61°  W.  near 
10  leagues  from  Cape  Miquilon,  lies  the  Penguin  islands,  which  are  u  par- 
cel of  barren  rocks  lying  near  to  each  other,  and  altogether  about  two 
leagues  in  circuit ;  you  may  approach  these  islands  in  the  day  time  to  half 
a  league  all  round,  there  being  no  danger  at  that  distance  off.  On  the  S. 
W.  side  of  the  large  island  which  is  the  highest,  is  a  small  cove,  wherein 
is  shelter  for  fishing  shallops,  and  good  conveniences  for  a  fishery,  and 
there  is  good  fishing  round  about  the  island. 

East  3*^  north,  7  miles  from  the  Penguin  islands,  and  south  0°  £.  3 
leagues  from  Cape  la  Hune,  is  a  dangeroud  rock  called  the  Whale  rock, 
whereon  the  ^a  generally  breaks  ;  it  is  about  100  fathoms  in  circuit,  with 
10,  12,  and  14  fathoms  water  close  too  all  round  it.  From  this  rock 
stretches  out  a  narrow  bank  1  league  to  the  westward,  and  half  a  league 
to  the  eastward,  whereon  is  from  24  to  68  fathoms,  a  rocky  and  gravelly 
bottom.  In  the  channel  between  the  shore  and  this  rock,  also  between 
the  shore  and  Penguin  islands  is  120  and  130  fathoms  water,  a  muddy 
bottom,  and  the  same  bottom,  and  nearly  the  same  depth  of  water  one 
league  without. 

Round  the  west  poi,t  of  Cupe  la  Hune  is  la  Hune  bay,  which  lies  in 
north  near  2  leagues,  airt  is  about  one-third  of  a  mile  broad  in  the  nar- 
rowest part,  which  is  at  the  entrance,  with  deep  water  in  most  parts  of  it. 
In  sailing  in  or  out  of  tb*»-feiy^  you  must  keep  the  cape  or  east  shore  on 


boatd,in  order  to  avoid  a  ^"^-^^ock  which  lies  off  the  west  point  of  the 

ne«r  one>*t,jj^   '  r 

*7'**'»nnel  over.     Two  miles  up  the 


entrance  into  Ae  bay, 


10  Edit. 


Bluiit*H  AmericttnCoaMt  Pilot. 


31 


htiy,  'tn  th^  onnt  aido  in  Liincc  covo,  wh«r«*in  it  anrhnrngr  in  tt^  u.v*  14 
ttitlioiDH  tviitor,  iltMir  Kroiiiui,  aiul  kou«I  convciiienrrM  tor  ii  fishery  :  I  «'ii- 
hIcN  Icni^th  otV  from  the  Huuth  point  of  tlu*  ruvn  (whu  It  in  low)  i<«  a  itiiiall 
tfhuiil,  M hereon  it  l|  fathoma,  aii<l  hetween  it  unti  the  point  fi  t'athomo  wu- 
ler.  'I'o  Hiiil  into  the  cove,  ke<  |>  the  point  of  the  cape,  or  enMt  cntranre 
into  the  \r.\y  open  of  a  red  cUtf  point  on  the  Nume  mkU',  (oR'  whi<'h  in  a 
rork  almve  water)  until  a  rouml  hill  you  will  nee  ovsr  the  valley  of  the 
cove,  he  brought  on  the  north  suU'  of  the  vulley  ;  yj...  will  tlu'ii  he 
tthovc  the  hIiohI,  and  may  haul  into  the  cove  with  safety.  There  in  a 
narrow  bank  which  Mtretclien  (piite  acruxM  the  hay,  from  the  >4outh  point 
of  the  cove,  to  u  point  on  the  oppovite  iihore,  whereon  in  fnun  27  to  46 
fathonm. 

La  Hune  hnrbour,  wherein  is  only  room  for  the  adinittance  of  Hniall  ve)i« 
4elitopen  to  the  wenterly  windH,  lien  half  a  league  to  the  woNtward  of  Cap« 
la  Hune  ;  before  which  in  nn  inland  close  under  the  Hhore.  The  passaKR 
into  the  harbour  in  on  the  N.  VV.  itide  t)f  the  inland  ;  there  ih  no  danger  in 
going  in,  and  you  muHt  anchor  clofte  up  to  the  head,  in  10  fathoms  water. 
Thiit  harbour  is  well  situated  for  a  Anhery,  there  being  good  fiHhtng  ground 
about  it,  and  other  convcnienccn.  Much  ai«  a  large  ttcach  (piite  acroHs  from 
the  head  of  the  harbour  tola  Huno  bay,  which  \h  UUO  feet,  exposed  to  an 
open  nir,  which  it*  a  great  »dvHnta;<;e  for  drying  of  tiHh. 

Hctween  Cape  la  Hune  and  Littl"  river,  tlic  land  iH  t^derable  high,  and 
the  shore  forms  a  bay,  wherein  lie  several  «mall  islandrf  and  rockn  above 
water,  the  outcrmoHt  of  which  Uch  north  !i  Ica^ueM  from  tho  Penguin  isl- 
irndx  ;  near  theoc  rocky  and  within  them  are  xunken  rockn  and  foul 
ground  ;  the  pasflAge  m  very  Hafe  between  the  rocks  and  the  Penguin 
island)*. 

W.  by  S.  4  leagues  from  Cape  hi  Hune,  is  the  entrance  of  Little  river, 
which  may  be  known  by  the  land  near  it,  which  forms  a  very  conspicuous 
point  on  the  coast,  and  tolerable  high  ;  the  river  in  about  lUO  fathoms  broad 
ot  the  entrance,  and  10  fathoms  deep,  and  affords  good  anch>r.ige  a  little 
way  up  it,  in  10,  8,  and  7  fathoms  water  :  its  banks  are  tolerable  high  and 
clothed  with  wood. 

S.  I  E.  2  leagues  from  the  entrance  of  Little  river,  N.  W.  ^  N.  2i[ 
leagues  from  the  Penguin  islands,  and  E.  S.  E.  i[  E.  3>  leagues  from  the 
isles  of  Ramea,  lie  the  Little  river  rocks,  which  are  just  above  water,  and 
of  a  very  small  circuit,  with  very  deep  water  dl  around  them. 

The  isles  of  Ramea,  which  arc  of  various  extent  both  for  height  and 
circuit,  lay  N.  VV.  ^  N.  near  6  leagues  from  the  Penguin  islands  and  1 
league  from  the  main  ;  they  extend  E.  and  W.  5  miles,  and  N.  and  S.  2 
miles  :  there  are  several  rocks  and  breakers  about  them,  but  more  on 
the  S.  side  than  the  N.  the  easternmost  i,  land,  which  is  the  largest,  is 
very  high  and  hilly  ;  and  the  westernmost,  called  Columbe,  is  u  remark- 
able high  round  island,  of  a  small  circuit,  near  to  which  are  some  rocky 
islands  and  sunken  rocks. 

The  harbour  of  Ramea  (which  is  a  small  commodious  harbour  for  fish- 
ing vessels)  is  formed  by  the  islands  which  lie  between  Great  Ramea  and 
Columbe,  the  entrance  from  the  westward  (which  is  the  broadest)  lies  £. 
from  Columbe,  give  the  S.  point  of  the  entrance  a  small  birth,  (off  which 
iire  some  rocks  above  water)  and  steer  N.  E.  into  the  harbour,  keeping 
in  the  middle  of  the  channel  which  is  more  than  a  cable's  length  broad  in 
the  narrowest  part,  and  anchor  in  Ship  cove,  which  is  the  second  on  the 
N.  W.  side,  in  6  fathoms  clear  ground,  and  sheltered  from  all  winds.  To 
«ail  into  it  from  the  eastward,  keep  the  north  side  of  Great  Ramea  on 


■[ 


i 


liliint'H  Ainrririiii  Conni  Pilot. 


10R<tit. 


hotirti  until  jrou  aii'  ut  lliv  hi*mI  riiil  tlii'iroi',  tlirn  ntoar  H.  W.  into  tlir  Inir- 
hour,  ktM'piiiK  in  tin*  mitiillr  nt'  the  (li.tnni'l,  wherein  iH  A  liithiiniM  tit  loiy 
tv.itcr,  iiikI  utirhor  iiM  uliov«>  ilii'fcti'tl.  In  thin  litirhoiir,  iiiui  iilioiit  llii'Mr 
iNliiiwU,  lire!  Ncvrrni  ronvrnit'nl  (tliM.i'n  lor  <>riM'ting  ol'  ktugi'it  undilr^iiig  ol' 
fiiih,  iiiiil  Hcnii  wvW  tutuali'il  ior  (liiit  |Mir|ioai>. 

S.  K.  }  S.  4  iniluit  fruui  KiiiniM,  i»r«'  'J  rockn  iihovr  wiiirr,  rlom*  to  (Mich 
other,  catli-il  Kiinicu  riM:kM  :  S.  W.  I  Iruguc  rruiii  IIii'nc  rorkn  in  ii  •iniiill 
H<«hiti|(  hnnk,  \\ii«-rroii  in  C  tHtluuiiN  tviitiT  ;  it  lien,  with  th«>  ruckH  nhovt> 
iiK'iitionctl,  on  with  the  W.  rnlninc<>  ol'  Littif*  rivnr,  lininnK  N.  K.  iinil 
UauH'ii  Coluinhf  on  with  ii  hii^li  Nadtllc  hill,  (ralliMl  Kirhunl'M  hcail)  on 
thr  main  within  thv  iNl«M  ol'  liiirKvn,  ht'HriiiK  lit'aily  N.  VV.  Nearly  in  the 
mititlle  hetween  Uainea  and  the  ('engiiin  iNlandw,  '2  lea^ueN  iVoni  the  land, 
IH  a  (iNliiiiK  hank,  whereon  in  tVotn  oO  tu  14  ialhotUN.  'I'o  run  U|ion  the 
Mhoule«it  part  ol'  thin  hank,  hritiK  th«  two  Kiuiieu  rorkn  (which  lie  S.  V.. 
^  S.  I'roiii  Kainea  ii«landH)  on  with  the  S.  VV.  part  of  the  iNlnndM,  or  he* 
Iween  them  and  Culumhe,  and  Ihu  entrance  into  liiitle  river  to  hear  N. 
by  K.  J  K. 

Four  ntiUs  to  the  wintward  ol'  Little  river,  and  N,  K.  hy  K.  I'roni  Ka> 
inea  isJandH,  i»  OhI  Man*H  bay,  which  lien  in  N.  7  mitcH,  and  it  a  mile 
broad  at  the  entrance,  with  deep  water  in  ino«t  partii  of  it.  N.  K.  half 
a  league  up  the  bay  on  the  ua^l  Hide,  in  Aduarii  island,  Ix  .ond  which  i<i 
an<-J)oragt;  in  M)  and  U)  fuUioiii^,  but  the  bent  anchorage  i»  ut  the  hold  ol 
the  bay  in  It  and  H*  I'athotnt*. 

Half  a  league  tu  the  wentward  of  Old  Muii'm  hay,  and  N.  K.  from  Uaniea 
i»leti,  IH  Muaketa  harbour,  which  ia  a  very  Hnug  andHafu  harbour,  that  will 
hold  a  great  number  of  shipping  in  |)erfect  Hvcurity  ;  but  it  w  diHicult  to 
get  in  or  out  unle>»H  the  wind  ix  favoiiralde,  by  reason  the  entrance  in  ho 
very  narrow  Tbeiiig  but  40  futhoniH  broad)  and  the  land  high  on  both 
»i4t» ;  the  S.  K.  point  of  the  entrance  into  the  harbour  it*  u  high  white 
rock  ;  near  acahle'N  length  from  this  white  rock,  or  point,  iH  a  black  rock 
above  water,  on  the  Houtit  Hide  of  which  in  a  sunken  rock,  whereon  the 
Hea  breakn  :  from  thin  black  rock  to  the  narrow  entrance  into  the  har> 
iKfiir,  is  N.  VV.  ]  of  a  mile.  In  Hailing  in  or  out  of  the  harbour,  give  the 
black  rock  a  nmidl  birth,  and  keep  the  W.  nide  inoHton  board,  it  being  the 
nafent.  If  you  ftru  obliged  to  anchor,  you  muot  be  verv  brink  'n  getting  a 
rope  on  shore,  \cAt  you  tail  upon  the  rockn.  In  the  harbour  is  from  16 
to  30  fathomn,  every  where  good  anchorage,  and  plenty  of  wood  and  wa- 
ter, and  fishing  conveniencen.  In  the  Narrows  ia  12  futhums  bold  to 
both  Hhores  there  ;  with  southerly  tuid  cantcrly  winds  it  blown  right  in, 
with  northerly  windn  out,  and  with  westerly  winds  it  is  either  calm,  or 
blows  in  variable  puffs. 

Fox  island  harbour,  which  is  formed  by  an  island  of  the  same  name, 
lies  N.  E.  by  N.  from  Ramea  isles,  and  half  a  league  to  the  westward  of 
Musketa  harbour ;  between  them  are  several  rocky  islands,  and  some 
sunken  rocks.  This  harbour  may  be  known  by  a  high  white  rock,  lying 
S.  ^  a  mile  from  the  outer  part  of  the  island.  There  are  two  passages 
into  the  harbour,  one  on  each  side  of  the  island,  and  no  danger  in  either 
of  them  but  what  discovers  itself ;  it  is  a  small  commodious  harbour  for 
the  fishery,  wherein  is  6,  8,  and  10  fathoms  water,  and.some  beach. 

White  Bear  bay  lies  2  miles  to  the  westward  of  Fox  island  harbour,  and 
N.  1  league  from  Kuroea  islea  ;  there  are  several  islands  in  the  mouth  of 
it.  The  best  passiige  into  the  bay  is  to  the  eastward  of  all  the  islands  ; 
it  lies  in  N.  E.  by  G.  ^  E.  4  leagues,  and  is  near  half  a  mile  broad  in  the 
narrowest  part,  with  high  land  on  both  sides,  and  deep  water  close  to  both 


file  in 


)  Ktlit. 

\h*'  hiir- 
I  til  loiv 
lit  tht'HP 
lr>inK«»l" 

to  <M<'h 

a  uniiill 
Ln  nliovr 

K.  uiui 
n'lui)  on 
\y  ill  ilic 
ht>  lt<ii(t, 
iunn  tli« 
lio  S.  K. 
,  or  hf. 
bf«r  N. 

Voin  Kii- 
ii  II  tiiilr 
.  t:.  hull' 
which  in 
i  hertit  oi' 

in  Kiimca 

that  will 

illicult  to 

ice  in  HO 

on  both 

l^h  white 

lick  rock 

reon  the 

the  hiir' 

give  tho 

ciiigthc 

getting  a 

from  18 

and  wa- 

bold  to 

right  in, 

:alm,  or 


loKilit. 


Hltiiil^H  AtiUTicaiiCoaHt  Pilot. 


% 


iihori<i«  in  moat  fiiii'l«  of  il,  unlil  von  iiri*  n  milo<4  up  il,  ynii  will  lhi>n  riMo 
tlit>  ^riMintl  lit  uui «'  to  ')  i.illioiiK,  ,tri>i  will  .il\*'i'WtiitU  liiivo  ({riitliiiil  1111111111- 
itii("  up  to  tlir  hfiiii,  iiii'l  ^ooil  >in('lionii{i*.  A  littio  wiiy  inluiul  iVoiii  tlii> 
tit'iiil  mI'  till'  hiiy,  yiMi  li.iv«*  il  \t'V\  cktcnaivr  priMptTt  ot'  tin*  iiitorioi'  piirt 
•  tl'  iIm>  I  oiiiitr),  uliii  II  .ip|M',ii'«  to  Im'  iill  u  liiirri'ii  rock,  o|'  n  |tt'ctly  <-v«*ii 
iii'ii^hl,  .iiiil  wiili'ml  Uy  n  ^^v^\M  iHiinhcr  ol'  iiontU,  with  wlm  li  llii<  wholt* 
I'onittry  very  nuirh  iiliotuitU.  On  tli<>  S.  W.  nidt*  of  Hear  ixland  (which 
il  till'  •<  itteriiiiioHt  iind  liir;{i"«t  in  tlir  niotiih  ot'th«>  bay)  im  a  Hin.dl  hiirliour, 
lyiiiX  iti  K.  N.  K.  }  a  null',  vvlicri'in  ih  iVoin  Id  to  li  iatlioiii>«  water,  liiiiiru 
the  iiioiith  of  whiehare  Miiiik.  n  rock*  that  doth  not  break  but  in  biul  wen< 
thur.  At  till'  we'«t  eiilranec  into  white  Hear  bay,  m  a  hii<li  round  white 
inliind  ;  and  S.  S.  W.  .'  a  iiiib'  Ironi  the  White  ir>lanil  H  a  black  rock  above 
watiT.  The  bi'Mt  |ia<«^aKi'  into  lli«>  bay  IV<Mn  lb«*  wi'stward,  i<«  on  the  wi'il 
aide  of  the*  ro»k,  and  Itelweni  tlie  \V  biif  i^bnid  and  Hi-iir  iiland  ;  there 
arc  Htiiikeii  rock<4  .}  a  leau,ne  lo  the  wcnlwaid  ol  the  \Vlnt<'  Mlaiid,  xoiiio 
of  which  ar<!  above  a  inilc  from  the  nliore. 

Five  iiiilcH  to  tlni  wentwaril  of  White  Hear  bay,  and  \.  by  W.  |  W. 
from  Uaniea  Colnmbe,  arc  '2  xniill  liarlionrH  callt'd  Urd  i«l:iiid  barltouN, 
formcil  by  an  i>4land  of  tlic  Maine  name,  l,>in^  clo<«i>  under  the  land  ;  thai 
lying  to  the;  westward  of  the  i«latid  in  the  lar^c^t  and  beNt,  wherein  is  I'roiii 
10  to  (i  fathoiii'',  go'>d  anchorage  :  lo  m.m!  into  il,  keep  the  iHlatid  clofte 
aboard,  the  outer  part  of  which  t'*  red  ^teup  clill'^. 

N.  W.  by  W.  U  leaf;ue^  iVoin  Hamea  (,'o|iimbe,  lie  the  Hiirijeo  iHltin, 
which  are  a  cluster  uf  ii^lamU  extending  aloni;  tlu;  !«liorc,  eani  and  we<it 
alioiit  T)  milcH,  forming  several  mg  and  coinino:lioiiH  harbours  among  llicni 
for  tii*hing  vessels,  and  are  u<ll  sitnati'd  for  that  purpose,  there  bring 
good  tisliing  ground  about  llicm.  'J'oMail  into  Hurgeo  from  lite  ea<'tward, 
the  .>*afi')4t  passage  is  on  the  N.  I!,  side  of  lio-ii-  island,  which  is  the  north- 
ermnost,  i.nd  lies  N.  W.  from  Kamea  C'uluinbe  ;  ^.  l<..  by  K.  '  a  jiMigue 
from  Ibis  island  in  a  rock  thai  uncovers  :;l  low  water,  on  which  the  sea  ge- 
nerally breaks  ;  yon  nuiy  go  on  uny  wide  of  thiH  ro.k,  there  being  very 
deep  water  all  round  il  ;  as  soon  as  you  are  to  the  N.  W.  of  it,  keep  tho 
north  side  of  Hoar  island  on  boinl,  and  )-leer  W.  liy  S.  k  8.  for  t-ratidy'rt 
cove,  the  north  point  of  which  is  ihe  tirst  low  point  on  your  sturbo  ird 
bow,  haul  round  that  point,  and  anchor  in  the  cove  in  14  faUiofiis,  and 
moor  with  a  fast  on  sliore  :  but  the  bi:>l  place  for  great  ships  to  anchor, 
is  belwoen  Grandy's  cove  and  a  small  i-'lanJ  lying  near  the  w.'->t  P'jint  of 
Boar  i.-'land,  in  '20  or  21  fathoms,  v^ood  ground  uad  sheltered  from  all  wind**. 
To  sail  into  (irandy's  cove  from  the  westward  wilhin  the  islands,  it  in 
dangerous,  unless  well  acipiuinted,  by  reason  of  sunkc.'ii  rocks  indie  pas- 
sage ;  but  there  io  a  good  passage  from  the  southward  between  Burgo 
Columbe,  which  is  a  high  round  islanil,  and  Rencontre  (which  is  the 
highest  of  all  the  islands)  you  must  steer  in  N.  W.  between  tiie  rocks 
above  water  lying  to  the  eastward  of  C'olumbe,  itnd  then  to  the  south- 
ward of  Rencontre  ;  as  soon  as  you  are  within  these  locks,  keep  the 
islands  on  board  ;  there  are  several  safe  passages  in  from  the  south- 
ward and  eastward,  between  the  inlands,  and  good  anchorage  ;  and  ia 
bad  weather  "'i  the  sunken  rocks  discover  themselves,  and  you  may  run 
in  any  where  without  fear  ;  these  isles  do  not  abound  with  either  wood 
or  water. 

Wolfe  bay  lies  in  N,  E.  ^  N.  1  league,  the  entrance  is  N.  E.  Smiles 
from  Boar  island,  and  2  miles  to  the  westward  of  Fox  islan<l  harbours  ; 
the  east  point  of  the  entrance  is  low  ragged  rocks,  off  which  is  a  sunken 
rock,  J  of  a  mile  from  the  shore,  whereon  the  sea  b'reaks  in  bad  wea-i 


a 


.i*^ 


84 


Blunt'd  American  Coast  Pilot. 


10  Edit 


»>■( 


ther.     Near  the  head  of  the  bay  i»  tolerable  good  anchorage,  nnd  plenty 
of  wood  i.nd  water. 

Round  the  west  point  of  Wolfe  bay  Ix  Kin(;*»  harbour,  which  lie»  in  N. 
E.  by  N.  J  of  a  mile,  before  the  mouth  of  winch  is  a  cluster  of  lillle  isl- 
ands, 1  of  - ,  hich  i»  pretty  high  :  to  aail  into  it  keep  the  east  point  of  the 
islands  on  hoard,  and  steer  N.  W.  by  N.  and  X.  N.  W.  for  the  entrance  of 
the  harbour,  aud  anchor  under  the  east  shore,  in  9  fathoms  water. 

On  the  south  sides  of  the  islands,  before  King's  harbour,  and  N.  N.  E. 
X  mi'ktt  from  Boar  island,  is  the  entrance  into  the  Ha  Ha,  which  lies  in 
west  1  mile,  is  afjout  ^  of  a  mile  broad,  wherein  is  from  20  to  10  fa- 
thoms, and  good  ancho"  ige  in  every  part  of  it :  over  the  south  point  of 
the  entrance  inio  this  harbour  is  a  high  green  hill,  and  a  cable's  length 
and  a  half  from  the  point,  is  a  sunken  r  ock  that  always  shews  itself:  over 
the  head  of  the  Ha  Ha,  is  Hichard's  head,  mentioned  as  a  mark  for  run- 
nine  upon  Ramea  shoal. 

ir  our  miles  to  the  westward  of  the  Burgto  isles  is  the  Great  Barrysway 
point,  whicis  is  a  low  white  rocky  point,  and  N.  W.  by  N.  h'.If  a  league 
from  this  point  is  the  west  entrance  into  the  Great  Barrysway ,  wherein  is 
room  and  depth  of  w.iter  for  small  vessels  :  between  the  Bur^eo  isles  and 
the  Great  Barrysway  ,  oint  are  several  sunken  rocks,  some  of  which  are 
half  a  league  from  thi;  shore. 

N.  W.  by  W.  j  W.  4  leagues  from  the  Burgeo  isles  is  the  lay  of  Con- 
noir,  the  east  point  of  which  is  something  remarkable,  rising  wth  an  easy 
ascent  to  a  moderate  height,  ar  o  much  higher  than  the  land  within  it ;  the 
top  of  it  is  green,  but  down  by  the  shore  is  white  ;  the  west  point  of  the 
bay  is  low  and  flat,  to  the  westward  of  which  are  several  small  islands  : 
the  bay  lies  in  N.  by  E.  1  league  from  the  entrance  to  the  middle  head, 
which  lies  between  the  two  arms,  and  is  half  a  league  Iroad,  with  14,  12, 
10,  and  8  fathoms  close  to  both  shores,  good  anchorage  and  clear  ground, 
open  to  the  S.  S.  W .  and  i^outherly  wind?.  ;  but  the  N.  E.  arm  attbrds 
shelter  for  small  vessels  from  all  winds.  To  sail  into  it,  keep  the  star- 
board shore  best  on  board,  and  anchur  before  a  small  cove  on  the  same 
side  near  the  head  of  the  arm,  in  3i  fathoms ;  towards  the  head  of  the  arm, 
on  the  N.  W.  side  is  a  bank  of  sand  and  mud,  whereon  one  might  run  a 
ship  and  receive  no  damage. 

Two  leagues  to  the  westward  of  Connoir,  lies  the  bay  of  Cutteau, 
wherein  is  only  shelter  and  depth  of  water  for  small  vessels  and  fishing 
shallops  :  in  saiUng  \n  or  out  of  the  bay  keep  the  west  point  close  on 
board,  in  order  to  avoid  the  many  sunken  rocks  in  the  mouth  of  it. 

Round  the  west  point  of  Cutteau  is  Cinq  Serf,  wherein  are  a  great  ma- 
ny islands  which  form  several  small  snug  harbours,  wherein  is  room  and 
depth  of  water  sufficient  for  fishing  vessels,  with  convenienccb'  for  fishe- 
ries. Right  off  Cinq  Serf,  about  half  a  league  from  the  shore,  is  a  low 
rocky  island.  The  safest  passage  into  the  largest  harbour  is  to  the  west- 
ward of  this  rock,  keep  in  pretty  near  it,  and  steer  in  N.  E.  |  E.  keeping 
the  S.  E.  shore  on  board,  until  you  are  abreast  of  a  small  woody  island, 
which  is  the  easternmost  but  one,  and  lies  about  j^  of  a  mile  to  the  N.  E. 
of  a  white  rock  in  the  middle  of  the  passage,  then  haul  short  round  this 
island,  and  anchor  behind  it  in  7  fathoms  water,  covered  from  all  winds,  or 
you  may  continue  your  course  up  to  the  head  of  the  arm  and  anchor  in  4 
fathoms  water. 

Four  tailed'  to  the  westward  of  the  rocky  island  off  Cinq  Serf,  is  the 
harbour  of  Grand  Bruit,  which  is  a  small  commodious  harbour,  and  well 
dituKted  for  a  fishery :  it  may  be  known  by  a  very  high  remarkable  msua- 


0  Edit. 

1(1  plenty 

ies  in  N. 
little  Ul- 
nt  1)1'  the 
trance  of 

N.  N.  E. 
;h  liea  in 
to  10  fa- 

1  point  of 
;'s  length 
elf:  over 

for  run- 


iarrysway 

I  a  league 
vherein  is 
D  isles  and 
vhich  are 

y  of  Con- 
th  an  easy 
lin  it ;  the 
lint  of  the 

II  islands  : 
Idle  head, 
ithl4,  12, 
kr  ground, 
'HI  allbrds 

the  star- 

the  same 

If  the  arm, 

jght  run  a 

Cuttcau, 
id  fishing 

close  on 

it. 

[great  ma- 
Jroom  and 
Ifor  fishc- 

is  a  low 
the  west- 
keeping 

ly  island, 

theN.  E. 

)und  this 
Iwinds,  or 
ichor  in  4 

rf,  is  the 

and  well 

ble  meua- 


10  Edit. 


Blunf  s  American  Coast  Pilot. 


3b 


tain  over  it,  |  a  league  inland,  which  in  the  highest  land  on  all  the  coast, 
down  which  runs  a  considerable  brook,  which  empties  itself  in  a  cascade 
into  the  harbour  of  Grand  Bruit.  Before  the  mouth  of  the  harbour  are 
?4evcrul  small  islands  the  largest  of  which  is  of  a  tolerable  height  with 
three  green  hillocks  upon  it.  A  little  without  this  island  is  a  round  rock, 
pretty  high  above  water,  called  Columbe  of  Grand  Bruit ;  and  \  of  a  mile 
to  the  southward  of  this  rock,  is  a  low  rock  ;  in  the  direct  line  between 
this  low  rock  and  the  rocky  island  off  Cinq  Serf,  ^  a  league  from  the  for- 
mer, is  a  sunken  rock,  whereon  the  sea  doth  not  break  in  fine  weather. 
The  safest  passage  into  Grand  Bruit  is  to  the  N.  E.  of  this  rock,  and  off 
the  islands  lying  before  the  harbour  between  them  and  the  3  islands  (which 
are  low  and  lay  under  the  shore)  and  after  you  are  to  the  northwaid  of 
the  sunken  rock  above  mentioned  there  is  no  danger  but  what  shews  it- 
»elf  The  passage  into  the  harbour  is  very  narrow,  but  bold  to  both  sides. 
The  harbour  lies  in  north  |  a  mile  and  is  ^  of  a  mile  broad  in  the  broad- 
est  part,  wherein  is  from  4  to  7  fathoms  water. 

To  the  westward  of  Grand  Bruit,  between  it  and  La  Foil  bay,  lies  the 
bay  of  Rotte,  wherein  are  a  great  many  islands  and  sunken  rocks.  The 
southernmost  island  is  a  remarkable  high  round  rock,  called  Coluuibe  of 
Rotte,  and  lies  W.  by  N.  9  leagues  from  the  southernmost  of  the  Bur- 
geos.  Between  this  island  and  Grand  Bruit  is  a  reef  of  rocks,  some 
above  and  some  underwater,  but  do  not  lay  to  the  southward  of  the  direct 
line  between  the  islands.  Within  the  isles  of  Rotte  is  shelter  for  ship- 
ping. The  safest  passage  in,  is  to  the  westward  of  the  islands  between 
them  and  the  island  called  Little  Ireland,  which  lies  off  the  east  point  of 
La  Foil  bay. 

The  bay  of  La  Foil,  which  is  large  and  spacious,  with  several  commo- 
<Mous  harbours,  lies  W.  10"  N.  10  leagues  from  the  southernmost  of  the 
Burgees  ;  W.  by  N.  14  leagues  from  the  isles  of  Ramea,  and  near  12 
leagues  to  the  eastward  of  Cape  Ray.  It  may  be  known  by  the  high  land  of 
Grand  Bruit,  which  is  only  6  miles  to  the  eastward  of  it ;  and  likewise 
by  the  land  on  the  east  side  of  the  bay  which  rises  in  remarkable  high 
craggy  hills.  One  mile  S.  S.  W.  from  the  east  point  lies  Little  Ireland,  a 
small  low  island  environed  with  sunken  rocks,  some  of  which  are  ^  of  a 
mile  off ;  N.  N.  \V.  |  a  mile  from  this  island  is  a  sunken  rock  that  shews 
itself  at  low  water,  which  is  the  only  danger  going  into  the  bay,  but  what 
lies  very  near  the  shore.  Two  miles  within  the  west  point  of  the  bay, 
and  N.  N.  W.  i  W.  2  miles  from  Little  Ireland,  is  Tweeds,  or  Great  har^ 
hour,  the  S.  point  of  which  is  low  ;  it  lies  in  west  1  mile  and  is  1^  cable's  ^ 
length  broad  in  the  narrowest  part.  To  sail  into  it  keep  the  north  shore 
on  board,  and  anchor  near  the  head  of  the  harbour,  in  18  or  20  fathoms 
clear  ground,  and  sheltered  from  all  winds.  In  this  harbour  are  several 
cc.iveniences  for  erecting  of  stages  and  drying  of  fish.  Half  a  mile  to 
the  jiorthward  of  Great  harbour,  is  Little  harbour,  the  north  point  of 
which  is  the  first  high  bluff-head  on  the  west  side  of  the  bay  (called 
Tooth's  head)  the  harbour  lies  in  west  1  mile,  is  not  quite  two  cables' 
length  broad  in  the  broadest  part.  To  sail  into  it,  give  the  S.  point  a  small 
birth,  and  anchor  about  half  way  up  the  harbour,  in  10  fathoms  water  be- 
fore the  stage,  which  is  on  the  north  side. 

Opposite  to  Tooth's  head,  on  the  east  side  of  the  bay,  is  Gaily  Boys 
harbour,  a  small  snug  and  commodious  harbour  for  ships  bound  to  the 
westward  ;  near  the  south  point  of  the  harbour  are  some  hillocks  close 
to  the  shore  ;  but  the  north  point  is  high  and  steep,  with  a  white  spot  in 
the  cliff.    In  sailing  in  or  out  of  the  harbour  keep  the  nortli  side  on 


3(> 


BluntV  American  Const  Pilot. 


lOKdil. 


bonrd  ;  yon  mnst  anchor  a»  soon  hs  you  am  within  thn  iiuior  souUi  point, 
in{>  or  10  fathoms,  good  ground,  nnd  sheltered  t'roui  all  winds. 

'JVo  miles  to  the  northward  of  Tooth's  head,  on  the  same  side  of  the 
bay,  is  Hroad  <'ovc,  wherein  is  fijood  anchorage  in  12  and  14  fathoms  wa- 
ter. Ofi'  tVoni  the  north  point  of  the  rove,  stretches  out  a  hank  into  the 
middle  of  the  hay,  whereon  is  from  20  to  30  fathom",  a  stony  and  gravelly 
bottom.  One  milo  to  the  northward  of  Gaily  Hoys  harbour,  hrlween  two 
«andy  coves  on  tiie  east  »idc  of  the  bay,  and  near  2  cables'  length  fronj 
the  shore,  is  a  sunken  rock  that  just  uncovers  at  low  water. 

Two  leagues  up  the  hay,  on  the  east  side,  is  the  N.  E.  arm,  which  is  a 
sp'icious,  sale,  and  conmiodious  harbour.  To  sail  into  it  give  the  low 
sandy  point  on  the  S.  E.  side  a  small  hirth,  and  anchor  ahove  it  where 
you  please,  in  10  fathoms  water,  good  holding  ground,  and  sheltered  from 
all  winds,  and  very  convenient  for  wooding  and  watering, 

A  little  within  the  west  point  of  La  Toil  hay,  is  Indian  harliour,  and  do 
Plate,  two  small  coves  conveniently  situated  for  a  lishery,  and  into  which 
small  vessels  can  go  at  high  water. 

From  Little  Ireland  island  to  harbour  La  Cove,  and  Moine  bay,  the 
course  is  W.  |  S,  4  leagues  ;  hetween  them  lies  the  bay  of  Garia,  and  se- 
veral small  coves,  wherein  are  shelter  for  small  vessels,  and  conveniences 
for  fisheries  ;  before  v/hich  are  several  small  islands,  and  sunken  rocks 
lying  along  the  shore,  but  none  of  them  lie  without  the  above  course.  In 
bad  weather  the  sunken  rocks  all  discover  themselves.  To  sail  into  the 
bay  of  Garia,  which  lies  midway  between  Foil  and  harhour  La  Cove,  you 
will,  in  coasting  along  the  shore,  discover  a  white  head,  which  is  the  south 
point  of  an  island  lying  under  the  land,  off  the  east  point  of  the  bay,  a 
little  to  the  westward  of  2  green  hillocks  on  the  main  :  you  must  bring 
this  white  point  to  bear  north,  and  steer  in  directly  for  it  ;  keep  between 
it  and  the  several  islands  that  lie  to  the  S.  W.  from  it;  From  this  point, 
the  course  into  the  bay  is  N.  W.  by  N.  keeping  the  east  point  on  hoard, 
which  is  low.  In  this  bay  is  plenty  of  tiniber,  not  only  for  erecting  ot 
stages,  but  large  enough  i^or  building  of  shipping. 

The  S.  W.  point  of  the  entrance  into  harbour  La  Cove,  called  Rose 
Blanche  point  (near  to  which  are  rocks  above  water)  is  tolerable  high, 
and  the  land  near  the  shore  over  harbour  lia  Cove  and  La  Moine  bay  is 
much  higher  than  any  land  near  them,  by  v/hich  they  may  be  known  La 
Moine  bay  lies  in  N.  N.  E.  f  E.  1^  league,  and  is  }  of  a  mile  broad  in  the 
narrowest  part.  Off  the  east  point  are  some  small  islands,  and  rocks 
above  water.  To  sail  into  it,  keep  the  west  point  on  board  until  you 
have  entered  the  bay,  then  edge  over  to  the  east  shore  and  steer  up  to 
the  head  of  the  bay,  where  there  is  good  anchorage  in  10  and  1 1  fathoms, 
and  plenty  of  wood  and  water.  Your  course  into  harbour  La  Cove,  which 
lies  at  the  west  entrance  into  La  Moine  bay,  is  N.  W.  between  a  rock 
above  water  in  the  mouth  of  the  harbour,  and  the  west  shore  ;  as  soen  as 
you  are  within  the  rock,  haul  to  the  westward,  into  the  harbour,  and  an- 
chor in  8  or  6  fathoms  water,  and  moored  with  a  fast  on  shore  ;  or  yon 
may  steer  uito  the  arm,  which  lies  in  N,  E.  by  N.  from  the  harbour,  and 
anchor  in  20  fathoms,  sheltered  from  all  winds.  Harbour  La  Cove  is  a 
small  snug  harbour  for  small  vessels,  and  well  situated  for  a  fishery,  where 
there  has  been  one  for  several  years. 

Round  to  the  westward  of  Rose  Blanche  point,  is  the  harbour  of  the 
eame  name,  a  small  snug  harbour,  well  situated  for  a  fishery,  with  good 
conveniences.  The  channel  into  the  harbour  is  between  the  island  ly- 
ing off  the  west  point,  and  Rose  Blanche  point ;  you  must  give  the  island 


0  Kdil. 


iOKdit. 


Blunt's  American  ,CoaBt  Pilot. 


3t 


l4li  point. 

lo  of  the 
iom«  wii- 
{  into  tho 
I  |rravell_Y 
v/vA't\  two 
ijrtli  from 

kvhich  is  a 
e  the  low 
I  it  where 
erpil  from 

nr,  and  do 
into  which 

\i  bay,  the 
•ia,  and  se- 
iveniences 
ikcn  rocks 
course.  In 
nil  into  the 
Cove,  you 
8  the  south 
the  bay,  a 
must  bring 
p  between 
this  point, 
on  board, 
;;rccting  of 

ailed  Rose 
able  high, 
loine  bay  is 
nown     La 
■oad  in  the 
and  rocks 
until  you 
[teer  up  to 
1  fathoms, 
ive,  which 
len  a  rock 
as  soen  as 
r,  and  an- 
;  or  yon 
•bour,  and 
ICove  is  a 
!ry,  where 

)ur  of  the 
Iwith  good 
island  ly- 
I  the  island 


H  good  birth,  because  of  some  siuiken  rocks  which  lie  on  Ihc  east  side  A 
it,  and  kecj)  the  west  side  of  a  "urall  island,  which  lies  close  under  Point 
Blanche,  cloac  on  board,  and  anchor  within  the  N.  E.  point  of  the  said 
island,  in  9  f.ithonis  water.  I'o  sail  into  the  N.  VV.  part  of  the  harbour  is 
dangerous,  uidess  acquainted,  by  reason  of  several  small  islands,  and 
sunken  rocks  in  it. 

Mull  Face  is  a  small  cove  2  miles  to  the  westward  of  Rose  Blanche 
point,  wherein  is  anchorage  for  small  vessels  in  4  fethoms.  Oif  the  west 
point  of  the  cove  are  two  small  islands,  and  several  sunken  rocks.  Thf 
passage  in,  is  to  the  eastward  of  the  islands  and  sunken  rocks. 

Two  leagues  to  the  westward  of  Rose  Blanche  point  are  the  Burnt 
isles,  which  lie  close  under  the  shore,  aiul  are  not  to  be  distinguished 
from  it,  behind  which  are  shelter  for  small  vessels,  and  good  Hshing  con- 
veniences. Off  these  islands,  are  sunken  rocks,  some  of  which  are  -»  a 
mile  from  the  shore.  ^ 

Three  leagues  and  a  half  to  the  westward  of  Rose  Blanche  point,  is 
Conny  bay,  and  Otter  bay  ;  in  the  latter  is  good  anchorage  for  shipping^ 
in  7,  8,  and  9  fathoms,  but  it  is  dangeroua  going  in,  because  of  several 
sunken  rocks  without  the  passage,  which  in  line  weather  do  not  shew 
themselves. 

West  f  S,  4  leagues  from  Rose  Blanche  point,  are  t!ie  Dead  islands, 
which  lay  close  under  the  shore  ;  in  the  passage  between  them  and  the 
main  is  good  anchorage  for  shipping,  in  6,  7,  aad  8  fathoms,  sheltered  from 
all  winds,  but  it  is  very  dangerous  going  in  unless  well  acquainted,  by  rea- 
son of  several  sunken  rocks  lying  in  both  the  east  and  west  entrance. 
The  entrance  from  the  eastward  may  be  known  by  a  very  white  spot  on. 
one  of  the  islands  ;  bring  this  white  spot  to  bear  N:  W.  by  N.  and  steer 
in  for  it,  keeping  the  rocks  on  the  starboard  hand  nearest  on  board,  and 
leave  the  island  on  which  the  white  spot  is  on  your  larboard  side.  The 
west  entrance  may  be  known  by  a  tolerable  high  white  point  on  the  main, 
a  little  to  the  westward  of  the  islands  ;  on  the  west  part  of  this  point  is  u 
green  hillock  ;  keep  this  white  point  close  on  board,  until  you  are  within 
a  little  round  rock,  lying  close  to  the  westernmost  island  at  the  eastpoinr 
of  the  entrance  ;  then  haul  over  to  the  eastward  for  the  Great  island,  (on 
which  is  a  high  hill)  and  steer  in  N.  E.  by  E.  k  E.  keeping  the  little  rock 
before  mentioned  in  sight. 

From  the  Dead  isles  to  Port  aux  Basque,  the  course  is  w  est  4  miles  : 
between  them  lie  several  small  islands  close  under  the  shore,  a!»d  sunken 
rocks,  some  of  which  are  a  a  mile  from  the  shore.  Port  aux  Basque?, 
which  is  a  small  commodious  harbour,  lies  2^  leagues  to  the  eastward  of 
Cape  Ray.  To  steer  in  for  it,  bring  the  Sufj;ar  Loaf  over  Cape  Ray  to 
bear  N.  W,  i  VV.  or  the  west  end  of  the  Ti»ole  mountains  lo  bear  N.  VV.- 
Steer  in  for  the  land,  with  either  of  them  as  above,  and  yon  will  fall  di- 
rectly in  with  the  harbour,  the  S.  W.  point  of  which  is  of  a  moderate 
height,  and  white,  called  Point  Blanche,  but  the  N.  E.  point  is  low  and 
riat,  close  to  which  is  a  black  rock  above  water  ;  in  order  to  avoid  the 
outer  shoal  (on  which  is  3  fathoms)  and  which  lies  cast  ^  of  a  mile  from 
Point  Blanche,  keep  the  said  point  on  board,  and  bring  the  flag-staff  which 
IS  on  the  hill,  that  is  over  the  west  side  of  the  head  of  the  harbour,  on 
with  the  S.  W.  point  of  Road  island,  and  keeping  in  that  direction  will 
carry  you  in  the  middle  of  the  channel,  between  the  east  and  west  rocks, 
the  former  of  which  always  shew  themselves,  and  which  you  leave  on 
your  starboard  hand.  You  must  continue  thi«  course  up  to  Road  island, 
«nd  keep  the  Avest  point  on  board,  in  order  to  avoid  the  Frying-pan  rock, 


'.  ^1 


38 


Bluni'8  American  Coast.  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


which  stretches  out  from  a  cove  on  the  west  shore,  opposite  the  island  ; 
and  as  soon  as  you  nre  ahovc  the  island,  haul  to  the  N.  E.  and  anchor  be- 
tween it  and  harbour  ishind,  where  it  is  most  convenient  in  9  or  10  fa- 
thoms, {^ood  ground,  and  sheltered  from  all  winds  ;  this  is  what  is  culled 
the  Road  or  Outer  harbour,  and  is  the  only  anchoring  place  for  men  of 
war  :  but  Bshing  ships  always  lie  up  in  the  inner  harbour.  To  sail  into 
it,  you  must  stetr  in  between  the  west  shore  and  the  S.  W.  end  of  Har- 
bour island,  and  anchor  behind  the  said  island,  in  3  or  4  fathorr....  In 
some  parts  of  this  harbour  ships  can  lie  their  broadsides  so  near  the 
shore  as  to  readh  it  with  a  plank.  This  harbour  hath  been  frequented 
by  tishern  ^  for  many  years,  and  is  well  situated  for  that  purpose,  and 
has  excellent  conveniences. 

One  mile  to  the  eastward  of  Port  aux  Basque  is  Littl"  bay,  a  narrow 
creek,  lying  in  N.  E.  near  half  a  league,  wherein  is  ro  i  and  depth  of 
water  sufficlftbt  for  small  vessels. 

Two  milesto  the  westward  of  Port  aux  Basque  is  Grand  bay,  in  and 
before  which  are  several  islands  and  sunken  rocks,  the  outermost  of  which 
are  not  above  a  quarter  of  a  mile  from  the  shore,  on  which  the  sea  |;;ene- 
rally  breaks.  In  this  bay  is  anchorage  for  small  vessels,  but  not  water 
sufficient  for  large  ships.  From  Port  avx  Basque  to  Cape  Ray,  the  course 
is  west  1  league  t'"  point  Enragee,  then  N.  W.  1^  league  to  the  cape  ;  off 
point  Enragee  (which  is  a  low  point)  and  to  the  eastward  of  it  arc  some 
sunken  rocks,  one  mile  from  the  shore  on  which  the  sea  breaks. 

Cape  Ray  is  the  S.  W.  extremity  of  Newfoundland,  situated  in  the  lati- 
tude 47°  37'  N.  The  iandof  the  cape  is  very  remarkable  near  the  shore  ; 
it  is  low,  and  3  miles  inland  is  a  very  high  Table  mountain,  which  rises 
almost  perpendicular  from  the  low  land,  and  appears  to  be  quite  flat  at 
top,  except  a  small  hillock  on  the  S.  W.  point  of  it.  This  land  may  be 
seen  in  clear  weather  16  or  18  leagues.  Close  to  the  foot  of  the  Table 
mountain,  betwer  » it  and  the  point  of  the  cape,  is  a  high  round  hill,  re- 
sembling a  sugar  loaf  (called  the  Sugar  Loaf  of  cape  Ray)  whose  summit 
is  something  lower  than  the  top  of  the  Table  mountain  ;  and  to  the  north- 
ward of  this  hill,  under  the  Table  mountain,  are  2  other  hills  resembling 
sugar  loaves,  which  are  not  so  high  as  the  former  ;  one  or  other  of  those 
Sugar  Loaf  hills  are  from  all  points  of  view  seen  detached  from  the  Ta- 
ble mountain.  On  the  east  side  of  the  cape,  between  it  and  point  Enra- 
gee, is  a  sandy  bay,  wherein  shipping  may  anchor  with  N.  W.  northerly 
and  N.  E.  winds,  but  they  must  take  care  not  to  be  surprised  there  with 
the  S.  W.  winds,  which  blow  right  in  and  cause  a  great  sea,  and  the  ground 
is  not  the  best  for  holding,  being  all  a  fine  sand.  Towards  the  east  side 
of  this  bay  is  a  small  ledge  of  rocks,  1  mile  from  the  shore,  on  which  the 
sea  does  not  break  in  tine  weather.  The  best  place  for  great  ships  to  an- 
chor is  to  bring  the  point  of  the  cape  to  bear  W.  by  N.  and  the  high 
white  sand  hill  i»>  tiie  bottom  of  the  bay  N.  N.  E.  in  10  fathoms  water, 
but  small  vessels  may  lie  much  farther  in.  You  must  take  care  not  to 
run  so  far  to  the  eastward  as  to  bring  the  end  of  the  Table  mountain  on 
with  the  sand  hill  in  the  bottom  of  the  bay,  for  fear  of  the  ledge  of  rocks 
before  mentioned.  W.  by  N.  ^  N.  near  1  mile  from  the  point  of  the  cape, 
is  a  small  ledge  of  rocks,  whereon  the  sea  always  breaks  ;  and  1  mile  to 
the  northward  of  the  cape,  close  under  the  land,  is  a  low  rocky  island  in 
the  channel  between  the  ledge  and  the  cape  :  also  between  it  and  the  isl- 
and is  14  and  15  fathoms,  but  it  is  not  safe  for  shipping,  on  account  of  the 
tides,  which  ran  here  with  great  rapidity.  The  soundings  under  100  fa- 
thoms do  not  extend  above  1  league  from  the  land  to  the  westward  and 


10  Edit. 

le  iHlund  ; 
nchoT  be- 
or  10  fa- 
t  is  called 
)r  men  of 
o  sail  into 
d  of  Har- 


10  Edit. 


Blunt^s  American  Coast  Pilot. 


39 


luIT 


Ir 


a  near  the 
requented 
'pose,  and 

,  a  narrow 
1  depth  of 


»y 


in 


and 
jt  of  which 
!  sea  gene- 
not  water 
the  course 
;  cape  ;  off 
t  arc  some 
:s. 

in  the  lati- 
the  shore  ; 
irhich  rises 
|uite  flat  at 
nd  may  be 
the  Table 
\A  hill,  re- 
)se  summit 
the  north- 
resembling 
»r  of  those 
m  the  Ta- 
oint  Enra- 
northerly 
here  with 
;he  ground 
le  east  side 
which  the 
[hips  to  an- 
the  high 
Ims  water, 
lare  not  to 
untain  on 
le  of  rocks 
the  cape, 
1  mile  to 
island  in 
Ind  the  isl- 
unt  of  the 
T  100  fa- 
;ward  and 


northward  of  the  cape,  nor  to  the  southward  and  eastward  of  it,  except 
on  a  bank  which  lies  off  Port  »ux  Hasque,  between  ii  or  3  leagues  from 
the  land,  whereon  in  from  70  to  IdO  fathoms  good  tishing  ground.  S.  E. 
by  E.  J^  E.  0  leai^ues  fn  m  Port  aux  basque,  in  the  latitude  of  47°  14'  N. 
'\n  a  bank  whereon  i*  70  fathoms.  JVote. — The  true  form  and  extent  of 
these  banks  are  not  yet  sufficiently  known  to  be  described  in  the  Ameri* 
CAN  Coast  Pilot. 

From  Cape  Kay  to  Cape  Angnille,  the  course  is  N.  16°  W.  distant  6 
lca<!;ucs  ;  Cape  Anguillc  is  the  northernmost  point  of  land  you  can  see, 
after  passing  to  the  northward  of  Cape, Ray.  In  the  codlktry,  over  the 
cape,  is  high  Table  Land,  covered  with  wood  ;  between  the  high  land  of 
the  two  capes,  the  land  is  low,  and  the  shore  forms  a  bay,  wherein  are  the 
Great  and  Little  rivers  of  Cod  Roy  ;  the  Great  river,  which  is  the  north* 
ernmost,  is  a  bar  harbour,  and  will  admit  vessels  of  8  and  10  feet  draft 
at  high  water,  and  in  tine  weather.  It  is  a  good  place  for  a«almon  fishe- 
ry, and  for  building  of  small  vessels  and  boats,  &c.  there  bemg  plenty  of 
timber.  You  may  appro.tch  the  shore  between  the  2  capes  to  ^  a  league, 
there  being  no  danger  that  distance  off. 

The  island  of  d  Key  lies  2  miles  to  the  southward  of  Cape  Anguille, 
close  under  the  high  land  ;  it  is  a  low,  flat,  green  island,  of  near  2  miles 
in  compass  ;  it  forms  (between  it  and  the  main^  a  small  snug  harbour  for 
fishing  shallops,  and  is  frequented  by  vessels  ot  10  and  12  feet  draft,  but 
they  lie  aground  the  greatest  part  of  the  time,  there  being  not  much  above 
that  depth  of  water  in  the  safest  part  of  the  harbour  at  high  water ;  the 
channel  in  is  from  the  southward,  wherein  is  2  fathoms  at  low  wpter.  In 
that  from  the  northward,  is  not  above  3  feet ;  this  harbour  is  very  conve- 
nient for  the  fishery,  with  good  beaches  for  drying  of  fish. 

In  the  road  of  Cod  Roy  is  very  good  anchorage  for  shipping  in  8,  7, 
and  6  fathoms,  a  clay  bottom,  sheltered  from  the  N.  W.  northerly,  and 
S.  E.  winds  :  the  best  place  is  to  bring  the  south  point  of  the  island  to 
bear  west,  and  the  point  of  the  beach,  on  the  inside  of  the  island,  at  the 
south  entrance  into  the  harbour  on  wit!i  a  point  on  the  main  to  the  north- 
ward of  the  island,  you  will  then  be  in  7  fathoms,  and  nearly  half  a  mile 
from  the  shore.  One  league  ti  the  southward  of  Cod  Roy  is  a  high  bluff 
point,  called  Stormy  point,  off  which  stretches  out  a  shoal  half  a  mile  ; 
this  point  covers  the  road  from  he  S.  E.  winds,  and  it  is  good  anchoring 
any  where  along  the  shore  between  it  and  the  island. 

The  island  of  St.  Paul  lies  S.  SS"  W.  13^  leagues  from  Cape  Ray  in 
Newfoundland,  and  N.  42°  E.  3  leagues  from  the  north  cape,  in  the  island 
of  Cape  Breton,  in  the  latitude  of  47°  12'  30"  N.  it  is  about  5  miles  in 
compass  (including  the  small  island  at  the  N.  E.  end  of  it)  with  three 
high  hills  upon  it,  and  deep  water  close  to  the  shore  all  round. 

Cape  North  is  a  lofty  promontory  at  the  N.  E.  extremity  of  the  island 
Cape  Breton,  in  the  latitude  47°  6'  N.  The  entrance  into  the  gulf  of  St. 
Lawrence  is  formed  by  this  cape  and  Cape  Ray  ;  they  lie  from  each  other 
N.  62°  E.  and  S.  52*^  W.  distant  17  leagues  ;  in  the  channel  between 
them  is  no  ground  under  200  fathoms. 

A  south  east  moon  makes  high  water  by  the  shore  in  most  places,  and 
flows  up  and  down,  or  upon  a  perpendicular  7  or  8  feet ;  but  it  must  be 
observed,  that  they  are  every  where  greatly  governed  by  the  winds  and 
weather.  On  the  sea  coast  between  Cape  Chapeaurouge  and  St.  Peter's, 
the  current  sets  generally  to  the  S.  W.  On  the  south  side  <>(  Fortuae 
bay  it  sets  to  the  eastward,  and  on  the  north  side  to  the  westward.  Be- 
•veen  Cape  la  Hunc  and  Cape  Ray,  the  flood  sets  to  the  westward  in  the 


40 


filiinl's  American  (Joaul  Pilot. 


10  t:clil. 


odhig,  Humctitncs  2  or  '.i  hours  idlor  it  in  liii;li  water  by  thp  uhore  ;  but 
this  tide  or  current  (wbicli  is  no  wbere  stroun  l)ut  at  C.ipe  liay)  is  very 
Variable*,  both  with  respect  to  its  coursr  and  velocity,  sometimes  it  sets 
quite  the  contrary  to  what  mij^bt  be  expected  tVoin  tl»e  common  coursn. 
of  the  tides,  and  much  utron^er  at  one  time  than  another,  which  irre- 
fjularities  cannot  be  accounted  lor  with  certainty,  but  seem  to  depend 
mostly  on  the  winds. 

N.  B.  The  Burgeo  isles,  by   iin  obsurvation  of  the  eclipse  of  tlir  sun,    on  the  fltli  nl 
August,  17ti6,  i>i'«W'  oO'  4"  ur  ^T"-  31'  W.  ftom  the  ineridiiin  uf  Loudon. 

From  this  observation  the  longitude  of  the  following  places  are  de- 
duced, and  their  latitudes  are  from  astronomical  observations  made  on 
•shore,  except  thai  cf  Cape  Race,  which  was  observed  nt  sea  ;  some  one 
of  those  places  being  generally  the  lirst  that  ships  make  bound  to  south- 
ern parts  of  Newfoundland,  or  into  the  gulf  or  river  of  St.  Lawrence,  oi 
from  which  they  take  their  departure,  at  leaving  those  parts  ;  it  is  hopcil 
the  determining  their  true  position  will  prove  usefi;!  to  navigators. 

LntiiuHe. 

Burgeo  Isles 47  36  N. 

Cape  Ray 47  37 

Island  of  St.  Paul 47  ISI 

Cnpe  North,  N.  E.  extremity  of  Cape  Breton, 47      S 

Island  of  Scatarin,  which  lies  off  the  S.  E.  point  of?  .ir       i 

Cape  Breton  ^  ....  40       i 

Island  of  St.  Peter's 46  46 

Cape  Chapeauroui;e,  or  the  Mountain  of  the  Red  Hat.. . .  46  ^'>:3 

Cape  Race 46  40 

St.  John's 47  34 


Longitude 

.57 

31  U 

5!) 

^l 

&!» 

hi 

60 

o 

61 

67 

.■56 

6 

65 

17 

62 

3ri 

02 

ii; 

Directions  for  navigating  the   IVcst  Coast  of  Newfound  land, 

[N.  B.  Jill  Bearings  and  CQiimes  hereafter  lacntioned  arc  the  true  Bearin<^\ 
and  Courses,  and  not  by  Compass.l 

Cape  Anguille  lies  C  leagues  to  the  northward  of  Capo  R.-tV,  N.  E.  hr 
N.  17  leagues  from  the  ishmd  of  St.  Paul,  and  is  in  the  latitude  of  47" 
bit'  N.  it  is  high  laed,  covered  with  wood  ;  2  miU.-s  to  the  southward  of 
this  cape  lies  the  small  island  and  harbour  of  Cod  Roy  belbrn  described. 
From  Cape  Anguille  to  Cape  St.  George,  the  course  is  N.  -^  K.  distant  1 ! 
leagues  4  these  two  capes  form  the  bay  of  Si.  CJeurge,  which  lies  in  N. 
K.  18  leagues  from  the  former,  and  east  15  leagues  iVom  the  latter  ;  at 
the  head  of  this  bay  on  the  south  side  round  a  low  point  of  land  is  a  ver;, 
^ood  harbour,  wherein  is  good  anchorage  in  8,  10  or  12  futliom^:-  water. 
In  several  parts  about  this  harbour  are  convenient  jiliiccs  for  fishing 
works,  with  large  beaches,  and  good  fishing  ground  in  the  buy,  wiii  ,h  ear- 
ly in  the  spring  abound  with  fish,  and  formerly  vvas  much  frequento.i  ;  a 
very  considerable  river  empties  itself  into  the  head  of  this  iiay,  !)i-.t  it  ia 
not  navigable  for  any  thing  but  boats,  by  reason  of  a  bar  across  the  en- 
trance, which  lies  exposed  to  the  westerly  winds.  On  tlie  north  side  of 
this  bar,  before  the  Isthmus  of  Port-a-Port,  is  sood  anchorage  in  7  or  B 
fathoms  water,  with  northerly  winds  ;  from  off  this  place  strelchc.^  out  a 


OEdii. 

ore  ;  but 
)  i«  vcr> 
es  it  sets 
)ii  courrt**. 
lirli  iiTO- 
0  depend 


I  the  5tii  of 

s  arc  dc- 
ni:ulc  oit 
sonic  one 
to  8oiith- 
rcnce,  01 
t  is  hoped 
rs. 

Longitude, 
.07     31  W 
6!)        1; 
6!)     /)7 
CO       8 

Gl     67 


56 

5.5 


6 
17 

11; 


tKlla,i)(i, 


Bearing) 


N.  }•:.  br 
Je  of  47"" 
tlnvard  of 
Jescribed. 
distant  1 ! 
lies  in  N. 
latter  ;  at 
I  is  a  ver;, 
nl^:.  water. 
or  fishing 
viiioh  e;u'- 
lento.t  ;  a 
,  biU  it  ii3 
ss  tbe  en- 
'th  side  of 
in  7  or  8 
die."*  out  a 


10  Edit. 


Blunt^s  American  CoaHt  Pilot. 


41 


bihing  bank  two  thirds  acroii  the  bay,  whereon  in  from  7  to  18  fathoms 
water,  a  dark  sandy  bottom. 

Ciipe  St.  George  lies  in  the  latitude  of  18°  20'  ;  it  may  be  easily  known, 
not  only  by  its  being  the  north  point  of  the  bay  of  the  name  name,  but  by 
the  steep  cliflH  on  the  north  part  of  it,  which  rises  prrpendiculHr  from 
the  sea  to  a  considerable  height,  tiiid  by  Kcd  island  whu  h  lies  5  miles  to 
the  northward  of  the  cape,  and  half  a  mil«  from  the  shore  :  this  island  is 
about  1  league  in  circuit,  and  tolerable  high,  and  the  steep  clifl's  round  >t 
iire  of  a  reddish  colour.  Under  the  N.  E.  end  of  the  island,  and  before 
a  sandy  cove  on  the  main,  which  lies  just  to  the  northward  of  the  steep 
cliffs,  IS  anchorage  in  la  or  14  fathoms  water,  where  you  are  covered  from 
the  S.  W.  winds  by  the  island,  and  from  the  southerly  ai^d  easterly  winds 
by  the  main,  but  there  is  no  riding  here  with  northerly  and  N.  W.  winds  ; 
this  place  formerly  was  much  frequented  by  fishci's. 

From  Red  island  to  Long  point,  at  the  entrance  into  the  bay  of  Port-a- 
Port,  the  course  is  N.  62"  E.  di.stant  7^  leagues.  From  Red  island  to 
Guernsey  island  in  the  mouth  of  the  bay  of  islands,  the  course  is  N.  E.  f 
N.  164  leagues.  Froiu  Red  island  to  Cape  St.  Gregory,  the  course  is  N. 
E.  I  N.  20  leagues.  From  Rod  island  to  the  bay  of  Ingornachoix,  the 
course  is  N.  N.  E.  ^  K.  distant  4iJ  leagues  ;  and  from  Red  island  to  Point 
Rich,  the  coui-se  is  5f.  29"  E.  distant  4l>  lejigues  and  2  miles. 

The  land  between  Red  island  and  the  entrance  into  Port-a-Port,  is  of  a 
moderate  height,  or  rather  low,  with  sandy  beaches,  except  one  remarka- 
ble high  hillock  (called  Round-he.'id)  close  to  the  shore,  and  is  2  leagues 
to  the  N.  E.  of  ed  islan<l ;  but  up  in  the  country  over  Port-a-Port,  are 
high  lands,  and  if  you  are  4  leagues  at  sea  you  will  not  discern  the  long 
point  of  land  which  forms  the  bay  of  Port-a-Port :  this  bay  is  capacious, 
being  near  5  milet  broad  at  the  entrance,  and  lies  into  the  southward  4 
leagues,  with  good  anchorage  in  most  parts  of  it.  The  west  point  of  the 
bay  (called  Long  point)  is  a  low  rocky  point  from  which  stretches  out  a 
reef'of  rocks  N.  E.  nearly  1  mile  ;  S.  E.  by  S.  4  miles  from  Long  point, 
and  half  a  league  from  the  east  shore,  lies  Fox  island,  which  is  small,  but 
tolerable  high  ;  from  the  north  end  of  this  island  stretches  out  a  shoal, 
near  2  miles  to  the  northward,  called  Fox's  Tails  ;  nearly  in  the  middle 
of  the  bay,  between  the  island  and  the  wejt  shore  lies  the  middle  ground, 
on  one  place  of  which,  near  the  S.  W.  end,  is  not  above  3  or  4  feet  water, 
at  low  water  ;  at  the  head  of  the  bay  is  a  low  point,  called  Middle  point, 
stretching  out  into  the  middle  of  the  bay  ;  from  off  this  point  is  a  shoal 
pit,  which  exteods  near  2  miles  to  the  northward,  part  of  which  dries  at 
low  water  :  from  the  head  of  the  east  bay  over  to  the  bay  St.  George,  is 
a  little  more  than  a  quarter  of  a  mile  :  this  isthmus  is  very  low,  with  a 
pond  in  the  middle  of  it,  into  which  the  sea  washes  in  gales  of  winds  from 
the  southward  at  high  tides.  On  the  east  side  of  the  isthmus  is  a  tolera- 
ble high  mountain,  which  appears  flat  at  top,  and  rises  directly  from  the 
isthmus,  on  the  north  side  of  the  mountain  ;  and  about  5  miles  from  the 
isthmus  is  a  conspicuous  valley  or  hollow,  which,  togather  with  Fox  isl- 
and, serves  as  a  leading  mark  for  coming  in  and  out  of  this  bay,  as  is  here- 
after described  :  two  leagues  to  the  N.  E.  from  the  entrance  of  the  bay, 
and  half  a  league  from  the  shore  lies  Shag  island,  which  appears  at  a 
distance  like  a  nigh  rock  and  is  easy  to  be  distinguished  from  the  main  :_ 
west  1  league  from  the  Shag  island,  lies  the  middle  of  Long  ledge,  which 
is  a  narrow  ledge  of  rocks  stretching  N.  E.  and  S.  W.  4  miles,  the  N.  E. 
part  of  them  are  above  water  ;  the  channel  into  the  bay  of  Port-a-Poii;, 
betv  •'en  the  S.  W.  end  of  this  ledge,  and  the  reef  off  the  west  pomt  of 

6 


4t2 


Blunt *H  American  Coant  Pilot. 


10  Edit 


Ihr,  bay  ih  I  Irngtio  wide.  To  anil  into  Port-a-Fort,  coming  from  the  8. 
W.  come  not  nearer  the  pitch  of  the  Long  point  of  the  bay  than  11  mile, 
or  haul  nut  in  for  the  bay,  until  you  have^ brought  the  valley  in  the  nidc 
of  the  mountain  before  nientionc«i  (which  is  on  the  eaHt  «ide  of  the  isth- 
niu»)  over  the  east  end  of  Fox  iMiand,  or  to  the  eastward  of  it,  which  will 
then  bear  S.  S.  K.  J  E.  you  will  be  thert  clear  of  the  Long  point  reef,  anti 
may  haul  into  the  bay  with  safety  ;  coming  from  the  N.  K.  and  without 
the  Long  ledge,  or  turning  into  the  bay  in  order  to  keep  clear  of  the  S. 
W.  point  of  the  Long  ledge,  bringing  the  isthmus  or  the  foot  of  the  moun- 
tain (which  is  on  the  east  side  of  the  isthmus)  open  to  the  westward  of 
Fox  island,  near  twice  the  breadth  of  the  island  (the  island  will  then  liear 
8.  4  E.)  you  may  haul  into  the  bay  with  this  mark,  and  w  hen  Hhag  island 
is  brought  on  with  the  foot  of  the  high  land  which  is  on  the  south  side  of 
Coal  river,  and  will  then  bear  E.  by  N.  |  N.  you  will  be  within  the  Long 
ledge  ;  there  is  a  safe  passage  into  the  buy  between  the  Long  ledge  and 
the  main,  passing  on  either  side  of  Shag  island,  taking  care  to  avoid  a 
small  round  shoal  which  lies  S.  VV.  1  mile  from  the  island,  on  which  is  2^ 
fathoms  water.  To  sail  up  to  what  is  called  the  West  bay,  and  into  Head 
harbour  (which  are  the  safest  anchorages,  and  the  best  places  to  wood 
and  water  at)  keep  the  west  shore  on  board,  and  in  tnrnin^r  between  it 
and  the  middle  ground,  observe  on  standing  over  to  the  middle  to  put  about 
us  soon  as  you  shoalen  your  water  to  8  fatlioms,  you  may  stand  to  the  spil 
of  the  middle  point,  to  G  or  5  fathoms.  To  sail  up  to  what  is  called  the 
East  road,  which  lies  between  Fox  island  and  the  east  shore,  observe 
about  1  league  N.  E.  from  the  island,  a  high  blufl'head,  being  the  south 
part  of  the  high  land  that  rises  steep  directly  from  the  shore,  keep  this 
head  bearing  to  the  southward  of  east  until  the  isthmus  is  brought  to  the 
eastward  of  Fox  island,  which  will  then  bear  S.  S.  W.  you  will  then  be 
within  the  shoal  (called  Fox's  Tail)  and  may  then  haul  to  the  southward, 
and  anchor  any  where  between  the  island  and  the  main  :  to  sail  up  the 
east  bay  passinij;  between  the  island  and  the  east  shore,  observe  the  fore- 
going directions  ;  and  ailer  you  are  above  the  island,  come  not  nearer  the 
main  than  half  a  mile  until  you  are  abreast  of  a  bluff  point  above  the  isl- 
and, called  Road  point,  just  above  which,  in  12  fathoms,  is  the  best  an- 
chorage with  N.  E.  winds  ;  and  to  sail  up  to  this  ancljorage  between  the 
middle  ground  and  the  Fox's  Tail,  bring  the  said  point  on  with  the  S.  W. 
point  of  the  island,  this  mark  will  lead  you  up  in  the  fair  way  between 
the  2  shoals.  What  is  called  the  West  road  lies  before  a  high  stone, 
beach  ;  about  2  miles  withm  Long  point,  where  you  ride  secure  with 
westerly  and  N.  W.  winds  in  10  or  12  fathoms  water,  the  said  beach  is 
steep  too,  and  is  an  excellent  place  for  landing  and  drying  of  fish,  for  which 
it  has  bcuen  formerly  used  ;  there  is  likewise  a  good  place  at  the  north 
end  of  Fox  island  for  the  same  purpose  ;  and  the  whole  bay  and  adjacent 
coast  abound  with  cod,  and  extensive  fishing  banks  lie  along  the  sea  coast. 
From  Long  point,  at  the  entrance  of  Port-a-Port,  to  the  bay  of  islands, 
the  direct  course  is  N.  36°  E.  distant  8  leagues,  but  coming  out  of  Port- 
a-Port,  you  must  first  steer  north  1  or  1^  league,  in  order  to  clear  the 
Long  ledge,  then  N.  E.  by  N.  or  N.  E.  ;  the  land  between  them  is  of  con- 
siderable height,  rising  in  craggy  barren  hills  directly  from  the  shore. — 
The  Bay  of  islands  may  be  kno.vii  by  the  many  islands  in  the  mouth  ol" 
it,  particularly  the  three  named  Guernsey  island,  Tweed  island,  and  Pearl 
island,  which  are  nearly  of  equal  height  with  the  lands  on  the  main  ;  if 
you  are  bound  for  York  or  Lark  harboui-s  which  lay  on  the  S.  W.  side  ol' 
this  bay,  and  cotuiiig  from  the  southward,  steer  in  between  Guernsey  isl- 


)  Edit. 

)  the  8. 
11  mile, 
the  fide 
the  iHth- 
lirh  will 
eef,  mul 
without 
ithe  S. 
e  tnoun- 
iwiiid  "I 
iieii  liear 
UK  islnnd 
h  «*i(le  of 
ihe  Long 
tdgc  and 
)  avoid  a 
ich  is  2] 
ito  Hea«l 
to  wood 
twcen  it 
>nt  about 
)  the  Hpit 
ailed  the 
observe 
he  south 
keep  this 
ht  to  the 
then  be 
uthw(.rd, 
up  the 
the  fore- 
arer  the 
!  the  isl- 
best  an- 
veen  the 
leS.  W. 
between 
gh  stone 
lire  with 
beach  is 
or  which 
he  north 
adjacent 
sea  coast. 
'  islands, 
of  Port- 
lear  the 
s  of  con- 
shore. — 
mouth  of 
md  Pearl 
main  ;  ii' 
1^.  side  of 
nsey  isl- 


•  10  Edit. 


i 

Blunts  American  Coast  Pilot. 


43 


nnd  and  the  Houth  head,  either  of  which  you  may  approach  a**  near  an  yon 
pIcHfe  ;  but  with  S.  S.  VV.  and  southerly  winds  come  not  near  the  south 
iiead,  for  fear  of  calmrt  nnd  gUHts  of  wiiul  under  the  hi^h  land,  where  you 
■  annot  anchor  with  safety  ;  you  may  siiil  in  or  out  of  the  bay  by  several 
other  channrls,  formed  by  the  dilVcrent  ir^lands,  there  bein^  no  danger  l>ut 
what  shews  itself,  except  a  HUiall  ledge  of  rockn  which  lies  hidf  a  mile  from 
the  north  Shag  rock,  and  in  a  line  with  the>two  Shag  rocks  in  one  ;  if  you 
bring  the  south  Shag  rock  open  on  either  side  of  the  north  rock,  you  will 
be  clear  either  to  the  eastward  or  W4>stward  of  the  ledge  ;  the  nnfest  pas- 
nage  into  this  bay  from  the  northward,  in  between  the  two  Shag  rocks,  imd 
then  between  Tweed  island  and  Pearl  island.  From  (Jucrnsey  island  to 
Tortoise  head  (which  is  the  north  point  of  York  harbour,  and  the  S.  K. 
point  of  Lark  harbour)  the  course  is  S.  by  E.  5  miles  ;  Lark  harbour  lies 
in  S.  W.  near  2  miles,  and  is  one-third  of  a  mile  broad  in  the  narrowest 
part,  which  is  at  the  entrance.  To  sail  into  it  with  large  ships  keep  the 
larboard  shore  on  board,  but  with  small  vessels  there  is  no  danger,  you 
may  anchor  with  a  low  point  on  the  starboard  side  bearing  west,  N.  W. 
or  north,  and  ride  secure  from  all  winds. 

From  Tortoise  head  into  York  harbour,  the  course  is  S.  W.  near  one 
league  ;  between  the  said  head  and  Governor's  island,  which  lies  before 
the  harbour,  is  good  room  to  turn,  and  anchorage  all  the  way,  but  regard 
must  be  had  to  a  shoal  which  spits  otY  trom  a  low  beach  point  (called  Sword 
point)  on  the  west  end  of  Governor's  island  ;  to  avoid  which  keepii  good 
part  of  Seal  island  open  to  the  northward  of  Governor's  island,  until  you 
are  above  this  point ;  in  turning  up  the  harbour,  stand  not  nearer  the  next 
point  on  the  island  (oif  which  it  is  Hat)  then  to  bring  Tortoise  head  touch- 
ing Sword  point,  the  best  anchorages  is  to  keep  Tortoise  head  open  to  the 
said  point,  and  anchor  in  10  fathoms  along  the  sandy  beach  on  the  main  ; 
farther  up  within  the  island  is  too  deep  water  for  anchoring  all  the  way 
through  the  passage  within  the  island  :  this  harbour  is  very  convenient  to 
wood  and  water  at.  W.  S.  W.  and  S.  \V.  winds  blow  here  sometimes 
with  great  violence,  occasioned  by  the  nature  of  the  lands,  there  being  a 
valley  or  low  land  between  this  harbour  and  Coal  river,  which  is  bounded 
on  each  side  with  high  hills  ;  this  causeth  these  winds  to  blow  very  strong 
over  the  low  land. 

Harbour  island  lies  at  the  entrance  of  the  river  Humber,  and  S.  E.  7 
miles  from  Guernsey  island  at  the  S.  W.  point  of  which  is  a  small  snug 
harbour  (called  Wood's  harbour)  wherein  is  5  and  4  fathoms  water,  but  the 
entrance  is  too  narrow  for  strangers  to  attempt,  nnd  but  2  fathoms  deep. 

The  river  Humber,  at  about  5  leagues  within  the  entrance,  becomes 
narrow,  and  the  stream  is  so  rapid  in  places,  for  about  4  leagues  up,  to  a 
lake,  that  it  is  with  great  ditKculty  a  boat  can  be  got  up  it  ;  and  at  some- 
times quite  impracticable  ;  this  lake,  which  stretches  N.  E.  ^  N.  is  in 
length  7  or  8  leagues,  and  from  2  to  5  miles  broad  :  the  banks  of  this  ri- 
ver, and  the  shores  of  the  lake  are  well  clothed  with  tirabor,  such  as  are 
common  in  this  country.  This  river  is  said  to  abound  with  salmon,  in 
which  has  been  formerly  a  very  great  salmon  fishery. 

The  north  and  south  arms  are  only  long  inlets,  in  which  is  very  deep 
water  until  you  come  to  their  heads. 

A  little  within  the  entrance  of  the  north  arm,  on  the  starboard  side,  is 
a  small  cove,  wherein  a  vessel  might  anchor  in  30  fathoms  water ;  1  league 
within  the  entrance  of  the  south  arm,  on  the  starboard  side,  is  a  sandy 
cove  (being  the  second  on  that  side)  wherein  is  anchorage  in  16  fathoms 
water,  and  a  good  place  to  wood  and  water  at ;  kaul  into  the  cove  until 


it 


BIuhI'h  Atiirnrnii  ConHt  Pilot. 


loKdiL 


the  wosl  poinf  oi'  it  in  broiifiht  on  with  thi*  north  point  of  thr  i>ntriinc«*  ol 
this  iirni,  unci  thnru  iinclior ;  if  v'mi  humh  Inyinu  hold  of  thin  sinrhoriuK 
f{i-(>un<l,  lh«*r(*  is  ii  very  snod  IimiIkiiii-  iit  tho  hriul  o.  the  S.  K.  Iininch  oi' 
thiN  iirni  ;  on  (h«*  vnnl  nuW  of  \\.t\i\>'  ■■•Itintl,  l>t>l  v  >  the  north  iind  Moutli 
iirnis,  i*  iinrhuniK*^  in  i\,  10,  or  I'.'  liithoms  wiitcr  -in.K'r  the  north  »idr 
of  lliirliotir  inland  in  f(ond  .'uu-honiK*  with  S.  W.  w  |«,  iit  »  (pinrtrr  of  u 
inilo  iVoin  lh(<  islitnd  yon  will  liavr  n  muddy  bottom  :  nupositc  to  thn  S.  K. 
end  of  Miirlinnr  iHland,on  lli«>  Muuth  Mid(*ot'thirt  Imy,  in  r  rcnchiniurHCOvc, 
whfrt'iii  iit  Kood  anrhuniKc  in  '20,  lO  or  12  futhomit  water  ;  it  i«  very  probii- 
ble  III. it  none  of  thf.'^o  iinchoraKC!*  will  errr  hv  frc(pi('ntr!d  by  uhipping  ; 
yet  it  in  ii(M't>i«f>iiry  to  point  tlicni  unt,  a»  it  may  hnpyen,  that  in  coniinic 
into  th(>  hny  with  a  |{alo  of  wind  at  S.  \V.  it  may  blow  mo  hard  out  of 
York  harbour,  tlnit  no  vummcI  ran  carry  xail  to  work  into  anchoring; 
(ground  ;  at  i^urh  tiinm  they  will  bi>  glad  to  ^ot  to  un  anchor  in  any  placi^ 
of  Kafcty. 

'i'hr  IJiiy  of  hlandrt  linH  hern  niin"li  fri'ipnMiled  formerly  for  the  rod 
fifilu'ry  ;  llu'  host  pinro  for  fiHhin^  nliipH  to  «'rrrl  MtajiCH  and  keep  boats,  i* 
in  i^ni.dl  harbour,  uhirh  lirs  a  little  without  the  .South  head,  and  the  large 
bciirh  on  Sword  point,  on  Governor'^  island,  is  an  excellent  place  for  dry- 
ing of  lisli. 

From  (iiiprni^ey  i.sl.ind  to  Ijonne  bay,  the  course  in  lir»t  N.  N  V..  i\ 
leagues,  tlien  N.  K.  M  leagues  :  the  land  near  the  whore,  from  the  north 
Shug  rock  to  Cape  St.  Gregory,  is  low,  along  which  lay  sunken  rocks, 
8ome  of  which  are  |  of  a  mile  from  the  shore,  but  a  very  little  way 
inl  md,  it  riites  into  a  mountiiin  terminating  at  top  in  round  hills  :  from 
Cape  Ht.  Gregory  to  Bonne  bay,  the  land  rises  in  hills  directly  from  the 
sea  to  ii  considerable  height :  Cape  St.  Gregory  is  high,  and  the  northern- 
most land  voii  can  see,  when  coasting  along  shore  between  Red  island  and 
the  Bay  ol  Islands. 

Bonne  bay  m.iy  be  easily  known  if  you  are  not  above  4  or  6  leagues  oft* 
at  J>ea  by  the  lands  about  it,  all  the  land  on  the  S.  W.  side  of  the  bay  be- 
ing voty  hi|L:;h  ,\ns\  hilly  ;  the  land  on  the  N.  E.  side,  and  from  thence 
alnng  the  sea  const  to  the  northward,  is  low  and  flat;  but  about  1  league 
up  inland,  are  a  range  of  mountains  which  run  parallel  with  the  sea  coast: 
you  cannot  distinguish  the  low  land  if  you  are  6  or  7  leagues  off  at  sen. 
Over  the  south  side  of  this  bay  is  a  very  high  mountain,  terminating  at 
top  ill  a  remarkable  round  hill,  which  is  very  conspicuous  when  you  are 
to  the  northward  of  the  bay.  This  bay  lies  in  S.  E.  two  leagues,  then 
branches  into  two  arms,  one  tending  to  the  southward  and  the  other  to  the 
eastward  ;  the  best  anchorage  is  in  the  southern  arm  ;  small  vessels  must 
anchor  just  above  a  low  woody  point  (which  is  on  the  starboard  side  of  the 
bay,  at  the  entrance  into  this  arm)  before  a  sandy  beach,  in  8  or  10  fa- 
thoms water,  about  a  cable's  length  from  the  shore  :  but  large  ships  must 
run  higher  up,  unless  they  moor  to  the  shore,  they  cannot  anchor  in  less 
than  30  or  40  fathoms,  but  at  the  head  of  the  arm,  where  there  is  but  24 
fathoms  ;  notwithstanding  the  great  depth  of  water,  you  lay  every  where 
in  perfect  security,  and  very  convenient  to  wood  and  water,  there  being 
great  plenty  of  both.  To  sail  into  the  east  arm,  keep  the  S.  E.  point  or 
starboard  shore  on  board  ;  short  round  that  point  is  a  small  snug  cove, 
wherein  is  good  anchorage  in  16  or  !8  fathoms  water,  and  moor  to  the 
shore  ;  a  little  within  the  north  point  of  thia  arai  is  a  very  snug  harbour 
for  small  vessels,  v.hercin  i^  7  and  6  famoms  water.  In  sailing  in  or 
out  of  this  bay  with  S.  W.  wi.ids  come  not  near  the  weather  shore,  for 
fear  of  being  becalmed  under  the  high  land,  or  meeting  with  heavy 


)  KdiL 


10  Kdit. 


Blunt^M  AnuMMiuii  Conni  Pilot. 


45 


rancf  nt 
imrh  nl 

1(1     HOIltll 

M-tK  Kiiir 
ter  of  li 
th«  S.  K. 
ii'HCOvr, 
•y  probii- 
liippiriK  ; 
I  (-tiniiuK 
il  out  ul' 
nchoring 
ny  plm'«» 

llie  rod 

hoHtt,  i» 

the  iHigi* 

!  tor  dry- 

N  K.  « 
he  north 
>n  nx  ks, 
ittle  way 
Ih  :  from 
from  the 
lorthern- 
sUind  and 

iHgueti  o(i 
1  buy  be- 
[I  thciicp 
1  league 
iCH  coast  : 
[T  :it  nev. 
nating  ut 
I  you  are 
les,  then 
jer  to  the 
sels  must 
ideof  the 
or  10  fa- 
ups  must 
or  in  less 
is  but  24 
ry  where 
re  being 

point  or 
lUg  cove, 
)r  to  the 

harbour 
ling  m  or 
lore,  for 
th  heavy 


i^iiNtH  of  wiiui,  which  in  *ttill  worMo,  unri  (he  depth  uf  water  la  too  great 
to  anchor. 

From  liorine  bay  to  Point  Uich.  thr  course  idong  »»hoit'  is  N.  N.  E.  dis- 
tant ?  t  lea^iieM  ;  Ixit  iii  coiiiiiiK  oiil  ol'  tli«>  \tAy,  you  inii-^t  tir«t  tteer  N.  N. 
VV.uiitl  N.  hy  \V.  (orthe  lir»t  .'(  U-iigni"*,  iti  order  to  H;<>t  an  otfuig.  Ten 
milex  to  the  northward  of  lionne  bay  \n  a  prt'tty  high  white  point  (culled 
Martin  point)  three  quarter"  of  a  mile  right  ott  from  Ihi^  point  in  a  Hniull 
ledge  ul  rockn  whereon  the  itva  breakM  :  one  league  to  th«'  nortliwurd  of 
IVlartin  point,  ix  a  low  white  rocky  point  (called  lirooni  point)  ;  half  a  mile 
S.  NV  .  from  thin  point  lien  a  •uinken  rock  that  Heldoin  itheWN  ilttelf.  On 
the  N.  K.  wide  of  liroom  pomt  liin  ihr  bay  of  Ht.  Paul,  wherein  vew^eU 
may  anchor  with  Huulhcrly  uiul  fa»terly  uiniN,  but  lioH  tjuite  expoiied  to 
the  Mcu  wiiuU. 

One  league  to  the  northward  of  the  bay  of  St.  Paul,  i^  a  pretty  high 
point  of  land  ((alirdCow  luiid)  ;  il  will  have  tbi>  appearance  of  an  i!<l- 
and,  being  only  joined  to  the  mam  by  a  very  low  and  narrow  n(><-k  of  land  ; 
4  of  a  mile  otf  this  heap  lies  Steering  islainl,  which  is  low  and  rocky,  and 
(he  only  island  on  the  coast  In  tweeii  the  Hay  of  Ulandx  and  Point  Rich. 
On  the  south  side  ol  Ctiw  head  is  Cow  cove,  wherein  is  shelter  for  ves- 
sels with  easterly  and  northerly  winds  ;  and  on  the  north  side  of  this  head 
is  Shallow  bay,  wherein  is  water  sufficient  for  small  vessels,  and  good  fish- 
ing conveniences  ;  at  the  N.  K.  entrance  into  this  bay  are  u  cluster  of 
rocky  islands,  whic^h  rang*'  tln'insidves  N.  K  and  S.  VV.  and  at  the  S.  W.  en- 
trance are  2  rocks  close  to  each  other,  which  generally  shew  themselves  ; 
they  lay  a  full  cable's  length  from  the  «hore,  and  there  is  a  channel  into 
the  bay  on  either  side  of  them.  In  sailing  in  or  out  of  this  bay,  you  may 
go  011  either  side  of  Steering  island,  which  lies  right  before  it,  but  come 
not  too  near  the  N,  K.  end  there  being  sunken  rocks  oft*  that  end.  This 
place  is  the  best  situated  for  a  tishcry  of  any  on  the  coast,  there  being  ex- 
cellent tbhing  ground  about  it. 

From  Steering  island  to  Point  Kich,  the  course  is  N.  20"  46'  E.  distance 
17  leagues  :  from  Shallow  bay  to  the  south  part  of  Ingornachoix  bay  is 
nearly  a  straight  shore  all  the  way,  and  neither  creek  or  cove  where  a 
vessel  can  shelter  herself  from  the  sea  winds  ;  there  arc  some  small  san- 
rly  bays,  where  vessels  may  anchor  w  itii  thd  huul  winds  ;  6  leagues  to  the 
northward  oi  Steering  island,  and  about  |  a  mile  inland,  is  a  remarkable 
hill  (called  Portland);  it  makes  not  unlike  Portland  in  the  English  channel, 
and  alters  not  in  its  appearance  from  any  point  of  view. 

Hnwke's  harbour  and  Port  Saunders  are  safe  and  commodious  harbours, 
situated  in  the  bay  of  Ingornachoix,  S.  E.  2  leagues  from  Point  Rich  ;  at 
the  entrance  of  these  harbours  lies  an  island  (called  Keppel  island)  which 
is  not  easily  to  be  distinguished  by  rtrangers  from  the  main  ;  the  channel 
into  Hawke's  harbour  (which  i«  the  southernmost)  lies  between  the  isl- 
and and  the  south  shore  ;  on  the  starboard  shore  entering  into  this  har- 
bour, and  opposite  to  the  west  end  of  the  island  begins  a  shoal,  which 
stretches  up  along  that  shore  1  mile,  the  middle  of  which  runs  out  into 
the  harbour  ^  the  breadth  thereof,  great  part  of  this  shoal  dries  at  low  wa- 
ter :  your  course  into  the  harbour  is  east,  keeping  mid-channel,  or  rather 
nearest  to  Keppel  island,  until  the  east  end  thereof  (which  is  a  low  stone 
beach)  bears  N.  by  E.  or  N.  then  steer  S.  E.  i  E.  for  a  small  island  you 
will  see  up  the  harbour,  keemng  the  N.  E.  or  larboard  shore  pretty  well 
onboard,  and  steer  for  the  said  little  island  ;  as  soon  as  you  have  brought 
the  point  at  the  south  entrance  of  the  harbour  to  bear  W.  by  N.  i  N. 
and  are  the  length  of  the  S.  E.  point  of  a  bay  which  is  on  the  starboard 


*Ji 


40 


nitinrH  AiiiriH'Uii  CoA.4(  Pilot. 


10  Rdit. 


oiilt'  of'  ili«<  liiirlHMir,  you  \^ill  IIh-m  ti«>  ii)»ov«>  (lir  uliniil,  iiimI  iii;i)  luirlMir  in 
\'i  I'li'ioiiix  tvttirr,  or  ytMi  tiiiiv  run  williin  ^  ii  ntili*  ot  the  orniill  ihIiukI  iiimI 
thri'tt  iiiM'lior,  wlivnt  ynu  will  luy  nutrv  rorivrtiiiMil  In  tiiki*  m  wouti  iiml 
wiitor.  To  ••ml  into  Fori  SumHlrr".  tlii'iT  in  imt  llii*  l«'ti»l  «liiiij(«'r  ;  h'livc 
Kr|)|)i>i  ik|aii<l  on  )oiir  Htiirlioarti  Hidt*,  iiiul  iinclinr  »n  ioon  iih  ytiii  urt*  |[  n 
rnilf  uithiti  llir  rtitriinrc,  it*  Id  or  i  I  i'iitli<iin<«  wiitrr  ;  lint  if  yon  run  up 
totviinlH  the  head  of  (liN  liiiHt  >ur,  k«'«>|i  llic  liirtiu.iitl  xlioir  on  lioiinl,  in 
oi'il  I-  to  ii\nii|  u  \vt\nv  of  nx  ItM  tvlni'li  Iicm  nciirly  in  tlit*  innlillc  ol'  (hr 
hnrlioiir.  Tliin  in  the  lirot  liurlionr  Tor  »hi^  to  lay  in  (hat  ar<>  hound  to 
lh(>  f«outhH':ird,  tin  tilt'  othor !»  lor  lh()«<>  hound  to  tin*  northward  ;  all  the 
land*  nrar  \hvMv  harhourx  arc  in  f;<'i«'ral  lou,  •ti<i  covtwcd  with  wood  ; 
you  may  ocrasionally  iinrhor  without  (hrsc  iMirhourx,  in  tlu>  hay  ol'lngor- 
luiihoix,  a<-<'ordinK  u^  tho  winiU  arc. 

Totnt  Un  h  li«  •«  in  the  latitud«  ol  :.!'»  M'  MO"  :  it  is  tho  S.  W.  point  of 
a  iM'iiinHula,  which  m  iiltuoxt  ^urroundrd  l.y  lli<>  nvn  ;  it  in  ovcry  uhorr 
ot  a  inodrratc  and  |iirlty  npial  lu'iKlit,  and  m  thr  nioHt  rrniarkahlc  poini 
of  land  alon^  the  w«"«|  hu\o  of  Ncwfoundliind,  it  projf'clinK  out  into  the  ncd 
fartlitT  than  any  olhc-r,  from  wtifiitc  tho  roax'  cacti  way  takcM  a  ditVcrcnt 
dirc'  tion. 

Two  miles  \.  K.  from  I'oint  Kich  in  tlii'  hiiiboiir  of  Fort-aux-Choix  ;  it 
is  but  >)nnll,  yrt  will  admit  of  ••hipi  of  large  hnrtlu'ii,  but  they  muHt  moor 
licad  and  Hicni,  there  not  bein;;  roont  to  moor  othtM'wise.  'i'u  sail  into  it, 
keep  the  >'tarboard  slioie  on  board,  and  aiirlior  Just  above*  a  vniall  island 
which  lies  in  the  middle  of  the  hiirlM)ur.  In  this  harbour,  and  in  lioat 
rove,  wliirli  lies  a  little  to  the  northward,  urc  Hcverul  stugeH,  and  good 
places  fo:  dryingof  tish. 

Kound  the  N.  K.  point  of  the  peninsula,  lies  the  hirbour  of  old  I'ort- 
idix-Choix,  which  is  a  small  but  safe  harbour  in  the  entrance  of  wliicli 
lic8  a  huiall  island  called  Harbour  island,  and  between  this  island  and  the 
west  point  of  the  harbour  are  rockrt,  nimie  above  and  some  under  water. 
To  sail  into  this  harbour  on  th(>  west  side  of  the  island,  keep  the  island 
close  on  boiird  ;  but  to  ."ail  in  on  the  east  side,  give  the  N.  K.  point  of  this 
island  a  small  itirth  ;  you  may  anchor  any  whore  on  the  S.  V,.  or  Inrboard 
side  of  tli<^  harlioiii',  but  come  not  near  the  N.  W.  or  starboard  side,  there 
hein:;  a  slioal  of  >'.nid  and  iinid  all  along  that  side. 

Trom  I'oinl  Rich  to  the  T»vin  islands  (which  are  low,  and  tin-  outer- 
most islunils  ill  tlie  b.iy  of  St.  .lohn)  thi-  coiirHO  i*  N.  N.  K.  distance  4 
league^,  ami  tVom  the  Twin  inlands  to  Point  l'crolle,thn  course  is  N.  K.  ^ 
N.  1 1  miles. 

The  l)ay  of  St.  John  lies  betwe.'i  Point  Rich  and  Point  Fcrolle  ;  there 
are  iu  il  a  great  many  islands  am!  sunken  rocks  ;  tho  only  island  of  any 
extent  is  that  of  St.  John,  which  lies  N.  K.  '.i  leagues  from  Point  Rich  ; 
on  the  S.  VV.  side  of  this  island  is  :i  smalWiarbour,  which  seems  not  badly 
situated  for  the  cod  fishery,  anji  it  hath  good  conveniences  for  that  pur- 
pose, but  it  is  not  a  good  place  for  shipping — they  would  be  too  much  ex- 
posed to  the  S.  W.  winds,  whit.b  send  in  a  great  sea.  On  the  S.  E.  side 
of  this  island,  opposite  to  the  west  end  of  iiead  island,  is  a  small  bay, 
wherein  is  anchora:fe  in  IG  oc  14  fathoms  water,  and  sheltered  from  most 
winds,  and  is  the  only  anchoring  place  in  the  whole  bay. 

From  the  south  part  of  Point  FeroHc  stretches  out  a  ledge  of  rocks  S. 
S.  W.  near  1  league  ;  and  along  the  shore  to  the  river  of  Casters  (which 
is  in  the  bottom  of  St.  John's  bay)  are  sunKn  rocks  2  miles  off. 
Over  the  middle  of  (he  bay  of  St.  John,  is  high  table  land,  which  i« 


Dt 


^, 


)  Rtlti. 

K  lior  III 
iiml  lui'l 
itoti  iiixl 

•  ;    ll'llVC 

I  »r«  li  •• 
r«in  lip 
tniinl,  III 
Ic  of  tho 
lioiiiul  t'» 

;    till    till- 

ih  wooil ; 
of  li»««»r 

.  |M>inl  nl' 
ry  wlicro 
Mv  point 
ilo  till'  wru 
I  tliflVrcnl 

L'hoix  ;  il 
niuHt  inoui- 
miil  into  it, 
mill  im|)ii)(1 
11(1  III  Boat 
,  mul  Kooil 

f  oia  INnt- 
.  of  wliirli 
III  iuul  tlu' 
iUt  wiitrr. 
tho  isliuiti 
oint  ofthif* 
)!•  I.uboani 
P^'ulr,  there 

I  the  outcr- 
lilistnnce  4 
irtN.E.i 

i)Ue  ;  thero 
Lnd  of  an) 
joint  Kich  ; 
\a  not  biuUy 
that  pur- 
much  ex- 
S.  E.  sitU- 
small  bay, 
fiom  most 

)f  rocks  S. 
jrs  (which 

I,  which  i? 


10  KUit. 


Bliiiit'>4  AmericniiCtMiHt  Pilot. 


17 


vrry  •tt'pp  on  ihM  «i*l«*  ii«<iit  th«*  tiny,  itnd  ti>rininiito«i  Itint  rhiiin  ol'  inmin- 
(•iiii(  which  ruti«  iiarallcl  with  (hi*  hck  rouNt  iVuiii  Hotim*  hay. 

The  rtmrKt'  ot  thi'  ti<l«»*  iiIhiik  thi<«  ninit  nro  Krvut^  goir^riii'il  hy  th«' 
tviiulx,  hut  «\  hrn  nut  intcrniptfil  liy  <(troiiK  ^tih"*  nt'  Ioiik  nMitinnaiiri',  ti  S. 
K.  hy  S.  or  S.  S.  K.  moon  rnaki"*  liixh  watur,  antl  tlowi  up  iin«l  chtwii,  ov 
upon  il  prrpciuliculur,  Hcvt'ii  or  t'lghl  feet. 


Direciions  for  JVuvi^aitHif  on  part  of  the  J^f.  hi.  siile.  of  Ncw- 
totiiullaiui,  tmd  in  the  Streights  of  \)v\\v-\n{v. 

( N .  II.  All  Koaring*  nnd  ('n>irni  hertnftor  mtnilnnvc),  nre  On  irua  Bairln|i  nnd  Courici 

t  ''(I  lint  by  Ooiiiputt.] 

On  tho  N.  R.  con<tt  of  Nowroundlnnil,  iihout  'i  h>iif];ii<>M  from  th(>  main, 
are  2  iHland)*,  the  northernmo<tt  of  which  in  called  (iroiaN  ;  (he  north  end 
of  thirt  irtland  iH  in  the  latitude  of  51°  00'  north  :  at  chout  2  inileii  diMlunce 
from  thin  north  end,  are  Mome  rocki  high  above  wiitjr. 

The  harbour  of  Cnxpie  bearn  N.  VV.  hy  W.  ^  V^.  S  lenKueH  from  the 
north  end  of  (jroiiw  inland  ;  the  e:itranc«  in  noC  eauily  diotinKuiMhed  by 
tttranKern  till  you  draw  near  it  ;  then  you  will  di««rover  n  Hmall  inland,  or 
rock,  clone  to  the  Hoiith  h(;ad  of  the  harbour  ;  you  may  ^tand  boldly  iu 
with  the  hind,  there  beiriK  no  dan^f^r  but  what  rthewM  itHelf,  and  lien  very 
near  the  xhore  :  nn  noon  a.<i  you  are  within  the  heads,  you  will  open  the  2 
wrmn  :  that  to  the  S.  W.  Ih  not  nafc  to  anch(<r  in,  beinn  foul  j^rountl,  and 
open  to  tlie  N.  K.  wind-  ;  you  may  run  up  into  the  N.  VV.  arm  until  you 
are  hind-locked,  and  anchor  whore  you  please,  from  16  to  10  fathomif 
water,  every  where  very  good  Kround.  This  is  an  excellent  harbour, 
very  convenient  for  the  fmhery,  and  plenty  of  wood  and  water. 

I'  rem  the  north  end  of  GroiaH  ishind,  along  the  coast  to  the  White  ihI* 
andti,  the  true  course  ih  N.  hy  l).  12  leagued,  but  to  give  these  isilamh  and 
the  Hraha  Hhoal  a  proper  birth,  make  a  N.  N.  K.  course. 

Between  Croque  and  the  bay  of  Ciriguet,,  are  several  good  hr.:bour» 
with  excellent  fii^hing  convenienceH,  particu'.iuly  Great  and  Little  St.  Ju- 
lian's, Grandnway,  Waterman's  cove,  White'>  arm,  Zealot,  Fishot,  (Jooso 
cove,  Craimiliere,  St.  Anthony,  and  St.  Lunare,  which  are  not  yet  accu- 
rately described  ;  there  is  no  danger  on  the  coast  but  whal  lies  very  near 
the  shore  ;  except  the  small  shoal  of  Rraha,  which  lies  directly  off  the 
bay  of  the  same  name,  4  miles  from  the  land  on  which  the  sea  breaks  in 
bad  weather. 

The  bay  of  Griguet  is  situated  on  the  N.  E.  coast  of  Newfoundland,  in 
the  latitude  of  51"  32'  north  ;  it  is  formed  by  Stormy  cape  to  the  north, 
nnd  White  cape  to  the  south,  and  contains  several  good  harbours  for  ship- 
ping of  all  kinds,  wherein  are  many  Hshing  conveniences. 

Camel  island  lies  in  Griguet  bay,  is  very  high  in  the  middle,  like  the 
back  of  a  camel,  and  in  sailing  along  the  shore,  is  diflicult  to  be  distin- 
guished from  the  main. 

The  north  harbour  lies  within  Stormy  cape,  at  the  entrance  of  which 
is  a  rock  above  water  :  you  may  go  on  either  side  of  this  rock,  it  being 
bold  too  all  round,  and  anchor  i^ar  the  head  of  the  harbour,  in  6  fathoms 
water ;  in  the  entrance  that  leaflsto  the  N.  W.  and  S.  W.  Iiarbours,  is  n 
small  rocky  island,  which  makes  the  passage  into  those  harbours  narrow: 
the  safest  passage  is  to  the  northward  of  this  ixbrnd.  giving  tho  point  at 


48 


Blunt's  Amrrican  Coast  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


the  entrance  of  the  N.  VV.  harbour  a  little  birth  ;  hs  soon  as  you  arc 
within  the  island,  you  will  open  the  two  hnrbotir;4 ;  that  of  the  N.  W. 
which  is  the  lurgcyt,  runs  in  N.  VV.  near  2  miles  ;  to  sail  up  to  the  head 
of  the  harbour,  the  wewlside  is  the  safest ;  you  will  at  first  have  14,  1(5, 
^  and  18  fathoms  water,  and  after  you  are  a  little  within  the  point,  will  meet 
with  a  bank  whereon  ift  7  and  8  fathoms  ;  beinii;  over  it,  you  will  again 
have  i6  and  17  fithoms,  and  as  you  approach  the  head,  will  shoalou  youl" 
wattir  gradually  to  b  fathoms,  every  where  good  anchoring,  and  sheltered 
from  all  winds. 

The  iS.  W.  harbour  runs  in  near  2  miles  behind  Camel's  island  :  it  is 
but  a  narrow  arm,  and  hath  in  it  from  10  to  4  fathoms  water  ;  there  is  a 
shoal  at  the  entratice,  but  neither  it  nor  the  harbour  are  yet  sufficiently 
examined,  to  give  any  direction  about  it  here. 

The  two  islands  of  Griguet  lay  on  the  out«ide  of  Camel's  island,  and 
together  form  between  them  several  small,  but  very  snug  harbours  for 
fishing  vessels. 

From  Stormy  cape  to  Cape  de  Grat,  on  the  island  of  Q,uirpon,  is  N.  by 
E.  distant  3^  miles  :  between  which  is  the  harbour  of  Little  Quirpon, 
formed  by  the  island  of  that  name  ;  there  is  no  danger  going  in,  but  the 
shore  itself;  it  is  a  small,  safe,  snug  harbour,  where  tishing  ships  moor 
head  and  stern. 

Quirpon  island,  which  is  the  S.  E.  point  that  forms  the  entrance  of  the 
Streights  of  Belle-isle,  is  barren  and  mountainous  ;  Cape  de  Grat  on  the 
S.  E.  i!ide,  and  the  highest  part  of  this  island  may  be  seen  in  olear  wea- 
ther 12  leagues. 

White  islands  lay  between  Griguet  and  Cape  de  Grat,  about  2^  miles 
from  the  land  ;  they  are  but  small,  and  of  a  mo(  rate  height ;  on  thein- 
fiide  of  them  are  some  rocks,  both  above  and  under  water,  but  not  danger- 
ous, as  they  discover  themselves  even  in  fine  weather  ;  and  the  passage 
between  them  and  the  main,  which  is  ^  a  league  wide,  is  very  safe. 

De  Grat  and  Pigeon  coves  lay  on  the  S.  E.  side  of  the  island  of  Q,uir- 
pon,  and  to  the  northward  of  Cape  de  Grat,  in  the  mouth  of  which  are 
t<iome  small  islands,  and  rocks  above  water  ;  behind  these  islands  are  shel- 
ter for  shipping,  in  4  fathoms  water,  and  convenient  places  for  fishing. 

The  passage  into  Great  Q,uirpon  harbour  is  on  the  N.  W.  side  of  the 
island  of  the  same  name,  between  it  and  Grave's  island,  which  is  sin  island 
-  in  the  mouth  of  the  harbour  ;  in  approaching  the  entrance,  you  may  make 
as  free  as  you  please  with  the  island  Q,uirpcn,  there  being  no  dangei  b'ii 
what  shews  itself,  until  you  come  to  the  entrance  of  the  harbour,  where 
there  are  shoals  on  youi  larboard  side,  which  you  avoid  by  keeping 
Black  head,  upon  Quirpon,  open  cf  all  the  other  land,  until  Cape  Raven 
h  brought  over  Noddy  point ;  then  haul  in  for  the  harbour,  keeping  about 
half  a  cable's  length  from  the  point  of  Grave's  island  ;  it  is  every  where 
^ood  anchoring  within  the  said  island,  and  room  and  depth  of  water  for 
any  ships,  and  good  ground  ;  the  b"st  place  is  in  9  fathoms  water,  up  to- 
wards the  upper  end  of  Grave's  island,  abreast  of  Green  island,  which  lies 
about  the  middle  of  the  harbour  :  the  passage  to  the  inner  harbour,  on 
either  side  of  Green  island,  is  very  good  for  ships  of  a  moderate  draught 
©f  water,  through  which  you  will  carry  3  fathoms  ;  and  above  the  island 
is  exceeding  good  anchoring,  in  7  fathoms  ;  there  is  a  passage  into  this 
place  through  Little  Quirpon,  but  it  is  tMf  narrow  and  intricate  for  vessels 
10,  attempt,  unless  well  acquainted  :  in  md  about  Qiiirpon  are  excellent 
conveniences  for  a  great  number  of  ships,  and  good  fishing  grounds  about 


0  Edit. 


10  Edit. 


Blunt^B  American  Coast  PiJot. 


49 


YOU  arc 
e  N.  W. 
the  heai! 
e  14,  10, 
will  meet 
v^ill  iigiiiu 
alon  yoiil' 
sheltered 

mil  :  it  is 
there  is  a 
ufficiently 

iland,  and 
•hours  for 

,  is  N.  by 

Q,uirpon, 

1,  but  thr 

hips  moor 

nee  of  the 
I  rat  on  the 
olear  wea- 

jt  21  miles 
on  the  in- 
lot  danger- 
le  passage 
safe. 

id  of  Q,uir- 
which  are 
Is  are  shel- 
fishing. 
side  of  the 
is  in  island 
,  may  make 
dangei  b'li 
aur,  where 
jy  keeping 
lape  Raven 
eping  about 
ery  where 
f  water  for 
iter,  up  to- 
,  which  lies 
arbour,  on 
ate  draught 
e  the  island 
re  into  this 
I  for  vessels 
e  excellent 
ounds  about 


those  parts:  all  the  land  about  Griguet  and  Quirpon  is  mountainous  and 
appears  a  barren  rock. 

Nudiiy  harbour,  which  lies  a  litt'e  to  the  westward  of  Q,uirpon,  runs  in 
S.  S.  W.  between  Noddy  point  and  Cape  Raven,  which  form  the  entrance 
of  the  harbour  ;  'here  is  no  danger  in  going  in  ;  the  passage  is  on  the  west 
side  of  a  ginall  island,  that  lies  about  |  of  a  mile  within  the  heads,  and  you 
anchor  as  soon  as  above  it,  in  6  fathoms  water  :  6r  u.th  small  vessels  you 
may  run  up  into  the  basin,  and  anchor  in  2^  or  3  fathoms  ;  within  the  isl> 
and,  on  the  east  side  of  the  harbour,  is  a  stage,  and  very  convenient 
rooms  for  many  fishing  ships. 

In  turning  up  towards  Quirpon  and  Noddy  harbour,  you  may  staijd 
pretty  near  to  the  Bull  rock  and  Maria  ledge,  which  are  above  water  ;  and 
both  of  thoni  about  ^  a  league  from  the  land  of  Quirpon  ;  the  passage  be- 
tween them  is  also  A  a  league  wide,  and  very  safe,  taking  care  only  to  keep 
near  to  Gull  rock,  to  avoid  the  N.  W.  ledge,  which  ledge  does  not  appear 
but  in  bad  weather  ;  in  the  passage  between  the  N.  \V.  ledge  and  the  main, 
are  many  rocks  and  shallow  water. 

Tlic  course  from  Bauld  cape,  which  is  the  northern  extremity  of  Q,uir- 
pon,  to  the  Great  Sacred  island,  is  west  2  leagues  ;  this  course  will  carry 
you  the  same  distance  without  Gull  rock,  as  you  pass  without  }3auld  cape. 
Little  Sacred  island  lies  E.  S.  K.  from  the  great  island,  1  mile,  the  pass- 
age between  them  is  very  safe,  and  you  may  sail  round  them  botii ;  they 
are  high  and  bold  :  within  them,  to  the  S.  W.  is  Sacred  bay,  which  is 
pretty  large,  wherein  are  a  great  number  of  small  islands,  and  rocks  above 
water  ;  the  land  at  the  bottom  of  this  bay  is  covered  with  wood  :  this 
place  is  only  resorted  to  for  wood  for  the  use  of  the  fishery  at  Q,uirpon, 
Griguet,  and  places  adjacent,  where  wood  is  scarce. 

From  Great  Sacred  island  to  Cape  Norman,  the  course  is  west  13  miles, 
and  to  Cape  Onion  is  S.  W.  by  W.  2  miles  ;  this  cape  is  the  north  point 
of  Sacred  bay  ;  it  is  pretty  high  and  steep,  near  to  which  '\s  a  very  re- 
markable rock,  calleu  the  Mewstone  ;  to  the  southward  of  the  Mewstone 
is  a  small  cove,  where  a  vessel  may  lie  in  safety. 

From  Cape  Onion  to  Burnt  cape,  the  course  is  VV.  S.  W.  distance  5 
miles  ;  tht^  shore  between  them  is  bold,  and  of  a  moderate  height  ;  Burnt 
cape  appears  white,  and  rises  gradually  front  the  sea  to  a  tolerable  height: 
on  the  east  side  of  the  cape  lies  the  entrance  to  the  bay  Ha-ha,  which 
runs  in  S.  S.  W.  2  miles  ;  when  without  Burnt  cape,  you  may  anchor  in 
6  or  7  fathoms,  open  only  to  the  N.  E.  winds  ;  or  you  may  run  up  into 
the  harbour,  where  you  lie  land-locked  in  8  fathoms  :  here  are  good  con- 
veniences for  fishing  ships,  and  plenty  of  wood  for  their  use.  Cape  Nor- 
man from  Burnt  cape  bears  N.  W.  by  »V.  |  W.  7  miles  ;  between  thfem 
is  the  bay  of  Pistolet,  which  runs  in  S.  S.  vV.  and  extends  several  miles 
every  way,  with  good  anchoring  in  most  parts  of  it,  particularly  on  the 
west  side,  a  little  above  the  islands,  which  lie  on  the  same  side,  in  5  fa- 
thoms water ;  the  shore  about  this  bay  is  tolerably  well  covered  with 
wood  ;  boats  frequently  come  here  for  wood  from  Qjuirpon. 

Cook's  harbour  is  small,  and  lies  within  the  islands,  at  the  N.  W.  part 
of  Pistolet  bay,  and  2  miles  to  the  S.  E.  of  Cape  Norman ;  to  sail  into  it 
you  must  take  care  and  give  the  Norman  ledges,  which  lie  E.  N.  E.  1  mile 
off  the  north  point,  a  good  birth  :  in  going  along  shore,  the  mark  to  keep 
without  these  ledges  is,  to  keep  all  the  land  of  Burnt  cape  open  without 
the  outermost  rocks,  Avhich  lie  on  the  south  side  of  the  entrance  to  this 
harbour ;  if  you  are  going  in,  as  soon  as  you  judge  yourself  to  be  to  the 
southward  of  the  Norman  ledges,  you  must  steer  inf  or  the  harbour,  leav- 

7 


f^ii 


r 


50 


Blunt's  American  Coast  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


ing  the  islands  on  your  larboard  side  ;  you  must  keep  the  south  8hor<» 
close  on  board,  for  tear  of  a  ledge  of  rocks  which  spits  out  frcmi  a  stnaH 
rocky  island  on  the  other  side  ;  as  soofi  us  you  are  within  that  island,  you 
must  haul  over  for  the  ncrth  shore,  and  anchor  in  4  or  b  fathoms  water. 
In  this  harbour  might  be  made  several  very  convenient  fishing  roonris,  and 
in  the  coves  between  it  and  Cape  Normun,  might  be  built  stages  for  the 
boats  to  resort  to,  and  to  cure  fish. 

Cape  Norman  is  the  northerimiost  point  of  land  in  Newfoundland,  lie» 
in  the  latitude  of  51"  38'  23"  N.  is  of  a  moderate  and  even  height,  and  a 
barren  rock  for  some  miles  in  the  country  :  from  Cape  Norman,  a  VV.  S. 
W.  cotirse,  between  9  and  10  leagues,  will  carry  you  a  league  without 
Green  island  ;  all  the  shore  between  thtin  is  bold,  and  of  a  moderate  and 
equal  height  for  several  miles  into  the  country  ;  but  a  good  way  inland,  is 
a  chain  of  high  mountains,  lying  parallel  with  the  coast :  between  3  and 
4  miles  to  the  westward  of  the  cape  is  a  cove,  wherein  small  vessels  and 
boats  may  lie  very  secure  from  all  winds,  except  N.  E.  ;  from  this  place 
to  Green  island  there  is  no  shelter  on  the  coast.  In  turning  between 
Cape  Norman  and  Green  island  in  the  night,  or  foggy  weather,  you  may 
stand  in  for  the  land  with  great  safety,  in  25  fathoms  water,  until  you  are 
nearly  the  length  of  Green  island :  you  will  then  have  that  depth  of  wa- 
ter very  near  the  shore,  and  likewise  on  the  outside  of  the  island  itself. 

Green  island  lies  ^  of  a  mile  from  the  main,  is  |  of  a  mile  in  length. 
Very  low,  narrow,  and  agreeable  in  colour  to  the  name  it  bears  ;  from 
the  east  end  stretches  out  a  ledge  of  rocks  |  of  a  miles  to  the  eastward, 
whereon  the  sea  breaks  in  bad  weather  :  the  channel  between  the  island 
and  the  main,  wherein  is  4  and  6  fathoms  water,  is  very  safe,  and  where 
vessels  may  anchor  if  they  find  occasion  :  tho  only  winds  that  can  make 
a  sea  here,  are  from  the  W.  S.  W.  aAd  E.  N.  E.  ;  to  go  in  from  the  west- 
ward, keep  the  point  of  the  island  on  board  for  the  deepest  water,  which 
is  4  fathom^,  and  going  in  from  the  eastward,  keep  the  mciin  on  board. 
The  distance  from  this  island  to  the  opposite  pfci''t  of  the  coast  of  Labra- 
dor, called  Castles,  or  Red  Clifls,  doth  not  exceed  3^  leagues  ;  they  bear 
from  each  other  N.  W.  and  S.  E.  and  is  the  narrowest  part  of  the  Streights 
of  Belle-isle. 

From  Green  island  to  Flower  ledge  (which  lies  near|  a  league  from 
the  shore)  a  W.  S.  VV.  course,  3  leagues,  will  carry  you  ^  a  league  with- 
out the  ledge  :  from  Flower  ledge  to  the  bay  of  St.  Barbe,  the  course  is 
S.  S.  W.  5  miles,  and  to  point  Ferolle,  S.  W.  ^  S.  7  leagues  i  5  miles  to 
the  westward  of  Green  island  is  Sandy  bay,  wherein  small  vessels  might 
ride  in  3  and  4  fathoms  water,  with  southerly  and  S.  W.  winds  :  between 
drreen  island  and  Sandy  bay  is  Double  ledge,  which  stretches  off  from  the 
shore  near  half  a  mile,  whereon  is  8  and  9  feet  Water. 

Savage  cove,  which  is  2  miles  to  the  westward  of  Sandy  bay,  is  small, 
will  admit  only  small  vessels  and  boats,  in  the  mouth  of  which  is  a  small, 
low  island  ;  the  passage  in  (which  is  very  narrow)  is  on  the  east  side  of 
the  island,  and  you  must  anchor  as  soon  as  you  are  within  it,  in  2i  and  2 
fathoms  Water  :  one  mile  to  the  westward  of  this  cove  is  Mistaken  cove, 
which  is  something  larger  than  Savage  Cove,  but  not  near  so  good,  being 
shoal  water  ih  every  part  of  it.  Nameless  cove  lies  1  mile  farther  to  the 
westward,  whei*ein  is  very  shoal  water,  and  several  sunken  rocks  :  one 
mile  right  off  from  the  east  point  of  this  cove  lies  Flower  ledge,  part  of 
which  just  appears  at  low  water  ;  you  will  have  10  fathoms  water  close 
to  the  off  side  of  it :  between  it  and  Mistaken  cove,  l  a  mile  from  the 
land,  lies  GrenviUe  ledge,  whereon  is  6  feet  water.  Flower  cove  (where- 


^ 


10  Edit. 


Blunt' s  American  Coast  Pilot. 


» 


in  is  2 J  fathoms  water)  lies  just  to  the  southward  pf  Nameless  cove  ;  it 
may  be  known  by  some  white  rocky  ishinds,  called  Seal  islands,  lying  a 
little  to  the  westward  of  it ;  you  must  not  come  too  near  the  outermost 
of  these  islands,  for  fear  of  some  sunken  rocks  near  it,  A  little  witbm 
the  entrance  lies  a  rock  above  water,  and  a  channel  on  each  side  of  it ; 
this  cove  lies  in  east,  as  docs  Nameless  cove,  and  you  must  mind  not  to 
mistake  one  for  the  other  :  between  Seal  islands  and  the  main  is  a  passage 
for  boats,  and  conveniences  for  a  seal  fishery. 

From  Seal  islands  to  Anchor  point,  which  is  the  cast  point  of  the  bay 
of  St.  Barbe,  the  course  is  S.  W.  by  S.  1  league  ;  there  is  no  danger  but 
what  lies  very  nepr  the  shore,  until  you  are  the  length  of  the  point, 
where  lies  a  rocky  island,  from  which  stretches  out  a  ledji^e  of  rocks  S.  S. 
W.  ^  of  a  mile,  which  you  must  be  mindful  of  in  going  in  or  out  of  the 
bay  of  St.  Barbe.  A  little  within  Anchor  point,  is  Anchor  cove,  wherein 
is  3  fathoms  water  ;  it  is  so  very  small,  that  there  is  no  room  in  it  to  bring 
a  ship  up,  unless  it  be  little  wind  or  calm  ;  the  safest  way  is  to  anchor 
without,  and  warp  in  ;  there  is  room  in  it  for  1  ship,  and  is  a  very  snug 
and  convenient  place  for  1  lishing  ship,  and  for  a  seal  fishery. 

The  bay  of  St.  Barbe  lies  between  Anchor  point  and  St  Barbe's  point, 
which  is  the  S.  W.  point  of  the  bay  ;  they  lie  from  each  other  S.  by  E, 
and  N.  by  W.  half  a  league  ;  it  lies  in  S.  E.  about  2  miles  from  Anchor 
point ;  to  sail  into  the  bottom  of  the  bay  or  harbour,  you  must  give  An-f 
chor  point  a  good  bi  th,  and  all  the  east  side  of  the  bay,  to  avoid  the  sun- 
ken rocks  which  lay  along  that  shore  ;  the  bay  will  not  appear  to  be  of 
any  depth,  and  you  must  be  well  in  before  you  can  discover  the  entrance 
into  the  harbour,  which  is  but  narrow  :  you  must  then  steer  in  S.  S.  E, 
keeping  in  the  middle  of  the  channel,  and  anchor  as  soon  as  you  are  with- 
in the  two  points,  in  a  small  cove,  Kn  the  west  side,  in  5  fathoms  water  ; 
the  bottom  is  sand  and  mud,  and  you  lay  land-locked.  Near  this  place 
branches  out  two  arms  or  rivers,  one  called  the  south  and  the  other  the 
east :  in  the  east  river  is  3  ftithoms  water  a  good  way  up,  but  the  other  is 
shoal ;  in  these  rivers  are  plenty  of  salmon,  and  their  banks  are  stored 
with  various  sorts  of  wood.  Between  the  S.  W.  point  of  the  bay  and 
west  point  of  the  harbour  is  a  cove,  wherein  are  sunken  rocks,  which 
stretch  off  a  little  without  the  line  of  the  two  points  ;  in  the  open  bay  is 
7,  8  and  9  fathoms  water,  but  no  safe  anchorage,  because  of  the  N.  W. 
and  W.  winds,  which  blow  right  in,  and  cause  a  very  great  sea. 

About  1  league  to  the  S.  W.  of  the  bay  of  St.  Barbe  lies  the  bay  of  St. 
Genevieve  ;  in  and  before  this  bay  lie  several  small  islands,  2  only  of 
which  are  of  any  considerable  extent ;  the  northernmost  of  these  two, 
wliich  is  the  largest,  called  Current  island,  is  of  a  moderate  height,  and 
when  you  are  to  the  N.  E.  of  it,  the  west  point  will  appear  bluff,  but  is 
not  high  ;  if  to  the  westward,  it  will  appear  flat,  and  white  like  stone 
beach  ;  near  half  a  mile  S.  W.  by  S.  from  the  point  is  a  shoal,  upon  which 
is  3  fathoms  water  ;  the  other  island  (called  the  Gooseberry  island)  lying 
to  the  southward  (and  withjn  Current  island)  hath  a  cross  on  the  S.  W. 
point  of  it,  from  which  point  stretches  out  a  ledge  of  rocks,  near  half  a 
mile  to  the  southward  ;  on  the  south  point  of  this  ledge  is  a  rock  that  just 
covers  at  high  water  ;  the  best  channel  into  the  bay  is  to  the  sou^^^hward 
of  these  islands,  between  the  rocks  above  mentioned,  and  a  small  island 
lying  south  from  it  (which  island  lies  near  the  south  shore)  ;  this  channel 
is  very  narrow,  and  hath  not  less  than  5  fathoms  at  lo#  water  in  it ;  the 
course  is  E.  by  N.  before  you  come  the  length  of  the  aforementioned 
rock,  you  must  be  careful  not  to  approach  too  near  the  S.  W.  end  pf 


52 


Blunt's  American  Coast  Pilot. 


lOEdil. 


GooHcberry  island,  nor  yet  to  the  main,  but  keep  nearly  in  the  middle  be- 
tween both  ;  if  you  get  out  of  the  channel  on  either  side,  you  will  im- 
n||pdiatoly  fall  into  3  and  2  fathoms  water  ;  an  soon  as  you  arc  within  the 
ftitiall  island  above  mentioned,  you  must  haul  to  the  southward,  and  brinf? 
St.  Cicnevieve  head  (which  is  the  S.  W.  point  of  the  bay)  between  the 
small  island  and  the  main,  in  order  to  avoid  the  middle  it)ank  ;  you  may 
either  anchor  behind  the  small  island  in  6  and  6  fathoms  water,  or  steer 
ovar  with  the  said  mark  into  the  middle  of  the  bay,  and  anchor,  with  the 
S.  W.  arm  open,  in  7  and  8  fathoms  water  ;  it  is  very  good  anchoring  in 
most  parts  of  the  bay,  and  pretty  convenient  for  wooding  and  watering  ; 
the  best  place  is  in  the  S.  W.  arm,  the  channel  going  into  which  is  nar- 
row, and  4  fathoms  deep.  There  is  a  channel  into  the  l>ay  between 
Current  island  and  Gooseberry  island,  wherein  is  not  less  than  3  fa- 
thoms water,  it  is  but  narrow,  and  lies  close  to  the  N.  E.  end  of  (ioose- 
berry  island  ;  there  is  also  a  channel  for  boats  to  the  eastward  of  all  the 
islands.  The  middle  bank  is  a  shoal  lying  in  the  middle  of  the  bay,  and 
nearly  dries  at  low  water ;  it  is  pretty  large,  and  hath  not  less  than  4  fa- 
thoms water  all  round  it. 

Four  miles  to  the  westward  of  the  bay  of  St.  Genevieve,  is  the  har- 
bour of  Old  Ferolle,  which  is  a  very  good  and  safe  harbour,  formed  by 
an  island  called  Ferolle  island,  lying  parallel  with  the  shore.  The  best 
passage  into  this  harbour  is  at  the  S.  W.  end  of  the  island,  passing  to  the 
southward  of  a  small  island,  in  the  entrance,  which  island  is  very  bold  too  : 
when  you  are  within  this  island  you  must  haul  up  N.  E.  and  anchor  be- 
hind the  S.  W.  end  of  Ferolle  island,  in  8  and  9  fathoms  water,  where  you 
lie  land-locked  in  good  ground  :  you  may  also  anchor  any  where  along  the 
inside  of  the  said  island,  and  find  a  good  channel  up  to  the  N.  E.  end 
thereof,  where  there  is  an  exceedingPgood  place  for  fishing  ships  to  lie  in, 
like  a  basin,  in  6  and  6  fathoms  water,  formed  by  3  islands,  lying  at  the  N. 
E.  end  of  Ferolle  island  ;  there  is  also  a  narrow  channel  into  this  place 
from  the  sea,  of  2  fathoms  at  low  water,  between  the  northernmost  of 
these  islands  and  the  main  ;  here  are  convenient  places  for  many  fis'Mng 
ships,  and  plenty  of  wood  and  water  ;  on  the  outside  of  these  islands  are 
some  ledges  of  rocks  a  small  distance  off. 

From  the  S.  W.  end  of  Ferolle  island  to  Dog  island,  is  W.  S.  W.  be- 
tween 4  and  5  miles  ;  Dog  island  is  only  divided  from  the  main  at  high 
water,  is  much  higher  than  any  land  near  it,  which  makes  it  appear  when 
you  are  a  good  way  to  the  eastward  to  be  some  distance  from  the  main. 

From  Dog  island  to  Point  Ferolle  is  W.  S.  W.  3  miles  :  between  them 
is  the  bay  of  St.  Margaret,  which  is  large  and  spacious,  with  several  arms 
and  islands  in  the  bottom  of  it,  abounding  with  great  plenty  of  timber  of 
the  spruce  and  fir  kind,  and  watered  by  small  rivers  ;  it  affords  good  an- 
chorage in  many  parts  of  it,  particularly  on  the  west  side  which  is  the 
best  place,  as  being  the  clearest  of  danger,  and  most  convenient  for  wood 
and  water. 

Between  St.  Margaret's  bay  and  Point  Ferolle,  is  a  small  bay,  called 
New  Ferolle,  which  lies  in  S.  S.  W.  about  1  mile,  and  is  quite  flat  all  over, 
having  not  quite^  fathoms  in  any  part  of  it,  and  in  some  places  not  more 
than  2,  fftid  open  to  the  N.  E.  winds  ;  there  is  a  stage  on  each  side  of  the 
bay,  and  room  for  as  many  more. 

Point  Ferolle  b  situated  in  latitude  51"  Q2'  N.  is  2  miles  in  length,  of  a 
moderate  height,  and  joins  to  the  main  by  a  low  neck  of  land,  which  di- 
vides New  Ferolle  bay  from  the  bay  of  St.  John's,  which  makes  it  appear 
like  an  island  at  a  distance  ;  all  the  north  side  of  the  point  is  very  bold 


EdiU 


10  Edit. 


Blunf  8  American  Coast  Pilot. 


53 


Idle  be 
ail  iin- 
hin  the 
1(1  hriug 
jcn  the 
on  may 
or  steer 
vith  the 
aring  in 
itering  ; 
is  nar- 
letween 
m  3  fa- 
'  Goose- 
f  all  the 


y,\y 


and 


lan  4  fa- 

thc  har- 
rmed  by 
rhe  best 
ig  to  the 
jold  too  : 
chor  be- 
here  you 
along  the 
f.  E.  end 

to  lie  in, 
at  the  N. 
his  place 
nmost  of 
ly  fis^'ing 

ands  are 

W.  be- 
at high 
ear  when 
main, 
een  them 
eral  arms 
imber  oi 
good  an- 
ch  19  the 
for  wood 


•y^ 


called 


all  over, 
not  more 
de  of  the 

igth,  of  a 
hich  di- 
it  appear 
ery  bold 


too,  having  20  fathoms  water  very  near  it ;  but  from  the  S.  W.  part 
stretches  out  a  ledge  of  rockH  into  the  bay  of  St.  John's. 

This  port  of  the  coast  may  be  easily  known  by  a  long  table  mountaioi 
in  the  country  above  the  bay  of  St.  John's  :  the  west  end  of  this  moun- 
tain, from  the  middle  of  the  point  of  Ferollc,  bears  S.  by  K.  and  the  east 
end  S.  .^!)»  30'  E. 

In  turning  between  Green  island  and  Point  Perolle,  you  ought  not  to 
stand  nearer  the  shore  (until  you  are  to  the  westward  of  Flower  ledge) 
than  half  a  Icsigue,  unless  well  acquainted  ;  you  will  have  for  the  most 
part,  at  that  distance  off,  20  and  24  fathoms  water  ;  after  you  are  above 
the  ledges  (that  is  to  the  westward  of  them)  the  sh(»re  is  much  bolder, 
but  the  soundings  not  quite  so  regular  ;  you  will  have  in  some  places  15 
and  16  fathoms  water  close  to  the  shore,  and  in  others  not  above  that 
depth  2  miles  off :  the  land  between  Green  island  and  St.  Barbe,  next 
the  sea,  is  very  low,  and  in  tiome  places  woody.  The  land  l)ctweea 
the  bay  of  St.  Barbe  and  Point  Ferolle  is  higher  and  hilly,  the  most 
part  covered  '.vith  wood,  and  watered  with  numbers  of  ponds  and 
small  rivers. 

The  tides  in  the  harbour  of  Griguet,  '^uirpon,  and  Noddy  harbour, 
flows  full  and  change  about  E.  by  N.  in  the  bay  of  Pistolet,  and  places 
adjacent,  E.  by  S. 

In  all  which  places  it  flows  up  and  down,  or  upon  a  perpendicular, 
spring  tides  6  feet,  and  neap  tides  3  feet. 

At  Green  island  S.  E.  bay  St.  Barbe  and  bay  St.  Genevieve,  S.  S.  E. 
Old  and  New  Ferolle  about  S.  by  E. 

In  all  which  places  it  flows  up  and  down,  or  upon  a  perpendicular,  spring 
tides  7  feet,  and  neap  tides  4  feet. 

Before  Q,uirpon,  in  settl  'd  weather,  the  tide  or  current  sets  to  the 
southward  nine  hours  out  of  twelve,  and  stronger  than  the  other  stream  ; 
in  the  streights  the  flood  in  the  offing  sets  to  the  westward  two  hours  after 
it  is  high  water  by  the  shore,  but  this  stream  is  subject  to  alteration  in 
blowing  weather. 

On  the  coast  of  Labrador,  a  little  way  inland  from  Labrador  harbour, 
or  bay  Phillippeaux,  is  a  very  remarkable  mountain,  forming  at  the  top 
three  round  hills  called  Our  Ladies  Bubbles'.  This  mountain  bears  from 
the  bay  of  St.  Barbe  N.  W.  }  N.  from  the  bay  of  St.  Genevieve  N.  30*» 
W.  and  from  Dog  islJind  N.  14°  45'  W. 

Belle-isle,  which  lies  at  the  entrance  of  the  streights  to  which  it  gives 
name,  is  about  7  leagues  in  circuit,  and  pretty  high  ;  on  the  N.  VV.  side 
of  it  is  a  very  small  harbour,  fit  for  small  craft,  called  Lark  harbour,  with- 
in a  little  island  that  lies  close  to  the  shore  ;  and  at  the  east  point  of  the 
island  is  a  small  cove,  that  will  only  admit  fishing  shallops  ;  2  miles  N.  by 
E.  from  this  point  lies  a  ledge  of  rocks,  part  of  which  appears  above  wa- 
ter, and  on  which  the  sea  always  breaks  very  high  ;  you  will  have  20  fa- 
thoms close  to  this  ledge,  and  55  fathoms  between  it  and  the  island  ;  all 
about  this  island  is  irregular  soundings,  but  you  will  not  find  less  than  20 
fathoms  home  to  the  island,  excepting  on  a  small  bank  lying  N.  W.  4  miles 
from  the  N.  E.  end,  whereon  is  only  5  fathoms. 

Red  bay,  on  the  coast  of  Labrador,  about  8  leagues  to  the  westward 
of  Chateaux,  is  an  exceeding  good  ha»*bour,  with  excellent  conveniences 
for  the  fishery. 

York,  or  Chateaux  bay,  on  the  coast  of  Labrador,  hes  W.  N.  W.  | 
W.  5i  leagues  from  the  west  end  of  Belle-isle,  and  N.  W.  I  N.  8^  leagues 
from  the  island  of  Quirpon.     In  crossing  the  streight  from  Quirpon  tQ 


% 


54 


Blunt's  American  Coast  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


JO  Ed 


Chntcaux  bny,  it  is  ndviscnble  to  tall  in  with  the  const  n  little  to  the  west- 
ward of  the  bay,  imles."*  the  wind  be  eastwnrdly,  and  clear  weather,  a-* 
there  is  not  the  least  danger  to  the  westward,  but  to  the  enslward  are  se- 
veral low  rocky  islands.  This  bay  may  be  known  liy  two  very  rentarka- 
blc  rocky  hills  on  Castle  and  Henley  islands,  which  islands  lie  in  the 
mouth  of  the  bay  ;  those  hills  are  flat  at  top,  and  the  steep  clitTs  round 
them  have  somcthinjj;  the  resemblance  of  castle  walls  ;  but  as  these  hills 
are  not  distin)i|uishable  at  a  distance,  because  of  th(>  highland  on  the  main 
within  them,  the  best  marks  for  knowing  the  bay,  when  in  the  ofling,  is 
08  follows  :  all  the  land  to  the  westward  of  it  is  high,  of  a  uniform  even 
figure,  terminating  at  the  west  side  of  the  bay  with  a  conspicuous  nob  or 
hillock  ;  about  Cliateaux  bay,  and  to  the  eastward  of  it,  is  hilly,  broken 
lands,  with  many  islands  along  shore,  but  there  is  no  islands  to  tiie  west- 
ward of  it :  to  sail  into  the  bay,  you  leave  both  the  islands  on  which  stand 
2  castle  hills,  on  the  starboard  side  :  and  for  large  ships  to  keep  clear  ol 
all  danger,  they  must  keep  point  OJrenville  (which  point  is  known  by  a 
beacon  upon  it)  on  with  the  west  point  of  Henley  island  (which  point  is  a 
smooth  black  rock,  and  may  be  known  by  a  small  black  rock  just  above 
water,  about  a  cable's  length  without  it)  until  you  are  abreast  of  the  east 
point  of  Whale  island  :  then  to  avoid  the  middle  rock,  on  which  is  only  I) 
feet,  and  which  lies  nearly  in  the  middle  between  the  east  point  of  Whale 
island  and  the  said  black  point  of  Henley  island,  you  must  haul  over  either 
close  to  the  little  black  rock,  lying  ofl'  the  said  point  of  Henley  island,  or 
else  borrow  on  the  Whale  island,  but  not  too  near  it,  it  being  flat  a  little 
way  ofl" ;  when  you  are  so  far  in  as  to  open  the  narrow  passage  into  Tem- 
ple bay,  in  order  to  sail  up  into  Pitt's  harbour,  haul  to  the  westward,  un- 
til you  bring  the  outer  point  of  Castle  island  a  little  open  with  Whale  isl- 
and ;  that  mark  will  lead  you  up  into  Pitt's  harbour,  which  is  large  and  spa- 
cious, with  a  good  bottom  in  every  part  of  it,  and  covered  from  all  winds  ; 
you  lie  in  10  or  14  fathoms  ;  here  are  excellent  conveniences  for  the 
lishery,  and  plenty  of  timber  at  hand  ;  formerly  ships  from  France  car- 
ried on  a  most  valuable  fishery  at  this  place  for  whale,  cod  and  seals. 
There  is  a  good  though  narrow  passage  into  the  northward  of  Henley  isl- 
and, through  which  you  carry  3 J  fathoms  water  ;  1  mile  to  the  eastward 
of  Henley  islands  lie  Seal  islands,  from  them  to  Duck  island  is  3^  miles  ; 
between  Seal  islands  and  Duck  island  is  Bad  bay,  which  is  open  to  the 
easterly  winds,  and  full  of  rocks,  some  above  and  some  under  water. 

Crossing  the  streights  from  Quirpon  to  Chateaux,  you  will  meet  with 
irregular  soundings,  from  20  to  30  fathoms  on  the  Newfoundland  side,  and 
in  places  near  the  shore  you  will  have  30  to  40  fathoms  :  in  the  middle  of 
the  streights  in  the  stream  of  Belle-isle,  is  from  20  to  30  fathoms,  and  be- 
tween that  and  Chateaux  bay  from  45  to  80  fathoms  ;  within  a  mile  of  the 
coast  of  Labrador,  to  the  westward  of  Chateaux  bay,  you  will  have  26, 
30,  and  35  fathoms  ;  further  up  the  streights,  as  far  as  Cape  Norman  and 
Green  island,  you  will  have  40  and  45  fathoms  in  the  middle,  less  towards 
Newfoundland,  and  more  towards  the  cojist  of  Labrador. 

About  V  miles  to  the  eastward  of  Seal  islands,  is  St.  Peter's  islands,  a 
parcel  of  small  barren  rocks  ;  within  them  is  St.  Peter's  bay,  which  is  a 
good  bay,  open  only  to  the  S.  E.  winds. 

Cape  Charles  makes  with  a  high  steep  towards  the  sea,  and  sloping  in- 
land, so  that  when  you  are  to  the  westward  of  Chateaux,  Cape  Charles 
will  make  like  an  island. 

Frmn  St.  Petsr's  islands  to  Cape  Charles  island,  the  course  is  N.  E.  ^ 
N.  distance  oear  4  leagues  ;  between  them  lies  Niger  sound,  which  is  an 


inlet  2  I 
the  nor 
the  cou 
thorns  \\ 
From 
the  Car 
northeri 
miles  ;  1 
harbour 
ly  3  fatli 
a  small  i 
westwar 
anchor  f 
the  savai 
call  Ikkc 
Betwc 
which  ai 
From 
shore,  ai 
within  th 
small  C01 
very  nan 
From 
bayt'  the 
head  to  t 
bay  runs 
bottom  o 
point  of : 
till  very 
broad,  th 
the  narr( 
harbour 
broad,  w 
lie  entire 
Point  Sp 
bay  and 
of  Petty 
Spear 
harbour ; 
two  islant 
the  2  isla 
thoms  alo 
ands,  stci 
where  is 
islands  ; 
the  south 
island  wil 
within  th( 

From 
W.  N.  W 
lying  wit! 
bold  too, 
E.  head  o 
together, 


10  Edit. 


Bluiifs  Aniericjin  CoaHt  Pilot. 


5rt 


1 

a 


inlet  2  lciigiu>s  docii,  before  wiiirh  Vim  aevcnil  iMliitulif.  You  mny  pn.ss  to 
the  northward  or  Httuthwnrd  of  nny  of  thoHC  islands  into  the  Hoiind  ; 
the  courite  in,  is  N.  W.  the  best  iinciiomge  in  on  the  north  hide,  in  <J  (u- 
thorns  v\ liter. 

From  Cape  Cluirles  to  the  Battle  ishuids  (which  arc  the  outermost  of 
the  Caribou  iMhuids)  the  course  is  N.  by  K.  ^  E.  4  miles,  and  from  the 
northernmost  of  the  Battle  islands  to  Point  Lewis,  is  N.  N.  W.  ^  VV.  6 
miles  ;  between  the  Battl  >  islands  and  the  great  Caribou  island  is  a  good 
harbour  for  small  vessels  ;  the  south  entrance  is  very  narrow,  and  has  on- 
ly 3  fathoms  water  ;  this  entrance  is  not  easily  distinguished,  by  reason  of 
a  small  island  before  it  ;  the  north  entrance  is  much  wider,  passing  to  the 
westward  of  the  three  small  northernmost  of  the  Battle  islands  ;  you  may 
unchor  from  5  to  10  futhoms  water.  This  place  is  much  resorted  to  by 
the  savages,  and  is  by  them  named  Ca-tuc-to  ;  and  Cape  Charles  they 
call  Ikkegauchcacteuc. 

Between  the  Caribou  islands  and  Cape  Lewis,  Mes  St.  Lewis'  bay,  in 
which  are  many  islands  and  inlets  which  have  not  yet  been  examined. 

From  the  north  part  of  Cape  Lewis,  at  a  quarter  of  a  mile  from  the 
shore,  arc  two  flat  rocks,  and  also  several  sunken  rocks,  all  which  are 
within  that  distance  from  the  shore  ;  round  this  point  is  the  entrance  of  n 
small  cove,  running  in  S.  S.  W.^  a  mile,  named  Ueep-water  creek,  but 
very  narrow,  and  has  from  20  to  40  fathoms  water  in  it. 

From  the  north  part  of  Point  Lewis  to  the  south  head  of  Petty  harbour 
bayf'the  course  is  north  1^  mile  ;  it  ii^  n  high  bold  shore  ;  from  the  south 
head  to  the  orth  head  of  this  bay,  the  course  is  N.  i  E.  1^  mile  ;  this 
bay  runs  up  W.  N.  W.  1  mile  ;  in  it  is  20  to  40  fathoms  water.  At  the 
bottom  of  it  is  Petty  harbour  ;  the  entrance  is  to  the  northward  of  a  low 
point  of  land  which  shuts  the  harbour  in  from  the  sea,  so  as  not  to  be  seen 
till  very  near  it ;  the  entrance  is  very  narrow,  it  is  not  above  60  fathoms 
broad,  there  is  5  fathoms  in  the  middle  and  3  fathoms  close  to  the  sides  ; 
the  narrow  part  is  but  short,  and  after  you  are  within  the  entrance  the 
harbour  becomes  wider,  running  up  W.  by  N.  1 J  mile,  and  ^  of  a  mile 
broad,  wherein  ships  may  anchor  in  any  part,  from  12  to  7  fathoms,  and 
lie  entirely  land-locked.  From  the  north  head  of  Petty  harbour  bay  to 
Point  Spear,  the  course  is  N.  ^  E.  2\  miles  ;  between  them  is  Barren 
bay  and  Spear  harbour  ;  Barren  bay  is  to  the  northward  of  the  north  head 
of  Petty  harbour  bay,  in  it  is  no  shelter. 

Spear  harbour  is  to  the  southward  of  Spear  point :  this  is  a  very  good 
harbour  ;  coming  from  the  northward,  about  Point  Spear,  you  will  open 
two  islands  in  the  bottom  of  a  small  bay  ;  the  best  passage  in,  is  between 
the  2  islands,  and  to  keep  the  north  island  close  on  board  ;  there  is  4  fa- 
thoms along  side  of  it ;  after  you  are  half  a  cable's  length  within  the  isl- 
ands, steer  fqr  the  middle  of  the  harbour,  and  anchor  in  7  or  8  fathoms, 
where  is  good  room  to  moor  ;  small  vessels  may  go  on  either  side  of  the 
islands  ;  there  is  2  fathoms  at  low  water  ;  but  observe,  in  coming  from 
the  southward  you  will  only  distinguish  one  island,  for  the  northernmost 
island  will  be  shut  in  under  the  land  so  as  not  to  be  discerned  till  you  get 
within  the  heads^ 

From  Point  Spear  to  the  entrance  of  the  Three  harbours  the  course  is 
W.  N.  W. ;  about  3  miles  between  them  are  several  small  high  islands 
lying  within  half  a  mile  of  the  shore,  called  Spear  islands  ;  they  are  all 
bold  too,  and  ♦here  is  20  fathoms  within  them  :  N.  N.  E.  \  E.  from  the  S. 
E.  head  of  the  entrance  of  the  Three  harbours,  lies  2  small  islands  close 
together,  called  Double  island,  aVout  as  high  as  they  are  broad,  and  about 


Titf 


Hlunl\  AiiK  I  icjui  (/OJirt^  l*iIol. 


lOKdiU 


half  a  nililf'rt  toiiKtli  to  tin*  p.-iHtWiiriJ  of  (li<is<*  isluiui.H  art'  'J  Minkoii  nx-kri, 
on  nhii  li  lli(!  H(>a  hrcakH  in  liad  ucalliti-.  Noail)  in  (lie  niitlillc  of  tlic 
rnliMnce  of  tlu>  Throe  harhours  li<^  ^  JHlandH  cIohc  lt);^«'tlu'r,  (vlnclunoMt* 
ly  appear  as  one  islaiul  by  being  mo  close  together,  iUvy  are  steep  too  : 
f*hip!>  may  \\i\)*»  m  either  side  ol'  th<;ui  in  1'^  and  11  t'athoniH,  and  anchor 
within  thent,  iii  (^iicen  road,  in  Ki  tathornM  ;  by  the  S.  K.  cMid  of  the  isl- 
andH  is  the  widest  pas-iajjic,  and  ro'>rii  lor  nhips  to  work  in  or  out. 

I'hc  tirst  and  .soul lie rnniost  harbour  within  (|iieen  road  \h  Sophia  har- 
bour ;  it  runs  up  S.  hy  K.  1^  mile,  and  has  from  15  to  10  fathoms  water 
foi  th  it  distance  ;  then  it  tends  away  round  a  low  point  to  the  eastward, 
Hnd  becomes  a  mile  broad  liul  thence  is  very  shoal  water,  und  only  til 
for  small  vessels. 

Port  '^harlotte  is  the  middle  harbour,  and  a  very  good  one  for  any 
ships  ;  there  is  a  low  tlat  i  huul  m  the  starboard  side  of  the  entrance,  anil 
from  this  island  ru*-  a  reei"  of  rocks  a  third  of  the  channcd  over  to  the 
«outh  side  ;  to  avo^.*  '.  Ha'*'  kc^ep  the  south  side  nenrest  on  board,  for  it 
is  steep  toe,  having  .  iho  ji;  close  to  the  shore,  therefore  keep  the  south 
Hide  nearest  until  you  are  a  i,  .•••ter  of  a  mile  within  the  entrance,  then 
you  may  anchor  in  any  part  of  liie  harbour  between  12  and  17  fathoms, 
only  giving  the  starboard  side  a  birth  of  half  a  cable's  length,  to  avoid  u 
small  reef  that  lies  along  that  side. 

Mecklinburg  harbour  is  the  northernmost  of  the  3,  a^^d  Mcs  up  N. 
W.  ^  W.  and  VV.  N.  W.  2  miles  ;  in  the  lower  part  of  this  harbour  is  20  fa- 
thoms, but  in  the  upper  part  is  no  more  than  12  fathoms  room  for  ships 
to  moor ;  to  sail  up  to  the  head,  keep  tlie  larboard  side  nearest,  to  avoid 
the  ledge  of  rocks  that  lie  along  the.  starboard  sitle,  about  30  fathoms  from 
the  shore.  These  rocks  lie  within  the  narrowest  part  of  the  harbour, 
and  above  the  low  point  on  the  starboard  side  ;  the  best  anchorage  is  at 
the  head  of  tlie  harl)our. 

From  the  islaruis  at  the  entrance  of  tiie  Three  harbours  to  Cape  St. 
Trancis,  the  course  is  N.  J  E.  about  5  miles  ;  between  them  is  the  en- 
trance into  St.  Francis  or  Alexis  river,  between  2  low  points  about  a  nlile 
across  ;  this  river  runs  up  about  10  leagues,  wiiere  the  water  is  fresh, 
and  a  very  strong  tide  ;  In  it  are  many  bays,  harbours  and  islands  ;  the 
first  part  of  this  river  runs  up  W.  N.  W.  3  miles  and  a  half.  There  are 
4  islands  within  the  entrance,  2  of  which  are  on  the  larboard  side,  and 
further  up,  2  on  the  starboard  side  ;  the  oulerinost  island  on  the  larboard 
side,  which  is  about  a  mile  within  the  entrance,  is  a  high  round  island  in 
the  shape  of  a  sugar-loaf,  with  the  top  part  cut  ofl',  and  is  a  very  good 
mark  to  sail  in  by  ;  there  is  a  ledge  of  rocks  about  half  a  cable's  length 
from  the  S.  E.  point  of  the  entrance ;  and  E.  S.  E.  half  a  mile  from  the 
said  point,  there  is  a  flat  rock,  always  above  water,  with  a  ledge  of  sunken 
rocks  half  a  cable's  length  to  tlie  N.  E.  froni  it,  and  half  a  mile  without  this 
flat  rock,  on  the  same  line  with  the  point  there  is  another  flat  island  with  a 
Iedg.3  of  sunken  rocks  a  cable's  length  to  the  N.  E.  from  it.  In  sailing 
into  this  river,  to  avoid  these  ledges,  keep  to  the  northward  of  the  flat 
islands,  till  you  bring  the  Sugar-loaf  island,  which  is  within  the  river,  a 
third  of  the  channel  over  from  the  S.  E.  point :  that  m^rk  will  keep  you 
clear  of  the  ledges,  and  to  the  northward  of  them  you  may  either  sail  or 
work  in,  taking  care  not  to  shut  the  Sugar-loaf  island  in  with  the  N.  W. 
point  and  bripg  it  no  nearer  the  S.  E.  point  than  a  third  of  the  breadth 
of  the  channel ;  after  being  within  the  points,  there  is  no  danger  but  what 
is  to<he  seen  ;  there  is  anchorage  within  the  two  islands,  on  the  I^rboiyd 
side,  in  12^Suad  14  fathoms,  hut  you  wiJUay  open  to  the  N.E.  the  bestplac? 


10  E 

to  nnr 

"n  the 

into  it 

the  h« 

«:horag 

rourse 

great  n 

in  no  di 

board, 

»ige  all  I 

of  the  ; 

or  souti 

north  SI 

covered 

bar,  on 

that  bni 

known  ; 

One 
called   H 
there  ar 
point  fro 
runs  in  i 
at  the  e 
fathoms  •> 
To  th« 
let  whici 
into  St.  h 
''ontinuo! 
broad, wi 
danger  in 
of  Leg  is 
within  th 
hours,  wi 
island  the 
is  from  6( 
Gilbert's 
i  a  mile 
ver  divid< 
.S.  W.  6 
both  thesi 
side,  but 
fathoms  ; 
Cape  St. 
Francis  is 
within  Ha 
round  the 
ter  within 
is  Fishing 
a  mile  to 
tween  the 
N.  W. 
W.  up  the 
room  for 
one  to  the 


DEiillr 


10  Edit. 


Blunt'»  American  Coast  Pilot. 


67 


II  rockH, 
.•  of  tliu 
ell  in«i!<t- 
■op  tot)  ; 
il  iiiiclioi' 
r  lUe  wl- 

phiii  hav 
ii>4  vviitei" 
sastwiirtl, 
i  «>iily  til 

for  any 
ance,  ami 
vr  to  the 
iird,  lor  il 
thr  south 
nee,  then 

rathoins, 
to  avoid  m 

iCB  uj)  N. 
ur  is'^Ofa- 
I  for  ships 
t,  to  av«)i<l 
hon»8  from 
harbour, 
orage  is  at 

Cape   St. 
irt  the    en- 
)out  a  irtile 
r  is  fresh, 
nds  ;  the 
'here  arc 
side,  and 
e  larboard 
id  island  in 
very  good 
e's  length 

from  the 
of  sunken 
ithout  this 
and  with  a 

In  sailing 
of  the  flat 
he  river,  a 
1  keep  you 
her  sail  or 
the  N.  W. 

e  breadth 
jr  but  what 
le  l?irbonrd 

bestplac^ 


to  nnrhor  within  the  Hnit  piirt  of  tho  river,  id  in  Ship^M  hnrbour,  which  it 
on  tho  iHfboard  Hide,  about  'i\  m\\o«  from  thr  entrance,  where  tlic  cournA 
into  it  i»  S.  S.  W.  IJ  mile«i ;  at  the  cntranro  it  is  ^  of  a  mile  broad,  at 
the  head  it  in  broader;  therein  1'^  and  Ift  fathoniH  water,  iuid  good  un- 
f'.horage  in  •security  n^ainAt  all  wintln  ;  at  91  miles  from  the  entrance  the 
course  of  the  river  it  W.  by  S.  7  miles;  in  the  middle  of  it  are  Aevcrul 
^reat  and  Hmall  islands,  sailing  up  along  the  south  side  of  the  iitlanda  there 
IS  no  danger,  and  not  less  than  40  or  6t)  futhomfi  water,  but  on  the  star- 
hoard,  or  north  side  of  the  islands  there  is  much  lesH  water,  and  anchor- 
age all  the  way  nu  in  I'-'  and  17  fathoms.  The  course  up  the  third  part 
of  the  river  is  u .  M.  W.  4  miles  ;  here  is  only  2  islands,  on  the  larboard 
or  south  side  of  which  is  very  good  anchoring  in  12  fathoms;  on  tho 
north  side  is  30  fathoms  water,  the  land  about  here  is  very  high  and  well 
covered  with  \vood  ;  here  the  water  is  fresh,  and  7  miles  further  up  is  a 
bar,  on  which  there  is  not  above  3  feet  nt  low  water,  the  river  above 
that  bar  runs  W.  and  W.  N.  W.  6  miles,  but  the  head  of  it  is  not  yet 
known  ;  by  the  rapid  stream  probably  it  comes  from  great  lakes  afar  off. 

One  mile  to  the  northward  o(  St.  Francis  river,  there  is  a  harbour, 
railed  Merchantmen's  harbour  ;  between  the  river  and  thi  hp-bour 
there  are  2  or  3  sunken  rocks,  lying  a  cable's  length  off  from  U.,i  s  ond 
point  from  the  river  ;  there  is  no  danger  in  sailing  into  this  arbcjr,  it 
runs  in  first  W.  N.  W.  and  then  W.  about  a  mile,  is  2  cables'  length  wide 
at  the  entrance,  and  3  at  the  head  of  it,  where  ships  may  anchor  in  12 
fathoms  water. 

To  the  northward  of  this  harbour,  round  a  small  point,  '"\ere  is  an  in* 
let  which  runs  tip  W.  N.  W.  5  miles,  where  it  turns  to  j  southward 
into  St.  Francis  river  ;  it  is  about  !^  of  a  mile  broad  at  the  entrance,  and 
continues  the  same  breadth  about  2  miles  up,  and  then  becomes  very 
broad,  with  an  island  in  the  middle,  shaped  not  unlike  a  leg ;  there  is  no 
danger  in  this  inlet  but  what  appears  above  water  ;  along  the  south  side 
of  Leg  island  there  is  anchorage  in  12  and  13  fathoms.  At  about  3^  miles 
within  the  entrance,  the  lower  part  of  Leg  island  forms  3  very  good  har- 
bours, with  7  and  12  fathoms  water  in  them  ;  on  the  north  side  of  Leg 
island  there  is  a  large  space,  about  a  mile  broad,  and  2  miles  long ;  in  it 
is  from  60  to  80  fathoms  water,  from  which  to' the  N.  W.  is  a  passage  into 
Gilbert's  river,  which  runs  from  thence  W.  N.  W.  6  miles,  and  is  about 
i  a  mile  broad,  and  from  50  to  GO  fathoms  water  in  it ;  then  Gilbert's  ri- 
ver divides  into  2  brunches,  one  te  the  W.  N.  W.  7  or  8  miles,  the  other  S. 
S.  W.  6  miles,  the  head  of  which  is  within  a  mile  of  St.  Francis  river ; 
both  these  branches  arc  full  of  small  isls^ids,  rocks  and  shoals  on  each 
side,  but  in  the  middle  is  good  anchorage  all  the  way  up,  from  10  to  ^0 
fathoms  ;  this  river  has  also  a  passage  out  to  the  sea  to  the  northward  of 
Cape  St.  Francis,  between  Hare  island  and  Fishing  islands  ;  from  St. 
Francis  island  to  the  north  end  of  Hare  island,  is  W.  N.  W.  2^  miles  ; 
within  Hare  island  there  is  a  small  harbour  ;  to  sail  into  it  you  must  pass 
round  the  North  end  of  Hare  island  ;  there  is  from  1 2  to  5  fathoms  wa- 
ter wit^n  this  harbour,  and  no  shoals  in  it ;  but  the  harbour  hereaboats 
is  Fishmg  ship  harbour,  which  is  formed  by  3  islands,  lying  along  shore 
a  mile  to  the  northward  of  Hare  island  ;  the  best  passage  into  it  is  be- 
tween the  2  westernmost  islands,  which  entrance  bears  from  Hare  island 
N.  W.  There  is  no  danger  in  this  passage  :  ships  mn\'  sail  r%ht  in  N. 
W.  up  the  head  of  the  harbour,  and  anchor  in  12  fathoms  ;  there  is  good 
room  for  any  ships  to  moor  ;  there  afe  2  other  passages  to  this  harbour, 
one  to  the  westward  from  the  entrance  of  Gilbert*s  river,,  t^eotb^r-lo  the 

8  ■iftlk«: 


n 


M 


BliintV  Amrricnn  Const  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


10  Edi 


cattwnrd,  pniiting  to  thu  northwnrd  of  nil  tliv  Fiflhing  iHlamU,  And  ItatU  7 
futhoim  through,  hut  tkiH  is  a  very  narrow  unH^ni^e,  ami  ditHrult  fftrthoiic 
not  iic()iiiiiiiti;d.  From  th«*  northcrninoMt  FmhinK  ("land  to  Ciipr  St.  Mi- 
ch:u>l,  tho  rout'xc  iK  N.  I>y  W.  |  W.  ilintauct;  ()  uiiU;<i  :  thin  pari  of  lh« 
codHt  IN  hold  too,  and  vtM'^  hi^h  land. 

Two  iniloH  to  the  noathward  of  Ciipi*  St.  Michnol,  lion  Orrasional  hur- 
hour,  which  may  be  ca<*ily  known  by  'i  larKc  rorkit,  callod  Twin  rorkit, 
which  li«'  about  two  thirds  of  a  mil*!  without  the  entnuici*  ,  they  \\v  c\o*c 
top;«'lht'r  ;  thipn  niay  \m*n  on  oillifr  nidfl  of  thi«tn  ;  the  entrance  to  thin 
harbour  \n  between  '2  high  lands,  and  run'4  up  S.  W.  about  '2  milcN,  then 
W,  N.  W.  TlM>re  in  no  dantfcr  in  thiH  harbour,  bqth  nideH  beuix  t»tcep 
too  ;  and  about  2  miles  up  tlioro  in  ^uud  anchor:i<{e  in  7  and  10  fatlionia  ; 
the  wind«  between  the  high  land  at  liie  entrance  alwayn  neta  right  int(  thtr 
harbour,  or  right  out. 

From  Cape  St.  Michael  (o  Cape  Blufl",  the  course  in  N.  by  W.  4 
leugueH  ;  thoHe  2  rape»»  lorm  the  groat  bay  of  St.  Michael,  which  con- 
tains a  great  number  of  islands,  inlets,  ri>er.«,  iic.  which  are  not  yet 
known.  Cape  lllufr  is  a  \mi,h  liiutl'  land,  and  may  be  tteen  Ui  iu*  lt> 
leagued  ;  thr;  best  place  yet  known  for  large  nhips  to  anchor  within  St. 
Michaerx  bay,  is  on  the  »outh  aide,  that  is  firat  keep  Cape  St.  Michael 
ahore  on  board,  then  keep  along  the  aouth  aide  of  the  first  island  you 
meet  with,  which  is  called  Long  island,  till  you  come  nc:tr  as  far  as  the 
went  end  of  it,  and  there  anchor  from  12  to  20  fathoma,  you  will  there 
lie  land-locked,  and  may  work  out  again  to  sea  on  either  aide  of  Long  isl- 
and. At  the  entrance  of  this  bay  is  a  large  aquiirc  ialund»  within  which 
are  many  small  islands,  which  form  several  harbours. 

The  land  from  Cape  Bluff  to  the  northward  lies  N .  N.  E.  5  or  6lcagues, 
and  makes  in  several  high  joints. 


Description  of  part  of  the  Coast  of  Labrador,  from  Grand 
Point  of  Great  Mccatina  to  Shecatica. 

[N.  B.  All  DearingB  ami  Courtei  hereafter  mentionerl,  are  the  true  Bearings  and  Covries, 

and  not  by  Compasi.J 

Courstft  and  distances  from  island  to  island  along  the  coast,  between  Grand 
Point  and  Shecatica,  "which  courses  carry  you  without  all  other  islands 
and  rocks. 

worn  Grand  Point  to  outer  rocks  ofl'  the  islands  of  Entrance,  tlie  course  is  S.  E.  by  E. 
i  £.  2|  miles. 

From  the  outer  rocks  of  the  islands  of  Entrance,  to  the  Murr  rocks,  the  course  is  E. 
by  S.  j^  C.  3|  miles. 

From  Murr  rocks  to  Flat  islnnri,  the  course  is  iV.  E.  ^  E.   distance  5  miles. 

From  Flat  island  to  Treble  hill  island,  the  course  is  N.  by  E.  5|  miles. 

From  Treble  hill  island  to  Fox  islands  (which  are  a  cluster  ot  islands,  lying  S.  S.  E.  ^ 
E.  from  Ragle  harbour)  the  course  is  N.  |  E.  3  leagues.  ^ 

From  Fu;i  islands  to  the  rocks  off  the  entrance  of  the  port  of  St.  Augustine,  called  St. 
Aiigiis'ine's chain,  the  rourse  is  N.,E.  by  E.  5  leagues. 

'  From  the  rocks  called  St.  Auglistine's  chain  to  Shag  island,  the  course  is  N.£.  J^  E.  2j| 
leagues. 

From  St.  Augustine's  chain  to  the  rocks  without  Shag  island,  called  Shag  rocks,  the 
course  j8  H  K.  by  E.  distance!  3  leagues. 

From  the  Shag  rocks  to  the  rocks  off  the  vast  end  of  the  island  of  Shecatica,  ttae  course 
is  ^f.  E.  }  E.  3^  leagues. 


Couriei 


From  III 
N.  W.  hy 

From  III 
the  ci)ur»«i 

Fititii  till 
mile. 

From  111 

4   E.   I    llM^ 

without  (ii 
From  (m 

course  ii  N 
Fruui  ',.H 
Fruiii  Lit 
From  Du 

E.  i  F..  14 
Fidiii  Ki) 

league. 
From   IU 

leaving  nil 
From  l,n 
From  Lu 
From  U(i( 

The  Oi 

und  is  tlu 
main.  T 
to  a  mode 
unds  and  r 
is  a  small 
point.  T 
the  outerii 
Grand  poi 

From  0 
are  the  so 
most  Muri 
a  mile.  1 
of  a  niodei 
S.  E.  of  tl 
are  above 
Murr  islan 
rally  breal 

From  ]VI 
The  land  ( 
entrance  li 
You  may  s 
ern  passagi 
in  the  entr 
and  safe  i'o 
at  low  wal 
avoid  2  sur 
The  north 
and  the  sou 
Vessels  nu 
Seal  rocks, 

The  har 
islands,  aui 


)  Edit. 

A  hath  7 

'(ftr  Ihcmc 

St.  Mi- 

t  uf  th«> 

)iuil  liar* 
n  ror.k»«. 
li«'  c\o*c 
e  to  thiK 
lt>H,  thvn 
xuji,  »tcep 
fathoms  ; 
t  iiiti>  thtt 

by  W.  4 
hich  con- 
»  not  yet 
Ih  (tf-  10 
rvithin  St. 
.  Mirhaol 
ishiiul  you 
far  n»  the 
will  thore 

Long  isl- 
\\m  whicli 

6  leagues, 


Grand 

nd  Coynes, 

ten  Grand 
ter  islands 

S.  E.  by  E. 
courie  is  E. 

ig  S.  S.  E.  i 
e,^a)led  St. 
r.  £.  ii  E.  H 
g  rocksi  the 
,,  the  course 


10  Edit. 


Blunt*s  American  Cotkni  Pilot. 


0% 


Courtet  find  iHttaneen  along  shore,   pasting  tvitkin  the  Great   Island  of 

Mteaiina. 

Frflin  ll)«  niitnr  rocks  off  ih*  IslniiiH  of  Kiitiaiica  (o  lh«  {Uy  dc  Potta^i,  ihi  count  || 
N.  W.  by  N.4  W.  4  inilitt.  9 

From  Iha  outar  rock*  olf  lit*  liUiidi  of  Fiitranca  to  outt<  point  uf  Mncaiiim  liland, 
ih«  cour»a  it  IN.  by  W.  ^  W.  4  niilt*. 

Kioiii  ihe  oular  poliM  uf  Macntiiia  lilniid  to  (lull  liluiiJ,  tha  couria  U  N.  F..  by  F.  | 
mile. 

From  Uull  Island  to  CUaan  island,  ut  Ilia  unlrauco  oi  Had  bayttlia  course  Is  N.  N.K. 
A  E.  I  lt<agu«.  Tbiscuuisa  will  carry  you  claar  oi'  tha  Shug  rocks,  as  Car  us  yuu  pasa 
without  (iull  island. 

From  (iull  Isinnd  to  La  Houla  rock,  oA'  the  N.  W.  and  nf  Oiaat  Mccaiinu  island,  tha 
course  is  N,  K    by  N.  ^  K.  4  milss. 

Fruu)  S.N  B<K(la  rovk  lo  (irnau  Islxnd   tli«  coursa  is  W.  by  9.  A  a  laa^ua. 

From  Ln  Boule  rock  to  Duck  iKlaml,  thit  cuuitit  Is  N.  N.  W.  |  W.  1  k<agua. 

From  Duck  island  to  Houitd  iaUnd,  ut  the  ontiunce  uf  Ha  Ila  bay,  tbu  cuursa  is  N.  by 
E.  \  K.  U  '»''«'• 

Fiuiii  Kound  island  Into  the  Irttrbuur  of  Little  fish,  the  course  is  S.  W.  by  VV.  \  W.  k 
laaKua. 

From  Knund  island  into  thn  bay  of  Hh  IIo,  the  course  is  N.  N.  E.  d  E.  ^  Isagua. 
Ivaving  hU  islands  on  tha  si  uboiint  side.  H 

From  La  Uoiile  rock  to  Luoii  islrtn(i>,  the  cuursa  is  N.  \  K.  1  league. 

Fioin  Lu  Uoule  inck  to  (ionse  iilund,  iIih  course  is  N.  V,.  6^  miles. 

From  Uoosp  islands  tu  1-ux  inland*,  tho  course  is  N.  E.  by  N.  2  Ivugues. 

The  (JrnntI  Point  of  Groat  Mecutina  lies  in  the  httitude  of  SO*  41'  N. 
und  is  the  extreme  point  of  a  promontory  whioli  stretches  oiT  from  the 
main.  The  exlrentt;  of  tltis  point  is  low  :  from  thence  it  rises  Kraduulhr 
to  it  moderate  heif^ht,  and  may  be  easily  known  from  several  adjacent  isT* 
ands  and  rockt,  which  lie  oil* S.  E.  hy  K.  \  E.  from  it ;  the  nearest  of  which 
is  a  small  low  rock,  und  is  within  one  third  of  a  cable's  length  from  the 
point.  Two  of  these  islands  are  much  larger  and  higher  than  the  others  ; 
the  outermost  are  small  low  rocky  islands,  and  lie  2^  miles  from  the 
Grand  point. 

From  Grand  point,  E.  by  S.  b\  miles,  lie  the  two  Murr  islands,  which 
are  the  southernmost  islands  on  this  part  of  the  coast.  The  northern* 
most  Murr  island,  lies  from  the  other  N.  N.  W.  \  W.  about  a  quarter  of 
a  mile.  These  islands  are  Very  remarkable,  being  two  flat  barren  rocks, 
of  a  nioderate  height,  and  steep  cliffs  all  round.  About  half  a  mile  to  tKe 
S.  E.  of  the  touthcrmnost  Murr  island,  lie  the  two  Murr  rocks,  which 
are  above  water.  And  E.  N.  E.  ^  E.  \\  mile  from  the  southernmost 
Murr  island,  lies  a  ledge  of  rocks  under  water,  on  which  the  sua  gene- 
rally breaks. 

From  Murr  islands  N.  W.  by  VV.  2  leagues,  lies  the  Bay  de  Portage. 
The  land  over  this  bay  makes  in  a  valley,  each  side  being  liigh  ;  at  the 
cntr;«nce  lies  an  island  of  a  moderate  height,  which  forms  the  harbour. 
You  may  sail  into  this  harbour  on  either  side  of  the  island,  but  the  east- 
ern passage  is  only  fit  for  small  vessel  there  being  only  2  fathoms  water 
in  the  entrance  at  low  water.  The  western  passage  is  sufficiently  large 
and  safe  fur  any  vessel  to  turn  in,  there  being  in  it  from  6  to  8  mthoms 
at  low  water.  Large  vessels  bound  for  this  harbour  must  be  careful  to 
avoid  2  sunken  rocks,  on  which  there  is  2}  fathoms  water  at  low  water. 
The  northernmost  of  these  rocks  lies  from  Mutton  island,  S.  by  E.  1^  mile> 
and  the  southernmost  lies  from  the  Seal  rocks,  N.  by  E.  \  E.  half  a  mile. 
Vessels  may  borrow  within  one  cable's  length  of  Mutton  island,  or 
Seal  rocks. 

The  harbour  of  Great  Mecatina  lies  N.  W.  i  W.  2  leagues  from  Murr 
islands,  uud  N.  by  £.  2^  miles  from  Grand  point.     T||i|ie  barbgur  is  form* 


60 


RluntV  America tiCoAht  Pilof. 


10  R<Ii(. 


•d  by  MrTMtinii  iiliiiMl  uud  Ihu  iiiaui,  im<l  m  u  itU*',  hut  Miutil  hurbuiir,  yrt 
will  uiltnit  «hi|i*  uC  iMirtheti,  then'  Iumiik  not  Ii'mn  (hnii  M  rutlioitta  Mnti>r  ii» 
•itlxT  iiaiiNHKr  III  low  wiiiiT  ;  but  tltcv  niunt  moor  hfinl  iui<t  Nii>rn,  not  bt*- 
iiiK  !•>«»»  t*>  niocM'  othvrwiM*.  'I'o  xtul  uitu  tlim  liurlMtur  lliiuuKh  (In*  wviit* 
«m  iMMnagc,  tli«*r«'  in  not  th«>  l<'it«l  ilnriKcr.  To  i^iul  m  through  ihv  vimI* 
rrn  |>uHi«n|^i!,  obitcrvi!  th«<  i'ollowiiiK  <bi)-<-tiuim  :  (rotn  thr  «>iiNti>rii  point  of 
tb<*  ixliinU,  run  N.  N.  W.  lor  lb<>  uuu\,  iiiul  kc(<|t  tli<>  m.iiii  i  1ohi>  on  bourij, 
till  vou  briiiK  tin*  wi>»t«'i'n  poiiit  of  lli«>  isLinil  on  with  th«'  point  of  Dmd 
covo  (lhi>  in  n  muiill  cuvc  on  the  nitiin,  which  lii>«  open  tu  th<>  I'liHtwiirci  ; 
\\w  lund  which  I'ovux*  it  in  vcrv  low,  with  moiiu'  liruHh  wooil  ttii  it  j  iiiui  4iul 
in  thnt  dirrrtion  till  ytm  iiri*  iihovr  u  nUmy  piunt,  whicli  iitlu*  nortli  point 
of  thi!  Huiti  cov<>,  or  till  you  brinir  the  north  point  of  (iull  iwl.iud  (which 
ig  H  uniall  iMiiintI  lyin^  N.  V..  by  K.  1  niil<>  tVoni  Mi'ciitinii  iilnud)  on  with 
the  N.  K.  point  of  IVIrcatina  iHtand,  y«Hi  will  thon  be  witliin  u  Mpit  of  ruc.kH, 
which  Btrotclu'H  ntV  from  Mrcatina  itlantl,  aiui  must  then  haul  directly 
ovor  for  IVIrcatinu  iMiimd,  in  order  to  avoid  n  UmIku  which  Ntri'lchi>» 
off  from  tht!  !*outh  |M)int  of  I)«!ad  cove,  aiitl  may  anchor,  wlu-n  y<Mi  bring 
the  wONtcrn  ua«ixaK<>  opcu,  in  (>  or  7  fathoniH  \vatcr  in  ^rcat  >«ati>ty.  Voh- 
MeU  cumiiiK  from  tli«  vntttward,  and  bound  for  the  harbour  of  Mrcatinii. 
and  would  paMN  to  the  northward  <d'  (.iull  island,  mmtt  be  careful  either  to 
kecpCiull  inland  or  the  maincluiie  un  boani,  in  order  to  avoid  a  Niinken 
ruck  that  licH  near  half  way  between  (iull  island  and  the  mam,  on  one 
part  of  which  there  in  not  above  '.i  feet  water  at  low  water. 

The  highest  part  of  the  land  between  (irand  point  and  Ha  Ha  hny,  it 
directly  over  the  harbour  of  Meratina. 

The  srcat  island  uf  Mecatina  lies  three  miles  from  the  main,  and  ih  in 
length,  from  north  to  uouth,  3}  miles,  and  in  breadth,  from  east  to  woflt. 
3  mileti  ;  is  high  land,  but  much  hiKher  in  the  middle  than  either  end. 
The  v.  K.  point  of  thia  island  makes  in  a  remarkable  blufl'  head,  which 
if  in  latitude  hO"  dti'  N.  Round  this  head,  to  the  northward,  and  within 
a  cluHtcr  of  small  islands  (on  either  side  of  which  in  a  good  paHsa)i;e)  lie>> 
a  cove,  which  runs  in  S.  by  W.  ^  W.  about  1^  mile  from  the  said  islands  t 
vessels  may  anchor  in  thist  cove,  in  great  safety,  from  14  to  20  fathoms 
water,  good  ground.     Here  is  wood  and  water  to  be  had. 

The  great  island  of  Mecatina  heint^the  most  remarkable  land  about  thin 
part  of  the  coast  from  whence  vessels  may  best  shape  a  course  for  other 
places,  I  will  here  give  the  bearings  and  distances  of  the  most  remarkable 
points,  head  lands,  rocks  and  harbours  from  it.  , 

Courses  and  distances  from  Great  island  of  Mecatina  to  other  places. 

From  the  Round  head  of  the  Qieat  iiland  of  Mecatinn  to  Mecatina  island,  the  cour!i- 
ii  Yf.  by  S.  }  W.  Sli  miles. 

From  Kound  head  to  the  outer  rucka  oflf  the  islands  of  Entrance,  Uie  course  is  S.  S.  W. 
I  W.  5  miles. 

From  Round  head  to  Murr  islands,  the  course  is  S.  ^  E.  5  miles  nearly. 

From  the  Blufl'  head  of  the  Graat  island  of  MecaUna  to  Flat  island,  the  course  ia  S. 
E.  by  S.  5  miles. 

From  Rluff  head  to  Loon  islands,  the  courae  is  N.  by  W.  ^  W.  4  miles. 

From  Bluff  bead  to  Hound  island,  at  the  entrance  of  lla  l-ia  bay,  thecnur.sc  isN.  W. 
by  N.  i  \y.  6|  miles.  This  course  leaves  Loon  islands  on  the  starboard  side,  and  Ducl^ 
island  on  the  larboard  side. 

From  Bluff  bead  to  Treble  hill  island,  the  course  is  E.  N.  E.  |  E.  3j  miles. 

From  Bluff  head  to  Double  hill  island,  the  course  is  N.  5^  miles. 

FroAi  Biuff  bead  to  Goose  islands,  the  course  is  N.  by  E.  |  E.  5^  miles. 

From  Bluff  head  to  the  Foxialands.  the  course  is  N.  N.  £.j|  E.  11  miles. 

From'Bluff  head  to  St.  A(%a8tine*8  chain,-the  course  is  N.  £.35  miles. 

JF'roni>Bluff  head  to  Shag  island,  the  coursH  is  N.  E.  10^  leagues. 

^roni'BIuC  head  tu  Slicatica,  tl^a  coursa  ia  N.  E.  i  E.  13i  leagues. 


10  Edit. 

Thu  bar 

I'ormed  by 
ttn  Aithrr  ai 
bay  to  the  i 
always  to  b 
Wood  iNlaii 
water.      V( 
H  fathoms  w 
is  both  wool 
into  thiH  hai 
where  then 
Hetweeii 
able  high  n 
mark  tor  kn 
The  bay 
lu  the  mouti 
ages,  iiut  till 
islundrt  on  th 
no  danger   b 
miles,  at  th< 
within  theHi 
from  9  tu  'i( 
the  eastern  t 
on  the  wcstt 
of  the  west  i 
half  u  mile,  i 
have  12fnth( 
either  side  o 
After  you  I 
sight  of  the 
hid  from  you 
so  numei'wus. 
guished  us  isl 
Amongst  tl 
of  the  best  ai 
Eagle  harb 
cluster  of  islii 
This  hurhoui 
curity,  havin/ 
to  be  distingi 
course  as  bef 
ands,  which  Ii 
i  £.  1^  mile, 
to  the  castwai 
vast  number, 
must  iirst  ste< 
you  will  obse 
which  to  the  i 
hour,  where  \ 
em  passage  ii 
sets,  being  a 
coast  is  very  < 
reason  of  the, 
der  water. 


10  FAii. 


Bluiit'it  American  Coottt  Pilot. 


61 


iumf 

b.  \v. 

lis  S. 


W. 

)ucW 


Tilt)  harbour  of  Little  ri«h  \\v»  in  PMt  uihI  woitt,  ii  hut  1011111,  nnJ  U 
forni«'«l  hy  nu  ialuiul  t-ovorfd  with  wood.  You  muy  «ail  into  tbia  bai*l»our 
ttii  nitbcr  •iilc  of  tbr  ulaini,  but  to  tb«'  iiorthwuril  i^  tbi*  bcit  |>a«BUKf.  In  tbA 
luiy  to  tbr  noutbw.ird  ot  tb«>  i«tltiii(l,  liei  u  lt>(lK«  oi'  roc  k«,  uurt  oC  whicbia 
ulwiiya  t«)  hr  tvvu.  K.  by  S.  oix*  tbiril  ot*  a  mil<>  from  tnt-  funt  point  ot* 
Wood  iNliind,  li^M  H  rork,  011  wbicb  th«rt>  ia  only  ^  fiitbutnt  wutcr  ut  low 
water.  You  may  anchor  in  tliu  harbour  nt  tbt*  ()nck  of  thv  ialuud  in  7  or 
M  futhomi  wati'r,  K<><>d  bottom,  and  bavo  roooi  Niitfiricnt  to  moor.  Ilcru 
iri  both  wood  and  water  to  Ih<  had.  (Mf  thv  north<>rn  point  of  the  (Mitranri* 
into  tbiH  harbour,  callod  Sttal  point,  Ilea  'i  aniull  iaiuiiaa,  iind  n  ttindy  covr, 
wb«rc  tbvn*  ixuHcal  hnhi'ry  rarri(;d  on. 

Hctwccn  the  harbour  of  I.ittiA  Kiah  and  th<*  buy  of  Ma  Ifn,  la  n  rpmiirk* 
ablv  IiikIi  round  bill,  which  makra  in  a  ncak,  and  may  icrve  tu  n  guud 
mark  tor  knowiiii^  cithfT  of  tboao  plarca  by. 

Th«>  bay  of  Ha  Ha  Wch  from  La  MoiiU*  point,  N.  N.  W.  {  W.  f,[  milri, 
iu  th<!  mouth  of  which  tliiere  are  Hcvcral  iMlamU,  which  formaovi'ral  \tM$' 
iigua,  but  th(!  bf'Ht  ia  b(>ln«'(Mi  Seal  noint  and  Uound  ialand,  luaviMg  all  tho 
iaiundri  on  the  Mtarboard  niiiv  ;  thia  la  u  wide  und  aafe  pa!4!«aK«,  tlipro  boiii|( 
no  danger  but  what  appears  above  wator.  Thia  bay  runa  up  north  7 
inilva,  Ht  the  brad  of  wIik^Ii  on  the  Htarboard  Hide  are  Neveral  ialands  : 
within  thcMC  iitlandtt,  tu  the  eaatwurd,  ure  mnny  Koo<i  anchoring  placet, 
from  !)  to  'iO  fathoma  water.  Veaaela  may  occaaionally  anchor  all  ulonf; 
the  eastern  Hhurc  within  tliiH  buy,  in  I'i  and  14  fathoms  water,  mud  ground  ; 
on  the  wcateru  aide  it  in  deep  water.  N.  |  W.  2  milea  from  the  entrance 
of  the  weat  aide,  ia  a  high  bluil'  bead  ;  round  thia  head  W.  by  N.  |  W. 
half  a  mile,  is  a  amall  but  aafc  harbour  for  amall  vetiHela,  in  which  you 
have  1^  fntbomn,  good  ground.  Thia  harbour  ia  formed  by  an  inland,  01) 
either  t»ide  of  which  there  ia  a  Mafe  but  narrow  passage. 

AAeryou  leave  the  b^y  of  llu  ila,  proceeding  to  the  eastward,  yon  loac 
night  of  the  main  land  (till  you  come  tu  the  bay  of  Shcratira)  which  m 
hid  from  you  by  the  dumber  of  great  and  small  islands  of  diti'ercnt  height, 
ao  numerv)ua,  and  sci  near  each  other,  that  they  are  scarce  to  be  dittiia* 
guished  as  islands  till  you  get  in  amongst  them. 

AmongHt  these  i^^lands  are  a  great  many  j;ooil  roads  and  harbours  ;  some 
of  the  best  and  tUe  easiest  of  access  are  as  follow. 

Eagle  harbour  lies  near  the  west  end  of  Long  island,  and  is  formed  by  a 
cluster  of  islands,  on  which  a  French  ship  of  war  of  that  name  was  lost. 
This  harbour  is  capable  of  holding  a  number  of  shipping  with  great  se- 
curity, having  in  it  from  10  to  2U  fathoms,  good  bottom,  but  it  is  not  easily 
to  be  distinguished  by  strangers  ;  the  best  way  to  find  it,  is  to  shape  a 
course  as  before  directed,  froiD  the  great  island  of  Mecatina,  to  Fox  isl- 
ands, which  lie  ^Vom  the  westernmost  entrance  of  the  harbour  S.  E.  by  S. 
^  £.  1^  mile.  .  t  is  also  to  be  known  by  a  large  deep  bay,  which  forms 
to  the  eastward  oi  it,  without  any  islands  in  it,  but  to  the  westward  is  a 
vast  number.  If  you  intend  for  the  east  passage  into  this  harbour,  vou 
must  first  steer  from  Fox  islands,  N.  ^  E.  2^  mileH  into  the  bay,  when 
you  will  observe  to  the  N.  W,  of  you,  a  remarkable  high  island,  round 
which  to  the  northward,  there  is  a  safe  passage  of  3  fathoms  into  the  har- 
bour, where  you  may  anchor  in  great  safety  from  all  winds.  In  the  west^ 
ern  passage  into  this  harbour  is  2^  fathoms  water,  fit  only  for  small  ves- 
sels, being  a  narrow  passage  between  many  islands.  This  part  of  the 
coast  is  very  dangerous  for  a  vessel  to  fall  in  with,  in  thick  weather,  by 
reason  of  the  infinite  number  of  small  wad  low  islands,  and  some  rocks  un- 
der water. 


62 


Bluhl's  American  Coaat  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


10  Edit 


From  the  Bluff  head  of  Great  Mecatina  island  to  St.  Augustine's  chain, 
the  course  is  N.  E.  8  J  lea);ucs.  The  west  island  of  St.  Augustine,  is  of  a 
moderate  height,  the  west  part  being  highest  and  quite  low  in  tl  e  middle, 
but  is  not  as  oai.y  to  be  distinguished  at  a  distance,  h^  reason  of  the  islanils 
'  within  being  much  higher.  Haifa  mile  to  the  eastward  of  this  island  is 
the  East  island,  something  larger,  but  not  quite  so  high  and  is  even  at  top. 
Between  these  two  islands,  after  passing  between  the  Chain  and  Square  isl- 
ands, is  a  safe  passage  for  small  vessels  into  this  port ;  they  may  anchor 
between  the  West  island  and  Round  island,  or  they  may  run  to  the  noj  *h- 
ward  past  Round  island,  and  anchor  in  6  or  7  fathoms  water,  where  they 
will  have  good  room  to  moor.  S.  by  W;^  W.  about  half  a  league  to  the 
west  of  St.  Augustine's  island,  ruis  a  chain  of  small  islands,  called  St.  Au- 
^istine's  chain,  the  outermost  of  «vhich  is  a  remarkable  ^-ouid  smooth 
rock.  At  }  of  a  mile  to  the  westward  of  this  island  lie  rociv^  under  wa- 
ter, which  always  break,  and  shew  above  water  at  ^  ebb.  About  half  a 
mile  to  the  S.  W.  of  these  rocks  is  a  high  '  lack  rock  above  water ;  be- 
tween these  two  is  the  hest  passage  for  'p.ge  vessels  into  the  port  of  St. 
Augustine.  You  must  steer  from  this  b  ack  rock,  for  a  remarkable  low 
point  which  .vill  bear  N.  3.  W.  till  you  open  the  port  of  St.  Augustine, 
and  then  haul  in  and  anchor  as  before  ;  or  you  may  steer  up  the  passage 
between  this  point  and  Round  island,  and  anchor  as  before  directed. 

The  entrance  of  the  river  St.  Augustine,  lies  from  the  port  of  St.  Au- 
gustine 4^  leagues  to  the  N.  VV.  with  several  large  and  small  inlands  be- 
tween them.  The  river  is  not  navigable  for  any  thin^^  but  boats,  by  rea- 
son of  a  bar  across  the  entrance,  which  dries  at  low  water.  This  river, 
at  two  miles  up,  branches  into  tWo  arms,  both  tending  to  the  N.  W.  14  or 
1^  leagues.     There  is  plenty  of  wood  to  be  had  in  this  river. 

From  St.  Augustine's  chain  to  Shag  island,  the  course  is  N.  E.  ^  E.  2^ 
leagues.  This  island  is  very  remarkable,  being  small,  high,  and' in  the 
middle  is  a  round  peeked  hill.  From  this  island  to  the  eastward  are  a 
number  of  small  rocks  above  water,  the  outermost  lies  E.  by  S.  ^  E.  li 
mile  from  Shag  island.  N.  W.  by  W  2J  miles  from  Shag  island,  lies  the 
bay  and  harbour  of  Sandy  island,  which  is  a  very  safe  harbour.  To  sail 
into  this  harbour,  you  niust  pass  to  the  eastward  of  Murr  rocks,  and  keep 
ihe  starboard  point  of  the  bay  on  board,  you  will  then  see  a  small  rock 
above  water  to  the  N.  W.  which  lies  off  the  entrance  of  the  harbour  ;  you 
may  pass  on  either  side  of  this  rock,  and  then  steer  in  N.  ^  W.  for  the  har- 
bour, there  being  no  danger  but  what  appears.  In  this  harbour  there  is 
good  coom  to  moor,  in  5  and  6  fathoms  water,  and  a  good  bottom  :  there 
is  not  any  wood  to  be  had,  but  plenty  of  water. 

Cumberland  harbour  lies  N.  |  W.  1  league  from  the  outer  Shag  rocks, 
and  is  to  be  kiiowi^.  by  a  remarkable  high  hill  on  the  m^^n,  which  is  the 
highest  het^ef.bouts,  and  makes  at  the  top  like  a  castle,  being  steep  clifts 
appearing  like  walls.  This  hill  lies  N.  W.  by  N.  ai<out  3i  leagues  from 
the  entrance  of  the  harbour.  The  outer  islands,  named  Duke  and  Cum- 
berland islands,  which  form  the  harbour,  are  of  a  moderate  height,  the  east- 
ernmost making  in  two  round  hills.  To  sail  into  this  harbour  there  is  no 
danger  but  what  appears  above  water,  except  a  small  rock,  which  lies  S. 
S'.  E.  half  a  mile  from  the  west  head,  the  entrance  is  a  quarter  of  a  mile 
wide,  and  half  a  mile  long  :  from  the  east  head,  steer  for  the  inner  point 
on  the  west  side  ;  after  you  are  the  leng!  h  of  that  point,  you  may  haul  tc 
the  eastward  and  anchor  where  you  pleaee,  from  20  to  1  fathoms  water 
ift^ood  ground,  and  an  excellent  roomy  iiarbnnr,  fit  for  any  ships,  and  is 
the  best  harbour  and  the  easiest  of  access  oi.  this  coast.  Here  is  good 
water,  but  for  wood  you  wust  go  up  Shecatica  bay. 


Thebi 
Cumberli 
ward,  in 
which  foi 
sels  to  att 

To  the 
from  the  ( 
northwan 
anchorage 
to  moor : 
and,  whic 
of  Shecati 
anchorage 
narrow, 
there  is  b 
to  the  eas 
good  passt 
carried  on 
bay  of  Pel 
anchor  in, 
to  the  soul 

N.  B.  All 
and  low  rOi;l 
moss. 

No  wQod  t 
The  course 
count  can  be 
weather  I  ha 
and  at  Meca 
7  feet. 


Direction 
from  S 

[N.  B.    AJl 
Courses,  ai 

Bowl  isli 
mile  from  ( 

About  th 
islands  and 
imless  ther 

From  Be 
by  N.  1  E. 
miles,  with 
Off  thp  cov 
the  east  poi 
bay  there  ii 
the  entranc 
lie  secure  f 
for  wooding 
side,  lies  a 
from  the  sh 


10  Edit. 


Blunt's  American  CoasyPilot. 


63 


The  bay  of  Shecutica  lies  2>  miles  to  the  N.  E.  from  the  entrance  oi 
Ciiniberlund  harbour,  and  runs  many  m«'es  up  the  country  to  the  north- 
ward, in  several  branches  and  narrow  crooked  passaj^c.;,  with  many  islands, 
which  form  several  good  harbours  ;  the  passages  are  too  narrow  for  ves- 
sels to  attempt  without  being  very  well  acquainted. 

To  the  eastward  of  the  buy  of  Shecatica,  and  N.  N.  E.  ^-  E.  2^  leagues 
from  the  outer  Shag  rocks,  lies  the  island  of  Mistanogue  ;  within  it,  to  the 
northward,  irid  before  the  mouth  of  the  bay  of  the  same  name,  is  very  good 
anchorage,  from  20  to  16  fathoms  water,  good  ground,  and  sufficient  room 
to  moor :  To  go  into  the  road,  you  may  pass  round  the  west  end  of  the  isl- 
and, which  is  bold  too,  or  round  the  east  end  between  it  and  the  island 
of  Shecatica,  but  this  last  passage  is  only  for  small  vessels.  There  is  good 
anchorage  quite  to  the  head  of  tlie  bay  of  jMistanogue,  which  is  long  and 
narrow.  This  island  and  the  main  land  about  it  is  high  and  barren,  but 
there  is  both  wood  and  water  to  be  had  in  the  bay  Mistanogue.  A  little 
to  the  eastward  bos  the  island  of  Siiecatica,  between  it  and  the  main  is  a 
good  passage  for  small  vessels  where  there  is  a  considerable  seal  fishery 
carried  on.  Three  miles  to  the  N.  E.  of  the  island  of  Shecatica  lies  the 
bay  of  Fetit  Pene,  which  runs  up  north  5  miles,  but  is  not  tit  for  vessels  to 
anchor  in,  being  deep  water,  narrow,  bad  ground,  and  entirely  exposed 
to  the  southerly  winds. 

N.  B.  All  the  -"lar  s  along  the  coast  arc  ((uite  barren,  the  outer  ones  bein^  small 
and  low  rot:ky  isi  .  the  inner  ones  are  large  and  high,  covered  mostly  with  green 
moss. 

No  wood  to  be  goi  <ut  at  such  places  as  are  mentioned  in  :lie  foregoing  dirertiotis. 

The  course  and  the  flowing  of  the  tides  along  this  coast  are  so  irregu  ur,  n9  certain  ac- 
count can  be  given  thereof;  they  depend  much  upon  the  v  inds,  but  in  settled  moderate 
weather  I  have  found  it  high  water  at  Shecatica,  on  the  full  and  change,  at  H  o^clock, 
and  at  Mecatina,  at  half  past  2  o'clock,  and  rises  and  falls  upon  a  perpendicular  about 
7  feet. 


|>cks, 

the 

:lifts 

from 


Directions  for  navigating  on  thai  part  of  the  coast  o/*  Labrador 
from  Shecatica  to  Chateaux,  in  the  streights  of  Belle-Isle. 

[N.  B.     All  bearings  and   Courses  hereafter  mentioned,  are  the  true  Bearings   and 
Courses,  and  not  by  compass;  the  variation  was  26'^  W.  in  the  year  1769.] 

Bowl  island  lies  E.  by  N.  2  leagues  from  the  island  of  Shecatica,  and  1 
mile  from  the  main  ;  is  a  remarkable  round  island  of  a  moderate  height. 

About  this  island,  and  between  it  and  Shecatica,  are  a  number  of  small 
islands  and  sunken  rocks,  which  renders  this  part  of  the  coast  dangerous, 
unless  there  is  a  fresh  wind,  and  then  the  sea  breaks  on  the  rocks. 

From  Bowl  island  to  the  entran(^  of  bay  D'omar,  the  course  is  N.  E. 
by  N.  i  E.  distance  2  miles.  This  bay  runs  up  N.  by  E.  nearly  three 
miles,  with  high  land  on  both  sides  ;  is  about  2  cables  length  oft"  shore. 
Off  thp  coves  it  is  wider.  The  western  shore  is  the  highest.  Without 
the  east  point  lie  two  small  islands  about  1  cable's  length  oflf  shore.  In  this 
bay  there  is  very  good  anchorage,  the  best  being  at  about  2  miles  within 
the  entrance,  opposite  a  woody  cove  on  the  west  side,  where  you  may 
lie  secure  from  all  winds  in  14  or  16  fathoms  water,  and  be  very  handy 
for  wooding  and  watering.  About  1  mile  within  the  entrance  on  tiie  west 
side,  lies  a  remarkable  green  cove,  off  r/hich  it  is  shoal  a  small  distance 
from  the  shore  ;  one  mile  to  the  eastward  of  Bay  D'omar  hes  little  Bay, 


H 


Pii» 


Blanj^>  American  Coast  Pilot.  10  Edit. 


in  which  is  tolerable  good  anchorage  for  small  vesHels.  E.  N.  £.  |  E. 
distant  3  leagues  from  Bowl  island,  begins  a  chain  of  islands  and  rocks,  ly- 
ing E.  N.  E.  3  leagues,  and  from  3  to  6  miles  distant  from  the  main,  the 
easternmost  of  which  is  called  Outer,  or  Esquimaux  islands :  the  middle 
part  is  called  Old  Fort  islands  ;  and  the  westernmost  is  called  Dog  isl- 
ands. Within  these  islands  on  the  main  are  several  good  bays  and  har- 
bor rs,  but  are  too  difficult  to  attempt,  unless  very  well  acquainted,  the  pas- 
sa;;cs  being  very  narrow,  and  a  number  of  sunken  rocks. 

N.  I  W.  4  miles  from  the  west  side  of  the  outer  Esquimaux  islands,  is 
very  good  anchorage  for  small  vessels,  between  two  high  islands.  Within 
these  islands  lies  the  river  Esquimaux. 

From  outer  Esquimaux  island  to  point  Belles  Amour,  the  course  is  N. 
59°  E.  distant  13  miles.  This  point  is  low  and  green,  but  about  1  mile  in- 
land is  high.  Round  this  point  to  the  eastward  is  a  cove,  in  which  is  an- 
chorage for  small  vessels  in  7  fathoms  water,  but  open  to  easterly  winds. 

From  Point  Belles  Amour  to  the  entrance  of  the  harbour  of  Bradore, 
the  course  is  E.  by  N.  2  leagues  nearly.  This  harbour  is  to  be  known  by 
the  land  between  it  and  point  Belles  Amour,  being  high  table  land,  the 
land  on  the  east  side  of  it  being  low  near  the  sea,  and  tending  to  the  south- 
ward, or  by  our  Ladies  Bubbies,  which  are  three  remarkable  round  hills, 
seen  all  along  this  coast,  lying  N.  by  E.  J  E.  2  leagues  from  the  island  of 
Ledges,  which  forms  this  harbour.  '  This  island  is  of  a  moderate  height, 
having  a  great  number  of  small  islands  and  rocks  about  it.  On  the  east 
side  of  this  island  is  a  cove,  called  Blubber  cove,  wherein  is  anchorage  in 
2^  fathoms  water,  for  small  vessels.  There  are  two  pa^;-  ges  into  the  har- 
bour of  Bradore  ;  but  that  to  the  northward  of  the  island  of  Ledges  is  by 
no  means  safe,  there  being  a  number  of  sunken  rocks  in  that  passage.  The 
eastern  passage  io  safe,  taking  care  to  avoid  a  small  rock,  which  lies  S.  32° 
W.  J  of  a  mile  from  the  low  point  on  the  main  where  the  houses  stand. 
On  this  rock  the  sea  mostly  breaks,  and  shews  above  water  at  ^  ebb.  On 
the  east  side,  within  the  rock,  is  a  small  cove,  called  Shallop  cove.  From 
the  point  above  the  cove,  called  shallop  cove  head,  stretches  off  a  shoul, 
one  cable's  length  from  the  shore,  and  continues  near  the  same  distance, 
quite  to  the  head  of  the  harbour. 

From  the  island  of  Ledges  to  green  island,  the  course  is  S.  30**  W.  dis- 
tant 6  miles.  On  the  east  side  of  this  island  is  a  cove,  wherein  a  fishery 
is  carried  on.  Between  this  island  and  the  main,  and  between  it  and  the 
island  Bois,  is  a  clear,  safe  passage. 

The  island  of  Bois  lies  2  miles  to  the  eastward  of  Green  island,  and  is 
of  a  moderate  height,  and  a  safe  passage  all  round  it.  To  the  northward 
of  this  island,  lies  Blanche  Sablon,  in  which  is  anchorage,  but  th^  ground 
is  not  very  good,  being  a  loose  sand. 

From  the  south  point  of  the  Isle  aux  Bans,  to  the  west  point  of  For- 
teauit  bay,  the  course  is  N,  70"  E.  distant  8i  miles.  This  bay  is  3  miles 
broad,  and  nearly  the  same  depth,  at  the  head  of  which,  on  the  west  side, 
is  good  anchorage,  from  10  to  IG  fathoms  water,  but  is  open  to  the  south- 
ward. Off  the  east  p<yint  of  this  bay  is  a  rock,  which  makes  in  the  form 
of  a  shallop  under  sail,  either  coming  from  the  eastward  or  the  westward. 
On  the  west  side  of  the  bay  is  a  fall  of  water,  which  may  be  seen  in  com- 
ing from  the  eastward. 

Wolfe  cove.;  or  I'Ance  a  Loup,  lies  1  league  to  the  eastward  of  For- 
teaux  bay.  The  land  between  these  bays,  being  rather  low  near  the 
shore,  at  the  head  of  this  cove  is  tolerable  good  anchorage  in  12  fathoms. 
On  the  west  side  lies  Schooner  cove,  in  which  is  very  good  anchorage 


10  Edit. 

for  small 
form  the 
distant  S  ni 
sea,  stretc 
F'rora  till 
N. 38'  E. 
which  is  a 
bad  place. 
Ship  hea 
this  head  t( 
anchorage 

From  th( 
course  is  N 
may  be  kno 
and  is  high 
hill  on  the ' 
the  Und  on  t 
At  the  head 
There  is 
Saddle  islant 
point  on  the 
stretches  off 
The  Wester 
very  good  ai 
There  is  no 
In  coming  (n 
which  hes  1 
islands,  lying 
The  afore  me  I 
the  saddle  on 
breaks  on  it. 
Two  leagu( 
which  is  tolei 
but  open  to  tl 
course  is  E.  f 
Chateaux  bay 
At  Red  bay 
At  Forteau: 
At  Bradore 
In  all  which 
spring  tides,  7 


Description 


[N.B.    TheBeai 

Cape  Charle 
of  a  moderate  i 
ward  of  it. 


10  Edit. 


Blunt^s  American  Coast  Pilot. 


65 


for  small  vessels  in  7  fathoms  water,  sandy  bottom.  Vhe  two  points  that 
form  the  entrance  of  this  cove,  bear  N.  N.  E.  |  E.  end  S.  S.  W.  |  W. 
distant  S  miles.  The  east  point  is  high  table  land,  with  steep  cliffs  to  the 
sea,  stretching  N.  E.  2  miles  nearly,  and  called  tlie  Red  clift's. 

From  the  red  cliffs  to  the  uost  point  of  8t.  Modeste  bay,  the  course  is 
N.  38=*  E.  distant  7  miles,  then  N.  by  E.  ^  E.  1  mile  to  St.  Modeste  island, 
which  is  a  small  low  island,  within  wbich  small  ct*aft  may  anchor,  but  is  a 
bad  place. 

Ship  head  lies  1 J  mile  to  the  N.  by  E.  from  St.  Modeste  island.  Round 
this  head  to  the  northward,  is  Black  bay,  in  which  there  is  tolerable  gon** 
anchorage  in  10  fathoms  water. 

From  the  west  end  of  Red  cliffs,  to  the  west  point  of  Red  bay,  the 
course  is  N.  47**  E.  distan*^  6  leagues.  This  is  an  excellent  harbourj  and 
may  be  known  by  Saddle  island,  which  lies  at  the  entrance  of  Ihis  bay, 
and  is  high  at  each  end,  and  low  in  the  middle,  and  by  a  remarkable  round 
hill  on  the  west  side  of  the  bay,  opposite  the  west  end  of  Saddle  island  ; 
the  land  on  the  west  side  the  bay  is  high,  and  on  the  east  side  rather  low. 
At  the  head  of  this  bay  it  is  high  and  woody- 
There  is  no  danger  in  sailing  into  this  bay,  passing  to  the  westward  of 
Saddle  island,  and  taking  care  to  avoid  a  small  rock  that  lies  near  the  west 
point  on  the  main  (which  shews  above  water  at  a  }  ebb)  and  a  shoal  which 
stretches  off  about  a  cable's  length  from  the  inner  side  of  Saddle  island. 
The  Western  bay  lies  in  to  the  northward  of  the  west  point,  in  which  is 
very  good  anchorage  from  the  westerly  winds,  but  open  to  the  eastward. 
There  is  no  passage,  except  for  boats  to  the  eastward  of  Saddle  island. 
In  coming  from  the  eastward,  care  must  be  taken  to  avoid  a  small  rock, 
which  lies  1  tnile  from  the  Twin  islands  (which  are  two  small  black  rocky 
islands,  lying  off  the  east  end  of  Saddle  island)  and  near  1  mile  offshore. 
The  aforementioned  high  round  hill  on  the  west  sidiu  of  the  ba.y,  on  with 
the  saddle  on  Saddle  island,  will  carry  you  on  this  rJck  ;  the  sea  generally 
breaks  on  it. 

Two  leagues  and  a  half  to  the  eastward  of  Reel  bay,  lies  Green  bay,  in 
which  is  tolerable  good  anchorage  for  small  vessels,  in  12  fathoms  water, 
but  open  to  the  S.  F.  winds.  From  Saddle  island  to  Barge  point,  the 
course  is  E.  N.  E.  distant  10  miles,  and  from  thence  to  the  entrance  of 
Chateaux  bay,  is  N.  E.  by  E.  distant  5^  leagues. 

At  Red  bay,  the  tide  .lows,  full  and  change,  at  i  past  9  o'clock.  * 

At  Forteaux  bay,  at  1 1  o'clock. 

At  Bradore,  at  ^  past  1 1  o'clock. 

In  all  which  places  it  flows  up  and  down,  or  upori  a  perpendicular, 
spring  tides,  7  feet ;  neap  tides,  4  feet.  ^ 


Description  of  the  Coast  of  Labrador  from  Cape  Charles  to 

Cape  Lewis. 

[N.  B.     The  Bearings  hereafter  mentioned  ate  the  true  Bearings,  and  not  by  Cortipass ; 
tlie  variation  was  2?'^  W.  in  the  year  1770. 

Cape  Charles  island  lies  E.  distance  1^  mile  from  Cape  Charles,  and  is 
of  a  moderate  height,  with  several  small  rocks  to  the  eastward 'and  west* 
ward  of  it. 

9 


'<jX 


66 


Blunf  8  American  Coast  Pilot. 


lOE'Ilt. 


10  Rdit, 


From  the  north  point  of  Cape  Charles  isliind  into  Alexia  harbour,  the 
course  is  W.  N  W.  4  miles.  This  island  is  very  small  and  rati..  ■  I  ••• 
Wltb'n  this  i«ihr  '\  is  un  excellent  harbour,  forme«l  by  several  hi>^i*  islj'tu'* 
ar'l  ll  e  main  ;  in  this  harbour  is  very  good  anchorage  from  17  tu  '^"  fn- 
ii.on.A  water,  muddy.  You  may  sail  into  it  on  eitlier  side  of  Crjire  »>*l- 
und,  but  to  the  northward  of  it  is  the  best  passage. 

From  Cape  Charles  island  to  the  Battle  islands,  the  course  is  N.  N.  E.. 
bj[  miles.  This  course  will  carry  you  to  the  eastward  of  the  rocks,  which 
lie  1  mile  to  the  eastward  of  the  northernmost  Battle  island.  This  island 
is  high  anc  round  at  tlie  top. 

From  th"!  northernmost  Battle  island  to  the  River  islands,  the  course  is 
N.  76"  W.  distance  7^  miles.  To  the  westward  of  the  easternmost  Ri- 
,ver  island,  is  anchorage  for  vessels  in  30  or  Jo  fathoms  water,  nmddy  bot- 
tom. Vessels  may  j.ass  to  the  southward  of  thfcse  islands,  up  the  river 
St.  Lew.s. 

From  the  south  point  of  the  easternmost  River  island  to  Cutter  har- 
bour, the  course  is  S.  50°  W.  distant  1  mile.  In  this  harbour  there  is 
tolerable  good  anchorage  for  small  vessels. 

From  the  northernmost  Battle  island  to  the  entrance  of  the  river  St. 
Lewis  the  course  is  N.  Gl**  W.  7^  miles  ;  from  thence  the  course  up  the 
river  i^^  W.  by  N.  5  miles  ;  tlien  N.  o8"  W.  8  miles  to  Woody  island. 
(The  north  point  of  the  river  is  low  land  for  about  2  miles  up,  then  the 
land  is  rather  high  on  both  sides  and  woody  ;  at  the  head  of  the  river  is 
very  tine  wood  of  ditferent  kinds,  such  as  birch,  tir,  jimiper,  and  spr'icc: 
th'tS  river  seems  to  be  well  stored  with  salmon.)  At  about  4  miles  i:\j<  the 
river  is  very  good  anchorage,  and  continues  so  till  you  come  up  as  h  ;^h  as 
Woody  island  ;  but  above  this  iiland  there  are  several  sho;ils. 

One  mile  to  tiie  northwi.rd  of  the  north  of  St.  Lewis'  riven,  lies  the 
entrance  of  St.  Louis'  sound,  which  runs  up  W.  by  N.  1  league,  at  the 
head  of  which  is  very  good  juichoragc,  in  taking  care  to  avoid  a  shoal 
which  stretches  oft'  from  a  sandy  beach  on  the  larboard  ;>ide  at  about  L' 
miles  within  the  entrance. 

From  the  northernmost  Battle  island  to  the  entrance  of  Deer  harbour, 
the  course  is  N.  i'l*  W.  distance  3  lea«;»u;s.  This  is  a  very  good  harbour, 
in  which  you  anci  or  from  18  to  10  fal;  'Ctr-  water,  secure  from  all  wind;?. 
To  sail  into  this  i  urbour  there  is  not  '!:'.  'east  danger,  and  the  best  an- 
chorage is  at  tlie  b.ick  of  Deer  island. 

From  the  northernmost  BatMe  island  to  Cape  St.  Lewis,  the  course  is 
N.  N.  W.  J-  W.  6  miles.  This  cape  is  high,  ragged  land  ;  ]i  mile  to  the 
N.  W.  of  the  cape  lies  Fox  harbour,  which  is  but  small,  and  only  tit.  for 
small  vessels,  but  seems  to  be  very  convenient  lor  a  fishery. 


Description  of  the  coast  of  Labrad  or,  from  St.  Michael  lo 

Spotted  Island. 

[N.  B.  The  Bearings  hereafter  meiiliuned,  are  ihc  true  Bearings,  and  not  by  Conipaai; ; 
the  vnr'atioii  was  32°  W.  in  the  year  1770] 

Ctpo'St.  Michael  Ues  in  the  latitude  of  52«  46'  N.  is  high  land  and  steep 
to>vi«')]g  the  sea,  and  is  to  be  known  by  a  large  bay  which  forms  to  the 
northward  of  it,  having  a  number  of  large  and  small  islands  in  it  ;  tin' 


'•n.i  i'  ,j  iiu 

The  hesi 

south  side  ; 

along  the   s 

Long  island 

rhor  from 

.vork  oat  ajj 

From  Ca 

course  Js  N 

island,  of  a 

island,  then 

The  N.  I 

coming  fron 

a  low  narro' 

lies  the  enti 

sels,  and  is 

between  tin 

Cape  Blu 

vi  very  high 

form  tlie  ba; 

wood. 

Cape  Blu 
sail  into  it,  1 
and,  and  tlit 
From  Ca{ 
league.     Fr 
is  W.  distanr 
anchorage, 
One  mile 
main  within 
of  which  is 
what  shows 
On  the  w( 
scis,  callec 
west   point 
vva^er,  and 
great,  safety 
Hawke  is 
Hawke  islai 
and  then  bri 
tlie  other  W 
are  within  1 
of  both  arn; 
On  the  so 
good  anchoi 
sels  may  an' 
On  the  m 
bay,  lies  Ca 
ty  of  wood 

Partri*' 
very  ^-oor^ 
of  a  r.i  ifibe 
TheLndhr 


V   ♦ 


10  Rdit. 


Bliint's  Amorican  Coast  Pilot. 


67 


lar)  •   I  oT  i[\e.«e  islaii(is,  riilhul  Si^uurc  island,  lie*  it^  tUu  inoull>  of  the  buy, 
"Mil  i-  .J  iiiiicH  long,  and  very  lii^li  land. 

Tho  best  anchorage  for  lar^ijo  vohhi'Is  in  St.  Mic''a»^l'.»  'ay,  is  -i  the 
.south  side  ;  that  ih,  keep  Ca|»!  M.  Miriiaol's  shoio  on  board,  then  ''<.rp 
alonjj;  the  south  side  of  the  <ii'sl  island  you  meet  with,  which  is  rulled 
Lon^  island,  till  you  come  near  as  far  as  the  we8t  end  of  it,  and  there  an- 
chor from  12  to  20  fathoms  ;  you  \vill  there  lay  land-locked,  and  may 
.vork  out  again  to  sea  on  either  side  of  Long  island. 

From  Cape  St.  Michael  to  the  entrance  of  Scpiare  island  harbour,  the 
course  is  N.  (53°  .'30'  W.  distance  3^  miles  ;  in  the  entrance  lies  a  small 
island,  of  a  moderate  height ;  the  best  passage  is  to  the  westwanl  of  this 
island,  tiiere  being  only  two  fathoms  water  in  tin;  eastern  passiigc. 

The  N.  E.  point  of  Square  island  is  a  hij'h  round  hill,  and  makes  (in 
ooming  from  the  bouthward)  like  a  separate  island,  being  only  joined  by 
a  low  narrow  neck  of  land,  N.  54"  W.  distance  1  league.  From  this  point 
lies  tho  entrance  into  Dead  island  harbour,  which  is  only  fit  for  small  ves- 
sels, and  is  formed  by  a  number  of  islands  ;  there  is  a  passage  out  to  sea 
between  these  islands  and  tlie  land  of  Cape  liluft'. 

Cape  filuff  lies  N.  by  W.  distance  0  miles  from  Cape  St.  Michael,  and 
i*<  very  high  land,  ragged  at  top,  and  t^teep  towards  the  sea.  These  capes 
form  the  bay  of  St.  Michael,  in  which  are  several  arms  well  stored  with 
wood. 

Cape  Bluff  harbour  is  a  small  harbour,  fit  only  for  small  vessels.  To 
sail  into  it,  keep  Cape  Blurt"  shore  on  board  till  you  come  to  a  small  isl- 
and, and  then  pass  to  the  westward  of  it  and  anchor. 

From  Cape  Bluft"  to  Barren  island,  the  course  is  N.  ^  E.  distance  one 
league.  From  the  south  point  of  this  island  to  Snug  harbour,  the  course 
is  W.  distance  1^  mile.  This  harbour  is  small,  but  in  it  there  is  very  good 
anchorage,  in  20  fathoms  water,  and  no  danger  sailing  into  it. 

One  mile  to  the  northward  of  Barren  island  lies  Stony  island.  On  the 
main  within  these  islands  lie  Martin  and  Otter  bays,  in  the  northernmost 
of  which  is  very  good  anchorage,  with  plenty  of  wood,  and  no  danger  but 
what  shows  itself. 

On  the  west  side  of  Stony  island  is  a  very  good  harbour  for  small  ves- 
sels, called  Duck  harbour.  Large  vessels,  may  anchor  between  the 
west  point  of  Stony  island  and  Dotible  island,  in  20  or  24  fathoms 
wa*er,  and  may  sail  out  to  sea  again  on  either  side  of  Stony  island  in 
great,  safety. 

Hawke  island  lies  1  mile  to  the  northward  of  Stoney  island.  Within 
Hawke  island  lies  Hawke  bay,  which  runs  to  the  westward  "2  leagues, 
and  then  branches  into  2  arms,  one  running  to  the  S.  W.  2  leagues,  and 
I  he  other  W.  5  miles  ;  these  arms  are  well  stored  with  wood.  After  you 
are  within  Pigeon  island,  there  is  very  good  anchorage  quite  to  the  head 
of  both  arms. 

On  the  south  side  of  llawke  island  lies  Eagle  cove,  wherein  is  very 
good  anchorage  for  large  vessels  in  30  or  40  fathoms  water.  Small  ves- 
sels may  anf'hor  at  the  head  in  7  or  8  fathoms. 

On  the  main,  within  Hawke  island,  about  5  miles  to  the  N.  E.  of  Hawke 
bay,  lies  Caplin  bay.  Here  is  very  good  anchorage  in  this  bay,  and  plen- 
ty of  wood  at  the  head. 

Partri<'  -^  biy  lies  5  miles  to  the  northward  of  Hawke  island.  In  it  is 
very  ,^)oc  anchorage,  but  difficult  of  access,  unless  acquainted,  by  reason 
of  a  M  'nbei'  f  •  small  islands  and  rocks  which  lie  before  the  mouth  of  it. 
The  iiindhoieabouts  may  be  easily  known.     The  south  point  of  &e  bay 


^    I 


.■'^ 


'^B 

f 

Mj^ 

f 

1 

J 

1 

68 


Blunt' H  Amtrlcan ('oast  Pilot. 


10  Edit 


]()  Edit. 


is  a  remnrkitblo  liifi;h  tuhlo  hill  ■.\f\>\  b.invn  ;  till  the  land  between  thin  hill 
and  Cape  St.  Michael  being  high,  the  l.md  to  the  northward  of  it  low. 

From  Cape  St.  Michael  to  9eul  iHlands,  the  course  in  N.  ^  K.  distance  11 
leagues. 

From  Seal  iMbinds  to  Hound  hill  island,  the  course  is  N.  {  E.  dis- 
tance 13  mile».  This  island  i»  the  (MMternnioHt  land  on  this  part  of  the 
coast,  and  may  l>e  known  by  a  remnrkable  high  round  hill  on  the  we«t 
part  of  it. 

From  Round  hill  island  to  Spotted  island  the  course  is  N.  36°  W.  dis- 
tance 2  league.  From  Spotted  island  the  land  tends  away  to  the  N.  W. 
and  appears  to  he  several  large  islands. 

From  Seal  isbuids  to  White  rock,  the  cmirse  is  N.  by  W.  J-  W.  distance 
2  leagues.  From  this  rock,  the  course  into  Shallow  bay  is  S.  W.  dis- 
tance 2  miles. 

Here  is  tolerable  good  anchorage  in  this  bay,  and  no  danger,  except  a 
«mall  rock  which  lies  ofT  a  cove  on  the  larboard  hand,  and  about  |  of  the 
bay  over  ;  this  rock  showeth  above  water,  at  low  water.  There  is  very 
little  wood  in  this  bay. 

From  White  rock  to  Porcupine  island,  the  course  is  N.  52"  W.  dis- 
tance 2  leagues.  This  island  is  high  and  barren.  You  may  pass  on  ei- 
ther side  of  this  island  into  Porcupine  bay,  where  is  very  good  anchor- 
age, but  no  wood. 

Sandy  bay  lies  on  the  S.  E.  part  of  the  island  of  Ponds,  and  N.  W.  by 
N.  I  W.  distance  5niilep  from  White  Rock.  lu  it  is  very  good  anchor- 
age in  10  fathoms  water,  sandy  bottom,  and  seems  very  handy  for  a  lish- 
ery,  except  the  want  of  wood.  Between  this  bay  and  Spotted  island  are 
a  great  number  of  islands  and  rocks,  which  makes  this  part  of  the  coast 
dangerous. 


Remarks  niude  between  the  Island  of  Groias  and  Cape 

Bonavista. 


lie?  2  leagues  from  the  main,  is  about  5  leagues 


The  island  (iroiat 
round.  The  north  end  of  it  lies  in  the  latitude  of  51"  N.  off  from  which 
(it  1|  mile  distance  are  several  rocks,  high  above  water,  also  off  from  the 
N.  VV,  piut  ;  otherwise  this  island  is  bold  too  all  round.  Between  it  and 
the  main  is  from  9.Q  to  40  fathoms  water. 

The  harbours  uf  Great  and  Little  St.  Julien's  and  Grandsway,  lie  with- 
in the  i>d  ind  of  St.  ^ulien,  which  bears  N.  W.  2.  N.  distant  8i  miles  from 
the  nortl;  eutl  of  Gj  oas.  The  S.  \V.  end  of  it  is  but  very  little  separated 
from  the  n  tin,  aid  is  i  ot  to  be  distinguished  as  an  island,  till  you  are  near 
it.  There  is  no  pu.^sage  at  the  S.  W,  end  but  for  boats.  To  sail  into 
these  harbours,  t.oii  m  f.  keep  close  to  the  N.  E.  end  of  the  island,  as 
you  pass  which  Ihe  h:irbours  will  appear  open  to  you.  There  is  no  dan- 
ger in  the  way  to  Great  St.  .Julien's,  which  is  the  easternmost  harbour, 
until  yow  are  within  the  entrance,  then  the  starboard  side  is  shoal  near  \ 
over  ,  when  you  arc  j^ast  the  first  stages,  you  may  anchor  from  8  to  4 
fathoms  water  :  to  sail  into  Little  St.  .luhens,  you  must  (to  avoid  a  sunken 
rock,  wni  Ii  lies  directly  before  the  mouth  of  the  harbour)  first  steer  di- 
rectly for  Great  St.  Julien's,  till  you  are  abreast  of  the  entrance  of  Grands- 
*yay  ;  then  you  may  steer  directly  into  Little  Julien's,  and  anchor  in  4  or 


5  fathoms  \ 
and  stern. 

(} rands w 
craft. 

Croque  I 
has  been  b< 

Fourmih 
is  above  20 
this  island  ti 
are  some  oi 
casionally, 

s.  s.  w. 

bears  VV.  ^ 
within  the  e 
W.  the  othe 
«hoaI,  on  wl 
either  side  ( 
ground  :  Th 
is  not  so  goc 
8.  S.  W.  ; 
head,  round 
anchorage,  v 
water.     It  ii 
About  2  1 
the  French 
ping,  but  coi 
Four  mile 
This  harbou: 
this  place,  y 
which  forma 
until  you  art 
haul  round 
being  shoal 
thorns,  xery 
is  too  smal 
which  runs 
chorage,  it 
and  there  is 
for  boats,  fr< 
water,  or,  at 
Canada  ba 
point  that  foi 
bay  cannot  b 
ter  in  case  o 
of  easterly  w 
in  this  bay,  f 
sm-all  rocky 
you  will  ob? 
above  it.  Ofl 
fore  keep  th 
cept  a  rock  a 
rows  ;  leave 
water,  and  y( 
after  you  are 


H)  Edit. 


Blunt^s  Ampru'an  Const  Pilot. 


60 


bour, 
ear  ^ 

to  4 
tnken 
jr  di- 
ands- 

4  or 


5  fathoms  water.     Hhipa  m  both  these  hurbuurs  commonly  moor  bead 
unci  rttcrn. 

GrandHway  is  not  u  hnrbour  for  Hbips  :  but  very  convotiicnt  for  Hshinj;; 

craft. 

Croque  burboiir  Ues  4  miles  to  the  southward  of  St.  JiiUen*(t  island,  and 
huH  been  before  duscribed. 

Four  miles  and  a  half  to  the  southward  of  Groins  lies  Belle  inle,  which 
is  above  20  miles  round  ;  there  in  a  little  harbour  at  the  south  part  of 
this  island  tit  for  fishing  craft,  but  it  is  too  ditVicult  for  shipping.  There 
are  some  other  coves  about  this  island,  where  shallops  may  shelter  oc- 
casionally. 

S.  S.  W.  7  miles  from  Croque  harbour  lies  Carouge  harbour,  which 
bears  VV.  ^  N.  from  the  south  end  of  the  idand  Groia«».  Immediately 
within  the  entrance  of  this  harbour  it  divides  into  two  arms,  one  to  the  N. 
VV.  the  other  to  the  S.  VV.  Directly  in  the  midJle  of  the  S.  W.  arm  is  a 
fhoal,  on  which  is  only  7  or  0  feet  water  at  low  water  ;  you  may  pass  on 
either  side  of  it,  and  anchor  from  20  to  8  fathoms  water,  in  good  holding 
ground  :  There  is  also  good  anchoring  in  the  N.  VV.  arm  ;  but,  in  general 
is  not  so  good  as  in  the  S.  VV.  arm. 

S.  S.  VV.  3  miles  from  the  south  pomt  of  Carouge  harbour  lies  Fox 
head,  round  which,  to  the  N.  VV.  lies  Conch  harbour,  in  which  is  good 
anchorage,  well  up  to  the  head  of  it,  in  good  holding  ground,  in  1 1  fathoms 
water.     It  is  open  to  the  S,  S.  E. 

About  2  leagues  to  the  S.  W.  from  Conch,  is  Milliard's  harbour,  by 
the  French  called  Botitot ;  this  is  but  a  very  inditTerent  place  for  ship- 
ping, but  convenient  for  fishing  craft. 

Four  miles  and  a  half  further  to  the  S.  S.  W.  is  the  harbour  of  Englee. 
This  harbour  is  situated  on  the  north  side  of  Canada  bay.  To  sail  into 
this  place,  you  must  pass  a  remarkable  low  white  point  on  Kuglee  island, 
which  forms  the  north  entrance  of  Canada  bay  ;  then  keep  near  the  shore, 
until  you  are  abreast  of  the  next  point  which  makes  the  iiarbour  ;  then 
haul  round  to  the  S.  E.  taking  care  not  to  borrow  too  near  the  point,  it 
being  shoal  a  cable's  length  off;  and  you  may  anchor  from  15  to  7  fii- 
thoms,  very  good  holding  ground  ;  but  this  is  well  up  in  the  cove,  which 
is  too  small  to  lie  in,  unless  moored  head  and  stern.  In  Bide'a  arm. 
which  runs  up  north  from  Englee,  near  2  leagues,  there  is  no  j^ood  an- 
chorage, it  being  very  deep  water  :  Within  the  south  end  '>f  Englee  isl- 
and there  is  a  good  harbour  for  shallops  ;  but  there  is  no  passage  even 
for  boats,  from  thence  to  the  place  where  the  ships  lie,  except  at  high 
water,  or,  at  least,  half  tide. 

Canada  bay  lies  up  N.  N.  W.  from  Point  Canada,  (which  is  the  south 
point  that  forms  the  entrance  of  Canada  bay)  upwards  of  H  league".  Thisi 
bay  cannot  be  of  any  use  for  shipping,  otherwise  than  as  a  place  of  shel- 
ter in  case  of  necessity.  On  being  caught  near  i^  shore  in  a  hard  gale 
of  easterly  wind,  ships  may,  with  the  greatest  sarety,  run  up  and  anchor 
in  this  bay,  free  from  all  danger.  In  such  case,  when  you  are  above  2 
small  rocky  isles,  which  lie  near  Bide's  head,  called  the  Cross  islands, 
you  will  observe  a  low  white  point,  and  another^low  black  one  a  little 
above  it.  Off  the  latter  a  sunken  rock  lies  about  2  cables'  length  ;  there- 
fore keep  the  middle  of  the  bay,  and  you  will  meet  with  no  danger,  ex-* 
cept  a  rock  above  water,  which  lies  a  mile  below  the  point  of  the  nar- 
rows ;  leave  this  rock  on  the  larboard  hand,  keeping  the  middle  of  the 
water,  and  you  will  carry  1 8  fathoms  through  the  narrowest  part ;  soon 
after  you  are  above  which,  the  bay  widens  to  upwards  of  a  mile  across  ; 


70 


Blurtl's  Aniorican  Conni  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


10  Relit. 


1111(1)0(1  mny  nurhor  in  10  and  "iS)  tathoinii  water,  gooil  Iwiltling  groiiiul, 
and  st'cuiT  tVoiii  nil  wiikIh. 

'I'liroc  iniU's  Moiith  from  Canada  point  in  ('jinada  lioad.  It  in  protty  hijrii. 
and  vt>i'  di<itin;;iusii:iM(*,  oitluT  to  IIm;  noiliiiv.ird  or  to  tlic  soiitjiward  ; 
but  wluMi  you  ar«  directly  to  thv.  oasUvanl  of  it,  it  ih  rather  hid  by  the 
hiu;Ii  lands,  in  the  country,  ciiili'd  tliO  Clouds. 

I'pv.'nrd- of  I  niilus  to  llu>  S.  VV.  from  Ciinada  head  in  Mooping  hnr- 
Itoiir,  l»y  the  F'rKurh  railed  San^ford.  This  place  has  2  arnis,  or  rather 
l).t)H,  the  one  lyiiiy  u\t  the  northward,  and  t!n'  other  to  tin;  wentward. 
There  is  very  de.  jt  water  in  the  n»trth  arm,  until  you  approach  near  the 
head  ;  it  is  .)  I  i'>se  sandy  'oettoin,  entirely  op«'n  to  sonlherly  winds,  and 
not  a  place  of  safety  for  shipping:;.  In  the  westward  arm  a  ship  may  safely 
and  or  ii\  a  niod(  rate  depth  of  wat"r. 

Al;oiit  4  niihis  to  the  southward  of  Hooping  harbour  is  Kouchee. 
There  is  no  anchoraj^e  in  this  phice  until  you  approach  near  the  h(uid, 
vhcrt!  there  is  a  cove  on  the  north  tide.  The  land  is  I'Xtrcmely  high  on 
both  sides,  and  deep  water  close  to  the  shore.  This  cove  is  about  '2  or 
Smiles  from  the  entrance,  in  wliich  there  is  anchorage  in  1(1  fathoms 
water,  but  So  small,  that  a  ship  must  moor  head  and  stern.  There  is 
another  a.'m,  which  runs  near  '2  miles  above  this  ;  it  is  extremely  nar- 
row, and  so  deep  water,  that  it  is  never  used  by  shipping. 

Three  leagues  to  the  S.  VV.  from  Forichf'e,  is  Great  harbour  deep,  by 
the  French  called  Hay  Orange  :  It  may  be  known  from  any  other  place, 
by  the  land  at  its  entrance  being  much  lower  than  any  laud  on  the  north 
side  of  White's  bay,  and  l)ears  N.  W.  ^  N.  from  Partridge  point.  This  is 
a  large  bay.  A  little  within  liie  entrance  there  is  a  small  cove  on  osich 
side,  generally  used  by  the  tlshing  ships,  though  very  dangerous  for  a  ship 
to  lie  in  :  'I'lioy  always  moor  head  and  stern  ;  notwithstanding,  if  a  gale  of 
wind  happens  to  tiie  eastward,  they  are  in  the  greatest  danger.  Near  3 
miles  within  the  erttrance  of  this  bay,  it  branches  out  in  .3  arms.  In  the 
north  arm,  w  hich  is  much  the  largest,  there  is  so  deep  water,  you  will 
have  no  ancliorage  until  you  approach  near  the  head  ;  the  middle  arm  is 
the  best  p.n*'e  for  ships  to  anchor,  in  7  fathoms  water,  and  a  good  bottom. 

F'rom  Oi.mge  bay,  2  leagues  to  the  S.  \V.  is  Grandfather's  cove,  by  the 
French  called  TAnce  TUnion.  This  is  an  inlet  of  about  2  miles,  directly 
open  to  the  S.  E.  winds ;  it  may  be  known  when  near  the  shore,  by  the 
north  point  of  it  appearing  like  an  island,  and  bears  N.  W.  by  W.  i  W. 
from  Partridge  point.  It  is  but  an  indifl'erent  harbour  for  shipping.  Scarce- 
ly 2  miles  further,  is  another  inlet,  called  Little  harbour  deep,  by  the 
French,  la  Vache.  This  is  also  directly  open  to  the  S.  E.  winds  ;  off  the 
north  point  of  this  inlet,  are  some  rocks,  i  a  mile  from  the  shore,  which 
always  shew  above  water,  about  which  is  good  fishing  ground  ;  the  water 
is  not  very  deep  in  any  part  of  this  inlet,  and  when  you  are  half  way 
from  the  entrance  to  the  head,  it  becomes  quite  shoal. 

About  2  leagues  further  to  the  S.  W.  is  Little  cat  arm,  which  is  an  inlet 
tliat  lies  up  west  2  miles.  This  inlet  is  about  2  miles  from  Great  cat  arm. 
Off  the  north  head  there  arc  some  rocks,  which  shew  above  water ;  to 
avoid  which,  in  sailing  in,  keep  nearest  to  the  south  side  ;  but  you  will 
find  no  anchorage  till  you  approach  near  the  head  of  this  arm,  where  you 
will  be  securely  land-locked. 

Upwards  of  3  leagues  to  the  S.  S.  W.  from  Great  cat  arm,  is  Coney  arm 
head.  This  is  the  most  remarkable  land  on  the  west  side  of  White  bay  : 
it  bears  W.  S.  W.  distance  3  leagues  from  Partridge  point.  The  land,  all 
the  way,  runs  nearly  straight,  until  you  come  to  this  head,  which  pro- 


jcct»  out  n( 
Coney  arm, 
W.  from  Ih 
fur  tishing  c 
From  Co 
Frenchman 
From  Fr« 
low  ragged  I 
in  a  small  c( 
stern.     Thi 
From  Jat 
<^nd  of  Sop' 
from  Partrii 
Gout  island, 
north  of  whi 
.Sop's  island- 
island.     Thi 
fore  you  c(»i 
a  cove  at  tin 
coves  oppos 
is  carried  on 
within  Goat 
From  the 
bay,  the  dist 
Here  the  riv 
Near  6  lej 
of  the  bay,  li 
and  atlbrds  iv 
hies' length  ( 
Nearly  abre; 
bay,  is  Purw 
veniencies  fo 
W.  by  S.  J-  i 
This  arm  liei 
in  about  18  f 
its  entrance  : 
where  small 
thorns  water 
ferent  place, 
the  point  on  i 
Two  Icagu 
about  S.  E.  b 
this  arm  is  a 
shoal,  wherec 
best  piiasage  i 
this  is  not  pi 
point  lie  the 

About  1,',  n 
ward  arm,  ie 
ly  land-locke( 
there  is  good 
you  are  near 
's  a  mussel  bar 
and  above  this 


10  Edit. 


Biuiit*tf  Atnrricnii  Coast  Pilot. 


71 


all 
Iro- 


ject^t  uut  titrurlv  1}  miU>,  I'orininit  u  deep  lu^lit,  wliicli  U  ciiilril  Great 
Coney  arm.  'I'livro.  is  no  ktiui  or^^licltcr  for  HluppiiiK  at  tliin  place.  N. 
W.  from  thi'  IkmkI,  is  Little  iUmvy  arm,  which  i«  a  roiivi'iiiciit  little  placH 
fur  fiMliiri){  craft,  but  at  thu  cutraitcc  it  in  too  Hhallow  for  a  ^liip. 

Fruiii  Coney  head,  about  4  miles  further  up  the  Itay,  in  a  cove  culled 
Freiichman'M  cove,  in  which  a  4hi|>  might  Hafely  anchor. 

l''rom  l''renchmun'H  cove,  about  a  league  further  to  the  houIIi,  round  n 
low  ragj^etl  point,  i«  JackHon's  arm,  in  which  in  pretty  deep  water,  except 
in  a  small  cove  on  the  starboard  hand,  where  a  Hhi|)  may  moor  head  and 
btern.     This  place  ulfords  the  larK«*Nt  timber  in  White's  bay. 

From  Jiickson^s  arm,  l  miles  further  to  the  southward,  is  the  north 
end  of  Sop's  island,  which  bears  S.  VV.  J  VV.  distance  about  10^  miles 
from  l'artrid;j;e  point.  This^island  is  1 1  miles  in  circuit,  by  which,  anti 
Goal  island,  is  formetl  a  lon^  passage,  or  ai  n»,  called  .Sop's  arm  ;  in  the 
north  of  which  a  hbip  may  safely  anchor,  just  within  the  north  end  of 
Hop's  island.  The  best  passable  into  this  arm  is  by  the  north  wide  of  Sop'H 
island.  There  is  also  aiiclioniii^e  l)etween  .Sop's  island  and  the  main,  be- 
tbre  you  come  the  length  of  (Joat  island,  but  the  water  is  deep  ;  there  i!4 
a  cove  at  the  north  cind  of  tliis  island,  called  Sop's  cove,  and  iJ  other  small 
coves  opposite  on  the  mam,  called  Hart's  coves,  in  iiil  of  which  n  fishery 
iH  carried  on,  but  ship^  generally  anchor  in  the  upper  part  of  the  arm, 
within  Gont  island. 

From  the  north  end  of  Sop's  island,  to  the  river  at  the  head  of  the 
bay,  the  distance  is  upwards  of  0  leagues.  This  place  iii  called  gold  cove. 
Here  the  river  brancheH  out  into  several  small  streams  of  water. 

Near  5  leagues  down  from  the  river  head,  and  nearest  the  S.  E.  side 
of  the  bay,  lies  Granby's  island,  by  some  called  Mid-bay  island.  This  isl- 
and aflbrds  no  cove  nor  shelter  for  boats.  On  the  S.  K.  part,  about  2  ca- 
bles' length  olV,  there  is  a  shoal,  whereon  is  not  above  1^  fathoms  water. 
Nearly  abreast,  or  rather  below  this  island,  on  the  S.  K.  side  of  the  White 
bay,  is  Purwick  cove,  in  which  shipping  may  safely  anchor,  and  good  con- 
veniencies  for  the  Jisherv.  About  .0  miles  to  the  N.  E.  of  this  cove,  and 
W.  by  S.  J  S.  from  the  north  end  of  Sop's  island,  lies  Westward  arm. 
This  arm  lies  up  about  S.  E.  4  miles,  in  which  ships  may  safely  anchor, 
in  about  18  fathoms  water  :  there  is  a  cove  on  each  side  of  this  arm,  at 
its  entrance  ;  that  on  the  N.  E.  side,  culled  Bear  cove,  is  much  the  best, 
where  small  ships  may  securely  moor,  sheltered  from  all  winds,  in  12  fa- 
thoms water  ;  the  other  cove,  which  is  called  Wild  cove,  is  but  an  indif- 
ferent place,  being  open  to  the  N.  W.  winds,  and  a  foul  rocky  bottom  i 
the  point  on  the  N.  E.  side  of  Western  arm,  is  called  Hauling  point. 

Two  leagues  to  the  N.  E.  of  Hauling  point,  is  another  arm,  lying  up 
about  S.  E.  by  S.  3  or  4  miles,  called  Middle  arm.  At  the  entrance  of 
this  arm  is  a  rocky  island,  from  which,  quite  home  to  both  shores,  is  a 
shoal,  whereon  is  from  1  to  2,  and  in  some  places  3  fathoms  water.  The 
best  piiasage  into  this  arm  is,  to  keep  the  larboard  shore  on  board  ;  but 
this  is  not  proper  for  large  shipping.  Between  this  arm  and  Hauling 
point  lie  the  Pigeon  islands,  about  which  is  good  fishing  ground. 

About  1^  mile  to  tiie  N.  E.  from  Middle  arm,  is  another,  called  South- 
ward arm,  ii>  whicli  a  ship  may  safely  anchor  in  17  fathoms  water,  entire- 
ly land-lock«nl  ;  here  she  will  be  nearly  3  miles  within  the  heads,  but 
there  is  good  anchorage  in  any  part  below,  from  20  to  25  fathoms,  beiore 
you  are  near  so  far  up.  A  little  above  the  inner  point,  on  the  north  side, 
is  a  mussel  bank  entirely  across  the  arm,  which  is  nearly  dry  at  low  water  ; 
and  above  this  bank  you  will  again  have  11  and  1'2  fathoms,  and  contiouesi 


II'    *.. 

4 


7S 


Hluriffl  Amrricftn  Con.st  Pilo^ 


10  R<1it. 


10  Edit. 


(ieup  to  (lit*  river  luMid.  Thiv  urrn  is  iiciiiiy  5  U'liKnn  ulmvo  I'artriilKn 
point,  tind  inti^  Ix^  known,  when  miIimk  uii  tlio  S.  K.  nu\(\  of  the  Whiti* 
h;iy,  by  it»  hoin^  th«'  firnt  inlot,  nnd  hearn  W.  by  S.  Ironi  C<»n«')  ami  h^Hil, 
which  hi'H  on  the  other  aide  of  the  bay,  nnd  which  hisid  it  idwHyH  vory 
conMpicnoiifl. 

Near  a  Icugtir  ri'«)ni  Soiithwiii'd  arm,  towardi  Partridge  point,  in  Lolmter 
Harbour.  'I'hiN  is  a  Nniidl  round  harbour,  with  a  iihoid  narrow  iMitrance  ; 
at  low  waler,  at  «onio  places  in  tin'  *  iilrance,  tlwre  in  nul  iihovi!  H  or  !) 
feet  water,  but  after  yon  are  in,  you  will  have  I'i  and  IM  CathomH  all  over 
the  harbour.     Small  Nhip><  may  enter  at  proper  limen  of  tide. 

It  n<»w«  fHi  full  and  <,liiiinrc  day-*,  nean-Mt  K.  by  S.  and  VV.  by  N.  in  all 
placeM  in  White  bay.  From  Canada  bead  the  current  ^  <>nerally  MetM  up 
the  White  bay,  on  the  N.  W.  Hide,  anil  down  the  bay  on  the  oth<>r  fide  ; 
and  between  rartrid^e  point  and  r;ipe  John,  it  generally  nioH  about  M.  K. 
Iiy  K.  It  is  obtierved  that  the  Hood  or  ebb,  Mcaroe  ever  niakco  any  altera- 
tion in  the  conrHe  of  the  riirrrnt. 

From  Canada  head  to  Fleiir  de  [,ys,  the  course  Ih  south  nearly  10 
league:).  This  harbour  in  Hituatt^i  about  4  inilento  (be  S.  I),  from  Partridge 
point,  and  bears  S.  W.  by  W.  ^  W.  diHtnncc  about  10  iiiiIoh  from  the  went 
<;nd  of  the  westernmost  of  the  Horse  i^l»Il(l^.  'I'he  tntra'ice  of  thi(*  har- 
bour is  not  distinguishable,  until  you  come  pretty  near  Ine  shore  :  but  it 
maybe  known  at  a  distance,  by  a  iuoin<tui.i  over  it  >|ipeariii);  something 
like  the  top  of  a  fleur  de  lyj,  from  whi^h  it  takes  it*  name.  There  is  no 
danger  in  sailing  into  this  harbour,  until  you  rotne  within  2  cables'  length 
of  the  harbour  island,  which  ix  on  the  south  j^ide,  at  which  distance  there 
lies  n  rock,  whereon  there  is  not  above  (5  feet  at  low  water  ;  it  is  shoal 
from  this  rock  li('nu>  to  the  island  ;  to  avoid  which  keep  the  starboaid  or 
north  shore  on  board,  and  you  may  come  too  in  any  part  of  this  harbour 
nbove  the  said  inland,  in  ijf  and  5  fathoms  water,  sheltered  from  all 
«vinds. 

The  two  Horse  islands  are  situated  between  Partridge  point  and  cape 
John.  The  west  end  of  the  weeternmost  Morse  island  bears  E.  |^.  dis- 
tance 10  or  1 1  iniles  ftom  Partridgr  noint ;  and  the  S.  E.  p9irt'o£tlk  east- 
ernmost island  bears  N.  W.  by  W .  from  cape  John,  distance  near  h  leagues. 
These  inlands  are  about  6  leagues  in  circuit,  and  tolerable  high  { there  arc 
3  rocks  above  water,  lying  to  the  northward  of  the  easternmost, afid  pn  the 
cast  side  of  the  said  island  arc  sunken  rocks,  at  some  places  near  a  mile 
from  the  shore.  There  is  a  small  harbour,  lit  for  shallops,  at  the  S.  E. 
part  of  this  island. 

Bay  Verte  and  Mynx  lie  to  the  S.  E.  from  Fleur  de  Lys,  are  small  places 
not  tit  for  shipping.  At  Mynx  it  is  impossible  for  more  than  one  ship  to  lie, 
which  is  between  a  small  rock  island  and  the  main,  moored  head  and  stern. 
Between  these  places  is  bay  of  Verte  or  Little  bay,  which  runs  up  S.  E. 
full  3  leagues  ;  and  towants  the  hea.i  tb-'re  is  plenty  of  i^ood  timber.  Bay 
of  Pine,  or  Mynx,  is  an  inlet  ofaboui  five  miles,  ntr  rds  no  anchorage,  ex- 
cept at  Mynx,  which  is  at  the  entracre  as  beiiire  riirntioned. 

Near  5  leagues  to  S.  E.  from  Flour  de  Lys,  is  the  harbour  of  Pacquet,  at 
^  a  mile  within  the  entrance.  This  harbour  divides  into  2  arms,  the  one 
extending  to  the  N.  W.  and  the  other  to  the  S.  W.  The  N.  W.  arm  is  a 
very  good  place  for  shipping  to  lie  in  entirely  land-locked  ;  the  S.  W.  arm 
is  a  mile  long,  but  narron ,  yet  is  a  safe  snug  harbour.  This  harbour  is  not 
very  distinguishable  until  you  approach  pretty  near  ;  it  bears  S.  ^  W.  from 
the  passage  between  the  Horse  islands,  and  may  be  known  by  the  south 

;k  mountain  ;  the  north  point  is  rather  low,  off 


being  a  high 


which  liA  J 

unchor  in  I 

.Vboiit  2 

'I'hw  H  a  ci 

niuling  into 

inner  point! 

hour,  »hi(  I 

(it  for  ^liipi 

Mandy  botto 

About  t  I 

Cey.      'lln. 

Hig  in  ;  you 

water. 

Cape  Job 

t>'  N.  and  III 

island,  beai'i 

From  cap 

distflnce  i  I  1 

it  being  dire 

sea.    N.  i  W 

on  «\bich,  in 

and  tite  shor 

Wiif   r  »p( 

Twiliu^ali.-  ix 

only. 

From  Capi 

or  18  leii^ue.- 

This  is  a  j)ie 

tricate  and  d; 

and  coming  ti 

very   bold  to 

.scarcely  half 

the  Hiidllc,  a 

you  are  throu 

if  you  intend 

bring  the'poii 

hour  rock,  w 

low  water  spr 

from  (5  to  J  fat 

Coming  fro 

Fogo  head,  oti 

iterally  (more 

to  the  eastwar 

Coming  from  1 

(which  is  a  sui 

harbour)  whe 

(by  compass)  i 

in  the  hollow  i 

Tickle,  which 

which  makes  t 

cover  the  entr; 

is  that  on  Sim' 

the  south  side, 

immediately  w 


.ft-fe,. 


10  Edit. 


Blunt%  Amrrican  Coast  Pilot. 


7J 


laces 
lie, 
lern. 
E. 
|Bay 
ex- 
It,  at 
lone 
is  a 
arm 
not 
Irom 
)uth 
off 


which  lie  '^  rook  inlcs  ;  holh  «hnrcH  «r«»  hold  too.  Sti»«»r  throctty  in,  nml 
uiichor  in  th«'  N.  W.  uim,  mi  alxtiit  I  I  liitiionH  >vi4t>i. 

Ahont  '.'  Ici)((nes  tVnrn  I'll*  t|(K't,  to  (lu>  8.  t).  i«i  Grnit  ruiiiul  hiithonr. 
ThiM  IH  a  rtiiivcinciit  httlt<  liiirlMtiii'  I'm-  liMhiii)^!<hip»;  thfi**  m  no  danger  in 
^aihoK  uito  il  ;  Ixilh  Mhorcx  lu'ln^  liolil  loo,  yon  may  anchor  within  tin*  two 
innrr  poinl^,  in  4  and  6  i'lthoinn,  mtirciy  hirid-hu'ltcd.  i.itth'  roiitid  har- 
honr,  wliuh  i^  aliont  1,J  inih>  round  a  point  to  lh«-  N.  K.  I'lom  (hm,  h  not 
lit  i'or  '•luppini;;  it  it  only  a  cuvi',  v^hvruin  in  hot  2  I'athoniM,  and  a  looxn 
miiikIv  bottom. 

Aliont  I  niilt'H  to  the  S.  \V.  tVom  c\i\w  John,  m  the  Hiniill  harhonr  of  La 
Cvy.  'I'liii  \A.uA'.  i>i  opi'ri  to  tlw  N.  N.  VV.  'I'Immt  is  ru»  dangi>i'  in  «Hil- 
"■K  ''* «  y*>"  ""^y  anchor  in  any^  depth  yon  pluane,  iVoui  U  tu  3  luthuuit 
water. 

Cape  .lohn  i>*  a  lofty  ra^-^fd  poini  of  hind.  It  Vu"i  in  ihi'  latitude  of  .^jO* 
G'  N.  and  may  he  known  l»y  the  ihill  ish*,  whnli  is  a  Miiall,  hiKh,  round 
island,  hearinK  nearly  eaHt,  ahont   I  inih'H  from  the  pil(  li  oI'iIm*  rap<>. 

From  cap!'  John  to  tho  hay  of  I'wilin^^ate,  the  course  jh  .S,  K.  Uy  K, 
diHtnnce  1 1  or  \2  harm's.  i'hiH  i«  hut  an  indilVerent  place  for  »'hi|»pinK, 
it  hfiiij;  directly  open  to  th»'  N.  K.  winds,  which  heave  in  a  vt'iy  );reat 
»eM.  N.  I  VV.  ahont  \  miles  from  the  entraiKU-  of  this  hay,  there  i^  a  hunk, 
on  wiiich,  in  the  winter,  the  Mca  hasi  Ixmmi  rtct>n  to  hrcak,  hi-twccn  whieU 
and  tlie  shore  liiere  arc  from  hi)  U>  >U»  fithomn  naier. 

Wii'f'  ripe  cove,  which  lien  on  the  went  side  of  the  westernmoHt 
Twilm^alc  inland,  that  makes  Twilingate  bay,  h  u  place  for  fiHhing  craft 
only. 

From  Cape  John  to  Fojro  head,  theconrtic  is  K.  hy  8.  \  .S.  distance  17 
or  IB  lea;;uef*.  Iimin'dialely  to  the  eastward  of  this  head  is  Foj^o  harbour. 
This  is  a  pretty  i^o()«l  harbour  for  lishiiin  ships,  &,c.  but  the  entrance  is  in- 
tricate and  daiiii;eroii>.  'J'o  sail  into  Ibis  harbour  with  a  westerly  wind, 
and  coming  from  the  westward,  keep  close  on  hoanl  of  Fogo  head  ;  it  in 
very  bold  too,  imd  nothinj;  to  lear  until  you  open  a  narrow  entrance, 
scarcely  half  a  cable's  length  wide.  Steer  directly  in,  keopuig  right  in 
the  Hiidlk',  aaityoi.  will  carry  from  8  to  \  fathoms  water  Ihrough.  When 
you  are  through  this  paisaj^e,  which  is  commonly  called  the  West  Tickle, 
if  you  intend  to  anchor  in  the  westward  highf,  steer  to  tlu;  S.  K.  till  you 
liring  the'poinl  between  the  bights  to  hear  W.  hy  N.  to  avoid  tlie  har- 
bour rock,  which  in  a  sunken  rock,  that  »icarcely  ever  shows  but  at  dead 
low  water  spring  tides  ;  tlion  you  may  haul  up  to  the  westward,  and  anchor 
from  Gto  J  fathoms,  good  holding  ground,  and  sheltered  from  all  winds. 

Coming  from  the  westwarJ,  you  must  not  he  afraid  to  make  hold  with 
Fogo  head,  otherwise  you  will  lni^s  the  West  Tickle  :  and  as  there  isge- 
i>erally  (more  particularly  with  a  westerly  wind)  a  strong  current  running 
to  the  eastward,  ships  making  that  mistakf  ^  seldom  can  work  up  again  ; 
Coming  from  the  eastward,  and  bound  into  Fogo,  to  avoid  Dean's  rock, 
(which  is  a  simken  rock,  in  the  passage  between  Joe  Batt's  point  and  Fogo 
harbour)  when  abreast  of  Joe  Batt'ii  point,  you  must  steer  W.  N.  W. 
(by  compass)  until  a  remarkable  round  hill,  called  Brimstone  hill,  appears 
in  the  hollow  of  the  harbour.  Then  you  may  steer  directly  for  the  East 
Tickle,  which  may  he  known  by  the  lantern  on  the  top  of  Sim's  isle, 
which  makes  the  west  side  of  the  Tickle  ;  as  you  ajjproach,  you  will  dis- 
cover the  entrance.  Give  birth  to  the  point  on  the  siariioard  hand,  which 
is  that  on  Sim's  isle,  and  steer  directly  up  the  harbour,  keeping  nearest 
the  south  side,  and  you  will  carry  from  5  to  3  fathoms  water  through  : 
immediately  when  you  are  round  the  point,  steer  S.  S.  W.  to  avoid  the 

10 


A^< 


0>^».^' 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


1.0 


I.I 


■u  lU   122 
2.0 


lU 

lU 
u 


140 


IJi& 


III  '-2^  1 ''  u^ 

^ 

6"     

» 

<^ 


VQ 


'■>. 


Photographic 

Sciences 

CorpQration 


23  WBT  MAIN  STRliT 

WIBSTM.N.Y.  MSM 

(716)172-4503 


4' 


<> 


o 


z 


^ 


.^' 


<> 


%  ^^ 


74 


Blunf  8  American  Coast  Pilot. 


TO  Edi(. 


harbour  rock,  and  follow  the  above  directions  for  anchoring.  As  there 
are  2  entrances  to  thij^arbour,- and  both  narrow,  you  may  choose  accord- 
ing to  the  wind.  The  middU  Tickle  is  .nly  fit,  and  even  intricate*,  for 
shallops,  though  it  apfipars  the  widest. 

About  7  miles  to  the  K.  E.  from  the  entrance  of  Fogo  harbour  lie^ 
Little  Fogo  island  ;  from  which,  above  2  leagues  distance,  to  the  north- 
ward, eastward,  and  westward,  lie  a  great  number  of  small  rocks,  above 
and  under  water,  which  makes  this  part  of  the  coast  exceeding  dangerous, 
especially  in  foggy  weather. 

Between  the  bay  of  Twilingate  and  Fogo  head,  nearly  midway,  lief> 
the  isle  of  Bacalean.  To  the  S.  W.  from  this  island,  near  3  miles,  is  the 
harbour  of  Herring  neck,  which  is  a  fine  harbour,  sufficient  for  any  ships 

From  the  round  head  of  Fogo,  which  is  the  N.  E.  part  of  the  i.  l,tnd,  to 
the  outermost  Wadhnm's  island,  the  course  is  S.  E.  by  E.  distance  14  or 
16  miles.  There  is  a  very  good  passage  between  these  islands,  often 
used  by  shipping.  This  passage  is  above  a  mile  wide,  and  is  between  the 
second  and  third  island  ;  that  is,  you  are  to  leave  2  of  the  islands  with- 
out, or  to  the  northward  of  you.  Those  islands  are  about  6  lenguafe  iii 
circuit,  and  lie  near  2  leagues  from  the  main  land. 

From  the  outermost  of  Wadham's  islands,  that  is  the  N.  E.  isle  lo  the 
Gull  isles  off  Cape  Freels,  the  course  is  S.  E.  distance  10  leagues.  Gull 
isle  is  a  small  rock  island,  and  lies  about  a  mile  and  a  half  from  the  pitch 
of  Cape  Freels,  which  is  a  low  point  of  land  ;  between  this  cape  and 
T  Green's  pond  island  are  several  small  islands  and  sunken  rocks  along 
shore.  There  is  no  passage  from  the  cape  towards  Green's  pond  for 
shipping  within  the  Stinking  isles,  without  being  very  well  acquainted. 

The  Stinking  islands  lie  S.  S.  E.  2  leagues  from  Gull  island,  and  N.  N. 
W>  13  leagues  from  Cape  Bonavista. 

N.  \  E.  from  Cape  Bonavista,  and  N.  27'^  E.  ^bout,  10  leagues  from 
Cape  Freels,  lies  Funk  island.  This  island  Ue«  in  the  latitude  of  49° 
52'  N .  it  is  but  small  and  low,  not  to  be  seen  above  4  or  5  leagues  in  clear 
weather.  There  are  2  small  isles,  or  rather  rocks,  at  a  small  distance 
from  the  N.  W.  part.  This  island  is  much  frequented  by  sea  birds  of 
various  kinds. 

About  W.  N.  W.  distance  7  leagues  from  Funk  island,  lie  the  danger- 
ous rocks,  called  Darel's  ledge,  upon  which  the  sea  almost  always  breaks. 

Green's  pond  harbour  is  situated  on  the  .v  3St  side  of  Bonavista  bay» 
and  bears  from  the  Stinking  isles,  S.  63"  W.  du:tance  upwards  of  4  j^eagues. 
It  may  be  known  by  the  Copper  islands,  which  lie  to  the  southward  of 
the  harbour,  and  are  pretty  high,  and  sugar-loaf  topped.  This  harbour 
is  formed  by  several  islands,  that  are  detached  about  half  a  mile  from  the 
main  land,  the  largest  of  which  is  called  Pond  isle^  and  makes  the  north 
side  of  the  harbour.  This  island  is  tolerable  high,  and  near  5  miles  in 
circuit.  The  other  islands,  making  the  south  side,  ar^  but  small.  This 
is  but  a  small  harbour.  Towards  the  upper  part  2  ship?  can  scarcely 
lie  abreast.  There  is  no  danger  in  jsailing  into  this  harbour,  until  you  ap- 
proach its  entrance,  where  you  must  be  cMireful  of  a  shoal ;  it  is  but  of 
very  small  extent,  whereon  is  not  above  6. or  7  feet  at  low  water  ;  you 
may  pass  on  either  side  of  this  shoal ;  but  the  north  side  is  the  widest 
and  best  passage. 

S.  70**  W.  about  4  miles  from  the  Copper  island  is  Shoe  cove  point. 
About  2  miles  to  the  northward  of  this  point  lies  New  harbour,  in  which 
siiipa  may  safely  aniphor,  though  it  is  but  a  small  harbour. 


riry- 


0  Edit. 

As  there 
!  accord- 
cat  <•,  for 

)our  lieu 
le  north- 
C8,  above 
tngerouu, 

way,  lies 

es,  is  the 
iny  ^hipg . 
1.  land,  to 
uce  14  or 
nds,  often 
tween  the 
mds  with- 
e.'igna^  iii 

ale  lo  the 
les.  Gull 
the  pitch 
cupc  aud 
>ck3  along 
8  pond  for 
aiutcd. 
and  N.  N. 

tgues  from 
ide  of  49° 
es  in  clear 
il  distance 
a  birds  of 

le  danger- 
lys  breaks, 
ivista  bay, 

4  leagues, 
ithward  of 
is  harbour 
e  from  the 

the  north 

5  miles  in 
all.  This 
n  scarcely 
til  you  ap- 
t  is  but  of 
ater  ;  you 
he  widest 

ove  point. 
,  in  which 


10  Edit. 


BItiriVs  American  Coast  Pilot. 


n 


Indian  bay  runs  up  west  about  4  leagues  aboTe  this  harbour  ;  at  the 
head  of  which  there  is  plenty  of  good  timber. 

From  Copper  island  to  the  Gull  isle  of  Cape  Bonavista,  the  course  il 
«S.  E.  \  S.  distance  10^  leagues ;  and  S.  20^  W.  distance  2  leagues  from 
<j}ull  island,  lies  Port  Bonavista.  It  is  a  very  unsafe  place  for  ships  to 
ride  in,  being  directly  open  to  the  winds  between  the  N.  and  W.  and  a 
loose  sandy  bottom. 

Barrow  harbour  beav^  W.  \  N.  8  leagues  from  Port  Bonavista.  This 
is  a  very  good  harbour. 

From  Port  Bonavista,  W.  \  S.  about  10  miles,  lies  the  little  harbour  of 
Keels,  which  is  only  fit  for  fishing  craft. 


Directions  far  navigating  from  Cape  Race  to  Cape  Bona* 
^         vista,  with  remarks  upon  the  Fishing  Banks.      ^ 


From  Cape  Race  to  Cape  Ballard,  is  N.  N.  E.  about  3^  or  4  leagues^ 
between  which,  about  half  way,  is  Clam  cove,  which  is  only  for  boats  : 
and  near  to  Cape  Ballard  is  another  cove,  called  Chain  cove,  where  are 
several  rocks  lying  before  it  (but  there  is  no  harbour,  or  bay,  for  ships 
to  ride  in)  and  fish  between  the  two  ci  pes. 

But  to  the  northward  of  Cape  Ballard  is  another  cove  for  boats  ; 
and  about  4  miles  from  the  cape  is  Freshwater  bay^  near  half  way  be- 
tween Cape  Ballard  and  Renowes,  Renowes  being  the  southernmost  har- 
bour the  English  have  in  Newfoundland. 

From  Cape  Ballard  to  the  south  point  of  Renowes,  the  course  is  N . 
N.  E.  about  two  leagues.  Renowes  is  but  a  bad  harbour,  by  reason  of 
sunken  rocks  going  in,  lying  off  the  fairway,  besides  other  rocks  on  each 
«ide,  but  it  i|  a  good  place  for  fishing. 

Those  who  go  in  there  should  be  very  well  acquainted  ;  when  you  arc 
in,  where  ships  usually  ride,  you  have  not  above  15  feet  water,  and  but 
>;mall  drift,  by  reason  of  shoals  about  you,  and  a  S.  S.  E.  wind  brings  in  a 
great  sea,  so  that  it  is  very  bad  riding,  and  only  used  in  summer  time  : 
the  harbour  lies  N.  W.  about  a  league  in  ;  but  you  must  keep  the  south 
side  going  in,  for  that  is  the  clearest. 

Off  the  south  point  of  the  entrance  of  the  harbour  is  an  island,  a  small 
ilistance  from  the  shore  ;  and  off  the  said  south  point  of  the  harbour,  S. 
E.  by  E.  about  half  a  league,  is  a  great  rock  high  above  water,  called  Re- 
nowes rock,  which  you  may  see  at  least  3  leagues  off  in  fair  weather,  but 
the  rock  is  bold  to  go  on  either  side. 

From  Renowes  point  to.Fermowes  is  1 J  league  N.  E.  by  N.  N.  E.  and 
N.  tending  about,  but  being  a  little  without  Renowes,  the  course  will  be 
N.  N.  E.  till  you  come  open  of  the  harbour  of  Fermowes.  Between  the 
said  two  harbours  is  a  cove,  called  Bears'  cove  :  a  place  only  for  boats  to 
stop  at  if  the  wind  be  contrary,  but  no  inhabitants. 

Fermowes  is  a  very  good  harbour,  and  bold  going  in,  no  danger  but  the 
shore  itself;  it  lies  in  N.  W.  and  N.  W.  by  W.  Being  past  the  entrance, 
there  are  several  coves  on  each  side  of  the  harbour,  where  ships  may 
and  often  do  ride  ;  the  first  cove  on  the  starboard  side  (going  in)  or  north 
side,  is  called  Clear's  cove,  where  ship's  seldom  (but  may)  ride  ;  the  next 
within  it,  a  little  distance  on  the  north  side,  is  the  Adiaural's  cove  (where 


BlutifH  American  Coast  Pilot. 


lOEdrt. 


Uvea  a  plnntfr  ;)  in  this  raw  yoii  lie  land-lockod  from  »U  winds,  utid  ride 
in  7  or  0  fathoms,  good  ground. 

The  Vice  AdtniraPs  cove  (so  called)  is  on  the  south  sick;,  farther  in.  or 
more  westerly,  and  in  a  very  roo<I  place  to  ride  in  for  many  ships, 
good  ground,  and  above  the  said  cove,  on  the  south  side,  farther  in,  \^ 
another  arm  or  cove,  where  also  you  lie  secure.  You  have  about  20  fa- 
thoms water  in  the  entrance  of  the  harbour  ;  but  within  .you  have  from 
14  to  i'i,  10,  0,  8,  7,  and  (j  fathoms,  us  you  please,  and  the  head  runs  up 
at  least  4^  miles. 

From  Fermowes  to  Augua  fort,  the  course  ia  N^  by  E.  about  a  league, 
between  which  are  two  heads,  or  points  of  lund,  about  a  mile  from  each 
othen  (he  southernmost,  or  next  to  Fermowes,  is  called  Bald  head,  about 
a  mile  from  the  harbour's  mouth  of  Fermowes  ;  between  which  is  a  pretty 
deep  bay,  but  all  full  of  rocks,  and  no  saQaty  for  boats  to  come  on  shore 
at  in  a  storm  ;  it  is  but  a  mile  from  the  harbour,  which  is  safe  for  ships 
or  boats,  and  not  above  2  miles  to  the  entering  of  Agua  fort. 

The  next  head  to  the  northward  of  Bald  head  is  Black  head,  lying  N. 
and  Si  one  from  the  other,  about  a  mile  asunder  ;  and  from  Black  head 
to  the  point  of  Agua  fort  harbour,  is  N.  W.  by  N.  1  mile,  which  har- 
bour is  very  good,  and  safe,  for  ships  ;  it  lies  in  VV.  N.  W.  There  is  a 
great  rock  above  water  going  in  on  the  south  side,  which  is  bold  too  ; 
you  nm  up  about  2  miles  within  the  harbour's  mouth,  and  ride  on  the 
tiorth  side,  and  lie  land-locked,  us  it  were  a  pond,  like  to  Ferryland 
pool,  but  larger,  where,  with  a  piece  of  timber,  you  may  make  a  stage 
from  your  ship  to  your  stage  on  shore,  being  an  excellent  harbour,  and 
ivnter  deep  enough. 

From  Agua  f8rt  to  Ferryland  head  (the  south  part  of  the  head)  the 
course  is  east,  about  3  miles.  Crow  island,  being  about  a  mile  from  Agua 
fort,  lies  E.  N.  E.  from  the  harbour's  mouth,  and  from  the  S.  E.  end  of 
Crow  island  lies  a  shoal  about  a  cable's  length. 

From  the  north  part  of  Ferryland  head  to  Ferryland,  the  course  is  W. 
by  N.  about  2  miles  ;  to  go  into  Ferryland  port  or  harbour,^ou  must  sail 
between  the  north  part  of  Ferryland  head  and  Buoy  island  ;  it  is  not  very 
broad,  but  there  is  water  enough,  and  clean  ground  ;  being  within  the 
said  Buoy  island,  you  may  run  in  aad  anchor  where  you  please,  it  being 
of  u  good  handsome  breadth  ;  or  you  may  go  into  the  Pool,  which  is  a 
place  on  the  larboard  side  (going  in)  with  a  point  of  beach,  where  you 
ride  in  12  feet  water  at  low  water,  and  where  the  admiral's  ships  gene- 
rally ride  (the  stages  being  near,  several  planters,  inhabitants,  live  in  this 
place.)  h  rom  Buoy  island,  almost  in  to  the  land  to  the  westward,  are 
small  islands  and  rocks,  which  make  Ferryland  harbour,  or  port,  and 
divide  it  from  Caplin's  bay  ;  between  the  said  rocks,  in  some  places,  is  a 
passage  for  boats,  and  the  water  rises  hereabouts  3^,  4,  and  sometimes  5 
feet,  and  sometimes  3  feet,  and  so  it  does  generally  in  all  thi^  harbours  of 
this  land. 

From  Ferryland  head  to  Cape  Broyle  head,  is  N.  by  £.  almost  4  miles, 
tetwe6n  which  are  three  islands,  which  lie  before  Caplin's  bay  ;  there 
are  channels  io  sail  between  them  to  Caplin's  bay,  that  is,  between  Buoy 
island,  which  is  the  sternmoet  and  greatest,  and  Goose  island,  which  is  the 
middlemost,  and  is  th(?j  second  in  bigness  next  to  Buoy  island  ;  also  you 
may  sail  through  between  Goose  island,  which  is  the  middlemost,  and 
^toiie  island,  which  is  ^he  northernmost ;  but  these  passages  are  large 
enough  for  ships  to  sail  or  turn  in  or  out ;  but'  between  Stone  island 
und  the  north  shore  (that  is,  Cape  Broyle)  there  is  no  passage  for  a 


10  Edit. 


BliintV  Amorican  Coast  Pilot. 


77 


clup,  only  for  boats,  there  being  a  great  rock  between  Stone  islnnd  and  the 
nortli  shore. 

Caplin'H  bay  is  larj^e  and  good,  and  runs  in  a  great  way  W.  N.  W.  al 
(cast  ti  mih^s  within  the  said  itihindf ,  where  many  ships  may  ride  in  good 
vround,  and  where  sometimes  the  Newfoundland  ships  meet  that  are 
bound  with  convoy  to  the  Streights,  but  generally  rendezvous  i^  the  bay 
of  Bulls. 

From  Cape  Broyle  head  (the  north  part  of  it^  which  lies  in  the  bay  or 
Jiarbour  of  Cape  Broyle,  W.  N.  W.  and  N.  W.  by  W.  about  74  miles, 
and  from  the  south  point  of  the  entrance  to  the  north  point  or  head,  is 
about  2  miles  broad,  and  lies  N.  by  VV.  and  S.  by  K.  one  from  the  other. 

Cape  Broyle  is  the  most  remarkable  land  on  all  the  south  const  of  New- 
foundland, for  coming  out  of  the  sea  either  fron?  the  southward  or  north- 
ward, it  makes  a  swamp  in  the  middle  and  appears  like  a  saddle.  E.  S. 
E.  from  the  north  point  of  Cape  Broyle,  about  ^  or  ^  of  a  mile,  lies  a 
sunken  rock  called  Old  Harry,  on  which  is  but  18  feet  water  ;  the  sea 
breaks  upon  it  in  bad  weather,  but  between  the  shore  and  it,  is  water 
enough  of  12  and  13  fathoms,  and  without  it  is  a  ledge  of  about  the  same 
depth,  where  they  used  to  lish,  but  off  the  ledge  is  deep  water  of  40  or 
50  fathoms  and  deeper.  In  very  bad  weather  the  sea  breaks  homie  al- 
most to  the  shore  from  Old  Harry,  by  reason  of  the  current  that  seta 
strong  generally  to  the  southward. 

From  Cape  Broyle  to  Brigus  by  south  (so  called  to  distinguish  it  from 
another  Brigus  in  the  Bay  of  Concefttion)  is  a  league,  but  from  the  north 
head  of  Cape  Broyle  bay  to  Brigus  is  but  a  little  more  than  a  mile,  and  lies 
in  N.  W.  and  N.  W.  by  W.  Brigus  is  a  place  only  for  small  ships  of  not 
above  7  or  8  feet  draught  of  water  to  ride  in  the  cove,  wnich  is  not  alto- 
gether safe  neither  ;  it  is  a  place  for  fishing,  where  live  two  planters  ; 
there  is  an  island  so  called,  where  they  build  their  stages,  and  make 
their  fish  upon,  who  come  there  fishing,  but  the  water  comes  not 
quite  round,  unless  in  a  great  storm  or  rage  :  it  is  a  place  of  little  con- 
sequence. 

From  Cape  Broyle  to  Cape  Neddick,  the  course  is  N.  hy  E.  northerly, 
5  leagues;  and  from  Brigus  point  to  Cfipe  Neddick,  is  N.  E.  almost  H 
mile  between  which  is  Freshwater  bay,  but'of  no  note.  Cape  Neddick 
is  a  high  point,  flat  at  top,  and  straight  down  to  the  water. 

From  Gape  Neddick  to  Baline  head  is  abou'  a  a  league  N.  E.  by  E. 
between  which  is  Lamanche.  Lamanchc  is  only  a  cove  in  the  bay,  wh6ire 
is  no  safe  riding  for  any  ship. 

From  B.iline  head  to  Baline  cove  is  near  |  of  a  mile  ;  it  is  a  place 
where  ships  use  to  keep  2  or  3  boats  with  a  stage  for  fishing,  where  one 
planter  lives  ;  the  place  is  not  for  ships,  only  small  vessels  may  come  in 
to  lade,  and  lie  within  the  rock  called  the  Whale's  Back,  which  rock 
breaks  off  any  sea,  and  there  are  2  rocks  above  water,  one  on  each  side 
going  in,  and  the  Whale's  Back  in  the  middle  but  without  the  said  rocks 
that  are  above  water. 

Against  Baline  cove  lies  Goose  island,  about  a  mile,  or  half  a  league  to 
the  seaward  of  Baline.  Goose  island  is  a  pretty  large  island,  ^  or  near  a 
mile  long. 

From  Bahne  head  to  Isle  de  Spear  isN.  N.  E.  a  mile  within  the  greatest 
of  the  said  islands,  which  is  the  northernmost.  Ships  every  year  fish 
there  ;  on  this  island  is  a  stage  on  the  inside,  that  is,  on  the  west  side, 
and  good  riding  in  summer  season,  the  island  being  pretty  large,  but  the 
northernmost  island  is  onlv  a  round  hill 'fit  for  no  use. 


''«CJ 


,<!| 


78 


Blunt*fl  American  Coast  Pilot.  '  10  Edit. 


The  next  to  the  Isle  de  Spcur  is  Toad's  cove,  where  a  planter  lives,  a 
place  for  bont!>  to  tiHli,  but  not  lurHhips  to  ride. 

A  little  without  Toad's  cove  (or  to  the  eastward)  is  Boxes  island,  be- 
tween which  and  it  is  no  passsige,  but  only  for  boats  to  go  through  nt  high 
water. 

From  Balinc  head  to  the  Momables  bay  is  N.  by  E.  about  4  miles, 
and  lies  N.  W.  near  2  miles  ;  it  lies  open  to  the  sea,  yet  is  a  good  place 
I'orfishing. 

rrom  Bnline  head  to  the  north  point  of  Momables  bay  (which  is  the 
south  point  of  Whitless  bay)  the  course  is  N.  N.  E.  northerly  4  miles  oft*, 
which  point  ig  a  shoul  of  rocks  that  lie  a  great  way  off,  so  that  men  must 
be  kell  acquainted  to  go  with  ships  between  tl)^  said  point  and  Green  isl- 
andf  which  is  a  small  island  right  oiT  against  tKe  said  point,  a  little  more 
than  n  mile  ;  for  if  you  intend  to  come  through  between  them,  then  it  is 
beajt  to  keep  the  island  side,  which  is  clearest. 

Prom  the  said  shoril  point  or  south  point  of  Whitless  bay,  the  land 
on  the  south  side  of  the  bay  li*^  in,  first  part  N.  N.  W.  and  after  more 
westerly. 

From  the  south  point  of  Whitless  bay  to  the  north  point  of  the  said 
bay  19  N.  E.  by  N.  about  a  league,  so  that  it  is  a  large  going  into  the  bay, 
lid  about  a  league  within  Gull  island  to  the  head  of  the  bay,,  there  is 
turning  in  or  out,  but  about  half  way  into  the  bay  on  the  north  side  (where 
the  planters  live  and  the  Admiral's  stage  is)  there  is  a  ledge  of  rocks 
which  you  must  avoid  :  the  most  paitt  of  them  may  be  seen  above  water  : 
you  may  lie  but  little  without  the  outermost,  which  appears  dry.  This 
is  a  far  better  bjiy  than  Momables,  by  reason  of  the  Gull  and  Green  isl- 
and lying  without  before  it ;  you  may  sail  between  the  islands,  or  between 
Green  island  and  the  south  point  of  Bay  Bulls,  yet  ships,  after  the  be- 
ginning of  September,  will  not  care  to  ride  in  Whitless  bay,  but  rather 
come  to  Bay  Bulls,  which  is  but  1^  league  by  sea  to  it,  and  not  above  2^ 
miles  over  land. 

From  Cape  Broyle  to  Bay  Bulls  is  N.  N.  E.  half  easterly,  5  Ie.agues 
from  the  south  head  of  Bay  bulls  to  the  north  head,  called  bull  head,  the 
course  is  N.  E.  northerly,  1}  mile,  or  thereabouts,  between  which  2 
heads  go  in  the  Bay  Bulls,  lying  W.  N.  W.  for  at  least  two  miles,  and  after 
that  N.  W.  for  about  a  mile,  to  the  river  head.  In  this  bay  is  good  riding, 
from  Sx")  fathoms  at  the  first  entrance  between  the  heads,  to  18,  16,  &c. 
after  you  are  shot  within  Bread  and  Cheese  point,  which  is  a  point  half 
the  bay  in,  on  the  north  side,  where  there  is  a  cove  in  which  the  Admi- 
rals keep  th<^,  ir  stage.  You  must  give  this  point  a  little  birth,  for  a  sunken 
rock  that  lies  off  that  point  not  |  a  cable's  length,  else  all  the  bay  is  bold 
too,  and  nothing  to  hurt  you  but  what  you  see.  Being  past  that  point, 
run  up  and  anchor  (or  turn  up)  against  the  high  hills  called  Joan  Clay's 
hill  (bring  it  N.  E.)  in  13  or  14  fathoms,  which  you  will  have  there  almost 
from  side  to  side,  but  merchantmen  run  farther  in,  and  anchor,  some  in 
10,  9,  or  8  fathoms,  not  above  a  point  open,  and  others  not  above  ^  a 
point.  Men  of  war  ride  not  3  points  open.  Here,  generally,  the  fleet  is 
made  up ;  that  is,  here  they  meet  ready  to  sail  (commonly  for  the 
Streights)  by  the  16th  or  20th  of  September.  It  is  from  side  to  side 
against  Joan  Clay^s  hill  as  aforesaid,  430  fathoms,  so  that  it  wants  4)ut  10 
fathoms  of  half  an  English  mile  broad. 

Frwn  BffjrIBulls  to  Petty  harbour,  the  course  is  N,  E.  by  N.  3i  or  4 
leagues »  between  which  is  nothing  remarkable  of  bays  or  coves,  but  a 
steep  dead  shore  only.    About  midway  is  a  place  called  the  Spout,  being 


)  Edit. 

lives,  a 

»nd,  be- 
ll lit  high 

4  miles, 
h\  place 

',h  ia  the 
miles  oft*, 
ncn  miiHt 
irecn  isl- 
tlc  more 
thon  it  is 

the  land 
ter  more 

r  the  snid 
>  the  bay, 
,  there  is 
le  (where 
!  of  rocks 
ve  water : 
ry.  This 
jreen  isl- 
r  between 

r  the  be- 
mt  rather 

above  2^ 

5  le.agues 
head,  the 

which  2 

and  ailer 
)od  riding, 

,  16,  &c. 

[point  half 

the  Admi- 

a  sunken 
[ay  is  bold 

lat  point, 
tan  Clay's 

>re  almost 

some  in 

Jabove  ^  a 

Ihc  fleet  is 

for  the 

[de  to  side. 

Its  ^ut  10 

31  or  4 

|ves,  but  a 

)ut,  being 


10  Edit. 


Blunf  8  American  Coast  Pilot. 


7ft 


a  hollow  place  which  the  seu  rum  into,  und  having  u  vent  on  the  top  uf 
the  land,  near  the  water  side,  spouts  up  the  water  in  such  u  manner  that 
you  may  ticc  it  u  great  way  off,  especially  if  there  be  any  sea,  which 
cautics  the  greater  violence. 

The  entrance  to  Petty  harbour  is  a  large  bay,  for  from  the  south  point 
to  the  north  point  is  a  league  distance,  N.  N.  E.  and  S.  S.  W.  and  it  is  u 
league  in,  where  the  ships  ride  that  tish  there,  being  but  a  litlk  cuvc.  It 
lies  in  W.  N.  W. 

From  the  north  point  of  Petty  harbour  to  Cape  Spear,  the  course  is  N. 
K.  by  N.  2  miloH,  or  thcrcubouts,  und  from  thence  the  land  tends  into  the 
N.  W.  to  Black  head,  and  so  to  the  harbour  of  St.  John's. 

From  Cape  Spear  to  the  harbour  of  St.  John's  is  N.  W.  by  N.  4  mi^s  ; 
between  which  arc  threeMpyH  *  the  first  is  from  Cupc  Spear  to  B(ack 
head,  and  is  called  Cape  uay  ;  the  second  is  from  Black  head  to  Low 
point,  and  is  called  Deadman's  buy,  several  men  and  boats  being  formerlv 
lost  in  that  bay  ;  thv  third  is  from  Low  point  to  St.  John's  harbour,  hikIis 
called  Fresh  water  bay.  ' 

The  harbour  of  St.  John's  is  an  excellent  good  harbour,  (though  nar- 
row in  the  entrance)  and  the  chief  in  Newfoundland,  for  the  number  of 
ships  used  und  employed  in  fishing,  and  fur  smacks  ;  as  also  for  the  num- 
ber of  inhabitants  here  dwelling  and  remaining  all  the  year  ;  it  is  narrow 
going  in,  not  above  160  fathoms  broad  from  jjkfi  south  point  to  the  north 
point,  but  bold  to  the  very  rockn,  on  shore  itself,  and  you  have  16  or  17 
fathoms,  the  deepest  between  the  two  heads  ;  it  lies  N.  *'.  W.  but  it  is 
yet  more  narrow  pft(^|the  first  entrance,  by  reason  of  two  rocks  lying 
within,  on  each  8ide,^it  above  water,  between  which  you  are  to  sail,  it 
being  just  05  fathoms  broad  between  them.  But  being  past  them  you  may 
run  in  boldly,  (it  being  then  wider  by  a  great  deal,)  and  can  take  no  hurt 
but  from  the  shore,  only  within  the  aforesaid  rock.  On  the  south  side  of 
it,  a  point  within  .Ring-noon  (which  is  a  small  bay)  there  lies  a  sunken 
rock  about  30  fathoms  off  the  shore,  which  has  not  above  8  feet  water  oit 
it.  Being  in  the  harbour,  you  may  anchor  in  8,  7,  6,  5,  or  4  fathoms,  a» 
you  please,  and  be  land-locked  from  all  winds,  for  it  lies  up  W.  S.  VV. 
You  must  observe  that  you  cannot  expect  to  sail  in,  unless  the  wind  be  at 
S.  W.  or  to  the  southward  of  it,  and  then  the  wind  casts  in  betv/een  the 
two  hills,  till  you  are  quite  within  the  narrow,  and  there  you  have  roomi 
enough.  But  if  it  be  W.  S.  VV.  or  more  westerly,  the  wind  will  cast  out, 
and  you  must  warp  in. 

But  be  sure,  if  unacquainted,  that  you  mistake  not  the  harbour  of  St.. 
John's  for  a  place  called  (C^uiddj^  Viddy  or)  Kitty  Vitty,  which  is  within  s 
mile  of  it,  and  shews  an  opening  like  a  good  harbour,  as  St.  John's,  but  ig 
not  so,  being  a  place  -only  for  boats  to  go  in  ;  it  is  narrow  and  dangerous,, 
even  for  boats,  at  low  water ;  you  may  know  it  by  a  round  bare  hill  (head 
like)  in  the  form  of  a  hay-cock,  which  is  called  Cuckold's  head,  and  is 
just  at  the  south  part  of  the  entrance  of  this  Kitty  Vitty,  and  to  the  north- 
ward of  St.  John's  f  of  a  mile,  or  more  :  but  besides  this  your  courue  from 
Cape  Spear  will  guide  you. 

From  St.  John's  to  Torljay,  the  course  is  between  N.  by  E.  (being  at 
a  little  distance  without  the  harbour)  and  N.  About  2|  leagues  between 
St.  John's  and*Torbay,  are  several  points  which  have  names  given  them, 
that  is,  from  St.  Johd's  to  Cuckold's  head,  going  into  Kitty  Vitty ;  the 
pextis  SmalUpoint,  which  lies  N.  E.  by  ^l.  about  2  miles  from  St.  John's  ; 
the  third  is  Sugar-loaf  point,  and  lies  N.  by  E.  from  Small  point,  {  a 
league  ;  the  fourth  is  Red  head,  and  lies  north  from  Sugar  loaf;  a^bout  2 


fMI 


Blunt^b  American  Coast  Pilot 


10  Edit. 


milcfl  Wtwccri  which,  that  ix,  Sugar  loafniul  Red  hcnd,  19  a  hay,  railed 
Lo]ry  hay  ;  odd  the  fifth  point  iH  the  Houth  point  of  Torhav,  and  Iich  N.  hy 
W.  \  II  point  woHti'ily,  from  hed  h«!ad,  iihoiit  '2  inilcrt,  'I'lie  point  of  Tor- 
hay  is  luw(>r  than  all  the  rest.  From  the  Haid  Houth  point  of  1  or  hay  to 
th(>  anchoring  place  \vh«Ti>  HliipH  UHually  ride,  the  ronrMc  is  \V.  hy  N.  '2 
milcH  and  more,  where  you  aix  hor  in  14  fathoms  agninHt  Green  cove.  liu' 
if  yon  arc  open  of  the  hay,  the  course  iH  W.  8.  VV.  for  the  hay  ist  large, 
and  at  ^a^t  I  league  from  the  Kouth  point  to  the  north  point,  wliich  north 
point  is  called  Flat  rock  ;  Mothatif  ^ou  come  from  the  northward  hy  Flat 
rock  (which  is  a  low  hiack  point,  with  a  Hut  rock  lying  otT  it,  and  hreakfl  on 
it)  your  course  then  into  '1  or  hay  i»  S.  W.  i\  league.  'I'hi^re  live  2  plan- 
ters at  'J'orhay.  It  is  a  bad  place  for  ships  to  ride  in  with  the  wind  out  at 
dca,  for  being  open  to  the  ocean  there  falls  in  a4|||reat  8ca. 

Froir  the  north  point  of  Tor!«ay  (called  Flat  rock)  to  Red  head  hy  N. 
the  course  is  N.  hy  VV.  about  \  a  league  ;  hut  from  Flat  rock  to  llli.ck 
head  by  N.  the  course  is  N.  by  \V.  ^  VV.  2  leuguen. 

Frouj  Black  head  to  Cape  St.  Francis  is  N.  VV.  5  miles  ;  Cape  St 
Francis  is  a  whitish  point,  and  low  in  comparison  to  the  other  land,  but  at 
tea  the  high  land  over  it  is  taken  for  the  cape.  Within  the  point  of  ihe 
cape  to  the  southward  of  it  is  a  cove,  calle«l  Shoe  cove,  where  hoats  used 
to  come  a  tilting  (using  the  fisherman's  expression)  that  is,  to  split  and 
salt  the  tish  they  catch,  w^ui  blowing  hard  and  is  bad  weather,  cannot  get 
the  places  they  belong  to  in  time.  In  this  cove  you  may  haul  up  a  boat 
to  save  her,  it  the  wind  be  out,  for  with  northerly,  westerly,  and  south- 
erly winds  you  will  lie  safe.     There  is  a  good  plafl^lTit  to  catch  tish. 

About  A  a  league  off,  triangular-ways,  from  CapOTBt.  Francis,  lie  sunken 
rocks  ;  the  ou'^^ripost  lie  F..  N.  E.  from  the  cape,  about  1|  mile.  There 
are  also  grea*  (:X8  above  water,  like  small  islands,  the  outermost  of  which 
lies  about  J  .iiile  east  from  tlic  capo  ;  and  the  innermost  not  half  n  mile 
offshore,  be^.teun  which  rocks  (or  island)  and  the  gunken  rocks  you 
may  go  (as  \vm  been  done)  with  boats,  and  tind  water  enough  for  any 
Hhip  ;  but  men  are  unwilling  to  venture,  there  being  no  advantage  in  the 
catse.  These  great  rocks  make  the  aforesaid  Shoe  cove  the  better  and 
more  safe. 

There  is  also  another  cove  to  the  northward  of  the  point  of  the  cape, 
for  boats  when  the  wind  is  off  the  shore,  but  else  not  safe. 

From  Cape  St.  Fiancis  to  Belle  Isle  is  S.  VV.  and  S.  W.  by  S.  6  or  6^ 
leagues,  being  a  birge  island,  not  above  a  league  from  the  shore,  against 
which  island,  on  the  main,  is  a  cove  called  Portugal  cove,  where  they 
used  to  catch  and  cure  fish  in  summer  time,  and  lies  to  eastward.  Belle 
isle  is  about  2  leagues  in  length,  and  about  3  miles  broati,  and  th&  ships 
that  fish  there  lie  in  a  little  cove  on  the  south  side  ofthe  island,  which  will 
contain  5  or  6  ships,  accordmg  to  the  rate  as  they  lie  in  Bay  Verds. 

From  cape  St.  Francis  to  the  island  of  Bacalieu,  is  N.  by  E.  about  10 
leagues.  Bacalieu  is  an  island  2  leagues  long,  and  above  ^  a  league 
broad,  about  which  boats  used  to  tish  ;  there  are  no  inhabitants  on  it,  but 
abundance  of  fowls  of  several  sorts,  which  breed  there  in  the  summer 
time.  Between  this  island  and  the  main  is  about  a  league,  where  you  may 
sail  through  with  ships,  if  you  plense.  Bay  of  Vcrd's  head  and  the  S.  W. 
end  of  Bacalieu  lie  E.  by  N.  and  W.  by  S.  one  from  the'other  about  1^ 
leagues. 

From  Cape  St.  Francis  to  the  bay  of  Verd's  head,  is  ^.  about  8^ 
leagues  ;  and  from  the  head,  to  the  bay  or  cove  where  ships  ride,  is  about 
j  of  a  mile  to  the  westward  ofthe  head ;  the  place  where  ships  ride  is 


-%=»* 


lOLdit 

ly,  rulled 

icM  N.  I>y 

it  of  lor- 

orbiiy  to 

.  i»y  N.  2 

ovf.  Hu» 

iti  large, 
ich  north 
a  by  Kliit 
briMikn  on 

0  2  1*1  a  II' 
ind  out  at 

nu\  \yy  N. 
to  lili.ck 

Cape  St 
n<l,  bill  at 
lint  ol'iiio 
loatH  uscii 
split  and 
;annot  get 
up  a  boat 
nd  Houth- 

1  tish. 

ic  sunken 
J.  There 
t  of  which 
lalf  n  mile 
'ocks  you 
h  lor  any 
igc  in  the 
tetter  and 

the  cape, 

;.  6  or  6i 
[■e,  against 
here  they 
•d.     Belle 

th&  ships 
vhich  will 
'ds. 
,  about  10 

a  league 
I  on  it,  but 
i  summer 
;  you  may 
the  S.  W. 
*  about  1^ 

about  8^ 
;,  is  about 
ps  ride  is 


10  Edit. 


Blunt^t  American  Coast  Pilot. 


ai 


not  above  a  rublc'n  length  from  one  point  to  (he  other,  which  lie  N.  Mud 
S.  one  from  tin;  other  ;  you  lay  your  anohorH  in  10  litlliomM,  and  your 
•hipx  lie  in  Ti  Cuthomii,  with  a  nibji;  out  ;  your  bt<!ni  then  ih  not  above  \  a 
cnblr'n  l(>ni(tli  tiom  the  atageM.  'J'he  ship<i  tlmt  ride  there,  are  forced  to 
seize  their  cablen  one  to  another,  and  you  cannot  ride  above  7  or  U  nhips 
ut  moHt  ;  it  is  a  bud  place,  and  hn/ardouH  for  Mhiuii  to  ride,  except  in  tha 
Huminer  time,  by  reason  of  tli(>  j^nat  plenty  ol  fish,  and  they  being  »o 
near  them,  make  tishing  ships  desire  that  place  the  more,  althougli  there 
are  rtuvcral  incouvenicnccs  in  it,  us  being  u  very  bad  place  for  wood  and 
water,  kc. 

The  ships  lie  open  to  the  8.  W.  in  i:he  bay  of  Consumption.  There  i« 
a  cove  also  on  the  east  side  of  the  bay  Verd's  head,  about  a  musket  shot 
over  from  bay  Verds  itself,  culled  Uluck  cove,  where  stage:^  ar<::,  and  boats 
ktpt  to  catch  fish. 

Bay  Verds  is  easily  to  be  known  by  the  island  Bav^alieu,  luid  also  by 
another  head  within  Uacalieu,  shooting  out,  called  Split  point,  and  also 
Bay  Verds  head  itself,  which  is  the  westernmost ;  these  3  heads  shew 
very  bluH',  and  ve^y  like  one  another,  when  you  come  from  the  south- 
ward ;  there  is  no  d:i>iger  in  going  into  Buy  Ver 'a  but  what  y  v<i  see. 
Here  dwell  several  planters. 

From  Bay  Verds  head  to  Split  point,  which  is  ugmn^t  Baca.teu  island, 
your  course  is  E.  N.  E.  aboiit^  a  league. 

From  B  jy  Verds  head  to  Flamborough  head,  i»  S.  W.  by  W.  about  2 
leagues,  Flamborough  head  iis  a  black  $W.c\i  point,  but  no  place  of  shelter 
for  a  boat,  but  when  the  wind  is  off  the  shore,  neither  is  there  any  safety 
betweeti  Bay  Verds  and  Carboncra  (which  is  about  10]^  leagues,  and  lies 
S.  W.  by  S.)  only  '2  place.-  for  boats,  the  one  in  the  S.  W.  cove  of  Green 
bay,  which  islbut  an  indifTerent  place,  and  lies  S.  W.  about  4^  leagues 
from  Bnv  Verds  ;  the  other  in  Salmon  cove,  which  is  about  3  leagues  to 
the  northward  of  Carbonera. 

From  Bay  Verds  head  to  Green  bay  is  S.  W.  about  4^  leagues.  This 
bay  is  above  a  league  over,  but  ha»  nothing  considerable  in  it,  only  the 
aforesaid  S.  W.  cove,  and  a  place  in  the  bottom  of  the  bay,  where  the 
Indians  come  every  year  to  dig  ochre,  to  ochre  themselves. 

From  the  south  point  of  Green  bay  to  Black  head  is  S.  ^V.  u  league  ; 
und  from  Black  head  to  Salmon  cove  is  S.  W.  b}  W.  4  miles  ;  it  is  a  place 
of  shelter  for  boats,  an  island  lyin<;in  the  middle  ;  a  river  in  the  said  cove 
runs  up,  in  which  are  plenty  of  Lalmon. 

From  Black  head  to  Carboncra  is  S.  W.  ^  S.  between  4.aiid  5  leagaes. 
From  Salmon  cove  to  Carbonera,  the  couwe  is  S,  W.  about  3  leagues. 
The  south  end  of  Carbonera  island  is  low,  upon  which  is  a  fort  of  SO 
gun4# which  the  merchantmen  made  for  their  defence.  The  harbour 
of  Carbonera  is  very  bold  on  both  sides,  so  is  the  island,  between  which 
and  the  main  are  rocks,  which  are  just  under  V7ater.  This  is  a  .^ood 
place  for  ship#to  ride  in,  and  for  catching  ahd  curing  fish,  having  several 
inhabitantc,  with  good  pasturage,  and  about  100  head  of  cattle,  which  af- 
ford good  milk  and  butter  in  the  summer  time.  There  ih  very  good  an- 
choring, in  clear  ground,  fair  turning  in  or  out,  being  a  mile  broad,  and 
3  miles  in  the  river,  riding  in  6,  6,  7,  and  8  fathoms,  or  deeper  water,  if 
you  please.  But  to  the^^ northward  of  Wis  point  of  Carbonera,  are  two 
coves,  where  planters  live,  and  keep  boats  for  fishing ;  the  northernmost 
of  these  two<coves  is  Clown  cove,  not  good  for  ships,  but  boats,  being 
about  2  miles  from  Carbonera  ;  the  other  is  called  Crocket's  co\e,  where 

IJ 


T"' 


Bl«it*0  American  Coast  Pilot 


10  Edil. 


lire  two  rmniUeM,  aod  it  ImiI  •  Uttle  to  th  3 
Carboneru  bay  or  port. 


northward  of  the  entrancv  of 


If  you  are  bound  or  intend  for  Cavbonera,  yvu  may  go  on  wlach  lidn 
the  iMnnd  you  please,  which  lie*  without  the  nay  (or  cntrnnce)  about  m 
mile  from  tho  ahorc  ;  but  if  you  ga  to  the  aouthwunl  of  the  uiland,  you 
muit  keep  the  middle  between  the  point  of  the  i»land  and  tho  aouth  point 
of  Carbonera,  becaune  it  la  foul  off  the  S.  W.  end  uf  the  iaiaiid.  nnd  ulf 
the  aoulh  point  of  the  main,  therefore  your  beat  going  in  ia  to  the  north* 
word  of  Carbonern  iitlnnd,  and  ao  ia  the  going  into  Harbour  Grace,  to 
the  northward  of  Harbour  Grace  iaiund  ;  Curboncra  liea  iu  W.  S.  W. 
S^  or  3  miloa,  and  from  Carbonera  to  Harbour  Grace  8.  S.  K.  »  league 
or  more.  • 

Carbonera  ami  Harbour  Grnce  lie  N.  N.  W.  mmI  S.  S.  C.  one  from  the 
other,  alwvc  a  league  ;  but  Harbour  Grace  liea  from  tho  cntronco  W.  S. 
W.  at  leaat  8  milea,and  iaa  mile  broad.  But  between  Carbonern  and  Har 
hour  Grace  ia  Muaketa  cove,  where  aiiipa  may  ride,  but  seldom  UMe  it. 
Here  live  two  pluntera.  It  in  not  mo  convenient  for  (iahing  ahi[M  as  other 
places,  although  clean  ground,  water  enough,  and  Lirgc. 

You  may  turn  into  Harbour  Grace  all  the  bay  over,  from  Htdc  to  aide, 
and  come  off  which  side  you  pleaae  of  the  rock,  called  S.dvngea,  which 
id  almoflt  in  the  middle  of  the  chunneL  But  there  ia  another  rock  on  thi; 
north  aid^,  called  Long  Harry,  aomcthing  without  Salvages,  near  the  north 
ahore,  where  you  go  botweenthe  main  and  it  with  boats,  but  needleaa  for 
ahipe,  although  water  enough.  Both  the  rocka  are  a  grout  height  above 
water.  Being  within,  or  to  the  westward  of  the  rock  Sulvagea,  you  may 
turn  from  aide  to  aide,  by  your  lead,  till  you  draw  tow>irda  a  mile  off  the 
point  of  the  beach  (within  which  the  ahipa  ride  ;)  you  may  then  keep  the 
north  ahore,  becauae  there  ia  a  bar  or  ledge  ahoota  over  from  the  aouth 
aide,  almoat  to  the  north  ahore. 

To  know  when  you  are  near  the  suid  bar,  or  ledge,  observe  thiH  tntu-k  : 
you  will  aee  two  white  rocka  on  ^he  land,  hy  the  water  side,  in  a  bank  on 
the  north  side  ;  which  ahewa  whiter  than  any  place  else,  and  is  about  n 
mile  below,  or  to  the  eastward  of  the  beach,  which  is  good  to  be  known, 
being  a  low  point,  nothing  but  beach  for .  some  distance  ;  keep  the  naid 
north  ahore  pretty  near,  where  vou  will  have  3^  fathoms  on  the  bar,  and 
presently  after  4,  5,  6,  and  7  fathoms  ;  but  ii  you  t»tand  over  to  the  south- 
ward till  you  are  got  within  the  said  bar  or  ledge,  you  will  not  have  above 
7,  8,  and  9  feet  water  :  this  sand  tends  S.  C  from  athwart  the  aforesaid 
two  white  rocks,  and  runa'over  close  to  the  aouth  side,  bul  being  past  that 
as  aforesaid,  you  may  turn  from  aifle  to  Mde,  till  within  the  beach,  and  ride 
land-locked  in  4,  5,  or  6  fathoms,  or  higher  up  ia  7,  8,  9,  or  lU  futhomn. 
as  you  please.  The  harbour  or  river  runs  up  S.  W.  by  W.  ut  lea4||twu 
leagues  above  the  beach,  nnvigabte. 

Being  bound  to  Harbour  Grace,  be  sure  to  go  to  the  northward  of  Har- 
bour Grace  islands,  which  lie  before  the  harbour,  abovea  mile  off,  for 
(he  southward  of  the  islands,  between  it  and  the  aouth  shore  of  tlte  har- 
bour, is  foul  ground :  the  harbour  lies  in  W.  S.  W. 

From  Harbour  Grace  to  Cape  St.  Francis,  is  £.  northerly,  7^  leagues. 

From  Harbour  Grace  to  Bryitt*^  cove,  ii-  S.  W.  about  ^  a  league,  but  is 
no  place  where  ships  use :  one  pbnter  lives  th^re,  it  being  a  good  pbco 
for  catching  of  fish.  In  the  entrance  of  this  cove  lies  a  rock  in  the  mid- 
dle, but  above  water.  You  may  t{0  in  on  either  side  with  a  ship,  and  have 
4  or  6  fathoms,  and  anchor  withiil4tin  clean  ground. 

From  Harbour  Grace  to  Spaniard's  bay,    s  S.  S.  W.  about  3  lenguej^. 


J  EdiL 


10  Edit. 


Btunf  n  Afnrrirun  CoAfit  Pilot, 


rancc  ol 

Inch  ■iil« 

abuut  » 
and.  ><m 
uth  point 
.  uitil  ulY 
\\t  iiorth- 
iracc,  t«» 
V.S.  W. 

ii  Icugue 

from  the 
K!0  W.  S. 

imit  Har 
)ni  uit(>  it. 
«t  an  other 

Ic  to  Ki'dc, 
en,  which 
)ck  on  tht; 
the  north 
iicdlesM  for 
ight  above 
I,  you  may 
lile  off  the 
n  keep  the 
I  the  south 

thiH  inurk  : 

a  bank  on 

is  about  it 

be  known, 

the   Haiti 
»e  bar, and 

he  south- 
lave  above 

aforesaid 

ngpu^tthat 

I,  and  ride 

U  fathoms. 

it  Ica^twu 

ird  of  Har- 
klc  off,  for 
f  tlie  hac- 

1^  league*, 
igue,  but  is 
good  plnc(> 
n  the  mid- 
),  and  have 

3  leagues. 


This  hay  is  d«>i>p  nrxi  lnrgt>,  almoot  hke  Bay  Roberts  :  hut  thrrr  are  no 
inhnhitaiits,  neither  do  men  »nv  thin  place  fur  rtshi.ig,  but  there  is  good 
anchoring  all  over  the  hay  ;  it  is  but  a  sifiaJI  neck  of  l.md  over  Bay 
RohertM. 

From  Si)Mninrd*N  bay  to  Bay  Uoherti  is  S.  F..  by  F..  southerly,  about  2 
miles.  TniH  btiy  is  about  'i\  nnles  broad,  from  the  north  point  to  the 
south  point,  which  lie  N.  W.  and  S.  hi.  one  from  the  other  ;  there  is  ve- 
ry good  turning  into  the  bay,  and  no  danger  but  what  you  see.  Vou  may 
borrow  on  cither  side,  and  go  dose  to  the  island,  which  lies  on  the  star- 
board  side  going  in.  The  bay  is, at  least  9  leagues  long  from  the  first  en- 
trance ;  it  runs  up  with  twn  arms,  afler  you  are  a  league  in,  the  one  lies 
up  W.  N.  W.  and  is  the  deepcMt,  and  the  other  S.  W.  iSeing  past  the  isl- 
and, or  to  the  westward  of  it,  which  is  bold  too,  you  may  run  up  about  u 
mile  and  lie  land-locked  in  Oor  10  fathoms,  within  the  island. 

From  Bay  Koberts  to  Port  Grave  is  :>  or  4  miles  about  the  point ;  this 
bay  is  large,  deep  and  very  bold,  as  the  other  bays  are  ;  there  is  a  cove 
on  (he  starboard  side  going  into  thit  bay,  called  Hhecp's  cove,  where  you 
may  moor  your  ship  by  head  and  stern,  and  ridt>  in  'i[  and  5  fathoms,  but 
your  anchor  to  th<!  S.  W«  lies  i.i  22  fathoms,  about  a  cable  and  one 
4|uarter  length  from  your  ship. 

From  Sheep's  cove  to  Fort  (Jrave,  is  W.  by  S.  a  mile,  or  somewhat 
more,  but  ahips  ride  not  within  the  small  islands  which  are  by  Port  Ci  rave, 
it  being  shoal  water  within  them,  but  ride  off  without  them. 

From  Sheep's  cov«  to  Cupid's  cove  the  course  is  S.  S.  W.  about  4 
miles  :  it  is  a  good  place  for  a  ship  or  two  to  ride  in,  in  4,  6,  or  C  fa- 
thoms, and  not  above  a  point  open  ;  the  cove  lies  in  S.  W.  and  the  south 
Hide  of  the  bay  to  Burnt  head  lies  N.  E.  by  E.  and  S.  W.  by  W.  one 
from  the  other,  about  a  league  ;  for  Sheep's  cove,  and  Cupid's  cove  are 
in  the  same  bay  of  Port  Grave  ;  but  Cupid's  cove  is  on  the  Houth  side, 
and  the  other  on  the  north  side ;  the  bay  runs  up  W.  S.  W.  and  is  about 
3  leagues  long. 

Burnt  head,  which  is  the  south  point  of  the  bay,  and  Port  Grave,  lies 
S.  E.  by  E.  and  N.  W.  by  W.  9|  or  3  miles.  Burnt  head  is  so  culled  by 
reason  the  trees  that  were  on  it  are  burnt  down. 

From  Burnt  head  to  Brigus  is  S.  by  W.  1  league.  The  south  point  of 
Brigus  is  a  high  ragged  point  which  is  good  to  know  it  by  ;  the  buy  of 
Brigus  is  not  above  half  the  breadth  of  Port  Grave  bay,  and  you  run  up 
S.  W.  by  W.  and  W.  S.  W.  about  half  a  league,  and  anchor  on  the  north 
side,  where  two  planters  live  in  a  small  bay.  Only  smull  ships  use  this 
place,  it  being  so  far  up  the  bay  of  Conception. 

From  Brigus  to  Collier's  bay  is  S.  S.  W.  2^  or  3  miles  :  and  from  Col- 
lier's bay  to  Salmon  cove  is  S.  about  2^  miles,  but  no  considcruble  place. 
It  is  sometimes  called  Salmon  pool. 

From  Salmon  cove  to  Harbour  main  the  course  is  S.  S.  E.  about  2 
miles.  It  is  a  good  place  for  tishing,  but  ships  seldom  go  so  high  up  in 
the  bay. 

From  Burnt  h^ad  to  Harbour  main  is  about  3^  leagues  :  and  from  Har- 
bour mnin  to  Holy-road  is  S.  E.  by  S.  about  2  miles  ;  then  the  land  tends 
about  to  the  eastward  towards  Belle -isle.  Holy -road  has  1 1  fathoms  wa- 
ter,  good  ground.  •< 

From  Bay  Verds  head  to  Split  poitit  the  course  is  E.  N.  E.  |  a  league. 

From  Split  point  to  the  point  ot  the  firates,  N.  N.  W.  2  leagues. 

From  the  point  of  the  Grates  to  thiw.  W.  or  north  end  of  the  island 
Bacalieu,  the  course  is  E.  by  S.  4^  or  5  miles. 


'%: 


at 


BlunfM  AmcrirnnC  onHt  Pilot. 


10  FaMU 


J'rom  thf  (»ril»iP  HroaU  hi'art  point,  N.  N.  VV.  W.  N.  W.  unil  \V. 
(t<n«liii«  iiHoiit  two  painlo.  |ii>tHi*rii  lli«<  Orttlt**  ihhI  tin*  |MMiit  i«  a  Uny, 
ivhcrr  hoiiiM  inny  lir  ivitti  it  tvtnti  oil  iliu  Itiiid  vi'  iiifttk  h«'itr(  point ;  tlivre 
in  H  U'tipt  of  r*  'k<i,  l)utHl*ov«'  tvnti*r. 

From  Hroiik  n*mii  point  to  Shrrwlrk  point,  foin^  into  Olil  )'i>rtii-iin,  tlii» 
rourn*'  ii  H.  VV.  hv  S.  h  or  •!  rnilrH.  'I  o  ilii*  nonlhwHrtl  of  Hr«>iik  liiMiii 
point  \*  a  Aniiiil  iHliiml  Koint*  little  iliMtniirv  oil  the  Mliorc,  nillnl  Snu  vy 
lulnnd  ;  liclwrrn  thf  *.\u\  inIkimI  hihI  Shrrwirk  point  riin<«  in  ii  pnMty  i\vr\t 
\u\y,  nn«l  liro  in  S.  K.  from  ShtTwirk  point,  iiIkhiI  J  of  ti  milr. 

Slirrwirk  point  m  lml<i,  off  tfhirh  in  q  rock  nbovc  wnti>r  ;  tliiw  point  i» 
the  north  point  of  OM  rrrlioin.  Thom*  who  iin>  hoiiml  to  Old  I'lrlinm, 
ninnot  no  with  a  ithip  to  tin*  iiorthwiinl  of  th<>  ialanil,  thitt  i<t,  iM'twrrn  tlio 
inliimi  iinii  Shrrwirk  point.  Although  it  •fl«>m««  u  fnir  p  i«hiikc,  y<>t  it  ix  iil- 
toK<*ther  foul  ground,  nmi  a  ithoni  of  rockii  from  the  main  to  the  inland 
(which  inland  in  about  a  mil**  and  ]  round,  nnd  uhuut  \  a  niilo  in  length  ;) 
therefore  whoever  intpndn  for  Old  Frrlirnn  with  anhip,  inu»t  go  to  the 
Moiithwnrd  of  the  inlan<l,  he*ween  that  and  the  main,  and  run  in  within  the 
inland,  nnd  anchor  in  4  or  5  futhomn.  Hut  there  in  a  rock  iuHt  even  with 
the  water,  and  noine  under  water,  that  lie  uhoiil  the  middle  of  the  hay, 
within  the  inland,  or  rather  ncarent  to  the  main.  Old  Perlit^an  in  but  an 
indin'erent  road  ;  if  the  wuul  comen  out  at  VV.  N.  VV.  you  are  forced  to 
buoy  your  cables  for  the  badnenn  of  the  ground,  and  the  bontfgo  it  great 
way  to  catch  finh  about  5  or  0  milen,  unlenn  it  be  in  the  very  middle  of 
flummer.     In  thin  place  live  neveral  plantern. 

From  Old  Perlirnn  to  Sille  cove  in  VV.  S.  VV.  noutherly,  about  7 
lenguen ;  Sillc  cove  in  but  uii  indifferent  place  for  HhipK  such  as  Bay 
Verd«. 

From  Old  Perlicnn  to  New  Perlican,  the  coiirne  is  VV.  S.  W.  8  leagues. 
This  in  a  good  harbour,  where  you  may  lie  land-locked  in  6,  6,  7,  U,  9,  or 
10  fathonii*.  It  in  very  bold  nnd  large  going  in,  sd.thut  if  you  can  see  the 
point  l)eforc  night,  you  may  safely  run  in,  nothing  to  hurt  you  hut  the 
fihore  itself;  the  easternmost  point  going  in  is  called  Sinutty-nonc  point, 
and  the  weslernmont  (jorlob  point,  between  whicli  in  the  entrance,  which 
is  nImoMt  2  milen  broad,  nnd  hat  about  90  fathonin  wat  ^r  ;  and  an  you  sail 
in,  it  grown  narrower  nnd  shonler,  lying  in  first  W.  8.  VV.  after  runs  up 
to  the  westward  in  a  bite,  where  you  lie  land-locked  and  above  half  n  mile 
hroud,  so  tiint  you  may  turn  in  or  out,  nnd  anchor  in  what  depth  you 
please,  from  12,  10,  0,  6, 6,  or  4  fathoms,  very  good  ground.  From  Slew 
Perlican  it  in  about  5  leagues  over  to  Random  head,  and  they  lie  nearest 
N.  VV.  nnd  S.  E.  one  from  the  other.  In  the  river  or  bay  of  Handom 
nre  several  arms  and  harbours,  for  Random  and  Smith's  sound  come  all 
into  one,  but  it  is  9  or  10  leagues  under  the  head  of  each  where  they 
meet,  and  there  is  a  little  island  at  the  head,  where  is  4  and  o  fathoms  ; 
only  at  the  island  going  through  you  have  not  above  12  feet  water,  and  it 
is  not  a  mile  broad  there.  Smitirn  sound  runs  in  W.  S.  W.  about  15 
leai^ucs  from  Bonavonture  to  Tickle  harbour,  the  bottom  of  Trinity  bay ; 
but  there  is  a  bay  called  Bay  Bulls,  which  runs  in  3  or  4  leagues,  and 
is  not  over  from  thence  to  Plncentia  bay  (the  back  or  west  side  of  the 
land)  nbout  two  miles  ;  and  the  islands  of  Placentia  bay  are  about  9  or  10 
leagues  long  each,  and  5  broad,  on  which  aremamy  deer  ;  they  lie  N.  W. 
and  S.  E. 

From  Bonaventure  to  IrelandVcye  is  S.  W.  2  or  2|  le^ues. 

From  Bonaventure  heard  to  B<Aventure,  the  course  is  N.  W.  |  a  point 
westerly,  about  2  miles,  or  more  ;  but  being  got  a  mile  from  the  head, 


10R«lit. 


I)liint%  Aincrirnn  Coast  Pilot; 


Ha 


thru  ihn  hiutidiir  linf  N>  W,  by  N.  uIkxiI  u  mill*  In  iho  Aiimiriir*  •Itifi*. 
'I'tio  port  iliMitiviMiliirv  lie*  within  ttvi»  •mall  i*ltiiitU,  h«'twi<i>n  wliirh  you 
Ktiil  III,  liMl  yon  iiiiiv  Ko  on  «>ilhi!i'  oiili'  ol'  tli«  i«l«iul  l»i«twi'i*u  thnt  hiiiI  thi* 
main,  it*  yon  huvc  »i  l«>ui|iiia;  wifui  tm  iliiiiKi>r,  iin«l  hiivi*  I  nr  .'» iathumi  iit 
li'itKi,  iinil  rnn  withni  thi*  <*inil  i*«liiiiil->,  nnti  iint'lior  in  Ihut  <l<*plh,  in  Koml 
Kroiiiiti.  You  hiivf  ihrrc  n  vi>ry  •  curt*  |ilii<'i'  i'or  hoiit*  in  l«ii<l  w«Mthpr, 
runninK  in  Mrilhin  ii  |HMnt  iM'tiinil,  or  to  tin*  norlhwarJ  of  tlio  Atlmirul't 
DtHgrH,  liko  II  KTciit  ponil,  liMiviiiK  tho  |iliinti>r'«  hoiim*  on  tlit>  Ittrboani  •lUe; 
thin  y\nv«  will  rontmn  iiliovt*  1 00  boiitt  in  »tM-urity< 

Tn«>r<>  u  an  inlainl  wlnrh  lir**  otV  tlio  wv<i\  point  of  tin;  liiirliour,  calh'tl 
<tiill  i)ilHn<l,  oil'  whirli  they  um0«I  to  iiOi  ;  iVoiii  tlit*  ■iii*l  iMlatitl  the  harbour 
liri*  in  N.  about  o  niiU*.  TluM-r  arn  Hitvrral  iKliiiuU  ivhic.h  arr  without, 
off  ltoiiav(>ntur<%  thi;  one  i**  tVoro  the  port  M.  S.  W.  />  or  (»  iiiili'M,  i'uIIimI 
(jret'ii  i^laiwl,  which  it  a  pretty  larKf  imLiiiiI,  anil  you  ^4'«>  it  a*  »oon  um  you 
rom«  out  of  Trinity  harbour,  in  lair  wi'uther  ;  anotbnr  itiaiul  In  «  H.  \V.  by 
•S.  3  inilcH,  and  another  iitland  without  that,  about  1  or  Ti  iiiil«><«  iVoni  Hona- 
vnnture  :   the  rourne  i"  S.  \V.  by  S. 

From  HonavfMituri'  Ih'iuI  to  the  HorHt'chopM  iN  K.  N.  K.  ii^  li'aa;ii(t«. 

From  lionavekitun*   head  to  Trinity    liiiibt>ur,  in    N.  K.  by  N.  about  J 
Umikui'm  :   b<>tW(M>n  which  are  nonte  bayii,  but  iu>t  for  nhips  to  ride  in,  un 
lemi  the  wind  ii  oA'  the  iihure. 

The  flonschopH  and  hhurwirk  point  (beiiiK  t^'*^  north  point  of  Trinity 
harbour)  lie  W.  N.  W.  und  K.  S.  K.  one  from  th:;  oth<'r,  Z  len«uoH.  Ur- 
twceii  the  HorHecliopH  and  Trinity  harbour  are  two  plareM  where  ship* 
UMcd  to  fixh  ;  the  one  ih  F.ngliitli  harbour,  and  in  W.  N.  W.  from  the 
Horscchops  'Z  milett,  and  ul\er  yoii  are  about  a  point,  tend**  K.  N.  F.  a^^ain; 
it  in  n  clean  bay,  und  you  ride  in  4  or  6  fathoiiM  water  :  a  planter  or  two 
live  here. 

From  FiiKltHh  harbour  to  Salmon  cove,  the  courMe  in  N,  VV.  by  W, 
weRterly  about  half  a  IcRgue  ;  it  \h  a  place  for  tixhiiiK,  and  there  i:*  a  rivet 
which  ruuH  up  about  2  milen  to  the  northward. 

Without  Salmon  cove  in  a  headland,  called  Foxch  inland,  yet  joinN  to  the 
main  by  the  neck  of  beach.  To  the  northward  of  the  Haiti  island,  or  head- 
land, between  it  und  Sherwick  point,  ruiiH  in  u  bay,  called  lini>in  lIoodN  ; 
and  in  the  said  bay  behind  a  point  which  lien  out,  small  ships  riile,  and  tish 
there. 

From  the  Homechops  to  Trinity  harbour,  the  course  Ih  VV.  N.  W. 
about  2  leagues.  Trinity  harbour  is  the  beiit  and  largest  harbour  in  ail 
the  land,  having  several  arms  and  coves,  where  many  hundred  ships  may 
all  ride  land-locked  :  It  is  n  place  which  you  may  turn  in  or  out,  being 
bold  too  on  either  side,  neither  is  there  any  dani^er  but  what  you  see,  on- 
ly going  into  the^S.  W.  arm,  where  the  Adinind's  stage  usually  is,  lien 
a  shoal  called  the  Muschel  bank,  which  shoots  off  from  the  point,  within 
the  small  island,  on  the  larboard  side  going  in,  and  lies  over  N.  VV.  about 
a  third  of  the  breadth  of  that  arm  which  you  must  avoid  :  Being  within 
that  bank,  which  will  discover  itself  by  the  colour  of  the  water,  you  may 
edge  close  to  the  south  shore,  if  you  please,  or  keep  your  lead  going,  to 
avoid  the  Muschel  bank,  giving  it  a  little  distance  ;  you  may  anchor  in  It, 
12  or  10  fathoms,  and  you  may  come  so  near  to  the  stage  on  shore,  us  to 
make  a  stage  with  topmasts  to  your  stage  on  shore,  to  lade  or  unlade  your 
ship.  It  is  a  most  excellent  harbour ;  tor  after  you  are  in  this  S.  W.  arm, 
there  is  another  runs  up  W.  N.  W.  n^  2  miles,  and  near  the  head  of 
that  another  runs  up  S.  S.  W.  but  the^ps  a  bar  or  ledge,  at  the  entrance 
of  this  S.  S.  VV.  arm,  but  the  former  W.  N.  W.  is  a  large  place,  and  good 


80 


Blunt^s  American  Coast^ilot. 


10  Edit. 


anchoring  tor  600  sail  of  ihips.  You  have  besiclea  fken^i  aforementioned 
iirms,  the  main  harbour,  turning  or  lying  up  N.  N.  \V.  and  being  within 
the  hnrbour'8  mouth,  you  may  ride  in  a  cove,  large  and  good  on  the  Htar- 
board  or  east  side,  and  land-locked  in  good  ground,  where  planters  live  ; 
and  over  against  that  cove,  on  the  larbourd  or  west  side,  are  two  other 
coves  ;  the  northernmost  of  them  is  called  the  Vice  Admiral's  cove,  for 
the  conveniency  of  cr.ring  (ish  ;  and  above,  or  to  the  northward  of  this, 
is  a  large  cove  or  arm,  called  God  Almighty's  cove,  where  there  is  room 
enough  for  3  or  400  sail  of  ships  to  ride,  all  in  clear  ground,  neither 
winds  nor  6ea  can  hurt  you,  nor  any  tide,  in  which  place  ships  may  lay 
undiscovered,  until  you  run  up  so  far  as  to  brin{;  it  open.  Several  other 
places  there  are  in  this  excellent  harbour,  good  clean  ground,  tough  clay 
in  all  the  arms  and  coves  of  Trinity,  and  have  4  and  5  fathoms  water,  with- 
in two  boat's  length,  off  the  shore,  any  where,  and  6,  7,  8,  9,  10,  12,  and 
14  fathoms,  and  some  places  more,  in  the  middle  of  the  arms  and  chan- 
nels, as  you  please  ;  you  may  turn  in  or  out  as  aforesaid,  observing  your 
tide,  which  rises  there  about  4  feet,  sometimes  more.  For  not  only 
Sl^erwick  point  is  bold,  which  is  the  northernmost,  but  also  Salvages 
which  is  the  southernmost. 

From  the  Horsechops  to  the  south  head  of  Cattolina  bay,  is  N.  E.  by  N. 
and  N.  E.  6  leagues.  About  a  league  to  the  northwar-^  of  the  Horsechops, 
is  Green  bay  which  runs  pretty  deep  in,  but  no  place  where  ships  use 
to  ride  or  lish.  Being  past  Green  bay,  there  is  no  place  or  cove  for 
boats,  till  you  come  to  flagged  Harbour,  or  Catalina. 

From  the  south  head  of  Cattalina  bay  to  the  north  head,  is  N.  N.  E.  3 
leagues,  between  which  two  heads  ia  Ragged  harbour  and  Cattalina  har- 
bour. Cattalina  harbour  lies  from  the  south  head  N.  by  E.  northerly 
about  two  miles. 

Ragged  harbour  is  so  called  by  reason  of  the  abundance  of  ragged  and 
craggy  ro);ks,  which  lie  before  and  within  the  harbour  ;  there  is  no  going 
into  the  southward,  with  ships,  but  only  for  boats,  and  that  you  must  be 
well  acquainted  with,  for  there  are  v6ry  many  rocks  above  and  under 
water. 

Those  who  intend  for  Ragged  harbour,  with  a  ship,  must  go  to  the 
northward  of  all  the  aforesaid  ragged  rocks  or  islands,  that  lie  before  it 
(which  make  the  harbour)  and  run  so  far  to  the  northward  till  they  bring 
ragged  harbour  open ;  then  sail  in  between  a  round  island  which  lies 
close  to  the  main,  and  a  great  black  rock,  which  lies  off  the  north  end  of 
all  the  ragged  islands  ;  sail  in  till  they  are  about  the  middle  of  the  afore- 
Siwd  i5':>nds,  which  will  be  to  seaward  of  them  and  anchor  there.  There 
is  I  n\er  of  fresh  water  at  the  head  of  the  harbour,  but  no  inhabitants. 

.  ^^o  mi'es  to  the  northward  of  Ragged  harbour,  is  the  harbour  of  Cat- 
alnia,  'viiich  is  a  very  good  and  safe  harbour,  and  good  ground,  not  above 
8  "^thorns,  from  3  to  4,  6,  6,  7  or  8  fathoms,  as  you  please.  You  may, 
v'ith  a  leading  wind,  sail  between  the  small  island,  which  is  a  little  to  the 
southward  of  the  harbour,  and  have  4  or  6  fathoms  at  the  least  going 
through,  but  it  is  not  above  a  cable's  length  broad  ;  or  you  may  go  without 
the  said  island,  to  the  eastward  of  it,  giving  the  island  a  small  birth,  and  so 
sail  in  with  the  middle  of  the  harbour ;  for  about  a  mile  distance  from  the 
south  point  of  the  harbour,  E.  N.  E.  is  a  shoal,  upon  which,  if  there  be 
ever  so  small  a  sea  it  breaks  ;  but ;  ou  may  sai'  between  the  island  and 
the  sHvlv  Oa  y<Mt  may.  go  to  thn^iorthwarcl  of  it,  between  the  shoal  and 
the  north  shore,  vkdhorrow  off^R.north  side  of  the  main,  off  Little  Cat- 
talina) a  bay  whrcli  Iks  in.         '  .    < 


0  Edit. 

icntioned 
kg  within 
the  utar- 
:er8  hve  ; 
wo  other 
cove,  for 
•d  of  this, 
e  is  room 
I,  neither 
H  may  lay 
ernl  other 
ough  clay 
iter,  with- 
0,  12,  and 
and  chan- 
•ving  your 
r  not  only 
0  Salvage!) 

f.E.byN. 
^rsechops, 
>  ships  use 
r  cove  for 

^,  N.  E.  3 

Ltalina  har- 

northerly 

ragged  and 

is  no  going 

)u  must  be 

and  under 

go  to  the 
e  before  it 
they  bring 
which  lies 
jrth  end  of 
the  afore - 
re.    There 
labitants. 
our  of  Cat- 
not  above 
You  may, 
ittle  to  the 
least  going 
go  without 
rth,  and  so 
se  from  the 
if  there  be 
island  and 
e  shoal  and 
Little  Cat- 


10  Edit 


Blunt's  American  Coast  Pilot. 


87 


Being <off  little  ^ttalina,  all  the  way  to  the  harbour,  you  have  not 
above  10  fathoms,  and  from  10  to  8  and  7  rathoms,  then  8  und  9  fathoms 
again.  It  is  reported  there  is  a  rock  which  lies  about  |  of  a  cable's 
length  from  the  south  point  of  the  entering  into  t)>''  harbour,  which  has 
but  9  or  10  feet  water  on  it ;  however,  it  is  easily  avoided,  if  any  such,  by 
keeping  something  nearer  to  the  north  shore,  till  you  are  shut  within  the 
said  point ;  for  all  the  harbour  over  is  good  sounding.  Close  to  the  s)  e 
within  the  harbour,  you  may  anchor  in  6  fathoms,  land-locked.  In  tl..;  S. 
W.  arm  the  harbour  lies  in  W.  S.  W.  or  you  may  anchor  in  3^  fathoips 
within,  to  the  southward  of  the  little  small  green  island,  within  the  sMd 
harbour,  or  run  tip  2  miles  towards  the  river  head,  where  fresh  water 
runs  down.  In  this  harbour  you  may  anchor  in  7,  6,  5  or  4  fathoms. 
There  is  u  kind  of  a  boar  rises  in  this  place  very  oAen,  that  will  cause 
the  water  to  rise  3  feet  suddenly,  and  then  down  again,  and  you  have  it  t 
or  3timcs  in  3  or  4  hours  at  certam  seasons.  It  is  a  very  good  harbour, 
and  abundance  of  herb  Alexander  grows  ou  that  small  island  in  the  har- 
bour. Here  is  store  of  salmon  to  be  caught  at  the  head  of  the  harbour, 
if  you  have  nets  ;  and  near  a  small  cove  in  the  W.  N.  W.  within  the  small 
island,  is  a  fire  stone,  of  a  glittering  colour,  a  kind  of  mineral ;  excellent 
good  wheel-locks  growing  in  the  rocks. 

From  Cattalina  harbour  to  Little  Cattalina  is  N.  N.  E.  about  half  a 
league  ;  it  seems  to  be  a  good  sandy  bay. 

From  Cattalina  harbour  to  the  north  head  of  the  bay,  is  N.  E.  Easter- 
ly 1^  league. 

From  the  north  head  of  Cattalina  bay  to  Flower's  point,  the  course  is 
N.  by  E.  1^  league,  off  which  point  are  sunken  rocks,  called  Flower's 
rocks  :  the  sea  breaks  upon  them  in  a  swelling  (or  great)  sea,  and  they 
discover  themselves  plain,  they  lie  about  half  a  league  off  shore  ;  you 
may  go  between  the  point  of  the  Flowei's  (which  has  some  rocks  lying 
off  it)  and  the  said  sunken  rocks  :  you  have  a  mark,  tf  in  the  day  time, 
to  go  without  them,  which  is  to  keep  Cape  Larjan  open  to  Bird^s  island, 
and  that  will  carry  you  clear  without,  to  the  eastward  of  them,  with  any 
ship. 

From  Flower's  point  to  Bird's  island  the  course  is  N.  by  W.  about  3| 
miles.  Within  the  said  Bird's  island  is  a  large  bay,  one  arm  within  the 
south  point  of  the  land,  which  runs  up  W.  S.  W.  a  good  distance,  where 
ships  may  ride  ;  there  is  another  arm  also  runs  up  4vithin  some  rocks„ 
whicL  are  above  water ;  the  bay  runs  to  Cape  Larjan.  Bird's  isl'i'.nd 
abounds  with  willocks,  pigeons,  gulls,  &c.  which  breed  there  in  summer. 

From  Bird's  island  to  Cape  Laijan,  the  course  is  north  easterly,  be-< 
twf  3n  2  and  3  miles. 

From  Flower's, point  to  Cape  Larjan  is  N.  half  a  point  westerly  ;  Cape 
Larjan  is  but  a  low  point,  off  which  lies  a  great  rock,  above  water. 

From  Cape  Larjan  to  Spiller's  point  is  N.  N.  W.  a  small  league  ;  be- 
tween which  cape  and  Spiller's  point  runs  in  a  pretty  deep  bay,  over 
which  point  between  that  and  Cape  Larjan,  you  will  see  the  high  land  of 
Port  Bonavista,  when  you  are  a  good  distaoce  off  at  sea,  being  high  land, 
Spiller'3  point  is  indifferent  high,  steep  up  and  bold  too. 

From  Spiller's  point  to  Cape  Bonavista,  the  course  is  N.  N.  W.  about 
a  league,  between  which  is  a  very  great  and  deep  bay,  so  that  men  unac- 
quainted, would  judge  that  there  went  in  th  harbour  of  Bonavista.  It  is 
but  a  small  distance  of  2^  miles  over.*fB|m  the  bottom  of  the  bay  to  Port 
Bonavista,  by  land,  and  is  but  a  mere  n^R  of  land.  From  Red  head  bay 
to  this  bay  is  not  above  half  a  musket  shot.     The  head  of  Cape  Bonavis^ 


'#1 


^ 


88 


^uiit^s  American  Coast  Pilot. 


lOEiSit. 


appcai'n  at  a  distance  of  a  skv  colour.  About  |  of  |kmile  N.  by  *W.  from 
the  cape  is  a  amali  island,  called  Gull  island,  easy  tcHic  known,  b«ing  dif- 
ferent heiglils,  and  highest  in  the  middle,  and  makes  something  like  the 
form  of  a  Fleur  de  Lys,  or  a  hat  with  great  brims  ;  you  may  see  it  4  or  5 
leagues  off,  in  clear  weather ;  and  N.  E.  about  a  league  from  Cape  Bo- 
navl^ta,  iQ^a  ledge  of  about  10  fathoms  water  on  it,  where  boats  use  to  fish. 
Cap*  Bonavifta  lies  in  hit.  49''  M/. 

From  Cape  Bonayista,  to  Fort  Bonavista,  the  course  is  S.  W.  about  6 
miles.  If  you  come  from  the  southward,  and  intend  for  Bonavista,  you 
n!ay  sail  between  Gull  island  and  the  cape,  they  being  bold  too,  and  about 
^  of  a  mile  asunder,  but  you  must  leave  Green  island  on  your  larboard 
8ide,  going  to  Bonavista,  for  between  it  and  the  main  in  but  narrow,  and 
jsome  places  shoal  rocks,  not  safe  for  ships  to  jiass  tlirough  ;  but  you  may 
sail  between  the  said  Green  island  and  the  Stone  island,  with  any  ship 
without  danger,  being  safe  and  bokt ;  or  you  may  go  to  the  west- 
ward of  Stone  island  and  run  to  the  southward  till  you  open  the  bay  or 
harbour  of  Bonavista  and  are  past  Moses  point,  and  so  to  the  southward 
of  the  rocks,  called  the  Sweercs,  which  are  high  rocks,  within  which 
you  ride  (for  there  is  no  passage  to  the  northward  of  them)  and  lie  in  1  ] , 
10,  9,  8,  7,  6  or  5  fathoms,  as  you  please,  and  must  always  have  a  good 
anchor  in  the  S.  W.  and  another  fast  in  the  Sweeres,  or  anchor  in  the  N. 
W.  for  westerly  winds  blow  right  into  the  road.  It  flows  generally  to  the 
northward  about  Bonavista,  and  the  places  adjacent,  W.  N.  W.  that  is,  a 
W.  N.  W.  moon  makes  the  highest  water,  which  most  masters  of  ships  us- 
ing  these  parts  have  observed. 

With  small  vessels  you  may  go  between  Qreeg  island  and  the  main  (but 
not  with  great  ships)  and  so  to ^ Red  head  ;  but  the  bay  between  the  points 
(over  against  Green  island)  and  Red  head,  is  all  foul  ground  to  anchor  in. 
A  little  distance,  about  f'  cable's  length  from  the  shore,  is  a  sunken  rock, 
but  with  boats  you  may  go  between  the  shore  and  it ;  the  sea  breaks  on  it. 
Being  past  Red  head,  you  sail  S.  W.  to  Moses  point ;  between  which  2 
points  is  a  large  bay  or  cove,  called  Baylis  cove,  where  y6u  may  anchor 
on  occasion.  There  is  a  stage  kept  generally  for  fishing  every  year,  on 
|he  larbour  or  north  side  of  the  bay. 

From  the  east  part  of  the  Grand  Bank  of  Newfoundland,  in  latitude 
46°  06'  to  the  east  part  of  the  bank  Qjueco,  in  lat.  44**  16'  is  considered 
by  those  who  havefun  it,  12C  leagues  distant.  The  north  part  of  the 
bank  Queco,  in  lat.  45°  06'— the  S.  W.  of  Q,ueco,  in  44®  16'  and  the  Isle 
of  Sables,  in  the  latitude  44^  16',  and  about  14  leagues  to  the  westward 
of  bank^ueco  ;  the  N.  part  of  Qjueco,  on  a  west  course,  is  about  18 
leagues  in  length  ;  from  the  N.  W.  part  of  Queco,  to  the  harbour  of 
Cause,  is  N.  W.  by  W.  i  W.  39  leagues,  after  you  have  lost  soundings  off 
Queco,  on  whicii  te  commonly  about  35  fathoms,  unless  on  the  S.  £.  part, 
where  (and  on  a  certain  spot  near  the  middle)  there  is  but  18  fathoms  af- 
ter you  are  to  the  westward  of  Qjueco,  and  also  before  you  have  100  and 
95  fathoms  black  mud  ;  there  is  a  smsil  narrow  bank,  about  2  leagues  to 
the  N.  W.  of  the  middle  of  Qyeco,  but  k  reaches  not  so  far  to  the  north- 
ward as  the  north  part  of  Queco  :  about  20  leagues  W.  N.  W.  from  the 
N.  W.  point  of  Q,ueco  you  will  strike  gcound  on  Frenchman's  bank,  which 
is  a  narrow  bank,  that  stretches  £.  S.  E.-  and  W.  N.  W.  athwart  the  har- 
bour of  Causo,  about  9  leagues  off ;  you  must  keep  your  lead  going  when 
you  reckon  yourself  nigh  this^ak,  or  else  on  the  N  W.  course  you 
will  soon  be  over  it,  being  not  pit  3  leagues  hvm  1,  and  wben  over  it  you 
will  have  100  and  95  fathoms,  black  mud  ;  it  is  the  best  way  to  fall  to  the 


9  Edit. 

ff.  from 
eing  (lif- 
like  the 
it  4  or  6 
ape  Bo- 
e  to  fish. 

.  about  5 
ista,  you 
inii  about 

larboard 
rrow,  and 
,  you  may 

any  ship 
;he  west- 
he  bay  or 
southward 
hin  which 
[  lie  in  1 1 , 
ive  a  good 
■  in  the  N. 
ally  to  the 
.  that  is,  a 
)fshipsu8- 

i  main  (but 
1  the  points 
anchor  in. 
nken  rock, 
reaks  on  it. 
n  which  2 
lay  anchor 
year,  on 

in  latitude 
considered 
>art  of  the 
ind  the  Isle 
3  westward 
9  about  18 
harbour  of 
undings  off 
S.  E.part. 
fathoms  af- 
ve  100  and 
leagues  to 
the  north- 
.  from  the 
ank,  which 
irt  the  har- 
'oing  when 
[course  you 
over  it  you 
0  fall  to  the 


JO  Edit. 


Blurit^s  American  Coast  Pilot. 


89 


westward  of  Cans^  because  on  the  French  coast  you  have  no  soundings, 
and  the  winds  in  the  summer  are  generally  S.  W.  and  W.  S.  W.  and  very 
often  fogpy. 

Tlie  ground  to  the  westward  of  Causo  rises  very  sudden  from  100,  95, 
70  to  40  fathoms,  hard  ground  ;  then  you  are  not  past  2  or  3  miles  off  the 
land  ;  be  careful  of  saihng  in  with  Causo  in  foggy  weather,  for  S.  E.  and 
G.  S.  E.  from  it  lie  sunken  rocks,  which  in  fair  weather  sej^om  appear  at 
high  water. 


CourjM  and  distances  on  the  coast  of  J^ewfovndlandy  between  Cape  Race 

and  Cape  Spear. 

O*  Thew  courses  nttt  by  a  Meridian  Compasi,  with  allowance  for  Variation. 


From  Cape  Race  to  Cape  Ballard 

Cape  Ballard  to  the  south  point  of  Renowes    . 
Cape  Ballard  to  Renowes  rock,  which  is  high  above 

water 

Caipe  Ballard  to  Ferryland  head,     . 

Kenowes  point  to  Fernowes,  N.  E.  by  N.  and  N. 

N.  E.  and  N.  

Benowes  to  Ferryland  head 

Fernowes  to  Bald  head  .... 

Bald  head  to  Ferryland  head 

Bald  head  to  Black  head  .... 

Black  head  to  Ferryland  head 

Blackhead  to  Agua  Fort  .... 

Agua  Fort  to  Ferryland  head,  the  80i.th  part  of  the 

head 

Agua  Fort  to  Crow  island  .  .        • 

Crow  island  to  Ferryland  head 

Ferryland  head  to  Cape  Broyl  head 

the  East  end  of  Buoy  island  to  Cape  Broyl  head 

Ferryland  head  to  the  S.  of  OuU  island,  which  is  off 

Whitless  bay  

Ferryland  head  to  Cape  Spear  .        .        . , 

Cape  Broyl  head  the  bay  or.  harbour  Cape  Broyl 

lies  in  

Cape  Broyl  head  to  the  N.  head  of  Cape  Broyl  har 

bour,  br  Brigus  point  .... 

the  said  N.  point   of    Cape   Broyl  harbour  into 

Brigus,  is  

Cape  Broyl  head  to  Cape  Noddick 

Cape  Neddick  to  Baline  head  .        .        .       ' 

Cape  Broyl  to  Baline  head 

Baline  head  to  Baline,  is  N.  W.  and  N.  W.  by  W 

I  of  a  mile  

Baline  head  to  Isles  de  Spear,  the  body  of  them 

Baline  head  to  the  S.  E.  end  of  Spear  island 

Baline  head  to  the  S.  E.  end  of  Goose  island 

Baline  head  to  Qreen  island 

Baline  head  to  Guil  island 

Baline  head  to  Bay  Builds  head 

Baline  head  to  the  N.  point  of-  Momable  bay,  or  S. 

point  of  Whitless  bay         .... 
the  North  point  of  Moinable^s  bay,  or  South  point 

of  Whitless  bay,  to  Bay  Bulls,  South  poiiit 
the  said  point  of  Momables  to  Green  island 
tile  said  point  of  Momables  to  the  N.  W.  and  of  Gull 

island  ....     *lr 

iie  said  point  to  the  South  end  of  Gull  ialand 

n 

* 


Courses. 
N.N.  E. 
N.  N.  E. 

N.  E.  i  Northerly 
N.  E.  by  N.  d  N. 

N.  N.  E.  A  E. 

N.  E.  by  N.  il  N. 

N.  N.E. 

N.  E.byN.  iNIy. 

N. 

N.  E.  by  E. 

N.  W.  by  N. 

East  Northerly 
E.  k  N.  E.  by  E. 
E.  by  S. 
N.  by  E. 

N.  N.  E. 

N.N.  E. 
N.  N.  E.  d  E. 

W.  N.  W. 

N.  byW. 

N.W.JW. 

N.  by  E.  Northerly 
N.  E.  by  N. 
N.N.  E.  jNly. 

N.  W,  by  W. 

N.  N.  fi. 

N.E, 

E.  by  N, 

N.  E.  i  Northerly 

N.  E.  by  N. 

N.  E.  by  N. 

N.  N.  E.  i  Nly. 

N.  E.  by  N. 
S.  E. 

N.E. 
E.  N.  E. 


LeaguM. 
3ior4 
2 

2 
5 

51 

h 

1 

1 

n 

2 

H 

H 
1 

5| 

11 

«• 

h 

I 

2  1-6 


J 

2 


9a 


Blunf  8  American  Coast  Pilot. 


^ 


W 


10  £dit. 


riom  the  south  jpohil  of  Bay  Bulli  to  the  N.  point  n(  Bay 
Bulls  

Bay  Bulls  to  tlio  loutk  paint  of  Petty  hurbour,  the 
Spout  between 

the  south  point  or  I'etty  haibdur  to  the  north  point 
nf  Petty  harbour  .        . 

the  north  point  of  Petty  harbour  to  Cape  Spear 

Cape  de  Spear  to  St.  John's  harbokr 


Ceuraef. 

Leagues 

tV.  E.  north«rly 

1^ 

N.  E.  by  N. 

3 

N.  N.  E. 
N.  E.  by  N. 
N.  W.  byK. 

1 

1 

The  courses  and  Distances  on  the  Coast  of  Newfoundland,  from  Cape  Spear 
to  Bay  Verds^  Bacalieu,  and  several  Ports  and  Headlands  in  the  Bay  of 
Consumption  or  Conception.  * 


from  Cape  Spenr  to  Cape  St.  Crancis,  N.  and  N.  by  W 

and  N.  W.  by  N. 
Cape  S',>L'ar  to  St.  John's 
Cape  Spear  to  Sugarloaf 
'     C&pe  Spear  to  Red  head 
Si.  Jiihn'sto  Small  point 
Small  point  to  Sugarloaf 
S'it^aloal  toEedhedd 
Rf .:  IfHfi  to  fie  South  point  of  Torbay 
till'  '  n  !i  point  or  Toibay  to  the  Green  cove,  or  an- 

r;,!'.!!!'^  place  

^  the  (.~i<ti>  poir.t  of  Torbay  to  the  north  point,  called 
^  Fl.li.  roik 

the  noitii  poi.'.t  of  Torbay,  or  Flat  rock,  to  Red  head 

Fiiit  v.)rk  10  CIiT-''-.  liead  (by  north) 

Bla.'V.  if'i  to  Capf  St.  Francis         .        .     •  . 

Cnpr  <\'    Francis  t..  Buy  Verds  head 

Ci.pe  C(   Francis  lo  itland  Bacalicu 

Cap'    St.  S'lnncis  to  Dpile  Isle,  in  the  bay  of  Con 

f.nnptioii  ...... 

Ca|ir  Si.  Fraiici|  to  Green  bay,  in  the  bay  of  Con 

sumption  

Capo  St.  Francis  to  Black  Head,  in  tiie  bay  of  Con 

^tiinptinn  

•        Capij  '^'it.  Fruncisto  the  north  point  of  Carbonera 
Cnpe  St.  Francis  to  SpaiiiarcPs  bay 
Cape  Hi.  Fnnois  to  Pert  Grove 
Capo  St  Franris  to  Hvlyhead,  which  is  the  bottom 

of  ConsiMi^ption  bay 
Hrly  lO'.d  to  Harbour  Main 
Hrrhoiit  Main  to  Salnioi)  Cove 
S.ilmoi)  Cove  to  Collier's  bay 
C'^likr's  b;iy  to  Hrigus  (by  nortli) 
Urigii;-  to  Burnt  head    (which  is  the  south   point  of 

Porto  Grove  Bay)  .... 

Haiboui- Main  to  fiiiVnt  head  .        . 

Bi.rnt  I'tad  to  the  south  part  of  Great  Belle  Isle 
Burtit  li'>  It!  to  the  north  part  of  Great  Belle  Isle 
Bu.nt  iititd  to  Capo  St.  Fr:tncis 
Bti-rl  hp.ad  to  tho  south  point  of  Bay  Roberts 
Burnt  heal  tr.  Cupid's  Cove 
tTie  soot!)  point  of  Bay  Roberts  to  the  riorth  point  of 

Bay  I^obprts 
the  south  point  of  Bay  Roberts  to  the  South  point  of 

Belle  Ule  ...... 

the  north  point  of  Hay  Roberts  to  the  north  point  of 

Spaniard's  bay 

Spaniai'd's  B^ty  to  the  south  poinl^f  Harbour  Grac 
the  north  point  of  Harbour  Gracti  to  Carbouera. 


CoHrses. 

N.  by  W. 
N.  W.byN. 

N. 


J:^^^)>r^i. 


N.  E.  by  N. 

N.  by  E. 

N. 

N.  by  W.  i  westerly 

W.byJtf. 

N.  E. 

N.  by  W. 

N.  by  W.  A  westerly 

N.  W. 

N. 
N.by  E. 

S.  W.  &  S.  W.byS. 

N.  W.  H  N. 

N.  VV. 
W.  i  N. 
W.S.  W.iS. 
S.VV.  by  W. 

S.  W.byS. 
N.W.  by  W. 
N.  VV. 

N. 

N.  N.  C. 

N.  by  W. 

N.  iE. 

E.  by  N. 

N.  E.  by  E.  i  E. 

N.  E.  by  E.  Nly. 

N.  byE. 

w.  s.  w. 


N.W. 

E.  S.  £.  easterly 

N.  by  W.  northerly 

N.  N.  E. 
N.byE.       • 


Leagues. 

U 

2  1-5 

3j 


1 

h 

2 

1| 

8|  or  9 
9 

5| 

61 

6 
7 
9 
9|  or  10 

12^  or  13 

s. 

i 
1 

3|  or  4 

3 

4 

10 

1* 
1 


3 
1 

H 


ILeaguM. 
14» 
3 

1 
1 


'ape  Spear 
he  Bay  of 


Leaguet. 

H 
2  1-5 

2i 


10  Edit. 


Bhinf  s  American  Coast  Pilot. 


FioiD  Carbonera  to  Bay  VerHi,  N.  E.  by  N.  and  N.  £. 
Carbonera  to  Black  hear!  (N.  E.  iinrlhurly) 
Bay  Vcrri*  to  Flambuiouj^h  head 
Bay  Vards  head  to  the  S.  W.  end  of  Bacniieu- 
Buy  Verda  head  tu  Split  point,  wliich  ii  aKKinit  Ba 
calteu  iiland  


Cnurtoa. 
N.  E.  nortlieily 
N.  E.  northerly 
S.  W.  by  W. 
E.  byN. 

E.  N.  E. 


Leaguaa.      ^ 
2 


Couriet  and  distances  from  Split  Point ,  which  is  l\  mile  from  Bay  Vcrds 
head  in  Newfoundland^  to  several  places  in  the  Bay  of  Trinity. 


riy 


prly  2 


8|  or  9 
9 

51 

61 

6 
7 
9 
9i  or  10 

124  or  13 

i. 


3J  or  4 
3 
4 
10 

1* 
1 


«ly 


3 
1 
14 


From  Split  point  to  the  Grates        .... 

the  point  of  Urates  to  the  N.  W.  or  N.  end  of  Ba 

calieu    . .       • 
the  Orates  to  Break  Heart  point,  N.  by  W.  and  W. 

by  N.  ... 

Break  Heart  point  to  Shcrwick  point,  near  Old 

Perlican        ..... 
She  vick  point  is  about  a  mile  or  more  into  the 

road,  but  no  passage  for  a  ship  to  the  nortliward 

of  the  island  ..... 

the  Grates  to  the  south  head  of  Catalina  bay 
the  Grates  to  the  Horsechops 
the  Grates  to  Bunuventure  harbour  is  N.  W.  bv  \V. 

4  westerly,  and      .         .         .         .         ? 
the  north  end  of  Bacalieu  to  Catalina  harbour,  N. 

N.  W.  northeriy  .... 

Sherwick  point,  at  Old  Perlican,  to  the  soutli  bead 

at  Catalina  ..... 

Sherwick  point  to  the  middle  of  the  highland  of 

Green  Bay 

Sherwick  point  to  the  highlands  of  the  Horsechops 
Sherwick  to  Bonaventure  head  (the  high  land  of  it) 
Sherwick  to  Salvages  point 
Sherwick  or  Old  Perlican  to  New  Perlican 
Old  Perlican  to  Silly  Cove  . 
Silly  Cove  to  Random  head  ' 
Silly  Cove  to  Bonaventure  head 
Bonaventure  head  to  Bonaventure,  N.  W.  by  W.  &i 

N.W.byN 

Bonaventure  head  to  Ireland's  Eye 
Bonaventure  head  to  Trinity  harbour 
Bonaventure  head  to  the  Horsechops 
the  Hoi-sechoiis  to  Sherwick  point,  being  the  north 

point  of  Trinity  harbour 
the  Horsechops  to  tne  South  head 
the  south  head  of  Catalina  bay  to  th^  northward 
the  south  head  of  Catalina  bay  to  Catalina  harbour 
the  north  head  of  Catalina  bay  to  Flower^s  point 
the  Flowers  rocks  sunken  are  about  a  mile  and  a 

half  from  off  the  shore 
Flower's  point  to  Bird's  island 
Flower's  point  to  Cape  Larjan 
Cape  Larjan  to  Spiller's  point 
Cape  Larjan  to  Cape  Bonavista 
Cape  BonaViSta  to  Moses  point,  entering  l*ort  Bo 

navista 
Cape  Bonavista  to  GuU  island 
Cape  Bonavista  to  Cape  FreeU 
Cape  Bonavista  to  Salvages 
Cape  Bonavistr  *<>  Stone  island,  over  thp  nprth  end 

of  Green  island     . 
Port  Bonavista  (o  Keel's  point W.  5  leagues,  Salvages 

lying  to  the  Qorttiward  of  Keels  about  3  leagues 


Courses. 

N.  N.  W. 

E.  by  S. 

N.  W.  by  W.  north. 

S.W.  byS, 


S.  S.  W. 

N.  by  E.       ^ 

N.VV.byN.*^ 

S.  E.byE.  ^easter. 

N.  N.  W.  4  norther 

N.  a  little  easterly 

N.  by  W.  westerly 
N.  N.  W.  northerly 
N.  W.  northerly 
W.  by  S. 

w.  s.  w. 

w!  s!  W.  southerly 
N.W. 

N.  by  E. 

N.by  W. 

w.  s.  w. 

N.  N.  E. 
E.  N.E. 

W.byN. 
N.W.byN.      • 

N.  N.  E. 
N.N.  E. 
N.  by  £.  northerly 

E. 

N.byW. 
N.  4  westerly 

N.  N.  W. 

N.  N.  W.  i  norther; 

S.W. 

N.  by  W. 
N.  N.  W. 
W.  N.  W. 

W. 


Leagues. 

n 
1| 

H 
14 


ta 

9 

11  or  12 
13 
It 

94 
9 

li 

04  or  6 

"9 

1 

2 

S4 
34 

24 


1 
14 


4 

2 
1 

2 


1% 
4 
10  or  12 

9 


•^.^feti^^ 


.  >wi" '-<■". ^w. 


..i*'S- 


.91 


Blunted  American  Coast  Pilot. 


lOEdk. 


H  D^pth  of  Water  on  the  Bank,  and  off  tin  eoutk  part  of  the  Coatt  of  J^ev- 

foundland. 

t'lp*  Rm«  Wmi,  and  |  Cwe  Race  W.  43  letRUM,  and  Cap*  Bptar  N.W.  <  40 faliii.  rough  aiblog giound, 
CapaSpearN.W.  b|W.  t     by '*.  little  naaterly,  39  Icaguii,  you  have     (  iiiiMlttoDei,iaiidan<i  ilialU. 


Itenowet  li  Cape  Spear 


iReouivM  W.  by  N.  SU  leagues,  and  Cape  Spear 
W.  N.  W.  northerly  U  leagueM,  you  hav 
9A  fathomn  oB  the  outer  edge  ol°  thla  mal 


ape  Spear  i       ^^^ 
mam  i  Ma*.  \, 


fktboipt  fine  whttioh  land 
lonie  bLck  >pieelii. 


Platti  anA  LaHlwtti. 


aod 


and 


R«no«ea  and 
Cape  Hpear 
Fernowei  and 
Cap*  Spear 
Vervylaod  head 
Cape  Spear  and 
Bay  Bulla 
Ferryland  head 

Cape  Bpter 
rerryltnd  head 
Cape  Broyle 
Bay  Bulla  and 
Cape  tlpear 
ferryland  head 
Bay  BuUi 
Verryland  head 
Cspe  Broyle 
Ferrylaod  hf ad 
Bay  Bulla 
Cape  Broyle 


Cape  Broyle  and 
~ay  Bulls 
if,  Bulla 

Whitleai  Bay  and 
Cape  Spear 
Torbay 


4«0  4S' 

47©  as' 

4S«>  48' 

470  aa' 

460  50' 
470 

470 

460  50' 
470  5j' 
460  50' 

4B0  54' 

470  n 

470  23 
460  M* 


50' J 

V 

I' 
I' 


and 


470  11 
460  60' 
460  54' 

1    460  SO'  > 
,  4V0  ll'J 

^460  54' 

460  54' 

47«»  ir 

ditio 
ditto 
ditto 
470  08' ) 
470  22'  i 
470  33' 


Plaeti 


7TC 


w. 

W.  N.  W. 
W.  N.  W.  Nly 

W.  by  northerly 

W.  by  N,  Nly 
W.  1<.  W.  A  if.\y 
W,  by  N.  Nly 

W.  by  N.  N.ly 

W.  by  N.  N.ly 

W.  by  N. 
W.  by  N. 

W.  by  N. 

W.by  N.  N.ly 
W.  N.  W. 
W.  8.  W.  Wiy 
N.  W.  by  \t. 
W.  by  N.  4  N.i" 
W.  by  N.  N.ly 
W.  by  N.  N.ly 
W.  N.  W. 
N.  W.  by  W. 
W.  N.  W. 


•TOT 


\FalH$ 


44 

30 
37 
33 
31 
30 
^9 

SC 
S8 

38 


21 

17 
13 

13 

la 

10 


1 


i5        I 
•0 

34      > 


65 
60 
50 


44 

63 


63 


80 

85 

53 

58 

80 

85 

95 

64 
57 

60 

45 

64 


lot    lif 

ytuii. 


46O  45' 

460  40' 

4f.O  6»' 
460  .iH' 

460  ,7 
460  45. 

4tiO  :»(.•' 

460  a4' 

46041 

4';0(>3 
480  33' 
460  54' 
46*  40' 
460  46' 
4C0  4;)' 
47O  03' 
4P.0  45' 

4  O  4.J' 
^C-  il' 
4(0  0?" 
460  14/ 
46°  37. 
460  3  J, 
460  05, 
4«o  45 
470  17' 


Sand. 

fine  ifhH^  taod. 

Fine  laud. 


n'^nl  kind  i>J'  Orcufiui. 


:^' 


Oozy  ground. 
Fine  laiid. 


'  [atones. 
Hack  sand  and  lome  imali 
kiiUKh  g.-ound. 
Fine  8aiiil  and  atonea. 
Fine  sand. 


Rough  ground. 


[N,  U. 


The  Virffins  are  rocks  lying  about  23  leagues  east  from  Cape  Rice  ;  they  lie  E.  N.  E. 
about  4  iniles  in  length,  and  the  shoalest  is  about  20  feet  water.  Sometimes  the  sea 
breaks  very  high  upon  them,  which  renders  them  very  dangerous,  besides  a  very  strong 
cun^nt  often  sets  about  them.  Ships  sometimes  anchor  nn  them  a  fishing,  in  about  ^.2 
and  14  fathoms. 

As  to  tbabank  of  Newfoundland,  there  are  soundings  from  the  outer  edge  of  the  main 
bank  to  the  height  of  the  ground,  where  generally  ships  lie  to  catch  fish,  and  which  is 
about  40  leagues  distant  from  the  land,  und  then  the  soundings  in  along  are  uncertain. 
The  bank  goes  quite  to  the  land  to  the  northward  of  Cape  Ballard,  where  the  bank  falls 
more  to  the  eastward,  and  the  water  is  deeper,  ai.d  so  increases  along  to  the  northward. 
To  the  southward  of  Cape  Race,  and  to  the  westward,  is  shoal  water,  2  leagueb  off  the 
shore,  not  above  20  or  22  fathnnio  t  and  to  the  westward  of  Cape  Fine  it  is  still  shoaler, 
at  the  same  distance. 

The  outer  or  false  bank  is  about  110  or  115  leagues  from  the  land,  and  is  thought  to 
be  about  14  or  15 leagues  broad  in  the  middle;  and  from  the  inner  edge  of  it  to  the  main 
bank  are  near  30  leagues  and  no  soundings  between  them.  lo  the  sprint;  of  the  year 
many  islands  of  ice  lie  between  these  banks,  very  dangerous,  when  foggy.  The  best 
part  for  fishing  is  from  100  to  140  miles  off  the  shore,  which  is  the  shoalest  part  of  the 
bank. 

From  Mistaken  point  to  the  Powles,  or  entering  of  Trespassy,  is  W,  N.  W.  3  leagues  ; 
there  is  a  deep  bay  on  the  back  side  or  eaiit  side  of  Powlr>9,  and  a  neck  of  be::  ~h,  so  that 
you  see  the  ship's  roasts  over  it,  but  very  dangerous  to  bo  embayed  in  that  place,  the  sea 
commonly  falling  in  there,  and  no  current  to  help  you  out ;  therefore,  if  you  intend  for 
Trespai%,  stand  ever  to  Cape  Pine  till  yon  see  the  harbour  open,  and  then  bear  into  the 
harbour  accordrng  as  you  have  the  wind.  Cape  Pine  being  safe  a.ud  bold  to  sail  aloni^ 
that  side,  &c. 


.0^ 


.V 


mM^^ 


10  E^lit.  Blunt*8  Ameri<!an  Coast  Pilot. 


9:i 


Directions  for  navigating  the  Bey  o/"  Placeiitia,  an  tlHi  South 
Coast  of  Newfoundland,  from  fcape  Chapeaurouge  to 
Cape  St.  Mary'H. 

I  iN.  U.    The  DearinK*  at"*  Courwi  are  truo  Bearir.|{t  and  Dlilaucei,  and  not  by  Com- 
parN,  the  vuiiatiou  o(  thu  C'ompabH  being  19"  3U'  W.] 

CAPE  St.  Mary'8  lo  the  ca»t,  and  Cape  Chapeaurouge  to  the  west, 
form  the  entrance  of  Phiccntia  Bay  ;  They  lie  east  anu  west  of  each 
other,  in  hUitude  46"  63'  N.  distant  from  each  other  16  leagues. 

Cape  Chnpeai.rouge  has  alr«^ady  been  described  :  From  it  to  Saukcr 
head  (which  is  a  high  hill  in  the  simpe  of  a  sugar  loaf)  the  course  is  E. 
N.  E.  distant  3  miles  ;  between  them  Ih;  the  harbours  of  Ureat  and  Lit* 
tie  St.  Laurence  v.'*>ich  have  also  been  described. 

From  Sauker^iead  to  Small  point  (which  is  the  lowest  land  hereabouts) 
the  course  io  N.  63*  E.  2  miles  :  And  from  Small  point  to  Corbin  head, 
(which  is  a  very  high  bluff  head)  is  N.  E.  2^  miles  :  There  are  many 
liigh  head  lands  between  them,  which  form  several  coves,  the  bottom  of 
which  may  be  seen  in  sailing  along  shore.  Ttic  coast  in  clear  of  rocks, 
and  30  lathoms  close  to  the  shore,  but  no  shelter  for  uny  thing.  From 
Corbin  head  to  Shalloway  ^<oint,  the  course  is  N.  N.  E.  i  E.  4\  miles. 
Between  them,  and  nearly  on  the  same  course,  lie  2  very  mgh  round  isl- 
ands, called  Corbin  ai^d  Little  Burin.  Corbin  island  has  very  much  the 
appearance  of  Chapeaurouge,  when  coming  in  with  the  land,  and  seen 
through  the  fog.  These  islands  are  high,  and  are  little  more  than  a  cable's 
length  from  the  shore. 

From  Corbin  head  to  Cat  island,  the  course  is  N.  E.  4  miles  nearly  ; 
this  is  a  high  round  island  near  the  south  end  of  Great  Burin  island. 

About  a  mile  to  the  northward  of  Corbin  head,  in  a  bight,  lies  Corbin 
harbour,  which  is  very  good  for  small  vessels.  The  best  anchorage  is  in 
the  N.  arm,  at  about  a  quarter  of  a  mile  within  the  entrance,  opposite  « 
cove  on  the  starboard  side.  One  quarter  of  a  mile  to  the  eastward  of  this 
harbour,  and  two  cables'  length  from  the  shore,  is  a  sunken  rock,  on  which 
the  sea  breaks  in  bad  weather,  and  has  not  depth  sufficient  at  low  water 
fur  a  boat  to  go  over  it.  Vessels  bound  foi*  this  harbour  must  avoid  a 
shoal  which  lies  one  quarter  of  a  mile  to  the  cast  of  the  south  point  of  the 
entrance  to  the  harbour,  on  which  is  only  3  fathoms  water.  Between  the 
two  high  round  islands,  aforementioned,  and  the  main,  there  is  from  7  to  15- 
falhoms,  and  no  danger  but  what  may  be  seen  :  In  case  ships  should  fait 
in  close  with  the  land  in  the  fog,  they  may  occasionally  sail  within  them, 
although  the  passage  is  little  more  than  a  cablets  length  wide. 

Great  Burin  island  lies  nearly  N.  and  S.  is  2^  miles  in  length,  and  high 
land :  near  the  north  end  is  another  high  island,  about  |  of  a  mite  in 
length,  called  Pardy's  island.  On  the  main,  within  these  islands,  lie  the 
harbours  of  Great  and  Little  Burin. 

Shalloway  island  lies  N.  W.  ^  W.  1  mile  from  Cat  island,  and  N.  E.  by 
N.  ^  E.  one  quarter  of  a  mile  from  Little  Burin  island  :  the  passage  into 
Burin  harbours,  from  the  southward,  is  to  the  westward  of  Shallowa\  isl- 
and, between  that  and  the  Neck  point :  take  care  to  give  Poor  island  a 
birth  on  your  larboard  hand :  After  you  are  within  Shalloway  island,  you 
may  anchor  in  safety  between  that  and  Great  Burin  island,  from  12  to  18 
fathoms  water.  The  best  anchorage  in  Great  Burin  harbour,  is  in  Ship 
cove.  The  course  up  to  it,  after  you  are  within  Neck  point,  is  north 
about  U  mile,  and  is  better  than  one  quarter  of  a  mile  wide  ;  to  sail  up  to 


^^ 


^w  '■  r"* 


iM 


A 


Blunt^H  American  CoaHt  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


U,  kee:>  ihc  woM  shon;  on  l>oard,  in  order  to  nvoiii  n  Miiriken  rock  on  the 
ciMiern  iWire  wt  about  linlf  th#  wiiy  up,  lind  nbout  half  ii  cal)lo*H  length 
from  the  iKorc,  din>rtly  ot)',  is  n  ri'mniknble  holv  in  t!i<>  rork  on  the  ituuu- 
«iid(!  rind  ii  rcmafkubh'  gully  in  the  land,  front  tho  top  to  t!ie  bottom,  on 
the  iife.Htern  shore.  There  in  luiothcr  rock,  on  wiach  is  only  2J  fathoniN 
»tat<r  ;  it  licH  better  than  u  rable'jt  length  to  the  Kou<hward  of  Harbour 

Eoint,  which  in  a  round  green  point,  jf  a  moderate  height,  joined  to  Urcat 
uiin  itdand  by  a  low  narrow  nandv  neck. 

/iAer  pustiing  Little  Burin  island,  1  mile  north,  you  come  into  Uurin 
bi?y,  which  in  a  clear  bay,  about  a  mile  broad  every  way,  and  where  shipv 
may  occaHionally  anchor  safely,  being  almost  land-locked.  The  itv^urse 
into  this  bay  from  Little  Burin  island  i^  north.  All  the  land  about  this 
bay  is  very  high.  In  it  are  two  islands,  one  a  low  barren  island,  called 
Poor  island  ;  the  other  which  runs  to  the  north,  is  higb^nd  woody,  and 
lies  before  the  mouth  of  Burin  inlet,  on  the  other  side  o|^  Which  vexselH 
may  pass  up  the  inlet.  A  little  within  the  entrance,  on  the  east  side,  half 
a  cable's  length  fiom  the  shore,  is  a  rock  covered  at  f  flood,  at  Ij  mile 
from  the  entrance  ;  near  the  middle  is  another  rock,  to  the  wei>t  of  which 
is  very  good  anchorage. 

The  S.  W.  entrance  into  Burin  harbour,  which  is  one  quarter  or  a  mile 
wide,  is  formed  by  Shalloway  island  and  the  Neck  pomt,  in  which  there 
is  no  danger  ^ing  a  birth  to  Poor  island  on  the  larboard  side.  When  in 
Burin  bay,  the  course  through  the  S.  W.  entrance  into  the  harbour  is  £. 
N.  E.  and  when  past  the  points  that  form  the  entrance,  the  course  is 
north  up  the  harbour,  which  is  better  than  one  quarter  of  a  mile  wide, 
and  1^  mile  long  up  to  Ship's  cove,  where  it  is  half  a  mile  wide  every 
way.     This  is  the  best  anchorage. 

There  are  only  two  duigers  within  Burin  harbour  that  do  not  appear 
above  water :  the  iirst  is  a  small  shoal  on  the  starboard  side,  nbout  half 
way  up  the  harbour,  directly  off  a  remarkable  hole  in  the  cliff  on  the 
starboard  side,  going  up,  called  the  Oven,  and  about  half  a  cab'e's  length 
from  the  shore  ;  there  is  also  on  the  other  side,  directly  opposite,  a  re< 
markable  gully  in  the  land,  from  the  top  to  the  bottom.  The  long  mark 
to  keep  to  the  westward  of  this  rock  is,  not  to  bring  Little  Burin  island  to 
the  eastward  of  Neck  point.  The  other  shoal,  on  which  there  is  8  fa- 
thoms, is  very  small,  and  lies  about  a  cable's  length  S.  S.  W.  from  Har- 
bour point. 

The  east  passage  into  Burin  harbour  is  not  very  safe  to  sail  in  without 
a  commanding  gale,  and  that  between  the  N.  N.  E.  and  S.  E.  To  sail  in- 
to this  passage,  and  coming  from  the  westward,  come  not  within  2  miles 
of  the  shore  on  the  east  side  of  Burin  island,  (because  of  several  clusters 
of  rocks)  till  you  bring  the  north  point  of  Pardy's  island  open  to  the  north- 
ward of  Iron  island  ;  then  sail  right  in  for  Iron  island»  leaving  it  on  your 
larboard  side  going  in  ;  then  steer  for  the  said  point  of  Pardy's  island,  and 
that  will  avoid  all  danger.  It  must  be  observed,  with  the  aforementioned 
winds  there  is  commotily  a  great  swell  sets  to  the  shore  on  the  starboard 
side  going  in ;  therefore,  in  case  of  little  winds,  (vrhich  oflen  happens 
when  you  are  past  Iron  island)  endeavour  to  borrow  on  Pardy's  island, 
except  the  wind  be  from  the  N.  E. 

At  the  bottom  of  Burin  bay  there  is  an  inlet,  which  runs  inland  5  miles  ; 
there  is  a  small  woody  island  just  before  the  entrance  ;  ships  may  sail  on 
either  side  ;  the  eaift  side  is  the  widest.  A  little  within  the  east  head  that 
forms  the  entrance,  and  half  a  cable's  length  from  the  shore,  there  is  a 
sunken  rock,  which  is  dry  at  low  water  ;  therefore,  iii  sailing  into  the  in- 


lOGdil. 


FMuiifH  American  Con»t  Pilot. 


95 


Int.  keep  the  went  shore  close  uii  boaril,  lur  uhoiit  a  mih*  up  ;  it  Itei  noitli, 
tind  is  nhoiit  2  cult 'ex'  length  wiiie,  thrn  N.  N.  \V.  fur  n  S|Q#,  nnd  ih 
there  hall' a  mile  wi:le  with  a  fcuiiken  ruck  riKht  in  the  iiiidd|t ;  to  thf 
westward  of  that  rock  there  is  gouti  room  and  k<><><'  anchorage,  from  7  to 
12  and  16  fathoniM  water  in  the  entrance,  and  in  the  middle,  2  miles  up,  M 
from  15  to  m  fathoms,  and  from  thence  up  to  the  head  ih  from  10  to  6 
fathoms.  • 

Iron  island  is  a  small  high  inland,  lying  N.  N.  R.  k  K.  I  leaipie  from  (he 
8.  E.  point  of  (treat  Uurin  is^land,  and  S.  S.  W.  I  W.  1  mile  from  Mortier 
west  head,  und  K.  1^  mile  from  the  north  part  ofl'ardy'H  island.  Vesseln 
bound  for  the  harbours  of  Huriu  may  pass  on  either  side  of  Iron  island, 
the  only  danger  pasting  to  the  northward  is  the  Brandys,  which  almost 
always  break  ;  they  lie  near  a  quarter  of  a  mile  to  the  southward  of  a 
low  rock  above  water,  close  vnder  the  land  of  Mortier  west  head.  If  the 
wind  should  take  you  a-hcad  al\er  you  aro  within  Iron  island,  take  care 
to  keep  Mortier  W~st  head  open  to  the  westward  of  Iron  inlar'!,  in  order 
to  avoid  Grigory'c  rock,  on  which  is  only  2  fathoms  water,  'i  .le  mark  to 
carry  you  on  this  rock  is,  to  brins;  the  flag-staff  on  St.  Georgc*s  island  (in 
the  centre  of  the  passage  between  Great  Burin  and  Fardy's  islands  and 
Mortkmcr  west  head)  on  with  the  west  side  of  Iron  inland  ;  this  rock  al- 
most always  breaks  :  Vessels  may  pass  with  safety  between  this  rock  and 
Iron  island,  taking  care  to  give  Iron  island  a  birth  of  one  cable's  length. 

On  the  main  within  Tardy's  island,  are  two  remarkable  white  marks  in 
the  rocks  ;  the  northernmost  of  these  mnrks  brought  on  with  the  north 
part  of  Pardy's  island  and  Iron  island,  N.  by  E.  j  E.  will  carry  you  on 
the  Galloping  Andrew,  a  shopi  on  which  is  5  fathoms  water. 

S.  W.  1  mile  from  Iron  islan  1  lies  a  !>hoal  on  which  is  8  fathoms  water, 
called  the  White  Horse. 

Doddir.g  rock  lies  about  one  quarter  of  u  mile  from  the  easternmost 
part  of  Great  Burin  island. 

Mortier  bank  lies  E.  by  S.  2  leagues  from  Iron  island,  and  N.  25*'  E.  5 
leagues  from  Cape  Jude  :  the  nhoal  part  of  this  bank  is  about  1  league 
over.  On  it  you  have  not  less  tKan  7  fathoms  water,  but,  uy  the  fisher- 
man's accouat,  there  is  not  more  than  4  fathoms  on  one  part  of  it ;  in  bad 
weather,  ihc  sea  breaks  very  high  on  it. 

About  3  miles  to  the  N.  N.  E.  from  Iron  island  is  the  opening  of  Mor- 
tier bay,  at  the  entrance  of  which  is  a  round  island,  called  Mortier  island, 
lying  a  third  of  the  distance  from  the  west  side.     Ships  may  sail  in  on  ei- 
ther side  of  it.     It  i^  bold  too  all  around.     Close  to  the  first  point  beyond 
the  island,  on  the  larboard  side  going  in,  is  another  little  island,  scarcely 
perceptible,  as  it  lies  close  under  the  land  ;  and,  two  cables'  length  from 
it,  in  r,  direct  line  towards  the  outer  island,  is  a  sunken  rock,  on  which  the 
sea  breaks  in  bad  weather  ;  there  is  no  other  danger  in  this  bay.    At  the 
bottom  of  it,  1^  mile  from  Mortier  ishnd,  on  the  east  side,  there  is  a 
cove,  called  Fox  cove,  wherein  is  good  anchorage,  and  room  for  1  ship 
to  moor  in  9  fathoms,  good  holding  ground.  They  will  lie  two  points  open 
to  the  sea,  that  h  from  S.'S.  E.  to  S.  £.     A  ground  sw^ll  tumbles  into 
the  cove  in  bat'  weather,  but  no  anchor  was  ever  known  to  come  home 
here.     Fishing  ships  sometimes  ride  here  the  season.     On  the  west  side 
of  the  bay  is  the  harbour,  which  is  small  and  narrow,  but  a  very  good  one 
for  small  vessels,  where  they  lie  moored  to  the  shore.    There  is  7  and  8 
fathoms  through  the  entrance,  and  2  fathoms  when  in  the  harbour,  and 
sufficient  room  for  50  shallops  at  the  head  of  it.    OIT  the  starboard  point 
^oing  in,  is  a  rock,  which  at  high  water-is  always  covered. 


-UkiP- 


i 


•cd'i; 


m 


iilunl'ri  Americnn  CoiMt  Pilot. 


10  KAH. 


CruDCy  inlaiMl  linn  N.   by  K.  n«>..iiy  'i  nuU^n  from  Morlivr  runt  po'ttt. 
Thiit  if  •  round  inliiiid,  iiml  livn  cIoni*  to  thv  Mliorc 

Two  0)U«ii  and  ii  hiilt'  from  Cronrv  ialand  ih  thi*  ftitninrr  into  Mortii  r 
boy  ;  at  thp  entrMiici*  on  the  wmt  iii(M>  i»  a  nnuiW  tiarlMtiii ,  « idird  Holtoy  ; 
in  it  IN  9  fi>ct  water  nt  low  wati>r.  Tlic  cuiiriir  into  Mortii-r  hay  n*  north, 
for  ahout  2  uiilon,  and  in  l  of  a  niih'  wide,  in  whith  you  have  li<>ni  hi)  to 
.70  I'uthoniM  wutiT,  tlio  huid  on  carh  widr  hcioK  'liK'*  =  '^  ^l'*'!  i'^"*  to  liic 
w<>stwnrd  about  2  niilcH,  and  \n  ii(>ar  2  mili!N  wid(>.     In  the  S.  **'  .er 

<><'thc  bay  ia  i*  rivor,  which  run'*  to  th(>  S.  W.  altout  7  utile*,  t  .  eMt 
..ide,  at  about  .1  niili*!*  from  the  entrance,  i<«  an  exrrrdinK  i(ood  harbour, 
called  Spanish  room,  in  which  you  may  anchor  from  1  to  (>  fathonn  wain, 
good  bottom,  and  lie  Mecure  from  all  wind*.  There  in  not  the  Icuitl  dan- 
ger in  nailing  into  thin  harbour,  giving  the  low  rnclcH  above  wuler  at  the 
entrance  on  the  larb  )ard  hand,  a  birth  of  one  calde'ii  length. 

Two  mil«>n  to  the  ^J.  K.  of  the  entrance  into  Mortier  buy  Vu"*  Uo<'k  har- 
bour, fit  only  for  boat*  by  reason  of  the  infinite  number  of  rockrt  in  it,  both 
above  and  under  water. 

From  Mortier  cant  point  to  John  the  bay  piunt,  the  coiithc  \n  N.  25" 
E.  dintcnce  8  miles.  Between  .John  the  bay  point  and  Hock  hurboiir, 
lie  2  HUiikcn  rocks,  half  a  mile  from  the  shore. 

Two  miloB  to  the  N.  W.  )f  .lohn  the  bay  poinl  Iiom  .John  the  bay,  in 
which  ifl  tolorable  good  anchorage,  in  about  H  fathoms  water,  with  Handy 
bottom. 

The  Saddle  back  iH  a  huihII  ii^lan^  lying  N.  1 7*^  K.  0  leaguen  from  Cor- 
bin  head,  and  N.  />6''  K.  frOm  Mortier  west  point,  and  N.  8.'i°  E.  3  league!- 
from  John  the  bay  point,  liotween  it  and  the  main  are  a  :reat  number 
of  rocks  and  iHlandn,  which  render  i\u»  part  of  the  coast  very  dangeroiH. 
There  is  a  chain  of  rocks  lying  M  mile  to  the  N.  E.  by  N.  of  the  Saddle 
tack. 

Cape  Jude  is  an  i^iland  about  2|  miles  in  length,  and  2  in  breadth  ;  i( 
lies  1^  miles  to  the  N.  N.  W.  of  the  Saddle  back  ;  on  the  south  end  of  it 
is  a  remarkable  round  hill,  which  is  culled  the  Cape,  fictwcen  this  isl- 
Hnd  and  the  main  are  a  cluster  of  i&lanfls  and  low  rocks,  with  a  great  num- 
ber of  sunken  rocks  about  them,  called  the  Flat  islands,  the  innermost  of 
which  lies  about  1  mile  from  the  main. 

Audearn  island  lies  half  a  mile  to  the  northward  of  Cape  Jude  island, 
on  the  west  side  of  which  is  a  tolerable  good  harbour.  Vessels  bound  for 
this  harbour  may  pass  between  Cape  Jnde  island  and  Audearn  island,  and 
between  Crow  and  Patrick's  island,  which  are  two  small  islands,  lying  off 
the  S.  VV.  point  of  Audearn  island.  About  a  cable's  length  from  Audearn 
island,  to  the  southward  of  the  harbour,  is  a  sunken  rock  ;  the  mark  for 
avoiding  it  in  coming  from  the  southward,  is,  not  to  haul  in  for  the  har- 
bour till  you  open  a  remarkable  green  point  on  the  south  side  of  the  har- 
bour. The  best  anchorage  is  on  the  north  shore,  just  within  a  small  isl- 
and. There  is  a  spit  of  rocks  stretches  just  off  the  Green  point  on  the 
south  shore,  which  are  covered  at  high  water. 

Off  the  east  point  of  Audearn  island  is  a  small  island,  called  Ford's  isf- 
and,  on  the  west  side  of  which  is  a  sunken  rock  about  a  cable's  length 
from  the  island,  and  another  on  the  east  side,  which  almost  always  breaks. 

Broad  cove  lies  on  the  main,  W.  {  N.  5^  miles  from  Ford's  island ;  in 
this  cove  is  exceeding  good  anchorage,  in  8  or  9  fathoms  water. 

Cross  island  lies  3  'miles  to  the  N.  W.  of  Ford's  island,  is  about  If 
mile  ia  length,  and  1  mile  in  breadth  ;  is  high  woody  land  ;  between  this 
island  and  the  main  are  several  other  islands.     Bane  harbour  lies  on  the 


10  Edit. 


10  Edit. 


Blunfs  American  Const  Pilot. 


97 


I'HMt  |iu*nt. 

to  Miirtii  t- 

I'ti  Hoiioy  ; 

V  It  north, 

IriMM  M)  to 

-HUM  to  liir 

•rr 

tiant 

i  hiiihour, 

>ni«»  wiitiT, 

IuuhI  <liiii- 

uUr  at  thi; 

I{o("lc  Imr- 
t  ill  it,  both 

I  i(»  N.  !i&" 
k  hurboiir, 

I  ho  \r,iy,  ill 
with  Handy 

from  Cor- 
).  3  IciiKUCh 
■"At  niitnhf^r 
(lun(;t>  rolls. 

the  Saddle 

)readth  ;  il 
th  end  of  it 
en  this  isl- 
grnat  num- 
inermoBt  of 

ude  island, 
s  bound  for 
island,  and 
i8,  lyinf;  off 
m  Audearn 
e  mark  for 
or  the  har- 
of the  har- 
a  small  isl- 
loint  on  the 

1  Ford's  !»!- 
lie's  length 
ays  breaks. 
)  island ;  in 
r. 

is  about  If 
etween  this 
'  lies  on  the 


mam.  Within  llieic  itUnda  la  in  i>xc«*«>diii|C  gouil  hiiriKjur  for  wmII  vc«- 
acli,  the  |>aMHKc  into  it  i«  very  imrrow,  nnd  hath  in  it  i  fatlKNna  wuler, 
but  whrn  in,  there  it  ■ufficifnt  room  to  moor  in  3  fathoniM,  good  hottom. 

boat  harbour  lien  abuut  I  inilf  to  the  northward  of  Cro»«  iaiand,  and 
ruiia  u|i  N.  N.  K  I  Iciinur,  Hith  de«*|»  wiiter  to  ubout  hull  u  mile  of  the 
heud  ;  rloae  i«Mind  the  fiixtciit  |Huiit  .J* Hoiit  harbour  lien  Kuy  du  Leau, 
which  runa  III  N.  N.  K.  \  K.  brttiT  than  u  leuipie. 

LouK  iaiand  ia  about  4  mitua  long,  mid  not  half  a  mile  broad,  ia  high 
liiiul  making  in  aeveral  peaka ;  the  anuth  poilft  of  il  liet  N.  M"  E.  t 
ieuguea  fnmi  the  Jaddle  buck,  and  V..  by  S.  li  inile^  from  Ford'aialund. 

N.  W.  9  milea  from  the  aoutb  |>oiut  of  Long  ialantl,  iiiul  N.  K.  by  E.  U 
mile  from  Ford'n  iainnd,  liea  u  •mull  Green  iaiand,  wiiich  hua  u  ahoal  aA 
round  near  i  cable'a  length. 

From  Oreen  Iilund  N.  W.  2^  milea,  and  N.  I0«  K.  :\  iniica  from  Ford'a 
iaiund,  lien  Cireaf  gullowa  hurbour  iaiand,  which  ia  lii^h  lund.  Vcaaela 
muy  iiaaa  on  either  aide  of  **)ia  iaiuud  into  (ireut  gullowa  biirbour,  which 
liea  1  mile  to  the  N.  K.  of  the  iMiand.  In  thia  hurbour  ia  exccudiug  good 
anchorage  in  7  fiithoma  water  uit  the  ttarboard  aide,  juat  within  a  low 
•tony  point,  ttikint;  cnr»  to  give  the  point  a  aiuull  birth,  in  order  to  uvoid 
u  rock,  which  in  covered  ut  high  water. 

Little  gallowa  harbour  lie*  cloae  round  (u  the  eastward  of  (jrcat  gal- 
Iowa  harbour,  and  ia  only  tit  for  amiilt  voaaela,  which  mutt  lie  moored  to 
the  shore.  Above  a  ruck  above  water,  on  the  larboard  hand,  Little  giil- 
lows  harbour  ihIuiuI  lies  before  the  uiouth  of  the  harbour. 

Cape  Roger  harbour  liea  close  to^thc  westward  of  Cape  *loger,  which 
is  a  high  round  barren  head,  lying  N.  1')^  W.  3^  miles  from  the  aouth 
point  of  Long  island.  There  are  several  low  rocks  and  iitlands  lying  off 
the  east  point  of  the  entrance.  In  the  harbour,  1|  mile  within  the  en- 
trance, on  the  west  aide,  Kcs  a  miiibII  island  ;  to  the  northward  of  it,  be- 
tween that  and  the  main,  ia  very  good  anchorage  in  7  or  U  fathoms  water ; 
or  vou  m.iy  run  further  up,  and  anchor  in  0  or  7  fathoms. 

One  mile  and  a  quarter  to  the  eastward  of  Cape  Roger  hurbour  liea 
Nonsuch  ;  there  arc  several  islands  lying  in  the  mouth  of  it,  and  no  safe 
anchorage  till  you  get  within  all  of  them. 

Petit  fort  is  a  very  good  harbour,  having  in  it  from  14  to  7  fathoms  wa- 
ter, good  bottom.  The  entrance  into  it  is  better  than  one  quarter  of  a  mile 
wide,  and  lies  N.  N.  £.  5  miles  from  the  south  point  of  Long  island,  and  N. 
by  W.  2|^  milef  from  the  north  point  of  Long  island.  There  is  not  the  least 
danger  in  sailing  into  this  harbour ;  the  best  anchorage  is  on  the  star- 
board side,  the  8.  E.  winds  heaving  in  a  great  iwcll  on  the  west  shore 
when  they  blow  hard. 

One  mile  to  the  eastward  of  Petit  fort  lies  the  entrance  into  F.^n  dise 
sound,  which  runs  up  N.  E.  by  E.  4^  leagues,  and  is  about  1  mile  br  jad  ; 
in  it  is  very  deep  water,  and  no  safe  anchorage  till  you  get  near  the  head 
of  it.  Just  within  the  entrance  on  the  east  side,  is  a  cove  (in  which  arc 
several  rocks  above  water)  is  10  fathoms  water,  but  not  safe  to  anchor 
in,  the  bottom  being  rockv. 

From  Corbin  head  to  Marticot  island,  the  course  is  N.  48'*  E.  11^ 
leagues,  nearly  ;  this  course  will  carry  you  just  without  the  Saddle  back. 
Between  Marticot  and  the  main  is  Fox  island  ;  there  is  a  safe  passage  for 
vessels  between  these  islands,  with  not  less  than  9  fathoms  water,  but  no 
passage  between  Fox  island  and  the  main.  On  the  main,  within  I^articot 
island,  lie  the  harbours  of  Great  and  Little  Paradise.  The  harbour  of 
Great  Paradise  is  only  fit  for  boats.     The  harbour  of  Little  Paradise  lies 


98 


Ulunf •  Amfrican  C'oant  Pilot. 


10  iUliL 


one  mil*  to  tb«  northward  of  ihi  raft  point  of  Mmlicot  itUnd  :  tlio  only 
•iifo  anchoraff*  >'  >"  a  r.ovo,  at  th«  h«ad,  on  th«  larboard  auU  ;  hero  thoy 
li«  moored  to  the  thor*  and  ar«  ontiroljr  latid-lockrd. 

One  miU  to  the  eaatward  of  Little  Paradiar  lies  I41  Percbe,  in  which  ia 
no  aafe  anchorage,  the  ground.  lH>ing  bad,  and  liea  entirely  eipoaed  to  the 
&.  E.  wind*. 

K.  N.  E.  8  milet  from  Marticot  iaiand  is  a  rock  above  water,  called  the 
BWk  rock  ;  one  quarter  of  a  mile  within  this  rock  hes  a  sunken  rock  ;  N. 
N.  E.  ^  F..  i  milfs  from  this  rock  l*es  Fresque  ;  in  it  is  very  deep  water, 
but  no  safe  paNsaf;r  into  it,  by  reason  of  a  number  of  rocks,  both  above  and 
under  water,  lyiiin  before  the  entrance. 

East  1  mile"  from  Fresque,  and  N.  E.  by  E.  6  leagtiea  (Vom  the  Saddle 
bark,  lies  thi;  we«it  point  of  Merasheen  island.  This  island  is  high,  and 
runs  to  the  N.  E.  by  N.  better  than  6  leagues,  and  is  very  narrow,  the 
broadest  part  not  being  more  than  9  miles.  .4t  the  8.  part  of  the  island, 
near  the  west  end,  is  a  vrry  good  harbour,  but  small,  in  which  is  from  ti 
to  10  fnthoms  water.  To  sail  into  it  keep  the  starboard  shore  on  boerd, 
in  order  to  avoid  n  sunken  rock  that  lies  one  cable's  length  off  a  ragged 
rocky  point  on  the  larboard  hand  going  in. 

Indiun  htirbour  lieN  on  the  east  side  of  Meriisheen  island,  nt  iil>out  .'i 
leagues  from  the  south  point ;  this  harbour  is  formed  by  a  small  island,  on 
either  side  of  which  is  a  safe  passage  into  it  ;  the  only  anchorage  is  to  tho 
westward  of  the  island,  and  between  it  and  the  main,  and  here  the  ground 
is  uncertain.  ^ 

N.  SO*  W.  il  miles  from  the  west  point  of  Merasheen  island  is  the 
Little  isle  of  Vulen  ;  this  is  high  and  round,  and  lies  within  about  half  a 
mile  of  the  maiti ;  one  quarter  of  a  mile  from  Little  isle  of  Valen  lies  the 
Great  isle  of  Valen,  on  the  S.  E.  part  of  rrhich  is  a  small  harbour. 

On  the  main,  within  the  Great  Isle  of  Valen  lies  Clatise  harbour ; 
the  entrance  into  it  is  about  half  H  mile  wide  :  in  it  is  40  or  50  fa' 
thoms  water.  The  best  anchorage  is  in  the  west  cove,  which  is  a  mile 
long,  but  not  a  quarter  of  a  mile  broad  ;  in  it  is  from  17  to  SO  fntbomM 
water,  good  bottom. 

G  rummer's  rocks  are  low  rocks  above  water,  and  he  1^  mile  from  the 
north  end  of  Great  isle  ofValen. 

Little  Sandy  harbour  lies  on  the  nuiin,  on4>>  >  tolerable  good  harbour ; 
in  it  you  havt;  6  and  7  fathonu  water,  good  bottom  ;  in  the  mouth  of  which 
is  a  low  rock  above  water.  Vessels  bound  for  the  harbouc  most  pass  to 
the  northward  of  this  rock.  This  harbour  may  be  known  by  the  island 
callec*  Bell  island  which  lies  E.  S.  E.  ^  E.  1|  mile  from  the  mouth  of  it, 
and  >  by  E.  I  E.  13  miles  from  the  west  point  of  Merasheen  island  ;  off 
the  south  point  of  the  island  is  a  remarkable  rock,  resemfiling  a  bell  with 
the  bottom  upwards. 

Great  Sandy  harbour  lies  J  of  a  mile  to  the  northward  of  Little  »iandy 
harbour ;  the  passage  into  it  is  narrow,  but  in  it  you  have  6  or  7  fathoms 
water.  There  are  two  arms  in  this  harbour,  one  running  to  the  S.  W. 
which  almost  drie»  at  low  water  :  the  other  runs  to  the  N.  E.  in  which  io 
tolerable  good  anchorage.  There  are  several  low  rocks  and  islands  tying 
before  this  harbour. 

Barren  island  is  about  3|  miles  long,  and  1  mile  broad,  is  high  land  and 
lies  better  than  one  league  from  the  north  part  of  Merasheen  island,  and 
about  half  a  mile  from  the  main.  On  the  east  side  of  this  island,  near  the 
south  end,  is  a  cove  in  which  is  tolerable  good  anchorage,  from  10  to  19 


Tx.  .-'iV.'  ^,£^,1^^ 


VO  edit. 


Blunt^t  American  Coast  Pilot. 


(H» 


falhoma  ivatar.     Ak)nf  th«i  WMt  uJo  of  tbia  taliind,  brtWMn  it  tnJ  \k$ 
main,  is  v«ry  good  ancliorafc. 

Oil  ihn  nmiii,  o|i|K>«il«  lb*  north  rn«l  of  B«rr«n  UUnd,  lin  l<a  PImI,  ■ 
iiarlfour  only  (it  for  boata. 

From  Barron  iilthd  ar«  a  airing  u(  ialan«U  i|uit«  Im  l'ip«r'«  bolt,  wbtch 
lit!  3  Icagiica  from  tb«  north  part  of  Barrrn  iaiaoii.  Thc«n  itianda  are 
about  half  a  luila  from  (l»«  main,  having  from  17  to  7  fatboma  «vat«r,  good 
anchorage!  all  the  way  to  Fipor'i  holr. 

Capo  8t.  Mary't  ia  tb«  eust  point  of  the  untrauco  into  Flacontia  biiv, 
and  Ufn  in  lh«  Itil.  of  •t<{*'  bZ'  N.  i*  a  pretty  high  blufl*  point,  and  looks 
much  like  tlnpu  St.  Vincent  on  the  coaat  of  rurfiigul ;  a  little  to  the  north* 
ward  of  the  cape  ia  a  amull  cove  where  Hahing  ahullope  ibelter  from  thr 
eaatvrly  and  Noutberly  winda.  The  land  from  Cape  St.  Mary's  to  Flacen- 
till  la  pretty  high  und  even.  S.  by  W.  7)  miles  from  the  cupe,  lie  St.  Ma- 
ry's keys,  which  are  two  rocks  just  above  water,  and  on  which  the  sea 
almost  always  breaks. 

From  the  Virgin  rocks  to  Cape  St.  Mury's  the  course  is  south,  distance 
3|  leagues  ;  between  Urren  point  and  ('Upc  St.  Mary's  there  iif  no  shelter 
for  ships  or  vcsseAi.  The  land  from  Flacentin  road  to  Cape  St.  Mary's  is 
of  u  moderate,  and  appcam  nearly  of  an  equal  height  nil  the  way  ;  but 
over  Flacentia,  and  to  the  northward  of  it,  the  land  is  very  high  and  un- 
even,  with  many  pecked  hills. 

Bull  and  ('ow  rocks  art*  a  cluster  of  rocks  nbore  water,  lying  S.  E.  by 
R.  i  leagues  from  Cape  i}l.  Mary's, about  1  mile  from  the  main,  andS.  W. 
by  W.  from  Foint  Lance,  which  is  a  low  ragged  point,  and  ia  the  west 
ftoint  of  the  cntraoce  into  St.  Mury*s  bay  ;  at  about  i  of  the  distance  from 
the  main  to  the  Bull  and  Cow  rocks  is  a  sunken  rock  which  shews  above 
water  at  half  ebb. 

From  Cape  St.  Mnry's  to  Point  Breme  the  course  is  N.  by  W.  ^  W.  8 
miles. 

From  Point  Breme  to  the  Virgin  rocks,  the  course  is  N.  N.  E.  dis- 
tance 10  miles  ;  these  rocks  show  above  water,  and  lie  about  1  mile  from 
the  main. 

Three  leagues  south  from  Green  point,  and  a  league  from  the  shore, 
lie  the  Virgin  rocks,  which  are  a  cluster  of  I'ocks  above  water.  A  little 
to  the  southward  of  these  rocks  there  are  some  whitish  clifls  in  the  land, 
Uy  which  that  part  of  the  coast  may  be  known,  on  coming  in  with  it  in 
thick  weather. 

From  Virgin  rocks  to  Point  Verd,  the  course  is  N.  38"  E.  distance  6| 
miles.  Tliis  is  a  low  green  point,  and  is  the  south  point  of  the  entrance 
into  the  road  of  Flacentia. 

Flacentia  road  and  harbour  is  situated  on  the  cast  side  of  the  great  bay 
of  that  name,  at  11  leagues  distance  from  Cape  St.  Mary's.  To  sail  into 
the  road,  and  coming  froi^i  the  southward,  you  mufit  keep  a  league  from 
the  shore  to  ^void  the  Gibraltar  rock,  which  lies  W.  S.  W.  from  Point 
Verd,  till  yon  bring  the  Caatle  hill  open  to  the  northward  of  Green  point. 
The  Castle  hill  is  on  the  north  side  of  the  road  on  which  stands  the  castle, 
nnd  is  distinguishable  far  out  at  sea.  Green  point  is  a  low  level  point, 
which  forms  the  south  side  of  the  road.  The  Gibraltar  rock  has  16  feet 
water  upon  it,  and  lies  W  j  S.  distant  8j  miles  from  Green  point,  and  2 
miles'from  shore.  The  mark  afore-mciitioned  will  carry  you  ^  of  a  mile 
without  it,  and  when  you  have  the  said  mark  open,  you  may  steer  in  for 
the  Castle,  keeping  your  lead  going ;  there  is  regular  souod  on  b<H|i 
■ides.    Along  the  south  aide  is  a  flat,  to  which  you  may  boirow  into  4  fa- 


'. .  .*»4E 


100 


BlunfB  Amerxan  Coas.  t^ilot. 


10  Edit 


thomi.  The  be^t  ancbornge  is  in  6  or  7  fathoms  water,  nnder  the  Cnstle 
hill,  at  I  of  the  distance  ever  from  that  side,  where  you  He  in  good  ground, 
and  open  about  4  points  to  the  %ca.  At  the  bottom  of  th^  rond  is  a  long 
bench,  which  terminates  to  the  north  in  n  point,  on  which  stand  the  in> 
habitants'  houses  and  h  fort,  lietwet^n  this  point  and  Castle  hill  is  the 
entrance  into  Flacentia  harbour,  which  is  very  narrow,  in  which  is  3^ 
fathoms  water,  but  within  tl^c  narrows  it  widens  to  ^  of  a  mile  broad, 
and  runs  up  N.  N.  E.  above  l,  mile,  where  ships  may  lie  in  perfect  se- 
curity, in  6  or  "■  fathoms.  To  sail  in  you  must  keep  nearest  to  the  star- 
board side. 

Near  the  bottom  of  Placcntia  road,  on  the  north  shore,  at  the  top  of  a 
hill,  stands  a  castle  ;  when  you  have  this  castle  open  to  the  northward  ot 
Point  Verd.  you  may  haul  in  for  the  road  in  safety,  taking  care  to  give 
Point  Verd  a  birth  of  near  2  cable's  length.  The  best  anchorage  in  the 
road  is  under  the  Castle  hill,  in  about  6  fathoms  water.-  The  entrance 
into  the  harbour  is  very  narrow  ;  in  it  you  have  3J  fathoms  water  ;  after 
you  are  within  the  narrows  it  is  about  ^  of  a  mile  broad,  and  about  1^ 
mile  long  ;  here  you  may  anchor  in  perfect  safety,  in  6  or  7  fathoms 
water.  »• 

The  coast  is  easily  known  in  clear  weather,  by  the  Chapeaurouge,  and 
other  remarkable  head  lands.  The  best  directions  that  can  be  given  in 
coming  in  with  it  in  thick  weather,  are  to  observe  that  between  Burin 
and  Laun  there  are  no  islands  except  Ferryland  head,  which  is  very  near 
the  main,  so  as  not  to  be  distinguished  as  an  isljtnd  till  very  close  to  the 
shore  ;  also,  that  th#islands  about  Burin  are  large  and  full  as  high  as  the 
main  land  ;  those  about  Laun  are  small,  and  scarce  half  the  height  of  the 
main  land,  and  the  Lamelins  are  2  low  flat  islands.  There  are  several 
small  rocks  just  above  water  between  Laun  and  Lameline,  and  there  are 
none  such  any  where  else  along  th^  cc  ist.  The  land  from  Mortier  head 
up  the  b^y,  is  high,  rocky,  and  uneven,  with  several  islands  near  the 
coast,  which  form  many  6apes  and  ragged  points. 

From  Mortier  head  to  Red  island,  the  course  is  N.  £.  by  E.  distance  IG 
leagues.  This  island  is  high,  and  may  be  seen  in  clear  weather  12  leagues 
from  the  deck.  The  south  end  of  it  bears  from  Flacentia  road  N.  W. 
disuince  4^  leagues. 

Red  island  is  high  barren  land,  about  5  miles  long  and  3  miles  broitd. 
The  south  point  lies  N.  \V.  11  miles  from  Placentia  road.  On  the  east 
side  near  the  north  end  is  a  small  harbour,  which  is  only  fit  for  shallops. 

Point  Latin™  lies  about  5  miles  to  the  northward  of  Flacentia  road  ;  be- 
tween these  places  the  land  is  low  and  even  near  the  sea,  but  j'jst  within 
it  high  and  ragged  ;  there  are  several  sunken  rocks  lying  along  the  shore 
about  half  a  mile  off. 

Point  Roche  lies  more  than  a  mile  to  the  eastward  of  Point  Latina  ; 
there  is  a  shoal  stretches  oft^  Point  Roche  more  than  J  of  a  mile. 

S.  E.  by  S.  IE.  1|  mile  from  Point  Roche  is  the  entrance  into  the  har- 
bour of  Little  Placentia,  which  runs  up  S.  W.  by  W.  ^  W.  about  1^  mile» 
and  is  near  half  a  mile  broad  ;  there  is  exceeding  good  anchorage  in  this 
harbour,  in  a  cove  on  the  north  shore  ;  this  cove  may  be  known  by  the 
west  point  being  woody,  and  the  lan.dtothe  eastward  being  barren  ;  ofl^the 
east  peint  of  the  eove  lies  a  shoal  for  near  i  the  distance  over  to  the  south 
Bide  of  the  harbour  ;  in  this  cove  is  7  and  8  fathotns  water,   v 

From  Point  Latina  to  Ship  harbour,  the  course  is  E.  N.  E.  distance  6^ 
nliiles.    This  harbour  runs  up  north  2|  miles,  and  is  about  |  of  a  mile 


fOEdit. 

^road  ;  the 
thorns  wutc] 
Fox  islai 
Point  Latini 
low  stony  p 
between  F  c 
ther  break 
N.  W.    1 
Fishing  rod 
almost  alwa; 
The  Rani 
the  N.  N.  I 
of  Ram  islai 
danger  in  sa 
eastward  of 
secure  from 
From  Rai 
several  low 
not  the  least 
Little  harboi 
entirely  exp 
From  Poi 
by  W.  I  W. 
the  south  po 
the  island,  a 
tolerable  gO( 
thorns  water 
westward,  tl 
arm,  in  a  bo 
islands  that 
Buffet  islanc 
into  it  you  n 
About  4  n 
Muscle  harb 
island  and  B 
and  about  ^ 
lies  opposite 
point  on  you 
this  harbour 
thorns  water 
Little  30ut 
fore  the  moi 
you  must  le; 
ther  side  of 
shore,  withi 
the  shox  ?,  V, 
are  some  ro< 
one  third  eb 
with  7  fathoi 
Great  Sou 
harbour ;  th 
anchorage  ii 
One  mile 
a  high  roun( 


fO  Edit. 


Biunt's  American  Coast  Pilot. 


101 


bronil  ;  the  bent  anchornpe  is  in  n  rove  on  the  west  side  in  about  10  fu-     ' 
thorns  water,  sit  about  I  mile  from  the  entrance. 

Fox  island  is  a  small  round  island,  lying  N.  by  E.  |  E.  3  miles  from 
Point  Latina,  and  W.  by  N.  1  league  from  Ship  harbour  point,  which  is  a 
low  stony  point,  lying  about  1^  miletto  the  westward  of  Ship  harbour  ; 
between  l  ox  island  and  this  point  are  a  range  of  rocks,  which  in  bad  wea- 
ther break  almost  quite  across. 

N.  W.  1  \  mile  from  Fox  island,  is  a  steep  rock  above  water,  called 
Fishing  rock  ;  north  1|  mile  from  Fishing  rock  liei  a  sunken  rock,  which 
almost  always  breaks. 

The  Ram  islands  are  a  cluster  of  high  islands,  lyjng  about  3  miles  to 
the  N.  N.  E.  1  E.  of  Fox  island.  E.  N.  E.  3  miles  from  the  south  point 
of  Ram  islands  is  the  entrance  into  Long  harbour  ;  there  is  not  the  least 
danger  in  sailing  into  it ;  the  best  anchorage  is  on  the  north  side  to  the 
eastward  of  Harbour  island,  between  it  and  the  main  ;  hce  you  will  lie 
secure  from  all  winds  in  7  or  8  fathoms  water. 

From  Ram  islands  to  Little  harbour  is  north  itbout  5  leagues  ;  there  are 
several  low  islands  and  rocks  along  shore  ;  between  these  places  there  is 
not  the  least  shelter  for  vessels,  or  scarcely  for  boats,  along  that  coast. 
Little  harbour  is  small,  with  7  fathoms  water  ;  the  ground  is  bad,  and  lies 
entirely  exposed  to  the  S.  W.  winds,  which  heave  in  a  very  great  sea. 

From  Point  Latina  to  the  south  point  of  Long  island,  the  course  is  N. 
by  W.  I  W.  4^  leagues  ;  this  island  is  near  3  leagues  long,  is  high  land, 
the  south  point  being  remarkable  high  steep  rocks.  ^On  the  east  side  of 
the  island,  about  i  league  from  the  south  point,  lies  'Harbour  Buffet,  a 
tolerable  good  harbour  ;  the  entrance  into  it  is  narrow,  but  has  l3  fa- 
thoms water  in  it.  There  are  2  arms  in  this  harbour,  one  running  to  the 
westward,  the  other  to  the  northward  ;  the  best  anchorsige  is  in  the  nprth 
arm,  in  about  15  fathonis  water.  This  harbour  may  be  known  by  the 
islands  that  lie  in  the  mouth  and  to  the  southward  of  it,  and  by  Harbour 
Buffet  island,  that  lies  E.  N.  E.  ^  E.  1  mile  from  the  entrance.  To  sail 
into  it  you  must  pass  to  the  northward  of  the  islands  in  the  mouth. 

About  4  miles  from  the  south  point  of  Long  island,  on  the  west  side,  lies 
Muscle  harbo'jr  ;  vessels  bound  for  this  harbpur  may  pass  between  Long 
island  and  Barren  island,  which  is  a  high  barren  island,  about  a  mile  long, 
and  about  ^  of  a  mile  from  Long  island.  The  entrance  into  the  harbour' 
lies  opposite  the  north  end  of  Barren  island,  and  is  between  a  low  green 
point  on  your  starboard  hand,  and  a  small  island  on  your  larboard  hand  ; 
this  harbour  is  near  2  miles  long,  and  1  broad  ;  in  it  is  from  10  to  22  fa- 
thoms water,  rocky  bottom. 

Little  30uth  harbour  lies  1  mile  to  the  westvvard  of  Little  harbour  ;  be- 
fore the  mouth  of  it  are  s.everal  rocky  islands  :  in  sailing  into  the  harbour 
you  must  leave  all  the  islaufds  on  your  starboard  hand,  except  one,  <  i  ei- 
ther side  of  which  is  a  safe  passage  of  15  fathoms  water.  On  the  east 
shore,  within  the  islands,  is  a  sunken  rock  about  one  cable's  length  from 
the  shoi?,  which  generally  bre^iks  :  nearly  opposite,  on  tl^  w^st  shore, 
are  some  rocks  about  half  a  cable's  length  from  the  shore,  that  shew  at 
one  third  ebb.  This  harbour  is  about  li  mile  long,  near  half  a  mile  wide, 
with  7  fathoms  water,  good  bottom. 

Great  South  harbour  lies  about  1  mile  to  the  northward  of  Little  South 
harbour  ;  there  is  no  dangei;  in  sailing  into  it ;  near  the  head  is  very  good 
anchorage  in  6  or  7  fathoms  water. 

One  mile  to  the  westward  of  Great  South  harbour  is  Isle  au  Bordeaux, 
a  high  round  island  near  the  main. 


102 


BIudI'h  American  Coast  Pilot. 


lOEditf 


The  entrance  in  Comc-by-chnnce  lies  north  4  miles  from  Isle  au  Bor* 
ileaux,  und  runs  up  N.  E.  by  N.  3  miles  ;  in  it  is  from  20  to  3  tathoms  wa- 
ter, sandj  bottom  ;  is  entirely  expoued  to  the  S.  W.  winds,  which  heave 
in  a  very  great  swell. 

North  harbour  is  N.  V7.  2,}  milae  from  Come-by-chancc,  and  S.  E.  by 
£.  S|  miles  from  Piper's  hole  ;  about  2  miles  from  the  entrance  is  good 
anchorage  in  7  fathoms  water,  and  no  danger  sailing  into  it. 


Directions  for  uahi^ating  pari  of  the  Coast  of  Nrwfoundland, 
from  Cape  St.  Mary's  to  Cape  Spear,  including  St.  Mary's 
md  Trespassy  Bay. 

[N.  B.  All  Ueariogs  and  Courses  lietenfler  mentioned,  are  thv.  true  Bearings  and  Coui»es, 

and  not  by  Compass.] 

IHie  entrance  of  St.  Mary's  Bay  is  formed  by  Cape  Lance  on  the  west, 
and  Cape  Pine  on  the  east  side.  The  land  from  Point  Lance  lies  E.  by 
N.  ^  N.  3  leajjTues,  to  a  high  bluff  cape,  from  which  the  land  along  the 
west  side  of  the  bay  hes  N.  E.  by  N.  and  S.  W.  by  S.  10  leagues  up  to 
the  head  of  the  bay.  From  the  afore-mentioned  blujQT  cape  to  Cape  Eng- 
lish, on  the  cast  shore,  the  course  is  S.  E.  |  E.  distance  6  leagues. 

Cape  St.  Mary's  is  a  very  high  bluff  point,  makes,  in  all  directions, 
much  like  Cape  St.  Vincent  on  the  coast  of  Portugal,  and  the  land  along 
shore  from  it,  for  a  considerable  distance,  appears  even,  and  nearly  of 
equal  height  with  the  cape  itself,  which  lies  due  west,  distance  between 
17  or  18  leagues  from  Cape  Chapeaurouge,  and' is  in  latitude  46"  52'  N. 
A  little  to  the  northward  of  this  cape  is  a  small  cdve,  where  fishing  shal- 
lops shelter  with  southerly  and  easterly  winds. 

From  Cape  St.  Mar/s  a.  E.  by  E.  distance  5|  miles,  lie  the  Bull  and 
Cow  rocks, ;which  are  two  flat  rocks,  and  very  near  together,  with  seve- 
ral smaller  rocks  about  them,  all  above  water ;  they  may  be  seen  4 
leagues  from  the  deck,  when  open,  from  the  land,  but  when  shut  on  with 
the  land,  they  are  not  distinguishable  so  far.  They  bear  west,  distant  3 
miles  from  Point  Luuce,  which  is  a  low  ragged  point,  which  forans  the  en- 
trance on  the  west  side  of  St.  Mary's  bay.  The  Bull  aod  Cow  lie  1  mile 
from  the  nearest  part  of  the  main  land  ;  at  |  of  the  distance  from  them 
to  the  main,  is  a  small  rock  that  appears  above  water  at  half  tide  ;  there 
is  10  fathoms  between  this  rock  and  the  main,  and  15  fathoms  between  it 
and  the  Bull  and  Cow.  Ships  may  safely  pass  within  the  Bull  and  Cow 
occasionally. 

St.  Mary's  rocks  lie  S.  by  W.  distant  7^  miles  from  Cape  St.  Mary's, 
and  S.  W.  by  W.  from  Point  Lance,  and  S.  W.  ^  W.  from  the  Bull  and 
Cow.  Tiiesf  are  two  rocks  which  appear  just  above  water,  upon  which 
the  sea  almost  always  breaks  rei'y  high.  They  lie  S.  E.  and  N.  W.  from 
each  other,  distance  about  3  cable's  length  ;  in  the  middle,  between  them, 
is  a  channel  of  a  cable's  length  broad,  in  which  is  15  fathoms  water  ; 
there  is  also  lo  fathoms  at  a  cable's  length  all  round  them,  except  to  the 
S.  E.  at  two  cable's  length ;  distance  is  6  fathoms.  Between  these  rocks, 
and  Cape  St.  Mak7*s,  is  25  and  30  fathoms  water,  ana  all  about  Cape  St. 
Mary's,  at  2  and  3  leagues  distance,  is  the  same  depth  of  water. 

Point  Lance  is  a  law  point  near  the  sea>  but  the  land  within  it  is  high, 


JO  Edit. 

and  is  the  \ 
latitude  46 
Frcm  Po 
the  entrant 
22  miles, 
good  harboi 
mostly  barr 
From  the 
N.  41*'  W. 
about  1  mih 
From  the 
20«  W.  disti 
the  main  Ian 
are  close  in 
From  Gul 
leagues  ;  thi 
forming  a  ba 
this  bay  is  a 
pond,  runnin 
2  or  3  broad 
like  an  i8lan<i 
From  Cap< 
From  Cap< 
This  is  a  low 
mile  to  the  sc 
bad  weather, 
u  ship  up. 

From  Poin 
harbour  (call 
the  land  betw 
From  Poin 
St.  Mary's  ha 
and  from  Poii 
The  entrance 
that  form  the 
the  other  to  t 
southward,  an 
flat,  in  4  or  5 
off  about  half 
water  over  to 
about  2  miles 
site  Brown's  p 
the  low  beach 
ground  all  the 
said  point  on  t 
th'^ms,  where 
t«i-.     The  N. 
trance ;  about 
mile  broad,  w 
is  not  resorted 
Two  league 
which  is  about 
those  islands, 
west  side  is  2ij- 


V'*^' 


10  Edit.  Bluni^s  American  Coast  Pilot. 


103 


»e  en- 
mile 
them 
there 

reen  it 
Cow 

ary's, 
11  and 
which 
,  from 
them^ 
vater  ; 
to  the 
rocks, 
,pe  St. 

s  higli^ 


and  is  the  west  point  of  the  entrance  into  the  bay  of  St.  Mary's.  It  lies  in 
latitude  46"  60'  N. 

From  Point  Lance  to  the  eastern  jiead  of  St.  Shot's  (the  east  point  of 
the  entrance  into  St.  Mary's  bay)  the  course  is  8.  £.  by  E.  ^  E.  diutant 
22  miles.  This  bay  runs  9^  leagues,  to  the  N.  E.  with  several  very 
good  harbours  in  it,  the  land  on  each  side  being  moderately  high,  and 
mostly  barren. 

From  the  eastern  head  of  Si.  Shot's  to  the  western  head,  the  course  » 
N.  41**  W.  distance  2  miies  :  this  bay  is  entirely  open  to  the  sea,  and 
about  1  mile  deep. 

From  the  western  head  of  St.  Shot's  to  Gull  island,  the  course  i«  N. 
20*>  W.  distant  4  miles.  This  island  is  small,  of  the  same  height  with 
the  main  land,  and  so  near  it  that  it  cannot  be  distinguished,  uq^ess  you 
are  close  in  shore. 

From  Gull  island  to  Cape  English,  the  course  is  N.  7"  W.  distance  2 
leagues  ;  this  cape  is  high  table  land,  terminating  in  a  low, rocky  point, 
forming  a  bay  about  a  mile  deep  to  the  southward  of  it ;  at  the  bottom  of 
this  bay  is  a  low  stony  beach  within  which  is  a  pond,  calUd  Holy  Rood 
pond,  running  to  the  N.  E.  for  about  7  leagues,  and  is  from  half  a  mile  to 
2  or  3  broad  ;  this  pond  makes  Cape  English  appear  from  the  southward 
like  an  island. 

From  Cape  English  to  False  Cape,  the  course  is  N.  20°  E.  1  mile. 

From  Cape  English  to  Point  le  Haye,  the  course  is  N.  E.  3  leagues. 
This  is  a  low  point  off  from  which  there  runs  n  ridge  of  rocks  of  |  of  a 
mile  to  the  sea,  and  above  a  mile  along  shore,  on  which  the  sea  breaks  in 
bad  weather.  This  is  the  only  danger  in  all  St.  Mary's  bay,  that  will  take 
a  ship  up. 

From  Point  le  Hay«  to  the  south  point  of  the  entrance  into  St.  Mary's 
harbour  (called  Double  road  point)  the  course  is  N.  E.  distance  Umilc; 
the  land  between  these  points  is  low  and  barren. 

From  Point  le  Haye  to  the  low  point  on  th6  starboard  side  going  into 
St.  Mary's  harbour,  called  Ellis'  point,  the  course  is  N.  E.  by  E.  2  miles, 
and  from  Point  Lance  to  St.  Mary's  harbour,  is  E.|  N .  distance  9  leagues. 
The  entrance  to  thil^arbouT  is  above  -ajnile  wide.  Withiil'^tlie  points 
that  form  the  entrance,  it  divides  into  twff^brahches,  one  to  the  E.  S.  E. 
the  other  to  the  N.  E.  When  you  are  past  Ellis'  point,  haul  in  to  the 
southward,  and  anchor  abreast  of  the  fishing  stages  and  houses,  upon  a 
flat,  in  4  or  5  fathoms.  Here  you  will  lie  land-locked.  This  flat  runs 
off  about  half  a  mile  from  the  shore,  without  it  is  from  16  to  40  fathoms 
water  over  to  the  other  side  ;  but  the  best  anchorage  in  this  harbour  is 
about  2  miles  above  the  town,  where  it  is  above  half  a  mile  wide,  oppo- 
site Brown's  pond,  which  is  on  the  starboard  side,  and  may  be' seen  over 
the  low  beach  ;  here  you  will  lie  land-locked  in  12  fathoms,  and  excellent 
ground  all  the  way  up  to  the  head  of  the  harbour.  One  mile  above  the 
said  point  on  the  opposite  <>hore,  is  a  beach  point,  ciose  to' which  is  4  fa- 
th"im9,  where  ships  may  ht  «j  down  ;  and  here  is  plenty  of  wood  and  wa-» 
ter.  The  N.  E.  arm  of  St.  Mary's  harbour  runs  up  2  miles  from  the  en- 
trance ;  about  half  way  up  it  is  a  mile  broad,  and  abo^e  that  it  is  half  a 
mile  broad,  where  ships  may  anchor,  but  being  open  to  the  sea,  this  place 
is  not  reported  to  by  ships.. 

Two  leagues  above  3t.  Mary's  harbour,  lie  t-  o  islands,  th6  largest  of 
which  is  about  2  leagues  loig.  There  is  agood  paii^ngc  for  ships  betweei;i 
those  islands,  also  between  them  and  each  shore."  'J'he  passage  on  the 
Kest  fide  is  2|^  leagues  wide.     Above  those  island?,  arc  many  good  au- 


.4H: 


,l^..„/:-i;33j?^ 


104 


Blant^s  American  Coemi  Pilot. 


lOEdit 


J^BAEUl 


choring  plHccB  on  ench  shore,  and  at  the  head  of  the  bay  is  afreih  water 
river,  which  is  navigable  2  or  3  leagucH  up. 

Mall  bay  lies  to  the  westward  of  North  Cast  point,  and  is  about  1  mile 
broad  and  better  than  2  miles  deep.  There  is  no  good  anchorage  in  this 
bay,  being  open  to  the  sea,  and  generally  a  heavy  swell  setting  into  it : 
vessels  may  occasionally  anchor  near  the  head  in  5  or  6  fathoms  water, 
good  ground.  *" 

From  Cape  English  to  the  south  part  of  Great  Colinot  island,  the  course 
is  N.  10^  W.  distance  3  leagues.  This  island*  is  of  a  moderate  height, 
about  1  league  long,  and  1  mile  broad.  On  either  side  of  this  island  is  a 
safe  passage  up  the  bay,  taking  care  to  give  Shoal  buy  point  a  birth  of  u 
quarter  o(  a  mile,  there  being  several  sunken  rocks  lying  off  this  point. 

Shoal|jbay  point  lies  1  mile  distant  off  the  east  side  of  Great  Cohnst  Isl- 
and. On  the  north  side  of  Great  Colinet  Island,  is  a  stony  bench,  from  off 
which  lies  a  bank  for  about  }  of  a  mile,  on  which  is  from  7  to  17  fathoms 
water,  rocky  bottom. 

Little  Colinet  island  lies  1^  mile  from  Great  Colinet  island,  is  about  1 
mile  long,  and  half  a  mile  broad. 

The  entrance  into  Great  Salmon  river  lies  N.  50**  E.  distance  2  leagues 
from  the  north  point  of  Little  Colinet  island,  is  about  |  of  a  mile  broad, 
and  runs  to  the  N.  E.  7  or  8  miles ;  in  it  is  very  good  anchorage  ;  the 
best  is  about  3  miles  from  the  entrance  on  tlie  nortii  side,  in  a  sandy  cove, 
in  5  or  6  fathoms  water.       ' 

North  harbour  lies  N.  by  W.  4  of  a  mile  from  the  north  part  of  Little 
CoUnet  island,  is  about  a  mile  broad  at  the  entrance,  and  run»totbe 
northward  about  3  miles ;  in  it  is-  very  good  anchorage,  w  about  6  or  7 
fathoms  water,  at  about  2  miles  from  the  entrance,  where  it  is  not  above 
half  a  mile  wide  ;  or  you  may  run  up  the  narrows^  which  are  formed  by 
two  low  sandy  points,  about  half,  a  cable's  length  asunder,  taking  care  to 
keep  the  starboard  point  close  on  board,  and  anchor  close  within  the 
point  on  the  starHbard  shore. 

Colinet  bay  lies  N.  N.  E.  |  E.  5^  miles  from  the  north  part  of  Little 
CoHnet  island  ;  in  it  is  very  good  anchorage  from  6  to  12  fathoms  water. 

From  ttft  eastern  head  of  St^^hot's  the  land  to  th|[eastward  tends  awav 
E,  by  S.  \  S.  for  about  1  milcfflhen  E.  J  S.  1  tnile  to  Gape  Freels. 

From  Cape  Freels  to  Cape  P4ne,  the  course  is  E.  N.  E.  1^  mile.  The 
land  about  Cape  Pine,  to  the  eastward  and  westward,  is  moderately  high 
and  barren. 

From  Cape  Pine  to  Mistaken  point,  the  course  is  &.  |  N.  distance  4^ 
leagues.  Between  these  points  he9  Trepassey  bay,  in  which  is  Trepas- 
sey  harbour.  !,!?•«>:.      «, 

.The  entrance  of  Trepassey  harbour  lies  2  miles  to  the  N.  E.  of  Cape 
Pine,  is  about  f  ofa  mile  wide,  and  ruhs  nearly  the  same  breadth  fbr  about  2^ 
miles  and  is4iere  little  more  than  a  quarter  ofa  mile  wide,  but  afterwards 
increases  to  |  of  a  mile  wide  ;  here  vessels  generally  rid  s.  The  dan- 
gers in  sailing  into  this  harbour  are  a  small  rock  that  lies  on  the  east 
shore,  about  a  mile  within  the  entrance  and  is  about  ^  of  a  cable's  length 
from  th^  shore  ;  and  on  the  west  shore,  within  the  harbour,  off  a  stony 
beach,  lies  a  shoal,  and  runs  along  shore,  up  the  harbour,  to  a  low  green 
point.  Baker's  point,  on  with  a  low  rocky  point  in  the  entran<^  of  the 
harbour  will  carry  you  Q}ear  of  this  shoal.  When  you  are  nearly  up  with 
the  low  green  point,  you  may  borrow  more  to  the  westward,  and  anchoi- 
either  in  the  N.  W.  dr«N.  E.  arm,  whereigrou  will  be  very  handy  for 
wooding  and  watering. 


10  Edit. 

From  tl 
hour)  to  ( 
tbeHc  poin 
3  fathoms 
in  scparat 
beach,  ov( 
Biscay  I 
trance  of 
from  0  to ,' 
From  JM 
W.  distunci 
From  Fi 
distance  8 
The  lane 
league,  tljc 
moderate  h 
several  smii 
titude  of  4C 
From  Ca 
3  leagues  ; 
black  head, 
to  the  westi 
black  rock  ! 
Due  east 
fishing  bank 
broad ;  on  i 
From  Ca| 
'-f  leagues, 
from  the  ma 
From  Rei 
W.  ^  W.  dii 
above  15  or 
several  rod 
To  sail  into 
Fermoust 
harbours  We 
length  from 
there  being 
cable's  leng 
small  cove  i 
about  a  qua 
called  Adrai 
in  7  or  8  lat 
boar  is  a  co 
anchorage 
here  you  wj 
same  side  hi 
near  the  mj 
only  9  feet 
BaHheac 
From  Ra 
From  BlJ 
course  is  n] 
water.     Tl 


10  Edit. 


Blunf  s  American  Coast  Pilot. 


lOd 


From  the  Powle?  (the  cast  point  of  the  entnince  into  Trepasaey  har- 
bour) to  Cripe  Mutton,  the  course  is  E.  ^  N.  distance  1  mile.  Between 
thenc  points  lies  Mutton  buy,  and  is  aiiout  'i  miles  ducp  ;  in  it  is  from  12  to 
3  fathoms  water,  rocky  bottom.  The  N.  W.  part  of  the  head  of  this  bay 
is  separated  from  the  harl)oiir  of  Trepasscy  l>y  a  low,  narrow,  stony 
beach,  over  which  may  be  seen  the  voisels  in  the  harbour. 

Biscay  bay  lies  about  1^  mile  to  the  eastward  of  Mutton  bay,  the  en- 
trance of  which  is  about  1  mile  wide,  and  about  2  miles  deep  ;  in  it  is 
from  0  to  3  fathoms  water,  sandy  bottom,  but  is  quite  open  to  the  sea. 

From  Mistaken  point  to  French  Mistaken  point,  the  course  is  N.  80' 
W.  distance  2  milc^. 

From  French  Mistaken  point  to  the  Powlos,  the  coursp  is  W,  N.  W. 
distance  8  miles. 

The  land  from  Mistaken  point  to  the  eastward  tends  away  E.  N.  E.  I 
league,  then  N.  l^.  by  E.  1^  mile  to  Cape  Race,  which  is  table  land  of  a 
moderate  height,  having  a  high  black  rock  lying  close  oif  the  cape,  with 
several  small  low  rocks  to  the  northward  of  it.  This  cape  lies  in  the  la- 
titude of  46'^  42  N. 

From  Cape  Race  to  Cape  Ballard,  the  course  is  N.  E.  by  N.  distance 
3  leagues  ;  nearly  1  mile  to  the  southward  of  Cape  Ballard,  lies  a  high 
black  head,  called  Chain  cove  head.  Between  these  points  is  a  cove,  and 
to  the  westward  of  Chaip  cove  head  lies  Chain  cove,  before  which  lies  a 
black  rock  above  water. 

Due  east  from  Cape  Race,  and  S.  by  E.  |  E.  from  Cape  Ballard  lies  a 
fishing  bank,  called  New  bank,  about  5  miles  long,  and  nearly  2  miles 
broad  ;  on  it  is  from  9  to  25  fathoms  water. 

From  Cape  Ballard  to  Renowe'a  rocks,  the  course  is  N.  20°  E.  distance 
9.  leagues.  These  rocks  are  small,  of  a  moderate  height,  and  lie  1  mile 
from  the  main  land,  and  are  bold  too. 

From  Renowe's  rocks  to  the  harbour  of  Renowe,  the  course  is  N.  by 
W.  ^  W.  distance  2|  miles.  This  is  but  a  small  harbour,  and  hath  not 
above  15  or  16  feet  at  low  water  ;  it  is  but  an  indifferent  harbour,  having 
several  rocks  in  the  entrance,  and  the  S.  E.  winds  heave  in  a  great  sea. 
To  sail  into  it,  you  must  keep  the  north  shore  on  board. 

Fermouse  harbour  lies  about  3^  miles  from  Renowe's  ;  between  th  ;se 
harbours  lies  Bear's  cove,  off  which  lies  a  dunken  rock,  about  a  cable's 
length  from  shore.  Fermouse  harbour  is  an  exceeding  good  harbour, 
there  being  no  danger  in  sailing  into  it.  The  entrance  is  not  more  than  a 
cable's  length  wide  :  just  within  the  entrance,  on  the  north  shore,  is  a 
small  cove  in  which  a  fishery  is  carried  on  but  no  safe  place  for  anchoring, 
about  a  quarter  of  a  mile  farther  in,  on  the  same  side,  lies  another  cove, 
called  Admiral's  cove  ;  in  this  cove  the  merchant's  ships  generally  ride, 
in  7  or  8  lathoms  water,  land-locked.  About  1  mile  farther  up  the  har- 
bour is  a  cove,  called  Vice-Admiral's  cove.  On  the  south  side  is  the  best 
anchorage  for  large  ships,  in  12  or  16  fathoms  water,  muddy  ground  ; 
here  you  will  be  handy  for  wooding  and  watering.  Farther  up  on  the 
same  side  lies  a  cove,  called  Sheep's  head  cove.  Directly  off  this  cove, 
near  the  middle  of  the  passage  up  the  harbour,  lies  a  shoal,  on  which  is 
only  9  feet  water.     This  is  the  only  danger  in  this  harbour. 

BaHhead  lies  N.  30°  E.  1  mile  nearly  from  Fermouse  harbour. 

From  Bald  head  to  Black  head,  the  course  is  N.  by  W.  1  mile. 

From  Black  head  to  the  entrance  into  the  harbour  of  Aqua  fort,  the 
course  is  N.  W.  by  N.  1  mile  nearly  ;  in  the  entrance  is  a  high  rock  abo^ve 
water.     The  passage  into  the  harbour  is  to  the  northward  of  this  rocl^  in 

14 


106 


Blunt^s  Americnn  Coast  Pilot. 


10  BdfC. 


10  Edit. 


whic!i  yoti  have  15  fathoms  water.  This  harbour  lies  in  west  about  3 
miles  ;  at  about  2\  miles  from  the  entrance  it  is  very  narrow,  where  you 
have  4  fnlhoms  water  ;  but  just  within  the  narrows,  on  the  north  shore, 
is  a  small  cove,  in  which  you  w'il  have  7  fathoms  water;  this  is  a  good 
place  for  vessels  to  heave  down,  .lie  shore  being  steep.  To  sail  up  through 
the  narrows,  take  care  to  give  the  stony  beach  on  the  north  shore,  with- 
out the  narrows,  a  birth,  it  being  n  shoal  along  that  beach,  except  at  the 
point  of  the  narrows,  which  is  bold  too. 

Ferryland  bend  lies  ¥!,.  N.  E.  I  E.  distant  2  miles  from  Aqua  fort,  and 
N.  30"  E.  distant  3^  miles  from  Fermouse.  Fcrrylnnd  head  is  moderately 
high,  having  2  high  rocks  above  water  lying  close  oiT  the  head,  called  the 
Harc'd  cars.  This  head  is  not  easily  distinguished  by  reason  of  the  main 
land  within  it  being  much  higher.  The  entrance  into  Ferryland  har- 
bour lies  to  the  northward  of  Ferryland  head,  between  it  and  Isle  Bois, 
and  is  little  more  than  half  u  cable's  length  wide  ;  but  after  you  are  with- 
in isle  Lois,  it  is  better  than  a  quarter  of  a  mile  wide,  and  tolerable  good 
anchorage,  in  8  or  10  fathoms  water  ;  but  the  N.  E.  winds  heave  in  a  very 
great  sea  over  the  low  rocks  that  run  from  Isle  Bois  to  the  main. 

From  Isle  Bois  to  Goose  island  the  course  is  N.  ^  E.  distant  ^  a  mile  ; 
and  from  Goose  island  to  Stone  island,  the  course  h  N.  5°  W.  distant  half 
a  mile. 

Caplin  bay  runs  in  N.  W.  by  W.  distant  2^  miles  from  Goose  island,  is 
a  tolerable  good  bay,  with  a  safe  passage  into  it  on  either  side  of  Goose 
island.  To  the  northward  of  Goose  island,  between  it  and  Stone  islands, 
there  is  not  the  least  danger,  the  island  being  bold  too.  If  you  pass  to 
the  southward  of  Goose  island,  between  it  and  Isle  iJois,  be  suve  to  keep 
the  point  of  Ferryland  head  open  to  the  eastward  of  Isle  Bois,  in  order  to 
avoid  a  sunken  rock,  on  which  is  onlv  2  fathoms  water,  and  lies  nearly 
midway  between  Goose  island,  and  Cold  East  point ;  after  you  are  within 
this  rock,  there  is  not  the  least  danger  in  sailing  up  the  bay.  The  best 
anchon'.ge  is  abreast  of  a  cove  on  the  larboard  hand,  about  ^  a  mile  within 
Scogin's  head  in  16  or  17  fathoms  water. 

From  the  Hare's  ear?  off  Ferryland  head,  to  Cape  Broyle,  the  course 
is  N.  I  ^V.  distant  2|  miles.  This  cape  is  high  table  land,  and  makes  in 
a  saddle,  either  cominj:;  from  the  northward  or  southward.  From  the 
north  part  of  the  cape  E.  S.  E.  ^  of  a  mile,  lies  a  small  rock,  called  Old 
Harry,  on  which  is  only  3  fathoms  water  ;  but  between  it  and  the  main  is 
upwards  of  20  fathoms  water.  About  J  of  a  mile  to  the  N.  E.  of  the  north 
part  of  Cape  Broyle  lies  a  ledge  of  rocks,  called  Horse  rocks,  on  which 
you  hp.ve  from  7  to  14  fathoms  water.  In  bad  weather  the  sea  breaks 
Very  high  on  these  rocks.  The  mark  for  these  rocks  is  a  white  house  on 
Ferryland  downs,  open  with  Stone  islands,  and  the  head  of  Cape  Broyle 
harbour  open  will  catty  you  on  them. 

From  the  north  part  of  Cape  Broyle  to  the  south  part  of  Brigus  head, 
the  course  is  N.  W.  by  N.  distance  1^  mile.  These  points  form  the  en- 
trance '  -o  Cape  Broyle  harbour,  which  runs  3J  miles  up.  About  1^  mile 
within  the  entrance  on  the  north  shore,  is  a  cove,  called  Admiral's  cove, 
in  which  you  may  anchor  in  about  12  fathoms  water  good  ground  ;  but 
here  you  will  lie  open  to  the  south  east.  ■  The  best  anchorage  is  above 
the  narrows,  in  abouf  7  fathoms  water.  The  only  danger  in  sailing4ip  the 
harbour  is  a  ledge,  called  Saturday's  ledge,  and  lies  about  1^  cables" 
length  without  the  narrows,  on  the  north  shore  ;  if  you  are  coming  in 
firom  the  nortbward,  keep  the  saddle  on  Brigus  head  open  with  the  point 
ef  Admirall}  (Sove,  it  will  carry  you  clear  off  this  ledge.    After  you  are 


^hove  the 
ground.     I 
Brigus  b 
the  norths 
Cape  N« 
tancc  7J  ni 
land,  of  a  n 
From  Ci 
I  ^  mile. 
Baline  heai 
From  Ca 
40°  E.  dist 
a  moderate 
From  Bsi 
Nearly  witi 
the  bottom  1 
Toad's  c( 
and  is  only 
About  4 
from  this  p( 
Whitless  ba 
bay  is  an  o| 
.  Green  isl 
point  of  Wh 
the  distance 
The  Sout 
of  Green  is 
and  is  prett 
Whitless 
rate  depth  c 
up  on  the  i 
above  watei 
One  mile 
of  the  entra 
of  said  bay, 
The  best  ar 
the  head  in 
up,  and  moc 
dangers  in  t 
is  not  above 
Magotty  cov 
From  Bu 
N.  E.  distan 
one  quarter 
From  the 
N.  by  E.  I 
hour  bay, v 
where  a  fish 
From  the 
N.  E.  i  E. 
may  be  knoT 


■:;ii; 


»?«(,■'*% 


10  Edit 


Blunf  8  American  Coast  Pilot. 


107 


4bove  the  narroMrs,  you  may  unchor  in  about  7  fathoms  water,  good 
ground.     Here  you  will  be  very  Itandy  for  wooding  and  watering. 

BriguH  by  Houtli  \h  a  small  hurbuur,  only  tit  for  boutfl,  and  lies  close  to 
the  northward  of  Krigus  head. 

Cnpe  Neddick  lies  N.  6  miles  from  Cape  Broyle.  and  N.  2®  W.  dis- 
tance 7|  miles  from  the  Hare*8  cars  ofl'  Ferryland.  This  cape  is  tabic 
land,  of  a  moderate  height,  and  sleep  towards  the  sea. 

From  Cupe  Neddick  to  Haline  head  the  course  is  N.  16°  E.  distance 
1^  mile.  Balinc  cove  is  about  one  quarter  of  a  mile  to  the  northward  of 
Baline  head.     This  is  but  a  small  cove,  tit  only  for  boats. 

From  Cape  Neddick  to  the  outer  point  of  Great  island,  the  course  is  N. 
40**  E.  distance  2^  miles.  This  island  is  about  ^  a  mile  in  length,  and  of 
a  moderate  height. 

From  Haline  head  to  Isle  Spear,  the  course  is  N.  ^  E.  distance  1  mile. 
Nearly  within  this  island  a  tishery  is  carried  on,  but  no  safe  anchorage, 
the  bottom  being  rocky. 

Toad's  cove  is  a  small  cove,  about  1  mile  to  the  northward  of  Isle  Spear, 
and  is  only  tit  for  boats. 

About  1  ^  mile  from  Isle  Spear,  lies  the  south  point  of  Momable's  bay  ; 
from  this  point  to  the  north  point  of  the  said  bay,  being  the  south  point  of 
Whitless  bay,  the  course  is  N.  E.  by  E.  distance  IJ  mile.  Momablc's 
bay  is  an  open  bay,  about  one  mile  deep. 

.  Green  island  is  a  small  round  island,  about  |  of  a  mile  from  the  south 
point  of  Whitless  bay.  Oom  this  point  lies  a  ledge  of  rocks,  about  ^  of 
the  distance  over  to  Green  island. 

The  South  point  of  Gull  island  lies  about  j  of  a  mile  to  the  northward 
of  Green  island,  and  is  about  1  mile  long,  and  one  quarter  of  a  mile  broad, 
and  is  pretty  high  land. 

Whitless  bay  runs  in  about  2  miles  from  Gull  island.  In  it  is  a  mode- 
rate depth  of  water,  good  ground  but  open  to  the  sea.  About  half  way 
up  on  the  north  shore,  lies  a  ledge  of  rocks  ;  part  of  these  rocks  shew 
above  water  at  about  half  tide. 

One  mile  and  a  half  to  the  northward  of  Gull  island  lies  the  south  point 
of  the  entrance  into  the  bay  of  Bulls  ;  from  this  point  to  the  north  point 
of  said  bay,  called  Bull  head,  the  co'irse  is  N.  E.  |  E.  distance  1  mile. 
The  best  anchorage  in  this  bay  for  large  vessels  is  about  half  a  mile  from 
the  head  in  about  14  fathoms  water  ;  but  small  vessels  may  ancbor  higher 
up,  and  moor  to  the  north  shore,  and  will  then  lie  land-locked.  The  only 
dangers  in  this  harbour  are,  a  small  rock  off  Bread  and  .Cheese  point,  but 
is  not  above  20  yards  off,  and  a  rock  on  which  is  9  feet  water  lying  off 
Magotty  cove,  about  half  a  cable's  length  off  shore. 

From  Bull's  head  to  the  south  point  of  Petty  harbour,  the  course  is  N. 
N.  E.  distance  8^  miles.  From  this  point  runs  a  ledge  of  rocks  for  about 
one  quarter  of  a  mile. 

From  the  south  point  of  Petty  harbour  to  the  north  point,  the  course  is 
N.  by  E.^  E.  distance  2^  miles.  Between  these  points  lies  Petty  har- 
bour bay,  which  runs  in  about  2  miles.  At  the  bottom  is  a  small  cove, 
where  a  fishery  is  carried  on. 

From  the  north  point  of  Petty  harbour  to  Cape  Spear,  the  course  is  N. 
N.  E.  ^  E.  distance  2  miles.  This  point  is  rather  low  and  ragged,  and 
may  be  known  by  the  land  to  the  northward  tending  away  to  the  W.  N.  W. 


106  BluntV  American  Coah;  Pilot.  IOK4HI 

Sailing  directiom  for  the  Gulf  of  -St.  Lawrence. 

From  Tdp*  North,  in  Ihr  \%Uni\  of  Tape  Urfion,  tnCupe  fUjr,  in  DewlnnndliinH,  iltr 
COnrM  (■  tl  N.  K.  19  or  20  liiiKiirN. 

From  Cap*  North  to  thu  middle  of  the  ipland  of  St.  Paul*  the  cnuma  ii  K.  N.  E.  <|  N. 
dlilanca  4  Ungiiiii. 

From  St.  Puul't  iiland  to  Va\\w  Rny,  the  courM  is  R.  N.  K.  |  K.  16  lea;r,ii<>ii. 

[All  theie  heniingi  are  l>y  rnm|jaiiii  and  the  variation  It!  or  \T^  \V. ;  and  thfa  dittiinCe* 
ire  found  bj  trigonometrical  calrulntion  liy  several  hearingi  taken,  k.t.^ 

From  Cape  North  in  the  Bird  itlnndt,  the  course  is  N.  9^  W.  17  or  18  leaKue«. 

From  St.  Paul's  ifiand  to  the  Bird  islands,  the  course  is  N.  24'^  W.  distance  1&4 
leagues. 

From  Ciipe  Ray  to  the  Bird  islands,  the  cour<>n  is  W.  3<>^  N.  diittviica  22  leagues. 

From  the  Bird  islands  to  the  north  (tart  of  Isle  Briun,  ii  W.  }  S.  5  or  6  leaguei.— AU 
the  above  courses  are  by  compass. 

RKiMARKS. 

The  fiird  islands  are  but  Hmall  and  not  far  nstmder  ;  the  passage  be- 
tween is  a  rocky  ledt^e.  They  are  of  a  inoderate  lui^fht,  and  white  at 
to|>,  the  northernmost  being  the  largest,  from  the  cant  end  of  which  runs 
a  siiiiill  ledge  of  rocks. 

Th<;  passage  between  Little  Bird  island  and  the  Isle  of  Brion  is  about 
6  leagues. 

SOUNDINGS. 

Body  of  the  Tslnnd  Brion,  B.  and  S.  ^  \V.  4  leagues,  35  fathoms,  brown  sand. 

N.  ttiul  of  ditto,  S.  VV.  by  S.  36  I'uthoms,  same  ground. 

N.  W.  ond  "f  ditto,  S.  -10  fathoms,  rocky  witli  small  shells. 

Body  of  ditto,  S.  by  £.  7  or  8  leagues,  45  fathoms,  sand  and  stones. 

From  Island  Brion  to  Cape  Rosiere,  the  course  is  N.  W.  by  W.  39  leagues.  Here  the 
variation  is  17°. 

From  Cape  Roftiere  to  the  N.  W.  end  of  Anticosti,  the  course  is  N.  N.  W.  20  leagues. 
Here  the  variation  is  17°  3U'. 

REMARKS. 

The  channel  between  Anticosti  and  the  main  land  of  Nova  Scotia  i>( 
about  14  or  15  leagues,  and  in  the  middle  is  very  deep  water,  sometimes 
fto  ground  with  180  to  200  fathoms  line.  To  the  westward  of  Anticosti 
is  a  bank,  the  extent  of  which  is  not  known. 

LATITUDES. 

"  '     •                      Cape  North 47°  6' K. 

St.  Paul  8  island 47  14 

Cape  Ray 47  40 

Bird  island 47  62 

North  part  of  Brion  island 47  60 

Cane  Gaspee 48  44 

N.  W.  end  of  Anticosti 49  4C 

l*he  islands  of  Mingan  are  10  leagues  N.  £.  from  the  island  of  Anticosti,  in  lathude 
fio"  15'  N. 

REMARKS. 

The  halpbour  of  Mingan  is  very  secure  iot  ships  in  all  weathers  ;  there 
is  good  anchorage  all  withm  the  Parekett  and  other  islands,  and  great 

Senty  of  codfish.     It  appears  to  be  very  convenient  for  the  cod,  seal,  and 
Imon  fishery,'  am)  has  the  additional  advantage,  of  a  level  good  soil, 
profitable  Indian  trade.    The  tide  flows  here  full  and  change,  at  3 


10  Edit. 

oVIrtrk,  a 
the  wenth 
The  baj 
Venre,  bo 
It  hen  in  h 
i!6  ieaguetj 

N.  B.  Ths 


Di 

From  the  N. 


From  Ct 
Chatmel,  | 
some  very 
Several  sui, 
of  wind,  w 
drove  on  b 
very  great 
und  the  dan 

From  Cape  C 


N.  W.  end  of 
W.  in  58  fa 
N.  W. 
Mount 
Uppern 
Two  li 
About 
Mount 
•  Wester 
170  fat; 


This  beii 
Ihat  it  was 
another. 

About ! 
Mount 
Westeri 
Two  lit 
Neares 
Mount  I 
River 
We8tp< 


A  strong  c 
monstration 
coast,  «ad  n( 


10  Edit  Bliiiit'HAmcncAnConftt  Pilot.  109 

n\-li>rk,  nmi  rifiefl  nhuut  10  or  H  (nei  ;  but  much  of  the  (idei  dppcnd  on 
tht*  w«nthor. 

The  hny  of  Seven  inlands  i«  on  the  north  side  of  the  river  St.  Lnw- 
Yv.nro,  bein^  n  very  necure  horhour  for  a  number  of  Hhi|w  in  nuy  wind. 
It  heft  in  hitit.ide  50"  20'  N.  and  \\nn  N.  from  Mount  Lewis  and  VV.  N.  W. 
S6  lenguea  from  the  N.  VV.  end  of  Anticosti,  by  the  compasi. 

N.  0.  Th«  tid«  dowi  S.  S.  W.  tiiei  IS  or  19  iMt  ipring,  and  10  Ht  ui«p  tidvi. 


latitude 


Directions  for  sailing  up  the  River  St.  Lawrence. 

From  thfl  N.  W.  end  of  Anticoali  to  Cap«9  Chat,  the  count  it  W.  S.  W.  36  or  3R  lea|uli. 

REMARKS. 

From  Cape  Chat  it  is  best  never  to  stand  «o  far  northward  as  Mid 
Channel,  particularly  when  abreast  of  Manicouugan  shoal,  where  urn 
Home  very  strong  and  irregular  eddies  that  will  set  you  on  that  shoal. 
Several  sail  of  men  of  war  have  been  caught  in  them  in  a  fresh  breeze 
of  wind,  when  not  a  single  ship  could  answer  its  helm  ;  sonic  of  them 
drove  on  board  each  other,  and  it  was  not  without  much  difliculty  that 
very  great  mischief  was  prevented  by  their  running  foul  of  each  other, 
»nd  the  danger  of  driving  on  the  shoals  of  Manicouagan. 

From  Cap*  Chat  to  the  island  of  St.  Barnaby,  tht  count  i«  VV.  S.  W.  ^  W.  distance  2R 

lenguti. 

SOUNDINGS. 

H.  W.  end  of  Anticosti,  E.  ^  S.  6  leagues,  and  the  Lady's  Mountains,  S.  W.  by  W.  | 
W.  in  58  Tathoms. 

N.  W.  end  of  Anticosti,  E.  by  S.  7  or  8  leagues,  44  fathom^. 

Mount  Camille, S.  W.  by  W. 

Uppermott  of  the  Lady^tMountaint,  •        -        -        S.  E.  ^  E. 

Two  little  paps  near  the  shore,  -        -        -        -        S.  W.  i  W. 

About  2  leagues  i'rom  the  south  shore,  93  fathonio,  soft  mud. 

Mount  Camilla, -        -        S.  W.  J  S. 

■    Westernmost  Lady's  Mountain,  -        •        -        -        S.  50°  E. 

170  fathoms,  soft  mud. 

REMARKS. 

This  being  the  nearest  to  the  north  shore,  the  current  was  so  strong, 
that  it  was  with  difliculty  the  ships  were  kept  from  driving  on  board  on6 
another. 

About  2  leagues  off  the  south  shore,  80  fathoms,  soft  mud. 

Mount  Camille, S.  50>3  W. 

Westernmost  Lady^s  Mountain,  -        -        -        -  S.  59°  £. 

Two  little  paps  nn  the  south  shore,      -        -        -        -  S.  20°  E. 
Nearest  the  north  shore,  160  or  170  fathoms,  soft  black  mud. 

Mount  Camille, S.  28"^  W. 

River  Manicouagan,  -        -        -        -        -        -  N.  by  W.  i  W. 

West  point  of  ditto,  low  land,  -        -        -        •  N.65°W. 

REMARKS. 

A  strong  current  here  which  sets  towards  the  north  shore,  c'>d  is  a  de- 
monstration that  the  sbuth  shore  is  most  proper  to  keepon,  as  it  is  a  clear 
coast,  «nd  no  visible  current  there.  ^ 


1 10  Blani>  Ampriraii  CoaMt  Pilot.  10  lidit. 

About  «  lc4nua  Troni  iha  toiKh  Ihora,  If  Ulh«mi|  muddy  txtliom. 
Mount  Ctmilli),  •         •  •        •        •        .        8.  K.  A  K. 

Knit  pnrt  of  tha  Ula  of  At.  Haiiiab/,  •        •        •        3.  W.by  H, 

Fii(hr<(  Point V. 

38  futhonu,  niiddla  ((round. 

ANCHORAGE. 

InlTfnthnmi,  muddj  holtoni,  4  or  .'>  inilaa  froiii  (ha  ihora,  the  bank  ihotli  Kiaduatty 
In  Id  fiithuini,  wiiliin  2^  inilos  of  thn  there. 

liL-  Father  |»olm, S.  8.  E. 

\^^                            Kntt  point  of  iha  Ida  of  St.  Barnahy,            •        •        .        8.  W.  A  S. 
!•««  Blc,  .        . W.  by  S. 

'  The  hifftcit  of  Ric  hillt,  in  a  Hno  with  tha  ouiar  part  of  St.  B«rnaby*i  iilanil,  ban 

ini  W.  i  8.  7^  luthoin*. 
Ditto  IMnuiituii)  on  the  middle  of  the  iiliind  about  half  n  mile  from  nhore,  6  fathnmi. 
The  outer  out  of  Bic  hiifh  Ijiuf,  iuit  without  the  i»lnnd,  5  lutliomk,  all  lolt  mud. 
From  St.  Harnnby  to  the  i«lr  of  Bic,  the  couiie  by  compaii  ii  VV.  i  H,  diitanca  ■< 
leagues  ;  hi  moit  pUcei  16  fathoma  water. 

Jlnchoraiff.  at  Bic  in  1 2  fathoim  wat«r. 

South  end  of  Bic  iiland,     .>....  W.  by  S. 

North  par*,  of  ditto,  W.  by  N. 

<  St.  Barnahy'i  iile,  K.  A  N. 

Mount  Camille, F.  j  S. 

Euet  partof  BirhilU, S. 

At  the  upper  end  of  Bic  iilandi,  about  3  milei  from  the  itiand,  in  9  fathomi  water- 

Bic(|uet  iNland,  -        -         -        •        •        •        •  N.  )  F^ 

WeaternmoRt  rock  of  Birtjuet  in  light,  •         •        •  M.  by  VV. 

Kockf  off  the  eait  end  of  Bic,  •        -        •        •  JV.  L.  |  E. 

West  pnrt  of  Bic  iiland,  •        -        -        •        •  N.  by  E.  ^  E. 

REMARKS. 

Bic  ifl  a  low  woody  island,  about  4  milcH  from  the  <iouth  main  land  and 
is  3  leagues  W.  ^  S.  from  the  Isle  of  St.  Barnaby  ;  all  the  way  is  good 
anchorage  in  14  and  IG  fathoms  water.  Between  Bic  and  the  main  land, 
is  10  and  12  fathoms.  OfT  the  S.  K.  end  of  Bic  is  a  ledge  of  rocks  which 
appear  above  water,  and  are  very  "teep  too. 

To  the  north-westward  of  Bic  lies  a  small  island  called  Bicquet,  from 
the  west  end  of  which  lies  a  ledge  of  rocks  that  may  be  seen  at  lease  two 
miles,  and  perhaps  they  run  further  under  water.  Oft'  the  east  end  of 
this  island  are  likewise  rocks  as  there  are  to  the  westward  of  Bic  ;  so 
that  there  can  be  no  passage  between  these  islands,  except  for  boats  or 
very  small  craft. 

From  the  island  of  Bic  to  Basque,  the  course  is  W.  S.  W.  7  leagues. 
Between  these  islands  are  2  very  small  islands  near  the  south  shore,  called 
the  Razade  islands  ;  they  are  about  5  leagues  from  Bic  and  2  leagues 
from  Basque. 

Passing  to  the  southward  of  Bic,  '•tcer  W.  by  S.  in. 9,  10  to  16  fathoms, 
when  almost  abreast  of  the  Razade  islatuls,  steer  W.  S.  W.  and  you  will 
have  from  20  to  22,  24  and  26  fathoms  at  high  water,  till  abreast  of  the 
Isle  of  Basque,  distance  4  miles,  all  sandy  bottom. 

REMARKS. 

Although  the  course  from  Bic  to  Basatle  id  W.  S.  W.  yet  if  you  come 
to  the  southward  of  Bic  (especially  in  fittle  wind)  you  will  run  on  the 
main  land  by  steering  that  course  ;  tltjefefore  you  should  at  first  steer  W. 
by  S.  until  you  deepen  to  18  and  20  fathoms,  and  then  W.  S.  W.  if  you 
are  not  as  \Agh  a»  tne  Razade  islands,  for  if  you  are,  you  will  then  be  too 
pear  tke  shore. 


10  Edit. 


About 
Bud  III 
liatt  pi 

JVorih 
Middle 
L'ntran 
W.,„r 
We,i« 
Kait  ai 
Waiter 
HlKh  la 

N  B.  Bnir|t 

nnd  the  u 


uid 


-■"I.   iiiiu    III! 

K.  N.I:;,  by 


c< 


The  ebb  ( 
a*  in  17  fath^ 
Although 
shore,  yet  th 
Within  a  r 
the  rocks  tin 
rocks  are  alv 
Qreen  isla 
ebb  tides  of  ( 
gale  of  witid 
ward  the  ishi 
uhite  island  I 
in  time,  in  cai 
is  26  fathoms 


Off  the  N. 
length,  which 
off  the  west  o 
From  a  litt 
island,  there 
discharge  of  t 
ilare  island, 
weak,  that  if  i 
to  it :  in  sailii 
Mland,  and  to 
of  Hare  islant 
it  fall  little  wi 
and  there  is  n 
Red  island 
with  the  midd 
as  yet  not  qui 
the  east  end  o 
islands  a  small 
you,  distance 
Brandy  pots. 
When  past 
There  is  likev 
called  White  i 


0 


10  Edit. 


Rlunt^H  Ame«can  Count  Pilot. 


Ill 


•?. 


from 

c  two 

end  of 

80 


11  come 
on  the 
eerW. 
if  you 
be  too 


ANCIiORAUK. 

About  4  mlki  off  Bai<|ut  UUtuI,  tn  M  Ulbomt  (Ht|l*  maui)  a  tnnily  bottom 
Hixl  itlanH,  •  •        >        •        >        •        •        WIS. 

Ki^it  point  oMiritan  liland,  •         •        •         •         •         S.  VV.  ^  W. 

Morlh  p4iini  ol  tiratn  litaiid,  •         •        •         ■ 

MidiHa  of  Appla  IduntJ,  ....•> 

Enlranca  of  Mafiiaiiajr  rlvar,  .         .        .        •        . 

Waiiariimuit  rock*  baiwvvii  B.«i(|ua  ami  Appta  UUiidi,  • 

Wad  011(1  ol  lia»qu«  iiltiiid, 

Kait  and  of  Uat<|<i(i  iilaiid,  .  .  .  .  ■ 
Watiarii  Ratada  lilaudi  ..... 
lUi,h  land  of  Ulc, •        • 


H.  W.  by  W. 
S.  ».  W.  I  w. 
W.  by  N.  IN. 
S.  by  v.. 
B.  M.  K.  i  C. 
M.  K.  A »:. 

k;.N.  K.  I  N. 


N.  B.  Uai(|ua  iitand,  Appla  Itlaiid,  and  tha  rocki  bftwaan  them,  middle  of  Ur««n  UN 
.ind,  and  tlia  ouiennoai  luud  in  tiKlii  (vvh«n  un  Appla  uland)  ai«  in  a  line  U.  b.  W.  unU 
K.  N.  E.  by  cunipuva.  «j 

« 

nCMARKH. 

The  obb  tiiU  runn  here  I J  knot-*,  iind  much  tttrongpr  noar  the  island, 
ui  in  17  fathomM  water,  at  the  oanu*  time  it  lunN  U  knots  un  lioiir. 

AllhuiiKh  the  ebb  tide  ix  ho  utrong  hero,  and  the  tide  rive^  much  hy  the 
•hore,  yet  the  tlood  in  Hcurce  tierccivable. 

Within  u  rable'N  length  of  Hantiine  inhind  i^  10  fathooM,  and  very  near 
the  I'ockd  that  he  between  HaHqtie  and  Apple  islnndn  in  ti  fathoniM.  Thcae 
rocks  are  alwayn  above  water. 

preen  island  in  about  3  leagues  VV.  S.  W.  from  the  Isle  of  Busque  ;  the 
ebb  tides  of  Cireen  island  are  exceeding  strong,  so  that  it  requires  a  fresh 
gide  of  wind  to  stem  it  with  all  sails.  The  tide  of  ebb  sets  directly  to* 
ward  the  island,  as  do  the  Hoods  (which  are  but  little  here)  towards  the 
white  island  ledge  ;  therefore  great  care  should  be  taken  to  anchor  hero 
in  time,  in  case  it  should  fall  calm,  and  you  be  near  the  island  ;  fur  there 
is  26  fathoms  almost  close  to  the  rocks,  and  foul  ground. 

REMAHKS. 

Off  the  N.  E.  end  of  Green  island  is  a  ledge  of  rocks  about  I^  mile  in 
length,  which  partly  shew  themselves  ;  there  is  likewise  a  ledge  of  rocks 
off  the  west  en.d  of  the  island,  which  lie  right  out  from  it. 

From  a  little  below  Green  island,  till  you  are  near  the  length  of  Hare 
isl.ind,  there  is  a  constant  and  very  strong  ebb,  occasioned  by  the  great 
discharge  of  the  waters  from  Sagnenay  river  ;  and  even  at  the  cast  end  of 
Hare  island,  the  flood  is  not  more  than  4  hours  continuance,  and  runs  so 
weak,  that  if  it  blows  but  a  moderate  gale  westerly,  the  ship  will  not  tend 
to  it :  in  sailing  up,  it  is  necessary  to  keep  well  to  the  southward  of  Red 
i«land,  and  to  the  westward  of  it,  before  you  crois  over  for  the  east  end 
of  Hare  island,  to  avoid  getting  into  the  stream  of  Red  island  ;  for  should 
it  fall  little  wind,  the  ebb  tide  would  set  you  on  the  shoals  of  that  island, 
and  there  is  no  safe  anchoring  to  prevent  driving  upon  them. 

Red  island  is  a  low  flat  island,  and  is  about  2^  leagues  N.  W.  by  N. 
with  the  middle  of  Green  island.  There  are  great  shoals  oft  Red  island, 
as  yet  not  quite  discovered.  Being  abreast  of  Green  island,  you  will  see 
the  east  end  of  Hare  island  and  the  Brandy  Pot  islands  (which  are  2  little 
islands  a  small  distance  from  it)  bearing  about  W.  by  S.  or  W.  S.  W.  from 
you,  distance  about  4  leagues  from  the  west  end  oi  Green  island  to  the 
Brandy  pots. 

When  past  Green  island  you  should  steer  for  the  Brandy  Pot  islandr.'' 
There  is  likewise  another  small  island  off  the  N.  K.  end  of  Hare  island,' 
called  White  island  :  between  these  islands  >«  a  ledge  of  rocks  that  cjifend 


if 


112 


Blunft  AmtricAii  CoamI  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


1^> 


■(  kii<(  'i\  l(*a|iiM  A>om  iHq  «Mt  *>ii(l  of  Ifure  ulnnd  ;  Ihia  ktlga  i<i  dry 
■I  low  water.  CumitiK  mwmj[  (Vodi  thr  ii|»|H<r  md  ul  Cirrni  ulund,  nii«i 
•le«ring  W.  by  t).  ytm  Iihvp  IH  rnthoinii  iihtllp  di«tniir,«i  fnMn  (jrmi  itluiui, 
nnd  ul'trrwardii  Ul  and  il  liithoini.  in  puiiaiiiK  White  ulnnd,  goum  iu- 
MTiirda  liiiindy  i*ot  iHlunda,  you  inuy  go  tu  10  or  \'i  fiithontN,  far  «>nntiKh 
from  hII  duuK^r,  und  Miirhor,  bvuiK  hII  good  liuldiiif  ground,  rUyry  bottom 


Anchor ag«  in  1 1  fathomt,  cluyty  ground. 


Wlilit  UlnnJ,  ...» 

Hrniidy  I'oi  UlKnd,         «       •         «        • 
^uM  end  of  W'litM  tiUn«l  Icili*  in  ttfhl, 
Urotn  ikUiitJi  .... 

I'^fttl  polril  uf  tiara  lilitnii,  •        * 

H.  \\ .  |i<iiiii  (it  tUra  iiUiid^  •  • 
Ninih-vaaterninniit  i'llKriin  Tilaiiili  • 
Wti>i«rnnio»l  I'ilKtim  Ulnnilt        •        • 


N.  ».  W.  1  W 
W.  M.  W.lS. 

N.  by  i:.  f  i:. 

t.  N.  K.  i  N. 
».  W.by  VV. 
W.M.  W.iO. 
8.S.  W.I  VV. 
h  W.  i  b' 


Th(*  I'ilKriina  urt>  hi);h  rofky  iNliuido,  idiriMiat  the  ut>|)(>r  end  of  Kart: 
ialntid  iiri<l  nrc  ni'Hr  tli<^  »outh  main  buid.  Ht'twren  lluri;  iaiiiiid  und  tlic 
nouth  HJiore  ih  ii  long  bank  near  tlu>  niiddlt!  of  the  channel,  which  [%  now- 
called  the  Middlt!  bank. 

REMARKS. 

The  true  extent  of  thiH  bank  in  not  yet  known  ;  there  in  in  lome  pla^a 
more  water  than  in  others  ;  in  one  place,  at  the  east  end  of  it,  there  i« 
no  more  than  IU  feet  at  low  water. 

There  iM  likewi^ie  a  bank  or  shoal  ofl*  the  S.  W,  end  of  Hare  inland, 
nvhich  extendH  alinont  to  the  middle  bank  and  makeH  the  paitHago  very 
narrow,  io  which  there  in  depth  enough  at  low  water  for  a  ahip  of  great 
draught. 

PaMsing  by  Brandy  Pot  islands,  which  have  10  fathoms  very  near  them, 
and  keeping  along  by  Hare  island,  at  about  1^  mile  distance  iVom  it,  is  all 
along  regular  soundings,  14  and  16  fathoms,  till  you  come  to  |  of  the 
length  of  Hare  island,  und  then  coming  over  for  the  Pilgrims,  you  have 
Mhoal  water  all  at  once,  from  7  fatli  >ms  to  G,  5|,  5,  and  4}  :  at  one-third 
flood,  you  must  heave  the  lead  as  Ini^t  us  possible  ;  White  island  will  Ih> 
almost  in  a  line  with  the  east  end  of  Hare  island  (between  it  and  Hnindy 
Pot  island,  and  a  white  house  ou  the  south  shore,  near  the  river  side)  al- 
iDOst  shut  in  with  the  rocks  off  the  east  end  of  the  N.  K.  Pilgrim. 

Though  the  strong  flood  tide  here  will  set  you  very  fust  towards  the 
shoal  otf  the  S.  W.  end  of  fJure  island,  yet  be  very  cautious  how  you 
steer  your  ship  to  the  westward,  because  the  water  shoals  very  much, 
but  haul  up  to  the  southward,  and  you  will  directly  get  into  6  or  6  fa- 
thoms water.  The  tdbre-inentioncd  white  house  being  juflt  in  a  line  with 
the  rocks  off  the  east  end  of  the  N.  E.  Pilgrim,  and  White  island  just 
open  of  the  east  end  of  Hare  island ;  it  is  shoal  near  the  N.  E.  Pilgrim, 
therefore  it  is  not  proper  to  come  too  near  it.  Being  above  the  N.  E. 
Pilgrim,  you  may  approach  the  others  pretty  near,  and  steer  away  for  the 
great  island  of  Kamouraeca,  which  you  will  see  about  S.  W.  from  you, 
and  all  along  in  this  direction  are  regular  soundings,  from  10  or  12  to  14 
or  16  fathoms,  till  near  the  greatest  and  N.  easternmost  Kamourasca ; 
when  abreast  of  it  (and  very  near)  you  will  have  very  deep  water  ;  but 
at  some  distance  is  a  very  good  bank  to  anchor  on,  in  any  depth,  from  ft 
to  14  or  16  fathoms,  and  gdod  holduig  ground. 


\ 


Ml  Rflit. 


Coming  n 
too)stiM'r  II 

•  •liMld   t)pc|| 

Ki'i'p  idong 
thM  dircctK 
thf  Kiimoiii 
N.  U.   It 
flood. 


'  f 


f 
C 

I 
I 
t 

A 

U 


S, 

^ 
II 


w 


When  the 
tt  little  ninuiit 
lunM  Kamour 
When  the  I 
breadth  of  Ca 
hill  iirul  island 
When  the  s 
crnmost  Kiinn 
of  Cape  Sain 
When  the 
and  ihc  south 
41  fathoms. 

When  the  n 

2  miles  off  the 

When  the  s 

Grosse  N.  W. 

When  Cape 

*>y  E.  i  E.  you 


\\ 


■  y 


Kl  Rdit. 


Blnnt^t  Al1l^nnln  Const  Pilot. 


Il.t 


H  the 
you 

nuch, 
6fa- 

i  with 
just 

grim, 
E. 

arthe 
you, 
to  14 
asca  ; 
,  but 
om  f> 


7V>  ftrafu  iktihtHifrr  iif  lh«  .MuUlt  Hank. 

('oininf  nwiiy  rroiii  Hriunly  i'ol  \*\.»tt\  (whuli  you  niuy  pitna  frr^  iiriir 
too)t(«(*r  iiliMiy  \ty  Mure  ialiiml  iii  turli  a  iuumimm  iIkiI  ynu  in.iy  ««•«  White 

Ki't'p  iiloni^iii  thi>i  |tu«iti(>ti  until  th<-y  lu'tii' iilM>ut  S.  hy  W.  ^  \\  .  luitl  with 
thi4  iliriM  iioii  you  may  rronn  (hi-  hunk  with  Nufcty  :  iht'ii  oUmt  iiwiiy  tor 
tht*  Kiiinoiirii'trii  iNltiuiiit,  mm  hi'loi-p, 

N.  |l.   It  i«  ii«t  *»(>'  to  ri-o<««  thin  hunk   with  ii  liir|{i*  «hip.  till  it  i»  hull* 
ilooti. 


wuftr. 


.1«M  Aor(ii(r  IN  VV  J'athomi  high 

Th«l,ow«i  !MUrtm  iiImiuU 

Tlin  bowti  K'tuii)u(ti»cit  MUn<t      •         • 

<:il|i«Uo<i«r  ....*.  W.  fiy  H.  i  S. 

^fM<l|c  of  (;<)M(tr«  liliniil,  -iboiit  «  li<a«(|««        W.  hy  H.  I  S. 

(.'tilM  TuriMiit       .         »         •         •         •         W.S.  W.|H. 


i:.  N. »:.  i  N. 

K.  by  N  i  N. 


Jinchitrnge  in  11  fathamt,  utml  ttnd 

rtipitii  idiitdii     .     .     .     .     • 

C>|'l<  (tOllkl)  .  •  •  •  . 

I.uwar  Kninuuiaica        .  •  •  • 

lliiru  ii)laii<i  •        •  •  •  • 

<yap«!  Tocraoitt        .         .  .  .  • 
(Vl«l  buy  riwur        ..... 

Mi(|<ilo  or  </Uiiilre  itl'tiiil  •  .  . 

Upper  KamuurnicH  itIdiKl  .  •  . 

Jlnihorof(e  in  24/iitAomi. 

1',n\wCt»ntti  ..... 

N.  K.  dikI  (ir  ('Oudrs  island    •        .    '    . 
S.  W.fiid  of  do.  -        •    •  • 

Mol  bay  river        .         -        .        .        . 
Hare  l«laiid  •        -'      • 

Soundings  in  '.i'.)  fathotnt. 

When  V,n\w  (lonin  beurt 

(;upe  TornWiit        -         -         -         - 

Mart'  i»l«iid  .         .        .        - 


cloy  hotltim. 

N.  K.  by  »;. 
W.  I  H. 
K.  N.K.  JN. 
N.  K.  4  N. 

w.s.  \v.  «s. 

N.N.W.iW. 
W.byS.  iH. 
M.  by  N. 


W.  N.  VV. 
\V.  by  8. 
S.  W. 


w 

N. 

N. 


i  W. 


W.  S 

S.  W.  by 
K.N.  K.  iN. 


W.J^S. 


When  the  luntl  to  the  westwnni  of  Cape  Goofa  in  just  open  of  it,  and 
VI  little  mountain  on  the  south  shore,  near  the  (>aHt  point  of  the  westerik* 
most  Kamourasca  islandn,  yon  have  'ifj  fathoms. 

When  the  land  to  the  westward  of  Cape  (loose  is  open  about  a  sail'g 
breadth  of  Capo  Goose,  Cape  Salmon  is  just  open  of  Cape  KaKlc,undthe 
hill  and  island  as  before,  you  have  '25  fathoms. 

When  the  south  mountain  is  quite  open  to  the  westward  of  the  west* 
crnmost  Kainuurasca  island,  and  the  land  to  the  north-eastward  just  open 
of  Cape  Salmon,  you  have  19  fathoms,  soft  j;n»und. 

When  the  west  point  of  Mai  bay  river  is  jufit  opening  of  Cape  Grosse, 
and  ihc  south  part  of  the  isle  of  Coudre  bears  S.  W.  by  W.  you  will  have 
41  fathoms. 

When  the  north  part  of  the  island  of  Coudre  bears  W.  by  S.  ^  S.  about 
2  miles  olT  the  island,  you  will  have  3d  fathoms. 

When  the  south  part  of  the  island  of  Coudre  bears  W.  by  S.  and  Cape 
GroBse  N.  W.  by  W.  you  will  have  14  fathoms. 

When  Cape  Grosse  is  N.  W.  by  W.  4  or  6  miles,  and  Mai  bay  river  N, 
by  E.  {  E.  you  will  have  10  fathoms. 

15 


^»i 


114 


Blunt^s  Ameiican  Coast  Pilot. 


10  Edit, 


When  the  south  part  of  Coudre  in  W.  by  S.  ^  S.  and  Cape  Grosse  W. 
N.  W.  2  cr  3  nulei,you  will  have  15  fathoms,  the  water  deepening  tothf 
northward. 

When  the  south  part  of  Coudre  iu.S.  W.  and  the  north  pa.i,  of  it  W.  ~ 
S.  about  2  or  3  mileH  from  the  east  part  of  the  island,  the  great  rock 
bearing  N;  N.  £.  |  E.  17  fathoms. 

^  Anchorage  in  26  fathoms,  rocky  ground. 


Capo  Torment 
South  part  of  Coudre 
North  part  of  Coudre 
Cape  Grosse 


S.  W.  by  W. 
W.  S.  W.  i  s. 
W.  by  S. 
N.  iE. 


BEARINOV   BT   COMPASS. 


Cape  Orosse  and  Cape  Salmon 

South  part  of  f'oudrc  and  Cape  Torment 


N.  E.  i  N.  and  S.  W.  i  S. 
N.  E.  i  E.  and  S.  W.  i  W, 


You  may  moor  at  Coudre  in  17  fathoms,  coarse  sand.  Cape  Grosse 
just  open  of  the  land  to  the  westward  of  it,  bearing  E.  by  N.  J  N.  a  con- 
siderable fall  of  water  on  the  north  shore  N.  by  W,  |  W.  and  the  east  end 
of  Coudre  E.  ^  S.  In  this  place  the  tide  runs  very  strong,  which  cause» 
the  ship  always  to  swing  round  with  the  sun. 

You  may  also  moor  at  Coudre  in  1 7  fathoms  at  low  water,  sand  and  mud. 


Capo  GroEW 

Cape  Torment 

Easi  point  of  St.  PauPs  bay 

Water  stream  on  the  north  shore 


E.  by  N.  i  N. 
S.  W.  I  w. 

VV.  by  N.  3  N. 
N. 


Five  fjithoms  water,  half  a  mile  from  Coudre,  till  almost  close  to  the 
shore,  and  then  3^  fathoms  at  low  water  mark,  a]I  clear  ground. 

The  tides  at  Coudre,  both  ebb  and  flood,  are  very  strong  yet  at  the 
Meadows  is  good  anchorage,  but  not  near  the  north  shore.  It  is  high 
water  at  Coudre,  by  the  shore,  at  half  past  4,  at  the  full  and  change  of 
the  moon,  and  i:  -uns  off  in  the  road  an  hour  longer.  There  is  a  very 
long  reef  of  rocks  runs  off  the  N.  W.  of  the  island,  which  are  all  cover- 
ed at  high  water.  v 

Bearings  from  the  end  of  the  Ledge  that  is  dry  at  low  xeater. 

St.  Paul's  church  'just  open)  ....        N.  41°  W. 

East  bluff  poini  ut  St.  Paul's  bay  (called  Cape  Diable)  N.  27°  W. 
'1  he  watcr*fall  on  the  north  shore  -        -        -        N.  27°  E. 

N.W.bluffpoiut  of  tbe  island        ....        S.  22°  W, 
The  N.  E.  bluff  of  do.  off  which  is  a  reef  of  rocks,  £.  9°  N. 

N.  B.  The  part  of  this  reef  which  is  dry  at  low  water  lies  to  the  westward,  about  9- 
W.  and  N.  £.  and  the  eastward  about  cast  and  west.  Near  the  length  of  a  cable,  far- 
ther out,  is  5  fathoms  at  low  water. 

The  tide,  both  tljb  and  flood,  sets  into  St.  Paul's  baj ,  which  is  shoal 
and  rocky  some  disirnce  off  (from  whence  is  given  to  it  the  name  of  the 
whirlpool)  so  that  passing  either  up  or  down  this  river  it  is  proper  to  go 
5^  nigh  the  reef  as  you  can,  to  keep  out  of  the  contrary  current ;  and 
iibr  the  greatest  safety  it  is  proper  to  buoy  the  end  of  the  ledge,  in  about 
6  fathoms,  at  low  water,  and  it  shoals  out  afterwards  pretty  gradually. 
If  you  pass  it  in  about  8  fathoms  (which  id  far  enough  off,  with  a  breeze 
of  wind  to  command  the  ship)  you  will  be  much  nearer  the  island  than  the 
main  land,  and  having  passed  the  ledge,  you  will  have  16  and  18  fathoms 
at  a  convenient  distance  from  the  island. 


^^; 


10  Edit. 


'Blunt^s  American  Coast  t'ilot. 


115 


the 


There  is  a  flhoal  or  ledge  of  rocks  off  the  north  shore,  nil  the  way 
from  the  west  point  of  FauKs  bay,  or  Cape  Raven,  to  Cape  Hog,  which 
is  about  a  league  above  Cape  Maillurd.  This  shoal  lies  not  a  great  way 
off,  but  farther  in  some  places  than  others.  In  coming  away  from  Cou-> 
dre,  and  sailing  up  the  river,  it  is  proper  to  keep  three  capes,  which 
you  will  see  to  the  westward,  open  one  of  another,  nil  the  way  from 
Coudre,  till  you  come  past  the  little  river  settlement,  or  lo  bring  the 
church  of  it  to  bear  about  N.  W .  by  N.  is  a  very  rocky  bottom,  and  then 
begins  good  ground. 

Anchorage  in  1 G  fathoms,  sand  and  mud. 

Cape  Maiilard,  distance  about  1^  mile  -        -        N.  W.  by  N. 

Soutli  part  of  Coudre  JN.E.  i^E. 

Pillar  island S.  E.  i  £. 

Snchorage  about  one  mile  from  ti.e  nort^hore,  in  9  fathoms,  at  low  water 

sand  and  mud. 

Pillar  island,  in  one  with  a  *  rocky  island  -        -  E.  4°  N. 

Cape  (Srosse,  almost  one  with  the  S.  £.  pMI  of  Coudre  N.  48*^  E. 

Cape  Torment,  a  little  open  with  Burnt  Cape  -  S.  72°  W. 

The  south  part  of  Orleans  island        -        -        -        -  S.  «3°  W. 

Cape  Race,  just  open  ofXape  Maillard  -        -  N. 'JU°  £. 

North  part  of  Coudie N.  360E. 

[Ohsened  the  latitude  here  to  be  47.04.] 
*  Bearingt  taken  from  the  said  rocky  island. 

Cape  Grosse,  a  sail's  breadth  open  of  the  S.  E.  part  of  Coudre,  N.  50^  E. 

North  part  of  Coudre  -  N.  40°  E.   . 

Cape  Corbeau,  or  Cape  Raven        -        .        -        -        .  N.  35°  E. 

Cape  Maillard N.  22°  E. 

Cape  Torment S.  65°  VV. 

South  part  of  Orleans,  in  sight        -----  S.  55°  W. 

In  one  with  the  east  end  of  rocky  ledge. 

Pillar  island E.  1°  N. 

This  rocky  island  is  about  half  a  cable's  length,  dry  at  low  water,  and 
very  craggy  ;  it  is  never  covered,  although  the  sea  may  break  all  over  it 
in  bad  weather. 

A  white  house,  on  the  south  shore,  open  of 'the  east  end  of  the  Isle  o{ 
Madame  (and  when  it  is  quite  shut  in)  being  very  near  the  north  shore, 
you  will  nave  1 1  fathoms. 

A  little  mountain  open  of  the  west  end  of  Rot  island,  being  near  the 
north  shore,  you  will  have  9  and  8  fathoms. 

The  same  mountain  on  the  east  end  of  the  Isle  of  Madame,  about  a 
quarter  of  a  mile  from  the  shore,  you  will  have  10  fathoms  ;  then  haul 
over  for  the  Traverse. 


m 


Directions  for  passing  the  Traverse.  ^ 

BEING  past  Burnt  cape,  or  when  it  bears  N.  N.  E.  from  you,  haul 
over  for  the  Traverse,  which  ought  to  be  passed  in  a  very  clear  day.  If 
the  points  of  the  shoals  are  not  buoyed,  which  for  greater  safety  should  be 
done,  because  in  hazy  weather  the  land  marks  cannot  be  seen,  which 
are  three  mountains  very  far  inland,  an^^a  little  round  hill  to  the  west- 
ward, may  likewise  be  made  use  of,  which  after  you  are  past  Burnt  cape, 
and  crossing  in  the  Traverse,  must  alwtiyR  be  kept  to  the  westward  of 


116 


Blunfn  American  Coast  Pilot..         10  Edit." 


10  Edit. 


the  east  end  of  Madame,  or  otherwise  you  will  certainly  be  on  a  sand 
flhoal,  which  extends  itself  from  Burnt  cape  ledge.  This  mountain,  in 
clear  weather,  may  always  be  seen,  and  keeping  it  a  ship's  length  toAhe 
westward  of  the  east  end  of  Madame,  is  the  l)est  mark  for  the  Traverse  ; 
and  this  course  should  be  continued  until  two  points  on  the  south  sid^  of 
Orleans  are  opened  a  good  ship's  length  off  each  other,  that  is,  St.  John's 
point,  with  the  point  of  Dauphine  river,  and  then  you  may  bear  up,  and 
steer  up  along  with  the  point  of  St.  John,  still  a  little  less  open,  as  you  go 
farther  up  towards  the  island  of  Orleans,  to  avoid  a  little  shoal  that  is  oil' 
the  east  end  of  Orleans,  on  which  there  is  not  quite  three  fathoms,  at  low 
water,  ofl'  which  there  is  no  danger  for  any  ship,  except  it  should  be  dead 
low  water  ;  yet  St.  John's  point  should  not  be  shut  in  with  Dauphine 
point  (o'l  vhc  you  may  be  on  the  shoal  that  reaches  from  the  east  end  of 
Orleans)  til)  you  are  almost  abreast  of  Cape  Torment,  or  until  it  bears 
N.  There  is  another  mark  to  knllw  when  you  are  far  enough  over  from 
Burnt  cape,  and  that  you  may  bear  up,  observe  on  the  south  shore  a  little 
round  mountain,  (there  being  no  other  near)  when  you  have  brought 
this  little  mountain  open  to  the  westward  of  the  Two-head  island,  you 
may  bear  up  for  Orleans,  &c.  ''As  the  Two-head  island  cannot  be  well 
distinguished  by  a  stranger,  from  the  other  islands,  so  it  may  be  supposed 
a  stranger,  will  not  attempt  to  pass  the  Traverse,  without  first  acquainting 
himself  with  it.  This  little  mountain,  when  open  of  the  Two-head  island 
will  bear  S.  69'  E.  'here  is  no  danger  in  standing  farther  to  the  southward, 
as  the  channel  is  pietty  wide  ;  but  as  there  is  a  shoal  between  you  and 
Rot  island,  on  which  is  but  9  feet  at  low  water,  and  uneven  rocks ;  to 
avoid  this  shoal  you  should  observe  the  point  of  Orleans  for  marks,  as 
aforesaid. 

There  is  a  mark  to  know  when  you  are  coming  on  the  edge  of  this 
shoal,  which  is,  observe  to  the  eastward,  on  the  south  main  land,  a  moun- 
tain, which  appears  to  have  three  points,  of  an  equal  distance  ;  when  this 
mountain  is  brought  on  the  east  point  of  Canoe  island,  you  are  coming 
on  the  edge  of  this  shoal  ;  there  is  likewise  a  little  rocky  island  off  Burnt 
cape,  which,  when  you  are  on  the  end  of  this  shoal,  will  be  about  2  chip's 
length  open  of  Cape  Grosse.  When  you  are  on  the  shoal,  the  island  will 
be  nearly  in  a  line  with  Cape  Grosse,  and  the  Thite-pointed  mountain 
with  Canoe  island. 

To  make  use  of  the  three  mountains  aforesaid. 

In  coming  up  past  Burnt  cape,  when  you  have  brought  the  west  end 
of  the  westernmost  mountain  on  with  the  east  end  of  Kot  island,  you  may 
steer  over  with  them  in  one  line,  until  you  open  St.  John's  point,  as  afore- 
said. Nor  is  there  any  danger  in  bringing  the  east  end  of  the  westernmost 
mountain  on  with  the  east  end  of  Hot  island,  but  it  should  not  be  brou"ht 
to  the  westward  of  it  until  you  have  open  St.  John's  point.  You  might  by 
this  last  mark  go  over  near  Rot  island,  and  go  up  to  the  southward  of  the 
middle  shoal,  with  St.  John's  church  just  open  of  the  point ;  in  this  chan- 
nel is  deep  water,  but  it  is  narrow  ;  it  is  called  tlie  Old  Traverse,  and  the 
•ther  is  called  the  New  Traverse.  It  is  not  pro»>er  for  the  Old  Traverse 
to  be  made  use  of,  as  the  passage  between  the  middle  shoal  and  the  sand 
off  Burnt  cape  ledge  is  narrow,  and  you  will  be  so  much  the  longer  going 
across  the  tide,  which  may  carry  you  out  of  the  way  if  you  are  not  very 
attentive  to  the  marks.  The  middle  shoal  reaches  up  the  river  until  you 
have  got  Bellchase  church  a  good  deal  open  of  the  west  end  of  Roi  island, 
but  as  a  mark  of  this  kind  is  very  deceiving,  it  reaches  until  you  have 
brought  the  east  end  of  the  middle  mountaiQ^n  the  west  end  of  Rot  isl- 


and, and  the 

the  island  of 

anclior  bctw 

pleasure.     I 

vers*,  and  tl 

ed, 'it,  might 

of  Rot  island 

should  not  b< 

opened  St.  J 

But  as  the! 

is  acquainted 

the  greatest  ( 

to  open  St.  J 

long  going  ac 

of  a  mile  wid( 

likewise  obse 

Butt  (which  i 

and  appears  I 

inent ;  that  is 

N.  of  you,  01 

edge  of  this  U 

thorns,  and  at 

shore.     It  ma 

ing,  there  is  r 

leans  shoal  ai 

but  after  you  1 

ter,  within  a  s 


Abreast  of! 

the  E.  end  of. 

The  same  m 

The  E.  end 

and  the  little  o 

of  Madame,  64 

The  W.  ent 

and  Little  mou 

Little  mount 

mountain  on  th 

The  little  m 

and  the  W.  en 

easternmost  m( 

A  white  hous 

of  the  E.  end 

mountain  on 

The  W.  end 
point  well  open 

The  middle 
tie  mountain  j 
point  well  ope 
N.  B.  Keep 
of  Madame. 

The  E.  end  i 
white  houses 


wi 


open 


0| 


^.v 


10  Edit. 


BlunCs  American  Coast  Pilot. 


117 


this 
loun- 

mting; 
urnt 
hip's 
will 
ntai{i 


[i  end 

may 

ifore- 

iniost 

lought 

)fthe 

Ichan- 

id  the 

Iverse 

sand 
[going 

very 
|il  you 
Island, 

have 
lot  isl- 


and, and  then  you  will  be  paHt  it,  and  have  the  channel  open  from  near 
the  island  of  Orleans,  to  very  near  the  west  end  of  Hot  island,  and  may 
anchor  between  Orleans  and  Madame  islands,  or  proceed  up  the  river,  at 
pleasure.  If  it  should  be  thick  weather,  and  you  would  pass  the  Tra- 
ver8«,  and  the  mountains  cannot  be  seen,  nor  the  ends  of  the  shoals  buoy- 
ed,'it,  might  be  done  by  keeping  one  or  two  houses  open  of  the  east  end 
of  Rot  island,  or  the  third  house  may  be  brought  in  a  line  with  it,  but 
should  not  be  opened  ;  and  these  marks  may  be  observed  until  you  have 
opened  St.  John's  point,  as  aforesaid. 

But  as  these  houses  may  be  mistaken  for  others,  even  by  a  person  who 
is  acquainted  with  the  Traverse,  it  is  not  safe  to  use  them.    It  is  certain, 
the  greatest  difticulty  of  the  Traverse  is  in  coming  over  from  Burnt  cape, 
to  open  St.  John's  point,  as  the  channel  is  but  narrow,  and  you  are  so 
long  going  across  the  tide  ;  and  at  Burnt  cape  the  channel  is  not  above  # 
of  a  mile  wide  between  the  cape  and  the  point  of  the  ledge.     You  should 
likewise  observe  here,  to  keep  clear  of  the  ledge,  to  keep  a  part  of  the 
Butt  (which  is  a  high  spot  of  land  in  the  middle  of  St.  Joachim's  meadow, 
and  appears  like  a  platform  or  island)  always  shut  in  behind  Cape  Tor- 
ment ;  that  is,  you  must  not  open  it  all  of  the  cape  until  Burnt  cape  bears 
N.  of  you,  or  you  will  certainly  be  on  the  ledge.     The  soundings  at  the 
edge  of  this  ledge  are  very  uncertain,  for  at  one  cast  you  will  have  5  fa- 
thoms, and  at  the  very  next  cast  (heaving  the  lead  fast)  you  may  be  on 
shore.     It  may  be  observed,  that  just  as  you  have  St.  John's  point  open- 
ing, there  is  not  any  more  water  any  where  in  the  channel,  between  Or- 
leans shoal  and  the  shoal  oft'  Burnt  cape,  than  5  fathoms,  at  low  water  ; 
but  after  you  have  bore  up  for  Orleans  there  is  6  and  7  fiithoms  at  low  wa- 
ter, within  a  ship's  length  of  the  sands  that  dry. 

Soundings  in  the  Traverse. 

Abreast  of  Burnt  cape,  a  little  round  mountain  to  the  westward,  on  with 
the  E.  eiid  of  Madame,  5  fathoms. 

The  same  mountain  between  Rot  island  and  Madame,  4  and  4^  fathoms. 

The  E.  end  of  the  first  W.  mountain  on  the  W.  end  of  Grosse  island, 
and  the  little  one  to  the  westward,  a  little  to  the  westward  of  the  east  end 
of  Madame,  5^  fathoms. 

The  W.  end  of  the  second  mountain  on  the  W.  end  of  Grosse  island, 
and  Little  mountain  on  the  east  end  of  Madame,  2f  fathoms. 

Little  mountain  on  the  E.  end  of  Madame,  and  the  E.  end  of  the  second 
mountain  on  the  W.  end  of  Grosse  island,  2f  fathoms. 

The  little  mountain,  a  little  to  the  westward  of  the  E.  end  of  Madame, 
and  the  W.  end  of  Grosse  island  in  the  middle,  between  the  second  and 
easternmost  mountain  6  fathoms.  ^ 

A  white  house  just  open  of  Madame,  and  the  hill  a  little  to  the  westward 
of  the  E.  end  of  Madame,  and  the  E.  end  of  the  third,  and  easternmost 
mountain  on  with  the  W.  end  of  Grosse  island,  6  fathoms. 

The  W.  end  of  the  first  mountain  on  the  E.  end  of  Rot  island,  St.  John's 
point  well  open,  b\  fathoms.     (Steer  by  it.) 

The  middle  of  the  first  mountain  on  the  E.  end  of  Rot  island,  the  Lit- 
tle mountain  just  to  the  westward  of  the  E.  end  of  Madame,  St.  John's 
point  well  open,  4|  fathoms.  . 

N.  B.  Keep  the  Little  mountain  always  to  the  westward  of  the  E.  end 
of  Madame. 

The  E.  end  of  the  firs4:  mountain  on  the  E.  end  of  Rot  island,  two 
white  houses  open  of  Mada(||«,  the  Little  mountain  just  opening  to  the  E. 


.#: 


118 


Blunt^s  American  Coast  "Pilot. 


10  Edit 


20  Edit. 


end  of  Madame,  4}  fathoms  (never  open  the  Little  mountain.)  The  W. 
end  of  the  iirat  mountain  on  the  Vista  in  Rot  island,  St.  John's  point  well 
open,  5  fathoms. 

The  E.  end  of  the  first  mountain  on  the  Vista,  St.  John's  point  well 
open,  5  fathoms. 

The  second  mountain  on  the  Vista,  and  another  little  hill  near  the  other, 
on  the  W.  end  of  Madame,  St.  John's  point  well  open,  C;^  fathoms. 

Marks  on  the  little  shoal  near  the  E.  end  of  Orleans. 

The  W.  end  of  the  second  mountain  on  the  W.  end  of  Rot  island  shoal, 
and  the  west  trees  of  Rot  island,  about  the  middle  of  the  same  mountain  ; 
the  W.  part  of  the  three-pointed  mountain  on  the  E.  point  af  Canoe  isl- 
and ;  St.  John's  point  a  good  deal  open  of  Dauphine. 

The  E.  point  of  Orleans,  on  the  Little  Valley,  at  the  W.  end  of  the 
Saddle  mountain. 


Bearings  on  the  east  end  of  Orleans  Ledge,  in  4  fathoms  at  low  water. 

N.  68°  E. 

N.    2    E. 


The  Little  Rocky  island  

Cape  Torment  ........ 

West  end  of  Rot  island  

E.  end  of  Rot  island,  and  E.  end  of  the  Second  mountain 

W.  end  of  Grosse  island  

W.  end  of  tlie  Two-head  island,  and  the  Little  mountain, 

just  to  the  westward  of  it  .... 

W.  part  of  the  Three-pointed  mountain,  on  the  W.  part  of 

Goose  island  

St.  John's  point  «  good  deal  open  .... 

W.  end  of  Madame 

E.  end  of  Madame  

E.  end  of  the  First  mountain,  about  one-fifth  the  distance 

of  Rot  island  from  the  E.  end         .... 
Cape  Grosse  ........ 


Bearings  near  the  edge  of  the  Middle  Ground. 

E.  end  of  Orleans  .... 

A  buoy  on  a  little  shoal,  near  Orleans, 
St.  John's  point  .        .        ^        .        . 

St.  Francis*  church  .... 

West  end  of  Rot  island 

Bearings  taken  from  the  upper  end  of  the  land  {off  Orleans)  dry  at  low 

water. 


s. 

s. 
s. 

30    ^ 
134  ^• 
28     E. 

s. 

69    £. 

N. 

s. 

s. 

s. 

83     E. 
S2i  W. 
40i  W. 
34i  W. 

s. 

N. 

6    E. 

52i  £. 

nd. 

N. 
N. 
S. 
S. 

s. 

63°  W. 
54    W. 
53j  W. 
79i  W. 
6    £. 

The  W.  end  of  Rot  island 

S.     3i0W. 

E.  end  of  Rot  island,  with  the  W.  end  of  Grosse  island 

H.   5Si  £. 

Cape  Torment 

N.  31    £. 

St.  Joachim^s  farm            ...... 

N.  12i  W. 

St.  Joachim's  church 

N.  62    W. 

£.  point  of  OrMkus  ^ 

N.  point  of  OrHAns  *...... 

N.  71     W. 

W. 

The  Little  island              

N.  60    E. 

Bearings  from  another  station,  near  the  east  end  of  the  said  sand,  dry  about 

1|  mile  ^•.  63°  E.  from  the  last. 

W.  end  of  Rot  island 

£.  end  of  Rot  island 

W.  end  of  Grosse  island 

Little  island  *     t  ' 

Burnt  Cape  « 

Cape  Torment 

£.  end  of  Orleans  .        * 

Point  of  Dauphine*8  river  .        . 

St.  Joachim*s  farm  w 

The  shoal  to  the  eastward       .       .  .       .  ^     .       M.  51^  £. 


s. 

22°  W. 

s. 

251  E. 

s. 

36    £. 

N. 

63    E. 

N. 

39    £. 

N. 

14    E. 

s. 

64i  W. 

s. 

52    W. 

N. 

S3i  W 

Cape! 
.St.  Jou 
£■  part 
S.  W.  , 
Little  II 
E.  end 
E.  end 
V\'e»twt 
Middle 


St.  Thoa 
W.  end» 
£.  end  d 
£■ end  o 
Bellchas( 
Middle  o 
The  marl 
St.  VaJie 
N.  £.  pa 

w.  E.  ;,„ 

S.  W  pai 
Litti^  isia 
Houses  bi 
"W.  end  ol 
£•  end  of 
Two  puiii 
St.  Franci 


St.  John's 

Port  St.  L 

St.  Valier'i 

The  mark  ^ 

St.  Thoma 

Bellchase  c 

The  niiddlj 

K.  end  of  t 

Dauphin  ri 

Little  moun 

South  part 

South  part  ( 

S.  part  of  J 

Cape  Ravei 

Cape  Tonne 

E.  point  of 

St.  Francis' 

From  Point  { 

about  a  mile  froi 

18  fathoms,  rod 

At  Point  St.  L 

mont)  keep  the 

moiit,  which  are 

the  stream,  till  n 

da  rocks,  keep  n 

fourths  of  a  mile 

bearing  W.  S.  V/ 

or  you  may  proc 

2  cable's  length  < 

inond  bearing  S. 


r. 
u 

ill 


8l- 


;he 


low 


10  Edit.  BluntV  American  Coast  Pildt. 

Bearings  from  the  west  tnd  of  Rot  island. 


119 


Caps  Torment 

,        . 

N. 

10°  E. 

Kt.  Joacliiin^K  farm            • 

•        . 

N. 

3i  W. 

K.  uart  of  Urlcaiit 

a,  Vv.  end  01°  Giotte  island 

.        , 

N. 

384  W. 

S. 

B9     E. 

Little  mountain 

,        , 

S. 

82     E. 

E.  end  of  the  third 

,        , 

a?    E. 

K.  end  of  the  second 

,        , 

s. 

18     £. 

Westward  ot  the  fust  mountain 

s. 

7     E. 

Middle  of  BcUchuie  island 

• 

8. 

19     W. 

Bearings  Jrom  the  east  end  of  Rot  islam 

• 

St.  Thojnas's  church 

•                •                • 

s. 

53°  E. 

VV.  end  tif  the  first  mountain 

s. 

2    E. 

E.  end  ditto 

•                t                • 

s. 

7     E. 

£.  end  of  the  second  ditto 

•                1 

s. 

14i  E. 

Bellchase 

•                • 

s. 

27     W. 

Middle  of  Bellchase  island 

s. 

364  AV. 

The  mark  windmill 

•                • 

s. 

43     W. 

St.  Valler's  church 

•                • 

s. 

47     W. 

N.  £.  part  ol  Grosse  island 

N. 

83     E. 

N.  E.  part  ol  Crane  island 

N. 

80    E. 

S.  W  part  of  the  Two  heads 
Little  island 

, 

N. 

78     E. 

• 

N. 

33     E. 

Houses  below  St.  Joachim^s 

N. 

28^  W. 

W.  end  of  the  Butt 

a                  , 

N. 

61     V\ 

E.  end  of  Saddle  hill 

,                  , 

N. 

64     W. 

Two  points  oA'  Orleans 

•                  , 

N. 

75J  W. 

St.  Francises  church 

«                 •                  • 

S. 

864  W. 

Bearings  for 

'  the  tuett  end  Oj 

fMi 

xdame. 

St.  John^s  church 

s. 

71°  W. 

Port  St.  Lawrence 

s. 

68     W. 

St.  Valier's  church 

s. 

28^  W. 

The  mark  church 

s. 

174  \y. 

8S     E. 

St.  Thomas's  church 

,  • 

s. 

Bellchase  church               ^ 

s. 

40    E. 

The  middle  of  Bellchase  island 

s. 

25    E. 

E.  end  of  the  first  west  mountain 

s. 

184  E. 

Dauphin  river 

•              •              • 

N. 

60    W 

Little  mountain 

•              •              >              • 

E. 

South  part  of  Crane  island 

•              •              • 

1 

N. 

79     E. 

South  part  of  G-osse 

•              •              •              • 

N. 

704  E. 

S.  part  of  St.  Margaret,  on  the  three  pointed  n 

lount 

ains 

N. 

734  E. 

Cape  Raven 

•              •              •              • 

N. 

404  E. 

Cape  Torment 

•              •              «              « 

N. 

29    E. 

E.  point  of  Orleans 

•              •              •              • 

N. 

19    E. 

St.  Francis^  church 

•            *•             « 

N. 

5    E. 

tbont 


From  Point  St.  John  to  Point  St.  Lawrence  there  is  no  danger,  and- 
about  a  mile  from  the  shore  of  Orleans  you  will  have  7^,  10,  13,  16,  and 
18  fathoms,  rocky  ground. 

At  Point  St.  Lawrence  you  must  (in  order  to  avoid  the  shoals  of  Beau- 
mont) keep  the  starboard  shore  till  you  have  passed  the  falls  of  Beau- 
mout,  which  are  on  the  south  shore,  and  then  steer  up  in  the  middle  of 
the  stream,  till  near  the  west  end  of  Orleans,  when,  to  avoid  the  Moran- 
da  rocks,  keep  nearest  to  the  south  shore,  and  you  may  anchor  at  three- 
fourths  of  a  mile  from  the  south  shore,  in  9  fathoms  water.  Point  Levy 
bearing  W.  S.  W.  and  the  west  point  of  Orleans  N.  N.  E.  rocky  ground, 
or  you  may  proceed  with  the  tide  directly  for  Quebec,  and  anchor  within 
2  cable's  length  of  the  town,  in  15  fathoms,  muddy  ground.  Cape  Dia- 
mond bearing  S.  W.  |  W. — "S.  end  of  the  Barbet  battery  W.  by  N. 


1 20 


ftlunt'n  American  Co.iHt  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


THE    VIOB    FLOWS    FVl.t    AND   CHAJfUC. 

At  Qiiiibuc,  hiiir  an  liuur  aiierS. 

Ibit!  M.i(lain,  ill  U. 

Ciipu  Mitlllaru,  at  7. 

Islu  of  Coudrit,  at  tf. 

The  KainotitUKcn,  at  |  pnit  5. 

Tliu  lM|{iiiii<t  aiul  Hun;  Island,  at  5. 

Uic,  )  paHi  3,  but  not  re(;ul:ir. 

N.  B.  From  Coudro  tu  Quubcc  tlie  water  lulls  4  Teet  bofore  the  tide  makes  down.  At 
Iklt)  of  Cdiidrc,  in  spring  tides,  the  t-l)b  runs  at  .ho  rate  of  9  knots.  The  next  strongest 
ebb  is  between  Apple  and  Uai>que  islands — the  bbb  of  the  river  Sanguina  uniting  here, 
it  runs  full  7  knots  in  spring  tides. 


Directions  for  sailing  from  Quebec,  down  the  River  St.  Law- 
rence. 

From  Point  Levy  to  Point  8t.  Lawrencn,  the  course  is  E.  |  N. 

From  Point  St.  Lawrence  to  St.  John's,  the  course  is  N.  E.  by  E. 

From  St.  John's  to  St.  Francis,  N.  E.  |  N.  keeping  upon  the  ishtnd 
side,  all  the  way  having  from  10  to  16  fathoms. 

When  abreast  of  St.  Francis,  steer  N.  N.  E.  until  you  bring  St.  John's 
point  a  handspike  length  open  with  Dauphin  point  ;  with  that  mark  steer 
N.  E.  J  E.  at  which  time  a  round  rock  will  be  right  ahead  of  you  ;  con- 
tinue this  course  until  a  high  hill  on  the  south  shore  will  be  just  on  with 
the  east  end  of  Rot  island,  at  which  time  the  trees  on  the  said  island  will 
be  just  abreast  of  you,  and  then  steer  N.  by  E.  for  Cape  Torment  ; 
keep  very  near  Burnt  Cape,  on  account  of  Burnt  Cape  ledge,  that  lie* 
opposite  to  it. 

Anchorage  on  the  edge  of  Burnt  Cape  ledge,  in  4  fatho^ins. 

East  end  of  Rot  island  S.    14°  W. 

West  end  of  Grosse  island S. 

West  end  of  the  first  mountain,  about  a  saiPs  breadth  to  the  } 
eastward  of  Grosse  island  ^ 

Middle  of  Little  island  E.     3     S. 

Burnt  Cape  .        .        .        .        .        .        .        .        N.  25    W. 

REMARKS. 

The  Little  Hummoc,  or  rising  on  the  high  land  of  Coudre,  must  never 
be  open  of  Cape  Maillard,  till  you  are  below  Burnt  Cape,  nor  all  the  Butt, 
by  any  means  kept  open  of  Cape  Torment,  if  you  would  keep  the  chan- 
nel, which  is  bw  three-fourths  of  a  mile  wide  at  Burnt  cape. 

Bearings  taken  from  the  west  end  of  Little  island,  or  Goosebefry  island, 

which  lies  about  JV.  65®  E. 


West  end  of  the  Butt 

, 

S. 

77i 

JW 

Cape  Torment 

a 

S. 

85 

W 

Burnt  Cape 

, 

N. 

69k 

36i 

W. 

Cape  ^.?.aillard 

• 

N. 

E. 

Cape  R.iven 

, 

. 

N. 

37 

E. 

Cape  Grosse 

N. 

52 

E. 

Neptune  Rock 

N. 

SSI 

E. 

The  middle  of  Tbree-pointe 

d  mountain 

on 

the  east 

end  of 

Grgsse  island 

•            i 

N. 

84 

E. 

The  westernmost  rock  dry 

•            « 

S. 

58 

E. 

10  Edit. 

The] 
West 
'''ast  ( 
vVest 
East  < 
Woit 

You  must 
which  is  verj 

From 

In  sailing 
go  as  near  i 
end  of  the  i 

The  first 
that  if  you 
miles  of  the 
The  momer 
chor)  haul  i 
good  ground 

The  course  I 
From  the  mi 
From  the  Bi 


Directions 
leans,  tc 
■River. 

There  is  a 
60°  W.  from 
are  very  dar 
the  end  of  it 
by  the  water 
way  back  in 
Traverse ;) 
of  the  weste; 
the  west  end 
tains  cannot 
church  S.  86 
10®  S.  and  th 
the  north  pai 
the  windmill  i 
next  church  t 
die  of  a  little 
the  end  of  th( 
kept  open  to 
and  should  a 
while  you  are 
fair  wind,  you 
the  channel  b 
bear  N.  70o  \ 
rection  begin 


10  Edit. 


Blunf  s  American  Coaut  Pilot 


121 


Th«  LUtle  raounttin 
Weit  oiiid  nf  Crnne  iilund 
•'ait  end  of  the  firit  mountain 
vVeit  end  of  Groiie  leland 
Ku«i  end  of  Hot  island 
Weil  end  of  Madaina      •        • 


8.  57°  E. 

S.  30    E. 

S.  4    E'. 

K.  15i  W. 

8.  39i  W. 

S.  46    W. 


You  muit  (lien  eteer  N.  E.  for  Cape  Mailiard,  Ice^ping  tlie  nortli  tliore  on  board, 
wbicli  if  verj  bold. 

From  Cape  Mailiard  to  go  clear  of  Coudre  Spit,  JV".  E.  by  jV. 

In  sailing  from  Cape  Mailiard  to  Coudre,  with  the  tide  of  ebb,  you  must 
go  as  near  its  possible  to  the  point  of  the  shoal  which  lies  off  the  N.  VV. 
end  of  theislund,  till  you  come  in  8  fathoms  water. 

The  first  of  the  tide  sets  directly  on  Cape  Diable  from  this  point ;  so 
that  if  you  have  but  little  wind  you  must  anchor  before  yon  get  within  8 
miles  of  the  point.  At  half  ebb  the  tide  runs  truer  through  the  channel. 
The  moment  you  get  to  the  eastward  of  the  point  (if  you  intend  to  an> 
chor)  haul  up  for  the  meadows,  otherwise  you  will  not  be  able  to  get  in 
good  ground. 

The  couiM  from  Coudre  to  the  Kamouraocas  and  Pilgrinii  is  N.  G.  by  E. 
From  the  middle  ol  the  Pilgrims  to  the  lirandy  Pots,  tlic  course  is  N.  K.  |  N. 
From  the  Brandy  Pots  tu  the  Ible  of  Bic,  is  N-  E.  by  E.  |  N. 


S- 


never 
Butt, 
chan- 


island* 


Directions  for  the  South  Channel  from  St.  John^s  Point  of  Or- 
'  leans,  to  the  S.  W.  end  of  Crane  Island,  opposite  the  South 
River, 

There  is  n  ledge  of  rocks  lies  off  the  S.  W.  end  of  Madame  about  S. 
60°  W.  from  it,  and  in  a  line  for  a  point  on  the  south  shore  ;  these  rocki 
are  very  dangerous  and  dry  at  low  water.  To  know  when  you  are  at 
the  end  of  it,  and  that  the  channel  is  all  clear,  observe  on  the  high  land 
by  the  water  side  on  the  south  shore,  a  windi!hill  and  3  mountains,  a  great 
way  back  in  the  country  (the  same  3  mountains  taken  notice  of  for  the 
Traverse  ;)  when  this  windmill  is  brought  in  a  line  with  the  east  end 
of  the  westernmost  of  the  three  mountains,  you  are  just  oil  and  on  of 
the  west  end  of  the  shoal.  But  as  it  may  be  often  hazy  that  the  moun- 
tains cannot  be  seen,  the  windmill  will  then  bear  S.  22^  E.  St.  John's 
church  S.  85"  W.  St.  Francis'  church,  N.  N.  E.  Bellchase  islands,  E. 
10®  S.  and  the  north  part  of  Rot  island  about  two  ships'  length  open  of 
the  north  part  of  Madame  :  therefore,  tc  be  quite  clear  of  the  ledge, 
the  windmill  should  bear  S.  30'*  E.  then  St.  Valier's  church  (which  is  th« 
next  church  to  the  westward  of  it)  will  bear  about  S.  12°  E.  and  the  mid- 
dle of  a  little  wood  by  the  water  side,  on  Orleans,  N.  W.  Being  below 
the  end  of  the  ledge,  going  down,  a  part  of  Rot  island  should  always  be 
kept  open  to  the  southward  of  Madame  (as  in  the  north  channel  Rot  isl- 
and should  always  be  kept  quite  open  to  the  northward  of  Madame, 
while  you  are  between  the  ledge  and  Orleans  island  :)  and  if  you  have  a 
fair  wind,  you  may  steer  away  directly  for  the  South  part  of  Crane  island, 
the  channel  being  clear  and  open  until  you  bring  St.  Francis'  church  to 
bear  N.  10°  W.  or  the  east  end  of  Rot  island,  N.  38°  W.  for  in  that  di- 
rection begins  a  shoal  off  the  south  shore,  a  little  above  a  point  called 

16 


122 


Blunt^B  American  CoaBt  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


(^iiail  point.  Thia  nhonl  Ih  very  wide,  and  extends  hulf  the  hreudth  of 
the  channel  of  St.  Thomns'  church,  and  (he  south  rivtr ;  and  to  Iceep 
clear  of  this  shoal,  you  should  nlways  see  a  part  of  the  Urosse  island 
open  to  the  northward  of  Crane  islaiuf.  The  channel  is  very  near  Cram- 
island  ;  here  is  every  where  good  anchorage,  clay  l>ottom,  and  in  the 
channel,  in  most  places,  7  fathoms  water.  The  south  shore  is  every 
where  else  pretty  bold  too,  and  there  is  deep  water  very  near  Bellchase 
islands.  In  turning  between  St.  Margaret's  island  and  the  shoal,  you 
tn.iy  stand  to  the  southward  until- the  Grosse  islands  are  almost  shut 
in  by  the  N.  part  of  Crane  island,  and  to  the  N.  until  the  Grosse  isl- 
ands are  quite  shut  in  (to  the  north)  by  the  south  part  of  Moiac  isl- 
and, or  until  Canoe  island  is  almost  all  open  to  the  northward  of  Moiac 
iHJiuui,  but  not  any  farther,  nor  even  so  far  with  a  large  ship.  The 
isl'.iid  St.  Margaret  is  pretty  bold,  only  a  few  rocks  lie  ofl'  it,  and  those 
not  far ;  tho  farthest  off  is  n  single  rock  olf  the  S.  W.  end,  and  there- 
lore  it  is  not  proper  to  come  too  near  the  island  here.  There  are 
likewise  some  few  rocks  oK  Grosse  island,  and  not  far  off  Kot  island 
is  a  Hat  or  sand  bank,  which  lies  above  half  a  mile  into  the  channel ;  it 
is  likewise  sho-.d  to  the  southward  of  Madame,  but  not  far  off ;  but  iis  it 
is  bold  towards  the  south  shore,  it  is  not  proper  to  come  too  near 
those  islands.  Crane  island  is  bold  too,  and  the  best  of  the  channel  is 
very  near  to  it.  On  the  N.  W.  end  of  Crane  island  (the  South  river 
falls,  S.  4^  E.  St.  Thomas'  church,  S.  22«  W.  Bellchase  church,  S.  60" 
W. — west  end  of  Grosse  island,  S.  33°  30'  W.)  a  base  line  of  1  mile  was 
measured  to  the  south  part  of  the  island  called  La  Point  au  Pain,  or 
Bread  point,  by  which  the  breadth  of  the  channel  and  the  extent  of  the 
shoal  ofl'  the  south  river  (on  the  edge  of  which  a  sloop  was  anchored) 
were  determined  as  follows  : 

From  the  west  part  of  Crane  island  to  St.  Thomas'  church,  3  miles. 

From  ditto  to  the  South  river  falls,  3^  miles. 

From  dittb  to  the  edge  of  the  shoal  in  a  line  with  St.  Thomas'  church, 
1^  mile. 

N.  B.  For  a  greater  certainty  of  keeping  in  the  channel,  you  may  lieep  a  Jiigh  moun- 
tain (at  a  pretty  gresit  distance  on  the  south  shore)  in  a  line  with  the  south  part  of  Crane 
island  or  Bread  point.  This  mountain  bears  with  tlie  said  point  N.  71°  E.  and  P.  71°  W, 
and  tlien  you  will  have  all  along  about  7  fathoms  water  and  exceeding  good  holding 
ground,  clay  bottom ;  nor  are  the  tides  near  so  strung  as  in  the  north  channel. 

(n/*  -^t  the  Editor  has  now  completed  Directions  relating  to  the  LABRADOR,  he  begs 
leave  to  inform  the  public  he  has  just  published  a  complete  Chart  oftfial  Coast,  on  a  lat-^e 
Kale,  which  for  accuracy  surpasses  any  extant,  improved  to  1820.  j^ 


Directions  to  go  to  the  eastward  of  the  island  of  Campo-bcllo, 
between  the  said  island^  and  the  Wolves'  Islands. 

If  you  are  bound  to  the  fiver  of*  Pdssamaquoddy,  in  a  large  vessel, 
your  best  way  is  to  go  to  the  eastward  of  Campo-bcllo,  keeping  your 
course  N.  E.  by  E.  which  will  carry  you  to  the  Wolves,  distant  about  3 

«  There  are  three  rivers  which  fall  into  Passamaquoddy  bay  ;  the  largest  is  called  by 
fhe  modern  Indians  the  Schoodick,  but  by  De  Mens  and  Champlaines,  Etchemins.  Its 
tnaiii  gourde! i^ Bear  Panobscot  river.  The  mouth  of  tJie  liver  has  25  fathoms  water,  arid 
lite  lund  irirery  bluff. 


10  Edit. 

leagues  fro 
'•»»!,  and  wl 
VV.  N.  W. 
stiirboord    I 
White  horm 
l»elIo.      Vol 
bite,  and  wi 
the  White  h 
which  is  sufi 
ter  between 
100  fathoms 
you  will  hm 
hII  winds, 
where  you  n 
best  harboui 
Ihem  either 
toc  river, 
high  water  a 
Macey's  bi 
anchorage, 
miles,  steer 
point  bears  J 
hand,  which  i 
chorage.     T 
both  on  the  n 
running  into  I 
ands,  and  whl 
hour,  lies  a  r 
If  you  fall 
N.  E.  by  N.  t 
before. 

In  crossing 

for  the  currei 

Should  you 

Latonge,  brin 

which  will  ca 


directions  J 


These  place 
Desert  hills  m 
of  them,  you 
tide  of  flood  si 
are  9  or  10  le 
S.  W.  westwar 

If  you  fall 
Mount  Desert 
«long  shore,  ti 


10  Edit. 


Blunt^H  Amoricaii  CoqhI  Pilot. 


123 


le)it{ucs  from  Campo-hello.  Th<>  Wolves  lie  about  K.  S.  K.  from  nnid  ittl* 
iiiid,  and  tvht'ii  thi>  paxMii^e  liolwrcti  ('am|>0'b(!llu  and  tlu>  Wliitc  lioi'tte  heurs 
W.  N.  W.  you  munt  steer  W.  N.  VV.  leaving  the  White  horse  on  your 
Htiirhoord  hand  and  keep  (\unp-hello  inland  best  un  board.  The 
White  horso  is  a  larj^e  white  rock,  which  lie*  off  tlic  N.  K.  end  oi'Campo.- 
bello.  Vou  will  see  a  fine  harbour,  called  by  the  French,  Harbour  De* 
lute,  and  will  leave  <iever;d  i<4lan(U  on  your  starlx^nrd  hand  wluui  vou  ^MMI 
the  White  horine.  Ah  you  pass  here  you  will  open  a  large  bay  to  the  W.  S.  W, 
which  in  sufficient  for  100  sail  of  the  line  to  lie  in.  There  is  very  deep  wa- 
ter between  the  Wolves  and  the  island  of  Campo-bello,  beini;  from  60  to 
100  fathoms,  luring  Campo-bello  island  to  bear  S.  H.  E.  or  S,  C.  and 
you  will  have  20  fathoms  water,  where  you  may  anchor  and  lie  safe  from 
all  winds.  Your  course  to  Moose  island  is  VV.  S.  W.  distance  '2  luugues, 
where  you  may  anchor  in  8  or  10  fathoms,  muddy  bottom.  Here  is  the 
best  harbour  in  the  United  States  for  making  dry  docks,  as  you  may  have 
them  either  on  the  south  end  of  Moose  island,  or  30  or  40  miles  up  Scut- 
loc  river.  Common  tides  rise  here  25  feet.  At  full  and  change  it  is 
high  water  at  half  past  11  o*clock,  at  Moose  island. 

Maccy's  bay,  between  Point  Lapreau  and  Beaver  harbour,  afTordsgood 
anchorage.  If  bound  to  the  westward,  having  passed  Point  Lapreau  7 
miles,  steer  W.  N.  W.  until  a  large  island  which  lies  N.  W,  from  the 
point  bears  N.  N.  E.  then  run  for  the  island,  leaving  it  on  the  starboard 
hand,  which  will  carry  you  into  the  harbeur,  in  7  fathoms  water,  good  an- 
chorage. There  is  also  a  small  island  off  Point  Lapreau,  but  you  leave 
both  on  the  starboard  hand  (between  which  there  is  no  passage)  while 
running  into  the  harbour.  Off  the  point  which  lies  opposite  the  two  isl- 
ands, and  which  you  leave  on  the  larboard  hand  in  running  into  the  har- 
bour, lies  a  rock,  always  bare,  about  two  cables'  length  from  the  shore. 

If  you  fall  in  with  the  Wolves,  and  wish  to  run  for  Macey's  bay,  run 
N.  E.  by  N.  6  leagues,  which  will  carry  you  to  the  same  anchorage  as 
before. 

In  crossing  from  the  Wolves  to  Macey's  bay,  allowance  must  be  made 
for  the  current,  which  sets  very  strong  from  E.  by  N.  to  W.  by  S. 

Should  you,  after  making  Campo-bello,  wish  to  run  for  the  harbour  of 
Latonge,  bring  Campo-bello  to  bear  S.  S.  W.'and  run  N.  N.  E.  5  leagues, 
which  will  carry  you  into  good  anchorage  in  b,  6,  and  7  fathoms  water. 


uirections  for  the  Eastern  Coast  when  you  fall  in  with  Grand 
Manan  or  Mount  Desert  Hills. 


These  places  may  easily  be  known  from  the  western  coast.  Mount 
Desert  hills  may  be  seen  20  leagues  at  sea,  and  when  within  4  or  6  leagues 
of  them,  you  may  see  Scuttoc  hills  bearing  about  N.  N.  E.  The 
tide  of  flood  sets  here  E.  N.  E,  and  the  ebb  W.  S.  W.  but  as  soon  as  you 
are  9  or  10  leagues  from  the  land,  the  current  runs,  in  general,  to  the 
S.  W.  westward. 

If  you  fall  in  with  Mount  Desert  rock,  which  lies  S.  6  leagues  from 
Mount  Desert  hills,  you  must  observe  the  tide  of  flood  sets  W.  S.  W. 
»long  shore,  till  you  come  to  the  Fox  islands  ;  but  the  same  flood  runs 


124 


Blunffi  American  Coast  Pilot. 


10  Edit 


10  Edit. 


up  to   the  northward  into  Dlue-hill  buy,    liniun    river,  und  *  Ulv-au- 
haut  bnj. 

The  next  romnrkHblr  land  in  Pfiiolmrot  hilln,  whirlt  y»Mi  will  «»•«  over 
the  Foe  islnndn,  b».>nrin(;  from  thr  N.  W.  to  N.  N.  W.  o<  tlu'm.  Whi'n 
you  pasfl  the  iMlc-Hu-linnt,  in  •leering  W.  H.  \V.  ynu  »iU  !«•  tVK  >i>.ntini- 
CU^islnnd<t  und  Mnnlinicurt  Seal  iHhuidii  to  tlu;  Hontliuard  of  you.  (It*  hI 
nignt  or  thick  wuiither  it  in  ndx'iMcuhle  to  go  to  the  noutlitvard  of  all  thene 
iithindi  unleHi^you  are  well  ac({uainte(l.)  VVtien  you  pasn  to  thi'  WfAtnard 
of  MantinicUM  iihinda,  the  tniiin  parthii^^e  from  !«ea  to  IVnob^cot  buy  \\cn 
about  N.  I>y  W.  If  you  go  into  tliii  pn)*Nnge  you  leave  Mimtiuirus  iHJund 
on  your  ntarboard,  and  the  two  Ureeu  islandn  on  your  larboard  hand, 
steering  north  westerly  4  leagues,  and  if  bound  up  the  bay,  follow  your 
dircctionM  for  t'enobxcot  bay. 

If  you  come  in  from  sea  and  make  the  island  of  Manheigin,  when  it 
bears  N.  or  N.  N.  W.  it  appears  like  two  islands  ;  but  when  it  bears  east 
or  west,  it  appears  in  one  island.  Damiscove  islands  lie  to  the  \V.  by  N. 
of  it,  which  are  all  bare  of  trees  except  the  north  uart.  The  rocks  called 
Bantam  ledge,  lie  two  miles  from  Damivcove,  S.  V\  .  or  W.  S.  W.  When 
you  are  6  or  7  leagues  off  at  sea,  vou  will  have  70  or  80  fathoms  water, 
with  a  S.  W.  current.  In  general,  between  Damiscove  and  Manheigin 
island,  the  flood  tide  parts  and  sets  E.  N.  E.  to  the  eastward,  and  W.  8.  VV. 
to  the  westward  as  far  as  the  island  of  .Seguine,  and  to  the  northward  up 
to  Broad  buy,  Sheepscut  and  Kennebcck  rivers,  and  the  ebb  sets  the  con- 
trary way.  « 


Directions  from  Machais  to  tPaesamaquoddy. 

When  you  leave  Machais  and  are  bound  to  Passamaquoddy,  bring  Grass 
island  to  bear  S.  W.  by  W.  and  steer  N.  E.  by  E.  distant  9  leagues  to 
West  Passamaquoddy  light-house,  near  which  is  an  ALARM  BELL,  which 
will,  during  foggy  weather,  strike  ten  times  in  a  minute,  the  sound  of 
which  may,  when  calm,  be  heard  five  miles.  But  if  the  wind  takes  you 
to  the  eastward,  there  is  a  good  harbour  about  two  leagues  to  the  N.  E. 
of  |Cross  island.  This  harbour  bears  due  west  from  the  middle  of  Grand 
Manan  island,  and  is  called  Little  river,  but  you  cannot  see  it  except  you 
are  near  the  north  shore.  You  must  not  run  in  for  it  before  it  bears  N. 
W.  or  N.  N.  W.  There  is  a  bluff  point  of  rocks  on  the  starboard  hand 
as  you  go  in,  and  an  island  in  the  middle  of  the  harbour.  As  you  pass  in 
leave  the  island  on  your  larboard  hand,  and  when  you  have  passed  it  half 
a  mile,  you  may  anchor  in  4  or  6  fathoms,  muddy  bottom,  and  remain  safe 
from  all  winds.  Your  course  from  this  harbour  to  West  Passamaquoddy 
light  is  N.  E.  by  E.  distant  7  leagues.  When  you  come  from  the  S.  W. 
and  are  bound  into  West  Passamaquoddy,  you  must  give  the  Sail  rocks  a 

*  The  Iile-au-haut  is  remarkable  land,  which  malies  with  a  large  bay  on  each  side  of 
it,  and  the  highest  part  of  the  island  is  in  the  middle. 

t  Passamaquoddy  light  is  situated  on  West  Quoddy  head.  The  lantern  is  elevated 
90  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea,  and  contains  a  fixed  light,  which  may  be  seen  at  the 
distance  of  7  leagues  in  clear  weather. 

^  Cross  island  lies  on  the  east  side  Of  Machias  bay.  A  light-house  will  be  erected  on 
this  island  th^  present  year  (1821)  as  a  law  has  passed  making  appropriations,  when  di- 
rections wllt.be  immediately  published  by 'the  author  of  the  Pilot,  and  delivered  gratis 
to  tliMe  whO'  have  purchased  the  10th  edition,  unless  it  should  be  completed  previous,  in 
t^bi^b  cftse>  h  will  fw  inserted  in  tht  Appendix,  to  which  tho  reader  is  referred. 


hirth  of  thn 
there  is  u  wl 
from  thin  pd 
about  half  pi 
There  i<i 
you  niiiy  unc 
•nle  Huitu,  y( 
N.  N.  W.  w 
In  steering  tl 
lcn*s  island, 
which  lies  in 
house  mumt  h 
go  on  cither 
westward  of 
carry  you  inl 
come  to  in  th 
to  this  is  Alk 
island,  you  n 
rect  your  con 
•age  of  West 
hours  before 
high  water, 
tide  of  flood, 
you  4  hours  ; 
you  come  doi 
E.     The  tiue 
of  Moose  islai 
safe  from  all  v 
to  the  castwai 
if  you  are 
Bald  head,  gi\ 
that  lies  off  fr 
N.  W.  distant 
the  Devil's  h€ 
land  and  may 
W.  N.  W.   1 
you  must  leav 
and  extends  h 
hoard,  and  wh 
mile  to  Pumro 
is  N.  W.  by  N 
W.  distant  one 
or  7  feet  in  thi 
There  are  s 
the  difficulty  is 
24 'fathoms.     ' 
into  Deer  isla 
distant.     It  ma 
islands,  which 
Croix  lies  in  la 


ilf*^ 


10  Edit. 


Bliint'ii  Ainrricaii  Coast  Pilot. 


12A 


hirlh  of  tlirpo.qnnrtpr*  of  n  milo  hcforc  you  hnul  in  for  tho  liarhour,  ni 
there  in  u  wliirl|iuol  lo  tlit;  fiittuani  of  thitin.  The  bay  i«  tilitxit  I  li*ai;iin 
from  thin  point :  it  it  hiali  water  here  at  full  and  cbmif;i>  of  tliu  moon 
about  hnlf  past  II  oV.lock. 

Thrrn  it  a  Kuod  hay  that  licM  about  W.  S,  W.  from  thin  point,  whcrtf 
you  muy  anchor,  if  thr  tidu  iIoch  not  suit  to  go  ov(>r  the  bar  ;  but  if  t||e 
tide  Huitu,  you  may  procvrd,  kvopmg  to  the  wonttvard  till  the  bar  bean 
N.  N.  VV.  which  course  you  may  Htevr  till  you  get  up  to  AIKmi')!  island. 
In  steering  tliiH  course  you  will  see  a  boune  that  Imim  two  doors  in  it  on  AU 
len*9  island,  which  house  you  must  keep  open  with  a  little  green  island 
which  lies  in  the  middle  ol  the  pa>4sage.  VVheu  vou  get  over  the  bar  thin 
iiouHc  must  be  brought  open  to  the  westward  df  the  island,  and  you  may 
go  on  cither  side  of  it,  us  the  wind  should  favour  you.  If  you  go  to  the 
westward  of  it,  with  the  tide  of  flood,  and  the  wind  fails  you,  the  tide  wiU 
carry  you  into  a  large  bay  on  vour  larboard  hand.  The  first  island  yon 
come  to  is  the  Collector's,  which  lies  on  your  larboard  hand,  and  the  next 
to  this  is  Allen's  island.  When  you  come  to  the  westward  o'  the  little 
island,  you  may  anchor  opposite  the  long  house  on  Allen's  island,  or  di* 
rect  your  course  N.  N.  E.  distant  3  miles  to  Moose  island.  In  the  pas- 
sage of  West  Passamaquoddy,  the  tide  sets  N.  N.  W.  over  the  bn-,  two 
hours  before  it  rises  one  foot,  and  likewise  sets  S.  S.  E.  two  hours  before 
high  water.  When  up  as  fur  as  Allen's  island,  if  you  leave  iv'  with  t'le 
tide  of  flood,  steer  N.  N.  E.  .*)  miles,  when  you^will  have  the  tide  againit 
you  4  hours  ;  and  two  hours  before  high  water  the  tide  sets  S.  S.  W.  till 
you  comu  down  to  the  Collector's  island,  when  it  sets  over  the  bar  8.  S. 
£.  The  tide  rises  here  25  feet.  There  is  u  fine  cove  on  the  south  end 
of  Moose  island,  where  a  ship  of  500  tons  may  lie,  moored  head  and  stern, 
safe  from  all  winds,  but  the  anchors  are  very  much  exposed  with  the  wind 
to  the  eastward  or  E.  N.  E. 

If  you  are  bound  up  Scuttoc  river  from  Moose  island,  as  you  pasii 
Bald  head,  give  it  a  birth  of  half  a  mile  as  there  is  a  large  ledge  of  rocks 
that  lies  off  from  it.  When  you  have  passed  this  point  your  course  is  N. 
N.  W.  distant  8  or  9  leagues  to  the  Devil's  head,  or  Oak  point  (so  called) 
the  Devil's  head  you  leave  on  your  larboard  hand,  which  is  very  high 
land  and  may  be  seen  10  or  12  leagues.  Your  course  from  said  head  is 
W.  N.  W.  1  league,  when  you  will  come  to  a  large  ledge  of  rocks  that 
you  must  leave  on  your  larboard  hand,  which  is  bare  at  two  hours  ebb, 
and  extends  half  way  across  the  river.  Keep  your  starboard  hand  on 
board,  and  when  you  pass  this  ledge  your  course  is  W.  S.  W.  distant  one 
mile  to  Pumroy's  point,  and  from  said  point  to  the  harbour  your  course 
is  N.  W.  by  N.  distant  3  miles,  and  the  next  reach  to  the  Falls  is  W.  N. 
W.  distant  one  mile  ;  the  tide  flows  here  25  feet,  and  there  are  only  6 
or  7  feet  in  the  channel  at  low  water,  with  long  flats  of  mud  on  both  sides. 

There  are  several  good  harbours  on  the  west  side  of  this  river,  and  all 
the  difficulty  is  the  great  depth  of  water,  which  is,  in  general,  from  18  to 
24'fathom8.  There  is  also  a  good  harbour  on  your  starboard  hand  going 
into  Deer  island,  which  lies  to  the  southward  of  St.  Andrews,  2  leagues 
distant.  It  may  be  easily  known  as  there  is  a  large  bay  between  the  two 
islands,  which  lie?  N.  E.  from  the  river  St.  Croix,  3  leagues  distant.  St. 
Croix  lies  in  lat,  46°  07'  N. 


h 


lid 


Htiitit*H  Amrrirnn  f  *onHl  Pilot. 
Directions  for  *'rilinaii(ui  light-house. 


10  Edit. 


liR  cotninK  Crorn  the  wt'ntwiinl,  lioiiiul  to  I'ii^roii  hill  or  ItolioiMi  hur* 
hour,  hntiK  tlio  \iv,\\i  to  limr  S.  VV.  iiiul  run  tor  it,  kiviiik  it  u  lurtli  ot*oiii>- 
Toiirth  of  a  mmI»,  wiitl  lii«'ii  ttcwr  N.  |  VV.  I  niiU>ii  ;  in  NiofrioK  tint  roiir«t' 
you  will  Umvo  tho  Kgx  ro<'k  on  vour  MtiirboiirtI  liiind,  whrnyou  will  niitkr 
thi*  wmtiM'ty  NJioro,  Ki^"*Kit  ii  birth  of  hnlt'  «  niilf  ;  thi*n  »tiM'r  N.  N.  K. 
onn  milr,  when  yon  >vill  tx*  oii|K)«it('   Dycr'a  Iiounc,  where  yon  nniy  an- 


,f 


I 


chor,  Mali'  froni  all  wind*,  in  •')  fathonnt  water 

In  cominK  I'rorn  th«>  t'a^ttwanl,  Itoniwi  to  Dyt^r'N  hay,  give  tho  iM|an«l  halt' 
n  mile  hirtli,  htavniK  it  on  j(onr  xtarhoanl  hund  ;  hriiiK  tlit*  linlit  to  heu'-  N. 
K.  thr«M' -fourth'*  of  a  miU'  diHtanc-f,  thru  »tc«r  N.  hy  W.  which  will  carry 

iron  into  the  mouth  of  tlip  bay,  U>nvinK  u  larK<'  dry  XvA^v  on  your  larboard 
land  ;  whon  abreast  of  thi*  h'<lK<'>  which  in  bold  too,  ^\\o.  it  a  birth  of /'i 
or  (S  rodn,  thiMi  ntvcr  N.  1  K.  t  or  b  iniicM,  where  yuu  riiuy  anchor,  itafe 
from  all  wii.dx,  in  t  or  Tj  rathonit,  muddy  bottom. 

GohlMboro^Kb  harbour  lien  N.  N.  VV.  from  the  lii^ht-houflo,  two  leaguoH 
difltant,  leaving  one  inland,  covered  with  treeM,  on  your  Ntnrhoard  hand, 
und  two  on  your  larboard  han<l  ;  then  your  course  is  N.  N.  VV.  \\  mile, 
then  N.  \  K.  4  milev,  which  will  brin^  you  up  with  (i(ddHborough  point, 
where  you  may  anchor,  hufe  from  all  windH,  in  3  or  4  IlithoinH,  tnutldy 
bottom. 

In  coming  from  the  eastward,  bound  to  I'rotpert  harbour,  jjive  the  inl. 
and  a  l)irth  of  threc-fourthH  of  a  mile,  bring  the  li|i;htto  bear  K.  S.  K.  and 
steer  VV.  N.  VV.  four  leaj^ucH,  which  will  bring  you  up  with  the  western 
•bore,  or  Hirch  head  harbour.  In  running  the  above  courne,  you  will  leave 
f-ranberry  rock  point  on  your  utarboard  hand,  Moulton'M  h'dge  and  the 
two  black  ledges  on  your  larl>oard  hand  ;  your  course  from  Cranberry 
rock  point  in,  is  N.  VV.  by  N.  In  case  you  should  not  make  the  point, 
continue  your  course  VV.  N.  VV.  until  you  make  the  weHtcrn  shore,  giv- 
ing it  a  birth  of  half  a  mile,  then  steer  N.  N.  E.  until  you  open  the  har- 
bour, thf  1  steer  N.  VV.  which  course  will  carry  you  safe  in.  If  you  fall 
in  with  S(  iittoc  island,  and  are  Itound  to  Prospect,  give  it  a  birth  of  three- 
fourths  of  a  mile,  then  steer  N.  N.  E.  which  course  will  carry  you  safe 
into  the  harbour.  In  running  \\\\*  course,  you  will  leave  the  two  black 
ledges  on  your  starboard  hand,  giving  them  a  birth  of  three-fourths  of  u 
mile. 

Moulton's  ledge  bears  from  the  light-house  W.  hy  N.  four  miles  dis- 
tance ;  this  ledge  is  not  bare  except  at  low  tides  ;  strangers  should  not  ap- 
proach too  near  it ;  it  lies  due  south  from  Qoldsborough  harbour.  There 
is  a  sunken  ledge  that  lies  S.  E.  by  E.  from  the  light-house,  5  miles  dis- 
tant, on  which  there  is  but  7  feet  at  low  water. 

S.  S.  W.  4  miles  distance  from  the  light-house  lies  a  sunken  ledge,  on 
which  there  are  12  feet  at  low  water. 


Direetions  from  Mount  Desert  to  Goldsborough  and 
'^4;^  Machias. 

In  going  from  Mount  Desert  to  Goldsborough,  you  must  steer  E.  \  N. 


*  Titinanan  light-house  stands  on  the  S.  E.  part  of  Titmanan  island.  It  is  a  stone 
building,  25  feet  high,  coptaius  a  lixed  light  from  lamps  fiftjr-tbtee  feet  above  the  level 
of  the  sea. 


JU  Edit. 

for  •Scultoc  |i 

I  her  »iide  of. 

•teer  N.  v..  a\ 

harbour.     Vo 

hour  ;  you  mi 

pastagr.     In  i 

which  has  a  Ii 

your  Ntarbonrt 

tant  lieM  a  ledfi 

length  of,  whe 

when  bound  e 

bo  a  handspik 

near  the  bar,  n 

which  will  cloi 

the  channel  go 

bar  that  runs  i 

from  the  land. 

water.     If  yoi 

from  Mount  D 

steering  the  ab 

your  larboard  I 

vers,  Moose  F( 

hours,  hut  too 

ty.     If  you  cai 

K.  N.  E.  there 

which  lie  due  ! 

careful  of  in  tli 

leagues  before 

S.  VV.  from  Or 

you  make  thes< 

to  bear  S.  K.  ai 

make  the  S.  VV 

VV.  by  N.  for  \ 

island,  which  y 

steering  this  co 

hand,  and  if  yo 

to  the  wes^wan 

bring  u  high  roi 

you  may  anchoi 

harbour,  but  if 

north  till  you  p: 

may  shape  youi 

vered  with  your 

there  is  nothing 

after  you  pass  tl 

you  may  run  up 

but  if  you  are  b 

^vestward.     Wh 

are  on  the  starb 

westward  of  tht 

on  your  starbonr 

•  There  are  five 
and  at  a  distance  t\ 


JO  Edit. 


RliintV  American  CoAHl  Pilot. 


121 


on 


1  stone 
level 


for  *8cuttoc  point,  -t  Ioiiku***,  whcr<>  u  an  i«lun«l  winrli  yon  may  piwa  n- 
thf>r  Aid*  of,  but  it  in  bcit  to  Icuvf  it  on  your  larlioiini  linm!,  ihkI  thm 
•itciT  N.  P..  uhont  .'tj  h'tixnr*,  tvhirli  will  <-iirry  >•»>  up  uitli  (ntliMMtrougli 
liiirbour.     You  will  »cr  Ibrcc  mlanda  wbi«'b  iu^  in  (b<*  iiimitli  ti|'  tlu>  bar- 
bonr  ;  you  mu»t  b'tivt*  tbi*m  on  your  larbonnl  banti,  ami  1(0  in  tb<<  enMlorn 
imaoaKi*.     In  4tan*linK  hi  lor  tbnt  plun*   you  will  «c>c  Titmanan'it   i<«tand, 
wbicli  bax  a  liKbt-bonnc   on  it  containing  a  llxcd  liulit.  tbat  you  leave  on 
your  Mtarboanl   band.     Nortli   iVom   'rilniaiiati   oni'-fiKbtb  «it°  a  niiU>  dia- 
tant  lif'N  a  \vi\f^v.  barr   at  bait'  ti«l«>,  wbicb  you    ki't'|i  witbin  lialf  a  (-ablc*« 
Irngtii  ol,  wbni  koiiik  over  tb<!  bar,  wbicb  you  |)unm  on  you-   '  irboaril  band 
wbrn  bound  rantwanl,  at  wbicb,  a<«  you  \mnn  tlw  bar,  Sciittoc   Mland  will 
bo  n  hnnd)«|uko'a  liMigtb  oiumi  to  tbc  Noutbward  of  Scuttoc  point.    Wben 
niMir  tbc  bar,  and  up  witb  ritmanan,  k<<t>p  K.  S.  K.  on«>  balf  a  niib'  di<'tant, 
wbicb  will  clear  a  \tu\)^v  bavins  U  foot  water  at  low  water,  (hat  Iiom  K.  ol* 
the  rbannel  goitiK  over  tbe  bar,  one-foiirtb  ol'  a  mile  dintant.     Tbere  ih  u 
bar  tbat  ruiDt  from  tbe  Nborc  to  thin  little  inland,  wbicb  in  about  1  leauuo 
from  tbe  land.     Tbiit  bar  bait  'A\  t'atboniH  at  bii(b  wat(>r,  and  i>  feet  at  low 
water.     If  you  are  bound  to   IViacbiaH  or  I'a<«Mama<|uoddy,   your  course 
from  Mount   DeHcrt  i«  H.  N.  K.  diNtunt  to  AlurbiaM  about  17  lengucH.     In 
steering  tbe  above  courne  and  diMtance,  you  paMi  by  nntliin^  but  iHlandt  on 
your  larboard  band,  witb  inletH  and  sundry  good  hiirbouiH,  pleasant  ri- 
ven*, Moose  Peck  reacb  and  Cbaudler*!!  river,   wbicb  are  all  good  bur- 
bourn,  but  too  intricate  to  be  described  for  Htrnngers  to  attempt  with  safe- 
ty.    If  you  cannot  steer  your  course  as  above  directed,  in  •standing  to  the 
K.  N.  K.  there  are  three  low  islands  to  the  S.  W.  of  (i  ran'  Vlanan  island, 
which  lie  due  S.  K.  from  Machias,  distant  4  leagues,  whi'  U  you  must  bo 
careful  of  in  the  night.     You  may  «ec  the  island  of  Grand  Manan  2  or  3 
leagues  before  you  come  to  it,  and  when  it  bears  N.  R.  these  islands  run 
S.  VV.  from  Grand  Manan  about  2  leagues  distant,  and  in  thick  weather  if 
you  make  these  islands,  you  may  run  for  Machias,  bringing  Grand  Manan 
to  bear  S.  K.  and  then  run  N.  VV.  for  the  entrance  of  Machias  :  or  if  you 
make  the  S.  VV.  end  of  Grand  Munan,  bring  it  to  bear  E.  by  S.  and  steer 
VV.  by  N.  for  Machias,  6  leagues  distant,  and  when  you  have  passed  Cross 
island,  which  you  leave  on  your  starboard  hand,  you  may  steer  north.  In 
steering  this  course  you  will   leave  a  large  white  rock  on  your  larboard 
hand,  and  if  you  do  not  want  to  go  into  Machias  harbour,  you  may  haul 
to  the  westward.     AAer  you   have  passed  this  rock   about  half  a  mile, 
bring  u  high  round  island  that  is  covered  with  trees  to  bear  north,  when 
you  may  anchor  in  4  or  5  fathoms,  muddy  bottom.     This  is  called  Jones' 
harbour,  but  if  you  mean  to  go  up  to  Machais,  you  must  keep  your  course 
north  till  you  pass  a  round  high  island  on  your  larboard  hand,  when  you 
may  shape  your  course  W.  N.  VV.  or  N.  VV.  by  W.  for  a  point  that  is  co- 
vered with  young  birch  trees,  and  a  house  on  it,  for  on  tbe  starboard  hand 
there  is  nothing  but  flats  and  shoals  ;  you  may  keep  your  larboard  hand 
after  you  pass  this  house  until  the  river  opens  to  the  northward,  when 
you  may  run  up  to  Cross  river,  where  you  may  anchor  in  four  fathoms  ; 
but  if  you  are  bound  up  to  the  S.  W.  mills,  you  must  haul  away   to  the 
■westward.     When  you  get  up  with  Mr.  J'jrkcr's  house  and  barn,  which 
arc  on  the  starboard  hand,  you  must  leave  the  barn  open  to  the  south- 
westward  of  the  Pott  head  :  this  Pott  head  is  a  large  hill  that  you  leave 
on  your  starboard  hand. 

*  There  are  five  hills  on  Scuttoc,  reinarkablo  from  an^  hille  iii  the  eastern  cuuntrv-^- 
and  at  a  distance  thoy  appear  round. 


128 


Blunfs  American  Coaelt  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


lOBdit. 


Directions  from  Long  Island  to  the  jouth  west  Harbour  of 

Mount  Desert. 

You»"  course  is  N.  N.  E.  distant  ''v  Ictigucs.  You  must  leave  the  two 
Duck  islands  on  yoiT  starboard  hand,  and  three  islands  on  your  larboard 
hand.  It  is  not  safe  ihr  a  stranger  to  rui.  here  in  the  night,  as  there  is  a 
large  le^ge  that  is  cove^'ed  at  high  water,  and  bare  at  half  tide.  1  ou  leave 
this  ledge  on  your  starbonrd  Land,  which  is  about  one  mile  from  the  har- 
bour. There  is  a  long  lerlge  c.  the  larboard  hand  which  runs  off  half  a 
mile,  but  there  is  a  goc!  turning  channel  betwee"  them.  The  S.  W.  pas- 
sage is  not  fit  to  ente;  with  a  large  vesse!  at  low  water,  but  at  high  water 
you  may  '^^ter  with  any  vessel,  keeping  nearest  the  starboard  hand  as  you 
•go  in,  for  there  is  a  long  point  that  lies  about  half  a  mile  off  from  the  lar- 
board hand.  Off  this  point  you  will  find  6  or  7  feet  of  water  at  low  tide. 
When  you  pass  the  point  on  your  larboard  hand  you  have  the  hrrbour 
open,  and  must  bear  up  N.  W.  or  W.  N.  W.  and  anchor  well  up  the  har- 
bour in  5  or  G  fathoms,  muddy  bottom,  where  you  may  lie  safe  from  all 
winds.  If  you  are  in  a  large  vessel  and  make  the  Isle-au-haut,  bring 
it  to  bear  W.  by  S.  and  steer  E.  by  N.  10  Uagues,  which  course  and 
distance  will  carry  you  up  the  eastern  passage  going  into  Mount  Desert . 
you  must  leave  all  the  islands  to  the  north  .-ard,  and  go  to  the  northward 
of  Motflpt  pesert  rock,  which  lies  E.  S.  E  from  the  hle-au^haut,  S.  E.  by  S. 
from  lM^  island,  and  S.  from  the  Duck  islands.  Wher  you  bring  the  har- 
bour to  bear  W.  N.  W.  you  may  steer  directly  in,  for  you  may  go  about 
with  a  first  rate  man  of  war  in  this  passage,  i  on  may  steer  in  this  chan- 
nel with  a  fair  wind,  from  W.  N.  W.  to  W.  by  N.  till  you  come  to  Lang> 
ley's  island,  which  lies  about  1  league  up  the  harbour  and  makes  the  star- 
board hand  of  the  river  that  runs  from  the  N.  E.  Be  careful  of  this  isl- 
and, as  there  is  a  sunken  ledge  of  rocks  ab 'oast  of 't,,  near  half  a  mila  off. 
The  river  above  mentioned  has  water  enou^ii  xVr  any  ship  to  go  ia,  and  is 
i'i  safe  harbour. 


Directions  for  sailing  through  Fox  island  passage. 

'  When  bound  from  the  westward,  and  inveilB  going  through  Fox  island 
passage,  bring  ''^Owl's  head  island  to  bear  W.  by  S.  and  steer  E.  by  N. 
from  Owl's  head,  4  leagues  distant.  \f  you  have  a  head  wind  and  are 
obliged  to  go  into  the  mouth  of  the  bay,  be  careful  of  a  ledge  of  rocks 
that  bears  from  Crab  Tree  point  S.  W.  or  S.  W.  by  S.  distant  4  or  5  miles. 
This  passage  has  rocks  on  both  sides.  Crab  Tree  point  is  on  the  larboard 
hand.  It  is  on  the  northern  Fox  island,  and  there  is  a  long  point  of  rocks 
near  one  league  to  the  S.  W.  of  it.  This  passage  is  not  fit  to  enter  in  the 
night,  unless  you  arc  well  acquainted.  When  you  get  in,,  bring  Crab 
Tree  point  to  bear  W.  by  S.  and  steer  E.  by  N.  about  3Jeagues,  which 
will  bring  you  to,  Young's  narrow.  In  steering  this  course  you  will  make 
two  large  bate  rS^ks,  called  the  Sugar-loaves,  which  you  may  go  on  ei- 

*  OwPs  head,  a  head  land  on  the  west  side  of  Penobscot  bay,  in  the  state  of  Maine. 
It  las  a  good  harbour  on  the  larboard  hand  as  you  go  to  the  eastward.  The  harbour 
tnav.es  with  a  deep  cove,  has  4  fathoms  water,  and  a  muddy  bottom.  It  is  open  to  the 
E.  by  N.  and  £.  N.  E.  winds:  but  in  all  other  winds  you  may  lie  safe.  The  tide  of 
klood  sets  to  t«te  eastwardi  and  the  tide  of  ebb  S.  W.  through  the  Muscle  ridges. 


thrr  sidn 
starboard 
third  of  a 
low  water 
ter.      rh€ 
mile  to  th 
3  fslands 
passage  is 
When  yo 
!stiirl)oard 
niuKe  Dec 
very  high 
may  run  i 
or  come  t 
Tneets,  oni 
makes  an 
vith  any 
-vard,  you 
come  up  t 
soon  as  sa 
rows.   NVh 
in  the  mid 
rovered  al 
may  go  on 
Continue 
starboard 
your  larbo 
eastern  Uii 
bear  S.  S. 
Avhich  is  s 
main  in  th 
ward  of  a 
back  to  th 
you  must 
a  large  b.i 
lies  N.  an 
from  the 
au-haut, 
the  south 

[N.  B. 
entrance  of 
the  Fox'ish 
hand  ;  but 
island,  wlii 
Union  river 
W.  which  c 
leaving  the 
and  near  tt 
trees,  on  wl 
it  a  birth  o 
When  you 
thorns  watc 
the  northw 
are  bound  t 
fit  for  a  stri 

•  The  6 
lance,  and 


^^ 


I  i  -\«l;»v.-ui^^MfcHtiJa.'.-jfett  *fl 


[)  Edit. 
mr  of 


the  two 

nrboHril 

ere  is  a 

ou  leave 

the  har- 

ff  half  a 

W.  pas- 

h  water 

id  as  you 

the  lar- 

ow  tide. 

hf  rbour 

the  har- 

from  all 

jt,  bring 

urse  and 

Desert . 

jrthward 

.  E.  by  S. 

;  the  har- 

go  about 

[lis  chan- 

to  Lang- 

I  the  star- 

f  this  isl- 

i  mila  off. 

iu,  »nd  is 


10  Edit. 


Blunfs  American  Coaat  Pilot. 


129 


ox  island 
E.  by  N. 
1  and  are 

of  rocks 
r  5  miles. 

larboard 
;  of  rocks 
ter  in  the 
'ing  Crab 
s,  which 
vill  make 
go  on  ei- 

of  Maine, 
he  harbour 
^pen  to  the 
The  tide  of 


thrr  Hidn  of,  but  to  follow  your  directions  you  must  leave  them  on  your 
starboard  hflhd,  and  also  be  careful  of  a  ledge  that  lies  about  north  one- 
third  of  a  mile  from  them.  Tlie  cntriince  to  Young's  jioint  is  narrow  at 
low  water,  off  which  lies  a  ledge  of  rocks  which  are  covered  at  high  wa- 
ter, fhere  is  alno  a  quantity  ot'  sunken  toi'.k»  at  the  larboard  hand,  near  a 
mile  to  the  Wv  N.  W.  which  lie  off  tlie  Duinplins.  These  Dumplins  are 
3  islands  which  you  leave  on  your  larboard  hand.  Your  course  in  this 
passage  is  E.  S.  E.  and  W.  N.  W.  keeping  your  starboard  hand  on  boiird. 
When  you  pass  this  point  on  your  starboard  hand,  you  must  keep  your 
starboard  hand  on  board,  and  steer  E.  S.  E.  about  2  miles,  when  you  will 
inaKe  Deep  cove  on  your  starboard  haiul,  which  lies  to  the  eastward  of  a 
very  high  bluff  of  rocks.  If  you  have  neither  cables  nor  anchors,  you 
may  run  into  said  cove,  or  secure  your  vessel  with  the  main  or  fore-sheet, 
or  come  to  anchor  iu  7  fathoms  water  off  the  said  cove.  There  the  flood 
:neets,  one  from  the  W.  N,  W.  and  the  other  from  the  E.  N.  E.  which 
makes  an  eddy  against  this  cove  and  higii  land  :  '.lere  you  may  ride  safe 
vith  any  wind.  When  you  leave  this  place,  and  .ire  bound  to  the  east- 
.vard,  you  steer  E.  S.  E.  and  keep  your  starboard  hand  on  board  till  you 
come  up  to  a  clear  spot  of  land  where  the  trees  have  been  cut  off.  An 
soon  as  said  spot  bears  W.  S.  W.  you  steer  E.  N.  E.  for  the  middle  nar- 
rows. When  you  draw  near  the  narrows  you  will  see  2  large  white  rocks 
in  the  middle  of  the  passage,  unless  at  high  water,  at  which  time  they  are 
<  overed  about  one  hour,  but  may  be  seen  at  all  other  times  of  Hide.  You 
may  go  on  either  side,  but  the  deepest  water  is  at  the  southward  of  them. 
Continue  your  course  E.  N.  E.  about  1  league,  whea  you  must  keep  your 
starboard  hand  on  board,  as  there  are  several  sunken  rocks  and  ledges  on 
your  larboard  hand  which  are  covered  at  high  water.  You  will  make  the 
eastern  narrows  on  your  starboard  hand,  and  as  soon  as  you  bring  it  to 
bear  S.  S.  E.  you  may  rur  through,  where  you  will  have  a  fine  harbottr^ 
which  is  safe  to  ride  in  with  all  winds  except  at  E.  N.  E.  but  you  may  re- 
main in  the  west  passage  with  the  wind  at  E.  N.  E.  or  anchor  at  the  nortfi- 
uard  of  a  bare  island,  that  you  will  see  on  your  starboard  hand  as  you  go 
back  to  the  westward.  When  you  pass  the  eastern  passage  of  Fox  island 
you  must  steer  E.  N.  E.  .ibout  4  miles,  which  course  will  carry  you  into 
a  large  bay  that  lies  between  Fox  island  and  the  Isle-au-haut.  This  bay 
lies  N.  and  S.  and  about  4  leagues  E.  and  W.'  When  you  get  into  this  bay 
from  the  iibove-mentioned  passage,  and  are  bound  to  the  eastward  of  Isle- 
au-haut,  you  may  steer  E.  S.  E.  (J  leagues,  which  course  will  carry  you  to 
the  south\yard  of  the  Isle-aU-haut. 

[N.  B.  When  you  come  from  the  woslward  and  pass  the  island  of  Manheigin  and  thu 
entrance  of  Peivohscot  bay,  you  niny  steer  E.  N.  E.  which  course  will  carry  you  betweeit 
the  Fox'ishuids  knd  Mantinicus  islanils,  leaving  all  the  Fox  islands  un  your  larboard 
hand;  but  bring  tlW  Isle-au-haut  to  bear  W.  N.  W.  and  steer  E.N.  E.  7  leagues  to  Long 
island,  which  you  leave  on  your  larboard  hand.  If  you  are  bound  to  Blue  hill  D^y  or 
Union  river,  as  soon  as  you  pass  Long  island  you  will  open  a  large  sound  to  the  N.  N. 
W.  which  course  you  are  to  steer  7  leagues,  when  you  Will  be  up  with  Robertson's  island, 
leaving  the  *Ship  and  Barge  on  your  larboard  hand.  Robertson's  island  is  the  only  isl- 
and near  that  place  that  has  a  house  on  it.  The  souih  part  of  the  island  is  cleiV  of 
trees,  on  which  the  house  stands.  When  you  come  near  the  south  part  of  the  island, |ive 
it  a  birth  of  three-quarters  r*"  a  mile,  as  there  are  several  sunken  rocks  off  'said  poiht. 
When  you  bring  this  island  to  bear  from  S.  V\^  to  N.  W^  you  may  anchor  in  6  pr  I  &• 
thorns  water,  muddy  bottom ;  but  if  you  are  bound  to  Blue  bill  bay,  you  may  stand. to 
the  northward  direct  for  the  Blue  hills,  which  you  may  see  10  or  15  leagues  off.  If  you 
are  bound  for  Union  river,  you  had  better  take  a  pilot  at  Robertson's  island,  for  It  is  not 
fit  for  a  stranger  to  go  without  one.] 

•  The  Ship  is  an  island  that  has  '.hree  trees  on  it,  and  appears  like  a  ship  at  a  dis- 
tance, and  the  Barge  is  a  dry  rock  which  appears  like  a  barge» 

17 


/ 


.  \ 


1^ 


K'Wi*<JIW'i^y'' 


130 


Blunt^s  American  Coast  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


Directions  for  *White  Head  iight.     4" 

Vessels  bound  from  the  southward  and  intending  to  full  in  with  White 
Head  light-house,  should  endeuvourto  take  their  departure  from  the  high 
land  of  Cape  Cod,  on  whicli  is  a  light-houHC  containing  a  revolving  light, 
from  which  to  Munheigin  tlic  course  is  N.  N.  E.  {  E.  distant  35^  leagues. 
The  shore  near  Manhcigin  is  bold,  with  good  water  on  all  sides,  having 
no  shoals  or  sunken  rocks  about  it :  there  are  some  dry  islands  and  ledges 
on  the  north  side,  but  they  are  bold,  and  good  water  ill  among  them.-:— 
From  Manheigin  to  White  Head  light,  the  course  is  N.  E.  distant  about  7 
leagues,  with  a  fair  open  sound.  There  is  a  small  ledge  lies  about  half  a 
mile  from  White  Head  light,  bearing  S.  S.  E.  Which  is  just  out  of  water 
at  common  tides  ;  at  low  water  you  pass  between  this  ledge  and  the  light 
to  go  in  the  Muscle  ledge  channel,  or  into  the  harbour.  You  continue 
your  course  N.  E.  by  the  light  about  three-quarters  of  a  mile,  when  you 
will  open  the  harbour  on  your  larboard  hand  between  a  small  Icdgy  island 
next  the  light,  and  a  high  white  isluad  with  pome  spruce  trees  on  it.  When 
you  open  the  harbour  about  N.  W.  by  W.  you  will  sail  on  till  you  pass  all 
the  ledges  on  your  larboard  hand,  and  anchor  in  about  b  or  6  fathoms  good 
holding  ground. 

Vessels  of  60  or  70  tons  may  double  close  around  the  head  of  the  light 
and  anciior  right  abreast  of  the  store.  This  is  called  Sail  harbour.  Ves- 
sels taken  v  ith  calm  and  ebb  tide,  may  anchor  any  where  oil'  the  light 
in  from  12  to  20  fathoms  water.  If  the  wind  takes  you  at  N.  E.  and  ebb 
tide,  that  you  cannot  get  into  Sail  harbour,  you  may  run  into  Tennant  har- 
bour, which  bears  W.  by  S.  about  4  miles  distant.  You  will  continue 
your  W.  by  S.  course  till  the  first  house  on  the  starboard  hand  bears  N. 
N.  W.  when  you  may  anchor  in  about  4  or  5  fathoms  water,  good  ground. 


MMgAttl 


Directions  from  TenHant  Harbour  to  the  Muscle  Ridges. 

In  sailing  from  this  harbour  you  may  steer  E.  by  N.  1  league  to  White 
Head  light  house,  but  be  careful  not  to  haul  in  for  it  till  it  beafs  N.  E.  as 
there  is  a  large  ledge  of  rocks  bearing  about  W.  N.  W.  from  said  head,  1 
thile  distant ; '  but  Within  it,  a  pistol  shot  from  the  shore  is  safe  navi- 
gation. There  is  a  good  harbour  called  Sail  harbour,  on  your  larboard 
hand  as  you  pass  this  head  (bound  to  the  eastward)  where  you  may  lie 
safe  from  all  winds.  In  going  in  you  must  give  the  larbodrd  hand  a  birth 
as  there  is  a  sunken  ledge,  which  extends  about  two-tlirds  across  the 
mouth  of  the  harbour,  that  breaks  when  there  is  any  sea,  unless  at  high 
water.  _ 

Your  course  from.  White  Head  light  is  N.  E.  to  Ash  point  or  island,  1 
league  distant^  which  has  a  large  rock  to  the  S.  W.  of  it,  about  half  a 
mile  distant,  which  you  must  leave  on  your  larboard  hand.  It  is  not  in 
the  way  except  you  are  obliged  to  go  about.  When  you  haul  round  this 
island,  give  it  a  small  birth,  and  steer  N.  N.  E.  or  N.  E.  by  N.  for  the 
Owl's  head,  leaving  2  islands  on  your  starboard  hand  :  but  when  you  draw 
near  the  larboard  shote,  you  steef  about  E.  N.  E.  for  the  Owl's  head, 

*  White  Head  light  is  situated  at  the  entrance  of  Penobscot  bay.  The  lantern  is  ele- 
vated 4$  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea,  and  contains  a  fixed  light.  This  light  cannot 
be  seea  more  ihan  4  or  6  leagues  distant. 


It. 


)0  Edit. 


Blunt^s  American  Coast  Pilot. 


131 


which  has  f^iigood  harbour  on  the  larboard  hand  as  you  go  to  the  eastward. 
This  harbour  muktis  with  a  deep  cove.  You  miiy  bring  n  roci<y  point 
tha.  lies  on  your  starboard  hand  to  bear  N.  E.  andfa  ledge  of  rocks  that 
lie  without  Jsiiid  point  to  bear  E.  N.  £,  and  anchor  in  4  futhorns,  muddjr 
bottom. 

This  harbour  is  open  to  the  wind  at  E.  by  N.  and  E,  N.  E.  but  in  all 
other  winds  you  are  safe.  The  tide  of  Hood  sets  to  the  eastward  and  tlHi 
tide  of  ebb  S.  W.  through  the  Muscle  ridges. 

If  it  is  night  when  you  come  to  White  Hetid  light,  you  had  bettor  not 
nttempt  going  through  the  Muscle  ridges.  Your  best  way  is  to  go  by  T  vo 
Bush  island,  which  you  must  leave  on  your  larboard  hand,  keeping  your 
course  E.  N.  E.  or  N.  E.  by  E.  [Two  Bujh  island  is  round  and  barren, 
having  but  one  bush  on  it.     Formerly  it  had  two  bushes.] 

If  you  are  in  a  large  vessel,  your  best  way  is  to  go  in  this  passage,  as  it 
is  the  most  safe.  You  must  follow  your  course,  as  above  directed,  about 
2  leagues,  when  you  will  have  Penobscot  bay  open,  and  then  you  may 
direct  your  course  to  either  side  of  Long  island.  If  you  go  to  the  west- 
ward, your  course  is  N.  N.  E.  to  Great  Spruce  head,  which  having  passed 
7  leagues,  your  course  is  N.  E,  by  N.  6  leagues  to  Old  Fort  point.  In 
steering  suid  course  you  will  leave  Belfast  bay  and  Brigadier's  island  on 
your  Inrboard  hand,  which  island  has  a  good  harbour,  and  if  you  mean  to 
go  into  it  you  must  leave  it  on  your  larboard  hand  and  steer  in  about  N. 
or  N.  by  W.  You  may  "un  up  above  this  island,  and  anchor  on  the  star-- 
board  hand,  if  the  wind  is  to  the  eastward  ;  but  if  to  the  westward  or  S. 
W.  you  must  not.  There  is  a  bar  that  lies  from  this  island  to  the  main 
land,  which  is  covered  at  high  water.  There  is  also  a  good  harbour  to 
the  westward  of  this  island,  called  Long  cove.  If  you  turn  into  either  of 
these  harbours,  you  must  be  careful  of  some  rocks  that  lie  to  the  south- 
ward of  this  island,  more  than  half  a  mW  from  the  main  land.  But  in 
going  to  Penobscot,  proceed  as  above,  and  keep  your  larboard  hand  on 
board.  When  you  pass  this  island  for  the  Old  Fort  point,  which  has  no 
trees  on  it,  you  must  observe  before  you  come  to  it,  that  a  large  ledge  of 
rocks  lies  about  three  quarters  of  a  mile  to  the  E.  S.  E.  of  it,  which  is  cover? 
ed  at  high  water,  but  bare  at  half  tide.  Yo»i  may  go  within  a  cable's 
length  of  Old  Fort  point,  in  smooth  water.  These  rocks  may  be  .  dis- 
covered when  the  wind  blows. 

If  you  are  bound  up  Penobscot  river,  from  Old  Fort  point,  with  tho 
tide  of  ebb,  and  the  wind  a-head,  you  may  make  a  good  harbour  in  the 
east  river,  which  lies  about  E.  N.  E.  from  Old  Fort  point  about  1  league. 
This  river  lies  to  the  southwestward  of  Orphan  inland,  jn  which  place 
you  will  lie  safe  from  all  winds,  and  anchor  in  6  or  7  fathoms,  good  holding 
ground.  Orphan  island  is  a  large  island,  which  you  are  to  leave  on  yoyr 
starboard  hand,  and  sundry  rocks  on  your  larboard  hand,  which  are  aaove 
water.  When  you  pass  Orphan  island  you  may  anchor  to  the  N.  W.  of 
it,  on  the  starboard  hand,  as  you  go  through  ;  but  if  wind  and  tide  are  in  your 
favour,  yon  may  proceed  up  to  Marsh  bay,  keeping  the  larboard  hand 
best  on  board.  Marsh  bay  is  about  2  leagues  from  Orphan  island.  When 
you  pass  Marsh  bay  you  may  keep  in  the  middle  of  the  river,  and  you 
have  neither  rocks  nor  shoals  until  you  get  up  to  the  falls.  You  have  no 
particular  course  in  going  up  this  river,  but  may  sometimes  go  to  the 
westward  of  N.  and  sometimes  to  the  eastward  of  N. 

When  you  enter  Penobscot  bay  and  are  bound  to  the  eastward  of  Long 
island,  you  niust  steer  N.  E.  by  N.  leaving  Long  island  on  your  larboard 
hand,  which  course  will  carry  you  up  to  Castinc.     If  you  intend  gwog  irj- 


■•M 


7^ 


132 


Blunt^B  American  Coa»t  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


i 


to  this  harbour,  as  soon  nn  it  bears  E.  N.  E.  you  may  run.  in,  Hteerin^ 
E.  N.  K.  keeping  the  middle  of  the  channel  until  you  pass  the  first  island, 
giving  it  u  birth  of  half  a  mile  ;  then  haul  to  the  soulhward  until  the  isl- 
and bears  W.  S.  W.  when  you  may  anchor  in  8  or  10  fathoms,  muddy 
bottom,  and  lie  safe  from  all  wind. 

In  going  into  the  harbour  of  Castine^  you  leave  three  islands  on  your 
starboard  hand  ;  but  if  you  are  bound  up  Fenobscot  river,  you  must  steer 
north,  leaving  the  ledge  of  rocks  off  the  Old  Foi-t  point  on  your  larboard 
hand  ;  tlien  follow  the  samfe  directions  you  have  for  running  into  Penob- 
scot river,  which  will  carry  you  up  to  the  Falls.  The  tide  ebbs  and 
flows,  at  full  and  change,  about  10  r.  j  i  feet. 


Directions  from  Penmc(juid  Point  to  Bass  Harbour. 

When  you  pass  Penmequid  point,  bring  it  to  bear  W.  S.  W.  and  steer 
E.  N.  E.  3  leagues,  which  course  and  distance  will  carry  you  into  George's 
river.  In  steering  this  course  you  will  pass  New  harbour  ledges,  on 
which  arc  5  feet  at  low  water  ;  these  ledges  lie  1  league  from  Fv^nmequid 
point,  and  are  left  on  your  larboard  hand.  Continuing  your  course  will 
carry  you  between  east  and  west  Egg  rocks,  leaving  Franklin's  island  light 
house  (which  is  on  the  north  eu'l  of  the  island,  and  contains  a  fixed  light, 
50  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea)  on  your  starboard  hand  ;  but  be  care- 
ful not  to  go  to  the  northward  of  said  course,  for  there  are  several  sunken 
ledges  to  the  westward  of  the  Egg  rocks,  which  you  leave  on  your  lar- 
board hand.  But  if  it  should  be  in  the  night,  and  you  are  to  the  eastward 
of  Damiscove  islands,  bring  *Seguine  light  to  bear  W.  ^  N.  and  steer  E.  J- 
8.  and  you  will  go  clear  of  Bantam  ledge,  which  lies  E.  3^  leagues  from  Se- 
guine  light ;  continue  this  course  till  you  are  5  leagues  from  the  light, 
(or  till  the  light  is  nearly  run  down)  then  haul  up  north  till  you  make 
Penmequid  point,  from  whence  you  may  steer  for  George's  river,  as  be- 
fore directed.  If  you  should  meet  with  the  wind  a-head,  you  may  anchor 
off  Gay's  cove,  taking  care  to  avoid  a  sunken  ledge,  which  lies  E.  from 
Gay's  cove,  near  the  middle  of  the  channel,  and  has  4  feet  water  at  low 
water.  This  ledge  must  be  left  on  your  larboard  hand,  keeping  tCald- 
weU's  island  close  onboard.  Gay's  cove  lies  on  your  larboard  hand, 
a1[)0ut  3  miles  to  the  E.  N.  E.  of  Franklin's  island  light.  You  may  know 
this  cove,  as  Gay's  house  and  barn  lie  to  the  N.  W.  of  it.  But  if  you  are 
bound  through  Herring  gut  bring  JCapt.  Henderson's  house  to  bear 
N.  N.  W.  and  steer  S.  S.  E.  for  Herring  gut.  This  Herring  gut  has  a 
bar  from  side  to  side,  but  you  may  go  over  it  at  2  hours  flood,  keeping 
your  larboard  hand  best  on  board.  As  you  come  on  the  bar,  you  will  see 
a  large  rock  on  your  starboard  hand,  and  the  deepest  water  is  within  a 
r.^ble's  length  of  the  rock  ;  your  course  over  the  bar  is  S.  S.  E.  You 
J  nay  anchor  to  the  N.  W.  of  the  bar.  in  4  or  5  fathoms,  muddy  bottom,  and 
»vait  for  the  tide.  The  tide  of  flood  sets  to  the  northward,  and  the  ebb 
to  the  southward. 


*  Seguine  li^ht')i<Hi>R  issitiiat<^d  on  an  island  near  t)te  month  of  Kennebec  river.  The 
lantern  is^  elevat6«1  200  feet  abovo  ihe  level  of  the  sen,  and  contains  a  fixtd  lij^ht  of  the 
first  inaK<^itHdtf,  and  may  be  $<-en  at  the  distance  of  9  or  10  leagues  in  clear  weather. 

t  Caldwey's  isiiiii J  lies  mi  the  east  side  of  George's  river,  about  9J  miles  from  the  en- 
trani^6.;'it  Mi.it  W^h  roHiul  .island^  co96lii<t  with  trees. 

%  C«ptaftt'flei1ti«r$«»u's  tiouEC  is  white  and  his  store  red,  and  both  lie  on  the  larboard 
baod.   -r  V  :v.  '  V 


10  Edit. 

When  yot 
ful  and  give 
rocks  on  th( 
lie  off  about 
may  steer  E 
leave  on  the 
When  you  ] 
Kcs'?    vou  r 
to  bear  M.  I 
on  your  larb 
from  the   ea 
course  throi 
near  the  mi( 
you  must  be 
third  of  the 
But  if  you  8 
and  wliich  is 
trees,  which 
you  pasf.  Pol 
N.  N.  E.  ab( 
When  you  o 
reach,  your 
you  leave  on 
large  bare  r< 
ward  on  the  i 
totheN.E. ) 
you  passthis 
your  course 
northward, 
all  the  land. 
When  you  < 
island  on  yo 
ward  of  it 
there  is  a  su 
from  an  islai 
distant.     If 
by  a  N.  E 
(which  is  12 
with  young 
when  you  gi 
bring  it  tob 
in  4  or  5  fat 

When  yo 
S.  E.  till  yo 
your  larboa 
there  is  a 
black  islanc 
lies  N.  N 
ingthe  east* 
have  passed 
3  on  your 
make  2  islai 
and  N.  W.  6 
steering  E. 


l 


10  Edit. 


BluntV  American  Coa^t  Pilot. 


133 


When  you  go  out  of  thJH  harbour,  and  bound  to  the  eastward,  be  care- 
ful and  give  the  larboard  hand  a  good  birth,  for  there  are  ^two  ledges  of 
rockfl  on  the  same  hand  of  the  cnHtcrn  point,  ^lljlfb  are  under  water  and 
lie  off  about  a  cable'rt  length.  When  you  are  clear  of  these  ledges,  you 
may  steer  E.  by  S.  or  E.  S,  E.  one  mile  to  the  barren  island,  which  ^ou 
leave  on  the  larboard  and  3  or  4  islands  or  ledges  on  the  starboard  hand. 
When  you  pass  these  ledges  and  Musqueto  islands,  if  bound  to  White 
Kc^'.!,  you  may  steer  N.  E.  by  E.  2  leagues,  and  when  you  bring  the  light 
to  bear  N.  E.  run  for  it,  but  when  you  pass  the  S.  W.  White  Head  leave  it 
on  your  larboard  hand,  and  be  careful  uf  a  sunken  rock  that  lies  S.  E. 
from  the  eastern  White  Head,  about  one  cable's  length  distant.  Your 
course  through  to  the  eastward  is  N.  E.  and  to  the  westwards.  W.  keeping 
near  the  middle  of  the  passage.  Before  you  come  tip  with  Ash  point, 
you  must  be  careful  of  a  sunken  rock,  which  lies  off  the  point  about  one 
third  of  the  passjge,  which  has  not  more  than  8  feet  water  at  low  water. 
But  if  you  should  go  through  this  passage  in  the  night,  keep  Potatoe  isl- 
and which  is  right  against  Ash  island,  about  S.  S.  W.  from  it,  and  bare  of 
trees,  which  you  leave  on  your  starboard  hand,  best  on  board.  When 
you  pasf.  Potatoe  island  and  are  bound  in-'^  Owl's  head,  your  course  is 
N.  N.  E.  about  2  miles,  which  will  leave  'i  .jlands  on  the  starboard  hand. 
When  you  open  the  passage  to  Owl's  head,  and  bound  to  Edgemavoggan 
reach,  your  course  is  N.  E.  by  N-.  till  you  pass  the  Lime  islands,  which 
you  leave  on  your  larboard  hand.  Continue  said  course  till  you  make  a 
large  bare  rock  on  your  starboard  hand,  and  a  little  round  island  to  the  east- 
ward on  the  same  hand,  which  is  covered  with  trees.  Continue  your  course 
to  the  N.  E.  and  you  will  make  a  large  island  on  your  b larboard  hand  :  when 
you  pass  this  island,  you  have  the  passage  open  to  Buck's  harbour;  continue 
your  course  N.  E.  till  you  pass  by  all  the  islands,  to  the  southward  and 
northward.  In  the  day  time  you  may  see  Blue  hill  bearing  E.  N,  E.  over 
all  the  land.  This  passage  is  safe  to  go  through  with  a  first  rate  man  of  war. 
When  you  come  within  two  miles  of  the  reach,  you  will  make  a  small 
island  on  your  starboard  hand,  which  has  a  sunken  rock  to  the  north- 
ward of  it.  Your  safest  way  is  to  keep  the  middle  of  the  r.asaage,  as 
there  is  a  sunken  rod:  or  ledge  on  the  larboard  hand,  that  lies  E.  by  S. 
from  an  island  which  you  leave  on  your  larboard  hand,  about  half  a  mile 
distant.  If  you  want  to  make  a  harbour,  you  may  go  int  i  Buck's  harbour 
by  a  N.  E.  or  N.  E.  by  N.  course.  When  you  come  into  this  harbour 
(which  is  12  leagues  from  Owl's  head)  you  must  leave  an  island,  covered 
with  young  birch  trees,  on  your  starboard  hand,  steering  N.  N.  W.  and 
when  you  get  to  the  northward  of  said  island,  you  steer  E.  S.  E.  till  you 
bring  it  to  bear  S.  S.  W.  where  you  will  be  land-locked  from  all  winds, 
in  4  or  5  fathoms,  soft  bottom. 

When  you  leave  Buck's  harbour,  and  bound  to  the  eastward,  you  steer 
S.  E.  till  you  come  to  a  large  rock  and  four  islands,  which  you  leave  on 
your  larboard  hand  keeping  the  said  rock  and  islands  best  on  board,  for 
there  is  a  sunken  ledge  that  lies  S.  S.  W.  from  them.  You  will  majce  a 
black  island  on  your  starboard  hand  with  burnt  trees  on  it.  This  ledgp 
lies  N.  N.  E.  from  said  island,  near  the  middle  of  the  passage,  but  keep- 
ing the  eastern  shore  be?t  on  board,  you  will  go  clear  of  it.  When  you 
have  passed  this  ledge,  you  leave  two  islands  on  your  starboard,  and  2  or 
3  on  your  larboard  hand.  Continue  your  course  to  the  S.  E.  till  you 
make  2  islands,  between  which  and  Buck's  harbour  the  course  is  S.  E. 
and  N.  W.  6  leagues.  To  the  eastward  you  may  go  between  bath  islands, 
steering  E.  by  S.    1  league,  which  course  will  carry  you  up  with  Trum 


tmrnamtt 


134 


Bluiit^s  American  Coast  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


cap,  which  island  hhs  a  bar  of  rocks,' that  lies  near  half  a  mile  to  tho 
noi-thwanl  ;^^ut  ifvou  have  a  head  wind,  and  are  oblij^ed  to  turn  through, 
you  will  observe  tne  c||dnel  ih  2nulc8  wide  to  Channel  rock,  which  is  al- 
ways  above  water.        '*■'" 

When  you  leave  this  Truin  cap,  steer  E.  by  S.  which  will  carry  you 
between  the  Ship  aiid  Barge,  and  3  islands  which  you  leave  on  your  lar- 
board hand,  which  are  covered  witli  large  rock  maple  trees.  The  Barge 
is  a  bare  rock,  which  you  leave  on  your  starboard  hand  ;  but  there  i8  a 
rock  about  a  cable's  length  to  the  northward  of  the  Carge.  Continue 
your  course  E.  by  S.  for  Bass  harbour,  distance  from  Trum  cap  6  leagues; 
but  you  must  have  some  regard  to  the  tide  of  ebb,  which  sets  very  strong 
to  the  S.  S.  E.  and  the  tide  of  flood  to  the  N.  N.  W.  If  you  are  bound 
into  Bass  harbour  you  keep  Rich's  point  within  a  cable's  length,  which 
point  you  leave  on  your  larboard  hand,  for  there  is  a  large  ledge  of  rocks 
that  lie  oflF  about  half  a  mile,  which  is  bare  at  half  tide,  and  bears  S.  E. 
from  Rich's  barn,  and  S.  by  W.  from  the  entrance  of  Bass  harbour.  You 
give  the  larboard  hand  a  good  birth  in  going  to  Bass  harbour,  in  eui^ring 
which  you  must  give  both  sides  a  birth,  for  at  low  water  it  is  shoal.  When 
you  get  into  this  harbour,  anchor  on  the  larboard  hand,  with  a  cove  to  thp 
westward  of  you,  in  3  or  4  fathoms,  muddy  bottom. 


Directions  from  Bass  harbour. 

When  you  leave  this  harbour,  bound  to  the  eastward,  steer  out  S.  W. 
till  you  bring  Bass  harbour  bar  to  bear  S.  S.  E.  then  run  S.  S.  £.  keeping 
the  larboard  hand  best  on  board.  This  bar  has  not  water  enough  for  a 
loaded  vessel  before  half  tide,  having  8}  feet  only  at  low  water  ;  but  a 
light  vessel  may  go  over  at  low  water,  keeping  the  larboard  hand  best  on 
board.  When  you  get  over  this  bar,  you  steer  E.  by  S.  till  you  bring  the 
S.  W.  entrance  of  Mount  Desert  to  bear  N.  E.  then  you  may  run  N.  E. 
leaving  Cranberry  island  on  your  starboard  hand.  But  this  passage  is 
shoal  at  low  water,  and  not  fit  for  loaded  vessels  to  go  through,  but  at  full 
tide  there  is  water  encigh,  keeping  the  middle  of  the  passage.  Continue 
your  course  to  the  N.  E.  till  you  pass  Cranberry  island  ;  then  you  may 
steer  £.  S.  E.  and  anchor  between  the  two  Cranberry  islands,  where  you 
will  be  safe  from  easterly  or  S.  W.  winds.  You  may  lie  in  from  4  to  7 
fathoms,  good  holding  ground. 

When  you  leave  this  port,  bound  to  the  eastward,  you  steer  E.  by  S.  till 
you  get  up  with  Baker's  island,  which  lies  to  the  eastward  of  the  Cranber- 
ry islands  ;  then  you  steer  E.  by  N.  4  leagues  to  Scuttoc  island.  When 
you  pass  said  island,  and  are  bound  to  Goldsborough,  you  must  steer  N.  £. 
about  5  leagues,  and  keep  that  course  till  you  bring  Goldsborough  har- 
bour to  bear  N.  N.  W.  then  you  must  leave  three  islands  on  your  larboard, 
and  one  on  your  starboard  hand,  and  run  into  the  harbour,  where  you  may 
lie  safe  from  all  winds,  and  anchor  in  5  or  6  fathoms. 


Directions  for  Dyer's  bay,  St'c. 


\ 


Titis  harbour  lies  a  little  to  the  eMtward  of  Goldsborough.  When  you 
make  Titmanan  light,  bound  to  £>yer*s  bay,  leave  it  on  your  starboard 


10  Cldit. 


Bliinrn  American  Coast  Pilot. 


135 


hnnd,  aritl  steer  north  for  the  onstcrn  heud.  You  lenvc  n  large  dry  dock 
on  your  larboard  Ituiid,  which,  when  you  pusH,  you  will  sceaamsdl  li^land, 
covered  with  trecsi,  which  you  leave  ou  your  starboard  hand  ;  then  haul 
round  said  ii*land,  where  you  will  be  sale  iVoiii  all  winds. 


Directions  from  Scuttoc  Island. 

When  you  come  from  the  westward,  and  bound  to  Titmannn,  you  pass 
Scuttoc  island  ;  steer  E.  N.  K.  from  bcuttoc  island,  5  leagues,  to  Titma- 
nun  light. 


Directions  from  Titmanan  light  to  Ladle  island. 

When  you  pass  the  light,  bring  it  to  bear  S.  W.  and  steer  N.  E.  about 
•1^  leagues,  which  course  will  carry  you  to  Ladle  isle.  This  isle  has  a  re- 
markable appearance,  being  tbrmed  exactly  like  a  ladle,  and  has  a  large 
black  rock  to  the  S.  W.  a  little  distance  from  the  island.  You  may  go 
any  side  of  this  island,  but  the  best  channel  is  to  the  S.  £.  of  it. 


Directions  for  Cape  Splitt  liarbouft  t 

% 

*  ■ 

When  you  pass  Titmanan  light,  bring  it  to  bear  S.  W.  ^  S.  and  stfeer  N.  E, 
y  N .  for  Cape  Splitt,  distance  6  leagues,  which  course  will  carry  yoo  safe 
into  the  harbour.  In  steering  said  course,  you  will  make  a  black  rock, 
which  you  leave  on  your  starboard  hand,  distance  1  mile  from  Cape  Splitt. 
This  harbour  is  safe  from  all  winds  but  S.  W.  which  blows  right  is  ;  but 
if  you  anchor  in  a  cove  on  the  starboard  side,  and  moor  N.  W.  an4  S.  E- 
vou  will  lie  safe  from  all  winds.  i 


Directions  for  Pleasant  rivel*. 


I 


When  you  come  from  the  westward,  and  bound  to  Pleasant  iircr,  in 
passing  Titmanan  light,  bring  it  to  bear  S.  W.  by  S.  and  steer  N.  E.  by  N, 
5  leagues  distance.  In  steering  said  course,  if  it  is  clear  weather,  you 
will  see  Oapt.  Wasse's  house  open  between  the  island  and  main  land  ;  but 
this  passage  will  not  do  at  low  water.  You  must  leave  this  island  (and  a 
high  dry  ledge  of  rocks  that  lie  to  the  westward  of  the  island)  on  your 
starboard  hand  ;  when  you  pasip  the  bare  ledge »  you  will  see  a  bare  isle, 
which  you  leave  on  yojir  starboard  hand  ;  then  you  may  haul  up  for  Capt. 
Wasse^s  house  and  anchot)  and  take  a  pilot  for  Pleasant  river,  as  it  is  not 
safe  going  without  one,  except  yo^  arc  well  acquainted. 

Narrow-guages  is  one  mile  to  the  westward  of  Pleasant  river,  too  diffi< 
cult  to  be  described,  as  there  are  sundry  small  islands  at  the  mouth  of  the 
harbour  or  bay.  The  best  way  for  a  stranger  is  to  go  into  Cape  Splitt  har- 
bour and  get  a  pilot,  as  there  i^  no  difficulty  in  going  into  Cape  Splitt  in 
th«  day-time,  keeping  the  larboard  haad  best  on  board. 


i:)ii 


Blunt*8  Ainrricnii  Coubl  Pilot. 
Directions fyr  Moo«e  Peck  reach. 


lOKdit. 


When  you  come  from  the  westward,  nnd  piiMi  Lmlln  islfind  on  your  hi- 
bonrd  liaiid,  Ht<H!r  N.  K.  by  N.  for  Til»bet'«  inland,  whirh  you  Iciivc  on 
your  larboiird  hand.  When  you  v.onw  to  the  cant  end  of  Huid  inland,  give, 
it  a  good  birth,  for  at  low  water  there  is  a  ledge  of  rocliHthnt  lie  a  cuble'fl 
length  to  the  S.  K.  of  said  island.  When  you  pans  this  island,  and  bring 
Moose  I'cck  reach  open,  you  may  steer  east  for  Mr.  Heal's  house,  but  you 
must  keep  the  starboard  hand  best  on  board,  fur  there  is  a  rock  that  lien 
ubout  the  middle  of  the  Hound,  which  has  not  above  2  feet  of  water  on  it 
nt  low  water.     You  may  anchor  to  the  westward  of  Mr.  Ueal's  house. 


Directions  for  goifiif  through  Moose  Peck  reach. 

When  bound  to  the  eastward,  over  Moose  Peck  bar,  which  you  must 
not  cross  before  two  hours  Hood,  you  steer  for  ^Kelly's  coffee-house, 
which  lies  on  the  larboard  huntl  as  you  go  to  the  eastward.  When  you 
nre  entering  on  the  bar,  you  will  bring  a  bushy  tree  right  against  Kelly's 
house,  which  stands  on  the  point.  Your  course  over  the  bar  is  east.  You 
leave  the  Virgin's  breasts  on  your  larboard  hand  ;  but  if  you  are  bound 
to  Chandler's  river,  you  will  leave  the  Virgin's  breasts  on  your  starboard 
hand,  and  Rogue's  island  on  the  same  hand  "  re  is  a  muddy  bar  that 
lies  between  Rogue's  island  and  the  m;iin  la  ,  out  has  water  enough  on  it 
Ht  two  hours  tlood.  Rogue's  island  has  a  good  harbour  at  the  N.  W.  of  it 
safe  from  all  easterly  winds,  and  a  small  distance  from  Chandler's  river. 

When  you  go  over  Moose  Peck  bar,  bound  to  Machias,  you  leave  the 
Virgin's  'oreasts  on  your  larboard  hand,  keeping  your  course  east,  afid 
Ragged  anje  on  your  starboard  hand  ;  you  muijt  keep  Bibby's  island  open 
fo  the  fo'uthward  of  Ragged  arse.  [N.  B.  This  Ragged  arse  is  a  bare  rock, 
which  you  leave  on  your  starboa'rd,  but  you  may  leave  it  on  your  larboanl 
Jiand,  and  steer  E.  S.  E.  for  Libby's  island.] 


Directions  for  sailing  into  George's  river. 

When  bound  from  the  westward  to  George's  river,  you  must  go  to  the 
southward  of  Damiscove  islands,  and  steer  N.  N.  E.  3  leagues  from  Pen- 
mequid  poiAt,  which  lies  about  4  leagues  N.  W.  of  Manheigin  island  ;  and 
when  said  point  bears  W.  S.  W.  you  must  steer  E.  N.  E.  3  leagues  for  the 
river.  In  steering  the  above  courses  you  will  see  tFranklin  island  light 
on  your  starboard  hand.  Before  you  come  up  with  the  light  you  will 
make  the  western  Egg  rock,  which  is  high,  and  may  be  seen  2  or  3  leagues 
distant,  and  must  be  left  on  your  larboard  hand.  When  you  come  near 
this  rock,  you  will  see  the  eastern  Egg  rock,  which  is  a  dry  rock  on  your 
starboard  hand,  but  yoa  may  continue  your  E.  N.  E.  covirse  without  dan- 
ger till  past  the  light,  and  it  bears  W.  S.  W.  which  course  you  continue 

tr*- : : ! ■ ' — — 

*  Mr.  lieHir's  house  lies  on  the  M'.  £.  part  of  Moose  Peck  reach. 

.  t  PrMlcHO  >*lfk^4  i'*S^  "  on  the  north  6ni  of  Franklin  island,  near  the  entranice  of 
CSeorge^il'SiVer.  The  l&Qteffn  is  elevated  SO  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea,  and  contaius 
a  flxtfd;  light. 


10  Edit 

till  up  wi( 
leagues  di» 
ward,  you 
ward  of  tl 
New  Ilaili 
leave   on 
low  water 
very  high. 
Other  di 
passed  Frai 
the  middle 
ofCapt.  n 
red)  togeth 
After  you  h; 
on  board,  ai 
two-thirds  ii 
barns  on  yc 
a  mile  of. 

In  runnin 

f'on's  house 

tioned  ledge 

Hiand  with  t 

with  a  large 

to  the  castw; 

ings,  the  lar^ 

Knox,  Esq. 

and  run  said. 

«t|^anger  to  g 

Hat  on  each  > 

from  E.  N.  E 

N.  B.  Wh 
'-iuine  light  to 


/J 

When  you 

I'or  the  island 

dry  islands  an 

of  the  island) 

ands  ^nd  Man 

leagues, throt 

islands  (whic 

island  has  no 

south  from  tin 

Old  Woman,  i 

from  the  shon 

do  not  appear, 

lake  you  ahea^ 

you  bring  the 

will  carry  you 


:*':r 


iO  Edit. 


Blunfn  Aftmricuii  Coast  V'iUA. 


137 


till  up  with  PleuHiint  point,  wbicli  lie*  on  the  larhount  hunJ,  about  four 
leuKuoH  iliHtiuit.  If  you  huvu  a  hcati  wind  and  nre  ohli^vd  to  turn  to  wind- 
tvard,  you  must  not,  uAi  r  pns^inx  PiMtnioiiuid  point,  stand  to  thr  north- 
tvani  ol*  the  western  Kgg  rock,  as  there  are  two  Hunkcn  ledger,  called 
New  Harbour  ledges,  between  the  naid  point  and  rock,  which  you  must 
leave  on  your  larboard  hand.  Thei^e  Ied^e8  are  never  liar*',  but  at 
low  wiiter  ;  with  the  wind  to  the  uattwurd,  the  water  broaku  over  thum 
very  hi^h. 

Other  directions  for  milinir  into  Gtnrne^s  river  are.  After  you  have 
passed  Franklin  island  lii^ht,  steer  V..  N.  K.  about  'if^  h'agueM,  keeping  in 
the  middle  of  the  river,  which  course  and  distance  will  carry  you  in  night 
of  Capt.  Ilenderson^H  bouse  and  store  (the  house  is  white  and  the  store 
red)  together  with  a  umall  wharf  on  your  larboard  hand,  close  to  the  river. 
Alter  you  huvc  passed  this  house;,  you  njusl  keep  the  starboard  shore  be«t 
on  board,  as  there  is  a  ledge  of  rocks  on  your  larboard  hand  extending 
two-thirds  across  the  river.  You  will  also  see  two  small  bouses  and  two 
barns  on  your  starboard  hand,  which  you  may  run  within  u  ipiarter  of 
n  mile  of. 

In  running  up  or  down  this  river,  you  must  not  shut  in  Capt.  Hender- 
son's house  with  the  north  shore,  until  you  have  pa»acd  the  above  men- 
tioned ledge.  The  best  marks  to  clear  this  ledge  are  to  shut  in  Culdwcir$« 
island  with  the  eastern  part  of  IVI'Cobb's  narrows.  When  you  arc  up 
with  a  large  broad  cove  on  your  larboard  hand  you  may  be  certain  you  arc 
to  the  castwaril  of  the  ledge,  and  you  will  be  also  in  sight  of  3  large  build- 
ings, the  largest  of  which  is  u  spacious  house,  built  by  the  late  Henry 
Knox,  Esq.  '  When  said  house  bears  N.  N.  E.  you  may  steer  N.  E.  by  N. 
and  run  said^io'irse  till  within  a  musket  shot  of  it.  The  best  time  for  a 
stranger  to  go  up  this  river  is  at  low  water,  as  it  is  very  crooked,  and  the 
Hat  on  each  side  can  then  be  seen.  The  river  runs  from  Franklin's  island 
from  E.  N.  E.  to  N.  E.  by  N.  about  6  or  6  leagues  distant. 

N.  B.  When  you  go  to  the  eastward  of  Damiscove  island,  you  bring  Se- 
jjuine  light  to  bear  W.  S.  W.  and  steer  E.  N.  E.  for  George's  river. 


I  the 
Pen- 
',  and 
or  the 
d  light 
ou  will 
eagues 
near 
m  your 
ut  dan- 
ntinue 


tranjce  of 
contaiiit 


Directions  from  Towiiseiul  lo  iMaiiheigin. 

When  you  take  your  departure  from  Squirrel  island,  you  steer  E.  S.  E# 
Tor  the  island  of  Manheigin  (on  the  north  side  of  which  are  some  small 
dry  islands  and  ledges,  but  good  water  between  them  and  the  other  sides 
of  the  island)  keeping  that  course  until  the  passage  between  George's  isl- 
ands ^nd  Manhcigip  bears  N.  E.  You  may  then  steer  N.  E.  about  seven 
leagues,  through  a  fair  open  sound,  for  White  Head  light,  leaving  George's 
islands  (which  are  3  in  number)  on  your  larboard  hand.  The  eastern 
island  has  no  trees  on  it.  There  are  two  dangerous  rocks  bearing  due 
south  from  the  middle  of  the  middle  island,  called  the  Old  Man  and  the 
Old  Woman,  which  are  bare  before  low  water.  Tliey  lie  about  one  mile 
from  the  shore,  and  at  high  water,  when  the  wind  blows  oft' the  land,  they 
do  not  appear.  If  you  are  bound  to  the  eastward,  and  the  v^ind  should 
lake  you  ahead,  when  you  are  between  Manheigin  and  George *9  islauds, 
you  bring  the  middle  of  Manheigin  to  bear  S.  and  run  in  N.  which  course 
will  carry  von  between  the  eastern  George's  island  and  the  Qii,ddte  island. 

'18 


.V 


138 


liluitl'H  AirH'ru!un  Coa.^t  Pilot. 


10  R<li(. 


You  miiy  run  an  n^nr  m  yon  wi«*h  to  tlio  ciintprii  i<»Iutid,  hut  (lii>  tniiMIi* 
i)tliiii«l  liiiH  a  Iftt^o  of  roikn  (h;il  li(<  to  tlii>  <M<«twarii  ot'  it,  uliirli  >ir<>  iil- 
vrnyn  dry,  uliirli  you  art^  to  Nmvr  on  yo\ir  lurlioanl  liaii<t.  VVh«>ii  yoii 
gel  to  tli<>  iiot'tl)\vii|-(l  of  tlii4  inlaiid,  you  triiwt  haul  to  tli<-  (voxtn'artl  and 
r\iri  U|»  l>ettV(>cii  it  ami  tlio  wr^tcni  Mlatxl,  no  a>«  to  \n\tm  the  liotly  ol°  thn 
mitlilU'  i>«lan«l  to  lu'ar  N.  1^.  of  you.  Ilt<r<>  you  moor  yuur  vchhcI  if  yoii 
Itay  any  time. 

If  you  ar«!  bourul  to  tlu-  rnnlwanl  from  tliin  i^Iaml,  you  riny  K'>  to  tlir 
nortliward  of  the  car-tern  iiland,  l>ut  you  inuAt  Im'  larvful  of  a  I'mIkc  that 
lici  to  i\i9  (>af>t\varil  of  Haiti  iMhind,  which  you  inu^t  ItMivt;  on  your  star- 
board hand  ;  and  uhcn  you  hrini;  IManlu<i);in  to  hear  S.  \V.  you  may  ^o  N. 
K.  If  ni^ht  nhould  romc  on,  or  the  v\ind  ahead,  you  ma>  haul  up  ahnul 
N.  K.  hy  N.  tor  'l'«'nant\  harbour,  which  lies  about  J!  I('ague>4  from 
(tGor^(''N  itfinds.  Vou  cannot  mi><N  thin  harbour  in  the  day-time.  Vou 
will  make  Mus»|UCto  harbour,  which  lies  between  two  itlaiaU  rovered 
with  spruce  trec^.  Th<!  entrance  of  the  harbour  in  north.  \N  hen  you 
have  passed  tliis  harbour,  you  \vill  run  about  two  miles,  keepinfi;  your 
rourse  N.  K.  by  N.  when  y(»u  will  pasH  by  an  island  with  burnt  trees  on 
it,  which  you  leave  on  your  larboard  hand,  and  two  islandji  on  your  star- 
bonrd  hand,  which  also  have  burnt  trees  on  them  ;  then  you  must  brinu; 
the  harbour  to  bear  W.  N.  VV.  befrire  you  enter.  'Vim  is  a  good  har- 
bour provided  you  have  neither  cables  or  anchors,  as  you  may  snvv.  your 
vessel  by  running  up  to  the  head  of  it,  on  muddy  bottom,  which  will  be 
dry  ut  low  water.  ^ 


Directions  for  ^Townscml  liarbour. 

If  you  come  from  the  westward  and  make  Scguine  light,  you  must  leavr 
it  on  your  larboard  hand,  give  it  a  birtii  of  about  half  a  mile,  and  steer  N- 
E.  about  2  leagues,  which  course  will  carry  you  to  Stpiirrel  island  ;  if  it 
is  day-time  you  will  sec  two  large  rocks  (called  the  Cuckoltis)  on  your 
larboard  hand,  to  which  you  give  a  small  birth,  and  when  you  pass  then» 
you  will  make  Squirrel  island,  which  you  leave  on  your  starboard  hand, 
directing  your  course  N.  J  VV.  about  4  or  ft  miles.  The  entrance  of 
Townseiid  is  narrow,  and  there  is  a  small  rocky  island  that  is  very  low, 
whicli  you  leave  on  your  starboard  hand  ;  then  you  may  haul  to  the  N. 
E.  orN.  E.  by  E.  but  in  a  dark  night  and  thick  weather,  I  would  recom- 
mend to  anchor  under  the  lee  of  Squirrel  island,  where  you  may  make  a 
good  harbour  with  any  wind  that  blows,  as  you  may  go  round  this  island 
with  any  vessel  whatever  ;  but  in  the  day-time  there  is  not  the  least  dan- 
ger in  going  in,  only  follow  the  above  directions,  and  you  may  anchor  in  the 
N.  E.  or  the  S.  VV .  side,  but  the  N.  E.  harbour  is  the  best  and  safest  with  all 
winds.  In  going  lo  the  N.  E.  harbour  you  will  leave  a  small  island  on 
^our  larboard  hand,  which  bring  to  bear  S.  W.  and  you  will  be  safe  from 
ell  winds,  and  if  you  lose  your  cables  and  anchors,  you  may  run  your  ves 
gel  'ip  to  the  head  of  the  harbour. 

If  you  full  into  the  eastward  and  make  the  island  of  Manheigin,  bring  if 
to  bear  E.  S.  £.  and  run  W.  N.  W.  for  Townsend  5  leagues  distant.  In 
Punning  to  this  hatbour  from  the  eastwai^u,  you  ler^ve  all  Damiscove  isl- 

', ; • --— '■ V- 

*  bosth  bay  lies  about  two  miles  west  fiom  Penntequid  point.  On  Burnt  islaiid,. which 
tins  off  the  entrance,  a  light-house  i»  now  building,  for  a  j^rttciilar  deacriptiob  of  which 
vrt  reftr  to  the  Appsndix  of  this  edition. 


lORdit. 

•«nd«  on  y( 
ftil  if  you 
lien  near  I 
continue  y 

you  will  III 

your  N»  lib 
«vitliiii  ,1  ui 
M  birtli  or 
the  dir(>cti( 
you  may  li( 


'f  you  CO 
I»yramid,^H  i 
guine  light, 
•••ust  sieor  K 
it  a  birth  oi 
"iouth,  you  SI 
river,  leavin 
VV.  froiri  Seg 
from  Seguint 
*ets  out  very 
not  a  good  br 
an  hour.     W 
course  is  N. 
the  Sugar-loii 
N-  VV.  about 
lihiir  of  rock 
of  a  shoal  tJa 
iiead.     Keep 
should  be  ag; 
and  which  lie 
Jng  tiie  island 
proceed  to  f 
ver  is  not  to 
o''  the  tide  ai 
ed,  or  have  a 
Seguine  ish 
J'ond  island  lit 
two  miles  froi 
Small  Point  b(, 
tant.     There 
the  light  as  fo] 
mile— Ellenw* 
N.  E.  half  a 

water— Wood] 
N.  N.  E.  lam 

KenncbecJj  ril 
H  n'iles  long,  Ijesl 


.#- 


lOKdit. 


BliinrH  Aim>ricuii  Cout>t  Pilot. 


139 


Mini-  on  your  liiilioanl  li:itnl.  TIm'  linrhntir  ix  liol.l.  hut  yoii  mint  W  rnrv, 
fill  if  \oii  hIioiiIiI  (TO  tilioiil,  not  tn  stiiiitl  too  ikmj-  tlir  Mi.trlioiirtI  IiimmI,  whirh 
Uv.n  nriir  D.iiiiorix'otti  riviT.  WIhmi  vmi  p^M-«  ri«!ii>rniiin'M  i^laiul,  yoii 
ronlinih' your  roitritc  VV.  N.  W.  for  tli»'  multlli'  "f  S.|uirr»'l  iMltinii,  which 
you  uitl  niiiko  riKlit  iihciitl,  im  flicii'  iir«>  ■<r\<'r.tl  l(Mlv:«''*of  Miinkrn  ro«-kH  on 
your  Ht.irltoiiril  huiiii.  WImmi  y«»ii  j>;i.-h  D.tiiuniHrulti  riv«'r,  j<ni  may  go 
within  ii  (luiirtcr  of  a  milo  of  .S(|uirrt>l  ixlaml^,  tiut  with  ti  fmr  wind  ^tw  it 
H  hirtti  of  hiilf  u  inih-,  and  thoti  ulcrr  N.  VV.  for  tin-  harbour,  and  foMow 
tho  diri'cliont  you  havo  for  ({oin^  into  the  harhour  of  'l'uwnn«;nd,  where 
5011  uiii}'  lie  Kai'u  from  ai)  wind*. 


^ 


Icavr 

cr  N- 
if  it 
your 


)ring  >1 

Int.     in 

)ve  isl- 

[d,  which 
lof  which 


JJtrcciwnsfur  *Kc'iii»ebt'C'lv  tmd  Shut'pacut  rivefs. 

If  yuii  come  from  the  wentward,  hriii);  Cape  Kli/.aheth  (on  which  is  a 
|»yramitl,^H  fully  dettcrihed  in  pa^c  I  I'J)  to  hear  we«it,  aiul  Mteer  CHut  for  Se- 
Kuine  light,  10  lca){ue>4.  If  you  arv  bound  into  Kenneheck  river,  you 
uiuHt  ^teer  I'.  \  N.  und  leave  Seguine  li;<htouyuur  »tarl)r>.(rd  hand,  Kiving 
it  n  birth  ol  about  half  a  mile,  and  as  souii  as  you  bring  xaid  liu;ht  to  bcur 
<40uth,  you  Nte(!r  due  north,  which  rour*te  will  carry  yuii  into  Kennebeck 
river,  leaving  tl'ond  isihmd  light  on  your  larboard  hand,  which  bear'<  N.  ^ 
VV.  from  Scguine  light,  and  lies  at  tlie  mouth  of  the  river,  distant  Ij  mile 
from  Srguine  island.  Vou  must  have  regard  to  the  tide,  for  the  tide  uf  ebb 
Hets  out  very  strong  due  south,  right  on  Segnine  island,  thercfort'  il'yoii  have 
not  a  good  breeze  of  wind  you  cannot  stem  the  title,  as  it  sets  4  or  f)  knots 
an  hour.  When  you  come  into  the  entrance  of  Kenueheck  river,  your 
course  ie  N.  W.  to  the  Sugar-loave-«,  a  ([uarler  of  a  mile  distant.  Leave 
the  Sugar-loavos  on  your  starboard  hand,  from  w  hioh  your  course  is  N. 
N.  VV.  about  two  miles  to  Cock'n  head  ;  this  Cock's  head  is  a  very  high 
bluff  of  rocks,  which  you  leave  on  your  larboard  hand  ;  but  be  careful 
of  n  shoal  flat  that  lies  on  your  lurboartl  hand,  before  you  come  to  Cock's 
head.  Keep  nearest  to  the  starboard  shore  In  case  the  winti  and  tide 
should  be  against  you,  you  may  anchor  to  the  southward  of  I'erkiu's  isN 
and  which  lies  on  the  starboard  hand,  where"  you  may  lie  safe  after  bring-> 
ing  the  island  to  bear  north  of  you  ;  but  with  u  fair  wind  and  tide  you  may 
proceed  to  Parker's  tlats,  which  Uc  a  little  above  Cock's  head.  This  ri- 
ver is  not  to  be  attempted  above  Parker's  tlats^  on  account  of  the  strength 
of  the  tide  and  crookedness  of  the  channel,  unless  youarje  well  acquaint- 
cd,  or  have  a  pilot. 

Seguine  island,  on  which  a  light-l.ausc  is  erected,  bearing  S.  ^  E.  from 
Pond  island  light,  is  remarkable  when  bearing  east  or  west.  It  lies  nearly 
two  miles  from  land,  and  when  it  bears  north,  shuts  in  with  it.  Cape 
Small  Point  bears  N.  W.  from  it,  and  Wood  island  N.  N.  W.  1|  mile  dis» 
tant.  There  are  several  rocky  ledges  lying  near  Seguine,  and  bear  from 
the  light  as  follow  :  5  fathoms  ledge  S.  by  W.  distant  three-quarters  of  ft 
mile — Ellenwood's  rock  north  one  quarter  of  a  mile — Seguine  ledges  N. 
N.  E.  half  a  mile,  always  dry — Jacknife  ledge  W.N.  W.  1|  mile,  8  feet 
water — Wood  island  reef  N.  N.  W.  li  mile,  4  feet  water — Whale's  back 
N.  N.  E.  13  mile.     You  have  deep  water  to  the  eastward  of  Seguine.    At 

"  Kennebeck  river  is  one  of  the  most  important  in  the  stale  of  Maine.    Swan  i««aiKl, 
44  miles  long,  lies  30  miles  Iroin  the  mouth  of  the  river,  and  S  miles  from  tiie  chops.       , 

t  Se«  Appendix. 


pfw  j 


';» ■  "Sk: 


MMMM 


110 


Uliiiit'tt  American  Coqh(  Pilot. 


lOKclil 


10£ait 


the  wmtwanl,  thf  ti<li*  n(  llnoil  tetn  strong  to  th«>  northwRnt  into  Ni*m 
MniilowN  iinil  VV.  N.  VV.  into  Hru.ul  Sound,  iin<l  up  to  ruiil;iml,  mul  lh«> 
f>til>  tjili*  the  rcviTHo.  Your  ■ouutling*,  l)«twiM*n  SrKtiini»  nmt  ('iiof 
FJi/.iih(>th,  iirr  viiriouit  ;  iit  tini«"t  yoti  hiivr  IH  or  '.'(»  ialiiom*,  rorkv 
bottom,  iiml  within  u  cublc'a  length  yuu  will  t'liid  'Mi  ur  35  I'nthonm,  inutf- 
djr  hottoni. 

The  liiti  I  licttv«<<>n  S<>){iiinr  mid  ('ii|i<>  Kii/tdirth  H  nil  in  isliuidii  :  on 
the  ni|M*  iH  Si  pyramid  Immi-ihij;  S,  I''  \V,  iVom  I'ortliind  iight  hotuc,  i  mil#M 
di«tiiiit,  and  i  uiiitl-miil  to  the  wr«luiird,  nnir  iticliinoiid'ii  iNliind  wliii  In* 
tho  iirxt  wind  null  yon  •*<>(•  when  romiiiK  iVom  IIm'  niMtwiird.  HirliMond'* 
iiilinid  lit'H  I  U'ii|{U(*  W.  o|'  rortliitid,  and  has  a  had  li'dKn  lyiiiK  ahont  .S.  K. 
from  llir  N.  K.  fnd  ot  il,  haU'a  niih;  di>ttaiit. 

If  you  ar«'  hound  to  Shi'rpKnit  rivrr,  from  the  wi'Htwurd,  and  nmkr  Se- 
Kuirti>  li^hl,  you  may  leave  it  on  your  ttarhoard  hand,  K>vr  it  »  hirdi  ol 
halt'  a  mile,  when  you  pana  it  to  the  cantward  you  muitt  brin^it  to  hear  S. 
VV.  by  S.  and  sti't'r  N.  K.  by  N.  wliirh  rour'*r  will  carry  you  to  Kluui- 
rook  harbour,  distant  ■')  Iimikuc'*,  IraviiiK  ''dry  l(>d^(>ii  on  y(Mir  Mturbourd 
liand,  and  one  on  your  larboard  ;  thii  harb«)iir  io  very  narrow  ut  thf  i-n- 
trance,  but  makvM  a  lar^e  baMin  when  you  ^ct  into  it  ;  in  the  entninct  it 
lie*  K.  N.  K.  You  cannot  net  in  here  with  a  N.  K.  oreahterly  uind,  but 
muxt  have  the  wind  Houth  or  westerly  :  at'ter  you  uet  into  tliin  liarbotii 
you  nim*t  haul  up  N.  V..  or  N.  K.  by  N.  tor  there  are  ««everal  fiunkeri  rock* 
on  the  Htnrboard  hand  a^  you  ^o  in,  which  you  ufc  to  aviiid.  The  brxt 
anchorage  is  agninnt  Capt.  Smith')*  wharf,  whero^nre  -1  i.ithomii,  niuddi 
bottom  ;  and  you  will  lie  nxi'e  from  all  winds.  But  if  you  are  bound  up 
Sheepscut  river  in  a  large  vesnel,  and  come  from  the  we<<lw'ard,  you  mu«l 
go  to  the  Houthwurd  of  Seguine  light,  Mte«'ring  about  N.  K.  orN.K.  by  K. 
I  league,  and  when  the  river  bearrt  north,  or  north  a  little  WPHterly,  you 
may  run  north,  and  muHt  keep  the  starlioarti  hand  be>'t  on  board  ;  there 
are  muny  rock«  and  ledgeu,  some  of  them  above  an<l  some  under  water, 
which  arc  all  to  the  eastward  of  Seguine.  When  you  >j;<>t  up  un  high  jim 
Ebcnicook  you  leave  the  two  Mark  iidandii  on  your  larboard  hand,  keep- 
ing your  cour>«e  north,  a  little  easterly,  but  if  you  otdy  come  here  to  make 
a  harbour,  when  you  get  up  to  (\ipl.  Hodgson's  you  will  heeii  bare  ledge 
on  your  larboard  band,  if  it  n  low  water,  wliich  is  covered  at  high  uatcr  ; 
you  n):<y  anclior  in  U  fathoms  to  the  northward  of  it. 

If  you  wani  to  go  up  to  Wiscaitiset  point,  you  must  keep  your  (ttarbonrd 
hand  best  ahoard,  north  easterly,  till  you  come  to  Crn^srlvcr,  which  you 
leave  on  your  starboard  hand.  You  will  not  attempt  to  go  up  to  W'iscas- 
pet  point  with  a  head  wind  and  the  tide  of  ebb,  for  it  is  .3  leii;;ues  from 
Cross  river ;  but  when  you  have  a  fair  winil  ami  tide,  you  may  proceed 
without  fear.  This  river  is  narrow  and  lies  more  to  the  westward  ;  when 
you  are  about  a  mile  or  a  mile  and  a  half  u|),  you  must  keep  your  lar- 
board hand  best  onboard,  for  there  is  a  led;;e  of  rocks*  which  reaches 
near  half  way  acrosf*  the  river,  which  is  on  your  Hbirboard  hand,  and  the 
rock  near  the  middle  is  covered  at  hiuh  water,  but  may  be  seen  two  hours 
before.  The.  river  runs  straight  to  Decker's  narrows,  then  turns  round 
to  the  westward  ;  when  you  enter  the»e  narrows  you  may  see  the  town. 
In  case  you  shoqld  go. up  in  the  night,  you  must  be  careful  of  two  large 
rocks  Uwt  lie  W.  S.  Vf.  of  these  narrows  ;  the  lido  of  flood  sets  very 
Stronni^r  tbena,  and  they  nro  never  covercl  ;  you  may  go  on  cither  aide 
of  them,  and  may  anchor  in  10  or  12  fathoms  water,  muddy  bottom. 

jKi«l)igh  w<Her  hero  at  full  and  change  of  the  moon,  about  lUh.  45m. 


Thif  ri 

ht'th,und 

thia  buy  v 

may  niuki 

ward  you 

with  upriK 

C'ow,  and 

other.    Y< 

Hiill  on  y 

ble'n  Icngt 

'"land,  tliH 

K«>  Hilhin 

large  rock 

may  go  on 

the  CHutwa 

N.  VV.  whi 

«iid,   whici 

\n\nniu\  thin 

Htarboard  > 

place  to  (uii 

of  rocks,  tl 

You  may  ai 

be  at  the  w 

t'»  the  rust] 

iind  atK'hori' 

from  Hear 

Hail  of  ves<i 

vesMcl  after 


( 


.     ^  If  you  CO 
K.  and  stee 
UH  you  have 
flood  sets  V 
miles  of  H 
on  them,  en 
Hussey's  s 
course  N.  ] 
There  is 
Seguine  ligfi 
starboard,  j 
"evcral  rock 
VVhen  yo 
leave  three 
hand  ;  the  . 
when  you  p, 
a'vay  E.  N 
"»  C.  or  9  fat 


n 


10  Edit 


BUiiil*M  American  CoaHt  IMut. 


Ill 


Dirtctiom  far  mitinf(  into  Nfw  MciKloWi. 

Thi«  riTrr  b«»nn»  N.  K.  fl  li-iigiu't  ili«liinl  from  tin*  I'yrtimiJ  on  Cufu-  F.li/.u- 
hfth,  uimI  ultoiil  I  Inii^iii'  cual  I'lorii  ('u|m>  Sinnll  |ioiiit.   It'jriMi  oIhmiIiI  i'all  into 
till*  buy  witit  till'  wniii  iil  M.  K.  or  S.  S.  K.  iinti  liountt  to  llii'  vantwnnl,  you 
may  makr  a  Kood  liiirl)oiir  in  the  aliov«>  nv<*r.     In  MtandiiiK  to  thi'  north- 
mini  yuii  Hilt  have  a  liirxf  I'ounil  i<ilaiitl  on  your  iitarlioaril  liantl.  <  o\«>r(*d 
with  ii|>nicf  trc««,   toK«;tli»r  with  two  largo  rocki,   oin*  rallnl  llir  llrown 
Cow,  anil  tin*  othrr  \\\v  Whitf  Hull,  ulii*  li  uri*  itonir  diMtann'  iVoin  «'a«  h 
othrr.    Y(»u  niiiit  li*avf>  thv  Hrown  Cow  on  your  •tarbouni,  and  tin-  Whili; 
Hull  on  3 our  larboaid  band,  tlic  latter  of  wbirb  you  mnv  K*'  Mitbm  a  cu* 
blc'n  b'tigtb  ot',  andHbi'ii  you  have  piuiicd  it,  munt  Mtand  over  for  HorRt* 
itiand,  tbat  lict  on  tb«>  Mtarboard,  wbicb  Iuh  a  hour  ■  on  it,  that  you  inny 
Ko  uilbin  a  ((uartt'r  of  u  unio  of.     To  tbc  vM>«twaid  of  the*  iMiand  lii><  a 
Inrgc  rock,   wbit'li   in  roverod  at  liiKli   watrr,  but  bnrt>  at  half  tide  ;  you 
may  go  on  fitbcr  nidi;  of  it  wlirn  it  i^  in  Hii{lit,  but  tbc  widi'«t  |)a<<i*aKf  la  to 
tho  CHMtwurd.     WhcMi  you  buvr  pax^tMl  tins  nuk,  ntn-r  N.  by  W .  or  N. 
N.  W.  which  courae  will  carry  you  up  with  a  largo  iMland,rall(<d  Hoar  ial' 
Hud,   which  in  covered  with  Hprucr  un'l  birch  trees.     When  you   have 
pitRned  tbirt  inland  about  one  oiuirter  of  a  mile,  you  may  l.aul   in  for  tha 
starboard  fthore,  and  anchor  in  U  or  G  fathomH  water.     'I'hiH   i*  the  bent 
place  to  anchor,  with  the  wind  atS.  H.  K.  oreni^t,  but  b(>  careful  of  a  ledge 
of  rockx,  that  runn  to  the  Siorthward  of  this  iHland,  about  half  a  mile  otV. 
You  may  anchor  in  thiit  buy  according  a."  the  wind  may  be  ;  M  it  Hhould 
be  nt  the  weulward,  you  may  anchor  on  the  went  aide  of  the  bay  ;    md  if 
to  the  eaHtwnrd,  unchor  on  the  caist  Hide.      11  you  have  lo^t  your  cablea 
nod  aiicliorrt,  there  v:  a  large  cove  on  the  Hturboard  hand,  about  two  milcH 
from  Hear  iaiand,   beating  about  N.  which  in  sutlicient  to  hold  M  or  40 
mil  of  vea<ielH.     It  in  land-locked  all  round,  mo  that  no  wind  can  damage  n 
vexoel  after  iihc  gets  into  it. 


HI 


ir 


jonrd 
1  you 

iscas- 
from 

oceed 
when 
lar- 
acbes 

nd  tbt* 
hours 
roiuitl 
town. 

i  large 

s  very 
r  side 

• 

45in. 


Directions  fur  Hussey"^  Sound. 

If  you  come  from  the  eastward  and  make  Seguinc  light,  bring  it  to  bear 
K.  and  steer  W.  for  Hussey'ii  80und,  if  you  have  a  fair  wind  and  day-light, 
aH  you  have  nothing  but  islandii  on  your  starboard  hand.  The  tide  of 
flood  sets  very  strong  in  between  these  islands  ;  when  you  get  within  2 
miles  of  Huasey's  sound,  you  will  make  two  islands,  which  have  no  treea 
on  them,  called  Green  islands — you  continue  your  course  till  you  make 
Hussey's  sound,  bearing  N.  N.  E.  then  you  may  steer  in  with  your 
course  N.  N.  E. 

There  is  a  large  sound,  called  broad  sound,  about  half  way  between 
Seguine  light  and  Hussey's  sound.  You  leave  Merrikoncck  inland  on  your 
starboard,  and"  Half-way  rock  on  your  larboard  hand — but  this  sound  ha-^ 
several  rocks  under  water,  and  is  not  tit  for  strangers  to  go  into. 

When  you  pass  the  two  islands,  after  entering  Hussey's  sound,  you 
leave  three  islands  on  your  larboard,  and  two  islands  on  your  starboard 
hand  ;  the  northern  island,  on  your  starboard,  is  called  Smith's  island  ; 
when  you  pass  said  island  about  three-quarters  of  a  mile,  you  may  haul 
away  E.  N.  E.  till  you  shut  in  said  island  to  the  S.  E.  then  you  may  anchor 
in  0,or  9  fathoms,  muddy  bottom.     Hog  island  to  the  S.  VV. — Basket  isl- 


i* 


rv^'«^" 


TTV 


142 


■    Blunf  8  American  Coast  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


and  to  the  N.  W. — Groat  Gabej^ue  isliod  to  the  N.  E. — and  Smith's  island 
to  the  S.  I'i.  Ifpro  you  ina}'  irioor  ^00  sail  of  ships,  safe  from  all  winds  ; 
and  when  wind  anJ  iid«>  serveu,  you  may  be  out  to  seu  in  one  hour. 


I 


Directions  for  Portland  harbour. 

Coming  from  the  south-westward,  when  within  half  a  mile  of  ^Lai»e 
Elizabeth,  the  red  buoy  on  Broad  cove  rock  may  be  seen  ;  it  bears  N.  N. 
£.  from  the  pitch  of  the  cape,  distance  1^  mile,  and  lies  in  24  feet  water. 
When  up  with  this  buoy,  leave  it  on  the  larboard  hand,  half  a  cable's 
length  distant,  and  steer  N.  by  E.  }  E.  1  mile,  which  will  carry  you  up 
with  the  white  buoy  on  Trundy's  reef,  which  lies  in  16  feet  water.  Giv- 
ing it  the  same  birth  as  the  other,  you  may  then  run  N.  by  W.  J  W.  for 
Portland  t  light-house,  3  m.leH  distant.  When  up  with  the  head,  on  which 
the  light-house  stands,  give  it  a  small  birth,  and  steer  N.  by  W.  leaving 
Bang's  island  op  the  starboard  hand,  till  you  come  to  House  island,  the  S. 
W.  point  of  which  bears  N.  from  the  light-house,  distant  almost  2  miles. 
Before  you  are  up  with  this  island,  the  black  buoy  on  Spring  point  ledge 
may  be  seen  ;  it  bears  N.  W.  by  W.  from  the  S.  W.  p&it  of  House  island, 
distant  half  a  mile,  and  lies  in  14  feet  water.  [When  up  with  this  buoy, 
you  open  the  town.]  Giving  the  black  buoy  a  small  birth,  you  may  haul 
'I  '    — ,  '  ■ 

*  A  culuinn  or  dtstinguibhing  land-mark  in  the  form  of  a  Pyramid,  is  erected  on  Ca|.s 
Elizabeth,  one-oightli  of  a  mile  J^.  W.  from  the  south  eastern  extremity  of  the  cape — it 
is  built  uf  stone,  the  lower  half  painted  white,  the  upper  black — height  50  feet  from  the 
foundation,  and  125  feet  above  the  leveiof  the  sea. 

Bearing t  distance,  «S'C.  of  several  dangerous  rocks  near  the  entrance  of  Port' 

land  harbour. 
The  column  bears  from  Portland  light,  S.  1°  W.  distant  4  miles. 
From  the  column  to  the  outer  part  of  Trundy  reef,  N.  20°  E.  distant  2i  miles. 


Do.  to  Broad  cove  rork 
Do.  to  New  ledge 
Po.  to  Alden's  rod. 
Do.  to  Taylor's  ref;f.  E. 
Do.  to     do.         ito.  VV. 


point 
point 


JV. 
N. 
S. 

s. 
s. 

2i°  E.  li  do. 
74°  E.  6.1  do. 
6F  E.  si  do. 
41°  E.  1  do. 
24°  E.  1  do. 

s. 
s. 
s. 
s. 
s. 

42°  W. 

67°  E.  6|  miles. 
20°  E.  64  do. 
150  E.  2i  do, 
9°  E.  3i  do. 

C^i^*; 


From  S.  E.  point  of  the  cape  to  the  outer  part  of  Wattes 
ledge,  which  tends  off  from  Richmond  island.  iS   ' 
From  Portland  light  to  New  ledge  _        -        -        . 

Do.  to  Alden's  rock  ---..- 
Do.  to  Trundy  reef  -.-... 
Do.  to  Broad  cove  rock,  -        -        -        -        . 

The  above  bearings  are  by  compass.  The  variation  ascertained  at  tl)e  same  time  to 
be  «P  30'  W. 

The  following  depths  are  calculated  for  low  water  spring  tides — Trundy's  reef,  ex* 
ttods  from  the  shore,  the  depth  agreeable  to  the  above  bearing  15  feet. 

Proad  cove  rock  is  nearly  dry — there  is  a  channel  between  it  and  the  shore,  vith  four 
fathoms  water,  lai^dy  bottom. 

Alden's  rock,  depth  8  feet.  '         ' 

'  New  ledge  extends  about  E.  N.  £.  and  W.  S.  VV.  one  quarter  of  a  mile.    Depth  11  to 
15  feet. 

Taylor's  ledge  extends  E.  N.  E.  and  W.  S.  W.  near  one  quarter  of  a  mile  ;  on  the 
eastern. end,  5  lathoms,  western  do.  15  feet.  ,  ^ 

There  is  also  aooth^r  sitiall  rock,  a  cable'»  length  within  the  latter,  depth  15  or  16 
ftet — between  the'se  and  the  cape  there  is  a  very  good  and  safe  channel,  with  7,  8,  and  9 
fathomiB)  orie  quarter  or. three  quarters  of  a  mile  from  the  shore. 

'  >  t  I^oi^Uarl  Jight-JltMJ«0  b  oft'^  {Mint  of  land,  called jPortl and  Head,  at  the  entrance  of 
tfM.  Ktflfbbiur.    It  i».a.Mc.sif  b<1^^  72  feet  high,  exclusive  of  the  lantern,  which  b  13 
ya;i^eoB(ain»  «  Aice^  liglrt;.  ' 


I    ■. 


g- 


If 


.im 


.'^Ht. 


.,\vv  n    o/» 


^  POUTli  AND  ^ 


^  f 


1 


SlahUt  tliUt 


\ 


I 


) 


V-^'.-; 


.  \ 


-'.   \ 


1^^- 


-' 


iVnr  !?»•*.  PttMiitted   tjt   EO^nuid  Ar.UluiU.  fff  W^Uefker.    V" 

1322.  .^•"^■•'* 


■J' 


10  Ec 

upN. 
14  feel 
iiig  the 
anchor 

[N.  1 
huiid,  ii 
conrses 

Thei 
nt  the  I 
dom  U8( 
the  red 
in,  you 
keep  m 
into  Shi 

Note. 
dir 

Wher 

land,  gi\ 
birth  of 
house  to 
will  pen 
N.  W.  y 
carry  yo 
lund  soui 
♦he  latte 
Portland 
.'«s  soon  f 
you  mus 
of  rocks 
and,  call 
Iiouse 
ing  abou 
about  ^ 
hand  ; 
X.  W.  b 
course, 
house 
the  hous 
thorns  of 
a  hill,  ha 
that  has 
to  avoid. 
Spring  p( 
other  thr 
a  buoy  or 
in  length, 
water, 
and  wher 
marks  wi 
is  a  pilot 
«t  N.  E. ; 


w 


w 


10  Edit. 


Blunt'b  American  Coast  Pilot. 


143 


up  N.  W.  for  the  white  biioy  or»  StanlbrtPs  ledge  ;  this  buoy  lies  also  in 
14  feet  water,  »\n\  one  mile  distnnt  from  Spring  point  ledge  buoy.  Giv- 
ing the  white  buoy  a  small  birth,  you  may  keep  up  midway  the  river  and 
anchor  opposite  the  town,  where  you  please,  in  safety. 

[N.  B.  All  the  beforotirtentioned  buoys  are  to  be  left  on  the  larboard 
hand,  in  coming  in,  and  the  depth  of  water  put  down,  isut  low  water  ;  the 
courses  are  by  compass.] 

There  are  also  two  small  btioys,  on  two  ledges  in  Whitehead  passage, 
at  the  N.  E.  part  of  Bang's  island.  'J'hii  passage  is  narrow,  and  but  sel- 
dom used  with  large  vessels.  By  keeping  midway  between  the  two  buoys, 
the  red  on  the  starboard,  and  the  white  on  the  larboard  hand,  in  coming 
in,  you  will  have  not  less  tlum  5  fathoms  water.  After  passing  the  buoys 
keep  midway  the  passage,  and  run  one  mile  distance,  which  will  carry  you 
into  Ship  channel,  the  same  as  if  you  had  passed  the  light-house. 

XoTE.     If  by  accident  either  of  the  buoys  should  be  removed,  the  following 
directions  for  sailing  into  Portland  harbour  will  be  found  useful: 

When  you  come  from  the  south-weslvmird,  and  intend  to  go  into  Port- 
land, give  Cape  Elizabeth  (on  which  is  a  Pyramid  as  before  described)  a 
birth  of  half  a  mile,  and  steer  N.  N.  E.  until  you  bring  Portland  light- 
house to  bear  N.  N.  W.  when  you  must  liaul  up  N.  N.  W.  if  the  wind 
will  permit ;  but  if  you  are  in  a  large  ship,  and  the  wind  N.  W.  or  W. 
N.  W.  your  safest  way  is  to'  continue  your  course  N.  N.  E.  which  will 
carry  you  safe  into  llussey's  sound,  allowing  it  to  be  tide  of  flood,  as  Port- 
land sound  is  narrow,  but  bold  between  the  light-house  and  Bang's  island, 
♦he  latter  of  which  is  on  your  starboard  hand.  If  you  should  turn  into 
Portland  in  the  night,  in  standing  to  the  south-westward  you  must  go  about 
as  soon  as  the  light  bears  N.  N.  W.  and  in  standing  tC'the  eastward,  you 
you  must  go  about  as  soon  as  the  light  bears  W.  N.  W.  for  there  is  a  ledge 
of  rocks  that  bears  S.  by  E.  from  Portland  light-house,  and  also  a  low  isl- 
and, called  Ram  island,  east-northerly,  one  mile  distant  from  the  light- 
house ;  but  if  you  have  a  leading  wind,  you  may  go  in  without  fear,  keep- 
ing about  middle  of  the  channel  way,  and  when  abreast  of  the  light,  steer 
about  N.  by  W.  for  House  island,  which  you  leave  on  your  starboard 
hand  ;  when  you  pass  House  island,  bring  it  to  bear  S.  E.  by  E.  and  steer 
X.  W.  by  W.  or  W.  N.  W.  with  the  tide  of  flood.  In  steering  the  above 
course,  you  will  see  a  round  bushy  tree  to  the  north  of  the  town,  and  a 
house  with  a  red  roof,  and  one  chimney  ;  bring  the  tree  to  the  west  of 
the  house,  which  course  will  carry  you  up  the  channel  way,  in  6  or  7  fa- 
thoms of  water  ;  but  when  you  come  abreast  of  the  fort,  which  stands  on 
a  hill,  haul  away  W.  S.  W.  as  there  is  a  shoal  bank  on  your  starboard  hand 
that  has  not  more  than  10  or  12  feet  on  it  at  high  water,  which  you  are 
to  avoid.  Here  you  will  be  careful  of  two  ledges  of  rocks,  one  called 
Spring  point  ledge,  two  miles  N.  by  W.  \  W.  from  the  light-house,  and  the 
other  three  miles  bearing  N.  by  W.  ^  W.  called  Stanford's  ledge,  which  baa. 
a  buoy  on  it,  and  stretches  oflf  from  your  larboard  hand  near  half  a  mile 
in  length.  They  lie  to  the  S.  W.  of  House  island,  and  are  all  bare  at  low 
water.  If  you  are  obliged  to  turn  in  here,  they  are  much  in  the  way, 
and  when  you  are  standing  to  the  southward,  be  careful  of  thftm.  The 
marks  will  do  in  the  day-time,  but  are  of  no  service  in  the  night.  There 
is  a  pilot  who  generally  attends  here.  This  harbour  is  open  to  the  wind 
At  N.  E.  and  E.  N.  E.     If  you  should  come  in  in  a  dark  night,  your  best 


1: 


:M 


f-^ 


144 


Bluiit's  American  Coast  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


way  M  to  j^o  into  Hou;  islund  roiul,  which  may  bo  done  by  steering  hs  fol- 
lows : — When  }<)u  puss  the  Iight-boii»e,  steer  N.  by  W.  until  you  pass 
Bang's  island,  which  you  will  leave  on  your  starboard  hand  ;  in  stoerinj; 
this  course,  you  will  make  House  island,  which  you  will  leave  on  your 
larboard  hand  ;  when  you  are  between  both  of  these  islands,  you  steer 
N.  E.  i>y  E.  till  you  come  to  the  second  island  on  your  starboard  hand. 
If  it  Is  •  ly  ti.no,  you  will  see  a  large  house  on  said  island,  and  may  an- 
chor as  soon  as  abreast  of  it,  in  10  or  12  fathoms,  muddy  bottom. 

If  you  should  fall  itito  the  eastward  of  Portland,  and  make  Seguine  light, 
bring  it  to  bear  E.  and  steer  W.  which  course  you  are  to  continue  till  you 
make  Po  Mand  light  to  bear  from  N.  VV.  to  NV.  N.  VV.  when  you  may  run 
for  it  without  fear. 

N.  B.  You  must  have  some  regard  to  the  tide  of  flood,  which  sets  very 
strong  between  the  islands  to  the  eastward  of  Portland. 

[0:^  See  the  Plate.] 


Js'oticc  to  Masters  of  Vessels.  „ 

Miisicrs  who  sail  from  Portland,  or  port.-t  ndjacent,  aic  inrorined,  that  from  the  Ob- 
Skrvatory,  oh  Fort  hill,  by  nieiiiis  of  the  'ri;lescope  placed  there,  vessels  approaching 
the  roast  may  he  discovered  at  15  leagues  distance  ;  and  their  colours  or  private  signals 
<;au  be  distinguished  t1  leagues,  if  the  weather  should  be  clear  and  the  colours  hoisted,  or 
suspended  in  such  a  manner  as  to  present  them  fair  to  the  Observatory.  Should  any 
need  assistance,  they  will  set  their  ensign  over  their  private  si(;nals  ;  and  may  he  assur- 
ed, if  they  can  be  discerneil,  thut  their  situation  will  be  made  known  to  their  owners. 

The  Observatory  bears  N.  N.  VV.  ^  W.  from  Portland  light-house,  4  miles  distance  ; 
and  these  in  range  are  a  good  mark  to  clear  AlHen's  rock ;  which,  keeping  the  above  in 
range,  you  will  bo  nearly  three  quarters  of  a  mile  to  the  eastward  of  it. 

The  Observatory  is  nn  an  eminence  141  feel  above  high  water  mark;  and  the  building 
32  I'oet  high,  painted  red,  and  the  telescope  is  placed  near  the  top. 


Boon  island  light. 

Boon  island  is  very  low  land,  about  one  quarter  of  a  mile  in  length,  and 
has  a  light-house  on  it,  which  bears  S.  E.  ^  S.  from  Cape  Keddock,  distant  2 
leagues.  It  is  built  on  the  .vest  part  of  the  island,  where  the  monument 
formerly  stood  ;  the  edifice  is  stone,  contains  a  fixed  light,  elevated  32  feet 
above  the  level  of  the  sea,  and  may  bo  seen,  in  clear  weather,  6  or  7 
leagues.  Two  other  buildings  are  erected  near  it ;  one  for  a  dwelling 
house  ;  the  other  for  an  oil  house.  From  Boon  island  to  Boon  island 
ledge  the  course  is  east,  distant  one  league.  It  is  not  safe  for  strangers 
to  go  very  near  this  ledge,  for  several  of  the  rocks  are  to  be  seen  long 
before  low  water.  From  Agamenticus  hill.  Boon  island  bears  S.  E.  dis- 
tant 6  or  6  leagues  ;  and  when  you  come  in  from  sea,  and  make  Agamen- 
ticus hill,  bearing  N.  W.  by  N.  you  are  then  to  the  westward  of  Boon  isl- 
and ledge  ;  but  when  said  hill  bears  N.  W.  by  W.  you  may  be  sure  you 
are  to  the  eastward  of  it. 


^~m^ 


-iftijf^'^ 


10  Edit 


Biunfs  American  Coast  Pilot. 


145 


Remarks  on  the  White  hills.  % 

These  hills  lie  N.  VV.  from  roftliin.l,  and  N.  N.  W.  from  *Wood  island 
light-house.  You  may  see  them  in  clear  wuathcr,  when  no  other  part  of 
the  land  is  in  sight.  At  the  (irst  Hi^ht  they  appear  like  a  cloud,  and  are 
nlways  white,  occasioned,  it  in  fluid,  by  their  being  covered  with  white 
moss.  They  have  been  seen  when  in  lat.  43*  10'  N,  being  46  miles  from 
the  Pyramid  on  Cape  Elizabeth.  The  depth  of  water  in  the  above  lati- 
tude is  80  fathoms,  muddy  bottom.  When  you  steer  N.  W.  or  \V.  N.  >V. 
from  this  latitude,  you  will  make  Agumenticus  hills,  and  when  bearing  W. 
by  N.  6  or  7  leagues,  they  appear  like  three  hills,  and  the  smallest  of 
\hem  to  the  eastward.  At  the  same  time,  you  will  make  WelPs  hills  b«ar- 
ing  W.  N.  W.  and  when  you  are  on  the  northern  part  of  Jeffrey's  ledge.l 
in  45  fathoms  water,  you  will  see  the  hills  of  Agamenticus  bearing  W.  by 
N.  orW,  N.  W. 

1  would  recommend  to  all  muiiners,  in  coming  from  the  eastward,  not 
to  go  to  the  northward  of  lat.  43®  TO*  N.  in  thick  weather,  unless  they 
are  well  acquainted,  and  judge  themselves  to  be  to  the  westward  of  Boon 
island  ledge,  as  this  has  proved  fatal  to  many  who  were  unucqua.i.tcd. 

Between  Jeffrey's  and  the  Isles  of  Shoals,  you  will  have  70  and  75  fa- 
thoms water,  nmddy  bottom,  and  a  strong  current  setting  to  the  S.  W. — 
You  may  see  the  Isles  of  Shoals  6  or  6  leagues,  when  you  are  to  the  east- 
ward of  them,  but  tirst  see  the  light-house  which  is  on  White  island,  and 
the  meeting-house  on  Star  island,  bearing  N.  E.  and  S.  W.  from  each 
other,  distant  seven-eighths  of  a  mile. 


1 


Directions  from  Cape  Porpoise  to  Wood  island  light. 

'.Vood  island  (on  which  a  light-house  is  erected  containing  a  repeating 
lij?ht,  as  described  in  note)  is  high  woody  land,  very  even,  and  lies  N.  E. 
3  leagues  distant  from  Cape  Pornoise.  In  running  for  the  light,  bring  it 
to  bear  N.  N.  W.  or  N.  W.  and  run  till  \Vithin  a  cable's  length  with  safe- 
ty. You  may  go  into  this  harbour  either  at  the  eastward  or  westward  of 
the  island.  There  are  several  rocks  to  the  westward  of  the  island,  and 
likewise  a  long  bar  which  lies  to  the  S.  W.  about  three  quarters  of  a  mile 
distant.  When  you  have  the  wind  to  the  southward,  you  may  lay  your 
course  in,  and  anchor  near  Stage  island  ;  this  is  called  Winter  harbour. 
You  may  go  in  the  eastern  way,  and  have  room  to  turn  your  vessel  (which 
is  an  advantage  you  caimot  have  in  going  in  to  the  westward)  ;  but  here 
you  are  exposed  to  the  wind  at  N.  £.  and  £.  N.  E.  but  if  your  cables 
and  anchors  are  not  good,  you  may  run  into  the  Pool,  and  lie  safe  from 
all  winds. 

In  running  in  the  eastern  passage,  you  open  a  small  channel  for  boats 
only,  between  Wood  island  ah  J  Negro  island,  but  no  man  of  experience 

*  Wood  island-light  is  situated  near  the  entrance  of  Saco  river,  on  the  east  side  of  the 
island.  The  lantern  is  elevated  45  feet  above  the  level  of  the  s«a,^nd  coutainn  a  re- 
volving light,  which  may  be  seen  7  or  8  leagues  distant.  When  you  fi"st  make  it,  the 
eclipse  will  be  total,  until  you  are  within  6  or  7  mileiof  it,  when  the  light  will  not  wholly 
disapp,^ar,  but  in  the  revolutions  the  greatest  power  of  light  wilt  be  to  the  least  as 
24  to  1. 

t  Jeffrey's  ledge  lies  between  42''  20'  and  43«  37'  30"  north  latitude,  and  between  68° 
52'  30"  and  69°  45'  \v«st  longitude. 

19 


4 


ui 


rTT7 


Blunf  8  American  (Joast  Pilot. 


10  Edit 


lv#itld  muttiike  i(.  Nftgro  itltiid  it  small,  having  two  stores  on  it,  and  b 
left  oti  the  lart)oard  Imnd.  ^ 

Saoo  lies  about  a  leagife  to  ^e  ifornKire^st,  but  is  a  barred  place,  and 
hm  not  above  10  feet,  tit  high  wntei^f  which  makes  it  not  fit  for  a  strtaiger 
to  go  in  ;  there  is,  kowever,  considerable  nu4rigation  owned  here,  aiid4he 
inhabitatifs  are  enterpribing. 

The  iiejit  place  to  Wocd  island  is  Richmond's  iplaod,  which  lies  about 
N.  E.  northerly,  4  leagues  )  this  pin«if  is  only  tit  tor  snuill  vessels,  such  ns 
coasters — but  few  vessels  put  ia  here,  it  being  unly  one  league  to  the 
irestward  of  Portland,  which  is  the  principal  port  in  the  state. 

In  sailing  by  Richmond's  island  you  must  be  careful  uf  a  sunken  ledge, 
<i|tiyd  Watch  ledge,  that  lies  off  about  S.  E.  near  half  ti  mile  from  the  N. 
CMnd  of  the  island  ;  it  does  not  show  itself,  except  the  wind  blows  fresh  ; 
but  you  neod  not  go  so  near  the  island  unless  you  have  a  scant  wind,  or 
turning  to  windward. 


se 


Directions  io  sail  from  Cape  Neddock  to  Cape  Porpoise. 

Your  course  from  Cape  Neddock  to  Cape  Porpoiae  is  N.  E.  distant  4$ 
leagues.  Cape  Porpoise  is  a  bad  harnour,  and  not  to  be  attempted  unless 
you  are  well  acquainted,  or  in  distl'eas.  In  going  in,  you  must  leave  two 
small  islands  on  your  larboard  haiJ)  and  three  on  your  starboard.  It  may 
be  known  by  the  high  land  of  Kenhebuhk,  which  lies  to  the  N.  W.  of  it. 
When  the  *  harbour  bears  N.  W.  you  must  haul  in,  but  be  careful  of  the 
poiht  on  your  larboard  hand,  and  not  go  too  near  it,  as  it  is  very  rocky. 
As  9oon  as  you  are  in  the  harbour,  and  clear  of  the  point  of  rocks  on  your 
starboard  hand,  your  course  must  be  N.  W.  about  two  cables  length, 
when  you  must  come  too,  and  moot*  N.  E.  and  S.  W.  or  run  direct  fpr  the 
fr^rf.  A  vessel  that  draws  10  feet  vtrill  be  aground  at  low  water.  The 
harbour  is  so  narrow  that  a  vessel  catinot  turn  round — is  within  100  yarde 
of  the  sea,  add  secure  from  all  winds,  whether  you  have  anchors  or  not.' 


DtVec/ton; /or  Portsmouth' harboUiv 

',  if  yon  fall  into  the  ea8tward,'and  make  Cape  Neddock,  and  are  bound 
to'  Fortsfnouth,  Wh^en  ivithin  half  a  mile  of  said  cape,  your  course  is  S.  S. 
1^.  4  Jeagues,,  which  cborse  you  will  continue  tiy  you  bring  Portsmouthf 
)ight-(tou8e  to  btear  "K,  and  run  within  one  quarter  of  a  mile  of  the  Ught, 
then  steei^  N.  by  E.  or  N.  N.  E.  until  you  are  abreast  of  the  light,  wheD 
you  must  steer  N.  W..  until  the  light  bedfs  S.  §.  £.  dbd  aincho'r  in  9  fathoms, 
at  low  water,  good  bottom. 

.  Jf,  when  cdmingfrom  sea,  yor  iflaKCithe  Isles  of  Shoals,  and  are  to  the 
etttward  of  thiBm j  you  must  run  for  th^m  tiU  within  one  mile  of  the  East- 
ern isle,  then  steer  W.  N.  W.  until  Portomouth  light-house  bears  N.  then 
^6^  your  directions  as  above. 

I  I  v     II  I'       '  ,  '  '  '  '         ''   '  " 

*  iit  th«  eutcrn-stcie  of  the  harbour  lies  a  ledge,  on  whilh  it  always  breaks, 
t  l^oViiiiAoatltrliditriiboaia  has  a  fixed  li|;ht  in  it,  elevated  »»  fiset  above  the  level  of  tin 
'  ■  :mS%>*  ji^»*  (^**  ^*"'*  '**"^)  **  **"  entrllw,;^^  of  the  harbour.    IV. 


■.'i^^^^iifriv^mi3i»i  high  water  at  Att  and  chan{e. 


\  t 


■r 


■>4. 


lof  Um 

r.    N. 


fw-wwsr 


/;  rJunr  .FfTJ 


:^^£W-YAlLLKJ;iJgLI:JHKJ>  BrEJUiLII^T 


•Matoa 


—"-</:• 


■  >' /•./!'■/•/('•. 


^  s,„l"Lt,l,ff 


/■.'  '•?  // 


,*» 


/I-  ; 


.V     // 


,»  J       .V 


')ii«l  Sislrr* 


'.'V     X/J'     .-.    '"  "^     H     1^        f   ^**«*'      1 


> 


.> 


^' 


S         10 


10  i 


10 


^5 


Ml 


i 


4Q^HV>|  tistori 


It 


li 


/3 


'4 


7l 


i»t 


4 

4 


I  ' 


/* 


l\ir  d" 4,'i.'fr  /H/7. 


>un  Bual  Shiia.1 


left  mfk 

Im«  not) 
lo  go  in 
inhnbiti 

N.  i:.  m 
coMterNl 
ircittwari 
In  Mil 
VV| 
Inil  oi 
but  you  n\ 
turning  tol 


Dircctti 

Your  c( 
leagucit. 
you  ar«  wc 
pmall  iHlaudd 
be  known  y 
When  the  *1 
point  on  yoi 
As  Hoon  88  y\ 
Btarbourd  hs 
when  you  nX 
wjuirf'  A  V4 
harbour  is  soj 
of  the  sea,  atl 


0 


I 


'  If  you  fall  il 
to  Ports|nouth] 
W.  4  leagues, 
)ight-fiouse  (o 
then  stee^  N. 
you  must  steer 
at  low  water,  gc 
.    if,  when  c6t 
eastward  of  the^ 
era  isle,  then  stel 
(blloVtr  your  direil 

*  At  th«  eMtBrni 


% 

I 

1 


'.•• 


t      Cf 


If 


» 


i*W 


I 


«      t 


« 


V     i  s 


i 


<  i^- 


; 


V.      % 


^ 


•r. 

0 


•r. 


/'.•./.-  /// 


^ff 


c 


% 


t 

w        ,, 


•^  h 


'.,:'^^%'"'\ 


*  *J 

f' 

«* 

*  *  ■ 

.  J    s 

t 

i' 

A/ 

•«• 

■(  ^ 

L 

* 

1  s 

A 

.•^*. 

I    ,; 

% 

/T*--,'.*     '•    * 

f            ** 

y     ^7      - 

I       ^ 

\- 

^\^-=^  . 

hi   ^ 

f , 

-        H 

»  s 


1 


'^ 


t      ... 


« 


9, 


1 


»  5  ?  •  •• 


% 


w 


f< 


^ 


■.M 


,   '-■■mi 


•^  'II 

i 


rJ 


?^l 


I 


10  Edit. 

If  you  roi 
tight  a  hirth 
by  \V.  for  !■ 
and  obHg;cd 
rock,  at  the 
on  it,  and  S 
sunken  rock 
buoys  a  goo 

When  yo 
ward  of  the 
W.  or  N.i 
fron>  v/hich 
♦o  btiT  east 
tk'^i  'vind  sh 
saio  port,  y 
light  to  beai 
ing  to  the  t 
until  you  g( 
ing  from  the 
sunken  rock 
land  ;  likew 
back,  which 
you  arc  bo>u 
league  fro^n 
Neddock,  v 
come  from  t 
from  Swett' 
lies  S.  W.  o 
at  low  watei 
bare  at  half 

The  next 
lies  S.  E.  \ 
pass  Boon  i 
you  must  tal 
distant. 

[N.  B.  I 
the  ledge  til 
took  me  froi 
way,  I  hov€ 
sandy  bottoi 
vessel  draw 
ing  entirely 
fathoms  wit 
lOfaet,] 


By  the  b< 
ftubscriptioi 
tovVns,  a  tfir 
islands.") 


^^^> 


N. 


10  Edit. 


Blunf  t»  American  Coast  Pilot. 


147 


If  you  come  to  the  wostw.ird  of  the  ixlcs  of  Shoals,  give  White  iiland 
light  a  hirth  of  one  mile  hikI  a  hulf,  bring  it  to  bcric  east,  and  then  run  N. 
by  VI.  for  Portsmouth  Uiiht,  9  nules  distant.  If  you  have  a  head  wind, 
and  obliged  to  lieat  into  the  harbour,  ym  mii<^t  observe  there  is  u  flunken 
rock,  at  the  east  ^i'ie  of  the  entrance,  Ci'llcd  Kitt's  rock,  whi<'h  has  a  buoy 
on  it,  and  S.  by  W.  one  quarter  of  a  mile  from  the  Ught-house,  lies  a 
sunken  rock,  culled  Stillman's  rock,  which  also  has  a  buoy  on  it.  Give  the 
buoys  a  good  birth,  and  thgrc  is  no  danger. 

When  you  come  from  the  S.  W.  and  mjjke  Cape  Ann,  and  to  tke  east' 
ward  of  the  Dry  Salvages,  bring  them  to  bear  S.  by  E.  and  steer  N.  by 
W.  or  N.  ^  W.  Id  atoering  this  course  you  will  make  the  Isles  of  Shoals, 
from  v*^hich  you  may  take  a  new  departure,  by  bringing  the  light-house 
♦i)  bttr  eastt  distant  1^  mile,  and  run  N.  by  W.  lor  Portsmouth  light.  If 
tk><;  <,vind  should  come  to  the  northward,  and  you  are  obliged  to  turn  into 
saio  port,  you  must  stand  to  the  westward  no  farther  than  to  bring  the 
light  to  bear  N.  ^  W.  till  you  get  within  Ouiorne's  point,  and  when  dtand* 
ing  to  the  eastward,  to  go. about  as  soon  as' the  light  bears  N.  N.  W, 
until  you  get  within  Wood  island.  Be  careful  of  Odiorne's  point,  com- 
ing from  the  south-west waril,  for  it  hes  off  morp  than  half  a  miie,  with 
sunken  rocks,  Which  do  not  show  themselves  when  the  wind  is  off  the 
land  ;  likewise  in  standing  to  the  east,  you  must  be  careful  of  the  Whale's 
back,  which  lies  S.  S.  W.  of  Wood  island,  and  is  covered  at  half  tide.  If 
you  are  b^pd  to  the  eastivard  from  this  port,  yoM  bl°er  S.  by  E.  one 
league  frofh  the  light-house,  then  steer  N.  N  ",  or  01<'  York  or  Cape 
Neddock,  which  is  4  leagues  from  Portsn.outi.  ut  if  the  wind  should 
come  from  the  northward  you  must  be  careful  of  i  ork  ledj.';e,  which  bears 
from  Swell's  point  S.  E.  dist;mt  2  leagues.  There  is  a  sunken  ledge  that 
lies  S.  W.  one  mile  from  York  ledge— it  is  never  bare,  but  always  breaks 
at  low  water,  and  is  called  the  Triangle.  Some  part  of  York  ledge  is 
bare  at  half  tide. 

The  next  you  come  to  is  Boon  island  (on  which  is  a  light-house,  which 
lies  S.  E.  ^  S.  from  Cape  Neddock,  or  the  Nubble,  so  called.)  When  you 
pass  Boon  island,  bound  to  the  eastward,  and  take  the  wind  at  N.  N.  E. 
you  must  take  care  of  a  ledge  of  rocks  due  N.  from  Boon  island,  one  riiile 
distant. 

[N.  B.  I  have  passed  this  place  several  timeS,  but  never  discovered 
the  ledge  till  the  year  1703,  when  being  bound  to  the  eastward,  the  wind 
took  me  from  the  westward,  but  the  vessel  having  no  more  than  steerage 
way,  1  hove  over  a  line  to  catch  fish,  and  found  T  had  24  fathoms  water, 
sandy  bottom,  and  in  a  few  minutes  I  had  but  ten  feet  of  water,  and  n?y 
vessel  drawing  9  ;  all  that  save^  me  from  strikiqg  was,  that  the  water  be^ 
ing  entirely  smooth,  the  current  set  me  to  the  eastward,  and  1  got  into  24 
fathoms  within  the  length  of  the  vessel  from  where  I  sounded  and  had  but 
10f«et,]  l(fCr  See  the  plate.) 


-      Dmription  of  the  Isles  of  Shoals. 

By  the  benevolence  of  the  Massachusetts  Missionary  Society,  aided  by 
subscriptions  of  several  gentlemen  in  Newburyport  and  the  neighbouring 
tovVns,  a  ipieeting-hovse  has  been  erected  on  Star  island  Cone  of  the  abovf 
islands.) 


.H^'-v- 


148 


Blunt^s  American  Coast  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


The  following  is  the  description  and  relative  situation  of  the  islands  : 

White  island  fthe  sotith  westernmost  island)  is  a  rocky  island,  three- 
quarters  of  a  mile  in  length,  from  S.  E.  to  N.  W.  and  about  one  mile  and 
three  quarters  distant  from  the  meeting-house.  There  is  a  reef  that  ex- 
tends about  one-third  of  n  mile  from  the  N.  W.  end,  which  in  passing  you 
must  give  a  good  birth.  The  S.  E.  end  bears  from  the  meeting-house  S. 
tV.  I  S.  the  N.  W.  end  S.  W.  by  W.  J  W. 

On  this  island  is  a  light-house  with  a  lantern  elevated  67  feet  from  high 
water  mark,  containing  15  patent  lamps  with  reflectors  on  a  revolving  tri- 
angle, which  will  make  one  complete  revolution  in  three  minjites  and 
thirty  seconds  ;  cxhibiting^^n  one  side  a  bright  red  light,  on  one  side  a 
blue,  and  on  the  other  the  natural  colour  of  the  light. 

Each  light  may  be  distinctly  seen  about  50  seconds,  at  the  distance  of 
0  miles  ;  the  light  will  be  wholly  eclipsed,  about  ten  seconds,  between 
each  colour  ;  within  that  distance,  the  light  will  not  eniifely  clisappearin 
clear  weather  ;  but  taking  the  medium,  the  greatest  power,  of  light  will- be 
to  the  least  as  40  \o  1.  The  bright,  or  naturd  K|fat,  will  be  first  disco- 
vered in  clear  weather  at  the  distance  of  aboot  7  leagifel,  and,  oil  ap- 
proaching, the  red  and  blue  in  succession.  The  btight^jight  may  be  seen 
two  or  three  miles  farther  than  the  red,  and  the  red  atkiiit  the  same  dis- 
tance farther  than  the  blue. 

A  bell  of  800  lbs.  weight  is  suspended  in  the  tower  of  the  Ught-bpuse*, 
which  will  be  kept  tolling  by  machinery  at  the  rate  of  about  ten  strokes  a 
minute,  by  night  and  day,  whenever  from  fog,  or  any  other  cquse,  tbft 
light  or  light-house  cannot  be  seen  at  least  four  miles  ;  at  which  distance 

it  ist^alculated  the  bell  may  be  heard  in  moderate  weather, 

* 

The  following  bearings  from  White  island  light-house  are  the  mean  of  a 
number  of  experiments  by  compass. 

Portsmouth  light-house  bears  N.  N.  VV.  distance  9  miles — Square  rock  lies  directly  io 
llie  range,  distance  from  White  island  five-eightbs  of  a  mile. 

Boor  island  light,  N.  E.  by  N.  distant  12  miles. 

Cape  Ann  light,  S.  |  W.  distant  21  miles. 

Rye  meeting-house,  N.  W.  by  W.  J  VV.  distant  9  miles. 

Star  island  meeting-house,  N.  E.  distant  7-8tli8  of  a  mile.  There  is  a  rock,  called 
Innesis*  rock,  bearing  S.  W.  by  S.  from  this  island,  two  miles  distant,  bare  before 
low  water. 

North-west  point  of  Hog  island,  N.  by  E.  |  E. 

Cedar  island  ledge,  E.by  N.  ^  N.  distant  li  mile. 

Anderson's  ledge,  S.  E.  by  £.  i^  E.  distant  IJ  mile. 

White  island  ledge,  VV.  S.  W.  distant  one-third  of  a  mile. 

Londoner's  (or  Lounging)  island  lies  about  I -J-  mile  to  the  northward  of 
White  island,  is  about  five-eighths  of  a  mile  in  length  from  S.  to  N.  and  is 
high  at  each  end  :  in  high  tides  the  middle  is  sometimes  covered  ;  a  num- 
ber of  rocks  lie  close  about  the  island,  in  almost  every  direction,  some  of 
which  are  always  bare.  The  south  end  bears  W.  from  the  meeting-house  ; 
the  north  end  W.  N.  W.  ^  W.  about  half  a  mile  distant.  About  halfway 
between  this  island  and  Star  island,  lies  a  rock  which  is  bare  at  low  wa- 
ter ;  it  bears  from  the  meeting-house  N.  W.  by  W.  i  W.  one-third  of  a 
mile  distant. 

Star  island  (where  the  meeting-house  stands)  is  about  thrcc-fourllis  ct 
a  mile  in  length  from  S.  E.  to  N.  W.  and  about  half  a  mile  in  breadth  ;  it 
js  covered  with  buildings  on  the  north  side.  The  meeting-lioiise  stands 
on  an  eminence  a  little  to  the  northwai-d  of  the  middle  of  the  island  ;  is 
R*  feet  high  from  the  foundation  to  the  roof;  to  the  (op  of  the  stcople  i- 


!• 


. . . 


^^' 


/ 


a- 


a 

of 
it 

is 
i.» 


I 


f 


I. 


!■ 


//■' 


•  V  — »•*  ** 


/ 


/ 


<5i 


/ 


Z^^i^^'^^  Uun  * 


'^  .- 


•ft       "^ 


/     ■ 


■.'*.    •:  •■ 


y:-^,^^ii^"- 


\ 


.,,».«ii»'»" 


,.-•:''"'' 


10  Edit. 

JO  i'cct  in.. 

fe  :t  :  't  i 
buiWinfe  ; 
8  0"  H  l;?jf 
xAwnS  iig.'x 
by  E.  6{ 
leagues  dii 
distant ;  fr 
erA  do.  S. 
tant ;  from 
S.  W.  by 
thrce-quar 
at  hall'  tide 
house  S.  S 
Cedar  is 
to  W.  situa 
nel  betweei 
attempted  \ 
}  N.  and  th 
rock  lies  oi 
tide,  bearin 
timutty-ri 
half  a  mile 
part  of  the 
where  l.i  . 
veral  buiit'i 
island  and 
near  the  mi 
bears  from 
about  ti".  e-e 
Hog  i?bi 
and  ;  is  'ib( 
from  N .  to 
east  end  of 
Duck  isli 
parts  of  it  i 
rection,  es] 
It  is  the  m( 
to  be  avoid 
S.  E.— the 
end  N.  by 


D 

When  y< 
of  the  dry 
W.  3|  Icaj 
bury  port  b 
not  approa 
sunken  roc 


10  Edit. 


Blant^b  American  Coast  Pilot. 


149 


J 


as 


I 
I 


JO  I'cct  in»,r(^  ,  the  wiiolc  heigti'  '"rrrr  ihr  mrftucn  ol  the  water  is  about  G5 
fe  :t  :  it  i'  »  d^*fid  white,  and  t  ■  r  -  !e  is  placed  in  the  middle  of  the 
buiMin^  ;  n  stuiK^'^  f^'utitnig  t>.e  west,  and  may  be  seen  at  the  distance  of 
8  0*  v^  }au«;ues,  a  almost  any  direction  at  sea  ;  it  bears  from  i'hutcher'H 
iitlatu^  ligiiiS  (Cup»-  Ann)  N.  |  £.  6^  leagues  distant ;  fi\  m  Pigeon  hill  N. 
by  E.  6:|  iieapt''  1  distant ;  from  Newburyport  light-houses  N.  K.  j  K.  6 
leagues  distant ;  from  Portsmouth  light-house  S.  S,  E.  |  E.  3|  leagues 
distant ;  from  the  western  A  ramonticus  mountain  S.  ^  E.  from  the  cast- 
erA  do.  S.  }  E.  from  Boon  island  light-huuse  S.  W.  i  S.  4}  leagues  dis- 
tant ;  from  Boon  i'«land  ledge  ('vhicb  lies  one  league  E.  from  Boon  island) 
S.  W.  by  W.  4|  leagues  distant.  Olf  the  south  end  of  this  island,  about 
three-quarters  of  a  mile  from  shore,  lies  Anderson's  rock,  which  is  bare 
at  half  tide  ;  in  passing,  give  it  a  good  birth  ;  it  lies  from  the  meeting- 
house S.  S.  E. 

Cedar  island  is  small,  and  about  one-third  of  a  mile  in  length  from  E. 
to  W.  situated  between  Star  and  Smutty-nose  islands.  There  is  a  chan- 
nel between  it  and  Smutty-nose  island,  but  it  is  crooked,  and  not  fit  to  be 
attempted  by  strangers.  The  east  end  bears  from  the  meeting-house  E. 
\  N.  and  the  west  end  E.  N.  E.  ^  E.  three-eighths  of  a  mile  distant.  A 
rock  lies  ofT  the  S.  E.  end  of  this  island  half  a  mile  distant,  bare  at  half 
tide,  bearing  from  the  meeting-house  E.  by  S. 

Smutty-nose  island  is  about  one  mile  in  length  from  E.  to  W.  and  about 
half  a  mile  in  breadth,  and  may  be  known  "by  a  wind-mill  on  the  north 
part  of  the  island  ;  at  the  W.  end  is  a  fine  harbour,  called  Haley's  cove, 
where  Ir?  j.v  20  small  vessels  may  lie  safe  from  all  winds.  There  are  se- 
veral bnilc'Jugs  near  this  harbour.  There  is  a  fine  channel  between  this 
island  and  Hog  island,  where  is  water  sufficient  for  any  vessel,  keeping 
near  the  middle  of  the  passage.  The  west  end  of  Smutty-nose  island 
bears  from  the  meeting-house  N.  by  E.  \  E.  and  the  east  end  E.  N.  E. 
about  five-eighths  of  a  mile  distant. 

Hog  i?Lind  is  a  high  island,  lying  to  the  northward  of  Smutty-nose  isl- 
and ;  is  iboutone  mile  in  length  from  E.  to  W.  and  five-eighths  of  a  Miile 
from  N  lo  8.  The  west  end  lies  frofn  the  meetiil^-house  N.  by  W,  |  W. 
east  end  of  do.  "tf .  N.  E.  seven-eighths  of  a  mile  distant. 

Duck  island  (the  northernmost  island)  is  a  long  low  rocky  island  ;  some 
parts  of  it  are  covered  at  high  water,  with  rocks  projecting  in  every  di- 
rection, especially  at  the  N.  W.  end,  where  a  ledge  runs  off  half  a  mile. 
It  is  the  most  dangerous  of  any  of  the  Isles  of  Shoals,  and  ought  carefully 
to  be  avoided  ;  it  is  about  seven-eighths  of  a  mile  in  length  fromN.  W.  ttH 
S.  E. — the  E.  end  bears  from  the  meeting-house  N.  N.  E.  |  E. — the  west 
end  N.  by  W.  I  W.  about  3^  miles  distant. 

[OCr  Sec  the  Plate.] 


■^f 


i 


l,i 


•V, 


Directions  for  Newburyport,  IpsWich  bay,  8fc. 

When  you  come  round  Cape  Ann,  and  are  two  miles  to  the  northward 
of  the  dry  Salvage  rock,  bring  said  rock  to  bear  S.  E.  and  steer  N.  W.  by 
W.  3|  leagues,  which  course  and  distance  will  carry  you  up  with  New- 
buryport bar.  In  runnini;  for  the  bar  fr?  n  +he  eastward,  strangers  should 
not  approach  too  near  Har^pton  har!<cu:,  as  o^Tthe  mouth  of  it  lie  several 
sunken  rocks.     Hampton  harbour  li-^'  about  ^  miles  N.  from  the  southexu 


■■■■'\ 


150 


Blunt's  American  Coast  Pilot* 


10  Edit. 


10 


extremitv  of  Salisbury  point,  between  which  nnd  f{anr>ptnn  hurbillir  N.  by 
£.  ^  E.  from  the  lights  on  'Plumb  inland,  3  milen  diitanl,licN  another  dan- 

*  I'luinb  iitiaad,  lo  called,  is  lituMtrd  batwcen  the  mouth  of  Mttnimack  river,  on  ihc 
north,  and  Ipiwich  bay,  on  the  south,  and  ii  separated  I'roni  the  main*  land  by  a  narrow 
sound.  lU  length  is  about  8i  miles,  and  its  width  tiom  the  tea  to  the  main,  not  more 
than  3ti0  paces.  Un  ihu  iN.  end  of  the  islaud  are  two  li|ht-houNs,conlnining  fixed  llf^hts, 
which  are  constantly  llj^hted  i.t  night,  ano  so  conitructed  ai  to  be  easily  moved  ;  u  cir- 
cumstance rcqiiiiiite,  fro'ii  'li"  fr'^quent  shifting  of  the  bar  at  tbe  mouth  of  Newburyport 
hurboui.  This  bar  Ih  pio^.iMy  toimcd  by  the  curreni  of  the  river  in  its  progress  out, 
moetihg  the  driit  of  thv  ki:n  uii'l  opposing  winds,  and  by  that  means  forming  a  bank  of 
loose  siinrl,  'vhich  the  iiirijiij>in  of  the  tide  is  insufficient  to  force  out.  It  extends  across 
from  Plumb  island,  about  a  mile  below  the  lights,  to  Salisbury  beach.  The  channel 
over  it  is  extremely  narrow,  nnd  terminated  on  each  side  by  very  dangerous  shoals ; 
that  on  the  north,  called  the  North  breaker,  and  that  on  the  south,  the  C«uth  breaker. 
The  light-hnutos  are  always  so  situated  as  to  be  brought  in  a  range  by  the  mariner  coi  i- 
ing  over  the  bar ;  and  as  by  the  violence  of  winds  or  tides,  the  bar  shifts,  the  light-houses 
are  shifittd  to  conform  to  it.  By  keeping  the  lights  in  one,  vessels  may,  by  day  or  night, 
come  in  with  safety,  and  find  good  anchorage,  in  4  or  5  fathoms  water,  abreast  or  be- 
tween the  two  lights. 

That  part  of  the  island,  bounding  an  the  sea  and  extending  above  half  its  width,  con- 
sists entirely  of  yellow  sand,  perfectly  smooth  on  the  beach,  but  farther  from  the  sea, 
driven  by  the  wind  into  hillocks,  or  heaps  of  fantastic  forms,  and  preserved  in  that 
ahape  by  the  successive  growth  of  grass  and  shrubs.  On  the  back  part  of  the  island, 
where  it  is  washed  by  the  sound,  is  an  extent  of  salt  marsh,  bounding  its  whole  length. 
The  products  of  Plumb  island  are  scarcely  worthy  remark  ;  beach  grass  >v  the  principal, 
and  is  used  only  for  manufacturing  brooms.  A  species  of  plumb,  from  v  hich  the  island 
derives  its  name,  grows  here  in  tolerable  abundance.  It  is  produced  on  low  running 
■hrubi,  on  the  summit  and  sides  of  tho  sand  hillocks,  is  pleasant  to  the  tnste,  and,  ge- 
nerally in  its  season,  an  article  for  the  market.  Tiiere  is  likewise  tlie  beach  pea,  of 
vrhlch  little  or  no  use  lias  ever  been  made ;  and  indeed  it  is  not  found  in  sufficient 
plenty  to  become  niucl.'  more  than  nn  article  of  curiosity.  At  the  southernmost  end  of 
the  island  there  are  several  houses,  with  families,  an'l  n  considerable  spot  of  land,  in 
good  cultivation.  To  the  northward  of  this,  there  is  a  grove  of  pine  trees,  of  a  mile  and 
a  half  in  extent. 

The  Marine  Society  of  Newburyport  eiccted,  some  years  since,  at  their  dwn  expense, 
several  huts  at  proper  distances  troin  each  otiicr,  nnd  from  tbe  shore,  and  supplied  them 
with  fire-works,  fuel;,  straw,  &c. — but  owing  o  the  strong  winds,  driving  the  sand  from 
their  foundations,  and  thu  inhaman  conduc*  <>(  people  who  visited  the  island  in  .  .nmer, 
these  huts  were,  in  a  fc^v  years,  totally  destroyr<K  7'ho  misfortunes  attending  this  ge- 
nerous and  humane  attempt  in  favour  of  the  shi^-vvrecked  mariner,  deterred  the  Marino 
Society,  us  well  as  other  bodies  and  individuals,  froiu  a  like  benevolent  attempt,  until 
the  estaL'.isIin'«fnt  of  the  Merrimack  Humane  Society,  in  1802.  Conceiving  it  absolixe- 
ly  necessary  tii^t  some  relief  should  be  afforded  the  unfortunate  sutferer  on  so  desolate  n 
spot,  and  in  the  most  iuulcm«nt  season  of  the  year,  tin:  society  v  jicd  to  build  three  huts 
on  the  island,  and  have  already  carried  their  gene rut>s  resolutions  into  lull  ofTect.  The 
'  xertions  of  tl.is  benevolent  institution  will  be,  in  futi  it,  to  prriserv;  these  huts  in  repair, 
and  in  perfect  supply  af  materials  for  tire,  and  other  neces&aries  fur  the  support  and  pre- 
servation of  lifi>.  Many,  no  doubt,  will  owe  their  lives  to  the  humanity  of  this  design, 
and  with  grateial  feelings  contribute  themselvck  to  the  preservation  of  others.  The  ex- 
pense and  trouble  will  be  trivial  in  cc^nparison  with  the  noble  purposes  it  may  answer  : 
and  the  hope  of  its  answering  these  p^.-poses  will  ^j  alone  a  sufficient  remuneration  to 
the  generous  p:  jjectors. 

From  the  rep  ;.t  of  a  committee,  appointed  b/  the  society,  we  have  the  following  de- 
scription of  the  hjt£,  and  directions  to  the  ;.-.arinci  :o  find  them  : 

The  house  for  the  keeper  of  the  lighto,  MCted  h;-  «ti^  United  States,  is  about  20  rods 
south  from  the  light-houses. 

About  2500  paces,  or  1^  mile  south  f.om  this  Lvj  >te ixin  the  lights,  on  the  inside  of  the 
island,  is  the  first  hut,  to  which  the  marinet,  iu  day-':ght,  may  be  directed  by  a  beacon 
about  300  paces  to  the  E.  with  a  hand  pointing  to  li)^  hui. 

2900  paces,  or  about  1|  mile  south  from  this,  irthe  seco. -i  hut,  with  a  similar  beacon 
about  400  paces  S.  £.  pointing  to  it. 

1700  paces,  or  about  one  mile  south  from  this,  is  a  third,  with  a  beacon,  bearing  E.  500 
paces  distant. 

5000  paces,  or  about  3  miles  S.  of  tLij,  is  a  house,  occupied  by  Mr.  Spiller  aifi)  fami- 
ly, which  is  about  one  mile  from  the  F  end  of  the  island,  ond  about  W.  onr;  mile  from 
the  S.  end  of  the  island,  are  two  oth  r  house.'-  with  famines. 

These  liutt,  together  with  the  othtt  hous<'s  mentioned,  form  a  chain  from  one  extreroJ-> 


)■ 


peni0. 

d  them 

id  from 

.amer, 

[his  g/c- 

'arino 

|t,  until 

isoliue- 

|ol9.te  a 

e  huts 

The 

[repair, 

id  prc- 

esign, 

he  ex- 

swer  : 

ion  to 

|ng  de- 

BO  rods 

I  of  the 

peacon 

beacon 

500 

faroi- 
from 

Itreroi-" 


to  Edit. 


Blunt*8  American  Coasl  Pilot. 


151 


)' 


/ 


I 


gerous  rock,  having  only  3^  feet  water  on  it.  If  vou  go  no  further  to  the 
westward  than  for  the  hghtH  on  I'lumb  island  to  bear  S.  W.  there  is  no 
danger  from  either  of  the  above-mentioned  rocks,  but  that  course  to  the 
bar  would  run  you  on  the  north  breaker  ;  therefore  you  must  bring  the 
lights  to  bear  W.  by  S.  and  anchor  in  1 1  or  12  fathoms  water,  if  the  tid0 
will  not  permit  your  coming  in.  No  vessel  in  coming  in,  ought  to  go  neat' 
er  the  South  breaker  ^an  7  futhomn  water,  nor  nearer  the  North  breaker, 
incoming  from  the  eastward,  than  9  fathoms.  There  are  Hever.il  pilots 
belonging  to  this  harbour,  who  will,  if  pooHible,  be  outside  the  bar,  to 
take  command  of  every  vessel  wanting  their  assistance.  If  they  cannot, 
ou  must  keep  the  lights  in  range,  and  run  fur  them  till  within  a  cable's 
ength  of  the  eastern  light,  when  you  must  haul  to  the  westward,  and  an- 
chor between  the  two  lights  in  4  fathoms  water.  A  vessel  that  draws  10 
feet  water  may  come  in  at  two-thirds  ilood.  They  should  always  keep  tA 
the  windward  of  the  bar,  unless  the  wind  should  be  fair.  If  the  ^ea  is 
10  great  as  to  prevent  the  pilots  getting  over,  a  signal  will  be  made  by  him, 
when  you  must  run  direct  for  his  bout,  keeping  the  lights  in  range,  which 
will  carry  you  safe  over.  If  your  cahle»  and  anchors  are  not  good,  you 
may  bring  the  western  light-house  to  bear  S.  E.  by  8.  and  run  N.  W.  by 
N.  for  ^Salisbury  point ;  but  as  soon  as  you  make  said  point,  you  must 

ty  of  the  island  to  the  other.  The  unfortunate  mariner,  whose  fate  ma}  wreck  him  on 
(his  shore,  can,  by  noticing  the  point  of  compass  from  which  the  wind  blows  at  the  time 
of  his  being  wrecked,  be  governed  in  his  course  across  the  island,  where  he  will  find  him- 
self under  the  lee  of  the  higher  land,  and  protected,  in  some  measure,  from  the  violence 
of  the  tempest.  By  keeping  along  the  margin  of  the  island,  where  the  travelling  is  good, 
and  before  coming  quite  to  the  marsh,  either  N-  or  S.  he  will  be  certain  of  meeting  with 
one  of  these  huts  or  houses,  where  he  may  find  temporary  relief.  To  facilitate  still  fur- 
ther the  means  of  conveying  immediate  assistanta  to  those  unfortunate  mariners  vrho 
may  be  wrecked  on  this  island,  a  number  of  gMitlemen  were  incorporated  for  the  pur- 
pose, and  have  completed  a  bridge  and  turnpike  rond  from  Newburyport  to  Plumb  isl- 
and. This  road  leads  in  a  soutli-easterly  direction  from  Newburyport,  and  the  bridge 
crosses  Plumb  island  near  about  one-quarter  of  a  mile  to  the  S.  VV.  of  Seal  island.— 
An  elegant  Hotel  has  been  erected  at  the  east  end  of  the  bridge,  within  100  rods  of  the 
sea  shore,  one  mile  south  from  the  lights,  and  about  three-fourths  of  a  mile  northerly 
from  the  northernmost  house  erected  by  the  Merrimack  Humane  Society  before-mention- 
ed. The  Hotel  is  painted  white,  has  three  ivhite  chimneys,  and  may  serve  as  a  land- 
mark for  seamen. 

If  a  vessel,  by  stress  of  weather,  should  be  obliged  to  run  ashore  on  this  island,  and 
the  master  can  make  any  choice  of  place,  it  is  most  eligible  to  run  on  as  nrarly  o|^o- 
site  this  house  as  possible,  as  assistance  and  slieltcr  can  be  more  promptly  alibrded,  and 
the  communication  more  direct  with  Newburyport. 

It  rarely  happens  that  any  life  is  lost  on  this  beach,  in  attempting  to  escape  from  the 
wreck,  when  the  crew  remain  on  board  until  low  tide.  Unless  the  vessel  is  in  imminent 
danger  of  going  to  pieces  immediately,  the  seamen  should  never  take  to  their  boat. 

*  In  a  course  nearly  N.  from  the  light-houses  on  Plumb  island,  and  about  half  a  mile 
distant,  across  the  mouth  of  Merrimack  river,  is  the  southern  extremity  of  Salisbury 
beach,  called  Salisbury  point.  From  this  point  a  sand  beach  extends  on  the  verge  of  the 
ocean,  without  an  inlet  or  interruption  of  any  consetiuence,  until  it  reachuR  l^ampton 
river.  This  beach  is  connected  with  the  main  land  by  a  salt  marsh  of  considerable  ex- 
tent, intersected  by  a  Variety  of  small  rivulets  and  creeks,  which  render  it  impose^ible  for 
a  ship-wrecked  mariner  to  reach  the  inhabited  parts  of  Salisbury.  Flere  too  the  hapless 
seaman  is  sometimes  destined  to  suffer  the  minortunes  of  shipwreck,  and  to  reach  a  de- 
iiolate  and  inhospitable  shore,  only  to  aggravate  the  horrors  of  his  death.  If  he  can  at- 
tain the  first  and  wished-for  object,  in  evading  the  jaws  of  the  angry  ocean,  he  yet  finds 
himself  a  solitary  wanderer  on  the  coast,  without  shelter  and  without  sustenance  ;  and 
in  his  fruitless  search  for  them,  must  inevitably  perish.  As  the  N.  E.  storms  are  gene- 
rally most  fatal  to  vessels  on  this  part  of  the  coast,  Salisbury  beach  is  not  so  often  a  place 
•  bf  shiffsweck  as  Plumb  island.  But  to  guard  against  a  possibility  of  accident,  which 
must  sometimes  happen  to  the  unskilful  or  inexperienced  navigator,  the  Marine  Society 
erected  a  hut,  similar  to  those  on  Plumb  island.  Here  they  deposited  every  thing  neces- 
sary for  the  relief  of  such  as  might  need  it,  and  were  at  the  pains  and  expense  fre^uent- 
ij  to  inspect  it,  and  renew  thtir  generosity  by  replenishing  it '  but  this  has  shared  the 


-1^ 


r 


V,7 


t.52 


BliintV  American  CorhI  Pilot. 


lOKdit. 


haul  up  N.  W.  which  course  will  rarry  you  rU-nr  of  'Bndger'a  rockn, 
IMark  rnrkH,  nnd  the  Hump  MuruiM.  Acrustn  the  (  hiuiitd  from  th(>  Mump 
dimdii  to  Klark  rork  creek,  lie  7  or  tl  piers,  on  whirh  are  from  7  to  'i}^  feel 
water,  at  low  water,  which  were  Hunk  in  the  year  1776,  and  have  not  winco 
been  removed  ;  the  mark  to  on^tH  Itetween  them  \h  to  bring  the  beacon,  at 
the  west  end  of  the  town  of  Sfewburyport  Twhich  miiy  be  diMtincUy  «een 
in  clear  weather)  over  the  south  corner  of  tne  north  mectin^-houne.  The 
JIump  saii.l*  lie  S.  W.  iiom  Salinbury  point,  whicn  maken  the  channel 
very  narrow,  and  difhcuit  f^jr  strnngerH.  When  you  pass  the  Black  rock* 
you  must  haul  up  W.  by  S.  ^  S.  whtrh  will  bring  you  in  channel  way,  and 
l^od  anchorage.  And  if  it  be  in  the  niglit,  or  dark  weather,  when  you 
judge  yourself  about  half  a  mile  from  Black  rock,  you  may  come  too  with 
tiafety.  I  would  recommend  to  all  masters,  whether  they  belong  to  New- 
buryport  or  not,  to  avoid  attempting  that  port  in  a  gale  of  easterly  wind, 
except  they  are  well  acquainted,  and  have  a  good  prospect  of  getting  in, 
as  no  pilot  can  get  over  the  bar  when  it  blows  n  gale  from  the  castw.ird. 
And  if  you  should  make  Cape  Ann  lights,  and  bring  them  to  bear  S.  I»y  E. 
or  the  Dry  Salvages  to  bear  S.  by  E.  you  m^y  run  with  safety  N.  by  VV. 
or  N.  .}  W»  distant  10  leagues  from  Cape  Ann  to  Portsmouth.  In  running 
the  aliove  course,  you  will  make  the  Isles  of  Shoals,  if  it  is  any  way  clear, 
from  which  you  take  a  new  departure  ;  when  you  pass  the  said  islands, 
you  bring  Star  island  (on  which  the  meeting-house  stands)  to  bear  S.  S. 
E.  and  then  steer  N.  N.  W.  distant  from  said  island  3  leagues  to  Ports- 
mouth, or  give  White  island  light  a  l>irth  of  a  mile  and  a  half,  bringing  it 
to  bear  east,  and  then  run  N.  by  VV.  for  Portsmouth  light  (White  island 
ii  the  south-western  island.)  There  is  a  very  good  harbour  in  the  Isles 
of  Shoals,  from  the  wind  from  north- easterly  round  to  southerly,  and  you 
may  lie  land-locked  with  any  of  them  ;  but  if  the  wind  hauls  to  the  S. 
W.  or  W.  N.  W,  you  may  run  in  between  Smutty-nose  island  (which  has 
a  wind-mill  on  it)  and  Hog  island,  where  there  is  water  enough  for  a  first 
rate  man  of  war  ;  and  where  you  anchor,  have  12  fathoms,  muddy 
bottom. 

In  going  into  Portsmouth,  von  may  bring  the  light-house  to  bear  N. 
N.  W.  till  you  get  within  Woii-  island.  Then  you  may  haul  away  N.  or 
N.  by  E.  till  you  pass  the  light-house  ;  you  may  then  haul  up  W.N.  W. 
or  N.  W.  by  W.  and  bring  the  light-house  point  to  shut  in  with  Wood  isl- 
and, where  you  will  be  safe  from  all  winds,  and  may  anchor  in  8  or  9  fa- 
.thoms  water. 

tome  fate  with  those  on  Plumb  island,  not  co  much,  iinwever,  ftoni  llic  insufficiency  oi 
its  foundation,  or  the  violence  of  the  winds,  as  from  the  wantonness  of  individuals  and 
cornpanieb,  who  frequent  this  spot  in  the  warm  season  on  parties  of  pleasure.  The  Mer- 
rimack Humane  Society  have  extended  their  t)enevolent  views  to  this  part  of  the  coast, 
nnd  have  erected  a  hut  about  three-quarters  of  a  mile  north  from  Black  rocks,  so  called, 
and  about  150  paces  frotn  the  sea  shore.  This  hut  will  be  maintained  in  commodious 
repair,  nnd  provided  with  every  thing  suitable  for  those  who  may  be  so  unfortunate  as 
to  need  itfi  shelter.  Others  on  the  same  coast  will  be  erected  as  speedily  as  the  funds  of 
the  society,  and  the  charities  of  individuals  will  render  it  possible,  and  will  be  conve- 
niently furnished  and  provided  for  the  same  laudable  purpose. 

*  Badger's  rocks  bcarN.  W.  ^  N.  from  the  light*houses,  distant  half  a  mile,  and  are 
covered  at  two-lhiids  flood,  which  you  leave  on  your  starboard  hand.  Black  rocks  bear 
N.  W.  from  the  light-houses  three-quarters  of  a  mile  distant,  are  always  dry,  which  you 
also  leave  on  your  starboard  hand.  Half  tide  rocks  (on  which  is  placed  a  pier)  bear 
W.  by  S.  I  S.  Irom  Black  rocks,  distant  one  mile  and  a  half,  are  bare  at  half  tide,  which 
jou  leave  on  your  larboard  hand.  North  rocks  (which  also  have  a  pier  on  them)  bear 
W.  by  S.  from  Black  rocks,  distant  one  mile  and  a  half,  and  are  seen  only  at  very  low 
tides,  which  you  leave  on  your  starboard  band,  between  whith  and  Half  ti^p  rocks  is 
the  channel. 


OEdit 


'b  rockd, 
le  Mump 
;o  «4  feel 
not  Kinco 
lencoii,  Ht 
ctly  seen 
iwe.  The 

channel 
lick  rockfl 
way,  and 
yhen  you 
;  too  with 
^  to  New- 
riy  wind, 
getting  in, 
eastward. 
rS.  l.yE. 
N.  by  VV. 
n  running 
ivay  clear, 
d  islands, 
jear  S.  S, 

to  Ports - 
tringing  it 
hite  island 

the  Isles 
y,  and  you 

to  the  S. 
which  haa 
I  for  a  first 
18,  muddy 

o  bear  N. 

way  N.  or 

W.  N.  W. 

Wood  isl- 

8  or  9  fa- 


\ 


,  / 


v-' 


sufficiency  ol 
Uviduals  and 
f.  The  Mer- 
of  the  coast, 
ks,  so  called, 
commodious 
nfortunate  as 
;  the  funds  of 
JU  be  convc- 

nile,  and  are 
.ck  rocks  bear 
ry,  which  you 
a  pier)  bear 
If  tide,  which 
n  them)  bear 
'  at  very  low 
f  ti4p  tocks  is 


i'lh 


\f  t 


/;».» /:»*.  /.<.i 


I 


( 


harboi 
import 
stress 
a  cabit 
Hails,  • 
•'.arry 
rlear  a« 
•Sqiiam, 
S.  S. 

Squa 
from  W 
ilallow 

*  Aiiiii 
Jii^h,  cor 
roinmon 
other  lij 
J'orts!ii-)i 
'.itii-l  'i;ii- 


■c 


ill 


lOKdit 


Riijiil\  Aini'i'icaiiC'oust  Pii<»l. 


I5.i 


Wlini  \«)ii  roiiiM  tV'>tn  tliv  ciixiwiird,  udli  tliu  wiikI  tit  K.  or  K.  -S.  K 
»Mlli  H'hicli  u'irul  viMi  riHiiiot  ui'tillicr  IIH4V  C'.ipc  Ann,  aiwl  yon  iii-<*  tu  thf 
iiorlliwiini  of  tli<*  \>Uiu  it(  ShniiU,  your  only  •^Inii  i>«  tu  I'oi-lnniuiilli,  mu{  you 
ai't'  obli}{(>il  to  mil  to  I'lr  to  lli«'  tvc-^twiirit  a*  to  liriiiv  *.\u\  pint  to  Itciir  N. 
N.  VV.  iH  ijrftitM'iiii  \  llio  >\iiiil  'il  t'..  It  -^iM  IiiimU  I>vo  Of  titi'i'i'  |toint>*  tA  the 
hortiiH-  ird,  wliicli  iiiiikt-i  it  ii  linul  vviiiil.  [0^  ^'  ff>f  /*/«(/*/] 

SKiNAL^  KOH  VKSSEI.S, 

VVIiRii  ill  tiiihr,  fu^Mmiiril  lo  Im  htitiml  for  N«wliuiy|)ori,  uml  itin  ■««  U  in  lnr|«  on  ih« 

bur  tlini  piliits  i:uiiit<it  |;ni  imiI  In  tin  ir  a»ti«l.iiiru. 

WIk'ii  II  vi>»<iel  roiiirn  Ini*  iIih  tiiiy,  miil  r<i)iiiiii  <*uitii>  nvci  ili*  bur  nl  iik.ii  water, 
•  i«t)ii!<  Id  Mixiilfipleitry  uf  thti  ll<lo,  n  ii»',i»  Nm;,^iir.  ri,A(>  uill  h«  huikli-it  up  uml  n  pknu- 
AN  r  iHiiii^r  i'  ;iir1  IIS  aooii  u«  tlioiir  kigiptU  uiu  nfiii  Imin  th<-  vl•K^f  I  in  ilu*  tniy,  ^Iid  iiiuit 
Keni  iiJt',  iiiHl  It"  Miiiifl  otlicr  port, 

\Tiiiin  tbii  II Mill)  i;);(»itli  r>ii  vvxtoli  art  krpl  iipi  ilin  vamrl  must  lay  olf  iiiid  on  nt  th« 
linr,  liiti'piiif  10  \v)iiih>  itril,  moil  mifiiiili  Itn  niadn  lor  lii-i  iq  rotmi  in;  itml  wlirn  o  (i  u 
«uil<ibli<  iiiiio  til  I'oiita  nviM  'liv  liii,  n  itKii  KtiVAKK  ri.Au  will  l>r  Inn  tfd  hulf  itmut :  ih« 
iimv  ihi'ii  <  nnitt  in,  kai'pin*  tlii>  I^Iiih  in  rtniKr. 

Wlii'ii  .1  rKNDAKT  r  Ik  lioiniml  ji.tll  iiiiikt  till'  vri«el  inuy  I'ume  in,  keeping  ijio  li|liu  «  |i|. 
Ill'  opi'ii  to  till    niH'iliMiirii. 

When  ;i  Bi.i  !•'.  MVHURr  in  li«isu>((  half  mail  tho  vridtl  nmy  onmi;  in,  krepingt  ''><  IikIiH 
u  Iim|i«  oiioii  III  ilip  Ml  iihw-.int. 

Wnt'n  ii  veii«*'l  is  ><  en  iti  I'le  li  ly,  nii'l  doei  not  cmnu  in  lii*l<)ii>  itiKlit  rtniint  nii,  ilia  fol* 
Idwin;;  lii(lil»  w  >\l  lii>  III')  lift,  vi/.. 

For  ii  vrN<->!l  lu  ki<  |  olf,  iiu<l  nut  nttoinjit  to  rnme  in  ovm  the  liar  dnrinf  tlii  nigliti  • 
r.AiMTKit.v  will  Si!  hniiited  to  iki-  top  n(  tlir  H;i^->tiitr, 

VVhi'M  tlii'it'  In  II  propi-r  tlniu  I'nr  a  vpmm'I  io  roiiii'  in  ovrr  (lie  har  during  the  niclil,  two 
LANTKiixs  will  In;  lioiRird,  oiM'  <t  ili>:  Kip  oi  tlic  lliiK-sinfl,  iiiid  ttii<  otluT  hairiiin>t  ImkIi. 
'I'liu  vi-hhi'l  iin-i  liion  lay  olV  iiii  '  on  ut  tii '  li^ir  until  ii  lii^lit  i%  nindr  in  tliu  iMkiitrii  hf^hi- 
liouse,  iit  :i  uinilow  ;ib(iiii  I'iclit  I'm  I  Uriow  'lifl  Iniiterii.  Thi"  v»"<m'I  iimv  thru  roni«  ovpr 
ili(>  bur,  k-i'piof^  till'  li;;!?!!!  in  riii';i-,  and  wlicn  <ilie  gt'tit  iibicU'it  nl  tlu'  iip^wr  li)(lit,  thtfru 
in  siikhJ  itiiclioriii^e. 

riiFsignal  loi  ii  viimcI  iiidioiM'»'  in  d'tV'iirrc  Ihi'AUK  fLAti,  uitli  a  lariiti  black  bal) 
II  ilie  ci-ntre,  fiolntpd  half  imiM  Intb. 


Directions  for  *Aiiiiis  Sqiuun  liiirl)our  in  I^Hwicli  bay. 

The  iniist<'i'»  of  vcshcIs  out  of  NevvbiifNport  slioiild  jrenorally  bo  ac- 
<Hi!iiiitL'(l  with  'ho  hiirhoiir  of  Sqiiam  ;  iiiul  for  their  bciu'tit  a  plan  of  thi* 
harl)oiir  liis  boen  taken  fioin  artnal  survey,  which  \viH  be  of  the  ^rcnteat 
importaiui!  when  oblia;e(l  to  make  a  harbour  from  Ijwwich  bay,  through.' 
stress  of  weather.  When  a  vessel  at  anchor  olf  Nowburyport  bar,  parts 
a  cable,  with  tho  wind  at  N.  K.  or  K.  N.  K.  if  >he  can  carry  double  reefed 
sails,  !•  he  may  run  S.  S.  K.  6  Ieaj];nes,  whir. It  course,  if  made  good,  will 
carry  her  a  little  to  tho  eastward  of  Squani  bar  ;  and  if  the  weather  is  jo 
clear  as  to  see  half  a  mile  when  you  make  the  land  to  the  eastward  of 
Squam,  you  may  run  within  a  cable's  length  of  the  shore  ;  yQUi  course  is 

s.  s.  w. 

Squam  bar  bears  from  Hallowboat  point  (the  N.  R.  point  of  Cape  Ann) 
from  W.  S.  W..  to  S.  VV.  distant  about  two  leagties.  In  running  from 
Hallowboat  point,  you  must  be  careful  of  Plumb  cove  ledge,  which  shews 

*  Aiinis  Squam  ii!>ht-house  it*  u  wooden  Ir.iii.lin!;,  of  nn  octngunal  form,  about  'iOfect 
lii^h,  contdinin;^  a  fnod  light,  tdevatcd  about  i,\)  ft-ot  above  the  surface  of  the  water  nt 
iDinnioii  high  tides.  It  is  jiaiuted  white,  and  may  be  known  hy  bein^  lower  than  idiy 
•  itiier  r.^^litlionse  on  tiie  cuust  of  Maxsachii^'ttii,  a:ul  its  iiilund  situation  It  bears  fruiii 
l'ort.<!noiilli  li;,dil-liouse  about  y.  Iw  W.  distant  10  or  I]  lea^iirs,  and  frofn  Newbury 
',>orl  li:ir  S.  S    1".  u  li^nfrnt's. 

w 

'JO 


\    "-. 


•H  \ 


/      1 


^^iJ^ 


li 


aB- 1.. 


i 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-S) 


1.0 


I.I 


bi|2£  125 

|jo   "^^     IH^H 

m  fSi  §2.2 


U£ 


1 

1.25  II  1.4    III  16 

^  11^  IIIh 

^ 

6"     

► 

Photographic 

Sdences 

Corporation 


23  WEST  .^IN  STREET 

WEBSTER,  N.Y.  I45S0 

(716)  872-4503 


y. 


* 


154 


Blunrs  American  Coast  Pilot.  .        JOEclit. 


itself  till  near  high  water,  and  bears  from  Squam  light  N.  N.  E.  a  little 
northerly,  distance  five-eighths  of  a  mile.  When  you  have  passed  this 
ledge,  you  leave  a  deep  cove,  called  Hodgkin's  cove,  and  »  long  point  or 
neck  of  land,  called  Davis'  neck,  on  your  larboard  hand.  When  up  with 
this  neck,  haul  S.  W.  or  S.  W.  by  W.  for  Squam  bar. 

In  sailing  into  this  harbour  bring  the  light  to  bear  due  S.  when  at  the 
distance  of  1  mile,  and  run  directly  for  it,  leaving  Haradan's  rock  (which 
lies  N.  by  E.  }  E.  from  the  light,  distant  thrce-eigliths  of  a  mile)  on  your 
larboard  hand  ;  continue  vour  course  till  within  50  yards  of  the  light- 
bouse,  then  haul  up  S.  S.  W.  for  the  Bar  ruck,  leaving  the  light-house  on 
your  larboard,  and  the  bar,  which  runs  nearly  N.  E.  and  S.  VV.  (leaving 
the  river  about  90  fathoms  broad,  opposite  the  light-house)  on  your  star- 
board hand.  In  running  this  course  you  will  leave  the  Lobster  rocks 
(which  lie  S.  by  W.  from  the  light-house,  distant  200  yards,  and  are  dry 
at  low  water)  on  your  larboard  hand.  When  up  with  the  Bar  rocks  (which 
lie  on  the  starboard  band,  and  are  dry  till  nearly  high  water)  steer  S.  by 
E.  I  E.  till  you  open  the  houses,  and  you  may  anchor  in  from  3^  to  5  fa- 
thoms, clear  sandy  bottom  ;.  or  run  your  vessel  on  shore  on  the  starboard 
hand,  in  case  you  have  neither  cables  nor  anchors. 

When  a  stranger  is  obliged  to  run  for  Squam  harbour,  and  is  doubtful 
whether  to  enter  on  account  of  the  depth  of  water,  he  had  best  anchor 
back  of  the  bar,  and  he  will  immediately  have  assistance  from  the  light- 
house, if  it  is  possible  for  a  boat  to  live  ;  if  the  weather  is  so  boisterous 
that  a  boat  cannot  come  off,  a  flag  will  be  hoisted  on  shore  near  the  light- 
house, as  soon  as  there  is  water  enough  for  a  vessel  on  the  bar,  when  he 
may  run  in  as  above  directed. 

If  you  are  bound  to  Ipswich,  your  course  from  Hallowboat  point  to  the 
mouth  of  the  channel  that  leads  into  the  harbour,  is  W.  ^  N.  distant  about 
8  miles^  There  are  two  beacons  erected  a  small  distance  to  the  south- 
ward of  Cnstle  hill,  which  may  be  run  for,  but  as  the  bar  is  often  removed 
by  storms,  it  is  not  safe  to  run  into  the  harbour  unless  acquainted. 

[ft5"  See  plan  of  Annis  Squam.} 


Directions  to  go  into  Cape  Ann  harbour. 

When  you  come  from  the  eastward,  :;nd  make  *Cape  Ann  lights  in  the 
night,  bring  them  to  bear  S.  W.  and  run  direct  for  them,  which  course 
if  will  carry  you  within  the  Londoner,  and  when  you  pass  the  said  rocks, 
bring  the  two  lights  in  one,  at  which  time  they  will  bear  N.  by  E.  |  E. 
and  then  steer  S.  S.  W.  |  W.  keeping  said  course  about  one  mile,  which 
will  carry  you  clear  of  Milk  island,  which  is  very  low  and  cannot  be  seen 
in  a  dark  night.  When  you  judge  yourself  to  the  westward  of  said  isl- 
and, you  haul  to  the  westward  until  you  bring  the  lights  to  bear  E.  N.  E. 
when  you  must  steer  W.  S.  W.  about  Smiles,  which  course  will  carry  you 
to  Eastern  point.  When  you  pass  said  point,  keep  your  course  W.  S.  W. 
until  you  bring  Norman's  Woe,  which  is  the  highest  land  on  the  north 
side  of  the  harbour,  to  bear  N.  N.  W.  then  run  N.  N.  W.  till  you  shut  the 
light  in,  then  N.  N.  E.  will  carry  you  safe  in. 

*  Cape  Ann  light-houses  arc  built  on  ThatcherV  idand^  which  lies  about  two  miles  E. 
of  the  S.  E.  point  of  Cape  Ann,  and  forms  the  northern  K^hts  of  Massachusetts  bay.-  The 
lantajrns  are  elevated  about  90  feet  above  the  level  of  tbt,  sea,  and  contain  fixed  lights 
\vliit:h  mity  be  s^  7  or  8  leagues  distant. 


0  Edit> 


10  Edit. 


Blunf  s  American  Coast  Pilot. 


155 


1.  a  HUle 
ised  thi» 
point  or 
>  op  with 

en  at  the 
k  (which 
I  on  your 
he  light- 
-house  on 
,  (leaving 
your  star- 
ter rocks 
id  are  dry 
ks  (which 
eer  S.  hy 
3^  to  5  fa- 
starboard 

is  doubtful 
est  sinchor 
1  the  light- 
boisterous 
r  the  light - 
•,  when  he 

point  to  the 

istant  about 

the  south- 

n  removed 

ted. 


ights  in  the 
lich  course 
said  rocks, 
byE.  f  E. 
lile,  which 
[not  be  seen 
of  said  isl- 
lar  E.  N.  E. 
II  carry  you 
SeW.S.W. 
t^€  north 
fou  shut  the 


;  two  miles  E. 
Jettsbay.'  The 
in  fixed  light? 


If  you  want  to  go  inside  the  Salvages,  keep  close  aboard  Hallowboat 
point,  which  has  a  tree  on  the  eastern  part  of  it,  and  steer  S.  S.  E.  for 
tSraight's  mouth  island,  but  be  careful  to  avoid  Avery's  rock,  by  keeping 
the  lights  on  the  dry  point  of  Straight's  mouth  island,  till  you  get  up  cloie 
aboard,  (hen  haul  round  the  point,  and  S.  S.  E.  will  carry  you  to  the 
lights.  To  avoid  the  Londoner,  you  must  keep  the  lights  close  aboard 
the  body  of  the  island,  on  which  they  ^tand  ;  the  Londoner  lies  half  a 
mile  oil,  breaks  at  all  times  of  tide,  is  quite  dry  at  low  water,  and  bears 
E.  S.  E.  from  the  middle  of  Thatcher'*  island.  A  long  shoal  runs  off.  N. 
E.  half  a  mile  distant  from  the  Londoner.  Between  the  Londoner  and 
Thatcher's  island  there  are  3^  fathoms  at  low  water.  From  the  Salvages 
to  Hallowboat  point  and  Sandy  bay,  there  lies  a  large  spot  of  flat  ground, 
which,  at  low  water,  will  i.ike  up  a  small  vessel.  Outside  the  Salvages  is 
very  bold.  Hallowboat  point  bears  from  the  Salvages  W.  N.  W.  2i 
miles  distant,  and  the  Salvages  bear  from  the  lights  N.  N.  E.  .3  miles 
distant. 


Ten  *Poun(l  island  light-house. 

Vessels  bound  for  Cape  Ann  harbour  and  falling  in  to  the  eastward  of 
the  eastern  poibt,  must  give  the  point  a  birth  of  about  one  mile,  and  when 
the  light  oiji  Ten  Pound  island  bears  N.  N.  E.  you  are  then  to  the  west- 
ward of  tfa'e  ledge  that  extends  off  from  the  point,  and  may  steer  dirc^ct 
for  the  light  (this  ledge  bears  from  the  light  on  Ten  Pound  island  S.  by 
W.  ^  W.  and  is  about  half  or  three-quarters- of  a  mile  from  the  shore.) 
Running  this  N,  N.  E.  course  will  carry  you  between  1  en  Pound  island  and 
Ten  Pound  ledge  ;  this  ledge  bears  from  the  light  S.  W.  |  W.  about  f  of  a 
mile  distance,  and  has  but  6  feet  water  at  low  spring  tides,  is  about  10  fa- 
thoms diameter.  Passing  between  the  island  and  the  ledge,  you  will  have  13 
to  1 5  feet  water  at  low  spring  tides  ;  the  east  end  of  Ten  Pound  island  is  foul 
ground,  and  no  S'*fe  passage  ;  the  south,  west  and  north  sides  are  bold  and 
may  be  approached  within  40  to  60  fathon)s  at  low  water ;  give  the  west  end 
of  the  island  a  birth  of  50  to  70  fathoms,  and  steer  in  for  the  inner  harbour 
N.  E.  ;  you  may/ anchor  at  any  distance  from  100  fathoms  to  three-quar- 
ters of  a  mile  from  the  island  ;  the  light  will  then  bear  from  S,  to  S.  W. 
anchor  in  G,  5,  4  or  3  fathoms  spring  low  tides,  muddy  bottom  ;  this  inner 
harbour  is  safe  against  all  winds  that  blow. 

Bound  for  Cape  Ann  harbour  and  falling  in  to  the  westward,  as  far  as 
Half-way  rock,  take  care  not  to  bring  the  light  on  Ten  Pound  island  .to 
bear  to  the  eastward  of  N.  E.  by  N.  until  you  are  a  mile  ar  a  mile  and  a 
half  to  the  eastward  of  Half-way  rock,  to  avoid  theS.  E.  breakers  that 
extend  from  Baker's  island,  and  which  bear  from  the  lights  on  Baker's  isl- 
and S.  E.  ^  S.  to  S.  S.  E.  i  E.  and  about  2^  miles  dika^.  tOn  the  S.  E. 
part  of  these  breakers  is  placed  a  spar  buoy,  painted  |l«idk,:bQaring  from 
Half-way  rock  N.  E.  by  E.  about  one  mile  distant,  and  from  the  lights  on 
Baker's  island  S.  S.  E.  a  E.  2^  miles.  When  passed  fo  thie  a«id(iV«|id  of 
these  breakers,  you  may  then  bring  the  light  on  Ten  Pound  island 4q  bear 
N.  E.  and  run  for  it ;  on  this  course  you  will  leave  Ten  PoQQd.leid|e  <3^ 
your  starboard  hand,  and  the  ledges  off  Norman's  Woe  rock  anil  Fr^ish 

■■-  —  -■      --— -.--—.. —         ■  ■■  ^      ■   "' ■"  ■■  ■     — — -■■■■■I  ■      ■  I    ■  !■  I  iirw.B,,,  .   , 

*  Ten  Pound  island  lies  in  the  harbour  of  Cape  Ann.  There  is  a  light-house  oh  Jt, 
the  base  of  which  is  about  25  feet  above  th«  level  of  the  lea,  and  the  tow#r  30  ft«t  l^i. . 


i56  Bluiit's  American  Coast  Pilot.  10  Edit 

%ater  cdve  on  your  larboard  hand  ;  when  up  ivith  Ten  Pound  isliind,  an- 
chor M  above  directed. 

The  outer  harbour  of  C'npe  Ann  is  n  safe  and  G;ood  anchoran;c  against  a 
hortherly  or  cast  windj  when  you  may  anchor  in  7^  to  6J  riithotns,  low 
tides,  muddy  bottotn,  the  light-hoiiHC  bcarinp;  about  S.  E.  by  K.  diutanf 
about  one  mib;  or  a  mile  and  a  half. 

The  8.  E.  harbour  in  alcjo  a  nafe  and  good  »iirhoriij2;c  against  »  northerly, 
cast,  and  to  S.  E.  winds  ;  bring  the  light  to  l>eiir  from  N.  by  E.  to  N.  N. 
W.  ;  Huchor  in  9,  8,  7  or  6  fathohis  at  low  spring  tides,  muddy  bottom  : 
distance  from  the  light  one-eighth  to  half  a  mile. 

Bearings  of  several  ledges  from  the  li'glit  on  Ten  Pound  island,  viz. — 

The  leHge  that  iii.ike*  ot^'  fioiii  the  patitern  point,  bonrs  from  the  li^ht  S.  I)y  W.  i  W. 
Hlinut  2  mili-s  iliMiint,  uiul  hust  fVointt  to  10  rei-t  water  at  low  tides;  this  lodge  lieii  otfl'roin 
thi!  PM stern  point  ubont  half  a  niih:. 

Till  10  is  !i  single  rock  that  lies  about  midway  betwcpn  thiM'nstern  point  and  Norn)Hn'.« 
Wne  land,  called  tito  lUiund  rock,  and  has  12  Cuet  water  on  it  at  low  spring  tidct ;  bear^i 
from  »he  liRht  S.  VV.  i  S. 

About  30  fathoms  off  from  Norman's  Woe  point  is  a  iarjie  Iiiiih  rock,  of  -20  to  iJOfflthonis 
dlnitieter,  and  about  100  fathoms  oflT  this  rock,  in  a  snuthei  ly  (Jhection,  is  a  ledge  that  hns 
t  01  »  feet  w  ater  on  it  at  low  tides. 

About  one  ((uaiter  of  a  mile  ofl'  fiom  Frcsh-wnter  cove  lieb  a  ledge,  with  only  3  feet 
wntev,  low  spiing  tides,  bears  fioni  the  light  W.  i  N.  dibtniit  about  2  miles. 

Hulf-way  rock  and  the  light  on  Ten  Pound  island,  bear  Hi  W.  ^  VV .  und  N.  E.  i  V.i 
uf  each  other)  (liitance  about  8  or  9  miles. 


Remarks  on  Cashe's  ledg^. 

(by  an  experienced  navigator.) 

I  took  my  departure  frotn  Thatcher's  island,  which  lies  2  miles  to  tiie, 
eastward  of  Cape  Ann  ;  the  island  bore  frdin  me  N.  3  miles  distant :  from 
the  bearing  I  steered  E.  4  N,  65  miles;  with  a  fair  wind,  and  fell  in  with 
the  north  part  of  the  bank,  where  Cashe's  ledge  is,  about  2  leagues  to  the 
Qorthwahl  of  the  shoal,  in  60  fethoms,  hard  black  clay.  This  bank  lies 
N.  andS.  7  leagues^  aod  east  and  west  2  leagues  ;  and  in  the  centre  of  the 
bank  is  the  shoalest  ground.  Its  length  and  breadth  is  one-quarter  of  a 
mile.  There  are  on  it  in  some  parts  10  fathoms,  in  others  only  4^,  all' 
isxceeding  rocl(^.  In  the  length  of  a  boat  you  wiil  have  fro^  10  to  4 J 
fathoms j  and  there  are  17  fathoms  within  a  cable's  length  of  the  shoal, 
^^i[)ich  gradually  deepens  as  you  stand  from  it,  all  over  the  bank,  to  20 
•'.^IhQms ;  at  this  sounding  you  are  on  the  edge  of  the  bankl  You  will,  in 
'  general,  have  upon  the  bank  oozy  and  sandy  bpttom,  with  blitck  stones 
xmd  broken  shells ^  till  you  get  ihto  26  or  ^0  fathoms j  it  then  becomes 
rocky.  The  current  sets  exceeding  strong  and  irregular  ;  in  less  than  an 
hour  it  will  run  all  round  the  compass.  All  ships  and  vessels  should  en- 
deavour to  steer  clear  of  this  shoal,  for  I  am  persuaded,  that  in  a  fresh 
gale  of  wind  they  must  stl*ike  ;  if  hot,  the  sea  must  run  so  as  to  founder 
them. 

By  four  days'  observation,  the  weather  being  exceeding  clear,  found 
the  tlioal  to  lie  io  lat.  43®  04'  N.  long.  69«  11'  \y , , 


tW^ 


:!SL 


■■'■  .  g-t      i-^ji    _    v....  ■ 


10  Edit. 


IMunf  s  American  Coast  Pilot. 


I.'>7 


Directions  for  Sniem  harbour. 

Veoiii'ls  inwnrd  hniiiu),  and  fulling  in  Vvith  Cnpe  Ann,  mu»t  observe  the 
following  dirertionfl,  viz. — When  uhrenst  of  Cape  Ann  lights,  hcarinjjN. 
N.  W.  about  two  miles  distant,  steer  W.  S.  W.  about  M  leagues,  which 
will  carry  them  up  with  the  eastern  point  of  CapcfAnn,  then  steer  W.  by 
S.  \  S.  7^  miles,  which  will  carry  them  up  with  the  lights  on  («)  Baker's 
island. 

Ships  bound  to  Salem,  fulling  to  the  southward,  and  running  fur  the 
lights,  must,  when  they  have  made  them,  keep  the  northern  or  lowe^' 
light  open  to  the  eastward  of  the  southern  light,  and  run  for  them,  which 
will  carry  thenr^  to  the  eastward,  and  clear  of  the  south  breaker  of  Bak- 
er's island,  which  bears  from  the  lights  S|«E.  by  S.  two  miles  distant,  and 
is  very  dangbrous. 

Vessels  bound  to  Salem,  having  made  the  lights  with  a  westerly  wind, 
in  heating  un,  must  not  stand  to  the  southward  or  westward,  further  than 
to  shut  one  light  in  with  the  other,  on  account  of  the  South  breaker,  nor 
to  the  northward  further  than  to  bring  the  lights  to  bear  W.  by  S.  ^  S.  on 
account  of  Gale's  ledge,  which  bears  from  the  lights  N.  E.  by  E.  |  E.  1 J 
mile  distant,  having  but  4  feet  water  at  low  tides. 

In  going  into  Salem,  by  the  common  or  ship  channel,  between  Baker's 
island  and  (6)  Misery  island,  being  up  with  Baker's  island,  you  may  pass 
within  100  fathoms  of  it,  and  steer  W.  Jby  N.  for  the  (c)  Haste  ;  this 
course  will  carry  you  clear  of  (rf)  Hardy's  rocks,  leaving  them  to  the 
southward,  and  will  leave  (e)  Bowditch's  ledge  to  the  northward.  If  you 
are  in  the  mid-pjitjage  between  Baker's  island  and  the  Misery,  you  may 
steer  VV.N.W.  till  you  have  passed  Bowditch's  ledge,  or  till  you  get  (/)Cat 

NOTES. 

(rt)  Baiter's  island  lies  on  the  soutlj  side  of  the  principal  entrance  of  Salem  harbour, 
is  about  a  third  of  ntiiiie  in  length,  finin  N.  to  S.  beaviilg  E.  fioni  Foit  Pickering,  distant 
about  5  miles  cast  from  tlic  town  of  Salem.  There  are  now  two  light-houses  on  BukCr^ 
island,  tho  bases  of  wiiich  are  about  45  feet  above  tlic  1  '  of  tlic  sea.  Cue  is  25  fe«t 
and  the  other  S6j  feet  hi(',h.  They  stand  40  feet  apart,  and  near  fiom  each  other  N.  W. 
[  W.  and  S,  E.  \  E.  Tin;  soutliern  \\^\\l  '•■.■  tlie  highest,  and  may  hn  seen  from  6 J  to  1 
leagues.  The  water  is  deep  near  the  island,  but  there  is  no  convenient  landing-place«  ; 
The  N.  andE.  sides  are  high  and  rocky.  There  is  a  small  chamiel  between  the  S.  rocki* 
and  the  dry  breakers,  but  is  safe  only  to  those  who  arc  ac(juaiited  with  it. 

(6)  Misery  island  lies  from  Baker's  island  aLout  one  mile,  is  joined  by  a  bar  to  Little 
Misery,  which  makes  the  N.  side  of  the  channel  opfosite  Baker's  island.  Misery  ledge 
has  8  feet  water  at  low  spring  tides,  and  J^cars  fiom  the  light-hout>e  JV.  VV.  by  W .  ^  W.  I4 
iriile  distant.  Misery  island,  or  Great  Misery,  is  174  rods  in  length  fiom  JS.  to  S.  and  9t> 
luds  in  breadth.  Little  Misery  is  40  rods  in  length,  with  i'"  most  western  {loint  projecting 
into  the  channel.  South  pait  of  Little  Misery  island  bears  from  tkc  lights  N..VV.  ^  JS  . 
three-quarters  of  a  mile  distant. 

(r)  The  Haste  rock  is  n  broken  rock  above  wnter,  lying  near  the  channel,  bearing  from 
Baker's  island  lights  W.  i^  N.  distant  2^  miles,  and  1|  mile  from  Salem  neck. 

(rf)  Hardy's  rocks  (on  which  a  beacon  is  everted)  bear  W.  f  N.  from  Baker's  island 
lights,  distant  fiye-eighths  of  a  mile;  they  are  covered  at  high  water,  and  are  datigcrons.  ■ 
At  half  tide  they  appear. 

(e)  Bowditch's  ledge,  on  whith  a  black  spar  buoy  is  placed,  bears  from  Baker's  island 
light-house  W.  N.  W.  li  mile  distant. 

(/)  Cat  island.U  situated  about  S.  W.  by  W.  from  Baker's  island,  2  miles  dist&nt^  anA 
abo!it  1|  mile  from  Marblehead  neck,  and  ranges  from  Baker's  island  just  clear  of  ll^ar- 
blehead  neck.  On  the  N.  W.  end  is  a  high  beach,  directly  opposite  thepoiiU  of  Matb^-' 
head,  called  Peach's  point.  The  shore  is  irregular  and  rooky.  Bej'ond  amd  «n  a  line  wiHi 
I  the  island  are  two  other  heads,  of  nearly  the  same  projection  :  and  on  tb^  southern  sidv 
arc  three  high.jrocks,  bjat  not  so  large  as  the  former.  Two  of  them  are  cofhnec^  with 
the  islanci  by  bars  of  sand,  out  of  water  at  the  ebb ;  the  other  stands  boldly  Op  within 

■V 


.»?. 


158 


Blunf  8  American  Coast  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


\ 

■i 


island  open  to  the  westward  of  (g)  Eagle  island,  then  haul  up  for  the 
Haste  ;  any  stranger  may  there  anchor  in  safety,  in  about  b  fathoms  of 
water,  good  unchonige  ;  but  if  you  choose  to  proceed  into  Salem  har- 
bour, you  must  steer  about  W.  for  the  Haste,  which  you  will  leave  on 
your  larboard  hand,  about  half  'i  mile  distant,  then  steer  S.  W.  by  W. 
which  will  carry  you  into  Salem  harbour  ;  but  you  must  observe,  that 
there  is  a  ledge  runs  off  from  the  N.  E.  end  ot'^(rt)  Winter  ifiland,  and 
that  Abbot's  rock  lies  abreast  of  it ;  to  avoid  which  you  must  keep  above 
n  quarter  of  a  mile  from  the  shore.  Abbot's  rock  is  found  by  bringing 
Castle  hill  and  house  into  the  cove  N.  of  Fort  Pickering,  and  Beverly 
meeting-house  well  in  with  Juniper  point  (or  S.  E.  point  of  Salem  neck.) 
Abbot's  rock  has  7  feet  at  common  ebb.  The  mean  of  common  tides  is 
12  feet.  In  keeping  off  8bor<§|  to  avoid  Abbot's  rock,  you  must  not  go 
too  far  off,  for  fear  of  the  Aquse  VitsE,  which  are  sunken  rocks,  lying  E. 
S.  E.  from  Fort  Pickering,  distant  nearly  half  a  mile. 

When  coming  from  the  southward,  if  you  are  near  Cat  island,  you  may 
pass  to  the  eastward  or  westward  of  it ;  if  you  are  to  the  eastward,  you 
must  give  a  birth  of  u  quarter  of  a  mile,  and  steer  N.  by  W.  4  W.  or  N. 
N.  W.  leaving  the  (t)  Brimblcs  and  Eagle  island  to  the  starboard,  and 
(j)  Coney  island  ledge  to  the  larboard — that  course  will  carry  you  clear 
of  Eagle  island  bar  ;  continue  upon  the  s^ame  course  till  you  have  passed 
the  Haste,  and  got  into  the  common  ship  channel,  or  you  may  continue  the 
same  course  till  you  get  under  the  north  shore,  where  there  is  good  an- 
choragc. 

If  you  are  to  the  westward  of  Cat  island,  you  may  pass  in  t!ic  middle 
channel,  between  that  island  and  (fc)Marblehead  rock,  and  steer  over  N. 
for  the  ship  channel,  leaving  (/)  Gray's  rock  and  Coney  island  to  the  west- 
ward. After  passing  the  Haste,  and  entering  the  ship  channel,  you  may 
proceed  as  before  directed. 

If  in  coming  from  the  southward  and  eastward  you  p.hould  tind  your- 
self near  (m)  Half-way  rock,  you  may  bring  it  to  bear  S.  E.  and  steer  N. 

IVOTES. 

thes?  two,  but  more  southerly.     The  Marhlehead  Marine  Society  has  erected  on  Cat  isl- 
and rock,  a  spur  40  feet  high,  to  the  top  of  which  is  annexed  a  cask  of  about '13U  gallons 
measure,  which  is  seen  at  sea  20  or  30  feet  above  the  land. 

(§■)  Eagle  island  is  about  1|  mile  from  Peach's  point,  and  bears  from  the  light-house 
W.by  S.  ^  S.  distant  1^  mile  ;  a  bar  runs  off  from  the  western  point  of  this  island,  in  a 
N.  W.  direction. 

(ft)  Winter  island  lies  on  the  north  side  of  the  entrance  of  Salem  harbour,  about  half 
a  mile  in  leneth  ;  the  highest  part  is  on  the  south  of  the  island,  opposite  a  point  of  rocks 
on  t'^e  neck  (which  is  a  point  of  land  running  viorth-eastcrly  from  the  town  about  one 
mile.)  It  has  a  store  and  wharf  on  the  southern  end,  at  the  entrance  of  Cat  cove.  On 
the  eastern  point  stands  Fort  Pickering. 

(i)  The  Brimbles  bear  S.  W.  by  \V.  from  the  light-house,  distant  1}  mile,  S.  S.  E- 
from  Eagle  island  nearjy  half  a  mile  distant.  1  hey  are  sunken  rocks,  bare  at  low  wa- 
ter ;  near  to  it  is  a  spar  buoy,  painted  red.     It  comes  out  of  water  at  half  ebb. 

(^f)  Coney  island  is  a  small  island,  that  lies  near  the  mouth  o^Salem  harbour ;  it  bears 
from  Marblehead  point  N.  E.  1  mile  distant ;  from  Fort  Pickering,  on  Winter  island,  E. 
J  S.  two  miles  distant ;  and  from  Baker's  island  light,  W.  ^  S.  2^  miles  distant. 

(k)  Marblehead  rock  bears  S.  W.  from  the  western  part  of  Cat  island,  distant  three- 
fourths  of  a  mile  ;  it  is  above  water,  and  may  be  approached  on  eitlicr  side,  very  near, 
with  safety. 

(I)  Gray's  rock  bears  N,  W.  ffom  Cat  island,  distant  three-quarters  of  a  mile  ;  W.  by 
S.  <t  S.  from  the  lighV-beuse,  distant  2^  miles,  is  high  out  of  water,  and  may  be  approach- 
ed with  safety. 

(m)  Half-way  rock  is  about  180  feet  in  diameter,  40  feet  high,   and  hold  too;  lying 


t 


10  Edit. 


10  Edit 


Blunf  8  American  Coast  Pilot. 


159 


np  for  the 
)  futhoms  ol' 
Salem  har- 
ill  leave  on 

W.  by  W. 
sp.rve,  that 

inland,  and 
keep  above 
by  bringing 
nd  Beverly 
alem  neck.) 
non  tides  is 
must  not  go 
iks,  lying  E. 

nd,  you  may 
stward,  you 
IW.  orN. 
irDoard,  and 
ry  you  clear 
have  passed 
continue  the 
e  is  good  an- 

1  tlic  middle 
teer  over  N. 
I  to  the  west- 
lel,  you  may 

tiud  your- 
and  steer  N . 


ted  on  Cat  isl- 
it  130  gallons 

tlie  light-house 
lis  island,  in  a 

our,  about  half 

point  of  rocks 

)\vn  about  one 

Cut  cove.    On 

mile,  S.  S.  E- 
re  at  low  wa- 
half  ebb. 

rbour ;  it  bears 
inter  island,  E. 
tant, 

distant  three- 
ide,  very  near, 

a  mile  ;  W.  by 
r  be  approach- 
old  too;  lynift 


W.  for  the  Haatc,  panging  near  to  (n)  Satan,  or  Black  rock,  leaving  it  on 
the  larboard  hand,  and  the  Brimbles  and  Eagle  island  on  the  starboard  ; 
continue  this  course,  and  you  will  leave  the  Haste  on  the  larboard  hand, 
and  enter  the  common  ship  channel  and  proceed  as  above. 

There  are  several  other  channels  for  entering  Solem  harbour,  but  they 
ought  not  to  be  uttempted  without  n  pilot. 


Directions  for  Beverly  and  Manchefltcr. 

To  enter  Beverly  harbour,  follow  the  directions  for  Salem  harbour, 
till  you  bring  the  Haste  to  bear  E.  S.  E.  and  run  W.  N.  W.  about  two 
miles,  and  you  reach  Beverly  bar,  which  is  a  spot  of  sand  running  out 
from  the  southern  or  Salem  side  of  the  entrance,  and  has  commonly  a 
beacon  upon  the  head  of  it,  above  a  quarter  of  a  mile  from  the  shore. 
The  bar  has  very  shoal  water  on  the  eastern  or  outward  side  near  it,  but 
good  anchorage  within.  There  is  good  water  at  the  head  of  the  bar. 
Having  passed  the  bar,  there  is  a  sandy  point  from  Beverly,  on  the  north- 
ern side  of  the  entrance,  and  beyond  this  point  are  the  Lobster  rocks, 
which  bear  from  the  head  of  the  bar  W.  a  little  S.  and  not  half  a  mile 
distant,  and  they  are  above  <vater  at  halrtide.  To  avoid  this  point,  aAer 
having  well  cleared  the  bar,  you  will  steer  towards  Ram-horn  rock,  which 
has  also  commonly  a  beacon,  and  is  to  be  seen  at '  «lf  tide,  bearing  S.  W. 
by  S.  from  the  head  of  the  bar,  one-eighth  of  a  mile  distant.  There  are 
several  fathoms  of  water  within  a  vessel's  length  of  Ram-horn  rock. 
Giving  this  a  good  birth,  you  then  clear  the  sandy  point,  and  steer  for  the 
Lobster  rock  beacon,  bearing  from  Ram-horn  beacon  N.  W.  by  W.  dis- 
tant about  one-quarter  of  a  mile.  Giving  this  a  good  birth,  you  are  then 
opposite  to  the  wharveri,  and  may  anchor  in  deep  water,  and  in  a  very 
sale  and  excellent  harbour. 

To  enter  Manchester  harbour,  you  mustbring  the  southern  light  to 
bear  S.  ^  E.  and  run  N.  one  mile  distant,  whe^^  you  may  anchor  on 
good  bottom.  • 

N.  B.  Eastern  point  bears  from  Baker's  island  lights  E.  by  N.  A  N.  7}  roiles  distant. 
Half-way  rock  bears  from  the  lights  S.  ^  E.  2  miles  distant.  Kardy^s  rocks  bear  from  the 
lights  W.  I  N.  distant  (ive-eighthiB  of  a  mile. 


Diftctions  for  sailing  into  Marblehedd. 

Vessels  inward  bound,  and  falling  in  with  the  lights  on  Thatcher's  isl- 
and, may  observe  the  following  directions,  viz.— Thatcher's  island  ledge 
bears  from  the  body'  of  the  island  from  E.  S.  E.  to  S.  S.  E.  eatooding 
about  two  miles  from  the  island.     After  getting  the  west  light  to  bear  N. 

NOTES. 

about  half  way  between  Boston  and  Thatcher's  island  light-houses,  on  which  a  pyranwdi- 

cal  monument  has  been  erected ;  the  atone-work  of  which  is  15  feet  hig^,  .with  a  bate  of 

10  feet;  above  the  stone-work  is  a  spipdle  ISjeet  high,  on  whicti'is  acoppe/  batl^  2  feet 

iu  diameter. 

«  , 

(n)  Satan,  or  Black  rock,  is  above  water,  steep  too,  and  bears  S.  W.  by  S.  from  Bajt- 

et's  island,  cKstant  If  mile. 


16U 


Bluiif 8  American  Cornt  Pilot. 


10  E<lit 


.:• 


'1  ■■ 


II 


^  W.  you  are  tu  (he  Hcalwiird  nl'  lh(>  I»mIk<>  ;  Uumi  IiimiI  ((»  tlir  N.  W.  to 
brinu  the  lights  to  Ixiiir  N.  K.  hy  K.  niid  ntiMT  A.  W.  )ty  W.  loi  the  «>itiit- 
ern  point,  which  iHiihout  7^  riiilcH  ih^tant  tVorn  'rhiiU'lit>r*M  iihiiid.  'VUvw 
your  course  i»  W.  bv  S.  diHtant  7J  inilos,  for  th«  hKlil-t  on  IJiikijr'H  island, 

VcsscIh  bound  to  Marblchead,iind  falhug  to  the  suuthtviird,  and  ruiiniujj; 
for  the  lii^ltts,  after  making  them,  munt  keep  the  north  and  hxver  <»ie  open 
to  the  eatttward  of  tin;  Houthcrn  lia;ht,  and  run  for  them,  which  will  curry 
them  to  the  eastward,  and  clear  of  the  south  breakers^  olV  Maker'.-*  i>*land, 
which  bear  from  the  lights  from  S.  C.  |  H.  to  S.  S.  K.  |  K.  distant  tMo 
miles. 

Having  made  the  lights  with  a  westerly  wind,  and  beating,  when  within 
2|  miles  of  them,  you  must  not  stand  to  the  southward  and  westwanl  ao 
far  an  to  shut  the  north  light  up  with  the  south  light,  on  acrouht  of  thr 
south  breakers,  nor  to  the  northward  further  than  to  bring  the  lights  t'> 
bear  W.  by  S.  J  S.  on  account  of  Gale's  ledge,  which  bei.rs  from  the 
lights  N.  E.  by  E.  ^  E.  distant  1^  mile.  Drawing  near  to  the  lights, 
take  cure  of  a  ledge,  called  the  Wifialc's  back,  which  bears  from  the  lights 
N.  by  E.  distant  four-nfths  of  a  mile,  and  comes  out  of  water  at  quar- 
ter ebb. 

In  going  into  Marblehead,  and  being  up  with  the  lights,  give  the  no/'th 
point  of  Baker's  island  a  birth  of  one-quarter  of  n  rniic  or  less.  Having 
the  lights  one  in  with  the  othev,  vou  are  up  with  the  point.  When  the 
south  light  is  open  witli  the  north  light,  you  have  then  passed  the  point 
Heaving  the  Misery  island  on  your  starboard  hand,  which  bears  from  the 
lights  N.  W.  ^  N.  three-fourths  of  a  mile.)  Then  steer  S.  W.  by  S.  or  S. 
S.  W.  until  you  bring  the  south  light  to  bear  N.  E.  by  E.  \  E.  then  steer 
S.  W.  *^y  W.  I  W.  distant  3  miles,  for  Marblehead  harbour.  You  will 
le'.'. '  Hardy's  rocks.  Eagle  island,  and  Gray's  rock,  on  the  starboard  hand; 
f.'<.  (1  b  head  ^which  is  a  large  high  rock,  bearing  S.  W.  by  W.  from  the 
li^tus,  two-thirds  of  a  miie  di^ttnnt)  Brimbles,  and  north  point  of  Cat  isl- 
and, on  the  larboard  hand.  The  Brimbles  bear  from  Eagle  island  S.  S. 
E.  ^  E.  distant  half  a  mile  :  and  Gray's  rock  from  the  north  point  of  Cat 
island  N.  W.  by  W.  seven-eighths  of  a  mile. 

Falling  in  vith  the  south  point  of  Baker's  island,  and  it  blowing  hard 
from  the  eastward,  if  you  cannot  avoid  it  you  may  pass  the  point  by  keep- 
ing it  well  on  board,  say  at  the  distance  of  from  20  to  60  fatnoms  from  the 
shore,  wliere  you  will  have  from  4  to  6  fathoms  water.  When  up  with 
the  S.  W.  point,  ?.teer  W.  S.  W.  which  will  carry  you  between  the  north 
Googeberry  island  (which  bears  S.  W.  ^  S.  from  the  lights,  distant  two- 
thirds  of  a  mile)  and  Pope's  head,  leavirc  the  former  on  your  larboard 
hand,  and  Pope's  head  on  your  starboard  rano,  betwe'::n  which  you  will 
have  from  3^  to  5  fathoms  of  water.  As  soon  as  you  have  passed  Pope's 
head,  haul  to  the  northward,  until  the  south  light  bears  N.  E.  by  E.  |  £. 
then  steer  S.  W.  by  W.  }  W.  for  Marblehead  harbour. 

Vessels  coming  from  the  eastward  and  running  for  Half-way  rock  (which 
is  a  high  hold  rock  of  about  30  fathoms  diameter,  lying  S.  \  £.  from 
Baker*8  island  lights,  distant  two  qMles)  must  not  bring  the  rock  to  bear  to 
the  southn^d  of  W.  S.  W.  to  avoid  the  south  breaker,  which  bears  from 
Half-way;  irock  N.  E.  |  E.  distant  one  mile.  Being  up  with  Half-way  rock, 
andrbo^d  into  Marblehead,  bring  the  rock  to  bear  E.  by  S.  |  S.  and  steer 
Wf  by  ^^  I  H.  Tor  Fort  head,  distant  3iniles,  leaving  Cat  island  on  the 
Y  9t^b<ntd  faadd,  which  bean  from  HalAway  rock  W.  N.  W.  distant  1^ 


•  •■  'l^^-'w*ii 


M 


10  cait 

tlir  N.  W.  lo 
I'tii  iho  t'lmt- 
ihiiid.  Tlioii 
tiiltor'H  island. 
I,  iiikI  running 
»w»'i'<>M«  ouni 
lirh  Hill  ciirrv 
tak«'r'H  ii^lmul, 
K.  (Ii»litnt  two 

;,  when  wJtiMii 
1  woHtwanl  •<) 
iccoiiht  of  till'. 
?  the  lightH  t'> 
'i.rs  from  the 
to  the  lights, 
from  the  lights 
ruter  at  qiiar- 

give  the  no^tii 
lesa.  Having 
it.  When  the 
issed  the  point 
bears  front  the 
W.  byS.  orS. 
\  E.  then  steer 
uv.  You  will 
itarbonrdhand; 
y  W.  from  the 
oint  of  Catisl' 
•le  island  S.  S. 
h  point  of  Cat 

t  blowing  hard 
point  by  keep- 
tnoms  from  the 
When  up  with 
vp.en  the  north 
distant  two- 
I  your  larboard 
which  you  will 
;  passed  Pope's 
.  E.  by  E.  i  E. 

ay  rock  (which 
g  S.  \  E.  from 
rock  to  bear  to 
lich  bears  from 
Half-way  rock, 
k  i  9.  and  steer 
(t  island  on  the 
.  W.  distant  If 


10  Edit. 


Blunf  8  American  Coa^t  Pilot. 


Idl 


tnilc,  and  Marblehead  rock*  on  the  larboard  hand,  which  heart  from 
Half-way  rork  W.  }  N.  diiitaiit  two  milen.  Ulack  rock  bears  from  Half- 
«vuy  rock  N.  W.  by  W.  distnnt  \^  mile,  (^at  island  ruck  and  Point  neck 
bear  cast  and  went  of  each  oilrur,  di!»tant  about  one  mile. 

Vessels  being  up  in  Bo«t)>n  bay,  may,  by  bringing  lioston  light  to 
bear  8.  S.  W.  run  N.  N.  E.  fur  Marblehead  ruck — they  are  distant  from 
earh  other  about  I'i  miles.  Ilnlf-way  rock  and  Boston  light  liear  of  each 
other  S.  VV.  and  N.  E.  distant  15  miles. 

Hurdy'n  rocks  are  covered  at  high  water,  and  may  be  seen  at  q.iarter 
ebb.  Whale's  back  is  covered  at  high  water,  and  may  be  seen  at  (|uarter 
ebb.  (inle'.i  rocks  have  bu<  4  feet  water  at  low  tide*  and  bear  N.  E.  by 
E.  I  E.  from  the  lights,  distant  1|  mile.  The  i»outh  breakers,  off  Baker's 
island,  arc  always  covered.  The  Brimbles  are  covered  at  high  water, 
and  i.rc  seen  ut  half  tide.  Black  rock  is  always  out  of  water,  but  low. 
<'at  island  rock.  Half-way  rock,  Marblehead  rock,  Giny's  rock,  and  Pope's 
head,  are  large,  and  higli  above  water.  Hilf-way  ruck  is  very  bold  all 
round  it.  Eagle  island  is  bold  only  on  the  south  and  cast ;  from  the  N. 
E.  part  of  it,  quite  to  llurdy's  rocks,  is  very  shoal  water,  und  no  passage 
fur  ships. 

Btaringt  and  distance!  of  the  principal  islands,  rocks,  ^c.  in  the  vicinity  of 
Salem,  from  Baker' n  island  lights. 


Enitorn  pniiit  uf  Lape  Aim  bears 

(ialu'v  lc(ljj;e        .... 

House  iKliiiid        .... 

K.  part  of  Wliale^i)  back  •    . 

Cireat  Aliser        .... 

S.  part  of  LUtifl  Misery 

Howdilrh^R  ledt;e  .         .        . 

IV.  part  nr  Hardy*:  rocks 

N.  part  of  Haste  rock 

S.  part  of  Coney  island 

NagMS  head,  or  Marblehead  shore 

1«  ray's  rock 

N.  part  of  Eagle  island 

S.  part  of  Marblehead  neck 

N.  part  of  Cat  island  .        . 

Middle  of  Pope's  head 

N.  part  of  Western  Gooseberry 

South  Gooseberry 

Satan,  or  Black  rock 

EastMn  Gooseberry 

Half-^y  rock 

S.  Brflakcisoflf  Baker's  island 


E.  by  N.  i  N.  ff^  miles  tiistant. 
N.E.  byE.  |E.l|i^iie  do 


N.N.  E.  luiile 
N.  by  E.  I  mile 
N.by  W.  JW.  1  mile 


N.  W.iN. 


W.  N.  W 
W 


I  N. 


V- 


Jmilo 
mile 
I  milo 
2i  mile 
2^  milr 


is.  2i  mile 
S.  1^  mile 


VV. 

w. 

w.  is. 

W.  by  S. 
W.  by  S.  _ 
9.  W.  by  W.  1  W. 
S.  W.  by  W.  2  miles 
S.  W.  by  W.  i  mile 
S.  W.  i  S.  }  luiltf 
S.  S.  W.  4  W.  S  mile 
S.  W.  by  S.  1  }  niile 
S.  S.  W.  4  W.  I  mile 
S.^E. 


do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 

do. 
do. 

do> 
do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 


2  miles 
S.  E.  by  S.  3|  miles 

Archer's  ror.k,  on  which  is  a  spar  buoy,  painted  red,  has  7  feet  at  low  tides,  S.  W.  by 
W.  i  W.  2|  miles  distant. 

Outer  Breakem,  known  generally  by  the  names  of  Outer,  Middle,  and  Inner  Brjakers; 
this  is  a  very  extensive  and  dangerous  shoal,  extending  from  Searl's  rocks,  in  a  S.  E.  di« 
rection,  about  two  miics,  and  in  a  westerly  direction  about  three  quarterp  of  a  mile,  baar* 
iiig  from  the  lights  S.  E.  J^  S.  to  S.  S.  E.  i  E.  2^  miles ;  to  pass  to  the  eastward  of  this 
(iangerous  shoal,  have  the  northern  or  low  light  a  little  open  of  the  eastward  of  tba  high 
light. 

WOTE. 
*  On  this  rork  is  erected  »  monument,  paiiUed  wliite  at  the  bottom  and  blaek  at  tha 
top,  being  about  8  feet  in  the  base,  and  15  in  height.  Strangers  will  obaarve,  that  tha 
course  from  Half-way  rock  to  Marblehead  fort  is  W.  by  N.  ^  N.  3  i<iiiet  i}ittaitM,  iaav- 
iiig  the  beacon  which  is  placed  on  Cat  island  rock  on  the  starboard  haad,  aikd  the  inomi< 
ment  on  the  larboard  hand  ;  the  inoniunent  bears  from  the  beacon  W.  bv  S.*<f''9.  diatanaa 
•cvenoighibs  of  a  mile. 

21  r 


::£" 


16*2 


HlutifH  American  Const  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


Grorge^H  SlioiilH. 


.1  Reprirt  relative  to  the  Surrey  of  deorget''  Stioalt,  made  in  i 
States*  trhiivner  Science  and  the  nloop  Orhit,  hy  direction  of 


the  Unitril 
\)p  ifrt)U,  fty  mrecnun  oj  the  Hoard 

of  Navy  t'uinmi$$ioner»,  and  under  the  orders  of  ('apt.  Isaac  Hull,  in 

1U2I. 

Thern  iire  uroppily  fmir  nKoiiU  «n  (jleorfj;u*K  Biink  ;  tin;  whole  orthoni 
included  tM'twpcii  Intitixlfi  41*' 3 V  N.  tinil  llTiH' :)U"  N.  (iiiil  longitude 
(t7"  18  W.  nnd  GV*'  6f)'  W.  between  them  there  is  Iroin  16  to  3fi  futhonw 
wator. 

The  InrgrHt,  mu\  on  which  in  the  chief  danger,  in  the  most  Houtherljr 
and  wcntcrly.  It  is  nomcwhat  trianj^iiliir.  with  n  lun{;  luitl  imrrow  iipit 
m.'ikir.^  out  iVom  the  S.  E.  nngle.  Tho  S.  K.  point  is  in  lulitudo  41**  34' 
N.  anil  louKitudc  67°  40'  VV.  The  we«t  point  is  in  latitude  41**  42'  N. 
and  longitude  67*>  59'  W.  The  N.  E.  point  is  in  latitude  41"  4U'  N.  and 
lontjtudc  67"  47'  W.  The  CH<tern  side  of  this  shoni,  although  komcwhal 
irrc;{ular,  runst  nearly  S.  S.  E.  and  N.  N.  W.  having  on  it  from  three  feel 
tu  nine  fathoms  at  common  low  water,  ft  is  composed  of  a  great  numbcr 
of  Hand  H|MtA,  very  narrow,  so  that  the  width  of  a  narrow  vessel  will  make 
several  falhoniH  difference  in  the  depth  of  water.  The  general  range  of 
the  spits  is  from  S.  E.  to  N.  W.     As  there  are  no  rocks,  they  arc  consc- 

auently  liable  to  change,  in  some  measure,  their  positions  and  ranges. 
In  the  eastern  edge,  even  in  calm  weather,  unless  it  be  high  or  low  wa- 
ter, the  tides  run  with  great  rapidity,  and  form  considerable  breakers 
when  setting  to  the  westward,  and  u  large  waterfall  when  setting  to  the 
eastward.  This  is  accounted  for,  by  a  knowledge  of  the  fact,  that  direct- 
ly on  the  edge  of  this  shoal  there  is  from  twelve  to  sixteen  fathoms  of 
water,  so  that  the  edge  forms  a  species  of  dam,  stopping  the  force  of  the 
flood  tide,  and  over  which  the  ebb  flls. 

When  there  was  considerable  wind,  we  observed  that  the  breakers 
were  higher  within  the  edge,  to  the  westward,  than  on  the  edge  ;  and  I 
have  no  doubt  that  the  water  there  was  still  shoaler,  and  that  we  should 
have  seen  the  sand,  had  it  not  been  for  the  heavy  sea.  The  breakers 
were  such,  unless  it  were  entirely  calm,  that  it  was  impossible  to  go 
aiuoug  them  with  boats  ;  nor  was  it  considered  safe  to  attempt  it  with  the 
vessels.  For  besides  the  danger  of  striking  on  the  bard  sand  spits,  the 
vessels  would  have  been  liable  to  be  61led  by  the  breakers.  Even  on  the 
eastern  edge,  and  at  nearly  slack  water,  the  vessels  were  at  times  nearly' 
covered  with  them.  And  it  was  not  thought  necessary  to  attempt  it,  as 
the  objects  of  the  survey,  to  ascertain  if  there  was  danger  on  the  shoals, 
and  the  situations  and  extent  of  them,  could  be  accomplished  without  the 
risk. 

Had  not  the  sea  been  very  smooth,  and  at  high  water,  we  should  not 
have  been  able  to  have  gotten  on  where  we  found  three  fuet,  reducing  it 
to  lo*v  watfer.     The  prevailing  wind  was  to  the  eastward  ;  and  I  have  no 
doubt  but  that  this  place  would  have  been  bare  with  any  continuance  of 
an  off-shore  wind.  ^ 

I  think  therc^  txv^w)  rocks  aroutthe  shoaU.     Wc  baO  one  cast  on  the 

.  .  '  -  ■■  ■  >.  ' 


10  Ldit. 


Bluiit'H  Ainericnii(.'oaiil  Pilot. 


lOJ 


S.  W.  aidA  which  imliciiteil  rocky  holtom,  in  lirivrn  itilhoinii ;  but  1  be- 
lieve it  to  hnvc  been  mtnw  ahurp  atone  t^:it  thv  Inid  olrui  k  on,  although 
1  hMVO  marked  it  acrordinx  to  tht>  a|»iH>ui.knr(>,  on  thi*  (.'h  irt.* 

The  centre  of  ih«!  northern  ihoal  u  in  hititnd.'  11"  iM'  ilO*'  N.  and  lon- 
gitude 07'*  4:)'  W.  It  I'Xti'nda  eant  and  Wcat  about  four  mih*.  The 
nhoalcitt  part  huvitiK  "it  fulhorns,  in  wry  narrow,  iind  coiu|i»Mi>d  of  hard 
•and.  Hut  th(>r<>  i«  not  inort*  than  lw«'lv(>  fiithouix  of  watt'r  (iur  thr<>(>  mil«a 
•outh  o(  the  iiliovo  latitude.  On  the  north  Hide,  at  two  rableH*  length 
from  the  ahoul,  the  HJoop  dropped  into  X\  fnthomM.  The  brenkeri  on 
thift  ahoal  are  very  heavy,  am!  when  there  should  be  a  nutlii  ient  aea  to 
endanger  a  veaael,  they  mii<hl  be  nven  Mume  niilei,  and  heard  at  a  very 
roiHiderable  diittance  ;  and  at  tiie  Nhoali:Nt  part  ia  not  more  than  a  cable** 
len;(th  inxide,  an«l  no  damper  near  it,  a  veH»el  mi^bt  avoid  it. 

'I'o  tlie  eaHtwartI  of  the  la«t  mentioned  Hlioal,  in  latitude  11"  61'  N.  and 
lunKitudc  07"  tH'  W.  ia  another  xinail  idioal,  with  eit^ht  fathoms  water, 
hnviuK  however  conaidurabh;  breaker*.  There  are  but  17  fathomi  for 
three  mile<t  N.  of  it.  Hut  very  near  to  the  eaHt  of  it,  are  31  fulhonu,  and 
from  twenty  to  tliirty  f.itiiom!!  to  the  Houth  and  weni. 

The  centre  of  the  cact  Hhoal  iri  in  biiitudc  11"  M'  N.  and  long.  07*' 
19'  W.  !t  is  about  two  miles  hnvj^  from  east  to  tve^t,  and  has  several  fa- 
thomi  water.  To  the  auuth,  there  are  but  17  fatliomr^  for  two  milca.  In 
other  directions  there  arc  from  twenty  to  thirty  fathomc. 

The  above  dcacribed  flhoaN,  1  am  confident,  arc  all  which  arc  on 
(jeorii^eH*  Hank.  Their  po^itioiis  and  h'v/.vh  may  be  rel*''!  on,  aa  well  hh 
the  pl.noes  of  the  Houndinji;^  which  I  have  laid  down  on  the  chart,  'i'hey 
wei'e  aHcertaineil  by  a  vaat  number  of  celcHfial  obHcrvations,  taken  with 
good  and  well  adjusted  instruments  on  board  the  two  vcsmcIs — and  very 
carefully  and  faithfully  calculated.  The  rates  of  the  chronometers  were 
found  by  a  transit  instrument  previously  to  Mailing;  from  Hoston,  and 
alter  our  return,  and  all  llic  observations  ro-culculatcd  for  the  small  va- 
riation which  appeared. 

At  anchor,  different  places,  and  on  difTerenl  days,  wc  determined  the 
•et  and  strength  of  the  tides,  and  as  nearly  an  possible  their  rise  and  fall. 
The  rise  of  them  is  from  one  to  one  and  a  half  fithoms.  They  set  round 
the  compass  every  tide,  setting  S.  K.  nearly,  at  full  moon,  and  running 
from  one  to  four  knots  per  hour,  at  a  mile's  distance  from  the  breakers. 
The  mean  rate,  however,  is  materially  varied  by  llic  winds  ;  th>^y  sot 
strongest  at  W.  S  W.  and  E.  N.E.  and  which  is  undoubtedly  the  strength 
of  the  flood  and  ebb.  From  tiiese  causes  ami  variety  in  the  tides,  urines 
a  principal  danger  i.i  approaching  the  shoaN.  When  under  weigh  about 
the  shoals,  in  a  few  hours'  time  wc  found  ourselves  drifted  fur  out  of  our 
reckonings,  and  to  ascertain  our  situations,  when  both  vessels  were  under 
weigh,  wc  took  continued  observations  for  the  longitude  by  the  chrono- 
meters, and  at  the  same  time  double  altitudes  for  the  latitudes  ;  which  lut-. 
ter  were  calculated  by  Brosius'  new  and  certain  method.  By  uHowing 
for  the  sets  of  tides,  as  ascertained  at  anchor,  the  observations  and  reck- 
onings agreed  very  nearly  ;  so  that  the  latitude  and  longitude  uf  every 
sounding  placed  on  the  chart  may  be  considered  as  certain. 

Should  uny  vessel  fall  in  with  the  shoals,  i\  knowledge  of  the  course 
and  strength  of  the  tides  would  be  of  the  greatcrtt  importance.  And  they 
can  be  calculated  for  any  day  and  hour  by  the  preceding  facts. 

In  going  from  Cape  Cod  to  the  Shoals,  at  5  leagues  from  the  light,  there 
are  86  fathoms,  muddy  bottom.  The  water  gradually  deepens  to  1.33  fa- 
thomg  ;  and  then  gradually  decreases  towards  the  shoals.  In  lat.  41°5VN. 

*  Tl>ii  Ciurt  is  publiibed  by  the  author  vl  the  Americta  Coait  FUgt. 


M4 


Blunt*!  American  ("oast  Pilot, 


lUfliiit. 


I. 


f 


>nd  Inn.  61^  1 1  W.  th* r»  arc  IK>  r«ili«>mi.     In  Int.  41'  M  N.  ami  km  Ar'  tr  W. 

tht'e  urv  }t>  fulliduis,  Miiii  uihI  Krittfl,  uii  ihr  Hralitrn  viici*  of  lh«  bank.  TUm 
water  Ihf'n  tilioiiU  fiiat.  Tti  lltr  itiifthwMrtl  of  (hi<  ^ttoal,  lit  l.«l.  41"  6W  N.  am) 
tou.  HT'  :>t'  >N  .  on  lh«  H,  sitlt*  of  ilo'  iiorili  t  liuiiiifl,  l|i«*rr  arr  (Mt  faihonm,  Mifl 
mud.  In  iMt.  W  '  1/  N.  ami  loo.  (U  :>l  W.  Ilirrr  arr  lOtt  ralhuni«.  In  Ui.  U  * 
lO*  r.  and  loo.  H1^  IH'  W.  (Iii<rn  U  no  hotlinn  ut  17*  fntliomi.  To  tliauadWNrd 
W«  did  not  nKci'ftuNi  thf  I'vlrtit  <tl'  lli>-  Hiiok.  In  Imo  mlkm  nontliwaril  nrilio 
b«  !"*•■  |M>int  of  lliM  •liotil'«,th«>rf  DM- I'ruiii  ^(Mo  .'<>  fHtlioiiM  of  WMttr,  which  •oond- 
inCH  t'oiitiiiUH  for  at  Ifuitt  .Ml  iiiil«*t  to  |Im>  •oulhwiiid  and  nfMlnitriJ. 

Thi)  hottom  on  tlitt  liAnk,  no  Ur  it*  mi*  aiici-rlMin«*d  it,  ii  of  »orIi  n  narrow  cha- 
radar,  that  it  i*  diHUMill  for  ii  v<>»««'l  to  n«ci-rtuin  hi^r  ■itiiutlon  by  il.  Wr  oftio 
found  a  ^rrut  vnrn'ty  of  <io>iii(tiii|i(H  in  h  vi-ry  ulioit  diHtuni-c  ;  niu-h  im  annd*  of 
various  coloun,  mid  diflVrfiitly  inixfd,  roHrH«<  Miid  Ana,  Kra***!  p«il«hli*»of  VHrioii> 
colour*,  «toti«!«,  iipoHK*>,  and  alirlln.  Of  all  tlirin,  ificitpt  nand,  i  navi'd  ,«  nuiiih«r 
of  kpiM'iiiH'nn,  witii  iniirki  t<>  nnli«  Ihr  placwH  from  whi-r«  ihry  wMrti  lak»-n.* 

Notwilhntandini;  tliiii  varirtj,  •oinc  Kfn«*rul  i-!iMritrti>r  nf^lha  MoiiiidiiiK*  mny 
he  iiiffful.  M'oiiii  tv«*ntwarduf  till*  Mliuali<,aiid  at  Konin  diNlanca  from  Ihrm,  tlir 
bo|toiu  ia  conr  <>  -n.)<l  aixl  cr.tvvl  nf  all  culourn.  To  thts  N.W.  amixturi*  of  nliiti>, 
bLif  k  •Mill  yollow  «aud.  I  o  ihn  N.  Iilnrk  and  wliitn  mind.  Tn  lh«  N.  K.  chirfly 
gr  'I  I  itoti  |)i  ltlil«'««.  .  TnlhcK-  tlii«i>vhitf  and  yi'llow  aniid;  and  In  hit.  11'^  57' N. 
ami  lun.  'ill'  lO'  W.  moou'  wliili*  nioM.  To  the  ■'^.  !'•■  fltir  whitti  and  ^rhow  iiand. 
Al  th«  alio.  K  art'  apiiniarht'd,  in  Mhuttti-r  dirui  lion,  IIm*  koiindingi  become 
coaraf,  and  an;  fri'qunntly  initcd  with  Nhclln  of  diiriTrnt  kitidx.  N«-ar  thr  nhnal 
much  of  th«*  hottom  it  p«-blihm ;  and  to  thn  K.  .of  thu  Inr^t'it  and  duii|;(Toua 
■hnal,  tliiTi'  aro  utoneii  of  the  »ix*i  of  hi'n'n  fi/iv^n,  with  iiioti<  arid  npongi*  on  HOina 
of  thtim.  Nvnr  tli<i  S.K>  point  in  from  15  to  20  f:ithoiiia,  a  pr.tvaihiiK  cbarartcr 
of  tha  aoundinga  ia  graan  ahella,  and  chiefly  of  the  Npvciea  uaually  railed  aen-fKRN. 
If  a  vitsael  he  far  I'nough  M.  to  avoid  dangfr,  ahe  tvill  have  no  alu'lln.  Ttiv  ipia- 
lity  of  thf  aonndiiiKs,  aa  far  an  w»  were  uUW  to  Hurvi>v  thi^  hunk,  will  b«  heat  un- 
daratood  from  the  chart,  wh^  •■»  they  hnv«  hoen  cnreiully  rated. 

The  time  and  weather  prevented  making  a  rompi%>tM  aiirvey  of  nil  parts  of 
the  Rank.  And  although  wn  aicertained  the  bniindHrirs  of  it  tn  tha  wentward 
and  northward,!  have  not  delim-nted  it  on  the  chart,  beinp;  iinwiHiiig  to  horrow 
•ny  thing  from  chnrta,  which  disagree  an  raHcntinlly,  and  whirh  we  found  very 
Incorrect  in  the  material  nointa.  Of  the  ahoala  themneUea,  I  do  not  helieve  n 
more  {Nsrf'tct  survey  can  be  made;  iinleflM  in  a  cahn  time,  the  main  almal  could 
be  penetrated.  Thia  however,  does  not  aeem  to  bo  an  object,  aa  no  vessel  would 
be  safe  in  attempting  to  paaa  over  it. 

The  reports  that  rockH  have  been  neen  on  the  ShonlK,  are  undoubtedly  incor- 
rect.    Had  tliere  been  any  there,  we  could  not  have  failed  of  discovering  them. 


and  H«.'a  ueeu,  whrieh,  ut  a  distance,  had-tho  apiMarnoce  nf  rucka.   But  on  Bound- 
ing, tve  found  good  watttr,  and  a  rc^ul(lr  nn«l  ch'nr  hutlom. 

It  will  he  Keen,  hy  tha  bottom,  tliat  the  hohlin^  ground  ia  not  good.  Itut  the 
Tessels  employed  in  the  nurv«>y,  hy  hnving  u  long  scope  of  cable,  rode  nut  a  con- 
aiderahle  gale  of  wind,  for  'ii  lionrM,  on  Ihe  iwial  side  of  the  main  shoal,  and  to 
ifriodwurd  of  it.     At  this  time  the  sea  brukc  very  high  in  10  fathoms  water. 

C.  PELCH. 


9 

:» 

r 


'  ' 


NOTE. — In  coining  from  thcMonthward  for  George's  bank,  you  will  get  sound- 
ings  in  Wl.  40^'  V  N.ifon  iff  S.S.W.  part  of  the  bank.  Hhotildyou  not  get  sound- 
ing" in  the  lat.  «»f  iO"  30'  N.  ynn  may  be  rertain  you  are  to  tne  eastward  of  the 
shoal,  when  you  mn»t  direct  your  eourh**  accordingly  to  ch-ar  it,  when  your  first 
soundings  will  be  in  from  75  to  60 fathoms.  When  steering  to  the  northward,  you 
will  shualen  your  water  grndiinlly  tu  '.'A  fathoms,  when  yoij^will  he  in  lat.41°2(i'N. 
wfiichdepthof  water  you  will  hav&IO  or  I 'i  leagues  distanf,  either  east  or  west. 

Soundings  from  George's  bonk  continues  its  course  W.  by  H.  until  you  are 
nearly  abreast  of  the  ea^tend  of  Long  Island ;  thirn  southward  to  Cape  Ilatterts, 

*  It  iM«  be  worthy  of  remarlc,  that  it  one  cait  of  tb«  lead,  nn  eaamlDing  (be  arDlng,  1  found  enaibird 
Wiek  nod, 0Be4U>rA« bite,  aadon«.tliirdsr««B  abella,  id  u  dbtioot  tfineasion  u  (bey  could  biva  %tfn 


i^^P-, 


.J^. 


lOlIJit. 

n«l  km  6H-' «  Vr. 
Ih«  bank.  Ilin 
41"  5«'  N.  nni\ 
M)  falhoniM,  iM>ri 
IM.  In  ImI.  U  ' 
Tn  tli«  ttnRiwMrd 
Milhwanl  oftho 
i-r,  whtfhaoiiml- 
iil. 

Ii  H  iiurrow  cliN 
y  if.  Wn  ofli  »i 
Kiu-h  tilt  »nihI*  iif 
'lihh'w  of  VHrioir> 
kiivhI  .1  hiiiiil)«r 
irti  iMkfn* 
itouiKiiiix*  mny 
fruin  lhrm,llif 
nixturr  of  wliit«s 
thwN.E.chiclljr 
Inlnl.  41"  ftTN. 
ml  yellow  »ai)d. 
inditig<<  iM-coniP 
Nfar  llifi  Hlinnl 
t  and  dMn|«*rou» 
Rpongf!  on  Home 
tiiiliiiK  rbanctvr 
'  cullrd  Nra-i-siKH. 
ivlln.  Ttiv  qiiN- 
,  v«ill  Ih!  hcMtun- 


y  of  nil  pnrti  of 
to  (l)«  wfHtwNrd 
'illing  to  horrow 
I  wu  I'oiind  vi!ry 
Jo  not  lifliftvi'  II 
nain  mIiouI  could 
no  vessel  would 

Inuht^dly  incnr* 

pcovfiring  thvm. 

unntitirs  of  knln 

But  on  sound- 

^ood.    Hut  :hi^ 
rode  nut  a  con- 
in  siioal,  and  to 
loma  water. 
C.  FEWJH. 

u  will  get  sound- 
u  not  get  sound- 
cpstWHrd  of  the 
when  your  first 
northward,  you 
|:inlat.4|0  2(/N. 
!r  east  or  west. 
8.  until  you  are 
>  Cape  Ilatteras, 

lag,  I  found  ^iiAHbird 
btycould biV4  %tfh 


•^/ 


!         0' 


f 


."ikv*  t     [|       *■.  ,)rS7 


•P 

^  >  \^\. "— 


h 


« r 


^'tiiihr  iViffg 


V9r  '^u'-yv 


"f 

s-.- 

■  t*_ 

! 

*•*• 


o 


/• 


.(.  <  / 


'Uc 


\ 


/ 


^/^O-^' 


^i^. 


t!*: 


/ 


10  Edit. 


i 


Blunf  s  American  Coast  RiJot. 


H6 


Directions  for  nailing  into  Boston  Harbour. 

From  Cape  Ann  to  *Bo8lon  light-house,  the  course  »  S.  W.  \  S.  dis- 
tance 8^  leagues.  After  making  the  light,  with  the  wind  fair,  you  will 
bring  it  to  l|)ar  W.  by  N.  or  VV.  N.  W.  md  then  run  for  it,  till  you  come 
within  tv  0  cables'  leni^th  of  it.  If  the  weather  is  bad,  and  you  cannot 
get  a  pilot  from  the  light-house,  after  running  abreast  of  it  «o  as  to  bring 
it  to  bear  N.  by  K.  you  may  run  W.  by  S.  about  1  ^  mile  to  .utasket  road, 
where  you  may  anchor  in  from  7  to  ^>  tuthoms  in  safety. 

To  work  into  Boston  bay  you  muy  stand  to  the  southward  trll  you  bring 
the  Hght  to  bear  W.  N.  W.  nnd  to  the  northward  till  you  bring  it  to  bear 
W.  S.  W.  till  you  come  within  one  league  of  the  lijs,ht ;  then  you  must 
not  stand  to  the  northward  any  farther  thim  to  bring  it  to  bear  W.  by  N. 
and  to  the  southward  to  bring  it  to  bear  VV.  N.  W.     You  may  anchor  in 
the  bay  with  safety  if  the  wind  is  offshore.     If  you  fall  to  the  southward 
of  Boston  harbour,  be  careful  to  avoid  Cohasset  rocks,  which  lie  above 
water  some  distance  from  the  land,  the  outer  part  of  which,  callud  Mi- 
not's  rock,  has  a  black  buoy  on  it,  that  lies  in  5  fathoms  water,  which  yoa 
leave  on  your  larboard  hand.     Your  course  from  this  buoy  to  the  light- 
house is  N.  W.  by  W.  distant  3  leagues.     In  running  the  above  course 
and  distance,  you  will  pass  a  white  buoy  which  lies  in  4  tathoms  water, 
that  is  on  th«  N.  E.  part  of  Harden's  rocks,  and  bears  S.  E.  \  S.  from  the 
^ght-house,  distant  1  i  leagues,  which  rocks  may  be  seen  two  hours  be- 
Hore  low  water,  that  you  also  leave  on  your  larboard  hand!.     There  it 
another  buoy  on  your  larboard  hand,  which  is  red,  that  lies  in  three  fa- 
thoms water  on  Point  Alderton.     When  in  ihe  middle  of  the  light-house 
channel  steer  W.  by  N.  1  mile  distant,  to  the  beacon  on  the  spit,  which 
you.may  run  within  one-quaf  ter  of  a  cable's  length  of,  leaving  it  on  your 
starboard  hand,  opposite  to  which  lies  a  black  buoy  in  2  fathoms  water, 
on  George's  island  rocks,     between  the  light-house  and  George's  island 
lies  a  rock,  called  the  Centurion,  in  mid-channel,  with  15  feet  water  on  it. 
Your  course  from  this  to  Gallop's  island  point,  is  N.  W.  by  N.  half  a  mile 
distant.     From  thence  through  the  narrows,  by  Nick's  mate,  your  course 
is  N.  N.  W.  half  a  mile  distant.     Nick's  mate  has  a  monument  on  it,  and 
must  be  leflt  on  your  larboard  hand,  i  cable's  length  distant,  and  then  steer 
W.  by  N.  forCastle  island,  distant  4  miles.  In  runningW.  by  N.  from  Nick's 
mate,  you  will  Krst  leave  a  white  spar  buoy  on  the  lower  middle  on  your 
starboard  hand,  distant  3  miles  from  Nick's  mate,  then  three-quarters  of 
a  mile  distant,  you  will  see  a  while  buoy,  which  is  on  the  Castle  rocks  in 
two  fathoms,  which  you  leave  on  your  larboard  hand.     When  abreast  of 
the  Castle,  steer  N.  N.  W.  one-quarter  of  a  mile,  to  clear  the  upper  mid- 
dle ground,  which  has  a  black  buoy  on.  it  in  two  fathoms  water,  that  you 
leave  on  your  larboard  hand  ;  if  the  buoy  should  be  removed,  run  N.  N. 
W.  till  you  bring  the  two  northernmost  steeples  in  Boston  a  handspike'k 
length  open,  then  stee.  N.  W.  by  Vf.  2^  miles,  which  will  carry  you  op- 
posite the  town. 

Broad  Sound,  which  is  the  north  entrance  of  Boston  harbour,  ia  not^ 
proper  channel  for  large  vessels,  but  those  who  frequent  it  will  foilQi 
directions  here  given  :  when  up  with  the  Graves,  M^h  at«f  a  |>^St:.„«.-T> 
dry  rocks  that  appear  white,  you  must  leave  them  on  ytour  larboaitf1hs|B4^ 
2  cables'  length  distant,  then  bring  then»  to  beariSi  E.  and  tm^^f^ 


■4i|»' 


•  Boston  light-house  is  situated  on  an  island  at  the  entrance  o^the  Wl>our.. 
83  teet  above  the  levei  of  the  sea,  aud  contains  a  revolving  light,  w1)ich  ma;  ^  ^Hifein 
tmce.    When  at  the  distance  of  7  or  8  leagues,  the  time  of  darliDisas  will  be  twiib«  ttit^i 
approach  it,  the  time  of  darkness  nill  decrease,  and  that  of  ligbi  increiae,  MtV  a'    ' 


if->. 


leagues  of  It,  when  the  light  wiU  not  wholly  diiappear ;  bu 

least,  »u  to  1     Two  buts  are  erected  at  Long  beach  (oaf  Sutlsket^^Cir  ttieib 

wrecked  Mamen.  -»  >  ,  ^ 


■''f]'''M-A 


»•» 


106 


Bluiit^s  American  Coast  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


4  milea.  vfhet^pon  will  be  up  with  Long  island  light,  which  is  clcvatetl 
on  n  towur  20  fcety  on  which  id  a  lantern  7  feet  hij^h,  bearing  from  the 
oKI  li-ht-house  W.  ^.  N.  It  is  lighted  with  10  patent  liitnps.  You  leave 
it  on  your  larboard  hand. 

In  passing  from  tho  Graves  to  Long  island  light,  yod  will  sec  two  buoys 
on  your  larboard  hand,  one  of  which  is  on  a  reef,  called  the  Devil's  back, 
id  painted  red,  and  lies  in  4  fathoms  water  ;  the  other  is  on  Kani-hcad 
bar,  painted  bbirk,  and  lies  in  15  feet  water;  you  will  also  pass  a  white 
buoy  );i  your  »>t:irboiud  hand,  which  lies  on  the  N.  E.  point  of  Faun  bar, 
(at  Wiiich  time  Loii;^  island  Iieail  light  will  bear  S.  W.)  in  2^  fathoms, 
when  you  must  follow  the  directions  above  for  the  town. 

A  black  buoy  with  a  white  vane  has  been  placed  near  to  the  Barrel 
rock,  which  lies  in  the  Broad  Sound  channel,  ai  the  entrance  of  Bo.ston 
harbour.  'I'lie  buoy  is  moored  about  7  fathoms  N.  E.  from  the  rock,  in 
3^  fathoms  water,  about  1{  mile  W.  by  S.  from  the  body  of  the  Graves — 
one  half  mile  N.  W.  from  the  Devil's  back — W.  N.  VV.  from  the  house 
on  Green  island — and  N.  E.  ^  E.  from  the  tree  on  Long  island  head.  This 
rock  is  10  or  12  feet  long,  and  6  or  0  feet  wide,  ranging  N.  N.  \V.  andS. 
S.  E.  having  4  or  5  feet  of  Wfiter  upon  it  at  low  tide,  and  3^  fathoms 
round  it — vessels  may  pass  with  safety  either  side  of  the  buoy,  giving  it 
a  birth  of  12  or  15  fathoms. 

The  Lower  middle  ground  lying  in  the  way,  ,thc  directions  are  as  fol- 
low, viz. — 

On  the  Lower  middle  ground,  which  lies  on  the  north  side  of  the  chan- 
nel, a  little  above  Spectacle  island  (which  is  in  part  dry  at  low  water)  on 
the  eastern  part  of  which  is  a  red  buoy,  and  ou  the  western  part  a  black 
buoy,  in  two  fathoms  water,  which  you  must  leave  on  your  starboard 
band. 

Pudding  point,  or  Shirley  gut  entrance,  is  between  Faun  biar  and  Win- 
ship's  bar.  You  must  bring  it  to  bear  S.  W.  and  run  for  It,  leaving 
Shirley  point  on  the  starboard  and  ''^  Deer  island  on  the  larboard  hand. 
The  channel  from  this  gut  to  Boston  is  so  crooked  and  narrow,  that  no 
person  should  attempt  to  go  in  with  a  large  vessel,  unless  acquainted, 
without  a  pilot. 

Vessels  outward  bound,  from  Boston  light-house,  who  would  wish  to 
fall  in  with  tCupe  Cod,  the  course  is  S.  E.  by  E.  ^  E.  distant  1 1  league:^, 
thence  3  leagues  id  the  light  house.  When  up  with  the  light-house,  and 
it  bears  S.  W.  2  leagues  distant,  you  may  then  steer  S.  S.  E.  which  will 
carry  you  out  of  the  sor.tn  channel. 

Vessels  in  Boston  bay.  who  put  away  for  Cape  Cod  harbour,  must  en- 
deavour to  fall  in  with  Race  point  light-house,  which  contains  a  revolving 
light  (see  page  171.)  Should  you  first  make  Cape  Cod  light,  bring  it  to 
bear  E.  by  N.  and  run  for  it  until  you  have  soundings  in  14  or  15  fathoms 
water,  then  steer  N.  E.  until  the  light  bears  E.  by  S.  then  run  in  N.  W. 
for  the  harbour. 

When  between  Cape  Ann  and  Cape  Cod,  you  will  have  from  35  to  19 
fathoms  water,  which  latter  sounding  is  within  2  leagues  of  Boston  light- 
house ;  the  quality  of  the  soundings  is  more  to  be  depended  on  than  the 
depth  of  w^ter.     As  you  will  find  a  difference  of  5  or  6  fathoms  in  run- 

*  In  tlie  course  oftbe  winte*  of  1810-11,  Deer  island  point  waslied  away,  so  that  it  is 
nour  covered  ^t  high  water,  aad  renders  it  dangerous  for  vessels  contiug  in  and  going  out 
through  Broad  Sound ;  a  black  buoy  is  therefore  now  placed  near  the  point.  Vessels 
must  pass  to  the  southward  of  said  buoy. 

i  Cape  Cod  is  low  and  sandy  land.     Cape  An  -  .s  middling  high,  with  many  trees  on. 
it.    On  the  latter  is  a  lemackabU  land  called  Pigeon  hilli  which  appears  like  a  boat  , 
hottom  up.  •->  ^   ,      '. 


■  V     "*1 


10  Edit. 


BlunOs  American  Coast  Pilot. 


16T 


mst  en- 
tvolving 
ling  it  to 
IfathoiDB 

N.  W. 

to  19 
)n  light- 
than  the 
in  run- 
that  it  is 
I  goin|;out 
Vessels 

ky  trees  on. 
at  a  bottt 

■4  ,     '.■ 


ning  a  cable's  length,  you  will  observe  that  the  quah^y  of  so'indings  ii 
rough  on  Cape  Ann  side,  and  sandy  on  Cape  Cod. 

At  fuH  and  change,  it  is  high  water  off  Race  point  at  10  o'clock^and  45 
minutes.  Vessels  in  leaving*.  Cape  Cod,  bound  to  Boston,  should  calculate 
the  tide,  as  the  flood  sets  strong  to  the  S.  W. 

N.  B.  The  upper  buoys  will  be  taken  up  during  the  winter  season. 

[Ob^  See  the  Plate.] 

Half-way  rocit  bears  from  Long  island  light  N.  K. 

The  east  point  of  Nahanl  bears  from  Long  island  light  N-  E>  by  iV.  f 

Directions  from  Boston  light-house  to  Cape  Elizabctli. 

From  Boston  light-house  to  Thatcher's  island  lights,  which  lies  '2  miles 
E.  from  Cape  Ann,  the  course  is  N.  E.  i  N.  and  the  distance  8^  leagues  ; 
butto  cli;ar  the  Londoner,  which  you  leave  on  your  larboard  hand  when 
bound  to  Cape  Elizabeth,  the  course  is  N.  E.  by  E.  About  half  way, 
and  near  the  north  shore,  is  a  high  bold  rock,  called  Half-way  rock,  of 
about  30  fathoms  diameter  (on  which  is  a  monument)  bearing  S.  VV.  by 
W.  distant  7a  miles  from  the  eastern  point  of  Cape  Ann. 

From  Thatcher's  island,  E.  S.  E.  one-half  of  a  mile,  lies  a  ledge  of 
rocks,  called  the  Londoner,  which  show  themselves  at  half  tide,  and  ex- 
tend E.  N.  E.  and  W.  S.  W.  distant  two  miles  from  the  island.  |f  you 
should  be  forced  to  the  northward  of  Cape  Ann,  there  is  n  very  clear 
bay,  called  Ipswich  bay,  and  N.  E.  from  it  lies  the  harbour  of  Portsmouth, 
the  entrance  to  which  is  formed  by  Great  island  on  the  west,  and  Ger- 
rish's  island  on  the  cast ;  on  the  former  of  which  the  town  of  New  Cas- 
tle is  built. 

From  Cape  Ann  lights  to  the  Isles-ofShoals  the  course  isN.  i  E.  distant 
6i  leagues.  These  isles  h.e  low  and  level,  and  near  two  miles  in  length. 
South  from  their  west  end,  half  a  mile  distant,  lies  a  rock,  which  may  be 
seen  at  half  tide,  and  by  giving  the  west  end  of  these  islands  a  birth  of  1| 
mile,  a  N.  by  W.  course  will  carry  you  to  the  entrance  of  Portsmouth 
harbour,  9  miles  distant.  The  southernmest  of  these  islands  has  a  light- 
house on  it,  as  more  fully  described  in  page  148. 

Strangers  should  never  attempt  to  go  found  the  east  end  of  these  isl- 
ands ;  but  if  driven  thereto,  give  them  a  birth  of  half  a  mile,  and  steer 
N.  W.  by  N.  which  will  carry  you  to  Portsmouth.  N.  E.  from  the  east 
end  of  these  islands,  4  miles  distant,  lies  York  ledf;e,  which  is  always  to 
be  seen,  and  extends  N.  £.  and  S.  W.  two  miles.  From  York  ledge  to 
Boon  island  light  the  course  is  E.  N.  E.  distant  9  miles.  From  Boon  isl- 
and light  to  Boon  island  r^ck  (on  which  the  sea  always  breaks)  the  course 
is  E.  and  tbe  distance  3  miles.  From  Boon  island  light  to  Wood  island 
light,  the  couLse  is  N.  N.  E.  distant  12  leagues,  and  from  thence  to  Ckpe 
Elizabeth  the  course  is  N.  E.  -}  E.  and  distance  4  leagues.  [Seepage  147.] 


:i\ 


Directions  for  sailing  in  and  out  of  Boston  Bay,  from  Calpe 
Cod  or  Cape  Ann,  to  Boston-light  house. 

Boston  light-house,  as  before  mentioned,  stands  on  a  small  islan^^t  t^Q 
entrance  of  the  channel,  and  is  about  82  fieet  high,  including  the  tb;ntern^ 
To  steer  for  it  from  Cape  Cod,  wlien  in  5  fathoms  off  PeelcQf^  hi4l  bsjft 
your  course  is  N.  VV.  by  W.  i  W.  14  leagues.  Should  it  be  tljiick  w.ea- 
ther,  and  you  should  fall  in  with  the  south  shore  of  9citu(i(!d'^q,  1$  fa* 
thoms,  steer  N.  till  you  get  into  16  fathoms,  when  Boston  J^tftwill^AilSW 
W.  N.  W.  ..v-,.:    _;■■.,       f 

From  ,^the  Race  point  light-house  to  Boston  light-house,  is  aWj^t  1 1, 


-^ 


*.' 


■«■■• 


i 


168 


Blunts  American  Coast  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


leagues.  From  Cape  Aon  lights  to  Boston  light,  (Tic  course  is  S.  W.  i  S.  dis' 
tant  8^  leagues.  4 

There  arc  two  \'\^\i%  on  Thatcher*s  island.  This  inland  contains  about 
30  acres  of  land,  secured  by  an  iron  bound  shore,  and  is  situated  about 
tvvo  miles  east  uf  ibc  mtiin  land  of  Cape  Ann.  it  ulfords  no  harbour,  nor 
is  there  anv  safe  anchorai^e  very  near  it ;  there  is  a  passage  between  that 
and  the  main,  through  which  small  vessels  may  pass  even  at  low  tide  ;  but 
the  water  is  shoal  and  the  bottom  covered  by  a  collection  of  large  round 
■tones.  The  light-li|0U3C9  were  erected  there  for  the  boueflt  of  vessels 
coining  in  from  sea,  as  well  as  for  tliose  coasting  around  tho  shores.  As 
eoon  as  these  lights  are  discovered  they  can  know  their  real  situation  ; 
for  being  two  lights,  they  cannot  be  taken  for  the  sing\|p  revolving  light  at 
Boston  harbour,  or  for  the  Plymouth  lights,  where  there  are  also  two,  but 
the  distance  between  them  is  only  1 1  feet  6  inches,  while  the  distance  be- 
tween those  oil  Thatcher's  island  is  about  one-third  of  a  mile,  and  can  be 
brought  to  range  one  with  the  other  when  you  are  abreast  of  the  island,  and 
bear  N.  by  K.  J  E.  and  S.  by  W,  J  W.  from  each  other,  and  those  on 
Plumb  island  bear  E.  by  N.  and  W.  by  S.  from  each  other.  The  lights 
on  this  island  are  of  great  use  to  all  vessels  in  their  passage  in  or  out,  as 
they  point  out  the  situation  of  the  Salvages  on  the  north,  and  the  London- 
er on  the  south.  Besides,  from  the  different  bearings  of  the  lights,  a  safe 
departure  may  be  taken  foi'  the  diiTere nt  harbours  in  the  bay,  as  well  as 
for  those  bound  northerly  and  to  sea.  For  remarks  more  minute,  you 
will  find  them  in  t'ie  directions  for  sailing  to  Boston  light,  to  Baker's  isl- 
and lights,  and  to  Uiose  on  Plumb  island,  at  the  mouth  of  Newburyport 
harbour. 


Directions  for  Scituate  harbour. 

The  light-house  at  the  entrance  of  Scituate  harbour  was  erected  more 
ioT  the  benelit  of  ibreigners,  who  fall  into  the  bay  southward  of  Coh^p- 
set  rocks,  and  as  a  guide  to  southern  coasters  to  avoid  Cedar  point,  which 
is  flat,  and  projects  into  the  hay  beyond  the  Clifts,  than  for  any  advan- 
tages to  be  derived  from  the  harbour,  which  is  small^  having  only  about 
12  feet  water  on  the  bar  at  high  water,  middling  tides.  There  is  one 
light,  which  is  fixed,  elevated  30  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea,  4  miles 
t«  the  southward  of  Cohasset  rocks,  andthereby  distinguishable  from  Bos- 
ton light,  on  thetiorth,  which  is  a  repeating  light ;  and  Plymouth  lights  on 
the  south,  which  show  two  lights  (or  lanterns  on  the  same  building.)  Sci- 
tuate light-house  is  erected  on  Cedar  point,  which  makes  the  north  chop 
«f  the  harbour,  the  first  clift  (so  called)  making  the  south  chop.  There 
are  four  of  these  cliAs  extending  towards  the  north  main  ;  the  southern- 
most of  which  is  the  highest. 

From  the  body  of  the  light-house,  the  northerly  part  of  Cedar  point 
and  a  ledge  called  Long  ledge,  extends  N.  N.  W.  nearly  one  mile  ;  so 
that  vessels  falling  in  a  little  more  than  one  mile  northward  of  the  light, 
may  bring  the  light  to  bear  south  ;  and  if  they  make  good  their  course 
north,  they  will  clear  the  outer  ledges  of  Cohasset  rocks  ;  half  a  mile 
east  of  the  body  of  the  I'ght  will  clear  Cedar  point.  Long  ledge,  and  the 
first Cliflledge.  [Note — there  are  ledges  extending  from  all  the  4  clifts, 
but  none  between  them,  and  half  a  mile  from  the  shore  will  clear  all  ex- 
cept frigates  and  large  vessels.]  .^ 

From  the  body  of  the  light,  running  S.  S.  E.  will  clear^ranche's  point ; 
consequently,  giving  the  tight  half  a  mile  birth,  there  will  be  no  danger 
4n  running  S.  S.  E. 

There  is  a  passage  within  Cabasset  rocks,  used  by  coasters,  tvhich  is 


^i^^-C 


Edit. 

I  S.  dii' 

is  about 
(1  about 
ur,  nor 
ten  that 
ide  ;  but 
;e  round 
I  vessels 

68.       As 

Luation  ; 
I  light  at 
two,  but 
ance  be- 
d  can  be. 
land, and 
those  on 
he  lights 
r  out,  as 
London- 
its,  a  safe 
ts  well  as 
nute,  you 
iker's  isl- 
^buryport 


;ted  more 
of  Cohs^p- 
int,  which 
ly  advan- 
mly  about 
jre  is  one 
a,  4  miles 
from  Bos- 
1  lights  on 
ing.)  Sci- 
|orth  chop 
.     There 
southern- 

idar  point 

mile  ;  so 

the  light, 

jir  course 

jalf  a  mile 

(e,  and  the 

le  4  clifts, 

jar  all  ex- 

[e's  point ; 
10  danger 

L  which  is 


10  Edit^         Blunt^s  American  Coast  Pilot. 


169 


'    found  by  giring  the  light  half  a  mile  birth,  and  running  N.  W.  by  N.  to 
the  southerly  entering  rock. 

There  is  a  meeting-house  about  two  miles  W.  by  N.  from  the  light ; 

and  a  farm-house  near  the  northwest  side  of  the  harbour,  with  two  large 

barns   a  little  north.     To  go  into  the  harbour  ^the  ^mouth  of  which  is 

about  one-third  of  a  mile  wide)  bring  the  meetmg-house  or  farm-house 

(^      to  bear  about  W.  by  N.  from  the  middle  of  the  entrance  of  the  harbour, 

and  rpn  in  W.  by  N.  for  the  farm-house,  until  you  have  palled  the  bar, 

;,'   ^  ^^('cM  is  a  hr.rd  bed  of  stones  and  gravel,  that  does  not  shift  ;  and  aAer 

«4   ^sing  the  bar,  and  coming  on  sandy  bottom,  haul  up  and  anchor  near 

the  b^h  on  the  south  side  of  the  harbour. 


Directions  for  *Plymouth  harbour. 

The  high  land  of  the  Monument  bears  from  the  lights  S.  ^  W.  3  miles, 
And  tMonument  point  S.  S.  E.  3  leagues,  and  Branche's  point  N.  ^  W. 
about  3  leagues,  Saquash  head  W.  |  S.  3  miles,  the  easternmost  part  of 
Brown's 'i«l|y|ds  or  shoal  that  dries,  S.  S.  W.  l^mile,  and  the  Gurnet 
rock  from  me  body  of  the  light-house  E.  by  S.  f  S.  one-third  part  of  a 
mile  ;  on  this  rock  you  have  but  3  feet  at  low  water,  at  which  time  all  the 
soundings  were  taken.  When  you  have  shut  in  the  Sandy  hill  with  the 
Gurnet  head,  you  are  clear  of  the  rock  ;  afler  which  you  must  miod  not 
to  haul  iii>too  close  to  the  head,  as  there  are  many  sunken  rocks  some  dis- 
tance from  the  shore.  When  you  bring  Saquash  head  to  bear  W.  by  N. 
you  may  then  steer  up  W.  by  S.  and  if  you  are  bound  for  Plymouth,  you 
must  keep  that  courseifor  a  large  red  cliflT  on  the  main,  which  is  a  very 
good  mark  to  carry  you  clear  of  Dick's  flat ;  then  you  must  steer  more 
southerly  for  Beach  point,  or  run  up  until^ou  are  abreast  of  Saquash 
head,  giving  it  one-quarter  of  a  mile  distance  ;  then  steer  W.  by  S.  |  8. 
which  #ill  clear  you  of  Dick's  flat,  and  carry  you  directly  for  Beach 
point,  keeping  within  15  or  20  yards  of  the  Sandy  point,  steering  away 
for  the  southward,  keeping  that  distance  until  you  have  shut  in  the  lights, 
where  you  may  anchor  in  3  and  4  rauioms,  but  the  channel  is  very  nar- 
row, having  nothing  but  a  flat  all  the  way  to  Plymouth,  except  this  small 
channel,  which  runs  close  by  this  neck  of  land  ;  you  will  have  4  and  6 
fathoms  close  to  this  point.  If  you  are  bound  into  the  Cow -yard,  you 
must  steer  as  before  directed,  which  will  clear  you  of  the  stone  monu* 
ment  oii  Dick's  flat  and  that  on  the  Muscle  bank,  both  which  you  leave 
oa'yoat  litarboard  hand,  when  you  may  anchor  in  7  or  8  fathoms  water. 
. —  ■  ''I'll 

'*'  This  harbour  is  capacious,  but  shaHow,  and  is  formed  by  a  long  and  narrow  neck  of 
l»nd,  called  Salt-house  beach,  extending  southerly  from  Marshfield,  and  terminating  at 
the  Gurnet  hsad,   and  by  a  smaller  beach  within,  running  in  an  op^site  direction,  and 
^    rt)nHecled  with  the  main  land  near  Eel  river,  about  3  miles  from  the  to#R.    There  are  two 
^l^ght-houses  on  the  Gurnet,  which  are  about  86  feet  above  the  surfocfrW  the  sea,  15  feet 
*;  apart,  containing  fixed  lights,  and  cannot  be  brought  into  one  to  tllb  iM-rthward,  uolpss 
you  are  on  the  shore.  But  to  tlie  southward  you  may  bring  them  ia  one,  #h!cii  is  a  vei^good 
mark  to  clear  you  of  Brown's  island  or  sand  bank.    On  Salt-house  beach  is  placed  dM'of 
the  huts  erected  find  niaintained  by  the  Humane  Society  of  Massachusetts,  Mr  the  recep* 
tion  and  relief  of  shipwrecked  mariners.    There  is  a  breach  in  the  inner  beach,  which  ex- 
puses  the  shipping,  even  ^t  the  wharves,  during  an  easterly  storm.    ThQ  Gurnet  imn 
eminence  at  the  souUiem  extremity  of  the  beach.  ,'  ^ 

t  Monuk.  nt  Bay  ffrom  which  the  point  takes  its  name)  is  formed  bj  the  beiKjiug  of 
Cnpfr  Cod.    It  is  spacious  and  convenient  for  the  protection  of  shippins.    -   - 


I 


170 


BlunOs  American  Coast  Pilots         4QEdii> 


If  bound  to  Kingston  you  will  keep  the  house  on  Gurnet  head  just  open 
with  SnquRsh  heud,  until  you  have  opened  the  high  pines  with  Clerk** 
island  ;  Ihcn  you  are  clear  of  the  Muscle  bonk,  when  you  may  steer  N. 
W.  until  ^ou  have  3  fathoms  at  low  water«  not  running  into  lens. 

In  coming  'rom  the  northward,  bound  into  Plymouth,  you  must  not  bring 
the  lights  mure  southerly  than  S.  by  W.  to  avoid  High  Fine  ledge,  which 
lies  north  from  the  Gurnet  head  about  2^  or  3  miles.  VVhcu  you  are  on 
the  ahoiilcst^rt  of  this  ledge,  some  part  of  which  appears  at  low  ebbx, 
you  will  have  the  high  pines  in  range  with  Captain's  hill,  which  willNien 
bear  W.  by  S.  This  ledge  of  rocks  lies  1|  mile  from  the  shore,  extend'* 
ing  about  N.  N.  E.  for  near  n  mile,  and  close  to  this  ledge  yoa  wiil*|iave 
4  and  b  fatiioma,  which  deepens  gradually  as  you  run  from  it. to  thfe  east- 
ward ;  within  one  mile  you  will  have  10  and  12  fathoms.       '        ( 

In  coming  from  the  soutliwurd,  bound  into  Plymouth,  you  must  not  open 

the  northern  light  to  the  westward,  but  keep  them  in  om^  which  will  car* 

ry  you  in  5  fathoms  by  the  easternmost  part  of  Brown^s  islands  or  shoal, 

keeping  that  course  until  you  are  within  half  a  mile  of  Gurnet  head,  or 

nigher,  where  you  will  huve  but  4  fii^homs  ;  then  Saquash  head  will  bear 

VV.  by  N.  a  little  northerly,  and  the  two  outermost  trees  on  the  head  in 

one  ;  then  you  may  steer  directly  for  them,  until  you  bring  the  lights  to 

bear  £.  N.  E.  and  the  house  on  Saquash  head  to  bear  N.  W.>ju8t  open 

,   with  the  first  Sandy  beach,  where  you  may  anchor  in  4  fathoms  in  Saqtiash 

road.^ood  clear  bottom  ;  but  if  you  ai  &;  bound  for  Plymouth,  or  the  Cow> 

^i\rd»,  ^  ou  must  steer  as  before  directed.     If  in  the  night,  it  is  best  to 

'  jtnchor  here,  at  it  h  diflicult  to  make  Beach  point  (as  it  is  mostly  covered 

.?{}*■■    ^fii  high  water)  if  dark,  or  to  go  into  the  Cow-yard. 

-rr  In  turning  into  Plymouth,  you  must  not  stand  to  the  northward  into  less 

f^  than  3  fathoms,  as  it  runs  a  flat  u  long  way  fron^  the  Gurnet  head  to  Saquash  ; 

and  from  both  the  heads  lies  otf  a  point  of  rocka,  a  good  way  from  the 

shore,  many  of  them  but  just  under  water  at  low  ebbs.     And  all  the  way 

(fum  ^iacn'ish  to  the  Muscle  bank,  you  have  shoal  water ;  so  that  you 

Qiost  not  Htuud  in  less  than  before  mentioned.     And  in  standing  over  for 

the  sands  to  the  southward,  you  must  go  about  as  soon  as  you  have«hoalen 

your  v/ater  to  4  fathoms,  as  it  is  bold  too,  and  you  may  observe  the  rips, 

unless  it  is  very  smooth.     This  san^  extends  from  abreast  of  the  lights  to 

Beach  point,  most  of  which  is  dry  %t  lovv  ebbs.     From  the  easternmost 

gart  of  this  sand  to  Dick's  flat  it  rounds  with  a  considerable  sweep  ;  you 
ave  but  5  fathoms  watei*  from  the  easternmost  part  of  Brown's  island  to 
>t)i!?  G.qrnct  head,  and  not  more  than  7  or  8  until  you  are  abreast  of  Dick's 
fla^i  where  you  will  have   13  oi^  14  fathoms  in  a  deep  hole,  and  then 
shoalen  to  5  fathoms  abreast  of  Beach  point. 
*  If  you  should  fall  into  the  southward  of  Brown's  islands  or  shoal,  be* 

tween  them  and  the  Monument  land,  where  you  have  20  fathoms  in  some 
places,  you  must  not  attempt  to  run  for  the  lights,  until  you  have  them 
shut  in  one  with  the  other,  when  they  will  bear  N.  N.  W.  i  W.  ;  if  you 
do,  you  may  depend  on  being  on  Brown's  islands  or  shoals,  cs  there  is  no 
passage  for  even  a  boat  at  low  water. 

In  v'.oming  in  from  the  northward  in  the  night,  you  must  not  bring  the  light 
to  bear  more  southerly  tha%f9t by  W.  to  avoid  High  Pice  ledge,  and  keep 
that  course  until  you  have  them  to  bear  N.  W,  orN.  W.  by  W.  when  you 
will  be  clear  of  the  rock,  and  may  stder  oip  W.  hv  S.  until  you  have  the 
lights  to  bear  £.  N.  E.  where  you  had  best  anohor  in  the  night.  Here 
the  tide  runs  strong  channel  course  from  the  Garnet  to  the  Race  point  of 
Cape  Cod  ;  tb^  course  is  £.  ^  N.  about  6  leagues  distance  ;  aad  from  the 


byN. 

Vess* 
bring  th 
for  Bost 
Wher 
the  west 
fish-hou! 
is  called 
from  the 
water. 

In  pas 
mile,  as 
point, 
cove. 

*  There 
REVOLVI 
on  highlaiK 
S.  S.  W.  i 
155  feet  fro 

t  The  li| 
vated  «^>ou 
nNt  Bbor* , 


A?'  .<?.? 


10  Edit 


Blunf  6  American  Coast  Pilot. 


171 


Gurnet  to  the  noint  K^inK  '"^  Cape  CoJ  harbour,  is  E.  by  S.  1  leagaei. 
If  you  ahouM  make  the  h^'htnin  hnr'1  northerly,  or  N.  W.  winds,  and  can> 
not  get  into  Plymouth,  yo<  may  tht>n  run  for  Cape  Cod  harbour,  bring- 
ing the  lights  to  bear  W.  by  N.  and  atoer  directly  for  the  harbour,  which 
you  mar  do  unless  it  is  vcrj^  dark,  as  it  is  bold  too — and  you  may  see  the 
Sandy  hills  before  you  can  g'jt  on  yhore.  You  mav  keep  within  100 
yards  of  the  shore  until  you  are  up  with  the  point  that  runs  out  to  tli« 
eastward,  which  you  roust  give  a  quarter  of  o  mile  distance,  and  then 
steer  up  N.  W.  If  it  should  blow  so  hard  thct  you  cannot  turn  up  the 
harbour,  you  may  anchor  off  the  point,  clear  bottom  ;  you  have  8  and  9 
fathoms  very  nigh  the  shore,  so  that  there  is  no  danger  of  being  on  it,  ud- 
less  very  dark. 

At  the  Gurnet  and  Plymouth  the  tides  arc  much  the  same  as  at  Boston  ; 
that  is,  a  3.  E.  moon  mukes  full  seu. 


Directions  for  Cape  Cod  harbour. 

If  you  wish  to  go  into  Cape  Cod  harbour,  you  may  pass  within  one- 
quarter  of  a  mile  of  the  light  on  *Race  point.  After  pissing  it,  bring  it  to 
bear  N.  N.  W.  and  run  S.  S.  E. ;  run  until  the  light  on  the  highland  bears  * 
£.  by  N. ;  then  run  for  it  !2  or  3  nflibs,  when  you  will  be  clear  of  Wood 
end  bar ;  then  N.  E.  to  bring  the  light  on  the  highland  to  bear  E.  |  % 
when  haul  up  N.  W.  for  the  harbour,  and  anchor  in  4  fathoms,  when  thie 
light  will  bear  E.  by  S.  4  S.  5  or  6  mii«is  distant. 

In  going  into  Cape  Cod  harbour  in  the  night,  you  may  follow  the  above 
directions  till  the  light  on  the  highland  bears  E.  by  N.  when  you  may  run 
for  it  till  you  get  into  6  fathoms,  when  you  must  steer  N.  W.  for  Province- 
town,  keeping  same  soundings,  about  3  miles  distant. 

Good  anchorage  may  be  found  it)  a  N.  E.  gale,  by  running  for  the  light, 
giving  it  one-third  of  a  mile  distanqe  as  you  pass  it ;  as  soon  as  it  bears  E. 
by  N.  haul  up  E.  S.  £.  and  anchor  in  from  10. to  4  fathoms. 

Vessels  inward  bound,  who  fall  in  with  the  back  of  Cape  Cod,  may 
bring  the  thght  to  bear  S.  W.  2  ietigues  distant,  and  then  steer  W.  N.  W. 
for  Boston  light-house,  which  contains  a  revolving  light. 

When  up  with  Race  point,  you  will  tind  it  very  bold  about  one  mile  to 
the  westtvard  of  the  light- hou^e,  and  it  majp-be  known  by  a  number  of 
fish-house?  on  it.  About  one  mile  to  the  southward  of  Race  point  is  what 
is  called  Herring  cove,  wheie  you  may  have  good  anchorage  half  a  mile 
from  the  shore,  the  ^nd  from  E.  to  N.  N.  E.  in  4,  or  even  in  3  fathoms 
water. 

In  passing  Race  point  to  the  southward,  you  must  give  it  a  birth  of  one 
mile,  as  there  is  a  long  flat  of  sand  that  lies  to  the  southward  of  said 
point.  You  must  not  haul  to  the  eastward  till  you  come  near  Herring 
cove. 

*  There  is  a  light-house  erected  on  the  extreme  point  of  Race  (ioint,  which  contain*  * 
REVOLVING  LIGHT  (on  the  lame  plan  as  Boston  light)  to  distinguish  it  (tarn  the  on* 
on  highland  of  Cape  Cod,  but  it  cannot  be  seen  from  vessels  coming  from  sea  until  U  beait 
S.  S.  W.  I  S.  when  they  run  for  it.    The  light  is  25  feet  above  the  level  of  the  ssa,  and   ,r 
155  feet  from  Ugh  Water  mark.  ,    <• 

t  The  lighthouse  is  erected  on  land  at  the  •Clay  pound3  (high  land  of  Cape  Cod)  frlv^' 
vated  M>out  150  feet,  which,  with  the  elevation  of  the  lantern,  makes  the  whole  Ittlght^OO 
f«et  abov*  high  water  mark.    It  contains  a  Fit  ED  LIG  HT. 


f 


172 


Blunfs  American  Coast  Pilot. 


10  Eiia. 


In  running  from  Ruce  point  to  Wood  '  nd,  after  you  pass  the  Block  Innd 
or  Hummocki,  yon  will  conne  up  with  a  low  nandy  beach  which  rorma 
the  harbour,  extending  between  two  and  three  niilet  to  Wood  end,  which 
if  difficult  to  be  diitinguiahv:d  in  the  night ;  it  ia  very  bold,  and  you  will 
have  26  fathomi  water  within  one^quurter  of  a  ncile  of  the  ihore. 

In  beating  into  Cane  Cod  harbonr  you  moat  keep  the  cnatern  fihore 
aboard  until  you  get  into  5  futhoini  wuler.  ^tund  no  further  to  tho  went- 
wjird  than  to  bring  the  light  to  bear  E.  by  S.  ns  there  t)i  u  loiignptt  of  Hntut 
runa  off  from  the  western  ohore,  which  being  very  hold,  you  will  huve  1 1 
litthnmtt  water  within  a  stone's  throw  o(  the  Hhorc. 

If  it  blows  so  hard  that  vou  cannot  beat  into  tlie  harbour,  you  will  have 
good  anchoring  without,  from  10  to  15  fathoms  water.  Or,  if  it  bVowa 
hard  at  N.  E.  bring  Race  point  to  bear  N.  W.  bv  N.  and  steer  S.  E.  by 
S.  7 leagues,  which  course  will  carry  you  into  WclKlect,  formerly  <aUed 
Billingsgate.  In  steering  this  course  vou  will  muke  narwic.h  right  ahead. 
When  you  open  the  bay,  you  will  bring  an  islnnd  un  your  larboard  hand, 
when  you  may  haul  to  the  eastward,  and  anchor  :iufe  from  all  winds. 


■*^^n 


Detcrivtion  of  the  eaitem  coattofthe  county  of  Bnrmtahlc  from  Cape  Cod, 

6r  Race  point,  in  lat.  42**  6'  N.  to  Cape  Mnlebarrc,  or  the  Sandy  point 
'it-      of  Chatham,  in  lat.  41^  34'  N.  pointing  out  the  tpota  on  -jchieh  the  Trua- 

tee%  of  the  Humane  Society  have  er^Ud  hutty  and  other  places  where  thip- 
'  vik  wrecked  Seamen  may  look  for  .helter. 
'> 

,  The  curvatu'c  of  the  shore,  on  the  west  sido  of  Proviiicctowii,  ami  noirth  of  Race  pohit, 
is  called  Herring  cove,  which  in  three  miles  in  lenf^th.  There  is  goixi  anchuriiif;  ground 
here,  and  vessels  may  ride  safely  in  four  or  five  futhonia  water,  wlicn  the  wind  is  from 
north-east  to  somh-east. 

On  Raccpoint  stand  ahout  a  dozen  fishing  huts,  contninii){{  fire-places  and  otiicr  conve- 
niences. The  distance  from  tliese  huts  to  Provincctowu,  which  lies  on  Cape  Cod  harbour, 
is  three  miles.  The  passage  is  over  a  sandy  beach,  without  grnw,  or  any  otiier  vcgftabi>- 
growing  on  it,  to  the  woods,  through  which  is  a  winding  road  to  ihc  town.  It  woula 
be  difficult,  if  not  impossible,  for  a  stranger  to  find  his  uay  thither  in  the  dark; 
|kid  the  woods  are  so  full  of  ponds  and  entangling  swumps,  that  if  the  road  was  missed, 
(I^Btruction  would* probably  be  the  consequence  of  attempting  to  penetrate  them  in  the 
-oil^t. 

'  Tsatfyit  (torn  Raise  point  commences  a  ridge,  which  extends  to  the  head  of  Stout's  creeic. 
'  Whh  ijie  face  torthe  east,  on  the  left  hand  of  the  ridge,  is  the  sandy  shoi  e  :  on  the  right 
'^''■WSlB^  sandy^alley  ;  beyond  which  is  naked  sand,  reaching  to  the  hills  and  woods  of 
m.  'This  rijge  is  weU^covered  w)th  beach  grass,  and  appears  to  owe  its  ex- 
tat  vegetaMe. 
grass,  during  the  spring  and  summer,  grows  about  two  feet  and  a  iialf.    If  sur- 
totijlied  by  naked  beach,  the  storms  of  autumn  and^winter  heiip  up  the  snnd  on  nil 
tides,  and^  cause  it   to  rise   nearly  to  the  top  of  the   plant.    In   the  ensuir.  '  spring, 
the  grass  Sprouts  anew  ;  it  again  covered  with  sand  in  the  winter,  and  thus  a  hill  or 
ridge  continues  to  ascend,  as  long  as  there  is  a  sufficient  base  to  support  it,  or  till  the  cir- 
cumscribing s^nd,  being  also  covered  with  beach  grass,  will  no  longer  yield  to  the  force  of 
the  win^f. 

On  tbis'ri^ge,  half  way  between  Race  point  and  the  head  of  Stout's  creek,  the  Trus- 
tees of  the  Humane  Society  have  erected  a  hut.  ft  stands  a  mile  from  Pecked  hill,  a 
land-mark  well  known  to  seamen,  and  is  about  2^  miles  from  Race  point.  Seamen, 
cast  away  on  this  part  of  the  coaFt,  will  find  a  shelter  here  ;  and  in  north-east 
storms,  should  they  strike  to  the  leeward  of  it,  anc<  be  unable  to  turn  their  faces  to  tht 
windward,  by  passing  on  to  Race  point,  they  will  soon  come  to  the  fishing  huts  before 
mentioned.' 

At  the  head  of  Stout's  creek  tlie  Trustees  have  built  a  second  hut.  Stout's  creek  is  n 
small  branch  of  East  harbour  in  Truro.  Many  years  ago  there  was  a  body  of  salt  mar^.t 
on  it ;  and  it  then  deserted  tite  name  of  a  creek.  Bjt  the  marsh  was  long  sinro  destroy. 
ed ;  and  the  creek,  now  scarcely  exists,  appearing  only  Jil^e  a  small  depression  in  the  sand, 
heiag  entirely  dry,  and  now  principally  covered  with  beach  grass.    Thc'creek  runs  fioMi 


10  Edit. 


BlunOi  American  Coast  Pilot. 


1^3 


nutlh-watt  to  south-flaK,  and  U  iMttily  parallal  with  the  ■hor»  on  Iha  a«ann,  froin  wkicli 
it  \t  u  nu  airal  dtilaiice.  Not  f«r  from  It,  tha  hUli  ot  I'lovtncetown  ttrmtnata  i  and 
•lioulil  i  ul  tno  hut  b«  fouiui,  by  walking  round  ttia  hrad  of  tha  craak,  with  lha  faca  to  tha 
west,  th  'hklU  on  thu  il^ht  hand,  and  kaepin|cloM  to  tha  thoraon  iliaharbot  ■,  InUia  than 
•u  hour  tha  t)ikp<wrockad  Manian  would  coma  to  Provlocalowu.  it  \»  hl|h  watai  at  Trura 
about  30  niinuti>a  looiiar  than  at  Hoston. 

Tha  Humana  Suctety,  laverul  yoari  u(o,  arectad  a  hu.  Bt  tha  hrad  of  Slout'a  rraak  t 
but  it  wai  built  in  an  improper  irtanhr-  having  a  chimney  In  It^  and  woa  plitced  on  • 
luot  where  no  bcnrh  grititi  Kr«w.  Tha  itroiiK  winJi  blew  the  land  Irora  ilN  fuundalioit,  Mtul 
the  weight  of  the cliimnty  brought  it  lo  the  KrountI,  to  that  in  January,  1802,  it  wa«  an- 
lirt'ly  demoli«lied.  Thii  rvent  looli  place  uOoul  lix  weeki  brfora  tha  Brutui  wat  riil  away. 
If  it  had  rimuined  it  Ih  probable  that  lh«  whole  of  Iha  unfortunate  crew  of  that  ihtp 
would  have  been  lavod*,  at  they  gained  the  ihora  a  few  ro<ii  only  from  tha  Rpot  wharv  Iha 
hut  had  Hood. 

Thu  hut  now  vrei'ted  »tiindt  on  a  place  covered  with  beach  grau.  To  prevent  any  ac* 
rIdiMit  from  linppeidng  to  it,  ur  in  the  other  hut  near  Peeked  Tdll,  the  Truvteei  have  »e- 
ciircd  thi)  ntlvnt'.on  of  if  verM  gentleman  In  the  neighbourhood.  Dr.  Thnddeui  Brown, 
and  Cupt.  Thomai  S'nallry,  of  Provlncotowu,  hnvc  engogeH  to  inxpcct  both  hull,  lo  ire 
that  llitty  are  lupplied  with  draw  or  huy  in  Iho  autamn,  that  the  doori  and  windowt  are 
kept  «hul,  und  that  repuiri  arn  made  when  ncceiiury.  i'he  Rev.  Mr.  Uanum,  of  Truro, 
huR  hIio  promUed  'o  viiil  the  luit  ut  Stout'ii  creek  twice  or  t!  <  le  a  venr ;  nnd  the  Kuv.  Mr. 
Whitman,  of  Welllleet,  diitiuKuiihed  through  the  country  tor  his  activity  aitd  b«nevo> 
Ictice,  has  undertaken,  iIioukIi  luinole  from  the  place,  the  lume  charge. 

From  the  head  uf  Stuut'i  creek  to  the  tcrminution  of  the  tall  marih.  which  liei  on  both 
sidci  and  at  the  henil  of  Kuit  harbour  river,  the  diitance  is  about  3i  iitilea.  A  narrow 
beach  icpaialei  this  river  from  the  ocean.  It  ii  not  lO  regular  a  ridge  ai  that  before  dc- 
Bciihed,  an  there  are  on  it  one  or  two  hilU  which  the  neighbouring  inhabitanli  call  iilaodi. 
It  may  without  much  difllculiy  be  croiicd  every  where,  except  over  thoie  elevationi.  By 
tiieHe  hilU,  even  duiing  the  niKht,  the  beath  may  be  diitinguiihed  ''rom  thoHi  hereaflei  to  be 
mentioned.  !.  lief  from  N.  W,  to  S.  F,.  and  ia  in  most  parti  covered  with  beach  gfaii.  The 
hilli  have  a  few  xhrubi  on  the  declivities  next  the  river.  At  the  end  of  the  marsh  tlia 
beach  suhiiden  a  little,  and  there  it  an  easy  paitinge  into  a  valley  in  which  we  »ituat«4 
two  or  three  dwelling  Iioums.  TIte  Krst  on  the  left  iiand,  or  ^nth,  is  a  few  rods  only  from 
the  ocean. 

The  shore,  which  cxt.>nds  from  this  valley  to  Race  point,  ii  unquestionably  the  part  of 
the  coast  the  most  expo8>^d  to  ihipwrecks.  A  N.  £.  storm,  the  most  violent,  and  fatal  to 
tienmen,  ci  it  is  frequently  accumpanif  d  with  snow,  blows  directly  on  the  land  ;  a  itronn 
cut'cnt  sets  aJoug  tt<e  sjiore ;  add  to  which,  that  ships,  during  the  operation  of  such  u 
storm,  endeavour  to  work  to  the  norkSward,  that  they  may  get  into  the  bay.  Should  they 
be  unab'.e  to  weather  Roco  point,  the  wind  drives  them  on  the  shore,  and  a  shipwreck  ie 
ineviiablo.  Accordingly,  the  strand  is  every  vvhere  covered  with  tJie  fragments  of  vessels. 
Huts,  therefore,  placed  within  a  mile  of  each  other,  have  '  ■>'.!  thought  necessary  by  many 
judicious  persons.  To  this  opinion  the  Trustees  are  disposed  to  pay  due  respect ;  and 
iierenftcr,  if  the  funds  of  the  Society  increase,  new  huts  will  be  built  here  for  the  relief  of 
thti  unfortunate.  ' 

From  the  valley  above  mentioned  the  lead  rises,  and  less  than.a  qile  fhmi  it  ttie  high  . 
land  coMmences.  On  the  first  efevated  spot  (the  Cla^  Pounds)  standsftthe  UghMrausfl* 
which  contains  a  FIXED  LIGHT,  which  every  navigator  should  in^press  on  :l|l[iriidiid4*' 
The  Shore  here  turns  to  the  south  ;  and  the  hiEh  land  extends  to  the  tal^  lu||,VC'£ast-r 
bhPi.  This  high  land  approachen  the  ocean  with  steep  and  lofty  banks  which  it^  ttlnnie- 
ly  difficult  to  climb,  especially  in  a  storm.  In  violent  tempests,  during  very  high  tidei^ 
the  sea  breaks'  against  the  foot  of  them,  rendering  it  then  unsafe  to  walk  on  the  st^d^ 
which  lies  between  them  and  the  ocean,  ijhould  tne  seaman  succeed  in  his  attempt  to 
ascend  them,  he  must  forbear  to  penetrate  into  the  country,  as  houses  are  generally  so  re* 
mote,  that  they  would  eccape  hit  research  during  the  night  ;  he  must  pass 'on  to  toe  val- 
leys, by  which  the  banks  are  intersected.  These  valleys,  which  the  inhabitants  call  bol> 
lows,  run  at  right  angles  with  the  shore  ;  and  in  the  middle,  or  lowest  part  of  them,  a  road 
leads  from  the  drirelling-houses  to  the  sea. 

The  first  of  these  valleys  is  Dyer's  hollowj  1)  mile  south  of  the  light-house.  It  is  a  wida 
opening,  being  200  lods  broad,  from  summit  to  summit.  In  it  stands  a  dwelling-house,  a 
quarter  of  a  mile  from  the  beach.  .  . 

A  *nilv  and  a  half  south  of  Dyer*s  hollow,  is  a  second  valley,  cdUed  Harding's  liollow. 
At  the  entrance  of  thb  valley  the  sand  has  gathered,  so  t'lat  at  present  a  little  qlhnbiog  i» 
necessary.  Passing  over  several  fences,  and  taking  heed  not  to  enter  the  wood  on  thu  d^t 
hand,  at  the  distance  of  three-quarters  of  a  mile  a  liouse  is  to  be  found.  This  bouMfl^ii^l 
on  the  south  side  of  the  road ;  and  not  fai-  from  it,  on  the  south,  is  Panwl  rivec,  wbiciMr(int 
from  east  to  west  through  a  body  of  salt  marsh.  .^y^  i' 

The  third  valley,  half  ai  mile  south  of  Harding's  hollow,  is  head  of  Plip^  bQ)lfnr.  U 
may  with  case  be  distinguished  fiom  the  othet  hollows  mentioned,  as  if  iapitide  opuAagf 


tT. 


# 


;f^ 


*q 


174 


Blunt*ft  Ameriran  Cotst  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


•iMf  Iradi  imimttlauly  ovar  a  b«arh  lo  lh«  anil  marih  At  tha  htad  of  PaiMt  fivar.  In  ih* 
mUilo/  iha  hollow  ihr  land  kaa  ifaii  rattfd  by  a  bruth  feticr,  rnrrlvfl  arrnta  ifiomiMititi 
lii  louili.  'I'hl*  mutl  h«  |iaM«H,  and  iha  thlpwrrrknl  mailiirr  mUI  mioii  mm*  to  a  Ivikm 
wItlrliavpainiKi  what  l«  calird  lli«  mud  frnin  iha  marih.  If  h«  lumt  to  Iha  h(\  haiid,  oi 
•oulh,  al  Iha  dlilaiwi  nl  a  quarlar  of  n  mllt<,  h«  will  ditrovar  a  hontn  ll  hr  lui  -it  In  Uia 
rt(hi  hand,  ai  ihc  diaiitiua  of  half  a  mila,  ha  will  Aiid  Uia  nnw  houM  which  t*  mt  lUiuntJ 
in  Ihft  fora^olni  paragraph. 

Tha  fourth  npanliig,  ihrKn-qiiarlart  nf  a  mile  Miuth  of  llaad  of  I'amri,  |<  Brum  vnllrjr. 
Thta  holtnw  U  narrow,  and  rjlndilng  la  narnttary.  Knlcrlnc  ll,  and  Inclliiinf  » >  iha  right, 
ihrae  qi.arturi  of  a  mlla  will  bring  aaaman  lo  tha  houia,  which  la  ■lin.ite'*  ■>•  tha  haad  of 
Pamai.     Hy  proceading  t'ralghl  forward,  and  puMlng  uv«r  rlilng  (  Hhar  huuw 

may  ba  dlKovarvd,  hut  with  mora  dlffirully. 

Thaiti  ihraa  hollowt,  lying  naar  logethar,  tarvn  in  daslgnaia  rnrh  other.  Either  of  ihrni 
may  b«i  u.<ad ;  but  Mend  id  Painet  bollow  It  iha  *ufuil. 

South  of  bfutli  vulley,  at  Iha  diitanca  of  .1  inltea,  there  la  a  Afilt  opening,  culled  N«w- 
coinb'n  hollow,  eftui  of  tha  hcnd  of  Marring  river  In  WallllMa.  Thlt  valley  ii  a  i|UHrler  of 
a  mile  wide.     On  the  north  «lda  of  It,  near  Iha  ihore.  Harm  a  Athlng  hut. 

Between  tha  two  U<<t  viille/i  tha  hank  ii  very  high  and  sleep,  r'roin  the  edge  nf  It, 
weit,  thara  It  a  ilrlp of  land,  lUO  yards  in  breadth.  Then  sucrocd*  low  bruth-woml,  a 
quarter  of  n  mlli  wide,  niul  almost  impasaitble.  After  which  comaa  a  thick,  parpleaing 
forest,  lit  which  luit  n  liousa  Is  to  b«  discoverod.  Seamen,  tharefore,  though  the  di«tance 
balweiin  Iheiit  two  valleys  is  great,  must  not  atlemui  to  enter  the  wood,  as  In  a  anow  storm 
(hey  would  undoubtedly  iMirlsh.  This  place,  nn  formidable  In  description,  will  however 
lo^o  somewhat  of  its  terror,  when  It  Is  observed,  that  no  Instance  of  a  shipwreck  on  this 
finrt  of  the  coast  is  recollected  by  the  oldest  Inhabitantt  of  Wellfleet. 

Half  n  mile  south  of  Newcomb's  hollow,  is  the  sixth  valley,  called  Pearre's  hollow.  It 
is  ft  sniail  valley.  A  house  stands  at  the  distance  of  a  little  more  than  a  quarter  of  a  mile 
from  the  beach,  W.  by  8. 

Tha  Mvefith  valley  is  Cohoon's  hollow,  half  a  mile  south  of  Pqarce's  hoUow.  It  is  not 
very  witlt .  West  fron.  the  entrance,  several  houaes  may  be  found  at  the  dlstanre  of  a  mile. 
This  ho.  low  lies  E.  by  N.  from  Wellfleet  meetlnf^boiise. 

Two  miles  south  of  Colioon*s  hollow,  the  eimn  valley  la  Snow's  hollow.  It  is  smaller 
Ahaii  the  last.  West  from  Ibe  shore,  at  the  (Nitance  of  a  quarter  of  a  mile,  is  the  county 
road,  which  goes  round  the  head  of  BlnckA^  creek.  Passing  tiiough  this  valley  to  the 
fence,  which  separates  the  rond  from  lira  upland  and  marsh  nt  the  head  of  the  creek,  a 
house  will  immediately  be  found  by  turning  to  the  right  hand,  or  north.  There  are  houses 
also  on  the  le(\,  but  more  remote. 

The  high  land  gradually  sudtides  here,  and  1^  mile  south  terminates  at  the  ninth  vaU 
ley,  called  Fresh  Brook  hollow,  in  which  a  house  ia  to  be  found  a  mile  from  the  shore, 
ivest. 

The  tenth.  Si  mihM  Muth  from  Fresh  Brook  hollow,  is  Plumb  valley,  about  300  yards 
wide.     West  it  a  hmife«,  three  quarters  of  a  mile  distant. 

Between  these  two  vaileyt  is  the  table  land. 

After  this  there  is  no  hollow  of  Importance  to  Cape  Malebarre. 

From  Fresh  Brook  hollow  to  the  commencement  of  Nauset  beach,  the  bank  next  ttie 
ocean  it  about  60  feet  high.  There  are  houses  acattered  over  the  plain,  open  country ; 
but  none  of  them  are  nearer  than  a  mile  to  the  shore.  In  a  atorin  of  wind  and  rain  they 
might  be-discerned  by  dny->light;  but  in  a  snow  storm,  which  ragos  here  with  excessive 
I'ury,  it  would  be  almost  impossible  to  discover  them  either  by  night  or  by  day. 

Not  far  from  this  shore,  south,  the  Trustees  have  erected  a  third  hut,  on  IVauset  beach. 
IVauset  beach  begins  in  latitude  41"  51',  and  extends  south  to  latitndo  41°  41'.  It  is  di- 
vided into  two  parts  by  a  breach  which  the  ocean  has  made  through  it.  This  breach  is 
the  Mouth  of  Nauaet  or  Stage  harbour  ;  and  from  the  openinK,  the  beach  extends  north 
f  I  miles,  till  it  joins  tbe  main  land.  It  is  about  a  furlong  wiae,  and  forms  Nauset  har- 
bour, which  is  of  ilttl^  value,  its  entrance  being  obstructed  bjr  a  bar.  This  northern 
part  of  the  beach  majr  be  distinguished  from  the  southern  part  by  its  being  of  a  less 
regular  form.  Storms  have  made  frequent  irruptions  throiub  the  ridge,  on  which 
beach  glass  growM  ,pn  an  elevated  part  of  the  beach,  standi  tW  hut,  about  1^  mile  N. 
of  the  mouth  of  iNiiuiet  harbour.  Eastham  meeting-bouse  lies  fttm  it  W.  S.  W.  distant 
1|  mile.  The  me«tinf-house  is  without  a  steeple  ;  but  it  mtiy  be  distinguished  from  the 
dwelling-houses  near  "it  by  its  situation,  which  is  bcitween  two  small  groves  of  locusts, 
one  on  the  south,  and  one  on  the  north,  that  on  the  south  being  three-times  as  long  as 
the  other.  About  1|  mile  from  the  hut,  W.  by  N.  appear  the  top  and  arms  of  a  wind- 
mill. The  Rev.  Mr.  Shaw,  and  Eliiha  Mayo,  Esq.  of  Eastham,  have  engaged  to  inspect 
thia  building. 

The  ioutbern  part  ef  Nauset  beach,  most  commonly  called  Chatham  beach,  and  by  a 
lew  persons  Potanumaqunt  beach,  begins  at  the  mouth  of  Nauset  harbour,  and  extends  8 
or  f  4UHaB  south  to  the  mouth  of  uhaUiam  harbour.  It  ia  about  60  rod*  wide.  A  regular 
weU-AMatd  ridga,  which,  In  th«  most  okvated  pait  of  it  it  40  fttt  bifh,  iium  the  whQle 


10  Edit. 


Blutit^H  American  Coait  Pilot. 


173 


•et  beach. 

It  it  di- 
breaoh  is 
indi  north 
.uMt  h«r- 

northexn 
of  a  leas 
on  which 
i  mile  N. 

.  diftant 

from  the 
if  locuiti, 
at  long  at 
if  a  wind- 
to  inspect 

and  by  a 
extends  8 
A  regular 
tbe  whole 


Unflll  nf  ll  (  ami,  with  the  •arwpliuii  of  •  Ufw  tpoli,  ts  cuveiad  whh  li«Hch  %i»m.  Tkie 
baach  form*  iho  barrUr  nf  Chatham  harbour,  which,  Irom  Kirong  kslaiiil,  north,  racwivas 
the  nairM  of  Pl«a»«nt  bay.  A  mtld  Miuih  of  the  eatranc«  of  NauMi  harbour,  it  join*  tha 
main  land  nf  Orleans,  atcapt  In  very  high  tk<i««,  whrn  lh«  tea  llowi  finin  tha  nnrthaatl- 
arn  arm  of  Pleasant  bay  Into  iha  harbour  ol  Nautct,  eomplvtrly  tniniailng  the  beach. 
By  thoaa  who  are  acqiiatittad  wtlh  the  shallim,  it  mey  !>«  tafaly  lordail  at  uny  Ikrrta  ;  hut 
sirangert  inusi  iinl  vanlurn  lo  pass  ii,  when  rovarad  with  wnlar,  ni  belaw,  tha  ihaiiiinl  Is  7 
faalitaap.  On  ibli  heiirh,  about  hiiir  way  tMlwean  tha  aiilrancat  of  Naiii«i  an<l  Chat- 
ham harliouri,  tha  Truitaas  liava  urirlad  a  fourth  hut.  Tha  (unt  •alrriad  n  n  narrow 
part  of  Iha  beach.  On  tha  wrti,  llir  wiitar  a<<joln)ng  it  tt  calltxl  Uui*  hole.  Suli  marsh 
IS  north  and  inuth  of  It  nnit  ilir  bmi  h,  but  Is  liere  mtarriiptad.  Orleans  meeitng-housa 
lies  from  it  N.  W.  The  meeilng-liouie  Is  without  a  steeple,  and  Is  not  seant  hut  it  Is 
very  naer  a  wiiHl-ntlll  placed  on  an  elevated  ground,  a  rnntpicunus  ob)ect  lo  seamea 
coining  op  the  coast.  It  may  be  necersary  to  add,  tRat  there  are  thrre  wind  •mills  in  Or- 
leans,  forming  a  semi-cirrle,  that  Iha  mill  referred  In  is  on  the  right  hand,  or  N.  K. 
point,  and  that  the  mill  In  the  mlilille  imlnl  of  the  senii>citcie  stands  on  still  higher 
ground.  The  mrptlng-house  of  Chntham  !•  tituated  from  it  M.  W.  This  meeiing-hoiiso 
is  also  without  a  steepla,  nnd  is  concealed  by  Great  hill,  a  noted  Innil-marli.  The  hill 
appears  with  two  suminlls,  which  are  a  ijuarter  of  a  mile  npurt.  The  hut  lies  east  from 
Hampnon'ii  liland  in  IMeasant  bay.  Timothy  Bascum,  of  Orleans,  hai  uiidertalirn  to  In* 
sped  this  hut. 

Lest  seamen  should  miss  this  hut,  by  striking  to  the  leeward  of  it,  the  Trustees  have 
•reeled  another  on  the  tumc  beach.  It  siaitds  a  mile  north  of  the  mouth  of  Chatham  bar* 
hour,  east  of  the  m0'<liiig-huiise,  and  opimsite  the  town. 

Another  spot  on  the  same  beach  would  be  a  proper  situalinn  for  a  hut.  It  is  north  of 
tha  fourth  lint,  and  east  of  the  middle  of  Pochet  island.  Tha  highest  part  of  the  ridge  it 
near  it,  8.  A  braak  In  the  ridge,  over  which  tbe  sea  appears  sometiines  to  have  flowed, 
divides  Ibis  high  part  from  the  nortliern  portion  of  Ilia  beach. 

Oil  the  beach  of  Cape  Malebarre,  or  the  sandy  point  of  Chatham,  the  Trustees  have 
built  a  sixth  hut.  This  beach  sirelchet  from  Chatham  10  miles  Into  the  sea.  towards 
Nantucket  ;  nnd  is  from  a  quarter  to  three-quarters  of  a  mile  In  breadth.  It  it  con- 
tinually gaining  south  t  above  three  milat  have  been  added  to  it  during  tha  past  50 
yean.  On  the  east  tide  of  the  beach  it  a  curve  in  the  shore,  called  S|ewarl*e  b«nd| 
where  vessels  may  anchor  with  safety,  In  9  or  4  fathoms  water,  when  the  wind  blows 
from  N.  to  9i  W.  North  of  the  bend  there  are  several  bars  and  shoals.  A  little  below 
the  middle  of  the  beach,  on  the  west  tide,  It  Wreck  rove,  which  Is  navigable  for  boats 
only.  The  hut  stands  200  yards  from  ihe  ocean,  S.  C.  from  the  entrance  of  Wreck 
cove,  half  of  a  mile.  Between  the  mouth  of  the  cove  and  hut,  is  Stewart*s  knoll,  an  ele- 
vated part  of  the  beach.  The  distance  nf  the  hut  from  the  commencement  of  the  beach 
is  6  miles,  and  from  its  termination  4.  Oreat  hill,  in  Chatham,  bears  N.  by  W.  distant 
6  miles  ;  and  the  south  end  of  Morris'  islnud,  which  is  on  the  west  side  of  the  be-\ch,  N. 
by  E.  dhtant  4  miles.  Richard  Sears,  Esq.  of  Chatham,  hat  engaged  to  visit  the  two 
last  mealioned  huts. 

Two  miles  below  the  sixth  hut  is  a  Ashing  hou^,  built  of  thatch,  in  ihe  form  of  a  wig- 
wam. It  stands  oh  Ihe  west  tide  of  tha  beach,  a  quarter  of  n  mile  from  Ihe  ocean.  An- 
nually in  September  it  it  renewed ;  and  generally  remains  in  tolerable  preservation  dur- 
ing the  winter. 

Another  spot,  a  Ciw  rodt  from  the  tea,  4  milei  louth  from  the  commencement  of  the 
lieach,  and  half  a  mile  north  of  the  head  of  Wreck  cove,  would  he  a  proper  situation  for 
rt  hut.  A  little  touth  of  thlt  spot,  in  storms  and  very  high  tides,  the  sea  breaks  over  from 
the  ocean  into  Wreck  cove. 

Cape  Malebarre  beach  may  be  distinguished  from  tbe  two  beaches  before  described, 
not  only  by  its  greater  breadth,  but  also  by  its  being  of  a  less  regula.-  tnrm.  It  is  not  so 
wall  covered  with  grass  at  Chatham  beach.  From  Stewart*t  knoll,  ict  ih,  to  the  extre- 
mity, it  it  lowest  in  the  middle.  In  thit  valley,  and  in  other  low  placet,  fresh  water  may 
be  obtained  by  digging  two  feet  into  the  tand.  The  same  thing  is  tru «  of  Nauset  and 
Chatham  beaches. 

The  six  huts,  tlie  situation  of  which  hat  thut  been  pointed  out,  are  all  of  one  lize  and 
shape.  Each  but  stands  on  piles ;  is  8  feet  long,  8  feet  wide,  and  7  feet  high ;  a  sliding 
door  is  on  the  touth,  a  tliding  shutter  on  the  west,  and  a  pole,  rising  15  feet  above  the  top 
of  the  building,  on  the  east.  Within,  it  ittupplled  eiv;er  wlthttraw  or  hay,  and  It  far- 
ther accommodated  with  a  bench. 

The  whole  of  the  coatt,  from  Cape  Cod  to  Cape  Malebarre,  is  sandy  and  free  from 
rocks.  Along  the  shore,  at  the  diitance  of  half  a  mile,  it  a  bar,  which  it  called  the  outer 
bar,  becaute  there  are  imaller  bars  within  it,  perpetually  varying.  Thit  outer  bar  it  te- 
parated  into  many  parte  by  guttlei,  or  small  channels.  It  extends  to  Chatham  :  and  at 
It  proceedt  southward,  gradually  approachet  the  thore,  and  grows  more  shallow.  Its  ge- 
neral depth,  at  high  water,  tt  8  fathoms,  and  3  fathoms  over  tbe  guzzlei ;  and  its  leatt 
^MtaoM  from  tbe  thore  it  about  a  furlong.    Off  the  mouth  of  Chatham  harbour  there  are 


'    ) 


■i' 


176 


Blunft  American  CoMt  Pilot. 


10  fitlH. 


iMr*  wMrh  i0«<h  ihrM  t\ttmt%»t%nt  «  mtl*  ;  •nA  ntl  iIm  •niranc*  of  N«hmi  harhmir  ili« 
dan  •iiaiKl  h»\t  a  mlta.  l,at|*,  haavy  (Itlpa  •iitka  nn  ilia  outar  har,  •van  al  htah  walar, 
•h4  lliatr  fiagNMRia  nnlv  laarN  iha  ahora.  Rui  iiftalUr  *•••»)•  pata  nutt  |i  mi  full  taa  i 
aitil  witan  ihajr  inurh  al  low  waiar,  Ihay  liaal  o«»r  li  ai  iha  lt>4a  rttat  ami  tmni  rnma  In 
ImnA.  U  a  *a**al  tacaii  awajf  ai  low  waur,  ll  Aught  lo  Im  lafl  wllh  ■•  much  ai|M<liiton 
■a  poaatbla  ;  bacauaa  lha  fury  of  iha  wavat  )•  ihaii  cnarkad,  tn  anma  iiMamra,  bjr  ilia  bar  | 
•11^  bacauaa  Ilia  vaMal  t«  ganarally  br<»iian  in  ptara*  wllh  iba  ilalog  KikmI.  Kui  Maman, 
•hIpwMekaH  al  full  taa,  ouchl  lo  ramain  on  board  illl  naar  low  waiar  i  for  iba  «a«aal 
4oa*  iMl  tbaii  braak  fnpiacaat  and  bv  ailampllng  lo  raach  iba  land  bafora  Iba  ilda  abba 
•wajr,  ihoy  ara  In  graal  dan^ar  of  bolngdrnwnao.  On  ihla  lubjari  ibara  la  ona  opinion 
only  anKHig  Judlckeui  martnara.  Ii  imty  ba  iiarataary,  howavar,  lo  ramind  iham  of  a  Ir utb, 
4(  wblchihay  baaa  full  cnnvlcllon,  but  wblrh,  amldtt  tha  a|ltalluii  and  Icrrur  ol  a  tlorm, 
Ibay  loo  froquantly  (orgal. 

Directions  for  Point  Gammon  light  and  Hyanncs  harbour. 

Vetich  comifiK  from  the  eaitwarH,  tiounH  throiiKh  thn  north  clinnnrl, 
matt  leave  the  Biahop  and  Clerkt  on  the  larboard  hand,  und  not  go  neurer 
them  than  4  fathoms  ;  they  are  a  danxeroiiH  Ittdge  of  ror.ka  bearing  S.  by 
E.  from  the  light-home,  3  mile*  diatani,  and  are  alwuya  dry.  When  the 
light  heart  N.  by  W.  uteer  W.  N.  W.  keeping  in  4  fathoma  till  the  light 
beara  N.  N.  E.  then  ateer  N.  W.  or  N.  VV.  by  N.  keeping  in  3  fiithoma, 
which  will  keep  you  clear  of  a  dangerous  reef  running  from  the  light  to  a 
great  rock  which  you  leave  on  your  atarboard  hand  ;  when  abreuM  of  thia 
rock  the  light  will  bear  S.  E.  |  K.  then  ateer  N.  N,  W.  and  anchor  with- 
in one  mile  of  the  ahore,  in  3  fathoma,  aofl  bottom.  Veaaela  should  not 
eome  nearer  than  thre«*qiiartera  of  n  mile  of  the  light,  m  there  ure  nunkcn 
rocka  that  lie  one-half  a  mile  from  land. 

VesicU  bound  to  the  westward  from  Hyunnea,  must  run  to  the  south- 
ward till  the  light  bears  E.  bv  N.  then  steer  W.  by  S.  which  course  will 
carry  them  clear  of  the  Sonthwest  rock,  which  bears  W.  from  the  light  4 
miles  distant,  with  several  sunken  rocks  near  it ;  said  rock  is  dry  at  low 
water.  W.  ^  S.  8  miles  distant  from  the  light,  is  a  dangerous  ledge  called 
Culler's  ledge,  3  miles  from  the  shore.  There  are  3  fathoms  water  round 
it,  and  the  ledge  is  part  dry  at  low  water.  In  running  this  W.  by  S. 
course  (the  light  bearing  E.  bv  N.)  vou  will  huve  from  3  to  4  fathoms,  and 
sometimes  5,  as  it  is  ridgy.  If  farther  towards  the  Horse-shoe,  to  the 
southward,  you  will  have  4,  6,  6,  7,  10,  and  close  to  the  Horse-shoe  IS 
fathoms  ;  northern  part  of  the  Horse-shoe  dry  at  low  water.  On  the  S. 
E.  part  of  the  Horse-shoe  is  a  black  buoy  placed  in  16  feet  water,  bear- 
ing from  Nantucket  light  N.  W.  by  W.  4|  leagues,  and  from  Tuckanuck 
island  N.  by  E.  |  E.  6  leagues.  Tide  rises  about  6  leet ';  high  water  at  . 
full  and  change,  at  IS  o'clock  ;  and  runs  from  2  to  3  knots  east  and  west 
in  the  following;  manner,  viz. — it  begins  to  run  to  the  westward  at  half 
flood,  and  continues  to  half  ebb,  then  runs  to  the  eastward,  the  three  last 
hours  of  ebb  and  three  first  of  flood. 


From  the  iouth  end  of  Cape  Cod  to  ^Holmes^  Hole. 

Bring  Chatham  ii^ts  to  bear  N.  N.  W.  then  by  steering  S.  S.  E.  3| 

■';;''■*•'■■  ^"         '  ■        ■'    ■ 

*  HolatMt*  hole  ia^a  bac^Hi  u»  which  vetsela  retort  during. the  winter  aeaion,  and  as 
every  mailer  abouUi  enaferace  the  iirat  opportunity  to  adTiee  bia  owner,  we  itate  there  is  a 
Poat-oAce,  and  4^  ragaiar.  nail  made  up  twice  a  weeii  for  Boetooi  ice.  which  it  talten  in 
a  panage  Wt  fA  ijalaiootb,  on  the  N.  E.  part  of  the  Vineyard  sound,  9  milet  diitant, 
f^om  thence  bv  laaa  ca^ri^  to  8anUwkh«  Ice.  PaMcpgars  wlU  4>d  a  apaady  oonvay- 
•aea  from  PaUaouib. 


10  Relit. 


Bltin(*H  Amc*riciiii  Convt  Pilot. 


177 


£.  3| 


iMftiM,  you  m\\  |>ii«t  ll>«*  IN)ll«><:k  n|>,  in  :t  or  I  iulhotii*  Hiitf>r  ;  aiuJ  if 
tUv  MrvMlhtT  m  rieur,  ymi  will  iiitik«lb«*liKlit-houM«'  m\  Suuily  |ioini  (Nm* 
tiir.kit  ialiiinl)  r>(  Ii'iii^ui'm  ilmUiit,  wtiirii  In  mi;  In  hrtir  ^.  W.  \  VV.  then 
alrrr  for  tin*  liKiil-liotiHi',  kroiiiiiK  it  m  ll>i«  tliriM  (ton,  iiiul  >oii  will  ^tW 
l>rlMriM>ii  till*  (irnituiMl  Littli*  HoiiikI  uliutiU,  on  llii>  t'ornirr  •>!  Hliich  if'li 
|liliH'k  buoy,  iinil  on  tlit;  lutti'r  u  twiiitr  liiioy,  with  ;i  mniill  |>uli>  m  (lu«tfb<l 
ul'  i(,  bv.iriiig  N.  VV.  by  N.  luiil  S.  K.  I>y  S.  irom  I'luli  otiii  i ,  ilmimit  yi 
inil««.  .ShoiilcNt  wulcr  uii  (irvut  Uoumi  ihuHl,  b  I'eot :  do.  un  I.titlv  Uuuitd 
tfhoHl,  7  I'oi't. 

On  th<>  f>ii«t  rnd  of  Pollock  rip  in  ii  roil  buoy,  in  14  A  <*t  wat^r,  hAHrIng 
from  (liiitb.iiii  ligliit  S.  J  K.  II  inilr*  ;  iVuni  Mununioy  |ioiiit  F..  1  N.  7 
miles  ;  iiikI  tVoni  l.ittio  Uouiifl  Hhoul  bii«)y  N.  E.  bv  N.  t  mile*,  sfiouli'tt 
vviitvr  on  ihit  ri|>  •'>  t'«>rt.  WIkmi  you  arc  witbin  iibout  tliri'i*  rnilvt  o(  (ht 
liKbt-liuuMU  steer  W.  }  S.  until  you  ttru  pNtt  tbe  I'uint  Ki|>  on  thu  N.  K. 
end  ufwbicb  i*  t.  |red  buoy,  in  II  feet  wuter,  btntriiiK  '"*'»  ^'iiuuly  licMid 
N.  bvW,  I  U'limie*;  from  Niintucket  lij^bt  N.  K.  by  E.  ^  K,  J  niilt!«,  luid  iVom 
the  pliirk  buoy  on  the  llor»e-tli<)(<  K.  S.  K.  <>  leiiKueH.  Mhoulcxt  wuter  un 
Puint  l(i|i  H  (Vet  :  or  you  iiiiiy  bring  the  liKht-bou««  to  beiir  K.  by  S.  ). 
S.  und  steer  VV.  by  N.  \  N.  tuking  cure  to  miiko  your  coiirne  good  (or 
llolineH*  Hide  light,  II  leagues  distant, observing,  while  running  froiu  Nan- 
tucket  light  to  Holm«H*  Hole,  yuu  leave  on  your  lurlioard  hinid  t( 'ape  i'ogti 
light,  which  mu8t  bear  VV.  J  S.  to  clear  the  (^roHn  rip,  on  the  N.  O.  part 
ot  which  in  a  {while  buoy,  in  15  feet  watei,  bearing  (roin  Cape  I'ogu  light 
K.  by  S.  b  luuguen  ;  iVoin  'I'uckernuc  inland  N.  by  VV.  lit  leugueii  ;  and 
from  the  |red  buoy  on  SuuaMh  meadow,  E.  by  S.  j  S.  &  league*.  Shuul- 
est  water  on  thm  rip  I'i  teet. 

To  go  through  the  north  Hhip  chnimel,  bring  Chatham  lights  to  bear  \. 
N.  VV.  and  Hteer  S.  S.  E.  i)^  Icigtieit,  when  yuu  will  pant)  the  l'oll({ck  rip 
m  3  or  4  futhoimt  wuter,  when  you  inuHt  ttteer  VV.  ^  S.  6  inileM  for  liutler*!! 
hole,  in  16  fathomn  water,  when  you  will  Hec  a  white  bui  y  to  the  north 
of  you  which  lien  in  the  S.  S.  VV.  paHwagc,  when  you  must  run  VV.  S.  VV. 
for  the  ftouth  part  of  the  IJuiidkerchict',  which  han  a  |white  buoy  on  the 
west  end  of  it,  bearing  from  Monomoy  point  S.  8.  W.  ^  VV.  2  miles  ;  from 
Nantucket  light  N.  by  E.  ^  E.  4  leagues,  (\nd  from  the  |red  buoy  on  Pollock 
rip  VV.  by  S.  ^  S.  3lengueM.  Croshing  the  Handkerchief  on  a  VV.  S.  VV. 
course  in  3  or  4  fathomsi  water,  you  will  run  VV.  for  the  |blnok  buoy  on  the 
iIorse*shoc,  11^  miles,  leaving  it  on  the  larboard  hand,  when  you  will 
continue  your  course  VV.  for  llolmes'  Hole  light,  41  leagues  distant.  As 
'ou  enter  the  Swash,  in  the  Horse-s^e,  Hyanncs  light  vvill  bear  N.  N, 
•:.— Cape  Poge  light  ^S.  VV.— }Iolmes'  Hole  light  VV.  Part  of  the 
Handkerchief  dry  at  low  water. 

There  is  a  channel  of  i>  feet  still  north  of  the  above,  which  may  be 
found  by  bringing  Chatham  lights  to  bear  N,  W.  when  in  7  fathoms,  and 
runnings.  S.  VV.  for  the  Sandy  point  of  Monomoy  6^  miles  distant,  which 
will  bring  you  to  Stewart's  bend,  which  are  sundy  hummocks  on  your 
starboard  hand  1^  mile  from  Ifonomoy  ;  then  haul  in  for  the  land  till  you 
get  into  3  fathoms  water,  which  will  be  within  one  and  n  half  cable's  length 
of  the  surf,  when  you  may  keep  the  shore  on  board  till  you  come  into  7 
fathoms  water,  which  will  be  near  the  Sandy  point  of  Monomoy,  where 

*  Nantucket  light-house  is  on  {hi  lottli  point  of  Kantucket  itlaud. 

X  The  buoyi  nn  Nantucket  shouls  oitd  the  Vineyard  nound  wore  ulaced  bv  Capl.  Tr«- 
vett,  in  tho  Revenue  Cutter,  and  Win.  Daggett,  branch  pilot  fur  the  Vineyard  thosls,  knd 
from  ilieir  uuthoiity  we  publibh  titero. 

t  Capn  I'iine  liglii  i*  ttitnaUil  on  iho  N.  E.  point  of  Mutthn'si  Vineyard.  Tiie  Unterft 
Is  elevated  oi  feet  above  the  It^vel  of  the  sen,  and  contuini  a  fi<(ed  light. 

23 


i 


^t\: 


178 


Blunt's  Amcrici  .i  Const  Pilot 


10  Edit 


you  may  an<illoir  wUh  safety.  Continu«  along  shore  in^rom  2  to  3  fa- 
thoms, calcnl^ng  that  at  high  water  at  Monomoy  the  tide  sets  to  the 
westward,  when  yoii  may  steer  W,  N.  W.  for  Hasw  rivtr,  Monomoy  bear- 
ing E.  S.  E.  which  will  carry  you  to  *Hyannes  light. 

[Notes. — While  passing  Chathan  in  tliick  weather  approjich  no  nearer 
than  6  fathoms  to  cross  the  I'ollock  rip  :  edjj;e  ofl'  and  on  from  6  to  7  fa- 
s^  thorns,  which  will  carry  you  over  the  PoUrxk  rip  in  3  fathoms. 

Tht  Editor,  viewing  the  navigation  of  Nantucket  shoals  dangerous,  has 
made  evt§y  possible  exertion  to  obtain  infunn;?tinn,  sind  inserts  different 
directions  for  passing  them,  leaving  it  to  others  to  make  choice.] 

Bring  Chatham  lights  to  l^ear  N.  by  W.  on  which  bearing  keep  them 
till  you  cross  the  Pollock  rip  in  3  fathoms  water  and  deepen  into  7  fa- 
thoms, then  steer  S.  W.  by  S.  which  carries  you  across  Butler's  Hole  to 
5  or  4  fathoms,  then  steer  W.  S.  W.  which  will  carry  you  to  the  north- 
ward of  the  Little  Round  shoal  up  to  Tuckernuc  channel,  when  you  will 
be  up  with  the  S.  E.  end  of  the  Horse-shoe,  whore  you  have  9  fathoms  ; 
then  steer  W.  by  N.  for  Cape  I'oge  light.  Fro.n  tlie  Stone  horse  to  the 
S.  E.  end  of  the  Horse-shoe  the  distance  is  Ft  or  6  leagues. 

To  go  through  Moskeekett  channel  bring  the  light  on  Cape  Poge  to 
benr  N.  by  W.  and  steer  S.  by  E.  which  will  carry  you  to  the  eastward 
of  Skiff's  island,  which  you  may  go  within  half  a  mile  of. 

To  go  through  the  Swjish  of  the  Horse-shoe,  bound  to  the  weslwird. 
after  passing  the  Stone  horse,  and  you  deepen  your  water  to  6  fathoms, 
steer  W.  till  you  bring  Cape  Poge  light  to  bear  W.  S.  W.  then  steer  di- 
rectly for  it  through  the  Swash  of  the  Horse-shoe,  till  you  deepen  to  IL' 
fathoms,  then  steer  for  the  oast  chop  of  Holmes'  Hole. 

'J'o  go  to  the  northward  of  the  Horse-shoe,  bring  Point  Gammon  light 
to  bear  E.  N.  E. — Seconosct  point  to  bear  W.  N.  W.  when  yon  will  see 
the  northernmost  dry  shoal  of  the  Horse-shoe.  Bring  Ca[»e  Poge  light 
to  bear  S.  S.  W.  and  run  for  it.  In  beating  to  windward  come  no  nearer 
the  north  shore  than  3  fathom?  ;  when  past  the  dry  spot  of  the  Horse- 
shoe steer  S.  W.  by  S,  till  you  bring  the  east  chop  to  bear  W. 

To  go  through  the  south  ship  channel,  steer  from  Chatham  lights  S.  S. 
E.  until  you  pass  the  Pollock  rip  in  3  or  4  fathoms  water  ;  if  tl,c  weather 
be  clear  you  will  make  Nantucket  Great  point  light  ;  continue  yo»ir  course 
S.  S.  E.,  S.  by  E.  and  S.  until  the  light-house  bears  W.  from  you  ;  then 
steer  directly  for  it,  until  you  are  within  three  miles  of  it.  \  ou  should 
t^n  steer  N.  VV.  until  the  light-house  bears  S.  W.  by  W.  then  steer  W, 
by  S.  till  the  light-house  bears  E.  by  S.  \  S.  and  then  rin  W.  by  N.  i 
N.  making  your  course  good  for  Holmes'  Hole  light  as  before  directed. 
when,  if  you  wish  to  anchor,  run  S.  VV.  till  the  light  bears  N.  W.  by  N 
and  anchor  in  4  and  6  fathoms,  soft  mud,  and  out  of  the  tide. 


Directions  for  tChatliam  harbour. 

There  are  two  light^houses  built  at  the  mouth  of  Chatham  haibour,  on 

*  Hyannes  light  u  •itu^fed  on  Point  Gammon,  at  the  entrance  of  the  harbour,  south 
side  of  Cape  Cod.  The  ftntern  is  elevated  70  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea  ami.con- 
f»h)S  a  fixeii  lighf.     (See  page  176.)  , 

t  Chatham  Is  sitlfa fed  on  (he  exterior  exlionUv  of  Cape  Corl.  houiwlji^  E.  hy  the 


t)cean,  S. 


10  Edit. 


BluntV  American  Coast  Pilot. 


179 


a  place  called  James*  head.  The  lanterns  arc  elevated  about  40  feet 
above  the  level  of  the  »eu,  and  conlain  fixed  lights,  which  may  be  seen 
live  or  six  leagues  distant,  and  are  very  useful  to  vessels  bound  over  Nan- 
tucket shoals.  They  boar  from  Nantucket  light-house  N.  N.  F.  distapi 
lOJ  leagues,  and  from  the  shoals  N.  N.  W.  It  is  a  barred  harbour  tftd 
not  to  be  described  with  safety. 


Directions  for  sailing  into  Nantucket  harbour. 

[Note. — As  the  harbour  o/*  Nantucket  ts  «  resort  for  small  vessels  during 
the  winter  season,  after  leaving  the  Vineyard  Sound,  and  the  wind  prevails 
at  the  northward,  at  which  time  it  would  not  be  prudent  to  go  over  the  shoals, 
the  Editor  has  inserted  three  different  directions  for  sailing  into  it,  either 
of  which  may  be  depended  on.] 

Bring  the  light-house  on  Brant  point,  which  contains  a  small  fixed  light, 
to  bear  S.  S.  E.  j  E.  and  steer  for  it  until  you  are  about  H  cables'  length 
from  it ;  then  steer  S.  E.  by  E.  or  E.  S.  E.  till  Brant  point  bears  S.  and 
steer  close  along  by  it :  keep  as  much  as  a  cable's  length  from  the  shore 
at  Brant  point,  until  the  light-house  bears  S.  S.  W.  to  avoid  the  Brant 
point,  or  light-house  shoal.  As  soon  as  it  bears  S.  S.  W.  haul  for  the 
point,  to  avoid  the  Coetue  flats.  S.  by  E.  will  just  lay  a  good  reach  across 
the  harbour  ;  but  you  must  steer  S.  to  avoid  the  Pest-house  shoal ;  then 
you  Kiay  stand  far  across  the  harbour,  if  the  wind  be  westerly — if  easter- 
jy,  you  may  keep  right  for  the  wharves,  as  it  could  not  be  expected  that  a 
stranger  could  take  the  advantage  of  the  laps  and  swashes  on  the  bar  ;  at 
middling  tides  he  would  have  about  8  feet  water — at  neap  tides  not  more 
than  7  to  7^  feet — at  spring  tides  9  to  9^  feet. 

When  you  are  about  half  way  from  the  bar  to  the  light-house,  it  would 
be  best  to  steer  about  S.  by  E.  or  S.  until  the  light-house  bears  S.  E.  by 
S.  then  run  for  it  as  above  directed,  as  a  straight  course  above  will  cross 
the  corner  of  the  Black  flat ;  yet  if  the  wind  be  easterly,  there  will  be  no 
danger  ;  if  the  wind  is  westerly,  you  might  get  on  the  flat,  as  it  lies  on  the 
east  side  of  the  channel,  and  the  Clift  shoal  on  the  west  side. 

The  depths  of  water,  on  Nantuckei  shoals  and  the  Vineyard  Sound, 
are  taken  at  low  tide.  At  Pollock  rip.  Great  and  Little  Round  shoals. 
Point  Rip  and  Handkerchief,  the  tide  rises  and  falls  5  to  6  feet.  At  the 
Horse-shoe,  Cross  Rip,  Hedge  Fence,  Squash  meadow,  and  Middle  ground, 
the  tide  rises  and  falls  3  to  4  feet.  ~ 

sound. 


a.  ^  E.  moon  makes  full  sea  in  the 


2d.  Directions  for  going  into  Nantucket  harbour. 

Observe  the  small  light^house  on  the  end  of  Brant  point,  and  for  a  ves- 
sel that  draws  no  more  than  9  feet  3  inches,  bring  it  to  bear  S.  E.  by  S. 

-ucean,  S.  by  Vineyard  Sound,  W.  by  Harwich,  and  N.  by  Pieasani  bay.  Its  situation 
:s  convenient  for  the  fishery,  in  which  they  have  usually  about  40  vessels  ^mplpyed.  Its 
harbour  contains  80  feet  water  at  low  tide.  The  place  is  remarkable  for  mahy  dii^- 
mpcks  on  its  shores.    Lat.  41°  42'  N.  long.  69°  SO'  W.  from  Greenwich. 


'i 


#: 


180 


Blunf  8  American  Coast  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


iirlicn  at  the  back  of  the  bar,  and  run  directly  for  it,  which  will  cnrr\  you 
between  the  Clift  shoal  and  Black  tkls  ;  continue  your  course  until  you 
^jt  shut  in  the  north  shore  that  is  to  the  westward  of  the  cHfl ;  then  you 
are  within  the  corner  of  the  Black  flats,  when  you  may  steer  directly  for 
the  end  of  the  point,  and  enter  the  harbour. 

Distanre  hotwcrn  lh(  lifilit-lioiiFC  sIiobI  nnil  F'luti            -        -          fSO  rods. 

— — — hflween  the  KlHts  riid  Clilt  hlioiil  ...           iq 

■           — between  tlie  C!ift  aiifl  Slut)  shnnl  ...           7g 

——— between  the  ClWt  ihonl  iHiil  Bar  ...  i  in 

Length  of  Clift  shoal  from  sh  re            ,  -         .         .        .          rji, 

N.  B.  You  will  pass  6  buoys  going  into  the  harbour.    ^* 


3</.  Directions  for  sailing   into  the  Jmrbour  of  Nantucket  by 
. .  the  Buoys. 

Western  Channei..  Th6  first  buoy  you  pass  is  white,  which  yon 
leave  on  your  starboard  hand  ;  the  next  a  black  one,  which  you  leave 
"on  your  larborrd,  the  last  buoy  bearing  S.  S.  E.  i  E.  from  the  white  buoy  ; 
then  steer  E.  by  S.  leaving  the  next  buoy,  which  is  a  black  one,  on  the 
larboard  hand.  The  next  a  white  one,  which  leave  on  the  starboard. 
Then  steer  S.  S.  E.  leaving  a  red  buoy  on  the  larboard  hand  ;  then  run 
as  the  shore  lies,  till  you  come  near  up  with  Brant  point,  orv  which  a  light- 
house is  erected,  which  keep  aboard  all  the  way  into  the  harbour. 

Eastern  Channel.  The  first  buoy  you  pass  is  a  red  one,  which  you 
leave  on  your  starboard  hand  ;  the  next  is  a  black  one,  which  leave  on 
the  starboard  hand  ;  then  steer  E.  S.  E.  till  you  come  near  a  white 
buoy,  which  leave  on  your  starboard  hand  ;  steer  S.  S.  E.  till  you  leave 
a  red  one  on  your  larboard  hand  ;  then  keep  Brant  point  aboard,  as  be- 
fore mentioned. 

Vessels  coming  in  the  Eastern  Channel,  in  the  night,  must  bring  the 
light  on  Brant  point  to  bear  S.  E.  by  S.  i  S.  and  run  directly  for  it  till 
they  get  the  shore  soundings  ;  then  leave  Brant  point  shore  aboard  all 
the  way  inlo  the  harbour. 


Courses  and  distances  from  Nantucket  light-house. 


From  light-house  to  the  Hanrikerchief 

io.        to  the  Snow  Drift  . 

doi        to  ihc  Stone  Horse 

do.        to  the  Sandy  point  of  Monomoy 

do.        to  the  Little  Round  shOal    .    . 

do.        to  the  Pollock  Rip  buoy 

do.        to  the  Clrcat  Round  shoal 

do.        to  the  north  end  of  Great  Rip 

do.        to  Nantucket  harbour    .        . 

do.        to  Tuckernuc  shoal 

do.  -     to  East  chop-of  Holmes'  Hole 

do. .',.  to  the  Horse -shoe  < 

do.  ^<'.?lo  Hyannes        '    .        .        . 

d»; .     -to  the  west  part  of  George's  bank 

frbm  the  E.  end-  of  Nantucket  (called  Sancoty  head)  to 
thB  South  shoal  •       •       •       « 


Courses. 
N.  by  E. 
N.  N.  E. 
N.N.E.iE. 
N.  by  E.  i  E. 
N.E. 
N.E.  iN. 
E.  N.E.  AN. 
E.  by  S.  is. 
S.  S.  W. 
W. 

W.  by  N. 
N.  W.  by  W. 
N.W.iN. 
E.  iN. 


Leagues. 
4i 
5 
3i 

H 

5 

3S 
6i 

n 

3 
9 
4J 
7 
32 


(Variation  6*'  30' W.  1821.) 
S.  by  E.  4 


sea,  anc 
seen  at 

t  Noi 
hmg^nc 


10  Edit. 


Blunt^s  Amerif-an  Coast  Pilot. 


181 


t)ircct ions  for  those  running  foi  Block  Island  Channel,  to  the 
southward  of  Martha's  vineyard,  Nantucket  Island,  and 
such  as  are  bound  into  the  Vineyard  Sound,  and  intend gO' 
ing  over  the  Shoais  to  the  eastward. 

In  appronching  the  youth  end  of  Block  island  from  the  southward,  the 
water  shoals  gradually.  When  the  island  bears  from  N.  W.  to  N.  by  W. 
the  bottom  is  mud  ;  this  is  commonly  called  Block  island  channel.  This* 
island,  if  you  come  li  om  the  southward,  appears  round  and  high  ;  and  if 
you  approach  it  front  the  S.  E.  it  appears  like  a  saddle,  being  high  at  both 
ends,  but  highest  to  tl.c  southward.  Your  course  from  the  south-cast 
head  of  Block  island  to  ''^Gay  head  light-house  is  E.  by  N.  15  leagues. 
The  current  in  Block  island  channel  is  N.  N.  E.  and  S.  S.  W.  2  knots. 

If  you  fall  to  the  southward  of  Martha's  Vineyard,  and  can  see  jNo- 
*,  man's-land  island,  and  intend  going  over  the  shoal  to  the  eastward,  bring 
Noman's-land  island  to  bear  west,  and  steer  E.  by  S.  8  leagues,  which  will 
\)T'ing  you  up  with  Nantucket  island,  to  which  you  must  give  a  distance  of 
two  miles,  until  you  have  passeil  Micomic  reef,  which  extends  one  mile 
from  the  shore,  has  two  fathoms  water,  and  bears  from  the  south  tower  at 
Nantucket  S.  by  W.  When  you  get  to  the  eastward  of  this  rip,  you  may 
nigh  the  shore  to  within  one-quarter  of  a  mile,  until  up  with  Tom  Never's 
head,  which  lies  1^  of  a  mile  to  the  southward  and  westward  of  a  small 
village  called  Sciasconset,  where  you  may  anchot,  if  necessary,  in  4  or  5 
fathoms.  If  you  wish  to  continue  through  the  channel,  which  lie?  be- 
tween Nantucket  island  and  the  Old  Man,  you  may  run  witliin  three  ca- 
bles' length  of  the  shore,  which  will  carry  you  over  Pochick  rip,  on 
which  there  are  but  2  fathoms,  and  of  course  only  fit  for  small  vessels. 
When  on  this  rip,  haul  to  within  one  cable's  length  of  the  shore,  and  con- 
tinue ^n  5  fathoms  till  up  with  Sancoty  head,  which  is  the  highest  eastern 
land  of  Nantucket.  Bring  Sancoty  head  to  bear  S.  W.  when  in  5  fathoms 
water,  and  run  N.  E.  till  you  deepen  to  15  fathoms,  when  the  Round 
shoal  buoy  will  bear  N.  W.  after  which  you  shoalen  into  7  and  8  fathoms, 
fine  ridges,  which,  having  passed,  and  come  into  10  fathoms,  a  north 
course  will  carry  you  to  the  high  land  of  Cape  Cod,  17  li^agues  distant. 

If  in  a  large  ship,  and  you  make  the  south  side  of  Nantucket,  bound  over 
the  shoals,  you  may  proceed  either  within  or  without  the  Old  Man,  but 
the  latter  is  preferable. 

If  you  wish  to  go  between  the  Old  Man  and  Pochick  rip,  bring  Tom 
Never's  head  to  bear  N.  W.  by  W.  and  run  S.  E.  by  E.  till  Sancoty  head 
bears  N.  N.  W.  ^  N.  where  you  will  have  9  fathoms  water,  when  yoii  will 
run  direct  for  Sancoty  head,  till  in  5  fathoms,  which  will  be  close  on  board, 
'.rien  continue  your  course  N.  E.  as  before  mentioned  for  the  Round  shoal. 
In  running  the  S.  E.  by  E.  course  you  go  through  a  swash  half  a  mile 
wide,  having     fathoms. 

If  you  are  coming  from  sea,  and  make  the  island  of  Nantucket  to  the 
northward  of  you,  it  may  be  known  by  two  towers  and  four  wind- 
mills, which  stand  near  each  other  upon  an  eminence.  You  may  then  steer 

*  Oay  head  ligiit  is  situated  on  the  S.  W.  point  of  Martba^s  Vineyard,  at  l^e  ea- 
trance  of  the  Vineyard  Sound.  The  lant  rn  is  elevated  150  feet  above  (he  level  of  tjm 
sea,  and  contaii  ^<  a  revolving  light,  to  dismiguish  it  from  Cape  Poge  ligllt,  :7bich  can  Ml 
seen  at  sea  over  ihe  Vineyard. 

t  Noman's-land  island  lies  south  from  Gay  head,  8  miles  distant,  about  throb  miles 
kmg^nd  one  broad. 


]82 


Blunf  8  American  Coast  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


directly  lor  the  land,  until  you  are  within  halt' a  mile  ;  and  may,  if  bound 
to  the  eastward,  fun  along  the  »horo  in  4,  6,  and  G  f'uthomM  water,  to  the 
S.  E.  ji  irt  of  the  island,  where  there  are  shoals  and  rips,  on  which  you 
will  have  only  2^  or  3  fathoms  water.  Sancoty  head  in  the  eaHternmosl 
head  land  of  Nantucket. 

If,  in  coming  fiom  sea,  you  make  the  South  shoal,  which  lies  in  41**  04' 
N.  latitude,  give  it  a  birtbi  of  a  mile.  If  you  intend  to  make  Nantucket 
island,  steer  N.  by  VV.  and  when  you  come  near  the  island,  you  may  pro- 
ceed along  the  shore,  according  to  the  former  directions. 

If,  when  yuu  make  the  South  shoal,  you  are  bound  to  Boston  bay,  and 
choose  to  go  to  the  eastward  of  all  the  shoals  and  rips,  pass  a  mile  or  two 
to  the  southward  of  the  shoal,  then  steer  N.  E.  by  E.  about  7  leagues, 
when  you  will  be  up  with  the  Fishing  rip.  In  runDin^this  N.  E.  by  E. 
course  you  will  deepen  to  25  fathoms,  which  is  about  midway  of  South 
shoal  and  Fishing  rip.  From  the  Fishing  rip,  in  17  or  18  fathoms,  steer 
N.  N.  W.  for  the  high  land  of  Cape  Cod,  18  leagues,  on  which  is  a  light- 
house, containing  a  fixed  light,  a«  more  fully  described  in  page  171. 

If  you  come  from  the  eastward,  and  are  bound  for  Long  island  or  New- 
York,  you  should  be  careful  not  to  go  to  the  northward  of  41°  00'  N.  lati- 
tude, until  you  pass  the  South  shoal  of  Nantucket.  If,  by  stress  of  wea- 
ther, you  should  be  driven  so  far  to  the  northward  as  to  be  near  the 
Vineyard,  you  may  pass  through  the  channel  to  the  westward  of  Nan- 
tucket island,  by  bringing  Cape  Poge  light-house  to  bear  N.  by  W. 
and  steering  right  for  it  will  lead  you  through  in  from  3  to  4  fathoms, 
clear  of  all  shoals,  leaving  Skifl's  island,  which  is  ada:igerous  shoal,  on 
jour  larboard  hand.  Martha's  Vineyard  island  hes  in  much  the  same 
latitude  as  Nantucket  island,  and  may  be  known  by  a  small  round  island, 
which  lies  at  the  southward  of  Gay  head  light,  called  Noman's-land  island, 
8  miles  distant.  You  may  sail  between  this  island  and  Martha's  Vine- 
yard ;  but  you  must  take  care  to  avoid  a  ledge  of  rocks,  which  bears  from 
Gay  head  light  S.  by  E.  5^  miles  distant,  called  the  Old  Man. 

As  the  South  shoal  of  Nantucket  lies  in  lat.  41*'  04'  N.  and  the  Gulf 
Stream,  southward  from  this  part,  reaches  as  far  to  the  northward  as  lat. 
38°  30'  N.  you  should  pass  Nantucket  shoals  between  these  latitudes.  The 
shoul  on  George's  bank  (east  end)  lies  in  long.  67°  42',  and  the  W,  end 
in  long.  67**  69'  W.  and  the  South  shoal  of  Nantucket  in  long.  69° 
56'  W.  . 

By  observing  the  foregoing  directions,  and  keeping  between  the  Gulf 
Stream  and  the  shoals,  you  will  shorten  your  passage  to  New-York,  De- 
laware, Virginia,  or  other  western  ports  ;  for  you  will  have  the  advan- 
tage of  the  eddy  current,  running  contrary  to  the  Gulf  Stream  ;  the  lat- 
ter would  retard  your  progress  at  the  rate  of  60  or  70  miles  a  day.  The 
Nantucket  whalemen,  by  their  constant  practice  of  whaling  on  the  edge  of 
tKe  Gulf  Stream  all  the  wiiy  from  their  island  to  the  Bahamas,  are  well 
acquainted  with  its  course,  velocity,  and  extent.  A  stranger  may  know 
when  he  is  in  the  Gulf  Stream,  by  the  warmth  of  the  water,  which  is  much 
greater  than  that  on  either  side  of  it.  If,  when  you  are  crossing  the  Gulf 
Stream,  you  are  bound  to  the  westward,  you  should  get  out  of  it  as  soon 
as  possible. 

Gay  head  ifl  tiie  westernmost  land  of  Martha's  Vineyard.  When  you 
jQpme  by  G^y  l^a^  fvkb  a  southerly  wind,  the  south  channel  is  best — see 
page  18U  Thelfmd  of  this  head  is  high  and  of  divers  colours,  namely> 
red^  yeHow  and  White  in  streaks. 


10  Edit. 


Bluut^s  American  Coast  Pilot. 


183 


In  steering  from  *BlocV  island  for  Gay  head,  you  must  be  careful  to 
avoid  the  Sow  and  Pigs  ;  they  make  u  ledge  o(  rocks,  some  of  which  nrc 
above  and  others  unde*  water.  These  rocks  lie  2^  mile*  S.  W.  by  W. 
from  the  westernmost  of  Elizabeth  isles,  and  N.  W.  by  W.  from  Gay  head 
3^  leagues  distant  :  the  first  of  the  Hood  tide  sets  itrong  to  the  north- 
ward over  them  into  Buzzard's  bay,  which  is  very  foul.  Within  Gay 
head  there  is  a  fair  sandy  bay,  called  Nimshe  bite,  with  from  5  to  10  fa- 
thoms, in  which  is  very  good  anchoring  with  south  and  south-esistcrly 
winds.  Your  course  along  Elizabeth  isles  is  E.  N.  E.  in  15,  14,  12,  8, 
15,  IG,  and  17  fathoms  water ;  give  the  isles  a  birth  of  about  three-quar- 
ters of  a  mile. 

In  running  from  Gay  head  light  into  Vineyard  Sound,  if  yoti  wish  to 
make  a  harbour  on  the  north  side,  brinj(  Gay  head  light  to  bear  S.  W.  and 
run  N.  E.  4  leagues,  which  will  carry  you  up  with  Tarpaulin  cove  light, 
where  you  may  anchor  in  from  4  to  18  fathoms,  the  latter  of  which  is  rine 
sand,  the  light  bearing  from  W.  by  N.  to  S.  W. 

When  coming  from  sea,  you  may  run  for  Gay  head  light,  when  it  bears 
from  N.  N.  E.  to  E.  S.  E.  giving  it  a  birth  of  two  cniles  to  clear  the  De- 
vil's bridge,  which  bears  from  the  light  N.  W.  by  N.  1^  mile  distant.  As 
measuring  the  distance  in  the  night  would  be  uncertain,  you  must  keep 
your  lead  gol.ig,  and  if  you  should  have  7  or  8  fathoms  when  the  light 
bears  8.  E.  by  E.  or  S.  E.  haul  up  north  till  you  have  10  or  12  fathoms  ; 
then  with  flood,  steer  N.  E.  and  with  ebb,  N.  E.  by  E.  3  leagues  ;  then 
E.  N.  E.  will  be  the  course  of  the  sound,  which  will  carry  you  to  the 
northward  of  the  Middle  ground  (which  has  a  Jblack  buoy  on  the  east  end, 
in  16  feel  water,  bearing  from  Tarpaulin  cove  light  E.  4  leagues  ;  from 
West  chop  tlight  N.  W.  by  W.  half  a  mile  ;  and  from  the  black  buoy  on 
Hedge  Fence  W.  |  N.  3  leagues,  shoalest  water  on  Middle  ground  2  feet) 
when  iiyou  will  see  the  West  chop  of  Holmes'  Hole  light,  which  you 
may  run  for,  but  keep  one  mile  distant  from  the  shore  till  you  open 
the  East  chop  one  cable's  length  ;  and  with  a  flood  tide  steer  direct  for 
it,  and  with  ebb  keep  it  one  point  open,  till  you  open  a  wind-mill,  on 
the  west  side  of  the  harbour,  about  one  cable's  length ;  then  run  up 
in  the  middle  of  the  river,  till  you  come  to  4  or  3  fathoms,  where  you 
may  anchor  on  good  ground.  The  usual  mark  for  anchoring  is  the 
West  chop  bearing  from  N.  N.  W.  to  N.  W.  by  N. ;  but  if  you  lie  any 
time  here,  the  best  anchoring  is  well  up  the  harbour,  and  close  to  the 
shore,  mooring  S.  E.  and  N.  W.  in  4  or  5  fathoms  water.  In  this  har- 
bour, which  is  about  two  miles  deep,  you  will  lie  secure  from  all  winds 
except  a  northerly  one. 

You  must  not  keep  further  than  two  miles  from  the  West  chop,  as 
there  is  a  shoal,  called  Hedge  Fence,  on  the  east  end  of  which  is  a 
|black  buoy,  in  16  feet  water,  bearing  from  West  chop  east  6  miles  ;  and 
trom  the  black  buoy",  on  Middle  ground,  E.  |  S.  3  leagues.  The  Hedge 
Fence  lies  about  3i  miles  N.  E.  by  N.  from  Holmes'  Hole  light,  and  ex- 
tends W.  N.  W.  and  E.  S.  E.  6  miles,  is  about  half  a  mile  broad,  and  has 
4  feet  water  on  the  shoalest  part.  Between  this  shoal  and  Holme&'  Hole, 
there  are  from  8  to  12  fathoms  water.  If  you  make  the  chop  in  the  night, 


*  Block  island  is  about  9  miles  in  leiigtii,  extending  N.  by  E.  and  S.  by  W.  and  5  milas 
in  breadth. 
X  See  note  cespecting  buoys,  page  177. 
i  A  linht-hoiise,  containing  a  fixed  light,  is  erected  on  the  \Vf?t  chop  of  Holmes'  Hc!t'. 


164 


Blunfs  American  Coawt  Pilof,. 


10  Edit 


when  it  bears  S.  E.  you  ure  clcnr  of  the  Middle  ground.  Steer  for  thr 
catit  side  uf  it  till  you  Htrike  in  4  or  3  fathomH,  on  tlie  flat  ground  near  the. 
chop  ;  then  Hteer  S.  E.  hy  E.  observing  not  to  go  nearer  the  land  than  3 
fathoms.  If  in  runninjr  S.  E.  by  E.  you  fall  into  (i  or  7  fathomst,  haul  up 
S.  bv  W,  or  S.  S.  W.  and  run  into  4  or  3  fathoms,  tw  before  directed. 

If  bound  into  Vineyard  iSoiuid,  with  the  wind  at  the  eastward,  and  you 
are  neur  the  icuth  side  of  Martha's  Vineyard,  to  go  betwean  S(|uibnocket 
wkl  the  Old  Man,  run  round  Squibnocket  in  3^  and  4  fathoms  water,  con- 
tinuing N.  N.  W.  alongthe  beach  till  you  come  to  Guy  head  light,  and  if 
ebb  tide  anchor  in  5  fathoms,  the  light  6'earing  from  N.  to  N.  E. 

In  coming  into  the  sound  in  the  night,  with  a  strong  north-westerly 
wind,  haul  to  the  northward  till  vou  have  smooth  water  under  the  Eliza- 
beth  i!!ilands,  where  you  may  unnhor  in  14  or  10  fathoms.  Should  you 
have  the  wind  to  the  Houthward,  it  will  be  best  to  run  down  through  the 
Jouth  channel  or  Vineyard  side.  When  Gay  head  light  bears  S.  S.  E. 
your  course  is  N.  E.  by  E.  J  E.  or  E.  N.  E.  observing  not  to  come  nearer 
the  land  than  into  7  fathoms  water,  till  you  are  abreast  of  Lumbcrt'scove, 
in  which  is  good  anchoring,  with  southerly  or  easterly  winds,  and  may  be 
known  by  a  high  sand  bank,  called  Necunkey  cliff,  on  the  east  side  of  it, 
about  midway  the  cove,  opposite  which  you  may  come  too  in  5  or  3  fa- 
thoms, sandy  bottom,  where  is  the  best  anchoring.  The  Middle  ground 
lies  about  two  miles  without  the  cove,  and  has  12  feet  water  on  it.  If  you 
intend  running  down  for  Holmes's  Hole,  your  course,  when  opposite  Ne- 
cunkey  point,  is  E.  by  N.  keeping  near  the  land  to  clear  the  Middle 
ground.  You  may  track  the  shore  by  the  lead  in  from  7  to  4  fathoms,  till 
you  come  near  the  light ;  but  come  no  nearer  than  3  fathoms,  and  you 
may  track  the  chop  around  the  same  as  running  down  to  the  northward  of 
the  Middle  ground.  There  is  good  anchoring  along  this  shore,  in  6  or  4 
fathoms,  after  you  are  to  the  eastward  of  Necunkey  point,  till  you  come 
near  the  West  chop. 

If  you  wish  to  make  a  harbour  after  entering  the  Vineyard  Sound, 
bring  Gay  head  light  to  bear  W.  distant  8  miles,  and  run  S.  E.  till  you 
come  in  7  fathoms  water,  which  will  be  on  the  east  side  of  the  bay  in 
Nimshe  bite,  near  Clark's  spring,  where  the  best  water  may  be  had  in 
great  abundance,  and  lie  in  good  anchorage-«-Gay  head  light  bearing 
W.  by  N. 

Your  course  from  Gay  head  light  to  Tarpaulin  cove  light,  is  N.  E.  by 
N.  and  the  distance  4  leagues;  In  this  harbour  you  may  anchor  in  from 
4  to  2\  fathoms,  and  lie  safe,  with  the  wind  from  N.  E.  by  E.  to  south. 
It  will  be  best  to  anchor  in  3  fathoms,  as  with  that  water  you  will  be  out 
of  the  tide,  where  the  ground  is  good  for  holding.  The  tide  flows  at 
change  and  full  days  of  the  moon,  at  9  o'clock,  but  in  the  channel  betiveen 
Elizabeth's  island  and  Martha's  Vineyard  the  flood  runs  until  11  o'clock. 
In  this  channel  there  is  a  Middle  ground,  which  is  a  narrow  shoal  of  sand, 
'"le  eastern  end  of  which  bears  N.  W.  by  N.  from  the  light.  There  is 
not  more  than  3  or  4  feet  water  on  the  eastern  end.  N.  W.  from  Necun- 
key cliff  is  3  and  4  fathoms  across  the  ground.  Opposite  Lumbert's  cove 
is  12  feet,  and  to  the  westward  of  that  is  3  or  4  fathoms.  The  shoal  lies 
W.  by  S.  and  E.  by  N.  is  about  4  leagues  in  length,  and  has  several  swashes 
on  it.  When  the  East  chop  of  Holmes'  Hole  comes  open  of  the  West 
chop,  you  are  to  the  eastward  of  the  Middle  ground. 

Your  course  from  Tarpaulin  cove  to  Holmes'  Hole  light,  is  E.  i  N.  dis- 
tance 3  leagues.  In  steering  this  course,  yoia- must  have  regard  to  the 
tide,  as  the  ebb  may  set  you  too  far  to  the  southward,  and  the  flood  too  fut* 


-'.t-. 


■I#*-*^ 


10  Edit. 


BlunCs  American  Coant  Pilot. 


185 


N.  ais- 

to  the 
d  too  lai' 


to  the  nvrthwHnl,  und  Mtaitd  in  for  the  harbour,  when  you  have  opened  the 
EiiMt  chop  lis  bct'ore  directed. 

From  Holnica'  Hole  \\fi,\\t  to  Cape  Toge  h|;ht  the  course  »  K.  S.  E. 
and  the  diMtiuice  nliout  '.i  IcagueH  ;  in  th  ;  channel  between  them  there 
arc  12  and  1 1  I'athoniH  water.  In  going  over  the  rtboaU  throu};h  tliis  chan- 
nel, you  must  be  cnretul  to  keep  your  lead  going,  in  order  to  avoid  a  dan- 
^erouH  Hand  which  lien  on  the  north  tiide  ot'it,  called  th(;  i  ft  .'ne-iiboe,  diHtant 
tVoni  Cape  Foge  3  leagues.  The  channel  between  this  Hand  and  Cape  I'oge, 
and  also  Itcteeen  the  former  and  Tiickernur  shoni,  i.s  narrow  ;  in  it  there 
are  from  12to4^  tathonisr  water,  tile  latter  of  which  \n  between  the  eant  end 
of  the  Hor8C-8hoe  and  'J'uckernuc  Hhoal.  When  Tuckernuc  inland  bears 
S.  8.  W.  you  are  to  the  caotward  of  the  Horse*shoe.  On  the  ttouth  nidc 
of  the  channel  aUo  there  are  several  spots  of  shoal,  to  avoid  which,  you 
muHt  keep  your  lead  going. 

The  ha  hour  of  Pklgartown  lies  between  Martha's  Vineyard  and  Cape 
Poge,  in  which  you  may  anchor.  In  proceeding  for  this  harbour,  pass 
within  a  mile  of  Cape  Poge,  and  then  steer  south  along  the  low  san- 
ily  beach  on  the  west  sidf^  in  5  fathoms  water,  until  you  come  to  the 
southernmost  part  of  it,  then  aail  more  easterly  about  a  mile,  until  you 
bring  tm  town,  which  is  a  bay  to  the  westward,  fairly  open,  and  then 
steer  directly  S.  S.  VV.  into  the  harbour,  until  you  get  within  half  a  mile 
of  the  town,  leaving  a  black  buoy  on  the  starboard  hand,  where  you 
may  anchor  in  4  or  3  fathoms  water.  This  harbour  is  a  gut  between 
Martha's  Vineyard  and  Cape  Foge,  and  is  formed  by  a  shoal  which  lies 
on  the  N.  W.  and  W.  sides  of  the  entrance,  and  the  beach  to  the  south- 
ward. The  tide  runs  strong  in  this  harbour,  and  affords  excellent  an- 
chorage. 

Or  you  may,  if  bound  from  Holmes'  Hole  to  Edgartown,  bring  the  East 
chop  to  bear  N.  W.  by  W.  and  run  S.  E.  by  E.  2i  leagues,  which  will 
carry  you  over  the  flats  m  3  fathoms  water,  on  which  lies  a  black  buoy, 
which  you  leave  on  your  starboard  hand  when  you  will  drop  into  4  la- 
thoms,  and  then  steer  S.  S.  W.  4  miles,  which  brings  you  up  to  the  en- 
trance of'the  harbour,  from  which,  to  the  wharf,  isW.  N.  W.  one  mile. 

In  leaving  Holmes'  Hole  to  pass  over,  the  shoals,  keep  the  West  chop 
open  to  the  northward  of  the  East  chop  until  you  have  passed  Squash 
Meadow  ahoal,  on  the  N.  W .  end  of  ^ich  is  a  *red  buoy,  with  a  small  pole 
in  the  end  of  it,  placed  in  16  feet  water,  bearing  from  Cape  Poge  light  N. 
W.  -^  W.  6  miles  ;  from  West  chop  light  &.  E.  by  E.  ^  E.  6  miles  ;  and 
from  the  Black  buoy  on  Hedge  Fence  S.  by  E.  2  miles.  Shoalest  water 
5  feet.  The  buoy  lies  about  2^  miles  from  the  East  chop,  must  be  left 
on  the  starboard  hand,  when  your  coure  will  be  E.  by  S.  in  JO  or  12«fa- 
thorns  water,  which  course  you  must  continue  till  you  pass  Cape  Fbge 
hght.  If  itshould  be  tide  of  flood,  you  must  steer  E.  by  S.  ^  S.  as  the  tide 
of  flood  sets  very  strong  to  the  northward,  between  Cape  Foge  and  Tuc- 
kernuc island,  and  the  tide  of  ebb  to  the  southward,  so  that  you  must  go- 
vern your  course  by  the'tide.  In  clear  weather  you  may  see  Nantucket 
light-house  18  miles,  which  you  must  bring  to  bear  E.  by  S.  ^  S.  which 
course  you  are  to  steer  till  you  pass  it  one  league,  when  you  nkust  bring 
it  to  bear  west  and  steer  east,  taking  care  to  make  this  course  good,  which 
will  carry  you  over  the  shoals  in  ship  channel ;  the  ground  is  very  un- 
even, and  you  will  have  from  4  to  8  fathoms  water.  When  you  have 
passed  over  the  sho<|)K,  y<Mi  will  have  from  10  to  14  fathoms  water,  and 

. 'v*'  '^I'-it  ik' ji^'-  — ' ■  

\  *  See  authority  for  the  buoys  ii.iiote  to  pag«  177.  — 

24 


latj 


Biunt*H  Atnrrk'ait  Connl  l*ilot. 


luK(ii( 


then,  \>y  Ntcciiii);;  north,  yoii  Hill  inakr  ('ii|H!  CimI  liKl)(-li()ii>t«?  (winch  roti 
ttiinM  ;i  lixtMl  liKht)  (liHl.tnl  IR  ItMKneN. 

']%>  0,0  l«t  llu;  northNv.iiil  of  thi-  (irout  Kound  shoal  (on  tho  riortlMTly 
fmri  o(  which  is  i<  *hlac.k  \nioy,  which  yon  h'nv»»  on  your  Mturhoartl  hiitul, 
placrd  in  14  iVet  wiit»M  ,  bearinn  iVoniSanroly  hrml  N.  Uy  V.  .j  K.  b\cn^\u^n, 
from  Niintiirkcl  li«ht  K.  N.  K.  J  N.  lOnnh;-*,  tmd  from  tin;  'hmI  huf»y  on 
Point  Uij>  K.  N.  K.  ;3  UsigurH  :  shoak-st  watrr  fj  lurt)  yon  nin.st  |irocc«Ml 
Rcconlin^  to  llio  fon'^oing  dirtM-tionH,  until  you  pa»rt  the  li^ht-hou!<«(^  Mini 
brtn);  it  to  hcnr  S.  \V.  \  \V.  then,  hy  making  »  N.  K.  .J  i'^.^uPHe  go  »d, 
yon  wil'  go  hciwccn  the  Cheat  and  IiitHl>  Konn4|HlioaU  (on  ffle  Nouth  piirt 
of  which  i^  a  white  hnoy  with  a  nniRll  polo  in  the  end  of  it,  placed  in  14 
feet  water,  hearing  from  Ciiatham  li^ht  S.  by  VV.  4^  leagues  ;  from  Nan- 
tucket light  N.  K.  .'3  leagues*  ;  and  from  Uie  black  liuoy  on  the  (ireat  Round 
Hhoal  N.  W.  hy  N.  2^  miles  :  shoalest  \vater  7  feet)  in  2^,  3,  4,  and  b  fa- 
thonu-i  water,  unlil  you  have  crOHsed  the  Pollock  rip,  where  you  ^11  have 
about  3  or  4  fathoms  water,  dn  which  is  a/ed  buoy,  which  you  leave  on 
your  larboard  hand.  The  Little  Round  shoal  bears  N.  W.  from  the  great 
one,  distant  about  2^  miles.  Continue  your  j^.  K.  ^  E.  course  until  you 
deepen  your  water  to  12  or  13  fathoms,  and  then  steer  north  for  Cape 
Cod  light-house.  ^ 


Nantucket  South'Shoal. 


This  dangerous  shoal,  which  lies  in  lat.  41°  04'  N.  long.  6y«>  6(J'  W. 
bears  8.  by  E.  from  Sancoty  head,  4  leagues  distant.  It  is  composed  of 
hard  white  sand,  over  which  the  sea  breaks  in  the  most  tremendous  man- 
oer,  having  on  it,  in  many  parts,  3  feet  water.  It  extends  from  east  to 
west  one  mile,  and  is  in  breadth  two  cables'  length.  It  oftea  breaks  in 
5  fathoms  on  the  east  and  west  of  the  shoal.  The  rip  which  extends  from 
the  western  end  has  about  7  fathoms  water  on  it.  The  tides  ^n  round 
the  compass  in  12^  hours,  but  the  southern  tide  has  the  greatest  duration^ 
and  runs  the  strongest. 

Extract  from  the  Orbit^s  journal.  '" 

"  Sandoty  head  bearing    N.  W.  ^  Came  to  a  large  swash  through 

Siasconset  town  N.  W.  ^  N.  J  the  Bass  rip,  with   5  fathoms. 

Southernmost  land        Wi  )  Standing  on  the  rip  had  from  9 

feet  to  2  fiUhoms,  hard  sand. 

"  Sancoty  head  bearing    N.  by  W. 

Siascoiiset  N.  N.  W- 

Tom  Ncver's  head       N.W.byN 

Southernmost  land        W.  N.  W. 

**  Kept  standing  on  to  the  southward  in  a  channel  of  from  6,  7,  and  8 

fathoms,  Sancoty  head  bearing  N.  by  W.  8  tniles,  crossed  a  dangp''ous  rip 

in  2^  fathoms,  lying  S.  W.  by  S.     From  this  rip  E.  S.  E.  3  mil         stant, 

is  another  rip^  between  which  are  9,  15,  17,  14,  6,  and  4  fathoms,  wliich 

is  the  shoalesl  water  «n  the  rip  ;  then  standing  east,  had  7  and  8  fathoms  ; 

three  cables'  lengttli  fronot  this  rip  came  to  imother  with  4  fathoms  water  ; 

from  this,  at«qual  distance,  came  to  a  third,  tjtfa  a£aurth,  all  which  were 

-r 


On  the  south  breaker  of  Bass 
rip,  in  9,  8  feet,  ard  less. 


^  See  authority  tOf  tiie  buvyg  in  *  note  t^i 


iiijtt-A  i*"^' 


y^' 


» 
>-«i 


.f^% 


*• 


10  Eilit. 


Rlunf  8  Aincricnn  Const  Pilot. 


187 


within  th/limitn  of  3  inilpn,  and  liiy  N.  ond  H.  AllhouKh  thoy  hnve  (h« 
H|)|H>arniir(>  of  diinf^cr,  tluMc  in  not  \e*»  thim  1  fiithoinH  on  Ihv.  flhoiilett 
piU't.  AAur  cro<4»ing  the  fnnrth  ri|>,  ciinir  ini>.  *-.<pp  water  within  one 
mile,  vi/.  I'i,'l7,  22,  imd  2fi  fathonm,  *jiiuI  iukI  r«'(l  grnvel.  Whon  over 
hail  Mmooth  water  with  3  fathoms,  and  made  h  Mouth  cuurfle,  having  t,  II, 
18,  and  then  II  fnthointi,  and  crnsst-d  the  cant  end  of  the  Soiiih  Hltoa)  in 
2  fathoMH,  fuunins  down  the  nouth  aide  in  1.'3  fathoms,  80  fatltorns  distant, 
tvhen  we  anchored  in  10  fuihoms.  Got  under  way  and  tttood  to  tlu>  west* 
word  ;  had  7.,  4,  G,  5,  and  7  fathomn  ;  doubled  round  the  west  end  in  3 
futhomn,  Hn«  sand  ;  wh|||iover  hAd  7  futhomn,  the  tide  flettiiiK  N.  N.  W. 
Kept  along  the  north  side  in  2^,  2|,  and  2  futi.omH,  one  cahle'fl  length 
from  the  breakers.  When  about  mtdwny  the  shou!,  perceived  a  swnfth, 
throu|;h  which  crossed  between  the  breakers  in  aS.  8.  K.  direction,  had 
2^  and  2  fathoms,  and  one  cast  9  feet  at  w  hich  time  it  way^  about  half-tide. 
In  H  few  moments,  deepened  to  4,  6,  <>,  and  7  fathomt:,  2  caldes'  length 
from  the  shoal,  hard  white  sand.  From  this  steered  S.  ^  W.  to  make  a 
south  course  good,  kept  the  lead  going,  and  increased  the  soundinms  gra- 
dually  to  10  fathoniH,  fme  black  and  white  sand,  then  one  mile  from  the 
shoal.  From  this  sounded  erery  3  miles,  depth  increasing  about  one  fa- 
thom per  mile,  till  at  the  distance  of  7  leagues  from  the  South  shoal, 
where  we  found  28  fathoms,  fme  black  and  white  sand.  [This  was  in  lat. 
40"  42'  N.  long.  69"  bti  VV.]  The  same  quality  of  soundings  continue 
till  you  get  in  lat.  40'^  31',  ivhen  you  will  have  soft  mud,  40  fathoms,  from 
which  it  continues  muddy  bottom  till  ofl'  soundings,  and  in  40*^  00'  no  bot- 
•  tom  with  120  fathoms." 

NOTE. — The  Orbit  was  sent  by  the  author  of  this  work  to  ascertain  the 
exact  situation  of  the  South  shoal,  which  ditTering  so  much  in  latitude  from 
what  it  had  been  before  laid  down,  induced  several  gentlemen  in  Nantucket 
ngain  to  engage  in  the  enterpri/e,  who  confirm  the  surveys  made  in  that 
vessel,  and  make  the  following  report : — "  Observed  in  lat.  41"  4'  1 1'  N. 
abreast  of  the  shoal,  as  laid  down  by  Capt.  Colesworthy  ;  steered  off 
S.  by  W.  22  miles,  and  regularly  deepened  the  water  to  35  fathoms  : 
steered  E.  N.  E.  12  miles,  to  30  fathoms  ;  N.  W.  20  miles,  to  18  fathoms  ; 
S.  S.  W.  10  miles,  to  30  fathoms,^nd  l^'  N.  W.  14  miles,  regularly  shoal- 
ing until  6  A.  M.  made  the  Mills,  and  came  in  at  1  P.  M.  These  several 
courses  formed  a  track  over  whete  Paul  Pinkham  has  laid  the  South 
sihoal  of  Nantucket,  amfon  which  there  are  28  fathoms." 

Eight  or  ten*  leagues  S.  E.  from  the  south  part  of  George's  bank  Vtv.n 
the  Gulf  Stream,  where  there  is  a  strong  E.  N.  E.  current,  and  if  you  are 
bound  to  the  westward,  you  had  better  go  very  near  the  bank,  quite  on 
soundings,  till  you  are  abreast  of  the  South  shoal  of  Nantucket,  where 
you  have  30  leagues  from  bank  to  current,  and  by  doing  which  you  will 
probably  shorten  your  passage. 

Seven  leagues  to  the  westward  of  the  Sooth  shoal,  in  25  or  30  fathoms, 
you  will  have  black  mud  of  a  shining  smooth  nature,  when  you  will  be  ii) 
Tuckernuc  channel. 

To  the  westward  of  the  South  shoal  of  Nantucket,  you  have  no  shoali, 
nps,  nor  tide  to  hurt  you,  until  you  come  near  the  land,  but  clear  sea, 
good  navigation,  and  regular  soundings.  To  the  eastward  and  northward 
of  the  South  shoal  you  will  have  a  rapid  tide, 

•«  A  shoal,  called  POCHICK  RIP,  lies  off  the  S.  E.  part  of  Nantucket 
island.  It  commences  a  few  rods  south  of  Siasconset  town,  and  then  runs 
E.  S.  E.  one  mile,  when  you  come  to  a  corner  on  which  are  G  feet  at  lovr 
water  ;  behveen  this  corner  and  the  '''l^d  t^ere  are  n  few  swashes  froa^ 


lly 


Blunt^s  AmGricaii  Coant  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


Sj^  to  3  fiithomi,  through  which  vmioIh  miiy-|>iiiiM.  From  the  tiornfr  th« 
rip  ruriH  Hoiith  1^  mile,  when  von  conic*  tu  iiiiothi'r  Nwmh,  hiilt' u  mile 
wide,  with  7  riithomN  ;  W.  S.  \V.  one-qniirter  of  ii  m\\v  from  thin  rlinn- 
iicl  in  II  wry  mIiouI  Mpot.with  C  feet,  which  riinn  S.  W.  hy  W.  oiu'-qiinrtcr 
of  a  niilo,  wlirii  yuii  fail  iiito.a  HWiith  40  rods  wide,  Tom  Never'ii  hcml 
beiiriiiKW  N.  VV.  .'i  milen  dintnnt.  Yon  tln!n  come  to  the  eimt  end  of  the 
OM)  MAN,  which  nuiH  W.  S.  VV.  nbont  4  milcn,  on  which  are  from  9 
feet  to  3  falhoniH  ;  when  over  the  Old  Man  you  will  dro|)  into  7  fathomM, 
tine  Miind  with  hlack  niie«!kH. 

Uetween  the  Old  Man,  Tom  Never*ii  head,  ni^l'ochick  rip,  there  inn 
very  go«)«l  roadntead  or  anchorage  :  TomNiverti  head  hearing  K.  N.  K.  \ 
N.  the  Houlhernmorit  land  VV.  Iiy  N.  you  will  have  Ti  fathomM,  cuarne  Hand, 
from  which  to  the  OhI  Man  you  will  have  5,  (!,  0\,  7,  (i,  f>,  10  to  14  fa- 
thoina,  red  Maud,  then  halfway  hetween  the  two  ;  from  thin  you  Hhoalen 
to  lit,  1 1,  U,  7,  5,  4,  and  3  tiithomH,  fine  sand  with  black  H)>ecks. 

The  (treat  rip  it  ahout  4i|^  leaguen  from  Sancoty  head  ;  on  this  rip, 
about  K.  S.  t.  from  Sancoty  head,  there  are  4  feet  water,  antl  ea»*t  from 
Sqiiam  there  are  6,  but  on  many  other  parts  of  it  there  are  2\,  3,  and  4 
fathomn  water. 

Fixhinj;  rip  is  about  1 1  .^  leagues  from  Snncofy  head,  and  hnn  from  !>  to 
7  fathoms  water  on  it.  Between  thin  and  the  Great  rip,  the  ground  is  un- 
even  ;  there  are  12,  22,  and  15  fathoms  water.  These  two  rips  stretch 
nearly  north  and  south,  and  are  altout  12  miles  in  length. 

Oil'  the  K.  part  of  Nantucket  inland,  lies  the  Buss  rip,  about  3  miles 
from  Sancoty  head."  • 

Around  the  coast  of  Nantucket  and  the  shoals,  you  will  have  snndy 
bottom,  and  in  moderate  weather  had  better  anchor  than  be  driven  about 
by  the  tide,  which  is  very  rapid.  The  course  of  the  tides  at  and  over 
Nantucket  shoals,  is  nearly  N.  K.  and  S.  W.  and  regular.  The  N.  E.  tide 
makes  l^ood.  S.  S.  E.  moon  mnkea  high  water.  South  moon  makes  full 
sea  at  Nantucket  Jvubour. 

S.  S.  E.  and  W.  N.  VV.  mf^on  makes  high  water  on  the  tthoals*;  the  tide 
of  tlood  sets  N.  E.  by  E.  and  ebb  S.  VV.  by  W.  from  2  to  3  knots  an  hour. 
It  ebbs  and  flows  about  b  Jr  6  fe«t. 

If,  when  coming  from  sea  you  fall  into  Block  island  channel,  you 
will  have  soundings  in  lat.  40*^  N.  M)0  fathoms,  mud  and  oo/e,  which 
quality  of  soundings  continue,  decreasing  graduWly,  till  you  get  in  40  fa- 
thoms. In  313  fathoms,  Block  island  bearing  N.  by  VV.  4,1  leagues  distant, 
you  will  have  fine  red  and  black  sand  ;  two  and  one-hall  leagues  distant, 
game  bearing,  you  will  have  28  fathoms,  coarse  sand.  When  Block  isl- 
und  bears  N.  distant  4  or  6  leagues,  you  cannot  see  any  land  to  the  north- 
ward or  eastward  ;  but  as  you  uiiproach  the  island  you  will  see  Montuck 
point  to  the  westward,  making  :i  long  low  point  to  the  eastward.  In  sail- 
ing VV.  S.  W.  you  will  make  no  remarkable  land  on  Long  island,  from  the 
eastward  of  said  island  to  the  westward,  its  broken  land  appearing  at  h 
distance  like  islands.  You  will  have  20  or  22  fathoms  water  out-siglit  of 
the  land,  sandy  bottom  in  some  and  clay  in  other  places.  When  you  come 
in  sight  of  Sandv-hook  light-house,  you  will  see  the  Highlands  of  Nevef- 
sink,  which  lie  VV.  S.  W,  from  Sandy »hook,  and  is  the  most  remarkable 
land  on  that  shore. 

South  of  Noman's-land  island,  in  20  or  26  fathoms,  you  will  have  coarse 
sand  like  gravel  stones  ;  and  S.  S.  W.  from  it,  in  20  or  30  fathoms, coarse 
red  sand  ;  S.  S.  E.  from  Block  island,  which  is  in  Block  island  channel, 
ill  40  or  50  fath<Hus,  yoa  will  h^ve  oozy  bottom,  but  as  you  shoal  youi 
i^ttT  to  25  or  20t|Jllotas,  yo*  vMI  have  coarse  ?andy  bottoflii. 


'*^«^A^^iS^, 


i  ■8*  ••*-- 


V 


10  Edit 


BluntV  American  Coant  Pilot. 
THreclions  for  Ncw-Bi'tHord. 


199 


Bring  (iiiy  lirutl  light  to  boar  S.  iiriil  run  N.  till  you  ri)tn«>  to  the  piuiagv 
throuKh  tlic  ixltuitlM,  which  t'orriiM  ({uick*»  hulc,  which  yuu  niuit  untir  m 
nciir  the  niiildli'  us  |io«Mihl(>  ;  but  if  jrou  th'viiito,  kt>fi»  the  ktarlMKirii  hund 
bent  on  board,  to  avoid  u  Mpit  or  lint  ivhu'li  ruttn  of)  Iroin  the  S.  L!  jKiint 
of  Nuithawinu,  on  thn  larboard  liiuid,  when  you  will  hiivt>  frutn  r>  to  (S  lit* 
thoniN  ;  then  haul  it(|uar(^  into  tb(>  hole,  k«>v|iinK  the  Urboiird  hand  \hM  uii 
bou^'d.  lolbminK  Mtun«>wl^it  thi>  b«nd  oi'  the  ahori*.  V  ou  will  k«'<>|i  (iny 
head  light  o|icn  about  a  Hhip'n  lenj^th  by  the  S.  \\.  point  ol'  Nanhawinii. 
till  you  are  at  leuHt  one  mile  north  of  the  hole,  which  will  carry  you  to 
the  eutttward  of  u  ledge  and  ro<!k  that  lie  that  diMtanro  from  it,  with  onlv 
5  to  12  feet  water  on  them,  to  the  w«'>»tward  of  which  iit  a  good  chaiuiel, 
nnd  0  fathoiuHall  round.  Then  ^teer  N.  i  VV.  till  you  strike  hard  botlurn 
in  5  fathoniii  water,  on  the  S.  K.  corner  ol  the  CJreat  ledm",  which  in  on 
the  weHtern  «ide  of  the  t^haiuiel  ;  then  N.  K.  by  N.  about  Ibree-fourtliA  of 
a  mile,  till  in  h\  or  (i  fathomit,  itucky  liottom,  when  the  li^ht  will  bear  N. 
N.  W.  ;  then  steer  N.  by  VV.  and  run  into  the  river.*  Alter  |iar<Ming 
t(/lark'ri  point  light,  you  will  see  a  Huiall  inland,  called  Outer  Kgg  island, 
juHt  above  water,  which  you  will  leave  on  your  Htnrbonrd  baud,  giving  it 
i*ome  birth,  an  there  urc  rocks  which  lie^outh-weMtcrly  from  it.  May  one- 
third  of  a  mile  distant,  but  Htill  keeping  nearer  to  it  than  to  the  main  land, 
to  avoid  Rutlcr*s  Hat,  which  maketi  ofl'  from  the  west  ^hore.  To  steer 
clear  of  this  Hat,  keci)  the  light-house  open  u  ship^a  length  to  the  west- 
ward of  the  Kound  hills.  As  soon  as  you  open  the  N.  line  of  the  woods 
with  the  clear  land,  about  a  mile  N.  of  the  light-house,  you  are  to  the 
northward  of  the  Hat,  and  may  steer  direct,  either  for  the  hollow,  or  the 
high  part  of  Palmer's  island,  hauling  a  little  to  the  eastward  as  you  ap- 
proach it.  The  paiisuge  between  thix  inland  and  Fort  point,  on  the  star- 
board hand,  is  narrow  A  Hat  which  extends  out  S.  W.  from  the  point, 
makes  it  necessary  to  keep  nearest  the  island  ;  as  you  draw  towards  the 
N.  end  of  the  island,  give  it  a  birth  of  two  ships*  lengths  us  a  small  Hat 
makes  oH'  E.  from  its  N.  E.  point.  As  soon  as  you  have  paHHcd  the  isl- 
and one  cable's  length,  the  town  will  ap()ear  open  on  your  larboard  hand, 
when  you  may  run  for  the  end  of  the  wharf  which  projects  out  farthest 
into  the  channel  (Kotch's  wharf.)  Or  to  anchor  in  the  deepest  water, 
bring  Clark's  point  light  without  Palmer's  island. 

In  coming  into  New-Bedford  from  the  westward,  the  Eastern  channel 
is  safest  for  strangers.  Give  the  Sow  and  Pigs  a  birth  of  one  mile,  and 
run  N.  E.  by  N.  till  Pune  island  bears  S.  E.  then  E.  N.  E.  till  Gay  head 
light  bears  S.  and  then  N.  ^  W.  as  before  directed. 

A  rock  lies  off  N.  W.  from  the  N.  end  uf  Pune  (or  Penequcse,  as  it  is 
sometimes  called)  about  one  mile  distant,  on  which  there  is  only  8  feet 
at  low  water.  Between  this  and  Wilkes'  ledge  (on  which  there  is  a  black 
buoy)  is  an  open  ship  ch'.mnel,  free  from  danger,  and  courses  may  be  va- 
ried as  circumstances  require. 

By  those  who  are  acquainted  with  the  bay,  the  Western  channel  is 
most  commonly  used.     Giving  the  Old  Cock  and  Hen  and  Chickens  a  sui- 

*  When  running  frnn)  Quick^o  hole  for  the  N.  ledge,  as  t>uon  us  you  find  yourself  in 
7  fathoms  water,  you  may  be  Mure  that  you  are  abreast  of  the  Great  ledge,  or  have 
passed  it. 

t  Clark's  point  light  is  situated  at  the  entrance  of  Ncw-Bedfurd  harbour.  The  lan- 
trrn  is  elevated  lOU  lect  above  the  level  of  the  sea,  and  contains  a  fixed  light. 


i 


'->  ^  *  * 


190 


Btunrt  Amrriran  Ooa.hI  Pilof. 


10  F!<1it. 


Aci«rit  Inrtli,  thi*  onljr  liongrr  to  ba  ii«oiil«ii  in  ii|iiiroorhiii|  IVtiilioia  pniril, 
it  •  rtK-k  wliK  h  Urn  nIxmiI  one  mil**  S.  W.  I»y  S.  Irom  it,  on  whirh  then*  i« 
only  U  ft'iit  wiiti'i'.^  IInvuik  pi^*<'*t  MiNlutni  point,  you  ttuty  «lfi'r  ilimtly 
for  tlu*  DiiMiplin  ruck*,  oft  llii!  Koum)  liilli,  tntl  hIikIi  may  lio  |iiiiw<!il 
ivithin  two  niiili'N'  IriiKth  to  th«  vuatwiinl.  Ilrnrp  toClurk'<t  point  liulit 
the  <'0(ir«i>  iH  N.  N.  K.  l>iit  tonvoiil  thi*  Midillr  Irdgr  (on  wlii<  h  tli«-rr  i*  u 
rtii\  Idioy)  1111(1  (vliicli  lift  very  nt'ur  in  ii  dirrrt  (-ouriii>  iVotn  tho  oiitrr 
Diiiniilin  (o  the  liulit,  it  la  brttrr  to  alriT  N.  V..  liy  N.  uboiit  tiniilc,  iiml 
then  biitil  up  N.  N.  K.  when  you  will  Wmivc  tb«!  locl|{c  on  your  larbounl 
hiintl.  ^  <>u  may  uUo  «Mrry  in  4  futboniM  to  th«  HCHtfviinl  of  (bi>  U'An^, 
but  (lie  rhiinni'l  bctwovn  it  uiiil  the  Lou«  ro<.-k,  which  hea  N.  W.  from  it, 
it  niirrow. 

From  Srnronnrt  rorka  (nivinj;  th«»ni  n  birth  of  ono  mile)  to  thr  rn- 
Irunrn  of  nu/./iinl'i  bav,  tliv  rourao  ia  K.  }  S.  By  tbia  rniirae  madr  Kond, 
sill  tht*  danui'ra  od  tbi>  llrn  tind  (bickrnt  will  m  iivoided.  Soundin);*, 
S(i*n(> rally,  from  !>  to  7  falboma,  and  moatly  hnrd  botton,  till  dtrpon^  to 
Iti  fathoms,  Niicky  boltom,  vvhcn  Cuttcrhunk  iaiund  will  ho  iipwaitU  ol  :« 
milo  diatani,  and  (Mark'a  point  light  will  bear  N.N.  K.  and  you  may  run 
directly  for  th<>  light  till  up  with  tho  Dumplin  ro<-ka,  to  which  aauflicicnt 
birth  iniHt  bi>  given.  Or  you  may  aland  onthia  coiirao  of  N.  N.  V..  till  in 
7  fathoma,  aucky  bottom  (which  will  be  betwtuMi  Mithom  point  and  the 
Hound  hillM)  and  conn  to  anchor.  Or  otherwiae,  ateer  N.N.  K.  till  I'une 
iaiund  beara  S.  K.  (UmI  then  K.  N.  R.  for  the  Huick'a  hide  channel,  aa  be- 
fore directed. 

It  may  be  well  to  observe,  that  if  when  you  have  atood  in  from  Sen- 
connet  point  toivarda  Culterhunk,  and  the  light  on  Clark*a  point  ia  not  to 
be  neen,  but  you  can  ace  (iay  bond  light,  you  may  etand  on  your  couiae 
K.  \  S.  till  you  abut  it  in  behind  the  weat  end  of  Cutterhunk,  but  inuat 
then  immediately  change  your  courac  to  N.  N.  V..  if  neither  light  ia  to 
be  seen,  the  aoundinga  are  Ihu  only  dependence,  und  muat  be  very  cure- 
fully  attended  to. 

Additional  Remarki, 

To  the  S.  E.  of  the  Dumplin  rockt,  one*hnlf  to  three-nuartert  of  u 
mile  distant,  ia  a  aand  spit  with  only  7  feet  of  water  on  it.  15e(w'ecn  this 
npit  and  the  rocks  there  are  6  fathoms  water. 

Lone  rock,  N.  W.  of  the  Middle  ledge,  nearly  half  a  mile  distant,  im 
nearly  or  quite  dry  at  low  water,  when  there  are  S^  fathoma  round  it 
Between  this  rock  and  the  Husse^-  rock  is  the  entrance  to  Aponeganaet  ri- 
ver ;  depth  of  water,  in  the  channel,  3\  fathoms.  There  la  alao  a  chan- 
nel between  the  HuHHey  rock  and  White  rock.  Course  from  Q,uick*t  hole 
to  entrance  of  Aponeganset  river,  N.  N.  W. 

The  White  rock  appears  considerably  high  above  water,  and  the  two 
rocks  to  westward  of  it,  called  the  Kagged  rocks,  are  always  to  be  seen. 

A  small  rock  to  the  S.  W.  of  the  North  ledge  (about  one  mile  distant 
from  the  buoy)  with  only  7  feet  water  on  it,  and  another  small  rock  to  the 
N.  E.  of  the  same  ledge  (about  half  a  mile  distant  from  the  buoy)  with 
10  feet  water  on  it,  were  recently  discovered  by  Capt.  Mosher.     On  the 

%  Thtre  il  alio  a  \tdgt  dtrectljriouth  of  Miihom  point,  onn  mile  distant,  on  which 

there  ia  not  more  than  3  faUtomt  at  low  water,  and,  at  very  low  tides,  still  lest 

][J'  When  bound  to'iea,a  S.  W.  by  S.  course  from  the  Dumplin  rocks  will  carry  you  just 
without  this  ledge,  and  inflir  channel  way  between  the  Sow  and  Pigs  and  Hen  and 
Chicktoa. 


f.  #. 


X 


lOPJit. 


ntiinrH  Ainrnmii  Coam(  Pilot. 


191 


formrr  hi>  •lr»rk  willi  Ihr  brig  ComniMlore  Uttcutur,  uiul  on  (ha  latlrr 
witli  lilt'  liriK  r.li/.iilM'lh. 

pMckct  rork,  n  utiiiill  «iiiikrn  rtick,  on  wMrh  ihrr**  m  4  iVt«l  wiiU'i-,  li«« 
liiilf  It  mill'  §r  iipwtirtU  W.  hy  N.  Iroiir  Hliick   riM-k.     TIm*   piitoiiK**  tor 

('l).l«llllK   V«'<I«L*U  tllMlllll   tVolll  NfW-lU*liru|'tl   li|l  tilt!    il.l^  ,   1^  l)rtW«*l>ll  lIllHillld 

lilii«:k  ro<*k. 

Till'  '•oiiiiiliiig^  tit-iii<tH  ill*'  w<'«tt*ni  I'ntntnrn  of  liii/./iirir<«  buy,  brtwmi 
(ho  Sow  anti  Vmn  iitul  Hvii  iiinl  ('hirktMiN,  iiiiii  oomm*  tli^taiirc  Hitliiti  tlifiii, 
iirti  VMry  irr<>t(iilar,  varying  i'runi  r>  (u  10  uui\  Ih  l.tllioiim,  uihI  bnitoiti  k«- 
ncraliy  hiifii. 

A  S.  y,.  moon  niakfH  UimJit  ivu(<'r  in  lli«>  l>iiy,  unil  thr  iivcrnge  Meiol'(ido 
ia  1|  kiiuU 

ttuoij*  in  fiutfortl't  nay, 

Thrr<*  nro  i\ve  bnoyM  plartMl  in  Hn/xanl^H  liay,  vix. — nyollnw  huny  on 
thi*  H.  v..  part  of  thi>  N«m'1Ii  lf«li(«>,  in  'J^  rMthonvt  wntcr.  A  red  buoy,  ly- 
ing  in  very  xhoal  wattM'  on  thn  riMitrc  of  th*'  Muldb*,  which  ih  n  Mniull 
bulKu.  A  wbit(>  biiuy  on  the  S.  K.  part  of  tiio  Great  b'dt^i;,  in  'i  fathom* 
wntf'r.  A  bluck  buoy  on  the  S.  W.  part  oC  WilkfA'  U'^t^n,  in  2^  t'atliomi 
watnr.  All  on  the  wcMtiMu  Ridt*  o(  the  bay.  And  u  white  buoy  in  i  liithomt 
Water,  on  WeHt'it  i^lAnd  led^e,  on  the  eautern  nide. 

All  the<ie  buoyii,  eicept  the  one  on  West*i  inland  ledge,  arc  taken  up  in 
the  winter. 

liearingB  of  ljedge$  from  Clark'n  point  light. 


North  led|e,        .        .        . 
Middle  led|f,  • 

(ita»l  ledgM,        .        .        . 
Wilkei*  Ud(«, 
Weit*i  Ulniid  ledge,  (buoy) 


S.  by  K. 

8.  by  W.  A  W. 

S.  i  W. 

8.  by  W. 

S.  E.  by  E. 


the  two 
seen, 
distant 

Ik  to  the 

\y)  with 
On  the 


Old  BartM*incw  rorki 
quickV  ilolo,      - 
Diiiiipliii  I'ocki, 
Willie  rock, 
Round  hi  Hi, 


Other  bearing$  from  the  light. 

E.  860  N. 
8.  9  E. 
8.  21 
S.  25 


1-6  of  a  mile  dlitanl. 


8.   29 


W.  or  S.  S.  W.  nearly. 

W. 

W. 


The  llghl-houio  boari 

Black  rock, 

Duinplin  rock*  ■ 


Light-houw, 
Dumplins, 


Light-house, 
Mithom  point. 
North  ledge, 
DumpUnt, 


Light-heuM, 
Miihom  point) 
DumpliMi 


From  the  JSforth  ledge, 

N.  by  W. 
N.  E.  by  E. 
S.  W. 

From  Middle  ledge, 

N.  by  E.  J  E. 
S.  W.  by  S.  i  S. 

From  Great  ledge. 


N.|E. 
W.S.W. 

N.  N.  E.  S  miles  disUat. 
W.  iN. 


From  Wilkea'  ledge^ 

N.  byE. 

W.  by  N.  I  N.  about  2  miles  iMfUnti 
>       -    . .  -       N.  by  W.  I W,  about  Mme  diatauce* 


192 


Blunt^H  American  Coast  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


r-V 


From  1Vest\s  islutnl  leHge, 


L^ht-iinuKC, 
Mislioni, 

Litiin  Hliick  rork, 
BInck  roik, 


N.  W.  by  W. 

\v.  s.  w. 

JV.  by  K. 
N.  VV.  l  W. 


liird  island  light-house,  vi  Buzzard^i  hay. 

Birti  island  is  on  tliu  north  shore  of  Buzzard's  bay,  near  the  east  side 
i)f  Sippican  harbour,  in  the  town  of  Rochester  ;  about  12  miles  E.  N.  E. 
from  New-Bedford  Ught-hoiise.  It^  is  small,  not  containing  more  than 
three  acres  of  land,  and  is  about  five  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea. 

"  The  light  and  dwelling-houses  are  built  of  stone,  and  are  white-washed. 
The  tower  of  the  former  is  26  feet  high,  on  which  is  o  lantern  7  feet  high, 
that  is  lighted  with  ten  patent  lamps,  with  a  16  inch  reflector  to  each, 
fitted  on  two  sides  of  an  oblong  square,  which  revolves  round  once  in  3^ 
minutes,  at  the  distance  of  6  leagues,  which  is  as  far  as  it  can  be  seen  for 
the  land.  The  time  of  total  darkness  is  twice  to  that  of  light.  As  you 
appro.ich  it,  the  time  of  total  darkness  increases,  until  you  get  within  two 
miles  of  it,  when  there  will  not  be  a  total  darkness,  but  the  greatest 
strength  of  light  will  be  as  40  to  1 ,  over  that  of  the  lea^it  light  in  the  course 
of  the  revolution  of  the  apparatus. 


Bearings  and  distances  from  Bird  island  light-house. 

S.  W.  I  W.  10  miles. 
S.  W.i  W.  11  miles. 
S.  W.  by  S.  26  miles. 

S.  10  1    <l6S. 

E.N.E.iN.7i  miles. 


The  south  point  of  VVest^s  island, 
West's  island  ledge,  •  -     .  - 

The  north  entrance  of  Quick's  hole, 
Wood's  hole,  due 
The  entrance  of  Monument  river, 


West  inland  ledge  buoy. 

West's  island  ledge  is  in  Buzzard's  bay,  between  5  and  6  miles.S.  E.  by 
E.  from  New-Bedford  light-house,  in  from  4  to  4^  fathoms  water. 
A  large  white  buoy  has  been  placed  over  the  ledge. 


Bearings  and  distances  of  sundry  places  from  Gay  head 

light-house. 

Noman's-land  island,  S.  8  miles  distant.  "'■ 

Old  Man,  S.  by  E.  This  is  a  ledge  of  rocks  which  lies  two-thirds  of  the 
distance  from  the  Vineyard  to  Noman's-land  inland,  which  has  a  passage 
on  both  sides,  that  is  but  little  used.  Those  who  do  go  through  must  keep 
near  Nonr.ju's-land  island  till  the  light  bears  N.  You  will  have  7  fathoms 
water  in  thu  passage. 

Sow  and  Figs,  N.  W.  by  W.  3^  leagues.  This  is  a  ledge  of  rocks  which 
is  very  dai^erous,  and  bears  S.  W.  by  W.  from  the  westernmost  of  the 
Elizabeth  islands  (called  Cutehunk]  distant  2^  miles.  , 

N.  E.  from  the  light,  2^.  leagues  distant,  is  a  spot  of  shoal  ground,  with 
3  fathoms  water  en  it. 

Manan^W;bite,  3^  miles  distant.  In  this  harbour  you  will  have  good 
»nchomtM:ik'^cfo^  8  to  6  fathoins,  the  light  bearing  W.  by  S.  or  W.  ^  S. 


and  If 


''>^':^fe4:lK; 


^*h  thfe  wmd  from  E.  N,  E.  to  W.  S.  W. 
l^^^di^taQt  1 6  lesignes. 

"^/^P^jN.'W.  cUstaht  12  le?^es. 


\ 


*f-'! 


oEdlt. 


^Jt 


\ 


cost  flide 

E.  N.  E. 
lore  than 

sea. 

;-washed. 
feet  high, 

to  each, 
nee  m  3^ 
!  seen  for 
As  you 
within  two 
!  greatest 
he  course 


miles, 
miles, 
miles. 

\  miles. 


IJ;  * 


K 


^Wk, 


9.S.  E.  by 


head 


irds  of  the 
s  a  passage 
must  keep 
!  7  fathoms 

cks  which 
lost  of  the 

ound,  with 

have  good 
or  W.  \  S. 


■IM'^ 


£ti.-li'-.'..-'SJ 


1. 


/;/,y/V/,A    /.''.» 


to 


X  V 


/ 
/ 


Ri  a.   <  .v>- 

•■■■;■  ;.  -U:^;v^•^•■  \ 


;:i>"* 


s 

»>■■ 

3 


> 
S: 


ffff 


y~-X 


10  Edit. 

Bearings  at 
several  m 
bearingi 

East  chop 
Squash  nioadc 
Nfirtoii's  shor 
Moik«ekett  L 
Tuckernuc  shi 
South  end  Ho 
Dry  spots  Hai 
Swash  of  Hor 
Tuckernuc  sh( 

light 
Hnrso-shoe  fro 
Coast  frnin  Ne 

westward 
From  Cape  Pc 
Hawse's  shoal 

In  bad  we 
and  the  wini 
and  run  VV. 
bears  W.  b}i 
until  yoa  ge 
to  the  norths 
S.  VV.  you  w 
5i  or  6  fatht 
E.  I  E.  ther 
in  case  youi 
to  go  into  th( 
by  VV.  until 
mile,  and  yc 
board  hand  < 
thoms  water 
tackling  is  p 

If  you  wii 
Poge  light  t 
run  for  the 
hand  ;  get  3 
you  deepen 
Hole  roadstc 
West  chop  a 


Directions 


From  the 
course  is  N. 
tween  tliem, 
Block  island, 
thoms  water, 

*  T^ja  Ught-i 
f«et  ab««#  the  i 


10  Edit 


Blunt^s  American  Coast  Pilot. 


/ 


193 


Bearings  and  diitances  from  the  light  on  Cape  Poge,  and  depth  of  water  of 
several  most  dangerous  shoals  in  sight  of  Cape  Pogc  light-house,  anW  the 


bearings  of  the  Last  chop  of  Holmes'  Hole. 


East  chop       .... 
Squash  nioadow  shoal 
Ndrtoii's  shonl 
Motk«ekett  Long  shoal     • 
Tuckernuc  shea! 
South  end  Horse-shoe 
Dry  spots  Hvrse-shoe 
Swash  uf  Horse-shoe 

Tuckernuc  shoal  horn  Nantucket  ^  ur  i,     i\r 
light  ^w.bylN. 

Horso-shoe  from  do.         -         -         N.  W.  by  W. 
Coast  frnm  Nantucket  light  bound  )  ^^  .      »    ■  lu 
westward  ^  w.  oy  in.  j  i^. 

From  Cape  Poge  to  Skiflf 's  island     S.  J  W.  dry 

Hawsers  shoal,  the  shoalest  part      S.  £.  i  E.  6 


N.  W.  by  W.  i  VV.  from  said  light    7i  miles  distant 


N.  W.  1  W. 
K.  *  S/ 
K.  IS. 
E.  I  S. 
E.  i  N. 
N.  E.  iN. 
E.N.E. 


5  feet  at  low  water  5^ 


9 
6 
7 
7 

dry 
12 


do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 

do. 


H 
B 

14 

10 
9 


do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 


do. 


9 

3i 


do. 
do. 


In  bad  weather,  coining  from  the  eastward,  and  you  wish  for  a  harbour, 
and  the  wind  admitting,  you  may  bring  Nantucket  light  to  bear  E.  S.  E. 
and  run  W.  N.  W.  making  your  course  good,  until  Cape  Foge  light-house 
bears  W.  by  S.  if  bound  into  Edgartown  harbour,  tlien  steer  for  the  light 
until  you  get  in  3  fathoms  water  ;  then  run  W.  N.  W.  if  it  shoalens  haul 
to  the  northward  ;  if  not,  keep  on  until  the  light  bears  south,  then  run  W. 
S.  W.  you  will  have  3  and  4  fathoms  hard  bottom.  As  soon  as  you  get 
5^  or  6  flUhoms  sucky  bottom,  then  run  S.  S.  W.  until  the  light  bears  N. 
E.  ^  E.  then  you  may  anchor  in  about  5  or  6  fathoms  water  with  safety, 
in  case  your  cables  and  anchors  are  sea-worthy  ;  otherwise,  if  you  wish 
to  go  into  the  harbour,  when  the  light  bears  N.  E.  ^  E.  you  may  run  S.  W. 
by  W.  until  you  get  3^  fathoms  hard  bottom,  then  run  W.  about  half  a 
mile,  and  you  will  be  within  the  flats,  which  you  leave  to  your  star- 
board hand  coming  in  ;  you  will  find  it  smooth,  and  about  3  and  4  fa- 
thoms water,  where  you  may  anchor  with  safety,  though  your  ground' 
tackling  is  poor. 

If  you  wish  to  go  to  Holmes's  Hole,  or  through  the  sound,  bring  Cape 
Poge  Ught  to  bear  S.  E.  by  E.  {  E.  and  run  N.  W.  by  W.  1  W.  you  will 
run  for  the  East  chop,  and  leave  Squash  Meadow  shoal  on  your  starboard 
hand  ;  get  3  fathoms  water  on  the  chop,  then  haul  to  the  N.  N.  W.  until 
you  deepen  to  7,  8  or  9  fathoms  ;  then  run  S.  W.  by  W.  for  Holmes* 
Hole  roadstead,  in  4  fathoms  or  3^  or  N.  W.  for  the  Sound,  to  clear  the 
West  chop  and  middle  ground. 


Directions  for  those  who  fall  in  with  Block  island,  when  they 
are  6oM?ic/ ybr  Rhode-island  harbour. 

From  the  S.  E.  part  of  Block  island  to  Rhode  island  light-house  the 
course  is  N.  by  E,  ^  E.  and  the  distance  8  leagues  ;  about  midway  be- 
tween titem,  there  are  24  fathoms  water.  If  you  are  on  the  west  side  of 
Block  island,  with  the  body  of  the  island  bearing  E.  N.  E.  in  8  or  10  fa- 
thoms water,  your  course  to  Point  Judith  ''^light  is  N.  E.  by  E.  about  6 

*  T^e  Ipight-house  on  Point  Judith  is  a  sto)ie  edifice,  40  feet  high.    The  lamps  are  60 
fei;t  ab«»«»  the  level  of  the  sea,  and  contain  a  BEVOtViNG  LIGHT,  to  distinguish  it 

.25  '         '  . 


ii 


'      it 


194 


Blunt*8  American  Coast  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


p,. 


leagtiei.  This  point  (ippe^rfl  like  a  rag's  head,  and  ih  pretty  bold  ;  be* 
twccn  BlocL  island  and  the  point  there  urc  from  30  to  6  fathomt<  water, 
except  a  (tninU  shoni  ground,  which,  in  thick  weather,  is  oAcn  a  good  de- 
parture, sajr  4  to  6  fathoiat.  Froni  Point  Judith  (when  not  more  than  a 
quarter  of  a  mile  from  the  point)  to  Rhode  island  harbour,  your  course  is 
N.  E.  and  the  distance  iH  about  5  leagues.  When  in  13  iiithoms  water. 
Point  Judith  light  bearing  W.  or  W.  by  N.  (lie  course  to  Rhode  island 
harbour  is  N.  E.  by  N.  '  N.  and  the  distance  to  the  light-house  3  leagues. 
The  light-house,  together  with  the  Dumphns,  must  be  left  on  your  lar- 
board hand  ;  it  stands  on  the  south  part  of^Conannicut  island  ;  this  point 
is  called  the  Beaver's  tail,  and  is  about  3  leagues  distant  from  Point  Ju- 
dith. After  leaving  the  light-house  on  your  larboard  side,  there  is  a 
sunken  roc!^  due  south  from  the  light-house,  about  200  yards  distant, 

.  called  Newton  rock.  You  must  take  care  to  avoid  the  rocks  which  lie 
off  south  from  Castle  hill,  some  of  which  are  above  water.  Castle  hill 
is  on  thd  east  side  of  Rhode  island  harbour.  If  you  steer  N  E.  from  the 
light-house,  3  miles  distance,  you  will  have  good  anchoring  without  Goat 
island  (off  the  N.  E.  point  of  which  is  a  buoy  in  16  feet  water  ;)  the 
shore  is  hard  and  rocky.  A  little  within  the  light-house,  and  near  to  the 
shore  oil  the  west  side  there  is  a  cove  called  Mackeral  cove,  the  entrance 
to  which  is  shoal  and  dangerous.  About  5  miles  within  the  light-house 
there  is  an  island  called  Goat  island^  on  which  the  fort  stands  ;  it  lies  be- 
fore the  town,  and  stretches  about  N.  E  and  S.  W.  Aftef^yoa  pass  the 
light-house,  bring  it  to  bear  S.  W.  by  W.  and  steer  N.  E.  by  E.  3  miles, 
which  will  carry  you  between  Brenton's  point  and  the  south  Dumplin, 
back  of  Goat  island,  in  good  anchorage  and  is  the  only  course  which  will 

■  carry  you  clear.  As  both  ends  of  these  islands  are  pretty  bold,  you  may 
pass  into  the  anchoring  at  either  end,  and  ride  nearer  to  Goat  island  side 
thati  to  that  of  Rhode  island,  as  the  other  parts  of  the  harbour  are  grassy, 
aiiu)  would  be  apt  to  choak  your  anchors.  Rhode  island  is  navigable  all 
roiind,  by  keeping  in  the  middle  of  the  channel* 

Narraganset  bay  lies  between  Conannicut  island  and  the  main.  Your 
course  in,  is  about  north,  taking  care  to  avoid  the  Whale  rock  :  you  rnay 
pass  in  on  either  side,  and  anchoi'  where  you  please.  From  the  light- 
bouse  on  Conannicut  island  to  Gay-hrnd,  in  AIartha*s  Vineyard  island,  the 
course  is  E.  by  S.  J  S.  and  the  distance  It  leagues.  In  little  wind  you 
iliUil>^take  care  that  the  flood  tide  does  not  carry  you  into  Buzzard's  bay, 
oir  on  the  Sow  and  Pigs. 

Providence  is  situated  ibout  30  miles  N.  by  W.  ^  W.  from  Newport, 
and  35  miles  from  the  sea,  being  the  head  navigation  of  Narraganset  bay. 
Ships  that  draw  from  15  to  18  feet  water,  may  sail  up  and  down  the  chail- 
nel,  which  is  marked  out  by  stakes,  erected  at  points  of  shoals  and  beds 
lying  in  the  river.  [0:^  See  the  Plati.] 

■-'      " '         ■         - ...  .•■^-    ..--■..  — 

from  Newport  light,  which  stanrts  on  Conannicut  island,  which  is  a  fixed  one.  The  dis- 
tance from  the  light-house  to  high  water  tnnik  is  as  folh)ws  :  east  from  the  light-house  to 
higii  water  marli,  16  rods ;  S.  £.  14  rods ;  S.  18  rods ;  S.  S.  W.  23  rods,  which  is  the  extreme 
part  of  the  pdiftt)  to  which  a  good  birth  should  be  given.  The  llKht  on  Point  Judith,  bears 
S.  W.  ^  S.  3  lea^qes  distant,  froih  Ndwport  (Rhode  island)  light-house.  Point  Judith 
light  may  be  dlsttjaguishcd  from  Watch  hitl  light  by  the  light  not  whollj  disappearing 
when  within  tlitee  leagues  of  it. 

*  Condhnicut  |^and  lies  about  3  miles  \vest  of  Newpcv t|  tb«  touth  end4af  which  (call- 
•(l'th«  ^ea.ver*«  tait^  ntt  whi^h  the  light-bouse  standt^  i)xtci|dti«bout  as  far  $oisih  as  the 
i^JlKht  eud!of  lUiDdto  ialaod.  thi  ea>t  shore  forms  U^.  west  part  of  Newport  hafi»Aur. 
THt;  grouiid  thA.^htrhoifiae  ttanida  upon  is  about  IS^teet  8bov«  the  siuface  of  the  t^a  at 
bigh  water.  ll|(oiftht^  greimd  t*  the.  top  of  the  cornice  is  50  feet,  round  wbicb  is  tkp^' 
vjtiyiaad  withmih^t  stands  tlte  lantern,  which  is  about  11  feet  high,  ana  Si^ft  iit^nM' 


iSjSfl 


It  contains  a  fiW  lUfht. 


,/«».*/:'y 


/."/ 


I  ^  f\ 


':'U 


tiooktr  Snilpat, 


tOOKER,  1822. 


t:ti,tr,i>e,i  /!>,'  t/ii-    .hii,-n,\tn    / '• 'i/>/ iMjft /i 


NEW-YORK.  PUBLISHED  'Sy  E.M..BBU1 


•  •  • ' 


•  •     •     • 


'•II-,- J     A"',-    ifir      .  h>l,Th-%IH       /'.    r/t/ 


;r^.tr 


rSHED  '%Y  E.M.BI4U1 


/■^HOOKER,  f822. 


«..'.;..  '- 


t>' 


^ 


1 0  Edit.  Blunt*s  American  ('oack  Pilot 


196 


Thf  follrtwinf^  art  ihe  biarinff*,  fry  rotn/Miu,  from  Khotie  illMnii  tight'kout§, 
oj  teveral  remarkable  pluiei,  together  xrif/t  ihJ di$Uincf$.  vij. 

Block  iUaiid  (8.  F.  iwint)  S.  W.  by  8.  i  H. 

Pninl  JuilKli  liKhl.  H.  W,  4S.  itiiiinl  :i  lui«{iiM. 

niork  itlniid  (S.  E.  immt)  ».  W.  |  S.  or  M.  W.  by  8.  iicftrlf. 

Ulflck  inUni!  ( middU)  H.  W.  A  H.  dttlHiii  8  Icngut*. 

Itturk  ikiuixi  (8  K.  end)  H.  \V.  by  ».  i  b. 

Whnlo  lock,  W.  I  8.        . 

Bffnion'ireef,  K.  S.  E.  ^  E. 

Souili  iwint  uf  Khodi!  itlniid,  E.  |  8. 

lliKhrat  (iiirt  u(  ('uille  hill,  K.  N.  E.  4  E 

Brriitnii'H  |ioiitt,  N.  K.  by  K. 

Fori  uii  (ioHi  ulnixl,  E,  N.  K.  i  N. 

tiuuth  en«t«rninokt  Duin()lip    N.  E.  )  E. 

Keltiv  lldltuiii,  N.  E. 

N«w(uii\  rork,  h.  itoar  200  ynrdi. 

N.  D.  The  ttiichoriiie  place  betwet'n  the  town  of  Rhode  island  and  C'oiiter**  haibour. 
N.  E.  by  E. 


wBa 


Directions  for  sailing  from  Newport,  through  the  Sound,  to 
Hunt^s  harbour,  near  Hell-gate. 

•  e 

The  first  couwe  from  Newport  light-house  it  S.  W.  by  S.  distant  three 
leagues,  to  Point  Judith  light :  thence  from  Point  Judith  light,  through  th« 
Race  to  the  ^Little  Gull  i.>ilaiul  light,  the  course  is  W.  by  S.  16  leagues 
distance  (leaving  fWatch  hill  point  light  and  Fisher's  island  on  yuufstar- 
board  hand,  from  the  W.  point  of  which  a  dangerous  reef  runs  nK  about 
one  mile  W.  8.  W.  which  in  passing  you  must  be  careful  to  avoid,  and 
the  Little  Gull  light  on  your  lurhuitrd  hand,  which  bear  from  each  other 
N.  E.  I  E.  and  S.  W.  ^  W.  distunco  9J  miles)  or  you  may  continue  your 
W.  by  S.  course  till  the  Little  Gull  light  bears  W.  ^  N.  3  miles  distant, 
and  then  run  N.  W.  S|  miles,  when,  with  New-London  tlight  bearing  N. 
distant  2|  leagues,  yon  steer  W.  10  lei:^ues,  which  will  oring  you  within 
2  leagues  of  §Faulkland  island  light,  bearing  about  W.  by  N.  \  N.  from 
you,  when  you  must  steer  W.  S.  W.  12  leagues,  which  will  carry  you 
within  5|  leagues  of  Eaton's  neck  light-house,  bearing  from  you  W.  4  8. 
when  you  must  steer  W.  9  leagues,  then  W.  S.  W.  4  leagoes,  after  which 
8.  W.  41  miles,  which  will  carry  you  up  with  || Sands'  point  light-house  on 
your  larboard  hand,  and  the  Execution  rocks  on  your  starboard  hand, 
which  have  a  spear  on  them.  In  case  of  a  flood  tide  and  a  southerly 
wind,  when  you  come  through  the  Uace,  your  course  should  be  W.  until 

*  Little  Gull  li«;ht,  ia  situated  on  Little  Gull  island,  at  the  entrance  of  Long  island 
Sound,  through  the  tlace.  This  light  may  be  considered  as  the  key  to  the  Sound.  Tb* 
lantern  is  elevated  50  feet  above  the  Iftvel  of  tjMipitmiLcontains  a  fixed  light. 

t  Watch  hill  light  is  situated  on  Watch  hi|i^MtfM^imince  of  Fishei*s  island  Sound. 
The  lantern  is  elevated  50  feet  above  the  liMM  ttf  tfW'  cea,  and  contains  a  ttvoIviM 
light.  "-^^-r-  -• 

X  New-Londnn  light  is  situated  at  the  entrs^^ioe  of  the  harbour,  on  the  western  itds. 
The  lantern  is  elevated  80  feet  above  the  levtl  of  the  sea,  and  contains  a  fiked  Hght. 

}  There  are  two  of  these  islands,  on  the  largpSt  oC  which  is  a  lightpii'ttlliMi.  {|,  :£, 
from  the  light,  four  mihs  distant,  you  will  have  3  aud  4  fathoms,  and  on  ^^3^  ^M  S. 
sides  it  is  very  bold.  The  light-house  contains  a  fixed  light,  filevated  7^  rai^l^Uovit 
the  sea.  / 

H    Sanils*  point  light-house  is  at  the  bead  of  f.onf  island  Snrnid,  containing  a  lanitra. 

40  ft.-et  Hbote  the  sou,  showine  a  fined  light.  '■^.'■ 


V1 1 


;1: 


t 


^ 


I  'i: 


iw 


Bluut'i  American  Coast  Pilot 


10  Edit. 


t.hrd/ 


jou  come  up  with  Rnton'f  nock,  tukinx  care  tu  make  proper  RllonrMucn  for 
tlir  tide,  wfiirh  riiiii  very  wtronf^,  iiii«i  flowH  on  the  chHOKf  iind  full  diiyt  of 
the  moon  hulf  pust  II   o'clock,  unti  the  wuter  riae«  b  or  (>  fent. 

If  you  are  bf>und  into  Ne«v<Londun,Hi\i  (|;ettixiKtothenorth\viirdof  the 
fl.  W.part  of  F'iiher'n  inland,  keep  New-London  lif(ht  hem  in|  from  N.  N. 
W.  to  N.  N.  K.  if  vou  ,irr  hentinx  tu  w^dwiud,  hut  if  the  wind  \%  fuir,  bring 
the  light  to  hear  N  nhcn  iit  the  diiitnnrr  of 'i  IcHKueN,  nnd  run  directly  for 
it ;  leare  it  on  your  lHil)0iirtl  htind  in  runinn);  in  ;  when  in,  vou  may  huve 
good  anrhoriiiK  in  4  or  5  t'uthonM  wiiter,  <'.lay<'y  hottom.  In  romin|{  out 
of  New-London,  when  you  huve  left  the  hiirhotir,  \m\\\^  the  li^ht  to  bear 
N.  N.  K.  and  ulcer  directly  8.  S.  W.  till  you  come  into  \b  fathoma  water, 
in  order  to  clear  a  reef  timt  lie*  on  your  fttarboard  hand,  when  th«  N. 
part  of  Fi<iher*H  iHland  will  hear  K.  dirttiint  '2  lca|(Tfea.  If  a  Mbip  could 
have  n  fair  departure  from  the  middle  of  the  it  ace,  and  wai  compelled  to 
run  in  a  dark  night,  or  thick  weather,  the  t>etit  courae  would  be  WM»t  to 
*Stratford  point,  and  would  afford  the  lar^eMt  run  of  any  one  course.  If 
bound  up8o^nd,  iteer  W.  by  H.  'i8  leugue<i,  which  will  carry  you  up  with 
EatonN  neck  (on  which  is  a  Tlight-houiie.)  On  thia  coume  you  will  leave 
Fnulkland  ialandH  on  your  fitarlmard  hand  ;  you  may  go  an  near  Long  inl- 
and dhore  an  ^  or  3  niileti,  without  any  duiiKtr  ;  hut  if  you  happen  to  get 
on  the  N.  shore,  take  particular  care  to  keep  at  the  distance  or  3  leagues, 
in  order  to  avoid  the  reefii  and  shoals  that  lie  along  the  shore. 

About  ()  leagues  K.  N.  £.  of  Eaton's  neck  light-house  lies  a  jshoul  or 
middle  gro<md,  called  Stratford  shoal,  on  which  there  arc  but  two  feet 
of  water,  nt  low  water.     You  may  steer  on  either  tidt  of  the  shoal  you 

J)lease  ;  on  the  N.  arc  from  3  to  7  fathoms  ;  on  the  6.  side  from  12  to  17 
athoms  water.    A  ledge  lies  off  the  N.  E.  part  of  Eaton's  neck,  one  mile 
distant. 

From  Eaton's  neck  to  Lloyd's  neck  the  course  is  W.  |  N.  6  liules  ;  be- 
tween which  lies  a  deep  bay,  called  Huntington's  liay,  where  a  ship 
of  any  size  may  anchor  with  safety,  keeping  the  eastena  shore  aboara. 
From  Lloyd's  neck  to  Matinecock  point,  the  course  is  W.  by  S.  dis> 
tant  10  miles,  good  soundings,  borrowing  on  Lon|(  island  to  7  fathoms. 
The  course  from  Matinecock  point  to  Sands'  pomt  light  is  W.  S.  W. 
distant  two  leagues  ;  between  these  two  points  is  a  bay,  called  Ham- 
stead's  bay,  in  which  is  excellent  anchoring,  keeping  the  eastern  shore 
aboard.  To  the  northward  of  Sands'  point  light,  distant  one-quarter  of  a 
league,  lie  the  Execution  rocks,  which  have  a  tpear  on  them  with  a 
board  pointing  to  the  S.  W.  which  yon  must  take  care  to  avoid,  leaving 
them  on  your  starboard  hand.  Froni  Sands'  point  light  the  course  is  S. 
W.  4  miles  to  Hart  island,  to  the  west  of  which,  between  that  and  City 
itlaud,  there  is  good  anchorage  for  vessels  of  any  size.     If  u  vessel,  in 


'    *  Oo  Stratford  point  a  light-houw  i«  erected,  for  defcriptio«i  of  which,  aiid  directlouii 
M«e  Appendix.  

Tt  73  feet  i\i)|h ;  the  fivight  of  Ute  walls 
rij;h  wnter  marii  to  the  light  i»  12S  feel.     It 
^rk,  ia  a  lingle  fixed.lighi,  rnd  painted  hlacii 
bnttom. 


t  The  light-bouae  stan 
is  50  feet  nnore.    The 
stands  about  300  feet  from  hi 
and  white  in  stripes,  from  the  tpu  I 


t  Bearinga  of  tha  Shoal — Str 
^ilT(near  Black  rock  harhonf; 


'ntN.K.W.— Mount  Misery  S.  J  W.— Grover'a 

The  length  of  the  shoal  1  leiigue,  runuing  N.  by 

£.  and  IS.  by  W.  Light-houaS^'imiaton^s  neck  W.  by  S.  |  S.  The  shallowest  put  ia 
near  tho  middle  of  the  shoal,  from  whence  the  obsenraiions  wera  taken,  where  theck  are 
3  feet  water  in  common  tides.  The  centre  of  the  sltoal  is  near  the  middle  of  the  joand, 
perhaps  half  a  league  nearest  Long  island  shore.  A  light-house  is  erect«il  on  Stratford 
poitiv  ftiiA  (br  tke  healings  of  the  shoal  from  it,  see  Appendix. 


I        I 


u 


w» 


Edit. 

\er  for 

Itiya  ui 

of  the 
N.  N. 
,  bring 
:tlv  for 
y  have 
inK  uut 
[o  DPar 
wnliT, 
tli«  N. 
|>  could 
Kikd  to 

VM(t    to 

ne.  If 
ip  with 
I)  IfHve 
,ong  itl- 
n  to  get 
e«gtt««, 

houl  or 
two  feet 
out  you 
['ito  17 
me  mile 

I ;  be- 
•  ibip 
•boara. 

S.  dis- 
fathomit. 
'.  S.  W, 
Ham* 
:n  »hore 
Irter  of  a 
with  a 
leuving 
|-se  is  S. 
ind  City 
!wel,  in 

llitectlouii 

I  tite  wall* 
feet.    It 
kted  black 


}rOTer« 
king  li- by 
l«t  pMt  ■• 
1  thelk  aie 
Ibe  joandi 
ISttAtford 


/,<,./• 


V 


•  \ 


ir 


^     ' 


it 


H 


■ 


u 


r-_.. 


,.  ,  /itim  tUm 


$9*f»n**i^^»   '^    ^***t9>m  /rmtf  t^f 


l-<)N(;    ISLAND 


U\JJ 


!•  ir    I 


li         'C>         ^        ^^' 


1 


^  11.  A  ^ 


/ 


.•.      ^' 


Afi,- ih*    ruhiuMihy K4k»Mui M /t/i, 


tut, 


If*  n^*«l  H*     <*r     ••• 


\ 


t^ 


V    T     II    (T     U    T 

/ 

«  1  ^      a    1   '.  i*  ^1^     ^^^"^  . »  Mw  *»»  .™«« 


l»«l  IttlitAJ    I  f>»  *1t 


•••■••• ■••• 


..4A... 


J  A'"' 


«# 


i^ 


:^« 


**"/f 


•i-^- 


V»>.  /*tfi/ 


.vi   1,   A    t^    » 


i# 


H«v        / 


.>.>.iA,U 


B^-'^    !i its^^r^   " 


/.••iMHIvy/iN 


#.' 


i7  ^-i^Wife 


'V 


».i 


»v 


*.    ^" 


u.,n,t,      Vi/<< 


7(» 


AfH-rfri     ttihluhtJ  hy  t  ibnim.l  M  Hliott .  for  H'  tl»,<kfr.   \^'i\ 


ll.,kn-  Sr. 


^•*:,*-j/*«&Ci- 


^^ 


o 

AT 


41 


;a;..va: »c 


K^ 


tie/:' 

riA/ 


/.iVrf,  <,i.« 


25 


/P 


/i> 


/? 


r 


/J 


9C 


K^ 


JL.^/ 


18 


^C 


'^  VHIorl 
"aTA    Jsliind 


'9 


«J 


s.' 


#'<' 


Hjoktr  Sc 


\ 


■ 


!■ 

) 


Ontii 


t**^ 


10  Edit. 


Blunt^s  American  Coast  Pilot. 


197 


Making  this  course  good,  is  obliged  to  turn  to  windward,  they  must  be 
careful  of  two  rocks,  one  called  Gangway  rock,  which  bears  W.  28^  S. 
from  Sands' point  light-house,  distant  about  1^  knile,  with  a  black  spar 
floating  perpendicular,  which  should  be  left  00  the  larboar^^teod  ;  and 
the  other,  called  Success  rock,  bearing  N.  W.  by  N.  from  tll«  eMt  bluff 
of  Cow  bay,  half  a  mile  distant,  on  which  an  iron  spindle  is  erected. 
On  Gangway  rock,  which  runs  quite  to  a  point,  there  arc  6  feet  at  low 
water,  making  it  very  dangerous.  Success  rock  is  bare  at  low  water  ;  be- 
tween the  two  there  is  a  channel  of  about  2^  fathoms  ;  they  bear  from 
each  other  N.  40*^  W.  and  S.  40^  E.  distant  about  one-third  of  a  mile. 
The  course  from  thence  to  *Frog*s  point  is  S.  S.  W.  distant  two  leagues, 
taking  care  to  avoid  the  Stepping  stones,  one  of  which  has  a  spear  on  it, 
which  lie  on  your  larboard  hand,  and  are  steep  too  ;  the  soundings  on 
your  starboard  hand  are  regular  to  3  fathoms.  From  Frog^s  point  to 
Hunt's  harbour  the  course  is  W.  keeping  as  near  the  middle  of  the  Sound 
as  you  can  conveniently. 


Oyster  bay  and  Huntington, 

Are  principal  harbours  on  the  north  shore  of  Long  island,  about  10 
leagues  to  the  eastward  of  Hell-gate.  The  channel  into  Oyster  bay  lies 
over  towards  Lloyd's  neck  until  you  have  passed  the  tail  of  the  JViiddle 
(which  is  a  sand-flat  extending  from  Hog  island  towards  the  neck,  within 
the  distance  of  180  fathoms)  thence  the  bay  is  ctear  with  good  anchor- 
age throughout. 


iT- 


Huntington  bay, 

Has  a  fair  entrance  and  sound  ground.  There  are  from  3  to  4  fathoms 
of  water  and  muddy  bottom  within  Lloyd's  harbour  on  the  W.  and  Cow 
harbour  on  the  £.  side  of  the  bay.  Fresh  N.  E.  wiods  will  swell  the 
tides,  which  commonly  rise  about  7  feet  perpendicular,  to  10  er  11  fi^et. 


Hell-gate, 

And  the  narrow  pass  leading  into  Long  island  Sound,  at  the  time  of  slack 
water  and  with  a  leading  wind,  may  safely  be  attempted  with  frigates. 
Small  ships  and  vessels,  with  a  commanding  breeze,  pass  at  all  times  with 
the  tide.  On  the  flood,  bound  into  the  Sound,  you  pass  to  the  southward 
of  the  Flood  roeiTT  which  is  the  southernmost  of  the  three  remarkable 
rocks  in  the  passage.  On  the  ebb  you  go  the  northward  of  the  l^iH  i<ock, 
the  stream  of  ihe  tide  setting  that  way,  and  forming  eddies  in  (^0  flood 
passage,  which  at  that  time  is  rendered  unsafe.  The  Pot,  oti  which  there 
are  10  feet  at  low  water,  shows  distinctly  by  the  wbit4p<KylB,  m-s^itd  tiKJt 
Pan  which  is  a  part  of  the  Hog's  back.  ^   /  .  , "  ,   ;C- 


-■'  '  ■  4H"!'.'.i>    ^    .    i,i.,lu,M.^.I^.|i^«>H||f 

*  On  this  foiot  a  li^t-kouse  will  be  arfcted  during}  the  pieaent  yvjikf ^  O^^^ 


198  Bluni's  American  Coast  Pilot  10  Edit. 

Directions  from  Block  island  to  Gardner's  bay.         * 

Montock  point,  the  easternmost  part  of  ^Long  island,  which  has  alight- 
house  on  ft,  is  7  leagues  W.  by  S.  from  the  S.  W.  point  of  Block  island  ; 
between  the  island  and  the  point  there  are  16  and  18  fathoms  water.  As 
you  approach  the  point  you  will  quickly  come  into  9,  7,  and  5  fathoms 
water.  A  flat  runs  oft  from  the  above  point,  on  the  outer  part  of  which 
are  5  fathoms  water,  rocky  bottom.  ' 

Between  Montock  point  and  Block  island  there  is  a  shoal,  with  only 
4^  fathoms  on  its  shoalest  part,  on  which  the  sea  breaks  in  moderate  gales 
from  the  southward.  It  lies  nearly  half  way  between  the  point  of  Mon^ 
toCk  and  the  S.  W.  part  of  the  island.  W.  by  S.  from  the  latter,  and 
about  E.  ^  N.  from  the  light-house  on  Montock,  distant  84  miles,  you 
suddenly  shoalen  your  water  from  13  to  6  fathoms  on  the  N.  W.  side  of 
the  shoal,  and  before  you  get  a  second  cast  of  the  lead  you  are  over  the 
shoalest  part,  into  7,  8,  10,  and  12,  and  then  into  14  fathoms.  The  rip- 
pUng  of  the  tide  is  very  onspicuous  when  approaching  the  shoaTin  Hne 
weather  ;  and  the  sea  breaks  on  it  so  in  bad  weather  that,  even  in  siflaU. 
vessels,  it  is  recommended  to  avoid  coming  near  it,  especially  in  souther- 
ly orS.  W.  gales.  You  will  suddenly  shoal  from  13  to  9  fathoms,  and 
Montock  light  bearing  W.  ^  S.  8  miles  distant,  you  will  have  5|  fathoms. 
The  soundings  from  the  shoal  towards  Montock  are  6,  9,  14,  13,  11,  10, 
and  9,  fathoms.  Towardi  the  light-house  when  it  bears  from  W.  to  S. 
W.  by  W.  the  bottom  is  strong  ;  towards  the  shoal  the  bottom  is  coarse 
sand,  and  a  very  strong  tide. 

From  Montock  point  a  reef  runs  off  in  a  N.  E.  direction,  1|  mile, 
having  a  bed  of  rocks  on  its  outer  end,  with  10  and  8  feet  on  them,  on 
which  the  sea  constantly  breaks,  or  the  tide  causes  a  great  rippling. — 
They  may  be  easily  avoided  by  keeping  a  good  lead  going.  In  rounding 
Montock  come  no  nearer  than  9  fathoms,  or  keep  the  two  bluffs,  or  high 
parts  of  the  land  (to  the  westward  of  Montock)  open  one  of  the  other, 
until  Willis'  point  comes  open  of  Montock  False  point.  These  marks 
will  carry  you  clear  of  all  the  shoals  in  3^  and  9  fathoms,  and  a  N*  by  W. 
course  will  then  carry  you  clear  of  the  Shagesagonuck  reef,  which  lies 
N.  W.  I  N.  6|  miles  from  Montock  light-house,  and  has  6  feet  on  its 
shoalest  part,  ti  fathoms  on  the  N.  E.  and  N.  W.  side,  3  and  4  fathoms  on 
the  S.  E.  and  S.  W.  side,  and  3,  4,  and  5  fathoms  between  the  shoal  and 
Montock  False  point.  The  tides  set  strong  round  Montock  point ;  the 
flood  N.  E.  and  ebb  to  the  contrary.  At  the  Shagesagonuck  the  flood  sets 
W.  by  S.  and  ebb  to  the  contrary.  When  on  the  Shagesagonuck,  in  6 
feet,  anchored  a  boat  and  took  the  following  marks  : 

1st.  Willis'  point  in  aline  with  the  westernmost  point  of  Ford  Pond 
bay,  or  the  bay  closed  by  the  points  being  brought  in  a  line  S.  W.  by 
W.  |W. 

2d.  Mqntock  False  point  S.  about  3  miles. 

3d.  The  white  cliff,  or  high  sand  hills  on  the  west  end  of  Fisher's  isl- 
and, called  Mount  Prospect,  N.  by  W.  |  W. 

4th.  The  Gull  islands  W.  N.  W.  and  the  bluff  sand  cliff  of  Gardner's 
island  W.  S.  W.  ^  W.  Montock  False  point  is  3  miles  N.  W.  from  the 
light-house,  Willis'  point  is  the  easternmost  point  of  Fort  Pond  bay. 

*  The  light-house  on  Monto^  point  is  on  the  east  end  of  Long  island,  beaiing  W. 
by  S.  from  the  S.  W.  point  of  BTock  island,  7  leagues  distant.  From  Montotk  I'lgh'- 
house  to  the  west  point  of  Fishcr^s  idand,  N.  N.  W.  8  leagues  distant.  The  light-house 
contains  ■  fixed  light,  elevated  100  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea,  and  ma;  be  seen  9  or 
lOlaaguec.  .^^^ 


Sdit, 


light- 
land  -, 

['.     Ah 

Ihoms 
which 

h  only 
e  gales 
■  Mon- 
!r,  and 
,8,  you 
side  of 
rer  the 
he  rip- 
:  in  tine 
in  siftaU.. 
outher- 
ms,  and 
'athoms. 
,11,10, 
N.  to  S. 
}  coarse 

ll|  mile, 
lem,  on 
pling.— 
rounding 

or  high 
e  other, 
e  marks 
^.  by  W. 

lich  lies 
let  on  its 
;hom9  on 
Ihoal  and 

lint;  the 

lood  sets 
|ck,  in  6 

)rd  Pond 
Is.  W.  by 


liher's  isl- 

rardner's 
I  from  the 
bay. 

IbeariDg  W. 

Iitotk  I'-S""' 
lUgbt-houst; 

Ibe  seen  9  *>^' 


10  Edit 


Blunf  8  American  Coast  Pilot. 


199 


In  rounding  Montock  in  the  night  (when  the  land  or  light  can  be  fieen) 
with  westerly  gales,  you  may  anchor  when  the  light-house  bears  S.  W. 
by  S.  in  8  or  9  fathoms,  coarse  sand.  Having  brought  Montock  to  the 
southward  of  west,  the  weather  thick,  you  cannot  clearly  ascertain  the 
distance  you  are  from  the  point ;  the  lend  must  be  your  guide.  Steer  as 
high  as  W.  N.  W.  until  you  have  got  into  9  fathoms.  Steer  off  again  into 
13,  and  if  you  suddenly  shoalen  from  10  to  6,  steer  off  E.  by  N.  until 
you  are  in  11  or  12,  which  suddenly  deepens  fas  a  bank  of  not  more  than 
5^  fathoms  extends  from  the  N.  E.  reef  to  the  Shagesugonuck)  atid  a 
good  lead  kept  going  will  prevent  you  from  going  too  near  tnese  shoab, 
by  steering  off  into  1?  and  13  fathoms,  before  you  attempt  to  steer  to  the 
westward,  after  having  sounded  in  6  or  7  fathoms.  In  the  day-time,  hav- 
ing rounded  MontOck  and  bound  to  Gardner's  bay,  steer  N.  by  VV.  until 
you  clearly  discover  that  Fort  Pond  bay,  and  the  red  clifl'  on  the  western 
point  are  open  of  Williss's  point ;  you  may  then  steer  VV.  by  S.  for  the 
bluff  point  of  Gardner's  island,  and  will  pass  between  ^e  Shagesagonuck 
and  Middle  ground,  or  Cerberus  shbale. 

The  Middle  ground  or  Cerberus,  is  a  rocky  shoal,  having  from  2^  to  5 
fathoms  on  the  shoalest  part :  the  N.  and  E.  sides  are  steep,  having  10 
and  15  fathoms  within  half  a  cable's  length  of  the  shoalest  part.  It  ex- 
tends N.  by  E.  and  S.  by  W.  three-quarters  of  a  mile.  The  south  and 
west  sides  shoalen  gradually  from  13,  10,  9,  8,  7,  to  5  fathoms,  sandy  bot- 
tom. It  lies  N.  W.  byN.  9i  miles  from  Montock  light-house  ;  E.  S.  E. 
9  miles  from  the  Gull  light ;  S.  W.  by  S.  10|  miles  from  the  light-house 
on  Watch  hill  point ;  6^  miles  S.  by  E.  ^  E.  from  Mount  Prospect,  or  the 
high  sand  hills  on  the  west  end  of  Fisher's  island.  The  tide,  in  general, 
makes  a  great  rippling  over  the  shoalest  part.  To  avoid  these  rocks,  in 
the  day-4ime,  observe  a  conspicuous  hill  with  a  notch  in  its  centre  at  the 
back  of  New-London,  called  Pole's  hill.  This  kept  a  ship's  length  open, 
either  to  the  eastward  or  westward  of  Mount  Prospect,  (or  the  sand  hills 
of  Fisher's  island)  will  keep  clear  of  the  rocky  shoal,  in  10  or  15  fathoms 
to  the  eastward,  and  in  8  or  9  fathoms  to  the  westward.  The  tide  sets 
strong  over  the  shoal.  In  calms  or  little  winds,  ships  should  anchor  be- 
fore any  of  the  marks  or  bearings  are  too  near.  Being  bound  for  New- 
London,  and  having  brought  the  Gull  light  W.  by  N.  or  the  light  on  Watch 
hill  N.  E.  steer  so  as  to  open  New-London  light-house  of  Fisher^s  isl- 
and ;  and  when  the  spire  of  New-London  church  is  in  one  with  the  gap 
on  Pole's  hill,  steering  with  it  in  that  direction  will  carry  you,  between 
the  Race  rock  (on  which  is  a  spindle  or  beacon)  and  the  middle  Race 
rock,  on  which  are  17  feet  at  half  ilood,  and  lies  about  half  way  from  the 
Race  beacon  and  the  Gull  light :  or  you  may  bring  New-London  light- 
house a  sail's  breadth  to  the  eastward  of  the  church  spire,  bearing  N.  5® 
E.  will  carry  you  to  the  westward  of  the  middle  Race  rock,  or  between 
that  and  the  Gull  light-house.  You  may  then  steer  direct  for  New-Lon- 
don light-house. 

About  4  miles  within  Montock  point,  1^  mile  from  the  shore,  lies  a 
reef,  bearing  N.  W.  ^  N.  from  the  point,  on  which  there  are  6  feet  wa- 
ter, which  is  very  dangerous. 

S.  by  W.  about  9  miles  from  Montock,  is  a  small  fishing  bank,  having 
10, 11,  and  12  fathoms  on  it. 

In  the  ofling,  between  Montock  and  Block  island,  it  is  high  water  at 
half  past  10,  full  and  change,  but  on  the  shore  two  hours  sooner.. 

Montock  False  point  is  about  Smiles  N.  W.  from  the  true  point.  The 
Shagesagonuck,  (or  Six  feet  rocky  shoal,  lies  N.  3  miles  from  it,  and  has 


< 


200 


Blunt^s  American  Coast  Pilot. 


10  Edit 


10  E< 


been  previously  described.  Willis'  poi'nt  is  on  the  E.  side  of  the  entrance 
of  Fort  Pond  bay.  This  bay  is  very  convenient  for  wooding  oimI  water- 
ing ;  the  xround  is  ctear  and  good,  and  you  may  anchor  in  any  depth  you 
phrase.  In  a  large  ship  you  may  bring  Willis*  point  to  bear.  N.  £.  and 
even  N.  E.  by  N.  and  then  have  in  the  middle  about  7  fathoms  water. 
Near  the  shore,  at  the  bottom  of  the  bay,  there  is  a  pond  of  fresh  water. 

The  N.  E.  part  of  Gardner's  island  is  b},  leagues  W.  N.  W.  from  Mon- 
tock  point ;  with  westerly  winds  you  may  anchor  off  this  paft  of  the  isl- 
and, which  is  sandy  ;  the  marks  fur  anchoring  are  the  high  lands  of  Plumb 
island  N.  W.  and  the  S.  part  of  Gardner's  island  in  sight,  bearing  S.  by 
W.  or  S.  ;  you  will  have  12  o**  10  fathoms  water.  The  bottom  is  sand 
and  mud.  About  4  miles  ounin  Montock  point,  1^  mile  from  the  shore, 
lies  a  reef  bearing  N.  W.  i  N.  from  the  point,  on  which  there  are  6  feet 
water,  which  is  very  dangerous. 

The  entrance  of  Gardner's  bay  is  formed  by  the  north  end  of  Gard- 
ner's island,  and  the  south  end  of  Plumb  island.  If  you  are  bound  through 
the  Sound  toward  New- York,  your  passage  from  Gardner's  bay  is  be- 
tween the  west  end  of  Plumb  island  and  Oyster  pond,  through  which 
channel  you  will  have  from  4  to  20  fathoms  water.  When  going  into  the 
bay  you  may  go  within  a  cable's  length  o^  Gardner's  island,  where  you 
will  have  10  fathoms  water.  You  should  be  careful  not  to  go  too  nigh 
Gull  rock,  as  there  is  a  rocky  spoi  1^  mile  from  it,  on  which  there  are 
about  3  fathoms  at  low  water.  This  shoal  lies  with  the  following  marks 
and  bcj.trings,  namely — a  house  on  Plumb  island  (standing  about  one-third 
of  the  way  botween  the  middle  and  ihe  N.  E  end)<onwith  the  northern- 
most of  the  two  trees  which  appear  i>eyond  the  house  ;  the  N.  end  of 
Gull  island  to  bear  N.  N.  W.  or  N.  by  W.  |  W.  ;  and  the  southernmost 
end  of  Plumb  island  on  with  the  northernmost  point  of  Long  island.  In 
order  to  avoid  this  rock,  when  going  into  or  coming  out  of  Gardner's  bay, 
you  must  be  sure  to  keep  the  8.  point  of  Plumb  island  open  of  the  N. 
W.  point  of  Long  island,  whilst  {the  house  on  Plumb  island  is  on  with  the 
northernmost  of  the  two  trees,  as  before  mentioned.  There  are  several 
trees,  but  they  appear,  when  viewed  at  a  distance,  to  be  only  two*  trees. 
This  shoal  is  called,  by  some,  the  Bedford  rock,  because  the  English  ship 
Bedford  grounded  on  it,  Aug.  16,  1780.  E.by  N.  1  league  from  Plumb 
island,  lies  a  dangerous  reef,  which  extends  to  the  Gull  islands,  and  the 
passage  between  is  not  fit  to  be  attempted,  as  there  are  several  rocks,  some 
of  which  may  be  seen.  In  Gardner's  bay  you  may  anchor  in  what  depth 
of  water  you  please,  from  6  to  8  fathoms. 

On  the  S.  W.  side  of  Gardner's  island  there  is  very  good  riding.  If 
you  are  to  the  eastward  of  this  island,  with  an  easterly  wind,  and  wish  to 
take  shelter  under  the  S.  W.  side,  you  must  give  the  N.  W.  end  of  the 
island  a  large  birth,  as  above  directed,  and  as  you  open  the  W.  side  of  the 
island,  you  may  haul  round  the  N.  W.  point,  and  anchor  where  you  please. 
The  soundings  are  regular. 

Ships  in  turning  up  into  Gardner's  bay,  and  standing  to  the  southward, 
will  observe  a  single  conspicuous  tree  on  the  S.  E.  part  of  Plumb  island, 
and  tacking  before  it  is  brought  to  touch  the  south  end  of  the  wood  on 
Plumb  island,  will  avoid  the  Superb's  reef,  which  lies  E.  by  N.  ^  N.  from 
the  low  point  of  Gardner's  island,  one-third  of  a  mile  distant.  It  then  ex- 
tends S.  E.  by  E.  about  two-thirds  of  a  mile  and  is  about  200  yards  broad. 
Three  fathoms  on  the  middle,  ti  fathoms  close  to  the  N.  W.  end,  4,  4^, 
and  5  fathoms  close  to  the  S.  £.  end  ;  5  and  6  fathoms  close  to  the  east 
side,  lying  parallel  with  the  low  point  of  the  island.     To  avoid  this  shoal.. 


10  Edit. 


Blunf  8  American  Obast  Pilot. 


201 


the  leading  murk  into  Gardner's  bny  is,  to  keep  Plumb  gut  a  ship's  breadth 
open.  Stand  to  the  northward  until  Plumb  gut  is  nearly  cloning  on  4ho 
N.  K.  bluff  of  Long  island,  nearly  touching  the  S.  C.  point  ot'  Plumb  isl- 
and, and  until  New-London  light-house  is  nrought  to  the  north  and  west 
of  the  Gull  light-house  ;  but  tack  before  the  points  close,  or  stand  into 
no  less  than  7  fathon(>9  water,  othtM'ways  you  may  shoot  over  on  the  Bed- 
ford reef,  which  is  a  bed  of  rocks,  about  30  yards  broad,  and  400  yardn 
long,  lying  S.  E.  and  N.  W.  with  i6  or  17  feet  on  its  shoaFhst  part.  V'ou 
may  anchor  m  Gardner's  bay  in  5  or  6  fathoms.  New-London  light-house 
kept  a  ship's  breadth  open  to  the  eastward  of  Plumb  island,  will  run  you 
up  into  the  middle  of  the  bay,  in  the  deepest  water,  and  out  of  the  tkde. 

Ships,  going  in  through  the  Race,  or  going  out  of  New-London,  in  or- 
der to  avoid  the  Middle  Race  rock  (which  has  only  17  feet  on  it,  at  half 
Hood,  and  lies  about  half  way  from  the  Race  beacon  and  the  Gull  light- 
house) having  from  30  to  32  fathoms  on  the  north  side,  and  from  10  to 
30  on  iis  south  side,  should  observe  tlie  following  marks : — Going  out  of 
the  rouds,  and  to  the  westward  of  the  rock,  which  is  the  best  channel, 
bring  the  spire  of  New-London  church  a  sail's  breadth  open  to  the  west- 
ward of  the  light-house  ;  keep  this  mark  until  a  grove  of  trees,  standiug 
on  a  high  hill,  on  Fisher's  island,  comes  on  with  the  east  side  of  Mount 
Prospect,  or  the  white  sand  hills,  -  the  S.  W.  side  of  Fislier's  island,  N. 
60'  E.  or  the  Gull  light  VV.  S.  W.  The  tide  Hows  at  the  Gull,  1 1  h.  30  tn. 
full  and  change. 

To  go  to  the  northward  of  this  rock,  and  to  the  southward  of  Race 
rock  beacon,  bring  New-London  church  spire  in  one  with  the  middle  of 
the  gap  on  Pole's  hill  at  the  back  of  New-London  N.  8"  W.  Keep  this 
mark  until  Watch  hill  light-house  comes  a  I-^tle  open  of  the  south  side  of 
Fisher's  island  N.  70°  E.  and  when  the  Gull  light-house  is  in  one  with 
the  middle  of  Great  Gull  island  S.  73°  W.  you  are  then  to  the  eastward 
of  the  rock.  Coming  up  the  Sound  through  the  Race,  bring  Watch  hill 
light-house  just  open  of  the  south  side  of  Fisher's  island,  until  the  south 
Dumplin  comeS  open  to  the  northward  of  the  north  part  of  Fisher's  isl- 
and, or  until  New-London  light-house  bears  north  ;  you  are  then  to  the 
westward  of  the  Race  rock,  and  may  steer  for  the  light-hguse  of  New- 
London  and  anchor  in  the  roads,  with  Montock  light-house  S.  E.  by  S. 
then  just  open  of  the  west  point  of  Fisher's  i»\and,  Gull  light-house  S. 
W.  by  S.  and  New-London  light-house  N.  by  V^.  and  the  gap  and  spire 
of  the  church  in  one  ;  you  will  have  12  fathoms,  stiff  clay  bottom. 

Going  to  the  westward  through  the  Race,  and  lo  the  southward  of  the 
Race  rock,  steer  for  the  Gull  light-house,  keeping  it  to  the  northward  of 
west  until  New-London  light-house  bears  N.  i  E.  then  steer  for  it,  leav- 
ing the  Gull  light-house lialf  a  mile  on  the  larboard  hand.  The  above  to 
be  observed  in  case  the  weather  should  be  thick,  and  New-London  church 
spire  not  to  be  seen,  or  when  the  Gull  light-house  bears  S.  by  W.  you 
may  then  steer  N.  N.  E.  for  the  roads,  making  allowances  for  tides,  which 
are  very  strong  in  the  Race.  Flood  runs  to  the  westward  till  1 1  h.  30  m, 
full  and  change  days  of  the  moon  :  but  in  New-London  roads  only  9  h. 
30  m.  It  rises  5  or  6  feet  spring  tides.  The  flood  sets  through  the  roads, 
first  half  flood  W.  N.  W.— last  half,  W.  S.  W.— Ebb,  first  quarter  sets  S. 
S.  E. — the  last  three-quarters,  S.  E.  for  the  S.  W.  point  of  Fisher's 
island. 

To  go  through  Plumb  gut  to  the  westward,  give  Pine  point,  which  is 
steep,  a  birth  of  2^  cables'  length,  and  steer  so  as  to  bring  the  north  bluff 
of  Plumb  island  N.  by  W.  \  W.     Keep  it  in  that  bearing  until  yon  have 

"26 


202 


Blunt^s  Afterican  Coast  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


brought  the  poplar  tree  clear  of  the  east  end  of  Mr.  Jerome's  house,  or 
until  you  have  got  Fine  point  to  the  Hoathward  of  east ;  you  will  then  ob- 
serve a  wood  close  iuland  of  the  high  bluff  of  Long  island,  which  when 
bearing  W.  ^  S.  will  be  in  one  with  the  rocky  point,  which  is  the  next 
point  to  th'*  Oyster  pond  point.  Steering  with  the  wood  and  this  point 
in  one,  will  carry  you  clear  of  the  reef,  which  lies  off  the  north  bluff. 

In  running  through  to  the  eastward,  keep  the  point  over  the  middle  of 
the  wood  befofe  mentioned,  until  the  poplar  tree  is  to  the  we&t  end  of  the 
house  ;  then  steer  to  the  southward,  giving  I'ine  point  a  birth  as  before. 
Pine  point  E.  j  S.  will  lead  clear  of  the  shoals  coming  to  the  eastward. 

The  tide  runs  6  or  7  knots  in  the  gut.  The  flood  nets  about  N.  N. 
Vf.  and  thi  ebb  S.  S.  £.  It  flows  ut  10  o'clock  in  the  full  and  change  days 
of  the  moc  i. 


Marks  for  the  Valianl't  or  Middle  Race  rock,  which  hat  only  17  fttt  on  it  at  hal/Jlood, 
and  liei  about  half  wuy  from  the  Race  beacmi,  and  the  Gull  iight-houte. 

1.  New-London  light-house  in  one  with  two  conspicuous  trees,  which  siand  on 
the  declivity  of  a  hill,  at  the  buck  of  Mcw-Loudon,  being  remackMl-le  for  a  gnp  on  its 
summit,  N.  40  W. 

2.  The  west  side  of  the  south  Dumplin  just  toucliing  with  the  north  hilt  or  point  of 
Fisher's  island,  N.  41°  E. 

3.  The  east  blulT  point  of  the  Great  Gull  island  in  one  with  the  west  lower  extreme  of 
Little  Gull  island,  or  the  Gull  light-house,  a  small  sail's  breadth  open  to  the  eastward  of 
the  east  part  of  Great  Gull  island,  S.  64°  VV. 

4.  The  north  end  of  Long  island  just  shut  in  with  the  N.  W.  point  of  Plumb  island, 
S.  76°  W.  Gull  light  S.  63°  W.  and  Mount  Prospect  or  High  white  sand  hills  on  Fisher^s 
island,  N.  60°  E. ' 

Marks  for  the  J^ew-Bedford  reef,  a  bed  of  rocks,  about  30  yards  broad,  and  400  yards  long, 
lying  a,  E.  and  Jf.  IV.  with  16  or  17  feet  on  its  shoalcst  part. 

1.  The  N.  E.  end  of  the  northernmost  grove  of  trees  on  Plumb  island,  touching  the 
§outh  declining  end  of  the  southernmost  of  the  White  sand  hilU  on  Pluiub  island.  These 
sand  hills  are  the  two  next  south  of  the  houses  in  the  bay. 

2.  A  large  notch  or  gap  in  a  wood  on  the  main  land,  to  the  westward  of  Black  point, 
a  sail's  breadth  open  to  the  northward,  of  a  single  bluck  lock,  which  is  between  the 
south  end  of  Great  Gull  islandi  and  theN.  E.  end  of  Plumb  island  N.  W.  by  N.     Thus 


appears  the  rock 


d 


Marks  for  a  bedi^f  rocks  about  40  yards  square,  lying  three-quarters  of  a  mile  off  short) 
on  the  S.  E.  side  of  Plumb  island.  Jit  loto  water  the  shoatett  part  has  not  more  than 
^yeet  on  them,  and  about  the  size  of  a  small  boat^s  bottom.  It  may  be  seen  at  low  water. 
Three  fathoms  all  around,  not  more  than  8  feet  from  the  rock.  Other  parts  of  the  reef 
9  fathoms  are  around  the  shoal, 

1.  The  largest  house  with  two  chimneys  in  the  bay,  east  side  of  Plumb  island,  in  one 
with  a  large  stone  or  rock  on  a  hill  behind  the  house,  N.  33°  W. 

&  The  Gull  light-house  touching  the  eastend  of  Great  Gull  island,  N.  65°  E. 

3.  The  White  sand  hills  on  the  south  side  of  Fisher's  island,  or  Mount  Prospect,  half 
way  open  to  the  westward  of  Great  Gull  island.  S.  £.  part  of  Plumb  island,  S.  74°  W. 
and  the  N.  E.  end  of  ditto,  N.  45°  E. 

Marks  for  a  shoal  in  the  middle  of  Plumb  gut,  which  is  a  compound  of  rocks  and  large 
atones,  with  only  16  feet  on  it,  having  16  and  17  fathoms  on  the  JV.  E.  side,  20  on  the 
JV".  fV,  and  6  and  7  on  the  south  side.     When  on  the  shoals  took  tlu  following  marks: — 

1.  A  small  poplar  tree  in  one  with  Mr.  Jerome's  door,  N.  N.  E. 

3.  A  single  conspicuous  tree  itiona  with  the  east  side  of  a  Gray  cliff  on  Gardner's  isl- 
and, S.  E.  by  E. 

3.  Oyster  pond  point  W.  i  N.  aud  the  S.  E.  or  Pine  point  of  Plumb  island  E.  by  N. 
and  the  rocky  point  or  bluff  point  of  Plumb  island  north.  The  passage  through  Plumb 
l^ut  it  to  the  northward  of  ihis  rock. 

There  is  another  roek,  with  only  24  feat  upon  it,  about  400  yards  from  the  rocky  or 
Mttf  point  of  Plumb  island. 


spear 
fixed  li( 

Bartl 
from  thi 

LittU 
the  buo 

The 
N.  E. 

The 
miles 

The 
mile  di 

The 


10  Edit. 


Blunt^B  American  Obast  Pilot. 


203 


Marki  for  anchoring  in  Plumb  island  rotKb. 

Mount  Proipact,  or  tha  high  white  tnnd  hlll>  of  Fi»h«r^i  iiland,  touchinc  the  Gull  ll|bt> 
houie,  N.  62°  E.  and  iha  N.  C.  part  n  Long  iiland  in  one  with  tlie  S.  E.  end  of  Plumb 
ikiand,  bearing  VVeit;  or  the  eait  blufT  |)oinli  of  Oardner*i  island  in  one  with  the  low 
baach,  which  extendi  from  the  north  tide  of  the  iilaud,  S.  45"  K.  With  these  marktyou 
will  have  from  7  to  S  fathomii  loft  inudi  and  quite  out  of  the  tide,  and  not  more  than 
three-quartere  of  a  mile  from  the  ihorc  of  Plumb  iiland,  where  there  ii  very  convenient 
and  good  water. 

From  Block  island  a  reef  of  rocks  Itei  one  mile  distant  from  the  N. 
end  of  the  island. 

Southwest  ledge  lies  W.  S.  W.  from  Block  island,  5  miles  distant,  hav- 
ing 4)  fathoms  at  low  water,  and  breaks  a  heavy  sea.  As  you  open  the 
passage  between  Montock  and  Block  island,  you  will  deepen  your  water 
and  have  soft  bottom  on  an  E.  N.  E.  course,  and  when  abreast  of  Block 
island,  you  will  shoalen  your  water  to  sandy  bottom  ;  when  past  it  you 
will  agam  deepen  to  soft  bottom. 

[For  more  particular  directions  for  passing  Block  i8Tand,see  page  181.J 


Bearingt  and  distances  of  sundry  places^  from  the  light-house  on  Montock 
point,  taken  by  the  Officers  of  the  Revenue  Cutter  Argus. 

The  S.  part  of  Block  iiland  bears  E.  by  N.  from  the  light-houie  on  Montock  poiut| 
20  m'les  distant. 

The  eastern  rips  lie  E.  by  N.  1|  mile  from  the  light-houso.  The  northern  rips  lie  N. 
£.  I  £.  3  miles  from  the  light-houie.  [These  rips,  although  they  may  appear  to  the  ina> 
riner  dangerous,  may  be  crossed  with  any  draft,  in  6,  7,  8,  and  9  fathoms.] 

Shagesagonuck  reef,  on  which  a  spear  is  placed,  bearu  Ji.  W.  ^  N.  from  the  light-house 
on  Montock  point,  5i  miles  distant ;  thr  reef  ranges  N.  by  £.  and  S.  by  W.  about  one* 
quarter  of  a  mile  in  length.  There  is  a  good  channel  way  between  the  reef  and  Long 
island,  about  two  miles  wide,  in  3,  4,  and  5  fathoms  water. 

Frisbe^s  ledge  is  only  a  place  of  hard  rocky  bottom  before  you  a|)proach  the  light- 
house to  the  westward,  from  8  to  15  fathoms,  and  nowise  dangerous  to  any  vessel. — 
You  may  keep  the  shore  ou  board  from  the  high  lands  (say  three-quarters  of  a  mile)  and 
haul  round  Montock. 

The  east  end  of  fisher's  island  bears  N.  by  W.  from  the  light-house  on  Montock,  17 
miles. 

Watch  hill  paint  light-house  (which  contains  a  repeating  light)  bears  nearly  N.  from 
Montock  point  light-house,  distant  18  miles  ;  there  is  a  reef  extending  from  Fisher's  isl- 
and to  Watch  hill  point,  leaving  a  passage  between  the  E.  end  of  the  reef  and  Watch 
point,  half  a  mile. 

The  Race  rock,  where  tliere  is  an  iron  spear  placed,  bearing  S.  W,  by  W.  three-quar- 
ters of  a  mile  from  the  W.  point  of  Fisher's  island,  bears  from  Montock  light-house  N> 
W.  16  miles  distant. 

The  Gull  islands  bear  W.  S.  W.  from'  the  Race  rock,  6  miles  distant.  The  light-house 
standing  on  the  West  chop  of  New-London  harbour  bears  N.  N.  W.  9  miles  from  the 
spear  on  the  Race  rook.  On  the  Little  Gull  island  there  is  a  light-house,  containing  a 
Oxed  light  bearing  W.  S  W.  from  the  west  point  of  Fisher's  island,  6  miles  distant. 

Bartlet*s  reef,  on  which  a  buoy  is  placed,  bears  N.  W.  by  W.  j^  W.  8  miles  distance 
from  the  Race  rocks. 

Little  Goshen  reef,  where  a  buoy  is  placed,  bears  N.  £.  by  E.  about  3  miles  distan .  from 
the  buoy  on  Bartlet's  reef. 

The  light-house  at  New-London  harbour  bears  from  the  buoy  on  Little  Goshen  leef  N. 
N.  £•  i  E.  about  2  miles  distant,  and  contains  a  fined  light. 

The  S.  W.  ledge,  where  a  buoy  is  placed,  bears  N.  by  W.  from  the  Race  rock,  7i| 
miles  distant. 

The  £.  chop  of  New-London  harbour  beacB  N.  by  £.  i  £.  from  the  S.  W.  ledge,  IJ 
mile  distant. 

The  light-house  bears  from  the  buoy  on  B.  W.  ledge  N.  W.  by  N.  1^  mile  distant. 


rQsr^i 


204 


Blunt ^6  Afhrrican  Const  Pilot. 

fJescription  of  *Long  inland. 


10  Eifit. 


l.«ng  isl;iiid,  from  Montock  point  to  Ued  hook,  oxtttuls  W.  by  S.  about 
10?  niilcH,  iind  ii  at  the  hroiuieHt  part  nl)uiit  25  tiiili"*  itcroHH.  'I'hu  land  is 
goti'  nlly  protty  low  ond  b'vrl,  »«x<-cplirii!;  a  Itw  bilU,  which  lie  uboiit  40 
mil."  to  111.'  wfst^wnrd  of  Mctiitork  point,  atid  llrtnpstead  hill,  which 
is  31!>  IV et  above  tlie  level  of  the  8e».  Along  the  south  side  of  the 
island  n  flat  extends  tiiout  a  nnle  from  the  shore  ;  in  some  places  it  runs 
out  a  mile  au«l  a  half.  Your  course  aloti^  this  flat  from  Montock  point  to 
Sandy-hook  is  iS.  W.  by  W,  ^  VV,  It  leagues;  and  then  W.  by  S.  22 
leagues.  The  K.  end  of  the  Hat  is  sand,  the  middle  and  west  parts  arc 
sand  and  stones.  About  4  leagues  distant  from  the  island  there  arc  from 
16  tn  10  fathoms  water,  and  from  that  distance  to  20  leagues,  the  water 
deepens  to  CU  fathoms  ;  in  the  latter  depli)  you  will  have  oozy  ground, 
nnd  sand  with  blue  specks  on  it.  About  4  htagues  oH'  the  E.  end  of  the 
island,  you  will  have  course  sand  and  small  stones  ;  and  at  the  same  dis- 
trtnCG  from  the  middle  and  west  end,  there  is  sninll  white  sand  and  gravel 
with  black  specks.  From  tlie  S.  W.  end  a  sh«):d  extends  about  G  miles  to- 
wards Sandy-hook,  which  forms  the  East  bank. 


Directions  from  Gardiicr^s  islantl  to  Shelter  island. 

If  you  fall  in  with  Gardner's  island,  you  must  sail  on  the  N.  side  of 
it  till  you  come  up  with  n  low  sandy  point  ut  the  W.  end,  which  puts 
off  two  miles  from  the  high  land.  Yon  may  bring  the  island  to  bear 
east,  and  anchor  in  7  or  8  fathoms  water,  as  soon  as  within  the  low 
sanJy  point. 


Directions  from  Gardncv^a  island  to  New-London. 

Youf  course  from  Gardner's  island  to  New-London  is  N.  J  E.  about  5 
leagues^  In  steering  this  course,  you  will  leave  Plumb  island  and  Gull 
islands  Ob  your  larboard,  and  Fisher^s  island  on  your  starboard  hand.  In 
this  pass  you  will  go  thi'ough  the  Horse  race,  where  you  will  have  a 
strong  tide.  The  flood  sets  VV.  N.  W.  and  the  ebb  K,  S.  E.  This  place 
breaks  when  thefe  is  any  wind,  especially  when  it  blows  against  the  tide. 
Your  soundings  will  sometimes  be  5  fathoms,  at  others  15  and  20.  In 
passing  the  west  end  of  Fisher's  island,  you  must  give  it  a  birth  of  3 J 
miles,  as  there  are  several  rocks  to  the  westward  of  it ;  then  your  course 
to  the  tlight-house  is  N.  N.  W.  distant  two  leagues ;  but  in  going  in  here 
you  must  not  make  long  hitches  ;  you  will  leave  a  sunken  ledge  on  your 
larboard,  and  one  on  your  starboard  handt  When  within  one  mile  of  the 
light-house,  you  may  stand  on  to  the  eastward  till  the  light  bears  N.  N.  W. 
and  then  run  up  about  N  N.  E.  till  abreast  of  the  light,  where  you  may 
eafely  anch-  r,  or  run  N.  for  the  town*  See  page  201  for  sailing  out  of 
New-London  harbour. 

*  Lon^  island  Sound, is  a  kind  or-inland  sea,  rommencing  at  Sand's  point,  and  ex- 
tending to  Gull  island  light.  It  is  from  3  to  25  miles  broad)  dividing  it  from  Connecticut, 
and  affords  a  ^afe  and  convenient  inland  navigation. 

i  New-Ldndon  light-housb  stands  on  the  west  side  of  the  harbour,  and  projects  con- 
siderably into  the  Houod.    ItcoDtains  a  fixed  light. 


10  Relit.  Blunt't)  Amrrionn  Connt  Pilot.  SOd 

f)ircrtions  for  vessfis  cotnifiu  from  sen,  nmfbouml  to  New- 
l^oiuloii,  01-  the  urstirnnf. 


KcM'|»  (lull  i<«liitul  liuht  to  liour  W.  N.  W.  iititil  you  jii<l«»'  vournclf  with- 
in iilioiit  two  iniU;!!  of  tlu>  li;;lit,  your  coiirite  lIuMi  to  Nc\v-I.oii(foii  light 
(Hflfryoii  [);i!*x  Wm'v  rock,  which  ho«  W.  S.  W.  iVorn  the  j»oii»l  of  Kiithor'tf 
ishind,  (hstuiice  thrcc'-(|Uiutns  of  ;i  iitih))  is  H.  N.  W.  In  «:omiii;;  in  or 
goinv;  out  of  Now-liondoii  (uhni  o[>|)OHile  the  (iiill  h^lit)  hrii)};  thn  Gull 
li^ht  to  hi'iir  S.  S.  W.  :irui  New-l.otulon  light  N.  N.  K.  lenvc  tlir  li^ht  oil 
your  larho ml  hand  in  u.>>\u'i  into  lh>>  hut  hour  ;  kurp  wctll  to  (Ik;  \V.  if  it 
be  winter  st-aiton,  und  th<!  wind  iit  N.  II.  and  !*toi my  ;  your  couifle  to 
break  oil"  a  N.  E.  gale,  in  good  ancliora^jir  in  W.  N.  W.  from  the  (iull,  dih- 
tance  f)  niilcH,  then  haul  up,  if  the  wind  be  N.  II.  and  Hteor  N.  W.  until 
you}i;(>t  into  lO  fathoms  of  walrr,  muddy  bottom.  Anchor  ns  noon  us  po»- 
HJblo  ;  you  will  be  between  Hatchet's  reef  iuid  lllark  point  ;  tliH  14  the 
best  place  you  can  ride  in,  if  you  have  a  N.  K.  i!,<\\c,  and  tfiick  weather, 
und  cannot  ^et  into  New-London.  Sayl)riiok  li^ht  will  then  l>ear  W.  by 
N.  or  VV.  N.  W.  which  is  a  IJxed  light,  elevatcMJ  35  feet  above  the  level 
of  the  »fi\. 

What  make:!  mc  give  these  direction?  i*  because  Saybrook  is  no  har- 
bour for  vessels  either  day  or  night,  except  for  those  who  are  well  ac- 
quainted ;  it  will  be  well  to  give  Saybrook  light  a  birth  of  3  or  4  miles, 
nnd  steer  W.  by  S  '22  miles.  Vou  will  make  Faulkland  island  light,  which 
give  a  birth  of  .3^  miles,  leaving  it  on  the  starboard  hand  ;  your  Sound 
course  then  is  VV.  8.  W.  k  W.  4b  miles  distant,  which  will  carry  you  up 
to  Eaton's  neck,  leaving  ^Stratford  shoal  on  the  starboard  hand.  This 
shoal  bearH  N.  N.  VV.  from  Satinet  (Lung  island)  and  south  from  Strat- 
ford point  light.  In  leaving  Fuinkland  island  light  3  miles,  steer  VV.  until 
you  get  into  5  or  7  fathoms  water,  distance  25  miles  to  Stratford  point 
light,  hard  bottom,  which  leaves  Stratford  shoal,  that  bears  south  from 
the  light,  on  the  larboard  hand  ;  then  jour  course  is  VV.  S.  VV,  to  T iim 
Cock  point. 


Directions  for  New-Haven. 

From  Faulkland  island  (E.  S.  E.  fr6m  which  is  a  hard  ridge,  on  which 
the  tide  rips  and  you  have  bold  water  all  round)  bound  into ISew-IIaven, 
give  the  island  light  a  birth  of  10  or  12  miles,  then  haul  up  N.  VV.  giving 
New-Haven  flight  atiirth  of  two  miles,  on  account  of  a  ledge  bearing  S. 
W.  from  the  east  point  of  thfe  harbour,  on  which  is  a  black  buoy,  bearing 
S.  VV.  by  S.  from  the  light-house,  distant  ]^  mile,  r.nd  from  the  ivhite 
buoy  on  Adams'  Fall  S.  by  W.  distant  three-quarters  of  a  mile,  "j'here 
is  a  spindle  on  Q,uickses  rock,  which  bears  from  the  light  S.  by  E.  distant 
three-quarters  of  a  mile.  The  buoy  on  Adams'  Fall  bears  from  the  spin- 
dle N.  W.  by  VV.  distant  three-quarters  of  a  mile.  The  buoy  on  S.  W. 
ledge  bears  from  the  spindle  W.  S.  VV.  distant  half  a  mile. 

Vessels  bound  in  from  the  eastward,  may  pass  between  the  buoy  on 
S.  W.  ledge  and  the  spindle,  as  there  are  three  fathoms  water  in  this  chan- 

*  For  description  of  Stratford  shoal,  sec  note  to  page  196. 

t  New-Havon  light-hoiitie  is  situated  on  Five  Mile  point,  at  the  entrance  of  the  har- 
bour, aud  lies  on  the  starboard  hand.  The  lantern  is  elevated  '3a  feet  above  the  sea, 
ftud  contains  a  fixed  light,  ^   s 


% 


, 


206 


Blunted  Atnrriran  CofiHt  Pilot. 


laEdit. 


nel,  keMing  ubont  tiidwuy  ht^twi^cn  (hem,  riuI  lunving  thfl  white  buoy  on 
Adnma'Tiili  to  the  CMtWHrd  of  thcni  '^0  roiN,  hikI  Ihm  uticr  for  the  cnil 
of  the  whnrf.  On  thinithnre,  in  chiinncl  wuy,  you  will  huve  3,  4  and  U 
fathoma  water,  muddy  bottom,  liringing  the  light  to  bear  S.  K.  vou  may 
imchor  in  Morriii'  cove,  near  the  eunt  nhorc,  in  two  fathoniM  wh''  mud- 
dy bottom.  Your  coiirte  from  thi*  up  the  harbour,  with  a  fair  (id,  in 
north.     Give  the  Fort  rock,  in  running  for  the  pier,  a  •mall  bii%.i 

V«Mel»  bound  in  from  the  we«fw  »rd,  will  leave  both  bu©y«  on  the  utar- 
honrd  hand,  and  they  may  paia  with  nafrty  within  20  roiia  of  either  of 
thorn.  If  beating  in,  your  finundiiigH  will  be  from  'I  to  S  and  4  fathoma. 
iStand  in  no  farther  thna  2  fathoma  upon  the  weat  ahore,  on  whi<:h  yon 
will  have  hard  bottom.  In  beating  up,  after  getting  in  muddy  bottom 
(which  ia  rhtinnol  aoundinga)  it  ia  beat  to  keep  tl.c  lend  a  going  ofton  o% 
account  of  bordering  on  the  weat  ahore,  where  you  will  have  hard  bottom 
and  aoon  aground. 


Directions  for  saiiiufr  by  the  lif(ht'housc  on  Fnyenwoather's 
island,  at  the  entrance  of  Black  Kock  harbour  on  the  north 
shore  of  Long  island  iSound. 

The  harbour  of  Black  rock,  although  aafu  and  easy  of  acceas,  la  ho 
Hituated  that  no  direct  oourae  can  be  given  to  ateer  for  the  *light,  that  will 
carry  you  direct  into  the  harbour,  a«  that  dependa  wholly  on  the  dintance 
you  are  from  the  light  at  the  time  you  make  for  it  ;  therefore  judgment 
18  to  be  aacd  in  varying  the  bearing  of^the  light  na  you  draw  n«ar  in, 
which  is  eaaily  done  by  observing  the  following  rules.  In  coming  from 
the  westward,  if  you  mean  to  harbour,  to  avoid  the  reef  called  the  Cows, 
you  may  bring  the  light  to  bear  N.  by  W.  and  run  directly  for  it  until 
within  three-quarters  or  half  a  mile  distance,  when,  if  occatiion  requires, 
you  may  stretch  into  the  westward  in  a  fine  beating  channel,  having  from 
5  to  3  fathoms  water,  and  good  ground.  As  you  approach  the  light,  which 
stands  on  the  E.  side  of  the  harbour,  the  water  grows  gradually  shoaler 
to  about  two  fathoms.  The  mouth  of  the  harbour,  although  not  very 
wide,  is  not  di(Hcult ;  the  light  bearing  east  brings  you  completely 
into  the  har||pur.  The  island  on  which  the  light  standi,  and  the  reef 
called  the  Cows  on  the  south  and  west  side  from  the  harbour  of  Black 
rock.  On  the  easternmost  rock  of  this  reef  stands  aspinile,  distant  from 
the  light  half  a  league,  and  from  which  the  light  bears  N.  The  light  stands 
44  rods  from  the  south  point  of  said  islapd,  at  low  water.  From  this 
point  puts  off  a  single  rock,  30  rods  distant,  on  which  is  U  feet  at  high 
water,  making  in  all  about  74  rods  distance.  The  light  bears  from  this 
rock,  N.  by  R.  |  £.  As  aoon  as  you  pass  this  point  or  rock,  the  harbour 
is  fairly  opened  to  the  northward,  in  any  point  from  N.  to  W.  N.  W.  You 
con  run  for  the  light  with  safety;  observing,  as  you  draw  nearly  in,  the 
above  directions,  and  a  due  attetition  to  the  lead.  The  bottom  for  some 
.distance  from  this  rock  southerly,  'vs  hard,  but  you  may  continue  your 
<:o«ne,  and  it,  i^ill  soon  deepen.  It  is  acfe  and  good  anchorage  tq  the 
eastward  of  the  light,  for  all  winds  from  W.  S.  W.  i:o  N.  N.  E.  quit&.dbwD 

■X.. ,...  '. — - — . ■ — • ■    ■    '      ■  i*. 

.,.>^  Black  totk  light  was  eiacted  on  If  ayenweatbi  Uland,  near  Bridgeport,  nt  ttie  en- 
,tfanc8tOf  Gilack  rock  harbour,  but  blown  down  in  Jent.  1821.  We  mention  the  subject 
presuniing  it  will  bv^e-built  on  the  same  spot,  when  tbeie  directions  will  apply.  It  con^ 
Uiiwd  B  nxfd  light^  v         ^ 


10  Kail. 


>, 


e  huuy  on 

r  the  end 

t    and  h 

vou  may 

mud- 

Hi,  i* 


n  llie  utar- 
I'ithcr  of 

t  iittlioms. 
Itich  yon 

Illy  bottom 
oflon    oA 

uid  bottom 


vrathor's 
the  north 


,1 


;ce88,  IS  HO 
[)t,  that  will 
he  dintancc 
e  judgmonl 
iw  n«ar  in, 
oming  from 
d  the  Cows, 
for  it  until 
m  requires, 
liaving  from 
light,  which 
ally  shouler 
h  not  very 
completely 
id  the  reef 
\xr  of  Black 
distant  from 
I  light  stands 
From  this 
feet  nt  high 
rs  from  this 
the  harbour 
N.W.  You 
arly  in,  the 
m  ibr  some 
•ntinue  your 
irage  tq  the 
.  quite^dbwD 

r^^ 

ort,  nt  the  en* 
ion  the  subject 
ipply.    It  COM- 


•♦/»; 


.'.';  .H'Kj 


1 


"07 


O     >  i-),...'^"'.TV. 


■* 

^ 


S 
w 

fe 


i 


^t'fr  ,^/';' 


/ 


lOEdi 

to  the  m 
The  sho 
libourd  < 
point  of 
and  Brid 
in  Lon^ 
(hen  bea 
light  clo! 
keep  801 
(huu  8. 


If  you 
dent  to  k 
4  to  6  le 
of  that  r 
no  other 
|)as8ing  I 
which  CO 
Egg  hnrb 
with  sma 
your  wat 
gat,  whic 
in  a  S.  E 
shells,  an 
tend  bey( 
f^is  shon 
h  would 
at  least,  i 
on, that  t 
when  yoi 
theji  may 
shore  in  i 
'jiit,  I  W( 
with  the 
having  nc 
lands,  an( 
tends  to  I 
be  knowr 
see  a  Ion; 
long,  knoi 
rectly  in 
ward,  yo 
certainly 
rectly  in 
Swamp, 
that  the  < 
Great  Sw 
or  10  mil 
Egg  harb< 
frem  San( 


»-^ 


*1f 


^  !    11 


10  Edit  Blttnt*B  American  Coast  Pilot. 


207 


to  the  mouth  of  Bridgeport  harbour,  which  ii  distant  aboat  two  miles. 
The  shore  on  the  eastern  sidfe  of  the  light  m  bold  too,  in  3  fathomi  close 
tibourd  the  light,  and  ao  continues  until  you  are  quite  down  to  the  south 
point  of  the  islaad.  This  bay  to  the  leeward  of  the  light,  between  that 
and  Bridgeport,  is  one  of  the  ')e8t  bays  for  anchorage  on  the  north  shore 
ii?  Long  island  Sound,  and  affords  from  4  to  3  fathoms  water,  the  light 
(hen  bearing  west.  In  coming  from  the  eastward,  crossing  Stratford  point 
light  close  aboard,  your  course  to  Black  rock  light  is  W.  by  N.  and  yom 
keep  sounding!)  on  the  starboard  hand,  nut  less  than  4  fathoms  nor  more 
(hun  8. 


4 

• 


Directions  for  vessels  hound  to  New-York. 

If  you  fall  into  the  southward,  and  make  Cape  May,  it  would  be  pru- 
dent to  keep  about  3  leagues  off,  to  avoid  Herreford  bar,  which  liei  *;om 
4  to  6  leagues  from  the  cape,  to  the  northward,  and  8  miles  from  the  inlet 
of  that  name.  This  inlet  is  frequented  by  the  Delaware  pilots,  having 
no  other  harbour  to  the  northward  until  they  reach  Egg  harbour.  After 
|iassing  Herreford  liar,  you  may  then  haul  up  N.  E.  in  9  fathoms  water, 
which  course  continued  will  draw  you  into  5  fa^ms  :  as  you  approach 
Egg  harbour,  you  will  there  have  tine  white  ancn)lack  sand  intermixed 
with  small  broken  shells  ;  by  continuing  the  same  course,  you  will  deepen 
your  water  to  8  or  9  fathoms,  and  so  continue  till  you  draw  near  Bame- 
gat,  which  will  alter  your  soundings  materially,  as  there  is  a  channel  runt 
in  a  S.  E.  direction  from  Barnegat.  The  soundings  off  the  shoal  is  mud, 
shells,  and  gravel,  mixed  together.  The  shoal  off  Barnegat  does  not  ex- 
tend  beyond  3  miles  from  the  beoch,  and  is  very  steep  too  ;  you  may  tam 
tVis  shoni  in  6  fathoms  water,  .^^ithin  pistol  shot  of  the  outward  breaker. 
!t  would  always  be  prudent  in  night-time  to  keep  in  9  or  10  fathoms  water 
at  least,  in  turning  this  shoal.  The  soundings  are  so  much  to  be  depended 
on,  that  the  moment  you  loose  the  above  soundings  you  are  past  the  shoal, 
when  you  will  have  fme  black  and  white  sand  and  very  hard  bottom  ;  you 
the^i  may  haul  in  for  the  land  N.  by  E.  which  course  will  bring  you  alod|| 
shore  in  from  .16  to  17  fathoms  water ;  hue  if  the  wind  and  weather  per« 
;nit,  I  would  recommend  hauling  in  N.  N.  W.  which  will  bring  you  is 
with  the  southenmyst  part  of  the  Woodlands,  which  is  very  remarkable, 
having  no  other  iuch  land  in  the  distance  from  Cape  May  up  to  the  High- 
lands,  and  can  be  distinguished  by  its  being  very  near  the  beach,  and  ex- 
tends  to  Longbr;\nch.  By  passing  Barnegat  in  the  tiay-time,  it  may  easily 
be  known  ;  riiould  you  he  so  far  off  as  not  to  see  the  breakers,  you  will 
see  a  long  grove  of  wood  back  in  the  country,  apparently  3  or  4  miles 
long,  known  to  the  coasters  by  the  name  of  the  Little  Swamp,  and  lies  di- 
rectly in  the  rear  of  the  inlet  of  Barnegat,  so  that  by  sailing  to  the  north- 
ward, your  having  the  north  end  of  this  land  directly  abreast,  you  are 
certainly  to  the  northward  of  Barnegat ;  there  is  also  another  grove  di- 
rectly in  the  rear  of  Egg  harbour,  known  by  the  name  of  the  Ore^t 
Swamp,  which  has  the  same  references  as  respects  Egg  harbour — but 
that  the  one  may  not  be  taken  for  the  other,  it  must  be  observed,  the 
Great  Swamp  of  Egg  harbour  will  appear  much  higher,  and  in  lei^b  8 
or  10  miles  :  neither  can  they  be  seen  at  the  same  time,  as  Bamegll^igH^ 
Egg  harbour  are  15  miles  apart.  Barnegat  bears  due  S.  by  W.  4&f 
frera  Sandy-hook.    In  hauling  ia  for  the  Woodland  before  meiitioBeiiy] 


■4 


.'i 


208 


Blunt*8  American  Coast  Pilot.  10  Edit. 


may,  it'  the  wind  is  off  the  9hore,  keep  within  n  cable's  length  of  it  ull 
the  way,  until  up  with  the  Highlands,  nnd  should  your  vpsHcl  not  draw 
more  thnn  10  I'eet  water,  you  may  continue  until  yon  come  up  with  the 
northernn^ost  part  of  the  cedars  that  atund  on  Snndyvliook  ;  then  you 
must  steer  N.  N.  E.  to  give  the  False  hook  a  birth,  keeping  about  half  a 
mile  from  the  beach,  until  you  bring  the  ^light-honle  to  bear  S.  W.  >  S. 
then  steer  W.  by  N.  till  you  bring  the  light-house  open  with  the  east 
point  of  the  Highlands,  \hen  steer  N.  by  W.  which  will  carry  you  through 
the  swash  channel  up  with  tlie  buoy  of  the  Middle  leaving  it  on  the  star- 
board hand. 

[NOTK.     S.  J  K.  from  Sandy-hook  light,  14  miles  distant,  is  a  ledge, 
about  3  niilos  from  the  shore,  with  not  less  than  i^  fathoms  un  it.] 


•  I. 


7(0  eni(  r  Saiuly-hook  channel  way. 

When  up  with  the  Highlands,  keep  3  miles  from  the  shore  to  avoid  tlje 
Outward  Midtllc,  steering  to  the  northward  until  you  bring  tlje  hght-house 
to  bear  VV.  then  steer  in  for  it,  as  the  flood  outside  sets  to  the  northward, 
but  when  a  little  way  in,  it  sets  to  the  westward.  In  approaching  the 
light-house,  you  must  net  haul  too  nigh  the  shore,  on  account  of  the  False 
hook — by  keeping  a  nrtHe  from  the  beach  you  will  avoid  that  sho.d  ;  when 
you  have  got  in  so  far  as  the  point  of  the  hook,  where  the  beacon  stands, 
you  must  then  haul  in  the  bay  W.  S.  VV.  but  if  you  mean  to  anchor  in 
the  bay,  haul  in  S.  W.  giving  the  point  the  distance  befo/e  mentioned,  un- 
til you  bring  the  light-house  to  bear  E.  by  N.  or  E.  N.  E.  where  you  may 
anchor  in  from  3  to  7  fathoms  water,  soft  muddy  bottom.  But  should  you 
wish  to  proceed  to  New- York,  when  you  have  come  in  as  before  directed, 
and  got  abreast  of  the  beacon,  or  the  point  of  Sandy-hoo!:,  steer  up  W. 
by  N.  until  you  bring  the  light-house  to  bear  S.  E.  and  Brown's  hollow  to 
bear  S.  ^  E.  you  must  then  steer  up  N.  by  E.  ^  E.for  the  bluff  of  Statcn 
island,  which  will  at  that  time  bear  exactly  north  from  you  ;  and  that  you 
may  not  be  deceived  with  respect  to  Brown's  hollow,  it  is  the  hollow  which 
makes  the  termination  of  the  high  lands  to  the  westward  ;  by  steering 
then  as  before  directed,  you  will  turn  the  S.  W.  spit — continue  steering 
N.  by  E.  ^  E.  until  you  shoal  your  water,  which  you  soon  will  do  if  it  is 
young  flood,  as  it  sets  from  2^  to  3  knots,  to  the  westward  ;  here  you  will 
observe,  at  the  time  you  turn  the  spit  before  mentioned  on  the  Jersey 
shore,  above  the  Narrows,  two  hMmmocks  of  land,  each  forming  as  it  were 


a  saddle,  thus  : 


The  easternmost  of  the  two  is  the 


mark  for  coming  up  the  channel,  so  as  to  avoid  the  Upper  Middle, 
by  keeping  it  just  open  with  the  bluff  of  Staten  island,  which  will  be  the 
case  if  you  turn  the  spit  as  before  directed  ;  this  will  bring  you  up  channel 
way,  when  you  have  sailed  5  or  6  miles  the  course  described,  and  with 
this  mark  open,  then  you  must  haul  more  to  the  eastward,  until  you  open 
the  other  hummock,  which  is  called  the  Westernmost  hummock  ;  by 
keeping  both  easterly  and  westerly  hummocks  open  to  your  view,  you 

■    II  ■■  -  ■■  II  ■  ■  ■  —  ■  '        ■  .—...—..,..  M    ■■  ■■■—I—I-  1^.  -— I    ■  .         ■  — |.._M.  ■■■     ^  I  !■ 

*  The  light-house  on  Sandy-hook  contains  a  FIXED  LIGHT.  It  is  lighted  with  18 
patent  lamps,  to  each  of  which  is  fixed  aneighteen-inch  metallic  reflector.  Tne  strength 
of  light  in  tliis  lantern  is  greater  than  vmj  other  on  the  coast,  and  if  properly  attended 
may  be  seen  at  the  distance  of  10  leagues. 


The  b:a( 

miles. 

The  whil 

tant,  and  S 

chatinel. 

The  blac 

The  whit 

miles. 

The  blac 

The  whit 

10  Erife         JBliit's  AInc  rican  Coast  Pilot 


209 


avoid  the  Middle  and  WtfH^okfl  eptirdly,  and  come  up  channel  way 
through  the  Narrows.  Vfwin  thus  ||lr,  you  must*  to  pass  Fort  Diamond, 
keep  Staten  island  fhore  aboartt.  The  IDark  to  puss  Fort  Diamond  is  to 
kcpp  Bedlow's  or  Pcsto  island  open  with  thi^point  of  Long  island  ;  for  if 
you  CUD  see  Bedlow's  Uiliq4,  in  comftig  thr<Allgh  the  Narrows,  there  is  no 
danger  frOmthe  Narrows  td'  come  up  to  New-York  ;  you  will  steer  up  for 
Bcdiow's  iatbnd  to  nvoi^the  Mud  flat,  wliich  you  leave  on  your  stnrhourd 
hand  ;  this  flat  is  a  kind  of  oyster  bed,  or  bank  of  mud  aad  shells,  and 
has  not  more  than  11*  feet  fn  it'«t  low  water  ;  but  to  avoid  this  flat  do  not 
stand  too  far  to  the^estwanl  on  account  of  Robbin's  reef,  which  to  avoid, 
running  on  the  west  side  of  -Hie  cbaoQel,  the  markl||l,  to  keep  the  point  of 
land  up  the  North  rivor  (oft;  which  Fort  Lee  stands)  open  with  the  east 
side  of  Bedlow's  island,  aflter  whillli  there  is  nothiog  matcriid^iu  obstruet 
the  navigation  to  New-York,  it  being  very  steep  near  the  piiint  of  Go- 
vernor's island,  and  the  rocks  nf|i#  the%attery  do  npt  exceed  100  yards 
from  the  shore.  There  are  Streets  pf  rocks  io  the  East  river,  viz.  one  off 
the  north  side  of^Goveriibr's  island  with  16  feet  water  on  it,  one  off  the 
Buttery  haying  9  feet  over  it,  and  one  off  Corlaer'a  hook,  which  is  very 
dangerous  ;  they  may  generally  be  distinmiished  at  all  times  by  the  rip 
of  the  tide  going  over  them,  hpth  flood  aAd  ebb. 

Or  you  may,  after  making  the  Highlands  of  Neversink,  run  boldly  in 
within  3  miles  of  the  beach,  »nd  in  steering  along  to  the  northwitrd,  ob- 
serve to  keep  in  about  8  ftthcms  water,  until  ydh  get  the  light-bouse  to 
bear  W.  ^  N.  then  if  youliave  a  rounitf  hill,  called  Mount  Pleasant,  some 
distance  in  Jeisey,*in  one  view  with  thp  land  about  one-quarter  ef  a  mile 
to  the  southward  of  the  ligut-house,you  are  in  a  situation  to  pass  the  bar  ; 
steer  in  W.  by  N.  until  you  are  over  it ;  you  will  have  on  it,  at  low  wa- 
ter, 3  fathoms  ;  when. over  Jfou  will  be  in  4^  fathoms — pa^ s  the  Hook  and 
light-house  about  half  a  mile,  at  which  distance  you  will  have  5  and  6  fa- 
thoms. When  you  have  the  4^int  of  the  Hook,  on  which  the  beacon 
stands,  heaping  S.  S,  E.  you  may  then  haul  to  the  southward,  and  round 
the  Hook,  and  come  too,  frondlone  to  two  miles  distant,  the  Hook  bearing 
from  E.  to  N.  E.  in  good  holding  ground,  5^  fathoms  water.  When  you 
make  Long  island,  it  is  necessary  to  keep  someWhat  in  the  ofting,  on  ac- 
count o(^  the  East  bai^k,  and  observe  the  same  marks  running  in  as  above. 


The  folloxving  are  the  bearings,  courses  and  distances  of  the  buoys  placed 

in  the  harbour^  of  JVew-York. 

The  black  buoy  on  %he  bar,  bearing  Bt  by  N.  from  the  UgHt-house,  distant  3^ 
miles.  i:  -^ 

The  white  buoy  on  the  bar,  bearing  E.  by  S.  i  S.  from  the  light-house,  3^  miles  dis- 
tant, and  S.  h  W.  from  the  blaeklraojc,  1}  milet  distant :  between  these  buoys  is  the 
channel.  jl. —  >■ 

The  black  buoy  on  S.  W.  spit,  Sl^lesfrom  the  light-house,  bearing  N.  W.  by  W. 

The  white  buoy  of  the  Nole,  bflp%ig  N.  W.  by  ff.  from  the  light-liouse,  distant  Si 
miles.  *     '' 

The  black  h^oy  of  the  Middle,  distant  7|  miles  from  the  light-house,  beaiing  N.  A  W. 

The  wMit  bSoy  of  the  West  bank,  N.  |  W.  from  the  light-house,  9J  miles  distant. 


Port  of  ^ew-York.-— Harbour  Masters^  Regulations. 
1.  No  vessel  shall  lie  moored  in  the  stream  nearer  than  two-thirds  the  distanct  from 
the  wharves  to  Lung  island;  nor  shall  aoy  vessel  lie  at  single  anchor,  within  that  di<!« 
tance,  more  than  nn^day. 

27 


)S 


I 


■    t 


\ 


210 


Bluiif  8  American  Coast 


Pifot. 


10  Edit. 


\ 


3.  Any  voMol  which  ihall  foul  aaoHltr,  pfoporlj  mdlM  in  tho  itroami  ihall  be  liablu 
for  all  dnmagai.  f^  "^ 

J.  All  vesveU  lyinjtttUie  wharvci  or  picX,  or  in^he  hotinior  slipi,  ihall,  unleiiolliai- 
wiie  diructeti,  lie  with  their  hoadt  up  the  dock  ;  have  theii  lower  knd  topsail  yardi  well 
topped  b)  the  ktarMaid  lifts ;  thaU  moveable  fore  and  aft  spars  and  spritsail  yards 
rigged  in ;  item  duviti,  out-riggers,  and  bQni)Ains  uashipMd ;  and  the  anchors  taken 
up,  with  the  crown  in  upon  the  forecastle.  And  nny  tessei  which  shall,  through  fail- 
ing to  comply  with  this  regulation,  Im  t^c  incnns  of  damans  to  another,  shall  be  liable 
for  the  damage. 

4.  All  vess<>ls  at  tbp  end  of  a  wharf  orpt^r,  shall  haul  either  way,  to  accommodate 
vefcselaguing  in  or  coining  out.  t        ^ 

5.  All  vatfcttls  not  (^(-harging  or  receiving  cargoes,  shall  niako^om  for  vessels  needing 
jmiiiodiate  accomni«aiitioBi,  vesst- Is  wishiiig  to  discLaiao,  to  liavrtlir  preference  of  biitli 
to  those  loiiding.  VeoscU^turning,  or  putting  into  |K>rt  in  distress,  always  to  be  first 
accomrtiodatfd.  As  to  tlio  fact  of  vusseU  being  bon»^r  employed  in  these  particulars, 
the  Harbonrnuaster  is  sol^  judge.  "^ 

6.  All  vussvnfclull  have  on  board  a  ship-keeper,  or  person  to  take  care  of  them — and, 
if  any  vessel  shall  be  re({uire(l  lo  rctiUlvc,  ui|d  no  person  be  found  on  board  for  that 
purpo><e,  i\0  hurbour-mtMer  will  cuuse  the,  Wbtt  to.be  removed,  at  the  expense  of  the 
master,  owner,  or  consignee,  who  shall  also  Ua  liable  for  all  damages  occasioned  by  such 
vessel.  ^''  '» 

7.  No  vessel  shall  be  moored  or  fastened  in  such  place  or  manner  as  shall,  in  any 
wise,  (ihsliuci  or  interfere  with  the  Steam  or  team  lerry-boat::,  at  any  ferry  of  tliif.  city. 

U.  No  hiU.ist  shall  be  thrown  ovetltturd,  on  this  side  of  Sandy-hookj  below  low  watei 
mark  ;  ant  iiitlie  hsubour,  all  ballasrniust  be  luiiii|M|  above  high  water  nark. 

9.  No  pc.sun  bhiill  incumber  any  of  the  wharves^piers,  or  docks,  with  spare,  boats, 
goods,  oi  other  iliiniis. 

10.  No  <t'!,sel,  loaded  in  whple  or  in  part  with  loose  hay  or  straw,  shall  be  permitted 
toli^!  or  come  within  SO  yatat  of  atiy  wharf,  pier,  or  ^0)  while  having  on  board  any 
fire  or  Iit;ht8,  candle  or  lamp  ;  and  vessels^llaving  gtin-JN^der  on  boai'd,  shall  discharge 
the  saiiio"  bffore  conting  within  that  distance.  '^ 

11.  No  fire  shall  be  made  or  kept  on  board  of  any  vessel,  at  any  of  the  wharves,  piers, 
slips,  or  basins,  alter  8  o'clock  at  night,  or  before  day-light  in  the  morning. 

Vi.  No  ritch,  tar,  or  other  combustibles,  shall  be  heated  on  board  any  vessel  at  any  of 
the  wharves,  piers,  slips  or  basins  of  this  city ;  but  alhsuch  business  shall  be  done  on 
rtoating  Htages  or  boats,  or  on  the  wharves,  at  least  iTfeet  fiom  the  edge  of  the  wharf, 
and  with  a  bucket  of  water  always  ready. 

All  persons  faiUng  to  comply  with  the  foregoingWcgulations,  are  liable  to  a  penalty  of 
fifty  dollars  for  each  offence,  und  for  all  damages,  Avilh  costs  of  suit. 

JJa^our-MasUrs^  Fees. 

On  all  vessels  of  the  United  States,  and  on  all  foreign  vessels  permitted  by  lavv  to  en- 
ter on  the  same  terms  as  vessels  of  the  United  States,  which  shall  enter  and  load  or  un- 
load, or  make  fast  to  any  whvf,  one  cent  and  a  httJf  per  ton,  according  to  the  tonnage  iu 
the  vessel's  register  or  papers. 

Oti  aii  other  vessels,  double  thai  rate. 

The  fees  are  payuble  in  forty-eight  hours  after  arrival,  on  penalty  of  paying  double 
the  amount,  and  costs  of  suit.  ... 

For  adjusting  any  difference  respecting  Olte  situation  or  p(^ition  of  any  sloop  or 
schooner  engaaed  in  the  coasting  trade,  on  ^pe  application  of  the  person  having  charge 
of  such  vessulj'/tto  dollars,  to  be  paid  by  the  parly  in  fault. 


Description  of  the  Coast  to  the  eastward  and  westward  of 

Saiidy-hook.  ♦ 

If  you  come  in  near  Cape  Hatteras,  be  very  careful  of  its  shoals,  and 
inake  your  way  to  the  N.  N.  E.  which  will  carry  you  on  the  soundings  of 
the  Jersey  shore.  When  you  get  20  fathoms  water  in  lat.  40**  00'  north, 
then  haul  in  to  make  the  land,  by  which  you  will  avoid  the  difficulties  of 
the  coast  and  the  shoals  nearer  in  shore  ;  but  if  you  cannot  follow  this  di- 
rection, see  the  following. 

»>fe||^j  ... 


-^^^^ 


/i 


*  This 

t  This 
of  Chesa 
sea,  cont: 


liD  Edit. 


ill  be  liablu 

inleuollitii- 
I  yardi  well 
ritiail  yaidt 
ichort  taken 
hrough  fall- 
ill  be  liable 

ccoininodate 

leU  needing 
ince  of  biitli 
B  to  be  first 
particulars, 

them — and, 
ard  for  that 
pense  of  the 
med  by  such 

dull,  ill  any 
of  tliis  city, 
w  low  watei 
rk. 
spars,  boats, 

be  permitted 
I  board  any 
ill  discharge 

mrvos,  piers, 

ssel  at  any  of 

be  dune  on 

>f  the  wharf, 

I  a  penalty  of 


by  law  to  eii- 
ci  load  or  iin- 
lu  tonnage  iu 


ayiiig  double 

any  sloop  or 
lavins  ciiarcc 


Iward  of 


shoals,  and 
loundings  of 
«  00'  north, 
lifficalties  of 
How  this  di- 


10  Edit. 


Blunt^B  American  Coaot  Pilot. 


216 


Directions  from  Reedy  island  to  Philadelphia. 


When  you  pass  Reedy  island,  bo  careful  of  a  long  shoul  that  lies  to  the 
N.  N.  W.  of  it  1^  mile  in  length,  called  the  Pec  Patch,  which  you  have 
on  your  starboard  hand.  In  passing  said  shoal  point,  keep  your  larboard 
hand  best  on  board  till  you  bring  the  river  to  bear  N.  £.  or  N.  E.  by  N. 
when  you  may  stand  up  for  New-Castlc.  This  place  is  40  miles  from  Phi- 
ladelphia. When  you  have  paissed  it  about  a  mile,  you  give  the  larboard 
hand  a  birth,  as  there  is  a  flat  s)ioul  near  half  a  mile  off.  If  you  have  a 
fair  wind,  you  may  keep  in  the  middle  of  the  river.  This  river  winds 
from  New-Castle  to  Marcus  hook,  from  N.  E.  to  £.  N.  E.  distant  20  miles. 
Your  course  from  this  to  Chester  island  is  N.  E.  by  E.  4  miles.  You 
leave  said  island  and  a  long  low  point  that  lies  \V.  S.  W.  from  it,  on  your 
larboard  hand,  giving  it  a  good  birth,  and  kccpin^  your  starboard  hand 
best  on  board,  till  you  come  up  with  ^Billings'  port  (which  is  1'.^  miles 
from  Philadelphia)  when  you  will  haul  up  fur  Mud  fort  ;  but  before  you 
come  up  witli  this  fort  you  tvill  see  a  black  buoy,  in  channel  way,  which 
you  may  go  close  to.  Kun  direct  tor  this  fort,  which  ■  an  E.  N.  E.  course, 
till  you  are  abreast  of  it,  when  you  will  see  a  small  island  on  your  lar- 
board, and  another  on  your  starboard  hand,  which  you  must  go  between. 
When  you  have  passed  between  these  islands,  steer  E.  by  N.  two  miles, 
when  you  must  haul  up  N.  E.  by  N.  for  Gloucester  point,  di<;tant  1  mile, 
from  which  you  must  keep  your  larboard  hand  best  on  board,  and  steer 
north  3  miles,  which  will  carry  you  opposite  Philadelphia. 


TIDE  TABLE. 

Cape  May. 
Cape  Henlopcii. 
)  Bombay  hook. 
Reedy  island. 
iNew-Custle. 
Chester. 
Philadelphia. 

SITTING   OF   THE  TIDES   WITHIN  THE   BAY   OF  THE   CAFES. 

First  quarter  flood, W.  N.  W. 

Second  to  last  quarter, N.  N.  W. 

First  quarter  ebb, E.  S.  E. 

Second  to  last  quarter,        -        -        -        -        -        -  S.  S.  £. 


Moorf 


make  full  sea  at 


Directions  from,  Cape  Henlopen  to  fCape  Henry. 

When  you  leave  Cape  Henlopen,  bound  to  Cape  Henry,  give  it  a  birth 
of  3  or  4  miles,  .md  steer  S.  S.  E.  11^  leagues,  as  there  is  a  shoal  bank 
that  lies  S.  by  E.  ^  E.  from  Cape  Henlopen,  1 1  leagues  distant,  called  Fin- 
wick's  island  shoal,  and  3  leagues  from  Finwick's  shoal,  S.  by  E.  lies 
Winter  Q,uarter  shoal ;  the  former  has  10  feet  water,  and  the  latter  13 


*  This  is  a  high  sandy  point  and  blu£ 

t  This  cape  lies  12  miles  S.  by  W.  of  Cape  Charles,  both  of  which  form  the  uiitrance 
of  Chesapeake  bay.  On  it  is  a  light-house  whose  lantern  i'  elevated  1'20  ff-ef  ahnvc  the 
sea,  containing  a  fixrA  light. 


r 


* 


y 


216 


Blunt^s  American  Coast  Pilot. 


10  Edit 


feet  on  it.  They  lie  about  5  leagues  from  land.  If  you  turn  in  or  out  by 
Cape  Henlopen,  be  careful  of  the  Hen  and  Chickens,  which  lie  S.  by  L. 
from  Hnid  Cape,  one  league  distant.  There  is  a  bunk  that  Kcs  S.  R.  by  S. 
from  the  lifi;ht-houae,  distant  5  leagues,  which  has  not  more  than  dfnthoma 
water  on  it.  When  ypu  ^udge  yourself  to  the  southward  of  Winter 
Quarter  shoal,  then  you  ma^  Hteer  S.  by  W.  5  or  6  leagues,  which  will 
bnng  you  the  length  of  Chincotcaguc  sjioals,  which  lit  in  latitude  37* 
6y' N.  bearing  due  louth  from  Cape  Henlopen,  17^  leagues  distant,  and 
2  leagues  from  land  :  between  it  and  the  shore  there  are  10  and  12  feet 
water.  4 


Hemarks  on  the  land  from  Cape  Henlopen  to  Chiiicoteague 

shoals. 

Rehoboth  bay  lies  9  miles  to  the  southward  of  the  light-house.  This 
ay  is  only  for  small  v^essels  that  draw  not  more  than  G  feet  water,  'i  i.^ 
N.  end  of  Finwick's  island  lies  1 5  miles  to  the  southward  of  the  light-house , 
which  island  parts  Delaware  from  Maryland.  It  has  a  grove  of  trees  on 
it,  and  you  will  have  6  or  7  Atthoms  water,  within  a  league  of  the  land, 
and  a  strong  current  setting  to  the  southward.  When  you  are  within  half 
a  mile  of  Finwick  and  Chincoteague  shoals,  you  will  have  12  fathoms 
water.  The  land  from  Chincoteague  to  Cape  Charles' makes  broken 
land,  with  islands,  and  several  small  inlets.  There  is  a  good  harbour 
within  Chincoteague  shoals,  which  goes  by  the  same  name.  You  leave 
Chincoteague  shoals  on  your  larboard  hand,  and  Matomkin  harbour  about 
3  leagues  W.  S.  W.  from  Chincoteague.  Matomkin  harbour  has  12  feet 
water  on  the  bar  nt  spring  tides. 

In  running  in  for  the  bar  vou  will  have  gradual  soundings  from  7  ia- 
thqtaas.     One  cable's  length  from  the  bar  you  will  have  2  j  to  2  fathoms. 

In  running  over  the  bar,  keep  the  north  shore  on  board  and  steer  S.  W. 
On  the  larboard  !iand,  one  mile  from  the  bar,  give  the  point  a  small  birth, 
and  round  in  to  tae  N.  W.  and  anchor  in  4  fathoms  water. 

To  the  northward  of  the  bar,  one-quarter  of  a  mile,  lies  the  wreck  of  a 
Vi^ssel.  From  the  bar  up  the  inlet  the  navigation  is  very  dangerous,  be- 
ing filled  with  oyster  beds.  V 

I'hese  are  very  danger''  istrbours  in  a  gale  of  wind,  but  you  may  ride 
along  shore  with  the  wini  ui  N.  W.  to  S.  W,  When  the  wind  blows 
kard  at  N.  E.  or  E.  N.  E.  jind'you  are  in  sight  of  Chincoteague  shoals, 
your  only  chance  for  safety  is  to  stand  to  the  southward,  for  you  cannot 
clear  the  land  to  the  northw&rd,  or  go  into  the  harbour  of  Chincoteague, 
which  lies  about  N.  W.  6  miles  from  the  southr  end  of  the  shoals.  When 
the  wind  is  to  the  eastward  it  is  generally  thick  weather  on  the  coast.  Af- 
ter you  pass  the  southward  of  Chincoteague,  steer  S.  S.  W.  for  the  light- 
house on  Cape  Henry,  for  the  northern  parts  of  Machapungo  shoals  lie  4 
or  5  leagues  to  the  northward  of  Smith's  island,  and  the  southern  part  of 
Uiem  comes  near  abreast  of  said  island.  In  steering  to  the  S.  W.  west- 
ward 5  or  6  leagues  S.^.  of  Smith's  island,  you  will  have  12  or  13  fa- 
thoms, and  in  some  places  3  and  4  fathoms.  When  you  are  20  leagues 
from  land,  in  the  latitude  of  37/*  30',  you  will  have  from  30  to  36  fathoms  ; 
but  when  to  the  southward  of  Cape  Henry,  you  will  have  from  7  to  8  fa- 
Ihoms,  within  a  league  of  the  land,  and  a  strong  southerly  current,  whkh 
neral  runs  from  2  to  2^  knots  an  hour. 


<«^c 


}m 


I* 

1 


6" 


4 


OEdit 

[>r  out  by 
S.  by  L. 
E.  by  S. 
3  fiithoms 
f  Winter 
hich  will 
tode  37* 
itant,  Hnd 
)  U  leet 


teague 


e.  This 
;r.  'il.^ 
bt-housc, 

trees  on 
the  hind, 
ithin  half 
:  fathoms 
i  brokeit 
i  harbour 

ou  leave 
9ur  about 
18  12  feet 

om  7  fa- 
ithoms. 
erS.W. 
lall  birth, 

reck  of  a 
rous,  be- 

may  ride 
ad  blows 
i  shoals, 
)U  cannot 
oteague, 
.  When 
oast.  Af- 
:he  lig^t- 
Dals  lie  4 
n  part  of 
V.  west- 
r  13  fa- 
)  leagues 
fathoms ; 
7  to  8  fa- 
it, whkb 


.'.'»'./...  li./     //'/        f/l/-    ./l>Ufll»/H     I'liHf      /'l 


•L.  /•■■         \r  ■«'.    ^i  c  •«•/'■    .-■^tC,  .■  .■      'JSrm% 

.'■h    r     />/  -i'ft  ■>    ?<••;-.' 'A^r--  ",'  „  /   ■//i1 


\n. 


M 


;*^. 


*^  tfi'  i7        '  »' r^   .  1  ••- 


n 


1% 


to 


9.   ■ 


''9  ,' 


8 


8    \' 


€K 


n/rtfer.!  liiitt 


!    -  /  'rewn-uulU  fiilfl 


8 


\f'^       !   '^'^'     ■■■"      '       -6    ^^^ 


'      "'_Z—'-i,    V'->-^-— 1— '    '*■■'  *•'*  ,fr7r->    ji' GrtM E.,),i H c^         I    » 


\: 


^?>>?f^ -..6 


JViii'  JBt*  .PuNuhfd    In-    Eilmutul  M.  Bl 


10  1 

wi, 

sound 

the  <V{ 

t«r,  w 

geiien 

in  iiho 

about 

in  (i  Is 

corninj 

part  ol 

ry,  an( 

to  brin 

of  it  ir 

fathom 

channe 

fi  and  C 

With 

you  hai 

soiithw 

till  it  b< 

the  ligh 


In  CO 
inandinj 
E.  S.  E. 
to  5  fut 
and  fo 


I 


Whei 
•i  leagu( 
fort, 
four  riv 
river, 
vessels 

Vesst 
E.  S.  E, 
Severn 
this  por 
S.  and  8 
ern  rive 
S.  W. 


•  On  J 


10  Edit.  Rlunrs  Amvican  O^st  Pilot.  217 

DirectioM  for  saiUttg  in  by  Capo  Henry  light-house.  * 

yfhcn  coming  from  Hf»ii  in  the  lutitiule  of  Cape  Henry,  you  mefit  with 
joundinKH  about  tb  IctiKUi^H  off,  wliich  vou  muy  obierv<>  by  th«  colour  of 
the  «vuter.  On  the  south  edge  of  the  bank  you  will  have  40  fathoms  wa> 
ter,  which  will  shoal  to  30,  and  still  decrease  as  you  approach  the  shore, 
generally  sandy  bottom.  In  clear  weather,  you  ma^  see  the  land  when 
in  about  10  or  11  fathoms,  regular  soundings,  at  which  time  you  will  be 
about  6  loagueH  to  the  southward  of  it.  To  the  northward  of  the  land, 
in  G  fathumM,  the  soundingn  ar(>  irregular,  and  the  ground  coarser.  In 
coming  in,  ^vith  the  wiiul  northwardly,  you  must  be  careful  of  the  outer 
part  of  the  Middle  ground,  which  lies  9^  miles  E.  N.  K.  from  Cape  Hen* 
ry,  and  7  miluH  S.  K.  by  E.  from  Cape  Charles.  You  may  go  so  near  it  at 
to  bring  Cape  Henry  to  bear  W.  1  S.  which  will  carry  you  round  the  tail 
of  it  in  4^  or  5  fathoms  water,  when  you  will  deepen  into  It,  12,  or  13 
fathoms,  and  then  haul  away  for  the  bay,  the  cape  being  ntecp  too.  The 
channel  between  the  cape  and  Middle  ground,  is  about  4  imleH  wide,  and 
6  and  6  fathoms  water  close  to  the  latter. 

With  a  fair  wind  you  may  bring  the  light-house  to  iM'ar  west  ;  b  .  if 
you  have  the  wind  ahead,  and  are  obliged  to  turn  in,  you  may  stand  tn  the 
southward  till  the  light-house  bears  N.  W.  by  N.  and  to  the  north,  -ar4 
till  it  bears  W.  by  S.  You  will  hav6  9  or  10  fathoms  within  a  mile  of 
the  light-house,  and  from  6  to  5  fathoms  close  to  the  Middle  groimd. 


General  dircciwns  for  the  Horse-shoe. 

In  coming  in  by  Cape  Henry,  and  no  pilot,  with  a  free  wind  and  com- 
manding breeze,  tide  either  ebb  or  flood,  bring  Cape  Henry  light  to  bear 
E.  S.  E.  and  steer  W.  N.  W.  and  you  will  get  soundings  on  the  Shoe  7,  6, 
to  5  fathoms,  as  after  described  ;  after  that  make  towards  the  south  side 
and  follow  directions  given  for  Hampton  Roads,  page  219. 


Directions  for  *Ncw  Point  Comfort. 

When  you  bring  Cape  Henry  to  bear  S.  S.  E.  you  may  steer  N.  N.  W. 
\i  leagues,  which  course  and  distance  will  carry  you  to  New  Point  Com> 
fort.  There  is  a  shoal  which  lies  east  from  the  point,  distant  2  miles,  and 
four  rivers  that  empty  into  this  bay  or  harbour,  viz.  Severn  river.  Way 
river.  North  river,  and  East  river.  These  rivers  are  all  navigable  for 
vessels  of  50  or  60  tons,  and  considerable  places  of  trade. 

Vessels  at  anchor  in  New  Point  Comfort  are  exposed  to  the  wind  from 
£.  S.  E.  to  S.  E.  and  I  would  therefore  recommend  in  that  case  to  go  into 
Severn  river,  where  they  will  lie  safe  from  all  winds.  Your  directions  for 
this  port  are  to  bring  the  south  point  of  New  Point  Comfort  to  bear  E.  by 
S.  and  steer  W.  by  N.  2  leagues,  which  course  you  will  continue  till  Stfrt- 
ern  river  bears  W.  S.  W.  when  you  must  steer  into  the  river  W.  S.  W.  or 
S.  W.  by  W.  which  will  carry  you  safe,  where  you  may  lie  ladd-locked 

*  On  New  Point  Comfort  is  a  llgbt-liouse  containing  a  fixed  light.  '        ' 

28 


218 


Blunt**  Amefica^Coftst  Pilot. 


10  EUIlt. 


from  all  wtinfi.  In  ninning  for  Ihii  rivtr  Toa  will  rnnka  two  bunchei  o( 
trees  on  your  larboanl  hnml,  which  t«t  •  dlttiince  iippcur  like  two  hiliindai 
but  M  you  npprnHrh  th«m  you  will  find  they  are  on  '.he  mnin  IhimI.  Id  ko* 
IbK  into  the  river,  you  nuAt  keep  yiur  lend  %ni\g,  md  keep  in  thi>  mid* 
die,  and  go  between  two  point»  of  mtimli,  and  you  will  hHV«  no  mort!  than 
3  fathoim  between  New  Point  Comfort  and  Seveni  river,  mud<ly  boUom. 
You  may  go  to  sea  from  this  river  with  the  wind  from  8.  W.  to  N.  W. 


9. 
Directiotu  for  tkou  hound  to  the  Capes  of  Virginia. 

tn  coming  from  aca  and  falling  into  the  northward,  vuu  may  make  all* 
island  called  Hog  island,  and  also  Muchapungo  island  ;  tJie  lattur  is  a  xmall 
island.  Hog  island  and  Smithes  inland  are  about  6  or  7  leagues  from  each 
other,  and  a  stranger  may  take  the  one  for  the  othof.  I  log  island  is  longed 
than  Smith's,  and  the  trees  stand  more  open  and  are  not  so  thick  as  on 
Smith's  island,  and  in  going  on  to  the  southward  from  oflf  Hpg  island,  you 
trill  make  sand  hillH  which  lay  between  Hog  island  and  Smitit  s  island,  be- 
ing a  sure  mark  you  have  not  passed  Smith's  island.  Be  careful  not  to 
come  nearer  than  7  fathoms  when  tM  the  sand  hills,  as  nearer  thiin  7  fk- 
thdms  the  ground  is  broken. 

Smith's  island  is  the  first  island  nfler  passitig  the  sand  hills  ^^ove  men- 
tioned ;  on  the  northern  end  of  it  there  arc  some  straggling  trees  which 
appear  like  a  grove,  but  which  join  on  to  the  island.  As  you  draw  up  with 
Smith's  island,  you  may  haul  into  6  andl'6  fathoms,  till  you  get  near 
abreast  of  itt 

Smith's  island  is  a  good  place  to  anchor  under,  with  the  winds  from  N. 
N.  W.  to  W.  N.  W.  and  vessels  often  come  *oo  there  if  the  wind  is  com- 
ing out  flrom  N.  and  westward. 

If  you  intend  to  anchor  there,  bring  it  to  bear  W.  S.  W.  and  run  for  it, 
and  you  may  go  in  as  near  at  your  draft  of  water  will  admit,  into  H  fithoms 
or  less,  if  you  choose  :  you  will  have  blue  mud  and  sand,  and  when 
you  get  under  way  from  thence  steer  S.  by  W.  till  you  cross  the  North 
channel  in  7|  fathoms  ;  keep  on  until  you  raise  your  ground  into  6  fa- 
thoms on  the  Middle  ground,  then  steer  S.  W.  which  will  cross  the  mid- 
dle in  4  fathoms,  keep  on  S.  W.  until  you  deepen  into  6  or  7  fathoms,  sliip 
qhaonel )  tH^n  with  a  strong  breeze  steer  W.  by  N.  which  will  carry  you 
across  in  deep  water  until  you  raise  your  ground  on  the  Shoe.  When  at 
anchor  under  Smith's  island.  Cape  Henry  light  bears  about  S.  S.  W. 

In  coming  in  from  the  southward,  bound  to  Cape  Henry,  keep  in  7  fa- 
thoms until  you  begin  to  draw  up  with  ftihe  Cape  which  lies  about  7 
leagues  from  Cape  Henry  toward^  Currituck  ;  then  0  to  10  fathoms,  H 
full  near  enough  to  go  to  False  Cap6.  After  you  have  got  to  the  north- 
ward of  False  Cape,  you  may  then  keep  again  in  7,  8,  and  P  fathoms  (ship 
channel)  till  you  get  up  with  Cape  Henry.  From  off  Roanoke  the  8oun«l- 
tngs  along  shore  is  hard  sand  all  along  until  nearly  up  with  Cape  Henry, 
when  it  is  sticky  bottom,  and  you  will  be  in  channel  Way. 

The  shore  betweei>  False  Cape  and  Cape  Henry  makes  in  like  a  bay, 
fMnnething  like  Lynn^Ha>en  bay^  And  in  thick  weather  a  stranger  might 
MAslake  it  for  Lynn-Haven  bay^  and  False  Cape  for  Cape  Henry,  if  it  k 
%•  thick  that  the  Ught-hooie  oh  the  tattei  canhot  H  *eeii ;  but  in  roan4 


Rtlt. 

;hea  of 

Irro- 
)«  niiti- 
re  than 
)olloin. 
W. 


a. 

nake  ah* 
I  a  MniiiU 
>m  each 
I  Ioni(e# 
k  iM  on 
ind,  yott 
and,  be- 
ll not  to 
iiin  7  fk" 

re  men- 
's which 
up  with 
get  near 

from  N. 
I  i(t  com* 

iin  for  it, 
!  f:)thom8 
nd  when 
le  North 
tito  6  fa* 
the  mid- 
)m8,  ship 
;arry  you 
When  at 

W. 
)  in  7  fa* 

about  7 
thorns,  H 
he  north* 
oms  (ship 
he  aouna* 
)e  Henry, 

ike  a  bay, 
iger  m^bC 
ry,  ifitii 
>t  in  roan4 


■■m 


..//>r  iW    t^^^  i,,^,  r^i  /»«»X^ 


I 


£mU''  . 


<t  t    It  IM  #         f    *    ' 


YORK,  tn'/UI^I^JligP  "H  Y  jJLiLM'^iN'T,  for  VV,  Ho  OK.E  K  ,  lAii.  ■  ^«i*t.aiAiid 


£-.■ 


h 


f 


IjmMI. 


^^H^Bf 

;  i 

^Hv 

■1     1 

I^^B' 

^         i 

B^^Bt 

•> 

H. 

1     1 

L 


i 


ir"- 


^.'" 


'    M    j    V    ^' 


10  Edit. 


Blunt'g  American  Coast  Pilot. 


219 


Falie  Cape .  it  is  all  hard  bottom,  and  in  LjraiflHaven  bay  it  is  soft  or  sticky 
bottom,  and  in  some  places  very  t0U|^h  bottom- 

The  passage  between  Cape  Charles  and  Outer  Middle  is  little  known, 
and  not  frequented  by  large  vessels.  It  is  only  used  by  small  vessels  of 
3  or  10  feet  water. 


DireetiqM  for  Hampton  Roads. 

When  abreast  of  *Cape  Henry  lighCstetr  W.  by  N.  or  W.  ^  N.  till  you 
get  on  the  Horsc'Shoe,  in  5  fiithoms,  sandy  bottjgjT  ^here  are  no  sound* 
iogs  at  5  fathoms  on  those  courses  hetvEi9i^Cflffll:H^ry  and  the  Shoe. , 
The  lirst  soundings  on  the  Shoe,  on  thtfie  %#<0L^<'l'e  6  or  7  fathonM,  « 
sticky  or  tough  bottoui,  and  the  distance  i^MHufimles  from  Cape  Henry 
light,  but  the  5  fathom9*Bandy  is  about  a  jaile  farther  on  the  snore  (say 
about  6  miles  from  Cape  Henry  light)  where  vessels  can  anchor.  Tnen 
steer  west  until  you  get  on  the  south  side  of  the  channel  for  an  ebb  tide ; 
but  tide  aflood,  steer  W.  ^  N.  or  W.  by  N,  Those  courses  will  carry 
you  into  6  fathoms  on  the  south  side,  then  you  may  steer  W.  N.  W.  which 
will  carry  you  into  6  or  7  fathoms,  sticky,  bottom,  until  nearly  up  with 
tWilloughby's  point ;  then  brir^;  Old  Point  Comfort  \ight  to  bear  west,  or 
W.  by  S.  and  run  for  it  uni;  •  .»rly  up  with  it  (saj^within  half  a  mile)  but 
take  care  and  go  no  nearer  v  '  ampton  bar  oq  thif  (lorth  siide,  than  10  fa- 
thoms, it  being  steep  tob  ;  then. haul  wp  S.  W,  by  W.  till  you  bring  Old 
Point  Comfort  light  to  bear  about  N,  W.  then  steer  S,  W.  for  the  Hoads, 
5,  6,  or  7,  fathoms,  good  anchoring,  but  go  no  nearer  to  the  south  shore 
than  9  fathoms,  lest  the  bar  off  Soweirs  point  hooks  you  in.  Should  you, 
after  passing  Willoughby's  point,  fall  in  i4  or  15  fathoms,  JOld  Point 
Comfort  Ught'house  bearing  W.  N,  W.  steer  up  S.  W.  by  W.  but  go  no 
nearer  to  Hampton  bar  on  the  north  side  than  10  fathoms,  '.,"  being  steep 
too,  unti'  you  .pass  SowelPs  ppint,  when  Old  Point  Conifort  i>Hiring  N.  E. 
you  will  mi  irto  7,  8,  and  9  fathoms,  good  anchoring. 

Remark.  In  steering  W.  N.  W.  as  above,  should  you  deepen  your  wa- 
ter to  9,  10  fathoms,  or  more,  you  may  know.you  have  passed  the  bar  off 
Willoughby's  point. 

I 

*  Cape  Henry  light-houte  is  situated  on  the  larboard  hand  (joing  in,  is  about  120  fe<ac 
from  the  surface  of  the  water,  containing  a  fixed  light,  and  cannot  be  seen  a  great  dig. 
tance.    There  is  a  hous*  erected  .near  the  light-house,  for  the  accommodation  of  pilots, 
t  A  floating  light  Tessel  has  been  stationed  oflf  Willoughby's  spit,  in  3i  fathomt 
water : — 

|^)d  Point  Comfort  light  bearing  W.  |  N.  distant 

•jjitk  river  point,  N.  I  W.  .    -        -        -        -        -        , 

^M  Heniy  liglit,  E.  S.  G. 

^n»>ughby'8  bluff,  S.  S.  E.  -       .- 

F«gfeip-Raps,  W.  S.  W.       -        -        -        - 

VesKdsJI^lng  out  nr  coming  into  Hampton  Roads,  should  not  pan  to  tbe  80utbiran|-i$ 
(he  liglK^^Eset — she  may  be  distinguished  from  the  light  at  Old  Point,  by  baviorSfaiB* 
terns— >one  more  eievated.^an  the  other.  .:J^^ 

Each  vessel  is  furnished  \itb  a  bell,  which  will  be  rung  in  foggy  w«atlter.  -  \,,. 

:(  Old 'Point  Comfort  light-house  lies  on  the  starboard  hand,  bea^s  W.  Ji}.  ||;^^sy|^ 
Caj>e'Ht>nry  light,  5  leagup*  distant,  and  is  the  ^lide  to  ve.'^sels  bound  to  ]Vi  " 
tiTer.    It  pontaine  Hissed  lislit. 


2  miles. 
3|  do. 

n  do. 

9    da. 
i    do. 


:5- 


%' 


-\ 


iiffp^i^  y-i 


m 


■i^^'-'- 


A  v^' 


220 


Blunf  B  American  Coast  Pilot. 


lOEdit. 


If  goint;  along  on  the  south  side  you  shoalen  your  water  from  5  fa- 
thoms, haul  off*  to  the  northward  and  keep  in  about  6  or  7  fathoms, 
till  you  judge  yourself  nearly  up  with  Willoughby's  point ;  go  no  nearer 
to  it  than  7  fathoms.  By  hauling  to  the  northward  you  will  deepen  your 
water. 

On  the  Hors  '-shoe  side,  the  bottom  is  hard  sand*,  and  on  the  south  side 
it  is  soil  bottom  until  drawing  on  to  Willoughby's  point,  where  it  it  hard  : 
therefore  being  on  the  south  side  where  the  ground  is  soft,  you  may  al- 
ways know  drawing  up  with  Willoughby's  as  soon  as  you  get  hard  sand 
bottom.     Then  haul  oft'  as  before  directed  for  Old  Point  Comfort  light. 

Of  the  Thimble.  It49  o  small  lump  S.  W.  from  the  Horse-shoe,  with 
about  2  fathoms  watePVi'''*c'  '^  '^  steep  too,  say  7  fathoms,  but  being 
smull  it  is  quickly  pMse^.  'It  ties  a  little  below  Willoughby's  point,  on 
the  oppo-site  side,  toliVDid  wi^iph  is  the  reason  why  it  is  necessary  to  get 
soundingi  first  on  the  Horse-s))oe.  The  Thimble  is  about  1^  or  2  miles 
off  the  shore.  Near  the  Thimble  you  will  have  sticky  bottom,  and  on  the 
Horse-shoe  hard  sand. 

Bliick  river  point  bearing  N.  N.  W.  you  are  abreast  of  the  Thimble. 

There  is  good  anchoring  all  over  the  Shoe,  from  3^  to  4  miles  from  land 
to  the  tail  or  outer  part  of  it,  and  nigher  in  shore  for  small  vessels. 

As  the  setting  of  the  tide  varies  much  at  different  stages  thereof,  atten- 
tion should  be  paid  as  well  to  the  bearing  of  the  light  as  the  soundings, 
when  running  up  frooft'^the  cape  to  Willoughby's  point  lest  you  crns^  Uie 
channel. 

From  Hampton  Road  to  Norfolk  the  channel  is  too  intricate  for  stran- 
gers to  approach  without  a  pilot,  and  they  must  anchor  in  the  road. 

A  vessel  having  a  light  at  her  matt-head  has  been  placed  at  tlie  extremity  of  Craney 
island  flats  in  Elizabeth  river,  in  41^  fathoms  water. 

Note. — For  the  benefit  of  strangers  we  add,  that  the  present  regulations  for  pilots 
are  : — If  you  are  bound  into  Hampton  Roads,  and  are  so  far  in  as  touring  Cape  Henry 
light  to  bear  S.  by  E.  before  you  receive  a  pilot,  a  Hampton  pilot  caAnot  dffnand  more 
than  half  pilotage,  which  is  six  dollars;  twelve  dollars  is  full  pilotage  for  large  or  smalt 
vessels  up  to  the  Boads  ;  after  that,  there  is  another  pilotage,  at  a  certain  rate,  which  is 
88  cents  per  foot. 


Directions  for  running  from  Cape  Henry  up  the  Bay  to 

Baltimore. 

When  you  come  in  from  sea  and  are  bound  up  the  bay,  bring  Cape 
Henry  light  to  bear  S.  S.  E.  and  steer  N.  N.  W.  about  4  leagues,  which 
will  carry  you  to  the  northward  and  westward  of  the  Middle  groflnd  that 
lies  between  the  two  capes,  and  when  you  have  Smith's  island  (  ^  Cape 
Charles)  to  bear  E.  by  S.  you  will  be  to  the  northward  of  the  shoal  art.  If 
you  have  the  wind  ahead,  and  are  obliged  to  turn  to  windward,  you  .^ust  not 
stand  further  to  the  eastward  after  the  light-house  (or  the  cape)  bears  S. 
S.  E.  as  the  western  part  of  the  Middle  ground  is  steep.  In  standing  to 
the  westward,  you  may  go  into  3|^  and  4  fathoms  without  danger  ;  but  in 
standing  to  the  eastward,  you  must  not  go  into  less  than  8  fathoms  as  you 
will  be  near  the  Middle  ground.     If  you  wish  to  anchor  at  New  Point 


:dit. 


10  Edit. 


Blunt* s  American  Coast  Pilot. 


221 


6fa- 
loms, 
earer 

your 

hard  : 
lay  al- 
d  sand 
ght. 

,  with 
t  being 
lint,  on 
r  to  get 
2  miles 
i  on  the 

nble. 

om  land 

s. 

if,  atten- 

iindings, 

rosi4  the 

)r  stran- 
id. 

,f  Craney 


for  pilots 
^pe  Henry 
land  more 
or  small 
\,  which  is 


Comfort,  which  bears  from  the  cape  about  N.  W.  by  N.  distant  8  leagues, 
you  must  take  care  of  the  spit  that  runs  otf  the  point  about  S.  E.  Smiles, 
keep  to  the  westward  of  this  point  of  sand,  and  you  may  run  in  under  the 
point  and  anchor  in  4  or  6  fathoms  water,  line  bottom,  where  you  will  be 
secure  from  northerly  or  N.  L.  winds.  In  running  from  York  river,  when 
you  open  Iron  point  east  of  New  point  light,  and  bound  up  the  bay,  you 
will  pass  York  spit,  in  3  fathoms  water.  After  you  are  clear  of  the  Mid- 
dle ground,  as  before  directed,  and  hate  the  cape  to  bear  S.  S.  E.  and  a 
fair  wind,  you  may  steer  up  the  bay  north  ;  come  not  to  the  westward  of 
north  till  you  have  Gwin's  island  to  bear  W.  to  avoid  a  shoal  called  the 
Wolf  trap,  which  lies  N.  N.  E.  9^  leagues  from  New  Point  Comfort,  and 
S.  E.  by  E.  1}  league  from  Gwi:/s  island,  which  is  but  small.  [Gwin's 
island  lies  oif  Hills  bay,  nortii  from  Point  Comfort,  3  leagues  distant.] — 
From  the  Wolf  trap  steer  N.  about  16  leagues,  which  will  carry  you  to 
the  mouth  of  the  Potomack.  When  you  have  New  Point  Comfort  to  bear 
west,  you  are  within  \0  leagues  of  Watts'  island.  In  ruuning  the  above 
course  and  distance  you  will  have  from  10  to  4  liithoms  before  you  come 
up  with  the  islands.  If  you  should  come  into  3  fathoms  as  you  approach 
these  islands,  you  may  haul  a  little  to  the  westward,  when  you  will  deep- 
en your  water.  Off  Watts'  and  Tangier's  isL|i^s  tlies^idings  shoal  gra- 
dually. If  you  v/ant  to  go  into  fiMff«MriMrrivt!f^Which  is  about  6 
leagues  to  the  northward  and  westward  of  New  Point  Comfort,  and  1^ 
league  from  Gwin's  island,  you  must,  when  it  bears  about  N.  W.  run  for 
it,  leaving  Piahitank  on  your  larboard  hand,  where  you  will  have  from  7 
to  3  fathoms.  As  you  come  up  with  the  larboard  head  of  the  river,  keep 
your  soundings  on  the  larboard  hand  from  3  to  7  fathoms,  and  not  deepen 
your  water  more  than  7  fathoms  to  the  northward,  to  avoid  a  long  spit  of 
sand  that  runs  off  2  miles  S.  E.  from  the  northern  head  of  the  river,  which 
is  very  steep,;}but  keep  round  the  southern  head,  in  the  above  depth  of 
water,  where  you  may  anchor  in  7  or  8  fathoms,  good  bottom,  and  lie  safe 
from  all  winds. 

After  yon  are  up  the  bay,  as  far  as  Watts'  island,  and  have  it  to  bear 
about  E.  S.  E.  you  will  deep/  n  your  water  from  5  fathoms  to  10  and  12, 
muddy  bottom.  Continue  your  course  N.  until  Watts'  island  bears  S.  E. 
and  *Smith's  point  light  (which  is  the  southern  head  going  into  Potomack 
river)  bears  W.  southerly,  wht.i  you  will  be  in  10  or  12  fathoms  water. 
If  you  deepen  your  water  to  16  or  20  fathoms,  you  will  be  very  near  the 
bad  spit  or  shoal  that  runs  off  from  Smith's  point  into  the  bay  ]  ^-  league. 
Keep  your  soundings  into  10  or  12  fathoms  on  the  Tangier's  side,  as  be- 
fore directed  ;  you  may  then  haul  up  N.  W.  by  N.  for  Point  Lookdut, 
which  is  the  northern  point  of  Potomack  river,  and  come  to  within  1  mile 
of  the  point  on  the  western  side  of  the  bay,  and  have  4  and  6  fathoms  wa- 
ter, muddy  bottom.  When  you  are  up  with  Potomack  river,  and  would 
wish  to  harbour,  having  the  wind  down  the  bay,  you  may  run  in  round 
Point  Logout,  giving  it  a  small  birth,  and  anchor,  where  you  will  be 
sheltereArom  all  northerly  wind^. 

!)[«  ' — — . 

*  A  light-house  has  been  erected  on  Smith's  point,  at  the  entrance  of  the  Potomaclc, 
containing  a  fixed  light.  Off  this^int  is  a  shoal,  on  which  a  floating  light  vessel  has 
been  stationed,  in  4|  fathoms  water,  titiewing  but  one  light : — It  bears  from  Smith's 
point  light  E.  i  N.  4^  miles.  , 

Vessels  passing  MP  nr  down  the  bay,  shonld  avoid  going  between  the  light  vess«>l'  qi)d[ 

Pmith's  point.  .      'fit' 


222 


Blunt^s  American  Coast  .Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


Ml 


f 


ri 


When  you  are  upas  far  as  Point  Lookout,  and  have  the  wind  aheat^, 
you  have  a  a^ood  channc*  *  >  beat  in,  up  m  far  an  Patuxent  river.  You  niny 
stand  n^.  eacli  '  i''k  to  1  <  5  fHthonis  ;  but  in  standing  to  the  enstntrd, 
when  3'on  h  ive  1)  or  10  f'utiioma,  it  is  best  to  tack,  as  the  ground  rises 
gUiSdtMi,  n  4  or  5  futhoms,  and  then  lessens  into  2,  hard  sand  ;  thcwe^t- 
«rr«  -i»«c  is  mor«  reguhir.  Your  course  from  Point  Lookout  to  Patuxenl 
river,  wiih  a  fair  wind,  is  N.  by  W.  J^  W.  and  the  distance  6  leagues,  in  7 
bnd  10  fathoms  water,  which  will  carry  you  up  with  Cordar  point,  which 
is  pretty  boUl,  and  n  akes  the  south  point  of  Patuxenl  river.  If  the  wind 
is  to  the  northward,  i  nd  you  cannot  get  into  Patuxent  (which  is  oflten  the 
case)  you  may  run  in  under  Cordar  puint,  and  anchor  in  3  or  4  fatb  jms, 
good  bottom,  and  secure  from  the  wind  down  the  bay. 

Patuxent  is  as  remarkable  a  river  as  any  in  the  bay,  having  very  high 
land  on  the  north  side  of  the  river  with  red  banks  or  clifts.  If  you  go 
into  this  river,  give  Cordar  point  a  small  birth,  and  stand  to  the  north- 
ward till  you  have  the  river  open,  when  you  may  run  in  for  Drum  point, 
whici)  is  on  your  starboard  hand.  This  is  a  sandy  bold  point,  with  some 
small  bualies  on  it.  Double  this  point,  and  come  to  in  2^  and  3  fUhoDis 
water,  where  you  will  be  secure  from  all  winds.  In  beating  into  this 
place,  you  may  jitand  to  tl^^north  side  lor  the  high  red  clifts  to  3  fathoms, 
and  to  the  sout^wl?  to  iPHtomiS'Water,  and  in  the  channel  you  will  have 
7  fathoms  wiiter.  When  standing  to  the  south  side  of  the  river,  you  will 
see  some  buildings  on  the  north  side  of  the  piver,  above  Drum  point ;  as 
soon  as  these  buildings  come  on  with  Drum  point  you  must  tack,  to  avoid 
a  spit  that  runs  off  from  the  south  side  of  the  mouth  of  the  river. 

If  you  cannot  get  up  the  bay,  you  may  <fnchor  under  the  high  cliffs,  and 
lie  safe  from  northerly  win'^s  in  4  or  5  fathoms  water. 

If  you  should  harbour  in  Patuxent,  when  you  come  out,  bound  up  the 
bay,  give  the  high  land  on  the  northern  side  of  the  river  something  of  a 
birth,  and  also  give  Cow  point  a  good  birth,  as  a  large  spit  runs  off  some 
way,  which  is  very  bold.  You  will  have  8  fathoms,  and  before  the  next 
cast  of  your  lead  you  may  be  ashore.  Run  from  Patuxent  into  the  bay 
till  you  have  9  or  10  fathoms  water,  when  you  will  ^te  near  mid-channel. 
Your  course  up  the  bay,  wht'.n  in  the  channel,  ia  '^^  '• '  W.  |  W.  to  Pop- 
lar island,  distant  8  or  9  leagies.  In  running  tht  .i  rse,  you  will  have 
from  10  to  15  fathoms.  Whfc»:  Sharp's  island  be-aiii  fc..  you  may  find  18 
fathoms,  muddy  bottom.  After  leaving  Patuxent  river,  if  you  intend  to 
go  into  Great  Choptank  river,  you  qiust  kave  James'  island  (or  point)  on 
your  starboard,  and  Sharp's  island  on  your  larboard  hand,  giving  both  a 
good  birth,  as  there  are  long  spits  off  from  both  these  peaces.  After  you 
have  passed  James's  point,  steer  away  about  N.  N.  E.  in  7  and  8  fathoms, 
which  will  carry  you  in  under  Sharp's  island,  where  you  may  anchor 
within  half  a  mile  of  the  island,  and  lie  secure  from  northerly  and  N.  W. 
winds,  and,  if  you  wish  it,  take  a  pilot  at  this  place.  After  you  are  up 
with  Poplar  island,  and  it  bears  E.  you  may  then  steer  iway  about  N.  dis- 
tant oi  leagues,  which  will  carry  you  up  to  Annapolis  river.  i|fter  leav- 
ing PcWar  island,  the  next  you  come  to  is  Kent  island,  between  which 
makes  Wye  river.  ',f  the  wind  comes  ahead  when  you  are  up  as  far  as 
the  soi  thern  part  of  Kent  island,  you  may  run  in  under  it,  opposite  Pop- 
lar inland,  and  puchor  in  6  or  7  fathoms  water,  and  lie  secure  from  all 
winds  exce   i,  ^■.  W. 

The  lano  o-:  ihfi  western  side  of  the  bay,  from  Patuxent  to  Annapohs 
river,  is  som^t  .bing  high,  with  several  bays,  such  as  Herring  and  West  ri- 


'0  Ed 

ver  bay 

in  ninri' 
xouther 
Thomas 
both  pla 
birth,  a 
your  so 
in  betwc 
starboan 
above  th 
from  all 
After ; 
middle  oi 
will  carr 
N.  by  E  ■ 
you    leav 
hand  ;  th 
Kent's  isl 
Fiom  / 
4  to  10  fal 
till  you  ha 
when  you 
httle  open 
in  3  fathor 
bottom.     J 
W.  or  W. 
mile.     Wl 
which  you 
of  them,  1 
point  (whi 
point,  and 
again  haul 
sail's  bread 
to  which  gi 
shoals  of  al 
and  the  ch; 
When  you 
Narrows  (o 
nothing  to 
you  are  up 
larboard  sid 
rows  :  then 
on  the  starb 
you  leave  . 
find  good  b{ 
too  with  saf 


Amenc 
Foreign 


# 


10  Eait. 


Blunt^fl  Ameiiratj  Toast  Pilot. 


223 


mapolis 
^est  ri- 


ver bn^s,  w  ^lerc  the  soundings  are  gradunl  on  both  sides.  You  will  have, 
in  riinn-""  ;•<  .u  I'oplur  island  to  Annapolis  or  Talley's  puint  ^wJ-icI.  ^  V,ie 
aoulhorn  point  of  Annapolis  river)  from  "to  15  fathoms  wuter.  Give 
Thomas'  and  Talley's  points  good  »^irfhs,  as  thci  e  are  long  spits  off  from 
both  places.  If  you  go  into  Annapohs  river,  give  Talley's  point  a  good 
birth,  and  haul  into  the  wc$itward  for  the  mouth  of  the  river,  taking 
your  soundings  otl'  the  south  side  in  3  and  4  fathoms  water,  and  past 
in  between  Talley's  and  Green  bush  points,  which  you  leave  on  your 
starboard  hand,  giving  said  points  a  birth  of  an  equal  width,  and  run  just 
above  them,  where  you  may  anchor  in  3  and  4  fathoms,  and  lie  secure 
front  all  winds. 

After  you  are  up  with  Annapolis,  and  hound  to  Baltimore,  when  irt  the 
middle  of  the  channel,  your  course  is  N.  by  E.  about  6  leagues,  which 
will  carry  vou  up  to  Baltimore  river.  Come  not  to  the  northward  of 
N.  by  E  for  fear  of  Rattle  Snake  point  and  the  Bodkin  shoals,  which 
you  leave  on  your  larboard,  and  Swan's  point  on  your  starboard 
hand  ;  this  point  is  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  bay,  to  the  northward  of 
Kent's  island. 

F;om  Annapolis  to  the  mouth  of  Baltimore  river,  you  will  have  from 
4  to  10  fathoms.  Come  no  nearer  the  western  side  than  4^  or  6  fathoias, 
till  you  have  the  river  open,  at  which  time  Swan's  point  bears  about  E.  S  E. 
when  you  may  haul  in  for  the  river.  The  best  mark  is  the  north  point  a 
httle  open  with  a  gap  of  woods  on  Sparrow's  point,  which  will  carry  you 
in  3  fathoms  water,  which  is  the  most  you  will  have  in  this  channel,  soft 
bottom.  Keep  these  marks  till  Bodkin  point  bears  S.  S.  W.  then  steer 
W.  or  W.  by  N.  into  the  river,  giving  North  point  a  birth  of  about  one 
mile.  When  abreast  of  North  point,  steer  away  for  the  White  rocks, 
which  you  will  see  on  the  south  side  of  the  river,  until  you  are  abreast 
of  them,  when  you  must  haul  to  the  southward  till  you  bring  Leading 
point  (which  is  high  bluff  woods)  within  two  sails'  breadth  of  Hawkins* 
point,  and  keep  it  till  you  are  almost  abreast  of  the  rocks,  when  you  must 
again  haul  to  the  southward,  till  you  bring  the  said  points  within  a  small 
sail's  breadth  of  each  other,  which  must  lead  you  up  to  Hawkins'  point, 
to  which  give  a  birth  of  one-quarter  of  a  mile.  There  are  several  small 
shoals  of  about  two  fathoms,  on  each  side  of  the  channel,  which  are  steep, 
and  the  channel  between  them  not  more  than  a  quarter  of  a  mile  wide. 
When  you  come  up  with  Hawkins'  point,  you  may  steer  away  for  the 
Narrows  (on  which  the  fort  stands)  about  N.  W.  by  N.  which  course  has 
nothing  to  obstruct  you  ;  you  will  have  from  2ir  to  5  fathoms.  When 
you  are  up  with  the  Narrows,  pass  between  the  two  points,  and  give  the 
larboard  side  a  good  birth,  to  keep  clear  of  a  shoal  just  above  the  Nar- 
rows :  then  haul  to  the  S.  W.  up  for  the  wharves,  on  the  point  which  is 
on  the  starboard  hand,  and  there  anchor,  or  proceed  to  Baltimore.  If 
you  leave  the  point  keep  your  larboard  hand  on  board,  when  you  will 
find  good  bottom,  from  which  you  may  proceed  to  the  wharves,  or  come 
too  with  safety.  (CclT"  "See  chart  of  Chesapeake.) 

Rates  of  Pilotage. 

American  vessels  pay  |^3  00  down,  and  $4  00  up,  per  foot. 
Foreign        do.     io.      4  00    do.  4  33  up,      do. 


i| 


♦v 


# 


i<.jj*#i,i»<i..i't, 


■%--^1 


V 


I 


III 


D 


224 


Blunfs  Amertean  Com^^  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


Directions  from  New  Point  Comlbrl  to  Potomack  river. 

From  thin  point  n  spit  cTcteiuIfl  S.  E.  2  miies,  which  you  will  avoid  by 
not  going  into  less  than  4  fath«>iU!!i  water.  About  'i\  leaRUOs  N.  N.  K. 
Irom  N'MV  I'oint  Ct^infort,  and  two  leagues  H.  from  Iron  point,  lies  the 
Wolf-trap  rock,  on  which  there  are  \'Z  feet  at  low  water  ;  between  this 
rock  and  i'oint  Comfort  there  are  8  and  9  fathoms.  From  the  spit, 
which  runs  olf  from  New  Point  Comfort,  to  the  entrance  of  Rappaha- 
nock  river,  the  course  is  N.  by  W.  and  the  distance  G  leagues.  You  may 
keep  in  5  or  C  fathoms  water.  Near  to  the  Wolf-trap  rock,  there  are  7 
fathoms. 

From  the  entrance  of  Rappahanock  to  the  flat  which  runs  off  from 
^Smith's  point  light  (which  is  the  south  side  of  Potomack  river)  the  course 
is  N.  and  the  distance  G  leagues.  You  may  run  in  5, 6,  or  7  fathoms  water. 
When  you  draw  near  the  shoal  which  runs  off  from  Smith's  point,  you 
should  not  go  into  less  than  7  fathoms.  This  shoal  extends  about  2|  miles 
E.  S.  £.  from  Smith's  island  ;  on  its  extremity  there  arc  only  2  fathoms 
water,  and  very  near  to  it,  eastward,  there  arc  10  or  12  fathoms.  The 
mark  for  the  shoalest  part  of  this  sand,  is  a  house  with  a  white  chimney, 
standing  among  the  trees  on  the  shore  within  Smith's  island,  open  to  the 
northward  of  the  island,  and  bearing  west.  When  this  house  bears  W. 
by  N.  you  .ire  to  the  southward  of  the  extremity  of  the  shoal  ;  and  when 
it  be  us  W.  by  S.  you  are  to  the  northward  of  it.  That  which  adds  con- 
siderably' to  the  danger  of  tiiis  dhoal,  in  going  either  up  or  down  the 
Chesapeake,  is  the  broken  islands  which  lie  on  the  east  side  of  the  chan- 
nel, and  the  flats  of  sand  which  extend  from  5  to  8  miles  to  the  westward 
from  them. 

The  Tangier  islands  lie  to  the  southward  of  Cooper's  island,  and  the 
Tan,;ier  islands  and  Watts's  island  make  the  entrai..;e  of  Pocomoke  bay, 
which  bay  separates  Virjinia  from  Maryland  on  the  eastern  shore. 

Potomack  river  separatei  Virginia  from  Maryland  ;  its  entrance  is  form- 
ed by  Smith's  point  on  the  »outh  side,  and  Point  Lookout  on  the  north 
side  ;  the  distance  between  these  two  points  is  about  3^  leagues.  On 
Smith's  point  is  a  light-hcuse,  as  described  in  page  221. 

If  you  are  bound  to  St.  M.  i  >''s  river,  you  must  give  Point  Lookout,  and 
also  the  shore  about  it,  a  good  birih  ;  and  when  you  approach  St.  George's 
island,  you  must  keep  nearer  to  the  mam  than  to  the  shoal,  which  ex- 
tends from  the  inland.  Your  course  into  the  river  is  N.  W.  and  as  it 
is  all  open  to  your  view,  ycu  may  anchor  where  you  please  in  5  or  6  fa- 
thoms water. 

\i  you  are  bound  *o  Wirocomack  in  Potomack  river,  your  course  from 
the  east  end  of  St,  Ceorgc's  i  land  to  Ragged  point  is  N.  W.  i  W.  and 
the  distiince  4  leagues.  On  t;^'  south  or  larboard  side,  there  are  flats  ly- 
ing off  from  the  shoivi,  wnich  ia  some  places  extend  one  mile  ;  come  no 
nearer  to  them  than  7  fatUoms  in  the  middle  of  the  channel,  you  will 
have  11,  10,  13,  10,  and  8  fatiioajs.  You  must  give  Ragged  point  a  good 
birth,  to  avoid  the  shoal,  which  extends  from  it  nearly  one  mile.  From 
Ragged  point  to  Clement's  i«land  your  course  is  W.  \  N.  and  the  distance 
2  leagues.  In  the  middle  Ox"  the  channel  you  will  have  6,  5,  4|^,  and  7 
fathoms  water.  On  the  south  side,  a  little  below  Clement's  island,  is  No- 
mine bay.  From  abreast  of  Clement's  island  steer  W.  N.  W.  in  6,  5,  and 
4  fathoms  water,  until  you  have  Wicocomack  river  open  ;  then  pass  pret- 

•  See  note  to  page  221. 


10  Edit. 


Blunt^s  American  Coast  Pilot. 


22A 


ty  near  to  the  isliind,  wbicli  is  on  the  east  aiAe  of  the  cntnmcc,  in  order 
to  nvoid  the  shoal  which  runs  otf  from  the  point  on  the  weAt  m\o.  Steer 
about  north  iiRo  the  river,  und  unclior  on  the  south  m\o.  o(  Newton's 
l>oii)t,  in  5  or  4|  f.ithomti  water. 


Directions  from  Potomack  river  to  Putiixent  river. 

From  Point  Lookout  a  flat  runs  off  a  considerable  way,  which  you  must 
be  careful  to  avoid,  by  not  coming  any  nearer  to  it  than  7  or  8  fathoms 
water.  Opposite  this  point,  the  dat  of  Tangier  islundtt  extends*  so  far  to 
the  westward  as  to  narrow  the  channel  of  the  Chesapeake  to  about  4^ 
miles.  This  part  of  the  tiat  is  steep,  and  has  13  fathoms  close  to  it.~ 
About  two  leagues  to  the  northward  of  Point  Lookout  is  Point  Again, 
off  which  above  2  miles,  there  lies  a  shoal.  About  3  leagues  to  the  north- 
ward of  Point  Again,  is  Cordar  point.  Between  them,  7  or  8  fathoms 
is  a  good  depth  to  keep  in  ;  near  to  the  flat  on  the  oast  side,  there  arc 
10,  16,  9,  and  11  fathoms. 

Cordar  point  is  on  the  south  side  of  the  entrance  of  Patuxent  river  ; 
the  ground  is  low  and  sandy,  and  has  some  straggling  trees  standing  on  it. 
From  this  point  aflat  extends  to  the  eastward,  and  also  to  the  northward. 
On  the  north  side  of  this  river  there  are  high  hills,  called  C|ifts,  with 
trees  on  them  ;  ^nd  from  this  side  also  a  flat  extends,  but  theshoalings  oa 
each  side  of  the  channel  are  gradual  and  the  ground  soA.  In  the  middle 
of  the  channel  there  arc  8  fathoms  water.  Higher  up  is  Rously's  point 
on  the  south  side,  and  Drum  point  on  the  north  side  ;  the  latter  is  a  low 
sandy  point.  You  may  anchor  without  these  points,  or  you  may  go  fur- 
ther up  the  river,  always  observing  the  following  general  rule  in  all  the 
deep  bays  throughout  Virginia  and  Maryland,  namely — to  every  point, 
more  especially  where  the  land  is  low,  give  a  good  birth  in  passing,  be-r 
cause  spits  or  flats  of  sand  extend  from  them,  and  consequently  the  water 
is  shoal  in  such  places. 


Directions  for  going  from  Cape  Henry  or  Lynn  Haven  Bay, 

to  York  River. 

As  Cape  Henry  S.  S.  E.  would  lead  you  near  the  tail  of  the  Middle 
ground,  and  as  the  proceeding  with  it  at  S.  E.  would  carry  you  on  the  tail 
and  north  edge  of  the  Horse-shoe,  your  keeping  the  cape  on  any  bearing 
between  S.  S.  E.  and  S.  E.  will  carry  you  through  between  the  two  shoals. 
On  the  tail,  and  along  the  north  side  of  the  Horse-shoe,  the  shoalings  are 
gradual.  With  Cape  Henry  bearing  S.  6.  E.  or  S.  E.  by  S.  steer  N.  N. 
W.  or  N.  W.  by  N.  until  you  bring  Cape  Charles  to  bear  E.  by  N.  you 
are  then  to  the  northward  of  the  Horse-shoe,  atnd  may  steer  N.  W.  or 
N.  W,  by  W.  according  as  you  have  the  wind  and  tide.  As  the  ebb  sets 
strong  out  of  the  Chesapeake  over  the  Horse-shoe,  you  must  not,  with  a 
northerly  wind  and  ebb  tide,  approach  any  nearer  to  the  shoal  than  5  op 
6  fathoms  water.  When  you  have  brought  New  Point  Comfort  to  bear 
N.  and  Black  river  point  to  bear  S.  by  W.  you  are  then  on  the  tail 
of  York  spit,  in  3  fathom^  water-     When  vou  are  a  little  above  Long 

29 


If 


Blunt^H  American  Coa^t  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


I 


isle,  you  must  not  come  any  aourer  to  the  ihore  than  6  fathoma,  ontil  you 
enter  the  river  above  the  murnh  ;  then  kef  p  in  0  or  10  ^Ithoins,  and  run 
up  and  anchor  botwecn  York  and  Gloucester,  in  what  depth  you  pleuse. 

With  a  contrrry  wind,  ntand  towurds  the  Home-shoe  in  4i  or  5  fathoms, 
and  from  it  into  (1^  or  7  fathoms,  until  you  are  abreast  of  the  entrance  of 
Pocasan,  where  there  is  a  gut  of  7  flithonw,  which  runs  close  to  the  en- 
trance ;  you  should  therefore  be  careAil  to  avoid  going  too  far  in,  and 
thereby  geUin^  on  the  tail  that  extends  from  Toes  marsh.  When  you 
have  got  thiin  far  up,  you  should  go  no  nearer  to  the  shore  on  this  side, 
than  7  or  (J^  fathoms  a'l  the  way  up  to  York  Town.  On  the  other  side, 
you  sho'ild  not  stand  any  nearer  to  the  small  isles  on  York  spit,  than  lU  or 
1 1  fathoms  :  close  to  the  tail  of  this  spit  there  are  0  fathoms  :  close  to 
the  middle  of  it  there  are  10  fathoms  ;  and  close  to  it,  abreast  of  the  isl- 
ands, you  will  have  13  fathoms,  and  belore  you  can  get  another  cast  of 
the  lead,  you  will  be  ashore.  When  you  have  entered  the  river,  you 
must  not  come  any  nearer  to  the  flat  than  8  or  9  fathoms  water.  1  bin 
flat  extendi  from  the  north  shore  almost  on«-tbird  orer  the  river. 


! 

pi' 


*Cape  Hatteras. 

This  Cape  lies  about  S.  S.  E.  37  leagues  from  Cape  Henry  ;  between 
them  lie  the  inlets  of  Currituck,  which  is  shoal,  and  New  inlet,  on  which 
are  10  feet  water.  About  6  leagues  N.  by  E.  from  the  Cape  lie  the 
Thimble  shoals,  on  which  are  3  and  4^  fathoms  water,  extending  N.  by 
W.  and  S.  by  E.  about  3  miles,  and  is  about  3  miles  wide.  The  inner 
edge  of  this  shoal  is  about  3  miles  from  the  shore,  and  the  soundings  be- 
tween them,  9,  10,  and  7  fathoms.  About  6  miles  N.  by  W.  from  the 
north  end  of  this  shoal,  and  3  miles  S.  E.  from  the  north  end  of  Hatteras 
island,  there  lie  some  small  knowls,  on  which  are  only  9  fbet  at  low 
water. 

Cnpe  Hatterar  shoals  extend  8  miles  in  a  south-easterly  direction, 
with  5  and  G  fathoms  on  the  extreme  parts.  The  most  dangerous 
shoal  lies  in  lat.  30**  11'  N.  the  middle  of  which  is  4  miles  distant  from 
the  cape,  and  has  barely  9  feet  water.  This  is  called  the  Diamond  shoal, 
between  which  and  the  cape  there  is  a  good  passage  for  ftmall  vessels, 
in  moderate  weather,  or  when  the  wind  is  ofi*  the  land,  but  it  would  be 
always  safest  to  go  round  the  shoal  in  10,  12,  and  15  fathoms. 

*  On  the  pitcli  of  this  Cape  (which  is  low  saiuty  land)  a  light-house  is  erected  95  feet 
above  the  level  of  the  sea,  containing  a  fixed  light,  which  is  painted  white  ;  there  is  a 
good  channel  3  miles  from  the  light,  keeping  the  land  on  board  ;  the  light  bears  from  the 
S.  W.  part  of  the  outer  shoals.  N.  by  W.  ^  W.  and  from  the  S.  E.  part,  N.  W.  distant 
3  leagues — from  the  S.  W.  part  of  the  nitddio  shoals,  within  which  vessels  bound  along 
the  coast  generally  pass,  the  light  bears  N.N.  W. 

The  light  at  Cape  Hatteras,  being  95  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea,  will  be  seen  from 
a  ronsiHcrahlf!  distance  without  the  outer  shoals,  and  to  a  vessel  steering  for  Ocrarock, 
W.  by  N.— W.  N.  W.  or  even  N.  W.  by  W.  the  light  on  the  Cape  will  first  show,  and 
will  continue  to  be  seen  till  after  the  light  appears  within  the  bar. 

The  point  of  Cape  Hatteras  having  made  out  into  the  sea  since  the  light-house  wae 
built,  the  light  now  stands  1|  mile  back  from  the  point  of  land  that  makes  out  from  it. 

Though  the  bearings  of  the  Brown  at  Shell  Castle  island  from  Ocracock  bar,  has  been 
stated,  yet  it  is  not  expected  that  any  vessel  will  attempt  to  cross  in  the  night;  it  has 
been  mentioned  merely  that  the  master,  in  coming  up  with  the  bar  in  the  night,  may  be 
enabled  thereby  to  take  that  situation  which  may  be  most  favourable  for  receiving  ^ 
pilot,  and  crossiug  in  the  morning. 


10  Edit. 


Blunts  American  Coast  Pilot. 


227 


The  light-houte  at  Cape  Hntterun  itxhibiu  a  fine  light  ^hen  in  order, 
and  can  be  Heen  very  pluinlv  in  9  and  lU  fathoimt  water  on  the  outer  part  or 
the  ihoalH,  when  only  lo  net  above  the  level  of  the  aeu  ;  but  when  on 
board  a  hirge  veflitel,  it  might  be  »een  in  iO  or  'ilt  futhomn.  The  Houndinga 
from  the  cape  are  'i,  3,  4,  4|,  5,  G,  and  7  fathonm,  and  then  deepens  to 
9,  on  the  S.  8.  E.  part. 

It  is  high  water  ut  Cape  Hatteras  shoals,  on  full  and  change  of  the  moon, 
at  3  o'clock  and  46  minutes,  and  the  tide  Hows  from  4  to  5  feet,  being  go- 
verned by  the  winds  in  the  olVing,  and  in  easterly  galett  it  runs  srverHl  feet 
higher.  VV.  S.  W.  from  Cape  llatteras,  ti  leagues  distant,  is  Ocracock 
inlet,  on  which  arc  12  feet  water. 

From  Cape  llatteras  to  Cape  Henry  the  ground  is  fine  sand,  and  to  the 
northward  of  Cape  Henry,  coarse  sand  with  some  hhrlls  amuiij;  it. 


*Cnpe  Lookout. 

Cape  Lookout  lies  in  34«»  37'  N.  lat.  and  70«  3.3'  \V.  long,  and  the  Cape 
woods  (where  is  a  light-house)  in  lat.  34*>  39'  N.  and  long.  76"  32'  W. 
The  shoals  extend  from  the  cape  8  miles,  in  a  S.  S.  K.  direction,  being 
broken  ground  as  far  as  lat.  34*^  28'  N.  In  that  lat.  there  are  14  fa- 
thoms water,  and  from  thence  to  the  Gulf  Stream,  the  soundings  are  gra- 
dual, 95  fathoms  ;  the  tracks  are  faithfully  laid  down  in  the  chart  (pub- 
lished by  the  author)  together  with  all  the  soundings  from  the  outer  part 
of  the  shoal  to  the  edge  of  the  Gulf  Stream. 

The  outer  part  of  Cape  Lookout  shoals  lie  S.  \V.  I  W.  22  leagues 
from  Cape  Hatteras,  and  22  leagues  S.  W.  ^  W.  from  the  outer  part  of 
Cape  Hatteras  shoals.  Seven  miles  from  Cape  Lookout  light  lies  a  shoal 
which  is  dry  at  low  water,  bearing  S.  |  E.  from  the  light ;  the  sea  breaks 
constantly  S.  E.  from  this  shoal  for  the  distance  of  two  miles,  which  is 
the  S.  E.  point  of  breakers.  Between  this  shoal  and  the  shore  there  are 
numerous  spots  on  which  are  1 J  and  1^  iathoms  ;  south  of  this  hhoal  the 
least  water  is  2J  fathoms.  On  the  eastern  part  of  Cape  Lookout  -<hoal8 
there  are  24  fathoms,  near  them  on  the  northern  and  southern  sides  are 
4,  5,  and  9  fathoms. 

Old  Topsail  inlet,  or  entrance  to  Beaufort,  lies  about  3  leagues  W.  N. 
W,  from  Cape  Lookout.  It  has  2|^  fathoms  water,  but  the  eastern  side  of 
the  entrance  is  formed  by  a  long  spit,  extending  westward.  The  channel 
in  lies  first  N.  E.  by  E.  and  then  alters  gradually  round  the  flat,  which 
extends  from  the  larboard  or  western  side  to  the  N.  N.  W.  In  proceed- 
ing up  to  Beaufort,  you  will  have  3,  4,  and  3  fathoms  in  the  channel,  and 
may  anchor  in  3  fathoms  at  low  water. 

If  you  wish  to  come  within  the  shoals  of  Cape  Lookout^  after  making 
Beaufort,  keep  along  the  shore  at  the  distance  of  two  miles,  until  you 
come  up  with  the  point  of  sand  forming  a  pretty  good  harbour,  with  the 
wind  from  the  N.  W.  to  E.  for  small  vessels  ;  if  bound  to  the  northward 

*  Cape  Lookout  light-house  contnins  a  fixed  light,  lOU  feet  above  the  levul  of  the  bea  : 
fhe  tower  it  wood,  paVimd  'm  mripes  horizontal,  alternately  red  and  white.  At  n  dis- 
^tante  it  has  the  appearavC«  of  a  ship  of  war  with  her  sails  elewed  up.  The  light  may 
be  ?een  from  the  outer  end  t>f  Cape  Lookout  sitoals,  but  vessels  pasttng  it,  ought  rather 
t*  trcn  to  the  lead  than  to  making  the  light. 


..M 


,V" 


22a 


Blunt'H  American  Coast  Pilot. 


10  EUlif. 


keep  M  nerir  n%  yon  cnn  jiidKr  the  ■nme  Hiitnnce,  or  ■  little  teat  from  the 
beach,  iiMiil  )(>ii  hriug  tlir  liKht-hoime  to  htM  N.  W.  by  N.  vou  will  ut 
th;it  (Jiiitant »-  have  not  Ic^m  thim  h  qiinrtcr  lew  thr«t  ;  then  keep  N.  E. 
nnit  vou  Hill  (IcrpiMi  to  />  iitid  C  fnthomn  in  it  few  nnhtitea. 

S\.  iO  Itii'igiioN  Iroin  (.'.ipe  Lookout  li<>4  liouKue  inlet,  on  which  are  8 
feet  water  :  W  .  I»y  S.  J  8.  1}  hiugiieM  from  UoiiKoe  inlet,  lies  New  river, 
on  which  you  have  H  feet  water  ;  H.  W.  ^»  \\ .  (',  leiif^ues  from  New  river 
lien  New  ropnail  inlet,  on  which  are  lu  feet  w  ifer.  S.  W.  ]  W.  from 
New  '1  opM.iil  inlet,  li  leagues  distant,  you  make  Deep  inlet,  on  which  are 
H)  feet  water,  fc.  8.  W.  from  Deep  mlct,  (!  Inaguei,  lien  New  inlet,  on 
which  iire  7  feet  water.  Tlii^^  iiih  t  it  between  ijie  sea  coa>t  und  N.  K. 
end  of  Siiiith^N  inland.  It  will  iidniit  vegNeln  drawing  6  feet,  and  is 
abont  two  miles  wide  at  its  cntranre,  having  7  feet  water  at  full  tide  over 
the  It.ir.  It  (oiitinueH  its  breadth  tu  the  tint,  and  m  navigable  for  large 
vustcU  Jl  iiiil<H  from  its  mouth,  and  14  miles  Irom  Wilmington,  to  winch 
town  ve.fselrt  drawitig  10  or  11!  feet  can  reach  without  any  risk.  ^S.  tiy 
E.  B  leagues  from  the  New  inlet,  will  carry  you  into  16  tathoms  S.  from 
the  Frying  I'nn  slioaN.  You  may  then  keep  to  the  westward  till  the 
light  on  liatd  head  bears  N.  by  W.  ^  \V.  when  you  will  be  clear  of  Cupe 
Fear  Nhoal«>. 


ss 


V 

1.1  ■ 


.^i 


Directions  for  Cape  Feor  light-house. 

Bald  Head,  a  noted  blulV  at  the  mouth  of  Cape  Fear  river,  is  at  the 
S.  W.  end  of  Smith's  island,  which,  with  Ouk  island,  forms  the  main  en- 
trance into  the  river.  Oak  island  is  long  and  narrow.  On  the  bur,  at 
high  tide,  you  have  14  J  feet,  and  it  rises  6  feel. 

The  light-house  on  Hald  Head  is  painted  black,  in  order  to  distinguish 
it  from  the  beacon  on  l-  edcral  point,  from  which  it  bears  about  S.  S.  VV.  It 
stands  one  mile  from  the  sc;i,  is  P()  feet  high,  uid  contains  a  fixed  light. 
The  lamps  are  100  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea,  and  60  feet  above  the 
tops  of  the  trees  which  stand  on  the  hills  between  the  light  and  the  sea. 
The  iron  lamp  is  10  feet  9  inches  in  diameter,  and  about  15  feet  9  inches 
in  height  from  the  floor  to  the  top  of  the  roof. 

From  the  point  of  the  cape  the  light-house  boars  N.  W.  distance  (bur 
mile!*,  and  from  the  extremity  of  the  Frying  Pan  shoal,  1.  VV.  by  N.  ^ 
N.  6  leagues. 

It  may  be  necessary  to  observe  to  strangers,  that,  in  passing  the  shoals, 
especially  in  a  dark  night,  it  is  most  prudent  to  steer  west,  in  lat.  33**  20' 
or  25  at  most,  until  they  shoal  their  water  to  7  or  0  fathoms  ;  by  doing 
this,  they  may  be  sure  of  being  to  tlic  westward  of  the  bar. 

Your  course  from  Cape  Fear  bar,  when  in  f)  fathoms  water,  to  clear 
Cape  Roman  shoal,  is  .S.  W.  and  distance  7!iJ  miles.  When  sailing  towards 
these  coasts,  it  is  prudent  to  keep  nearly  a  degree  to  the  southward  of  the 
latitude  of  the  place  you  intend  to  make,  until  you  reckon  yourself  on  the 
edge  of  the  Gulf  Stream,  when  you  must  be  directed  by  judgment,  ac- 
cording to  circumstances.  Do  not,  if  possible  to  avoid  it,  sail  to  the 
jiorthward  of  33°  20' ;  or  at  the  highest  31*'  25  until  you  obtain  10  fa 
thoms  water.  In  this  depth  you  will  be  within  the  south  or  outer  end  of 
the  Frying  Pan  shoal,  which  lies  in  latitude  33'  36  .  In  approaching  the 
toast,  in  33**  SO  your  first  soundings  will  be  from  30  to  35  fathoms  ;  in 


10  Edit. 


Blunf  tt  American  Cotmi  Pilot. 


22V 


thlt  depth  you  will  he  very  n««Hr  to  the  •dge  of  the  fiulf  Strriim  ;  you 
will  hiive  (irii*  ^rey  nanil,  with  Itlark  Npots,  wlicn  you  gvi  into  17  l.ttliuiua, 
th«  !•>  i!t  n  lung  Hut  iti  this  depth  ut' tviilcr.  In  Mti't'i-iiig  uuat  you  will, 
iur  III'-  tiritt  b  or  a  leaKue««  •hotileii  the  water  very  little.  When  yuu 
roiiie  111  14  fnthomf,  yuu  ■hoaleii  your  water  tpiirkt-r,  hutKrucluiilly.  Vuu 
will  Nee  the  laiiil  frcun  lU  faihoinii  water,  il'  the  weather  l>e  cleitr,  uiiii 
may  then  he  aure  tli.ityou  are  within  the  KryiiiK  k'Hu,  troui  the  outiide  ot* 
thi^  -^liual.  'In  the  weitwunl  ul'  northwu«t  no  laud  cmi  be  seen,  when 
without  the  »hual«. 

The  current!  on  the  cuutt  of  North  Carolina  are  governed  mostly  hy 
the  wuui— (luring  the  Miiininer  niontliH,  the  prevailing  winds  are  luuth- 
<'.  ri<crly,  nnd  the  currciitH  then  *i'A.  in  the  dinu'tion  ot'  the  roast  to  the 
(SiNiward,  mid  when  the  southerly  windn  <  fase  blowing,  it  rhanget 
fluddeniy  tu  the  contrary  direction,  which  in  a  sure  precursor  ul'  a  north* 
eaut  wind. 

The  hind  on  Cape  Lookout  ia  very  low,  and  cannot  he  neen  mure  than 
uloiigue  in  the  cleureiit  weather  I'roni  on  board  a  Minall  veaiel. 

[We  decline  giving  directions  for  sailing  into  many  porta  in  North  Caro- 
lina, UM  II  the  harbours  are  barred,  and  nlwaya  subject  to  alteration  by 
every  gule,  particularly  in  the  equinoctial  storiiui ;  but  the  bars  create 
only  a  part  ot  tlie  danger  in  sailing  into  those  ports  ;  it  is  the  \Mt  hed  of 
shoals  that  lie  within  the  bars,  with  their  innumerable  small  channels 
which  give  to  tide  no  many  difl'crent  directions  that  even  the  pilots, 
who  live  on  the  spot,  find  it  diHicult  to  carry  u  vessel  in  without  some 
accident.] 


The  North  Bar  of  th  New  Inlet. 

To  enter,  the  marks  are,  to  bring  the  west  end  of  Buzzard'.*  bay  point 
of  sand  on  H.  Kelly's  large  white  house  in  Snnthville,  and  the  bearings 
will  be  S.  W.  by  W.  keeping  the  point  of  Sniithville  with  these  bear- 
ingh  until  over  tLp  bar,  then  keep  the  spit  of  Hand  or  beach  that  makes 
off  from  Feder^pomt  close  on  board,  which  will  ( any  yon  into  the 
river  rhannel,  where  there  is  good  inchorage  all  along  this  sand,  in  three 
and  four  fathoms  water.  On  this  l>ur  there  are  10  feet  ut  low,  and  14 
at  high  water. 


The  Old  Bar  at  New  Inlet,  or  as  now  called  the  South  Bar. 

In  running  in  when  the  beacon  on  Federal  point  bears  W.  or  W.  by  S. 
you  will  make  a  thick  and  high  hummock  of  woods,  called  Merryck's 
wood  bluflF,  before  you  make  the  beacon  ;  but  should  the  beacon  bear  to 
the  north  of  west,  you  will  make  the  beacon  and  bluff  at  the  same 
time,  the  former  of  which  may  be  seen  in  clear  weather,  abort  16  miles 
from  a  ship's  deck,  in  about  10  or  11  fathoms  water,  and  when  first  dis- 
covered has  the  appearance  of  a  dintant  sail.     As  you  approach  the  b«a' 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


4^ 


1.0 


1.1 


11.25 


Li  118     12.5 
■u  Uii   12.2 

L£    12.0 


US 

lU 
lit 


yw 


1.4    11.6 


7 


Ptiotograiiiic 

Sciences 

Corporalion 


23  WEST  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSTER,  N.Y.  MSSO 

(716)872-4303 


IT 


230 


Blunf  8  American  Coast  Pilot 


lOEditi 


con»  the  water  becomes  gradually  thoal.  In  4  to  5  fathoms  water  ofte 
mile  aod  a  half  fioin  the  beacon  bearing  VV.  S.  W.  to  W.  there  ii  good  an- 
chorage, liofl  bottom.  ■*k     '   - 

In  running  in,  bring  the  beacon  on  with  the  south  end  of  the  barrackS) 
which  you  will  continue  until  over  the  bar,  and  near  the  beach,  and  so 
along  the  beach,  until  you  are  in  the  river.  On  the  bar,  at  high  water,  1 1 
to  12  feet,  at  low  water  6  feet  only.  1'hc  depth  of  water  and  channel, 
however,  are  sulyect  to  variation,  so  that  it  is  notadviseable  tor  strangers, 
except  in  cases  of  necessity,  to  run  in  without  a  pilot. 

Thie  beacon  on  Federal  point  is  40  feet  high,  painted  white,  and  stands 
on  the  main  landtthe  north  aide  of  the  entrance  of  Cape  Fear  river. 


The  Main  Bar  of  Cape  Fear  River. 

Vessels  running  down  from  the  westward  should  not  approach  nearer 
the  Middle  ground  than  to  bring  the  cape  (which  is  the  most  eastern  part 
of  the  Bald  head  woods)  to  bearE.  by  N.  when  you  bring  the  light-he  jse 
to  bear  N.  |  E.  in  about  4  fathoms  water,  steer  immediately  for  the  light* 
house,  which  will  be  a  little  open  to  the  eastward  of  a  pole  beacon  with 
a  cask  on  the  top  painted  black — Jk  continuation  of  this  course  will  carry 
you  clear  of  the  Fingers,  when  you  will  see  a  buoy  ahead  or  a  little  on 
the  larboard  bow,  which  you  will  pass,  leaving  it  on  the  larboard  hand  { 
as  soon  as  you  leave  the  buoy,  steer  N.  W.  or  keep  the  breakers  close 
bn  board  the  larboard  side,  when  you  will  luff  or  bear  away,  as  the  water 
may  deepen  or  become  more  shoal,  to  be  ascertained  Ikv  heaving  the  lead. 
This  will  carry  you  clear  of  a  long  sand  shoal  that  makes  off  the  point  of 
Bald  head,  which  is  dangerous  to  ground  upon,  as  the  flood  tide  sets  di- 
rectly 0Ter*ai)d  breaks  upon  it  with  the  wind  from  the  S.  W.  In  ap- 
proaching Bald  head  caution  is  necessyy,  as  the  shoals  On  both  sides  are 
very  steep,  frequently  froin  6  to  3  fathoms  at  one  cast  of  the  lead.  Keep 
close  to  this  shoal,  by  sounding  as  above  directed,  until  you  reach  Oak 
island,  when  you  may  steer  direct  for  Smithville.  Outside  of  the  bar,  in 
5  or  6  fathoms  water,  the  light-house  bearing  N.  there  is  good  anchorage 
in  soft  bottom.  There  is  on  the  bar  at  low  water  10  fedhj^d  at  high  wa- 
ter 14^  feet ;  and  the  e;  is  scarcely  ever  so  rough  as  t^prevent  a  pilot's 
boarding  a  vessel  at  the  buoy. 


The  Western  or  Oak  Island  Channel^ 

Is  to  bring  the  point  of  Oak  island  to  bear  N.  E.  by  E.  keeping  this 
course  until  you  get  close  in  with  the  beach,  thence  along  the  beach  until 
you  pass  Oak  island.  There  are  7  feet  at  loW)  and  1 1  feet  at  high  water 
on  this  bar. 


Other  directions  for  Oak  Island  Chaniiel. 
Vessels  drawing  not  more  than  d  feet  water,  running  into  Wilmingtoii 


.#  ... 


lOEd^t  Blunt*B  American  Coast  Pilot.  «    231 

through  Oak  island  channel,  may  bring  the  easternmost  part  of  th«  lamp 
of  trees  on  the  east  end  of  Oak  island  to  bear  N.  E.  by  £.  dnd  run  for  it, 
which  w'ill  carry  thprn  over  iq  the  best  pf  the  water,  7^  feet  at  tow  wa- 
ter, and  1 1  feet  at  -high  water ;  as  soon  as  you  deepen  your  water  over 
the  bar,  steer  for  the  end  of  the  sandy  point  of  Oak  island  till  close  up 
with  it,  then  steer  E.  S.  E.  for  opening  Cape  creek,, till  you  deepen  into  4 
fathome,, then  haul  up  N.^or  N.  N.  W.  along  the  beach  until  you  get  up 
with  Fort  Johnson,  where  you  may  anchor. 


ling  this 
Ich  until 
water 


KA'^0  OF  PILOTAGE  for  Cape  Fear  Ban  and  Rm. 
*  BARS. 


Optn  Boat. 

Decked. 

For  veMeli  drawing  8  feet,  and  undtr  7 

rtet, 

$5  60 

|8  58 

4     7 

8 

625 

9  37 

8 

9 

7  25 

10  87 

9 

10 

8  37 

IS  :>5 

10 

11 

10  00 

16  00 

11 

19 

IS  00 

18  00 

IS 

131 

13  33 

19  99 

'{-                        M*   • 

13 

14  27 

31  40 

^          «^'   is'   . 

13i 

15  33 

33  99 

13}   f 

14 

16  5a  « 

34  89 

14 

14« 

17  73 

36  59 

«          14i    • 

15 

SI  80 

33  70 

15 

15} 

22  10 

34  66 

15i    . 

16 

is    5 

37  57 

16 

16} 

36  70 

m    • 

17 

28  60 

IT 

•d  * 

17* 

33  70 

ITi 

J 

18 

39  38 

18 

18} 

4S00 

4u 

181 

19 

44  80 

W- 

19 

19} 

48  65 

\9h 

so' 

53  5p 

\ 


That  30  per  cent,  upoq  the  present  eitablished  rates  of  pilotage,  at  above,  be  allowed 
to  decked  boatsi  piloting  veieels  into  this  port  and  out  to  sea  (which  it  comprised  in  the 
last  column.) 

Forlhi  RIVER,  from  Fori  Johnson  to  Wilmington 

For  veiteltulawing     6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
10} 
11 
.  11} 

*  13 

13} 
13 

5? 

14} 

From  Fort  Johnson  tdDruaiwick,  or  from  Brunswick  to  Wilmington,  or  vice  veriOf  one 
half  the  pilotage  from  Fort  Jfqjinson  to  Wilmington. 

From  Fort  Johnson  to  Five  Fathom  Hole,  from  Five  Fathom  Hole  to  Brunswick,  fiom 
BrHosiirick  to  Campbell's  island,  and  from  Campbell's  island  to  Wilmington,  or  vice 
tenOf  one  fourth  of  the  pilotage  from  Fort  Johnson  to  Wilmingtop. 


t,  and  undei 

7 

feet, 

-   $7  00 

- 

8 

- 

8  00 

- 

9 

- 

9  00 

. 

10 

• 

10  00 

. 

10} 

. 

11  00 

. 

11 

- 

12  00 

. 

m 

- 

13  00 

- 

13 

- 

15  00 

V 

12} 

- 

16  00 

• 

13 

• 

18  00 

•     p 

13} 

. 

20  00 

•     » 

14 

- 

22  00 

. 

14} 

- 

24  50 

• 

15 

- 

25  00 

ingloii 


T 


232 


BIunt'B  American  Coast  Pilot. 

From  Cape  Fear  to  Georgetown. 


10  Edit. 


■  '*■  Georgetown  entrtincc  is  18  leagues  S.  W.  \  W.  JHNn  Cape  Fenr  ;  be- 
tiveeo  lies  a  bank,  on  which  there  are  5  fnthoms  waiter.  The  norlii  end 
of  thii  bank  lies  about  5^  leagues  S.  W.  by  W.  from  Cape  Fear  ;  it  thence 
extends  S.  VV.  ^  S.  8^  leagues.  The  inner  or  N.  W.  side  of  this  bunk  is 
about  4  leagues  from  the  shore  ;  near  to  this  €dge,  there  are  10^  9,  and  8 
fathoms  water  ;  it  stiouls  gradually,  M  you  advance  towards  the  shore  ; 
this  is  called  Long  bay.  Near  to  the  north  end  of  this  bank,  there  are  10 
fethoms  ;  along  its  S.  E.  side  there  are  8, 7,  and  6  fathonu  ;  to  the  south- 
ward of  this  bank  there  are  several  shoals.       «  ^' 

In  sailing  to  Little  river  inlet,  which  divides  North  from  South  Caro- 
lina, you  pass  Lockwood's  Folly  inlet,  which  lies  W.  from  Cape  Fcar 
light  Uf  leagues  distant.  The  land  appears  broken,  and  contains  no 
safe  harbour. 

In  continuing  your  course  towards  Georgetown^  several  other  inlets 
may  be  discovered  in  clear  weather,  and  at  length  you  pass  North  inlet, 
about  3  let^ues  from  Georgetown  light-house  ;  this  inlet  is  the  northern 
boundary  of  North  island,  on  which  island  the  light-house  is  situated  ; 
the  entrance  into  this  inlet  is  from  the  northward,  the  south  breaker 
forming  nearly  a  crescent,  runs  apparently  across  the  mouth  of  the  inlet : 
there  is  geofiMiy  not  less  than  six  feet  water  on  the  bar  at  low  water,  but 
the  depth  varies  with  the  direction  and  violence  of  the  prevailing  winds. 
The  Erection  of  this  channel  has  been  within  a  few  years  considerably, 
though  gradually  changed  by  the  elongation  and  curve  of  the  south  break- 
er throwing  the  channel  more  to  the  northward  :  in  entering  it  in  its  pre- 
sent situation,  Georgetown  light-house  will  bear  about  S.  by  W.  distant  3 
leagues  ;  a  small  but  distinct  sand  hilV(th6  most  northern  oja  the  north 
end  of  North  island)  S.  W.  1  S.  the  most  southern  building  on  the  south 
end  of  the  opposite  island  W .  by  S. ;  you  may  then  run  in  between  the 
heads  of  the  two  breakers,  rounding  alongthe  edge  of  the  south  breaker, 
and  thus  passing  between  the  breakers  into  the  harbour.     The  flood  tide 
comes  in  from  the  S.  E.^and  sets  across  the  S.  breaker,  towards  the  N. 
breaker.     On  the  N.  end  of  North  island,  about  3  leagues  from  the  light, 
there  is  a  village  of  about  20  or  30  dwelling  houses  (a  summer  residence) 
which  is  distinctly  seen  from  sea,  and  often  mistaken  1^  Sullivan's  island 
near  Charleston  ;  there  are  several  housea  on  the  N.  point  of  the  oppo- 
site island.     To  small  vessels  this  inlet  affords  a  safe  hvbour  :  there  are 
two  passapis  leading  from  it  up  to  Georgetown,  but  from  the  shoalness  of 
the  water  they  cannot  be  conveniently  navigated  except  by  boats  ;  in  cases 
of  necessity,  however,  vessels  of  6  or  7  feet  draught  may  be  navigated 
with  some  delay  through  the  most  southern,  which  is  the  deepest  passage 
into  the  bay,  or  river,  leading  to  the  town. 


Directions  for  sailing  into  Georgetoii*^  harbour. 

The  light-house  is  situated  in  latitude  33*^  13',  and  is  erected  on  the 
southern  point  of  North  island,  on  a  low  sandy  spot ;  this  island  is  on  the 
northern  and  eastern  side  of  the  harbour  :  the  light-house  is  a  lofty,  cir- 
cular, white  tower.  Jn  approaching  it  from  the  northward,  the  harbour 
is  ahat  out  from  view  by  North  island,  and  the  light-liouse  appears  to  be 


10  Edit. 


Bluiif  s  American  Coast  Pilot 


23a 


ontains  no 


titunted  in  n  low  wood.  The  light-houfie  bean  N.  |  W.  from  the  eait- 
crnmoHt  pnrt  of  Ctipe  Uomtin  HhonI,  11  miles  distRnt,  and  N.  bv  E.  4E. 
from  the  ■outhwetftf  rn  part,  '^0  miles  distant.  In  passing  the  light,  either 
northerly  or  soutnerly,  vessels  will  find  5  futhoms  water,  within  five 
miles  of  the  land  ;  on  this  shoal  there  are  about  7^  feet  at  low  water« 
nboiit  12  feet  at  high  jvater,  and  5  fathoms  all  round  it.  The  prin- 
cipal entrance  into  the  harbour  lies  to  the  southward  of  the  light ;  vesiels 
drawing  from  7  to  S  feet  water  may  (if  a  pilot  cannot  be  procured)  enter 
near  high  water,  by  bringing  the  light-house  to  bear  N.  ^  W.  and  running 
directly  for  it  till  within  loO  fathom?  of  the  land;  they  will  then  hare 
deep  water  on  both  siiiJcs  for  several  miles  up  the  bay.  Several  btwys 
are  anchored  on  the  bar,  to  mark  the  best  wuter  ;  in  sailing  by  these,  the 
following  directions  must  be  observed  ;  the  first  buoy  (the  most  southern) 
is  on  the  S.  E.  point  of  the  south  breaker — this,  in  entering  the  harbour, 
you  keep  on  the  larboard  hand  ;  the  second  buoy  is  on  the  N.  W.  point 
of  the  north  breaker,  which  you  keep,  in  entering,  on  the  starboard  hand, 
and  continue  your  course  to  the  third  buoy,  which  is  on  the  S.  W.  point 
of  the  Newcome  shoal ;  this  buoy  you  must  also  keep  on  the  starboard 
hand.  The  channel  here  trends  to  the  eastward  for  about  a  quarter  of  a 
mile  to  the  fourth  buoy  ;  you  then  give  this  la.vt  a  birth  to  the  westward, 
or  larboard,  and  steer  about  N.  N.  W.  directly  into  the  harbour.  Ves- 
sels  drawing  1 1  feet  water  may,  with  the  assistance  of  a  pij^  pass  secure- 
ly through  this  channel  without  the  aid  of  spring  tides.  ^nBere  is  also  an 
entrance  which  lies  to  the  northward,  under  the  southern  (ioint  of  North 
is'ind  (as  before  described)  near  the  light-house  ;  through  this,  if  a  pi- 
lot be  procured,  vessels  drawing  8  or  U  feet  water  may  be  brought  with 
safety.  Vessels  at  sea  will  find  deep  water,  and  when  the  wind  is  to  the 
southward  and  westward,  convenient  and  safe  anchorage  near  the  land, 
about  1|  or  2  miles  to  the  northward  of  the  light-house.  A  common  flood 
tide  rises  nearly  four  feet ;  it  is  high  water  on  the  bar  at  the  full  and 
change  of  the  moon,  about  7  oV.lock. 

NOTE. — Georgetowr  light-hnuse  is  situated  on  North  island,  at  the  entrance  of  Win- 
yaw  bay,  and  contains  a  fixed  light. 


Cape  Roman. 

Cape  Roman  is  very  low  land  ;  it  has  neither  tree  nor  bush,  and  ap* 
pears,  when  seen  at  a  distance,  to  be  a  sand  left  dry  by  the  tide.*  From 
the  south  entrance  of  Santee  river,  to  about  two  miles  S.  W.  of  Cape  Ro- 


*  A  wind-fhill  is  erected  on  the  point  ofCspe  Roman,  which  at  a  distance,  having  the 
appearanceofa  light-house,  especially  in  hazy  weather,  will  easily  deceive  sUangirtf^ 
who,  from  want  of  exact  latitude  in  approaching  the  coast,  may  mistake  it  for  Charles- 
ton light-house.  In  falling  in  with  this  wind-mill,  you  must  not  come  into  ler^  than  T 
fathoms  water,  bringing  it  to  bear  W.  N.  W.  Then  you  are  abreast  of  the  Cape  Sboalt| 
and  Charleston  light-house  will  bear  W.  S.  W.  about  15  leagues.  In  consequence  of  its 
resemblance  to  the  light-house,  it  has  engaged  the  notice  of  the  Legislature  of  South 
Carolina,  who  have  passed  a  resolution  appointing  certain  persons  to  fix  a  mark  of  dii- 
tin«tion  upon  the  building,  to  prevent  the  repetition  of  accidents  to  vessels  on  tfaat  coast. 

30 


234 


Bluni's  American  Coast  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


,  there  it  ■  shonl  ivhich  extendi  to  a  conniderable  distnnre  from  the 
;  the  8.  E.  point  of  it  lie|  nbout  b  lenptie«  S.  bv  E.  from  G(!or([;(>- 
town  light'heuie,  and  the  S.  Vi .  point  liua  uboiit  iMHague*  S.  E.  from 
Cape  Roman.  Clo«e  to  ttii«  dnngeroun  innd  there  tin  4  and  .1  fa(hom<i ; 
the  land  ii  to  low,  that  you  cannot  see  it  from  the  deck  of  u  ahip,  at  the 
eitremity  of  the  ihoal. 

The  outer  nhoal  of  Cape  Roman  bears  (as  detcribed  in  pai;e  i3S)  H.  j 
S.  ind  S.  by  W.  ^  W.  from  Georgetown  light-house  ;  the  eiitrniice  of 
iMilM*river  lies  between  the  st^oal  and  the  hght-ho«i!ic.  The  south  en- 
tllHKe  is  Si  leagues  from  the  entrance  of  Georgetown  river,  and  3  leagues 
AroM  Cape  Roman.  Ships  that  full  in  with  the  shuaU  of  Qeorgotown  en* 
trance,  should  not  come  into  less  than  4  fathom*  water ;  and  although 
the  muddiness  of  the  water  is  apt  to  frighten  strangers,  there  is  no  real 
danger  to  be  apprehended.  The  land  here  i^  low,  and  appears,  when 
f  iewed  at  a  distance,  in  hummocks,  like  the  range  of  iainnds. 

Bv  steering  W.  N.  W.  from  the  S.  VV.  part  of  Cape  Roman  shoal,  you 
will  tioon  see  the  island  called  Racoon  Keys  ;  it  is  a  long  narrow  island, 
and  lies  about  W.  by  S.  from  Cape  Roman.  When  you  see  Racoon  K  sys, 
eteer  W.  S.  W.  or  S.  W.  by  W.  in  about  '>  fathoms  water.  As  there  if  a 
aboal  runs  off  about  5  miles  S.  E.  by  E.  from  the  N.  E.  end  of  Bull's  inl- 
and, you  should  take  care  to  avoid  it  in  passing.  Senec  bay,  or  BulPs 
harbour,  liea  between  Racoon  Keys  and  bull's  island.  There  are  shoals 
firing  otf  the  iMtst  end  of  Racoon  Keys,  and  you  should  anchor  near  to 
DaU*fl  island,  in  0  fathoms  water. 

From  the  shoa^  off  the  N.  E.  end  of  Bull's  island  to  Charleston  bar, 
Hke  course  to  go'Clear  of  the  Rattle  Snake,  is  S.  W.  by  W.  and  the  dis- 
tance seyen  leagues.  There  are  four  islands  betv/ccu  Scwee  bay  and 
Charleston  bar,  viz.  BulKs,  Cooper's,  Devies,  and  Long  island.  Flats 
extend  from  &11  the  islands,  along  which  the  soundings  are  regular. — 
With  Charleston  churches  to  the  northward  of  Sullivan's  island,  you  will 
be  in  5|  fathoms  water,  on  the  edge  of  the  Rattle  Snake ;  and,  when 
the  churches  are  open  to  the  southward  of  Sullivan*^  island,  you  are 
dear  of  (hat  shoal.  You  should  approach  no  nearer  to  this  bank  than 
6  fethoms  water. 


■^'^ 


f 


Directions  for  sailing  into  Charleston  (S.  C.) 

The  entrance  of  Cbpfleston  bar  lies  in  lat.  32*  44' N.  In  running  in 
for  Charleston*  light-house,  which  may  be  seen  some  distance  at  sea, 
you  will  have  gradual  soundings.  When  you  come  near  the  baryoumay 
•tee  thO  north  and  t  south  breakers,  between  which  is  the  entrance 
over  the  bar.  In  running  over  the  bar,  you  must  have  the  light- house  to 
bear  W.  by  N.  J  N.  and  run  in,  which  course  will  carry  you  clear  of  the 
tiortb  sand,  which  lies  within  the  bar.  .  Continue  this  course  between  the 
two.  breakers,  when  you  will  find  from  12  to  17  feet  water,  according  as 

fc^»-«»«»^— -^  in  I'll  '  I  ." 

f  *  ChaflsstOn  light-house  contains  a  revolving  light — at  the  distance  of  8  or  OJeagues, 
theUMe  of  dalrkness  will  be  twice  to  that  of  light;  as  you  approach  it,  the  time  of  datk- 
MIB  «A11  (toeirSaie.  and  that  ofUftht  increase  until  you  get  within  three  leagues,  when  the 
.lifbt  will  not  whoUy  disappear,  bat  the  greatest  strength  of  light  will  be  as  ode  to  forty- 
foirse  the  least. 

t  Ttte  south  breaker  baa  a  buoy  oo  the  eaist  end,  in  13  feet  wa^er,  and  in  the  middle 
of  tbis  channel  is  a  buoy,  with  a  siijall  white  flag  upon  it,  in  10  feet  water,  low  tide,  on 
within  sMt  of  iMiicb  jou  may  go  wma  runoing  in. 


10  Edit. 

iinre  from  the 
from  G4>or|i(«- 
left  S.  E.  from 
ind  .1  fiilhomN ; 
u  ship,  at  the 

>age  833)  S.  ^ 
e  entrnnce  of 
the  ooiith  en* 
,  Hiid  3  leagues 
iorgctowii  en- 
and  although 
ert  is  no  rcnl 
ppenrs,  wheu 
I. 

nn  shoid,  you 
liirrow  island, 
fincoon  K  jys, 
As  there  i«*  a 
J  of  bull's  i^l- 
ny,  or  BnlTs 
ere  are  shoals 
nchor  near  to 

larLeston  bar, 
.  and  the  dis- 
!wee  bay  and 
island.  Flats 
re  regular. — 
land,  you  will 
! ;  and,  when 
ind,  you  are 
his  bank  than 


n  running  in 
ance  at  sea, 
9  baryoumay 
:he  entrance 
ight- house  to 
I  clear  of  the 
between  the 
according  as 

rs  or  9  leagues, 
le  time  of  dark- 
igues,  when  the 
as  one  to  forty- 
id  in  the  middle 
otf  low  tide,  on 


/•«. ,  /'.,,.,  f.i  / 


/  ntinii',,/  /.'•!    M.    .  /« 


„„    /.'  .1./  /f/,/ 


^^;;  ■:■.•••.'•■.■■;■;•;•'••''  ft*'- V 


ihtirhfhn  ChtixhM  itppfunni)  tr  A'hi/AH.mi rf  .fui/i't ant  l/Arrr  will  hf  .J>  J-afhttnJ 
IV  t'li'/Ai   H.nttle.fniik( 


Churhthn  CAimhtf  afpfamuj  te Snttixw ard  ct'  Suttnant  I.viu  <ltor  Hi,    ii ,uMr  ,Vnnit 


\  \ 


\ 


Uf^ke,    St. 


.\,»  ),'i/       I'lthli.ikal  h%i   h.biwnd  M.Hlimt,  ffr  H'.llivktr 


k' 


10E(Kt 


Blunt*!  AmericBii  Coast  Pilbt. 


235 


the  (i<l«  tmy  ht.  Follow  the  iibof«  countf ,  ttiking  ciir%4hnt  the  tide  oif 
flood  does  not  act  joii  on  the  north  brenkur,  till  you  c omo  within  htlf  « 
mile  of  the  liKht*bou«c,  when  you  miiy  nnrhor  in  .)  ruthom^  water.  Buoys 
ure,  in  fcneml,  plioed  on  the  Imr,  in  I'J  iect  water  nt  low  tide.  The  buoyt 
are  black. 

There  in  nnothrr  nhip  ehnnnci  to  the  soiithwnrd  of  thtH,  called  Law 
ford'it  channel,  whom  you  will  have  from  10  to  12  iVct,  according  n*  tlin 
tide  may  be.  In  going  into  thia  chnnrfti,  the  course  i«  N.  N.  VV.  There 
in  a  buoy  here  also.  This  anchorngc  is  called  Fivc-fnthom  hole,  but  it 
hiu  DO  more  than  3^  fathoma.  From  tlienco  your  counto  in  about  N.  by 
K.  3(  mile*,  in  6  or  8  fathoms  water,  which  will  carry  you  ahreatt  of 
Cumming's  point ;  when  this  point  bears  west,  half  a  mile  distant,  niMt 
N.  N.  VV,  fur  the  S.  W.  part  of  Sullivan's  Island  ;  you  will  have  from  7  to 
10  fathoms  water.  You  may  go  within  a  quarter  of  a  mile  of  Sullinb't 
island,  as  it  is  bold.  Your  course  from  thence  to  Charleston  is  about  W. 
4  N.  and  the  distance  4^  or  5  miles.  When  you  bring  Hog  island  to  bear 
si.  and  Fort  Johnson  to  bcai  S.  by  W.  yuu  are  up  with  the  custern  end  of 
the  Middle  gvourti!,  whic'.i  you  mu*.  not  go  neart'r  to  than  3  fathoms. 
You  may  then  steer  heartjf  W.  keeping  in  I  or  6  fathoms  water,  which 
will  carry  you  between  the  Marsh  or  SuiutS  folly  and  the  Middle  ground. 
This  channel  isflarr^w,  not  beinir  more  than  »  ^luirter  of  a  nule  broad, 
as  the  flats  lie  off  from  Shot's  folly  one  quort^r  of  a  mile .  Oontinu* 
your  West  course  till  yon  come  up  to  the  town,  ilfeei'e  you  mav  anchor  in 
6  or  6  fathoms  water.  In  running  up  from  SulUvan's  island,  stund  no 
nc  rer  to  the  southward  than  till  you  come  into  3  fathooot,  for  fear  of  tb« 
spit  (a  Middle  ground  that  lief  off  to  the  N.  C.  and  £.  (Von  Fort  John- 
son's point)  as  far  aftCummingn'  point,  nor  to  the  northward  nearer  than 
3  or  4  fathoms. 

After  sailing  from  Sullivan's  island,  as  before  directed,  you  rnuet,,  if 
bound  through  the  S.  W.  channel,  or  by  Fort  Johnson!s  point,  bring  the 
point  of  land,  on  which  the  fort  is,  to  bear  S.  S.  W.  and  run  dire^.tly  for 
it,  where  you  will  have  from  4  to  6  fathoms.  When  abreast  of  this  point, 
direct  your  course  about  N.  W.  by  W.  in  6  and  7  fathoms,  aboat  oimi 
mile,  or  till  you  bring  &  point  of  woodland  to  the  northward  of  the  town 
of  Cooper's  river  to  bear  N.  N.  W.  when  you  may  run  N.  W.  by  N. 
aboat  one  mile,  which  will  carry  you  up  to  the  town,  and  anchor  as  abov« 
directed. 

You  may  see  Charleston  li^ht-house,  in  clesu*  weather,  in  10  fathoms 
water.  The  winds  on  the  soundings  govern  the  current.  Var.  4^  £.  i8Ld. 

[0^  See  the  Plate.] 

w  ■ 

NOTE. — At  St.  MichaePs  church  steeple  has  been  newly  painted  a  very  brilliant 
white,  and  can  be  seen  20  miles  at  sea,  maiiners  are  informtd  of  the  circumstance  to 
prevent  \aj  mistake. 


Orders  and  regulations  for  the  port  of  Charleston,  (S.  C.) 

The  harbaiU'Taster  of  the  port  shall  keep  an  office  at  some  convenient  plaee,  to  whtsh 
all  persons  having  buvinese  wit'.,  him,  may,  at  any  tiioe,  i-ep(\ir  between  the  rising  anil 
setting  of  I'ob  sen,  and  in  some  cons{iicnaus  part  of  said  office  he  shall  affix  tllj]  r^i)l«i 
tions  of  the  harbour,  copies  of  which  he  shall  cause  to  ba  furnisbsd  to  each  eaptaio  of 
commander  of  a  vessel,  immediatuly  on  his  arrival.  .  , 

No  ship  or  vessel  shall  be  allowed  tc  haul  into  any  dock  or  to  a  wharf,  upon  any  {m- 
taace  whatevtr,  until  her  yards  are  top'd,  jib  and  spanker  bcoms  riggtd  lUf  spritsail  y  tods 


236 


BFunt^6  American  Coast  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


ii 


It 


i 


for*  mil  »tl,  iiiiH  Mj^h  •mhort  n*  are  not  in  um,  on  llt«  fnracaitlf   rt«i.k,  nt  tuck  oibai 
pari  of  th>^  ««iiel  at  not  utubilruil  nihar  /ttMli  paiiln|  liar  itilai. 

i'ha  liarh'tiir-maalar  ihall  hava  full  pnwnr  anil  Huilmrlljr,  itiid  ha  tt  haraliy  raaiiirrH  lo 
order  Rn<l  cllrrri  ih«<  nnchnrlng  ami  niofirliiK  nf  nil  «)<uaU  coming  into  |H>ri,  a*  iii»n  in  A« 
llirtr  proper  birih't  aii<l  iiptti  a|i|illraiinn  In  ordrr  any  vaitnl  In  hallaal,  li|hi,  nr  (tilling 
In  ca(|(oa»  at  Hny  <  i  iti«<  whnrvri,  to  >.lnrk  thrir  f)ii>t  iiixl  i(iva  nn  Intiila  hirlh  to  a  loiKieil 
valval  i  providi'il  tli.il,  iii  Iha  (lina  nl  iha  ap|ilti  ution,  ibrin  thall  li«  no  nihitr  liirlh  varani, 
or  n«  luilabii'  ni  thit  whurl  in  )|Uft«iiiMt,  nr  tii  'h*!  udjoininii  whurvcn— and  IhnI  nnloiidaij 
vaMel  ha  allnwrd  niorr  ihiin  trn  duy«  for  llin  diictiwrgr  of  hrr  riirKn,  li  li  furlhar  efi- 
Jotnrd  on  ll)«  liurboiu-inHttar,  In  Ink*  ntra  tbnt  no  vataal  hf  iiorinlliad  in  reinnin  nl  tiii- 
chor  in  tlia  river,  within  Iho  dikianva  uf  Afty  lalboinii  Ironi  ihu  uiitvriiKiii  vgiicl  lyinn  at 
•nv  of  iha  wlinrveii. 

if  iinjr  raplnln,  romtnnndar,  nr  nwnar  nf  any  vphtI,  thall  rrfiiia  lo  nnrlior,  moor  or 
alack  hit  litkU  ui  iifort'iittbl,  wbcii  ra(|uirrd  so  lo  do  by  llie  Inirbour-niaiiter,  It  ihuli  \»' 
th*  Hilly  of  tlij  iiildharbour-mitiitiir  luimedlitiiily,  and  wll!ioiit  dulnyi  lo  |irocur«  the  na- 
caiiary  iiid  mid  ii^iiitniiio  to  unclior,  mooi,  or  dark  thn  fiutit  of  nuid  vniisri,  and  Iha  ax< 
p«n|B  thori'hy  Itirorrrd,  to  vbiir|{«  to  tlie  riiplain,  romiiinndcr,  nr  owiirr  tliurrnf,  nnd  i| 
Iha  lama  b«i  not  piiid  wllliin  ttvoiity-fonr  hour*  alter  thi'tr  itein^  fitrnUherl  with  thf 
•mnuiii,  tut  h  rhnrge  iliull  be  recoverable  in  the  iiilerinr  city  court,  nt  the  iii'xl  lerin 
tlioreiifier,  with  lull  coklt,  wllliout  tlii>  ri((ht  of  imparlanre. 

Till*  dorki  and  rlinnnelt  of  the  hnrbour  thall  be  under  the  dirrclioii  uf  the  linrbniii- 
mattari  who  in  hereby  required  lo  prevent  any  hnllaii  or  ruhbitb  being  thrown  thorelii. 
and  to  keep  the  tania  open  Rnd  free  rrnin  nbitriirtinn ;  and  every  (letaoiK  or  pvrimni  of- 
fendinK  in  the  preinitct.  it  and  are  hereby  niado  li^ible  to  be  fined  in  the  turn  uf  twenty 
dnllnrit  for  Kvury  tuchnrTenro,  with  cutit,  to  be  nicovHied  in  the  inferior  oily  <;uurl,  wiih- 
onl  ihif  right  nf  iinpnrlonre  :  and  the  hnrbuur-inntler,  n»  n  roinpa|itnllon  for  iiii  at- 
lendanci*  to  prntecute  tui(|  lullt,  nhajl  bo  entitled  lo  ioci*ivo  one  nnlf  nf  all  tlie  Aiica 
to  recovered  ;  the  other  half  lo  go  to  the  ute  of  Ilia  ciiy  ;  nnd  ihe  taid  hnrboiir- 
matlvr  it  lieraby  declared  »good  witneit,  in  nil  caiur,  noiwilhttaiiding  he  may  bo  ihv 
inforiiKir. 

If  any  pnrtnn  nrpariont  thnll  molett  nr  attempt  tonbsiriiot.^ho  hnrbnur-innttir  in  the 
axecution  of  the  duliti  of  hit  office ;  all  and  every  tucb  porton  or  per»ont  nhnll,  upon 
conviction  in  the  Inferior  city  court,  bo  liable  to  be  lined  in  Uis  tuin  of  ^Udollari,  and  all 
coitt  attending  the  tui:.  i 

The  harbuur-maiter  shall  hi*  amnnnblu  for  all  .«iicli  loKset  fit  diallnrite  throui(li  hiinr- 
gleet,  and  upon  hit  omitting  to  poifurni  lliu  retnective  dutiut  niiki^ticd  him  by  tbii  nrnnr 
other  ordinance,  he  tbnil  forfeit  and  pay,  for  the  ute  of  the  city,  the  lumof  Iwciiiy  dnl- 
lari,  for  every  luch  offtMicu,  upon  conviction  in  the  inferior  riiy  court,  with  cpajii,  and 
•hall  be  linble  to  be  ditinitted  at  any  time,  fur  uiiy  cuute  or  mutter  which  to  tli^counvil 
shall  appear  tufficient.  * 

The  harbour-matter  thall  take  all  lawful  means  in  prevent  noKrnei  and  othtt  tlave* 
iMing  ciiindettinely  or  illegally  carried  away  in  any  ship  oi  vettel  from  thii'Dort ;  ond.lo 
secure  them  in  the  w>.:k-houge  for  the  ute  of  the  owner,  who  thall  pay  a  reward  of  Ubm 
dollatt  to  the  harbour-mnttor,  fnr  every  luch  negro  or  other  tiave  soiecured  at  aforisiAid, 
and  every  rontlable  or  conttablet  aiding  and  attitting  in  the  Inking  nnd  tecuring  tutH 
negro,  thall  be  entitled  to  receivb  from  the  cwnl^r  aforefiMd  five  dollnri  each  ;  hi&I;1u 
cate  of  refuNnl  on  iho  part  of  the  ownor,  the  partiet  thall  recover  the  t ume  in  iIm  itiferibe 
city  court,  with  full  cotts.  , 

To  prevent  paupert  and  others,  who  are  likely  to  become  ^  chargi:  nnd  burthen  to  the 
community,  from  being  brought  into  this  city  from  any  of  flwUnited  Status,  oV  from  nny 
foreign  country  ;  that  every  mailer  of  a  vcisel  nniving  aMbe  port  of  Charleston,  bhalJ, 
as  toon  at  he  has  entered  hit  vctsel  with  the  collector  uf  the  cutlnini,  d«|ivcr  to  the  mat- 
ter of  the  said  port  of  Charleston  n  perfect  list  or  certificate,  under  hit  hand,  of  thr 
christian  and  surnames  of  nil  passengers,  as  well  liervants  at  others,  brout|[bt  in  such  sliip 
or  vessid,  and  their  ciVtumilfaiices,  so  far  as  he  knows,  noting  their  placet  or  nativity,  or 
residence  ;  and  their  nccupatinn  or  profession,  and  whether  he  considers  such  passenger 
nr  passengers  as  likely  to  become  burthentomc  lo  the  community,  on  pain  of  forfeiting 
the  sum  nf  ten  dollars  for  every  passenger  whose  name  he  shall  omit  in  enter  ia  such  list 
or  certificnte,  to  be  recovered  in  the  inferior  city  court,  in  the  same  manner  as  all  finob 
and  forftfitnres  have  heretofore  been  recoverable.  And  should  it  so  happen,  that  any  pus- 
sangM  or  passengers  so  titvught  in,  is  nr  arc  likely  to  become  a  burthen  in  Ihe  city  ;  if  such 
persnn'or  persons  shall  irfuse  to);ive  security,  or  cannot  procuio  sufficient  security  or  secu- 
rities to  become  bound  fnf  his  sa  ving  the  city  from  such  charge  ;  in  such  case  the  master  ol 
the  vessel  In  which  such  person  or  persons  came,  shall  nnd  he  is  hereby  oliliged  nnd  re(iuiicd 
to  send  him,  her,  or  them,  out  of  the  city  Qg<«in,  within  the  space  of  three  months  noKt 
after  their  arrivaJ,  or  otherwise  to  give  security,  lo  indemnify  and  keep  the  city  free  from 
oil  charge,  for  the  relief  and  support  of  suc^  pauper  or  paupers,  \inless  such  person  tt, 


•^ 


or  luck  oibtf  ^ 

lijr  rtaiiirrH  )'> 


10  B<Iit. 


Bluiif  ti  American  Cuont  i*iU)t. 


237 


Crxiiii  wa*  h«fofe  an  tiihabtitxl  m  ihit  «l.ii»,  or  ilinl  lonia  tiiArmily  hA|»p«ii«>(l  In  likmoi 
r  iluiing  Ui«  imtiaaa  |  niid  Ihu  liaibiMiiinn*U'r  tif  lh«  |Miit  ot  ChnikiiDii  u  htiaby  r«< 
autrfrf  lo  notify  in  all  mailt r»  ol  vfl»»«U  rninrliii  ihU  pnii  ihr  purp<irl  of  ilia  abova  clauiti 


.  Tha  liaiboui-irailar  •liall  havn  auihoiily  tn  ap|>olni  una  or  mora  il«>|iuh«i,  lo  b#  njv 
provail  ol  by  Iha  iiiiaiidatil,  wlio  »liall  luke  Ilia  •uiiitj  iiaUi  <>t  ulTira  a*  liiiit»«lf,  itnd  b«  ■ul*- 
|ari  for  Ilia  taina  |wnaliia«  fur  iia||;lt:i'i  ul  dmy. 


cfior,  moor  or 


8  hnrvd,  of  tin* 


Fiuin  Charlcbton  bar  io  *Port  Uuyal. 

From  f)  fiithoma  wuter  cflT  Chiirloaton  bnr  to  North  Ediiinto  inirt,  the 
ronrae  \n  S.  W.  bv  W.  A  VV.  amlttn'  diataiice  ')J  lenguva  ;  tiiia  courHc  will 
cnrry  von  cUmi*  ot  tlif*  ahoah  which  liu  otf  Stoiio  iulct,  which  liu  further 
oft'  thiin  any  that  arc  in  yiiiir  wav  to  E<Uli«to.  Stono  inlet  in  ahoiit  two 
leaguoN  from  thu  Hoiith  channel  ol  CharleMon  ;  hctwcvn  thrni  Im>  two  I^U 
iindH,  vi/.  Morria  inland,  on  which  the  hi(ht-hoiiK«'  ittanJa,  and  tht>  inland 
called  the  Cothn  iHland.  With  the  liKht-hoiiNM  open  of  the  C'uiHn  iHl  ind, 
you  will  go  clear  ot'thc  Stono  ahoalit,  in  (i  I'athoaiM  water  ;  but  it' you  shut 
the  light-hnufie  in  with  the  Collin  idland,  you  will  nut  have  more  than  6^ 
Cathoms  ofT  Stono  nhoaU  :  you  wiU  pass  close  to  the  breakers,  and  conse- 
tpiently  be  in  danger ;  tl#  breakers,  '"dess  Ibc  se»*f  be  smooth,  shew 
where  the  shoal  is.  In  Stono  inlet  there  are  !)  or  lU  feet  of  water,  at  low 
water,  but  it  was  not  much  frequented  until  Charleston  was  blocked,  in 
the  year  1775. 

From  Stono  inlet  to  North  Eddisto  inlet,  Ihc  course  '\%  S.  W.  by  W.  ^ 
W.  and  the  distaikco  1 1  miles  ;  between  them  the  «*oundingH  are  regular, 
and  the  shoalingflfVhen  you  are  coming  from  the  oiling  towards  the  shore, 
are  very  gradual  ;  the  b«r  off  North  Eddisto,  and  the  shoaU  which  are 
coDti^uoua  to  it,  lie  oir  about  4  or  5  miles  from  the  land.  Cloic  to  the 
bar  and  shoals  there  are  3  and  4  fathoms  water  ;  on  the  bar,  there  are  9 
or  10  feet  nt  low  water.  South  Eddisttf  is  3  leagues  W'.  S.  \V.  from  North 
Eddisto.  The  shore  of  the  islands,  which  lie  between  them,  may  bo  ap- 
proached with  your  lead,  without  danger.  The  shoaliugs  toward  it  arc 
gt^ual. 

If  bound  to  the  southward  or  northward,  and  obliged,  through  stre!<!i  of 
weather,  to  nf^kc  a  harbour  in  North  Eddicto,  you  must,  when  within 
about  6  miles  of  the  land,  open  a  tree  (which  resembles  an  unibrcllu)  with 
the  south  point  of  the  harbour,  and  then  steer  in  N.  VV.  without  any  dan- 
ger, and  anchor  in  6  fathoms  water,  on  the  northern  side  of  the  harbour. 
[The  tide  here  is  very  rapid.]  In  the  harbour,  4  miles  west  from  anchor- 
age, you  may  get  good  water. 

When  you  are  coming  from  sea  for  Port  Royal  harbour,  you  should 
get  into  the  latitude  of  St.  Michael's  head,  which  is  32°  o'  N.  then  steer 
west  for  the  bead,  and  when  you  come  within  15  leagues  of  it,  you  will 
have  from  20  to  25  fathoms  water.  Continue  your  west  course  until  you 
make  the  land,  which  you  will  do,  if  the  weather  be  clear,  at  a  distance 
of  6  leagues  in  12  fathoms  water.  The  land  hereabouts  is  generally  low, 
but  the  trees  arc  high.  Fort  lloyul  entrance  is  known  by  a  small  grove 
of  trees,  which  stand  on  the  north  side  of  it,  and  tower  above  all  the 
other  trees,  like  a  high  crowned  hat ;  hence  this  grove  is  called  the  Hat 


*  Port  Koyal  it  61eaguea  N.  E.  ^  £.  from  Tybee  liglu-hnu&e,  at  liie  entrance  of  Sa- 
vannah river,  uud  has  a  liarbour  sufficient  to  contain  ihu  lurgett  fleet  in  the  (vorM. 


•  I 


I 


(■ 


li 


$38 


Blunft  American  CoMi  Pilot. 


10  Edit 


•t  Port  Ro^mI.     CAntinitr  tn  ii(^<ir.  im  Wfoi^  lt<*f ptaff  ymir  Itad  gohig  «»• 


Ul  jrou  f»t  into  0  IhUioiih  ivB(««r,  tviMn  yuii  will  l>e  about  3  ka^iiai  jrni 
St.  Michnrl'M  hrad.  You  may  Ihni  •t«#»r  ii  |iointtoth«  •uutJiWMrU  ofwrMt, 
until  jrou  got  into  fi  rMtbuni*  watir  ;  tlieii  ntnrr  more  •oiilliprly,  taking 
cure  not 40  bring  Ht.  MiriNiri'a  brml  to  thn  nnrtbwurd  ttf  S,  Vf.  by  S. 
QDtil  yoo  •«•«  tb**  grout  north  brcukar,  rulliMl  Hob''*  Carp,  riote  to  wbi«  |i 
th«r«  are  4  tiUhunu  witter  ;  tbm  ahoiil  imuit  be  loft  on  the  •t.irMard  •!•(«. 
Atjroii  appronrb  tbi*  breiiki<r,  from  ihf  nortbwnnt,  yon  will  nco  .f.f  Mier 
breaker  to  tb«  Muutbwin*!.  calltMl  MiirtMrit  Intinttry  ;  between  ibtMe  two 
brtaken  lie*  th«  entrance  of  tbe  channel  into  Port  Uoyul  harbour,  which 
is  about  H  mile  wUlo.  Tiie  ninrk  to  go  rl«Hr  of  the  north  breaker  in,  n 
pnveol  of  high  trtei  which  aUnd  near  tb«  mouth  of  the  river  May,  and 
•p|Mar  like  an  iaJand,  kept  juat  open  of  Klixnbeth  point.  Vour  courne 
through,  hctWMD  the  two  aboHlk,  is  W.  ^  N.  or  W.  by  N.  in  this  chnn- 
Ml  there  art  not  Il>«i  than  ai  or  4  fathoin*,  iit  low  water.  Continue  to 
Wcr  ns  aforosaid,  betwt<vn  the  two  breakers,  until  you  bring  Phillip's 
^int  to  bc*ar  N.  N.  W.  tfien  steer  directly  for  it,  and  you  will  have. 
«•  voo  proceed,  9,  0,  mmI  7  fathoms  water.  When  you  are  abreast  of 
Phmip's  point,  gire  it  n  smiill  birlh,  and  steer  up  N.  by  W.  ^  W.  in  (i 
,on(l  5  fatboma  water  ;  in  the  latter  depth  you  may  anchor  in  a  very  safe 
harbour. 

There  is  also  a^bannei  between  Kfartin's  l|Mustry  and  Uaskin  bank, 
nailed  the  South  channel,  in  whirli  there  ore  not  less  than  12  feet  ut  low 
water.  Inordor  to  gain  through  this  channel,  you  mnst,  when  in  7  fa* 
thorns  water,  bring  Hilton's  head  to  be^r  N.  W.  by  N.  and  tlion  steer  with 
an  ebb  tide  N.  W.  and  with  a  flood  tide  N.  W.  bv  N.  until  Phillip's  point 
bean  H .  by  W.  |  W.  You  may  then  steer  for  the  Pfli^  utd  proceed  as 
before  directed.  'liP' 

About  3|  miles  9.  E.  from  Hilton's  hciul,  and  4  m\e§  S.  by  K.  from 
Phillip's  pohit,  lies  the  east  end  of  the  Joiner's  bank  ;  it  thence  extend* 
W.  N.  W.  about  <!  miles,  and  has  31  fathoms  on  it  at  low  waiter.  Hilton's 
iMad  is  on  the  south  ride  of  the  MrboUr,  and  is  a  higher  bluff  point  of 
Itod  than  nny  thereabouts. 

.  Tvboe  inlet  Uaa  6  leagues  S.  W.  i  W.  from  the  entnmce  of  P6rt  Ro^rnl 
^oth  channel ;  between  them  is  Hilton's  head  island  \  it  is  large,  ferlilo, 
Mid  w«U  inhabited.  From  this  island  the  Gaskin  bank  eitends  about  8 
milos  on  the  broadest  part.  You  may  proceed  along  this  htjfik  in  5  fathomo 
wator.  .      *  ••     . 

Some,  when  bound  to  Port  Royal,  reckon  it  beat  t»  mako  tho  land 
aboutirXyboo,  because  the  light-house  roaket  that  part  of  tbe  coast  dia- 
tinguishable  from  a.iy  other  part;  Tybee  inlet  is  the  entranco  of  Savaow 
nah  river.  Ships  which  dmw  14  or  15  feet  water,  may  go  Ih  at  Tybee, 
and  proceed  through  laml  to  Beaufort  in  Port  Royal  islands,  and  from 
^eanfort,  vessefc  lof  8  or  9  feet  water  may  go  through  land  to  Chwles- 
ton«  From  Charleston,  vessels  drawing  7  or  8  lect  watorf  maj  g» 
through  land  to  the  river  Medway,  in  Georgia,  which  lies  30  miles  ioutfa 
of  Savannah. 

•  On  this  const  it  is  observed,  that  N.  E.  easterly,  and  S.  E.  winds  cause 
higher  tides  than  other  winds,  and  also  somewhat  alter  their  course.  At 
Port  Roy<d  entrance  the  tide  flows  db  the  change  and  full  davs  of  tbe  ommb, 
dne  i^aarter  past  8  o'clock.  About  6  leagues  from  the  land,  in  12  fathoms 
fri||Dr»  tbo  Bood  sets  strongly  to  the  southward,  and  the  ebb  to  the  north- 
S^i#l ;  farther  of  from  the  shore  there  is  no  tide  at  all.  Ven  to  the  en- 
ieo  of  the  Mbour  tiiere  it  a. strong  indraught,  durii^  the  flood  tide. 


y 


•  I 


10 


rtird  of  wr«t, 
iprly,  taking 

4,  W.  by  N. 

(He  to  whif'ti 

irfmard  ai'l*. 

MCI*  itriotluir 

rii  ib(M«  two 
rbiMir,  which 
tirt'Hk'tr  i»,  n 
er  Way,  wnl 

Your  coort* 
In  tbit  chan* 

Continue  to 
ring  rbilli|>'t 
u  will  btiire, 
re  abrcMt  of 
i.  ^  W.  in  «i 
n  a  very  iale 

Uufkin  bank. 
12  feet  at  low 
yhen  in  7  fa- 
lon  iteer  witli 
Phillip's  point 
nd  proceed  u 

f.  byE.  froM 
lence  exlADd* 
uter.  Hilton*! 
bluff  point  of 

ofP6rtRo;ral 

large,  ferlrio* 

tend*  abotit  8 

k  in  6  falhomn 

laka  th«  land 
tbe  coast  di»- 
met  of  Savant 
>  lb  at  Tybee» 
inde,  and  from 
ad  to  Charlee- 
vater«  majr  K» 
30  tmles  ioutb 

E.  winds  cause 
tir  course.  At 
ys  of  tbe  moon, 
S,in  12fBtbQiDs 
b  to  the  north- 
Near  to  the  en- 
the  flood  tide. 


I 


k 

i 


J\V«.1,»*  l^iMdifit  by  E.M./ilunt,ri>r   /»:  fit'i^ 


;*!<■  fiit-Hslifil  ty  E.Mlilunt,fi>r   IV.  Hoo/uT.  Wit 


i 

i  I 


|if 


10  Edit 

•m 

When  tl 
inonly  cotil 
if  such  wif 
S.  E.  and 

S.  E.  wl 
continue  1< 
begins-  fb 
blow  and 
-to  the  N. 
a  clear  skj 
N.  W.  \^ 
blow  very 
Gale»  01 
lencc  towa 
sea,  with  a 
The  nioi 
N.  W.  vid 
quarters,  t 
Thunder 
they  alway! 
that  no  c;m 
the  greates 
their  violei 


The  enti 

i\orthen>ni< 

navigable  1 

many  of  w 

this  sound, 

and  Corav 

miles  dowi 

6  ftet  wat< 

trance  of  i 

Port  Roya 

The  sound 


4 


Whenc 
22  kagnei 
which  is  • 
Martin**  1 
of  Port  R 
insight; 


■aiiiii  -I* 


■f '  .* 


X 


.«^'' 


10  Edit. 


Blunt* 0  American  Coast  Pilot. 


239 


*  Wimh  and  weaiher  on  the  coast  of  South-Carolina. 


When  the  wind  blows  Iiurd  in  the  N.  E.  quarter,  without  rnin,  it  com- 
inonly  contiimei  to  blow  violent  for  sonic  tiuie,Mrhnp8  3  or  4  days  ;  but 
if  such  wiiids  arc  attended  with  ruin,  they  geiw^nlly  shitl  td  the  K.— rK. 
S.  E.  and  S.  E. 

S.  E.  wiiidH  blow  right  in  on  the  coast,  but  tbey  seldom  blow  dry,  or 
continue  long  ;  in  G,  0,  or  10  hours  afte,'*  their  conimencenient,  the  sky 
begins- lb  look  dirty,  which  soon  produces  ruin.  When  it  c(yne»  to 
blow  and  rain  very  hard,  yuu  may  be  sure  that  the  wind  will  tly  round 
to  the  N.  W.  quarter,  and  blow  very  hard  for  20  or  30  hours,  with 
a  clear  sky.  # 

N.  W.  winds  arc  always  attended  with  clear  weather.  They  sometimes 
blow  very  hard,  but  seldom  do  so  longer  than  30  hours.. 

Gales  on  the  coast  of  South  Caronna  frequently  increa»e  much  in  vio- 
lence toward  their  conclusion,  and  then  break  off  at  once,  leaving  across 
sea,  with  almost  no  wind. 

The  most  lasting  winds  are  those  which  blow  from  the  S.  S,  W.  and  W. 
N.  W.  i^idfroin  the  N.  to  the  E.  N.  E.oWhen  the  wind  is  in  any  of  these 
quarters,  the  weather  is  the  most  settled. 

Thunder  gusts  are  very  common  on  this  coafet  in  the  summer  time  ; 
they  always  come  from  the  N.  W.  quarter,  and  are  somctina|ai  so  heavy 
that  no  canvass  can  withstand  their  fury  ;  they  come  on  so  s^kilenly,that 
the  greatest  precautions  are  necessary  to  guard  against  the  effects  of 
their  violence. 


4 


n 


fe» 


■■>i 

M 


St.  Helena  Sound. 

The  entrance  of  this  sound  lies  betvwen  South  Eddisto  island  and  the 
northernmost  Hunting;  island  ;  it  is  aboat  2  leagues  wide.  This  place  is 
navigable  by  vessels  of  7  or  ff'feet  water  only  ;  it  is  full  of  sand  t^i^ki; 
many  of  which  anre  dry  at  low  water.  Six  rivers  empty  themselves  into 
this  sound,  viz.  South  EMisto,  A^bappo,  Oumbahaw,  Chehaw,  True  Blue, 
and  Corsaw.  Thege#iYfiuitjril  navigable  ;  some  of  them  come  200 
miles  down  the  cauiyM&|i|HHHr  theo^  can  he  navigated  by  vessels  of 
6  ftet  water,  Ar  na^^^^^Hf  ^^0  mifes  from  the  sound.  From  the  en- 
trance of  St.  HeleiHIHIHi^  along  the  Hunting  islands,  to  the  entcance  of 

f,  W.  ^  S.  and  the  distiince  about  5j  le^ues. 
you  will  have  6  or  6  fathoms  water. 


.*^j 


Port  Royal,  the 
The  soundings 


barleston  bar  to  Tybee. 

When  over  the  bar,  in  8  fathoms  water,  the  course  is  S.  W.  distance 
22  kagnes.  As  you  come  near  the  latitude  of  Port  Royal  entrance, 
which  ifl  <32^  8'  ff,  he  careful  to  avoid  a  very  dangerous  shoai,  called 
Bfartin'li  iniilistry  ;  it  lies  4  leagues  from  the  south  side  of  the  entrance 
of  Port  Rojr^,  which  is  the  north  side  of  Hilton  head,  the  highest  lat^ 
in  sight ;  cOfii«;lHi»  newer  ^haa  7  fathoma,  keeping  your  lead  gp^ ;  an£ 


'\ 


iM^i 


210 


Blunts  Ain<*HcBii  Coast  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


'/    -t; 


*' 


it-  ■_ 


in  the  nij^hl  or  thick  weather,  do  not  approach  nearer  than  10  fiithbrnn  ; 
ihc  tide  of  flood  Hots  bohlly  im  When  you  got  to  the  oouthward  of 
Milton  head,  you  will  see  tiie  li(i;ht-houAe  which  stand)*  on  the  island  of 
♦Tyl»(!C. 

If  in  the  light,  and  y^^i  are  to  the  northward  of  Tybee,  be  careful* of 
goins;  nearer  the  G.igkin  bank  than  o  fathoms.  In  freuh  winds,  you  take 
a  pilot  abreast  of  the  light-house — in  moderate  weather,  without  the 
bar.  In  clear  weather  vou  may  see  the  light-house  at  the  distance  of 
12  miles.  "^     •    #  ^ 

Near  the  Gaskin  bank  and  Martin's  Industry,  the  flood  runs  strong  into 
Port  Royal,  to  which  may  be  attributed  the  loss  of  so  many  vessels  on 
these  banks.  ^ 

Off  Tybee  there  are  two  large  coppered  buoys,  one  on  the  tail  of  the 
icnoH  in  two  fathoms  water,  bearing  from  the  light-nouse  N.  N.  W. ;  the 
other  in  4^  N.  E.  by  N.  from  the  light-house,  in  mid-channel,  where  large 
vessels  may  anchor  with  safety  when  wind  and  tide  will  uot  permit  to 
proceed  hi»,her  up. 

Vessels  entering  Savannah  river  must  run  till  the  beacon  erected  on 
Tybee  bears  nearly  with  the  ligh^-house  (the  latter  bearing  west)  ;  and 
then  they  will  cross  the  bar  in  the  best  water.  On  the  bar  is  a  buoy  with 
a  whitu  top,  in  4J  fathoms  water,  distant  4^  miles  from  the  light-house. 
The  deepest  water  is  between  the  buoy  and  the  south  breaker  head, 
[The  bcaclpi  is  a  mast  with  a  black  cask  on  it.] 

On  Savannah  bar  there  are  18  or  r>  feet  at  low  water.  On  the  south 
breaker  there  are  not  more  than  7  or  tJ  feet  water  ;  and  i^  mile  from  the 
light,  it  is  bare  at  low  tide.  Onjthe  north  breaker  there  is  not  less  than 
12  feet  for  the  distance  of  a  mile. 

Atler  getting  into  4  fathoms  water  you  will  be  over  the  bar,  when  you 
must  haul  up  VV.  N.  W.  until  the  light-house  bears  S.  S.  W.  then  anchor. 

The  point  of  shoal  which  runs  down  from  Cockspur  island,  and  sepa- 
rates that  channel  from  the  ship  channel,  bears  N.  ^  W.  from  the 
light,  and  has  not  more  than  6  feet  on  it  at  low  tide^  When  to  the  north- 
ward of  this  point,  the  light  bearing  S.  8.  £.  you  may  anchor  in  4  or  5 
fathoms. 

Vessels  drawing  not  more  than  8  or  9  feet  may  keep  the  light  or  island 
side  on  board,  and  run  into  Cockspur  and  andibr,  as  they  cannot  pass 
tbe  upper  end  of  the  island  until  half  ^^^jberenbeiqg  only  7  or  8  feet 

at  low  tide.  ^       ■  IHw^ilMKi 

There  are  three  bars,  having  froiii^^^m^HH|^oniB,  on  the  back 
of  Tybee  and  Cabbage  island  ;  but  they  areflUHJf  ^^  attempted  but 
in  absolute  necessity. 


Note. — Sailing  into  Savannali  you  will  obsorve  the  fulM^HpArkt  and  buoys,  viz. 
a  large  buoy  lies  on  the  outer  edge  of  the  bar  in  the  deeMaf^H|b'><'ving  all  the  lead- 
ing marks  on  the  beacon  and  light-house  in  one,  baariiiftl^^M^^mtant  4  miles.  Ano- 
ther buoy  lies  in  the  same  direction,  one  mile  within  theb|^^^pird  buoy  li*B  one  mile 
farther  W.  by  N.  from  the  second  ;  a  fourth  buoy  lies  ^'iitHV*  fro"*  the  third  ;  af- 
ter passing  which  there  is  safe  anchorage  for  a  large  fleet,  in«^5  fathoms,  at  low  wa- 
ter, the  light-house  bearing  S.  S.  W.  . 

The  buoys  lie  and  lead  in  the  deepest  water,  having  a  channel  half  a  mile  to  the  north- 
ward, and  one  quaaer  of  a  mile  to  the  southward  of  them  (in  the  narrowest  place) 


*  Tybee  island  lies  at  the  mouth  of  Savannah  river,  to  the  southward  of  the  bar.  It 
is  very  pleasant,  with  a  beautiful  creek  to  the  west  of  it,  where  a  ship  of  any  burthen 
may  lie  safe  at  anchor.  A  light-house  stands  on  the  island,  80  feelhiKbt  containing  a 
fixed  light,  is  17  miles  E.  S.  E.  i  E.  from  Sivannah,  and  6  leagues  S.  W.  \  W.  from  Port 
Royal.    Warsaw  aound  is  forr  ed  by  the  southern  end  of  this  island. 


OEdit. 

hward  of 
island  of 

^arefurof 
^ou  take 
Ihout  the 
stance  of 

rong  into 
csseU  on 

ill  of  the 

W.;  the 

lere  large 

permit  to 

rected  on 
eat)  ;  and 
buoy  with 
ht-hoiise. 
cer  head. 


the  south 
}  from  the 
I  less  than 

when  you 

en  anchor. 

and  sepa- 
from  the 

the  north- 
in  4  or  5 

t  or  island 
annot  pass 
7  or  8  feet 

1  the  back 
impted  but 


d  biioysiviz. 
all  the  lead- 
miles.  Ano- 
liM  one  mile 
le  third ;  af- 
,  at  low  wa- 

to  the  north- 
)west  place) 

'4he  bar.    It 

any  burthen 

coDtaining  a 

W.  from  Port 


«•  btC^i--    Jt, 


ri'TK  u 
SOINI) 


I 'i 


I'lif  A'liuHttt/  Afilf 


Lat  ofth(3iirtv  a<n^/Ai/i<vi  3/"  ^l  .V. 
iZ.viy     ". ^^   ^""  «' 


I       t 


/ 


»5 

'     /      rut,  ^''^  v' 


.iT.^ 


'  Hljjit  dtlf- 


NEW-V^.>RK,  PUBLISHED  B  Y  F..M.B  LUN  T:  Dr  V/ 


•  ^* 


/t^*V\- 


1 — • — 


/',/,//•  •'// 


« 


-svMsam^B^p^ 


lAUAKITA  1 


"^ 


.1."' . 


31 

V  ri 


,) 


7j 


»/ 


''"*•. 


•'-v' 


<> 


la 


is 


'.'•5  X  tth 


'""•<.    V 


..ry^'V 


\  II    ISiltimi      ,1 

4  7v 


lo  /.I  M  ?«'  V  > 


n     ''     /..    '^•"' 


''/, 


"^r- 


ISHED  BY  K.M.Y^LUNT.  lor    vV^.  TIO  >)KK  R  ,  \%2i. 


rwn—    T- 


-/A...A-/->-.j;i^,{j| 


w 


r. 


it' 


fc:  r 


^J^^< 


%  •    '4 


72>t>^^ 


Vv>^^' 


■/w: 


r 


Va 


j.//-^ 


/vx-x 


■f 


,,^  v>/m. 


N 


i.^ 


k 


S     I 


vn:; 


K-'  >C 


!^. 


J 


ifr.- 


\ 


js;^ 


*4t 


^  10  fidit  Bliint*8  Aperzcan  Coast  Pilot.  ti  1 

Hatarly  the  uiiM  <t«pth  of  WBt«r»  ind  tkcro  ara  90  r««t  on  lb*  bar  «t  lowMl  lUtt  i  y«u 
I   mty  Mil  ekU)*r  lide  of  Uio  buoyi. 


•  • 


[0^|Sr«  (A«  P/a<f.) 


T^bee  creek  Hm  1 1  feet  ^roogh  it  at  low  wuter. 
^  Forty  mWe-^  louth  of  Suvannah  lien  Sunbury,  a  port  of  erUry,  nt  th« 
heed  or  St.  Catharine'!  dound,  between  Mcdway  md  ^Newport  rivet*, 
abuut  ib  nilcH  S.  of  Ogeeche  river.  There  is  a  but  here,  but  the  hu- 
buur  ia  capacious  and  »afe,  and  has  wiiter  sutlicicnl  for  shipe  oi  great 
burthen. 

Wasjiaw  has  10  feet  on  the  bar,  but  it  is  too  intricate  for  strangers. 


Directiotis  for  Hogoheehee  Riven       « 

Hosaba  bar,  at  the  mouth  of  the  riVcr  Hogoheehee,  has  18  feet  wettr 
on  it,  to  cro«8  which,  bring  Qreen  island  to  bear  N.  W.  by  W.  steer  10*11^. 
by  V.  ^  you  deepen  your  water,  then  haul  up  N.  W.  by  N.  and  you  will 
noon  get  HI  8  or  9  fathoms,  when  jnMir  eye  and  lead  will  be  your  best  di- 
rections ;  at  the  extremity  of  the  cilannel  you  will  keep  Hosabt  nearest 
on  board,  until  nearly  up  with  t^  loner  part  of  Buxxard  island,  wlktn 
the  chai^jl  will  be  close  under  the  starboard  shore. 

Oreen  i*4land  (the  seat  of  hospitality)  if  much  higher  land,  has  talker 
timber  thnu  the  surrounding  forests,  containing  several  hundred  acres, 
covered  with  pine,  which  generally  has  a  greenish  appearence. 


St.  Catharine^B  Bar, 

Which  is  difficult  for  str  "^ers,  lies  one  mile  s^th  of  the  north  point 
of  the  island,  has  but  8^  feet  at  low  tide  ;  channel  not  more  than  800 
yards  wide,  the  shoals  generally  dry  each  side  of  the  bar.  It  is<ibetter 
lor  vessels  bound  to  Newport,  Sunbury,  or  up  these  streams,  to  enter  at 
Sappella  or  Hosaba,  and  go  the  inland  passage,  which  is  not  difficult. 


'h 


i 


Directions  for  Darien. 

Doboy  bar  li«8  in  Int.  31»  21'  N.  long.  Sl^  34'  W.  Vessels  making  the 
land,  when  in  6  or  6  ftthoms  water,  will,  during  cldar  weather,  see  the 
beacoQ  on  Wolf  island,  which  must  be  brought  to  bear  W.  |  S.  Run 
exactly  in  thia  co«NCfie  till  the  buoy,  on  the  outer  edge  of  the  bar,  is  made, 
which  may  be  passed  on  either  sid«w  Continue  this  W.  ^  S.  course  Ull 
near  the  iiwer  buoy^  opposite  the  north  breaker.  In  pasaii^  them,  tlM 
nor  A  breaker  is  to  be  kept  on  the  starboard  and  the  buoy  onthe  larboii^ 
hand,  taki|g  car^  at  l^e  same  tike  that  the  flood  tite  d^v  not  set  lh,<l  vet- 
MbI  on  Hie  n>i^  breaker.    Id  rminiw  tfais^Marfe,^!!^  W  ^  -"^^■'*"-  *^- 

•t  low  watftlr.   W|ti^pfewatortt» 


^  ltOtlea»ti)^D  12feet:niwT*  w««n.     fT«npf)qmui  in«  n 

*  from  it  Ujiile  in  a  direction  exacdv  H.  WM  W.  wher« 

.     u  ■■■- 


m 


j^'\ 


•ji^^ll^lf'r 


ti9. 


BluntV  American  C^t  Pilot. 


UIJ&lTt  . 


)•  caci'llrnt  in  4  fiithofna  tl  low  wit«r,  nHich  will  bring  lh«  vMsrl  in  tbi»  • 
Vi(  inity  •>!  ttu*  *light-hoiiN<>.     Tl*«  nenp  luie  obb*  7  fert.  « 

'I'hi!  t«>llowiiig  JM  tli«!  (lrplh«  of  wQlwr,  Wurinipi  und  diNUncei  of  two 
^M<*3r*«  pl<t(^«(l  in  uoboy  iiil<>t.  landing  to  Derien,  (ieorKiM  :  *  ', 

Buoy  No.  I,  •iiiiti  III  18  ftti>(  wntiT  at  lo^v  wiiter,  on  ttii>  otitrr  rdgn  of 
thp  liiir,  hrtiriiiK  K.  |  N.  fioin  l)i<*  iiiniron  o.i  Wolfialuiid,  .Mj  mileti  diaUnt,    k 
and  4^  mik'n  from  (ht  H.  point  of  Hn».«iio,  in  nn  E.  S.  K.  direction. 

Hiioy  No.  2,  iiink  in  91  fvet  \  lOW  watrr,  (rfTlhr  north  hrnihcr- 

lleadf  benring  K.  i  N.  from  the  bea« on  aforrmiid  iibout  V|  mileN.iiiid  in  m 
$»  H.  by  K.  drrection,  ^^  niilf>it  from  the  Hooih  point  nffiupcllo.  Thia  buoy 
If  S.  K.  by  K.  ^  K.  fi^  niilffi  firm  Doboy  itlaiid,  and  from  the  ino«t  south 
»rn  part  of  the*  north  bn>ak(>r  (»iia*third  of  •  oiiU  VV.  by  S.  |  S. 


\t:' 


Tybcc  to  St.  8iiuoni9. 

Rrhig  Tybcc  liKht-hovue  to  hear  N.  VV.  in  10  futhomH  wotor,  thenttcer 
8.  Vf.  bv  S.  distance  24  Icai^uei,  to  go  clear  of  the  ithoal  uf  8t.  feiinMini. 
Krhich  liei  oflTSt.  8imou)i  K.  S.  E.  4  leagaca.  There  arc  4  and  6  fathoms 
cloA^to  thin  ■hoiit;  to  avoid  whith,  romc  no  nearer  than  0  or  D  fathoms. 
The  inland  of  t-^t.  Simonn  in  on  the  north  Hide  of  the  sound  or  harbour  ol' 
the  itamc  name,  whicli  liefl  in  lat.  31^  Ul'  N.  and  may  be  known  by  four 
trecH  Htanding  thutt,  tt  1 1-  On  the  louth  side  of  that  harbour  lieu 
Jekyll  itilaiid,  on  which  are  r>'markable  trees,  appearing  like  umbrellas, 
Mnd  theiK  e  called  the  umbrella  trees.  .St.  .Simons  and  Jekyll  island  beacheii 
are  remnrliably  white.  The  bar  at  the  entrance  of  St.  Simon's  sounrf 
lies  U  milefl  from  the  light. 


u  .. 


^     Other  directions. 


'ferfr^gthe  light-house  on  St.  Simons  to  bear  W.  N.  W.  ttortherfy,  and 
Atecr  tight  for  it  until  yoii  get  within  the  bar,  which  will  be  known  by  the 
southern  extremity  bf  Jekyll  inland ;bearing  S.  W.  by  S.  you  will  give  the 
point  of  the  light-house  a  birth  of  about  n  cable's  iength. 

The  tide  of  ilood  nets  S.  8.  W.  and  the  ebb  N.  N.  E.  It  flows  at  full 
tm<l  chrtni^e,  at  St.  riimon's  bar,  E.  S.  E.  and  VV.  N.  W.  7  h.  30  m. 

From  St.  Simons  to  St.  Johns  the  flood  sets  S.  by  VV.  and  ebb  N.  by  E. 

The  tide  flows  on  the  change  and  full  days  of  the  moon,  as  follows,  viz. 
in  the  Sound  9  o'clock  ;  on  the  bar,  half  past  7  o'clock ;  and  in  theoffiog, 
three-quarters  past  6  o'clock. 


*  The  light  liouBC  is  orectod  nn  the  south  point  of  Sapcllo  iitand.  The  lauieui  it  •!•- 
VateU  74  feet  ttbovu  the  lerel  of  the  saa,  and  cf^ntains  a  revolving  Hghi;  which  rovoWes 
twice  in  every  5  minutec)  during  which  period  the  greatest  power  ol  light,  and  a  total 
darliiiess  will  be  produced  3  tlinbt,  each  alternately,  at  any  diniince  between  10  milci 
and  i  leafrui'S  ;  when  you  apuroach  the  light  within  3  leagues,  it  will  rat  totally  dittrp- 
pear,  but  <he  greatest  etrengtb  of  light,  to  that  of  the  leait,  will  be  at  40  to  L 

To  (littinguish  this  light-house  from  any  btber  on  the  neighbouring  coastslu  the  day,, 
the  tnwer  is  painted  in  iiripes  horise^tally,  red  and  white,  wbid)  gives  it  the  appearance 
Of  a  ship  witn  the  sails  clewed  up.  '*' 

t  A  light-houtie  is  erected  on  the  S.  W.  epii'  of  St.  Slmonl^  Ult/ndy  cobtaliiiMg  a  fixed 
light.    It  is  a  stone  edifice,  M  feet  tdi|b,  tlit4aiiips  60  feet  abovf  wt  kfvel  of  lbs  tea. 


St. 


10  Edit. 


Blunt*t  Anericftn  Coaxt  Vi\oL 


243 


*"•  '"        Directiona  for  Hi.  MuryV  tmd  Amoliu  Bur.         •• 

VcMcU  from  thn  northwanl.  aftrr  pn^inK  Jakyll  iclaml,  tvhirh  liiw  <« 
Ut.  31",  uiiglit  to  kpfl|i  III  7,  (t,  or  f>  f.ilUnmn  wutrr,  iit  wi'ullirr  mid  air.* 
oi'the  v(*M«l  iiiu^  admit.  A«  yon  |ir(ic«i*«t  townrd*  thr  aunthrrii  part  t)f 
rumWorltiiwI  you  will  o|m>ii  DiiuKi'iu'Nii  lloiiiir,  which  m  uhout  1}  milflt 
distiiiit  troin  the  auiith  |Hiiiit  <it'  auid  i«hind,  and  m  the  only  couapiruuin 
InrKc  hiiilding  on  thi<t  ronit,  and  it  hid  hy  the  tm**  wlirn  you  are  to  tha 
iiorthwiird.  Southwnrd  ofthi*  honte  there  ii  ii  np.irc  of  iiliunt  two  mil«tf 
with  no  tree*  on  it,  which  niiikt'H  the  Huuth  point  of  the  itlniid  appaur  (at 
.1  divtHrit'e^  like  an  inland  ot'uhout  two  inilet  in  len((th. 

In  running  nouthwiirdly  for  the  har,  keep  in  (i  or  7  Inthoin*  water,  until 
the  light-hoiuc*  lieaiH  N.  W.  )  W.  then  Nteer  for  it ;  when  on  th«  bar 
there  will  be  Ii  feet  at  low  water  ;  within  the  liar,  where  a  buoy  it  pliKed, 
3  futhoiiia.  Leaving  the  buoy  on  your  Mtarboiinl  hand,  ttcer  N.  W.  by  N. 
3  milea,  which  will  bring  you  on  the  tail  of  tlif  middle  ground,  lying  on 
the  larboard  hand  ;  continuing  thit  coiirNt*,  yo»  will  open  the  pilofn  hou«« 
on  the  nouth  point  of  Amelia,  keeping  in  3  fathoint  water.  When  tho 
«o«th  point  ol  Cumberland  baara  N.  E.  dittniit  hnlf  a  mile,  there  in  good 
anchorage. 

Full  H(>a  at  St.  Mary'*  bar  on  full  and  change  at  hulf  pnat  7  o'cluck, 
•<Iack  water  at  8.     Average  tidea  7  feet. 


if.'' 


St.  Mail's  to  Si.  Johirn. 

The  course  is  S.  ^  E.  distance  8  leagucH  to  St.  John*8  ;  in  making  thia 
place  when  bound  into  St.  Augustine,  there  m  a  roim  'ligh  bluff,  at  the 
south  side  of  tho  river,  known  by  the  name  of  the  Oe  leral's  Mount ;  the 
small  craA  running  in  from  Amelia  to  St.  Auguntine  generally  make  H, 
and  take  their  departure.  On  the  north  ttide  of  the  harltour  ia  'l'al« 
hot  island,  in  length  6  miles ;  it  is  low  and  full  of  trees,  lying  north 
and  south  ;  there  are  IG  feet  water  on  the  bar  at  high  water.  '1  h«  hit* 
itude  is  30**  3'2'  N.  The  St.  John's  is  u  long  and  broad  bay,  which  receives 
the  impressions  of  the  tide  at  mo^e  than  I60inil«4  from  its  mouth,  runoing 
parallel  with  th«  ocaao.  This  bay  atfordH  the  finest  navigation  that  I  am  ac* 
quainted  with  ;  yoiiwill  find  in  all  uartH  of  it,  aAcr  passing  the  bar,  up  to 
the  entrance  of  Lake  George,  2U  lect  water  ;  thi«  Itke,  to  iti  soutb-ea»t 
extremity,  is  upwards  of  10  feet  !•>  depth. 

Lake  George  is  a  little  sea,  of  u<  arly  Hixty  mi1««  circumference,  at  the 
extremity  of  which  is  found  a  bank  of  shells,  on  which  you  have  only  about 
five  feet  w&ter ;  but  at  two  or  three  miles  above  this  the  branches  of  the 
St.  John's  re-unite,  and  a  broad  and  deep  channel  conducts  you  to  a  lake. 
At  full  and  change  it  flows  S.  E.  by  S.  and  N.  W.  bv  N.  9  h.  45  min. 

NoTE.-*The  brig  Young  Maria  struck  several  tunes  on  a  sunken  rock, 
and  immediately  after  had  i  fathoms  water,  while  running  between  St«  Ad* 
gustine  and  Amelia  island. 


St.  John's  to  the  Baj  of  St  AugUstine. 

St.  JUigaatine  is  situated  on  the  BCain»  about  two  miles  within  tlie  bar, 
*  TL«  ll^bt  house  i*  9U  tbt  touUi  point  of  CuQbtrland  iiltDd. 


%u 


Blunt*t  American  CoMt  Pilot 


10  Rtlit 


10 


imm»Ai»l*\y  oppociU  th«  inlet ;  it  ii  not  pnttabU  for  v«m«I«  Anmtnm  of«r 
AA««n  fvAt  of  watnr.  Thr  iiilnnd  of  IViuitm/iM  runN  |»iirtill>>l  witli  the 
ocaao,  Ami  forms  ■  point  of  Ihi*  Mouth  «*mi  of  St.  Anntutino  inl«t.  Whrn 
in  0  fathoms  wotvr,  off  thr  Bar  of  Nt  John'*,  thr  course  ia  8.  8.  R.  dis- 
tance 10  leaKurs.  The  northi*rnnio«t  latul  of  thr  hay  u  callnl  Point  Car 
Itl.  When  yuu  ure  ns  far  to  the  RouthwHrd  an  thi«  point,  you  wilt  irr  thr 
bland  Anastntia.  in  lan^th  18  miles,  and  on  thr  soutli  «i«lr  of  thr  bay  ;  thr 
north  side  of  which  has  a  high  white  tower,  like  a  light-hou«r,  whrrr  u 
look-out  is  kept.  When  a  ve««rl  iippeiirs  in  sight,  a  •ikiiuI  in  mudc  to  thr 
town  of  St.  Augustine,  by  hoisting  thrir  colours  and  tirinx  u  gun  ;  if  the 
vessel  appears  to  the  northward  of  the  buy,  and  is  a  tliroe-niust  vcs- 
•el,  they  hoist  an  ensign,  and  hang  6ut  a  pole  in  thr  form  of  a  (riunglr, 
with  three  balls  on  the  north  sidr  of  the  tower  ;  if  to  thr  south,  the  bulls 
•ra  hung  out  on  the  south  sidr  of  tha  tower  ;  if  a  two-mast  vrssri,  two 
balls  and  ti  Jack  hoisted  ;  if  n  sloop,  one  ball  and  a  pendant ;  for  a  lleet, 
thry  fire  five  guns  and  nn  ensign  hoisted.  Thr  bar  of  St.  Augustine  bus 
no  more  than  10  fret  water  on  it  ut  high  water,  spring  tidr<t,  and  at  low 
water  5  feet,  which  at  times  makes  it  impi)«<4ible  for  boats  to  pass.  There 
is  a  swash  to  thr  northward  of  thr  bar,  with  II  anil  12  frrt  water;  but 
the  sand  sbiAing  uArn,  and  the  pasNngc  being  so  narrow  and  crooked,  the 

riilots  seldom  nllcmpt  it.     The  Intitnde  of  this  Higiml  tower  is  2^  57'  N. 
t  flows,  at  full  and  change  S.  K.  by  S.  and  N.  W.  by  N.  9  b.  45  min.    Thr 
variation  off  St.  Augustine  7"  E.  IU19. 


farth 

rent 

land. 

da, 

OS  fHI 

U 


m 


-r^. 


To  anchor  in  the  Hay  of  St.  Augustine.     Observations  on  tht 
WeatMr^  and  on  the  Gulf  Stream. 

Bring  the  signal  tower  to  bear  S.  W.  \  W.  and  the  fort  which  stands  to 
the  northward  of  the  tower  W.  ^  N.  the  new  barracks  will  then  be  open 
of  tha  northernmost  part  of  Anastntia  island  ;  then  bring  op  and  you  will 
have  10  fathoms  water,  and  good  holding  ground  :  the  northernmost  land 
in  sight  will  bear  N.  W.  by  N.  the  southernmost  land  S.  S.  E.  and  you  will 
ba  near  the  middle  of  the  bay,  it  being  immaterial  whicl^  way  you  cast 
your  ship.  But  should  you  be  too  fa^to  the  northward  or  southward, 
there  would  be  danger  in  catting  the  wrong  way,  and  more  so  on  the  tidr 
of  flood,  which  sets  strongly  into  the  bay.  If  it  should  be  likely  to  blow 
from  the  eastward,  do  not  attempt  to  get  under  way  whilst  the  tide  of  flood 
runs. 

From  the  Ut  of  November  to  the  last  of  February,  the  hardest  gales 
prevail  that  blow  on  this  coast ;  and  in  general  from  the  N.  N.  E.  to  the 
S.  S.  E.  the  wind  any  way  easterly  comes  on  very  suddenly  to  a  gale  dur- 
ing the  season  above  mentioned  ;  and  these  gpJos  give  but  very  little  warn- 
ing. An  experienced  navigator  says,  "  In  the  year  1777, 1  was  nt  anchor 
in  St.  Augustine  Bay,  when  it  came  on  to  blow  ut  E.  N.  E.  and  in  1 5  mi- 
nutes time  I  was  obliged  to  slip,  and  hud  we  not  carried  sail  to  the  utmost, 
we  should  not  have  cleared  the  land  to  the  southward.  N.  B.  When  the 
wind  backs  against  the  sun,  with  aimall  ruin,  you  will  perceive  tha  sea  to 
rise  before  the  wind  comes  ;  then  prepare  for  a  gale,  which  in  general 
will  last  50  pr  60  htftrrs.  If  ydu  tnould  be  obliged  to  cut  or  slip,  carry 
all  the  sail  you  possi^My  can,  to  gat  an  offing  before  it  increases,  so  aa  tp 
put  you  past  carrying  any  sail,  which  is  always  the  case;  and  oha^fve 
that  the  flood  tide  «ettii||  to  the  touj^ward  will  be  of  no  lervice  tP  yon 


ed 


10  TM. 


Btuiit*H  American  Coant  Pilot. 


215 


farther  out  (Nun  It  fiithoin«  WNirr,  whrn  jrou  will  bo  m  ihe  •oiitlinfn  rur* 
rent  until  you  g»t  iittu  4((  i'Mthom«,  which  i«  iilHiut  I.')  Iriifii««  rmin  thrt 
l«n«l.  Then  you  ar«  in  th«  tiulf  Stri^nni,  iM<«uinK  out  of  the  (hiHurFlon* 
An,  iHitl  which  run*  ttmnKly  ull  utonK  ''i*^  '^'U**  of  •oumlinf*  ultnut  N.N.  K. 
M  tMi'  tu  the  northwMi'd  ii«  Ihc  lutitiult*  :I6''  I.*!'.  Thon  i(  act*  rtiori*  riitter* 
ly,  or  uhout  N.  R.  by  N .  u«  t'.ir  iw  th«*  lutituti**  .'17".  Iruni  tluMx  r  ii<  I'ur  nt 
tn<*  CiitMiK  uf  l)elawnr*>  or  IMiiludo^^iu,  in  liititutti*  :tt)*.'»fV,  lU  dircition  it 
about  K.  N.  K.  unci  i'rom  thviK  c,  in  the  lntitu«l(>  otatf*  67'  N.  it  »«li  away 
Otiarly  cait."     [Stt  pagt  247,  for  liulfStrtiim.  \ 


DireriinnJi  for  muking  n  spr.rdu  panitiigc  through  the  Gulf/o 

lN<«w-York. 

When  inai^ht  of  Memory  Hock,  «t«er  N.  N.  W.  to  Int.  •2!)«»,th«M»  N. 
to  Int.  .'Hr,(ullowing,  however,  for  the  ciVectri  uf  MroiiK  hree/e«  uny  way 
to  clear  danfieni  on  both  nidei)  whicli  will  keep  them  in  the  whole  force 
of  tKe  ttream,  then  N.  R.  till  in  th«  hit.  of  :)2^,  then  atcer  N.  K.  by  N. 
until  you  get  into  the  latitude  of  Cape  lIutteriiM,  which  in  in  3.S<*  \4'  N. 
then  you  may  haul  up  more  northerly  half  a  point,  till  you  gtt  on  aMnd- 
inifw  in  or  neur  the  latitude  of  (he  cnpen  of  Virginia.  Vvhen  in  IR  or  ?0 
futhonH,  and  near  that  latitude,  ateer  N.  by  K.  7H  leaguea,  and  look  out 
for  the  Highland  of  Ncvcraink,  which  liea  in  lat.  lO"  2B'  N.  and  very  r«« 
mnrkabic,  lieing  'iK2  feet  above  the  level  of  the  auu,  and  liea  S.  W.  from 
the  entrance  of  the  harbour  of  New- York.  When  you  have  nearly  made 
the  distance  before  mentioned,  be  careful  not  to  run  in  the  night  or  thick 
weather;  and  come  no  nearer  than  1 8  or  1 4  fathoms.  To  come  into 
the  Bay  of  New-York,  bring  the  livht-houne  W.  by  N.  or  W.  N.  W.  in  10 
fathoms,  and  the  aouthernmoat  part  of  the  Highland  of  Neversink  S.  W. 
byS.     [S«e  page  201.] 

Note.— Along  the  southern  coast  of  America,  you  will  find  no  tide  far- 
ther out  from  the  shore  than  10  or  12  fathoms  water,  from  that  depth  un- 
til the  edge  of  soundings,  you  will  have  a  current  setting  to  the  southward, 
at  the  rate  of  one  mile  per  hour  ;  when  out  of  Houndin^^,  you  will  have 
the  Gulf  Stream  setting  to  the  N.  E.  quarter,  and  the  farther  you  get  to 
the  northward,  it  sets  more  easterly,  but  not  so  strong  as  before  mention- 
ed ;  and  when  you  get  to  the  northward  of  39°  it  sets  about  east. 

The  Setting  of  the  Tide  along  $horefrom  New-York  to  St.  Augustine. 


From  the  weit  end  of  Long  TilaiiH  to  Cape  May 

From  Cap*  H«iilo|»en  to  Cape  CliarlcH   -        • 

From  Cape  Charles  to  Cape  Hutierns 

From  Cape  Hatterai  to  Cape  Lookout 

From  Cape  Lookout  to  Cape  Fear 

From  Cape  Fear  to  Cape  Roman 

From  Cape  Konian  to  Chnrleiton 

From  Charleiton  to  Tybee  ... 

From  Tybee  to  St.  Simon'i  ... 

From  9t.  Simon'i  to  St.  John*! 

From  St.  John's  to  the  Bay  ol'  St.  Auj^ustina 


Flood. 

W.  by  S. 

8.  by  W. 

S.  S.  W. 
S.  W.  by  W. 
8.  W.  by  W. 

W.  8  W. 

W.  S.  W. 

W.  8.  W. 

s.  s.  vv. 

S.  by  W. 
South. 


Kbb. 

E.  by  N. 

N.  by  E. 

N.N.  E. 
N.  E.  by  E. 
N.  E.by  E. 

E.  N.  E. 

E.  N..I. 

E.  N.  E. 
fi.fi. E. 

H.  by  E. 
North. 


[We  ahall,  in  a  lubaequenl  part  of  the  work,  give  a  description  of  East  ami  West  V^o 
rida,  coinuv nciug  at  the  htter,  which  will  embrace  sH  the  islands,  keys,  fee.} 


!246 


Blunf  8  American  Coast  Pilot. 


10  Edit 


Generalinstructions  for  making  the  Bermuda  Islands. 


< 


Snint  Ueorgo*!  town,  at  the  eastern  end 
Wreck  Hill,  at  the  westei.".  ond 


Latitude. 
32»  22'  N, 
Hi"^  15' N. 


T.rxigitude. 
♦;j°  :)3'  W. 
64'^  50  W. 


High  wntcr,  full  and  change,  at  St.  Geor«;e*8;  hair  past  8.  Common  lidei  riso  uhnut  4 
ieet;  but  on  the  springs,  or  in  gnles  of  wind,  frequently  to  7  feet.  The  flnods  it.  th« 
offing  set  to  the  N.  K.  and  ebbs  to  the  S.  W. ;  but  nunr  the  shore  they  run  in  various 
directions. 

These  ishnde  being  surrotmded  with  innumerable  shoals,  much  pre- 
caution is  necessary  in  approaching  them.  The  principal  danj^ers  Vw  to 
the  westward  and  northward,  and  extend,  from  the  land,  between  3  and  5 
leagues,  in  a  due  west  line,  from  their  southwestern  point  (round  north- 
erly) to  a  N.  N.  E.  one,  from  David's  head,  their  eas'.ern  extreme.  The 
remainder  of  the  coast,  forming  their  southern  and  eastern  boundary,  may 
be  approached  in  every  part  within  a  mile,  and  in  several  places  to  less 
than  half  that  distance. 

On  account  of  the  prevalence  of  westerly  winds  in  the  Atlantic,  it  has 
become  the  general  jpractice  for  all  vessels  bound  to  the  Bermudas,  to 
make  the  land  from  the  westward,  by  getting  into  their  latitude  about  the 
68tb  degree  of  longitude,  and  then  steering  an  east  course  until  they  be- 
come visible. 

The  latitude  of  32°  8'  N.  being  two  miles  to  the  southward  of  every 
danger,  seems  best  adapted  in  tine  clear  weather  for  this  purpose,  and 
will  bring  you  in  sight  of  Wreck  hill,  which  being  of  a  conic  form,  and 
having  a  volcanic  appearance,  is  the  more  remarkable.  The  moment  this 
hill  becomes  shut  in  with  the  other  lands,  or  is  no  longer  distinguishable, 
you  will  have  passed  the  only  danger  to  be  apprehended  off  the  southern 
part  ol'  these  islands,  called  the  S.  W.  breakers  (which  do  not,  however, 
lie  more  than  1|  mile  from  the  land)  and  may  then  immediately  close 
with  and  steer  along  the  south-eastern  shore,  within  a  mile,  till  you  have 
got  the  length  of  Castle  harbour,  or  brought  David's  head  to  bear  about 
K.  by  E.  where  you  must  wait  to  receive  your  pilot,  taking  care  during 
that  time  not  to  be  drifted  to  leeward,  as  the  currents  generally  set  to  the 
eastward, 

3hould  you  meet  with  a  contrary  vind,  or  the  weather  be  extremely 
hazy,  before  you  have  got  sight  of  the  land,  it  will  be  prudent  in  the  ni^ht 
not  to  stand  to  the  northward  of  32"*  4'  or  5' ;  and  if  the  wind  should  be 
inchning  to  the  southward,  I  would  recommend  not  beyond  32°. 

If  bound  to  the  Bermudas  from  England,  or  from  any  part  of  Europe,  I 
should  recommend  a  direct  cours-?  to  be  steered  as  long  as  the  winds  per- 
mitted ;  but  the  moment  they  become  contrary,  to  get  to  the  southward 
into  the  trades,  and  then  run  down  the  remaining  longitude,  taking  care 
to  haul  to  the  northward  in  sufficient  time  to  reach  the  latitude  of  32°  8' 
about  the  68°  of  longitude,  and  then  proceed  as  above  described  :  but 
should  fair  winds  continue  the  whole  passage,  the  land  may  be  made  with 
equal  safety  from  the  eastward,  by  steering  for  them  in  the  latitude  of  32° 
18'  N.  which  is  two  miles  to  the  southward  of  David's  head,  their  south- 
eastern extreme  ;  and  off  which  head  there  is  no  danger  beyond  half  a 
mile,  care  being  taken  not  to  come  to  the  northward  of  that  latitude  until 
you  have  brought  the  head  to  bear  W.  S.  W.  on  which  bearing  it  may  be 
approached  lyitb  safety  till  within  one  mile  thereof,  or  till  you  receive 
your  pilot. 


10  Edit. 

nds. 


jcle. 
W. 

w. 

ISO  about  l 
floods  ii.  tho 
11  ill  vui'ious 


10  Edit. 


Blunf  B  American  Coast  Pilot. 


247 


la  the  course  of  making  the  land  from  the  eastward,  should  the  wind 
become  contrary,  or  the  weather  prove  dark,  hazyfand  tempestuous, 
come  not  during  the  night  to  the  northward  of  32"  or  32*-'  G' ;  in  which 
hititiuie,  if  you  should  be  found  to  have  run  past  the  islandi4,  you  must 
proceed  as  before  directed,  in  making  them  from  the  westward. 

As  the  soundings  do  not  extend  more  than  two  miles  from  the  land  on 
the  8^>uthern  sside  of  the  islands,  a  correct  latitude  and  a  good  lookout,  to« 
gether  with  a  strict  attention  to  these  instructions,  is  absolutely  necessary. 


much  pre- 
fers \w  to 
:en  3  and  5 
and  north- 
cme.  'fhe 
ndiivy,may 
ces  to  less 

intic,  it  has 
irmudas,  to 
e  about  the 
itil  they  he- 
rd of  every 
lurpose,  and 
c  form,  and 
moment  this 
inguishable, 
he  southern 
it,  however, 
liately  close 
ill  you  have 
I  bear  about 
care  during 
ily  set  to  the 

\e  extremely 

in  the  ni^ht 

id  should  be 

pf  Europe,  I 
Je  winds  per- 
le  southward 
I  taking  care 
Ide  of  32°  8' 
Icribed  :  but 
he  made  with 
ltitudeof32° 
1  their  south- 
kyond  half  a 
[atitude  until 
ag  it  may  be 
lyou  receive 


Remarks  on  the  Gulf  Stream,  wul  the  means  o)  ascertaining 

when  in  its  vicinity. 

The  rivers  emptying  it-lo  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  from  August  to  Februa- 
ry are  all  low,  and  m  the  other  part  of  the  year  they  are  all  high  :  coa^^ 
quently,  the  land  (which  is  low)  bordering  on  the  most  of  these  rivers, 
which  are  innumerable,  requires  the  exhalation  from  th«>  Gulf  of  Meici- 
co  to  supply  its  moisture  in  the  low  stage  of  the  rivers,  between  August 
and  February.  In  the  other  parts  of  the  year  the  low  lands  are  generally 
covered  with  water,  and  are  supplied,  without  the  aid  of  the  ocean,  with 
all  the  moisture  necessary.  This,  therefore,  must  be  the  cause  why  the 
Gulf  Stream  runs  with  more  velocity  between  the  months  of  February 
and  August  than  in  the  other  part  of  the  year.  But  it  is  known  to  do  so  ; 
as  in  the  month  of  May  the  Gulf,  in  the  Narrows  between  the  Great 
haacs  and  Florida  shore,  runs  at  the  rate  of  four  knots,  and  in  the  month 
of  November  only  about  two  and  three-quarters  ;  the  current  increasing 
and  decreasing  as  you  draw  near  or  recede  from  the  middle  of  those  two 
months,  which  may  be  considered  as  the  two  points  of  time  wherein  the- 
current  runs  with  the  greatest  atii3  least  velocity.  I  shall  here  call  from 
August  to  February  the  low,  and  from  February  to  August  the  high  stage 
of  the  water,  and  any  one  can  proportion  the  rate  of  its  force  at  any  in- 
termediate time  between  these  two  points.  The  true  rate  and  course  of 
the  current  cannot  be  properly  given,  as  every  blow  and  calm  alters  both 
its  force  and  course  ;  but  in  good  weather  and  a  steady  breeze,  the  follow- 
ing comes  near  to  the  truth. 

The  Gulf  Stream  passes  close  to  the  extreme  S.  E.  point  of  Cape  Hat- 
teras  shoals,  and  18  miles  from  the  land  ;  the  soundings  are  from  12  fa- 
thoms on  the  outer  part  of  the  shoal,  to  60  fathoms  close  on  the  edge  of 
the  stream. 

The  nature  of  that  immense  current,  which  continually  sets  from  the 
Gulfs  of  Mexico  and  Florida,  to  the  northward  and  north-eastward,  along 
the  greater  part  of  the  navigation  d  scribed  in  this  work,  is  already  well 
understood  ;  and,  though  we  have  noticed  it,  as  to  its  effects,  in  several 
parts  of  the  preceding  directions,  we  yet  deem  that  an  unbroken  view  of 
it,  in  its  whole  course  from  the  Gulf  to  the  north-eastward,  may  still  be 
acceptable  ;  and  this  we  shall  attempt  in  the  present  edition. 

Ships,  in  coming  down  the  Gulf,  often  get  from  the  middle,  on  the 
eastern  edge,  and  experience  a  S.  W.  current  rather  than  a  N.  E.  one  ; 
the  fact  is,  the  Stream  sets  about  N.^  W.  from  the  baVik  to  lat.  30",  where 
it  makes  something  of  a  short  bend  to  the  eastward,  iM  if  navigators,-  ki 
sight  of  Memory  rock,  will  steer  N.  N.  W.  to  lat.  29**,  then  N.  to  SO*' 
(allowing  however  for  the  effects  of  strong  breezes  any  way  to  clear  dlm- 


.>f 


~\f'm 


,*\-' 


248 


Blunt^s  American  Coabt  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


. 


1) 

i 


gen  on  both  sides^  they  will  find  themselyns  to  have  been  in  the  whole 
^rce  of  the  Stream,  nnd  in  n  fiiir  eituution  lo  steer  N.  E.  and  retain  its 
propellini^  force  of  from  '■i^  to  2  m\\e»  per  hour.  It  thence  suddenly  turns 
to  N.  E.  by  E.  or  a  little  more  easterly,  to  lat.  36"  or  about  the  parallel 
of  Cape  Hatteraa. 

From  ofl'  Cape  Hatteras.its  direction  is  E.  by  N.  or  a  little  more  north- 
erly, to  longitude  70",  then  east,  rather  southerly  ;  and  thence,  diminish- 
i^         ing  in  strength,  it  falls  away  to  the  E.  S.  E. 

It  has  been  stated,  generally,  by  writers  of  ability,  from  the  information 
of  American  coasters,  that  the  northern  edge  of  the  Stream  extends  to 
the  latitude  of  4 r  20,  or  41'  30'  in  the  meridian  of  the  Isle  of  Sable  ; 
but  this  assertion  has  been  controverted  by  others,  who  have  averred, 
that  its  northern  edge  never  ascends  beyond  the  parallel  of  40°,  and  that 
it  does  not  always  border  on  the  shoals  of  Nantucket.  We  think  the  for- 
mer correct. 

It  is,  however,  to  be  considered  that  a  north,  N.  E.  or  east  wind  force* 
the  stream  towards  the  coast,  contracts  its  breadth,  and  thus  increases  its 
rapidity.  On  the  contrary,  rf.  W.  west,  and  N.  W.  winds  force  the  stream 
farther  into  the  ocean,  and  diminishes  its  strength.  It  is  clear,  then,  that 
the  stream  fluctuates  in  its  direction  and  force,  according  to  circumstances ; 
and  no  absolute  rule  can  be  giv  n  for  ascertaining  its  more  ordinary  boun- 
daries :  it  therefore  follows,  that  a  description  of  the  indications,  by  which 
it  may  be  known,  is  of  the  more  importance. 

These  are  the  appearance  and  the  temperature  of  the  water.  The 
stream  in  its  lower  latitudes  and  usual  course  in  fair  water,  where  it  flows 
uninterruptedly,  may  be  known  by  its  smooth  and  clear  blue  surface  ;  for, 
without  the  line  formed  by  a  ripple  on  its  edge,  the  water,  in  some  places, 
appears  like  boiling  water  of  a  blue  colour  ;  and,  in  other  places,  it  foams 
like  the  waters  of  a  cataract,  even  in  dead  calms,  and  in  places  which  are 
fathomless. 

On  the  outer  edge  of  the  stream,  especially  in  fair  weather,  there  are 

■  great  riplings,  which  are  very  perceptible  ;  and  it  has  been  observed, 

that  within  it,  the  water  does  not  sparkle  in  the  night.     The  appearance 

t  of  the  sea-weed,  called  gulf-weed,  by  day,  is  an  indication  of  the  edge  of 

the  stream. 

Besides  the  effect  which  different  winds  have  upon  the  Florida  Stream, 
it  is  subject  to  another  cause  that  also  directs  it  towards  or  from  the  coast ; 
and  that  is,  the  moon  ;  which,  according  to  her  position,  has  different  ef- 
fects upon  it,  not,  however,  in  equal  power  with  those  of  the  wind  ;  but 
the  disposition  of  the  stream  is  increased  to  its  extreme,  if  the  effects 
both  of  the  winds  and  moon  are  combined  ;  for,  at  this  time,  the  ocean 
rising  highest,  this  regulates  the  flood  and  ebb,  and  divides  them  in  pro- 
portionate times  ;  consequently,  it  directs  and  increases  them  w'*h  the 
assistance  of  easterly  moonS  and  winds  to  the  west,  and  with  that  of  west- 
erly moons  and  winds  to  the  east ;  so  that  the  west  and  east  shores  are  at 
times  deprived  of,  and  at  other  times  overflowed  by  t  es,  occasioned  by 
these  vicissitudes. 

The  boisterous  east,  N.  E.  and  north  winds,  which  affect  the  Gulf 
Stream,  generally  begin  in  September,  and  continue  while  the  sun  is  in 
the  south  until  March  ;  when,  if  the  moon  happens  just  at  the  time  to  be 
on  the  full  or  change,  they  commonly  end  with  a  hurricane. 

From  what  has  been  said,  it  is  clear,  that  the  eddies  about  the  edges  of 
the  stream  must  vary  according  to  the  circamstances  above  explaii^ed. 


10  Edit. 


Blunf  8  American  Coast  Pilot. 


249 


Along  these  olives,  but  more  particularly  along  the  outer  edge,  there  is 
•renerHlly  a  cun  nt  running  in  a  contrary  direction,  which  is  accelerated 
by  the  wind  in  proportion  to  its  strength,  blowing  contrary  to  the  stream, 
»nd  retarded,  or  perhaps  altogether  obstructed,  by  the  wind  blowing  in 
the  direction  of  the  stream.  In  the  latter  case,  the  limits  of  the  stream 
will  be  extended. 

In  the  winter,  when  the  cold  upon  the  land  is  most  intense,  which  is 
generally  between  December  and  March,  hoavy  and  continued  gales  very 
frequently  prevail,  which  commonly  proceed  fi'om  between  the  north  and 
west  across  the  course  of  the  Gulf  Stream,  from  Cape  Hatteras  until  past 
Cjeorge's  bank,  and  bend  its  direction  more  to  the  eastward  ;  being  aided, 
at  the  same  time,  by  the  discharge  of  the  great  bays  and  riverg,  increased 
by  the  force  of  the  wind  blowing  down  them,  and  the  constant  supply  of 
stream  that  passes  along  the  coast  of  the  Carolinas,  the  whole  produces 
;-io  strong  a  current  to  the  eastward,  as  to  render  it  impossible  for  q  ship 
to  approrfch  the  coast  until  a  change  of  wind  commences. 

During  the  prevalence  of  a  southerly  or  easterly  wind,  which  is  not  so 
common  here,  it  has  been  found  that  the  current  is  forced  close  to,  and  in 
some  parts  upon,  the  edge  of  soundings.  From  a  scientific  nau'ical  gentle- 
man, we  received  the  following,  viz.  while  oft'  Cape  Lookout,  17  fathomn 
water,  he  hud  a  strong  current  from  the  southward,  owing  entirely  to  the 
Oulf  current.  This  proves  the  Gulf  governed  entirely  by  winds.  Be- 
ing thus  pent  in  between  the  wind  and  the^  shoul  grounds  near  the  shore, 
the  breadth  is  greatly  diminished,  and  the  velocity  proportionably  in- 
creased. This  circumstance  has  been  in  particular,  observed  from  about 
the  longitude  of  Block  island,  along  thi  ?dge  of  N.mtucket  shoals,  thence 
beyond  George's  bank  ;  and  also,  along  the  coast  of  Georgia,  and  part  of 
South  Carolina.  In  the  first  place,  that  the  southerly  winds  forced  the 
current  to  the  edge  of  soundings,  where  it  then  ran  from  1^  to  2  knots  ; 
and,  in  the  latter  place,  that  the  easterly  wind  forced  the  current  upon 
soundings.  With  west  and  N.  W.  winds,  the  stream  would  be  removed 
some  leagues  farther  off. 

These  remarks  are  sufHcient  to  show  the  uncertainty  of  the  boundaries 
or  edges  of  the  stream.  These  eddies,  on  the  inner  edge,  are  inconsi' 
derable  ;  but,  on  the  outer  one,  in  fine  weather,  they  are  strong,  and  of 
considerable  extent. 

Another  indication  of  the  Stream  is,  the  temperature  of  its  water,  which 
is  considerably  warmer  than  the  water  on  either  side  of  it.  By  an  inge- 
nious work,  entitled  "  Thermometrical  Navigation,"  written  by  Mr. 
John  Williams,  and  published  at  Philadelphia,  in  1799,  we  are  informed, 
that  Commodore  Truxton,  has  often  ascertained  the  velocity'  of  the  Gulf 
Stream,  to  the  northward  of  Cape  Hatteras,  and  found  it  to  be  seldom  lesg 
than  one  knot,  and  never  more  than  two  knots,  an  hour.  The  tempera- 
ture of  the  air  and  water  without  the  Stream  was  generally  about  tho 
same  ;  that  is,  the  difference  seldom  exceeded  2  or  3  degrees  ;  the  tiy 
being  sometimes  the  warmest ;  at  other  times  the  water. 

This  gentleman  ha?  observed,  "  In  the  Stream  the  water  is  mtich  warm- 
er than  the  air  ;  indeed  1  have  known  it  10  degrees  warmer  ;  but,  so  soon 
as  you  get  within  the  Stream  (that  is  between  it  and  the  coast)  the  water 
becomes  colder  than  the  air  ;  j^nd  the  piore  as  you  get  on  soundings  and 
approach  the  shore.*     If  mariners,  who  have  not  the  opportunity  of  de- 

■■        — — —        ,        ,  .1  — .  ..      ■—■■—-,,.—     ■        ■     —     .^..l.    ■ —  ■«  ^.11— ^^^M^MIIHI    I  !■  ■  '■■■       ■— 

'  Bj  the  journals  of  Capt.  W.  Billings,  of  Philt-delpbia,  it  appears  that,  in  Jtjne, 
1791,  the  water  on  the  coast  of  America  was  at  the  te'nperature  of  61°,  liiJd  in  •hemt: 

32  *.•',..    '       ',":'■ 


250 


Blunt's  American  Cqast  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


^* 


I 

! 


f 


terraining  their  longitude  by  celestial  ohservntions,  irill  only  carry  with 
them  a  good  tkermometer,  and  try  the  temperature  of  the  water,  and  com- 
pare it  with  that  of  the  air  erery  two  hoa/s,  they  may  always  know  when 
they  come  into,  or  go  out  of,  the  Gulf  Stream.  Indeed  i  have  always 
made  a  practice,  when  at  sea,  of  comparing  the  temperature  of  the  aii 
and  water  daily,  and  often,  very  frequently  during  the  day  throughout  my 
voyage  ;  wherehy  1  immediately  discovered  any  thing  of  a  current  that 
way  going,  and  afterwards  found  its  strength  and  direction  by  observationc 
for  the  latitude  and  longitude.  It  is  of  the  utmost  consequence,  in  mak« 
ing  a  passage  to  and  from  Europe,  to  be  acquainted  with  thiii  GuH 
Stream  ;  as,  by  keeping  in  it,  when  bound  eastward,  you  shorten  youi 
voyage  ;  and,  by  avoiding  it,  when  returning  to  the  westward,  you  facili- 
tate i*  inconceivably  ;  bo  much  so,  that  I  Jiave  frequently,  .when  bound 
from  Europe  to  America,  bpoke  Etiropcaii  ships,  unacquainted  with  the 
Strength  and  extent  of  it,  olF  tbo  banks  of  Newfoundland,  and  been  in 
port  a  very  considerable  time  before  them,  by  keeping  out  o»"  the  stream, 
%vhcreas,  they  lengthened  their  passage  by  keeping  in  it.  The  genera^ 
course  of  the  Gulf  Stream  is  marked  on  the  chart,  published  by  the  au- 
thor of  this  work  in  1812,  and  improved  to  1821 ,  and  \  would  advise  those 
who  make  the  northern  passage  from  Europe,  never  to  come  nearer  the 
inner  line  of  it,  by  choice,  than  10  or  1 5  leagues  :  apd  then  the  probabili- 
ty will  be,  that  their  passage  will  be  assisted  by  the  help  of  a  counter  cur- 
rent, which  often  runs  within  it.  In  coming  off  a  voyage  from  the  south- 
ward, be  sure  to  steer  N.  W.  when  approaching  the  stream,  if  the  wind 
ivill  permit  you  ;  and  continue  that  course  till  you  are  within  it,  which 
may  be  easily  known  by  the  temperature  of  the  water,  as  before  men- 
tioned. I  have  always  considered  it  of  the  utmost  consequence,  when 
bound  in,  to  cross  the  stream  as  speedily  as  possible,  lest  I  should  be  vi- 
sited by  calms  or  adverse  winds,  and  by  those  means  drove  far  out  of  my 
way,  which  would  prolong  the  voyage  considerably,  especially  in  the  win- 
ter season. 

By  the  advantage  of  knowing  how  near  to  the  coast  a  ship  may  venture, 
and  how  to  distinguish  the  Gulf  Stream  from  the  water  between  it  and  the 
coast,  we  can  be  sure  of  a  favourable  current  either  way,  and  a  small 
vessel  might  make  a  short  voyage  from  Halifax  to  Georgia,  which  is 
thought  by  some  a  longer  one  than  to  Europe.  Suppose  you  had  the 
wind  a^head  all  the  way  ;  take  your  departure,  and  stand  fur  the  stream  ; 
1S0  soon  as  you  find  the  water  to  increase  in  heat,  about  half  as  much  m 
y^u  know  it  would  when  in  the  stream,  haave  about  and  stand  for  the 
coast ;  you  will  infallibly  discover  the  edge  of  soundings  by  the  cooling  of 
the  water  ;  then  stand  oif  again,  and  so  on  to  the  end  of  the  voyage ; 
when  it  is  almost  certain,  that  the  distance  would  be  run  in  a  shorter  time 
than  if  there  were  no  stream  ;  for  you  would  have  a  favourable  inside  or 
eddy  current.  On  the  return  passage,  take  your  departure,  and  run  oft 
till  you  get  into  the  warmest  water,  which  will  be  the  middle  of  the  stream, 
and  take  the  advantage  of  its  current. 


Stream  at  77°.— By  those  of  Air.  J.  Williains  it  appeais  tbut,  in  November,  1789,  tlic 
wa^er  on  tlie  coast  was47<',  and  in  the  Gulf  Stream  at  70^,  viz. 

1791,  June,  Coast  6P     1789,  Nov.  Coast  47°    Difference  between  >  Coast    14<^ 

Stream  70         June  and  Nov.     )  Stream    7 


Stream  77 


Stream  warmer  16         Stream  warmer  23 

The  Mhttnca  of  heat  is,  therefore,  greater  in  winter  than  in  summer.  See  the  con- 
cluding obsrrvation  hereafter,  and  also  the  pamphlet  pujilished  wUti  *'Blunt*s  Chart  ci 
the  Wevtern  Ocean." 


10  Edit. 


filonfB  American  Coast  Pilot. 


2^1 


luber,  1T89,  tht 


The  following  fact  may  lerve  to  illustrate  the  propriety  of  these  direc> 
tier:.  In  June,  1798,  the  mail  packet,  for  Charleston,  had  3j  days  past- 
nge  in  going,  but  returned  in  7.  The  captain  accounted  for  this  by  hav- 
lug  culms,  or  very  light  airs,  and  a  northerly  current.  This  «vas  the  true 
cause.  He  was  in  the  middle  of  the  stream,  where  there  generally  are 
calms  or  light  winds  ;  the  edges,  only  which  come  in  contact  with  colder 
regions,  being  tempestuous.  After  being  in  the  latitude  of  Cupe  Hutte* 
raa,  he  found  himself  in  that  of  Cape  Henry  (37  leagues  to  the  north- 
ward.) The  vessel,  however,  arrived  at  last ;  and,  on  the  return  voy- 
age, the  captain  steered  the  opposite  course  back  again,  and,  with  the  same 
light  airs,  he  performed  the  voyage  in  7  days.  Had  this  captain  known 
the  use  of  the  thermometer,  need  he  to  have  been  much  longer  m  going 
than  in  coming  ? 

A  vessel  on  her  voyage  from  Marblehe&d  to  Havanna,  nAer  getting  into 
lat.  Sa*"  56'  N.  was  set  by  the  gulf  so  fur  as  lat.  32"  50'  N.  and  compelled 
(o  go  into  Charleston,  after  being  40  days  at  sea. 

It  appears  also,  by  the  work  above  quoted,  that  the  thermometer  is  not 
only  useful  for  ascertaining  the  currciit  of  the  Gulf  Stream,  but  that  it  is 
likewise  advantageous  in  discovering  the  approach  to  soundings  from  deep 
water. 

In  June,  17Di,  Captain  W.  Billings,  of  Philadelphia,  in  latitude  39  de^. 
longitude  50  deg.  abreast  of  the  banks  of  Newfoundland,  found  that  the 
mercury  in  the  thermometer  fell  10  deg.  It  was  near  the  same  place 
that  a  similar  observation  was  made  by  Dr.  Franklin,  in  November  1776, 
and  another  by  Mr.  Williams,  in  November,  1789,  who  h.is  observed, 
t&at,  *'  By  the  coincidence  of  these  three  journals  at  so  great  a  distance 
of  time,  and  without  any  connexion  with  each  other,  this  important  fact 
seems  to  be  established.  A  Navigator  may  discover  his  approach  towards 
objects  of  danger,  when  he  is  at  such  a  distance  as  to  be  able  easily  to  avoid 
theniy  by  attentively  examining  the  temperature  of  the  sea;  the  water  over 
banks  and  shoals  being  colder  than  that  of  the  deep  ocean." 

At  the  edge  of  the  grand  bank  of  Newfoundland,  the  «vater  has  been 
found  5  degrees  coldec  than  the  deep  ocean  to  the  eastward.  The  highest 
part  of  the  bank  is  10°  colder  still,  or  1 '°  colder  than  the  ocean  eastward. 

On  the  coast  of  New- England,  near  Cipe  Cod,*  the  water,  out  of  sound- 
ings, is  8  deg.  or  10  deg.  wa^'mer  than  in  soundings  ;  and  in  the  stream  it 
is  about  8  deg.  warmer  still ;  so  that,  in  coming  U'om  the  eastward,  a  full 
of  8  deg.  will  indicate  your  leaving  the  stream,  and  a  farther  fall  of  8  deg. 
will  indicate  your  being  on  soundings^. 

On  the  coast,  from  Cape  Henlopen  to  Cape  Henry,  the  water  out  of 
soundings,  is  5  deg.  warmer  than  in  soundings  ;  and  in  the  stream  about  5 
deg.  warmer  still ;  so  that,  in  coming  from  the  eastward,  a  fall  of  5  deg. 
will  indicate  your  leaving  the  stream,  and  a  farther  fall  of  5  deg.  will  giv9 
notice  of  soundings. 

Mr.  Williams  recommends  to  seamen  to  take  three  thermometers. 
**  Let  them,"  he  says,  "  be  kept  in  one  place  some  days  previous  to  your 
sailing,  in  order  to  try  their  uniformity.  The  plate  should  be  of  ivory  or 
metal,  for  wood  will  swell  at  sea,  and,  as  the  glass  tube  will  not  yield,  it 

*  The  bank  from  Cape  «Jod  extends  almost  as  far  as  Cape  Sable,  where  it  joins  the 
banks  of  Nbva  Scotia,  deepening  gradually  from  20  to  50  or  55  fathoms,  which  depth 
there  is  in  latitude  43^.  In  crossing  the  bank  between  lat.  40"  41'  and  lat.  43"  the  bot- 
tom is  very  remarkable ;  on  the  outside  it  is  fine  sand,  shoaling  gradually  for  uereral 
leagues;  on  the  middle  of  the  bank,  it  is  coarse  sand  or  shingle,  with  pebble:  stoDM ;  oa 
fheinsiiHuit  is  muddy,  with  pieces  of  shells,  and  dcMMJnt  suddenly  from  45  or  49  to  150 
or  160  fathoms. 


il52 


BltuiVa  American  Coabt  Pilot. 


10  £dif . 


ia  from  this  renioo  very  liable  to  brenk  ;  )>^ll-metnl  ia  the  be«t.  Let  (he 
initrunaent  be  fixed  in  n  nqunre  metal  box,  the  bottom  of  which,  uh  high 
af  the  mark  30"  ithouUl  be  wnter-ti^ht,  ao  thiit,  in  exnmining  the  c^cgrec 
of  heat,  the  bull  mnv  be  kept  in  the  water  ;  the  remainder  of  the  lent^tit 
should  be  open  in  iront,  with  only  two  or  three  croM-biirn  to  ward  oK  anv 
accidental  blow,  like  the  thermome'ei  unnd  by  brewero.  Fix  one  inntni 
ment  in  some* part  of  the  ship,  in  the  Hhadc,  and  in  open  air,  but  an  much 
out  of  the  wind  and  in  as  dry  a  place  as  possildc.  'J'he  after  part  of  one 
of  the  after  dtanchioni),  under  the  quarter  rail,  may  answer,  if  no  better 
place  can  be  found. 

Let  the  second  instrument  be  neatly  J^liiiig,  with  a  sufliciency  of  line  to 
allow  it  tow  in  the  dead  water  of  the  wake. 

Put  the  other  away  safely,  to  be  ready  to  bupply  the  place  of  either  of 
the  others,  in  case  of  accident. 

REFLOWING  CUKUENTS,&r.-~On  each  side  of  the  Gulf  Stream, 
as  before  noticed,  there  is  a  counter  current  setting;  in  a  contrary  direc- 
tion, tn  the  Gulf  of  Florida,  between  the  stream  and  the  coast,  a  smootli 
eddy  commonly  takes  its  current  south-westerly,  in  an  opposite  direction 
to  that  of  the  main  stream  ;  and  there  is,  even  in  its  higher  latitudes,  a 
reflow  on  either  side. 

It  has  been  found  that,  when  Cape  Henry  (the  south  point  of  th',  Chesa> 
peak)  bore  N.  W.  160  leagues  distant,  a  current  was  setting  to  the  south* 
ward  at  the  rate  of  10  or  1'/  miles  per  day,  which  so  continued  until  Cape 
Henry  bore  W.  N.  W.  89  or  90  leagues ;  the  current  wa*  then  found 
setting  to  the  N.  E.  at  the  rate  of  33  or  34  miles  per  day^  which  continu- 
ed until  within  32  or  30  leagues  of  the  land  ;  then  a  current  set  to  the 
southward  and  westward  at  the  rate  of  10  or  15  miles  per  day,  to  within 
12  or  16  miles  of  the  land.  This  current,  which  is  considered  as  the 
eddy  of  the  Oulf  Stream,  sets  more  or  less  to  the  S.  W.  according  to  the 
figure  of  the  coast. 

It  has  also  been  observed  by  bihers,  that  a  southern  and  western  cur- 
rent constantly  sets  in  high  htitudes  between  the  Gulf  Stream  and  coast ; 
more  partitularly  in  soundings,  at  the  rate  of  half  a  mile  an  hour,  or  more, 
according  to  the  tvind. 

An  experienced  officer  of  the  navy,  before  quoted,  has  said  that,  *'  In 
all  the  observations  I  made  during  5  years  cruising  on  the  American  coast. 
I  never  found  this  eastern  current  to  the  southward  of  latitude  36°,  and 
only  once  (the  above-mentioned  time,)  so  far ;  it  generally  prevaihng  be- 
tween the  latitudes  of  37**  and  40",  from  the  longitude  of  60**  to  that  oi 
69°.  And  I  have  often,  about  the  latitude  of  36**  or  37",  and  about  the 
above  longitude,  found  a  strong  curreiit  to  the  south  and  S.  W.  There- 
fore, ships  from  Europe,  bound  to  America,  should  endeavour  to  make 
the  passage  either  to  the  southward  of  latitude  37**,  or.  to  the  nortliward 
of  latitude  40°;  that  is  to  say,  when  as  far,  or  to  the  westward  of  the 
thanks  of  Newfoundland,  they  should  as  much  as  possible  avoid  beating 
against  the  wind  to  the  westward,  between  the  latitudes  of  37°  and  40°. 

Upon  soundings,  along  the  coasts  of  Georgia,  Carolina,  Virginia,  Nevif- 
Jersey,  and  New- York,  the  current  runs  in  general  parallel  to  the  shore ; 
and  is.in  general,  influenced  by  the  wind,  which  mostly  prevails  from  be- 
tween the  south  and  west,  producing  a  slow  current  of  about  one  or  a  half 
knot  to  the  N.  E.  but  when  the  N.  and  east  winds  prevail,  the  current 
along  shore  to  the  S.  W.  will  frequently  run  two  knots ;  on  which  the  pi- 
lots of  this  coast  remark,  that  the  south  and  S.  W.  currents,  though  they 
}>vit  seldom  happen,  yet  they  are  alni^rs  stronger  than  tho^e  to  ^e  north* 


to  Edit. 


Blunt*0  American  Coast  Pil6t. 


253 


wnrd,  which  are  more  frequent.  It  iit  probnble  the  tiden  may  have  some 
iniluenco  on  th«9e  currentu,  particulnrly  ncurthe  pntry  of  the  groat  bavi 
iind  inli^tx.  IMic  flood  on  this  coast  comes  from  the  N.  K.  In  the  moimt* 
of  April  and  May  I  have  obtorved,  on  rroHsing  the  <«ulf  Stream,  in  the 
latitude  of  Ciipu  ti<-nrv,  that,  when  near  the  inaide  of  the  strcum,  the  wa- 
ter bot;in.t  to  colour  of  a  deeper  grron  ;  and  thence  to  the  edge  uf  sound- 
ingH,  there  \H  a  strong  current  to  the  eastward.  The  colour  of  the  water, 
from  grevn,  turns  to  muddy,  when  on  soundings,  the  current  stikl  contimi- 
ing  until  within  the  influence  of  the  tide  ;  this  eastern  current  is,  no 
doubt,  occasioned  by  the  discharge  of  water  out  of  the  Chesapeak,  by 
the  Hoods  from  the  snow  melting  in  the  country  ;  and  it  prevails,  in  some 
degree,  throughout  the  year,  but  its  effect  is  greatest  at  this  time.  It  is 
probable  that  a  similar  current  prevails  off*  the  mouth  of  the  Delaware. 

Round  the  east  end  of  Long  Island,  and  thence  to  the  eastward  round 
Nantucket  Shoals,  across  George's  Bank,  to  Cape  Sable,  a  strong  tide 
runs  ;  the  flood  setting  to  the  north  and  west,  in  order  to  All  up  the  bays, 
rivers,  and  inlets,  and  the  ebb  the  contrary.  The  tides  that  set  across 
George's  Bank  into  the  bay  of  Fundy  are  very  much  influenced  by  the 
winds,  particularly  if,  aAer  a  strong  S.  or  S.  E.  wind,  it  should  suddenly 
change  to  W.  or  N.  VV.  ^circumstances  that  often  happen  ;)  ships  will  then 
find  themselves  driAed  by  the  outset  60  or  60  miles  in  the  ?4  hours,  or 
more,  to  the  S.  E.  The  indraught  is  also  ^reat  with  S.  or  S.  E.  winds, 
which  ought  to  be  paid  particular  attention  to. 

Upon  the  Nova  Scotia  coast  the  currents  run  parallel  to  the  shore,  but 
are  more  frequent  from  the  eastward  than  from  the  westward,  particu- 
larly in  the  spring;  the  southerly  winds  foirce  them  upon  the  shore  by 
the  water  running  in  to  All  up  the  bays  and  inlets  ;  and  the  N.  and  N.  W. 
winds  have  the  same  eflect  in  forcing  them  off*  the  shore.  A  regular  tide 
here  runs  along  shore  ;  the  flood  from  E.  N.  E. 

We  shall  conclude  this  section  with  the  observations  on  the  Gulf  Stream, 
&c.  by  Sir  Chcirlen  Blagden,  M.  D.  and  F.  R.  S.  extracted  from  the  philo> 
sophical  transactions. 

"  During  a  voyage  to  America,  in  the  spring  of  the  year  1776,  I  use4 
frequently  to  examine  the  heat  of  sea-water  newly  drawn,  in  order  to  com- 
pare it  with  that  of  the  air.  We  made  our  passage  flir  to  the  southward, 
in  this  situation,  the  greatest  heat  of  the  water,  which  1  observed,  was 
such  au  raised  the  quicksilver  in  Fahrenheit's  therraometer,  to  77|  de- 
grees. This  happened  twice  ;  the  flrSt  time  on  the  loth  of  April,  in  lati- 
tude 21®  10'  N.  and  longitude,  by  our  reckoning,  62*'  W.  and  the  second 
time,  three  days  afterwards,  in  latitude  22°  7',  and  longitude  66^  :  but  in 
general  the  heat  of  the  sea,  near  the  tropic  of  Cancer,  about  the  middle  of 
April,  was  from  76  to  77°. 

'•  The  rendezvous  appointed  for  the  fleet  being  off"  Cape  Fear,  our 
Course,  on  approaching  the  American  coast,  became  north-wastward.  On 
the  23d*  of  April,  the  heat  of  the  sea  was  74°  ;  our  latitude,  at  noon,  28*^ 
T  N.  Next  day  the  heat  was  only  71° ;  we  were  then  in  latitude  29"  12' ; 
the  heat  of  the  water,  therefore,  was  now  lessening  very  fast,  in  propor- 
tion to  the  chaiige  of  latitude.  The  25th,  our  latitude  was  31*'  3' ;  but 
though  we  had  thus  gone  almost  2^  farther  to  the  northward,  the  heat  of 
the  sea  was  this  day  increased,  it  being  72°  in  the  morning,  and  12\^  in 


*  From  th9  difference  l>etween  civil  and  astronomical  time,  it  becomes  necessary  to 
o^teive  that  tlie  former  is  always  meant  in  this  worK-. 


254 


Blunt's  American  Codst  Pilot. 


10  £dit. 


the  creoing.  Neit  day,  the  26th  of  April,  nt  half  after  eif^ht  in  the  morn- 
ing, I  again  plunged  the  thermometer  into  icn-watcr,  and  ivati  greatly  Mur- 
priied  to  lee  the  quickcilver  rise  to  ;R*>,  higher  than  I  had  ever  ohgerr- 
4>d  it,  even  within  thu  tropic.  As  the  diffprcnce  waa  too  i{rPHt  to  be  im- 
puted to  any  accidental  variation,  I  immediately  conceived  that  wo  muNt 
have  come  into  the  Gulf  Stream,  the  wattr  of  which  ntill  retained  great 
part  of  the  heat  that  it  had  acquired  in  the  torrid  zone.  Thii  idea  was 
confirmed  by  the  8ub«equent,  regular  and  quick  diminution  of  the  heat : 
the  Ahip*H  run  (or  u  quarter  of  uii  hour  had  l»HHened  it  i°  ;  the  thermo- 
meter, at  three  quartern  aAor  eight,  being  ruiHed  by  aea-wnter  freoh 
drawn,  only  to  7C«* ;  by  nine  the  heat  was  reduced  to  73"  ;  and.  in  «  quar 
ter  of  an  Lour  more,  to  71**  nearly  ;  all  thin  time  the  wind  blew  fresh, 
and  we  were  going  seven  knots  an  hour  on  a  north-western  course.  The 
water  now  began  to  loose  the  fine  tninHnnrent  blue  colour  of  the  ocean, 
and  to  assume  something  of  u  greenish  oiive  tinge,  a  well  known  in<lica- 
tion  of  soundings.  Accordingly,  between  four  and  five  in  the  afternoon, 
ground  was  struck  with  the  lead,  at  the  depth  of  80  fathom!^,  the  heat  of 
the  sea  being  then  reduced  tu  60'^.  In  the  course  of  the  following  night 
and  next  day,  as  we  came  into  Hhallowcr  water  xnd  nearer  the  laud,  the 
temperature  of  the  sea  gradually  sunk  to  65**,  which  was  nearly  that  of 
the  air  at  the  time. 

Unfortunately,  bad  weath<  r  on  the  26th  prevented  us  from  taking  an 
observation  of  the  sun  ;  but  on  the  37th,  though  it  was  then  cloudy  at 
noon,  we  calculated  the  latitude  from  two  altitudes,  and  found  it  to  be  .33^ 
36'  N.  The  diflerence  of  this  latitude  from  that  which  we  had  observed 
on  the  25th,  being  2"  2.'V  was  so  much  greater  than  could  be  deduced  from 
the  ship's  run,  marked  in  the  log'book,  as  to  convince  the  pcumen  that  we 
had  been  set  many  miles  to  the  northward  by  the  current. 

On  the  25th.  at  noon,  the  longitude  by  our  reckoning,  was  74*  W.  and 
I  believe  the  computation  to  have  been  pretty  jusf ;  iiut  the  soundings, 
together  with  the  latitude,  will  determine  the  ^pot  where  these  observa- 
tions were  made,  better  than  any  reckoningfrom  the  eastward.  Tbe8hip'!> 
run,  on  the  2Gth,  from  nine  in  the  forenoon  to  lour  in  the  aflcmoon,  was 
about  10  leagues  on  a  N.  W.  by  N.  course  ;  soon  afterwards  we  hove  to 
in  order  to  sound,  and  finding  bottom,  we  went  very  slowly  all  night,  till 
noon  the  next  day. 

From  these  observations,  I  think  it  may  be  concluded  that  the  Gulf 
Stream,  about  the  33d  degree  of*  north  latitude,  and  the  76th  degree  of 
longitude  west  of  Greenwich,  is,  in  the  month  of  April,  at  least  six  de- 
grees hotter  than  the  water  of  the  sea  through  which  it  runs.  As  the 
heat  of  the  sea-water  evidently  began  to  increase  in  the  evening  of  the 
25th,  and  as  the  observations  show  that  we  were  getting  out  of  the  cur- 
rent when  I  first  tried  the  heat  in  the  morning  of  the  26tb,  it  is  most 
probable  that  the  ship's  run  during  the  night  is  nearly  the  breadth  of  the 
stream,  measured  obliquely  across  ;  that,  as  it  blew  a  fresh  breeze,  could 
not  be  less  than  25  leagues  in  15  hour!;,  the  distance  of  time  between  the 
two  observations  of  the  beat,  and  hence  ♦he  breadth  of  the  stream  maybe 
estimated  at  20  leagues.  The  breadth  .he  Gulf  of  Florida,  which  evi- 
dently bounds  the  stream  at  its  origin,  appears  by  the  charts  to  be  two  or 
three  mileti  less  than  this,  excluding  the  rocks  and  sand  bank?,  which  sur 
round  the  Birfiama  islands,  and  the  shallow  water  that  extends  to  a  consi- 
derable dietance\firom  the  coast  of  Florida  ;  and  the  correspondence  of 
these  meaaurea  is  very  remarkable,  since  the  stream  from  well  known 


t  The 
•iccasioii 
duced  by 
^e  tejuifc 
this  sul 
of  the  I 


■^p 


iOEdit. 


Blunt^t  American  Coast  Pilot 


265 


^ 


princi|»le«  of  hydrtuliet,  m-uit  griiduaUy  b«roin«  wider  an  it  geti  to  a 
greater  diitance  from  the  channel  by  which  it  issues. 

It'  the  heat  of  the  Quif  of  Meiico  were  known,  many  curious  calcula* 
tions  might  be  formed  by  comparing  it  with  that  of  iUo  current.  The 
mean  heat  of  Spanish  town  and  Kingston  in  Jamaica,  seemM  not  to  exceed 
ai^  \*  that  of  8t.  Domingo,  on  the  sea  con^^t,  may  be  estimated  at  the 
same,  from  Moni.  Godin's  observations  ;t  but  as  the  coast  of  the  conti- 
nent, which  bounds  the  Gulf  tu  the  westward  and  southward,  in  probably 
warmer,  perhaps  a  degree  or  two  may  be  allowed  for  the  mean  tempera* 
ture  of  the  climate  over  the  whole  bay  :  let  it  be  stated  at  82  or  83  de- 
crees. Now  there  seems  to  be  great  probability  in  the  supposition,  that 
the  sea,  at  a  certain  comparatively  small  distance  below  its  surface,  agrees 
in  beat  pretty  nearly  with  the  average  temperature  of  the  air,  during  the 
»vhole  year  in  that  paft ;  and  hence  it  may  be  conjectured  that  the  great* 
<*8t  heat  of  the  water  as  it  issues  out  of  the  bay,  to  form  the  stream,  is 
about  82® ,j  the  small  variation  of  temperature  on  the  surface  not  being 
.iuflficieDt  to  affect  materially  that  of  the  general  mass.  At  the  tropic  of 
cancer,  I  found  the  heat  to  be  77 ',  th(!  stream,  therefore,  in  its  whole 
course  from  the  Gulf  of  Florida,  may  be  supposed  to  have  been  constant- 
ly running  through  water  from  4  to  C  degrees  colder  than  itself,  and  yet  it 
had  lost  only  4'"  of  heat,  though  the  surrounding  water,  where  I  observ- 
ed it,  was  lU"'  below  the  supposed  original  temperature  of  the  water  which 
forms  the  current.     From  this  small  diminution  of  the  heat,  in  u  distance 

Srobably  of  300  miles,  some  idea  may  be  acquired  of  the  vast  body  of 
uid,  which  sets  out  from  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  and  of  the  great  velocity 
uf  its  motion.  Numerous  observations  on  the  temperature  of  this  Htrcam, 
in  every  part  of  it,  and  at  different  seasons  of  the  year,  compared  with  the 
heat  of  the  water  in  the  >iurrounding  seas,  both  within  and  without  the 
tropic,  would,  I  apprehend,  be  the  best  means  of  ascertaining  its  nature, 
and  determining  every  material  circumstance  of  its  movement,  especially 
if  the  effect  of  the  cu..  jnt  in  pushing  ships  to  the  northward  is  carefully 
attended  to,  at  the  same  time  with  the  observations  upon  its  hcut.'*, 


temoon,  was 


On  the  26th  of  September,  1777,  as  the,  f hips  which  had  transported 
Sir  William  Howe's  army  up  Chesapoake  bay  were  returning  towards  the 
Delaware  with  the  sick  and  (stores,  they  were  overtaken,  between  Cape 

*  History  of  Jamaica,  London,  1774,  vol.  iii.  p.  652,  (J53.  Tbc  diffcrrnt  nbservations 
of  the  heat  recorded  in  that  work  do  not  agree  together;  but  those  adopted  here  are  ta- 
ken from  that  series  which  appear  to  mo  niosicorrcrc. 

t  Monsieur  Oodin's  experiments  upon  the  p«iiduUim  were  made  at  the  Petit  Grove. 
They  continued  from  the  24th  of  August  to  the  4th  of  September,  and  the  average  heat 
during  that  time  was  such  as  is  indicated  by  •2!>°  of  M.  do  l\eaumor'«  therinomctur,  (sec 
Mem.  Acad.  Scienc  1735,  p.  5.  7.)  ncconiing  to  M.  do  Luc's  cnlculation,  (see  Modi- 
fications de  I'Atmosphere,  vol.  1,  p.  37R.)  the  2StI)  dcjjrcn  of  Reriunicr's  trw!  ther- 
mometer answers  to  about  the  85in  of  Fahrenheit's  ;  but  the  average  heal  in  Ja- 
maica,  during  the  months  of  Auf^ust  and  September,  is  also  ^o^  ;  hence  we  may  con- 
clude that  the  mean  heat  for  the  whole  year  is  nearly  the  same  on  ih)>  sea  coasts  of  both 
islands. 

I  The  lowest  calculation  of  the  mean  temperature  of  the  Gulf  is  preferred  on  this 
occasion,  because  of  tlie  constant  influx  of  new  water  from  the  Atlantic  Ocean,  pro- 
duced by  the  trade  winds,  which  water,  not  having  been  near  any  land,  must,  I  think, 
be  seuibly  colder  than  that  which  has  remained  some  time  enclosed  in  the  bay.  On 
this  subject,  the  observations  made  by  Alexander  Dalrymple,  esq.  relative  to  the  heat 
of  the  sea  near  the  coast  of  Guinea,  ought  to  be  consulted.  (See  Phil.  Tram.  vsl.  68, 
p.MM,&c.) 


250 


Blunt'H  American  Coast  Pilot. 


10  E<li(. 


Chiirlrn  and  ('npo  Hcniopen,  by  h  violent  gale  of  wind,  wtiich,  aftnmome 
vnridtion,  tix^'d  ullimntt'ly  ut  N.  N.  E.  and  rontinuad  live  day »  niMtout  in- 
tenntitiun.  It  blew  su  hard  that  wa  were  con«tantly  loiing  g<-mind,  and 
driving  to  the  Mouthword  :  wc  nUo  purpoacly  made  Home  eattin^  to  keep 
clear  of  the  danKurou*  ahouU  which  lie  off  Cape  ilutterai. 
'  On  the  28th,  at  noon,  our  lutitiidn  wua  36"  4cy  N.  and  the  heut  of  th(> 
•ea,  all  day,  about  G6*.  On  the  V9th,  our  latitude  wait  .lb'  2'  ;  we  hud. 
therefore,  in  the  course  of  the«e  24  hourn,  been  driven  by  the  wind  ^H 
nautical  milei  to  the  southward  ;  the  temperature  of  the  iteu  continued 
nearly  ut  tib'*.  Next  day,  the  30th,  our  latitude  at  noon  wun  35^  44'  only 
18  milcii  further  to  the  southward,  though,  in  the  opinion  of  the  seaincu 
aboard,  ua  well  as  my  own,  it  had  blown  at  least  us  hard  on  this  us  on  any 
preceding  days,  and  wo  had  not  been  able  to  carry  more  sail ;  conse- 
quently it  mny  be  concluded  that,  some  current  hud  set  the  ship  20  miles 
to  the  northward.  To  know  whether  this  was  the  Gulf  Stream,  let  m  con- 
sult the  thermometer.  At  half-after  nine  in  the  forenoon  of  this  day,  the 
heat  of  the  water  was  76°,  no  Icha  than  1 1''  above  the  temperature  of  tliH 
sea  before  we  came  into  the  Current. 

Towards  evening  the  wind  fell,  and  we  stood  N.  W.  by  N.  close  haul- 
ed. As  the  sea  still  ran  very  high,  and  the  ship  scarcely  went  above  2 
knots  an  hour,  we  did  not  make  less  than  .3  points  of  lee-way  on  thiM  tack  ; 
the  course  we  made  good,  therefore,  was  VV.  N.  W.  which,  on  thn  distance 
run  by  noon  next  day,  gave  us  about  IC  miles  of  northing  ;  but  that  day, 
the  Iflt  of  October,  our  latitude  was  M)'^  22',  30  miles  farther  to  tlic  north 
than  we  hswl  been  the  day  before  ;  the  din'crcncc,  22  miles,  must  be  ut- 
tributed  to  the  Gulf  Stream.  This,  however,  is  only  part  of  the  efl'ect 
which  the  current  would  have  produced  upon  the  ship,  if  we  had  conti- 
ued  in  it  the  whole  four-and-twenty  hours  ;  for  though  ^ve  were  ntill  in 
the  stream  at  five  in  the  afternoon  of  the  30th,  as  appeared  by  the  heut  of 
the  water,  being  then  above  75'*,  and  at  eight  in  the  evening  the  heut  be- 
ing still  74",  yet  by  seven  the  next  morning  we  had  certainly  got  clear  of 
i\.,  the  heat  of  the  sea  being  then  reduced  to  its  former  standard  of  05o. 
On  this  occasion,  therefore,  we  did  not  cross  the  stream,  but,  having  fallen 
in  with  it  obliquely  on  the  western  side,  we  pushed  out  again  on  the  same 
side,  as  soon  as  the  gale  abated. 

The^e  observations  having  been  made  3"  to  the  nortbv^ard  of  my  for- 
mer ones,  it  is  curious  to  observe,  that  the  heat  of  the  Gulf  Stream  wa^ 
2°  less.  The  seasons  of  the  year,  indeed,  were  very  different ;  l»ut,  per 
haps,  under  such  circumstances,  that  their  effects  were  nearly  balanced. 
In  the  latter  observations  the  meridian  altitude  of  the  sun  was  less  ;  but 
then  a  hot  summer  preceded  them  :  whereas,  in  the  former,  though  the 
sun's  power  was  become  very  great,  yet  the  winter  had  been  past  but  a 
oiiort  time.  Calculating  upon  this  proportion,  we  may  be  led  to  suspect 
that,  about  the  27th  degree  of  latitude,  which  is  as  soon  as  the  stream  has 
got  clear  of  the  Gulf  of  Florida,  it  begins  sensibly  to  lose  its  heat  from 
82",  the  supposed  temperature  of  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  nud  continues  to 
lose  it  at  the  rate  of  about  2'  of  Fahrenheit's  scale  to  every  3'  of  latitude, 
with  some  variation,  probably,  as  the  surrounding  gea  and  the  air  are 
warmer  or  colder  at  different  seasons  of  the  year. 

The  preceding  facts  had  made  me  very  desirous  of  observing  the  heat 
of  the  Gulf  Stream  on  my  passage  homeward  :  but  a  violent  gale  of  wind, 
which  came  on  two  days  after  we  had  sailed  from  Sandy-hook,  disabled 
{every  person  on  board,  who  knew  how  to  handle  a  thermometer,  from 
keeping  the  deck.    The  master  of  the  ship,  however,  an  intelligent  man. 


10  CUit. 


BluiU^M  AincrLCuu  Count  IMot. 


267 


^owham  I  ha<1  rommiiiiirntpil  my  viowa,  niiiHrnl  me,  iint  on  tlir  weriMHl 
ilny  ul'  tli»  ifulu,  the  water  felt  tu  liim  remiirkiihly  wHriii  ;  wr  wi>ri*  then 
near  tlio  7U^  of  tvett  longitmle.  ThU  af(ri>eii  very  well  wiili  tlM>  romiitun 
reni[i>'k  of  aeamen,  who  allege,  that  (hey  iif"*  fnM]uetiliy  iirnitilil«>  of  ttia 
Uult  Stroum  off  Nantucket  unouU,  n  ilutaiue  of  more  tliiin  lOiX)  mtlea 
from  (he  (iulf  of  Florida!  Acmnling  to  i  o  culrulatiQn  1  liiive  bcfora 
ndopted,  of  n  lota  of  ^  of  hen(  for  every  'S'  of  latitude,  the  temperntur« 
of  the  (Julf  Stream  here  would  be  nearly  7.T  ;  the  diffi>r«Mir«  <»f  which 
from  hii^  the  heat  that  I  obterved  in  (he  neu-wutiT,  both  btM'ore  and  nA«r 
the  gale,  mi^ht  easily  be  perceived  by  the  manter  of  the  vviaul.  Thia 
wai  in  the  winter  aeaion,  nt  the  end  of  December. 

An  <y|union  prevaiU  umonx  itounien,  that  there  i«  nomethini;  peculiar  in 
the  weather  about  the  (iulf  Stream.  An  far  m  I  could  jud^e,  the  heat  of 
the  uir  wai  considerably  increased  by  it,  as  mii^ht  be  expected  ;  but  whe- 
ther to  a  degree  or  extent  suHicicnt  for  produciiit;  any  material  chungM 
in  the  atmosphere  must  be  deterniinud  by  future  t)()scrvation9. 

Perhaps  other  currents  may  be  found,  which,  issuing;  from  places  warm- 
er or  colder  than  the  surrounding  sea,  ditTer  from  il  in  thiMr  ti'mperature 
so  much  as  to  be  discovered  by  the  thermometer.  ShunM  there  be  many 
such,  (his  instrument  will  come  to  be  ranked  amongst  thr  most  valuable  at 
nea  ;  os  the  diflliculty  of  ascertaining  currents  is  well  kn  <wn  to  be  one  of 
the  greatest  defects  in  the  pref^ont  art  of  nnvigiition. 

In  the  mean  time,  I  hope,  the  observations  which  have  been  here  re- 
luted,  are  sufficient  tu  prove  that,  in  crossing  the  Oulf  Stream,  very  «• 
sential  advahtages  may  be  derived  from  the  uhc  of  the  thermometer  ;  for, 
(('  the  master  of  a  ship,  bound  to  any  uf  the  southern  provinces  of  North 
America,  will  be  careful  to  try  the  heat  of  the  sea  tVc(|ueiitIy,  he  must 
discover  very  accurately  his  entrance  into  the  Uulf  Stream  by  the  sud- 
den increase  of  the  heut  ;  and  a  continuance  of  the  same  experiments 
will  show  him,  with  equal  exactness,  how  long  he  remains  in  it.  Hence 
he  will  always  be  able  to  make  a  proper  allowance  for  the  number  of 
miles  that  the  ship  is  set  to  the  northward,  bv  multiplying  the  time  into 
the  velocity  of  the  current.  Though  this  velocity  is  hitherto  very  ini- 
perfectly  known  from  want  oT  some  method  of  dt^termining  how  long  the 
current  acted  upon  the  ship,  yet  all  uncertninly  arising  from  thence  must 
soon  cease,  as  a  lew  experiments  upon  the  heat  of  the  stream,  comprred 
vrith  the  ship's  run,  checked  by  observations  of  the  latitude,  will  ascertain 
its  motion  with  sufficient  precision.  Krot^  difTcrcnces  in  the  wind,  and  per- 
haps  other  circumstances,  it  is  probable  that  there  may  be  uome  vuriu- 
tiona  in  the  velocity  of  the  current  ;  and  it  will  be  curious  to  observe 
whether  these  variations  may  not  frequently  be  pointed  out  by  a  diflfer- 
enre  in  its  temperature  ;  as  the  quicker  the  current  moves,  the  less  heat 
is  likely  to  be  lost,  and,  conseciuently,  the  hotter  will  the  water  be.  In 
this  observation,  however,  the  season  of  the  year  must  always  be  consi<- 
dered  ;  partly,  because  it  may,  perhaps,  in  some  degree,  aflect  the  origi- 
nal temperature  of  the  water  in  the  Guli'  of  Mexico ;  b.it,  principally, 
because  the  actual  heat  of  the  stream  must  be  greater  or  less  ir  propor- 
tion as  the  tract  of  the  sea,  through  which  it  has  flown,  was  warmer  or 
colder.  In  winter,  I  should  suppose  that  the  heat  of  the  stream  itself 
would  be  rather  less  tlkin  in  summer  ;  but  that  the  difference  between  it 
and  the  surrounding  sea  would  be  much  greater  ;  and  1  conceive  that,  in 
the  middle  of  summer,  though  the  streani  had  lost  very  little  of  its  origi- 
nal heat,  yet  the  sea  might,  in  some  parts,  acquire  so  nearly  the  saaw 

33 


2.18 


BluJiftt  AinericauCoQiil  Filol. 


luEdit 


ltmp«raturti  a*  (o  r«iiil«r  it  •ctrvcly  poMiblo  tu  dutmguith  by  (b«  thtr^ 
mumat^r  when  n  ■lii|>  «*iit«r«i(  into  lti»  current 

Ucaulca  lb«  i:unvei)iviic«  ut'corrcctinK  u  thip't  coumtf,  by  knoiving  how 
to  make  a  pro|H*r  AUnManca  for  the  (titlRiice  iha  it  •«!  tu  tbp  iiortbwrari) 
by  tlia  current,  u  iiMttlMxl  ul'  (IvlvriniiiinK  ^>''>  cArtniiiiy  whi'ti  the  rnii*r« 
into  tli«  Ciuit'  Htrruiii  u  nttcntivJ  nith  tbu  llirthiT  iitcatimNblo  aiiviintiHt<' 
vi*  ■hoM'iiitc  b«r  |ilucp  upon  tli«  uccnn  in  thu  inuitt  rnUctil  lituutiun  ;  I'ui, 
■I  tbo  curront  itttt  ulon^  tbo  coiMt  ut'  Ammca,  iit  |)lac««  <»n  «nuiichr>f«,  thn 
mahntr,  whrtn  Ur  fiii<i«  tbi«  •tulden  incrcnuc  ol  hftut  in  th'  •«•».  will  bf 
tvuriKHl  of  hi*  approai  h  to  thu  ( uott,  hihI  >«ill  thuH  hive  timely  nolicf*  in 
take  the  naccMiiry  pracuutiunt  for  tho  Hofcty  ul'  hit  vtNel.  Am  thccourti* 
of  tht>  (Utif  Mtriuun  runii'ii  In  ha  nioru  accui'.ttnly  known,  from  ai>p<:ati*f| 
ob«crvnUunit  of  the  li«iit  luul  lutttmirt,  thi«  ini'tlioil  uf  ilutorinininK  the 
•bip't  i)luc(>  v^ill  he  propurtionubly  rtxiru  4i|ipliruble  to  uic.  Ami  it  ilo- 
rivot  uilditiuntil  importanct*  from  tlu;  peculiar  <  trcuni<«ttini'.ct  of  tlir  Auic> 
rinin  coaat,  which,  from  the  mouth  ot  the  l^nliiware  to  the  auuthcvniiimt 
point  of  Floridii,  u  vvcrv  Wiicro  low,  und  lu'set  with  frequent  ahonU, 
running  out  to  fur  into  the  ten,  thnt  u  veMcl  may  bo  tigruund  in  nmny 

Elacet  where  tho  iihore  it  not  tu  be  dintiiiKniihed  even  ironi  the  iniul- 
cad.  The  Gulf  ^ireiim,  therefore,  which  liuo  hitherto  arrved  only  to 
increate  the  perplexities  of  tcnmen,  will  now,  if  theie  observatiunt  are 
found  to  be  juiit  in  pructice,  become  one  of  the  chief  meann  of  their  pre* 
t«rvation  upon  thin  dungrruut  couit.  [The  coume  and  velocity  ol  the 
Gulf  Stream  uro  more  Ailly  laid  down  on  u  chart  of  the  Weatern  Ocean, 
poblithcd  by  the  author  ol  thia  work,  uccompanicd  by  a  pamphlet  on 
**  Thermometricul  Navigation. "J 


Kxtrarl  of  a  Irtttr  from  Franris  D.  Maion,  F.»q.  to  Col.  ,frn.  U'tlUami,  eommonJatil  nf 
Iht  C'orpi  of  Knginem;  and  Author  of  "  ThefmomKlrical  JVarigalton,^  at  J^TeW'York. 
diUtd 

*'CLirTON,  (En|.)  90  Judp,  1810. 

''My  voyage  from  Nitw-York  to  llaTifWn,  in  tha  British  Packat  Kiisn,  waa  lo  Tcry 
tfiiiipaatuoui  and  uiiforiuntl*  (havInK  carried  away  oui  oramatt)  that  I  did  not  mak' 
any  thannomctrical  obfcrvntiniii ;  but  when  w«  suited  from  tlulilax,  on  the  27th  of  Ap- 
ril, I  bcfcan  them,  and  conUnuad  till  I  unfnrtonatf^ty  broke  both  m^  thffrmometert.  How 
ever  abort  the  time  wat,  you  will  percaive  that  my  obMrvatlona  have  baen  very  im- 
portant, andlharewhh  aend  tlie  reiult  of  them.  You  will  percoiva  with  what  fidalit> 
the  thermometer  indicated  the  hairka  and  the  approximation  towards  islands  of  ic« 
Tha  captain  was  so  convinced  of  the  usefulness  of  the   thermomeier,  thai  he  made  re 

f[ularremArks,  and  Inserted  them  in  his  jnurnah     I  gave  him  one  of  your  books,  think 
ng  il  wiuld  be  pleasing  to  you  thnt  I  slrauld  extend  the  knowledge  of  a  discovery  en 
Qieful  as  .ours,  and  I  wish  It  were  more  generally  known.    After  having  miraculoutly 
escai>ad  the  ^tlniids  of  ice  and  scVera)  lavere  ^^ales^  we  arrnned  at  Falmouth  on  ihe  jl'lf 
af  May,  1810. 


,t» 


Edit 


10  Edit. 


IIJunt*H  American  Coorit  Pilot. 


2.^9 


e  tktr- 

DK  hew 
iiiwari! 

viintiHi«- 
11 ;  Un . 
ttgi,  tli<* 
will  br 
Dlici*  t« 
R  court!' 

:uiiK  th«' 
1(1  tt  tW- 
lit'  Aiiifl- 

ICVUIIUiit 

ill  nintvy 
hu  miut 
i  only  to 
tiun»  nri^ 
heir  pr«- 
ty  <)l  lli»* 
n  Occnn. 
iphlcl  ou 


inamlnnl  vf 
nr,  1810. 


t}ml»t. 


Ilmtrt. 


A(>.  *;il 


2U 


3U 


\(a/  1 


4  M.  I  r.M 


to 


7 
la 

0 

Noon. 
S 
0 


n 


3 

II 

lU 


Nuun. 


:i 

0 
12 


8 

]U 
Muon. 
4 
G 

Midii.  Vi 
4    I 

B    I 
Moun. 
8 
12 

Ntion. 


lUtt  ^ 

Ut. 

Lm§, 

Ur.\H'mttr. 

N. 

W. 

44" 

40" 

47 

41 

43*  10 

da  41' 

4:i 

4i 

4ti 

40 

4.1 

4.1 

4tf 

4H 

41  27 

lO  «4 

fly 

<i: 

41 

<jt 

411 

A4 

t» 

«i 

CO 

(11 

ii     1 

10  tl 

Ad 

CI 

(10 

«0 

do 

SI 

till 

4«i 

04 

3A 

41  53 

■)4  52 

lii 

40 

5u 

47 

•Jfl 

47 

it 

4i 

W 

4U 

is 

30 

«u 

«0 

«l) 

(i2 

(ii 

6i 

ttl 

«:» 

41  t5 

/iU    8 

lil 

(it 

6t 

68 

£« 

60 

60 

6B 

4J 

43 

40 

39 

41 

41 

43 

43 

44 

4J 

12     1 

no   4 

44 

50 

4tf 

6U 

40 

(>0 

46 

52 

43 

4>0 

64 

59 

42  54 

46    2 

49 

60 

48 

60 

47 

59 

£J 

59 

43  12 

41  43 

HUMAHKfi. 


SitiU  |}»iik 


TMktnd  lowdHt  tilgt  of  ilitam. 
gifting  III  lilt  ■litam. 


Sniinri  ill  TO  fa.  nn  Imii.  :  iht  water  ai 
thtti  lUpih  2"  wmni.  than  on  ih«  turf  *•• 

Am  wland  n(  t««i  hpailiiKS.S.K   7  m. 

Abic.iil  of  )r«  I  mil*  lo  Ictward. 

Iilaitrt  ul  tea  btait  H.  H.  W.  7  milM. 


Sound  with  70  f^thomi,  no  bottom. 

Sound  with  80  ruthomi,  no  bottom. 

Sound  witli  80  futhomi,  no  bottom. 
An  cnorinou*  iilnnd  of  ica  abicaii  100 
ynrdi.  Thiswaiaboul  150ft. higli and  1 
mile  in  diameter.  Whnn  flrit  di«rovered 
it  wat  not  100  ydi.  from  the  vkixcI,  and 
we  wrre  ialliiif(  directly  towards  it. 
1  he  nbieurlty  was  then  *Q  ginat,  thut 
at  that  diitance  it  appeared  only  like 
n  witito  rloud  nxtendinf  from  tlie  tea 
over  our  mnit*. 

Pniiotl   soverul  i^landi  of  ice,  liie 
lurjtest  beiirinK  S.  \V.  7  milft. 

No  biiitom  by  80  faihoini. 


Broke  the  tlierniometeri. 


mi 


REMARKS  ON  THK  FOREGOING  JOURNAL. 

The  important  point  of  roinpnrison,  ii  the  (llfferenw  in  the  hml  nffke  water,  in  differ - 
<nt  placet^  iu  or  near  the  stream,  in  the  ocnau,  out  of  the  sireain,  on  the  coait,  and, near 
islands  of  icn,  not  the  diffKrcnce  between  Iheheat  of  the  main  and  the  air,  as  tome  ha»o 
imagined.  This  latter  is  merely  u  concurrent  observation  ;  it  serves  to  account  for  orrfi- 
uary  changes,  and  thereby  to  guide  the  judgment. 

From  April  28,  at  10  A.  M.  to  April  29,  at  0  A.  M.  we  see  the  temperature  of  the  sea 
in  the  •boaU  of  Sable,  from  40  to  43.  At  5  P.  M.  we  soe  the  warm  influence  of  the  GuU 
Stream  from  62°  to  640,    At  10  P.  M.  wo  aee  the  temperature  between  the  influence  oi 


260 


61unt^8  American  Coast  Pilot.  1 0  Edit . 


the  itrenm  in  dRfp  water  niirl  the  const  ut  bV,  which  is  about  h  mean  between  tlie  two  , 
then  itaiidin^  off  hiiorc,  itt  0  the  next  morniiig,  UOth,  we  tco  the  warm  influence  or  the 
atr«nin  af(iiiii- 

If  these  stripcfl  of  wAtrr  hi><\  lipondiKtinciiishod  by  the  r.oloursof  whitr,  red,  Riidblur, 
couH  they  bo  more  distinctly  disc'vcrnble  than  thry  arc  by  the  convtunt  u&c  of  the  thei-> 
inometer  ? 

About  33  hours  afterward?,  May  1,  at  8  A.  M.  we  find  the  w(|tcr  tnnlini;,  and  in  thre^ 
hours  morn  the  mercury  falls  14  degrees  (46**  )  Here  no  bottom  could  be  found  by  the 
lead,  and  there  was  probably  ;in  isliind  of  ice  obscured  by  fog.  (I>ftit  bo  remembered, 
that  the  coldness  uf  ice  condenses  the  atmosphere,  and  wf  course  the  consequence  must 
be  fog.) — Passing  this  at  2  V.  M.  the  thermometer  rose  to  54*^,  but  in  one  Jioiir  more  it 
fell  to  46°  acain,  and  an  island  of  ice  appeared  i«(  the  distance  of  seven  milr.i.  Let  na- 
vigators reflect  on  this,  and  say  that  a  Kudden  fall  of  6**  in  this  part  of  the  ocean,  ought 
In  induce  them  to  haul  to  the  southward,  and  keep  a  food  \noif.  out.  From  May  1,  at  II 
A.  M.  to  the  next  morning,  at  1  A.  IM.  we  see  the  gindual  changes  us  the  ship  passes  the 
ice  and  conies  again  into  occnn  watii  ;  (^0*^)  but  in  two  hours  mu^e,  the  ship  is  in  the 
warm  influence  of  the  stream  again,  and  the  mercury  rises  10  degrees  (60).  She  pro- 
ceeds in  a  nearly  regular  degree  of  hcpt  during  17  hours,  till  at  6  P.  M.  the  water  begins 
again  to  cool,  falling  to  56'^  at  midnight.  Here  was  no  bottom  in  80  fathoms.  May  3d, 
at  4  A.  M.  the  wnte'r  was  at  43°  still  no  bottom  in  80  fathoms.  Now,  from  past  expe- 
rietice,  we  must  say,  here  is  an  island  of  ice  in  a  less  distance  than  seven  iniles,  because 
at  that  distance  the  wttter  was  46^.  When  day  appears,  behold  an  enormous  island  of 
ice  nbreast  100  yards,  and  the  heat  of  the  water  reduced  to  39°  !  A  question  now  occurs. 
Had  not  the  thermometer  been  thus  used,  had  it  not  been  continued  during  the  night, 
what  would  have  been  the  fate  of  this  shipi*  Let  the  recollection  of  the  miserable  fnto 
of  the  ship  "Jupiter,  be  an  impressive  answer  ;  and  let  it  be  laid  down  as  a  maritime  ax-^ 
torn,  that  want  of  caution,  or  ignorance,  can  ajono  cause  such  accidents  in  future. 

JONA.  WILLIAMS. 


Temperature  of  the  (tir  and  water  on  a  passage  from  JVew-York  to  Ireland, 

March,   1816. 


March  7 
8 
9 
10 
11 
12 
13 
14 
15 
i6 
17 
18 
19 
20 
21 
22 


April 


14 
2S 

27 
28 

3i) 

31 
1 
2 
3 
4 
.5 
6 


Air. 
Koon. 


44  15 

46  00 

47  00 
56  30 
64  QO 

56  r>o 

44  00 

58  00 

47  00 
52  00 
56  30 
51  00 


52  30 

47  00 

48  00 
48  00 
48  00 
45  00 
48  00 

48  00 

49  00 
49  08 


Water. 


68  30 

66  00 

65  00 

64  00 

*59  30 

t43  00 

t.59  00 

61  30 

57  00 
57  00 
56  00 
54  00 


50  00 

48  00 

50  0') 
50  00 
50  00 
50  00 
.^0  00 
SO  00 
50  00 
50  00 


Lai.  JV.     Long.  W. 


30  «  K. 
Sy  36 


40 
40 


36 
42 


42  00 

42  25 


43  44 

44  22 

45  43 

46  46 


49  11 


51  15 
51  15 
50  50 

50  44 

51  17 
50  30 

49  54 

50  18 


61  36 

59  03 

54  17 

52  47 

49  51 

47  04 

45  42 

39  27 

.37  15 

33  44 

31  33 

21  57 
18  13 


17  25 

15  55 

12  44 

10  24 

10  24 

9  13 

10  46 

10  23 

Wvid. 


N.  In  the  Gulf. 
N.    do. 
S.  ic  W.  do. 
N.    do. 
W. 

s.  w. 

N.  E. 

S.  and  W. 

S.  and  W. 
S.  and  W. 
S.  and  W. 
S.  and  E. 


\V. 


s. 

and  F. 

E. 

N. 

and  E 

N. 

W. 

S. 

W. 

E. 

E. 

N. 

E. 

N. 

E. 

•  West  of  the  Bank. 


f  On  the  Bank. 


X  East  of  the  Bank, 


*  Captain  Law's  protest,  containing  the  particulars  of  the  distressing  circumstance  ot 
this  ibipt  states, 
•i  April  6)  in  latitude  44''  20',  longitude  49°,  at  ^  A.  M.  saw  several  pieces  of  broken 


10  Edit. 


en  tl»8  two ; 
cntc  of  the 

d,  mid  blur, 
of  lliothei- 

anrt  in  three 
ouiirt  by  the 
lenicmbcred, 
qiiencc  mu«t 
Jioiir  more  it 
In.    Let  na- 
Dccan,  ought 
May  l,ntll 
lip  passes  the 
ship  is  in  the 
)).    She  pro- 
water  begins 
ns.     May  3d, 
»m  past  expe- 
iniles,  because 
0U8  island  of 
in  now  occurs, 
ing  the  night, 
niscrable  latc 
a  maritime  ax- 
in  future. 
VILLIAMS. 

•&  to  Ireland, 


Vind. 


In  the  Giilf. 

do. 
icW.do. 

do. 

W. 
I.  E. 

and  W. 

I  and  W. 

and  W. 

and  W. 
1  and  £• 


1  and  F. 


and  E. 
W. 
IW. 


E. 
E. 


Circumstance  ot 
tcces  of  broken 


10  £4it. 


Blunt'g  American  Coast  Pilot. 


2d\ 


From  the  foresping  remarks  the  importance  of  the  Marina  Thermomater  may  be  fully 
illustrated.  On  the  16th,  the  ship  croBsed  the  bank,  at  whicliUme  the  temperature  of  the 
water  was  15°  45'  colder  than  the  previous  and  following  days.  A  particular  un  of  this 
instrument,  as  you  approach  the  coast,  will  unquestion^ly  point  out  the  soundings,  and 
reader  useful  services  to  the  navigator.  (Fiomthe  scientific  gentleman  who  communi* 
cated  the  above,  some  important  nautical  information  has  been  received,  relative  to  the 
flouthprn  ocean,  fur  'vhich  he  will  accept  the  thanks  of  the  Editor,  with  his  best  withes, 
thai  all  but  -idverse  fortune  mny  follr.w  him.) 


Description  of  Little  Bahama  Bank. 

North  of  Providence  arc  placed  the  islands  of  Abaco,  Great  Bahannif^ 
and  a  large  portion  of  keys,  raised  upon  the  Little  Bahama  bank. 

The  Hole-in-the-Wall,  which  is  the  southernmost  extreme  of  the  u\- 
and  of  Abaco,  bears  N.  N.  W.  7|  leagues  from  Egg  island,  and  the  two 
form  the  mouth  of  what  is  called  the  N.  £.  channel  of  Providence,  and 
the  Hole-in-the-Wall,  with  Stirrup's  key,  form  the  eastern  mouth  of  what 
is  called  the  N.  W.  channel  of  Providence,  and  this  N.  W.  channel's  west- 
ern mouth  is  formed  by  the  Great  Isaac,  and  the  western  extremity  of  Uie 
island  of  Great  Bahama  bank. 

The  island  of  Abaco  is  divided  into  two  parts  by  a  small  shoal  channel, 
and  when  it  is  seen  from  the  eastward  it  forms  two  pretty  high  lumps. 
There  are  commodious  anchorages  on  the  western  and  southern  edges 
well  sheltered  in  the  sea,  one  of  which  is  that  offered  on  the  western  part 
of  Abaco,  which,  from  the  Hole-in-the-Wall,  runs  N.  W.  and  terminates 
in  a  bay  9  miles  from  the  point.  This  biay,  with  winds  at  N.  W. — N.  N. 
E. — E.  and  even  S.  E.  affords  good  shelter  with  a  depth  of  7^,  8,  and  9 
fathoms  water,  and  although  the  wind  at  S.  E.  is  along  shore  it  makes  no 
sea,  and  it  is  excellent  holding  ground. 

In  the  bottom  of  this  bay  is  the  channel  which  divider  the  island  of 
Abaco  into  two  parts,  and  a  number  of  houses  are  erected  there  by  people 
from  Providence,  who  come  to  cut  wood.  This  anchorage  is  safer  in  win- 
ter  than  in  summer,  as  during  the  latter  you  have  constant  squalls  from  the 
southward,  from  which  the  lightning  r ften  does  harm,  and  earthquakes 
are  frequent,  which  drive  off  the  prople,  who  retire  to  Providence  and 
Eleuthera. 

From  the  west  part  of  this  bay,  a  chain  of  keys  extend  20  miles  W  by 
N,  after  which  you  will  see  the  east  end  of  the  island  of  Great  Bahama, 

ice,  from  which  at  1}  %ke  same  day,  we  supposed  ourselves  entirely  clear,  and  steering  W, 
by  N.—W. — E.  i^.  E.  and  foggy  weather.  At  2  P.  M.  began  to  discover  islands  of  ice 
again,  and  at  3  o'clock  saw  a  large  field  ahead,  which  appeared  to  have  no  opening. — 
We  then  wore  ship  and  kept  off  to  the  southward  and  eastward  ;  continually  passing 
small  islands  of  ice,  until  5  P.  M.  when  we  found  the  ie  extending  sn  far  to  north  and 
south  that  we  could  not  clear  it.  We  then  hove  about  and  stretched  to  the  northward 
among  the  broken  ice,  till  night  came  on,  and  no  prospect  of  getting  clear.  We  hove  too 
under  the  three  topsails  double  reefed,  in  hopes  to  have  sufficient  drift  to  keep  clear  of 
the  fields  of  ice  to  leeward  until  daylight,  but  found,  at  about  II,  we  were  drifting 
fast  upon  a  large  field,  and  were  obliged  to  wear  ship  and  haul  to  the  southward 
under  easy  sail,  luffing  and  bearing  away  for  the  broken  ice,  as  occasion  required,  un- 
til half  past  13,  when  we  struck  a  small  piece  which  we  found  had  go  e  through  the  star- 
board bow. 

"Captain  Law  would  recommend,  tn  any  vessels  bound  to  Europe,  not  to  go  to 
the  north  of  latitude  39°,  as  the  information  of  Captain  Guiner,  in  the  schooner  that 
relieved  hiio,  had  been  as  far  to  the  southward  as  41°  30',  and  could  see  no  southern 
terniination.^' 


i'^J 


262 


Blunfi)  American  Coast  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


Yvhich  continues  on  nearly  the  same  course  for  19  leagues,  and  the  whole 
of  these  two  spaces  of  the  bunk  are  foul  with  reefs  and  rocks,  as  hr  as 
the  middle  of  Great  Bahama,  from  whence  it  is  clean  and  has  a  smooth 
bottom. 

In  the  extreme  western  part  of  the  Great  Bahama  there  is  excellent 

anchorage,  from  which  the  soundings  of  the  bank  run  ofl'  5  miles. 

N.  N.  VV.  from  the  W.  end  of  Grand  Bahama  lies  a  small  clean  key,  call- 
ed Tombado. 

The  west  edge  of  this  bank  runs  N.  N.  W.  to  latitude  27°  60'  N.  and 
is  clear  and  regular  without  either  keys  or  danger,  if  you  exercise  the 
leadsmen' ;  all  the  other  keys,  to  the  northward  of  Tombado,  lie  on  this 
side  of  the  bank  N.  E.  from  it,  so  that  there  is  no  fear  in  sailing  in  or  oft 
this  part  of  the  bank,  called  Marinilla.  When  there  is  a  sea  from  the  N. 
E.  on  the  N.  W.  point  of  this  bank,  in  that  part  of  it  in  25,  30,  and  40 
fathoms,  it  makes  at  flood  tide  a  race,  and  whirlpools  produced  by  its  choak- 
ing  with  the  Gulf  current  so  as  to  cause  it  to  break  heavy,  and  makes  it 
appear  like  shoals,  but  there  are  none  ;  on  the  contrary,  getting  to  the 
southward  of  this  race,  you  will  have  smooth  sea,  and  may  keep  in  15, 
16,  14,  13,  8,  and  7  fathoms  water  ;  the  bottom  is  sand,  gravel  and  some 
stooes,  upon  which  you  may  occasionally  anchor.  On  this  bank  the  wa- 
ter is  green,  and  you  cannot  see  the  bottom  until  in  2|  and  3  fathoms,  up- 
on which  or  in  the  green  water  there  has  never  been  any  tide  motion  ex- 
perienced, therefore  the  Gulf  Stream  does  no  more  than  touch  along  the 
edge  of  soundings. 

Marinilla  is  dangerous  on  the  flood,  and  sho'ild  be  avoided.  It  has  been 
supposed  to  consist  of  a  reef,  but  the  fact  is,  the  race  and  breakers  caus- 
ed by  the  choaking  of  the  tide  with  the  Gulf  Stream  and  the  sea  whiclx 
pomes  in  from  the  N.  VV.  has  been  the  cause  of  this  deception. 


Directions  for  the  Bahama  Bank,  Gulf  Passage,  and  the 

Florida  Coast. 


The  N.  E.  point  of  the  island  of  Abaco  lies  in  latitude  26°  17'  N.  longi- 
tude 76"  59'  W.  When  in  its  latitude,  distant  9  miles,  steer  S.  by  W.  a 
W.  12  leagues,  which  will  carry  you  on  the  bank  off  the  Hole-in-the-Wall, 
in  about  14  fathoms  water.  I'he  Hole-ip-the-Wall  lies  in  latitude  25"  51' 
N.  longitude  77°  10'  W.  and  is  the  S.  E.  point  of  Abaco.  By  making 
Rocky  point  in  the  day-time,  you  may  have  a  safe  run  on  your  S.  by  W. 
I  W.  course,  12  leagues,  and  then,  if  you  do  not  choose  to  run,  layby, 
should  it  be  night. 

Off"  the  Hole-in-the-Wall  lies  a  bank,  in  a  S.  E.  direction,  7  or  8  miles 
in  length  and  about  4  miles  broad  in  the  middle,  ending  with  a  point  at  its 
S.  E.  extremity. 


Soundings  taken  on  the  Bank. 


Kole-in-ll>e-Wall  W.  2  miles,  12 

W.  i  N.  5  mile,  15 

W.  7  milee,  60 

~ W.  by  S.  6  miles,  30 

. W.  4  S.  3  miles,  13 

1 W.  i  N.  3  miles,  12 

W.  by  N.  2i  miles,  11 


fathoms. 

do. 

do.    no  bottom. 

do.    op  bottiym. 
fathoms. 

do. 

do. 


■i^ 


0  Edit. 

le  whole 
as  (At  us 
a  smooth 

excellent 

liles. ■ 

key,  call- 

}'  N.  and 
•rciae  the 
lie  on  this 
g  in  or  oft 
omtheN. 
>0,  and  40 
( its  choak- 
d  makes  it 
ing  to  the 
ieepin  16, 
>l  and  some 
nk  the  wa- 
athoms,  up- 
motion  ex- 
M  along  the 

U  has  been 
eakew  caus- 
e  sea  whicU 


10  Edit.  Blunt 'S  American  Coast  Pilot. 


263 


and  the 


il'  S.  longi- 
i  S.  by  W.  2 
lin-the-Wall, 
litude  25°  51^ 
By  making 
lurS.byW. 
run,  layby, 

1 7  or  8  miles 
la  point  at  its. 


Jttom. 


Holc-in-thi-Wall,  N.  W.  j|  N.  2&  milef,       15  fatham.q. 

N.  VV.  by  N.  3  mile*,  oflf  the  bank.    Beyond  15  fathom* 

Hiere  were  no  soundiriRs  \*ilh  80  fathoms.  You  r^y  know  when  on  this  bonk,  ai  the 
water  changes  at  once  from  a  dark  sea  blue  to  a  beautiful  vivid  ((roei),  is  more  agitated 
by  u  gicuiid  f  wall,  and  discovered  the  inoment  you  ure  oA',  particularly  with  a  S.  L.  winc)| 
Ht  which  time  the  above  loundings  wure  tuken. 

The  first  island  to  the  northward  of  the  N.  E.  point  of  Abaco,  is  LitUe 
Harbour  key  ;  then  Linnyard's  key  and  Little  Guana  key.  Linnyard 
and  Pelican  keys  run  S.  by  W.  |  W.  and  N.  by  E.  ^  E.  The  distance 
between  Linnyard's  key  and  Abaco  is  about  two  miles,  fine  sandy  bot- 
tom, clear  of  rocks,  and  good  anchorage,  north  from  the  N.  E.  point 
of  Abaco. 

At  the  N.  E.  point  of  Abaco,  about  one  mile  west  of  the  point,  is  a  fine 
bay,  called  Hurricane  bay,  with  water  enough  for  small  vessels. 

There  is  a  good  watering  place,  called  VVeatherford's  Well,  oh  the  N. 
E.  side  of  the  island  of  Abaco,  lying  N.  W.  from  the  south  end  of  Linn- 
yard's key  ;  S.  W.  by  S.  from  the  north  end,  and  N.  N.  W.  from  the  N. 
E.  point  of  Abaco.  To  enter  the  channel  leading  to  the  Waterittg  place, 
which  lies  between  Linnyard's  key  and  Little  Guana  kdy,  you  must  keep 
a  small  island,  which  forms  the  north  side  of  the  channel  (about  300  yards 
from  Linnyard's  key)  well  on  board  your  starboard  hand,  and  you  will 
pass  the  bur  in  3  fathoms  and  find  good  anchorage,  in  4  or  5  fathoms  wa- 
ter, within  about  two  miles  west  from  the  north  point  of  Linnyard's  key. 
This  channel  is  far  preferable  to  the  one  at  the  N.  E.  point  of  Abaco, 
independent  of  its  safety  and  facility  in  getting  water,  as  you  may  ap- 
proach within  a  mile  and  a  half  of  the  watering  place  with  3  fathoms, 
or  come  immediately  abreast  in  2  fathoms,  within  300  yards  of  the  shore. 
Wood  may  be  had  in  abundance  among  the  keys,  together  with  shell  and 
scale  tlsh. 

The  water  breaks  where  there  is  danger  with  the  wind  to  the  eastward, 
and  it  is  adviseable  to  have  a  look-out  aloft  while  going  in. 

The  eastern  part  of  the  coast  is  completely  iron  bound,  and  fragments 
of  wrecks  are  found  on  all  its  shores  and  keys. 

The  tide  ebbs  and  flows  regularly  at  9  o'ctock  fuU  and  change,  and  rises 
G  feet. 

The  first  point  south  of  the  N.  E.  point  of  Abaco,  is  called  Rocky 
point ;  S.  S.  W.  i  W.  from  this  point,  6  miles  distant,  is  a  reef  of  rocks# 
9  miles  in  length  and  1^  in  breadth,  running  in  the  same  direction  as  the 
shore,  inside  which  is  Charrock  sound,  which  makes  a  channel  between 
the  two.     Twenty  families  reside  on  Abaco. 

The  land  between  Rocky  point  and  the  Hole-iin-the-Wall  forms  a  deep 
bay,  in  which  you  must  be  careful  not  to  be  catight  with  a  south-easterly 
wind. 

After  passing  the  reef  which  lies  off  Rocky  point,  the  water  is  bold 
to  within  half  a  mile  of  the  shore,  till  up  with  the  Hole-in-the-Wall. 
[These  recks,  which  are  very  dangerous,  have  been  wholly  omitted  in 
the  Spanish  charts,  together  with  many  on  the  Florida  shore.  J 

In  preference  to  running  down  for  Rocky  point,  where,  if  you  get  cm- 
bayed,  you  must  lie  up  S.  S.  E.  and  S.  E.  by  E.  to  run  parallel  with  the 
land,  it  is  more  prudent  to  run  into  the  latitude  of  the  Hole-in-the-WaU, 
and  with  the  wind  any  wsty  to  the  southVard  of  east,  it  is  presumed  every 
man  %vould  do  it. 

The  Hole-ia-the-Wall  (or  Hole  in  the  fock)  is  an  arch  through  the 
land,  sdiout  lO.feet  wide,  and  4  or  5  feet  high,  the  bottom  nearly  one  foot 


^264 


Blunt's  American  Coaat  Pilot. 


10  Edit 


above  the  water,  which  breaks  through  the  hole,  and  may  be  seen  when 
bearing  S.  S.  W.  to  W.  S:  W.  and  N.  N.  E.  to  E.  N.  E.  and  at  first  sight 
appears  like  a  sand  bluff,  but  at  3  or  4  miles  distance  may  be  plainly  dis' 
tinguished  to  be  an  arch-way  through  the  land. 

South  from  the  Hole-in-the-Wull,  100  yards  distant,  h  a  rock,  60  or  70 
yards  long,  hollowed  out  all  round  at  its  base,  by  the  watery  which  ma} 
be  doubled  within  half  a  mile. 

On  the  south  point  of  the  main  land  is  another  corresponding  projec 
tion,  both  which  appear  to  have  been  caused  by  some  convulsions  of  na- 
ture, of  which  the  whole  coast  bears  evident  marks.  It  is  covered  with 
fragments  of  vessels,  spars,  &c.  and  the  western  side  has  a  complete  bar- 
rier of  stones,  formed  on  the  beach  above  the  tide  mark,  both  by  nature 
and  the  S.  W.  gales,  whicn  at  times  blow  very  hard. 

Five  miles  to  the  westward  of  the  HoIe-m-the-Wall,  and  about  300 
yards  from  the  shore,  the  soundings  are  regular,  2^  and  3  fathoms,  and 
deepening  rapidly  as  you  leave  it. 

One  quarter  of  a  mile  off  the  S.  W.  part  of  the  island,  you  will  have  2 
fathoms,  fine  level  sandy  bottom.  The  land  here  is  low,  and  covered 
with  brush  wood.     Here  the  ebb  sets  N.  £.  and  tide  rises  3  feet. 

Vessels  of  any  drafl  ought  not  to  approach  the  land  nearer  than  about 
400  yards,  where  they  will  lay  in  about  4  fathoms  water.  Inside  this  the 
water  shoals  suddenly  to  2  fathoms. 

Vessels  in  the  night  or  in  foggv  weather,  may  run  to  the  westward,  when 
in  latitude  25°  46'  N.  and  sound  till  they  get  m  14  or  15  fathoms,  and  be 
then  sure  to  clear  the  Hole-in-the-Wall  by  a  west  course  6  miles,  when  it 
will  bear  north,  and  then  run  W.  ^  N.  16  leagues,  when  Stirrup  key  will 
bear  S.  6  miles  distant.  Vessels  running  down  in  the  latitude  of  the  Hole- 
in-the-Wall,  will  not  get  soundings  till  up  with  it. 

Afler  passing  the  Hole-in-the-Wall,  the  land  is  indented  both  On  its  sur- 
face and  beach,  and  tends  nearly  £.  smd  W.  forming  a  slope,  the  highest 
land  to  the  eastward.  Two  miles  W.  by  3.  from  it,  lies  the  southernmost 
point  of  the  island  of  Abaco,  and  Little  Bahama  bank. 

If  you  take  your  departure  for  the  Great  Bahama  bank  from  the  Hole- 
in-the-Wall,  you  must  steer  W.  12  leagues  ;  and  if  the  land  be  not  in 
"Sight,  then  haul  to  W.  S.  W.  or  S.  W.  by  W.  and  make  the  Berry  islands ; 
keep  down  prst  these  islands,  and  have  a  good  look-out  for  the  western 
most  key,  called  Stirrup  key,  which  lies  in  latitude  25°  48',  and  longitudc 
78°  2'.     It  lies  3  miles  west  of  Money  key. 

The  Berry  islands  consist  of  about  30  islands  or  large  keys,  with  an  in 
finite  number  of  small  ones.  The  S.  £.  is  called  Frozen  key,  and  the  N. 
W.  Stirrup  key  ;  the  North  Berry  lies  in  lat.  25°  48'  N.  and  the  whole 
extend  W.  N.  W.  and  E.  S.  E.  7  or  8  leagues,  lying  on  the  N.  E;  part  of 
the  north  end  of  the  Great  Bahama  bank.  On  these  keys  there  are  no 
settlements  ;  to  get  shelter  from'  a  heavy  eastern  wiDj,to  repair  damages, 
or  to  get  water,  you  may  anchor  to  the  westward  of  the  W.  Berry,  in 
7^  or  8  fathoms,  good  holding  ground. 

Extract  from  the  Log-book  of  sloop  Orbit. 

'*  In  approaching  the  Berry  islands,  the  water  is  bold  ^lose  in ;  2^ 
miles  from  the  shore,  1 1  fathoms  ^  2  miles,  9  fathoms  ;  1  mile,  8  fathoms; 
the  northernmost  part  of  Stirrup  key  bearing  W.  by  N.  3^  miles,  7  fa- 
thoms; W.  N.  W.  2^  miles,  8  fathoms,  rocky  bottom  ;  W.  I  mile,  7  fa- 
thoms ;  W.  S.  W.  f  mile,  9  fiithbms  ;  and  all  along  to  the  westernmost 
key,  8^,  9j  and  10  ftthoms,  generally  fine  Sftndy  bottom.    The  moment 


10  Edit.  Blurit'H  American  Coast  Pilot. 


269 


vou  get  on  soundings,  in  approaching  the  Berry  islands,  the  water  changes 
colour. 

"  Sailed  nroimd  the  Berry  isinntis  till  they  bore  N.  N.  E.  2  niiles,  and 
had  5,  4,  3,  and  :i.>  fathoms) ;  and  tar  as  b  miles,  4,  3,  4,  4,  3^,  I,  3^,  and 
".JL  fathoms ;  N.  by  E.  6  miles,  i!J  fathoms.  West  Bcrty  bearing  N. 
N.  E.  and  Blackwood's  bush  S.  S.  E.  (course  W.  N.  W.\  the  sound- 
ings were  2,  4,  and  5  fathoms  :  At  2?  h.  steered  VV.  4  tathoms :  At 
3  h.  S.  S.  W.  7  fathoms  :  At  3^  h.  S.  S.  VV,  7  fathoms  :  At  3|  h.  6  J  fa- 
thoms  :  At  4  h.  G  fathoms  :  At  4j  h.  5^  fathoms  :  At  4i  h.  -1|  fathoms : 
At  4^  h.  3^  fathoms  :  At  5  h.  3  fathoms  :  At  5J  h.  3  fathoms  :  At  b\  h. 
2^  fathoms  :  At  5f  h.  2^  fathoms  :  At  6  h.  2-f  fathoms  :  At  C^  h.  2J 
fathoms :  At  tl|  h.  2^  fathoms :  At  7  h.  only  1 1  feet ;  and  came  to  an- 
chor among  blaclc  patches,  which  we  sounded  and  found  to  be  flat  rocks, 
about  one  foot  hir^h,  covered  with  weeds.  The  water  was  shoal  far 
to  the  westward  of  this.  Vessels  should  not  go  -.nong  these  black 
patches  :  the  regular  channel  is  quite  free  from  them,  and  the  water  ia 
muddy,  having  u  milky  appearance,  which  prevents  the  bottom  bein^ 
easily  seen." 

Sheep  keys  bear  S.  S.  W.  ^  W.  7  or  8  leagues  from  Stirrup  key,  and 
lie  off  the  N.  W.  part  of  Andros  iMands  :  from  these  keys  it  is,  as  be- 
fore observed,  very  foul  to  th^  westward,  and  the  shoal  extends  quite 
round  to  Stirrup  key,  the  bottom  covered  with  spots  of  sponge  and  rocks, 
the  size  of  a  barrel,  or  the  head  of  a  hogshead  ;  and  any  object  on  the 
bottom  may  as  plainly  be  seen  as  if  no  water  intervened.  H^re  the  tide 
rises  4  feet. 

The  best  courses  for  crossing  the  Bahama  bank  are  the  following,  viz. 
when  Stirrup  key  bears  south  8  miles  distant  (at  which  time  it  can  be 
just  seen  from  deck)  steer  VV.  S.  W.  C  leagues  ;  then  haul  to  S.  W.  by  S, 
10  leagues  ;  thence  S.  S.  VV.  or  between  that  and  S.  W.  by  S.  to  latitude 
24"  55',  when  you  may  keep  away  W.  and  make  Orange  keys  *  or  continue 

*  Orange  keys  is  a  cluster  of  rocks  and  keys,  lying  near  tlio  west  edge  of  Great  Baha- 
ma bank,  exttmling  from  latitude  24°  5^  :o  latitude  24^  53'  N.  and  longitude  79»  6'  W- 
The  main  rock  is  about  three-quarters  of  a  mile  in  leiigiii,  and  the  broadest  part  about 
]20  yardfi,  hi^licst  part  20  feet,  nnd  narrowest  3  yards.  It  is  a  barren  rock,  the  eastern 
side  qgitti  stiaight,  and  runs  i>.  S.  W.  and  N.  N.  E.  H.  by  VV.  of  the  main  island,  dis- 
tant three-quiu'ters  of  a  mile,  arc  two  rocks  6  feet  out  of  water,  about  15  feet  in  length ; 
and  one  half  a  mile  S<  by  VV.  of  tliuse  lie  two  smaller  rocks  ;  it  is  dangerous  to  pass  be- 
tween either  of  these  rocks  and  the  principal  island,  as  reefs  run  out  and  connect  them, 
30  or  40  yards  broad,  and  soon  as  over  4  fathoms.  One  mile  south  of  these  tocks, 
you  may  sail  with  safety.  They  are  a  mass  of  solid  rock,  and  may  he  approached 
•It  the  westward  to  their  very  edge  in  11  feet  water.  N.  VV.  of  them  is  good  anchorage 
in  8^  fathoms,  foul ;  there  is  altio  good  anchorage  S.  E.  of  Orange  keys  in  6  fathoms, 
without  other  danger  than  the  eye  announces.  To  the  northward  it  is  not  safe  to 
approach  i>Mthin  three  miles,  as  the  water  breaks  and  has  a  ridge  projecting  is  a 
vnry  considerable  extent.  There  is  no  sign  of  verdure  on  these  keys,  but  round  them 
plenty  of  fish.  . 

Many  persons  mistake  Orange  keys  for  the  Riding  rocks,  north  of  which  you  cannot  go, 
but  north  from  Orange  keys,  3  miU-s  distant,  you  will  find  a  passage,  althoughjit  is  not 
safe  for  strangers  to  go  this  way,  neither  should  it  be  attempted  by  any  one,  as  you  are 
obliged  to  pick  your  way  ttirough  black  patches  which  are  sometimes  shoal. 

Riding  Rocks  lie  6  leagues  north  of  Orange  keys,  consisting  of  one  rock  or  key,  about 
half  a  mile  long,  and  12  yards  wide  in  tl;:  broadest  part,  which  is  nearly  divided  one- 
third  from  its  south  point  by  a  bny.  This  key  is  very  irregular  in  its  height  and  more  un- 
even than  Orange  keys;  about  2^  miles  to  the  northward  of  this  rock  is  u  small  island 
about  2j|  miles  long  and  250  or  300  yards  broad  in  the  broadest  part.  To  thn  northward 
of  the  sogtheinmost  key,  lie  three  small  rocks  about  10  or  12  yards  long,  each  running 
N.  W.  by  N.  The  southern  key  runs  N.  by  W. — the  one  next  to  this  Itey  is  SO  yards 
from  it ;  this,  lOQ  yards  from  the  third,  and  the  third,  100  yards  from  the  second.  These 

34 


i 


266 


Blunf«  American  Coast  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


on  your  courbe  to  Intitude  24"  46',  when  you  mny  kcrp  down  west  niiH 
leave  the  bank  without  diingcr.  In  ciisn  you  sliould  pn-  to  haul  too 
f Doner  than  directed  in  crossing  tiie  biuik,  and  iiiul  your  »vater  Hhoalin^, 
you  may,  by  keeping  ofi"  W.  3  leai;ues  or  more,  find  the  deep  water  of 
the  channel,  ^hich  is  5  leagues  in  breadth  ;  bear  up  as  Hoon  as  you  gel 
but  2|  fathoms,  as  it  shoals  suddenly  and  irregularly  iVom  that  depth. 

By  crossing  the  bank  as  above  directed,  you  will  see  few  or  no  spots  of 
sponge,  and  the  bottom  i%  with  ditlkulty  discerned,  and  may  be  sure  gf  3 
fathoms  all  the  way. 

You  mny  even  run  7  leagues  on  your  VV.  S.  W.  course  after  leaving 
Stirrup  k«*y,  without  danger  ;  be  careful  to  allow  for  the  tide.  On  the 
north  side  the  flood  sets  S.  S.  K.  and  hb  N.  VV.  and  as  you  draw  on  th?; 
bank,  the  force  of  the  tides  decreases,  for  when  you  have  got  4  or  5 
leagues  on  the  bank  the  tide  is  but  a  slight  set. 

He  careful  of  Orange  keys  in  the  night-time,  as  they  are  very  low  and 
cannot  be  seen  until  on  board  of  them,  and  the  soundings  are  deep  and  re- 
gular antil  very  near  them  on  their  east  side. 

S.  VV.  from  Orange  keys,  5  or  (3  miles  distant,  is  good  anchorage  in  20 
fathoms  water.  When  up  with  these  keys  a  passage  is  secured  through 
the  Gulf,  for  then  you  make  sail  either  in  the  morning  or  at  midnight, 
steering  S.  W.  10  )r  1 1  leagues,  that  will  enable  you  to  fall  in  with  Key 
Sal  Bank,  which  for  10  leagues,  on  the  north  side,  stretches  K.  and  W. 
and  coDsequently  the  current  sets  stronger  as  you  come  to  the  west- 
ward. In  coming  over,  you  have  good  soundings  all  along  by  it.  There 
i»  anchorage  by  spots  all  th!&  way  in,  but  the  soundings  are  narrow  at 
the  Double-headed  Shot,  the  N.  VV.  point  of  which  lies  in  latitude 
*i3*'  52'  N. 

The  edge  of  soundings,  between  the  Riding  rocks  and  Orange  keys,  is 
clean  ;  yoi\  may  enter  on  it  without  other  care  than  that  of  the  lead. 
From  Orange  keys,  which  are  the  southernmost  keys  on  this  side  the 
bank,  the  edge  of  soundings  run  about  S.  by  E.  very  clean  to  24"  10',  wid 
more  or  less  deep  ;  it  forms,  with  the  keys  on  Salt  key  bank,  a  channel, 
which  is  bottomless,  and  called  Santaren.  The  above  observation,  in 
entering  on  to  the  bank  between  Orapge  keys  and  Riding  rocks,  means  only 
the  edge  ;  as  you  get  further  on  you  tind  the  soundings  obstructed  in  their 
regularity  by  muny  coral  shoals,  but  by  day  and  with  a'free  wind  you  can 
pick  your  way. 

rocks  are  about  3  or  4  feet  high.  South  of  this  key  arc  two  haycock  rocks  just  out  of 
water,  6  or  8  yards  from  tlie  laiul.  Theve  are  also  two  rocks  which  lid  half  a  intle  ea^^t 
of  the  (outhernraost  key,  the  largest  80  feet  long  and  the  smallest  50  feet  long,  about  100 
feet  asunder,  and  12  feet  high.  These  two  rocks  lie  N.  and  S.  There  is  a  rock  as  big 
as  a  small  boat  about  half  a  mile  to  the  northward  of  these  two  rocks.  A  reef  extends 
all  along  between  ^tiese  rocks.  Southcinmost  of  the  Riding  rocks  bearing  N.N.  W.  dis- 
tant Ih  mile,  5  fathoms.  Eastern  rock  and  the  northern  key,  in  a  linn  bearing  N.  by 
W.  2^  miles,  4i  fathoms,  fine  luvel  sandy  bottom  ;  2%  fathoms  immediately,  and  3 
miles  distant,  3  fathoms — I^orthern  Riding  rocks,  bearing  W.  6  miles,  3^  fathoms — 
Southern  key,  bcatine  S.  V(.  by  W.  2  iiiiles,  3^  fathoms.  Main  or  JVorthern  key, 
bearing  W.  N.  W.  2i  miles,  3  fathoms.  There  is  a  shoal  runs  out  from  this  key, 
in  a  N.  N.  E.  directian,  on  which  are  6  feet  water.  You  will  not  have  a  passage  to 
northward  of  the  Riding  rp(;ks  for  vessels  drawing  6  feet  water.  Ebb  sets  N.  E.  li  mile 
per  Hour. 

In  steering  from  the  Orange  keys  to  the  Riding  rocks,  the  deepest  soundings  are  8^,  and 
the  shoalest  4^  fathoms.  The  western  edge  of  the  bank  is  an  iron  bound  shore,  being 
connected  by  one  grand  chain  of  rocks,  extending  under  water  from  key  to  key. 

Cat  Keys  are  low  land  covered  with  bushes,  having  to  the  y;estward  a  long  sandy 
beach.  The  principal  key  is  2  miles  long,  ant',  with  Orange  keys  and  the  Riding  rocks, 
lie  within  about  3  mile*  of  the  western  edge  of  the  bank.    Var.  3°  22'  E. 


10  Edit; 


Blunt'tt  Aiacrihin  Coast  Pilot. 


267 


There  i!!  mid  to  be  a  rock  Ht  the  water**  edge  somewhere  to  the  went* 
wuni  of  (Jut  kvy,  with  8  or  lo  t'cut  water  on  it ;  but  1  hnve  never  been 
:ibli>  to  iwrcrtniii  its  position.  There  are  few,  even  of  able  navigators, 
who  can  diiitinxuish  these  numerous  keys  b^  name,  therefore  it  is  not 
poHHible  to  8tate  the  situation  of  this  rock,  without  personal  examination. 
It  exists,  and«  I  expect,  about  20U  fathoms  from  tite  iniddH  of  Cat  key, 
in  a  W.  direction,  but  never  saw  it. 

In  star-light  nights  the  bank  rctlects  a  bright  light  into  the  air,  which 
may  be  seen  4  or  5  leagues.  You  may  observe  this  rejection  all  over 
both  the  Bahama  banks,  but  not  on  Salt  key  bank  ;  neither  can  you  see  it 
while  on  the  bank  ;  but  when  in  the  Qulf  you  can  plainly  distinguish  the 
Providence  channel,  having  none  of  this  reflection  between  the  two  re- 
dections  of  the  Great  and  Little  Bahama  banks. 

An  experienced  navigator,  while  crossing  the  Bahama  bank,  made  the 
following  remarks,  which  we  know  entitled  to  full  credit :  '*  Having  been 
three  days  detained  by  light  S.  W.  winds  and  calm  weather  on  my  last 
passage  across  th»  bank,  i  made  the  following  observations  on  the  tide, 
viz.  the  flood  tide  sets  south,  veering  to  S.  W.  and  the  ebb  north,  veering 
to  N.  E.  For  three  days  in  succession  the  tide  set  nearly  two  knots  in 
each  direction,  and  very  regular ;  on  the  third  day  the  weather  being 
still  and  calm,  I  weighed  anchor,  and  driAed  with  the  tide  touth,  S. 
S,  fV.  and  S.  W.  When  the  vessel  stopped  drifting,  i  anchored  in  3  fa- 
thoms water,  and  rode  the  ebb  ;  when  the  tide  slacked,  1  again  measured 
the  depth  of  the  water  in  the  same  place  and  found  15  feet. 

It  is  not  presumed  the  same  depth  of  water  can  always  be  carried  over 
the  bank,  even  in  the  same  track,  as  it  must  occur  to  the  mind  of  every 
person  that  a  strong  easterly  wind  will  drive  the  water  oft'  the  bank,  as 
well  as  a  strong  northerly  increase  its  quantity  \  in  all  parts  of  the  chan- 
nel the  bottom  is  of  a  sticky  quality,  whereas  to  windward  the  bottom  is 
hard  and  the  spots  thicken  as  you  shoal  your  water.  Almost  every  re- 
gular trader  has  a  different  course  to  run  across  the  bank,  but  the  prin- 
cipal object  is  to  clear  Sheep  key  shoals  ;  with  the  wind  scant,  and  not 
drawing  a  heavy  draft  of  water,  you  should  haul  too  a  little  sooner,  but 
not  without  a  leads-man  constantly  in  the  chains,  and  should  bear  up 
as  soon  as  you  shoalen  water  to  2j-  fathoms.  With  the  wind  steady  and 
free,  so  that  you  could  lay  to  windward  of  south,  you  should  always  make 
sure  of  westing  to  clear  the  shoals  to  windward,  taking  care  not  to  run  so 
far  as  to  get  among  the  shoals  which  stretch  off  from  the  east  side  of  the 
keys  which  border  the  bank  on  its  western  edge. 

There  are  scarcely  two  men  who  cross  the  Bahama  bank  that  agree  as 
to  the  latitude  of  the  Orange  keys,  and  many  doubt  their  existence  ;  this 
difference  of  opinion  had  some  effect  in  sending  the  Orbit ;  the  subject  is 
DOW  at  rest,  as  marine  and  land  surveys  have  been  made  by  her  officers 
r  f  the  Orange  keys,  Riding  rocks,  Cat  keys.  Great  and  Little  Isaac,  with 
the  rocks,  &.c.  adjoining. 

On  the  Bahama  bank,  in  latitude  24«>  lO*  to  latitude  24"  20',  it  is  shoal 
near  the  edge.  The  tide  rises  6  feet,  and  thwc  are  many  spots  in  this 
space  with  less  than  10  feet  at  low  water.  The  shoal  lies  within  1  mile 
of  the  edge  of  the  bank  ;  they  are  of  quick  sand,  and  of  course  the  depth 
x>f  water  on  them  must  alter  with  every  gal6. 

Santaren  channel  is  that  range  of  oceeo  water  which  divides  the  Great 
bank  of  Bahama  and  Salt  key  (or  as  it  is  called  Double-headed  Shot) 
bank ;  it  rarely  has  any  current,  except  after  heavy  gales,  when  it  ruM 


''fe.   ..i'*' 


266 


Bluti^s  Americlfn  Cuabt  Pilot. 


10  Edit 


with  great  velocity  both  up  anii  iluwn. 


Tlie  noilhommojit  key  on  this 
bankTiei  in  iHtitutle  '24"  T,  and  loninitinK;  70"  14',  unti  the  N.  W.  k«'y  in 


i;^ 


t  key  < 
N.W. 
latitude  23"  68  ,  and  longitude  W  IJW.  From  the  N.  W.  k«7  to 
Salt  key  is  nbout  H.  S.  K.  lour  leiigiion  ;  between  them  ho  two  sunken 
rockfl,  the  one  three  miles  from  West  key,  and  tiie  other  tliree  miict 
from  Salt  key*  between  thnm,  you  may  leave  the  bank  with  nat'ety  by 
daylight. 

Extract  from  the  Orftit'j  log-book. 

•'  Lay  nt  anchor  among  these  shoals  ;  at  low  water  had  12  feet,  an(1  a* 
high  water  had  18  feet  ;  had  a  light  wind  at  VV.  S.  VV.  and  could  see  thr 
edge  of  soundings  off  deck,  not  more  than  three-quarters  of  a  mile  dis 
tnnt :  got  under  way  nt  lirst  ebb,  and  in  making  a  tack  crossed  ov«m-  sown* 
shoals  with  only  1*)  feet  water  on  them,  on  which  there  could  not  b«. 
more  than  7  or  8  feet  nt  low  water,  and  I  have  no  doubt  but  at  time;*,  ni- 
ter heavy  gales,  these  shoals  may  be  above  the  water's  edge.'* 

'Variation  near  Orange  keys,  4°  26'  E.— do.  Cat  keys,  3°  22'  E.—do. 
Great  and  Little  Isaacs,  5°  14'  E. — In  the  Gulf  between  the  Great  Isaac 
and  north  point  of  Littio  Isaac,  it  is  nothing.  From  the  Great  Isaac  to- 
wards the  Double-headed  Shot,  and  thence  to  the  Tortugas,  it  increases 
easterly;  at  Double-headed  Shot  it  is  .0°  'M'  E.  and  ut  Tortugas  7°  10'  E. 
From  the  Tortugas  to  the  Balize  it  lessens  a  little,  being  at  the  Bali/.e 
6°  16'  E. 

High  water  at  full  and  change  on  the  edges  of  the  bank  ut  8  li.  TjO  m. — 
on  the  north  side  it  rises  2  feet ;  on  the  west  to  the  northward  of  Orange 
keys,  3  feet ;  to  the  southward  of  Orange  keys,  4  feet ;  and  in  latitude  24*^ 
10 ,  it  rises  5  and  6  feet.  The  flood  and  ebb  set  from  three-quarters  to 
two  knots  on  and  off  the  bank. 

On  leaving  the  bank,  you  must  be  careful  not  to  fall  in  with  the  Florida 
shore  or  Double-headed  Shot  keys  in  the  night-time  ;  but  with  day-light 
and  a  breeze  there  is  no  danger  in  making  cither. 

Should  you  prefer  running  down  the  Cuba  shore,  you  may  steer  S.  W. 
afler  leaving  the  bank  in  latitude  24°  40',  and  when  sure  of  having  pa»t 
the  Double-headed  Shot,  haul  a  little  more  southerly,  say  S.  W.  by  S, 
and  make  the  island  of  Cuba.  Keep  down  in  shore  n^  far  as  the  table 
land  of  Marial,  which  cannot  be  mistaken,  when  you  may  run  over  N.W. 
artd  if  liot  more  than  24  hours  in  the  Gulf  you  will  clear  the  Tortugas  : 
but  if  you  are  a  longer  time  in  crossing,  it  would  be  prudent  to  keep  a 
look  out  fcr  coloured  water  and  the  Tortugas.  The  Fan  of  Matanza?. 
bearing  S.  S.  W.  to  8.  appears  like  one  round  hill,  but  ut  any  other  bear- 
ing you  will  see  another  each  side  of  it,  not  so  high  and  adjoining  to  it. 
If  you  are  near  in  shore  on  passing  the  Havanna  you  will  see  the  shipping 
in  the  harbour,  and  the  Moro  light-house  may  be  seen  6  leagues  off.  The 
table  of  Mahal  is  9  leagues  from  the  Havanna. 

The  west  end  of  Double-headed  Shot  bank  lies  12  miles  to  the  west- 
Ward  of  the  easternmost  part  of  East  Florida. 

Oil  the  north  and  N.  E,  sides  of  this  bank  the  keys  lie  in  clusters — 
these  dusters  are  from  one  mile  to  three  leagues  distant  from  each  other. 
They  c^^ntain  more  than  50  rocks  and  keys,  but  at  a  distance  appeaiulike 
one  island,  and  with  few  exceptions  you  may  sail  with  safety  between  th« 
groups  on  to  the  bank,  on  which  there  is  no  where  less  than  4  fathoms, 
Except  near  Salt  key,  on  the  east  side  of  which  4  milef,  and  on  the  north 


lu  Edit 


10  Edit. 


BIuiU'd  Amcricali  CoaHt  Pilot. 


209 


•y  on  thi"* 
^V.  k»'y  in 
I.  k«*y  to 
ro  Duitkcn 
iiee  niilc« 
nul'ety  by 


iiM  set!  thr 
a  mile  <Us 

OVI"*  SOIIM- 

uld   not  b«". 
»t  tinu'?,  »< 

1 

22'  K.—do. 
Great  Isaai. 
>at  Isaac  to- 
it  increases 
M  1°  10'  E. 
the  Bali/.e 

i  h.  f)0  m.— 

rd  of  Orange 

latitude  24" 

quarters  to 

the  Florida 
th  day-light 

steer  S.  W. 
having  pa»t. 
S.  VV.  byS. 
as  the  table 
over  N.W. 
Tortugas  ; 
it  to  keep  a 
if  Matanza?. 
other  beav- 
oining  to  it. 
the  shipping 
les  ofif.  The 

:o  the  west- 
clusters — 
each  other. 
appeaC'likf 
[>etween  the 
.  4  fathoms, 
on  the  north 


Hide  .1  mile*,  lie  lome  sunken  locks  with  shoals  atretching  from  theiu  to* 
niir-U  the  key. 

The  runj^e  of  key*  on  the  N.  VV.  corner  of  this  bank  arc  known  by  the 
name  of  Doiiblc-iiouded  Shot  kcyit,  and  arc  inore  ckoae  and  connected 
fhun  tiiONU  on  the  N.  K.  Hide,  called  Dug  key«.  The  (iulf  watiheH  Ihcui 
0IOHU  to,  but  round  on  tiie  north  side,  in  tiuntaren  channel,  tin;  Koundings 
are  rcgul.ir  ;  \l\  fathoniH  on  the  edge  of  soundings,  and  lcN»i:na  gradually 
i\n  you  draw  in  towards  the  keyn.  Tiic  soundings  on  this  Hide  klretch  >» 
to  6  niilc«  from  the  range  of  the  keys,  but  ut  the  N.  W.  point  not  more 
than  6U  fathoms. 

VosscIh  drawing  over  13  feet  water,  should  not  attempt  crossing  the 
bank  ;  *'ic  best  passage  is,  when  up  with  the  Hole-in-the-Wall,  to  Kteer 
W.  by  N.  36  leagues,  which  will  carry  you  to  the  west  edge  of  the  bank, 
and  about  i^  leagues  from  the  Great  Isaac  ;  then  shape  your  course 
through  the  Gulf,  but  be  careful  not  to  go  on  the  west  part  of  the  bank, 
ns  there  is  a  dangerous  rock,  on  which  the  Knglish  brig  Moselle  struck, 
bearing  N.  ^  K.  from  Bemini  island  10  miles  distant,  and  lies  in  latitude 
25^  52'  N.  It  is  udviAcable,  when  bound  through  the  Gulf,  to  get  a  sight 
nf  land  either  one  side  or  the  other  towards  night  ;  it  will  give  safety  to 
the  ship,  and  relieve  the  master's  anxiety.  In  this  passage  you  will  pass 
Little  Isaac,  Great  Isaac,  and  Bernini  isles  ;  Little  Isaac  consists  ol'  three 
islands  or  rocks  running  in  an  K.  S.  E.  direction  ;  the  westert.  rock  is 
about  40  feet  in  length  ;  the  eastern  rock  rather  lai'ger,  about  5  miles 
from  the  western  one  ;  between  these  two  in  a  direct  line,  is  a  smaller 
rock,  about  one  mile  distant  from  the  eastern  Isaac  ;  they  lie  about  5  or 
G  miles  in  on  the  bank,  outside  of  them  the  soundings  rre  clean,  you  will 
have  14  fathoms  on  the  edge,  diminishing  gradually,  so  that  one  mile  from 
them  you  have  6  fathoms.  In  all  the  distance  between  Stirrup  key  und 
Little  Isaac's,  the  edge  is  clean,  and  you  may  navigate  down  it  by  the  hand 
lead.  S.  £.  from  the  Little  Isaac  you  may  anchor,  good  holding  ground, 
but  a  heavy  sea. 

About  2^  leagues  W.  from  the  Little  Isaac  lie  the  easternmost  of  ano- 
ther group  of  keys,  of  which  the  second  from  the  eastward  is  called  the 
Brigantine,  because  seeing  it  from  E.  N.  £.  it  forms  such  a  figure.  The 
soundings  also  run  off  these  keys  8  miles  ;  it  is  white  and  clean  soundings, 
and  on  it  are  from  14  to  7  fathoms. 

Great  Isaac  bears  about  W.  by.N.  from  Little  Isaac,  distant  6}  leagues. 
There  is  a  round  rock,  about  20  yards  broad,  and  bearing  N.  E.  by  E. 
from  the  Great  Isaac,  distant  2  miles,  from  which  to  the  Little  Isaac,  a 
reef  runs.  In  aS.  by  W.  direction  from  Great  Isaac,  4  miles  distant,  lie 
several  rocks.  About  5  or  6  miles  E.  by  N.  from  Great  Isaac  is  a  small 
haycock  rock,  just  out  of  water,  and  1^  mile  east  of  that  another  similar : 
these  two  rocks  lie  W.  S.  W.  and  E.  N.  £.  Soundings  from  the  Great 
Isaac  to  Bimini  isles  9,  9,  8,  7,  7^,  8,  8,  8. 

On  the  bank  you  can  anchor,  the  Great  Isaac  bearing  S.  E.  in  8  er  10 
tathoms.     There  are  wells  of  fresh  water  on  the  Greav  Isaac. 

The  soundings  from  the  Great  Isaac  close  round  to  the  southward,  and 
about  S.  by  W.  6  leagues,  lie  the  Bernini  islands,  which  arc  low,  with 
few  bushes,  but  the  point,  which  runs  out  S.  E.  from  the  S.  part,  is  co- 
vered with  large  trees.  Under  the  S.  point  there  is  a  bay  with  some  low 
keys  lying  S.  S.  E.  and  S.  E.  of  it ;  in  this  bay  you  can  anchor  and  have 
shelter  from  winds  atlfiorth  round  to  S.  E.  with  4^,  5,  and  6  fathoms,  or 
you  can  pass  the  night  here  when  bound  southward.    On  these  keys  and 


270 


Bluiit'n  American  Coast  P  lol. 


loKdit 


Mmnh  there  i«  »omc  wood  and  wHtitr,  but  the  wood  if  carried  to  Naw- 
Providviice,  to  build  •nutll  crufi,  tiiid  nuHt  ronii««|U«Maly  »bortly  tiiil. 

h'vom  tbf  moriili.iti  of  the  (ir«at  inmr  th«  «:dne  ot*  iioundinifn  ruiia  S.8. 
W.  and  nttfrwariU  to  lh«  simfhwurd,  in  •.mih  it  iiiiinnwr  that  wi««t  from  th«' 
oentro  ol"  ihi*  Hiiiiim  i^luiuU  yon  hiivn  no  botlotn  at  a  inuNkut  nhot'n  du- 
tnnce  from  them,  imd  at  a  pwlol   ^bot^ou  hiive  t^J,  H,  7,  and  tJ  lathamH, 


•tmd. 

'I'hcrt!  iit  II  rhiiiii   of  rorks  mid  hiw 


E.  .'i  milcM 


•'JTH  whirh  nm  H.  by  i'^ 
from  the  Mutith«'niuiuMt  pint  of  thi;  UiiniriiN,  Home  of  which  do  not  n«e  to 
the  cdK<'  of  tho  wat«!r,  and  in  tbiM  |dact'  vou  have  no  bottom  at  n  piilol 
^hot>  diNtanco,  and  at  half  the  length  ol  a  line  of  battl«  whip  you  will 
hav<'  I'lund  i:»  fathomH,  «iand.  Thin  rbain  terminates  with  three  tolera- 
bl«  koy«  ;  the  north  key  iit  rnlled  l)u^  key  ;  the  middle  onfl  Wolf  key, 
nnd  tho  sontbcrnmosl  one  Cat  key.  On  the  north  part  of  Do^  key  there 
i»  a  little  grove,  of  mnngrovc»,  aud  we^t  of  itM  douth  point  there  ia  good 
anchoni^e  in  11.^  futhomt. 

Wolf  key  has  on  iti4  southern  part  two  palm  trcen  of  res^ular  height, 
which  serve  as  a  mark  to  know  it  ;  between  this  and  Cat  key,  nnd  the 
channel  which  they  form,  there  are  two  round  rock^,  close  to  which,  ou 
their  west  Hide,  you  may  anchor  in  O.J  or  6  fathoms.  From  Dog  key  the 
soundings  bend  to  the  weDtward,  leaving  clean  soundings  of  about  2  mileii 
wide,  but  abreast  of  Cat  key  it  narrows  to  half  a  mile,  and  directly  the 
edge  of  soundings  runs  S.  8.  K. 

S.  W.  from  the  south  point  of  Cat  key  there  are  several  islots  at  the 
distance  of  two-thirds  o(  a  mile,  and  to  the  southward  of  these  there  am 
other  low  keys  and  rocks  which  extend  beyond  the  horizon.  TJiose  keys 
and  rocks  are  called  Riding  rocks,  nnd  in  the  channels  which  they  form 
there  is  but  little  water,  and  passes  for  sloops  can  only  be  found  between 
the  southernmost,  which  arc  ofl*  the  bank  of  apundings,  run  with  them, 
and  about  1^  mile  from  them. 

S.  by  E.  t^  mile  from  the  last  lump  of  the  Riding  rocki  there  is  a  size* 
able  isle  with  various  small  kcy(>  in  its  vicinity,  called  Rock  key  ;  there  is 
j^ood  anchorage  on  its  west  part  in  7^  and  8  fathoms,  giand,  and  the  edge  of 
soundings  lies  1  }j  mile  off. 

Too  much  caution  cannot  be  used  in  sailing  between  Great  Isaac  and 
the  Bimini  isles,  as  the  water  shoals  suddenly  and  there  are  many  rocks 
under  water.  • 

REMARKS. — To  communicate  some  idea  of  the  force  of  the  current 
in  the  Gulf  Stream,  and  disastrous  consequences,  we  copy  the  following 
from  various  authorities  : — "  We  took  our  departure  from  the  westward 
of  Cat  key,  and  steered  S.  S.  W.  24  leagues  ;  then  S.  S,  W.  |  S.  6^  leagues, 
when  we  altered  our  course  to  S.  S.  W.  ^  W.  6  leagues,  with  the  wind 
squally  at  N.  W.  going  at  the  rate  of  8  knots  ;  while  in  the  act  of  reefing 
topsails,  judging  ourselves  near  the  Double-headed  Shot  keys,  we  struck 
on  Carysfort  reef."  The  course  steered  by  compass  was  S.  S.W.  whereaiii 
the  drift  made  her  course  W.  S.  W. 

"  I  left,"  says  an  experienced  navigator, "  the  Bahama  bank  in  latitude 
24°  33'  N.  and  steered  S.  W^  by  S.  by  compass,  and  in  the  morning  dis- 
covered myself  within  6  miles  of  the  Double-headed  Shot  keys,  which 
bear  from  the  latitude  I  took  my  departure  from  S.  W.  by  W." 

"  Aug.  29,  1816.  At  midnight  left  the  bank  with  the  wind  south  and 
^outh-westerly,  run  28  miles  W.  S.  W. — 22  miles  W.  hy  S.  close  htuled 


I  Kdit. 

»  N«w. 
il. 

ntS.S. 
ri)in  lh«' 
)t'a  (lilt- 
fathoinft, 

t  riie  to 
n  pitlol 
you  will 
e  tolera- 
olf  key, 
ey  IIktc 
I  lit  gooil 

r  hciKht, 
niul  U>o 
hicli,  oil 
;key  the 
It  2  mileit 
ertly  the 

[)ts  at  the 

there  urn 

M  jse  key« 

hey  form 

between 

ith  them. 

19  a  size* 
,  there  w 
|ie  edge  of 

Isaac  anJ 
iny  rocks 


Ic  current 

1  following 

Iweatward 

leagues, 

[the  wind 

)f  reeBng 

^e  struck 

whereu» 

latitude 
rning  dis- 

|8. 


10  Kdit. 


Blutit*ri  Atiirrican  Coatit  Pilot. 


271 


which 


[outh  and 
le  hiuled 


upon  our  larhoiird  tuck,  and  Tound,  by  meridinn  nltitudt*  of  the  aun,  our 
Mitiidr  to  b«  if  t^  f.O'  N. 

*'  Aug.  .'1«> — WuuU  wi'itrrly  and  lifht,  Mill  on  th«  wind  on  our  larboard 
lack  ;  run  26  milr*  weat  to  midniKht,  iiounded,  no  ground  ;  routinucd  W. 
und  W.  by  N.  l  milr<i  to  3  A.  M.  ;  lh«  ubip  I  hf«M«  .Sinl«»r«,  c  nptiiin  Arm- 
ington,  bnng  thrn  on  our  wtnitlirr  bow,  diKti.at  <ui«  mile,  miidc  ii  niKnul 
*\u'.  WM  tuthoro  ;  hovi!  tho  briid  and  had  but  6  fiitlomt,  tiirk«'d  •tliip  and 
■tood  oiT  ten  miiiutna,  nounded  quarter  lein  3,  tanked  nvniu  and  wtood  in, 
■ounded  with  '\\  fathom*,  when  wc  let  go  our  anchor  and  broufht  up  at 
4  A.M.  IMunntd  the  boat  aad  run  )Ut  ea!<t  tiiree-qiuiitiTH  of  a  mile, 
when  the  boat  struck  on  a  ret'f,  the  Htiip  Three  hmtorH  then  bearing;  W. 
S.  VV.  one  mile.  Wt>nt  off  in  the  boat  again  in  a  N.  K.  by  K.  direction, 
and  found  a  narrow  channel  of  12  feel ;  trieil  again  in  a  S.  .S.  K.  dirrr- 
tion,  where  we  found  a  piiHHage  of  \!i  feet,  one  mib*  wide,  current  netting 
N.  N.  K.  Tliiii  mu!«t  have  b(>«>ii  the  channel  which  we  fortunately  got 
in  at,  there  being  but  two  channeN  to  be  found;  the  wide  waH  the  only 
one  which  would  admit  us  both  in  the  name  direction  wm  then  were. 
(iot  under  way,  the  captain  of  the  ship  bcinf:  on  board,  the  wind  veering 
from  S.  S.  VV.  to  N.  VV.  and  stood  out,  but  on  approaching  the  na^Hage, 
found  the  current  to  set  Hlrong  o'^  the  S.  nid  of  the  N.  reef,  which  wet  un 
into  11  feet  water  fur  about  the  length  of  the  veitiiel,  when  it  deepened 
to  3,  4,  i),  7,  1(J,  'J6  fathumH,  and  cif  sounditigs,  the  lead  being  hove  uh 
quirk  as  possible. 

*'  The  place  v/c  got  in  at  appeari  to  lo,  by  (he  chart,  Holler's  inlet, 
and  outlet,  lying  between  Biscayno*s  and  Ludburg's  reef,  in  latitude 
'250  2.\'  N," 

NoTF.s. — Many  vessels  have  got  over  the  Florida  reef  in  the  night,  be- 
fore they  knew  it,  and  afterwards  brought  up  in  safety  on  the  inside  ;  but 
when  daylight  came  they  have  been  at  a  loss  as  to  the  way  in  which  they 
come  in,  seeing  nothing  but  breakers  in  the  opposite  point,  by  which  hu 
steered  in,  and  have  given  some  thousands  of  dollars  to  the  Ilahama 
wreckers,  to  take  them  out  again.  In  preference,  I  should  advise  the 
master  who  unfortunately  gets  caught  in  this  trap,  to  place  himself  on  the 
fore  or  forelop-sail  yard,  after  getting  under  way,  and  run  to  the  west- 
ward, by  the  range  of  the  Florida  keys,  until  he  discovers  a  probable 
passage  out,  when  he  may  bring  too,  ad  try  the  channel  with  his  boat. 
Every  danger  can  be  seen  from  aloft  in  this  channel,  keeping  clear  of  the 
black  patches  of  coral,  and  while  patches  of  shoals  of  sand,  he  will  not 
run  long  before  he  finds  a  safe  channel  to  go  out,  and  save  his  thousands  of 
dollars.  I  would  not  write  thus,  but  for  the  impositions  of  many  of  the 
wreckers  on  persons  in  such  circui  stances.  Their  trouble  is  no  more 
than  a  few  hours*  work,  and  equally  as  easy  for  them  as  it  is  for  a  branch 
pilot  to  take  a  vessel  over  a  difficult  bar.  They  ought,  under  such  cir- 
cun}stanccs,  to  charge  well ;  but  hundreds,  instead  of  thousands,  and  tens 
instead  of  hundreds,  would  be  quite  sufficient. 

Navigators  should  be  cautious,  while  crossing  the  Bahama  bank, 
never  to  follow  vessels,  if  they  alter  their  course  oAen,  as  the  New-Pro- 
vidence wreckers  have  frequently  decoyed  them  for  the  purpose  of 
plunder  ;  a  crime  which  the  most  barbarous  nation  would  punish  witl>  the 
greatest  severity.  This  is  not  published  to  give  offence  to  any  one,  but 
it  applies  to  some  of  the  Providence  navigators,  and  it  is  our  duty  to  point 
out  danger  to  mariners,  from  which  the  Editor  will  never  deviate,  or  hide 
from  investigation. 


I: 


r 

J- 


i  ^fr^'iV'^'''^**^"  ■ "  ^ 


.-»wiL, 


2T1 


Blunt**  Amf  riran  Coant  Pilot. 


10  E<lit. 


•  V 


I  wroulti  mUii  inrurtn  ^vcry  pinion  who  may  b«  lo  unfortuaala  m  to  |im«> 
hit  iitiip  uiijr  whrru  withiti  tfitt'.h  o(  (h«  ItnlMinii  wr*ic.k»n,  that  ha  hii*  no 
vrcn«iuii  tu  mukn  Mriy  M|{rn«in«nt  with  thorn  to  invn  iiiiy  ihiUK,  but  to  rrfrr 
them  to  the  i.hMinbftr  ot  rotnmerre  nt  Nnaniiii,  who  will  aettlc  att  thii  bil- 
ling* tor  him  in  a  wry  Jii«t  mannnr.  Ibcrr  i«  a«  httU  piirtiuhty  iunong 
th«M  gentUintMi  at  umoiiK  uny  rqiinl  numbur  ol*  men  on  «>nri>i  ;  nn<i  for 
thffir  ilflnaiuiH  on  nuch  i  ii«e«  thny  an*  j)i*ttly  «Mitt(l«'ii  to  thi'  thiink^  of  cvr- 
ry  cumuinrcml  man.  Thry  nro  ulwayt  th«  jud||M  whrrr  no  iiKt-»«mt'iil  ia 
inud«,  but  in  cuhq  of  ngri;nm«nt  for  •  pric«,  you  throw  tt  out  of  thtii 
powar,  and  it  lauat  b«  comphed  with. 


Directions  for  Havnnnn. 

Run  clown  on  bonrd  the  IVforo,  which  lica  on  thelnrbourd  h.ind,  nnd  \ut% 
a  *li|i(lit-houHt'  on  it,  and  wtiuid  up  for  the  ahippini;,  thorn  bring  nothing  to 
hurt  you.  lit!  aure  not  to  kt  go  your  nnchor  till  well  in  the  harbour,  iia  a 
rvef  liea  on  tlu;  atarboard  bund  n  liltin  within  it,  which  ia  very  dangerous. 
Th<'  act  of  thft  current  between  HavnnnH  and  l)o"l>|c-headed  Shot  keyn, 
in  N.  K.  bv  K.  and  clo«te  to  the  Double-headed  >>hot  keys,  it  nets  N.  K. 
Thia  light-huuac  ia  o(  the  utmoat  importuncu  to  vesi^cls  auiling  through 
(he  Uulf. 

It  ia  atatcd  that  the  entrance  to  the  harbour  ofHnvannn  \*  rnpidlv  fillini!; 
up.  The  «:liaiinel  by  which  threu-dcckcra  formerly  entered,  will  now 
baruly  permit  44  gun  iihipH  to  pUMS. 


Directions  for  sailing  bu  Crooked  island  to  Exuma  and 

rrovidonce. 

You  must  steer  from  the  north  end  of  Crooked  island  towards  tRum 
key,  which  is  foul  and  rocky  all  round,  your  course  thithpr  being  N.  N. 
W.  about  to  league;) ;  from  thence  you  go  towardit  Long  island,  which  Via 
west  a  little  southerly,  9  leagues  ;  a  VV.  N.  W.  course  carries  you  clear 
of  it.  Long  island  is  about  17^  leagues  in  length,  lying  N.  \V.  by  N.  and 
S.  E.  by  S.  its  N.  W.  end  in  lat.  23«  30'.  Aboui  6  leagues  from  the  N. 
VV.  end  of  Long  island  to  the  keys  before  the  salt  pond  at  Kxuma,  the 
course  is  W.  IS.  distance  8  leagues.  Exuma  is  a  great  salt  island,  from 
which  lie  an  innumerable  number  of  islands  and  keys  extending  for  36 
leagues  to  the  N.  W.  and  N.  W.  by  N.  If  you  are  bound  from  Exuma 
to  Prpvidence,  you  roust  make  your  way  for  the  Ship's  channel  passage, 
which  is  between  Little  island  and  Elcuthera.  Y'^our  course  from  Exunin 
thither  is  N.  N.  W.  distance  about  22  leagues ;  and  so  you  may  proceed 

*  The  light-huuse  standi  on  the  inuth  end  nf  the  Muro  Cattle,  containing  reflecting 
lampi,  which  make  a  brilliant  appearance. 

t  Rum  Key  ii  about  10  niilea  long  and  3i  wide  ;  tt  liai  in  lat.  2li°  34'  N.  and  long.  74* 
Sf  W.  of  Greenwich. 

On  making  ii  from  the  eaetwaid,  it  appeari  verj  hilly^n  the  lummit  of  the  highest 
are  oeveral  houses}  and  on  nearer  approach  to  the  S.  E.  part  of  It,  two  remarkable  white 
cliffs  will  be  seeo  i  a  little  to  the  westward  of  which  is  the  bay  called  Fort  Neloon,  or 
St.  Oeorge^s  bay,  where  the  ships  load  with  salt.  This  side  of  the  island  may  b«  ap* 
preached  wjth  safety.    The  vartation  in  1816  was  observed  to  be  ^  easterly. 


I  FA\i. 

to  Im« 
)  \\M  no 
to  rrfrr 

\f  tiinonK 
niut  for 
I  of  ••vr- 
emvnt  ik 
of    tlltll 


10  Edit. 


Blunt*M  American  Coa«t  Pilot. 


273 


to  the  n«rth-w««l«varil  uIoiik  thr  kUikI  Klcnthrn  ,  hut  tho  nrarcM  cut  m 
ovrr  tho  Orciit  litthanm  hmik  from  Kiuma.  To  gt)  thU  wny,  your  rounn 
1%  W.  N.  W.  or  Mthar  N.  W.  h^  W.  nhout  lUt  \e»n»K*,  which  will  hrinc 
^uu  to  the  9ilnn  of  the  hnnk.  I  rom  h«>nc«  yo\x  miiy  ptMii  uv«r  the  benk 
in  '2  ur  '2},  nnd  in  aome  hole*  3  futhuoi*  water,  thi>  thituiirr  over  the  hank 
beinn  about  10  louguea.  Yuu  mu»t  keep  u  Kootl  look  out  for  fear  of  «unk- 
••n  rucka,  which,  in  aome  placea,  lie  very  thick  ;  they  are  eamly  aeen  be- 
fore you  come  iit  thetn,  tho  water  beini  very  clear  ;  anil  in  anchoring 
there  in  tho  niglit,  chooae  h((ou<1  aainly  birth. 


I,  nn^  li.i^ 
lothingto 
hour,  iia  a 
angtTOUi. 
Ihot  keya, 
tU  N.  K. 
{  through 

idl^  fiUinp; 
will  now 


m   Wii 


]ing  N.  N. 

lyou  clear 
Iby  N.  anil 
Im  the  N. 
lunia,  tho, 
[and,  from 
Ing  for  35 
]m  Exuma 
ll  passage, 
]m  Exunia 
proceed 

jig  reflecting 

Id  lonf.  74" 

I  the  highait 

Ikable  white 

iMelaon,  or 

*a7  be  ap- 


Direciions  for  vesaeU  bound  to  Ncw-Providcncc. 

When  yuu  are  bound  to  Now^Providence,  from  America,  the  Weat  In- 
diea,  or  Kurope,  in  the  aummer  montha,  your  beat  way  la  to  make  the 
Cow  nnd  Bull,  the  N.  K.  part  of  Elenthra.  ita  hit.  35"  'iS  N.  long. 
70O  tiQi  yy  It  appoura  like  a  Dutchman'a  thrumb  cap,  with  a  cut  or  gap 
n«  if  there  waa  a  paaaagc  through.  The  ahore  hercunouta  i*  pretty  bold. 
From  hence  your  courae  ia  N.  rf.  by  W.  along  the  land,  about  I  lei^uea, 
which  brings  you  off  Harbour  iaiand.  You  will  aee  the  church  and 
houses  on  the  ahore,  when  you  are  abrcnat  of  it.  From  t*-ence  your 
course  ia  W.  bv  S.  8  leaguea,  which  will  bring  you  off  Egg  iaiand,  where 
there  ia  a  reef  lying  off*  a  long  league  from  the  ahore  which  you  ahould 
be  very  careful  to  avoid,  liy  looking  overboard  in  n  clear  night,  you  will 
flce  the  bottom  before  you  can  run  aahore,  but  I  would  not  adviae  a  stran- 
ger by  any  means  to  paaa  it  in  the  night,  but  lie  by  till  daylight.  From 
hence  your  course  ia  S.  W.  for  New- Providence  bar,  12  leaguoa  distance; 
but  the  bent  way  is  to  steer  S.  W.  by  S.  on  account  of  the  current  gene- 
rally  setting  to  leeward,  which  will  bring  you  off  the  east  end  of  Hose  isl- 
and, where  you  will  see  the  government  house.  Fort  Charlotte,  Fort  Fin- 
castle,  and  the  shipping  in  the  harbour  of  Nassau. 

In  the  winter  months,  your  best  way  is  to  run  down  in  the  lati- 
tude of  26°  N.  which  brings  you  in  with  Abaco,  about  7  or  8  milea  to 
the  northward  of  the  Hole-in-the-Wall,  which  lies  in  latitude  25"  51' 
N.  and  long.  77'  10'  W.  The  shore  here  runs  about  N.  and  S.  When 
you  come  abreast  of  the  Hole-in-the-Wall,  you  will  observe  a  hole  run- 
ning through  the  land,  from  which  it  takes  its  name,  and  ia  the  southern' 
most  part  of  all  Abaco  ;  the  shore  is  steep  close  too,  and  you  may  run 
until  you  can  cast  a  biscuit  on  shore,  before  you  can  run  aground.  From 
thence  your  course  is  S.  |  W.  for  the  bar  of  New-Providence,  18  leagues ; 
but  it  is  best  to  keep  up  south  on  account  of  a  current  setting  general- 
ly to  leeward,  which  course  will  carry  you  in  with  the  east  part  of  Rose 
island,  whence  you  will  see  the  government  house,  Fort  Charlotte,  Fort 
Fincastle,  and  the  shipping  in  the  harbour  of  Nassau. 


Directions  for  vessels  bound  from  New-Providence  to  £aBt 
Florida,  Georgia,  onrf  South  Carolina. 

If  you  ate  bound  to  St.  Aaguitine,  Sayennah,  or  Charleitoot  your  Wt 
kni  ihorlett  way  is  through  the  Gulf;  your  course  from  Nmaii  hwr,  to 

.  S2 


# 


'■mii^ 


^(^..tM.„/- -'•.•-  I' 


>V., 


2^tt 


Blunt'M  Amerrcaii  Coabt  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


rJenr  the  Bony  islands,  is  N.  N.  W.  J  N.  distance  16  Icaguea.  From 
thence  your  course  is  VV.  N.  W.  27  leagues,  which  willbring  you  off  the 
west  end  of  Grand  Bahama,  wliere,  on  shore,  there  is  excellent  water, 
and  li«s  in  lat.  2G°  39'  N.  and  long.  TO*  00'  W.  Krom  hence  you  should 
h-ol  up  N.  W.  by  W.  and  continue  that  course  until  you  pasi  Wood,  Wa- 
ter, and  Sandy  keys,  lying  on  the  bank,  about  4  leagues  from  the  Baha- 
ma, if  you  wish  to  see  the  Memory  rock,  yon  must  haul  up  N.  N.  W. 
but  the  safest  way,  especially  in  the  night,  is  to  continue  n  ^l.  W.  by  VV, 
course  about  the  distance  of  6  leagues  further,  which  carries  '  ou  well  in 
the  Gulf,  and  clear  of  all  danger. 

You  may  th'n  direct  your  course  as  you  plensc  ;  but  if  for  Charleston, 
the  best  course  is  N.  by  W. — for  Tybee  light-house,  N.  N.  W. — and  il 
for  St.  Augustine,  N.  W.  B'-t  should  you  have  the  wind  very  light,  as  it 
is  generally  in  the  summer  months,  you  had  better  steer  half  a  point  far- 
ther to  westward  on  any  of  these  courses,  according  to  the  port  you  are 
bound  for,  in  order  to  prevent  you '  being  CHrtied  too  far  to  the  northwan? 
by  the  N.  E.  current,  which  runs  very  strong. 


Directions  for  New-Providence  and  the  Bahama  Banks. 

New-Providence,  v/hose  town,  called  Nassau  town,  is  in  lat.  25**  5'  and 
long.  77*'  22',  is  the  chief  of  all  the  Bahama  islands,  and  lies  E.  and  W. 
about  10  leagues  and  4  broad.     The  harbour  is  on  the  north  side  (where 
there  are  several  keys)  between  the  island  and  Hog  island.     On  Hog  isl 
and  a  light-house  is  erected  on  the  west  end. 

From  Providence  to  Frozen,  key,  the  south -easternmost  of  the  Berry 
island,  the  course  is  aboui  N.  W.  distance  6  or  7  leagues. 

From  ti.  3  ke;'  to  N.  W.  passstge,  or  the  entrance  upon  the  bank,  be- 
tween tV,  Blacicwont^^!  bush  and  Jovvlter  keys,  at  the  north  end  of  Androsf 
island  is  about  Q  or  U  leagues  ;  as  the  bank  is  bound  with  a  reef  here, 
you  must  pick  ;y  >ur'  Wi>y  through  that ;  and  you  may  do  it  easily,  as  there 
are  several  swashes,  vhich,  though  they  are  narrow,  have  no  less  than 
11  or  12  feet  through.  The  waicr  being  very  clear  in  this  part  of  the 
world,  this  picking  one's  way  through  a  shoal  is  attended  with  little  or  no 
difficulty* 

When  you  first  come  upon  the  bank,  you  will  see  some  scattered  heads 
«f  rocks  and  sponges  ;  but  there  being  no  danger  except  what  is  very  vi- 
sible, it  is  sufficient  to  tell  you  that  by  running  W.  S.  W.  about  19  or  20 
lefl^u«s,  you  will  come  out  a  league  and  a  half  to  the  southward  of  the 
i^nbgt  keys,  on  the  W.  part  of  the  bank,  from  whence,  by  ('  e  inspec- 
-tioB  of  the  chart,  you  may  easily  find  your  way  either  to  Cuba  or  the 
Florida  shore. 

N.  B.  In  coming  from  the  Florida  shore  this  way,  by  the  Orange  keys, 
you  ought  to  endeavour  to  the  making  of  the  south  easternmost  Berry 
island  early  in  the  morning,  which  precaution  will  give  you  a  great  bene- 
fit with  regard  to  safety  in  your  run  to  Providence.  You  need  not  be 
toM  how  great  the  danger  is  in  coming  amOng  shoals  and  broken  land  dur- 
ing night. 

There  are  several  small  harbours  on  the  east  part  of  the  Berry  islands, 
vAere  water  and  otiiier  refreshments  itiay  be  had  ;  but  as  they  are  sel- 
dom  #«<|wmted  but  by  the  people  of  PrOTid«Bee,  it  n^  be  superflvous 
to  aay  any  thing  about  them.  -  * 


„,J4L^ 


■m 


.  V.'.-'ji 


10  Edit. 


Bluiif  s  American  Coast  Pilot. 


275 


Something  might  be  said  with  regard  to  the  passage  by  BimiDi,  but  itbe- 
log  the  shualest,  nud  the  liars  to  the  eastward  of  'Bimini  making  it  very 
dangerous,  no  stranger  ought  to  go  lliere  without  a  pilot. 

From  Providence  to  the  Hole-in-the-Wail  (sometimes  called  the  Hole 
m  the  rock)  at  the  south  end  of  Abaco,  the  course  is  N.  A  E.  about  15 
leagues. 

in  the  passage  from  the  Hole-in-the-Wall,  towards  the  Gulf  of  Florid*. 
it  is  necessary  to  give  the  west  end  of  the  Grand  Bahama  a  good  birth,  not 
only  on  account  of  its  shoals,  but  for  fear,  if  the  wind  should  hangioutli- 
westward,  you  should  be  embayed. 

The  North  or  Little  Bahama  bank  is  little  frequented  but  by  whaler^ 
and  turtlers  ;  and,  on  account  of  its  iron  bound  reefs,  is  not  to  be  ap- 
proached until  you  get  to  the  northward  of  Memory  rock,  when  you  may 
<>nter  on  the  bank  with  safety. 


Directions  for  vessels  bound  from  the  southward  to  Eiuma  Salt 
Pond,  situated  in  the  eastward  of  the  port  and  harbour  of 
Exuma,  from  ivhich  it  is  distant  between  3  and  4  leagues. 

From  the  Bird  rock  (the  northern  extremity  of  Crooked  island)  to  the 
north  end  of  Long  island  the  course  is  N.  W.  distance  26  leaguei.  Give 
this  a  good  birth,  say  one  or  two  miles,  on  account  of  two  reeft  (easily 
distinguished)  which  extend  from  the  two  points  of  the  north  end.  From 
hence  haul  up  S.  W.  by  S.  This  course  will  bring  you  on  soundings, 
when  you  will  see  Hog  key  and  Little  Exuma,  on  both  of  which  are  set- 
tlements. There  are  several  rocks  or  small  keys  ranging  with  the  coast ; 
these  may  be  kept  close  aboard.  When  you  see  the  houses  distinctly, 
hoist  your  colours,  and  a  boat  will  be  sent  out  to  bring  the  vessel  to  the 
anchorage  at  the  pond.  The  pond  is  to  the  east  of  the  Pigeon  key,  and 
Pigeon  key  bears  from  the  north  end  of  Long  island  due  S.  W.  by  W. 
distant  9  leagues.  Stocking  island,  which  forms  the  harbour  of  fixuma, 
is  distinguishable  by  a  beacon  on  the  highest  eminence,  and  this  is  about 
/)  or  6  miles  to  the  westward  of  the  eastern  entrance  of  the  harbour. 
The  cast  side  of  Long  island  is  a  bold  shore,  and  wholly  free  from  reefs 
and  sunken  rocks.  If  you  go  round  the  north  end  of  Long  island  to« 
wards  evening,  it  may  frequently  be  adviseable  to  come  to  an  anchor,  to 
avoid  the  eifect  of  currents  during  the  night,  which  may  easily  be  done 
on  very  good  ground,  after  doubling  round  the  north  end,  any  where  un- 
der the  lee  of  the  land  for  several  miles  along  shore.  In  this  case  the 
eye  must  direct  you,  the  water  being  perfectly  clear,  and  the  bottom 
visible. 


Description  of  Great  Harbour  (Long  island,  Bahamas)  and 
directions  for  entering  the  same. 

It  is  situated  inlat.  23°  3'  N.  6  leagues  from  the  S.  end  of  Long  island, 
on  that  side  of  the  island  which  fomp  the  lee  side  of  the  Crooked  island 
passage.  From  Bird  rock  (Cr<»riced  island)  to  Gr«»t  harbour,  the  course 
is  W.  N.  W.  distant  15  leapes  ;  antl  from  the  S.  E.  end  of  Watling's  irf- 


'^'^jwm^.'f^^nn^ 


276 


Bluiit's  American  Coaut  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


and  to  Great  harbour,  8.  S.  W.  22  leagues  ;  from  Rum  key  to  Great  har- 
bour, S.  12  leagues. 

A  vessel  in  the  offing,  on  hoisting  the  usual  signal  for  a  pilot,  will  have 
it  answered  on  shore  by  a  union  jack  at  Archibald  Taylor's  house,  a  large 
low  building,  and  a  boat,  with  a  pilot,  will  be  immediately  dispatched  ; 
but  should  stress  of  weuther,  or  any  other  accident,  prevent  the  pilot 
from  getting  out,  the  observance  of  the  following  directions  will  bring  the 
vessel  safe  into  the  harbour,  and  to  good  anchorage. 

Bring  Archibald  Taylor's  new  house  (where  the  flag  is  hoisted)  to  bear 
S.  by  W.  and  continue  this  course  in  for  the  house  until  the  unroofed 
stone  walls  of  Mr.  Taylor's  old  bouse  near  the  highest  hill  to  the  south- 
ward, bears  S.  £.  E. — continue  this  last  course  direct  for  the  old  house, 
until  you  pass  the  first  point  of  hard  rock  on  the  larboard  hand  ;  here 

Jfou  will  have  breakers  on  both  sides  of  you,  but  the  channel  is  sufficient- 
y  bold  and  deep  ;  then  on  getting  abreast  of  the  point  of  the  first  low 
woody  key  on  the  larboard  bow,  haul  to  the  eastward,  and  doubling 
round  this  last  mentioned  point  of  the  low  woody  key,  drop  your  anchor 
in  3  fathoms  water,  on  clean  sandy  bottom. 

[CT*  At  this  place  a  quantity  of  the  best  large-grained  salt  is  always  for 
sale,  on  reasonable  terms.  Vessels  of  any  size  coming  here  will  meet 
with  every  despatch  in  loading,  and  the  harbour  is  safe  and  commodious  ; 
those  of  a  moderate  size  can  lay  and  load  within  100  yards  of  the  beach, 
sheltered  from  all  winds. 

*#*  Wood  and  water  are  to  be  procured  with  very  little  trouble  and 
without  expense. 


Observations  on  the  Old  Straits. 

On  running  down,  after  passing  Port  Padre,  keep  a  good  look  out  for 
the  Macaras  reef,  and  whei:  you  are  abreast  of  Key  Savinal,  allpw  those 
reefs  to  lay  10  miles  to  the  southward  of  what  they  are  laid  down  by  Ro- 
man.* The  principal  reef  extends  nearly  E.  and  W.  but  there  is  a  ledge 
of  sunken  rocks  that  runs  full  10  miles  to  the  southward  ;  on  these  rocks 
the  ship  Sarah,  of  Boston,  was  lost  in  1802,  and  it  wa?  proved,  by  two 
quadrants,  that  Roman's  chart,  which  was  then  on  board,  was  erroneous, 
and  the  cause  of  the  loss  of  this  vessel,  and  supposed  to  be  of  several 
others  ;  very  lately,  the  African  ship  Mary  Ellen,  captain  Jump,  ran  on 
these  rocks,  and  from  the  description,  it  must  have  been  near  the  spot 
on  which  the  Sarah  was  lost ;  but  jn  keeping  to  the  southward,  to  avoid 
the  danger,  be  careful  and  not  run  into  the  bay  formed  by  the  island  of 
Guajava,  Chesterfield  kiy,  and  Key  Confites  ;  into  these  channels  the 
flood  tide  sets  with  amazing  rapidity,  and,  if  a  vessel  is  caught  with  u 
north  easter  in  this  bay,  it  will  be  difficult  to  beat  out  of  it.  Vessels  of  1 2 
feet  water  may  anchor  under  the  lee  of  Key  Confites.  Tp  effect  an  an- 
choring, a  knowledge  of  the  place  is  necessary. 


General  Remarks. 

Bound  from  the  Atlantic,  over  ^e  baikk,  fpr  New-Orleans,  you  may 

'■II         I    I    i     I  I  • 

*  Tke  south  point  lios  ifi  lAt.  iBP  9'  N. 


D  Edit. 


10  Edit. 


Bluiit^s  American  Const  Pilot. 


277 


reat  har- 

vill  have 
!,  a  large 
patched  ; 
the  pilot 
bring  the 

^)  to  bear 
unroofed 
he  south- 
)1<I  house, 
nd;  here 
sufficient- 
i  first  low 
I  doubling 
»ur  anchor 

always  for 

will  meet 

nmodious  ; 

the  beach, 

rouble  and 


ook  out  for 
allpw  those 
iwn  by  Ro- 
e  is  a  ledge 
these  rocks 
ed,  by  two 
erroneous, 
of  several 


you  may 


shorten  your  distance  very  much  by  running  don  u  tlie  Florida  reef,  keep- 
ing in  coloured  water  in  day-time,  and  ofl'  into  thi>  Stream  by  night,  as  u 
strong  eddy,  or  counter  current,  seta  westwaruly  .il.irg  oqtside  of  the  reef, 
between  it  and  the  regular  set  of  the  Gulf.  Tu  do  this  with  advantage 
you  must  calculate  to  fall  in  with  the  Fion<Iii  coast  as  early  in  the  fore- 
noon as  possil)le,  that  you  may  take  a(lv:iii';i'>;e  oi'  the  eddy  through  the 
remainder  of  the  day.  Your  best  way,  tiicf^fore,  will  be,  on  leaving  the 
bank  in  latitude  24o  '10'  with  a  good  breeze,  to  Kteer  W.  S.  W.  25  leagues, 
and  if  at  daylight  Florida  reef  is  not  i..  sight,  steer  west,  W.  by  N.  or  W.  N. 
W.  and  make  them  at  once  ;  you  will  fall  in  with  Ihcm  between  Long  key 
and  Old  Matacumbe,  which  has  high  trees  on  its  north  end,  the  tops  of 
\vhich  are  quite  level,  and  at  first  sight  appears  like  table  land  ;  keep 
down  in  coloured  water  by  daylight,  and  at  night  haul  out  at  a  respectful 
distance,  until  fairly  daylight  again,  when  you  may  haul  into  the  north- 
ward and  again  make  the  land.  Or,  should  you  be  so  far  to  the  westward 
as  between  (he  Marquis  keys  and  the  Tortugas,  where  you  cannot  see  thv 
land  unless  within  4  leagues  of  the  one  or  the  other,  you  must  keep  u 
look  out  for  coloured  water,  and  when  fairly  into  it,  keep  down  to  the 
westward  and  make  the  Tortugas,  which  you  may  pass  at  a  respectful 
distance  either  to  windward  or  leeward,  as  best  suits  your  fancy  and  as 
the  winds  will  admit  of. 

Should  the  wind  be  far  southerly,  or  light,  it  would  be  most  adviseabln 
on  leaving  the  bank,  to  keep  to  the  southward  and  get  under  Double 
headed  Shot  bank,  out  of  the  force  of  the  Stream  ;  and  with  light  and 
westerly  winds  (which  sometimes  continue  for  several  days  during  the 
summer)  it  is  usual  to  get  on  the  Double-headed  Shot  bank,  and  lay  on 
its  western  edge  for  a  breeze,  or  cross  over  into  St.  Nicholas  channel, 
and  take  advantage  of  the  land  breeze  from  the  island  of  Cuba,  to  get  to 
ihe  westward. 


Description  of  the  coast  from  the  Bay  of  Santa  Rosa  to  Cape 

St.  Blass. 

Santa  Kosa  island  being  described  in  page  278,  we  proceed  to  observe, 
that  from  the  bay  the  coast  runs  S.  S.  E.  and  S.  E.  by  E.  48  miles  to  the 
entrance  of  the  Bay  of  St.  Andrews.  On  this  coast  the  trees  are  very 
thick,  and  near  the  beach  there  are  also  many  red  and  white  sand 
hillocks. 

The  entrance  to  the  Bay  of  St.  Andvews  is  formed  tbthe  westward  by 
a  long  narrow  neck  of  land,  which  runs  o^  from  the  main  land,  and  to  the 
eastward  by  a  small  island  called  St.  Andres,  ofif  which  is  a  sand  shoal  of 
\  feet  water,  extending  S.  S.  E.  14  miles,  lying  6  miles  from  the  coast. 
From  the  neck  or  tongue  of  land  a  shoal  stretches  more  than  two-thirds 
the  "iistance  between  it  and  the  island,  leaving  a  channel  in  which  there 
is  a  bar  of  10  feet  only  ;  you  must  also  take  care  of  another  shoal  which 
runs  off  the  island,  which  having  passed,  and  between  the  two  points  you 
must  haul  round  N.  W.  to  get  sheltered  by  the  tongue  in  4  or  5  fathoms. 
This  bay  is  very  large,  but  as  yet  there  can  be  no  motive  for  ships  to  call 
here,  but  should  you  do  it  fpr  shelter  in  bad  weather,  you  have  only  to 
run  as  far  in  as  the  place  mentioned  above. 


27tt 


Bluiifs  American  Coast  Pilot.  10  Edit. 


From  Buy  St.  Andrews  the  cuu8t  runs  S.  S.  E.  29  miles  to  Cape  St. 
Blass,  which  is  the  southernmost  point  of  a  very  long  neck  of  land  that 
stretches  from  the  const  [>  or  G  miles  and  forms  the  Uny  of  St.  Joseph. 
Thi'  shoal  which  lies  off  this  bay  (before  described)  may  be  easily 
discovered  by  ihe  whiteness  of  tlie  water.  The  S.  E.  extreme  of  this 
iihoal,  and  the  above  tongue,  form  the  entrance  of  the  Buy  of  St.  Joseph, 
which  has  a  bur  of  0  feet  water  ;  the  tongue  of  land  which  is  14  miles  in 
leiigtii,  is  so  narrow,  that  in  places  it  is  only  two  cables  wide  :  there  are 
various  breaches  in  it,  by  which  (in  time  of  rains)  the  water  of  tlie  bay 
unites  with  the  ocean.  This  piece  of  const  prehcnts  good  anchorage, 
»helter'>.l  from  easterly  winds,  in  G  or  7  fathoms,  which  depth  you  will 
have  at  1}  mile  from  the  beach. 

To  enter  this  bay  you  must  coast  along  the  tongue  of  laud  in  4  or  5  fa- 
thoms uutil  you  pass  a  tongue  of  sand  a  little  befc  *;  you  come  to  the 
mouth,  from  whence  you  steer  N.  E.  and  E.  N.  .  till  within,  always 
coasting  the  tongu^  which  k  the  deepest  water.  The  bay  of  St.  Joseph 
is  entirely  without  shelter,  especially  in  winter,  by  the  prevuihng  winds 
from  S.  to  W.  and  froni  \V.  to  N.  that  make  a  heavy  swell,  which  always 
exists  on  the  bar. 


Description  of  Cape  St.  Blassj. 

Cape  St.  Blass  is  a  low  point  which  runs  ^o  the  southward  two  miles  ; 
from  that  part  where  trees  end  on  this  point  u  shoal  of  sand  runs  S.  S.  E. 
4  miles  bearing  from  S.  S.  E.  to  S.  S.  W.  from  the  point.  Various  shoals 
and  small  spots  of  sand,  having  less  than  3  fathoms  water  on  them  also 
lie  off  the  same  point,  the  southernmost  of  which  is  1 4  miles  distant ;  be- 
tween these  shoals  there  are  7,  8,  and  9  fathoms  water. 

The  whole  coast,  from  the  Mississippi  to  Cape  St.  Blass,  sends  off  a 
bank  of  soundings,  whose  edge  runs  out  to  lat.  28°  50',  but  the  depth  is 
very  unequal ;  this  inequality  is  very  clean.  If  you  except  the  spots  of 
sand  that  are  in  the  vicinity  of  Cape  St.  Blass,  you  will  find  no  danger  in 
the  whole  of  it  that  cannot  be  prevented  by  the  care  and  use  of  the  lead, 
and  as  the  whole  of  the  coast  is  very  low,  having  few  visible  marks  to 
distinguish  it  in  its  whole  extension,  and  besiiles  is  often  cloudy  and  foggy, 
exposed  by  the  continuation  of  winds  from  S.  to  W.  and  from  W.  to  N. 
which  blow  with  great  force  in  winter,  and  by  hurricanes  in  August  and 
September,  all  which  create  the  necessity  of  saying  something  on  the  me- 
thod of  making  the  land  and  navigating  its  coast. 

If  your  destination  is  Mobile  or  Pensacola,  you  should  run  in  for  the 
land  to  the  eastward  of  them  respectively,  not  only  to  avoid  passing  the 
port,  but  because  land-marks  are  so  wanting,  and  the  coast  so  low,  that  a 
stranger  has  nothing  to  guide  himself  by  ;  nevertheless,  the  soundings  in- 
dicate sufficiently  well  the  meridian  in  which  the  ship  is  found  ;  a  little 
more  or  less  if  you  attend  to  the  quality  of  coarse  sand  and  coral  found 
outside  of  land,  which  is  a  3ure  indication  that  you  are  off  the  east  end  of 
Santa  R'osa  island,  where  you  find  the  same  quality  of  soundings  as  off 
Tampa  bay  and  other  parts  of  East  Florida,  but  can  cause  no  equivoca- 
tion, because  the  points  are  so  distant  from  the  one  now  treated  of. 

The  island  of  Santa  Rosa  extends  along  tiie  coast  40  miles,  and  in  its 
greatest  breadth  is  not  more  than  haU"  a  mile.    There  are  maoy  lumps  of 


(lit. 

eSt. 

that 

leph. 

r  thia 
scph, 
lea  in 
e  ure 
le  bay 
orage, 
)U  vviU 

r  6  fa- 
to  the 
always 
Joseph 
J  winds 
always 


10  Edit. 


Blunf  s  American  Coast  Pilot. 


279 


)  miles  ; 

S.  S.  E. 
jus  shoals 

tem  also 
lant ;  be- 


for  the 
tsing  the 
that  a 
Idings  in- 

;  a  Httle 
iral  found 
[st  end  of 
Igs  as  off 

Iquivoca- 

Ind  in  its 
llumps  of 


white  sand  upon  it,  and  some  scattering  trees.  The  eastern  extreme  of 
this  island  is  the  western  point  of  Santa  Rosa  bay,  very  sandy  and  low. 
Ti)e  east  point  of  this  bay  is  known  by  some  bright  reddish  coloared 
blufis  which  arc  upon  it.  The  channel  or  mouth  of  the  bay  is  very  nar- 
row and  a  bar  of  only  5  or  6  feet  impedes  its  entrance.  To  enter,  steer 
N.  till  you  pass  the  east  extreme  of  the  island,  whence  steer  N.  W.  and 
anchor  as  soon  as  you  have  shelter.  This  bay  is  of  extraordinary  length, 
extending  24  miles  to  the  eastward  with  a  breadth  of  4  to  6  miles  ;  the 
best  water  in  it  is  3  fathoms,  which  is  only  found  when  you  are  E.  and  W. 
with  the  red  clitfs  at  the  entrance,  about  two  miles  from  the  bar.  The 
other  part  of  the  bay  is  full  of  shoals  and  palisadocs,  navigable  only  for 
boats. 

From  Cape  St.  Blass  the  cojist  runs  oast  to  St.  George's  key,  and  from 
St.  Blass  to  Point  Josef,  which  is  the  south  point  of  the  island  is  17  miles, 
from  which  point  the  coast  and  islands  double  round  to  N.  E.  in  which  di- 
rection you  find  3  other  isles  ;  about  E.  N.  E.  from  the  last  lies  Point  Mi- 
nesses  on  the  main,  and  is  distant  from  St.  Blasb  about  18  leagues  :  from 
Point  Minesses  the  coast  bends  to  the  northward,  and  after  to  the  east- 
ward, anc  ''  rms  a  large  bay,  in  which  is  emptied  the  river  Apalache. 
This  river  .s  shoni  and  obstructed  at  its  entrance,  and  for  a  long  distance 
off  by  many  oyster  banks,  which  are  dry  at  low  water  :  the  tide  rises 
44  feet. 

About  one  league  up  the  river  is  the  fort  of  St.  Marcos,  situated  on 
a  point  which  forms  the  confluence  of  the  river,  of  which  the  east 
branch  is  called  Jabonico,  and  the  other  St.  Jago.  The  shoal  water 
which  is  found  in  this  river  is  also  found  all  over  this  large  bay,  and  2  fa- 
thoms is  the  best  water  in  the  channels. 

From  Apalache  bay  the  coast  bends  off  to  the  southward  and  eastward 
to  the  river  St.  Johns,  which  is  23  leagues  distant  from  the  river  of  Apa- 
lache. From  the  river  St.  Johns  to  the  southward  you  loose  sight  of  the 
land,  as  only  canoes  can  get  nigh  enough  to  discover  the  keys  called  Sa- 
binas.  Fifty  miles  south  of  the  Sabinas  lies  the  Key  Anclote,  or  Anchor 
island,  and  before  you  come  to  it,  you  may  discover  the  coast.  The 
whole  of  the  coast,  from  Voint  Minesses  to  this  key,  is  so  shoal  that  at  10 
leagues  from  land  you  havi  but  6  and  6  fathoms. 

Key  Anclote  is  distant  .\cross  from  the  main  land  5  miles,  and  is  in 
length  about  8  miles  N.  anil  S. — it  is  dividod  into  three  parts,  and  its  S. 
part  has  good  anchorage  in  3  fathoms  water. 

From  Key  Anclote  the  coast  runs  S.  E.  by  E.  30  miles  to  the  entrance 
of  Tampa  bay,  or  Baye  del  Espiritu  Santo.  The  coast  between  is  clear 
and  deeper  than  the  anterior.  At  3  leagues  from  the  land  you  will  have 
6  fathoms  water,  and  no  impediment  to  your  keeping  in  with  it  by  the 
lead.  Off  this  coast  there  are  various  keys,  which  lie,  at  most,  only  5 
miles  from  the  main. 

The  entrance  of  Tampa  bay  is  obstructed  by  various  sand  shoals,  upon 
which  are  raised  some  islands.  Between  these  shoals  there  are  three 
channels  to  enter,  called  the  West,  South  West,  and  South  East :  the  two 
first  have  plenty  of  water  on  their  bars  ;  on  the  first  (at  low  water)  there 
are  23  feet,  and  in  the  second  18  feet.  The  channels  are  frank,  and  to 
lAke  them  there  is  no  necessity  of  advice,  as,  at  high  water,  the  shoals 
shew  themselves,  and  at  low  water,  are  dry. 

From  Tampa  the  coast  continues  S.  E.  by  S.  22  leagues,  to  Bay  of  St. 
Carlos  ;  all  this  piece  of  coast  is  bordered  with  keys,  wbich  lie  about  4 
miles  off  finom  the  main  land;  the  whole  is  clear,  with  the  exception  of  a 


280 


Blunt '8  American  Coast  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


aand  bar,  which  runs  off  from  whnt  is  called  Oocn  Q^razote,  which  is  an 
opening  formed  by  two  of  the  above-mentioned  keys,  and  is  dintant  from 
Tampa  21  miles.  On  this  bar  there  are  2  fathoms  water,  and  all  alun^ 
the  coast  you  will  have  6  fathoms  at  5  or  6  miles  from  it,  so  that  there  i^ 
no  danger  in  keeping  in  with  it  by  thf;  lead. 

Carlos  bay  is  ^  large  entrance  made  in  the  coast,  in  which  are  emptied 
various  rivers,  whose  mouths  arc  covered  by  many  keys  and  shoals,  which 
leave  between  them  channels  more  or  less  wide  :  the  northernmost  b 
called  Friar  Caspar,  and  has  C  feet  water  ;  the  next,  called  Boca  Grande, 
is  the  deepest,  having  14  feet  water.  This  bay  is  only  good  for  vessels 
of  8  feet  draught,  by  the  little  shelter  which  it  alTords  in  gales  in  winter  ; 
and  although  the  holding  ground  is  good,  you  are  obliged  to  look  for 
the  bends  of  the  bay  to  shelter  you  from  the  wind  which  blows.  The 
tide  rises  two  feet,  and  when  the  wind  is  off  shore  it  runs  with  great 
velocity. 

The  key,  whose  north  extreme  forms  Boca  Cautivo,is  the  same  whot-j- 
south  extreme  forms  what  is  called  Boca  Ciega,  which  is  the  opening 
which  said  key  forms  to  the  northward,  and  Sanibal  to  the  southward — 
This  opening  extends  to  Shoal  Lagoon,  which  communicates  by  various 
shoal  channels  with  Bay  St.  Carlos. 

Key  Sanibal  has  good  anchorage  on  its  south  part  in  2  fathoms,  shelter- 
ed from  all  winds.  Tins  anchorage  of  Sanibal  is  known  by  a  palm  tree, 
2  leagues  to  the  southward  of  it,  and  in  the  only  one  you  see  on  the  whoh 
coast.  To  anchor  in  Sanibal,  it  is  necessary  to  run  with  care,  and  the 
lead  in  hand,  that  you  may  avoid  the  shoal  bottoms  which  run  off  4  mile." 
from  Sanibal  and  the  keys  S.  E.  of  it. 

From  Sanibal  the  coast  runs  S.  E.  by  E.  11  leagues  to  Point  Largo,  or 
Key  Roman.  This  piece  of  coast  is  clean,  having  3  fathoms  at  two  miles 
from  the  land.  Point  Lar<;o  sends  out  S.  and  S.  E.  of  it  a  shoal,  which 
runs  from  it  7  miles,  and  the  coast  bending  to  the  eastward,  forms  a  bay 
of  12  feet  water,  in  which  vessels  of  light  draft  may  enter  and  find  shelter 
from  winds  any  way  on  the  northern  board. 

The  coast  from  hence  runs  S.  S.  E.  '^5  leagues  to  Point  Tancha,  which 
is  the  southernmost  promontory  of  the  Peninsula  of  East  Florida. 

The  whole  of  the  coast  has  regular  and  clean  soundings,  whence  the 
Tead  is  the  best  guide. 


Banks  and  Coast  of  Florida. 

Seventeen  or  eighteen  miles  to  the  eastward  of  the  easternmost  TortU' 
ga,  is  placed  the  W.  edge  of  a  bank  called  the  Marquis  Bank,  and  13 
miles  farther  E.  are  placed,  on  this  bank,  the  key  called  Marquis  Key, 
which  is  the  westernmost  of  a  group,  of  which  the  northernmost  is  called 
Boca  Grande  ;  this  key  is  the  largest  of  the  group,  and  is  near  6  miles  E. 
and  W. — about  one  mile  to  the  eastward  of  this  key  the  first  bank  ends, 
whose  eastern  edge  runs  about  N.  and  S.  The  first  bank  is  separated 
from  the  following  by  a  channel  of  two  miles  wide,  with  10  or  12  feet 
water,  bandy  bottom.  This  channel  is  called  Boca  Grande,  but  no  man, 
who  is  not  well  acquainted,  should  ever  attempt  to  take  the  channel,  as 
there  are  some  shoals  in  it. 

.The  second  bank,  called  the  Mangrove  islands,  is  like  the  first,  upon 
which  is  raised  a  portion  of  islands,  of  which  the  three  southernmost  have 


10 

whii 

the  I 

mus 

one 

T 

part 

T^ 

VV.  0 

is  C01 

secur 

withii 

N.  as 

that  p 

large  I 

point, 

point  a 

anchor 

^requei 

E.  byl 

clear  c 

one  mil 

From 

Diangroi 

third  ba 

somewh 

'ike  the 

whole  oi 

so,  whici 

with  tre< 

saddle. 

The  1 
channel 
and  in  w 
easily  kn 
of  the  lai 
islands,  j 
there  is  o 
is  remark 
are  the  fi 
Honda  ha 
From  t 
extending 
called  by  i 
Duck  key 
'eague.     ' 
able  high 
Concerr 
it  may  be 
have  3  fat 
^vays  find 
of  navigati^ 
1*6  at  anch( 
there  is  an 
to  prevent 


10  Edil. 


Blunf  8  American  Coa»t  Pilot 


281 


argo,  or 
o  miles 
,  which 
s  a  bay 
shelter 


|t  TortU' 
1  and  13 
luis  Key, 
1  is  called 
I  miles  E. 
Ink  ends, 
leparated 
y  12  feet 
I  no  man, 
laonel,  as 

tst,  upon 
jost  have 


white  Handy  benches.  Thi«i  iccond  bank  may  be  viewed  m  distinct  from 
the  following,  although  they  arc  united  on  theii*  northern  part  by  an  iith- 
mus  of  half  a  mile  wide,  otherwise  they  are  separated  by  a  channel  of 
one  mile  in  breadth,  which  contaiuH  from  2^  to  3  fathoms  water. 

The  third  bunk  is  called  Key  iiuesso  and  Pino  idlands  :  the  weitern 
part  is  culled  by  the  first  name,  and  the  eastern  by  the  second. 

The  first  island,  on  its  western  edge,  ia  Key  Huesso,  which  lies  E.  and 
W.  9  miles  in  length  ;  and  it<i  southern  coast  is  very  sandy.  This  island 
is  covered  with  trees,  especially  on  its  western  part,  in  which  there  it  a 
secure  anchorage,  with  a  channel  of  4  fathoms  to  enter  it,  and  2^  fathoms 
within,  well  sheltered.  To  enter  this  channel  vou  must  steer  N.  £.  by 
N.  as  soon  as  you  can  bring  the  N.  W.  point  of  this  island  to  bear  near 
that  point  of  compass  (the  point  of  the  isle  is  remarkable  by  its  having  a 
large  bunch  of  trees  on  it)  and  pass  about  one  cable's  length  from  said 
point,  when  you  may  anchor,  which  will  be  in  3^  fathoms,  between  said 
point  and  a  small  island  (called  Canelette)  which  lies  one  mile  north  of  it; 
anchor  rather  to  the  eastward  :  the  bottom  is  clean.  This  anchorage  is 
frequented  by  the  tishermen  from  Havanna.  The  object  of  steering  N. 
£.  by  N.  from  the  time  that  the  N.  \V.  point  bears  on  this  point  is  to  keep 
clear  of  the  S.  VV.  point  of  Key  Huesso,  which  has  a  reef  extending 
one  mile  from  it. 

From  Key  Huesso  to  eastward  for  24  miles  there  arc  nothing  but  low 
mangrove  islands,  in  whose  channels  nothing  but  canoes  can  pass.  This 
third  bank  terminates  at  Bahia  Honda,  and  the  islands  to  the  eastward  are 
somewhat  larger  and  covered  with  pine  trees,  but  are  low  and  drowned, 
like  the  others,  and  their  channels  are  only  navigable  for  boats.  Of  the 
whole  of  these  islands  there  is  but  one  which  is  13  miles  from  Key  Hues- 
so, which,  although  small,  is  of  tolerable  height,  is  rough  and  covered 
with  trees,  and  in  whatever  direction  ypu  see  it,  appears  in  the  form  of  a 
saddle. 

The  next  bank  is  called  Bahia  Honda,  separated  from  the  last  by  a 
channel  of  half  a  mile  wide,  which  channel  is  called  Bahia  Honda, 
and  in  which  there  is  anchorage  in  3  and  3^  fathoms.  This  channel  is 
easily  known,  because  on  its  western  part,  and  on  the  very  eastern  part 
of  the  last  bank  of  Key  Huesso  and  Pine  islands,  there  are  three  small 
islands,  and  on  its  eastern  part,  upon  this  fourth  bank  of  Bahia  Honda, 
there  is  one  called  Palm  island,  which  is  large  and  has  a  sandy  beach,  and 
is  remarkable  by  the  many  high  palm  trees  with  which  it  is  covered,  and 
are  the  first  you  see  coming  from  the  westward.  This  bank  oC  Bahia 
Honda  has  but  few  keys  and  extends  E.  about  4  leagues. 

From  the  fourth  the  fiflh  follows  called  Key  Vacas,  or  Cow  keys, 
extending  to  the  eastward  about  5  leagues,  upon  which  bank  a  group, 
called  by  the  same  name,  are  raised,  the  easternmost  of  which  is  called 
Duck  key,  or  Cayo  Holandes  ;  between  this  key  and  Key  Bivoras  is  one 
league.  This  key  is  remarkable  by  its  white  sandy  beach,  and  by  a  toler- 
able high  hill  covered  with  trees  which  is  on  its  western  part. 

Concerning  the  whole  of  the  channel  to  the  westward  of  the  Cow  keys, 
it  may  be  necessary  to  state  the  following  remarks,  namely,  that  you  will 
hrve  3  fathoms  water  all  the  way  within  a  mile  of  the  keys,  and  will  al- 
ways find  the  deepest  water  nearest  to  the  reef.  That  the  usual  method 
of  navigating  between  the  reef  and  the  keys  is,  to  proceed  in  the  day,  and 
lie  at  anchor  in  the  night ;  and  that  should  you  be  obliged  to  anchor  where 
there  is  any  coral,  it  will  sometimes  be  necessary  to  buoy  up  your  cable 
to  prevent  its  being  rubbed. 

3$ 


282 


blunf  H  American  Coast  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


10  J 


From  the  eHiitern  extreme  of  Kev  Uivort)«  to  the  weiiternmoit  part  of 
0\i  Mutncumbt;  ifl  li^  milen.     OIH  Mntiirumbe  is   4   milcn  long  in  the  di- 
rection of  N.  E.  nnd  S.  W.  and  it*  N.  K.  point  is  covered  by  aome  very 
high  troPK,  appcnring  like  tabic  Innd.     On  tlic  north  end  of  Old  Mnta- 
cumbe  ii  n  natural  well  in  n  rock  containing  exc»>IU'nt  water. 

One  mile  eant  of  Old  Mntiirumbe  lioM  Indian  key,  to  the  cantward  of 
which  there  M  ■  channel  ninninK  to  the  northward  with  10  and  12  feel 
water,  where,  by  doubling  the  N.  K.  point  of  Old  Matacumbe,  you  may 
anchor  iheltered  from  all  winds.  Thifl  channel  is  easily  discovered  by 
the  white  shoals  of  only  2  or  3  feet  bordering  both  sides  of  it  which  serve 
as  an  excellent  beacon. 

Two  miles  N.  E.  of  Old  Matacumbe  you  find  Little  Matacumbe,  which 
In  thit  same  direction  hn«  I  miles  in  length  ;  this  key  is  covered  with  high 
trees.  Olf  its  N.  K.  part  there  is  a  !«m»ll  mangrove  island  utepnrated  by 
•  channel  of  half  a  mile  wide  ;  nnd  N.  K.  of  the  lant,  there  is  another  of 
tolerable  size,  separated  by  another  channel  of  the  same  breadth.  This 
n  also  separated  by  another  channel,  like  the  others,  from  Long 
island. 

N.  E.  from  Long  island  lies  Key  Lnrgo,  separated  like  the  others  by  a 
small  narrow  channel  Neiuly  east  from  tiiis  channel,  \if  mile,  lies  Key 
Tabano,  to  the  northwaid  of  which  there  is  excellent  anchorage  for  ves- 
sels drawing  not  over  U  feet  water,  and  is  one  of  the  anchorages  much 
frequented  by  the  fishermen. 

About  N.  E.  bv  N.  from  Key  Tabano  lies  the  Key  Melcbor  Rodrigues, 
which  is  an  island  of  tolerable  extension,  and  the  land  so  spongy  that  the 
roots  of  the  trees  are  discovered. 

The  coast  runs  from  Melchor  llodrigucs  to  Key  Largo  (which  appears 
like  main  land)  N.  N.  E. — N.  by  E.  and  north,  on  which  last  course  there 
are  vurioiis  keys  for  some  distance,  of  which  the  last  is  called  Key  Bis- 
cayno  ;  a  little  to  the  northward  of  this  key  there  is  an  island  of  moderate 
size  off  the  main  land,  the  eastern  point  of  which  ia  called  Cape  Florida, 
from  this  cape  to  the  northward  it  is  clear  of  keys  nnd  reefs,  and  is  all 
low  and  drowned.  The  shores  of  this  coast  is  lined  with  a  bank  of  regu- 
lar soundings  which  run  oiT  a  good  distance  ;  this  regularity  of  soundings 
extends  from  Cape  Florida  to  Cape  Cnnaverel  and  is  of  great  benefit  to 
navigators,  except  in  about  the  lat.  of  26'*  30'  where  the  souqdings  nar^ 
row  and  hardly  extend  two  miles  from  the  coast.  From  26°  30  the  sound- 
ings widen  from  the  coast,  and  the  whole  is  very  clean  with  the  exceptiou 
of  Cape  Canaverel,  from  which  at  a  long  distance  you  will  find  upon  the 
same  soundings  various  shoals  ;  but  as  the  soundings  run  further  out  to  sen 
than  these  shoids,  he  who  navigates  here  must  run  with  care,  and  have  his 
lead  at  hand. 

From  Cape  Canaveral  the  coast  runs  N.  W.  by  N.  26  leagues,  to  the 
entrance  of  New  Smyrna,  which  is  barred  and  only  fit  for  boats  and 
launches  ;  the  coast  is  very  cleati  aitd  you  may,  without  danger,  keep 
within  two  miles  of  it. 

Seven  leagues  N.  26"  W.  from  New  Smyrna  is  the  entrance  of  Ma- 
tanzas,  but  only  vessels  of  very  light  draft  can  enter  it ;  this  har  has  8 
feet  at  high.wifter.  From  £hib  entrance  there  is  an  inland  navigation  to 
St.  Augustine,  formed  by  the  inland  of  St.  Anastatia  arid  the  main  ;  the 
tide  rises  4  ffeet  at  epring  tides,  and  it  is  high  water  at  fult  and  chahge  at 
7  h.  IS  m.  The  whole  of  this  piete  of  tdast  is  equally  clean  with  the 
anterior.    You  have  8  jHtfaoms  one' league  team  the  land. 

From  Matanzi^s  to  St.  Augustine  is  12  miles,  and  the  island  of  St.  Ada- 
ptati9  extends  the  whole  lepgth ;  y<ja  may  keep  along  it  at  two  miles  dis- 


tance 

is  pn 

but  a 

N.  Of 

Fn 

great 

the  T 

With 

beach 

100  y 

generi 

or  nati 

oge  at 


The 
mgs  wli 
general 
ether  d 
in  lat.  i 
This  kn 
will  be 
ThoT 
towards 
Wher 
latitude 
ly  to  get 
which  is 
(that  is, 
30  fathoi 
the  soun 
You  si 
parallels 
when  nai 
safety  off 
you  from 
On  the 
that  wher 
«dge,  the 
or  east ; 
to  the  sot 
you  are  ii 
yourself  i 
»ng  30  mil 
see  page  2 


*P^i-!J   ,'B-> 


The 


ree 


bldit. 


10  Bdit. 


Blunt^t  American  CuohI  Pilot. 


283 


art  of 
ho  (1i- 

very 

Mnta- 

ard  oi 
12  feci 

)U  may 
red  hy 
h  nerve 

,  which 
th  high 
ated  by 
other  of 
.  This 
Bi   Long 

era  bv  a 

lies  Key 

for  ve»- 

;es  much 

odrigues, 
that  the 

h  appears 
rse  there 
Key  Bis- 
moderate 
i  Florida, 
and  is  all 
;  of  regu- 
ftoundings 
leneiit  to 
dings  nar^ 
^he  sound- 
exceptiou 
upon  the 
out  to  sea 
have  his 

8,  to  the 
boats  and 
ler,  keep 

Ice  of  Ma- 
,  bar  has  8 
»rigation  to 
jain  ;  the 
rchahge  at 
with  the 

k  St.  Aria- 
miles  dis- 


tonce,  in  6  and  6  futhomi.  You  can  tee  this  island  <'rom  15  fathooM  ■■  it 
it  pretty  high  ;  the  coast  to  the  northivard  i*  very  low,  and  you  can  see  it 
but  at  u  short  distance,  so  that  it  makes  a  good  in;trk  to  know  if  you  are 
N.  or  S.  of  St.  Augustine. 

From  the  foregoing  observations  it  clearly  appears  that  thera  can  be  no 
great  diihculty  in  getting  fresh  water  on  most  of  the  iidauds  ;  and,  eicept 
the  Tortugas,  there  is  plenty  of  Hre-wood  upon  the  whole  of  them."- 
With  respect  .to  water,  it  may  be  observed  that  just  within  the  landy 
beach  the  islands  arc  generally  bordered  with  mangrove  swamp*,  of  about 
100  yards  broad  ;  beyond  these  swamps  the  ground  rises  higher,  and  ia 
generally  of  a  rocky  bottom,  where  you  will  often  tind  fresh  water  ponds, 
or  natural  tanks,  which  receive  and  retain  the  rain  water.— [/'or  anchor- 
age at  St.  Auguilint,  see  page  24'!.] 


Soundings  off  Florida. 

The  whole  of  the  coast  from  Cape  St.  Blnss  sends  oft'  a  bank  of  sound- 
mgs  which  stretches  a  long  distance  from  the  land,  and  these  soundings  is 
generally  known  by  the  name  of  Tortugas  soundings,  and  is  so  clean  that 
ether  danger  is  not  known  in  the  wiiole  of  it  than  a  spot  or  knowl  of  sand 
in  lat.  280  35/^  god  li^g  about  12  miles  east  o(  the  meridiim  of  St.  Blass. 
This  knoivl  has  but  3  feet  upon  it,  and  80  steep  that  from  100  fathoms  you 
will  be  upon  it. 

The  whole  of  these  soundings  are  very  equal,  diminishing  gradually 
towards  the  shore. 

When  you  enter  on  these  soundings,  without  a  sure  knowledge  of  thf> 
latitude  and  in  parallels  near  the  Tortugas,  it  is  necessary  to  run  careful- 
ly to  get  soundings  on  it-'  edz»,  and  not  get  into  less  than  40  or  35  fathoms, 
which  it  a  depth  to  keep  clear  of  the  Tortugas,  which  lie  in  30  fathoms 
(that  is,  if  they  did  not  exist  the  regular  soundings  of  the  bank  would  be 
30  fathoms  where  they  are  placed)  on  the  western  part  of  these  keys, 
the  soundings  are  steep. 

You  should  take  the  same  precaution  when  entering  on  soundings  in 
parallels  north  of  the  Tortugas.  You  should  take  this  same  precaution 
when  navigating  to  the  southward,  that  you  may  leave  soundings  with 
safety  off  its  southern  edge  ;  so  that  what  is  said  is  sufficient  to  liberate 
you  From  all  danger  offered  by  the  Tortugas. 

On  the  edges  of  this  bank  the  waters  run  lively  to  the  southward,  to 
that  when  navigating  from  the  westward  with  intention  of  sounding  on  its 
edge,  the  ship  will  be  retarded  by  the  wind,  which  fixes  itself  at  E.  N.  E. 
or  east ;  but  when  for  two  days  you  experience  a  diiference  of  latitude 
to  the  southward  of  20  miles  more  than  account,  you  may  be  sure  that 
you  are  in  the  vicinity  of  soundings,  in  which  case  you  may  suppose 
yourself  in  the  meridian  of  the  edge  and  calculate  an  error  of  not  exceed- 
ing 30  miles,  and  thence  take  your  route  with  security.— [/br  7br<ny«», 
see  page  286.] 


Florida  Reef. 

The  reef  begins  in  the  meridian  of  the  first  bank,  that  is,  at  the  same 


284 


Ulun(*ki  American  CoaA  Pilot. 


lUEdit. 


10  1 


ditUnce  Trom  (hn  Tortiifrnt  ;  i(o  brfiidth  in  nbout  3  mil(>f,  nml  it  prnnrrvrt 
the  lame  or  ncMt  the  fliiinc  liruiuUli  ai«  far  im  tin*  ••iiHtri'iiin<*ri«linii  of  iiocM 
Onindft,  and  thun  Ihi*  hii!*,  tit  l«!ii<tt,  :i  falhoiiiM  vmU  ovrr  it,  mid  jruti  mny 
croM  thia  portion  of  the  icrf  with  iiny  ^hip  ij'  .  '  (vvi  draught  :  but  ^ou 
■houid  ever  rememhrr,  that  ovor  vvhito  ^houU  ;  ■  Mlwiijrn  iMidangur  the 
■hip  if  the  it  lurge,  csprt  i.dly  if  the  Wfalhei  liirk  when  tlin  holioni 
do«i  not  ibow  iUelf  clearly.  Yon  may,  in  tucli  tvcalhcr,  anon  enr:ouiiti*r 
a  coral  ahoul  of  only  otu^  fathom,  or  cvvn  ImH  :  ho  that  whnii  >v«>  «ay,  that 
the  least  water  is  3  lathomtt  on  thiH  portion  ol  tlu!  reef,  it  ih  hnrnii«<*  it  i% 
•o  generally,  und  that  the  inc(|UHlitic4  found  on  thu  other  parta  of  the 
tame  reef  to  the  eastward,  in  not  found  hereon  tlii<4  portion  of  it. 

From  the  oaatern  meridian  of  Hoca  (irandc,  to  the  western  meridian  of 
Key  Hucaan,  you  have  the  same  depth,  and  the  quality  of  auundinga  ia 
the  same  n«  the  anterior  ;  but  upon  it  thir<!  ii  a  Handy  key  hearing  .S.  S. 
W.  from  Key  HuehHo.  and  on  which  a  large  atump  or  pent  hnH  been  erect- 
ed to  make  it  visible  at  a  greater  dintancu.  Four  miicH  west  of  thin  key 
there  is  a  reef  of  a  group  of  dry  sharp  coral  stonen  ;  and  east  from  the 
key  there  is  another  group  of  dry  coral  rockH,  with  only  2  fathoms  over 
them  ut  2  milen  distance  from  the  key  ;  nud  ut  b  miles  distance  to  the  eiMt- 
ward,  another  like  the  last. 

In  the  whole  of  the  distance  off  from  the  ledge,  4  miles  W.  of  the  sand 
key  to  5  miles  E.  of  it,  it  is  dangerous  to  cross  the  roef,  as  you  will  tind 
spots  of  only  9  or  10  feet  water.  To  cross  the  reef  W.  of  Key  Arenas 
(sand  key)  there  in  nothing  to  advise,  except  that  you  pass  W.  of  the  dry 
rocks,  and  pass  about  2  miles  W.  of  the  westernmost  dry  rocks  ;  but  if 
you  bring  the  S.  W.  part  of  Key  liueHHO  to  bear  N.  N.  W.  you  may 
steer  for  it,  and  you  will  crosH  the  reef  in  4|  or  !)  fathoms  water. 

Twelve  miles  K.  of  sand  key,  on  the  reef,  there  are  3  small  sandy  keys 
which  have  breakers  a  good  diHluncc  from  them,  but  between  each  other 
have  channeld  of  3  and  4  fathoms  water,  from  hence  to  10  miles  to  the 
eastward  the  reef  is  dangerous  and  wide,  having  on  it  many  rocks,  and 
others  have  only  G  and  7  feet  water  over  them,  with  channels  between 
of  4,  6,  and  7  fathoms  water. 

From  this  place  the  reef  narrows  to  one  mile  in  width,  and  Key  Looe 
lies  3  miles  to  the  eastward  ;  lliis  key  is  so  called  from  an  English  ship's  be- 
ing lost  upon  it  in  1787.  It  is  a  small  sand  island,  on  which  thefe  has  also 
been  placed  a  large  stump  or  post,  that  it  might  be  seen  at  a  greater  dis- 
tance. About  one  mile  west  of  tliis  key,  there  is  a  good  passage  over  the 
reef  of  4  and  6  fathoms  water  ;  but  to  the  eastward  of  the  key,  there  are 
but  12  and  15  feet,  which  goes  on  deepening,  so  that,  at  3  miles  from  it, 
you  find  3  fathoms. 

From  Looe  key  the  reef  continues  on  with  a  breadth  of  about  1|  mile; 
with  regular  soundings  of  from  3  to  ^  fathoms,  as  far  as  Key  Sombrero  ; 
this  key  is  nearly  N.  and  S.  with  the  westernmost  part  of  Key  V^acas 
(Cow  keys)  and  is  the  easternmost  key  of  all  upon  the  reef. 

From  Key  Sombrero  the  reef  continues  about  same  breadth  ;  but  there 
are  many  shoals  and  inequalities  in  the  soundings,  which  makes  it  dan- 
gerous to  navigate  over  it,  so  that  daylight  should  be  used  and  the  great- 
est vigilance.  The  reef  terminates  with  Key  Biscayno  or  Viscayno,  and 
outside  of  it,  in  its  whole  extension,  there  is  a  bank  of  houodings,  on 
which,  at  two  miles  from  it,  you  tind  20, 30,  r  jd  40  fathoms. 

Having  observed,  in  the  course  of  long  experience,  that  several  mas- 
ters of  vessels,  who  had  th'.  misfortune- to  be  cast  away  on  the  Martyrs 
and  the  coast  of  Florida,  ignorant  of  the  existence  of  any  settlement  at 


Tape 

•leprn 

u«  ma 

north" 

throng 

huuiir'i 

In  ci 

of  tw«> 

/roin  w 

signal  1 

If  it 

cced  80 

with   II 

French 

purpoat 


The* 
miles,  nil 
ooze,   ns 
uhout  3  t 
this  Iu8t  I 
and  S.  wi 
W.  from 
die  of  th 
From  t 
fur  ns  San 
»nd  the*  n 
'^  mile  w 
narrowest 
begins  to 
The  deptl 
you  augmt 
From  L 
3  miles,   b 
you  have  ' 
finishing, 
thorns,  and 
Looe  key, 
offer  no  ris 
very  dange 
the  night  tti 
in  Bahia 
south  side 
^ave  a  fine 
^he^e  „. 
from  natura 
'8  presei  ved 
On  the  no 
y?»  will  find 
distant  from 


0 


an 


ait. 

inn> 
you 
r  Ihr 

ntiom 
unU'l' 
,  ihut 
iC  il  i* 
«)t  Ihft 

(Uiiii  of 
inn*  IR 

I  rrftct- 
hi.s  key 
om  ll»«^ 
nit  over 
,he  eiwl' 

tbA  sand 
will  find 
V  Arenas 
;  the  dry 
!  ;  but  li 
you  may 

ndy  keyf 
[»ch  other 
C9  to  the 
)ck8,  and 
between 

Ley  Looe 
^hip's  be- 

hus  also 
bnter  dU- 

over  the 
Ithere  are 
\i  from  it, 

1^  mile, 

mbrero  ; 

Ley  Vttcas 

but  there 
lea  it  dan- 
llhe  great- 
tayno, and 
(dings,  on 

jreral  mas- 

Martyrs 

llemeDt  at 


10  Edit. 


Klunt'ti  American  Coaht  Pilot. 


ib6 


('ape  Kloridti,  huvi<  HttiMnptvd  tu  proceed  to  tht>  norlhwiinl  in  their  boat*, 
deprived  of  every  uMiatuncv,  1  t'rel  it  iiicumbunt  upon  nifl  to  uit'ormaucli 
iii  miiy  hi>rralU>r  I'xpcriviict*  u  liku  niutortuiii*,  tliat  if  thvy  p.iM  to  the 
iKirth  aidi;  of  Koy  Hmcayno,  th<>y  will  iind  the  nitruiicc  of  Hocii  Katonei, 
ttirouxh  which  they  can  Htiffly  ko  with  thtMi-  boatM,  uiid  they  will  i«r«  the 
huuKur  til  front  on  the  iiihiii  hind. 

In  (UiHU  of  khipwrvrk  to  the  northward  of  Boca  UatonoM,  at  the  diitunce 
of  two  mile*  thrrt'froii),  they  will  perceive  nmiiKroveH  thinly  scattered, 
from  whence  the  hoii<te<i  may  be  H«en,  und  in  that  irttiuition,  on  inakni|{  m 
signal  witii  lire,  or  otherwiite,  they  will  obtain  nnNistance. 

If  it  Hhoithl  happen  to  the  Houthwurdly  of  New  river,  they  may  pro* 
ceed  Routhwardly  aloiiK  the  heach  where  they  will  meet,  every  4  inile», 
with  poatii  fixed  in  the  ground,  on  which  in  an  iiiHcription  in  Knglinh, 
French  and  .Spuninh,  informing  wb*ire  welU  of  frenh  wuler  have  been 
purpoDely  dug. 


Channel  of  Florida  between  the  Reef  and  Keys. 

The  western  part  of  thin  channel  brginii  with  a  breadth  of  3^  or  4 
miles,  and  you  find  in  it  from  tij^  to  lU  fathoms  water,  sand  and  mud  or 
ooxc,  ns  far  as  Boca  Grande,  from  which  to  Key  Huetiso,  it  is  generally 
about  3  miles  wide,  and  its  depth  6  and  7  fathoms,  fine  sand  and  mud  ;  in 
this  lust  piece  of  the  channel  there  are  two  shoals ;  the  one  nearly  N. 
and  S.  with  the  easternmost  part  of  Key  Boca  Grande,  and  the  other  S.S. 
W.  from  the  westernmost  part  of  Key  de  Huosso,  and  both  in  the  mid* 
die  of  the  channel.  ' 

From  these  shoal)  the  channel  continues  with  a  breadth  of  4  miles  as 
far  na  Samboes  keys,  from  which,  to  the  eastward,  its  breadth  diminishes, 
and  the  reef  incrcasen  in  the  same  proportion,  so  that  the  channel  is  only 
1^  mile  wide  at  the  distance  of  5  miles  west  of  Looe  key,  and  this  is  the 
narrowest  part  of  the  channel ;  but  drawing  up  with  Looe  key,  the  channel 
begins  to  widen,  so  that  N.  and  S.  of  Bahia  Honda,  it  is  3  miles  wide. 
The  depth  in  these  narrows  is  3  fathoms,  and  continuing  to  the  eastward 
you  augment  your  depth  to  6  fathoms. 

From  Looe  key  the  channel  continues  to  it««  end  with  a  breadth  of  2  to 
3  miles,  but  its  tiepth  varies  remarkably,  so  that,  as  far  as  Cow  keys, 
you  have  4  to  6  fathoms,  and  from  thence  to  the  eastward  it  goes  on  di- 
minishing, and  when  abreast  of  Old  Matacumbc  you  have  but  3  fa- 
thoms, and  abreast  of  Key  Tabano  only  2  and  2|  ;  besides  which,  from 
Looe  key,  the  channel  has  many  coral  shoals,  which  although  by  day  they 
offer  no  risk  (as  the  dark  colour  shews  their  place)  yet  by  night  they  are 
very  dangerous  ;  and  it  is  absolutely  necessary  to  anchor  and  lie  by  for 
the  night  throughout  nil  parts  of  this  channel. 

In  Bahia  Honda  you  get  excellent  water  by  digging  wells,  and  on  the 
south  side  of  Cow  keys,  about  8  miles  from  its  western  end,  you  again 
have  a  tine  spring. 

The^e  are  the  only  places^,  among  the  keys,  where  you  can  find  water 
from  natural  springs,  but  there  are  many  natural  tanks,  where  rain-water 
is  presci  ved  till  evaporated. 

On  the  north  side  of  Cow  keys,  and  about  6  miles  E.  of  the  W.  end, 
you  will  find  a  natural  pond  that  never  wants  water,  which  is  in  a  valley 
distant  from  the  beach  about   100  yards,  and  the  landing  is  something  to 


♦»  ♦■ 


28tt 


Blunt**  Ain«>ricaii  CoANt  Pilot. 


lOliUiil 


wt: 


fltirruD'i  kftjrt- 
of  K»v  V«e«s 


fht  WMlirard  tf  lhr««  tmall  iMnfro?*  ialnni)*,  rnflrfl 

You  itmy  ako,  at  tiin«>«,  And  wmler  im  lh«  Wfniftrn  mlremr 

(Caw  k«3r«)— bUo,  in  ■<>»«  of  Ih**  kf>ya  in  iU  virinity.  anil  on  l)ut«  h  k#»y 

and  g«B«r«Uj  in  all  tbo««  plaren  wher«i  thr  rHrth  i«  rocky,  you  will  fin.' 

w«t«r,  «»p«cially  allcr  rain*. 


Detcription  of  tki  Tortugns  ifllniids. 

Upon  tilt  toMthcrn  cdg«  of  the  tounJinKt,  wliirh  ntnH  uff  from  tin 
WMteru  coMt  of  the  promontory  or  poiiiiNiiln  of  KuMt  Florulii,  thuru  lit- 
10  key*  or  iiluniU.  called  TortuKim,  aud  urc  ihe  wuilvrniiioiit  Inud,  nn<l 
which  unnotiiiceii  the  proximity  of  tlic  (.ucttt  Tloridu  reef,  »vhi«  h  bordcrt 
the  whole  aoiithern  part  of  these  Hound.MiKH,  mid  which  in  uneven,  but 
nearly  pnrallel  linei,  continues  to  the  euHiwurd,  doubling  with  the  before 
mnntionrd  promontory  ui  fur  at  Cape  Floiidii. 

The  Tortugaa  occupy  a  upacc  K.  and  V>  .  of  9  milcH,  and  N.  nnd  fl.  (i 
miles  ;  the  land  ia  low,  but  bein{(  covered  with  mungrovea,  makea  them 
viHible  ut  the  dialonce  oi  12  milea.  You  ahould  never  get  within  2  milcfi 
of  them,  ua  they  haveaome  rocky  apita,  which,  in  pUcca,  extend  thatdia- 
tance  from  them.  There  ia  a  buuk  of  white  aund  and  gravel  which  ia 
•potted  with  coral  rocka,  lying  to  the  westward  of  the  weat  Tortu^n,  the 
soundings  on  which  ia  very  irregular,  but  ua  the  bottom  ahewsitseU  plain- 
ly there  can  be  no  danger.  The  least  water  on  this  bank  ia  said  to  be  t> 
fathoms,  but  "  1  found  less  than  9  on  the  coral  rocks,  and  usually  heuve 
too  in  pasaingQver  it,  for  13  or  3U  minutea,  to  fish,  in  which  tiinu  I  gut  us 
many  as  1  can  dispose  of,  principally  groupers." 

Between  this  bank  and  the  Tortugas  there  is  a  clean  chuoDel  of  3  iniletf 
wide,  with  water  from  13  to  17  fathoms. 

Eighteen  miles  to  the  outward  of  the  eastern  Tortuga,  the  General 
Florida  reef  begins,  between  which  there  is  a  good  channel  of  f)  futhoma 
water,  but  you  must  take  care  of  a  coral  shoal  of  12  feet  which  lies  1 1 
miles  from  the  Tortugas,  on  which  the  ship  Kebecca,  of  New- York,  loat 
purt  of  her  cargo  in  1B20.  To  go  through  this  channel  yotr  must  keep 
the  eastern  Tortuga  in  sight  off  deck,  so  as  to  pass  at  2  or  3  leagues  from 
them. 

The  proximity  of  the  Florida  reef  is  shewn  clearly  in  day>time  by  the 
whiteness  of  the  water,  so  that  there  can  be  no  danger  in  drawing  in  with 
it ;  but  if  safe  by  day,  it  is  not  so  by  night,  nor  in  bad  weather,  when  you 
should  carefully  avoid  it,  and  be  sure  to  keep  the  lead  going,  by  which 
means  you  can  avoid  danger  at  the  distance  of  two  miles  from  the  edges 
of  the  ke^s  or  reefs. 

In  passing  the  promontory  of  Florida,  it  is  not  the  reef  alone  which 
you  see,  but  an  innumerable  quantity  of  keys  and  islands  raised  upon  a 
bank  north  ef  it. 


Winds  from  Tampico  Bay  to  Cape  St.  Blass. 


IVoTO  Tampico  to  Bay  of  St.  Bernard,  the  winds  are  continually  from 
£.  to  S.  and  light  from  the  month  of  April  t»  August ;  the  contrary  is  ex- 


f»*ri«i 
iiaiJiii 

In  I 
rught  t 
Trvi 
liffHt,  a 
in  the  i 
are  vei 
iiiontha 
tobi»r  III 
so  hewv 
"loutha, 
r^,  War 
^  From 
reigning 
I  >'ig.  and 
'       peatuoiiM 

^         ©XpOllfll 

the  Willi! 

with  hctt 

till  It  hau 

V.  »»J  i"  mi 

From  I 

roigns  in 

pi'llH    111  g 

winda  lilo 
In  (he  I 
rupted  in 
northern 
Ihe  limits 
'«r,  that  ii 
or  before 
from  S.  to 
*V.  and  fri 


Vessels 

The  onlj 
«'o  ;  to  go  t 
them  respt 
when  you 
here  ;  but  i 
resource  bu 
have  made, 
^"t  acoomfi 
your  ship,  i 
The  maki 
or  less  diatat 
»«t«eti«n  of 
souodinss  in 
Pensacola  or 


VaVm 

ihk«y 

wilt  fm'* 


10  Eilit. 


Bliitit'tt  Amrri€4iiCoAttt  Pilot. 


387 


rom  tl**" 
th«rt'  li** 
laud,  nnd 
I  horde M 
!Vfln,  but 
liv  bcfon- 

and  S.  U 
»k««  tht!in 
in  2  milci* 
id  that  di«- 
1  which  i.^ 
)rtu^n,  thi' 
iMelt  |>Uia- 
aid  to  be  0 
iiiUy  he«ve 
no  1  get  us 

t  of  3  mile^ 

e  Qenerid 
\)  fathom* 

ich  lies  11 
York,  lost 

linuftt  keep 
igueH  from 

Lroe  by  tht- 
]ing  in  with 
when  you 
by  which 
the  edges 

lone  which 
Ised  upon  a 


Iiiir 


I 


\ 


dually  from 
jtrary »»  eX' 


nancfld  iii  Ihr  ntbrr  itioulh*.     TltMcoMt  u  ci|km««|  un  tcroattt  of  ih«> 
iiirdii«is  of  gMl«>  from  V..  i»n*l  l'<.  •>.  K.  which  blow  without  intcrmwiion 
fur  tf  or  3  duyt  biifur«  hHuhng  to  ihr  uurthwiird. 

in  M.  26  '  Mr  N.  thvrc  mr«  luiid  brauS«Mat  lught,  which  blow  frominMl- 
iiighl  to  U  A.  M. 

Troiii  Hay  St.  BcriiMrtl  toth«  MifSMalppi  th«rr  are  land  hr^«>K«>ii  nt  (by. 
light,  Htid  oil  Iht'  diiy'a  rnti'nng  tiM*  wintU  hnut  to  S.  M.  mid  1:1.  S.  K.  nnd 
in  (he  afternoon  it  gencmlly  hiiuU  S.  W.  In  wiultr  th«geulherly  winds 
ure  very  tcin|iv«tuuu«,  uiid  hl«»w  for  the  spMr  of  !<  or  J  day*.  Thi^ 
nionthn  inont  to  Ims  'tared  to  navigntu  lhi«  mm,  arc  August,  8rp(emb«r,()(  • 
tobt*r  and  November,  in  which  then*  ure  hurricaneN  and  windu  on  abort* 
•o  hcMvy  that  no  canvasa  can  ataud  tbeui :  upon  th«  Miaaianiiipi,  and  all  its 
iiioutha,  there  uri*  very  thick  foga  vary  fr«(|uently,  oapecially  in  Febnia- 
ry,  March  and  April,  i>iid  ii  'uno  and  July. 
^  From  the  Mintiiaii)p|)i  to  lat.  VU"  N.  in  the  month  of  April  to  July,  tlif 
reigning  windii  are  generally  iVoin  N.  to  lu.  and  from  K.  to  S.  in  the  morn- 
ing, aud  in  the  afternoon  tlM>y  haul  8.  W.— th«a«  M.  W.  wind«  arc  tern 
peatuoua  in  Auguat,  8i<|ttoiiib<>r  and  October,  an  npoch  in  which  are  all 
experienced  heavy  aouthera  and  hurricanea.  From  November  to  Mnrcli^ 
the  winda  blow  from  tli«  northward,  beginning  Ant  from  8.  E.  and  8. 
with  heavy  rain,  when  it  hauU  to  8  W.  nnd  W.  and  blowa  very  heavy, 
till  It  haul*  to  N.  W.  and  N.  when  it  eleara  the  woather,  and  then  to  N.E. 
and  iri  mild. 

From  lat.  Iii8^  N.  to  the  aouthernuoiit  oftlic  Florida  keya,  the  trad(>  wind 
reignn  in  the  mot  lintr;,  and  at  midday  it  haula  in  from  the  aea  ;  thia  hap- 
pena  in  aummer,  but  in  winter,  especially  fr'^m  November  to  Miirrh,  thr 
winda  blow  from  S.  tu  W .  and  raise  a  very  heavy  sen. 

In  the  new  channel  of  Uahnma,  the  reigning  wind  is  the  trade,  inter- 
rupted in  tvinter  by  northers,  and  in  summer  by  calms.  Although  the 
northern  limits  of  this  channel  is  in  28°  SO'  N.  and  consequently  within 
the  limits  of  the  trades,  yet  it  is  necessary  to  keep  in  mind  that  in  win- 
ter, that  is  from  November  to  April,  you  will  meet  with  the  vuriablea  at 
or  before  you  arrive  tu  lut.  *2T',  which  variables  are  from  E.  to  8.  and 
from  S.  to  W.  and  in  summer  you  huve  calms  and  light  aire  frot*.  S.  to 
W.  and  (tm  W.  to  N. 


Vessels  bound  to  New-Orleans,  Mobile,  and  Peiisacola : 

The  only  three  points  of  destination  on  this  part  of  the  (iulf  of  Mf^xi 
CO  ;  to  go  to  either  of  which  it  is  best  to  make  well  to  the  eastward  of 
them  respectively,  when  coming  from  any  place  S.  E.  of  them,  that  iv, 
when  you  have  the  winds  easterly,  which  is  the  wind  that  predominates 
hero  ;  but  if  you  come  from  the  wcMtward  of  them,  you  have  no  other 
resource  but  to  beat  to  windward  from  that  point  of  the  coa.it  which  you 
have  made,  and  the  greater  or  less  distance  of  it,  according  as  you  are 
beat  acooHMnodated  with  respect  to  the  season,  the  quulity  und  size  of 
your  ship,  kc. 

The  making  to  the  eastward  of  your  destination  is  necessary  to  be  more 
or  less  distant,  according  to  the  confidence  and  security  you  have  in  the 
situation  of  th»  ship,  so  that  bound  into  the  Belize,  you  will  look  for 
soundings  in  the  meridian  of  29*  SC,  or  thereabouts  ;  and  if  bound  to 
PensacoU  or  Mobile,  in  the  meridian  of  Cape  St.  BlasR. 


2-*:^ 


Bluni^s  American  Coast  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


Should  yoa  strike  soundings  in  the  lat.  20®,  steer  N.  W.  by  W,  n  while, 
80  as  to  ruake  it  E.  northerly  of  it,  that  is,  to  make  its  bearing  VV.  south- 
erly, to  prevent  falling  in  to  the  southward  of  its  parallels,  especially  in 
winter,  when  it  is  best  to  run,  heading  for  the  middle  of  the  chandeliers  ; 
in  this  route  you  find  no  regularity  in  soundingH,  n»  whatever  the  parallel 
may  be,  you  will  as  often  get  more  water  as  less  ;  nevertheless,  from  20 
fathoms  down,  the  so  indings  are  very  regular  ;  and  from  the  meridian  of 
Ptinsacola  westward,  to  the  southern  limits  of  the  Chandeliers,  you  will 
f;et  10  fathoms  10  miles  from  the  coast ;  from  Pensacola  eastward,  you 
have  10  fathoms  at  4  miles  from  the  c^i^^  and  25  fathoms  at  10  or  12 
miles. 

But  as  navigating  for  the  Balizc  you  may  want  an  observed  latitude, 
and  have  it  so  cloudy  or  foggy  as  to  impede  making  the  land,  in  such  cir- 
cumstances, or  to  run  for  it  in  the  night,  the  soundings  will  serve  as  a  se- 
cure guide,  for  which  you  must  recollect  thiU  navigating  to  the  westward, 
if  you  find  40  to  50  fathoms,  loose  mud,  ^.ticking  to  the  touch,  mixed  at 
times  with  small  black  and  white  sand,  it  is  a  certain  signal  that  you  are 
in  the  parallel  of  the  Balize,  and  from  that  depth  to  less  water  you  will 
always  find  the  same  quality  of  soundings  ;  but  if  from  40  or  60  fathoms 
to  less  water  you  get  bottom  of  fine  sand  with  very  little  mud,  or  without 
it,  you  will  be  in  the  parallel  of  between  the  Balize  and  Breton  key  or 
island  ;  if  you  get  small  white  sand,  you  are  in  the  parallel  of  said  key, 
and, if  coarse  sand  and  snail  shells,  you  will  be  in  a  parallel  between  said 
key  and  chandeliers  ;  and  if  you  get  coarse  sand,  with  gravel,  small 
stones,  and  large  shells,  you  will  be  in  front  of  the  Chand.nera.  From 
the  Bali?e  to  the  westward,  the  bottom  is  of  sand  alone,  bu  that  those 
from  the  southward  who  look  for  the  Balize,  sand  alone  will  be  a  signal 
that  they  are  west  of  it . 

When  navigating  N.  W.  and  north,  from  the  getting  40  or  50  fathoms 
sand,  and  in  diminishing  the  bottom  or  depth,  the  quality  of  soundings 
does  not  vary  till  in  10  or  12  fathoms,  you  are  to  the  southward  of  the 
Balize  ;  but  if  in  this  N.  or  N.  W.  route  you  have  crossed  mud  or  ooze, 
and  entered  in  10  or  12  fathoms,  you  find  sand,  then  it  is  a  signal  tljat 
you  have  crossed  the  mouth  of  the  Baliaie,  and  drawing  in  with  Bre- 
ton island  and  the  Chandeliers.  The  better  to  explain  these  soundings, 
we  shall  place  them  in  form  of  a  table. 


In  t'le  Parallel  of  the  Balize, 


Crossing  these  soundings,  you  cross  this   I      white  sand, 
parallel.  ) 


\  Loose  mud,  sticky  to  the  touch,  mixed 
■f      at  times  with  small  fine   black  and 


In  parallel  of  between  the  Balize   and      }  Fi 
Breton  island  or  key,  ) 


ne  sand)  with  very  little  mud  or  sand 
alone. 


Ill  the  parallel  of  Breton  island, 


Fine  white  sand. 


lu  the  parallel  of  between  Breton  isle.  _  and  } 
the  Chandeliers,  ) 


Coarse  sand  and  snail  shells. 


T    ».  •  „  ,     e  ^u    nu     J  !•  )  Coarse  sand  with  gravel,  small  stones 

In  the  parallels  of  the  Chandeliers,         J  ^^^ ^  ^^^^^  ^heUs. 


West  of  the  Balize  the  bottom  is  sand  alone. 


\0 

ofti 

but  1 

but  1 

ward 

A 

due  t 

lace*! 

l>lock 

ho!is( 

''tress 

a  red 

lioiste 

bell  is 

tolling 

^>  mile 

iiiiddfl 

light  v 

1 
h 

1' 

li 

U  th 

'icrs,  as 

to  rnainf 

iis  is  she 

In  thi; 

to  know 

with  the 

depth  be 

tile  Pozfi 

^  a  la  Lout 

importan 

the  south 

in  run 

when  stn 

to  les.'  yo 

no  oyporl 

Placed 

wind's,  cer 

vigating  ic 

thorns,  so 

the  northc 

with  white 

wlrite  and 

to  anchor, 

in  such  we 

there  is  no 

will  easier 

sand  which 

^•ea  breaks 


oEdiU 


10  Etlit. 


Bhint's  American  Coast  Pilot. 


289 


H  while, 
iT.  south- 
icially  in 
ideliers  ; 
e  parallel 

from  20 
jridinn  of 
,  you  will 
mrd,  yon 

10  or  12 

1  latitude, 
I  such  cir- 
ve  as  ase- 
westward, 
,  mixed  at 
at  you  are 
>r  you  will 
60  fathoms 
or  without 
toa  key  or 
f  said  key, 
etween  said 
•avel,  small 
ers.    From 
that  those 
be  a  signal 

50  fathoms 
tf  soundings 
[ward  of  the 
lud  or  ooze, 
signal  tliat 
with  Bre- 
soundings, 


louch>  mixed! 
black  and 


mud  or  sand 


:i 


|1  shells, 
small  stones 


When  you  come  in  looking  for  the  Balizo,  either  in  its  parallel  or  that 
of  the  Chandeliers,  yon  must  take  care  not  to  get  foul  of  the  land  at  night, 
but  maintain  yonr  position  in  15  or  120  futltoms,  at  anchor  or  underweigh  ; 
l)ut  if  you  do  not  wish  to  delay  for  more  safety,  you  may  stretch  in  to- 
wards the  Bali/o  to  anchor  in  10  or  12  fathonM  outside  the  bar. 

A  vessel  witlj  a  Hoating  light  is  moored  by  a  chi'*n  and  anchor,  1|  mile 
due  south  of  the  bar  of  the  N.  K.  pass  of  the  Mississippi,  between  Wal- 
lace's and  Bird  islands,  in  lat.  29°  «'  40"  N.  and  6  miles  E.  by  N.  i  N.  of  the 
block-house  at  the  Balize,  and  1^  mile  E.  by  S.  ^S.  from  the  unfinished  light- 
liodse  on  Frank's  island,  which  station  she  will  not  leave  unless  driven  by 
stress  of  weather.  By  day  she  will  be  known  by  having  a  white  flag  with 
ii  red  cross  hoisted  upon  her  mainmast.  By  night  her  lantern  will  be 
hoisted  45  feet  above  tlio  level  of  the  water  upon  her  mainmast.  A  large 
bell  is  suspended  near  the  windlass  of  this  light  vessel,  which  will  be  kept 
tolling  during  foggy  wealbor  both  night  and  day  ;  this  bell  may  be  heard 
(5  miles  with  the  wind,  and  4  miles  against  it,  in  moderate  weather.  Mr. 
iiudclock,  the  engineer,  j^ives  the  following  magnetic  bearings  from  the 
light  vessel  : 

Courses.  Distances. 

The  unfinitliod  liglit-Iiou?e,         -  -        W.  byN.JN.  1 J  mile. 

Ulock-lioiise  at  llic  Bnlize,  -  -         W.  by  S.  i  S.  5      do. 

Main  bar  oj'  ,S.  K.  I'iias,  oi  main  sblp  channel,  S.  by  W.  ^  VV.  3^    do. 

Point  of  I'ass-!i-]a-L(.uiri',  -  -        JV.  by  W.  |  W.  3.|     do. 

Bar  of  tiie  N.  K.  I'iiss,  -  -        due  North  ij    do. 

If  tlic  running  in  for  tlie  land  has  been  in  the  parallel  of  the  Chande- 
liers, as  soon  as  you  get  10  or  12  ftithoms,  you  will  steer  S.  S.  W.  trying 
to  maintain  this  depth  without  danger  of  running  aground  or  among  shoals 
iis  is  shewn  by  the  following  breakage  in  the  soundings  : — 

In  this  S.  S.  W.  route  there  is  in  the  middle  of  soundings  a  good  mark 
to  know  the  place  of  the  sbip,  which  isas  soon  as  you  arrive  in  a  parallel 
with  the  S.  end  of  the  Chandeliers,  which  is  as  far  up  as  Alcatraces,  the 
depth  begins  to  augment  to  12,  14,  and  18  fathoms,  which  is  athwart  with 
the  Poza.  This  augmentation  ceases  as  soon  as  you  arrive  abreast  of  Pass 
a  la  Loutre,  where  you  fnul  anew  the  10  fathoms  ;  this  knowledge  is  of 
importance  in  looking  for  the  Balize  with  security,  so  as  not  to  pass  to 
the  soi'.thward  of  it. 

In  vunning  as  above,  be  careful  not  to  get  into  less  than  10  fathoms, 
when  stretching  from  E.  or  S.  or  from  S.  to  W.  because  from  this  depth 
to  les 5  you  cannot  weather  thf  Balize  with  the  wind  at  east,  and  you  have 
no  opportunity  for  running  for  the  road  of  Naso,  as  follows  : 

Phced  in  10  fatlioms  water,  in  a  S.  E.  gale  (and  no  appearance  of  the 
wind's  ceasing")  and  getting  into  less  water,  you  have  the  resource  of  na- 
vigating to  the  northward,  sounding  continually  to  maintain  8  or  10  fa- 
thoms, so  as  to  coast  the  Chandeliers,  and  you  will  know  you  have  passed 
the  northernmost  point  if  you  lose  the  oozy  soundings  sometimes  mixed 
with  white  shells,  which "  is  found  off  the  Chandeliers,  and  finding  tine 
wlrite  and  black  sand,  you  may  steer  west,  and  run  in  10, 8,  and  6  fathoms 
to  anchor,  under  shelter  in  the  road  of  Naso,  as  the  atmosphere  is  cloudy; 
in  such  weather  you  can  discover  nothing,  and  to  get  to  this  anchorage 
there  is  no  other  guide  than  the  lead  ;  but  if  you  can  see  the  land,  you 
will  easier  get  to  the  anchorage,  as  you  have  only  to  double  the  spit  of 
sand  which  runs  off  the  N.  E.  end  of  the  Chandeliers,  and  on  which  the 
!»ea  breaks  with  easterly-or  S.  easterly  winds.  ^^ 

a7 


^^i><Ur 


•> 


190 


Bldiit'B  American  Coast  Pilot. 


10  Edit, 


ThiA  convenient  resource  will  be  better  if  embraced  as  soon  as  you 
consider  the  passing  or  weathering  the  Bulize  doubtful ;  as  here  you 
have  your  choice  of  water  from  3  to  7  fuchotn?,  nheltcred  from  winds  in 
3  fathoms  from  N.  E.  and  in  7  fathoms  from  winds  from  E.  round  on  the 
southern  board  to  S.  W.  It  is  also  necesaary  to  advise,  that  as  soon  us 
the  winds  haul  round  to  between  W.  and  N.  you  should  lose  no  time  iu 
getting  out  of  this  roadstead,  as  the  wator  will  fall  from  4  to  6  feet. 

It  is  a  good  rule  in  running  for  the  lialize  to  get  soundings  in  any  paral* 
lei  between  29'  10'  smd  29^30'  or  35',  to  get  into  25  fathoms,  from  wh>  nee 
the  Balize  will  bear  S.  VV. — from  25  fathoms,  in  any  parallel  between  29" 
IC  and  29°  35'  the  Balize  bears  S.  W.  and  by  steering  that  course  you 
will  hit  the  Balize  about  the  N.  E.  Pass. 

There  is  a  shoal  of  3  feet  ir.  lat.  28'^  35'  12  miles  E.  of  the  meridian 
of  Cape  St.  Blass,  so  steep  that  from  ICO  fathoms  you  will  strike  upon 
it.  I  suppose  this  is  what,  in  ancient  charts,  was  culled  Providence 
island. 

I  am  also  suspicious  of  a  shoal  or  shoals  near  the  edge  of  soundings,  in 
about  lat.  26**  N.  I  once  passed  quickly  through  two  coloured  patches 
in  about  that  latitude,  and  was  clear  of  the  appearance  before  I  had  time 
to  sound.  They  looked  like  shoal  coral  shoals,  and  I  passed  between 
them  with  a  ship  drawing  17^  feet,  i  had  sounded  in  46  fathoms  shortly 
before,  and  had  no  bottom  shortly  alien 


Chandelier  Islands. 

From  Pass  a  lALdutre,  or  Wolf  Pass  (one  of  the  entrances  of  the  Mis 
sissippi)  the  coast  doubles  to  the  westward  and  soon  to  the  northward  to 
the  parallel  of  29**  27'  in  which  latitude  lies  Key  Breton,  which  is  a  group 
of  small  keys,  whose  western  limits  are  5  miles  distant  froin  the  coast,  so 
that  it  forms  a  bay,  called  Poza  or  Wells,  in  which  there  arc  4  or  5  fa- 
thoms, with  some  shoals  of  less  water.  East  of  Key  Breton  is  the  isle  of 
Grand  Gossier,  from  which  a  ledge  runs  N.  N.  E.  and  breaks  to  the  isle 
of  Palos,  which  is  the  southernmost  of  the  Chandeliers.  There  is  a  good 
passage  inside  the  Chandeliers  with  8  to  1 1  feet  water,  but  a  good  pilot  is 
requisite.  From  Key  Breton  a  shoal  stretches  two  miles  S.  W.  bold  at 
the  very  point.  Shelter  can  be  had  from  a  N.  E.  wind  inside  this  island, 
but  the  navigation  is  difficult  for  strangers,  and  requires  much  survey  to 
describe  it  properly. 

The  whole>of  the  Chandelier  islands  are  very  low,  with  some  myrtle 
bushes  upon  ^em,  and  form  a  chain  of  coast  very  injtirious  and  to  be 
dreaded  by  navigators,  not  only  that  you  cannot  see  them  art  a  regular  dis- 
tance, but  because  the  winds  at  S.  E.  (which  blow  hard  in  winter)  are 
right  on  the  coast ;  nevertheless  there  is  good  shelter  for  all  ships  to  the 
westward  of  the  north  extreme  of  {he  Chandeliers,  called  the  Road  of 
Naso,  where  the  heavy  English  men  of  war  lay  during  the  siege  of  New 
Orleans.  "This  is  the  only  good  shelter  for  large  men  of  war  in  the  whole 
coast  of  Florida  (Tampa  bay  and  Pensacola  for  small  sized  frigates  ex- 
cepted) not  only  because  it  is  defended  from  winds  on  shore,  but  because 
there  is  no  bar,  breakers,  nor  impediment  whatevA*  to  your  entering  it  in 
aH  weathers.  To  enter  the  Road  of  J^aso,  you  have  only  to  run  so  as  to 
double  the  north  point  in  5  or  6  fathoms  water,  which  will  be  one  mile 
from  the  land,  and  then  navigate  west  round  to  south,  keeping  in  4, 5,  or 


10 

Cfa 
thor 
wisli 
norti 
and 

than 

thing 

Ne 

distan 

south' 

from  1 

Blind 

there i 

Ship  i< 

itrat,  y 

northw 

is  N.  a 

tant,  in 

and  wit 

'it  both 

island  ] 

on  its  n 

miles  di 

Dog  isin 

embrace 

bar  has 

Horn  isl 

aide  of  t 


Gen 

I      From  t 

/    with  the  1 

that  is  ou 

ter  into  v 

black  grav 

except  S. 

may  be  se 

port  by  th 

i»ave  10  fa 

water  lies 


On  the  a 
*'y  for  an 
course  mad( 


dit, 

you 

you 
(Is  in 
w  the 
)n  as 
ne  iu 

jaral- 

in  29" 
e  you 

iridian 

upon 

ideucc 

ngs,  in 
latches 
id  time 
etween 
shortly 


he  Mis 
ward  to 
a  group 
oust,  so 
or  5  fa- 
e  isle  of 
the  isle 
s  a  good 
pilot  i)^ 
hold  at 
island, 
[rvey  to 

myrtle 
Id  to  he 
alar  dis- 
ler)  are 
Ls  to  the 
iRoud  of 
lof  New 
\e  whole 
ates  ex- 
I because 
ling  it  in 
[so  as  to 
\ne  mile 
4,6,of 


10  Edit. 


Blunt^s  American  Coast  Pilot. 


291 


C  fathoms,  according, to  the  draft  of  the  ship,  and  you  may  anchor  in  4  fa- 
thoms, when  the  north  point  bears  N.  N.  E.  distant  two  miles  ;  but  if  you 
wish  deeper  water  you  must  not  run  so  far  south,  but  anchor  when  the 
north  point  bears  E.  N.  E.  in  6  to  U  fathoms  water.  In  the  Chandelieni, 
and  almost  the  whole  coast  of  the  Mexican  gulf,  you  can  get  water  by 
digging  wells  in  the  beach,  but  there  is  no  other  wood  on  the  Chandeliers 
than  the  drifl  logs  left  in  abundance  on  the  beach.  Its  lands  produce  no- 
thing but  the  myrtle  from  which  the  green  wax  is  produced. 

Nearly  N.  and  S.  of  the  north  extremity  of  the  Chandeliers,  14  miles 
distant,  is  Shi|  island,  W7st  of  wliich,  8  miles,  is  Cat  island,  and  to  the 
southward  of  this,  various  keys,  called  St.  Migucll,  run  and  extend  out 
from  the  coast  of  the  islands;  between  these  and  Cat  island  is  the  pass  into 
Blind  Lake  (or  Lake  Borgnc)  and  Lake  Ponchetrain,  in  both  of  which 
there  is  very  little  water,  especially  in  Lake  Borgne.  Between  Cat  and 
Ship  islands  there  is  a  large  shoal  running  out  from  the  east  point  of  the 
first,  which  leaves  a  channel  of  less  than  half  a  mile  wide,  ^o  enter  to  the 
northward  of  them  ;  this  channel  has  good  12  feet  watei^;  the  anchorage 
is  N.  and  S.  with  the  west  end  of  Ship  island  three-quarters  of  a  mile  dis- 
tant, in  4  ^nd  5  fathoms.  Ship  island  is  long  E.  and  W.  and  very  narrow, 
and  widest  in  the  middle,  which  is  partly  covered  with  pines,  but  barren 
at  both  ends.  The  hurricane  of  1 81 9  cut  a  small  channel  through  Ship 
island  1-^  miles  from  its  west  end  ;  in  it  is  a  well  of  good  water,  which  is 
on  its  north  coast,  and  about  midway  the  island.  East  from  Ship  island,  5 
miles  distant,  lies  the  west  end  of  Horn  island,  and  between  the  two  lies 
Dog  island  ;  from  the  first  a  shoal  runs  out  to  the  east,  which  not  only 
embraces  the  iJogs,  but  leaves  a  channel  of  only  l.'iO  fathoms  wide  ;  the 
bar  has  2^^  fathoms  when  you  immediately  drop  into  6  fathoms.  East  of 
Horn  island  lies  Massacre  island,  then  Dauphin  island,  which  is  on  the  W, 
iiide  of  the  entrance  into  Mobile. 


General  remarks  from  Santa  Rosa  Bay  io  the  Balize. 

From  the  meridian  of  Santa  Rosa  bay  to  the  westward  you  get  nothing 
with  the  lead  but  fine  sand,  with  black  grains  like  powder,  and  red  points 
that  is  outside  of  18  fathoms  ;  but  diminishing  from  18  fathoms,  you  en- 
ter into  very  fine  reddish  sand,  mixed  with  a  few  white  shells  and  small 
black  gravel,  which  quality  is  very  notable,  because  you  find  it  no  where 
except  S.  E.  and  S.  of  Pensacola.  The  Barancas,  or  bluffs  at  its  entrance, 
may  be  seen  5  leagues  off  in  1 4  fathoms  water.  You  may  also  know  the 
port  by  the  quantity  of  sounding,  as  from  Pensacola  to  the  eastward,  you 
have  10  fathoms  at  4  miles  from  the  beach,  but  to  the  westward  the  sam« 
water  lies  1 0  miles  off. 


"^^. 


JDireciions  for  Pensacola. 


On  the  appearance  oTHlgale  on  shore,  when  off  Pensaeola,  yo.u  mqi| 
try  for  an  offing,  as  you  are- greatly  exposed  outside  the  har.     A  S.  W^ 
caurse  made  good  will  weather  the  £<(V2e. 


\    ^ 


Bluiifs  Amorican  (.'oafit  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


JO£(Ji 


Tlip  liny  of  Peiitarola  is  a  good  pott,  ami  lia<<,  at  low  water,  on  the  \y,n 
21  fct't  water.  The  uasteni  point  of  its  cniraiicf:  in  calird  Pttiiit  Sijfiicu. 
y.a  and  is  tlie  western  point  of  tin:  island  of  .Santa  Rosa,  tvliich  extends 
E.  by  N.  and  W.  by  S.  li  leagues,  atid  cotnpleicly  fronts  the  whole  bay 
of  Pcnsacola  :  it  i3  so  low  that  the  f;ea!»,  in  ii;idc«,  wash  its  top,  and  is  no 
where  more  than  luie  fourth  or  one-third  of  a  mile  wide.  There  are 
.•^omc  red  blufls  on  the  main  coii;:t,  wliich  is  highei-  than  the  rest  of  it,  ono 
of  which,  and  the  largest  of  all,  is  on  tlic  eastern  side  of  Pensacola  bay  ; 
nnd  in  or  near  the  front  of  the  entrance,  are  three  red  bInflM,  adjoining 
each  other,  nnd  called  the  Uarancas.  On  (lie  beach  nruler  these  hhiffH 
lies,  or  did  lie,  a  half-n^oon  battery,  called  als^o  Harancas  ;  and  the  pilots 
reside  in  a  few  small  houses  ri^lit  over  ai\(l  a  little  ea«t  of  the  fort.  After 
passing  the  bar,  the  entrance  to  the  bay  is  between  these  Harancas  nnd 
Point  Siguenza,  and  runs  nearly  E.  and  W.  This  port  would  be  diflicuU 
to  recognise  were  it  not  lor  the  blufts,  \vhicji  consisting  of  three  adjoin- 
ing each  other,  cannot  be  easily  mistiken. 

A  shoal,  callej  the  Angel,  runs  off  to  the  W.  of  Point  Siguenza,  and  has 
two  small  sand  keys  on  it,  level  with  the  water's  edge  :  this  shoal  stretches 
to  the  southward  about  1|  mile,  and  a  bank  of  only  12  feet,  hard  sand, 
runs  out  one  mile  farther  south,  and  runs  lo  the  eastward,  traversing  the 
whole  coast  as  far  as  the  isle  of  St.  Rosa  ;  and  the  western  part  of  this 
shoal  forms  the  bar  of  Pensacola,  which  is  one  mile  wide  ;  and  after  cross- 
ing it  you  soon  fall  into  5,  (!,  and  7  fathoms  water.  The  bar  is  not  the 
onl}  difficulty  in  entering  Pensacola,  as  there  is  on  the  inner  part,  and  as 
high  up  as  Point  Siguenza,  a  ahoal  onl}  10  feet,  very  steep  and  distant 
from  the  point  near  one  mile,  and  consequently  runs  out  to  mid-channel 
of  the  entrance. 

To  enter  this  port,  you  must  do  it  to  the  westward  of  the-  shoal,  and 
observe  what  follows,  whicn  w  ith  a  plan  of  the  port  will  give  you  a  cor- 
rect idea  of  its  configuration. 

The  bar  runs  out  to  the  southward  of  Point  Si'^uenyi  about  two  miles  ; 
whence  in  coming  from  the  eastward,  it  is  necessary  to  keep  as  much  i.s  » 
fathoms,  till  you  bring  in  a  line  the  point  and  Fort  Barancas  ;  which  will 
be  when  the  bluifs  bear  N.  1H°  VV.  From  this  situation  of  8  fathoms,  and 
the  fort  and  point  in  aline,  you  must  steer  N.  iil°  W.  with  whifh  course 
you  will  cross  the  bar  in  the  best  water ;  and  before  you  are  on  it  you 
will  have  run  near  2J  miles.  If  by  this  course  the  current  has  altered 
the  bearing,  you  must  take  care,lo  loof  or  bear  away  to  get  hold  of  it 
again  ;  so  that  as  soon  as  you  are  on  the  bar,  tlie  eastern  extreme  of  the 
bluffs  will  bear  north  ;  after  crossing  thp  bar  with  the  course  of  N.  SI*-' 
W.  you  will  continue  on  the  same  course  till  the  western  extreme  of  the 
Barancas  or  bluffs  bear  N.  5^  W.  which  will  be  when  you  have  opened 
Point  Tartaro  (the  eastern  point  of  main  land  which  runs  F..  from  the 
bluffs,  and  forms  the  western  point  of  Pensacola  bay)  with  ^oint  Siguen- 
za, when  you  will  steer  for  i^. — that  is,  steer  N.  b°  W.  and  head  for  the 
western  extreme  of  the  blufis,  by  which  you  will  pass  about  IJ-  cable's 
length  W.  of  the  above  shoal.  You  continue  this  N.  i\V.  course^  till  you 
are  E.  and  W.  with  the  Point  Siguenza,  when  you  haul  to  the  eastward 
for  the  eastern  extreme  of  the  bluffs,  and  continue  so  till  Point  Siguenza 
bears  E.  S.  E — then  steer  for  Point  Tartaro,  until  Point  Siguenza  bttrs 
S.  when  you  may  steer  E — and  as  soon  as  you  are  to  the  eastward  of  Point 
Tartaro,  you  will  steer  for  the  edifices  of  th^'city  (about  N.  E)  distant 
from  the  point  about  two  leagues,  and  anchor  to  the  southward  of  them 
in  the  depth  suited  to  the  draft  of  the  ship.    At  1^  mile  from  the  town 


and  moh 
with  a  ki 
are  wind 
tinuc  to 
The  w 
to  the  SOI 
in  -1  fathc 
•^'anta  Ko 
the  main 
point  for 
to  it  you 
age  for  lai 
u'inds. 

Pensac( 

''-''nited  St 

jiels  to  en 

•ola  ;  the 

one  chann 

Beside  i 

the  fort  an 

you  will  t 

trees  bear 

you  cross  t 

western  ex 

These  ti 

been  dead 

a  considera 

When  abou 

■^acola  over 

Fresh  w 

The  tide  is 

unly  one  tit 


Those  off 
soon  as  then 
Balize,  or,  \ 
fion  is  inevit 
gale 

In  running 

'*ar,  it  will  a 

several  openi 

phine  Island, 

Mobile  Point 

you  shoal 

N.  W.  by  N; 

bar,  on 

t^ioasing,  yo 

t»veen  the  ei 

«re,  as  they. „ 

***<*«  areshonh 


linto 

whic 
u 
eas 
a 


10  Edit. 


Ulunf  8  American  Coast  Pilot. 


2i)3 


•s  «> 

i^h  will 
IS,  and 
Iconrse 
lit  you 
tiltcreil 
la  of  it 
of  the 


I.  o 


ontf 


I  of  the 
)  pencil 
)in  the 
piguen- 
jbr  the 
Icable's 
]ill  you 

bemrs 
If  Point 
Idistant 
them 
town 


iinil  mole,  you  will  have  4J^  fathotau.  The  entrance  to  this  bay  is  ea«y, 
with  II  knowledge  of  its  contigiiratinn,  especially  na  almost  every  day  there 
are  wituls  from  the  S.  E.  round  to  VV.  which  set  in  about  noon  and  con- 
tinue to  near  sunset. 

Tlu'  western  side  of  the  entrance  of  Pensacola  sends  out  a  large  reef 
to  the  southward,  and  is  called  the  Culafatas  or  Caulkers'  reef,  and  breaks 
in  4  fathoms  with  fresh  winds  on  shore.  Kemomber,  that  the  west  end  of 
Santa  Rosa  island  is  called  Point  Sii^uenza,  and  that  Point  i'artaro  is  on 
the  main  land  east  of  the  west  point  of  the  island,  and  you  haul  round  this 
point  for  the  town  ;  it  is  bold  to  within  :{0  fathoms,  anJ  before  you  come 
lo  it  you  might  lie  along  side  the  beach — water  «'nough.  Best  anchor- 
age  for  large  ships  is  Point  Tartaro,  N.  E.  half  a  mile,  sheltered  from  all 
winds. 

Pensacola  is  an  excellent  port,  and  has  room  for  all  the  shipping  of  the 
United  States  ;  and  Tampa  bay  is  better,  more  spacious,  has  three  chan- 
nels to  enter,  all  straight,  and  one  has  three  feet  more  water  than  Pensa- 
cola ;  the  second  has  i.5  feet  over  its  bar,  and  the  third  about  8  or  10  ; 
one  channel  runs  in  about  N.  E. — one  N.  ;•    1  the  other  N.  N.  W. 

Beside  the  before-mentioned  directions  for  going  into  Pensacola,  when 
ihe  fort  and  Point  Sigucnzaare  in  a  line,  and  the  -^hip  in  8  fathoms  water, 
you  will  also  have  in  a  line  two  large  dry  pine  trees  quite  white  ;  these 
trees  bear  exactly  N.  31"  VV.  when  in  a  line,  and  by  keeping  them  thus, 
you  cross  the  bar  as  before — you  keep  on  with  the  trees  in  a  line  until  the 
western  extreme  of  the  bluffs  bear  N.  |  W.  when  steer  as  before. 

These  trees  are  an  excellent  mark  to  cross  the  bar ;  but  as  they  have 
been  dead  for  many  y:!ars,  they  may  shortly  be  blown  down.  They  are 
a  considerable  distance  from  nny  other  large  trees,  and  cannot  bo  mistaken. 
When  about  4  miles  E.  of  Point  Siguenza,  you  can  see  the  town  of  Pen- 
sacola over  the  island  of  Santa  Rosa. 

Fresh  water  may  be  obtained  on  all  its  sand  beaches  by  digging  wells. 
The  tide  is  established  at  about  9  o'clock  A.  M.  and  rises  from  '2  to  1  feet; 
only  one  tide  in  24  hours. 


Directions  for  Mobile. 

Those  off  Mobile  should  recollect  the  necessity  of  getting  an  offing  as 
soon  as  there  are  appearances  of  a  gale  on  shore,  either  to  weather  the 
Balize,  or,  which  is  better,  to  take  ih  time  the  road  of  Naso,  as  destruc- 
tion is  inevitable  if  you  come  to  anchor  outside  Mobile  bar,  during  the 
gale. 

In  running  in  for  the  land,  should  you  make  it  to  the  westward  of  the 
bar,  it  will  appear  broken,  as  it  consists  of  small  islands,  which  occasion 
several  openings.  More  to  the  westward  the  land  is  very  level.  Dau- 
phinc  Island,  on  tlip  western  point  of  the  bay,  appears  high  and  bluff ; 
Mobile  Point,  low  anu  sandy,  with  a  single  tree  on  the  extremity.  Before 
you  shoal  into  8  fathoms,  bring  the  east  end  of  Dauphine  Island  to  bear 
N.  W.  by  Ni  and  steer  in  N.  N.  W.  This  course  will  run  you  over  a 
bar,  on  which  you  will  have  from  15  to  19  feet  water,  and  sand ;  on 
crossing,  you  will  drop  in  6  and  7  fathoms  water,  when  you  will  be  be- 
tween Uie  east  and  west  breaker  heads.  Keep  nearest  the  eastern  break< 
ere,  a»  they  are  very  bold,  and  risible  in  any  weather.  On  the  weste|-n 
side  are  shoals.  v    * 


•v 


294 


Bluufs  American  Coast  Pilot. 


10  Edit 


AAcr  paising  (he  point  of  the  'iastefa*  breaker,  you  may  haul  up  N.  by 
W.  for  about  n  mile,  and  then  haul  up  for  Mnbilc  Point.  In  pasfliuK,  g\Vi'. 
it  a  birth  of  about  100  yards.  After  leaving  Mobile  hoint,  to  run  up  the 
bay,  steer  N.  by  W.  night  and  day,  as  there  is  no  danger  in  tlie  way. — 
When  you  have  run  about  25  miles,  you  will  then  be  in  10  feet  water. 
Here,  as  there  are  stakes  in  the  channel,  you  had  better  come  too  for  n 
river  pilot,  which  you  will  have  to  send  your  boat  on  shore  for,  to  the 
distance  of  about  4  miles,  the  town  being  in  si^ht. 

In  running  for  the  land  during  night,  your  soundings  will  be  mud  till 
you  approach,  when  you  will  find  sand  and  mud  mixed,  thcii  sand,  in  H 
fathoms. 

[Pelican  and  Sandy  Islands  are  only  one,  but  in  very  high  tides  they 
are  separated,  appearing  like  two  islands,  as  laid  down  on  the  chart.] 


To  prevent  missing  the  river  Mississippi,  and  falling  to  the 

westward. 


The  principal  entrance  of  the  river  Mississippi  is  in  lat.  29*  b'  N, ;  but 
vessels  bound  there,  should  always  run  down  '2  or  3  leagues  to  the  north- 
ward  ;  by  so  doing  you  will  have  good  soundings  to  guide  you.     When 
you  have  struck  soundings,  you  may  run  in  the  parallel  above  directed 
into  18  or  even  16  fathoms,  and  you  will  then  have  the  blockhouse  (or 
Balize)  bearing  southwesterly  ;  the  anchorage  is  good  every  where,  and 
should  it  fall  calm,  a  light  kedge  will  prevent  being  drifted  by  the  ciirrcnt, 
which  is  sometimes  pretty  strong  on  the  coast,  but  it  is  much  stronger  in 
the  latitude  of  the  river's  mouth  than  elsewhere,  and  no  soundings  until 
you  are  close  in  with  the  land.    Until  the  erection  of  the  permanent  light- 
house at  the  Balize  or  on  Frank's  island,  the  old  Block-house  will  be 
kept  regularly  lighted.     It  will  have  a  fixed  light,  and  be  visible  from 
half  an  hour  after  sunset  until  sunrise.     The  light  will  be  about  50  feet 
above  the  level  of  the  sea.    The  bearing  and  distance  of  the  Block-house 
will  be  as  follows;     From  the  outer  point  of  Pass-a-Ia-Loutce,  S.  S.  W. 
\  W.  distant  3^  leagues.     In  running  from  Pass-a-la-Loutre  for  the  main 
i>ar  at  the  S.  E.  pass,  in  the  nightj  it  is  not  safe  to  keep  in  less  than  l.i 
fathoms  water ;  in  the  day  time  vessels  may  approach  to  withm  8  or  10 
fathoms,  observing  to  keep  the  lead  going.     Being  off  Pass-a-la-Loulre  in 
15  fathoms,  in  order  to  go  around  the  N.  E.  pass  in   10  fathoms,  the 
course  is  S.  S.  E.  distant  2  leagues  ;  from  thence  to  the  anchorage  off  the 
bar  S.  S.  W.  1|  leagues.     The  Block-house  bears  from  the  best  anchor- 
age to  wait  for  a  fair  wind  to  come  over  the  bar  W.  by  N.  ^  N.  distant  2 
leagues,  where  will  be  founds  to  11  fathoms.     At  the  entrance  of  the 
S.  E.  channel  on  the  bar,  the  Block-house  bears  N.  W.  by  W.  \  W.  dis- 
tant 5  miles.     A  vessel  with  a  floating  light  is  also  moored  \\  mile  due 
south  of  the  N.  E.  pass.     [For  description,  see  page  289.] 

Should  you  take  your  departure  from  the  Tortugas,  on  leaving  them 
make  a  N.  W.  course  good,  and  you  will  fall  into  the  latitude  of  the  Ba- 
lize 20  leagues  to  the  eastward  ;  keep  on  to  lat.  29°  20',  when  you  may 
steer  W.  or  W.  ^  S.  to  25  fathoms,  then  haul  to  S.  W.  for  tlus  Balize, 
taking  care  not  to  pass  its  latitude  in  the  night  time,*  and  yon  may  make 
sure  of  seeing  it.  Should  the  weather  be  thick,  keep  in  16  fathoms,  and 
you  will  fall  in  off  Pass-a-la-Loutxe,  where  pilots  are  always  s^^ned  \ 


)Edit. 

p  N.  by 
iig,  give. 
I  up  the 
way. — 
.  water. 
DO  for  fi 
,  to  the 

miul  till 
[id,  in  K 

lc«  they 
lart.] 


to  the 


'  N. ;  but 
he  north- 
.     When 
•  (Urectcd 
lOusc  (or 
'.ere,  and 
ciirrcnt, 
ronger  in 
ings  until 
ent  Ughl- 
wjU  be 
Ible  from 
t  50  feet 
ck-housc 

s.  s.  \y. 

the  main 
than  1.1 

8  or  10 

lOutre  in 
loms,  the 

e  off  the 
anchor- 
istant  2 
e  of  the 
W.  dis- 
lile  due 

jog  them 

the  Ba- 

^ou  may 

Balize» 

■ay  make 

ftoB,  and 

Bitibned  ; 


10  Edit. 


Blunf  8  American  Coast  Pilot. 


29.'i 


but  should  you  sec  the  land,  or  vessels  at  anchor,  if  the  wind  will  permit 
haul  to  S.  S.  W.  or  more  southwardly,  and  lead  along  in  \'2  fathoms,  until 
you  8ee  the  two  nuiHts  of  a  sunken  brig,  lying  half  a  mile  to  the  northward 
of  the  ciiannel  ;  bring  her  to  bear  VV.  N.  W.  and  anchor ;  by  this  time 
you  will  have  a  pilot. 

Should  it  be  very  foggy,  as  it  sometimes  is  in  summer  and  fall,  either 
anchor  in  li!  or  15  fatiioms  water,  or  stretch  to  the  northward,  as  the 
currents  to  the  southward  of  the  bar  set  strong  along  the  land  to  the 
i>outhward,  and  by  keeping  to  the  southward  you  will  be  liable  to  be 
driven  to  the  southward  of  the  south  point,  in  the  latitude  of  which  you 
will  have  thirty-tivc  fathoms  within  three  miles  of  the  land.  [Sec  Chan,' 
lUUcr  Islands,  p.  L'90.1 

I 

Common  error  of  Strangers. 

Captains  not  acquainted  on  the  coast,  arc  frequently  alarmed  when  they 
come  near  the  river,  by  the  appearance  of  the  water,  particularly  during 
the  first  summer  months,  when  the  river  is  high,  for  at  that  time  the  fresli 
water  of  the  river  rushes  out  with  great  force,  and  being  lighter  than  the 
ocean  water,  floats  on  the  top,  making  an  appearance  altogether  singular 
and  alarming,  for  where  the  fresh  water  has  not  entirely  covered  the  salt 
water,  but  leaving  spots,  it  has  the  appearance  of  rocks,  the  river  water 
being  of  am'lky  colour,  while  the  other  is  quite  dark,  and  changes  sud- 
denly. Wl  '<  the  rive  •  is  low,  the  white  muddy  water  extends  about  il 
leagues  olT,  and  when  high  about  5.  On  coming  into  it,  it  ripples  like 
6houl  breakers,  but  your  soundings  arc  regular. 

On  the  setting  of  the  Current,  > 

The  current  sets  with  very  little  variation  to  the  cast ;  and  when  any 
variation  is  experienced,  it  is  either  to  the  N.  or  S.  of  the  river's  mouth. 
It  is  very  evident  to  every  man  of  reflection,  that  so  large  a  column  of 
water,  rushing  into  the  ocean,  must  spread  when  it  is  no  longer  confined, 
and  produce  difl'crent  currents,  until  it  has  found  its  level,  and  will  be 
found  to  vary  from  the  original  course  in  proportion  ns  you  approach  the 
edges  :  allowing  the  current  to  set  due  cast,  1  have  known  two  ships 
to  come  into  the  river  at  the  same  time,  and  the  one  complain  of  a 
southerly  and  the  other  of  a  northerly  current,  and  that  because  the 
one  had  been  to  the  south  and  the  other  to  the  north  of  the  river's  mouth ; 
however,  as  every  stranger  should  get  into  the  proper  latitude  before  he 
comes  within  the  influence  of  its  current,  I  do  not  think  it  necessary  to 
say  any  thing  more  on  that  subject. 

Directions  for  the  entrance  of  tlie  River. 

The  land  at  the  entrance  of  the  Mississippi  river,  is  nothing  more  than 
mud  banks  ;  continually  increasing  with  reeds  and  rushes  growing  upon 
it.  to  the  height  of  10  or  12  feet  above  the  water.  The  block-house,  or 
vessels  at  anchor,  are  generally  the  flrst  you  discover.  The  general 
winds  are  from  the  N.  E.  and  you  should  avoid  getting  to  the  southward. 
The  winds  make  a  difl*erence  over  the  bai',  at  the  entrance  of  the 
Mississippi,  and  the  general  depth  of  water,  is  from  1 1  feet  6  inches, 
to  14  feet.     [See  description  of  floating  lights  page  289.] 


♦  *»^wx  ^*i. 


296 


Hlutil't)  Anirricaii  Coast  Pilot. 


loKilit. 


In  lut.  29"  18'  N.  yon  will  strike  soundings  in  45  or  50  fnthoniM,  smull 
groy  satid,  vvitli  bluck  sproUs.  Th«'  Bnlize  bui-riiig  VV.  by  S.  J  S.  Jo  niilci' 
distance,  whuii  in  15  or  ili  fathoinn,  softnticUy  mud,  you  will  teo.  thn  Hn- 
lizc  btinriny;;  S  \V.  (if  clear  wrathrr.)  With  the;  Uali/.c  Ix'ariiiK  S.  \V. 
run  not  in'o  lots  tl),in  I'J  futhoiii^,  on  account  of  ^ouh;  nuiall  mud  bunkx, 
scarcidy  I'lscernililc  abovo  the  «iirfacc,  until  tUe  Halizo  bears  W.  N.  VV. 
and  N.  N.  VV.  in  10  flithoais.  Tlio  Hnli/e  bcarinju;  \.  VV.  and  an  old 
sunken  brig's  nia^t  bL'ariiiij;  N.  m  pood  ground  to  anchor,  and  advnnta^r- 
0U8  for  milling  nndiir  way  to  go  over  the  bar.  In  t'ogii;y  weather  run 
no  further  in  tor  the  land  than  16  rathninA,  and  it  is  proforablc  an- 
choring in  light  breezes  to  beiii<T  drifted  about  by  ihe  ciirrent**,  which 
arc  uncerliin.  Fnan  tti"  our  (or  entrance  ol'  lh«  Missisnijn)!  river)  to 
New-0rleun8,  is  120  nnles. 

To  sail  up  the  Rbcr. 

In  sailing  up  '  riv  i\  if  you  have  a  iiiir  wind,  run  from  point  to  point, 
carefully  avoidinj^  iie  be  '  and  by  doing  ho,  you  will  shorten  the  dis- 
tance, have  less  current,  and  what  iii  of  more  consequence,  you  will  avoid 
the  danger  of  having  your  vessel  sunk  by  the  trees  which  frequently  lie 
under  water.  As  you  are  coming  up  to  and  passing  a  point,  it  will  be  weU 
to  heave  a  cast  of  the  lead  ;  with  light  winds,  or  \vljpn  the  wind  is  scanl. 
always  keep  on  the  leeward  side  of  the  river. 

On  coming  too  or  bringing  up. 

Kvery  vessel,  while  in  the  river,  should  have  their  boat  along  side, 
with  a  good  hawser  in  it,  according  to  the  size  of  the  siiip,  ready  to  run 
out  to  a  tree,  which  method  of  bringing  up  is  always  preferable  to  letting 
go  an  anchor,  for  you  are  sooner  under  way,  and  avoid  the  danger  of  los 
ing  your  anchors. 

Every  vessel  while  in  the  river,  should  have  a  haulabout-block  lashed 
Jinder  the  bowsprit  to  reeve  a  rope  through,  which  rope  should  be  bent 
to  the  crown  of  the  anchor,  in  the  *sanie  way  as  a  buoy-rope,  and  be 
strong  enough  to  weigh  it ;  the  crown  line  should  be  of  length  suflicient 
that  when  the  anchor  is  let  go,  you  may  veer  it  away  with  the  cable  and 
always  have  the  end  on  board,  as  by  this  means,  if  you  should  get  foul  of 
any  thing  with  your  anchor  (which  frequently  happens)  you  will  get 
it  again  ;  otherwise  you  will  be  obliged  to  cut  your  cable  aqd  lose 
your  anchor.  If  you  are  obliged  to  let  go  anchor,  it  should  be,  if  pos- 
sible, at  ii  point,  for  you  will  be  more  likely  to  tind  clear  bottom.  In  the 
hends  the  botto.m  is  always  foul,  being  full  of  sunken  trees,  and  there  are 
few  instances  whcro  an  anchor  need  be  let  go  in  the  bends,  because  you 
may  always  rim  infest  to  a  tree. 

Shoals  in  the  River. 

Abouf'^jfRc  miles  above  the  Loi(dc-out  house,  and  opposite n^bat  is  called 
the  Pas  Aux  Cautres  (one  of  the  outlets  of  the  river)  thieire  is  aflat 
makes  out  full  half  way  over  the  river  ;  this  should  be  avoided  by  keep- 
ing near  the  pass,  into  which  you  must  take  care  not  to  get  drifted  ;  this 
is  what  may  be  called  the  first  shoal ;  the  next  is  about  7  miles  above  the 
jort  at  Pbifiu'imine,  on  the  larboard  side  of  the  river  as  you  are  coming 


lOEdit. 


Bluiit^s  American  Coaut  Pilot. 


297 


u|> ;  to  nvoid  it  you  miut  keep  noarer  to  lh«  marah  on  the  tlnrboard  lide  ; 
tlic  marnli  is  thu  tirnt  liind  you  come  to  without  treed  at\cr  tearing  lMa«)ue- 
mine;  ht-ro  th*-  land  it  very  narrow,  and  by  goiag  it  few  ttept  up  ibe 
Mhruudi,  you  rniiy  nee  the  tea  ut  not  more  than  a  mutlcet  kbot  db< 
tnncc  ;  by  those  marks  you  m:»y  know  when  you  are  coming  up  with 
the  shoal.  The  tort  lien  opposite  the  marsh,  and  runs  full  one-third  of 
the  wny  over  ;  these  are  the  only  bhouU  that  may  be  culled  dangerous, 
but  as  1  have  before  •bscrveil,  tl^c  lead  should  bo  cast  whenever  you 
ard  ajtproachiiig  a  point.  • 


Directions  for  Vcssds  bound  down  the  River. 

\  essels  goinj;  down  the  river,  should  always  have  sufficient  sail  on 
tlictn  to  be  abl(!  lo  keep  clear  of  the  shore  ;  without  great  core  you 
will  be  driven  into  the  bends  and  lo«r  your  rudder,  and  this  has  fre- 
quently happened  with  experienceil  seamen.  I  would  <"  .ervc  also, 
that  evoiy  vessel,  unlq.-s  the  wind  is  f.vir,  and  spltled  wen  -^ei  should 
^trinf;  too  at  sunset. 


Dirertio\is  for  Vcssch  bound  from  the  Mlss'is'-'^p]^  ihronifh 

//tcOulf. 

On  leaving  the  B.ilize.your  best  way  is,  in  winter,  between  thcmonthi* 
of  October  and  March,  to  keep  well  to  the  eastward  ;  say  E.  by  S.  (as  in 
ihis  time  the  trades  blow  mostly  from  K.  N.  K.  and  N.  E.)  until  on  sound- 
ini^s  on  the  coast  of  East  Florida,  by  which  you  may  make  a  free  wind  all 
(he  way  to  the  Tortugas  ;  but  in  the  other  parts  of  the  year  you  will  do 
<{uite  as  well  to  make  a  direct  course,  as  you  may  make  sure  of  some 
beating  to  get  to  them  ;  and  by  keeping  along  near  the  edge  of  soundings, 
you  will  have  a  set  in  your  favour  of  15  or  in  miles  per  day.  You  may 
4loublc  the  Tortugas  within  3  miles,  by  which  you  will,  as  soon  as  you 
leave  soundings,  strike  into  an  £.  by  S.  current  of  1^  knots,  from  Sep- 
tember to  March,  and  2  knots  from  March  to  September.  1  have  doubled 
the  Tortugas  in  very  dark  nights,  by  sounding  every  hour,  stfid  taking  care 
not  to  get  less  than  40  fathoms. 

Every  vessel  bound  through  the  Gulf,  on  leaving  the  river,  should 
avoid  getting  too  i^ist  to  the  southward,  for  you  will  meet  with  the  trade 
wind,  and  by  that  means  lengthen  your  passages.  If  the  wind  will  per- 
mit, you  should  steer  E.  S.  E.  which  course  will  carry  you  soon  enough 
into  the  trade  wind.  If  you  can  get  soundings  to  the  northward  of  the 
Tortugas,  so  much  the  better,  but  you  should  come  no  nearer  in  than  60 
fathoms,  and  should  then  steer  south,  and  if  you  should  find  the  water 
shoaler,  in  this  course,  you  should  keep  a  little  to  the  westward  until  you 
tind  it  deeper.  On  leaving  the  Tortugas,  the  current  sets  rapidly  over 
towards  the  Colorados  ;  to  thi»  the  greatest  attention  must  be  paid  to  avoid 
danger. 

On  leaving  soundings  off  the  Tortugas,  with  the  wiud  to  the  northward 
of  N.  E.  by  E.  keep  on  your  larboard  tack  aad  make  the  island  of  Cuba ; 
-stand  no  nigher  in  than  to  raise  it  so  distinctly  as  to  know  it,  by  which  yon 

38 


■*:4 


•ikiiii  lAiriuM  iifilMlliaMi  I  infill  I 


1^^. 


,^.-  >ii-j.-ain 


208 


Bluiit*H  American  Connt  Pilot. 


10R<lii 


lofM 


will  keep  in  the  whole  force  o(  the  rurretU,  whu  h  allow  in  tlir  Iftw  uliigr 
oncHiiJ  u  hull',  uimI  m  th«  high  two  knulM  per  hour,  tliie  tMat,  iii«  Itir  »•  I'J 
Iracuea  w«tt  of  Double-hctuled  ^>hot  keyx.  \i\vv  iiiiikinu;  lli«>  liiiid,  u  lucli 
will  probably  be  iii  mxht  ot  the  Vuu  of  Miitiiii7.ii)t,  htiould  iIh>  N.  K.  uiihI 
continue,  be»t  uloog  the  CubAi»horo,  iiml  inakf  ihr  U«mltl»'-li«  m(I<(|  S|»oi 
kcya,  tHking  care  not  to  fall  in  with  thtiii  iii  tluj  iiit;littimf,  iih  thiy  »n 
very  low,  niid  the  sounding*  do  not  run  more  than  u  huudrod  I'lthoiii*  oil 
them  on  this  aide  or  point. 

On  approaching  th«  Florida  fide,  llu'  eddy  ciirii'iitH  «n<l  tides  netlinj; 
through  the  different  channel"  in  the  n-eft  and  inU't»*,  tii*  v«  ry  varijble,  and 
frequently  extend  agreatcr  diotaute  into  the  CiiiHthnii  inaiinerH  are  aware 
of,  inaomuch  tliUthe  most  expert  of  the  Ualiaina  pilol.H  are  often  deceiv- 
ed in  the  night,  (ienerully  »  itrono;  S.  W.  etidy  prevaiU,  antl  the  iratiKi 
tion  from  the  ulream  to  the  <  ddy  i.s  soinetiinej*  \rry  vi^ibh',  by  caUfinu 
what  thoiC  piloto  call  rip  raps  ;  at  other  tim«'H,  il  is  not  lo  lie  iliatovered 
— Bltrictlook  out  in,  about  thi^  part,  parlicularly  reroiiuiKMided  ;  and  li 
beating  up  on  that  shore  in  the  night,  Htattd  I  lioiirM  oil  and  2  on,  iuxl 
when  you  can  come  up  with  the  S.  K.  coiiu'r  of  the  I'loiida  shore,  ami 
nn  E.  N,  E.  wind,  ntand  otV  until  you  have  day-li^ht. 

From  these  observations  il  certaiidy  appearrt  ino»l  advi>ii>aldc  to  incline 
to  the  Cuba  shore,  and  from  the  l^m  of  Matanxa.<«,  if  the  wind  be  favoiir- 
uble  to  make  the  Double-headed  .Shot  keys,  or  if  scant,  to  beat  up  to 
wards  Point  Jacko  ;  there  is  no  danger  iM-icalMint!*,   before  }on  strelcli 
across  to  Double-headed  Shot,  imd  from  tlicnco  ^^liape  your  course. 

A  corroboration  of  these  factit  will  appear  inanifesl  when  there  are  an 
average  of  eight  vessels  lo^t  annually  on  (he  I'lorida  tthore,  and  the  cup 
taina  have  reckoned  themselves  on  the  Hahama^l(le,  and  only  three,  lot 
several  years,  lost  on  the  latter.  I  would  ali^o  rccomtnend,  when  passing 
through  the  Uulf,  to  have  the  anchor  clear  for  leltiii((  go  at  a  moment'ri 
warning,  should  they  find  theinH«'lvc9  in  Nouniir.);{s,  and  not  perfectly  §n 
tiafied  with  their  reckoning,  to  anchor  immediately,  which  can  only  be 
attended  with  loss  of  the  anchor  and  cable,  uid  i^  no  consideration  when 
the  veaael  may  thereby  be  saved. 

A Aer  getting  as  far  as  12  lcaf>;ues  to  the  westward  of  Double-headed 
Shot  keys,  the  current  hauls  to  the  northward,  and  abreast  of  the  Shots  i' 
^uns  N.  E.  in  the  low  1  j,  and  in  the  high  stage  2j  knots. 

After  leaving  Double-headed  Shot  keys,  make  a  N.  E.  qourse  to  latitude 
84'*  30'  when  you  may  try  to  make  the  islands  and  keys  on  the  Great  ISa 
haroa  bank,  for  a  fresh  departure  ;  from  the  sight  of  which  steer  N.  by 
W.  to  latitude  27"  6(/,  then  N.  by  E.  to  J9»,  when  you  will  be  cltar  of 
every  thing.     But  in  doubling  the  Tortugiis  with  the  wind  easterly,  beat 
along  the  Florida  shore,  standing  no  nigher  in  than  to  raise  the  land  as  fu: 
OS  Old  Matacumbe.     From  hence  make  a  good  stretch  olT  so  as  lo  fetch 
clear  of  every  thing  on  the  next  tack.     The  east  part  of  the  reef  off  the 
Florida  coast  Ues  in  longitude  CO"  0'  W.     When  in  the  narrows  from 
between  Orange  keys  and  Carysford  reef  to    between    MaranWIa  aiid 
Hillsborough  inlet,  the  currents  run  nearly  north,  in  the  low   2|  knots, 
and  in  the  high  stage  of  the  water  4  knots.  From  about  10  or  12  leagues 
to  the  westward  of  Double-headed  Shot  keys  to  latitude  2i>°,  the  current, 
bends  from  east  to  north,  and  when  in  this  space  you  must  allow  its  na- 
tural bend,  which  is  in  a  parallel  line  with  the  Florida  coast.     Marinillu 
reef  lie*  in  latitude  21°  48',  longitude  79*  10',  and  Canaveral  shoals,  on 
the  coaat  of  Florida,  He  in  latitude  28°  W,  longitude  80°  lO'-^the  lattev 
of  which  is  dangerous,  but  the  former  is  only  a  tide  race. 


Th*'  ( 

«C;i|i»  ;    II 
nil);;  to  I 
mnnncr 
of  the  It 
great  iff 
ry  (lay  it 
in  a  calm 
to   hav  (> 
the  Gulf 
Hhrtuldlx 
From  I 
the  eddy 
and  pilot 
"«*  hinh  a 
taken. 

In  th<> 
when  it  w 
have  sm  )i 
on  the  Cu 
will  hardi 
tack  ship  ; 
as  much  .« 
gaining  off 
but  2  poin 
The  Sa 
headed  S| 
or  4  lengu 
your  only 
key  bank. 
After  be 
tie  Baham: 
do  well  to 
you  arc  no 
no  danger 
K.  W.  par 
stream)  stc 
Point  Y 
bordered  b 
There  is 
ther  the  S 
"  I  once,  ir 
as  far  to  th 
set  of  the  ( 


Sailing  di 


The  best 
between  th( 
ther  to  the 


londit. 


BiiinrK  American  (Joast  Pilot. 


299 


Th«'  (iiilf  Stroiim  artn  in  ilio  mimo  mAnnnr  n*  ii  river,  only  on  n  liirgrr 
sr:il«'  ;  mid  thr  old  <li(unir|  cf  Halnuiia  nnd  Siintaron  channel,  whun  run- 
mn-  l«)  U'l'wiird,  Iiih  n  proporliofmbli'  e.ffovX  upon  lh«  itrram  in  the  1110)0 
mantior  tu  n  Mmull  liviT  pm|ttyinK  into  11  liirgn  one  him  upon  th«  rurrent 
of  (III-  lnr«<  r  liver,  by  dnviiifl;  it  to  the  other  Hide.  The  wind  iiUo  hM  ■ 
i^rt'iil  <fl«Tt  to  drivf  the  n»rri«iit  to  tlir  li>o-ihore.  Thi«  mny  he  ncm  ere- 
ly  day  in  tin'  MitniMippi  ;  on  lh«<  leo-nide  the  current  run*  utrongfr  than 
III  a  calm.and  on  llio  weather-nidr  weaker,  yet  you  wrill  tind  the  le«-itide 
to  hav«'  the  Htrongrnt  rddy,  tlioush  very  narrow  nnd  near  in  nhore,  nnd 
tho  (Jiilf  StrtMiin  act*  in  the  aaiiifl  manner,  for  which  proper  uUowauce» 
should  lio  mado. 

I'ron)  tho  curniit  (Voquontly  varying  in  courae  an  well  oa  rapidity,  and 
tl'.o  cd(l>  nirrent"!  likowi<*«\  varinuH  and  uncertain,  the  ablcfit  navigatora 
anil  pilot*  arc  often  drrrived  after  paAting  the  llavnnna,  and  getting  up 
i<  hi^li  as  tin-  Pan  of  Matan/tm,  from  which  a  departure  is  generally 
taken. 

In  the  winter  yon  are  liihle  to  have  very  heavy  gales  from  about  S. 
whnn  it  will  be  bo  t  to  krep  the  Florida  shore  on  board,  when  you  will 
have  Hm  H)th  water  an  far  tm  ("arysford  reef;  but  should  you  be  caught 
00  the  Cuba  (•lioro  with  one  of  these  gales  l^ovring  debd  on  shore,  yoa 
will  hardly  ho  able  to  clear  the  land  on  your  larboard  tack,  when  if  you 
tack  ship  an<l  t  iko  the  rurrent  two  points  on  your  lee  bow,  and  can  carry 
as  much  nail  an  to  je;o  through  the  water  H  knots,  you  may  make  sure  of 
gaining  oil  the  land,  although  you  make  '2\  01  3  points  lee-way,  and  lie 
ixit  2  points  oil'  the  land. 

The  Salt  key  bank  nnd  coast  of  Cuba,  from  Point  Ycacos  to  Double- 
hcadcil  Shnts  makes  a  deep  bay,  and  the  Cuba  shore  is  very  foul  for  3 
or  4  leagues  off  the  land  ;  in  case  you  are  caught  here  in  a  heavy  norther 
yoin*  only  chance  is  to  run  up  the  old  channel  of  Bahama,  or  on  to  Salt 
key  bank. 

After  being  sure  of  getting  to  the  northward  of  thcN.  W.  point  of  Lit- 
tle Bahama  bank  reef,  if  you  fear  you  are  far  to  the  westward,  you  will 
do  well  to  haul  more  easterly  to  clear  the  shoals  of  Canaveral  ;  but  if 
you  arc  not  in  sight  of  the  Florida  shore,  in  latitude  26^  30',  you  can  have 
no  danger  from  Canaveral  shoals  in  steering  N.  by  K. — after  passing  the 
N.  W.  part  of  the  bank,  you  must  (if  you  wish  to  keep  in  the  force  of  the 
stream)  steer  N.  to  latitude  30°. — [See  page  245.1 

Point  Ycacos  is  low,  and  the  whole  coast  of  Cuba  to  the  eastward  is 
bordered  by  reefs  and  keys,  consequently  dangerous. 

There  is  sometimes  a  strong  current,  or  set,  from  the  Tortugas,  or  ra- 
ther the  S.  W.  point  of  soundings,  which  sets  right  over  to  the  Colorados. 
"  I  once,  in  1812,  found  a  set  S.  S.  W.  of  near  2^  knots,  but  when  once 
as  far  to  the  eastward  as  the  Tortugas,  you  will  be  sure  of  the  regular 
set  of  the  Gulf." 


Sailing  directions  for  the  Coast  of  St.  Domingo  and  Passages 

near  that  Island. 

The  best  direction  to  make  the  island  of  St.  Domingo  is  to  rtin  down 
between  the  latitudes  of  19**  aC  and  19*>  50^  taking  care  never  to  go  far 
ther  to  the  northward.     It»  this  track  you  will  make  the  land,  either  by 


:too 


Bluitt*M  American  C*oaH(  Pilot. 


10  Kdil. 


Cap«  Ciibron  or  n«»»r  Old  Ciipe  l-'raiicow,  nittl  will  k«'i«|»  cW-ar  of  th«  hilvor 
k«y.  M«  w«lt  «■  out  of  th«  currrnta  of  Sainttnu  Iniy. 

i;iH»«  HniMim  I*  of  n  miilillirifl;  hr\f^h^,  nixl  «1«'«  |»  ut  il«  «^xtri»mily  ;  yoii 
••e  it  lit  thomnic  tirni*  you  ni.iki*  ('a\h'  Cnhron,  Irutii  whi«  li  it  i^  Uist.iut 
nearly  U  Irngiicii,  H.  K.  nnd  H"  Ir.mi  th«  trui*  N, 

Cape  Cnbroii  in  limhrr  uiiil  »>t««  per  th;iii  Snnnmi  ;  the  roi„t  ii  fiirvn, 
tod  fovrrrd  with  liirn«»  troi'«.  Ik'ui  (  1411!  Cnlnoii  In  0|.!  ('n|)«  Kriiiicoi^, 
the  coiMit  foriiu  udi'cp  bight,  lallnl  St  »t'»  buy,  ro\»iT«l  liy  11  riM-f,  cl«M» 
to  which  thf  ra  i*  n  grmt  di'|ilh  of  wntrr.  'I  In;  uhon-  i»»  low,  :iml  imt  him'ii 
lit  any  trcut  difttiimo. — You  niii«t  iivoid  ({ttiitiu;  into  thi*  l>iiy,  mimI  nivrv 
direct  for  the  Old  cu|»i',  which  boum  U.N.  W.  J  W,  iiiid  u  di.tmil  i:>J 
leagues. 

The  point  of  tlic  Old  rnpc  in  low,  him)  «tri«t«lit'i  out  in  the  form  of  the 
Mout  01  n  |iori)oi«(!  ;  ut  />  or  i{  Iimikiu-.i  «ii^tiiii<'(<  to  tlir  N.  N.  W.  <*f  ('iipv 
CabroD,  in  u  clenrdiiy,  thr  Old  <  ii|ic  is  nwu  iinikiiiK  like  iiii  i*liiiid,  whosi* 
•ndf  griidutilly  ilopc  into  the  Min.  Whun  ymi  hiiv<'  niiidr  Ciipc  Ciihron, 
being  4  or  6  Iciigucn  to  the  cnntward  «»rif,  you  must  nuil  20  liMigiH'n  N.  W. 
I  W.  and  will  imfm  f>  loiigu«M  to  tli*<  tiorlliwaid  of  the  Old  rnpc  ;  then  you 
•teer  W.  by  N.  wlu'n  having  run  I'j  UMiji;tn<t,  you  «•;•!  I'oint  ('iiHrouj;t» 
•bout  .')  IcHsuea  diiitiince  from  you  ;  rontinuf   mi  for  5  leii;i;ii(N,   whoii 

5>oint  laubclln  will  hear  .S*VV.  }  W.  (hNt;int  4  lciij;ucs  ;  hiivuig  n'»'  •''"'• 
iir,  you  hiivn  nothing  to  ft'tir,  und  if  it  \\iiii  nccc«Hiiry  you  tniglit  ki'cp 
withtn  half  a  li<ugu<>  of  the  Hhorr,  tht;  roimt  hcinK  v<>ry  <-|«>ur. 

Being  about  4  IcnguoH  ofl'  to  Ihu  tiorlliwiinl  of  Old  i':\\)v.  Friuicoif<,  tlio 
Old  cape  point  appcnm  like  n  poi-poiflc  Hnout  projecting  to  the  cuMtwnrd, 
and  three  leagues  farther  went  is  u  point  named  Capo  la  Herhu,  forminy; 
the  eaatern  part  of  BaUam  bay,  very  much  reNrinblin;^  it,  and  runninjj;  to 
the  westward.  The  coast  between  them  Uch  W.  i"  N.  and  K.  5^  S.  It 
IS  low,  rother  steep  to  the  sea  side,  and  covered  with  trees  remarkably 
green. 

Towards  the  point  of  the  Old  cape,  a  meuntain  in  perceived  inland, 
which  in  clear  weather  can  be  seen  15  leagucn  off,  and  in  a  good  mark  to 
point  out  the  Old  capo. 

From  Cape  la  Kochc  tlic  land  bends  ia  for  about  2  leagues,  and  forms 
H  bay  pretty  deep  and  covered  by  reels.  The  coast  then  runs  along  to 
the  W.  and  rising  in  the  height  to  the  northward,  comes  to  I'oint  Mas- 
coury,  which  bears  W.  |  N.  from  Cane  la  Kochc.  This  point  is  high, 
and  its  shore  bold  ;  it  serves  as  n  murk  for  the  small  harbour  of  St.  Jngo, 
which  is  3  leagues  distant  from  I'ort  Plate. 

Port  Plate  lies  17  leagues  from  the  point  of  the  Old  cape,  and  bear^ 
from  it  VV.  by  N.  It  is  known  by  a  mountain  at  some  distance  inland, 
which  appears  insulated  like  the  (i range,  though  not  in  so  precise  a 
manner.  The  anchorage  is  good,  and  the  entrance  nearly  covered  with 
mangrove  islots,  which  you  range  along,  leaving  them  on  the  larboard 
band ;  when  you  are  within  these  islots,  you  anchor  in  from  17  to  20  fa- 
thoms good  bottom. 

In  approaching  the  coast,  you  perceive  to  the  westward  a  huge  cape, 
very  high  and  steep  ;  this  is  Point  Casrougc,  which  is  easily  known  by 
its  si^. 

The  coart  in  the  bight  from  Port  Plate  to  Point  Casrouge  is  bordered 
with  reefs  very  close  to  the  shore,  and  does  not  admit  of  any  anchorage. 

The  Old  cape  and  the  large  point  of  Casrougc  bear  from  each  other 
W.  18»  N.  and  £.  18°  S.  20  leagues.  Being  about  3  leagues  north  of 
OJEUUrbUge  yon  tiee  a  low  point  projecting  out  ^  the  westward,  which  is 


loKUit. 


Blui»rH  AiiirricanC.'onMl  Pilot. 


:M)I 


\c  cape, 
[own  by 

)rderc(l 
)rage. 

other 
korth  of 
[hich  is 


r«iniirknltl«'  by  \\%  Unwug^  tlii<  iipp«-:iriii)«'«  nrhriiiK  •l<*tii«  lied  from  tin*  rouai 
like  III!  i«liiii<l  ;   It   l«  |M>iii(  |a.ikH<llM,   tii<>  iiurthcMiiiiitwl  of  llic  inliinn  of  S| 
Uuiiiitigo,  mill  l>t>4ra  Willi  llic  liU{(o  C'lisruuftc  W.  7"  N.  uuil  lu^7"  ^-  *ii'i  *' 
ili«tuiil  i'ruiii  It  :•  li'Uijvir*.  '^ 

Itrtumi  tlif^r  (wo  poiiitM  i«  ii  iU>i*p  ImkIiI  rutlcd  Port  ritviiill*'  ,  then 
roiiit!*  puiiu  luithrllii,  wliM  li  I'ni-iiin  ii  lM;;lit  to  llii>  fimtwiint,  win  ri>  ih  iin* 
chorugit  i'uf  vi'AKcU  tinmiiiu;  l-i  or  i:i  t'i'i't  water,  iiiul  >tlii<ltrr<'<l  liy  (h« 
r<*i  r<4  ;  the  mlruiirt' i<«  imimI^  known  whi-n  yon  have  run  to  it  .ilonif  (hi; 
icrf«». 

On  the  w<>Kt  *iile  ui' p'lint  loahtlLi  i«  u  protty  cxlrnoivf  ani  Iroi'.igf,  and 
niorr  raMy  to  ^uiii  than  that  ol'tlii'  iMut,  hut  th«'  Ki'onntI  in  many  |)l.trni  i« 
toul  ;  tlit'rt!  \<*  from  i  (o  7  t'alliniiiH  wator. 

From  point  hahotl.t  t(>  th«>  <irantt;e  nhoal  in  K)  h'ii|{neii  ;  they  hi>ar  tVnm 
i^urh  olhor  VV.  Itlf  S.  uihI  K.  10^  N.     Oct,  10,  IHU.J,  a  xhip  I'loiiniUMJ  on 


thi<«  Mhoal,  ami  while  Ihort*  look  the  followini;  hi'.tiiiii;''.  vi/..  (iriiiiu;i'  poiii' 
K.  \  S.      The  «a«t»'iomo»t  Brotlirr  S.  Iiv  W.  J  W.      Haiit-i'.tvCap  S.  W 
bvW. 


hy  W.  i  W. 
by  \V.  I  W.  The  h'a*t  water  on  it  |(i  ItTl.  It  cKti'mlrt  iVoin  fant  ami 
went 'J6i)  fathomH,  ami  I'loiu  north  to  Moiith  t  In  iithouiN.  All  aiouixl  it 
very  clone  you  will  hav»'  I  J  to  17  fathoni"*.  'I'lu'  hank  it't'^W*  InH  very 
clrnr  rtoiimlinKn  in  from  (>  to  '.' ^  lathomH,  nantly  hottoni  ;  round  thu  hanU 
lh«'  «ioiindinu;a  ar«>  t'uul  and  irrr|{iil:ir. 

Mt'ins:  within  I  Icagiicfi  N.  K.  I  K.  of  point  Inahrlh,  irynii  would  pn^- 
without  thu  ithool  which  lit>H  oHT  thi>  (i  range  (railed  I  laiil  fond  dr  la  <  i  range 
you  muit  ituer  n  few  dcgreeK  to  the  northward  of  went  1'2  U'agiioi,  iind 
then  tluN  Mhoal  will  hear  about  Komh,  dintant  2  h':i};nc<i.  Itiit  should  yon 
chooMo  to  go  in  the  mid  chnunel,  between  it  and  the  (irauKe,  you  muai 
itecr  W.  by  S.  ^  H.  and  after  you  have  run  12  Icagucn  it  will  remnin  U- 
the  northward  ol'you  about  a  longiie. 

The  coiMt  between  is  bordered  with  reefn,  among  which  tlie  entranccr 
arc  narrow  nnd  dangeron-. 

VVi'Ht  of  point  Iiubella  m  Point  la  Roche,  or  rocky  noint,  to  the  wchI 
ward  of  wlii.  h  is  an  niichornge  for  large  vcmoN,  which  being  very  bin 
vught  only  lo  be  UAod  in  cnHc  of  ncceHiiity. 

i'o  gain  this  anchorage  you  muMt  haul  very  rlo»c  to  Point  la  RocIk  . 
and  anchor  an  *oou  ns  you  are  in  TJ  fathomn,  white  bottom. 

This  anchorage  which  i»  sheltered  by  the  reefs  that  ate  N.  N.  V.  ot 
Point  In  Roche,  lied  3  Icnguea  from  point  iHnhellu. 

The  Grange  point  in  known  hy  the  mountain  of  that  nnme,  nnd  is  fioet! 
at  a  great  distance,  before  you  perceive  the  scacoast.  'riii;*  mountain 
which  is  insulated,  and  standi)  upon  u  low  peninsula,  hnx  very  much  the 
appenruncc  of  the  roof  of  a  barn,  from  which  it  takes  its  name.  Orange. 
The  N.  VV.  part  of  it  is  bold,  and  you  may  approach  it  within  a  quaiter  of 
u  league,  or  even    I'ss.- 

The  white  groun'i  has  generally  scattered  rocks,  so  that  it  cannot  be 
ascertained  whether  there  may  not  be  some  spots  on  it  even  with  lei>s  than 
26  feet.  When  you  an  on  this  shoal,  the  Grange  bears  true  S.  20"  W.  yon 
will  (hen  have  the  islots  of  Monte  Christe  open  of  each  other,  the  weii- 
tcrnmost  of  them  bearing  true  S.  SO*  W. 

There  is  un  anchorage  under  the  Grange  ;  to  take  it  you  must  range 
along  the  islot  of  Monte  Christe,  and  let  go  your  anchor  as  soon  as  you 
have  G  fathoms,  but  under  the  south  side  ofthe  westernmost  islot  you  may 


anchor  farther  in  4  fathoms, 
above  Cape  Henry. 


From  the  Graoge  you  see  the  mouotainft 


302 


Blunt's  Aiiierican  Coast  Pilot. 


loKdil. 


10  Fa 


To  avoid  the  shoals  off  the  Sandy  islot,  whirh  is  one  of  the  Scvon  bro- 
thers, when  you  are  two  lengiies  to  tl)e  northward  of  the  Grange,  steer 
W.  or  VV.  by  .S.'3  or  4  leiti^ncs  ;  then  you  may  liaul  iij)  half  a  point  more 
fo  the  southward,  till  you  nee  IMorne  (huniniotk)  ['irojot,  towards  which 
yoti  must  sail  as  soon  as  yf)u  can  perceive  it.  The  Grange  and  the  Hum- 
mock lie  from  each  other  E.  I.^"  N.  and  VV.  ]!)<->  S. 

To  the  westwardof  the  Grange  are  the  S«ve)i  brothers,  which  are  low 
islots,  and  most  of  them  covered  with  ni.nit;roves.  There  is  a  channel 
between  them  and  the  coat^t  of  St.  Domingo,  which  vessels  sometimes  use 
Soing  to  Manchineel  bay,  but  it  is  very  shoal  and  jiarrow  ;  there  are  also 
i^hannels  between  these  islot?,  but  in  white  grounds,  which  are  always 
uneven  and  dangerous. 

Ifyou  go  into  Manchineel  b;iy,  you  must,  at  one  league  to  the  north- 
ward of  the  Grange,  steer  VV.  7"  S.  and  as  soon  as  you  have  doubled  the 
westernmost  islot,  which  has  n  white  shoal  running  ofl"  half  a  league  from 
its  W.  N.  \V.  part,  you  will  see  Point  Icagua,  a  low  point  covered  with 
trees,  and  which  forms  the  entrance  of  Manchineel  bay.  You  run  close 
to  the  shoal  off  the  Sandy  islot,  already  mentioned,  which  has  not  less  than 
()  fathom-:  water  near  its  edge  ;  then  you  must  haul  up,  and  run  about  half 
a  league  from  the  islot  for  Icagua  point,  so  as  to  pass  pretty  close  to  it> 
when  you  come  to  anchor,  as  far  within  as  you  choose,  from  8  to  10  fa- 
thoms :  the  ground  in  the  bay  being  good  and  clean. 

From  Manchineel  bay  to  Fort  Dauphin  bay,  is  2  leagues  S.  W.  A  W. 
The  coast  is  clear,  and  you  see  the  white  ground  very  plain. 

From  Fort  Dauphin  to  the  Cape  the  coast  is  surrounded  by  reefs,  on 
the  edge  of  which  is  a  great  depth  of  water. 

These  reefs  have  some  passages  to  admit  ships,  through  the  white 
grounds,  to  come  in  and  anchor  before  the  main  land  ;  but  there  are  so 
many  rocks  and  shoals  that  it  is  almost  impossible  to  enter  without  a  pilot 
well  acquainted. 

Caracol  passage  is  the  least  diflicult ;  the  channel  is  wide,  and  the  losing 
the  white  ground  showrf  it  plaii  enough  ;  but  no  vessels  drawing  more 
than  14  feet  water  ought  to  attempt  it.  If  you  go  in  you  must  anchor  as 
soon  as  you  are  within  the  reef,  as  the  water  shoals  very  quick  in  shore. 
There  is  a  lime-kiln  that  serves  as  a  mark. 

The  town  of  Hayti,  (Cape  Henry,)  is  under  Picolet  Mount  j  there  ^  no 
danger  running  in  for  I'icoiet  point,  ifyou  keep  it  bearing  from  S,  S.  VV. 
to  S.  S.  E.  The  appearance  of  the  land  in  approaching  Cape  Henry  is 
mountainous  in  the  extreme,  as  you  may  suppose,  from  its  being  seen  (on 
a  clear  day,)  at  least  seventy  miles  off.  Should  you  not  hjave  time  to  wait 
for  a  pilot,  you  must  range  along  Picolet  point,  ha\  .ng  it  about  S.  or  S.  S. 
W.  at  the  distance  of  a  short  musket  shot ;  you  will  then  perceive  a  white 
flag  placer';  on  the  north  part  of  a  reef,  and  must  Steer  S.  E.  or  S.  E.  |  E. 
90  us  to  leave  the  white  flag  on  j^our  larboard  hand  ;  taking  care  to  have 
sufficient  quantity  of  sail  out,  as  you  will  be  forced  to  haul  up  to  weather 
:»  red  flag  ;vhich  is  left  on  the  starboard  hand,  about  half  a  cable  distant ; 
when  you  m.^y  push  on  for  the  middle  of  the  town,  and  anchor  where  you 
please. 

Vessels  bound  into  the  Cape  and  wishing  to  get  a  pilot  must  stand 
close  into  the  foTrt.  Christophe  never  suffers  a  jpilot  to  go  on  board  a  ves- 
sel until  she  is  under  the  guns  of  the  fort  on  Picolet  point. 

From  Picolet  point  to  Honorat  point,  which  forms  the  entrance  of 
Hayti,  1|  leagues  to  the  westward,  thc)  2  is  no  place  of  shelter.  A  small 
reef  runs  from  this  latter  point  to  the  west  100  fathoms  out,  close  to  which 


are  3  fn 

run  tw 

the  furl 

iihoro  ii 

This 

the  nor 

the  broi 

vent  yo 

superio 

Til  or 

Acul,  w 

sive,  an 

islot,  w 

part  of 

which  tl 

Kat  is 

is  10  mi 

In  len 

ward,  to 

fathoms. 

in  for  K{i 

within  a 

Three  M 

large  tuf( 

the  Thro 

with  th« 

to  the  sti 

then  in  th 

in  width  : 

tind  less 

avoid. 

Having 

you  have 

by  S. true 

IG  fathom 

You  cor 

Rat  island 

when  you 

are  within 

The  mi( 

islot,  but  ii 

to  the  reef 

To  entei 

E. true  nor 

Marys,  whi 

of  the  lead 

fathoms.     1 

S.  E.  to  pas 

ought  to  be 

cast  end  of 

Having  run 

for  Three  fl 

Ifyou  wa 

doubled  the 


lOKUit. 


Blunt'  5  American  CoUht  Pilot. 


30a 


are  3  fathoms  ;  you  raii;.',e  along  this  point,  then  steer  S.  S.  E.  till  you  have 
run  two  cables'  length,  ami  then  ar»rhor  in  N  or  lU  fathoms,  oozy  aand ; 
the  lurt  is  ho:iiin;j;  I'.  S.  J'.,  true  north,  and  you  wilt  be  distant  from  the 
yliore  a  cable  and  a  ludl. 

Thiii  harbour  is  very  small,  havinj;  not  more  than  100  fathoms  from 
the  north  to  the.  south  point  ;  the  bottom  i!<  i^ood,  and  you  aro  free  from 
the  bree/os  ;  besides  it  is  a  convenient  place,  should  a  j^ale  of  wind  pre- 
vent your  jjel  I  inj,^  into  Hay  ti  ;  and  u  good  shelter  for  trigates,  should  a 
<tUperior  force  make  it  uece^sary. 

There  arc  reeta  off  the  south  point  that  extend  as  far  as  the  Bay  of 
Acul,  without  leaving  any  practicable  passage.  This  bay  is  very  exten- 
sive, and  covered  on  the  N.  and  N.  N.  E.  parts  by  Rat  island,  a  sandy 
islot,  which  terminates  the  reefs  extending  from  IJayti.  Tlie  N.  N.  VV. 
j)art  of  the  bay  is  sheltered  by  breakers,  and  several  --ihouls,  through 
which  there  arc  channels,  but  dillioult  and  very  narrow. 

Rat  island  lies  b  miles  VV.  from  IJayti,  so  that  the  entrance  of  Acul  bay 
ia  10  miles  from  Alorne  Picolet. 

In  leaving  Hayti  to  go  to  the  Bay  of  Acul,  you  nuist  g  t  to  the  north- 
ward, to  double  a  white  shoal,  on  which  there  are  in  some  places  but  1 
fathoms.  Coming  from  the  northward,  or  the  eastward,  you  must  stand 
in  for  Rat  ishmd,  or  Sandy  islot,  steering  about  S.  S.  W.  When  you  get 
within  a  league  of  the  Sandy  islot,  you  will  plainly  see  the  point  of  the 
Three  Marys,  o"^  I  son  after,  in  the  inside  oi  the  bay,  a  low  point  with  a 
large  tuft  of  tree  ;  ..  it,  caiii^d  Point  Abely.  You  must  keep  the  islot  of 
the  Three  Aiarys,  hich  are  near  the  large  point  of  that  name,  in  one 
with  th«  tuft  of  trees.  Standing  in  10  fathoms  ooze,  and  steering  a  little 
to  the  starboard  or  larboard  as  the  water  shoals  on  either  side,  you  are 
then  in  the  middle  of  the  channel,  which  is  not  more  than  a  cable's  length 
in  width  :  you  have  on  each  side  of  it  a  white  shoal,  where  you  will  not 
find  less  than  four  fuhoms,  except  you  run  too  far  on  which  you  must 
avoid. 

Having  run  two  cables'  length  in  this  channel,  it  widens  ;  and  when 
you  have  brought  the  Sandy  islot,  which  i.5  left  on  the  larboard  hand,  E. 
by  S.  true  north,  you  may  range  along  the  western  reef,  close  to  which  is 
10  fathoms. 

You  continue  to  run  on  for  the  point  of  the  Three  Marys  till  you  bring 
Rat  island,  which  you  have  left  on  the  starboard  hand,  to  bear  N.  W. 
when  you  may  anchor  in  14  or  18  fathoms  water;  all  the  shoals  which 
are  within  show  themselves  very  plain. 

The  middle  channel  appears  to  he  narrower  than  that  of  the  sandy 
islot,  but  in  reality  it  is  not  ;  since  you  have  10  or  12  fathoms  water  close 
to  the  reefs,  which  all  show  themselves  very  plain. 

To  enter  by  this  channel  you  must  bring  Rat  island  to  bear  S.  or  S.  by 
E.  true  north  ;  as  you  approach  it  you  will  see  the  point  of  the  Three 
Marys,  which  you  must  open  to  the  westward  of  Rat  island  ;  making  use 
of  the  lead  all  the  while,  and  never  coming  on  a  lesser  depth  than  nine 
fathoms.  When  you  are  a  quarter  of  a  league  from  Rat  island,  steer 
S.  E.  to  pass,  at  a  cable's  length,  two  reefs  on  your  larboard  side,  which 
ought  to  be  ranged  as  close  as  possible,  to  avoid  that  which  lies  off  the 
cast  end  of  Rat  island,  and  which  you  must  leave  oo  the  starboard  hand. 
Having  run  S.  E.  two  cables'  length,  you  are  within,  when  you  may  steer  , 
for  Three  Marys  point. 

If  you  want  tto  get  out  by  this  paasrge,  you  must  as  soon  as  you  have 
doubled  the  rieff  of  Rat  island,  and  ^ro.  in  the  channel,  atqer  between 


iOi 


Blunf  8  America»i  Coubt  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


Point  Limbo  and  Ihe  island  of  Tortugas,  till  yoii  have  brought  U»t  island 
open  its  own  length  to  the  E.  of  the  Three  Marj^'s  ;  then  steer  N.  W.  and 
you  will  not  have  less  than  0  fathoms,  and  often  16  or  IG.  This  pasnaj^e 
is  shorter  and  better  than  the  first  ;  besides,  if  you  should  be  taken  aback, 
you  may  anchor  immediately,  the  gronnd  being  hard  mud  and  good  hold, 
and  the  water  very  smooth. 

The  third  passage,  or  Limbe  passage,  is  the  best  of  all,  being  so  broad 
that  ships  may  turn  up  it  ;  it  lies  between  the  main  land  of  St.  Domingo 
and  the  breakers  to  the  W.  of  Hat  island,  which  extends  to  within  half  a 
league  of  Point  Icagna.  To  enter  by  this  passage,  you  run  for  the  island 
of  Limbe  till  you  bring  Icagun  point  to  bear  S. ;  it  is  known  by  the  steep 
rocks  which  form  it,  and  is  the  only  high  point  scon  from  the  Limbe. 
.Steering  south,  true  north,  in  coming  from  the  eastward,  you  see  a  shoal, 
which  is  called  Coqueciveill,  at  the  foot  of  which  is  .5  fithoms  ;  steer 
S.  E.  in  the  mid-channel,  between  it  and  Point  Icagua,  and  you  will  have 
j'rom  li>  to  16  fathortis  water  ;  should  you  want  to  stop  to  the  westward 
of  the  I'hree  Mary's,  you  steer  for  the  Morne  Rouge,  or  Ked  hummock, 
and  may  anchor  in  from  12  to  13  fathoms. 

If  you  are  turning  through  this  passage,  be  not  afraid  of  coming  near 
the  rocks  on  tile  shoal  side  ;  you  may  go  within  a  cable's  length  of  any 
thing  you  see,  the  water  being  very  deep.  Oft"  the  low  point  of  the 
Great  Boucan  are  some  breakers,  which  always  shpw,  and  have  8  or  lo 
fathoms  close  to  them,  when  you  get  that  point  to  bear  S.  S.  VV.  by 
compass,  you  are  within,  and  may  anchor  any  where.  If  you  should 
wish  to  go  farther  up  the  bay,  after  you  are  past  the  Three  Mary's  you 
steer  for  the  Morne  Rouge,  and  range  it  within  half  ;  cable's  lenj^lh,  as  a 
shoal  is  lying  between  it  and  Point  Abely,  which  is  opposite  to  it.  As 
soon  as  you  have  passed  Morne  Rouge  you  will  see  Lombard  bay,  in 
which  you  may  anchor  as  near  the  shore  as  you  please  in  7  fathoms,  ooze. 
In  following  this  track  you  will  find  all  over  the  bay  from  10  to  15  fathonii 
oozy  ground.  There  is  a  shoal  half  a  mile  S.  S.  VV.  oithe  Three  Mary's 
rocks,  so  small  as  to  render  it  difficult  to  be  found  ;  but  is  easily  avoided 
if  you  are  on  that  sido  of  the  bay,  by  standing  over  towitrds  Abely  into 
the  middle  of  the  roadstead,  and  tlien  steer  for  Morne  Rouge. 

This  bay  is  an  excellent  shelter  in  time  of  war  for  frigates,  and  even 
for  line  of  battle  ships.  The  water  is  good,  and  very  clear  near  the  Lime 
kiln,  on  the  N.  side  of  the  Morne  Rouge  ;  the  watering  is  now  very  diffi- 
cult, but  it  might,  without  much  trouble,  be  made  very  convenient.  You 
must  not  go  higher  up  the  bay  than  Lombard  point,  which  is  to  the  south- 
ward of  Morne  Kougc,  as  there  are  several  dangerous  shoals  very  steep 
too. 

From  the  bay  of  Acul  the  coast  runs  W.  N.  W.  to  the  isla  .d  of  Limbe; 
then  a  little  farther  to  the  island  Margot,  which  is  of  a  round  form,  and 
points  out  Anse  Chouchoux  bay,  J  miles  to  the  westward  of  it  4  leagues 
from  Morne  au  Diable,  or  the  D.evil's  hummock,  at  the  entrance  of  Fort 
Francois,  and  6  leagues  W.  8  N.  true  north,  of  Picolet.  The  bottom  is 
good  all  over,  and  from  6  to  7  fathoms.  To  enter  it  you  must  press  very 
close  to  the  E.  point,  where  you  have  0  fathoms  close  to  the  shore.  As 
soon  as  you  are  within,  you  drop  your  anchor,  for  you  are  almost  taken 
aback  by  the  return  of  the  wind,  and  by  the  calm  which  prevails  in  this 
bay,  however  strong  the  sea  breeze  may  be  without.  A  frigate  might 
anchor  in  6  fathoms  water  to  the  westward  of  two  small  houses,  which 
•you  will  see  in  doubling  the  E.  point ;  you  may,  indepeniient  of  Margot 


h:d\i. 


10  Edit. 


Bliint's  American  Toast  PiKit. 


305 


NV.  and 

1  aback, 
>d  hold. 

0  V'roiul 
)otninp;o 
n  hair  ii 
u>  island 
lie  steeit 
;  Limbe. 
!  a  shoal, 
s  ;  slc'or 
will  hav( 
vcslwanl 
luumock, 

ning  near 
h  of  any 
nt  of  the 
e  8  or  II) 
S.  VV.  bv 
ju  should 
lary's  yoii 
jniilh,  as  a 
to  it.     As 
•d  bay,  in 
>m9,  ooze. 
1 5  fathoms 
■ee  M-xiy's 
ly  avoided 
bely  into 

and  even 

the  Lime 

Ivery  diffi- 

lent.    You 

Ithe  south- 

^ery  steep 

lof  Limbe ; 

Iform,  and 
4  leagues 
ce  of  Fort 
;  bottom  is 
>ress  very 
Ihore.     As 
jiosl  taken 
tils  in  this 
rate  might 
les,  'vhich 
lof  Margot 


round  islot,  know  Chouchoux  bay  at  a  distance,  by  a  large  while  streak 
whichTuns  down  a  hill  half  a  mile  VV.  of  the  entrance. 

West  of  Chouchoux  bay  in  a  very  small  bay  called  Salt  river,  but  it  can 
only  be  used  by  small  craft. 

From  Chouchoux  bay  the  coast  runs  W.  28^  N.  one  league,  when  you 
rome  to  another  bay  called  the  bottom  of  the  Grange,  which  i8  to  the 
eastward  of  Point  Palmist  and  known  by  a  chain  of  rocks  that  extend  near 
a  league,  almost  to  the  huge  point  of  Icagua.  This  bay  is  small,  and  the 
ground  very  good,  with  G  fathoms  near  the  shore,  but  it  is  not  so  well 
sheltered  as  Chouchoux.  To  enter,  you  keep  the  E.  point  on  boarj, 
and  anchor  in  7  fathoms,  in  the  middle  of  the  bay,  oozy  sand. 

At  a  short  league  from  the  bay  is  Icagua  point,  which  is  round  and 
formed  by  several  other  joints.  You  must  not  come  neai*  the  land  to 
the  eastward  of  this  point,  on  account  of  the  rocks  already  mentioned  ; 
some  of  which  are  entirely  under  water,  and  run  out  into  the  sea  half  a 
league. 

From  Point  Palmist  the  coast  runs  W.  i  N.  to  the  Carenage  point  of 
Port  Paix,  which  is  the  northernmost  headland  of  this  part  of  the  coast. 
It  is  distant  froiri  Palmist  4  leagues,  and  is  oAen,  at  a  distance,  taken  for 
tt ;  the  coast  between  the  two  points  is  very  clear  and  safe. 

The  channel  of  Tortudas  island  begins  at  Point  Palmist,  and  terminates 
N.  and  &.  nearly  abreast  of  Moustique  bay,  being  narrowest  at  the  Ca- 
renage point.  It  is  very  safe,  and  ships  may  turn  up  within.  And  in 
general,  it  is  a  great  advantage  when  the  current  runs  up,  to  pass  through 
this  channel  when  you  intend  to  go  to  the  windward  of  the  island.  The 
island  is  of  a  moderate  height,  six  leagues  long,  and  one  broad  ;  all 
the  north  side  is  iron  bound  and  steep  too.  South  of  the  west  point  is 
a  sandy  bay,  where  there  is  good  anchorage  ;  the  south  side  is  almost 
every  where  bordered  with  shoals  surrounded  by  reefs. 

There  is  an  anchorage  opposite  to  some  huts  in  the  middle  of  the  island, 
called  La  Valee.  The  only  good  anchorage,  which  must  be  for  ships 
drawing  from  14  to  16  feet  water,  is  that  of  Basse  Terro,  within  the  reef 
li  leagues  from  the  east  point ;  the  passage  is  narrow,  but  easy  to  fetch. 
You  must  keep  the  M-eather  reefs  on  board,  leaving  them  on  the  starboard 
hand  ;  and  steer  N.  N.  W.  and  N.  to  double  the  reefs  yon  leave  on  the 
larboard  hand  ;  do  not  be  afraid  of  coming  near  the  land,  and  anchor  in 
good  ground  as  soon  as  you  have  brought  the  lee  reef  to  bear  S.  W. 
Large  ships  may  come  to  an  anchor  outside  the  reef  upon  white  ground, 
a  mile  to  leeward  of  Basse  Terre. 

To  the  eastward  of  Basse  Terre,  towards  Portugal  point,  there  are  se- 
veral bays  or  coves,  in  which  boats  or  schooners  may  anchor,  but  nothing 
of  a  larger  size. 

The  channel  between  this  island  and  St.  Domingo  is  at  the  E.  end,  2^ 
leagues  broad.  Opposite  Carenage  point  it  is  but  2  leagues,  and  a  little 
farther  it  widens  to  2"  or  3  leagues.  Ships  turning  up  should  stand  as 
close  as  possible  to  both  shores,  as  the  wind  and  current  always  favour 
them  most  in  shore.  You  may  stand  safely  within  a  mile,  all  the  dangers 
being  visible.  As  there  are  several  bays  on  each  side,  the  setting  of  the 
current  is  neither  uniform  nor  in  the  same  direction  ;  you  will  sometim^ 
see  it  run  different  wayS;  and  sometimes  in  the  middle  of  the  channel  it 
will  run  contrary  to  the  current  in  shore.  Should  there  be  a  westerly 
current,  which  is  seldom  the  case,  and  never  but  in  the  summer  time,  it 
IS  then  so  strong  that  it  yro\\\A  be  folly  to  attempt  the  passage.     Ships 

39 


// 


^*'Mi. 


30b 


Blunt^s  American  Coast  Pilot. 


JOfCdit. 


iO£dit. 


•hould  then  fct«<nd  6  or  7  leagues  to  the  north«vard  of 'J  oitudu^^,  »nd  tiiey 
will  work  o)»  very  eusily. 

Two  iniict  from  Point  C;.rcnagc  is  the  fort  of  Port  Paix,  <  ff  wh»cK  is  a 
Siioal  of  a  CuO'.e "s  length  with  13  t'athoms  close  to  it.  The  nn-.jonij'e  .< 
port  Pai:.  is  of  great  depth  ;  though  the  bay  is  very  small,  *  .ii  ui.iy  an- 
chor off  the  north  part  of  the  town,  in  12  or  13  fufliums  oazy  sand,  abet 
a  cable  and  a  halPs  length  from  the  sliore. 

From  Port  Paix  the  coast  runs  nearly  in  a  right  line  to  Moustiiiue  bay, 
which  is  1  leagties  to  the  westward  ;  it  is  an  iron-bound  shore  and  very 

safe. 

Mous'iquc  bay,  though  very  small,  may  shelter  a  ship  in  distress  ;  there 
is  a  batte'"y  on  the  east  point,  Avhich  you  leave  on  the  larboard  hand,  a"(i 
us  soon  as  you  have  doubled  it,  let  go  your  anchor  in  12  or  16  fathoms,  a 
cable  and  a  half  from  the  shore.  In  some  parts  of  the  bay  the  ground  is 
uneven  and  rocky  ;  in  other  parts  it  is  very  good.  Be  careful  not  to  let 
go  your  anchor  till  you  have  sounded,  as  at  the  entrance  of  the  bay  there 
is  no  ground  at  40  fathoms  ;  you  must  at  least  bring  the  battery  to  bear 
N.  N.  E.  Off  the  west  point  is  a  shoal,  which  runs  in  the  bay  a  cable's 
length. 

Port-a-L'Ecu  is  1^  leagues  to  the  westward  of  Moustitiue,  and  the  shore 
between  them  is  rocky,  with  deep  water  close  to  it.  The  anchorage  is 
better  here,  but  not  so  easy  for  large  ships  to  come  at  as  at  Moustique 
bay,  on  account  of  a  reef  and  a  shoal,  vvith  only  3  fathoms  water,  which 
runs  ofl'the  east  point  for  two  cables'  length,  and  which  rounds  the  point 
to  the  inside  of  the  bay.  To  come  to  this  anchorage  you  give  il.c;  shoal 
on  the  east  point  a  small  birth  on  the  larboard  hand  ;  then  you  nriibt  haul 
your  wind,  ranging  along  the  eastern  reef,  and  anchor  towards  th(;  middle 
of  the  bay  in  frpm  H  to  JO  fathoms,  oozy  bottom,  the  house  !)earing  S.  S, 
W.  true  north.  You  may  go  in  towards  the  house  in  the  cod  of  the  bay, 
as  near  as  4  fathoms.  The  S.  W.  coast  is  steep  too  and  safe,  and  you  may 
stand  close  into  the  white  ground,  which  js  very  near  the  shore 

From  the  Port-a-L'Ecu  the  coast  runs  W,  5°  N.  L^^  leagues  tc  the  point 
of  Petit  Jean  Rabel ;  and  2  miles  more  to  the  eastward  is  Joan  Itabel 
point,  which  forms  the  anchor;ige  of  Ih-U  name.  It  is  good,  safe,  and  very 
easy  to  fetch,  I  ut  vou  must  not  be  .f. ,,;'  of  going  near  the  eastern  reef 
at  the  foot  of  w  lich  you  have  10  faUiow  .  The  ancliorage  for  large  shipa 
is  two  cables'  lt?gth  from  the  eastej..  Sreakers,  care  being  taken  not  to 
shut  in  the  two  jpojnts  pn  that  side.  Vou  will  anchor  in  15  fathoms.  You 
may  go  further  in  (as  far  ao  8  fathoms)  but  it  is  not  safe,  as  the  water 
ghoa)s  siiddenly,  and  (he  ground  is  not  so  clean  inside.  The  debarcadaire 
(or  landing  place,)  is  a  very  good  one,  even  if  there  should  be  a  swell ;  it 
is  under  the  fort,  which  is  exceedingly  well  placed,  and  makes  H  a  very 
good  retreat  from  an  enemy.  The  ground  holds  well,  and  the  only  winds 
to  fear  here  are  the  N.  or  N.  W. 

If  you  are  to  the  N.  W.  of  Jean  Rabel,  at  a  short  league  distance  from 
the  land,  and  have  half  the  island  of  Tortudas  open  with  the  point,  you 
will  find  60  fathoms  water  oozy  ground,  ^nd  ^  Httle  farther  out  80  fa- 
thoms. 

Froat  Jean  Rabel,  the  coast  forms  a  great  bight  to  the  southward  as  far 
as  the  peninsula,  which  lies  13  miles  W.  S,  W,  of  it.  All  the  shore  be- 
tween is  rocky,  and  dr  js  not  offer  any  shelter.  At  all  times  the  currents 
h*.  rr.  are  very  perceivable  near  the  shore,  and  generally  set  on  it ;  at  two 
kfvsgueB  iu  the  ofling  they  are  less  so,  and  run  to  the  N.  E.  ;  in  approach 


'<••»  njiiJi. 

The  wc 

ofSt.  Nich 

grows  nar 

doubled  th 

adviseahle 

north  side, 

side,  thoug 

der  the  bar 

must  be  pre 

land,  with  s 

In  going  ( 

the  mole,  w 

Cap-a-foux, 

point,  whicl 

Fool's  caj 

shore  is  ste< 

currents  in 

W.  and  W. 

From  Pea 

the  point  of 

silydistinguii 

of  this  part  o 

at  the  bottom 

in  8  or  lo  f; 

From  the 

entrance  of 

and  goes  rou 

rung  to  the  so 

This  point 

S.  and  VV.  18< 

All  this  coa 

'«ge,  even  for 

to  be  used  on 

gules  of  wind  I 

>  iolent :  and  y 

hest  to  stand  o 

the  westward. 

The  bay  of 

lent,  and  the 

league,  or  2  m 

«^ast,  and  let  g 

from  the  entrai 

of  Point  Pierre 

tlie  bay.     Wh( 

fiomthe  debar 

you  have  doubl 

will  see  Fort  C 

near,  as  there  is 

From  Point  Ii 

f'uch  oth  i'r    b 

lection    fthe  c 


,;  .;,r;V,*r,^; 


10£dit. 


BluntV  American  Coast  Pilot. 


.-^07 


inc,  tbr.  |/<inin9uln  they  become  much  stronger,  and  commonly  let  towurdA 

The  west  point  of  this  peni'isula  forn^s  the  north  part  of  the  -atiaice 
of  St.  Nicholas  Mole.  The  Lay  is  I.i^c  and  s^facious  at  its  entrance,  but 
grows  narrow  towards  the  town,  which  you  descry  as  soon  as  you  have 
doubled  the  cape.  You  may  stctnd  very  close  to  both  shores  ;  but  it  in 
adviseable  to  allow  on  the  south  side  more  room  for  wearing  thin  on  the 
north  side,  as  there  is  no  anchoring  ground,  which  you  have  on  the  north 
side,  though  very  near  the  shore.  You  anchor  before  the  town,  and  un- 
der the  barracks,  in  15  or  18  fathoms,  sandy  bottom.  In  going  in  you 
must  be  prepared  against  the  puffs  or  squalls  which  come  down  from  the 
land,  with  such  violence  as  to  endanger  the  masts. 

In  going  out  of  St.  Nicholas  Mole  you  see  to  the  southward  the  point  of 
the  mole,  which  forms  its  entrance;,  and  2  miles  to  ihc  south  of  it  is  Le 
Cap-a-foux,  or  Fool's  cape  ;  it  lies  at  the  western  extremity  of  a  large 
point,  which  rounds  into  th<^  S.  S.  £.  7  miles,  and  as  far  as  Pearl  Point. 

FooPs  cape  is  easily  known  by  a  small  rock  which  lie^  at  its  pitch  ;  the 
shore  is  steep  without  any  shelter,  but  it  is  generally  a  calm  here.  The 
currents  in  shore  set  to  the  northward,  and  2  leagues  in  the  oifing  to  the 
W.  andW.  S.  W. 

From  Pearl  point  the  coast  runs  S.  E.  one  league,  and  then  E.  9.  E.  to 
the  point  of  the  Platform,  which  is  3^  leagues  farther.  This  point  is  ea* 
sily  distinguished  as  well  by  its  flat  form,  as  by  its  being  the  southernmost 
ofthis  part  of  the  island.  The  anchorage  is  before  a  small  sandy  cove, 
at  the  bottom  of  which  some  houses  are  seen.  You  anchor  nearthe  shore 
in  8  or  10  fathoms  weedy  bottom. 

From  the  point  of  the  Platform  to  Point  la  Pierre,  which  is  at  the  west 
entrance  of  the  Gonahives,  the  coast  trenches  in  2  leagues  to  the  north, 
and  goes  rounding  to  Port  a  Pimeno,  Pimento  harbour,  from  whence  it 
runs  to  the  south,  to  join  Point  a  Pierre. 

This  point  is  high  and  steep,  and  be<ir3  with  the  Platform  point  E.  18° 
S.  and  VV.  18°  N.true  north,  distant  10^  leagues. 

All  this  coast  is  safe,  and  may  be  ranged  very  near  ;  there  is  anchor* 
iige,  even  for  large  ships,  at  Hene  bay,  and  at  Port  Piment,  but  it  ought 
to  be  used  only  in  case  of  necessity.  In  the  winter  months  there  are 
gales  of  wind  almost  every  night  coming  from  the  S.  E.  some  of  which  are 
\  iolent :  and  without  you  have  business  ou  this  part  of  the  coast,  it  is 
best  to  stand  off  2  or  3  leagues,  so  that  you  nay,  with  any  wind,  keep  to 
the  westward. 

The  bay  of  Gonahives  is  very  large  and  fine,  the  anchorage  excel- 
lent, and  the  entrance  very  easy.  You  range  along  the  shore  half  a 
league,  or  2  miles  distance,  steering  a  few  degrees  to  the  northward  of 
cast,  and  let  go  your  anchor  in  6  or  10  fathoms,  oozy.  You  will  find 
from  the  entrance  under  Gonahive  point,  which  is  low,  and  one  mile  east 
of  Point  Pierre,  15  and  12  fathoms  ;  the  water  decreases  as  you  get  into 
the  bay.  When  you  are  a  good  half  league  from  the  land,  and  2  miLs 
fiom  the  debarcadaire  (or  landing  place)  you  will  have  6  fathoms.  After 
you  have  doubled  Gonahive  point,  leaving  it  on  your  larboard  hand,  you 
will  see  Fort  Castries  on  a  point  of  land  which  you  must  not  approach  too 
near,  as  there  is  a  key  that  lies  about  a  mile  south  of  the  point. 

From  Point  la  Pierre  to  Cape  St.  Marck  is  8  leagues.  They  bear  from 
oHch  oth;  L'  1*  by  W.  and  N.  by  E.  true  north,  which  is  likewise  the  di^ 
section  '^^f  the  rr.^iSt. 


i'-i'i 


^l^>-^ 


308 


Blunl*b  Ainc'i*i(;anCo.iHt  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


I 


One  lengae  to  the  north  of  St.  Mnrrk  bny,  it  ulow  point,  which  op)tcar!9 
at  n  distance  like  tin  island  ;  it  fornm  u  ciipu  that  runs  out  a  inilo  wostward 
of  the  hearings  above  given,  and  is  called  La  point  dii  morne  au  diablc,  or 
the  Devil's  hummock  poini ;  it  shows  the  mouth  of  the  River  Artiboiiite, 
which  falls  into  the  sea,  3  miles  northward  of  the  point.  There  is  an  nu- 
chornge  the  whole  length  of  the  coast  for  small  vessels  only. 

St.  Marc  is  high,  and  of  a  round  form  ;  you  descry  at  a  great  distance 
ti>e  hillock  which  forms  it,  and  stands  only  one  mile  from  the  seaside. 

The  opening  of  Bay  St.  Marckliesto  the  north  of  the  cape,  extending 
one  league  within  the  land,  and  the  water  in  it  has  a  great  depth.  Shipd 
anchor  in  the  bottom  of  that  bay  under  the  town,  in  15  or  18  tathoms  wa- 
ter ;  sm<nll  vessels  may  come  into  less  water,  but  they  will  be  very  near 
the  shore.  Platform  point  to  the  north,  the  coast  from  the  Gonahivcs  to 
Cape  St.  Marck  to  the  £.  and  the  coast  north  of  Gonave  island  to  the 
south,  form  the  Gulf  of  Gonahives. 

Cape  St.  Marck  is  the  southernmost  point,  and  with  the  N.  E.  point 
of  Gonave  island,  forms  the  entrance  of  St.  Marck's  channel. 

When  you  have  doubled  Fool's  cape,  and  are  2  leagues  west  of  Pearl 
point,  if  you  are  bound  to  St.  Marck  or  to  Port  au  Prince,  you  must  steer 
for  St.  Marck's  channel,  which  will  be  a  S.  E.  course.  After  having  run 
16  leagues  you  will  be  W.  of  Cape  St.  Marck,  when  you  will  steer  for  it. 

But  if  you  are  going  to  Port  au  Prince  you  will  continue  your  course 
S.  £.  true  north  till  you  make  the  Arcadius  ;  or  if  it  shoold  be  night,  af- 
ter having  run  4  or  3  leagues,  steer  S.  S.  E.  ^  E.  to  pass  in  the  mid-chan- 
nel, between  the  Arcadius  and  the  E.  point  of  Gonave  island.  Hav- 
ing run  3  leagues  in  this  track,  steer  S.  E.  |  E.  4|  leagues  to  make  Point 
Lameiilia,  which  is  on  the  8.  sidr.  You  must  range  this  coast  pretty 
near,  without  fear,  to  avoid  the  shoals  of  Sandy  islot,  which  lies  a  small 
league  to  the  northward  of  Point  Lament'^.  If  you  should  pass  this  point 
in  the  nigiit  you  would  do  right,  after  you  have  run  a  mile  or  half  a 
league,  to  anciior  ;  you  will  find  12  or  18  fathoms  water,  the  ground  good, 
and  the  water  always  sn^ooth. 

Sometimes  you  are  forced  to  turn  in  this  channel,  but  you  must  not  go 
so  near  Gonave  ifiland,  as  the  St.  Domingo  side,  which  is  a  safe  shore,  that 
may  be  approached  any  where  within  half  a  league. 
•  The  Arcadius  ;.r'>  not  much  to  be  feared  ;  a  shoal  stretches  out  from 
them  a  mile,  or  half  a  league  at  most,  with  tivc  or  six  fathoms  on  it ;  on 
the  edge  of  the  west  and  S.  VV^.  sides  you  will  have  from  12  to  15  fathoms 
corally  ground ;  in  the  hurricane  months  you  are  almost  sure  to  have 
every  night  violent  storms. 

The  best  method  to  follow,  if  you  are  caught  in  the  gale,  will  be  to  lay 
to  sometiirics  oh  one  tack,  and  then  on  the  other,  as  well  to  avoid  the  force 
of  tba  M  ad,  as  tue  shoals  of  the  little  Gonave.  I/.' you  can  foresee  the 
gale,  It  will  ''c  belter  to  get  an  anchorage  on  the  St.  Domingo  side,  near 
Archahi'  point,  or  oiitheN.  of  Leogane,  to  the  S.  E.  of  the  Little  Gonave, 
as  you  have  soaudiiiji ;  from  the  white  grounds  of  Little  Gonave  as  far  as 
Leogane. 

You  may  pass  likewise  between  the  Arcadius  and  St.  Domingo  ;  the 
channel  is  5  mi'es  wide,  and  in  the  middle  of  it  you  will  never  have  less 
than  iO  fathoms.  The  water  decreases  as  you  go  towardb  the  Arcadius, 
or  'n  the  coast  side.  One  mile  from  the  Arcadius  you  will  have  6  or  B 
fathoms  water,  corally  ground  ;  at  the  same  distance  from  the  St.  Do 
mingo  shore,  the  like  depth,  but  with  a  muddy  bottom. 


b:aii. 


10  Edit 


Blunf  s  American  Coast  Pilot. 


:iOi* 


))icarft 
itward 
t)lc,  or 
)oiiitc, 
mi  nn- 

islancc 
de. 

8hi|M 
ms  wa- 
ry iieav 
lives  to 

to  the 

.   point 

of  Pearl 
ist  steer 
iring  run 
r  for  it. 
r  course 
light,  af- 
id-chan- 
I.     Hav- 
ike  Point 
st  pretty 
I  a  small 
his  point 
ir  half  a 
nd  good, 

^t  not  gt) 
>re,  that 

>ut  from 

it ;  on 

I  fathoms 

to  havr 

^e  to  lay 

lie  force 
-esee  the 
Ide,  near 
iGonave, 
las  far  as 


Igo 


the 


lave  less 

[rcadius, 

[e  6  or  B 

St.  Do 


The  grciitcat  length  of  Gonuvc  island  is  10^  leagues  E.  S.  £.  and  W. 
N.  W.     Its  brcndth,  which  is  very  regular,  is  'I  leagues  from  N.  to  S. 

The  N.  K.  point  is  low  ;  there  is  a  reef  which  nuis  out  to  the  eastward 
Kii  it  half  a  league,  and  then  extends  along  shore  to  the  southward  of  the 
same  distance  from  the  land. 

The  east  point  is)  steep  and  high,  without  any  white  grounds,  but  yoa 
fall  in  soon  after  with  the  white  grounds  of  the  Little  Qonave,  which 
rome  within  a  quarter  of  a  league  of  the  point.  These  do  not  extend 
much  to  the  northward  of  the  east  point  of  the  Little  Gonave,  but  they 
project  a  league  to  the  eastward. 

S.  £.  of  the  Little  Gonave  is  another  white  shoal,  separate  from  the 
other  about  half  a  mile  ;  its  outward  extremity  lies  2  leagues  from  the 
island,  and  there  is  no  danger  ;  for  although  the  bottom  appears  very 
ivhite,  you  will  have  on  it  from  7  to  12  fathoms.  A  large  ship  ought  not 
to  go  within  1  \  league  of  the  Little  Gonave. 

From'the  Little  Gonave  to  the  W.  point  of  the  Great  Gonave,  the  coast 
is  clear  and  safe. 

The  north  side  of  this  ialand  is  also  safe  and  clear,  having  only  one 
white  ground,  which  extends  h.alf  a  league  from  Point  Bahama,  situated 
nearly  in  the  middle  of  the  island. 

Vessels  bound  to  Port  au  Prince,  af\er  getting  up  the  bight  as  Car  n» 
Cape  St.  Marks,  must  have  a  good  look-out  kept  from  the  fore-topsail - 
yard  for  white  water.  The  channel  bstween  the  Arcadius  and  the  reef 
off  the  east  end  of  Gonaves  is  only  5  miles  wide,  and  the  colourei  wat«r 
shows  itself  on  both  those  reefs. 

Your  course  from  the  Arcadius  over  to  the  main  is  S.  E.  by  E.  dittont 
about  1 2  miles  ;  after  running  this  course  and  distance  you  haul  up  £.  S.  £. 
In  running  in  for  the  harbour,  you  leave  several  reefs  on  the  larboard 
hand,  which  are  very  plain  to  be  seen  from  the  mast-head.  Plenty  of 
good  water  to  be  had  here  from  a  rock  that  empties  itself  on  the  S.  W. 
side  of  the  bay. 

Leaving  Port  au  Prince,  and  bound  to  the  Petit  Guave,  you  range 
along  the  south  coast,  at  the  distance  of  1  or  2  miles  ;  all  this  shore  is 
bold  and  safe,  as  far  as  Point  Leogane. 

From  Point  Lamentin  to  Leogane  point  there  is  no  anchorage  ;  but  you 
find  a  good  bottom  fur  anchoring  between  the  latter  point  and  th«  anchor- 
age off  the  town  of  Leogane. 

After  you  have  passed  Leogane,  you  must  steer  for  the  Tapion  or 
Hummock  of  Petit  Guave,  and  come  in  the  bay,  leaving  on  your  lar- 
board hand  a  little  island  that  lies  off  the  coast  north  of  the  town,  and  to 
the  W.  S.  W.  of  which  you  may  anchor. 

Petit  Guave  is  9  leagues  from  Port  au  Prince,  hut  as  you  are  forced  to 
doable  Point  Leogane,  your  run  is  near  12  leagues. 

From  the  Hummuck  of  Petit  Guave  to  the  Hummuck  of  Miragoane,  the 
coast  runs  W.  by  N.  5"  N.  8  miles,  then  W.  by  S.  I|  leag^ie  to  the  Ca- 
reening island  of  Miragoane  bay. 

Two  leagues  and  three  quarters  N.  of  this  islot,  is  the  eastera  extre- 
mity of  the  white  ground  or  shoal,  which  joins  the  reef  called  Roeheleis. 

To  anchor  at  Miragoane,  you  come  within  a  mile  of  the  Careening 
island,  when  you  perceive  a  small  town  at  the  foot  of  a  mountain,  aad 
some  mangrove  islands  to  the  westward.  You  keep  the  mid-chamel 
between  the  first  islot  said  the  shore,  where  the  village  is  situated,  and 
come  to  an  anchor  within  from  8  to  18  fathoms,  sandy  bottom.  This 
anchorage  ought  not  to  be  taken  without  a  pilot :  the  channel  is  not  more 


41-^ 


.       1 


310 


Blunfs  American  Coast  Pilot. 


10  Edit 


I0£di 


tbnn  »  cjible'ii  length  in  width,  and  you  must  anclior  n«  noon  n*  yuii  arc 
within. 

From  iVlira|{oanc  CarooDiiig  ii^lund  tho  const  bcndrt  in,  and  fortiiA  thr 
ha>  of  tlint.  n.ime.  It  ifl  shut  in  on  the  north  l>y  Frij^nte  ishmd,  off  which 
runs  it  white  shoul  hnlf  a  Innguo  to  the  cuHtward,  and  nearly  N.  to  the 
anchorage  at  Miragoane,  which  obliges  yon,  in  coming  in  or  going  out, 
to  keep  the  island  sitort^  very  close  aboard.  From  this  place  the  coast 
runs  W.  as  fur  as  the  village  of  Hochelois,  which  is  situated  at  the  foot  of 
Q  largo  IiMmniock. 

North  3"^  ca.'*t  of  this  villat^e,  3  leagues,  lies  the  reef  of  KocheloiH, 
which  is  not  of  very  groat  extent  ;  some  of  the  rocks  arc  out  of  water, 
and  you  may  go  pretty  near  them  on  the  N.  and  S.  sides.  On  the  VV.  side 
is  a  whiiti  shoal,  which  runs  'yff  2  miles  ;  on  the  edge  of  thntshoni  m  4  or 
/>  fathoms. 

One  league  cast  of  these  breakers  is  a  rocky  bottom,  but  hardly  visi* 
ble,  having  from  6  to  8  fathoms  water ;  so  thut  there  is  nothing  to  fear 
but  the  rocks  themselves,  whose  extent  is  only  a  cable's  length  ;  they  lie 
9  miles  from  the  8.  shore,  and  10  miles  from4he  Cionavc.  The  channel 
on  the  N.  side  being  as  bold  as  that  on  the  8.  side,  and  the  south  coast 
being  also  very  clear,  it  is  cosy  to  avoid  those  rocks. 

From  the  village  of  Hochelois  to  the  entrance  of  the  Bay  of  Baradaires, 
the  const  runs  W.  by  N.  5  leagues.  Baradaires  bay  is  formed  towards 
the  east  by  Roitelet's  point,  and  towards  the  west  by  the  east  extreme  of 
tixe  Bee  du  Morsouin,  or  the  Porpoise  snout ;  these  points  bear  from  each 
'<))ther  N.  N.  W.  and  S.  S.  E.  1|  leagiics.  To  anchor  in  this  bay  you  keep 
qHb  third  nearer  the  Porpoise  snout  than  you  do  the  other  point,  ranging 
along  the  peninsula  of  the  snout,  and  come  into  from  B  to  10  fathoms  ;  you 
have  a  ^reat  depth  of  water  in  the  middle  of  the  bay,  which  is  of  great 
extentj  but  there  are  several  weedy  shonls,  which  ought  to  prevent  your 
going  in  without  a  pilot  who  is  well  acquainted. 

/  vThe  north  point  of  the  Porp.  ise  snout,  and  the  north  part  of  Grand 
Cftymite  island,  bearing  W.  N.  VV.  and  E.  S.  E.  and  are  distant  4^  leagues. 
;  Ttso.  coast  wMtof  the  peninsula  of  the  snout,  bends  in  to  the  south, 
■  and  ijrms  »a  higlftbf  2  leagues  ;  then  rounding  out  a  little  it  runs  W.  N. 
W.  lOjeagliiBS,  as  far  as  Jeremy.  This  bight,  and  Great  Caymite  island, 
form  a  large  bay,  named  Caymite  bay,  where  there  is  a  very  good  anchor- 
age for  all  sorts  of  vessels.  You  may  come  to  it  without  a  pilot,  and  an- 
chor under  the  island,  in  what  depth  you  choose.  You  may  also  proceed 
to  Flaniand's  bay,  near  the  peninsula,  ranging  along  the  peninsula  side, 
and  anchor  opposite  u  sandy  beach,  in  what  depth  you  please. 

The  bay  of  Caymites  presents  several  very  fine  anchorages,  very  easy 
to  come  ^t,  with  the  assistance  of  the  lead  alone,  but  there  is  not  a  good 
passage  betwaen  the  Grand  Caymite  and  the  shore  :  and  you  will  not  find 
mor€  than  '3  feet  water  upon  the  white  shoals  of  the  Little  Caymite,  or 
of  Foucaua  Islot ;  and  then  there  are  several  coral  rocks  which  rise  with- 
in 2  or  3  feet  of  the  surface  of  the  water,  so  that  no  vessel,  but  very  small 
ones,  ever  attempt  it  without  a  pilot.  These  white  shoals  extend  3 
leagues  W.  S.  W.  off  the  Grand  Caymite. 

From  the  north  part  of  the  Grand  Caymite  to  Salt  river  point,  which  is 
1|  leagues  W.  N.  W.  of  point  Jeremy,  is  9^  leagues  ;  this  Salt  river  point 
is  the  northernmost  of  all  from  Port  au  Prince ;  under  point  Jeremy  is  the 
village  of  that  name,  whose  anchorage  is  very  small  and  not  proper  for 
'  large  ships  ;  schooners  and  small  vessels  may  anchor  withir  the  reef,  but 
no  ship  which  draws  upwards  of  12  or  14  feet  shoald  ever  anchor  here, 


except  i 

bad  and 

From 

3.  4^  lei 

All  thi 

shelter, 

'«  i;  lea] 

'hat  2  rill 

it  can  un 

ed  by  k«( 

Assoo 

•nd  are  , 

fal  horns, 

U  U)  12  fi 

Shonid 

"'•ore  on 

inul  with 

fapion,  or 

which  yo( 

fiom  the  I 

to  lo.     y 

^y  the  E. 

sivoll,  ifti 

From  C 

'l«s  Irois,  I 

•^els  may  a 

shore. 

To  the  ! 
Iiulf  aleagi 
locks  are 
not  extend 
tour  fathoii 
nel  she  wi 
ihem  on  (h 
One  Icaji 
V  oy  might  i 
anchor  to  i 
All  alon^ 
the  shore  ; 
>n  general  j 
™«les  i  and 
fathoms,  yo 
Point  ties 
fernmost  po 
able  from  a 
from  the  coj 
of  Bay  des 
the  north  s'n 
shore. 

The  anch 
way  to  the  s 
You  may  an 
of  a  small  h.'j 
3to9fathox 


:diL 


10  Edit. 


Hiutit'b  Aiiiericaii  CunHt  Pilot. 


311 


n  arc 

ft  the 
which 
o  the 
g  out, 

COJWt 

foot  ot 

lieloiH, 
water, 
V.  side 
u  4  or 

y  villi- 
to  fcur 
hey  lie 
:haunel 
h  coast 

udaires, 
towards 
reme  ot 
)m  each 
ou  keep 

ranging 
ms ;  you 

of  great 
ent  your 

f  Grand 
leagues, 
e  south, 
)  W.  N. 
I  island, 
anchor- 
and  an- 
proceed 
lula  side, 

jry  easy 

at  a  good 

not  find 

Imite,  or 

fisewith- 

2ry  small 

extend  3 

Iwhich  is 
rer  point 

ly  is  the 
hoper  for 

reef,  but 
[or  here. 


except  ill  cu.ie  ot' nt'ceHsity  ;  there  h  no  shelter  for  her  ,  iii  short,  it  is  n 
bad  anchunge,  mid  which  yuu  mu<tt  avoid  during  the  north  winds. 

From  Suit  rtver  point  to  Ciipo  Dona  Maria,  th«>  cuaHt  runs  W.  hy  8.  i" 
S.  4^  leagues. 

All  this  HJioro  is  s.ifu  niid  bold  within  {  league  ;  it  duni  not  proientany 
shelter,  though,  in  case  of  netm-isity.  you  iniglu  aiiciior  in  (luir  bay,  which 
IS  1 1  leagues  from  Suit  rivor.  This  bay,  or  rather  cove,  in  ^o  very  suiull, 
rhut  2rtliip!it,  lUO  tc«;t  Icuig,  would  bo  pu/zled  to  sv>iiig  clear  of  imkIi  other  ; 
it  can  only  serve  as  a  shelter  to  very  small  vessels,  aiul  la  easily  diitcover- 
ed  by  keeping  along  shore. 

As  soon  as  you  d«!S(  ry  Cape  Dona  Maria  by  the  false  cape  nf  that  name, 
•ind  are  ^  league  di-itaiit  from  it,  you  will  strike  woundi.ij"*  fioui  I  j  to  18 
lulhoms,  and  yuu  may  range  along  this  cape  at  |  league  di^ttanre,  in  from 
U  to  12  fathoms,  woody  bottom. 

Shonld  you  want  to  anchor  in  Dona  Maria  buy,  you  must  keep  the 
shore  on  board,  blecring  about  S.  K.  the  winds  being  generally  »p,ainst, 
and  with  your  lead  you  come  to  an  anchor  W  N.  W.  oft"  a  hrge  white 
lapion,  or  hillock,  on  wliich  stands  a  battery,  and  within  a  mu.ket  shot  of 
which  you  will  find  />  fathoms.  There  is  bottom  ill  over  thitt  bay  ;  a  mile 
iVoin  the  shore  you  will  have  from  .1  to  i)  fathoms,  and  at  2  miles  from  t) 
to  lu.  You  arc  sheltered  from  the  winds  between  the  N.  and  S.  passing 
by  the  K.  notwithstanding  which,  ships  that  lie  in  8  or  10  fathoms  will 
swell,  if  there  is  a  fresh  breeze  without. 

From  Cape  Dona  Maria  the  coast  runs  S.  hy  W.  J  VV.  5  leagues  to  Point»- 
des  Irois,  and  forms,  at  that  distance,  several  bays  and  coves,  where  ^s* 
sels  may  anchor.     There  arc  no  shoals,  and  the  ground  increases  toMio 
shore.  "   , 

To  the  S.  S.  \V.  of  Cape  Dona  Maria,  2^  leagues  distance,  and  about 
half  a  league  oft'  Minister's  point,  are  some  rucks,  called  the  Whale  ;  these 
rocks  are  above  water,  and  surrounded  with  a  white  shoal  which  does 
not  extend  more  than  half  a  cable's  length  from  them,  and  on  which  are 
four  fathoms  ;  a  ship  can  sail  between  it  and  the  shore  ;  in  the  mid-chan- 
nel she  will  have  (J  fathoms,  and  may  go  as  close  as  she  pleases  to  take 
ihem  on  the  off  side  ;  the  sea  always  breaks  on  this  ^hoal. 

One  league  and  a  half  from  the  Whale  lies  Joseph's  'slot,  whert  a  con- 
voy might  anchor  ;  the  anchorage  is  very  good  and  easy  ;  tind  large  ship^ 
anchor  to  the  S.  W.  of  the  islot. 

All  along  this  W.  part  of  the  coast,  you  have  ground  two  leagues  from 
ihe  shore  :  the  depth  gradually  increasing  as  you  leave  the  land,  so  that 
m  general  you  will  find  4  or  6  fathoms,  at  1  mile  distance  ;  10  or  12  at  ii 
miles;  and  regularly  from  15  to  17,  at  3  miles  ;  when  you  get  into  30 
fathoms,  you  will  lose  soundings  suddenly. 

Point  des  Irois,  or  Irish  point,  as  the  English  sailors  call  it,  is  the  wes- 
ternmost point  of  St.  Domingo  island  ;  it  is  not  very  high,  though  remark- 
able from  a  small  hummock  on  its  extremity,  which  appears  detached 
from  the  coast,  and  makes  like  an  island  ;  this  point  forms  the  north  part 
of  Bay  des  Irois,  or  Irish  bay ;  you  may  range  very  close  to  the  land  on 
the  north  side  of  the  bay,  there  being  from  9  to  18  fathoms  touching  the 
shore. 

The  anchorage  is  to  the  N.  W.  of  a  Black  rock,  which  is  seen  a  littlo 
way  to  the  southward  of  the  town  ;  it  is  in  from  9  to  10  fathoms,  shelly. 
You  may  anchor  likewise  to  the  southward  of  the  rocky  islot,  N.  N.  W. 
of  a  small  h-'immock  toward  the  middle  of  the  bay  ;  the  depth  is  herefrom 
3  to  9  fathoms,  sand  and  mt(ddy  ground 


m.. 


.^i^^ 


^^m. 


MI 


Blunt'e  Antrncati  (.%)as(  Pilot. 


10  Rdit. 


The  h*y  i*  ixpoaed  to  touthnrly  wiiida  ;  lh«r«  in  al«vn>A  n  ^rcat  fl<>ti 
within,  mikI  (he  (lehiin  litliiire  iiot'courae  u  bn*i  one.  It  is  mtuHtrJ  m  thf 
rcldy  of  ll|«*  currents,  which  »»et  to  the  norlhwiini  on  thi*  W.  nu\v.,  ;ind  to 
the  ^-^K  t>n  ih«i  K.  coiiNt.  Hf^ides,  the  uvu  in  thn  uiririK  im  itllfnuitely 
imitrffpowilh  violence  by  the  N.  K.  iimi  E.  breezes  which  (irevuii  on  th« 
«VHd^coast,  and  by  the  S.  K.  winda  that  blow  on  tlie  M.  coas'.  Irish  bay  i» 
tcrminsied  to  the  S.  by  (Jipc  ('arciiiise,  which,  with  Fool's  ('iipe,  forinii  ii 
larj^e  ronndinh  point,  whose  end  i**    it  ('ape  Tiberoii. 

Thc)te.  three  capes  acun  at  n  distunre,  form  but  one,  which  is  called 
Clupe  Tiberon,  and  in  vn-y  eiiMiiy  known  by  ita  form  und  height.  It  is  a 
,  *fcirj5e  mountain,  very  lolly,  whose  top  is  rounded  like  the  buck  of  a  dosser, 
t'    ^d  comeH  gratUially  down  to\vurds  the  sea. 

Cape  'I'lberon,  properly  spcnking,  is  4  miles  H.  30°  K.  of  Iniih  point, 
und  furina  tin*  entrant  e  ot  Tiberon  bay,  which  is  to  the  eastward  of  it. 
You  will  get  no  ground  nt  ;'i()  fathoms,  2  eablea'  length  from  the  coaHt, 
between  Cape  Caroaaao  and  very  near  Cape  Tiberon  ;  l»ut  oft  the  latter, 
at  thut  di>ituiice,  you  will  have  from  21  to  HU  fathomH,  and  u  little  I'lirthcr 
out  (piirkly  lo.se  soundings. 

Tiberon  bay  is  slieltnrcd  on  the  E.  and  partly  on  the  S.  by  Point  Rur< 
gos,  oft' which  runH  u  reef  a  cable's  length  out  ;  you  anchor  to  the  north- 
:ward  of  this  point  |  league  from  the  town,  in  7  or  !i  fathoms,  oozy  bottom  ; 
III  moat  parts  of  the  bay  the  ground  is  clear  and  good,  if  you  do  not  ap- 
proach too  near  FointHurgos,  where  the  l>ottomis  rocky.  You  have  no- 
thing to  fear  here  but  southerly  winds  ;  and  .small  vessels  can  get  so  close 
to  the  shore,  in  .'I  or  1  fathoms,  as  to  make  i'oint  Burgos  shelter  them ; 
with  ull  other  winds  the  water  is  smooth,  the  landing  place  is  very  easy  : 
and  ships  may  with  great  facility  get  excellent  water. 

From  Cape  Tiberon  to  Point  liurgos  is  a  short  league  ;  they  bear  from 
each  other  K.  S.  E.  3«  S.  and  W.  N.  W.  6«  N. 

From  Point  Burgos  to  a  low  point  called  Old  Boucand,  the  const  runs 
E.  S.  E.  60  8.  4  miles.  This  shore  is  not  so  safe  as  the  other  part  of  the 
coast,  as  there  arc  some  white  shouls  and  breakers  oflfAigenettes  point, 
but  which  do  not  extend  more  than  half  a  league  at  most. 

From  Old  Bougund  point,  the  <  oast  runs  to  the  N.  K.  1^  leagues,  and 
then  rounds  to  form  what  is  called  Lc  Fond  des  Anglois,  the  English  bot- 
tom ;  nil  this  part  is  safe,  but  does  not  offer  any  good  anchorage';  indeed  a 
ship  may  anchor  very  near  the  land,  but  will  every  where  be  exposed  to 
the  sea  breezes. 

From  the  Fond  des  Anglois,  the  coast  begn  to  run  to  the  E.  S.  E.  1 
miles  to  a  large  hummock  called  Les  Cherdoniuars,  and  which  is  very  re- 
markable at  a  distance  ;  then  after  having  formed  a  bight  of  half  a  league 
it  goes  S.  S.  E.  6^  leagues  to  a  point  called  Point  Gravios,  forming  in  that 
space  several  little  coves,  which  cannot  be  considered  as  anchorages.  The 
only  one  of  tolerable  size  is  Po^i  Sdlute,  which  is  N.  N.  W.  of  Point 
Gravios. 

Point  Gravios  is  low  and  difficult  to  distinguish,  people  often  confound- 
ing it  with  that  of  Port  Salute.  From  it  the  coast  is  not  very  high,  and 
runs  E.  2°  N.  3  leagues  to  Point  Aboucou,  which  is  low  at  its  extremity, 
though  it  rises  a  little  in  shore  ;  this  is  formed  by  two  points  of  reefs, 
stretching  ^  of  a  league  into  the  sea.  You  may  pass  without  fear  at  half 
u  league  distance,  and  will  have  no  ground  at  40  fathoms.  At  this  point 
begins  the  Bay  of  Aux  Cayes.  The  coast,  ailer  having  doubled  Aboucou, 
ruBS  to  the  N.  N.  W.  then  to  the  N.  W.  and  aflerwards.rounds  towards 
the  E.  till  you  come  to  the  town  of  Aux  Cayes,  which  bears  from  Aboucou 
N.  by  E,  8®  E.  3^  leagui?*. 


Til 
oflhi 
mill  I 
huvc 
the  .S. 
have 


very  goo( 
fore  you  .< 
thorns,  if  J 
The  no 
easily  kno 
'ligher  tha 


\  Ktlit. 


10  £clii.  Blunt'H  American  Coast  Pilot. 


J13 


TV  A  «Cll 

J  m  tht> 
,  iiiul  to 
JTiuilely 
I  on  th« 
h  bay  in 
i'orina  u 

iH  called 

ft  U  It 

ii  (loHser, 

ith  point, 
unl  of  It. 
lie  count, 
le  latter, 
e  t'urther 

Dint  Bur- 
10  north- 
'  bottom  ; 
lo  not  ap- 
have  no- 
t  80  close 
er  them ; 
;ry  easy  ; 

jcar  from 

oast  runs 
ut  of  thf 
tes  point, 

frucs,  nnd 

{lish  bot- 

indeed  a 

cposed  to 

S.  E.  4 

very  re- 

»  league 

lig  in  that 

568.  The 

of  Point 

lonfbund- 
pigh,  and 
itremity, 
I  of  reefs, 
[r  at  half 
|his  point 
^boucou, 
towards 
Vboucou 


The  S.  W.  point  of  the  la  Vurhe,  form*  the  oust  »u\v  or  tht  entrancu 
of  this  Krcut  buy  ;  it  bear*  K.  by  N.  from  i'oinl  Aboucuu  7  milex  In  th« 
iuid-('biiiiiu!l  brtwiMMi  Aboucoii,  iiml  the  wont  «idi>  of  la  Vuche,  you  will 
have  25  fathomM,  which  depth  derrnaaea  n»  you  approach  the  uUud.  Off 
the  S.  W.  purl  of  the  i^lund  there  14  a  white  ground,  on  which  you  will 
have  froin  ;>  to  7  fathomi,  1^  mile  from  th«  <ihorc,  rocky  ;  but  ai  yo^  up' 

firoach  Diamant  point,  you  will  not  find  the  white  ground  more  tnan  ^ 
eaguu,  nnd  the  bottom  i«  good  in  G  and  7  fathomN.  When  you  bring  Dig* 
inant  point  to  bear  EiMt  you  will  have  nuundiiigH  all  (be  way  acroM. 
There  in  good  aii<  borage  to  tiie  wentward  of  Diuniant  point,  or  further  ^p 
the  nortliward  of  it,  opposite  a  itandy  cove,  from  G  to  7  futhdma  muddy 
ttiind. 

To  go  into  Aux  Cnyei,  you  range  along  the  N.  W.  point  of  la  Vuche, 
in  6  fathomH  water;  nnd  vou  ^teer  nearly  N.  by  E.  to  make  on  your 
starboard  bund  the  white  hummocks  of  Cavuillon.  You  will  them  leave 
on  the  larboard  band  u  large  reef,  iiurroundcd  with  a  white  shoal,  which 
takes  up  almost  all  the  middle  of  the  bay.  When  you  have  brought  the 
town  to  bear  N.  W.  |  VV.  you  must  haul  up  two  points  to  windward  of 
the  town,  standing  towards  the  Company's  inlot,  where  you  may  anchor 
if  you  do  not  mean  to  gu  into  the  road;  if  vou  do,  you  shorten  sail  a  mile 
from  the  shore,  and  wnit  for  a  pilot,  rhescl^nel  is  j|[  of  a  cubic  in 
breadth.  Sbipn  drawing  more  than  13  feet  water  cannot  go  in  ;  those  of 
16  and  17  feet  water  always  anchor  at  Chateaudin,  |  a  league  to  the 
westward,  un«l  which  is  separated  by  shoals  from  the  port. 

To  anchor  in  the  Koad  of  Chateaudin  (coming  from  the  mooring  of  la 
Vache)  W.  or  W.  N.  VV.  ofl"  Diamant  point,  in  8  or  1 1  fathoms,  you  mutt 
steer  directly  forTorbec,  which  is  a  small  town  very  easily  distinguished 
in  the  cod  of  the  bay;  this  truck  will  be  about  N.  W.  When  you  are 
within  about  iwo  m'lcs  of  the  shore,  you  will  discover  a  little  white  flag, 
which  is  on  a  shoal ;  you  double  it  to  the  we^twurd  at  about  half  a  cable's 
length,  leaving  it  on  the  starboard  hand,  when  you  have  brought  it  to  bear 
south,  you  steer  along  the  coast  for  the  road  of  Chatedudin,  and  anchor  in 
6  or  7  falhoms,  mud  In  nil  this  passage,  if  you  keep  the  proper  chan- 
nel, you  cannot  havu  less  than  from  7  to  9  fathoms,  and  often  12  and  Hi, 
muddy  ground. 

The  Isle  la  Vache  is  3  leagues  in  the  greatest  lenjcth,  and  its  breadth  not 
more  than  one  ;  it  is  hilly,  and  at  the  di^^tance  oft'>  or  7  leagues,  appears 
like  a  heap  of  small  isl.nids.  From  the  N.  W.  point,  in  going  to  that  of 
the  S.  W.  the  coast  is  safe,  the  water  shoaling  gradually  as  you  come  near 
the  land.  Off  the  S.  W.  end  is  the  white  shoal  already  mentioned,  to 
whicli  ships  coming  from  the  eastward  must  give  a  birth.  The  south 
Bii|e  is  bold  :  and  along  a  whole  length,  a  r-^ef  runs  at  a  cable's  length  dis- 
tance, to  the  east  point  of  which  is  a  white  shoal  extending  to  another 
reef,  lying  off  the  Point  of  la  Folle,  to  the  northward. 

From  the  Point  of  La  Folle,  to  the  N.  W.  point  on  the  north  side  of 
the  island  there  is  a  chain  of  shoals  and  islands,  amongst  which  are  some 
narrow  passages. 

On  the  north  side  of  the  island  is  the  bay  of  Feret,  where  there  is  a 
very  good  anchorage  ;  but  you  must  be  exceedingly  well  acquainted  be- 
fore you  can  attempt  it,  as  you  will  in  many  places  lind  only  2  and  3  fa- 
thoms, if  you  arc  not  in  the  channel. 

The  northernmost  of  these  islands,  Caye  de  PEau,  or  Water  key,  is 
easily  known  by  a  large  tuft  of  large  trees,  one  of  which  is  coosiderablj 
higher  than  the  rest ;  this  island  is  boM. 

10 


Mk^ 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


fe 


1.0 


I.I 


Hi 

lU 

u 


L25  III  1.4 


Ui    1 2.0 

IIUi& 


FhotogFaphic 

Sciences 

Corporation 


23  WEST  MAIN  STRICT 

WEBSTIR,N.Y.  M5M 

(716)  •72-4503 


314 


Blunt^B  American  Coast  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


At  tomtf  diitaiice  from  it,  on  the  north  side,  there  is  a  good  nnchorage 
from  Ifi  to  ."^O  fiittiomii. 

From  Aux  Caves,  the  coast  runs  a  league  E,  N.  E.  as  far  as  the  Tupion, 
or  hammock  of  Cavaillon,  which  forms  the  entrance  of  the  huy  of  that 
name;  halfway  between  is  the  Company's  iflland,  where  you  anchor  if 
joa  do  not  choose  to  go  into  the  harbour  of  Aux  Cayes. 
A  Yon  must  not  go  too  close  to  the  S.  £.  part  of  the  Tapions  of  Cavnillon, 
tk  there  is  a  ahoal  with  only  six  feet  water  on  it,  called  Ln  Mouton,  (the 
Sheep  ;)  it  lies  8.  E.  from  the  east  point  of  the  Tapion,  about  ^  a  mile  ; 
iind  there  are  8  fathoms  between  it  and  the  shore. 

Caraillon  bay  is  pretty  spacious,  (hough  the  nnchorage  is  of  very  little 
extent ;  the  coast  on  the  west  is  too  steep,  and  the  bottom  full  of  rocks. 
You  must  come  to  an  anchor  on  the  east  side  of  the  bay,  opposite  a  coast 
covered  with  mangroves  ;  approach  it  without  fear,  the  bottom  being 
clear  :  and  you  have  five  fathoms  close  to  the  shore.  In  this  bay  you 
are' sheltered  from  the  sea  breezes,  by  the  east  point  of  an  island,  which 
leaves  a  passage  between  the  mangroves  into  the  Bay  des  Flamands. 

The  Bay  des  Flamands,  or  Flemish  bay,  which  lies  \  league  from  Ca« 
TuUon  bay,  runs  into  the  land  toward  the  N.  £.  Its  entrance  and  shore* 
are  clear  and  bold,  and  it  is  the  place  where  ships  lie  up  in  the  hurricane 
monthi ;  there  is  a  good  careening  place,  and  you  may  anchor  any  where 
in  the  bay. 

From  this  bay  the  coast  runs  E.  by  N.  2  miles,  as  far  as  the  Great  Bay 
of  llisse,  where  the  anchorage  is  good  all  over,  but  you  are  no  way  shel- 
ter^4Vom  the  southerly  wind,  as  the  entrance  opens  to  the  southward, 
•niJi^'Tery  broad. 

The  coast  continues  its  direction  to  the  E.  by  N.  as  far  as  Point  Pascal ; 
halfway  towards  it  is  the  Little  bay  of  Messe,  in  which  you  may  like- 
wise anchor,  but  are  not  even  sheltered  from  the  sea  breeze.  Off  the 
great  bay  of  Messe,  is  a  shoal  that  lies  like  a  bar  across  the  bay,  and  ex- 
tendis  opposite  the  point  which  is  to  the  westward  of  the  Little  bay  of 
Mette.  This  shoal  in  some  places  has  not  morie  than  from  16  to  18  feet 
water ;  it  is  very  narrow,  and  leaves  a  passage  of  |  of  a  league  between 
it  and  the  coast ;  it  does  not  extend  to  the  southward  more  than  |  a  league 
from  the  shore.  If  you  want  to  go  into  the  Great  bay,  and  your  ship 
draws  more  than  1 5  feci,  you  must  keep  close  to  the  shore  on  the  west 
Hide  of  the  bay,  ran^  n*^  by  Point  Paulin,  which  forms  the  west  entrance 
^f  the  bay  ;  the  beginning  of  the  bank  is  north  and  south  of  Point  St. 
Remi,  at  the  distance  of  about  a  mile.  * 

Point  Pascal  is  steep,  and  of  a  white  colour;  it  forms,  with  a  little 
island  that  lies  to  the  eastward  about  half  a  league,  the  principal  entrance 
of  St.  Louis  bay.  This  island  is  called  Orange  key.  You  see  it  from  the 
entrance  of  Aux  Cayes,  which  is  4  leagues  distant ;  it  is  then  nearly  in  a 
line  with  the  shore  S.  of  the  bay  of  Messe. 

From  Point  Pascal  the  coast  runs  N.  N.  E.  one  mile,  as  far  as  Point 
Vigie,  from  whence  you  discover  the  whole  bay  of  St.  Louis,  which 
it  shut  in,  in  the  east,  by  Cape  Bonite,  that  bears  from  porat  Vagie  N. 
K.  J  £.  S  miles. 

To  anchor  in  St.  Louis  bay,  you  range  along  Poii\l  Pascal,  then  Point 
Vigie,  and  along  the  west  coast  in  8  or  10  fathoms  ;  the  anchorage  is  west 
of  the  Old  fort,  about  ^  mile  from  the  shore,  in  such  a  situation  that  you 
can  see  the  town  between  the  Old  fort  and  the  shore  in  the  bottom  of  the 
bey.  The  Old  fort' is  built  upon  an  itlot  of  rocks,  from  which  there  is  a 
pwwagf  towards  the  shore  in  6  fathdms,  to  the  anohoiage  before  the  town^ 


10 

whei 

Old  I 

shou] 

shon 

the  v« 

shore 

Hatk 

shore 

the  s 

than  t 

One 

key; 

out    01 

shore, 

keep  t 

Cape  ] 

.     meet  i\ 

off  whi 

mile. 

proach 

which  I 

white  1 

deep  pa 

Great  b 

half  a  le 

is  a  sma 

called  L 

nearly  h 

Toth 

of  Aqoii 

white  hi 

beibg|, 

10 'J  mu« 

point,  8( 

the  Grej 

water. 

East  of 
distance, 
on  the  St 
mock  ;  s< 
Morne  R( 
islands  an 
thorns,  an 
8.     The! 
the  water 
from  the  li 
Anothei 
tiquekey 
the  shore 
will  see  Li 
starboard 
then  you  fa 
you,  and  a 
n»aj,  ifyox 


10  Edit. 


Blunt's  American  Coast  Pilot. 


315 


where  (he  greatest  depth  of  water  U  6  fathonu.  South  by  eut  of  the 
Old  fort,  ^  of  a  league,  and  west  of  Cipt  Bonite,  the  same  distwace,  is  the 
shout  called  Lh  Mouton,  and  there  is  •  good  passage  between  it  and  the 
shore,  or  the  Old  fort ;  the  depth  is  less  considerable,  however,  than  on 
the  west  side  of  the  bay.  You  may  go  between  Orange  key  and  that 
shore,  in  deep  water,  and  then  you  will  meet  with  a  smsdl  island,  called! 
Rat  key,  between  which  and  Orange  key  you  may  pass,  or  between  th« 
shore  and  both  ;  but  those  passages  arc  not  large.  There  are  shoals  off 
the  shore,  which  makes  it  necessary  to  keep  closer  to  the  two  ialand| 
than  the  shore. 

One  league  and  a  half  distant  E.  by  N.  of  Orange  key,  is  M  istiquef 
key  ;  this  isiand  is  clear  of  shoals  except  very  close  ;  you  may  pass  with« 
out  or  within  it ;  on^  the  N.  side  of  it,  one  eighth  of  a  league  from  the 
shore,  you  will  have  10  fathoms.  If  you  sail  within  shore,  you  must  not 
keep  too  close  to  the  St.  Domingo  coast,  as  there  is  an  island  betwuen 
Cape  Bouite  and  Cape  St.  George.  You  will  find  no  other  shoal  till  you 
meet  the  Trompeuse,  which  lies  4  miles  £.  N.  E.  of  Caoo  St.  Goorge, 
off  which  is  a  shoal  called  La  Teigoeuse,  and  running  out  from  it  about  a 
mile.  North  of  Moustique  key  is  Cape  St.  George,  which  vou  may  ap* 
proach  ;  and  N.  of  a  key  called  Caye  a  Ramiers,  or  Wood  Pigeon's  k«y, 
which  bears  E.  by  N.  2  miles  from  Moustique  key.  It  is  known  by  a 
white  hummock,  rather  steep,  and  seen  at  some  Astance ;  there  is  a 
deep  passage  between  it  and  Moustique  key,  by  which  you  go  into  the 
Great  bay  of  Aquin.  S.  of  Caye  a  Ramiers  lies  a  ahoul,  which  extends 
half  a  league,  and  has  only  3  fathoms  in  the  middle.  E.  of  the  samtju^y 
is  a  small  island,  called  L'Anguille,  (the  Eel)  and  to  the  ^.  £.  is  an^tr 
called  La  Regale  ;  the  three  form  an  equilateral  triangle,  whose  sides -are 
nearly  half  a  league. 

To  the  E.  N.  £.  |  of  a  league  from  Caye  a  Ramiers,  is  the  Great  key 
of  Aquin,  which  is  an  island  d^a  tolerable  height,  upon  which  are  two 
white  hummocks,  very  remarkable.  This  island  runs  to  the  E.  by  N. 
beibg  f  of  a  league  long,  and  ^  league  broad,  and  bold  on  the  S.  side. 
Yo'j  must  take  care  of  the  white  skoals  of  the  Eel,  which  is  S.  of  the  W. 
point,  so  that  it  does  not  leave  a  passage  between  Caye  a  Ramiers,  and 
the  Great  key  of  Aquin,  for  vessels  thai-  drav«,more  than  1^  or  Id  feet 
water.  ,;,..  ^,i)  •  •  >   ■ 

East  of  the  Isle  of  Aquin  is  a  white  insulated  rock,  at  a  short  ^  lei^ue 
distance,  which  is  called  the  Diamond.  East  of  it,  at  two  cables'  length 
on  the  St.  Domingo  shore,  is  the  point  of  Morne  Rouge,  or  Red  bupi- 
mock  ;  so  that  the  E.  point  of  Aquin,  Diamond  rock,  and  the  point  of 
Morne  Rouge,  form  the  two  passages  into  the  bay.  All  these  shores  ai4 
islands  are  bold ;  you  will  find  in  the  Morne  Rouge  passages,  5  and  ^  fa^ 
thoms,  and  betw^eeii  the  Great  key  of  Aquin,  atid  the  Diamond,  6,  T,  w^ 
8.  The  bay  is  very  extensive,  and  trenches  a  great  way  inland,  though 
the  water  is  very  shallow ;  anchoring  in  3  fiithoms,  you  will  be  a  long.way 
from  the  land.  ,  ,,fYr 

Another  passage  into  the  bay  is  between  Cayc^.a  Ramiers  and  the  Mopsr 
tique  key ;  you  then  steer  E.  N.  E.  to  come  iutQ  tbe  mid,-chanivelbetweep 
the  shore  and  the  idot;  when  you  hav^  doubled  Caye  a  Ranue^a  you 
will  see  La  Regale,  which  is  a  very  low  sapdy  islot,  and  leave  it  on  tim, 
starboard  hand,  keeping  in  the  tnid'channel  between  it  and  tbenf^ye  4 
then  you  haiil  up  for  the  Great  key  of  Aquin  as  much  a9  the.wind  wijil  lei. 
you,  and  anchor  to  the  N.  of  the  Great  key»  in  6  or  7  latfaoms :  1>!(i  jflV; 
may,  if  you  choose,  go  further  in. 


316 


Blunt'fl  American  Coast  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


The  point  of  Morne  Rouge  is  very  easily  known  at  a  distance,  by  three 
white  hummocks,  which  are  very  mgh  ;  they  are  called  the  Tapions  of 
Aquin,  and  form  together  a  huge  cape,  under  which  is  an  anchorage  in  10 
or  12  fathoms,  at  a  good  distance  from  the  land.  This  bottom  continues 
as  far  as  the  little  bay  Des  Flamandd,  or  Little  Flamingo  bay,  which  is  W. 
N.  W.  3  degrees  W.  one  and  a  quarter  league  from  the  Tapions  of 
Aquin. 

Vou  must  observe  that  from  Point  Pascal  all  the  capes  are  cut  out,  us  it 
were,  and  steep,  and  front  the  S.  and  S.  E.  and  as  on  all  this  shore,  the 
land  is  white,  you  see  a  great  many  white  hummocks  ;  Aquin  key  has  two, 
but  the  highest  and  easternmost  are  those  of  the  Morne  Kouge,nnd,  with 
a  little  attention,  it  will  be  impossible  to  mistake  them.  From  the  point 
of  Morne  Rouge,  or  the  hummocks  of  Aquin,  the  coast,  {ifter  having 
trenched  in  ahttle  to  the  northward,  to  form  the  small  bay  Dos  Flamands, 
runs  9  leagues  E.  |  S.  as  far  as  the  Capo  of  Bayenettc.  All  the  shore 
is  bold  and  free  from  danger,  but  do6s  not  offer  any  bay  or  anchorage, 
which  would  shelter  yoo  from  the  common  breeze.  Two  leagues  and  a 
half  before  you  come  to  Cape  Bayenette,  there  is  a  considerable  depth  of 
water  off  the  shore,  which  is  iron  bound. 

Cape  Bayenette  is  known  by  the  white  hummocks  which  are  at  its  ex- 
tremity, and.  form  the  entrance  of  a  large  bay  of  the  same  name,  that  fa- 
ces the  S.  E.  It  is  supposed  to  take  this  name,  Bayenette,  (i.  e.  Clear 
bay,)  from  the  great  d^pth  of  water  found  all  over  it,  and  itb  being  entire- 
ly clear  of*  shoals ;  you  are  here  very  little,  if  at  all  sheltered,  and  must 
andji|r  on  the  N.  side  of  it,  pretty  close  to  the  shore.  This  bay  trench- 
e#*^«  league  to  the  northward,  after  which  the  shore  again  runs  to  the 
£.  I  S.  6  leagues,  as  far  as  Cape  Jacquemel,  which  is  high  and  steep, 
and  makes  the  W.  entrance  of  Jacquemel  bay.  From  this  eape  the  coast 
runs  W.  N.  W.  as  far  as  Redoubt  point,  which  is  well  in  the  bay  ;  in 
all  this  ektentno  ground  is  to  be  found  :  th'e  other  entrance  is  Cape  plare- 
chaox.  When  you  are  between  these  two  points,  and  nearly  in  the  mid- 
dle of  the  bay,  you  will  see  at  th6  bottom  of  it  a  reef  which  you  must 
double  to  the  N.  N.  W.  leaving  in  on  the  starbonrd  side,  you  anchor  be- 
tween it  and  the  shore,  which  you  must  keep  pretty  close  to,  otherwise 
you  will  have  a  great  depth  of  water.  The  anchorage  for  large  ships  is 
E.  of  a  white  hummock,  in  the  bottom  of  the  bay,  and  W.  of  the  great 
reef.  Cape  Marchaux  bears  N.  N.  E,  a  smalt  league  from  Cape  Jac- 
queiliel. 

'From  Cape  Marechaux  the  land  trenches  in  a  little  to  the  northward, 
flitid  rounds  out  again  to  Cape  Morne  Rouge,  which  ir  seen  at  a  distance, 
and  is  known  by  white  hummocks.  It  bears  £.  10®  N.  28  miles  from 
Jacquemel.  The  coast  in  all  this  space  forms  several  little  coves,  where 
snkiul  vessels  may  anchoi^,  but  in  ii(one  of  them  will  th6y  be  sheltered  any 
nay. 

One  league  and  a  half  E.  of  Morne  Rouge,  is  Saletrou,  or  Foul  hole, 
where  you  find  a  good  anchorage  for  ships  which  do  not  draw  more  than 
16  ihei ;  larger  vessels' may 'likewise  anchor  thet^Ei,  but  they  must  lie  far- 
thet  out,  Wfacsre  the  ground  19  not  so  good. 

From  Morne  Rouge!  the  cdait  trenches  in  a  little  to  the  northward, 
therki  out  again,  running  to  the  £.  S.  £.  as  far  ais  the  Anses  a  Petres, 
or  f^le^ttfes  ttove,  which  is  the  last  French  settledient  on  the  S.  of  St.  Do- 
mh^o.<  All  this  part  of  the  coast  is  very  cfafe,  and  you  may  approach 
withotrtfear. 


iUlit. 


10  Edit. 


Blunrs  American  Coast  Pilot. 


317 


three 
ons  of 

in  10 
tinueR 

isW. 
cms  of 

It,  MB  it 

re,  the 
IS  two, 
3,  with 
e  point 
having 
imands, 
e  shore 
ho rage, 
39  and  a 
lepth  of 

t  its  ex- 
that  fa- 
I.  Clear 
jentire- 
ind  must 
'  trench- 
is  to  the 
id  steep, 
he  coast 
bay  ;  in 
Jlare- 
the  mid- 
ou  must 
ichor  bc- 
Itherwise 
ships  is 
he  great 
lape  Jac- 

Irthwari*, 
Idistance, 
liles  from 
where 
lered  any 

loul  hole, 

liore  than 

kt  iic  far- 

Irthward, 
Petres, 
St.  Do- 
approach 


There  is  good  anchonge  at  the  Anset  a  Petres,  which  is  very  easy  to 
come  nt :  you  must  not  be  afraid  of  runniog  in',  a  i  at  two  miles  distance 
from  the  shore  the  water  is  very  deep.  AH  this  shore  appears  white, 
and  the  coast  is  chalky.  You  may  anchor  either  before  the  plain  of  An- 
tes a  Petres,  or  south  of  a  small  cape,  which  is  b«fore  the  mouth  of  a  ri- 
ver, and  considerable  enough  to  be  easily  distinguished  ;  the  water  is 
smooth,  and  you  are  well  sheltered  in  6  or  8  fathoms,  good  ground,  or  in 
4  fathoms  further  in  shore. 

From  this  anchorage  the  coast  begins  to  run  to  the  southward,  trench- 
ing in  to  the  eastward  one  league,  to  form  a  cove,  called  Bottomless  cove. 
It  runs  aAerwards  S.  by  W.  as  far  as  the  False  cape  (Cape  Lopez)  which 
bears  E.  by  S.  ^  S.  32  leagues  from  Mornc  Rouge,  and  ^0  leagues  E.  S. 
E.  from  Jacquemel.  F  rom  Cape  Lopez  the  coast  runs  E.  S.  E.  5 
leagues,  as  far  as  Cape  Beata,  and  then  N.  E.  |  N.  and  N.  N.  E.  to  form 
the  Great  bay  of  Neyba.  South  of  Cape  Lopez  4  leagues,  is  an  islot 
called  the  Frailes. 

To  the  S.  S.  E.  at  the  same  distance  is  another  islot,  called  Altnvehi, 
safe  and  bold  too,  and  south  of  Cape  Beata,  is  Beata  island,  whose  length 
is  one  league  N.  and  S.  and  its  breadth  E.  and  W.  two  miles.  There  is  a 
breaker  off  the  N.  by  E.  part  of  it,  that  runs  towards  Cape  Beata,  at 
whose  extremity  is  a  white  shoal,  which  very  much  narrows  the  passage 
between  Beata  and  ttik  sfiore  ;  you  have  but  3  fathoms  water  in  the 
passage  with  a  tolerable  anchorage  to  the  westward  of  Beata,  between  it 
and  the  shore  in  8  or  10  fathoms,  grassy  ground. 

You  may  generally  see  the  bottom,  near  all  these  islands  ;  but  the  vfikr 
ter  ib  very  deep  near  the  shore  of  St.  Domingo.  This  part  of  the  coast, 
which  projects  towards  the  south  from  the  sea  shore  lo  Cape  Mengon,  as 
far  as  3  leagues  N.  and  as  far  as  the  sea  towards  the  E.  and  W.  is  a  flat  of 
white  and  hard  rocks,  in  which  you  see  lai^e  holes  and  breakings, 
and  which  is  about  40  feet  high  ;  nothing  grows  there  but  some  prickly 
pears. 

When  you  come  from  the  south\  ^.  or  eastward,  and  are  bound  to  the 
N.  side  of  St.  Domingo,  you  most  make  the  islands  of  Mona  and  Monica, 
which  are  two  small  islands  situated  in  the  passage  between  Porto  Rico 
and  the  island  of  St.  Domingo  ;  they  are  both  clear  and  safe,  and  you 
may  go  within  two  miles  of  either  of  them  ;  and  there  is  even  an  anchor- 
age to  the  leeward  of  Mona,  half  a  league  from  it,  in  7  or  8  fathoms,  sand 
and  weeds  ;  having  then  the  N.  W.  point  of  Mona  N.  by  E.  2  miles,  the 
S.  W.  point  (off  which  is  a  small  reef)  S.  E.  ^  E.  and  Monica  N.  by  W. 
You  pass  to  the  westward  of  Monr  and  when  you  have  brought  it  to 
bear  E.  S.  £.  3  or  4  leagues,  you  will  perceive  the  coast  of  St.  Domingo. 
All  this  S.  E.  part  is  very  low^  and  in  the  channel  the  current,  which  sets 
to  the  northward,  is  very  perceivable.  There  is  a  reef  close  to  the  shore 
which  boatf  must  pick  a  passage  through. 

The  point  of  St.  Domingo  nearest  Mona  is  Cape  Espado,  a  low  point 
encompassed  with  a  reef  and  a  white  ground ;  it  bears  from  Mona  nearly 
W,  N.  W.  10  or  11  leagues.  From  Cape  Espado  the  coast  runs  N.  by 
E.  5  leagues,  as  far  as  Gape  Enganno  ;  this  is  a.  small  flat  point,  off  which 
stretches  a  reef  to  the  N.  E.  2  miles.  When  you  are  abreast  of  it,  you 
lose  sight  of  the  islands  of  Mona  and  Monica. 

W.  by  S.  I  S.  from  Cape  Espado,  2  leagties  distant,  lies  the  east  end 
of  Soan  island.  This  island  extends  E.  and  W.  I  a  miles,  and  N.  and  S. 
5  iniles,  covered  with  trees,  and  surrounded  with  a  white  shoal  project- 


& 


Tilxa.' 


318 


Blunfs  American  Coast  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


'ing  about  2  miles.  Should  you  come  off  the  weal  end  of  Soan  iiland,  and 
wish  to  anchor  under  St.  Catharines,  you  roust  steer  W.  by  N.  until  you 
see  the  island,  and  iu  doubling  the  west  point  (which  is  low  nnd  rocky) 
you  may  approach  within  h  ship's  length,  when  you  will  see  the  bottom, 
and  when  you  are  abreast  of  the  Sandy  bay  anchor  in  what  water  you 
please.  The  ground  ib  good  and  clear  ;  but,  should  you  wish  to  anchor 
between  the  island  and  the  main,  you  will  have  H  or  Ih  fathoms. 

There  is  a  white  sandy  spit  runn  out  a  little  way /romthe  N.  £.  end, 
^ut  it  is  always  seen  by  the  white  water. 

From  Cape  Enganno  the  coast  runs  N.  W.  ^  N.  14  leagues  ;  it  is  low 
to  within  3  leagues  S.  of  Cape  Raphael,  where  it  begins  to  rise  a  little 
till  you  come  to  Cape  Raphtyel  itself,  which  is  of  a  middhng  height,  and 
appears  at  a  distance  like  an  island  ;  it  is  easily  known  by  a  round  moun- 
tain  seen  inland,  and  not  unlike  a  sugar-loaf. 

From  Cape  Raphael  the  co^st  runs  W.  by  N.  and  then  W.  to  form  the 
Grept  bay  of  Samana,  which  is  shut  to  the  N.  W.  by  Point  a  Grapins,  or 
Grapels  point,  2  leagues  S,  S.  W.  of  Cape  Samana,  which  is  about 
o  leagues  N.  VV.  |  W.  of  Cape  Raphael. 

To  anchor  at  Samana^  after  you  are  round  Cape  Raphael,  steer  for  c^- 
mana,  and  being  about  9  miles  off  shore  you  will  see  wiiite  water — steer 
on  until  you  are  4  miles  from  Samana,  then  steei  to  the  northward  until 
you  see  Bannister's  key,  by  which  time  you  willlkave  soundings  in  7,  6, 
and  5^  fathoms,  green  grassy  bottom,  and  the  nearer  you  approach  Ban- 
nister's key  the  more  will  the  water  deepen.  Keeping  the  north  shore 
oa  board  when  abreast  of  Bannister's  key  and  Busky  (which  it  a  rock 
veW  bushy)  you  will  have  good  anchorage  in  14  or  15  fathoms. 

The  coast  of  St.  Dqmingo  trenches  a  little  to  the  northward  towards  St. 
Catharine's  island,  distant  from  Soan  8  leagues. 

The  coast  continues  to  run  towards  the  W.  some  degrees  N.  to  the  ri- 
ver of  St.  Domingo,  which  lies  16  leagues  from  the  island  of  S|.  Catha- 
rine, 27  leagues  from  Cape  Espado,  and  21  leagues  from  the  W.  point  of 
Soan  island.  You  may  anchor  before  the  river  of  St.  Domingo,  pretty 
close  to  the  shore,  and  vessels  not  drawing  more  than  12  feet  water  may 
go  into  the  river. 

This  place,  which  is  the  metropolis  of  the  Spanish  part  of  St.  Domin- 
go, is  known  by  a  great  fort,  built  on  the  right  hand  bank  of  the  river 
Ozama,  upon  which  the  city  is  situated.  You  will  likewise  perceive  to 
the  westward  of  the  fort  a  lai^e  savanna,  forming  an  amphitheatre,  which 
affords  a  delightful  proepest. 

From  St.  Domingo  the  coast  runs  W.  S.  W.  14  leagues,  as  far  as  the 
Point  des  Salies,  or  Salt  Pans  point ;  then  it  trenches  in  to  the  northward 
to  form  the  great  Bay  of  Neyba,  which  takes  its  name  from  a  large  river, 
whose  mouth  is  in  the  bottom  of  the  bay.  From' this  river  the  coast  rnns 
south,  to  form  Cape  Beata,  which  is  W.  S.  W.  ;^  S.  of  St.  Domingo,  32 
leagues  distant. 

In  sailing  from  St.  Domingo  to  Cape  Beata,  you  must  guard  against  the 
currents  which  run  to  th«  eastward,  along  the  coast,  and  in  the  entrance 
Off  JjFeyba*  bay  are  setting  weekly  to  the  northward. 


lOEdl 


Observi 


Them 
land  of  t1 
however 
an  urgenl 
but  the  ai 
have  not 
Inr,  thoug 
the  two  ( 
Small  V 
the  west  < 
ferable  to 
TheN. 
ed  with  a  r 
and  extenc 
I'Eau,  or  ^ 
to  G  fathon 
To  s^il 
feet,  yov  n 
8  hshermar 
known  by  t 
the  reef  yc 
wind  should 
preferred  a 
which  is  vei 
(he  swell  ol 
The  sev 
L'IsIet  aM 
equally  she 
with  reeft, 
anchorage. 
TheW. 
pretty  near 
where  you  i 
tile  water, 
named  Les  I 
well  acquain 
The  only  ] 
anchor,  is  Li 
f'antaque ;  b 
wonder,  whi 
The  reef 
still  much  fe 
the  S.  coast  c 
2i  miles,  in 
"•ora  E.  to  W 
The  extenl 
about  1  Ijo  fati 
only  are  perc 
small  extent, ' 


Wna^ 


)£dit. 


1  a  Edit. 


Blunt*s  American  Coast  Pilot. 


319 


land,  and 
intil  you 
d  rocky) 
I  bottom, 
ater  yon 
9  anchor 
I. 
.  E.  end, 

it  U  low 
»e  a  little 
eight,  and 
ind  moun- 


>  form  the 
rapini,  or 

I  i« 


about 


eer  for  »3a' 
iter — ttcer 
iward  until 
igs  in  7,  6, 
roach  Ban* 
lorth  shore 
ti  is  a  rock 

ns. 
towardA  St. 

to  the  ri- 

S(.  Catha- 

|W.  point  of 

ngo,  pretty 

water  may 

St.  Domin- 
|f  the  river 
[perceive  to 
latre,  which 

far  as  the 

northward 

|large  river, 

coast  runs 

>iningo,  32 

agbiDSt  the 
le  entrance 


Observations  on  the  navigation  round  the  Goimve  Islands,  and 

in  the  Southern  Channel.  •. 

The  most  dungcrous  reefd  are  those  which  seem  to  be  joined  with  the 
land  of  the  Little  Oonnve,  and  are  Itretched  above  a  league  in  tlic  oiling ; 
however,  they  li«  at  about  a  mile  fr<ftn  the  nhore,  and  you  might  pass,  in 
an  urgent  case,  between  them  and  the  Little  Gonuve,  even  with  a  ship  ; 
but  the  attempt  would  be  imprudent,  if  you  are  not  forced  to  do  it,  and 
have  not  the  wind  well  set  in,  as  the  currents  arc  very  strong  and  irregu- 
lar, though  they  run  more  generally  to  N.  N.  E.  in  this  part,  and  between 
the  two  Gonaves. 

Small  vesseU  drawing  8  or  9  feet  water,  may  find  a  good  anchorage  to 
the  west  of  the  Little  Gonave ';  to  come  to  it  the  south  channel  is  far  pre- 
ferable to  that  of  the  north. 

The  N.  E.  point  of  the  Gonave,  called  Galct  point,  ia  low  and  border- 
ed with  a  reef  which  stretches  along  the  east  coast,  coming  from  the  south, 
and  extends  a  little  more  than  1^  mile  opposite  the  place  called  Trou  a 
I'Eau,  or  Water  hole  :  within  is  a  white  ground,  where  you  lind  from  4 
to  G  fathoms  water. 

To  s^il  near  this  reeL  which  every  vessel  can  do,  that  draws  0  or  10 
feet,  yov  must,  in  coming  from  the  eakt,  take  a  channel  which  is  opposite 
8  hsherman's  hut.  There  are  never  other  channels,  which  are  easily 
known  by  the  non-appearance  of  white  ground  ;  about  88  fathoms  within 
the  reef  you  may  range  along  the  coast  as  far  as  Oalet  cove,  in  case  the 
wind  should  fail,  there  is  anchorage  every  where  ;  but  in  the  places  to  be 
preferred  are  Piron  cove,  Constantine's  hole,  and  especially  Qalet  cove, 
which  is  very  convenient,  the  hold  is  good  and  the  reefs  shelter  you  from 
the  swell  of  the  sea. 

The  several  anchorages  on  the  N.  coast  for  boats  or  schooners  are 
L'Islet  a  Marck,  Grand  Lagoon,  and  Bahama  channel,  where  you  are 
equally  sheltered  ;  the  remainder  of  the  coast  ^  likewise  bordered 
with  reeft,  but  they  are  very  near  the  shore,  and  you  find  there  no 
anchorage. 

The  W.  part  is  an  iron  bound  coast,  along  which  you  may  range 
pretty  near,  but  it  is  not  so  from  the  S.  W.  point  to  Point-a-Ketures, 
where  you  find  a  number  of  small  reefs  asunder,  and  almost  even  with 
the  water.  Several  small  vessels  may  anchor  in  that  part,  on  the  spot 
named  Les  Baleines,  or  the  Whales  ;  but  you  cannot  do  it  without  a  pilot 
well  acquainted. 

The  only  place  where  two  or  three  great  ships,  such  as  frigates,  could 
anchor,  is  La  Baie  du  Pare,  Park  bay,  which  lies  to  the  N.  W.  of  Point 
Fantaque  ;  but  coming  into  it  is  dangerous,  on  account  of  several  reefs 
asunder,  which  are  never  seen. 

The  reef  called  Rochelois  has  been  fatal  to  many  ships,^  and 
still  much  feared  by  navigators  ;  it  lies  in  the  channel  which  separates 
the  S.  coast  of  the  Gonave  from  that  of  St.  Domingo  ;  its  breadth  is  uear 
2|  miles,  in  a  direction  N.  and  S.  nearly,  and  its  length  about  4  miles 
from  E.  to  W. 

The  extent  of  the  rocks  which  are  toward  the  middle  of  this  reef,  is 
about  110  fathoms,  tney  are  quite  uncovered  at  low  tide,  but  three  heads 
only  &r«  perceived  at  high  water.  There  are  two  other  shoals  of  very 
small  extent,  which  are  dangerous,  having  only  2  fathoms  water.     They 


320 


Bluiit^t  Americwi  CQaat  Pilot. 


10  £dit. 


lie  to  tbc  N.  W.  of  the  rocka  in  the  middle,  cue  at  r»OU  futbooM  (littoQcc, 
iNid  the  other  vt  26Q.  There  may  be  lome  daogen  on  the  Rocbeloia, 
nnd  prudeace  requires  that,  with  a  greet  thip,  you  bhould  avuid  it  entire- 
ly ;  there  it  more  room  for  tacking  to  the  N.  of  that  reef  than  to  th« 
southward  of  it.  You  are  only  to  keep  at  tb^  distance  of  one  mile  at 
least  from  the  Gonave,  if  you  pass  bt  the  north  ;  whereas,  in  pasting  by 
the  sotitb,  you  may  range  along  tb#St.  Domingo  coast,  which  is  safe  ami 
clear  in  this  pari 
The  latitude  of  the  middle  of  the  Kochelois,  is  18<>  39'  N. 


21 

instruct  ions  for  sailing  along  the  CoaslSj  and  j/i/.i  the  Ilarboura 
(y  Jamaica,  Port  Royal,  and  its  Channels. 

An  experienced  navigator  observes,  "  in  running  for  Port  Rcyal  in  lat. 
n°  43',  long.  76**  41',  we  passed  over  a  bank  of  fine  white  sund  ;  our 
soundings  were  21,  21,  21,  81,  and  18  fathoms,  then  no  bottom  with  40 
fathoms.  It  extends  from  E.  to  W.  6  miles.  The  situation  by  the  ripple 
of  the  current,  on  the  east  a^d  west  edges  of  i^seemed  to  be  north  and 
south,  but  what  length  I  am  not  able  to  judge."  ^ 

lit.'ing  off  Morant  point,  or  the  east  end  of  Jamaica,  and  bound  to  Port 
Royal,  you  are  to  steer  down  3  or  4  miles  off  shore,  until  past  Morant 
bay  ;  as  the  coast  from  the  ea^l  end  to  the  southward  of  Rocky  point,  is 
lined  with  a  reef  that  stretches  2  miles  at  sea,  and  part  of  which  reef  ge- 
nerally breaks. 

From  Rocky  point  to  the  westward,  the  coast  continues  rocky,  about 
one  mile  from  the  shore,  as  far  as  Morant  bay  ;  then  it  is  clear  till  you 
come  to  the  white  cliffs,  called  the  White  Horses,  off  which  there  are  some 
rocks  about  half  a  mile  from  the  shore. 

t*rom  the  White  ^orses  to  Yallah's  point,  the  distance  is  about  13 
miles ;  in  running  it  'down,  when  the  former  bears  N.  and  Yallah's  point 
W.  you  will  have  soundings,  and  frequently  see  the  bottom  in  74,  8,  9, 
and  lo  fathoms ;  and  as  you  approach  YallaVs  point,  the  water  oeepent 
tillyou  lose  soundings.     4^ #, 

From  Yallah's  point  to  Cow  bay  poinl,  there  are  nc  dangers ;  this 
point  is  low,  but  bold  too,  as  well  as  all  the  coast  to  thewestward,  as  far 
as  Plumb  point.  The  coursrj  between  the  two  points  is  W.  by  N.  8  milea ; 
but  if  you  are  3  or  4  miles  from  Cow  bay  point,  you  must  steer  more  to 
the  northward. 

Plumb  point  is  the  S.  E.  point  of  the  Pallissadoes ;  you  may  run  in 
boldly  for  it,  and  approach  its  extremity  within  half  a  cable's  length,  hav- 
ing nothbg  to  fear  till  you  are  abreast  of  it,  ant!  off  the  Middle  ground. 
Between  this  and  Plumb  point  is  the  entrance  of  the  eastern  channel  into 
Port  Royal.  When  you  bring  Rock  fort  N.  by  E.  or  N.  N.  £.  you  will 
cSKne  ov^r  a  cross  ledge,  just  as  you  are  out,  and  in  with  the  leading 
mark,  which  ia  the  magazine  on  the  highest  part  of  Salt  pond  hill,  or 
on  the  Nab  and  flag-staff  on  the  fort  at  Port  Royal  W.  by  N.  or  the 
north  part  of  the  Twelve  Apostles*  battery,  and  the  magazine  of  Fort 
Charles  in  a  line.  The  cross  ledge  is  rocky  ground  ;  in  going  over 
with  the  aboye  marks,  you  have  7^,  10,  10^,  11, 114,  IS,  and  1^ fathoms 
water. 


lOfi 

Yo« 

Eao  ai 
ackhi 
tween  I 
in  mid- 
Port  R( 
<*un  ke 
'Point  {  ; 
sailing  c 
which  fi 
19  feet  ( 
Havioi 
comes  to 
Port  R03 
fore  yod 
key  gnd 
<t»ry  on  tl 
Strange 
«horag«,  I 

thing  18  <o 
buahy.     'J 

Plumb  poi 
to  bear  3. 
near  the  n 
The  mo 
easf-'n  Mi 
it  coiisista 
and  W.  pal 
*ag  9  feet ; 
both  break 
ground,  or 
northward 
ve  uneven 
die  ground, 
and  Gun  ke 
The  firs 
Wards  Port 
stretches  at 
w  generally 
or  10  feet  u 
TheKno^ 
ceral  bank 
it.    Ifjour 
dear  of  it. 

1.  To  go 
oosh  on  Gun 
point;  you 
J^de.    The 
high  hill  (»f^ 
fnarkis  the 
J««t  open  wit 

?«)  ftthoSs  i 


)£dit. 


lOfidft. 


Blunt*8  AnieH<i«ii  CoMt  Pifoi 


m 


lUtUDCV, 

ocheloiB, 
it  entire - 
n  to  thu 
)  mile  at 
Mting  by 
I  itfc  anil 


ilarboun 


Loyal  in  lat. 
iund;  our 
am  with  40 
^  the  ripple 
le  north  and 

>und  to  Port 
past  Morant 
:ky  point,  is 
»ich  reef  ge- 


■ocky,' about 
clear  till  you 
ere  are  some 

ig  about  13 
allah's  point 

in  71,  8,  9, 
iter  deepens 


langeni ; 


this 


itward,  as  far 
N.  8 miles; 
[teer  more  to 

toay  run  in 
i  length,  hav- 
sddle  ground. 

I  channel  into 
E.  you  will 
pi  the  leading 
[pond  hill,  or 
Iby  N.  ort'iic 
Wne  of  Fort 

L  going  over 

'id  Ibfatboins 


Ym  Mil  Htmn  wilh  thote  n«rkt  wlkich  Ictd  yoa  nttr  u&4-chMMl,  till 

SMI  are  abreaft  of  Lime  key  i  then  •  Mttto  to  tk«  louthwtN  tmHi 
:Nckham  key,  (!;iTint  Lim«  keV tgood  birth,  till  vou  open  Ptrt  R4yil  b«- 
tireen  Q  un  key  and  Kackkem  key.  Thence  go  Mtween  thMe  two  k«yi^ 
in  mid^ckannel,  and  immediately  aAer  they  ere  DaMed,  tteer  dirrctly  for 
Port  Roynl  point,  till  vo«  hring  the  fall  of  Yallah'a  hill  on  the  centre  of 
tiun  key,  which  will  bring  you  between  the  Knowl  and  Port  Royd 
^oint ;  you  may  approuch  the  point  within  half  a  caMft**  length,  and  hv 
•ailing  clone  to  it,  you  will  also  past  between  it  and  the  Harbour  knowl, 
which  iiufl  to  (hft  weatward,  about  the  ength  of  a  cable  and  a  half,  with 
19  feet  on  it. 

Having  passed  the  point,  steer  to  the  northward,  till  the  Admiral's  Peon 
comes  to  the  north  o(  Qullows  point.  This  mark  leads  you  clear  of  OM 
Port  Roynl,  where  you  may  anchor  abreast  of  the  dock«yard,  or  efen  b4" 
fore  yoh  como  to  it.  With  a  land  or  N.  wind  the  chanuel  between  Oan 
key  and  Port  Royal  ia  to  be  preferred  ;  then  the  Twelve  Apostles'  bat- 
tery on  the  8.  angle  of  Fort  Chdrlei  leads  you  clesr  of  Gun  key  reef. 

Strangers,  in  caie  of  neces>.itv,  might  pll  «i  their  ship  down  to  tae  itt- 
chora^f,  ih  the  channel  even  ^hen  th.  marks  are  net  to  be  seen,  as  no- 
thing is  to  bo  feared  on  the  side  of  the  Palliiisadoes,  which  is  low  and 
bushy.  They  must  only  keep  within  half  or  three-quarters  of  a  nlilfe  of 
Plumb  point,  and  steer  down  by  the  PalliMadoes,  till  they  bring  Lini^  key 
to  bear  3.  S.  E.  or  S.  h.  by  S.  then  ihey  anchor  in  16«  16,  or  17  fathom*, 
near  the  middle  of  the  channel. 

The  most  remarlcable  shoal  in  the  E.  channel,  is  the  Middle  ground,  or 
east^'n  Middle  ground,  which  lies  1{  mile  S.  S.  W.  from  Plumb  point ; 
it  cokisists  of  two  patches,  rocky  bottom  ;  the  E.  patch  hdving  18  feeti 
and  W.  patch  (about  70  fathoms  to  the  W.  N.  W.  of  the  other  only)  hav- 
ing 9  feet ;  they  are  divided  by  a  narror  swatch  10  fathoms  dee^,  and 
both  break  with  strong  sea  breezes.  Y'>u  may  sail  within  the  MidjR* 
ground,  or  without  it  to  the  southward,  as  necessity  requires,  btit  to  tbii 
northward  is  the  best  and  safest  channel.  The  soundings  in  that  chf^rtnil 
are  uneven,  from  7  to  19  or  20  fathoms  ;  but  when  yet  are  past  the  Mid- 
dle ground,  they  are  regular,  from  19  to  13  fathoms  between  Rackbam 
and  Gun  keys. 

The  first  key  you  meet  with,  steering  from  the  Middle  |proiind  to- 
wards Port  RoyRi,  is  Lime  key,  from  ths  N.  end  of  which  a  reef 
stretches  about  a  cable's  length  ;  your  eye  is  the  best  mark  for  it,  as  it 
is  generally  seen ;  to  the  westward  of  the  key  lies  another  shoal,  with  8 
or  10  feet  upon  it. 

The  Knowl  of  Port  Royal  point,  is  the  third  shoal ;  it  is  a  small  ha^d 
ceral  bank  to  the  southward  of  the  point,  with  only  16  feet  water  upon 
it.  If  your  ship  draws  12  or  13  feet  water,  you  must  be  careful  to  keep 
clear  of  it. 

1.  To  go  within  the  Knowl,  the  leading  mark  is  to  bring  the  high^dt 
bash  on  Gun  key  (which  is  near  the  middle  of  it)  in  one  with  Yallah's 
point ;  you  have  then  10  fathoms  water  and  the  channel  is  70  fathoms 
wide.  The  mark  to  strike  the  Knowl,  is  the  S.  point  of  Gun  key,  on  the 
high  hill  (%f  Yallafa's,  or  a  ship^s  length  open  of  Yallah's  point ;  the  bres/Ht 
mark  is  the  church  on  the  ?t^  or  8th  eairijra^ure  of  the  fort,  Sandy  kc^ 
just  open  with  Lime  key,  and  you  will  have  16  or  17  feet  water. 

2.  To  go  between  the  Kno.^l  and  th6  Middle  Ground,  which  lies  ^ot 
300  fathoms  to  the  south-westwlinvd  of  it;  tha  leading  mark  is  True  Land'a 
hummock,  within  Yallah's  on  the  southernttoft  part  of  €Kin  key,  or  Tal- 

41 


« 


.  / 


/ 


Xi^ 


Bliiol*s  AmericMi  Cottt  Pilot. 


10  Edit- 


V 


Hh*9  ^ot  Will  OMn  to  tht  northward  of  tb«  N.  Doint  of  RackluNii'ikov. 
Tkii  ckaiiad  nhlch  is  th«  widest,  and  has  18  atkoBM  watar,  U  mottly 
ttMd  whan  takon  with  the  land  wioJ.  Whan  tha  church  m  on  th«  second 
enbrasare,  counting  from  th«  waatward.this  Middia  Oround  is  called  the 
Westam  ground.  The  unchoraga  is  good  all  orer  Port  Ko^mI  harbour  ; 
iMit  the  best  f^choring  for  ships  that  are  bound  to  sea,  is  in  0  fathoms, 
with  a  notch  on  the  C.  side  of  a  high  mountain,  called  the  Leading  notch, 
•  littla  open  to  the  eastward  of  Fort  Augusta  und  Uackham  key,  in  one 
with  Port  Royal  point. 

To  go  to  sea  from  Port  Royal,  you  make  use  of  the  sooth  or  the  new 
channel ;  the  small  craA  generally  go  through  the  east  channel,  but  it  is 
to  bi>  avoided  by  large  vessels,  except  they  are  prime  sailers,  and  have  a 
strong  land  breeze  or  north,  with  an  appearanco  of  its  lasting  long  enough 
to  carry  them  through. 

Loaving  Port  Royal  and  bound  to  the  westward,  heioc  clear  of  the 
shoals  of  the  South  channel,  your  mark  to  clear  Wreck  Reef  is  the  mn- 
gasine  of  Fort  Johnson,  open  of  George's  Rocks,  until  Portland  bears 
WMt.  You  may  then  alter  your  course  along  the  land,  as  there  are  dan- 
gers to  be  apprehended  until  you  are  nearly  as  far  as  the  Alligator  Pond 
Bay,  about  4  miles  S.  E.|  E.  of  which  is  Bum's  shoal ;  this  shoal  is  about 
one  mile  and  three  quarters  in  eitent  from  east  to  west,  and  1|  miles  in 
breadth,  and  has  from  4  to  6  fathoms  water  over  it.  The  outer  edge  i« 
about  8  miles  from  the  shore.  Pedro  Bluflf  is  very  remarkab^,  and  may 
be  known  from  any  other  land  on  the  coast.  About  4  or  6  miles  to  the 
eaatward  of  the  bluff,  there  is  a  remarkable  white  spot  in  the  cliff  called 
the  White  Horses  ;  when  you  first  make  it  from  the  eastward,  it  appears 
like  a  schooner  under  sail  close  to  the  land.  If  going  to  Black  River,  or 
Bay,  run  towards  Parretta  Point  taking  cave  not  to  approach  nearer 
than  one  mile,  as  there  is  a  reef  extending  off  the  S.  W.  nearly  one  mile.^ 
yqor  leading  mark  into  this  Bay  to  the  anchorage  where  merchant  ships 
KMu!,  will  be  the  church  just  open  to  the  eastward  of  a  large  coUon  tree ; 
run  in  with  thii^mark  until  you  are  within  half  a  mile  of  the  town  and  an- 
chor in  about  18  feet. 

When  you  are  bound  through  the  South  channel,  you  should  get  under 
weigh  with  the  land  wind  as  soon  in  the  morning  as  you  can  see  the  marks, 
observing  that  tite  current  then  sets  most  commonly  to  the  westward,  and 
the  great  leading  mark  is  the  'leading  notch  in  one  with  the  magazine  at 
Fort  Augusta,  \vhrch  is  the  easternmost  building  of  the  fort.  This  car- 
ries tou  dear  through  in  16  cr  17  feet  water.  To  keep  well  to  the  west^ 
ward  of  the  Middle  uround,  be  careful  not  to  bring  the  church  steeple 
upon  the  comer  of  the  wall  with  embrazures,  until  Yallab's  hill  is  brought 
in  one  with  Lime  key.  In  case  you  should  not  see  Yallah's  hill  point, 
look  for  a  hummock  on  Hellshire,  and  when  it  is  open  of  Salt  Pan  Hill, 
you  are  to  the  southward  of  the  Middle  Ground,  which,  as  we  heretofore 
observed,  is  here  called  the  Western  Ground. 

The  Middle  Ground  is  a  large  coral  bank,  which  often  breaks  with  only 
3  feet  on  it  in  the  middle  ;  the  north  and  west  sides  are  almost  steep.  On 
its  N.  W.  edge  lies  a  bboy,  whose  marks  are  Port  Royal  tower,  on  the 
4th  em)>razure  of  Fort  Charles,  counting  frcnn  the  westward,  and  He'J- 
shire  hummock  on  the  flag  staff  of  Fort  Small. 

When  you  have  opened  Hellshire  hitmmoclc  with  Fort  Small,  you  steer 
oat  with  the  Leading  notch  a  li|^  jto  tfafs  eastward  of  the  magazine,  which 
wr.t9»JWi  between  the  hmOmUnt^  Key,  the  Turtie  heads,  and  the 
South  Knowl,  or  to  avoid  theaeheadf,  yon  are  to  haul  up  so  as  to  bring 

■    ■  *  •  „•% 


10  E< 

the  chi 

keep  tl 

Theny 

should  I 

near  th 

The  m 

is  the  f 

just  «p4 

Whei 

Man's  I 

bring  th 

dose  to 

Yallah's 

the  Por 

about  a  i 

Drunk 

vered  wi 

To  the  s( 

strong  se 

having  6 

Soul 
P«rii 
BiiO] 
Bwnj 
B«io« 
riag 

TheTi 

•n  the  shi 

to  the  S.  I 

der,  with  * 

Reef  whic 

Bank  is  a 

strong  sea 

E.  of  it  has 

shin  the  W 

On  the  < 

eramost  s 

swell ;  it  ii 

Key  is  the 

round  then 

(he  great  F 

The  new 

parrallel  to 

channel ;  il 

choring  gro 

ward  with  t 

The  lead 

the  mouatai 

hummock  is 

of  Fort  Au 

Knonrles,  as 

Growod,  a 

marks  en  til 

barracks,  co 


fO  Edit. 


Blunt*M  Am«ricAn  Cottt  Pilot. 


313 


th«  ehareh  itccpla  to  (he    'MlcninMHt  part  of  tb«  fort,  md  cofrtMu*  \p 

k««p  that  mark  until  th«  South  Key  it  brought  on  with  Yallah't  ptint. 

Th«n  you  may  haul  to  the  wettwaid,  if  tha  wind  wiU  permit.  But  if  you 
•hould  not  keep  up  the  leading  mark,  and,the  church  iteeple  ahoold  cdom 
near  the  comer  or  the  fort,  you  muat  then  come  to,  or  tack  and  atand  in. 
The  mark,  when  athore  on  the  Turtle  head«,  and  three  fathom  bank, 
ia  the  church  ateeple  on  the  magaxine  of  the  fort  and  Spanish  town  land 
juat  «pen. 

When  Maiden  Key  in  open  a  ahip'a  length  to  the  louthward  of  Drunken 
Man*a  Kev.  you  are  then  to  the  aouthward  of  South  Knowla,  and  should 
bring  the  Leiiding  notch  in  a  line  with  the  magaxine,  which  will  bring  yoq 
cJose  to  the  westward  of  the  Little  Portuguese,  t  or  0  fathoms  ;  when 
Yallah*s  hill  come  to  the  southward  of  .South  Key,  you  are  then  clear  of 
the  Portuguese,  and  may  haul  to  the  S.  C.  giving  South  Key  •  birth  9f 
about  a  nule. 

Drunken  Man's  Key  is  a  narrow  ledge  of  rocks,  just  aboTe  water,  co< 
rered  with  some  loose  jand,  that  gives  it  the  apponrance  of  a  sandbank.— 
To  the  southward  of  it  about  |  a  mile,  there  is  a  shoal  which  breaks  with 
strong  sea  breexes,  and  between  it  and  Drunken  Man's  Key  is  a  channel, 
having  6  or  7  fathoms  water. 

fitanogs  M«n  on  Drunken  Man's  Kty. 

South  Kay 8.  S3*  E. 

Pnrtuguan  Buojr S.  16°  W. 

Buoy  on  th«  ThiM  Fmhom  Bank,  No.  1.  .        .  S.  t3°  30'  W, 

B«ny  on  tki)  TuriU  Haatl,  No.  9 N.  SI"  W. 

Buoy  nu  the  Inner  Middle,  No.  4 N.  IS*^  W. 

Flas  Staff  of  Fort  Charlei N.   S*  W. 

The  Turtle  heads  are  three  dangerous  spots,  with  10  or  1 1  feet  water 
•n  the  shoalest  part,  and  deep  water  close  to  them.  The  South  iCnowls 
to  the  S.  E.  of  these  heads,  are  two  small  patches  about  70  fathoms  asun* 
der,  with  33  feet  water  on  them.  And  to  ».  by  W.  of  these  lies  One  Bush 
Reef  which  always  breaks,  and  is  almost  steep  to.  The  Three  Fathom 
Bank  is  a  large  coral  shoal,  with  10  or  So  feet  water,  which  breaks  with 
stron((  sea  breexes.  A  small  patch  about  a  quarter  of  a  mile  to  the  S.  8. 
E.  of  it  has  20  toet  water  ;  it  is  called  the  Warrior's  bank,  from  the  Englidh 
ship  the  Warrior  having  lost  her  rudder  there  in  1 782. 

On  the  east  side  of  the  south  channel,  the  Little  Portuguese  ia  the  south' 
emmost  shoal ;  it  has  from  22  to  26  feet  water,  and  in  general  a  |re8t 
swell ;  it  is  a  cables'  leMth  from  N.  to  S.  of  three  heads.  The  middle 
Key  is  the  shoalest ;  6  falhoms  between  the  heads  and  7  or  8  fathoms 
round  them.  This  shoal  is  more  than  a  cable's  length  from  the  west  of 
(he  great  Portuguese,  which  has  but  10  or  Tl  feet  water  on  it 

The  new  channel  lies  to  the  eastward  of  the  South  channel  and  almost 
parrallel  to  it ;  it  is  certainly  preferable,  on  many  accounts,  to  the  South 
channel ;  it  has  smooth  water  till  you  come  to  South  Key,  with  good  an« 
choring  ground,  easy  riding,  and  a  facility  of  going  to  sea  to  the  south* 
ward  with  the  sea  breexe,  as  far  as  S.  £.  &c. 

The  leading  mark  to  enter  this  cannel  is  a  remarkably  flat  hammock  on 
the  mountain  to  the  N.  N.  W.  of  Port  Royal ;  when  the  middle  of  this 
hummock  is  in  a  direct  line  with  the  White  house,  standing  to  the  N.  W. 
of  Fort  Augusta  it  leads  you  to  the  westward  of  the  harbour  and  Point 
Knowles,  as  well  as  bejtween  the  east  edge  of  the  South  channel.  Middle 
Orovod,  and  the  west  end  of  Rackham's  key  shaaL  You  steer  mth  tbeae 
marks  en  till  •  remarkable  round  hillock  to  the  westward  of  Stony  hill ' 
barrackt,  cornea  open  to  the  eastward  pf  Gun  key.  * 


Hlunt'i  Aaertom  Com!  Pibl. 


lOEdil^ 


AlUr  JTM  kaf«  op«Md  tbi«  bnmnMcIt,  you  wtAcr  awty  to  tb«  (m>«Ui« 
iNHPd,  bM|^  il  ofM  liH  •  aAilcU*  m  lh«  aountmnii  lu  iIm  N.  W.  com** 
ill  •  liiM  witli  P«rt  SomH.  Than  yoa  brtng  Ui«  nHiiit  bammiMjk  on  tb« 
0— Irt  •!  w«tl  tdft  of  Oun  kty«  wbtcb  niirka  curry  you  to  (ha  wnatwHrd 
oftiM  ibotll  ott  Uit  aMt  lide  of  iha  cbaiuMl,  iinii  Mhout  u  iiuar(«r  of  m  miU 

10  lh«  MaMrtrd  of  th«  Great  Portag«M«,  at.<l  ri  •oon  hm  I'orlituHl  itcpnani 
Mm  aM  itIaAd,  you  may  than  haul  to  tb«  atnlMrard,  bviiig  cteur  of  Iht;  racf 
tod  thoala  of  aoutb  k«y. 

TIm  tkoala  in  this  cbannal  »rr-^ 

I.  Tba  Soath  cbannal  Middle  ground  (on  the  cait  aide  of  tvhtch  thert 

11  ■  buor)  aad  tka  iinall  thoaJt  to  tho  unuthwMrd  of  (hia  ground. 

II.  Tb«  Qraat  bay  ahool,  which  haa  lU  foel  leaat  water,  and  a  floatiig 
Imcoo  in  IB  fbel. 

III.  The  A>ur  fathom  knowl,  a  very  amall  apot,  with  no  leaa  thnn  94 
feat  watar  on  it,  and  deep  water  all  around,  i^hipa  of  20  feel  draught 
may  iail  ortr  it,  aa  the  water  ia  amooth. 

Mtween  Ureat  bajF  ahoal  and  South  key  breiikera,  there  iiro  two 
•lioala  i  the  northemmoat  abqut  half  a  mile  .S.  by  W.  from  tliu  former  ia 
•iMp,  and  a  ainaH  part  of  it  appeara  iuat  above  the  Aurface  of  the  water. 
TkJi  ahoal  almoat  alwaya  ahowa  itaelf  by  the  rippling  on  it.  About  half 
wty  bttweea  thii  and  the  breakera  Ii  ^  the  second  ahoal,  having  only  10 
ftet  water. 

The  South  key  breakera  have  a  buoy  upon  them.  The  inarka  for  the 
WMtcdgt  of  tbia  reef  ia  the  L«)ading  notch  open  a  little  to  tbe  eaatward 
of  the  CfepaliUo  bouie,  and  a  aa(.'dle  riiountain  to  the  north-weat,  and  Fort 
Small  in  one. 

Ijblf  ^.  nUt  to  the  touthward  of  theae  breakera  iaihe  Eighteen  foet 
rpjHt  fAp^rkl^le  by  the  great  swell  upon  it.  Te  tbe  westward  of  that 
rotr  Ufa  the  Great  Portuguese,  which  is  the  southernmost  ahoal  on  the 
wivU  tido  of  the  ckwnnel. 

WJkra  TOtt  come  from  Port  Royal  to  Portland,  being  clear  of  the  South 
ojr  IffW'Clumocls,  the  course  is  S.  W.  distance  9  leaguea ;  but  you  muat 
kfMpi.fvrtHfiir  to  avoid  Rock  reef  and  the  key.    There  are  aoundinga  so 

Sf,  ooik'M.to  bring  the  eaaternmost  land  of  Hellshire  to  bear  N.  by  E.  and 
ock?  point,  or  the  soothemmoet  land  of  Portland  N.  W.  by  N.  At  (he 
i«pil  QM^iop  ionndinfs  hnve  been  found  from  17  to  23  fhthoms,  and  the 
BHPljfiPlt  no.^und  with  80  fathoms  line,  though  not  a  ship's  length  be- 

Sthi9,  first  wk4  the  last.    Upon  this  flat  are  several  keva,  two  of 
hf  li*  irofu  Portl«nd  E.  distance  two  or  three  miles,  and  Negro  hend 
ifith  th«  oth^r  keys,  lie  in  N.  E.  by  which  is  the  going  into  Old 
harbour ;  rii^t^off  from  Portland  you  have  gradual  soundings  for  8  or  9 

i^r<»k  Portlw4  Si.  diatance  13  or  14  le^^ues,  lies  Portland  rock,  which 
ia.  t,«iiqii«  kfiy*  Md  little  higher  than  Drunken  Man's  Key,  off  Port  Roy- 
idf.wiih  smaU  bothfi  on  it ;  a  mile  from  this  rock  are  knowls  of  14  and 
16  fkthoms  water. 

To  siU,iaJto  Carliale  bay,  or  Withy  wood  road,  you  must  keep  to  the 
ifilli|iiiara^,tijil  you  brin|  a  little  round  hill  In  the  bay  to  bear  N.  or  N.  by 
W«.(ti|(iM|Care  in  commg  from  the  eastward  to  keep  off  shore,  so  aa  to 
AfOM  j%l^y.  F^t,  to  which  yon  most  give  a  good  birth  of  3  or  4  miles.) 
Kd'tp:  we  imf».  heating  as  you  run  in  si^t  of  the  Old  Fort ;  then  between 
jo«li«»#tibe4iiM.  in  10,  8,  7, 6,  6,  4,  3|  fathoms  water,  when  voo  will  be 
'siAlhln  a/«i^j«4  a  half  from  tbe  shore.  The  fortN.  E.  or  N.  N.  E.  is 
the  bait  place  (o  anchor  in  for  Io«.ding  becaase  jronr  boats  can  sail  both 


Edit. 


10  Edit. 


Blunt*t  Amthcan  Coast  Pilot. 


nr* 


com** 
iin  th« 

l»ii  r«cf 


h  there 

I 

thnn  t4 
druu|hi 

lire  two 
urmer  i» 
le  water. 
)OUt  half 
I  only  10 

U  Tor  the 
eMtwnrd 
and  Fort 

iteen  feet 
rd  of  that 
lul  on  the 

the  South 
you  must 
indingK  so 
by  E.  and 
^.     At  the 
I,  and  the 
ingth  be- 
ys, two  of 
fegro  head 
g  into  Old 
|for  8  or  9 

|>ck,  which 
»ort  Roy- 
of  U  and 

leep  to  the 
\.  or  N.  by 
B,  80  as  to 
4  miles.) 
J  between 
lou  will  be 
r.  N.  E.  w 
>  fltil  both 


Mihore  and  abrond  with  the  sea  winds,  and  then  Hocky  point  will  be  o» 
ihM  ■outbcrnmosi  point  of  Portland,  bearing  K.  S.  K. 

Withv  woo«i  li««  about  6  Icngufi  friim  Portlund  point;  il  m  an  open 
road  ftulv  •helterad  fromruatvrly  MndiH)riherly  wmdi,  und  open  tu  S.  W. 
undsouthe'  y.  Theru  u  littlr  dangfir  conuitg  in  ;  only  bring  the  townio 
bear  N.  oi  N.  N.  K.  from  y*>ii,  Mnd  then  run  in  iind  come  to  itu  Niiclior  i% 
3,4,  or  6  futbo'P^  mud«ly  Kruund  ;  it  in  a  fltil  n  long  way  off,  ao  tbut  you 
lura  great  di«t«. «'«  from  tlu;  Bbor«*.  In  going  out  you  may  get  uiuUruiil 
when  you  pleanw  ;  thert*  is  little  or  no  danger  but  whut  you  may  sef. 
No  tides  here,  but  n  strong  westerly  current  geiier.illy  runs  in  Iho  urTiog. 
Variation  U^'  Mi'  cast. 

ifyou  want  to  anchor  off  Milk  river,  a  little  more  to  the  wentwardyou 
must  do  as  for  Carlisl*^  bny.  between  this  snd  I'^dro  bluff  is  Allignlor 
pond,  a  dry  key,  '2  or  3  miles  long,  having  a  sandy  reef  round  it  even 
with  t!  ««aler.  and  there  is  li  fathoms  watt>r  h  ithiu,  and  good  suundings, 
3^  anu  4  fathoms  for  a  long  way  without  it. 

Krom  Portland  point  to  I'odro  bluff  or  Point,  is  near  14  leagues  W.  bv 
N.  Off  this  bluff  there  are  soundings  for  6  or  6  miles,  the  edge  of  whick 
runaE.S.  K.  and  W.  N.  W. 

Krom  Pedro  bluff  8.  7*  E.  distance  14  or  15  leagues,  are  the  Pedro 
Keys,  towards  the  cost  and  of  Pedro  shoals  ;  to  anchor  there  in  0  fathooM 
water,  hard  gronnd,  you  may  brin|  the  easternmost  key  K.  ^  8.  distant 
4  or  6  miles  ;  the  Middle  key  8.  E.  4  S.  and  the  Western,  or  Savannah 
key,  iS.  by  E.  A  E.  There  are  toundings  for  3  or  4  leagues  to  the  west- 
ward, in  the  following  depthe,  9^  to  7,  and  then  to  10  fathoms,  hard 
ground. 

Krom  IVdro  keyn,  8.  W.  ^  W.  about  24  leagues,  is  Raxo  Nuevo,  t 
bai]k  coiled  by  the  English  the  New  Boar,  being  abtftot  S.  32  leagues  from 
theW.  end  of  Jamaica. 

Observe,  that  in  running  through  Pedro  shoals,  you  will  see  aeireral 
xpots  and  breaches  H.  W.  about  5  leogue«  from  the  keyr;  and  round 
breaches  S.  W.  by  W.  two  leagues  from  them.  The  breaches  ate  about 
a  cable's  length;  when  you  come  abreast  of  them,  you  will  see,  from  the. 
inoHt  head,  a  very  lur^o  tract  of  breakers^  bearing  about  S.  W.  by  W.  and 
W.  S.  VV.  6  leagues  from  yon  ;  and  6  leagues  from  those,  a  round  spot, 
which  breaks  pretty  high,  nnd  is  tlK)  westernmost  breach  of  the  shoals. 
Being  come  to  the  westward  of  the  round  spot,  about  6  leagues,  yuu  may. 
haul  gradually  over,  in  9,  lU,  or  II  fathoms,  nnd  sometimes  overfalls 
where  you  have  no  ground.  In  running  down  before  the  wind,  you  must 
give  these  breakers  a  good  birth,  and  come  no  noarvr  than  9  uithomi  at 
roost,  the  banks  being  very  steep  all  ulotig ;  in  hauling  a  little  to  the  south- 
ward, you  have  very  deep  water. 

Some  pilots  pretend,  that  wlicre  vou  do  not  see  it  break,  you  may  run 
over  the  shoals  any  where,  and  not  tiriil  Icsa  than  3  or  4  fathoms  ;  but  no 
stranger  ought  to  make  the  trial. 

Baxo  Nuevo  has  n  key,  which  is  aboui  2  cables'  length  long,  and  one 
third  broad  ;  stretching  E.  by  N.  and  W.  by  S. 

To  onchor  at  Baxo  Is'uevo,  bring  the  eubternmost  point  of  the  reef  to 
bear  E.  N.  £.  distance  6  or  7  miles,  and  the  sniull  sanely  key  E.  8.  E.  dis* 
tanee  3  or  4  miles,  the  wectcrnmost  breaker^  in  sight  from  the  detk  of 
a  20  gun  ship,  bearing  S.  S.  W.  tiieo  you  will  havd  hard  sandy  ground. 
*'  Obaerved  at  anchor  and  found  the  latitude  15°  67'  N  and  sounded  from 
tha  ship  S.  by  W.  2  cables'  length,  and  hud  10 ;  at  3  len^tlis  8,  at  a  ipile 
7^  ftthons,  all  course  eandy  ground.     In  my  sounding  fall  in  with  a  ro^k> 


326 


Blunf  8  American  Coast  Pilot. 


10  Edil 


10  E 


f 


with  7  feet  water  upon  it.  Th6  shii)  bore  from  the  rock,  N.  by  W.  \  W. 
distant  24  miles ;  and  the  key  E.  N.  £.  2^  milea  ;  S.  by  E.  |  E.  from  the 
rock  at  Knowl  \  at  the  diitance  of  one  fourth  of  a  mile  there  is  another 
Know!  with  4  feet  water  ;  both  of  them  are  steep  too,  and  not  bigger  than 
a  boat ;  I  sounded  from  the  Key  to  the  ship,  \  of  the  way  6  fathoms,  ^ 
way  7|,  and  j  of  the  way  8^  fathoms.'* 

From  Pedro  Bluff  to  Bbck  river,  the  distance  is  about  6  leagues  N.  E. 
If  you  should  want  to  go  into  this  last  place,  you  must  keep  Pedro  bluff 
open  of  Parrete  point,  till  you  briii^;  the  church  in  with  a  gap  on  the  high 
land,  or  to  bear  N.  E.  easterly  :  then  steer  right  in  for  the  church,  which 
will  carry  you  into  the  best  cf  the  channel.  It  is  full  of  heads  of  coral 
rocks. 

The  sonndings  become  narrow  at  Bluefield's  point  (Crab  pond  point) 
but  you  may  sail  down  by  them.  If  yon  steer  in  for  Bluefield's  bay,  you 
will  have  7,  6,  b\,  5^,  and  4  \  fathoms  water  ;  and  within  that  depth  7  acd 
8  fathoms.  The  bay  through  is  foul  ground,  and  yuumust  seek  for  the  best 
•aody  spot  for  your  anchorage.  To  come  to  an  anchor  there,  you  must  keep 
the  land  to  the  eastward  in  sight,  open  of  the  point,  until  you  bring  the 
leading  ^  ark  (which  is  the  overseer's  house,  on  the  W.  side  of  the  bay, 
standing  upon  a  small  round  hill)  in  one  with  the  Tavern,  by  the  water 
and  river  side,  they  bearing  when  in  one,  N.  E.  by  E.  Then  steer  in  for 
them,  till  you  can  bring  the  easternmost  point  of  the  bay  to  bear  S.  E.  by 
E.  or  S.  E.  by  S.  when  you  will  have  four  and  a  half  and  quarter  less  5 
fathoms  water,  and  the  best  anchoring  ground.  The  watering  place  is  to 
the  northward  of  the  bluff,  in  the  lee  side  of  the  bay  ;  you  may  water 
likewise  ai,  astreamofBlueficld's  river,  near  the  Tavern. 

N.  B.  The  mountain  called  Dolphin's  head,  is  far  to  the  westward  of 
Bluefield's,  and  bears  due  north  from  Savannah  la  Mar. 

Savannah  la  Mar  bears  from  BlueBeld's  point  W.  by  N.  \  N.  distance 
B  or  9  miles.  The  entrance  is  very  narrow,  between  the  Middle  Ground, 
a  small  rock,  with  only  4  feet  water,  and  a  reef  which  has  8  feef ;  a  ge- 
neral leading  mark  is  to  bring  the  fort  north,  and  keep  it  so  all  along  the 
channel ;  but  the  best  and  surest  way  is  to  bring  the  large  gap  at  the  N. 
end  of  Dolphin's  head,  in  one  with  the  large  tree  on  the  low  land  to  the 
northward  of  Savannah  la  Mar,  bearing  N.  j  W.  This  carries  you  close 
to  the  Middle  Grgund,  which  you  will  perceive,  and  as  M6n  as  it  is  pass- 
«d,  you  haul  to  the  eastward,  and  anchor  in  17,  16,  or  15  feet  water. 
But  strangers  should  not  attempt  to  enter  withoilt  a  pilot. 

From  Pedro  bluff  to  Negril  by  South,  which  lies  in  lat.  18"  17'  N.  the 
course  is  W.  N.  W.  or  N.  W.  by  W.  about  16  leagues. 

From  Negri!  by  S.  to  Negril  by  N.  the  course  is  N.  4  E.  9  miles  and 
a^l  round  tlus  W.  end  of  Jamaica,  it  is  flat  off,  with  good  soundings  for  a 
long  way.  Between  Negril  by  North  and  Lucea  harbour,  or  St.  Lucy, 
are  several  places,  as  Orange  bay.  Green  island,  and  Davis's  cove,  which 
are  seldom  used  but  by  those  who  go  thither  on  purpose  to  land,  and  have 
pilots  on  board. 

W.  N.  W.  from  Nirth  Negril  point  65  leagues  distant,  lies  Grand  Cay- 
man, 7  leagues  in  length  and  very  low ;  no  vessel  should  run  for  it  in  the 
night  except  by  moonlight.  It  has  beautiful  groves  of  Coooa  nut  trees  on 
it ;  the  S.  W.  point  lies  in  lat.  19°  18  N.  E.  N.  E.  from  Grand  Cayman, 
13^1ea£;ies  distant,  lies  Little  Cayman,  about  6|  leagues  in  length  the  S. 
W.  point  of  which  lies  in  lat.  19°  36'  N.— E.  N.  E.  from  Little  Cayman, 
2|  leagues  distant,  lies  Cayman  Brack  3  lei^es  in  length,  the  East  point 
ef  wbic^  Uea  in  lat.  \V*  43'  N.   Off  the  E.  N.  E.  of  this  island  lies  a  sMal, 


about 
79«>  2 
ALl 
Randa 
8th  N( 
mean  c 
taken  I 
being  n 
have  ui 
a  bank ; 
steered 
two  Icai 
and  con 
17,  16, 
J  9,  26, 
to  denof 
exhibite 
the  bank 
green  mc 
tent  Was 
■  insomuci 
doubtful 
int  he  se^ 
so  very  | 
than  6  fat 
may  be  d 
fully  take 
Thelai 
65'— lonj 
•ivith  the  I 
diet  publi 
Lucea 
North ;  w 
sail  into  j 
head  to  ht 
fort.     Yoi 
please;  b 
stony  bani 
stands)  to 
On  the 
Anchoring 
6,  and  4| 
which  is  St 
Mosquit 
channel  at 
dens  as  yoi 
Montegc 
Bay  there 
strong  N.  \ 
of  NovemI 
trade  wind 
in  perfect 


EdA. 

rom  the 
mother 
;er  than 
homs,  i 

>fl  N.  E. 
Iro  bluff 
the  high 
[),  which 
of  coral 

qA  point) 
buy,  yo" 
pth  7  and 
r  the  best 
nu«t  keep 
bring  the 
f  the  bay, 
the  water 
eer  in  for 
r  S.  E.  by 
rter  less  6 
place  is  to 
nay  water 

estward  of 


10  Edit 


Blunt^s  American  Coast  Pilot. 


327 


n'N.  the 

miles  and 
^dings  for  a 

St.  Lucy, 
love,  which 
and  have 

Jrand  Cay- 
Ibr  it  in  the 
lut  trees  on 

M  Cayman, 

Ugth  the  S. 

\e  Cayman, 
East  point 

lies  a  »6»y> 


about  1^  leagues  in  length,  the  three  lalands  and  shoal  extend  from  long. 
79<»«7'W.  tolong-SPB' W. 

ALBION  BANK--On  board  the  ship  Albion  of  Ne«r-York,  Oeoige 
Randall,  master,  on  a  vo}  .ge  from  Liverpool  to  New>Orleans ;  **  on  the 
8th  November,  1816,  nautical  account.  At  noon  the  iat.  18*  5E'  N.  the 
mean  of  three  observations,  and  long.  83^  H'  W.  by  lunar  observations 
taken  by  me  at  16,  II,  3,  Nov.  7,  nautical  n  ount ;  the  angular  distance 
being  measured  between  the  moon  and  the  star  Regulus,  with  a  Sextant  I 
have  used  for  several  years  and  found  correct.  At  00  40  P.  M.  discovered 
a  bank ;  at  one  P.  M.  the  ship  went  off  its  W.  extremity,  tacked  ship  and 
steered  £.  N.  E.  found  the  bank  extending  from  W.  S.  W.  to  E.  N.  E. 
two  leagues  distance.  My  soundings  commenced  on  its  East  extremity 
and  continued  to  its  West,  the  depth  of  water  ran  thus  ;  26  fathoofu,  20, 
17,  16,  11,  and  10^  for  three  miles  distance,  thence  boMened  to  13, 17, 
19,  26,  36,  and  then  no  bottom  at  60  fathoms.  This  bank  I  think  proper 
to  denominate  the  nlbion  Bank.  On  the  two  extremities  of  it  the  bottom 
exhibited  coane  white  sand  mixed  with  broken  shells,  and  the  body  of 
the  bank  for  three  miles  distance,  coral  rock  with  a  small  admixture  of 
green  moss,  &c.  The  appearance  of  this  bank  throughout  its  whole  ex- 
tent was  strikingly  singular,  presenting  the  semblance  of  a  marbia  sky, 
insomuch  that  after  I  discovered  it,  the  passengers  and  officers  were 
doubtful  for  a  moment,  whether  it  was  not  the  refiection  of  what  is  called 
int  he  sea-phrase,  a  mackerel  sky  :  from  10|  to  16  fathoms,  the  bottom  is 
so  very  plain  to  be  seen,  that  a  person^ould  imagine  ther<;  was  net  more 
than  6  fathoms  water.  The  position  of  the  W.  S.  W.  part  of  this  bank 
may  be  depended  on,  as  the  lunar  and  meridian  observations  were  care- 
fully taken  and  worked. 

The  Iat.  of  the  W.  S.  W.  part  of  Albion  Bank  18 «  53'— E.  N.  E.  18* 
65'— long.  W.  part  83°  16— E.  part  BS"  oy."  [Capt.  Randalls'  track 
with  the  Bank  alluded  to,  are  correctly  laid  down  on  the  Chatt  of  1Ve$t'In'. 
dies  publiAed  by  the  Author  of  American  Coast  Pilot.] 

Lucea  harbour  is  about  13  or  14  miles  north-eastward  of  Negril  \iy 
North  ;  when  you  are  out  in  the  oiSng  the  marks  to  know  this  place,  and 
sail  into  it  are  as  follows :  open  the  harbour  by  bringing  the  Dolpbin^s 
head  to  bear  South,  then  stear  right  in  which  will  bring  you  in  sight  of  thft 
fort.  You  may  borrow  as  close  to  the  E.  side  of  the  harbour  as  yoa 
pleaoe ;  but  on  the  W.  side  you  must  not  come  too  near,  for  there  lies  a 
stony  bank  Tabout  a  musket  shot  N.  from  the  point  on  which  the  fbrt 
stands)  to  which  you  must  give  a  good  birth. 

On  the  E.  side  you  will  have  7,  6,  5^,  and  4  fathoms  water,  very  good 
Anchoring  ground,  till  you  come  to  the  anchorage  in  the  harbour,  in  6K 
6,  and  4^  fathoms.  In  |be,  middle  of  the  harbour  there  is  a  small  rock[. 
which  is  steep  all  rouncf.' 

Mosquito  cove  is  an  excellent  harbour,  secure  from  all  winds ;  the 
channel  at  the  entrance  is  little  more  than  half  a  cable  broad,  but  it  wi. 
dens  as  you  go  in,  with  a  depth  from  7  to  6,  5,  and  4i  fathoms,  mud. 

Montego  Bay  lies  aboit  16  miles  to  the  eastward  of  Lucea.  In  this 
Bay  there  is  very  good  anchorage  for  20  or  30  vessels,  except  where  the 
strong  N.  winds  are  blowing,  which  generally  commence  in  thebeginnite 
of  November  and  ehd  in  the  latter  part  of  February,  with  the  eenenS 
trade  wind  which  is  from  the  ^f.  £.  and  £.  N,  E.  Sbvjga  will  ride  here 
in  perfect  safety.  -  ^ 


328 


Blunf  s  American  Coast  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


IMiere  »«  «nii»Ii  hnrbour  or  cove  in  the  N.  E.  pnrt  of  Iho  Bay  thntwill 
hold  frorrt  10  to  12  vc<i8el9,  iind  which  is  the  only  safe  place  for  ships  to 
lie  in  during  the  attoiv;  North  winds. 

In  ceming  into  the  Buy  with  the  uea  bree/c,  which  is  from  N.  E.  to  E. 
N.  E.  you  should  endeavour  to  gnt  well  to  the  eaattvard  before  you  at- 
tempt to  run  in.  Your  leading  mark  to  run  clear  of  Old  Fort  Reef,  (whirK 
extends  from  the  anchorage  in  the  U.ty  to  the  northward  of  the  nurthern- 
moet  point)  is  the  Boge  Road  end  on  bearing  South  or  South  a  little 
ivestcrly  ;  proceed  with  that  mark  until  you  open  Moncego  church  with 
Old  Fort  Point,  then  haul  in  for  the  Southeast  part  of  the  town,  and  when 
Vou  have  shut  in  Sandy  Point  with  Old  Fort  Point,  you  may  anchor  in 
from  17  to  10  fathoms  line  sand  and  mud. 

The  reef  off,  and  to  the  .lorthward  of  Old  Fort  Point,  lies  nearly  one 
mile  and  a  quarter  from  the  shore ;  therefore  come  no  nearer  to  the 
point  to  the  northward  of  Old  Fort  Point  than  two  miles.  The  leadinf^ 
mark  into  the  Bay  with  afair  wind,  keep  the  house  on  Cooper's  Hill  in  a 
line  with  the  church,  bearing  E.^  S.  With  this  mark  you  may  anchor  as 
soon  as  you  have  shut  in  Sandy  Point  with  Old  Fort  Point.  Marks  for 
the  $hoal  on  the  south  tide  of  the  Bay,  are  Blueiield's  Penn,  on  with  the 
highest  round  hill  bearing  S.  E.  by  £.  |  E.  and  the  house  on  the  Sandy 
Beach  just  clear  of  Old  Fort  Point,  bearing  N.  E.  by  N.  the  Boge  Road 
end  on  ;  the  water  on  the  tops  of  the  rocks,  is  from  5  to  10  fathoms. 

About  5  miles  to  the  westward  of  *Montego  iiuy,  is  a  small  creek  called 
Great  River  ;  in  this  Bay  and  without  it,  merchant  ships  lie  to  load. 
There  is  a  shoal  which  extends  nearly  the  whole  of  the  way  across  the 
Bay  that  afibrds  good  shelter  for  the  ships  lying  there  in  strong  norths. 

If  lying  in  MontegoBay  and  going  to  the  eastward,  I  should  recommend 
leaving  the  Bay  in  the  evening  as  soon  as  the  land  wind  comes  off,  which 
will  generally  run  you  clear  of  the  Bay,  and  in  a  good  offing  for  the  sea 

In  working  from  hence  to  windward,  when  it  is  clear  weather,  you  may 
make  the  copper  hiHs,  the  highest  on  the  island  of  Cuba.  They  bear  from 
Montego  point  N.  E.  by  N.  distant  about  34  leagues  ;  and  from  St.  Ann's 
hny  N.  and  N.  N.  E.  about  L'O  leagues. 

From  Montego  point,  6  leagues  E.  lies  Martha  Brca,  or  Brae,  where 
vessels  load  ;  though  the  place  is  frequented  only  by  those  who  go  there 
■on  purpose.  There  is  a  bar  with  16  or  17  feet  going  in,  and  the  pas- 
sage it;  coming  out,  between  the  Triangle  rocks,  is  not  more  than  60  feet 
m:ie,  'jvith  6|  or  7  fathoms  water. 


Directions  for  Falmouth  Harbour  Bay. 

Going  io,  endeavour  (if  by  nighi)  to  keep  the  shore  close  aboard,  and 
thelnnd  wind  will  lead  yeu  to  the  eastward.  The  passage  into  Falmouth 
harbour  is  intricate  and  only  fit  for  merchant  or  other  small  vessels. — 
About  12  miles  to  the  eastward  of  Falmouth,  is  Macabeona  Bay,  which  is 
v«ry  remarkable  ;  it  is  a  fine  low  pleasant  plantation  ;  close  to  it  and  on 

*  AUilhips,  lying  either  at  Montego  Bay  or  at  Grand  River,  pay  harbour  dues  at  the 
rata  i>f  one  sbUling  a  ton,  register  tonnagfi  ;.and  in  the  event  of  any  ship  going  into  the 
•inner  harbour  of  Montego  Bay,  thef  nay  one  half-penny  per  ton  for  every  day  they  may 
\\e^n  the  harbour;  in  addition  tolh'e  dues  that  are  pftid  for  anchoring  in  the  bajr. 


:ait. 


10  Edit. 


Blunf  s  American  (!)oa8t  Pilot. 


328 


itwiU 
lips  lo 

.toE. 
ou  nl- 
whicK 
thern- 
II  little 
:h  with 
d  when 
chor  in 

xly  one 

to  the 
leading 
Hill  in  a 
nchor  as 
arki  for 
with  the 
le  Sandy 
ige  Road 
tins, 
ek  called 

to  load. 
,cro8a  the 
5  norths, 
commend 
>fr,  which 
>r  the  sea 

you  may 
)earfrom 
St.  Ann's 

\e,  where 
go  there 
the  pas- 
n  60  feet 


^oard,  and 

iFulmouth 

ressels.— ■ 

,  which  is 

it  and  on 


the  hill  over  it,  is  a  large  house  or  caiitle,  formerly  the  residence  of  Bryan 
Kdwards,  Esq. ;  3  or  4  miles  to  the  eastward  of  this,  is  the  small  harbour 
of  Rio  Bueno.  This  harbour  is  aUo  intricate  and  open  to  the  North  and 
W.  N.  W.  winds,  and  is  seldom  or  ever  frequented  by  any  other  than 
merchant  vessels,  which  go  there  to  load.  It  is  about  2  miles  from  the 
entrance  to  the  anchorage,  and  the  harbour  is  formed  by  two  reefs. 

About  3  railcH  to  the  eastward  of  Rio  Bueno,  is  dry  harbour.  This  it 
a  good  anchorage  for  small  vessels  only. 

Twelve  or  thirteen  miles  further  from  Dry  bay  is  St.  Ann's  bay :  the 
usual  method  of  going  in  there  (between  the  two  reefs  at  the  entrance, 
as  the  water  is  clear)  is  to  sail  close  to  the  westernmost  re  :f,  leaving  it 
on  the  starboard  side  ;  but  there  is  always  a  pilot  at  this  place.  You  an- 
chor in  6^  or  7  fathoms,  good  ground. 

About  8  miles  to  the  eastward  of  St.  Ann's  bay  is  Ocho  rio  (or  Ochee 
rees)  bay,  to  anchor  in  which,  you  may  sail  by  the  reef  to  the  westward. 
This  reef  spits  off  from  the  E.  side  of  the  bay  ;  so  you  must  haul  up,  and 
bring  its  westernmost  part  N.  N.  W.  or  N.  W.  in  7  fathoms  water.  There 
is  another  reef  to  the  southward  of  you,  but  as  the  water  is  very  clear, 
your  eye  may  be  your  pilot. 

From  Ocho  rio  bay  to  Ora  Cabecoa  bay,  an  open  anchorage  to  N.  and 
N.  W.  winds,  the  distance  is  \2  miles  E. 

Galena  Point  lies  4  miles  to  the  eastward  of  Ora  Cabeca.  This  Point 
is  low,  but  the  land  to  the  southward  of  it  is  high  ;  and  in  making  it  from 
the  westward,  a  remarkable  round  hill  which  stands  within  the  point  will, 
on  its  first  appearance,  form  the  point,  but  on  a  nearer  approach  the  land 
slopes  off  to  the  northward  to  a  low  point.  The  harbours  and  principal 
headlands  on  this  side  the  island,  are  laid  down  too  far  to  the  northward. 

To  sail  into  hort  IVfaria,  from  the  eastward,  you  will  see  th«  high  island 
of  Cabarita,  which  must  be  kept  a  little  to  the  larboard  bow,  so  as  to  give 
the  N.  part  of  that  island  a  birth  of  a  pistol  shot ;  then  luff  right  in,  and 
anchor  close  under  the  island,  in  4  or  5  fathoms  wator,  where  you  will  be 
within  a  cable's  length  of  the  island,  and  one  and  a  half  from  the  main  ; 
small  vessels  may  anchor  between  the  island  and  the  main.  Observe  that 
when  you  lie  here  at  any  time,  you  must  buoy  your  cables,  because  ships 
are  too  often  apt  to  heave  their  ballast  overboard,  and  spoil  the  ground. 

If  you  are  to  sail  from  the  eastward  into  Gra  Cabeca,^ou  must  go  in  by  the 
W.  of  Galena  point;  but  if  you  are  offat  sect,  and  \vant  to  go  in  for  that  point, 
you  must  bring  the  westernmost  land  of  the  Blue  mountains  S.  by  E.  ^  E. 
and  keep  it  so,  which  will  lead  you  in  with  the  point.  To  anchor  in 
Ora  Cabeca  bay,  bring  the  easternmost  point  of  the  reef  N.  E.  by  N.  dis- 
tance ab&ut  ^  of  a  mile,  and  a  house  upon  the  hill,  on  the  larboard  side, 
S.  E.  by  S;  ;  bring  also  the  Guard  house,  on  the  W.  side  of  the  river,  S. 
W.  by  S.  distance  half  a  mile,  and  the  westernmost  Bluff  point  W.  by  N. 
then  you  will  have  5^  fathoms  water,  sandy  ground.  You  may  also  an- 
chor further  in  under  the  Red  cliff  bearing  VV.  S.  W.  and  there  you  will 
have  deep  water. 

About  10  miles  S.  E.  o'f  Porto  Maria,  is  Anattu  bay  ;  to  sail  into  this 
open  anchorage  from  the  eastward,  you  must  steer  down  for  Green  Cat- 


I  dues  at  the 
lug  into  the 
ly  they  may 
I  bay. 


*  Small  vessels  drawing  not  more  than  10  feet  water,  may  find  excellent  shelter  and 
good  holding  ground  by  warping  into  Allan's  hele,  at  Ora  Cabeca,  nearly  under  the  bat- 
*vy.    Those  drawing  only  8  feet,  may  tail  in  through  an  opening  in  the  reef. 

42 


330 


Bluiit's  Ariii'iican  (Joast  l^ilot. 


Jo£di(. 


IJ- 


tie  windniiil,  iinlil  you  l)riii<r  Old  SIkmv\  honsu  (in  tliR  iimKiiu  of  the  h-.iy) 
S.  of  you  ;  tlioii  punli  in  directly  lor  tiic  snid  hou<*e,  which  will  cnrry  yon 
clear  to  the  westward  ofUu*  SrhooliicMtei',  the  only  shonl  in  tUf.  buy.  As 
the  bank  is  steep  and  iiiinow,  tlie  lust  sounding  iai  !>  or  i()rathoni<)  wsrtcr; 
therot'oie  yoa  should  have  }  uur  aiu-hor  clear,  and  moor  iit  0  or  7  rathoths. 
when  you  will  be  one  fourth  ui'.i  mile  from  the  shore. 

About  74  leagues  S.  byK.  J  Li  from  Anaitabay,  is  I'orl  Antonio,  wliicb 
was  formuny  a  king*^  port,  and  there  Atill  are  to  be  seiMi  the  remains  oi 
the  careening  wharf,  ^^c.  It  in  divided  into  two  harbouri«,  vi/..  the  ea<*t 
and  the  west.  To  sail  iiito  the  cast  harbour,  comin;r  ffom  iUv.  sea,  liriiig 
the  eastern  part  of  the  Blue  Mount  tins  to  boar  S.  S.  \V.  ui>J  fiteer  in  that 
course,  which  will  curry  you  in  uight  of  the  Commodore'^  houb'Cy  upon 
Navy  island  ;  knop  that  on  ybtir  Htarboiird  side,  kcepinsr  about  mid-rhan 
nel  between  Navy  island  and  the  cast  point  of  Mr.  Plcasani  s  house  (^ivhiclt 
is  two  stories  higbj  open  of  the  Tort  point.  Tiierc  is  in  the  middle  of  tiu.' 
eastharboar  a  reetof  7  feet  water,  which  keeps  ofl'the  swell  sent  in  by  a 
N.  wiiid,  and  v  ithout  or  within  this  reef  you  may  anchor  ;  if  you  choose 
the  latter,  you  must  keep  over  to  the  Fort  side,  till  you  open  a  great 
Cotton  tree,  with  Mr.  Trower'a  house  on  the  east  shore  ;  then  you  mu/ 
haul  up  and  come  to  an  anphor  in  7  fathoms  water,  good  holding  ground 
both  here  and  without ;  indeed  it  is  dilficult  to  get  the  anchors  out  of  the 
ground-  The  east  harbour  is  U(  '  so  secure  as  the  wost,  being  exposed 
to  the  north,  which  sends  in  a  grout  swell ;  but  its  channel  being  broader, 
is  not  so  difficult. 

If  boi^nd  into  the  west  harbour,  after  making  the  cncrance,  which  may 
be  seen  2  or  3  leagues  off,  by  the  houses  on  Titchfield,  or  Navy  island, 
you  may  run  close  to  Folly  point,  and  then  steer  on  for  the  Fort  till  yoh 
bring  sonie  negro  huts  below  Bryttii^s  house,  open  of  the  Old  Warehouee; 
this  keeps  you  clear  of  the  shore  lyin^  oflTNavy  island,  on  which  are  co- 
ral rocks,  whereon  yOu  hare  not  liiore  than  9  or  10  feet  wates.  Vo^ 
may  keep  as  close  to  the  breakers  off  the  Fort  as  you  please,  bcin^  steep 
too.  When  near  abreast  of  the  Old  wharf^  you  may  haul  in  and  anchor  ui 
pleasure,  in  G  and  7  fathoms,  muddy  clay:  'i'hc  entrance  of  this  harbour 
is  SD  narrow  (not  being  above  70  fathoms  wide)  that  it  must  not  be  at 
tempted  without  a  leading  wind.  There  is  ^  channel  for  vessels  of  9  or 
10  feet  draught  of  water,  through  the  reef,  to  the  westward  of  Navy 
island. 

The  tides  here  are  not  regular,  but  inllueuced  by  the  wind^,  the  variii 
tioninl77l,  was  17«  15' E.    . 


Directions  for  sailing  from  Port  Royal  to  Moraiit  Point,  or  fAf 

East  end  q/*  Jamaica. 

THE  best  way  in  sailing  from  Jamaica,  for  the  winJwartl  passage,  is  (o 
get  as  'uoort  as  yor  cati,  the  coast  bf  Hispaniola  on  board,  where  you  will 
nev(5r  ihiss  of  a  windward  current,  and  in  the  etrening  tlf€?^Vind  offshdre. 
Coming,  out  of  Port  Royal,  after  you  afe  clear  of  the  keys,  reach  off  till 
1  6'clock,  and  then  you  will  be  well  id  by  the  time  the  land  breezes  come 
on.  16u  niay  turii  or  'tand  into  13  fathoms  vvater  aback  of  the  keys,  for 
within  tliat  depth  it  is  not  safe  ;  they  stretch  N.  £.  by  E.  ,and  S.  W.  by 
W.     There  is  a  shoal  which  lies  about  1^  mile  off  the  shore,  betnreen 


fho  y 

i^Jora^ 

Of)s 
being  i 
bring  i 

*>'ith  <i;i 
''"pf,  bi 
iiiid  9,  I 

**"y;  «f 
<ho(i^h 
:,'»d  not 

NOTK- 

■ind  2  in 
Thp  ] 
'»'  12  Je 
'^fountiin 
likc'viati 
abovR  jrt 
vour  di^tr 
and  night 
sailing, 

'These  I 
fer,  lie  frc 
•jorih  east 
'<ey,  or  W 
some  coco 
tried  at  a 
^^orant,  or 
-'t retches  S 
^o  ti.e  S.  W 
*^'     From  t 
IS  S.  by  VV. 
When  M, 
1^  fathoms 
^^hen  they 
^vhen  S.  S. 
above. 

Jo  know 

southward,  i: 

t^orth-east  e 

^-byS.     Sc 

"e  seen  on  tl 

eastward  of  a 

-Also  comii 

northward  o/ 

hkevv^e,  you 

'«'o  anchor, 

o  ^i»thoms.     'J 

•nay  generally 

tne  VVe»t  key 

n>ay  anchor  ii| 

thorns,  white 


£ai(- 


10  Kdit. 


Blunfs  Amorican  Coast  Pilot. 


331 


0  buy; 

ry  yo'« 
iiy.  A*. 
witter; 
thonis. 

,  wUicli 
laiiH  ol 
he  east 
I,  l»riiiB 
ill  Vhat 
(:_«  upon 

^(^wlucli 
lie  of  tin- 
tin  by  n 
II  choose 
a  great 
you  tiiu/ 

»ut  of  the 

exposed 

;  broader, 

rhich  may 
ivy  island, 
rt  till  yod 
arehbuae ; 
:h  are  co- 
lei.     Yoy 
ing  steej* 
anchor  ai 
IS  liurboui 
[not  be  at 
■Is  of  9  01 
of  Navy 

llhevarin 


ni,  or  the 


Bsage,  in  U) 
[e  you  will 
1  off  sh6re. 
Lttch  off  till 
Jezes  come 
lefeeys,  for 
S.  W.by 
J,  betneeu 


the  YallnH*^  and  tl^c  White  hordes  ;  and  nothing  else  till  you  come  to 
Morant  kpyi»i  or  the  Kami§.  It  yni  liavo  occaNion  to  «ail  into  Port  Mo- 
rsnf,  the  following  directions  will  Im*  your  nuide. 

Observe  n  hoiiHe  wliicli  standH  ii|ioii  a  liiil,  on  a  r«d  groun<)  |  the  hill 
being  right  over  the  ro:i/1  leadiri'^  to  the  path,  (vbic!i  you )oay  nlwavs  see  j 
bi'iug  liiat  house  and  the  path  ti(|i;  nurtli,  then  vpu  may  flail  into  the  bay 
with  s;dV'ty.  Take  care  not  to  nail  too  near  the  leeward  or  wiqdward 
n!pf,  but  brin^  your  nnrks  north,  as  above  inentioned.  Then  you  will 
lind  9,  R,  7},  7,  6J,  G,  5,  and  |  less  5  to  4  fathoms  water,  till  you  hare 
'•peijed  the  Cooper's  house  and  the  Store  house  on  the  E.  side  of  the 
bay ;  after  which  you  come  to  an  anchor,  in  what  water  you  pleas,e  ; 
(bough  there  is  on  the  same  si<le  a  bank,  right  before  the  Store  hou8e» 
•nid  not  far  from  the  i<hore,  with  not  more  than  '.\  and  !^|  fathoms  on  it. 
Nori: — That  this  sailing  is  to  be  attempted  only  between  the  hours  of  10 
•md  2  in  the  day. 

The  body  of  Morrint  keys  lies  from  Port  Morant,  S.  F-.  about  II 
OP  12  leagues.  Carrion  Crow  hill,  or  the  first  rising  hill  of  the  Blue 
Mountiins  tp  the  ea,>*tward,  bearing  about  N.  W.  by  N, — N.  W.  |  W'. 
Hkewisq  the  body  of  Yallah's  hill  N.  W.  by  N.  \  W.  joinec)  with  the 
ftbove  at  tbc  gaitte  time  ;  so  that  by  seeing  these  hills,  you  miy  judge  of 
voiir  distance  off  (hem,  on  the  shore  a4  well  as  the  place  your  ship  is  in  ; 
and  night  df^Wihr^  qn,  you  govern  yourself  accordingly  in  turning  or 
siiiling.  ' 

These  keys,  \jrhich  arc  only  9  or  7  feet  above  the  surface  of  the  wa- 
ter, lie  from  lat.  H"  22'  to  17®  20'  N.  There  are  four  of  them,  called 
north  east  key,  or  Kastern  key  ;  Sand  key  ;  Bird  key  ;  and  South-west 
key,  or  West  key  ;  they  have  »]\  sTunll  bushes  on  them,  and  there  are 
some  cocoa  trees  planted  on  Biiv|  key,  by  \vhich  they  may  be  des- 
cried at  a  greater  .dist^i^ce^  Thj^  North-cast  key  is  bearing  from  fpiht 
Morant,  or  at  the  east  ppit^t  of  Ji^u^aica  S.  S.  E.  distance  1 1  leagues  ;  it 
stretches  S.  |  E.  and  ^.  |  yV.  being  in  length  2950  feet;  from  its  S.  end, 
to  ti.e  S.  W.  key,  the  bearing  is  S.  S.  W.  and  from  the  West  key  S.  W.  | 
^.  From  the  north  end  of  the  Eastern  key  to  the  southern,  the  bearing 
is  S.  by  W.  and  to  the  ^yest  key  S.  S.  W.  ^  W. 

When  Morant  keys  are  bearing  S.  W.  about  4  miles,  you  have  al^put 
15  fathoms  water,  stony  ground,  mixed  with  fine  red  speckled  gravel. 
When  they  bear  S.  W.  by  S.  about  4  miles,  you  have  16  fathops,  ^nd 
when  S.  S.  W.  i  W.  G  miles  distance,  you  have  2:^  fathomfi,  ground  as 
above. 

I'o  know  when  you  are  to  the  eastward  of  the  keys,  coming  from  the 
southward,  note,  that  Morant  point,  or  the  east  end  of  Jamaica,  and  the 
North-east  end  of  the  same,  bear  from  each  other  N.  W:  by  N.  and  S..i 
E.  by  S.  So  that  when  the  North-east  end,  which  is  high  and  WuflT,  is  to 
be  seen  on  those  bearings,  or  to  the  westward  of  them,  you  are  to  the 
eastward  of  all. 

Also  coming  from  the  southward,  ;md  keeping  the  Yallah's  hill  to  the 
northward  of  the  above  bearings,  or  Carrion  Crow  hill  to  the  northward 
likevvjae,  you  are't«>  the  westw&rd  of  the  keys. 

To  anchor,  coming  from  the  Ciwtward,  borrow  no  nearer  the  reefthao 
6  fathoms,  This  reef  runs  down  by , the  N.  side  of  the  Eastern  key,  and 
may  generally  be  seen  ;  steer  down  to  the  westward  by  it,  until  yoii  bring 
the  We&t  key  to  bear  S.  S.  E.  or  S.  E.  l^'y  S.  then  haul  in  for  it,  and  you 
may  anchor  in  w^ijit  watep  you  chot^^  from  12  to  11,  9,  8,  and  7  fa- 
thoms, white  sandy  ground,  bnd  at  what  <listdnce  you  will  from  the  key  ; 


332 


Blunt's  American  Coast  Pilot 


10  Edit 


10  E 


or  you  mait  bring  the  key  B.  ur  S.  by  W.  then  jou  coine  by  your  lead  on 

Siod  sandy  ground,  ar  nigh  at  you  will  in  18,  16,  15,  18, 10,  8,  7, 6,  and  5 
thoim  water,  taking  care  that  you  may  be  able  to  aail  in  ull  k!ndi  of  windii ; 
you  may  go  higher  under  the  reef  to  an  anchor,  but  danger  may  eniue. 

lake  always  great  care  that  in  night  time  you  do  not  come  too  near 
these  keys  for  tear  of  being  drove  on  shore  by  the  current. 

Ir  turning  between  Morant  ki'ys  and  (he  ea^t  enii  of  Jamaica,  there  [n 
good  3  leagues  turning  ground  ;  and  as  it  happens  but  seldom  that  you  do 
not  descry  some  of  the  land  beforn  night,  you  must  govern  yourself  by 
its  bearings,  to  act  properly  in  turning  or  sailing  for  the  night. 

NoTB — About  II  leagues  E.  N.  E.  from  Morunt  keyn,  nnd  K.  by  S. 
16  or  17  leagues  fi'om  Morant  points,  there  is  an  Overfall,  having  20  and 
16  fathoms  water  on  it ;  but  it  issehiom  met  with,  being  very  narrow. 

About  12  or  13  leagues  from  Morant  Point,  between  N.  N.  E.  and  N. 
E.  by  N.  lies  the  shoal,  called  tlie  Formagns,  or  Pismires.  This  is  u  large 
shoal,  stretching  E.  N.  E.  and  W.  S.  W.  about  10  miles  in  length,  and  6 
in  breadth  ;  the  cust  cm),  on  whose  edge,  which  is  steep  too,  there  is  ge- 
nerally u  great  swell,  has  IB  or  10  feet  water,  ouil  several  patches  of  co- 
ral, with  only  14  and  15  feet ;  about  a  mile  on  the  shoal,  to  the  westward 
of  the  eastern  edge,  the  water  deepeni^  (u  4^  and  5  fathoms,  ond  further 
in  the  same  direction,  to  6|,  6, 6|,  sand,  with  spots  of  coral,  where  you 
may  anchor.  In  standing  over  the  Formagas,  when  you  come  to  7  or  7^, 
fathoDis,  you  deepen  your  water  immediately  from  10  to  15,  and  then  no 
soundings  at  20  fathoms.  On  the  eastern  edge  tbe  bottom  ia  dark ,  and  not 
easily  seen  in  hazy  weather,  but  to  the  westward  it  is  !*giiter,  and  may  b( 
perceived  at  some  distance. 

The  fall  of  the  highland  o«er  Plantain  garden  river,  which  is  the  cast 
ernmost  high  land  on  Jamaica,  bearing  S.  W.  by  S.  it  leads  you  on  th(: 
Formagas ;  in  the  day  they  may  be  discovered  by  the  discolouring  of  thf 
water. 


From  Morant  Point,  or  th  East  end  of  Jamaica,  to  the  SoutI, 
Shore  of  Cuba,  St.  Jago,  Cumberland  harbour,  Occou 
Bay,  and  Cape  Mayze. 

FROM  Morant  Point  N.  N.  W.  are  the  Copper  Hills,  mentioned  in  thf 
preceding  article,  as  the  highest  land  on  the  S.  part  of  the  island  of  Cuba  ; 
they  are  round  and  peaked,  lying  a  little  way  inland,  and  may  be  descried 
from  most  parts  of  the  N.  side  oi,  Jamaica,  making  pretty  much  alike 
at  all  bearings  from  thence.  Sbmetirnds  you  may  see  them  and  the  east 
end  of  Jamaica  at  the  same  time.  The  Copper  hi'ls  bear  from  Montego 
point  N.  E,  by  N.  about  34  leagues,  and  from  St.  Ann's  bay  N.  and  N.  N. 
E.  about  3p  ;  whence  by  their  bearings,  when  they  can  be  seen,  you  maj 
know  what  places  you  are  abreast  of,  on  the  N.  side  of  Jamaica. 

From  the  east  end  of  Jamaica  to  St.  Js^o,  the  course  is  N.  6"  E.  near 
41  leagues. 
•  From  ditto  to  Cumberland  Harb6iir  N.  by  E.J  E.  about  43  leagues. 

From  ditto  to  Occou  or  Sptox's  bay,  near  N.  E.  by  N.  54  leagues. 

St.  Jago  is  aboot  22  Jeacaes  to  the  eastward  of  the  Copper  hills.  The 
Morro  Castle  li«8ji» latitude  J9°  57'  when  the  east  point  of  the  enWanc< 


of  St. 

west  F 

Froi 

aotaoai 

Jeaguei 

land  hi 

the  bar 

N.byc 

hence  i 

E.  S.E 

Cape 

»ast  8id< 

about  4 

bour. 

and  lies 

shore  ir 

wood  am 

Betwc 

ressels  n 


The  en 
you  will 
•'lifl;  whic 
that  benri 
point  wit^ 
other  sand 
ed  Fisheri 
and  ivheo 
E.  and  aiic 
choring  ar 
the  barboi 
'n  comii 
of  the  harb 
passing  it  r 
on,  which 
Fisherman 

^he  tnarki 


SOUTH 

other  bearii 
West  head 
yellow  cliff 


*  The  Mom. 
are  often  seen 
or  40  leagues  v, 
"»g  "p  through 


r 


ad  on 
nad  5 
irinds  ; 
jDiue. 
»  near 

\ere  w 
you  do 
self  by 

..  by  S. 

20  and 
ow. 

and  N. 
I  u large 
,  and  6 
re  i»  gc- 
»8  of  CO- 
westward 
I  further 
lerc  you 

0  7  or  1\ 

1  then  no 
; ,  and  not 
d  may  b( 

the  east 
M  on  tht: 
ing  of  thf 


lOEdii. 


Blunt*8  American  Coast  Pilot. 


SSA 


South 
Occoa 


ned  in  the 
of  Cuba; 
'  descried 
luch  alike 
the  east 
J  Montego 
and  N.  N. 
[,  you  tnaj 

U  E.  near 

leagues, 
igucs. 
TWs.    The 
enlranc* 


of  St.  Jago  Sean  N.  E.  then  the  innermott  battery  ii  shut  lo  with  the 
west  point. 

From  St.  Jago  to  Cumberland  harbour,  (which  the  Spaniards  callGu- 
antanamo,  and  i»  in  lat.  19*  64')  the  coune  it  neerly  E.  about  15 
leagues ;  and  when  you  comeio  far  to  the  eaatward,  as  to  bring  Cumbor* 
land  harbour  N.  diituice  6  or  6  miles,  then  the  iand  to  the  westward  of 
the  liarbour,  and  St.  Jsjo  Morrn  castle  will  be  in  ore,  they  bearing  W.  | 
N.  by  compass,  and  the  outermost  land  to  the  eastward  E.  N.  E.  Front 
hence  may  be  seen  the  High  land  of  Grand  Ance  on  Hispaniola,  bearing 
E.  S.  E.  ^  E.  and  then  you  will  be  in  latitude  19*  45'  N  • 

Cape  Cruz  is  a  bluff  point  and  the  land  near  it  is  low  and  level.  On  the 
east  side  of  the  Cape,  the  shore  stretches  N.  N.  E.  and  N.  E.  by  N.  for 
-about  4  leagues.  Hird's  Island  lies  off  the  Capo  ;  they  make  a  good  har> 
bour.  Vessels  may  sail  through  between  them,  but  as  the  island  is  low 
and  lies  pretty  close  under  the  Cape  land,  you  must  make  bold  with  the 
shore  in  order  to  open  the  channel.  This  is  n  good  place  for  ships  to 
wood  and  water  in,  and  they  may  have  plenty  of  tish. 

Between  this  place  and  St.  Jago,  there  are  several  harbours  in  which 
ressels  may  lie  with  safety.     Cape  Cruz  lies  in  lat.  19^  47'  N. 


Directions  for  Cumberland  haphour. 

The  entrance  of  this  harbour  is  about  two  miles  wide ;  in  entering  it 
you  will  observe  in  the  middle  of  the  Bay,  a  remarkable  light  yellow 
cliff,  which  bring  to  bear  N.  by  W.  or  N.  by  W.  i  W.  and  run  in  with 
that  bearing  until  you  open  Fisherman's  point,  which  is  a  small  sandy 
point  with  two  huts  on  it.  This  point  cannot  be  mistaken  as  there  is  n» 
other  sandy  part  on  the  west  side  of  the  harbour.  AAer  you  have  open- 
ed Fisherman's  point  with  the  above  bearings  you  may  steer  N.  N^  E:' 
and  when  Fisherman's  point  bears  E.  by  S.  haul  up  N.  £.  or  N.  E.  by 
E.  und  anchor  in  6  or  7  fathoms  muddy  bottom.  The  best  marks  for  an- 
choring are  Fisherman's  point  S.  by  £.  or  S.  S.  E.  The  w^st  head  of 
the  harbour  S.  W.  |  W .     The  light  yellow  cliff  W.  ^  S.  in  7  fathoms. 

In  coming  from  the  eastward,  you  may  keep  as  near  to  the  east  head 
of  the  harbour  as  you  please,  as  there  are  10  fathoms  close  to  it.  After 
passing  it  run  to  the  westward,  and  bring  the  before-mentioned  bearings 
on,  which  will  clear  the  reef  that  lies  off  the  point  a  little  to  the  S.  W.  of 
Fisherman's  point. 

*  « 

The  marks  for  the  Reef  which  ha$  heretofore  been  stated  to  be  a  single 
,.  Rock. 

SOUTH  END.  The  two  Huts  on  Fisherman's  point,  on  with  each 
other  bearing  N.  E.  by  E.  and  the  point  within  the  east  head  S.  by  E. — 
West  head  S.  W.  by  W.  h  W.  entrance  of  Augusta  river  W.  h  S.  and  the 
yellowcliffN.  W.  byN. 


.1 


*  The  Mountains  of  Giand  Ance,  which  are  the  westernmost  high  land  of  Hispaniola, 
are  often  seen  also  between  Cape  Mayze  and  Cape  Nicholas;  tRey  may  be  descried  at  30 
or  40  leagues  distance ;  and  by  their  situation  and  bearing  become  a  good  guide  in  wnrlc- 
iiig  up  through  the  Windward  passage. 


334 


Blun' V  American  Coant  Pilot. 


10K(li(. 


HI  Hi 


NOKTII  KND.  Th«  N.  E.  hut  about  itii  breailtli,  open  to  the  noitlu 
ward  of  the  .i.  W.  hut  bearing  N.  K.  by  E.  |  K.  Tht*  point  nithin  the 
eaatheud  H.  4  E. —  /ho  entrance  of  AugURtn  River  W.  H.  W.  'Ih.-  Koel 
lie*  N.  by  W.  iiad  S.  b^  E.  about  U  cablew'  lenf^th,  and  'io  fiithom^  in 
breadth;  hoc  17  feet  water  on  it«  iihoiilest  part,  31  fathoM^  within  i(, 
and  Ih  futhoma  clone  to  the  outer  edge,  which  liei  about  2\  oabltit  length 
from  the  thortf. 

In  coming  in  from  the  westward  vou  may  npprouch  the  point  to  a  ra- 
bies* length,  M  it  in  «teep  to,  but  from  the  nppuarance  of  the  point  ot  u 
diiitancc,  a  itrangfr  would  suppose  there  won  a  reef  lying  ofl*  from  it  at 
least  a  (|iiartet  of  a  mile.  AAeryou  ure  within  this  point  haul  more  to 
the  eastward,  un  there  i^  a  tiat  which  rYtendn  from  the  ontram'c  pf  Au* 
«;uBla  river  in  a  .'traight  direction  for  the  light  yellow  cliff  Thto  flat 
reachea  nearly  one  third  of  the  diittance  ncrons  ihehurbourtgwards  Fish 
itrman*!  point,  hut  the  aoundings  to  and  from  it  are  very  irregular. 

If  the  wind  is  otT  the  land  and  you  have  to  work  in,  your  lead  will  he 
your  best  pilot  when  Htanding  to  the  westward,  but  when  standing  to  the 
eastward,  be  careful  not  to  approach  the  land  nearer  than  three  cublen* 
K'"^th  98  the  reef  before-mentioned  is  steep  to. 

ii^  ruonfng  in  with  the  leading  bearings  you  wilj  be  within  the  point 
before  you  get  Houndinx** ;  aAer  which  you  will  have  them  very  irregu- 
lar from  1 S  to  7  or  C  fathoms. 

Augusta  river  s  very  narrow  ut  the  entrance,  and  has  only  12  or  M 
fccjt  water  about  a  quorter  of  a  mile  up.  You  may  continue  up  the  river 
by  keeping  the  starboard  shore  on  board,  or  go  into  a  large  lagoon  on  the 
larboard  side. 

Th9  whole  of  Cumberland  harbour  abounds  with  fish  but  no  other  pro- 
visiA)n*  can  be  procured  ;  water  may  be  hod  by  going  \'i  or  14  miles  up 
on  the  east  side  of  the  harbour,  to  a  small  river  to  which  the  name  oi' 
Wiker  River  ht^s  been  given. 


Directions  for  Trinidad  (^Cuba.) 

In  running  down  the  coast  of  Cuba,  give  Cape  Cruz  a  good  birth,  and 
when  it  bears  E.  N.  E.  distant  12  miles,  you  can  haul  up  W.  N.  W.  in 
the  night  time  or  N.  W.  by  W.  h  W.  by  day  light  to  Key  Largo,  which  is 
1  ]i  miles.  Be  particular  not  to  come  too  near  Key  Largo,  as  there  Is  u 
feef  extending  10  or  12  miles  from  its  N.  W.  end.  If  the  weather  be 
clear  you  will  see  bearing  N.  W.  by  N.  of  you,  a  vacancy  between  two 
hills,  which  you  can  steer  for  to  talce  you  to  Key  Blanco  ;  you  will  first 
Hee  a  Key  on  your  starboard  hand  ;  and  then  two  Keys,  tbfl  next  is  Key 
Blanco.  Be  particular  to  keep  a  look  out  at  the  mast-head,  as  your  eye 
is  always  your  bejt  pilot  to  keep  you  clear  of  rocks  at  sea. 

About  5  leagues  to  the  eastward  of  Cumberland  harbour,  is  the  mouth 
of  a  little  river,  where  many  small  vessels  may  lie.  U  is  called  by  the 
Spaniards  Peurto  Escondido,  or  the  hidden  port ;  and  has  no  more  than 
12  feet  upon  the  bar ;  its  opening  being  small,  and  the  west  point  run- 
ning out  very  narroM(,  it  is  sometimes  «rery  difficult  to  fiud  out  that  river. 
The  deepest  water  is  close  by  the  pointy  but  there  is  anchoring  to  the 
eastward  to  the  mouth  of  the  harbour. 


Froii 

it  K.  h 

•-idlfl  i 

lor  iiiici 

distaiMM 

'a,  wiil 

<:hor  ill 

and  tlici 

vers  nil 

or  :i  mil 

cr,  IS  to 

is  gonor 

riiHci  til 

HUp^ly  y 

r  rom 
course  ii 


From  \ 
za,  Ca 

i'rom 
K.  i  N.  H 
it  is  \j:>it 
following 
ally  thrc» 
"*pt  you  b 
!iee  the  la 

It  ha:i  b 
northeast' 
and  the  V^ 
track  the 
will  frequ 

From  tl 
eleven  lee 
Hke  Way« 
makes  the 


*  Tlie  cas 
strains;  the  i 
lying  above! 
Iter  is  piecipi 
of  a  (lifTerent 
in  a  shade. 

There  suei 

steering  S.  V 

saincj  and  th( 

one  league  in 

thrie  strain,  • 

to  be  merely 

of  the  water  i 

When  near 

«oS.    There 

t  Tiburon 

deep  to  withi 

you  have  $  ui 


-ilifC^'J^*^ 


^l^h 


X  • 


K(li(. 

north- 
hiti  the 
I.'  iU'vi 
unm  ill 
ithin  il. 
I  tengtli 

to  n  c«- 
)iiit  at  u 
Ml)  it  at 
njorc  to 
1  pf  Au- 
\'\m  flnt 
lis  Finh 

• 

I  will  he 
g  to  tli*» 
s  cables' 

he  point 
irregu- 

12  or  \'\ 
thu  river 
>n  on  the 

ther  pro- 
miles  up 
name  of 


l(H:}i(il. 


liiuilf h  Amf*pi«!Rn  (Jonnl  Pilot. 


:w 


irth,  ana 
^(.  W.  ii! 
which  is 
her*  !9  a 
a^oer  be 
een  two 
will  first 
:t  is  Key 
our  ejft* 

Le  mouth 
U  by  the 
\ore  than 
[int  run- 
Lai  river. 
[g  to  the 


From  CtiM^ioiltnil  hiirl»our  to  C.'ti|K>  Hueno,  or  Moka  point,  the  coutai' 
in  K.  Uy  N.  4  N.  near  30  lounufs.     Within  thi«f'up«M  thu  Hay  of  0<:cua, 
.  iilU'.l  |»v  niif  MiiilorH  Hoka  bay,  »"•!  nanied  aUo  Spmx'n  bay  ;  th«   mark 
lor  lUichVn  nig  in  the  boy,  i«  to  brioK  the  ennternmoit  point  to  b««r  lu.  ft.  U. 
clistiiiK  •:  about  J  mil**  an«l  a  hull",  auJ  thi'u  the  platfocm  lanil  on  llispanio- 
»a,  will  bo  in  ono  wan  lh«  point.     The  iatitndo  i!i  '2'.f  0".     You  may  an-j 
.hop  in  any  v  uler  from  :i:>  to  7  falhoinn,  but  16  or  18  arc  tho  best  depths  ; 
and  then',  is  plenty  offish  to  be  ci-i^bt  with  hooks.     Two  fiesh  water  ri- 
vers run  into  this  bay  ;  fh«'  oiii;  nuinc'd  Kio  de  Mel,  or  Honey  river,  lies  S 
or  '.\  miles  to  the  westwnrd  of  the  anchoraRC  ;  the  other,  which  lies  near- 
cr,  is  to  the  caitward,  and  at  the  bottonj  of  the  easternmost  gultey.but  it 
i<«  generally  dry,  by  reason  of  the  scaicity  of  rain  in  thin  part.     At  most 
tlitiei  there  are  at  Hoka  bay  Spaniith  hunters,  and  shepherds,  who  wifl 
•supply  you  with  fresh  provi.Mun*. 

From  Hoka  point  or  Cape  IJuc"  ,  to  the  pitch  of  Cape  Mayee,  the 
course  is  N.  E.  and  the  distance  altoiu  b  Ungues. 


From  MorJlnt  Point  or  the  East  End  oiManmica,  to  t!ic  Navrt- 
za,  Cape  Tiburon,an</Cape  Driiiiu  M[iria,  on  Hispaniola. 

From  the  e.ist  end  of  Jamaica,  to  *Navaza  island,  the  course  is  E.  N. 
K.  i  N.  about  ^1  leagues.  But  in  sailing  from  the  Navnza  to  the  K.  end, 
it  is  'u?d{  not  to  attempt  to  steer  to  the  westward  of  S.  VV.  by  W.  for  the 
followik\g  reasons  :  1st.  If  you  have  a  weaiher  current,  it  would  natur- 
ally threw  you  to  the  northward  of  the  East  end  ;  2d.  If  a  lee  one  it  would 
set  you  between  Moru:>t  Keys  and  the  East  end,  and  you  should  likewise 
dee  the  land  before  you  had  got  the  distance. 

It  has  been  observed  that  the  current  generally  sets  to  the  eastward  or 
northeastward,  between  the  E.  en^  "./Jamaica,  in  the  track  of  Navaza, 
and  the  VV.  end  of  Hispaniola  ;  and  to  the  northward  or  southward  of  this 
track  the  current  has  not  been  perceived.  As  you  approach  Nava/a,  you 
will  fre<iuently  meet  with  light  unsteady  winds,  and  a  weather  current. 

From  the  Nava2a  to  Cape  Tiburon,  the  course  is  E.  southerly  about 
el6ven  leagues.     This  cape  appears  on  the  top  with  many  white  places, 
!ikc  Wayft  or  toads,  and  is  the  highest  on  the  W.  coast  of  Hispaniola  ;  it    ' 
makes  the  N.  side  df  a  small  bay,  crtlled  from  it  jTiburon  bay,  the  open- 


*  The  cast  end  of  the  island  of  Navaza  appears  as  ifJcpositcd  in  three  difTcrcnt  layers  or 
stratas;  the  undcrmixt  white  clitTwith  (in  sonie  places)  apparently  pretty  largo  white  stonet 
lying  above  it.  The  niindln  and  upper  strata  rc^setnblc  each  other ;  but  in  some  places  the  up- 
(ler  is  precipitous,  forming  small  cliffs  perceptible  on  a  cloi^e  approach.  The  next  dnd  it 
of  a  different  character,  seemingly  a  kind  of  cliff  from  top  to  bottom  ;  part  of  it  appears 
in  a  shade. 

There  stems  to  be  some  scrubby  bush  wood  on  the  island ;  on  a  close  approach,  when 
steering  S.  W.  to  weather  tite  west  en '  jf  the  islaitd,  its  appearance  remaitied  much  the 
same)  and  the  greatest  height  may  be  about  70  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea  ;  it  is  about 
one  league  in  length.  When  about  a  mile  distant  frorti  Nilvaza,  it  loses  the  appearance  of 
thrAe  strata,  :iitd  what  appeared  loose  white  stones  dn  the  top  of  the  low  cliff,  seems  now 
to  be  merely  the  upper  part  of  the  rucks  washed  bare  us  far  as  it  n  subject  to  the  action 
of  the  water  in  gales  of  wind. 

When  near  the  island  it  does  not  appear  one  league  in  length,  and  Very  narrow  from  Ji . 
to  S.    There  is  a  thin  coat  of  low  brush-wood  on  the  island  ;  it  lies  in  lat.  18°  24'  N. 

t  Tiburon  bay  is  ut>out  half  m  mile  deep  to  the  eastward.  On  the  north  shore  it  is 
deep  to  within  two  or  three  cables^  length  of  the  rocks,  and  within  half  a  cable's  length 
you  have  6  utti  7  fathoms,  stiff  clajrish  ground.    On  the  E.  and  S.  E.  shoret,  you  havs 


V  • 


•^wm: 


[iM 


tilunri  Americian  CoAit  Pilot 


10  Edit. 


iB(  of  which  fronrtidc  to  tide  ii  but  1^  mile  o>cr.  Running  with  the 
•«n  hr««se  you  mutt  ftiva  lh«  8.  or  low«r  point  •  lirth  of  balfa  mile,  and 
whv  fi  you  hu?e  opened  the  h«y,  to  m  to  ««« th*  hoiMrt,  piith  right  in  N. 
£.  l(  ihdati  grtiiaaliy  from  IS  fathMM  ta  7  or  6,  whort  vou  wichor  in 
good  ground  ;  (he  cape  hearing  W.  M.  W.  2  or  3  m'lei,  and  the  8.  point 
8.  8.  E.  or  you  may  bring  the  S.  point  to  baar  Cj.  £.  by  8.  distant  half  a 
■lilo,  and  tntn  ybu  will  be  right  ngnioit  t  or  wctorinc  place. 

All  night  you  hare  a  frenh  land  hreex^  (  < .  C.  and  all  day  freih  tea 
brt!«Ma  at  S.  E.  by  R.  If  you  moor,  lay  your  be«t  anchor  to  the  8.  W. 
and  the  email  one  to  tun  S.  R.  Here  you  can  find  good  freah  water,  and 
plenty  of  good  limet  ;  but  the  inhabitnnta  ofadosen  houaea,  near  ahore, 
will  not  flufler  you  to  cut  any  wood.  There  in  generally  a  great  swell  in 
the  b:>y,  and  a  great  Hurf  on  the  beach,  unleaa  it  m  very  good  weather. 

The  course  from  the  E.  end  of  Jamaica  to  Cape  Donna  Maria,  aliai 
Cape  Dame  Muria,  it  E.  N.  E.  |  N.  33  league*,  and  from  the  Nava/a  to 
the  same  cape  N.  Ii^>  I  N'«  1'-<S  leagues.  Cape  Donna  Maria  ia  about  7 
lengnea  to  the  N.  of  Cape  Tiburon,  the  coume  being  N.  by  E,  or  from 
Cape  Tiburon  to  Irixh  bav  point  N.  N.  W.  and  from  thence  to  Cape 
Donna  Marin  N.  by  E.  The  land  between  the  two  capes  is  pretty  high, 
rugged  rtnd  uneven,  till  you  come  within  ^  or  ^  leagues  of  Uape  Donna 
Maria,  when  it  is  somewhat  lower.  There  ure  soundings  a  good  way  be- 
twixt them  There  is  also  n  small  bay  2  leagues  to  the  northward  of 
Cape  Tiburon,  called  Irish  bay,  in  which  wood  and  water  are  to  be  had, 
and  about  2  leagues  fiirther  up  north,  off  a  small  point,  lies  the  Whale,  a 
reef  or  ledge  of  rocks,  4  miles  from  the  shore  right  off,  which  must  be 
avoided  ;  this  ledge  hears  from  Cape  Dunua  Mari«i  S.  by  W.  3  leagues. 

Cape  Donna  Maria  lies  in  lat.  18°  38'  being  about  the  height  of 
Beachy  head  bluff,  and  steep  to  the  water  side,  and  of  a  reddish  colour. 
There  is  a  bay  to  the  southward  of  the  cape,  which  is  called  by  its  name, 
and  is  a  good  place  for  wood,  water,  and  nsh ;  it  shoalens  gradually^  and 
yon  may  run  in  till  you  bring  the  cape  to  bear  N.  |  E.  one  mile  and  a 
half^  the  white  cliffs  (to  the  southward  of  which  is  the  fresh  water)  £. 
by  S.  the  S.  side  of  the  bay  S.  4  W.  and  the  large  white  house  on  the  hiil 
by  the  water  side,  E.  N.  E.  ^  R.  from  16  to  8,  7,  6,  6^,  and  5  fathoms  wa- 
ter, good  sandy  ground  all  over.  Within  the  cape  in  the  bay,  there  is  u 
low  point  with  a  small  red  cliff  a  quarter  of  a  mile  in  length,  which  makes 
the  cape  remarkable.  From  this  point  lies  a  shoal  right  off  a  mile  or  two. 
which  shows  itself  very  plain  ;  afler  you  are  clear  olthe  shoal,  you  may 
•teer  into  the  bay  in  what  depth  you  choose,  keeping  your  lead  going  as 
you  come  in.  There  are  no  nouses  in  Donna  Maria  bay,  which  may  be 
seen,  but  the  large  white  house  above  mentioned,  and  another  about  2 
miles  to  the  southward  by  the  water  side.  From  Cape  Donna  Maria  Vb 
Cape  Nicholas,  the  course  is  N.  E.  by  N.  distant  30  leagues. 


4  and  44  fBthoms  fine  muddy  ground,  within  a  cablets  length,  all  round  the  shore.  No 
•hoaU  or  rocks  all  over  the  bay  ai  we  could  find.  Tho  edge  of  the  soundinn  runt  ai 
the  bay  rorms,  half  a  mile  from  iti  head.  You  may  anchor  any  where  in  the  oay  :  but 
bring  the  point  to  the  eastward,  to  bear  S.  by  E.  and  the  cape  to  bear  W.  by  N.  i  N.  in 
4  or  5  fatboini ;  from  that  to  8  or  9  ii  very  good  ground  ;  wonding  and  watering  in  great 
{plenty.  You  may  either  land  yowr  casks  and  roU  them  orer  a  narrow  nack  of  land  iato 
{the  river,  or  fill  the'ti  in  Tour  boats  with  buckets.  No  refreshroQuts  of  the  meat  kind,  but 
isome  vegetables  and  IVuits,  as  limts,  ke.  I'he^e  is  a  small  t>atteiy  of  &  guns,  mounted 
on  a  hill  above  the  houses  on  the  bay,  to  eommaad  tbc  vraterloa;  place,  walch  would  an- 
iDoy  snaall  vsasils.    Ifo  dUn^ofbere ;  thaii  tiada  consists  cUsfljr  of  indiili  cofeei  and 

COttQB. 


10  ICtlit. 


Bluiit*t  American  Conul  Pilot. 


337 


DirtciioitM  for  falUnt(  in  with  ihti  LoggorlirHd  Key 8,  n/  Cam 
Cutuchcf  unid  to  sail  from  thence  to  ('ainpochc. 

Tho  northernmoNt  of  these  ktyt,  which  lirt  in  '^1"  M\'  bi.  N.  it  called 
by  the  Spmiianta  Kl  Pontoy,  iind  (he  •oiith<'rnmu«t  Ulir  dn  Muger,  or  Wo- 
men'*  iMlamN  ;  mir  nailur*  luiinr  (hr  lirnt  l.u|;j^crlicud  Kvy,  aatlthe  tccond 
Key  Mohttir.  When  you  imncimi  you  druw  near  the  b«nk  of  Cape  Ct* 
torhc,  keep  your  leud  Koi'iK  ;  ***i(i  it  ynu  tlnko  ground,  and  do  not  aee  the 
uorthurnniuit  key,  or  thi;  lund,  you  may  depend  upon  it  y<p  are  to  the 
northward.  Then  haul  up  south  till  you  neo  thr  land,  untfyou  may  be 
Hure  It  ii  one  of  the  tw»,  keyi» ;  if  vou  arc  to  the  Houthwnrd  of  them,  you 
have  no  aoundiiigt,  until  you  nee  the  muin  lund. 

Key  Mohair  lien  VV.  8.  W .  and  K.  S.  K.  on  the  K.  nart  il  hut  a  bluff,  and 
on  that  the  appcarnnce  of  a  cantle,  to  (he  Mouthward  of  which  it  the  «va- 
torir.^  place.  About  2  or  :» leagues  to  tlie  N.  W.  of  Key  Mohair,  lie*  Lo|- 
gerhcad  Key,  which  may  be  known  by  the  tiouthernmott  part,  having 
miiny  Hmull  sand  hilN  :  give  that  key  a  ainull  birth,  and  you  may  anchor 
in  7  fathom*  water,  all  gradual  nountfingM.  The  two  keyn  uro  joined  by 
a  lon^  reef,  which  only  breaks  at  the  N.  end  of  Loggerhead  Key  ;  there 
arc  inan^  rocks,  and  among  them  plenty  of  Jew  fiih. 

To  sail  from  hence  to  Cumpcche,  ateer  N.  W.  keeping  your  lead  going, 
and  do  not  go  further  to  the  northward  than  18  futhoma  water,  nor  to  the 
southward  than  I  (J  futhomn  ;  but  when  you  come  into  17  or  18  fathoms, 
steer  west  by  south  and  keep  in  that  depth  till  you  have  run  80  or  82 
leagues,  or  more  if  you  think  you  have  not  made  this  distance  good. 
Then  haul  up  to  the  southward,  till  you  conic  into  the  depth  of  water 
necessary  lor  your  vessel  to  ride  in  with  safety,  which  may  be  in  4  or  5 
fathoms,  and  tlien  you  will  hardly  sec  land  from  the  mast  head.  You 
will  lie  smooth  here  in  all  winds,  even  if  it  blows  hard. 

Observe  that  4  or  6  leagues  to  the  N.  of  Point  Piedras,  or  the  V  .  point 
of  Yucatan,  there  lies  the  ^hoal  of  Siriul  which  has  not  above  12  or  13  feet 
water  ;  but  your  leod  will  give  you  timely  notice,  when  you  draw  near. 

When  you  arc  at  anchor,  you  muHt  send  your  boat  nway  for  Campeche ; 
it  lies  S.  E.  3U  leagues  from  Point  Piedras,  and  to  the  northward  of  (he 
only  high  land  on  that  coast. 


pre.  No 
la  runi  as 
lav:  but 
.  i  N.  in 
In  (reat 
land  ieto 
kind,  but 
mountsd 
ould  an- 
)«!  and 


Negrillo,  in  Gulf  ol*  Mexico. 

Such  a  shoal  no  doubt  exists,  and  the  best  ir  formation  respecting  it,  is 
from  Capt.  Cassals,  in  1816.  It  consists  of  twj  rocks  of  about  30  or  40 
feet  each,  with  a  channel  between  of  more  than  120  fathoms  water,  and 
each  perpendicular  at  their  edges.  They  must  have  some  connexion  to- 
gether, as  they  are  not  over  20  or  30  fathoms  apart,  but  there  is  no  bank 
of  soundings  to  indicate  their  proximity.  It  lies  in  lat.  SS'^So'N.  long. 
90"  1  r  W.  with  3  feet  water  on  .t. 


Directions  for  sailing  into  and  out  of  Campeche. 

If  boui\d  to  the  Bay  of  Campeche,  keep  in  the  lat.  from  21°  30'  to  22<' 
20'  N.  io  order  .o  keep  between  Cape  Catoche  and  the  Alacranes  she^s. 

All 


33t 


llluii(*»  AuicriirAii  Coo.il  Tilol 


10  EUii- 


nUik  lU  1U  icuctitii  N.  W.  by  W.  froni  tli«  cn|>«.  Ytin  Imiva  •uundiiip 
bar*  about  :iH  l«sacur«  from  (li«<  I'liid,  ati<l  ull  the  «riiy  front  ('up«  Cqlorhr 
to  Poiat  Pit<lrH  yuii  h«v«  rrgulnr  •ouikIhik*  uiuI  uliiln  Mfuln.  I  woultl 
Ml  adviM  MV  on«  to  com*  'laarcr  tliM  nlmri)  llinn  b  r.illiamM  (ihvu  jroii 
JMi  •(••  Um  IwmI  rrom  the  mtut  ht>n<l)  nor  hIuikI  t'.irthrr  uflf  (Iihh  I^i  I'u- 
UHMMi  for  llltr«  »tv.  I()  or  i  1  iliouU  and  rockn,  wliicli  Uc  in  iIm*  form  ot 
m  tllMW  fVem  Ibc  AlMcmncii,  uml  run  »•  for  S.  ut  t'um(»ei'ho  ;  lliin  hunk 
of  sbo«lt  u  very  broHtl. 

TIm  covrM  trvm  Cup*  Catocho  (or  rtither  tiM  kcyi  b«for«  it)  to  Point 
PUrfrM,  it  VJL  S.  W.  You  munt  run  iit  Iciut  HO  Irogutt  hcforn  vou  \h>u\ 
t^  tftM  touthward  for  Cumpucho  ;  ami  go  by  your  lend  in  rhicuy  I'runi  ^ 
to  19  bthouM,  anndy  ground.  Th('r<!  in  n  liiuik  nhich  you  munt  tnk<*  curt 
to  avoid  ;  it  ht^t  />  or  (i  Icuguei  about  W.  N.  W.  from  tha  town  of  Suul, 
md  baa  oniv  3  or  4  fcrt  of  watvr  on  momic  |iiiita  of  it.  All  thia  hind  i« 
lotv  alone  the  couat,  uiid  rcmiirkiihlr  only  in  fctv  |>lu<.cii ;  »  or  0  Iniguix* 
8.  W.  ofPoint  I'ledrua  i»  roint  hclgndii,  rsdlud  by  our  Huilors  Ciipu  (on* 
^locedo  ;  by  thia  C'lipu  thero  in  tand  which  tippvam  likr  ulanda  ut  ii  dia- 
taoc«,  and  one  ■oiuiy  hillock,  hitving  the  iippvuriiiicc  of  ii  fort.  North* 
ward  of  Campeche.  thera  ia  ii  hummock  chIUmI  Morro  dc  Mina,  and  1'  or 
3  leaguea  to  tnc  H.  W,  of  the  town  another  hummock  or  round  hill,  cullad 
Morro  do  loa  Dinbloi,  or  the  DcviPa  Mount.  Thu  witter  i<4  very  ahual. 
off  the  town,  for  7  or  H  milea  ;  merchantH*  Hhipa  iinloatl  n  IcHguua  ofl, 
and  then  go  into  the  hoU  cloac  to  the  town,  in  'J  to  'i  ami  h  half  und  2  fii 
tboma  water. 

In  aoiling  from  Campeche,  you  tnuat  atcer  to  the  northwiird  iia  fur  a* 
i!l^  3(r  lat.  N.  in  order  to  keep  clv.ir  of  biani  banlc#uiid  when  you  find 
yourself  in  tbat  parallel,  nnd  are  clear  of  the  bunk,  then  you  nuiy  atand 
•CGordiag  aayou  have  wind,  und  to  where  vou  ure  bound. 

Tbo  current!  aet  aoinetimea  to  the  N.  W.  but  for  the  most  part  to  the 
northward.  The  moat  prevuiling  winda  urc  from  N.  to  N.  E.  and  E.  to 
S.  E.  but  lomclimet  variable. 

The  latftude  of  C«m,)echc  is  near  19**  ftC  N.  long,  from  London,  1>0' 
2Qf  .V.    Variation  8"  35'  E. 


Winds  and  Weather  in  the  Gulf. 

Od  that  part  of  the  coast  of  Yucnlan  comprehended  between  Cupe  C.i 
tocbe  and  Point  Picdras,  and  which  rontinuea  to  the  southward  as  fur  n^ 
Campeche,  there  are  no  other  winds  than  the  general  N.  E.  trade,  in 
terrupted  by  heavy  noiihcrs  in  their  season. 

On  this  pnrt  of  the  coast  and  toward<4  the  Inat  of  April,  the  thunder 
tqualla  from'  N.  E.  and  S.  E.  commence.  They  are  formed  after  mid- 
day, and  at  night  the  serenity  of  the  atmosphere  is  again  established. — 
This  squally  weather  lasts  until  Septeii^()»er,  and  in  all  this  epoch  there  ure 
yerazones  or  winds  frenn  8ea.whicb  bleW  from  N.  N.  W.  to  N.  E. ;  and 
it  is  obseryed  t^at  the  fresher  tbo  vornzoo,  the  border  th^  squall  will  be, 
especially  from  June  to  September.  The  verazon  enters  at  about  il  A 
M.  and  at  night  the  wind  hauls  to  £. — E.  S.  E.  and  S.  ^.  so  that  it  may 
be  called  a  lm4.WeOze. 

On  the  c^arti^DiO  Tampico  to  Vera  Cruz,  the  reigning  wind  is  from  E. 
8.  ErlfC^JljttiOt  laid  the  months  of  April,  May,  June,  and  July,  and  at 
Mght  ittMii  off  tlM  land  6.  &  S.  W.;  but  if  at  aight  tho  land  wind  thouia 


->j»i 


**^f 


"v. 


10  Rail. 


Bliin(*t  AmericAn  Coaiii  Pilot. 


S39 


b«  N.  W.  it  will  ihc  a.«y  following  be  •! N.— N.  N.  F..  or  N.  R.  partklriw* 
Ijr  in  Aucuat  nnil  Scpiembor.  'llkoM  wtiKki  h«vt  no  (brco,  wmI  niiM  no 
««n  ;  ail  (itnt  with  tlirm  ynii  run  gnt  tu  nn  allrhort^tll  ii«  wvll  »•  with  lb*  rt* 

5uUr  trade  ;  but  it  iu)p«tti'«  jrutir  •.iitiii|,  on  which  account  jou  thooMia- 
U4trtou»ly  make  ua«  of  Ihr  Imitl  wintl  to  get  an  oAiig.  T|m  bIwyo  windi 
front  N.  — N.  N.  K.  or  N.  K.  arr  bv  Spmiiirtla  inllwd  CahtMh  and  only 
«it«nii  to  VO  or  25  laaguo  from  tno  coNut,  at  which  dutanca  jfou  wtM 
meat  with  the  wind  at  K.  and  C  S.  C. 

You  muat  bo  very  carrful  in  making  Vi>ra  Crux  from  tha  midJI«>  of 
September  to  March,  brcautu  that  i*  the  aaaiion  of  Northera,  whirh  blow 
vary  heavy  :  the  narrownnaa  of  the  port  and  obatructioni  or  ihoaJ^  at  Ua 
mouth,  bcaide  the  little  or  no  ahrlter  it  aflbrda  in  a  norther,  makea  it  very 
dangeroua  to  run  lor  it  in  one  of  Iheaa  galea,  aa  it  ia  impoiaible  to  bring  up 
•vhen  one  ui'thum  blow.  Don  Ueniiird  de  Ottii,  <  ominandrr  of  a  ahip  of 
tha  lina,  taya  ;  "  Although  in  the  (iulf  of  Mexico  wa  lind  ouraelvaa  iiituat* 
ed  within  the  tropica,  and  it  cannot  b«  aaid  that  any  other  than  the  gene- 
ral trodea  reign  iii  thia  region,  vet  tha  general  law  of  its  continuation  la 
interrupted  from  Scptooiber  to  nlurck  by  Norther*,  which  divhlo  tha  yaar 
into  two  aoiiaona,  which  may  be  termed  the  wet  and  the  dry  ;  the  fir«t,ltt 
which  the  trodea  or  breecea  are  not  interrupted  from  March  to  Scptam- 
ber  ;  anil  th«  aacMMl,  in  which  the  Northers  blow,  ia  from  Sejptember  to 
March.  The  more  clearly  to  explain  them,  we  ihall  apaak  of  both  tepn- 
Mlelv." 

The  month  of  September  ia  the  time  when  the  Ant  Norther  enlert, 
^;^enernlly  aiionking  ;  but  it  seldom  blowa  with  much  violence  eithw<  in  thia 
month  or  that  of  October  ;  but  when  it  doea,  it  it  broken  by  the  rt^galar 
trade  with  ruin  8«|uolla.  The  Northera  are  eatabliahed  in  Novemoer ; 
they  then  blow  heavy  and  continue  long,  and  follow  thia  way  in  Decern* 
ber,  January,  nnd  February.  In  these  montha  directly  on  ita  commence* 
ment,  it  taiies  bod^,  and  at  the  end  of  4  hours  it  acquires  all  the  force 
with  which  It  continues  for  the  spoce  of  48  hours,  after  which  it  continues 
blowing  for  some  days*  but  not  with  such  force  but  you  can  manage  it. — 
In  these  months  die  Northers  are  cloudy  and  wild,  and  they  repeat  ao 
frequently  that  ordinarily  between  them  is  not  norethan  4  to  6  days. 

In  March  and  April  they  nrc  not  ao  frequent  or  hard,  and  are  more 
clear  ;  but  for  the  tint  24  hours  they  have  more  force  than  in  the  a,;terior 
months,  and  Ay  about  less.  From  November  forward  in  the  season  ofthe 
Northera  as  we  have  said,  there  exists  between  these  Northers  very  fine- 
weather,  the  sea  breeee  blowing  with  great  regularity  by  day  and  the 
land  breeze  by  night. 

There  is  toiutt  degree  of  certainty  to  know  the  entrance  of  a  Norther 
by  various  signs  ;  such  as  the  wind  at  south,  the  humidity  ofthe  wallt  ofthe 
streets  and  houses,  the  peak  of  Oruzimba  clear,  and  the  serene  appear- 
auce  of  this  as  well  as  the  mountains  of  Perote  and  Villarica,  the  border 
of  St.  Martin  lined  with  a  white  cloud,  great  heat  and  difficulty  of  breath, 
and  the  clouds  rolling  over  and  flying  from  the  southward.  But  the  beft 
prediction  is  given  by  the  Barometer ;  this  instrument  in  the  season  of 
the  Northera  in  Vera  Cruz,  never  makaa  more  differen<ie  betweeri  ite  ex- 
treme height  and  depression  than  0.8  ;  that  is  to  say,  that  it  nefer  rises 
abore  30.6,  nor  iiills  below  29.6,  its  medium  being  SO. I  ;  the  Norther  i» 
predicted  by  its  faUii^,  but  it  does  not  blow  until  it  begins  to  rise,  which 
it  will  always  do  a  few  minutea  before  the  Norther  commences  to  blow^. 
On  the  Barometer's  b^^ning  to  rise,  yoa  will  hear  something  likfc  b^*y 
musketry  in  the  horizon>  especially  ifi  the  N.  W.  «)kI  N.  E.  the  sea  ww 


I 


n 


J40 


H.  (iVb  American  Coast  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


be  iyi,iiiodoD  and  the  rigging  filled  with  cobwebs  ;  these  tire  signs  sufficicDt 
to  warn  ^ou  not  to  confide  ''n  the  wcnlher,  because  a  Norther  is  infnlli- 
ble.  # 

These  w^t^  .jgenerally  modcrnte  nt  sun-flet ;  that  is,  it  docs  not  blow 
with  so  nqili^rce  as  it  did  from  9  A.  M.  to  .3  1'.  M.  except  when  it  be- 
gins to  bhv^fTthe  uAernuon,  or  at  niglit-full,  >vhencu  it  continucH  taking 
^dy  with(MC  respect  to  the  above  rule. 

ft  also  hAppens,  that  after  night,  and  between  midnight  and  morning, 
the  wind  hauh  to  the  shore  ;  that  is,  from  W.  to  N.  in  which  case,  if  in 
the  morning,  the  wind  hauls  further  round  from  S.  to  VV.  the  norther  is 
broke  and  done,  and  at  the  regular  hour  the  sea  breeite  ni'.l  come  in  ;  but 
if  it  does  not  haul  as  above  at  sun-rise,  or  after  on  flood  tide,  the  norther 
will  blow  with  the  same  violence  as  the  day  before,  and  then  is  called 
tide  northers.  • 

NorUiera  also  conclude  by  taking  a  turn  from  N.  to  E.  which  is  most 
secure,  therefore,  if  in  the  afternoon,  the  wind  hauls  N.  E.  although  the 
day  following  may  enter  cloudy,  and  in  the  night  of  the  gale  it  has  been 
ttom  S.  to  W.  there  is  security  of  the  regular  trade  in  the  afternoon  and 
that  the  weather  will  hold  good  for  4  or  C  days,  which  is  the  longest 
time  good  weather  lasts  in  the  season  of  the  northers  ;  but  if  the  wind 
makes  a  retrogadc  movement  from  N.  E.  to  N.  N.  E.  or  N.  then  the  wea- 
ther is  not  secure. 

Examples  are  not  wanting  of  experiencing  the  most  furious  northers  in 
the  months  of  May,  June,  July,  and  August,  when  they  r.re  called  Red 
Bpaes,  or  Hueso  Colorado. 

The  wet  season,  or  that  of  the  regular  trades,  is  veriCcated  from  March 
to  September ;  the  trades  at  the  end  ef  March  and  all  April,  as  we  have 
naicl,  are  from  time  to  time  interrupted  by  northers  ;  ijte  trade  blows 
£rom  E.  S.  E.  and  fresh,  clear  sometimes  and  cloudy  others,  hauling  to 
S.  E.  and  blowing  at  night  without  giviag  room  for  the  land  wind,  which 
in  general  blows  at  night,  except  when  the  wind  is  at  N.  and  the  land 
breeze  is  freshest  when  it  begins  to  rain.  ^ .     »■■, 

■  From  the  time  the  sun  passes  the  meridian  of  Vira  t%ruz  to  its  return 
to  it  qgain,  that  is,  from  16th  May  to  27th  July,  the  trades  are  incUacd  to 
calma,  and  the  sky  cloudy,  with  small  thunder ;  after  passing  this  epoch, 
the  winds  are  variable  from  N.  W.  to  N.  E. 

Ffom  27th  July  to  the  middle  of  October,  waen  the  northers  commence^ 
tiite  sqiialls  are  strongest,  with  abundance  of  rain,  thunder  and  light- 
ning] the  wind  which  now  blows  heaviest  is  from  E.  though  of  the  short- 
est duration.. 

In:  the  season  of  the  trades  the  whole  variation  Qf  the  barometer  is  0.4, 
itif'greatest  ascension  being 30.35,  and  gr».ai*».8t  depression  29.86. 
.  The  thermometer  in  June  rises  to  87*^,  and  uces  not  fall  below  8.34°. 
fa  December  it  ri««8  to  80^0,  and  does  not  fall  below  66 Jo,  this  is  un- 
derstood', pls^ieduhdfer  shelter  and  in  the  best  ventilated  hall  in  the  house. 
|n  the  monlfc*  of  August  and  September  it  is  rare  that  a  year  passes 
tvH^bnii^apeci  are  not  experienced  in  the  Floridas  and'islandsof  ihe 
West  la^ieit,  btit  they  never  reach  to  Vera  Cruz  and  other  places  on  the 
coast  of  Cs|||iipe<^he  ;  at  most  you  only  feel  the  sea  which  the  hurricane 
creates  while  blpwing  further  north.  The  hurricrines  ent6r  from  N.  to 
E.  and  although  they  do  not  always  take  the  5a;ne  turn,  yet  they  gene- 
i^ly  caqtirpm  E.  to  S.  If  vouhave  no  barometer  you  may  observe  in 
tpese  .months  that  the  wind  from  !^.  to  E.  with  mist,  is  a  strong  signal  of 
ahnrrio«a«.^ 


.^^: 


10  Edit. 


fluflicicDt 
is  infnlli< 

not  blow 
en  it  b«»- 
IC8  taking 

morning, 
'.ii8e,  if  in 
[lortlter  is 
ic  in ;  bat 
e  norther 

is  called 

I 

li  is  most 
liough  the 

has  been 
moon  and 
he  longest 

the  wind 
I  the  wea- 

orthers  in 
ailed  Red 

am  March 
I  we  have 
ade  blows 
[lauliag  to 
nd,  which 
the  land 

its  return 
nclioed  to 
lis  epoch, 

ommence') 
and  light- 
:he  short- 

tter  is  0.4, 
6. 

low  83|o. 
this  is  un- 
the  house, 
ear  passes 
ads  of  the 
ces  on  the 
hurricane 
om  N.  to 
hey  gene- 
ibserve  in 
g  signal  of 


V-^Mii 


'*-«<■  ji 


-'*'""**«■ 


*'*"is>8*««> 


i?  /   /^  /^ 


Enifrnvftt    fti-  fht\Amirirnn  Ccntt  I'ih 


K 


ijs 


'•^^•>r- 


&S 


X' 


CHART 
opTF£  HARBOUR   OP 

VERA       CRUZ 


.f 


s 


w?^^ 


.   ft  W:--\ 


//t 


lo 


S 


MiwiMieubUth^  by  H.  JUilunt,  /or  fKJlooker.  l\ 


.AJU. 


f  ufr  H4I 


Enunivtd    for  thf\AmtriruH  Ceiul  I'iht 


/  .1 


^    '^IVI 


I/O  <-      ^!JWlI>*".V«//i..;i'.jJB»0- 

I  lit     "•*  ••.•.•aii»-  /) 


'SJ(S 

i^:-.-.;.';::;::-:«?to„,  , 


% 

n  >* 

10 

7 
S  6  6 


7*.S 


'  li        ^ X..">^  J 


10     9 


vuaiure        ^       IslHiid  of  A'acrirtces 


'^m':--  ■■■'■■  ■  ■  ■mmMm-  ?! 


whetMiihtdbytl.JUilunt.for  fKHooker.  Xtiii. 


r,^7»-  ^4t 


^^rrfl'"" 


■';  .  V^^/«l^l;>>'■'»«•■*''^'•'^ 


A/ 


// 


/« 


AS 
H 

/I 

/0 
7 

6 


6  tf 


*^       7  " 


JO      9         9 


I'ltaiiirf 


^       Isilaiul  of  .Sacrifices 


tf    J 


!    ./       S      J       i9     9       /O         to       '0 


10  Edit. 
Direci 

You  musi 
or  !»etween 
ticularly  on 
rare  must  I 
W.  It  ma; 
not  full  furt 
many  and  d.' 
from  which 
must  not  at 
''\b  fathoms 
a  league  of 

This  plui 
situated  on 
approach  tli 
Merce  ;  yo 
large  churc 
round  ball, 
Tower,  it  m 
generally  bi 
facing  (or  si 
inside  edge 
black  rocks 
from  each ; 
ish  vessels, 
castle,  and 
two  HBchorf 
W.  of  your 
or  quarter ; 
but  a  rise  ai 
wind  blows. 

You  have 
you  are  sub 
riding  in  th( 

Lat.  19°  1 
THE  Plate. 


Remarks 


When  yoi 
lega,  you  \ 
then  shape 
when  you  g( 
the  Havanna 
or  to  S.  S.  E 
it  is  probabli 
by  S.  accord 
Tortugas. 
^eer  S.  alwi 


/'/<///•  .1^/ 


./ 


■<%-] 


Hookfr  Sculfiiiit 


.^ 


10  Edit. 


Blunf  8  American  Coast  Pilot. 


941 


Directions  for  going  to^  and  sailing  into  La  Vera  Cruz. 

You  must  tnke  cnre  and  be  sure  not  to  fall  in(b  the  southwurd  of  19°  60V<' 
or  Itetvreen  that  ;ind  the;  hititude  of  19**  40',  which  is  very  hiKh  l«ind,  par» 
ticularly  one  hill,  called  Mount  Orisava,  whose  topis  covered  with  Hnow  : 
rare  must  be  taken  not  to  bring  that  inonntain  to  the  westward  of  W.  S. 
W.  It  may  be  seen  in  cleat  weather  30  or  35  leagues  ofT.  You  must 
not  full  farther  to  the  southward,  on  account  of  the  shoals,  which  are 
many  and  dangerous,  to  the  eastward  and  soutl' -eastward  of  La  Vera  Cruz, 
from  which  town  the  shore  trenches  N.  W.  by  N.  and  is  bold  too.  You 
must  not  strike  ground  above  15  leagues  oiT,  and  then  you  have  30  and 
:)r>  fathoms  water,  which  shonl  gradually  into  lO  and  12  fathoms,  within 
.)  league  of  the  shore. 

This  placo  is  easily  distinguished  by  the  pastlc  of  St.  Juan  dc  UHua, 
situated  on  a  sand  called  the  Gallcga,  if^ich  forms  the  harbour  ;  as  you 
approach  the  castle  you  discern  a  high  black  lower,  called  the  tower  of 
Merce  ;  you  bring  it  to  bear  due  S.  per  compass  ;  then  you  will  have  a 
large  church,  (or  hospital,)  with  a  cupola  on  the  top  of  it,  on  which  is  a 
round  ball,  with  a  cross  ;  keep  that  ball  on  with  the  W.  part  of  the  Merce 
Tower,  it  will  carry  you  clear  along  the  edge  of  the  Gallega  sand,  which 
generally  breaks  when  the  sea  breezes  blow.  W  hen  you  open  the  S.W. 
facing  (or  side^  of  the  caetle  of  St.  Juan  dc  Ulua,  steer  for  it  along  in  tht: 
inside  edge  oi  the  sand,  which  yon  will  see,  to  avoid  two  shoals  of  iMitd 
black  rocks,  having  IB  and  19  feet  water  on  them,  with  small  spits  of  sarttl 
from  each  ;  on  these  shoals  flags  are  placed  on  the  approach  of  any  Span- 
ish vessels,  but  not  for  foreigners.  You  anchor  under  the  walls  of  the 
castle,  and  moor  to  large  rings,  fixed  there  for  that  purpose.  You  tie 
two  anchors  out  to  the  N.  W.  from  your  larboard  bow,  and  one  to  the  S. 
W.  of  your  larboard  quarter ;  your  shore  cables  being  on  your  other  botv 
or  quarter ;  and  then  you  lie  in  6  and  6|  fathoms  water.  No  tide  here 
but  a  rise  and  fall  of  about  3  feet,  which  is  augmented  or  lessened  as  the 
wind  blows. 

You  have  regular  sea  and  land  breezes  from  Vlarch  to  November  ;  thert 
you  are  subject  to  north  winds,  which  make  a  great  sea,  and  dangerous 
riding  in  the  harbour. 

Lat.  IQ**  11'  N.  long,  from  London,  96°  1'  W.  Variation  4°  E.  [9kp 
THE  Plate.] 


Remarks  on  the  courses  steered  by  the  Spaniards  from  Vera 

Cruz  to  the  Efavanna. 

When  you  mal^e  sail  from  St.  Juan,  (N.  Pera,)  and  are  clear  of  the  Gal- 
lega, you  will  steer  N.  E.  by  N.  until  you  reach  lat.  25°  N.  Yon 
then  shape  a  course  E.  for  the  soundings  on  the  Tortugas  Banks,  and 
when  you  get  soundings  from  40  to  45  fathoms,  you  may  steer  S.  S.  E.  for 
the  Havanna,  but  should  you  have  the  wind  to  the  eastward  in  lat.  25°, 
or  to  S.  S.  E.  you  will  steer  so  as  to  reach  26°  30'  N.  (or  nearly,)  when 
it  is  probable  you  may  have  the  wind  at  N.  W.  then  you  steer  E.  or  £. 
by  S.  according  to  the  latitude  you  are  in  seai^h  of,  the  soundings  oa 
Tortugas.  When  yov|  find  soundings,  run  in  38  or  40  fathoms,  the^ 
/»teer  S.  always  trying  to  Heep  in  38 -fathoms  soundings  after.     Sli^d 


. 


I 


■^ 


342 


BUint^s  American  CoaBi  Pilot.  10  Edit. 


you  not  have  a  sight  of  the  sun  to  know  when  you  are  off  the  DHiik,  mid 
whr.iyou  losti  bottom,  (the  weather  being  inoderato,)  but  if  the  wind  i)* 
i're>U  from  E.  or  E.  N.  E.  steer  S.  E.  by  S.  southerly,  which  will  carry 
you  in  sight  of  the  Havnpna. 


LjL  ^.j 


7%«  Colorados,  0^' Capo  Antonio. 

Ttte  Colorado^  ore  the  west  end  of  the  Bank  of  St.  Isabella,  u  steep, 
<iaDgerous  shoal,  extending  in  length  26  leagues  as  far  as  Kio  de  Puercos, 
or  nog  River,  on  n  course  chiefly  W.  by  S.  They  condist  principally  of 
tkree  rocks,  or  keys  ;  the  westernmost,  or  Black  Key,  shows  itself  above 
water,  like  the  hull  of  a  ship,  and  may  be  seen  about  4  miles  off.  The 
other  two,  or  the  Red  Keys.ari  not  seen  unless  it  be  quite  calm  ;  they 
have  not  above  (wo  feet  vater  on  them,  and  to  the  westw.ird  is  no  ground 
at  a  short  mile  distance.  They  Uy  about  E.  and  W.  Between  them  is  a 
channel  half  a  mile  wide,  and  between  the  Black  and  Red  Keys  there  ore 
4  fathoms  water,  very  foul  ground.  Captain  Street,  in  his  account  ot 
these  rocks,  gives  the  following  detail :  "  We  took  our  departure  from  4 
^r  5  leagues  abreast  of  Cape  Antonio,  and  made  our  way  good  N.  E.  by 
N.  15  leagues,  and  then  fell  upon  the  Colorados,  in  3  feet  water.  They 
were  about  me  dry  in  several  places,  without  any  distinction  of  swells 
and  breakers  :  we  saw  docks  of  pelicans  sitting  on  the  red-white  sand. 
In  this  place  we  could  see  no  dry  land  from  the  top-mast  bead,  though 
reiy  clear  weather  ;  but  we  saw  to  the  cast  of  us,  three  hummocks  on 
C^ba.  The  innermost,  or  biggest,  bearing  E.  by  N.  so  near  us,  that  we 
C9ul(i  see  other  hummocks  within  and  without  these  three,  and  low  land 
ttndiag  away  from  the  innermost  hummocks  to  the  southward,  and  like- 
rftiae  the  hummocks  almost  join  with  the  low  land  between  them.  All 
Uiis  we  could  see  on  deck,  or  but  two  or  three  rattlings  up ;  but  the 
three  aforesaid  hummocks  we  raised  upon  deck,  when  we  were  about  0 
or  10  leagues  off  our  aforesaid  station  of  5  leagues  to  the  westward  of 
Cape  Antonio." 


'Remarks  on  the  soundings  on  the  Aleoranes  Bank,  on  the  pari 
of  the  Catoche  Bank  to  the  westward  o/*Campeche. 

If  in  lat.  21"  N.  after  leaving  Vera  Cruz,  and  have  the  wind  northerly 
and  stand  to  the  eastward,  shoujd  you  get  soundings  in  40  or  45  fathoms, 
you  should  steer,  if  day-light,  N.  until  you  see  the  shoals,  under  which 
you  may  have  shelter,  but  if  night,  and  you  have  35  fathoms,  steer  E. 
When  you  find  the  bottom  mud  and  shoaling  fast  to  27  or  26  fathoms, 
you  are  in  the  channel.  Sound  every  hour ;  if  27  fathoms  the  Aest 
aounding  sand  with  shells,  you  are  in  the  inside,  and  you  come  between 
the  Triangles  and  Las  Areas.  When  in  the  lat.  20<*  N.  should  you  have 
the  wtod  N.  you  should  stand  to  the  eastward,  and  when  you  get  bottoin 
>n  45  fathoms  mud  and  sand,  if  in  the  night  and  you  should  ^oal  your 
Water  a  little,  and  have  the  bottom  fine  saiH)  in  an  hour,  Jo«  are  two 
leagues  N.  E.  and  S.  W.  with  Las  Areas,  but  if  you  g«t  aotndUiyp  mixed 
with  imall  stones  and  shells,  you  are  E.  and  Wv  wUh  them..  It  juvk'  g«f 


m 


}  Edil. 

ink,  niid 

>vin(l  i!* 

kll  cany 


10  Edit. 


Blunt*s  Ain«?tican  (<oaftt  Pilot. 


31» 


u  ateep, 
Piieicos, 
upally  of 
elf  above 
►ff.     The 
Im ;  they 
10  ground 
them  ia  ft 
Ihere  are 
ccount  ot 
re  from  4 
N.  E.  by 
r.     They 
of  swelis) 
rhite  sand, 
d,  though 
imocks  on 
,  that  we 
low  land 
and  Uke- 
lero.     All 
;  but  the 
e  about  0 
istward  of 


the  part 
ihe. 


.00  or  60  futhoins  nnd  the  bfrtlom  soA  mud  and  the  water  iihoal  fuit,  yon 
nro  to  Iccwnrd  of  the  bank  Tabasco,  and  off  the  river  St.  Pedro  and  St. 
Pablo,  or  St,  Peter  nnd  f'  .  Paul. 

If  the  wind  Hliould  be  N.  in  Int.  '22'  N.  and  you  rim  between  the  Trt« 
iiiiglca  and  the  Isie  Arena,  and  have  soundings  m  r>U  fathoms  or  more 
muddy  bottom,  and  in  running  m  you  get  soundings  40  futhom<<i,  the  bot- 
tom snudi  stones,  you  nrc  near  the  Triangles,  but  if  sandy  you  are  near 
Arena.  Between  the  Triangles  and  Arena  ther*!  lien  Bayo  Nubo,  which 
you  will  be  close  to  before  you  see  it.  It  has  n  sand  bank  a  mile  in  cir- 
cumference, which  bears  from  the  Triangles  N.  W.  by  W.  With  throe 
Islands  the  largest  bears  N.  W.  and  has  on  it  small  trees.  Two  leagues 
from  it  are  the  Klliones,  (very  dangerous,)  which  are  surrounded  with  a 
reef.  There  is  a  bank  with  from  3  to  4  fathoms  S.  E.  from  the  island 
Arena,  nnd  a  key  about  a  pistol  shot  from  it.  Between  the  i^le  and 
key  there  is  a  channel  with  from  12  to  16  fathoms.  To  the  southward 
of  the  largest  island  there  is  a  batik,  where  you  may  anchor  from  neces- 
iiity  with  a  tolerable  sized  ship.  To  the  N.  E.  ,of  the  island  there  it  a 
rock. 


Directions  for  sailing  to  the  mouth  o/ River  Balliz,  or  Balisc^ 

in  the  Bay  of  Honduras. 

Take  your  departure  from  the  island  of  Jamaica,  in  lat.  18^  OT  N.  and 
make  your  course  good  about  W.  by  S.  4  S.  as  near  as  you  can,  for  the 
distance  of  90  leagues ;  between  these  places  the  current  is  generally 
setting  to  the  northward  ;  do  not  stint  your  full  run  to  the  westward,  and 
keep  a  good  look  out  for  Swan's  islands. 

From  Swan's  islands  ste^r  for  the  Isle  of  Donaca,  S.  W.  by  W.  ^  VV.  dis- 
tance about  36  leagues  ;  lat.  le^'  32'  N. 

From  Bonaca,  which  is  a  large,  high  island,  run  to  the  west  end  of  Hat- 
tan,  the  next  and  largest  isle  on  that  range ;  there  are  three  small  islands 
between  these  two,  viz.  Barburatta,  Moratta,  and  Helena.  Rattan  is  9 
leagues  long  with  many  hummocks  on  it. 

From  the  west  end  of  Rattan  to  the  Southern  four  keys,  the  course  is 
N.  W.  i  W.  distance  18  or  19  leagues  ;  and  from  Bonaca  to  the  said  four 
keys,  W.  by  N.  ^  N.  distance  37  leagues.  This  last  is  safest  from  the 
Spaniards,  who  often  harbour  in  Rattan  ;  but  your  departure  from  Rat- 
tan is  the  safest  and  moic  eligible  to  avoid  running  on  the  reefs,  as  the 
distance  is  so  short ;  this  is  a  matter  .of  prudence  depending  on  the  cap- 
taip.  Observe  to  time  well  your  departure  from  either  place,  to  avoid 
danger  in  the  night,  when  it  cannot  be  discovered,  as  well  as  running  a- 
ground  where  there  is  no  possibility  of  saving  a  ship.  The  Southern 
four  keys  ought  to  be  made  in  the  forenoon,  to  get  to  anchor  before  night 
at  Key  Bokel,  or  further  in  at  Water  key  as  the  time  will  allow.  The 
southern  four  keys  are  on  the  south  end  of  a  reef  extending  *}  leagues  in 
length  to  the  northward ;  on  the  north  end  thereof  lie  two  keys,  one  long 
with  tall  trees,  and  the  other  a  small  spot  with  busheti  on  it,  within  a  mile 
t*  the  northward  of  the  large  oae.  ^  "--iy^ 

The  southern  four  keys  in  lat.  17**  12' N.     The  easternmoit  on,!'  '^ 
edg»  oftki^  reef,  is  pretty  round  and  high,  with  a  large  sandv  btj;;  0i» 
eiNtstd^  the  westernmost  is  a  long  key  with  tall  trees  ;  uie  noi^ 


:)44 


Blunf  8  American  Coast  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


moat  in  the  ncit  ■mnllcit ;  when  you  come  frum  the  cnstwurd.  nn  opening 
ahowi  itieir  in  the  midiUe  ;  the  Bouthcnimoit  key,  which  they  cull  ||n( 
key,  iii  the  ■mnlleHt,  with  hiitthcH  un  it,  nnd  i«  neur  the  nouth  jiuint  of  the 
reef;  from  thin  to  the  cn8tei-iiinu>>t  key,  the  reef  viimh  in  the  form  of  a 
half  moon.  When  you  make  the  mindy  hiiy,  on  the  iRst,  or  sooner,  you 
will  see  all  the  reHt,  for  they  are  not  far  asunder. 

From  the  south  end  of  this  reefyour  course  is  west  to  Key  liokel,  dis- 
tance 7  leagues  ;  this  is  a  small  spot,  v«rith  low  busltes  on  it,  lying  'lose  to 
Turnetf  reef,  u  low  intersected  inland,  which  is  10  or  12  leagues  long,  N. 
N.E.  andS.  S.  VV. 

Ulover's  reef  has  its  N.  E.  end  due  Houth,  G  or  7  leugueit  distant  from 
the  Southern  four  keyn,  and  is  reckoned,  with  reason,  a  very  danfjcrons 
place.  This  reef,  which  is  named  by  the  Spaniards  the  l^nns^  reef,  is  nt 
least  7  leagues  long,  in  a  direction  H.  W.  by  W.  and  N.  E.  by  E.  No  keys 
arc  to  be  seen  on  it,  except  a  small  spot  or  two,  towards  its  north  end  ; 
but  on  the  south  end  there  lies  a  range  of  5  keys  at  least  (torn  eastt  tu 
west. 

From  the  S.  W.  point  of  the  Southern  four  keys  to  Key  Bokcl,  the 
<ourse  iy.  W.  ^  N.  There  is  good  anchoring  at  this  latter  key  to  the  north 
ward,  and  within  1  or  2  miles  of  it ;  when  you  run  out  you  deepen  your 
water,  but  two  cables'  length  in  is  far  enough  on  the  bank  in  4  and  A  fa- 
thoms water.  N.  N.  VV.  winds  make  the  roughest,  riding  here  ;  it  is  u 
rendezvous  for  Spaniards,  therefore  a  good  watch  at  night  is  necessary, 
for  fear  of  the  small  craft  which  lurk  under  the  land. 

From  Key  Bokel  to  English  key,  the  course  is  N.  W.  but  the  best  to 
steer  is  N.  W.  by  N.  to  open  the  channel  bounded  on  the  south  by  Eng- 
lish kev,  and  on  the  north  by  Cough's  key  ;  these  two  are  remarkable, 
being  the  southernmost  on  the  main  reef,  with  trees  on  them  ;  (hey  bear 
from  Key  Bokel,  N.  W.  by  N.  and  when  you  come  near  (Rough's  key  you 
will  see  u  small  spot  with  bushes  on  it  to  the  eastward  ;  besides  this  you 
perceive  three  keys  more,  on  the  same  range  to  the  northward  of  them, 
viz.  Curlew,  Paunch  gut  and  Serjeant's  keys  ;  Serjeant's  key,  the  mid- 
dlemost of  these,  is  the  largest,  and  has  a  large  sandy  bay.  You  will  ob- 
serve that  they  are  all  situated  on  the  main  reef,  which  runs  a  vast  way, 
and  for  the  most  part  north  and  south. 

When  you  have  the  aforesaid  channel  open,  and  English  key  to  bear 
west  of  you,  steer  a  little  to  the  northward  of  the  middle  of  the  channel, 
towards  Gough's  key,  to  avoid  a  rocky  shoal  thatruns  to  the  northward 
from  English  key  ;  then  steer  in  W.  by  N  ^  N.  but  you  must  not  quite 
depend  on  this,  without  keeping  your  lead  going,  because  the  channel  is 
narrow,  the  entrance  being  about  a  mile  broad,  and  narrower  within. 

To  the  N.  W.  of  Gough's  key  is  Water  key,  which  is  pretty  long,  with 
tall  trees  on  it ;  from  the  south  end  of  it  runs  a  spit,  a  pretty  good  Way 
into  the  channel.  When  you  get  to  the  westward  of  this,  haul  up  N.  by 
W.  and  to  know  your  time  for  this,  observe  a  small  key  very  near  the 
north  end  of  Water  key  (not  on  the  reef)  half  a  sail's  length  open  with 
the  northward  of  the  said  key,  you  will  tl  '^ave  Serjeant's  key  shut  in 
with  the  south  end  of  Water  key,  and  begiu  with  the  narrowest  part  of 
the  channel ;  so  keep  your  lead  going,  and  if  you  get  hard  bottom'  you 
are  on  the  west  shoal,  called  the  Twelve  feet  bank  ;  but  on  the  east  side, 
b^  Water  key,  it  is  soft  ground.  For  your  better  direction  to  avoid  run- 
Qing  aground  on  either  side,  keep  on  to  the  northward,  as  before,  until 
you  see  Serjeant's  key,  the  north  part  opening  with  the  north  pfrtof  ^Va- 
ter  key ;  then  you  will  L>e  in  what  is  called  the  Bltie  hole,  wheM^ill^  funall 


In  cot 
you  shu 
N.  by  V\ 
course  > 
Narrows 
Water  k( 
the  othei 

^^y»i  to 
^6r*f  mo 


10  Gdit. 


BlunOs  American  Coast  Pilot. 


:)4A 


wpifce  all  round  you,  you  will  icnrcely  g«t  bottom  with  tO  fathomi  lin«  ; 
when  you  are  thuii  in  the  Blue  ho!c.  run  W.  by  N.  and  W.  till  you  open 
<Jough*s  key,  the  half  out  open  with  the  Houthfnd  of  Wtitcr  key;  keep  it 
no  until  you  get  over  n  bank  which  runit  nuite  acroMn  ;  the  bcHi  water  you 
nin  carry  through  it  l:i,  I3|,  and  14  fuct  watci  ;  there  in  no  danger 
ithould  you  groumi  on  it,  and  it  iM  only  a  north  wind  that  Hhould  make  you 
uneiixy. 

From  (hiA  bank  to  the  mouth  of  Kivor  Rnlliz,  Uio  course  in  N.  W. 
Northerly  ;  you  will  have  on  your  sturboard  hand  the  range  of  Drowned 
kcyn,  on  which  side  the  Stake  bank  (piirt  of  which  may  be  necu)  lies 
more  than  half  wiiy  to  the  river*H  mouth;  it  i«  bad  anrhoring  near  this 
bank,  (hout(h  you  mnv  have  (J  fathoma  water.  On  your  larboard  hand 
you  will  (lenrry  a  cluMter  of  keys,  called  the  Triangles  ;  and  within 
a  league  of  the  river's  mouth,  due  south  from  it,  is  a  small  bank,  called 
the  Middle  Ground  ;  to  the  northward  of  which  you  may  go  in  14  foet 
water,  and  to  the  southward  of  it,  in  from  :<  to  f*  tathomtt.  There  is  but 
7  feet  water  on  t*ome  parts  of  thiri  <*hoal ;  the  best  place  for  anchoring  is 
right  off*  the  river's  mouth,  both  for  the  facility  of  coming  on  board,  and 
going  on  shore,  and  for  having  the  advantage  of  the  crafts  which  come 
down  the  river  ;  here  you  lie  in  IC  feet  water,  and  may  remove  in  mo- 
derate weather  into  a  deeper  birth. 

The  RiverN  mouth,  from  the  Cross  bank,  in  the  Blue  hole,  is  be- 
tween 4  and  5  leagues  broad,  and  lies  near  the  north  point  of  the  main  land 
a-head  of  you,  by  the  course  prescribed  ;  it  is  rarely  without  some  ves- 
sels at  anchor  ;  but  if  you  are  at  a  loss  for  the  opening  of  the  river*s 
mouth,  and  choose  the  vessels  for  your  guidance,  rather  steer  for  them  . 
to  the  northward,  than  to  the  southward,  because  you  risk  grounding  on 
the  Middle  Ground,  which  is  like  to  be  between  you  and  the  latter. 

If  no  vessels  are  to  be  se"  there,  look  attentively,  and  you  will  descry 
one  tree  taller  than  the  rest,  with  r  round  top  ;  tliis  stands  on  the  north 
side  of  the  river's  mouth,  showing  about  half  a  mile  from  the  mainafore* 
laid,  or  Mother  tree  bush. 

A  stranger  must  return  the  way  out  which  has  been  directed  to  come  in; 
and  while  he  is  within  the  Cross  bank,  he  may  make  long  stretches  from 
the  north  to  the  south  side,  turning  with  the  trade  winds  ;  but  when  he 
comes  into  the  Blue  hole,  he  must  take  notice  of  the  marks,  and  mind 
his  lead  as  before.  You  can  be  bolder  to  the  northward,  when  with- 
out the  Stake  bank,  than  you  can  to  the  south  side  ;  that  is,  while 
within  the  Cross  bank,  keep  your  lead  constantly  going,  and  venture 
no  farther  than  3  fathoms  to  the  eastward  of  the  Trianijles,  because  ' 
it  is  rocky,  with  sudden  shoalings.  This  caution  is  also  for  large  ships 
going  out  of  the  bay  loaded. 

Other  general  directions. 

In  coming  between  Gough's  and  English  keys,  steer  in  W.  N.  W.  until 
you  shot  in  Serjeant's  key  with  the  south  part  of  Water  key  ;  then  steer 
N.  by  W.  till  you  bring  Gough's  key  on,  or  in  a  range  with  Water  key  ;  a 
course  N.  W.  ^  W.  will  then  carry  you  in  the  best  of  the  channel  over  the 
Narrows,  taking  particular  care  not  to  shut  in  or  open  Gough's  key  with 
Water  key  ;  for  if  yoli  do,  you  will  certainly  be  aground  on  one  side  or 
the  other ;  after  this,  when  you  shut  Bannister's  keys  with  the  Dro\v  ne  d 
keys,  jtoa  are  over  the  ^''arrows  ;  you  may  then  steer  in  N.  W.  for  the  i 
ver't  moathy  and  come  to  aft  anchor,  as  in  the  foregoing  directions. 

44 


♦n 


i« 


an 


RluntV  American  CcnihI  Pilot. 


10    VAht 


Ihrfciionsfor  naiktiff  from  liivfr  Hnlli/,  in  ihr  Wwy  of  iioniiu- 
rn8,  tnroiifrh  thr  South  ('iinnno). 

A  a  noon  n«i  under  wrij^h,  ^trrr  S.  hy  W.  in  gr.uliiiil  tonnHing;*,  from  .'![ 
to  'A\  4,  4L  and  />  ('.itlionm  ;  iiboiit  7  inil«<i  (o  the  fliKithtviird  nritnlli/.,  Im 
River  ShHlion  or  Stirrbuni,  2  miles  off  which,  K.  by  S.  linn  ti  bank,  iihoui 
the.  bigni>M  ofn  40  gun  fihip  ;  It  ia  full  ofoyttor*,  and  ha*  not  above  7  iVcf 
water.  AbruHiit  of  Shcbon  you  will  haw  <>  and  (j|  fatboniH  watt>r,  loi 
many  ca«tH,  and  wh<^n  the  8.  part  of  thn  Trianglna  bear  V..  about  t  mil«M, 
and  the  S.  end  of  Water  kv.y  ia  in  one  with  the  N.  part  of  the  TriaD|;le!i<. 
you  will  have  but  4,  .'i< ,  .'4.  3,  and  3^,  lh<>n  C  fathoinii ;  in  thin  Inat  depth 
the  north  end  of  Middli;  Long  Key  iit  tourhm);  tli(>  aouth  part  of  the  'I'ri- 
antjles,  this  ahoaU  in  apitfl  to  the  westward  of  the  Trianglui ;  but  keep 
well  to  the  westward,  and  you  will  find  NufKcient  water  ;  steer  S.  by  \V. 
till  yod  bring  the  north  partofthe  TriangleH  N.  K.  and  the  Mouth  part  F.. 
S.  K.  then  Mteer  S.  yoii  will  have  a  qunrter  losts  6,  6,  SJ,  and  6  fathonia, 
aoA  ground,  keeping  aliout  i  or  5  miles  from  the  main.  Thia  channel  ii* 
about  .i  leagucH  broad,  and  you  may  ply,  and  atahd  well  over  to  the  key 
of  the  main. 

When  you  have  the  south  part  of  the  TriangleH  eaat,  and  diatant  5  or  tJ 
milea,  steer  S.  by  K.  till  you  get  the  length  of  a  bluflf  point,  about  B  leagues 
from  River  Balliz  ;  itia  called  Colson'a  point ;  K.  N.  H.  U]  milea  from  ii 
lie«  n  shoni,  in  part  dry.  Thin  point  bearing  W.  S.  W.  4  milea  olT,  you 
ivill  have  4  fathomH  water 

To  the  north  of  Colann's  point  is  a  small  creek,  called  Salt  Creek;  here 
the  land  rises  much  in  the  country,  and  more  to  the  northward  arc  many 
hills  and  hummocks  ;  under  the  southernmost  of  which  is  a  large  river, 
called  Mullin's  river,  very  commodious  for  watering  ;  within  one  and  a 
half  mile  of  the  mouth  of  this  you  may  anchor  in  4  fathoms.  From  thence 
steer  S.  S.  £.  half  E.  at  three  miles  distance  from  the  land  you  will  have 
gradual  soundings  from  5  to  8  fathoms. 

From  Colson's  point  to  Bawdy  point,  as  it  is  called  by  the  bay  men,  the 
iBourse  is  >S.  £.  and  the  distance  about  <<  miloH. 


!B 


.1  ■ 

Directions  for  sailing  out  of  the  Bay  of  Honduras. 

When  you  weigh  anchor  from  the  vessels,  at  the  mouth  of  River  Bal- 
liz, steer  away  south  for  the  westernmost  part  of  the  Triangles,  untilyou 
see  a  grassy  snairip  below  Rouge's  point  (the  southernmost  point  of  the 
river)  then  you  are  clear  of  the  Middle  Ground  ;  then  haul  your  wind  an 
close  as  you  can  lie,  until  you  come  into  3|  fathoms  water,  ofl'  the  Trian- 
gles, but  come  no  nearer.  Then  tack,  and  stand  towards  Stake  bank, 
which  you  will  .see  time  enough  to  go  about,  ycu  then  tack  again,  and 
stand  tb'thc  southward,  taking  care  not  to  come  into  less  than  3|  fathoms 
water  ;  at  this  time  you  will  sec  Gough's  key,  which  you  may  keep  open 
a  quarter  of  a  mile,  or  shut  in  at  that  distaticej  till  you  come  mtothe  Nar- 
rows :  these  you  will  know  by  opening  (tf  Bannister's  key  ;  then  you  are 
close  to  the  Narrows,  and  must  have  Gough's  bey  in  a  range  with  the 
southernmost  part,  taking  great  care  not  to  open  it  above  a  handspike's 
length,  nor  shut  it  in  above  that  length,  till  you  are  above  the  Narrows 
and  In  the  Blue  hole,  where  you  will  ^ttve  no  ground.    Theta  S.  B*  from 


,7> 


10  Kilil. 


Blunrn  American  (/oa«l  Pilot. 


347 


you,  about  ii  mil«*,  li«i  n  4|iit,  lo  Uin  northwiiril  o(  whirh  you  iuu«t  go,  Ihs* 
tw««n  It  unJ  Wiit«i'k«y  bunk.  VVIiitn  you  hxvr  wi'  itli«'ri*«l  tlmt  itpil,  •tonr 
Hwoy  (or  tb(!  wi'«tvriunoiit  |>iirt  of  lUn  l.ori;^  Vt-y,  *.vhi<  li  mil  curry  you 
riKlit  tlirougli  miiI'i*  bclMrveii  I  be  two  biuikn,  luiil  run  to  I  be  oouibwiint  till 
yiiu  o|MMi  St'rjruut'a  key  ;  tbiMi  you  will  \m  tiiitlcb.  mtslltoiwrfn  (iuui(h'« 
iiiitl  Kn;;liMb  kt'yx,  wbich  will  In*  K.  S  K.  You  inuHt  go  into  li'«4  tb,m  3| 
t'litboint ;  IbtMi  k*>  nliout  ami  it  mil  ovur  for  Wiit«r  kny  bank,  into  It  r.itiioinii, 
wb(!r»  you  lOHy  roiiu!  to  ua  uncbor.  la  wriKbiiiK  from  tb<>iit:i)  t.ikn  axrr 
to  (oiu(>  uu  iiiMriM- K!i;{liiili  key  tbiiii  6  fiitbiMiiN.  From  KiiKbib  ko.y  S.  K, 
n«ur  two  niilcH,  lion  u  Nboal,  wbicb  ii|>|)utir!i  v«>ry  |>liiin,  uiul  wbirb  you 
iduhI  t((kv  cure  ol'iii  turning  out ;  tbn  luifoitwiiy  u  lo  go  lo  tlie  iiuitiiwurd 
ofil. 

^Gentrai  und  jjurticular  directions  for  Port  Otiiua. 

If  from  Mliirk  river,  on  tho  Moskito  •boro.  you  iirc  bound  to  Port 
Omou,  or  Smu  KtMimndo  di;  Onior  an  it  iM  ciiUvd  by  tb**  SpunnirdM,  you 
uiudt  Hiiil  to  tbc  Houtbwiird  oftlu;  islcn  Honucii  uiitl  Knttun,  i  msiiiig  be- 
twticii  liuttiiii  iiuil  tbo  ild^'x  triliiridii ;  ond  witbout  u  tboroiiifb  knowl«!d|(ii 
of  thcan  pat'lM.  you  iire  not  to  puii  Houtbward  of  the  Hog'*  islaiidi,  on  uc* 
count  of  tb<!  Salrnt'diiiii  ruufi. 

You  Htecr  frorn  lilack  river  for  Konticu  \S.  N.  W.  till  you  come  lo  tbit 
ifllund,  wliirb  is  2  )  Leagues  distant  from  it.  Tbeii  you  «teer  W.  S.  W.  in 
order  to  pass  between  Kattun  and  tbe  lloi;')i  ixland,  wbich  course  ii  coii' 
tinned  till  you  K<!t  the  island  Clila  in  si^bt  ;  then  you  are  to  ntcer  W.  or 
VV.  by  N.  (w  you  t;l>oose. 

To  pass  to  tbc  huutbwurd  of  Utila,  you  must  take  %vtaX  care  not  to  come 
nearer  than  2  icnguo*  to  this  island,  on  the  N.  W.  or  S.  sides,  unleHS  you 
are  v«>ry  well  aci|uaintt'd  with  it.  Wboii  you  buve  made  the  west  point 
of  Utila,  then  you  «ail  for  Point  Sal,  which  lies  10  or  1^  leagues  VV.S.W, 
but  you  must  steer  W.  8.  W.  |  S.  to  prevent  being  driven  away  by  the  N. 
W.  current  wbich  would  carry  you  on  Glover's  reef;  with  a  W.  S.  W.J 
S.  course  you  make  the  land  to  the  southward  of  Point  Sal,  and  then  come 
to  the  N.  VV.  of  the  said  point. 

You  then  sail  along  as  far  as  tbc  low  point  of  Puerto  Cavallo,  whicli 
lies  8  or  9  miles  N.  E.  by  E.  from  Puerto,  or  Port  Uiuoa. 

The  windward,  or  larboard  side  of  Omoa  ia  a  low  sandy  point,  running 
off  towards  the  sea,  full  of  high  mangrove  trees,  and  having  a  look-out 
house,  which  is  very  discernible.  Tiiis  makes  the  bay  oi'  Omoa  very 
safe  in  a  north,  and  equally  secure  in  all  winds.  You  may  come  as  nigh 
the  windward  point  as  you  please  ;  quite  close  to  to  it  there  are  6  fa* 
thoms,  and  about  a  cable's  length  from  it,  17,  16,  15,  14,  |2,  9,  8,  7,  6, 
5,  4J,  and  3  fathoms  water ;  this  depth  rune  from  the  point  as  far  as  the 
river  ;  you  will  have  from  17  to  12  fathoms,  when  you  come  to  ^ail  «n,and 
you  luff  as  near  as  you  can  to  the  point.  If  you  cannot  lie  in  the  bay, 
it  is  best  to  come  to  an  anchor  in  12  fathoms,  and  warp  up  in  the  bay  acd 
moor  the  ship.  You  must  not  come  too  near  on  the  side  of  the  river,  nor 
where  the  houses  of  the  town  stand,  but  you  may  go  as  nigh  as  you  please 
to  windward.  Yqu  will  have  twelve  fathoms  water  near  the  wharf  at  the 
fort. 

The  river  lies  to  the  weritward  of  the  town,  anr!  has  the  following 
depths ;  from  12,  to  9,  8,  7,  G,  5,  4^,  ^  and  ^  fathoms  water ;  about  a 
cable's  length  from  olf  its  mouth,  you  will  have  7  fathoms,  and  so  on  to  2}. 
When  yiu  are  at  anchor  nt  Omo.i,  if  the  weather  be  clear,  you  may  see 


^ 


348 


Blunri  American  Coast  Pilot. 


10  R<lic. 


(.'•pff  Tr««  PuiilM  iitiout  W.  by  N.  or  W.  N.  W.     The  ImiuI  Io  ihi<  wr»l 
wnril  uf  Omoii  it  vcrv  hiili.  ant)  rriiiiirkntiln   by  3  or  4  ix'ttkn,  or  ■«i|m 
U^v«M,  coiwuilrmbly  liiKbcr  thtui  tbt*  mi. 


DirtctiotiM/rorn  I'ort  ( )inoii  io  (iollo  1  >ulcrc,  ut  the  S,  W.  end  of 

the  Ha|  of  HoiMluruH, 

The  roiinii'  i«  wctlerly  Io  I'oint  S,ui  Fruirwco,  or  nufnnvittti,  iihout  f> 
inil«a  fVnin  Omoii,  wml  tvhUh  in  vArv  tow.  'I'hni  it  i«  W.  N.  VV.  to  (.'ape 
Tre*  I'liiitiia,  H  or  !*  Umi^ik*^  from  I'oitit  St.  Kimikiho  ;  hctwiUMi  thu  twu 
piiintu,  kncpiiiK  ahuiil  •!  iiiilfit  from  the  in»iii  <«huri>.  you  DiMy  roin«  to  (iii- 
chor  in  io  or  Xh  (Mtlioni",  ;ii<<t  \v*^  wiitur,  muilily  i^rouml ;  nenr  thu  hittci 
point  thisn*  14  II  Mnixly  bar,  niiniini^  a  I(M|{u<'  into  tlw  oca,  b('|i>r«!  tlti-  month 
of  a  largo  riv<>r,  which  bur  you  mutt  be  «uro  t*>  nvoitl.  When  y<»ii  hnvii 
iailcil  about  Kt  ur  11  leugui*«t  ihtMi  you  may  haul  \V.  by  \.  UiiivinK  Cnp» 
Tr«ii  I'untHM  un  your  lurltunrd  ntdt*,  tiboiit  unt;  uikI  a  b.ill'  bsi^ue  oti';  and 
havinf;  paMM«d  Ihntrnpc,  you  open  (iolto  Dulce,  unti  Avar  I'ur  it  S.  by  \V. 

The  S.  W.  bottom  of  the  bny  of  HoiulurM,  into  Hbicli  you  tuitnr  uthtr 
having;  doublrd  (^apo  Troi  I'untaA,  iit  K*^'norally  knoivii  by  thv  nnmc  ot 
(}ulf  of  Ainiiti({np  ;  and  Oolfo  Dulco,  that  ia,  the  iiH)utb  of  the;  rivor,  call 
ed  alio  (Juatimala  I^iKoon,  lici  H  or  D  IcagucH  from  Cape  Trci  Puntn*  ; 
you  inuht  K"  hy  your  lead,  and  will  huvc  from  \)  to  :!  \  or  A  fatbonn.  Tbr- 
mouth  of  the  river  xbowH  itHolf  very  plain  ;  you  brinj;  it  to  bonr  S.  S.  W 
and  anchor  in  what  wnter  you  please,  mnorniK  the  whip  S.  K.  and  N.  W. 

Five  or  six  l(>nguei  N.  K.  by  K.  of(iolfo  Duire,  and  within  the  land,  i* 
the  Golfeto,  or  Little  Gulf,  call<  <l  formerly  Pirats  Kagoon,  and  Luke  St. 
Thomui ;  it  is  3  or  4  leaguert  broad,  and  m  many  deep,  the  luud  round  it 
being  very  low  near  the  neu,  with  large  manganeel  buKhet,  but  very  higb 
within  'be  country.  The  little  Gulf  in  known  liy  a  remarkable  tabb 
Diountuiu  to  the  southward  vf  it. 


Directions  for  saUingJioni  Black  River,  on  the  Mobkito  Shon*. 
to  the  B'ly  of  HoiultiraH,  through  the  entrance  of  the  Main 
fec/*a///wZapo(lilla  Kcyn. 

From  Black  river  to  Bonaca,  the  coiiiHeid  W.  .N.  W.  22  leagues.  From 
the  west  end  of  Boii.ich,  to  the  east  end  of  Knttan  or  Barburatta  island,  il 
is  W.  S.  W.  5  leagues.  The  harbour  is  about  uno  third  down  the  island 
on  the  S.  E.  side  ;  it  is  a  very  narro'v  entrance  ;  in  going  in  you  have  (• 
and  7  fathoms,  and  then  you  deepen  your  water,  as  you  atlvance  ;  keep 
close  to  the  keys  on  the  east  side  in  going  in  ;  the  harbour  trenches  to- 
wards the  N.  E. 

Observe  there  is  a  small  sliuul  off  the  cast  point.  Wiion  you  an^i^oin^ 
into  Rattan  harbour,  uflcr  you  have  passed  the  point  on  the  starbnanl 
side,  which  runs  off  a  little  way,  there  ia  no  more  than  A^  fathoms  ;  do 
not  borrow  too  near  that  shoal  till  you  are  shut  well  into  the  harbour, 
which  is  noble  and  spacious,  and  where  you  mny  anchor  in  10  or  12  fa 
thorns  ;  the  deepest  water  is  on  the  north  side^  and  the  best  lyins;  is  to  tb< 
ea^ward,  up  the  barboar. — There  is  a  small  spot,  right  opposite  th«>  en- 


k. 


you 


X. 


)  Riiit. 


10  Rtlit. 


Blunt*M  American  Co(i»t  Pilot. 


:il9 


or  tugHi 


'.  f  n#/  oy 


,  iilioiit  6 
to  ('iipc 
I  tliu  (w« 
iiM'  to  nn- 
thu  liitt«r 
llif  inoiith 

you  llllVIl 

HOK  <-'«|»«» 
B  oil' ;   aiiii 
t  S.  l.y  VV. 
jntflf  urter 
e  nnmc  o> 
rivor,  rail 
(i  Puntm  . 
um.    TIk- 
,r  S.  S.  W 
lul  N.  W. 
the  land,  i» 
Lako  St. 
round  it 
very  liinl* 
iiIiIr  tabl< 


trance,  on  tha  north  •ida,  tliut  hu«  n<»  nioro  IIimii  iO  lipft  watDr  on  it  ;  tlM 
aouiidiuK*  iii|i>n«rni  Hra  very  irrvKular. 

from  Ihi'  w«'»t  i>nd  ni'lttttlRu  tothr  nntrftni^e  throuifh  llm  rnrrWy  Iht  Zt* 
podiilH  k«*ya,  tlin  cuune  I*  W.  i'.t  or  JO  kni|(U<*«.  Kroni  (li«f  W.  imuI  tif  RM> 
tun  to  Utild  it  it  8.  W.  (J  leoguen.  From  Utila  to  Tnumiihi)  dit  l.i  Vtug 
It  i*  H  by  W.  to  U^Mgura  Fn>m  I'oint  (aividlo  to  I'urt  Oniu.i,  >).  VV.  by 
VV.  :)  JaaKurt.  k'rum  fort  Omoa  to  thu  flutrunoa  tbrounh  tlii'  ri'ri'  by 
tbn  /apotiillu  kryt,  N.  N.  VV.    *  li'UKua«. 

Vou  nmy  knoiv  tlio  /ti|i<Hlillit  k«^y4  by  the  tivi>  ilry  tamiy  kny*  among 
thcut,  which  art;  without  nhruha  or  tr<'«>4,e  .c«>|tt  that  on  tint  4t  irlioard  »id«, 
on  goiUK  in,  on  which  iUtftv  arr  two  dry  treuH  which  appvar  likii  a  •«,  liuoii* 
er  ut  anchor,  when  you  tir»t  make  thuin.  All  thf  k«y«  to  Iccu.ird  ar«> 
hu«liy  luid  t'ull  oC /aiiodilla  (r«'c4  hi  thu  |ii<*mtii<  throuKli  iIumu  m  t^  la- 
thoiiM,  and  there  you  havo  hut  two  ca»t«  beiori>  yon  >l)-t<|ic'n  your  wuttM-  to 
U,  7,  10,  and  17  i'tiliiotn«.  'I'hii  niakui  it  thi*  lit'tt  |>,i<>s.i;;(>  tor  hirur  idiiiM; 
the  couriu  thruuKh  iit  VV.  and  VV.  I»y  N.  whi'ii  you  ire  over  Ihi'  ri»cl',  it  N 
terinud  th<*  h.irhour  of  tin*  llonduraii. 

F^'oin  the  /apodilla  k(>y*«  you  Ntocr  VV.  N.  VV.  between -I  and  /iiriigucM, 
to  avoid  several  ii^ly  nhoaU  and  rock*  which  lie  to  the  nortlivvanl  of  the 
|>a94ni(«  through  the  keyH  :  and  when  you  hriiiK  i'oint  I'lacentia  to  hear  N. 
by  VV.  or  N.  j  VV.  uteer  for  it ;  it  will  be  about  the  distance  of  (i  leaKuen 
from  you. — Krorn  Point  PlHcentiu  to  Settee  river  thu  courHe  ih  N.  by  K.{ 
Fi.  (!  or  7  leagues.  From  Settee  river  to  CoUon'H  point  it  ii  N.  0  loiiguea. 
From  CoUon'n  point  to  the  river*i«  mouth  N.  J  K.  li  or  7  leuguen,  where 
you  anchor,  taking  'vjre  of  the  Middle  ground«. 

Observe  that  ufter  you  have  got  through  the  Zapodilla  keya,  and  up  ixr 
high  UH  Point  Placentia,  you  may  anchor  nil  along  thu  niiun,  in  any  depth 
of  water  from  &  to  17  fatliom^^,  keeping  at  the  distance  of  2  milei  from 
the  Hhore,  except  at  Colson'a  point,  Vhere  there  in  a  bank  or  ihoni  due 
K.  from  the  point,  which  hiw  not  more  than  7  feet  water  on  it  ;  it  lie««  lie 
ttveeri  2  and  3  milen  oflf  the  shore,  and  extendi)  due  .S.  4  miles. 


lo  Shor*'. 
ihc  Main 


uei*.  From 

ta  inland,  il 

the  island 

ou  have  (• 

ncc  ;  ke';|» 

renches  to- 

)u  arc  i^oinjr 
e  Htarboiird 
itboiii^  ;  do 
harbour. 
0  or  12  fa 
ins;  is  to  th< 
iBitd  the  on- 


Directions  fnr  sailing  into  and  out  of  Truxillo  Hay. 

In  sailing  from  Cumuron  to  Cape  HonduraH,  the  course  is  about  VV.  I 
N.  20  leagues,  lat.  16°  0'  N.  und  long.  86«  11'  VV.  and  to  the  islimtl 
Bonaca,  W.  N.  VV.  2  leagues,  lat.  IG"  32'  N.  long.  8G'  07  VV.  Thin 
island  bears  about  N.  N.C.  B  or  0  leagues  from  the  capo.  Tim  next 
island  is  Rattan,  which  bear^  from  the  cape  »l)out  N.  VV.  IJ  leagues,  lat. 
16*  24'  N.  long.  86"  aC  VV.  There  is  Port  Royal  harbour  on  the  cast 
ern  part  of  the  island,  and  another  harbour  on  the  southnrninoHt  (lart,  call- 
ed Calket's  hole.  The  next  island  to  Rattan  is  Utila,  which  is  about  9 
leagues  in  length,  and  has  a  hurbour  on  its  S.  side. 

Coming  from  the  eastward  to  Truxillo  bay,  be  sure  to  make  the  land  to 
the  eastward  of  the  cape  ;  it  is  low  by  the  water  side,  but  up  in  the  coun- 
try it  rines  high  ;  when  you  have  run  down  vour  distance,  and  got  the 
cape  to  bear  S.  W.  and  Bonnca  N.  or  N.  by  VV.  steer  more  southerly  for 
Point  de  Castilla,  or  the  pitch  of  the  cape  ;  your  soundings  alongshore,  at 
one  mile  distance,  will  be  20  fathoms,  muddy  ground.  Run  S.  VV.  and  S. 
S.  W.  till  you  bring  Point  de  Castilla  to  bear  N.  N.  E.  or  N.  by  E.  from 
you  ;  give  the  point  a  good  birth,  then  haul  up  E.  and  E.  H.  E.  you  will 
have  about  9,  10,  or  1 1  fathoms  off  the  point :  run  up  to  the  head  of  the 


350 


Blunf  s  American  Coast  Pilot. 


lUEdit. 


bay  close  to  Old  I'ruxillo  town,  and  come  to  an  anchor  in  what  depth  of 
water  you  please,  soft  muddy  ground  ;  you  will  have  coming  in,  18,  17, 
16,  15,  12,  iiiid  so  on,  fathoms  water.  This  bay  is  about  4  leagues  wide, 
and  5  deep  ;  there  is  only  one  shoal  in  it,  railed  Luke's  key,  which  lies  on 
the  south  shore,  clear  from  you  :  and  the  rest  of  the  bay  is  very  clear, 
except  close  to  the  shore. 

There  are  no  tides  here.  The  Itititude  has  been  observed  15°  b'.V  N, 
and  the  lon-;itudc  86°  OU'  W.  The  variation  8'  40'  E.  The  easterly 
wind  blows  hure  most  of  the  year  ;  but  the  bay  is  open  to  N.  W.  and 
westerly  winds. 

Coming  to  an  anchor  you  are  to  bring  Point  de  Castilla  to  bear  N.  N, 
W.  to  N.  W.  about  one  mile  offshore. 


Description  of  the  Coast  between  Black  River,  o»  /AeMoskito 
Shoro,  and  San  Fernando  de  Omoa ;  wit/i  directions  for 
sailing,  anchoring,  &rc. 

BLACK  RIVER  lies  in  lat.  15"  56'  N.  and  Cape  Camaron,  called  also 
Cape  river,  in  lat  J  6*'  t)0'  N.  the  course  between  the  two  is  W.  by  N.  3 
leagues.  Praunow  creek  lies  J  miles  to  the  westward  of  Cape  river  ;  the 
opening  of  the  latter  river  sh  >ws  itself  very  plain  ;  on  the  E.  side  appears 
a  high  sand  hill,  and  on  the  west  side  there  is  a  sandy  spit  stretching  a 
mile  into  the  sea,  and  which  you  must  oe  careful  to  avoid. 

Two  miles  VV.  ^  S.  from  Praunow  creek  lies  Zachary  Lion's  creek, 
whose  high  land  right  over  it,  has  the  form  of  a  sugar  loaf,  flot  unlike  to 
that  over  Black  river,  but  distinguished  by  a  saddle  mountain  i}  little  to 
the  westward.  The  Little  rocks  are  one  league  distant  W.  by  S.  from 
Zachary  Lion's  creek  ;  the  laud  over  them  is  double,  not  very  high,  and 
the  southernmost  appearing  above  the  other. 

Four  leagues  W.  S.  W.  ^  S.  from  these,  are  the  Great  rocks,  which 
show  themselves  like  a  round  bluff ;  closer  to  the  seaside,  about  a  mile 
from  shore,  is  very  foul  ground,  mixed  with  sand  and  stones,  which  you 
may  avoid.  The  bluff  point  of  the  Great  rocks  to  the  eastward,  and  Old 
Roman  point,  make  Limehouse  bight.  Between  the  Little  and  Great  rocks, 
there  are  two  rivers,  the  nighest  to  the  Great  rocks  being  called  Great 
Piaw,  and  the  other  Little  Piaw  river. 

Limehouse  river  is  3  miles  distant  S.  W.  by  W.  from  the  Great  rocks  \ 
it  is  known  by  a  saddle  mountain,  with  a  sugar  loaf  on  one  side,  and  by  an- 
other sugar  loaf  on  the  other  side,  whose  top  appears  to  be  broken  off. 

New  Roman  river  lies  2 J  leagues  farther  W.  N.  W.  near  its  mouth, 
'..liich  is  very  wide,  and  always  open,  are  2  or  3  black  sand  hills  ;  Old, 
or  Great  Roman  river,  whose  opening  is  also  very  wide,  is  4  miles  W.  N. 
VV.  from  this.  Between  the  two  rivers  you  meet  with  a  bank  of  stones 
and  sand',  2  miles  from  the  shore,  and  about  3  miles  long ;  it  lies  nearly 
east  and  west ;  to  get  clear  of  this  bank,  you  steer  from  New  Roman  out 
of  the  Bight  W.  N.  W.  and  pass  to  the  northward,  until  you  come  to 
Three  leagues  point,  then  you  steer  right  for  Cape  Honduras.  The 
point  is  easily  known  by  a  round  sand  hill,  covered  with  many  palmetto 
trees,  of  an  inferior  size. 

Cape  Honduras,  or  Point  Castilla,  lies  about  six  leagues  W.'by  N.  from 
old  Roman  river  ;  and  10  leagues  to  the  W.  of  this  cape,  you  meet  with 


,c. 


men  J  it 


)  Edit. 


to  Edit. 


Bluiit^s  American  Coast  Pilot. 


351 


leptti  of 
IH,  17, 
KS  wide, 
h  lies  on 
•y  clear, 

»  6:i  N. 

easterly 

W.  and 

»rN.  N, 


/loskito 
ions  for 


lalled  also 
^  by  N.  3 
'iver ;  the 
le  appears 
etching  a 

I's  creek, 

unlike  to 

i)  little  to 

)y  S.  from 

high,  and 

ks,  which 
out  a  mile 
which  you 
and  Old 
•eat  rocks, 
led  Great 

eat  rocks ; 
and  by  an- 
}ken  off. 
its  mouth, 
lills ;  Old, 
liles  W.  N. 
k  of  stones 
lies  nearly 
Roman  out 
(U  come  to 
ras.     The 
palmetto 

by  N.  from 
meet  with 


the  Uogi  islands,  which  are  two  higii  islands  southward  of  Rattan,  with 
18  small  sandy  keys,  which  extend  from  the  S.  E.  of  the  easternmost 
island,  to  the  westernmost  one,  on  the  southward  side  of  both  ;  to  the  N. 
W.  of  the  westernmost  isle,  there  are  .3  or  4  of  these  sandy  keys,  which 
afl'onl  no  passage,  but  you  nay  pass  between  the  others.  A  rocky  reef 
stretches  along  to  the  flouthw.<rd  of  these  two  islands,  2  miles  distant  from 
the  shore,  and  running  from  K.  S.  E.  to  N.  W.  You  must  not  come  nearer 
on  any  side  of  tiie  wcsternuiost  t  .land  than  one  league  ;  but  you  may  ap- 
proach the  enstcrnrftost  ;t<<  near  U!i  a  mile,  and  at  its  W.  end  you  come  to 
anchor  in  small  vessels  with  a  sea  br«!«ze,  but  it  is  very  bad  with  a  north. 
On  the  N.  side  of  this  island  is  tin:  best  channel  to  anchor  at  the  west 
end  ;  you  may  sail  on  boldly,  aiul  keeping  a  good  look  out  for  a  few 
rocks,  under  water,  which  are  close  to  the  shore,  you  come  m  a  bay  to 
an  <»nchor,  in  6  or  7  fathoms  water,  good  sandy  ground.  There  is  a 
channel  on  the  south  side,  but  you  are  obliged  to  go  between  the  reef 
and  the  keys,  and  must  be  well  acquainted  with  it,  before  you  attempt  to 
pass  through  it. 

About  5  or  6  leiigues  to  the  south-westward  of  Cape  Honduras  lies  the 
town  of  Truxillo,  on  the  south  side  of  the  bay  of  that  name  ;  and  5  or  6 
miles  to  the  north  of  this  town,  you  meet  with  a  little  sandy  island  called 
Luke's  key.  The  Barcadere  of  Truxillo  is  about  3  miles  to  the  west, 
with  a  small  island  before  it,  called  Isla  Blanca,  or  White  island,  near 
which  you  have  4  fathoms  water.  West  of  the  Barcadere  lies  Horse 
point,  with  a  rocky  reef  running  east  and  west  4  miles  off  the  shore. 

'  laving  sailed  seven  leagues  S.  W.  from  the  Horse  poipt,  you  come  to 
a  low  sandy  point,  running  a  good  way  intOithe  sea,  which  the  bay  men 
have  named  Pull  and  be  damned  point.  Between  the  two  points  is  a 
deep  bay,  wherein  you  may  anchor  in  6,  4,  and  3  fathoms  water.  It  is 
called  Cutchahutana  bight,  and  is  renowned  for  its  turtles  and  manattees, 
or  sea  cows. 

From  this  bight  the  coast  runs  in  a  westerly  and  W.  by  N.  direction  for 
20  leagues,  as  far  as  the  Bishop  and  his  clerks,  and  in  that  interval  has 
many  rivers,  the  principal  of  which  are  Congrehoy,  a  river  remarkable 
for  its  high  peak,  and  river  Leon,  one  league  to  the  eastward  of  the  Bi- 
nhop  and  his  clerks,  wliich  is  a  noted  plare  of  trade  with  the  Spaniards. 
All  along  this  coast  you  may  anchor  w;  !j  the  sea  breeze,  but  it  is  very 
bad  in  a  north,  except  at  Porto  Nue/o,  to  the  N.  N.  E.  of  Truxillo, 
within  Cape  Honduras,  where  ships  are  well  sheltered  against  that  wind. 

The  Bishop  and  his  clerks,  under  which  is  good  anchoring,  are  three 
or  four  rocks  above  water,  one  mile  from  the  shore,  and  about  6  leagues 
distant  S.  W.  from  the  south  end  of  Utila  island,  which  lies  at  pretty  near 
the  same  distance  S.  W.  by  W.  from  the  S.  W.  end  of  Rattan.  In  the 
middle  of  the  channel,  between  these  rocks  and  Udla,  are  the  Salmedina 
rec*^),  which  render  that  passage  hazardous. 

Sii  leagues  N.  W.  by  W.  from  the  Bishop  and  his  clerks,  lies  the  point 
called  Triumph  de  la  Cruz  by  the  Spaniards,  and  Point  Sal  by  the  bay 
men  ^  it  is  known  by  three  or  four  rocks,  pretty  high  above  water,  and 
larger  than  the  Bishop  and  bis  clerks ;  they  lie  about  half  a  mile  off 
shore,  and  there  is  a  little  channel  practicable  for  small  cr  <t ;  the  point 
off  the  main  shore  appears  with  little  hills,  as  broken  land,  high  and  low. 

The  anchorage  is  under  this  point  to  the  westward,  and  right  before 
the  opening  of  Puerto  Sal,  a  little  harbour  for  small  vessels  ;  in  18,  17, 
16,  and  15  fathcms  water,  there  is  rocky  ground,  but  from  13  to  12,  and 
less,  you  may  ceme  with  safety  to  an  anchor,  in  fine  muddy  ground. 


:5i>2 


Bluiit*H  American  Coast  Pilot. 


10  Edit 


The  low  jjoint  of  Puerto  Cnvullo  lies  about  10  leni;ue8  W.  by  S.  ot 
Point  iJal ;  there  is  no  high  luiid  between  the  two  |)oints,  and  you  meel 
uiili  two  large  riverH,  viz.  Hio  de  Ulloa,  commonly  called  Rio  Lua,  and 
Cliinulucon,  al  both  of  which  you  may  anchor,  in  very  good  muddy 
ground,  with  a  s<ea  breeze.  To  the  westward  of  the  Low  point,  the  an- 
chorage \\cs  in  7,  (),  and  5  fathoms  water,  sand,  but  without  the  point  you 
have  muddy  ;;round. 

From  Puerto  Cavallo  to  Puerto  Omoa,  which  is  about  8  or  9  miles  far- 
ther to  the  S.  W.  by  W.  it  is  all  very  high  land  ;  five  'or  six  broken  hills, 
appearing  red,  lie  clo^e  to  the  sea  betiveen  the  two  places  and  off  these 
red  hills,  a  stone  bank  stretches  to  the  northward  into  the  ^ea,  about  1^ 
mile.     You  muat  go  no  nearer  in  shore  than  B  fathoms  water. 


Dtrfctions  for  sailing  to  the  Moskito  Shore,  Rattan,  and  Bay 

o/*  Honduras,  &c. 

Your  course  from  the  west  end  of  Jamaica,  or  Negril  by  sout|),  to 
Swan's  islands,  is  W.  by  S.  a  little  southerly,  distance  97  leagues  ;  then 
if  you  don't  make  those  islands,  you  may  safely  haul  up  S.  W.  by  S.  and 
not  more  southerly,  especially  from  the  first  of  Noveml^r  to  the  first  of 
April ;  these  months  are  subject  to  frequent  north  winds,  that  blow  ex- 
cessively hard,  and  make  a  prodigious  sea,  which  v/ith  the  currents,  then 
rapid  and  uncertain,  might  make  you  fall  in  with  Carrantasea  shoals,  call- 
ed also  Hobby's  keys,  both  very  dangerous  in  the  night,  or  thick  wea- 
ther, which  you  are  almost  sure  of  meeting  with  in  north  times. 

Those  dangers  lie  about  26  leagues  to  the  E.  by  S.  of  Cape  Camaron, 
and  the  same  distance  S.  S.  E.  from  Swan's  islands,  whose  latitude  is  17" 
21'  a  S.  W.  by  S.  course,  will  much  about  run  you  in  with  Cape  Cama- 
ron, between  which  and  the  above  shoals,  the  shore  is  bold  too,  and  all 
low  land,  till  you  come  to  Black  river,  over  aback  of  which,  begins  the 
high  land,  which  continues  to  the  westward  ,;  when  you  have  made  this 
high  land,  you  may  haul  up  more  southerly  for  Black  river.  Your  mark 
for  anchoring  is  to  bring  the  Sugar  Loaf  hill  (so  named  from  its  shape)  to 
bear  south,  and  to  stand  in  12  fathoms,  then  anchor;  you  are  not  to 
stand  nearer  than  12  fathoms,  on  account  of  the  many  anchors  left  there 
by  trading  vessels  in  the  north  times.  This  is  a  wild  open  roadsted,  and 
the  bar  is  too  dangerous  for  strangers  to  attempt  it  with  their  own  boats, 
almost  all  the  year  round. 

Your  course  from  hence  to  Guanaja,  or  Bonaca  island,  as  we  call  it,  is 
W.  N.  W.  about  20  leagues  distance  ;  but  with  a  tolerable  breeze  of  wind 
you  will  soon  rise  it,  as  the  island  is  very  high,  and  may  be  seen  from 
Black  river  bank  in  a  clear  day. 

But  if  you  should  not  have  occasion  to  call  on  the  Moskito  shore,  from 
Swan's  island  to  Bonaca  it  is  S.  W.  by  W.  |  W.  38  leagues.  To  sail  into 
the  harbour  of  this  island,  coming  from  the  eastward,  run  down  the  south 
side  thereof;  a  range  of  rocks,  or  rather  small  keys,  trenches  down  on 
that  side,  and  one  of  these  in  particular  will  show  itself  in  a  semi-circular 
foftm,  from  which  it  has  been  called  Half-moon  key  ;  when  you  soe  this 
range,  you  run  close  with  the  latter  key  ;  giving  the  others  a  good  birth 
as  you  pass  by  them,  and  continue  so  till  you  bring  a  small  sandy  key 
Abreast  of  you,  then  haul  up  close  round  this  key,  until  you  are  shot  in 


you,  a 


to  Edit. 


Blunt's  American  Coast  Pilot. 


353 


within  it  a  large  cable's  length,  and  the  eastward  withal.  In  letting  go 
your  anchor,  you  are  to  observe,  ua  you  ihoot  it.,  that  a  key  will  appear 
to  leeward,  or  to  the  westward  of  you  ;  it  is  called  S.  W.  key  ;  be  sure 
to  leave  this  two  thirds  of  the  distance  over  from  Sandy  Key,  or  rather 
more,  on  your  larboard  hand  ;  for  between  these  two  kcy^,  and  above 
mid-channel  over  to  the  eastward  lies  a  very  dangerous  shoal ;  on  this 
shoal  there  is  hardly  8  feet  water,  in  somo  places.  You  will  likewise 
descry  three  keys  more  on  the  larboard  side  in  going  in. 

To  the  S.  W.  of  this  island  lies  the  island  Rattan,  in  lat.  16°  25'  N.-— 
W.  S.  W.  {  S.  148  leagues  from  the  west  end  of  Jamaica,  and  N.  N.  W. 
1 1  leagues  from  Truxillo  bay  on  the  continent.  Towards  the  sea,  on 
both  sides,  it  is  mountainous  and  woody  ;  on  the  south  side  are  harbours 
from  one  end  to  the  other,  and  in  the  dry  season,  some  of  them  without 
fresh  water.  The  most  remarkable  is  New  Port  Royal ;  it  is  a  very  fine 
harbour,  the  sea  breeze  meeting  no  obstruction,  blows  quite  through, 
and  renders  the  place  extremely  healthy :  the  air  is  there  cooler  and 
mere  temperate  than  in  most  parts  of  the  West  Indies. 

In  sailing  from  Rattan  for  the  Bay  of  Honduras,  you  are  to  time  your 
departure  in  the  close  of  the  evening  and  not  before  ;  then  you  will  steer 
N.  W.  or  N.  W.  a  little  northerly,  which  will  run  you  in  with  the  South- 
ern four  keys,  distance  about  ^0  or  2S  leagues  ;  therefore  you  must  be 
particularly  attentive  to  sail  your  vess«l  with  such  canvass,  as  to  the  wea- 
ther you  may  have,  or  the  way  she  may  make  through  the  water,  taking 
also  great  care  to  keep  a  very  good  look  out ;  never  attempt  to  run  above 
16  leagues  by  the  log,  as  the  currents  are  very  swift  and  uncertain,  which 
has  proved  latal  to  many  ships. 

As  soon  as  daylight  cppears,  then  make  what  sail  you  can,  still  steering 
the  same  course,  and  you  will  soon  rise  the  Southern  four  keys  ;  run  well 
in  for  them  on  your  starboard  hand,  and  steer  west  about  6  leagues  for 
Key  Bokel,  to  which  you  will  give  a  good  birth  on  your  starboard  side 
likewise  ;  you  may  know  this  key  by  its  being  round,  low,  and  small,  witb 
bushes  on  it,  and  particularly  by  a  large  range  of  keys  to  appearance,  al- 
though they  are  but  one  key :  it  is  called  Turneff,  and  extends  a  good 
way  to  the  northward  of  Key  Bokel. 

If  it  is  tate,  and  you  have  not  daylight  enough  to  run  for  English  key 
channel,  or  Coseen,  or  Corsiana,  Tcalled  St.  George's  key)  which  last  is 
safest,  especially  for  vessels  of  large  draught  of  water,  that  is  from  1 2  to 
16  feet,  as  it  is  a  straight,  clear  channel,  while  the  other  is  very  narrow 
and  crooked ;  you  may  haul  up  round  Key  Bokel  inside,  and  stand  into 
5  fathoms  water,  and  anchor  ;  abreast  or  in  shore  of  you  will  appear  small 
inlets,  or  lagoons  ;  but  if  not  too  late  in  the  day,  you  may  with  a  good 
breeze  get  clear  in,  especially  at  Key  Cosina. 

From  Key  Bokel,  after  giving  ffae  southernmost  part  of  Turneff,  which 
is  then  near  you,  a  good  birth,  your  course  is  N.  W.  by  N.  which  will 
soon  lead  you  in  sight  of  the  shipping  lying  at  Key  Cosina,  as  well  as  of 
the  key  itself.  At  the  same  time  you  will  make  to  appearance,  ahead  of 
you,  a  large  high  bluff  which  lies  more  inland,  and  to  the  west  of  Key 
Cosina  ;  it  is  kqown  by  the  name  of  Royden's  bluff ;  keep  this  blaCi^en 
a  cable's  length  of  Key  Cosina,  and  run  in  with  that  mark  till  abreast  of 
the  south  end  of  the  reef,  which  is  just  without  the  shipping ;  when 
abreast  thereof  you  must  haul  under  the  reef,  and  not  far  from  it,  and  yon 
may  bring  up  in  17  and  18  feet  water,  but  a  better  place  is  a  little  further 
up  to  the  northward,  inside  the  reef,  called  the  blue  bole,  wkere  you 
have  clay  ground,  and  from  18  to  20  feet  water. 

45 


Mi 


354 


Blunt* s  American  Coast  Pilot. 


K«y  CoBina  lies  in  tbo  latitude  of        17°  'W  N. 
SouMiern  Tour  keyi  do.  17    12 

Key  Bokei  do.  17    I'J 


10  Edit. 


10 


N.  B.  From  the  westernmost  of  the  Southern  four  keys  tranches  a 
reef,  which  breaks  3^  or  4  miles,  due  S.  S.  £.  and  of  which  cure  must 
be  ihken. 

A  dry  snnd  bank,  about  a  mile  long,  lies  from  Cape  Camaron  N.  N.  E, 
^  E.  distance  59  leagues,  and  from  Swan'H  islands  N.  by  E.  >}  E.  25 
leagues. 


Description  q/"  Porto  Bello  Harbour. 

At  the  entrance  of  the  harbour  there  arc  two  small  islands,  which  lie 
S.  by  E.  I  E.  and  N.  by  W.  ^  W.  from  each  other  ;  between  them  you 
sail,  or  warp  in,  and  have  15  or  16  fathoms  across,  all  soft  ground.  Due 
west  from  the  northernmost  island,  and  about  3  cables'  length  from  it,  lies 
a  bunch  of  rocks,  called  the  Caimedinas  ;  you  have  20  fathoms,,  soft 
ground,  between  these  rocks  and  the  island.  You  may  go  in  and  out  on 
either  side  of  them,  they  being  steep  too  all  round,  and  always  showing 
theimselves. 

The  north  side  of  the  harbour  is  steep  too  ;  on  the  south  side  there  is 
a  reef  along  it,  about  a  cable's  length  from  the  shore. 

You  may  anchor  any  where,  taking  care  not  to  go  too  high  up  in  the 
coi  of  the  bay. 

Wood  and  water  are  in  great  plenty  here  ;  you  may  either  land  your 
casks  and  roll  them  about  10  or  12  yards,  or  fill  your  boat  with  small 
casks.  Cattle  may  be  purchased,  though  not  cheap  nor  good  ; 'Vegetables 
tbere  ^re  none  to  be  procured,  but  you  have  plenty  of  fish  and  turtle  in 
tl^e  seadon. 

To  the  northward  and  southward  of  this  harbour  there  are  very  good 
bays,  with  many  fresh  water  rivulets,  where  any  flset  may  ride  and  fill 
in  safety  ;  there  is  no  danger  but  what  is  discernible. 

Lat.  9  deg.  33  min.  N.  long,  from  London  79  deg.  25  min.  W.  Tides 
none,  but  a  rise  and  fall  of  aboHt  6  or  7  feet.  Variation  9  deg.  40  min.  E. 
'^^he  winds  are  generally  between  the  north  and  east,  except  in  the  hur- 
rictb  ;  months  ;  and  then  they  are  mostly  from  the  S.  W.  and  W. 


Directions  for  sailing  into  Qiid  out  of  ArenHiS  Bav,  to  the  north- 
ward of  Cartbagena,  on  the  Spanish  Main. 

4 

If  y«a  are  bound  from  Jamaica  to  the  Spanish  Main,  you  must  work  up 
to  the  Yailahs,  or  the  east  end,  and  steer  S.  £.  to  make  your  course  good 
S.  S.  E.  that  yoM  should  fall  in  with  the  high  land  ojf  St.  Martha,  or  the 
nver  Magdalen,  and  the  hills  of  Morro  Hermoao,  on  the  west  side  of  the 
nTetvio  IIV  ^.  lat.  The  distance  from  Jamaica  is  145  leiigues  <h)  a  S. 
S.  E.  'course.  You  meet  always  with  a  westerly  current  in  crossing  over, 
and  coming  new  the  river  you  hai^e  white  water  30  leagues  off.  The 
highland  oiSt  Martha  is  the  highest  all  along  the  coast,  and  Point  Occa 
is  a  bhiffpoint. 


10  Edit. 


Blunf  9  American  Coast  Pilot. 


35.0 


idc  there  is 


Coming  in  with  the  coast  in  the  night,  approach  it  no  nearer  than  SS 
fathoms.  The  course  from  point  Occa  to  Morro  Hcrmoso  is  W.  by  S.  lo 
leagues  ;  from  that  to  Point  Arenas  S.  W.  and  S.  W.  by  W  16  league!*, 
and  then  to  Carthagena  S.  W.  by  S.  and  S.  W.  15  leagues  ;  the  land  be- 
tween  Morro  Hermoso  and  Arenas  bay,  is  high  hills,  the  most  remarka* 
ble  of  which  are  Samba  hill,  that  appears  like  maiden's  paps,  and  another 
next  to  Arenas,  called  Galera  de  Samba,  that  shows  like  a  barn.  Arenas 
point  is  all  low,  except  the  volcano,  which  appears  flat  and  round. 

The  danger  going  into  Arenas  bay,  is  a  reef  at  the  N.  E.  part ;  give  it 
a  good  birth  of  2  or  3  miles,  and  steer  S.  S.  W.  and  S.  W.  by  S.  in  7  or  8 
fathoms  water.  The  next  shoal  is  the  4  fathoms  bank,  which  bears  W. 
N.  W.  about  three  miles  ;  steer  S.  by  W.  and  south  round  Point  Arenas 
in  6  or  7  fathoms,  keeping  at  half  a  mile  or  one  mile  distance,  then  steer 
up  S.  E.  and  E.  S.  E.  and  you  may  anchor  in  what  depth  of  water  you 
please,  from  3  to  20  fathoms,  good  holding  grouiid. 

The  bay  is  about  6  or  7  leagues  deep,  and  6  broad,  with  many  lagoons 
where  small  ships  may  lie  in  2  or  3  fathoms  water  ;  large  ships  lie  in  8  or 
10  fathoms.  There  are  two  small  keys  above  water,  in  this  bay,  one 
bearing  S.  E.  from  Arenas  point,  the  other  about  S.  by  E.  There  is  a 
bank  which  lies  about  N.  N.  E.  2  ler^ues  from  Point  Palmerita,  with  only 
9  feet  water  on  it.  This  bay  lies  »«bout  N.  E.  by  E.  and  S.  W.  by  W.  no 
winds  except  N.  W.  can  hurt  you  here,  and  they  blow  very  hard.  Some- 
times N.  E.  winds  blow  here  the  most  part  of  the  year.  Point  Arenas  and 
Point  Palmerita  make  the  bay  ;  they  bear  from  each  other  about  N.  by  E. 
and  S.  by  W. 

Sailing  out  of  this  bay,  bound  to  Carthagena,  steer  to  the  W.  N.  W.  to 
get  2  or  3  leagues  off,  then  steer  S.  S.  W.  But  if  you  are  bound  to  the 
eastward,  or  to  Jamaica,  you  must  work  up  as  far  as  the  river  Magdalen  or 
Point  Occa,  to  be  sure  of  fetching  near  the  E.  end  of  Jamaica.  The 
current  sets  in  the  offing  mostly  to  the  eastward,  except  in  strong  N.  E. 
winds. 

L.ntitude  10°  60'  N.  Lpngitude  74°  55  W.  Variation  6"  22'  E. 

To  anchor,  bring  Point  Arenas  V.  W.  and  the  Volcano  N.  E.  or  N.  E, 
by  E.  and  Samba  hill  E.  S.  E.  to  tl. 


Carthagena. 

Being  at  anchor  off  Carthagena,  Point  Cunnoa  bearing  N.  E.  by  N.  Point 
Salmadina  S.  ^  E.  and  the  Citadel  E.  |  S.  in  7  fathoms  water,  dark  sandy 
ground,  distance  off  shore  about  6  or  7  miles.  Sounded  from'  the  ship  to- 
wards the  land,  and  carried  7  fathoms  for  nearly  two  miles,  and  the  water 
shoaled  very  regularly  until  one  mile  from  the  shore,  when  there  was  4 
fathoms.  Ran  along  the  shore  at  the  distance  of  half  a  mile  in  31  fathoms 
water  until  to  the  southward  of  the  tower,  then  stood  off  and  round  the 
water  deepen  very  gradually  as  it  shoaled  when  standing  in. 

The  land  to  the  northward  of  Carthagena  is  high,  sloping  to  the  north- 
ward until  it  comes  to  a  point  very  much  like  Portland'*^  in  the  English 

*  This  point  lias  no  resemblance  to  Portland  until  ydu  bring  it  to  b«ar  about  E.  S.  E. 
when  it  considerably  resembles  the  outer  point,  but  is  much  higher;.  In  warUng  up  from 
Boca  Chica  to  Carthagena  there  arv  three  points,  two  on  the  larlKMurd  aod  ope  on  the 
starboard  handj  every  one  of  which  much  resembles  the  outer  point  of  the  Bill,  though  in 
miniature,  indeed  the  southernmost  ^or  the  larboard  side)  resembles  both  the  inner  and 
outer  part  of  the  Bill. 


300 


Hlunl's  Amcricun  Coubt  Pilot. 


lU  £(lil 


chnnnel.  On  the  highest  part  of  this  land  is  a  monastery,  a  ballp  r,  and 
11  flng-stafT.  This  building,  cm)  any  part  of  the  city  that  in  wallet'  ..d  the 
lead  going,  any  ship  may  come  near  enough  to  command  the  town.  The 
•ea  breeze  sets  in  very  late,  about  noon  or  2  P.  M.  It  sometimes  blow» 
almost  a  gale  of  wind  until  midnight,  or  even  later.  Calm  in  general 
about  davlight. 

In  making  Cartbagena  from  the  northward,  if  well  out  to  sea,  you  may, 
in  clear  weather,  perceive  the  monastery  (before  mentioned)  as  far  north 
as  lat.  10®  47',  rising  like  a  rock  from  the  water.  There  is  no  apparent  en- 
trance to  the  northward  of  the  town  or  monastery,  but  after  you  have  run 
considerably  to  the  southward  of  the  city,  you  perceive  •  wide  opening 
called  Bocca Grande.  This,  however,  is  not  ihe  entrance  to  the  harbour, 
but  at  Boca  Chica  (or  a  Little  Mouth)  which  lies  round  Point  Salmadina 
about  10  miles  to  the  southward  of  the  city.  In  coming  into  the  entrance 
of  Boca  Chica,  you  will  perceive  a  strong  fori  with  a  low  battery  stretch- 
ing west  from  it,  but  connected  with  it.  This  fort  and  battery  stand 
nearly  in  (he  middle  of  the  entrance,  and  to  a  stranger  the  best  passage, 
seems  to  be  to  the  eastward  of  the  fort,  but  this  is  not  the  case,  as  not  on- 
ly is  the  proper  passage  to  the  westward  of  the  aforesaid  fort,  but  you 
must  shave  close  round  a  low  sandy  point  on  the  west  side,  which  point, 
when  so  close  to  that  yoti  might  heave  a  biscuit  on  shore,  is  so  bold  that 
you  will  then  have  ten  fathoms  water.  There  is  a  small  fort  on  the  lar- 
board or  west  side,  which  you  round  before  you  come  to  the  Boca  Chica, 
with  3  or  4  guns  mounted  on  it.  When  once  round  the  Sandy  Point  you 
will  generally  get  a  Pilot,  but  if  you  should  not,  you  must,  after  passing  a 
large  fort  on  the  larboard  hand,  come  to  an  anchor  for  the  fort  boat  to 
board  you.  You  must  anchor  in  about  17  fathoms,  sandy  bottom,  pretty 
close  in  a  small  sandy  Bay  with  some  houses  on  the  west  side  of  it,  and 
which  is  to  the  northward  of  the  larboard  large  fort.  It  sometimes  blows 
very  hard  here  early  in  the  morning,  and  vessels  are  apt  to  dra^  their  an- 
chors. It  is  therefore  adviseable  always  to  come  to  with  your  best  groimd 
tackle.  There  is  a  pretty  strong  tide  of  flood  sets  up  the  harbour  from 
Boca  Chica  towards  the  city,  and  the  ebb  sets  down.  There  are  perches 
set  on  the  starboard  side  ot  the  channel  up  from  Boca  Chica  to  the  an- 
chorage at  the  city,  but  the  channel  is  extremely  intricate  and  not  to  be 
attemjpted  by  a  stranger  without  a  Pilot.  In  anchoring  in  the  bay  to  the 
northward  of  the  large  fort  on  the  larboard  side  at  Boca  Chica,  you  will 
perceive  a  perch  to  the  eastward,  which  will  show  the  necessity  of  being 
in  as  close  to  the  western  shore  as  you  prudently  can  before  you  anchor. 
Pilots  here  are  extremely  ignorant,  and  masters  of  vessels  will  do  well  to 
work  their  vessels  themselves  and  make  th^ir  own  people  steer,  allowing 
the  Pilot  to  point,  or  if  they  understand  Spanish,  to  tetl  them  how  far 
they  may  steer  towards  each  shore. 


Other  directions  for  Carihageii'd. 

,  • . 

In  tlie  former  directions  it  is  mentioned  the  sea  breeze  sets  in  very 
late  in  the  day,  and  that  it  blows  half  a  gale  of  wind.  The  former  pari 
is  true,  bot  the  latter  not  so  aiall  seasons  of  the  year.  **  I  have,"  sayS  the 
writer,  **  been  in  this  harbour  from  the  21  st  Tune  to  the  1 8th  July,  and 
have  scarcely  had  any  thhig  to  call  even  a  fresh  sea  breeze.    The  land 


%^ 


fiaif 


10  Edit. 


Blunf  s  American  Coast  Pilot. 


*■■  ^  nnd 

..td  the 

I.     The 

as  blown 

general 

^ou  may, 
far  north 
arent en- 
have  run 

opening 
harbour, 
lalmadinti 
entrance 
f  stretch- 
ery  stand 
t  passage 
18  not  on- 

but  you 
ich  point, 

bold  that 
n  the  lar- 
)Ca  Chica, 
Point  you 
'  passing  a 
rt  boat  to 
)m,  pretty 
of  it,  and 
nes  blows 
^  their  an- 

ist  ground 
rour  (rom 
e  perches 
the  an- 

not  to  be 

lay  to  the 
you  will 
of  being 

u  anchor. 

do  well  to 
allowing 
t\  how  far 


m 


very 
rmer  part. 
♦  sayi  the 
July,  and 
The  land 


wind,  on  the  contrary,  hnii  been  three  or  four  times  pretty  violent,  parti- 
cularly on  the  Tid  June,  about  5  A.  M.  when  it  blew  so  freiih  that  we 
drove  nt  the  nnchornge  inside  of  BocaChicn(in  7  futhums)  with  both  our 
best  bower  anchors  down  ;  and  July  18,  about  the  same  hour,  an  Amcri* 
can  brig  (the  Connecticut,  of  Hartford,  Capt.  Hlin)  drove  with  her  small 
bower  down.  In  neither  instance  did  the  violence  of  the  gule  (or  more 
properly  squall)  continue  more  than  an  hour." 

Port  St.  Jose  stands  almost  in  the  middle  of  the  entrance  at  Boca  Chica 
between  the  islands  of  Karu  and  Tierrn  Bomba,  but  rather  nearer  to  Daru. 
To  any  vessel  coming  from  the  northward  and  rounding  the  sandy  point 
of  Tierra  Bomba  close,  (as  they  ought)  the  entrance  of  Boca  Chica  will 
appear  to  be  between  Fort  St.  Jose  and  Barra,  (viz.  to  the  eastward  of 
Boca  Chica,)  but  this  is  not  the  case,  as  I  have  before  mentioned,  but  be- 
tween Fort  St.  Jose  and  Tierra  Bomba,  viz.  to  the  westward  of  fort  St. 
Jose.     The  water  between  Fort  St.  Jose  and  Isia  Baru  is  shallow. 

Fort  St.  Jose  has  a  low  battery  connected  with  it  which  runs  out  to 
the  westward.  The  land  breeze  in  general  sets  from  about  S.  E.  and  E. 
S.  E.  inside  the  harbour. 

Coming  to  this  place  from  St.  Martha,  after  passing  Point  Samba  we  ex- 
perienced a  very  strong  northerly  current  in  shore,  and  1  understand  this 
is  generally  the  case  ;  therefore,  any  vessel  bound  from  hence  for  Jamaica 
or  Hayti  ought  to  work  close  in  shore,  (at  least  as  close  as  prudent  for 
avoiding  Negril  and  the  other  Rocks  off  Point  de  Cunnoa,  and  Point  Samba,^ 
and  indeed  it  will  not  be  always  necessary)  to  work,  as  by  timing  their 
departure  from  Boca  Chica  so  as  to  answer  the  land  breeze  early  in  the 
morning,  they  may  often  be  well  up  with  Point  Samba  before  the  sea 
breeze  sets  in. 

In  passing  Point  Samba  during  the  night,  give  it  a  birth,  as  it  is  very 
low  and  a  reef  lies  off  it    Its  lat.  is  10»  61'  N.  long.  75*»  30'  W. 

From  many  circumstances  and  such  observations  as  I  have  been  able 
personally  to  make,  and  the  information  I  have  collected,  1  am  induced  to 
think  any  vessel  bound  from  hence  to  the  Windward  Islands,  ought  to 
work  in  shore  as  far  up  as  St.  Martha,  (attending  to  the  previous  reouurks) 
as  there  is  almost  a  certainty  of  a  northerly  current  up  to  Point  Samba^ 
and  also  between  Point  Samba  and  the  west  point  of  the  entrance  of  the 
River  Magdalen,  from  which  river  there  is  generally  an  eddy  current  sets 
up  the  Bay  towards  the  Lagoon  St.  Martha,  and  from  thence  along  the 
coast  up  to  St.  Martha. 

Off  the  entrance  of  the  river  Magdalen  the  water  is  much  discoloured, 
and  where  the  fresh  water  in  part  covers  the  salt,  its  appearance  is  really 
alarming,  but  the  lead  will  shew  there  is  no  danger.  Weak  vessels  should 
pay  attention,  if  possible,  to  avoid  the  large  trunks  and  roots  which  fre- 
quently float  down  the  river. 

By  taking  advantage  of  the  currents  which  set  out  from  the  different 
entrances  of  the  Magdalen,  vessels  working  up  for  St.  Martha  may  get  a 
good  shore  to  the  northward. 

[NOTE. — Water  may  be  procured  about  half  a  mile  below  the  city  on 
the  island  of  Santo  Domingo,  but  it  is  brackish  ;  however,  excellent  cis- 
tern (rain)  water  may  be  obt'^ined  at  th«  powder  magazine  which  lies  on 
the  Starboard  hand  going  up  from  Boca  Chica.  After  heavy  rains,  water 
may  be  had  at  the  isle,  bearing  nearly  E.  by  S.  |  S.  from  anchorage  with- 
out paying  for  it.  '  .   'it  . 


\ 


358 


Blunts  American  Coast  Pilot. 


10  Edit 


At  Carthagena,  ai  in  nil  other  Spanish  norti,  no  penon  i*  allowed  to 
land  from  any  rcmiel  that  arrives,  until  she  has  been  previously  visited 
by  the  custom-hou«tn  boat,  and  permission  granted  by  the  captain  ot 
the  port.J 


St.  Martha 

Is  situated  in  a  valley  at  the  foot  of  high  mountains.  Any  vessel  from 
the  northward  may  euitily  and  safely  make  the  harbour  by  running  down 
along  shore  at  one  or  two  miles  distance  until  the  town  with  3  chiir'*v.?.4 
and  the  custom-house  (which  m  remarkable  by  towers,  &:c.^  is  seen,  and 
then  run  in  on  either  side  the  Moro  rock,  on  which  a  small  fort  is  built, 
but  observe  the  south  poiut  of  the  Moro  rock  ought  to  get  u  birth  of  at 
least  a  cable's  length. 

There  are  some  old  wrecks  in  St.  Martha  harbour  which,  as  the  water 
is  very  clear,  may  be  easily  seen  under  water.  The  bottom  is  fine 
sand. 

Small  vessels  generally  moor  in  the  Horse-shoe  (shaped)  bay,  above 
the  town,  where  they  are  exceedingly  well  sheltered.  No  farther  direc- 
tions are  necessary  for  St.  Martha,  as  any  person  may  take  a  vessel  into 
it  safely  in  day-light,  and  no  prudent  navigator,  who  is  a  stranger,  will  ut- 
lempt  it  at  night. 


From  Cape  Blanco  to  Cape  St.  Roman,  Cata  Bay,  Porlo 

Cabello,  kc. 

The  land  is  still  very  high  and  mountainous,  the  westward  of  Cape 
Blanco,  for  about  10  or  12  leagues,  when  it  begins  to  become  lower ;  the 
coast  all  along  is  bold  and  clear  ;  you  may  stand  within  a  mile  of  the  shore, 
all  the  way  down  from  La  Guayra  to  rorto  Cabello,  about  10  or  12 
leagues  to  leeward  of  Cape  Blanco,  and  about  6  to  windward  of  Porto 
Cabello,  you  meet  with  a  very  fine  bay,  or  rather  harbour,  called  Cata 
Bay ;  there  is  not  less  than  10  fathoms  in  going  in,  and  when  you  are  en- 
tered, you  may  anchor  in  what  water  you  please,  from  6  to  SO  fathoms 
being  land-locked  from  all  winds,  but  from  N.  N.  W.  to  N.  N.  E.  whicli 
winds  seldom  blow  here  ;  you  have  a  regular  sea  breeze  all  day,  and  a 
fine  land  breeze  all  night,  with  plenty  of  wood  and  fresh  water.  There 
is  a  town  4  or  5  miles  from  this  bay,  and  many  planters  and  other  people 
live  in  the  neighbourhood,  who  have  abundance  of  cocoa,  and  money 
likewise.  This  bay,  which  lies  from  Curassoa  S.  E.  by  E.  by  compass 
(there  is  half  a  point  of  variation  here)  is  seldom  without  one  or  more 
Dutch  vessels  trading  for  cocoa  ;  the  land  is  very  high,  on  both  sides  the 
bay,  with  a  fine  valley  in-the  middle  ;  there  are  several  other  small  bays, 
to  the  eastward,  the  best  of  whicli  is  that  of  Toriano,  but  it  is  not  so 
good  as  Catai  bay,  either  for  tt  ship  to  lie  in^  or  for  trade. 

From  Cape  Blanco  to  Porto  Cabello,  the  course  is  W.  |  S.  or  W.  by  S. 
tKstaHce  17  or  18  leagues ;  the  land  is  very  high  till  you  come  about  a 
league  to  leeward  of  Cata  bay,  and  then  it  runs  lower  down  to  Porto  Ca- 
bello :  this  port  is  in  a  large  valley,  round  a  low  point,  6  leagues  to  lee- 


lOi 

ward 
from 
from 
by  W 
Fr( 
14  l«( 
<lown 
N.  \V 
clear 
withoi 
ther,  I 


If  y( 
you  ma 
too ;  til 
it,  whei 
has  nuti 
served, 
Whei 
White 
from  CI 
of  a  firs 
ground 
a  mile  fi 
Havir 
westwai 
to  it  wit 
westwar 
of  a  que 
but  the 
less  thai 
When 
the  bay, 
>S.  £.  CO 
There  is 
perceive 
round  th 
on  tnccou 
trends  to 
very  littl 
From 
and  to  I 
about  3  ( 
There  is 
•18  high  a! 
Blanco  is 
bly  see  it 
league  oi 
Ouayra, 


10  Edit. 


Blunt^H  American  CuaHt  Pilot. 


35tf 


ward  of  Ctttn  bay  ;  you  mny  teu  fruin  this  bay  the  laod  which  rum  o«t 
from  I'oitit  Tucaraa  ;  it  beum  W.  N.  W.  from  th(>  bay  lit  or  19  leagues  ; 
from  Cu\w.  lUouco  N.  by  W.  above  36;  and  from  Torto  Cabello  N.  W. 
by  \V.  distance  1.'  Ica^ui;!). 

From  Point  Tiicaras  to  the  Point  of  Coro  the  cotifit  lien  N.  by  W.  about 
M  hiugucH  ;  the  land  ull  ulon^  in  low  and  full  of  ialandx  and  keys,  but 
down  towunU  Coro  it  i*  hiKliur.  Cape  St.  Koinan  lies  i'A  lea^ueH  to  the 
N.  \V.  by  \V.  of  Point  Coro,  and  may  both  be  deiscried  from  Curawon  in 
clear  weather.  On  tliiH  coast  you  find  very  little  Ice  current,  till  you  come 
without  the  stream  of  I'oint  Corn,  but  at  most  times  you  have  tine  wea- 
ther, and  vr  .ublc  windn. 


From 


Cape  Codcra  to  Cape  Blanco — Jasper  Bay. 


ff  you  come  out  from  Cape  Codera,  and  are  bound  to  the  westward, 
you  may  stroke  the  cape  as  close  on  board  as  you  please,  as  it  is  sleep 
too  ;  there  is  u  small  sandy  bay  on  the  west  side  of  the  cape,  and  close  to 
it,  wherein  you  may  anchor  in  what  depth  you  find  convenient ;  this  buy 
has  nothing  remarkable.  The  anchoring  is  good,  as  we  have  already  ob- 
served, but  no  fresh  water. 

When  you  come  round  Cape  Codera,  if  it  is  day-time,  you  will  see  tho 
White  rock,  which  bears  from  the  cape  N.  by  W.  distant  6  miles,  and 
from  Chuspu  bay  N.  £.  by  E.  8  or  9 miles.  It  is  about  as  large  as  the  hull 
of  a  first  rate,  and  almost  as  white  us  Beach  head  ;  you  have  all  clean 
ground  about  it,  but  on  the  west  end  there  is  a  small  ledge  of  a  quarter  of 
a  mile  from  the  rock. 

Having  rounded  Cape  Codera  you  will  see  a  low  point  to  the  south- 
westward,  about  7  milea  ;  it  is  the  first  you  come  to  ;  you  may  run  down 
to  it  within  half  a  mile  of  the  shore  ;  then  u  tine  saody  bay  opens  to  the 
westward,  into  which  you  may  haul  round  the  point,  and  giving  it  a  birth 
of  a  quarter  of  a  mile.  This  bay  is  called  by  the  Spaniards  Chusba  bay, 
but  the  English  have  named  it  Jasper  buy  ;  you  may  anchor  there  within 
lesA  than  half  a  mile  of  the  shore,  in  7  fathoms  water. 

When  you  have  run  into  7  fathoms  water,  you  will  bring  the  £.  part  of 
the  bay,  that  is  the  point  round  which  you  came,  to  bearN.  E.  and  in  the 
S.  E.  corner  of  the  bay  you  will  get  fine  fresh  water,  and  eood  wood. — 
There  is  always  a  little  swell  in  the  bay  ;  when  you  anchor  you  will 
perceive  a  small  point  about  a  mile  to  the  westward  of  you,  and  close 
round  that  point  there  is  a  small  town  ;  but  the  landing  here  is  very  bad, 
on  account  of  the  great  surf  on  the  beach.  The  land  to  the  westward 
trends  to  the  W.  by  S.  and  is  very  high,  both  inland  and  near  the  coast ; 
very  little  is  to  be  had  here  but  wood  and  water. 

From  Jasper  bay  to  Cape  Blanco,  the  course  is  W.  by  S.  13  leagues, 
and  to  La  Guiiyra  W.  by  S.  10  leagues.  La  Guayra  is  in  a  small  bay, 
about  3  or  4  leagues  to  the  windward,  or  to  the  eastward  of  Cape  Blanco. 
There  is  a  prodigious  high  mountain  abacH  of  La  Guayra,  which  is  almost 
as  high  as  that  of  Teneriffe  :  it  is  called  the  mountain  of  Caraccaa.  Cape 
Blanco  is  low  land,  so  that  when  you  are  4  leagues  off  you  cannot  possi- 
bly see  it  on  account  of  that  mountain.  Being  off  Cape  Blanco,  wilbio  a 
league  or  two  of  1;he  land,  you  may  see  the  fort,  battairies,  and  town  of  La 
Guayra,  which  appear  of  a  whitisb  gray»  wl^ile  ih«  soil  ajtout  the  (own 


*«^ 


'J60 


Hlunl'i^  Ainericun  Couat  Pilot. 


lOCdil. 


tlk>k«  r«(l.  Wh«n  vom  urc  within  4  or  5  milci  from  Cap«  Blanco,  it  lookt 
liko  A  totvii  iiuiler  tin  lii^i  liiixl,  und  Iiuh  u  Kcny  ami  raKged  uiipcurunre  ; 
the  whore  ia  rl(;ar  and  hohi  all  aluiiK.  Capv  Blanco  liea  in  lat.  lu"  50'  und 
Caov.  C'oderu  in  lut.  lO"  MV . 

If  you  wish  to  iinr hor  under  Key  Blanco,  give  iti  wcit  edge  a  birth  ol 
half  a  mill',  and  haul  up  N.  or  N.  N.  K.  until  the  middle  of  the  key  or  thf 
huta  on  it  henr  S.  R.  by  il.  S.  K.  when  you  may  come  too  in  from  J|  to  4 
fathoms.  If  the  current  antii  to  leeward  do  not  give  the  key  au  wide  u 
birth,  but  you  will  nee  a  reef  to  the  wcittward  of  you,  for  which  your  eyt- 
must  be  your  ii^uide.  If  you  draw  but  10  feet  water  you  may  proceed  to 
the  harbour  or  near  it,  by  bringing  the  W.  cud  o(  Cape  Blanco  to  bear  S. 
E.  ^  E.  by  compasK  (that  is,  after  you  have  passed  two  reefs  to  the  west- 
ward  of  you)  nnd  steer  N.  W.  by  N.  until  you  cross  a  bank  of  12  feet, 
and  when  you  deepen  into  1  or  6  fathoms  you  will  be  about  u  mile  oil'  u 
thick  bushy  point  on  your  starboard  hand  ;  thence  steer  N.  W.  by  W.  or 
if  there  be  any  vessels  in  port  keep  in  the  middle  between  noint  and  point; 
but  if  you  get  confused,  the  best  way  is  to  anchor  and  send  on  shore  for  u 
pilot.  If  yoii  diuw  mure  than  12  feet  water,  I  would  advise  you  to  go  to 
the  eastward  of  Key  Blanco,  and  keep  the  blue  water  as  long  as  you 
can,  letting  your  eye  be  your  pilot  always  and  that  from  the  mast-head. 


From  the  Dispirited  Ke^'s  io  Cape  Codera  or  Qimdcra. 

The  course  between  the  two  places  is  N.  W.  by  W.  distent  25  leagues; 
It  is  all  n  bold  shore,  so  that  you  may  run  down  along,  close  within  2 
leagues,  or  less  ;  and  when  you  come  within  2  or  3  leagues  of  the  cape, 
there  is  a  fine  bay,  wherein  yon  may  anchor,  in  what  water'you  please, 
and  good  ground  ;  you  run  so  far  into  that  bay,  as  to  bring  Cape  Codern 
to  bear  N.  or  N.  by  E  when  you  have  5  fathoms  water,  2  miles  from  the 
shore.  When  at  anchor,  with  the  above  bearings,  and  the  cape  distant  3 
leagues,  there  is  a  lagoon  W.  S.  W.  from  you,  where  you  may  get  good 
fresh  water ;  you  will  see  a  table  land  on  the  main,  bring  it  to  bear 
S.  S.  W.  or  S.  W.  by  W.  and  you  may. run  into  that  bay  in  the  night 
by  the  lead,  and  anchor  in  what  water  you  choose ;  inland  it  is  very 
mountainous,  but  by  the  water  side  the  land  is  low.  This  bay  is  call- 
ed Capaya  bay  ;  several  planters  are  settled  round  it,  from  whicb  you 
can  procure  plenty  of  cocoa. 


The  Dispirited  Keys  on  the  Spanish  Main. 

The  sailors  have  given  this  name  to  the  small  islets,  called  by  the  Spa 
niards  Cayos  de  Ceritu. 

Froin  Salt  Tortuga  to  those  keys,  the  course  is  S.  E.  by  S.  or  S.  S.  £. 
distance  1 8  leagues  ;  they  are  low  sandy  keys,  with  some  mangroves  up- 
on them,  but  no  fresh  water,  lying  about  4  miles  from  the  coast ;  you  go 
in  round  the  N.  end  of  them,  within  half  a  mile  of  which  there  are  6  or 
7  fathoms  water. 

After  you  are  got  round  the  N.  W.  end  of  thoae  keys,  you  may 
mn  the  inside  of  than,  keeping  io  6,  7,  or  Z  fathoms  water,  one- 


.iiiim^. 


locau. 

:o,  it  look* 
pcurunco  ; 
u"  00'  and 

>  n  birth  ot 
key  or  th«- 
:)m  3i  to  1 
•u  wide  u 
h  you^^7^ 
proceed  to 
u  io  bear  S 
0  the  weat- 
of  12  fett, 
u  mile  oA'  u 
^  by  W.  01 
it  and  point; 
\  Hhore  for  u 
you  to  go  tu 
long  M  you 
«iiat-head. 


tiiadcra. 

t  25  leagues; 
ose  within  2 
of  the  cape, 
r'you  please, 
pupe  Codera 
jiles  from  the 
lapc  distant  3 
lay;  get  good 
ig  it  to  bear 
I  in  the  night 
id  it  is  very 
bay  is  call- 
which  you 


I0£dit. 


Blunt' H  AmericAii  Cotitt  Pilot 


m 


In. 

by  the  Spa 

I.  or  S.  S.  E. 

ingroves  up- 
cast ;  you  go 

lere  are  6  or 


fourth  of  a  mile  from  the  shore,  very  food  i^round,  and  quite  Und> 
lockrd  from  hII  wiiuU.  You  will  h.iv«  the  little  iil.iiuN  Hnniritas  .1  or  4 
Ivuguen  to  the  K.  N.  C  T.)o  city  qC  Hjrcnlona  boaim  S.  8.  K,.  from  them, 
iihout  4  or  0  iriiKues. 

The  liind  on  the  main  nil  aloiij;  in  hi%h,  uioiiiitiMnous,  and  uitevra  ;  the 
hight^sl  Liiul  along  iliore  tinit  yuu  can  sue  when  at  anc.ir  there,  bears  W. 
N.  W.  dutant  about  b  or  H  lutiKnes  ;  tli<T)'  i<i  but  litUe  tu  be  got  at  this 
filare,  lo  wr  will  proceed  along  the  coa«t. 


Ueseriptim  of  the  SpaiiiHh  Main,  ami  ihe  adiaeenl  Ulandt^frcm 
iVlargarita  lulatul  to  Cape  St.  Koman. 

The  IslaAil  of  Margarita. 

From  St.  Vincent  to  Murgnrita  (he  course  is  S.  W.  distance  OSleagiMf, 
and  from  Grenada  to  the  same  ulanJ,  the  course  is  S.  W.  by  W.  distant 
45  Uugues. 

The  island  of  Margarita  is  12  leagues  'long,  and  lies  E.  by  N.  and  W.  by 
S.  It  is  high  land  all  through,  except  the  VV.  part,  on  which  in  a  low 
sandy  point,  running  off  shoal  to  the  Pearl  bank,  which  is  joined  to  it.-— 
Four  or  five  miles  inland  from  this  W.  end  there  is  u  very  high  part  of 
land,  with  the  appearance  of  a  sugar-loaf  on  the  top  of  it,  which  sugar* 
louf  seems  as  if  it  was  falling  down  to  the  northward.  Bring  that  high  land 
to  bear  E.  by  N.  and  if  you  arc  bpund  to  Tortugn,  steer  VV.  S.  W.  which 
course  will  carry  you  to  that  island. 

The  harbour  of  Pamputa,  situated  on  the  E.  S.  E.  part  o^  the  island  of 
Margarita,  is  ope;i  to  the  wind  from  \.  E.  to  S.  £.  The  anchorage  ia 
good,  and  ground  clear.  Running  into  tho  bay,  be  careful  and  not  border 
too  close  on  the  northerly  part,  ns  there  is  a  small  aboal  that  runs  off  about 
a  cable's  length.  In  coming  from  the  eastward  you  may  always  know 
this  harbour  by  a  rock  that  lies  off  the  town.  The  Friars  are  a  cluster  of 
small  islands,  six  in  number,  distant  from  the  N.  E.  end  of  Margarita  9  or 
lo  miles.  The  passage  between  the  Frini.  and  Margarita  is  clear  and 
good  from  12  to  14  fathoms,  sandy  bottom. 

There  is  a  good  passage  between  the  islands  of  Testigos  and  Sola,  which 
is  a  rock  that  bears  N.E.  by  E.  from  the  body  of  the  Friars,  distant  about  1 2 
miles  ;  you  will  carry  from  15  to  27  fathoms  between  them,  sandy  bottom 
and  clear  ground.  Sola  is  small  and  cann  <t  be  seen  more  than  7  or  8  miles 
from  the  deck  of  a  frigate.  The  island  of  Testigos  is  high,  with  a  num- 
ber of  small  ones  round  it. 

Vessels  coming  from  the  eastward,  and  wishing  to  run  between  the 
main  and  Testigos  in  the  night,  should  steer  well  to  the  southward,  be- 
fore they  keep  off,  as  there  is  a  current  setting  to  the  westward  at  the 
rate  of  2  or  3  knots  per  hour,  and  should  j^ou  steer  a  direct  course*  Ihf 
probability  is  you  would  be  drifted  on  Testigos  or  the  Green  boat  bewo 
you  are  aware  of  it.  The  channel  is  clear  and  good,  with  regular  soHad- 
logs  from  16  to  20  &thoms,  sand  and  shells. 

46 


Jb,  you  may 
[water,  one- 


Mi" 


362 


BliintV  Amrricnn  Coatt  Pilot. 
Dirtctions  for  (.'utnaiia. 


10  FaIH 


Sailing  into  Ihi*  liHrlNiur  of  riimann,  W  nirf^riit  ito(  (o  Imrroiv  tun  cltMit 
to  Foint  Aru)ru,  lu  there  u  •iliutil  tbutniuket  ull  the  point  about  two  inil«» 
to  the  weatwani. 

The  hunk  you  nnchor  on  i«  «ti'«>|i  ;  you  \\v  uhoiit  onrhtilf  >i  tntlo  from 
ahore  i  thi^  hoidiriK  Krouiiil  Koud.  The  toivii  of  ('umiiuii  lii*it  two  milvit 
up  a  river  that  i'm|>ti««  ituclf  on  the  otiMt  huIc  of  th(>  buy.  'I'bi*  witter  of 
thta  river  ia  cicellent  for  lirtiikiitK,  uikI  etwy  to  bt>  ^ot.  Thrn*  urc  no  ^uiiiid- 
inga  in  the  bny  until  yuii  ap|ii'U)ir,h  th<>  ahur«>  witbiii  one  milt!. 

Tht>  aeu-ttrer/e  Mt'tw  in  tuTu  about  I0  o'rloik  A.  M,  fruin  tbc  W(>«(Hiiril, 
and  continut'a  until  :)  I*.  M.  The  land»bri>o/.(>  thc>n  cumca  uiV  about  eaal, 
generally  in  a  light  awtilj. 

Laguira,  which  liea  in  lat.  lO''  37'  N.  long.  UIS^  50'  W.  ia  an  op«;n  roud 
atend,  where  you  lie  expoBO>i  lo  all  wiiid!i  to  tlit>  northward  of  eant  and 
weat.  The  bottom  \%  hard,  and  holding  ground  not  vi-r;'  good.  Water  not 
to  be  had  in  any  quantity,  but  may  be  obtained  live  milcM  to  the  cantwrurd. 
Weateriy  winda  prevail  (luring  the  monlha  of  June,  'lulyi  and  Auguat,  bui 
do  not  extend  over  30  roilex  from  the  coiiit. 


Tht  hhnd  of  Tortuga. 

The  Tortuga  or  Salt  Tortuga,  ia  a  very  low  inland,  which  cannot  be 
•ecu  above  4  or  5  leuguea  ofl';  keep  ou  the  .S.  side  of  it,  and  anchor  about 
a  half  or  thrce-quartera  of  u  mile  to  the  wcatwurd  of  a  low  point  on 
the  b.  E.  part  of  the  island  ;  bring  the  low  S.  H.  point  to  bear  K.  N.  K. 
and  you  will  have  18  or  'iO  fathonia  water  ;  and  if  you  moor,  your  wcat- 
ernmoat  anchor  will  lie  in  about  30  fathoms,  good  ground  ;  but  do  not  go 
any  nearer  in,  for  the  ground  ia  very  bad,  on  account  of  the  merchant 
shipa  who  load  aalt  here,  heaving  their  ballaat  out.  You  are  to  ntuor  \V. 
N.  W.  and  E.  S.  E. 

During  all  the  fore  part  of  the  day  the  wind  ia  atE.  o.  to  the  aouthward 
of  E.  and  in  the  afternoon  it  cornea  to  the  N.  E.  or  N.  E.  by  E. 

The  north  aide  of  Margarita  liea  in  the  latitude  of  1 1^  lo'  N.  and  Tortuga 
lies  10"  67',  bearing  from  the  former  W.  by  S.  but  in  commg  down,  you 
must  steer  W.  S.  W.  on  account  of  a  strong  current  to  the  N.  W. 

In  approaching  the  island,  be  sure  to  come  by  the  south  side  of  it  ;  for 
on  the  north  side  there  are  several  reefs  and  ahoals,  which  make  it  dan- 
gerous. The  S.  E.  point  of  Torluga  lies  flat,  about  half  a  mile  off.  An- 
chor to  the  westward  of  this  S.  E.  point,  bearing  E.  N.  E.  about  half  u 
mile,  and  then  the  sooth  point  of  the  island  will  bear  W.  by  S.  6  or  7 
miles.  A  little  to  the  eastward  of  the  south  point  there  is  a  tine  lagoon, 
which  has  12  feet  water,  and  more  at  the  entrance  ;  when  you  aie  in, 
you  find  a  great  plenty  of  wilks,  conchs,  craw  fish  ;  and  some  chicken 
turtle ;  there  are  abundance  of  goats  on  the  island,  but  they  are  very 
wild  ;  a  large  grore  of  trees  is  to  be  seen  on  the  eastward  of  the  island 
but  there  is  very  little  wood  any  where  else,  and  only  a  little  mangrovi 
hare  and  there.  '  >  '    ,-/»*, 


f^ 


10  Edit. 


UluiifM  Aiiinicaii  Ouant  Pilot. 


;:o:i 


ie  southwaril 


^  Tht  hlanttnf  (treiiiidii. 

The  H.  W.  mil  oi'  (irrntKiu  Ikn  in  lut.  11"  ^H  N.  nn«l  HbcMil  tunK.  tfl" 
^3*  W.  Thr  niati^rn  pMii,  rail««l  tlir  Ciihraterra,  la  luw  Itimt  ;  but  a  ridg^ 
<irmuuii(iiiiiM,  which  mny  hr  mimmi  II  or  ITi  |('iit(u«>«  olV,  rmcH  in  Ihv  ini<ltliA 
ul'  W\v  inIiimiI,  iuhI  run*  N.  uiul  S.  ironiuiu'  <-n<l  l<>  thi*  nlhrr. 

Thcrr  IN  k<mmI  tinrhoriiiK  x'*''""'  ""  *^*'*^^\t,  (h«>  <  oiiil  of  (ir<Miii<la,  umt  on 
thi)  t'tiat  iiikI  writ  aitlcH,  anvrrul  aiiiiill  hnyi  and  rrcfk^t,  <-oiniiiiulMMi<«  I'op 
voa»<>lM,  ii«  well  iM  (or  l.inil.o)^  unit  ^liipiMiii;  ({ootU. 

ThA  f(ruii<l  hay,  in  which  the  |>ort  it  includi'tl,  im  wkII  ti<i  thn  carconini^ 
|)lur«,  lioM  un  th(!  wc«t  tidr,  imd  hiit  th<>  lorm  of  mi  irr«Kiiliir  cruMcciit.— 
The  tru«  «'ntriinc«»  of  llit-  |»<irt  m  from  W.  S.  W.— m-vvral  ni«>n  of  wiir 
hiiv<>  iiiichorod  and  ctintiMiod  littn',  iind  nil  I  ho  piluta  grciitly  coiniuviul  thu 
!{oc>iln«aa  of  the  iinchorinfl;  Kroiind,  tia  wi>ll  na  itn  aitnution,  which  nit'orda 
t;ood  ahi'ltrr  front  Ww  |ir«'VinlinK  windi. 

Just  UN  you  iMitiM' till'  port,  Ihrro  runs  out  a  high  rocky  point,  v«rv 
«tcup  on  cvvry  aidu,  oxcrptinK  to  thn  N.  K.  On  thia  the  Fort  Koyal, 
which  ia  hut  Ninull,  i«  cunitnirted  in  ua  roi(uliir  a  manner  na  the  nature  of 
the  place  will  tidmit  ;  but  it  ia  overlooked  by  tho  aevoral  heiKlita  which 
J'urm  and  surround  the  harbour. 

On  the  aouth  aide  of  the  iainiid,  about  7  niilea  K.  of  point  Sidinea,  li«a 
(he  harbour  of  Calvini  which  ia  very  deep.  It  ia  divitlcd  into  the  out- 
ward and  tl^  inner  port ;  the  entrance  irito  the  former  ia  above  half  a 
milcbrond,  with  aa  much  e^  iil  within  ;  the  entrance  into  the  inner  port 
la  about  a  quarter  of  a  mil*  in  breadth,  and  ita  <lepth  above  a  mile  ;  it  i* 
for  the  moat  part  7  fathoma  deep  and  excellent  holding  ground,  being  eve- 
ry  where  a  nofi  oozy  bottom.  The  ahipa  here  may  lie  alongaide  of  the 
warchouaes,  and  take  in  their  loading  with  great  caae  and  convenience  ; 
after  which  they  can,  with  very  little  trouble,  be  towed  into  the  outer 
harbour,  which  enjoys  thin  peculiar  advantage,  that  thipa  can  aail  in  or 
out  with  the  common  trade  wind. 

From  Brown's  point  (the  S.  W.  end  of  Tobago')  to  Point  Salinea  (the 
S.  W.  end  of  Grenada)  the  course  is  N.  W.  by  VV.  'i7  leaguea.  The  S. 
■<ide  of  Urenada  is  bold,  giving  it  a  mile  or  twt>  birth  ;  there  being  only 
two  or  three  small  rocky  islands,  and  some  rocks  very  near  the  shore.  As 
you  run  down  towards  Point  Salines,  you  will  see  the  islet  Kamicr,  a  ve- 
ry small  island,  about  one  mile  aouth,  from  the  nearest  shore,  and  1^  mile 
S.  E.  from  the  point.  Give  that  island  a  mile  birth  ;  you  cannot  go  within 
it,  as  there  is  but  little  water.  To  the  point  Salines  it  is  sufficient  to  give 
half  a  mile  birth,  there  being  no  less  than  7  fathoms.  As  soon  as  you  are 
past  that  point,  you  open  the  Grand  bay,  and  may  borrow  pretty  nigh  ; 
turn  up,  and  anchor  to  the  northward  of  the  fort,  which  bears  from  point 
•Salines  N.  E.  by  N.  A  mile  from  the  fort  you  will  have  I  i>  fathoms,  clear 
ground,  but  higher  it  is  much  shallower,  and  a  little  rocky.  If  you  go 
into  the  harbour,  run  close  under  the  fort,  and  anchor  midway,  or  rather 
nearest  the  fort,  then  warp  up,  all  clear  groutid  ;  there  are  8  fathoms 
close  to  the  '  ^wn.  It  is  full  the  third  of  a  mile  broad  at  the  entrance,  and 
very  capacious  within. 

You  are  obliged  to  work  up  into  Grand  bay,  at  most  times,  by  rea- 
"ion  that  it  lies  open  to  the  westward,  and  the  trade  wind  blows  out  of 
'he  bav. 


% 


'1l 


J 


364 


Blunt*8  American  Coast  Pilot 
Iht  Granadines,  or  Granaciillos. 


l(#E(lit 


Th«  Grenadines  form  a  chnin  of  innumerable  rocks  and  barren  fpotii, 
good  {'■ .  little,  which  extend  to  N.  E.  by  N.  for  about  16  or  18  leagues.' 
Some,  however,  are  of  considerable  lize  and  value,  particularly  Cariia- 
cou  and  Beqdia,  both  inhabited,  and  producinc  good  coffee  and  cottcn. 

Cariuacou  lies  about  6  leagues  N.  by  E.  4  E.  from  the  N.  W.  of  Gre- 
nv"la ;  it  is  of  a  circular  form,  of  about  6  nulei  in  length  and  breadth,  and 
hat:  a  commodious  harbour. 

Bequia.  called  als  Little  Martinico,  is  the  northernmost  of  the  C^rena- 
dines,  and  lies  about  2  leagues  S.  from  St.  Vincents  ;  on  the  W.  sidi;  it  has 
a  very  good  sandv  bay,  where  you  may  ride  occuHionally  ;  ond  wood  is  to 
begot  there,  with  plenty  of  fish,  but  no  water.  The  little  islands  to  the 
southward  of  Beqoia,  are  very  fair,  atid  near  them  you  may  stand  boldly, 
having  neither  rocks  nor  dangers  you  need  to  fear. 

N.  by  E.  course  from  Point  Laurent,  or  the  N.  W.  point  of  Grenada 
will  carry  you  clear  along  the  Grenadines. 

Observe  that,  towards  the  south  part,  it  is  rather  dangerous  to  come 
near  in  the  night. 


The  island  of  St.  Vincents. 

From  Bequia  to  St.  Vincents,  the  course  is  north  about  2  leagues.  The 
channel  between  those  two  islands  is  very  good  to  ccme  through,  if  bound 
from  Barbadoes  to  the  Salt  Tortuga.  cv  the  bpauieh  Main  ;  and  there  are 
small  trading  vessels  which  work  up  through  it.  £>t.  Vincents  is  about  5 
leagues  long,  a^  .i  lies  nearly  N.  and  S.  and  E.  and  W.— the  north  end, 
which  is  niuc)^  higher  than  the  south  part,  is  inhabited  by  about  ^2000  na- 
tives, or  Caribs.  On  the  aorth  end  there  is  a  volcano,  called  La  Souf- 
frierc,  or  Sulphur  hill  nuar  Spant'h  point.  On  the  west  side  ol  the  isl- 
and, which  is  bold,<arc  several  bays,  having  all  of  them  fresh  water  rivers, 
and  on  the  S.  W.  side  you  make  good  .nchorage,  as  near,  or  as  far  off,  as 
you  please,  espec^ially  in  Kingston  bay,  where  the  chief  town  is  situated, 
fiut  the  best  bny  of  the  island  is  Balair  bay,  called  formerly  Bay  St.  An- 
thony ;  when  ycu  turn  up  between  St.  VinCents  and  Bequia,  you  will  see 
a  large  bluff  of  land,  and  just  to  windward  of  that  is  Balair  bay  or  Callia- 
qua ;  the  shore  is  bold  on  each  side  ;  run  into  19,  20,  or  15  fathoms  and 
anchor  ;  there  are  two  rivers  which  run  into  the  sea. 

St.  Vincent  is  within  sight  of  Barbadoes  ;  the  course  from  Carlisle:  bay 
to  the  south  end  of  St.  Vincent,  is  W.  northerly  33  leagues.  If  you  in- 
tend to  anchor  in  Kingston  bay,  you  will  see  a  small  high  peaked  island 
called  Young's  island  ;  pass  the  bay  to  leeward  of  this  island,  and  go  round 
a  long  sloping  point ;  you  may  borrow  within  pistol  shot ;  but  if  the  wind 
takes  you  short,  you  may  anchor  in  35  fathoms,  and  warp  tn.  There  is  a 
smaJl  ledge  of  rocks  close  on  the  weather  shore,  within  6  fathoms. 


The  Island  of  St,  hncisi, 
ijTrom  Spanish  Poifttj  tlie  north  end  of  St.  VhiGent » to  the  Poilite  de  Gros 


10  Edit. 


i 


Edit. 


BlunCo  American  Coabt  Pilot. 


365 


rr'n  spotti, 
8  leagues, 
ly  Cariia- 
cottcn. 
f.  of  Gre- 
read^K,and 

the  (>rciia- 

Bidtt  it  has 

wood  is  to 

inds  to  the 

and  boldly, 

of  Grenada 

IU8  to  come 


japues.  Thfi 
igb,  if  bound 
|nd  there  are 
[B  19  about  b 
north  end, 
^u\  2000  na- 
Hed  La  Souf- 
]e  ol  the  isl- 
vater  rivers, 
as  far  off,  as 
.  is  situated. 
Bay  St.  An- 
you  will  see 
ly  or  Callia* 
fathoms  and 

Carlisle  bay 

If  you  in- 

aaked  island 

ind  go  round 

ft  if  the  wind 

There  is  a 


Fiton,  or  the  S.  W.  point  of  St.  Lucia,  the  course  is  N.  E.  ^  E.  7  lenguee  ; 
there  is  a  deep  and  Kood  channel  betwixt  the  twu  islands. 

St.  Lucia,  which  itt  about  9  leagues  in  length,  and  about  4  in  breadth,  is 
a  very  high  and  broken  land  covered  with  forests.  Some  of  the  moun- 
tains rise  like  pinnaclei,  to  an  astonishing  height,  and  are  very  steep ; 
others  have  broader  bases,  and  are  covered  with  woods,  to  the  summit, 
which  terminates  in  the  craters  of  the  volcanos.  These  volcanos  indeed 
are  all  exhausted,  except  one,  wliicli  the  French  call  La  Souffriere,  (The 
sulphur  hill',)  on  the  S.  W.  end  of  the  island.  The  crater  lies  on  an,emi« 
nence,  between  two  mountains. 

About  1^  miles  to  the  west  of  the  volcano,  on  the  seashore,  stand  two 
high  peaks,  called  by  *he  French,  Les.  Pitons,  and  by  the  EngUsh,  the 
Sugar  loaves  ;  they  lie  very  nigh  each  other,  but  between  them  is  open- 
ing enough  -.o  distinguish  them  both,  when  you  come  from  the  southward. 

On  the  west  side  of  St.  Lucia,  less  than  3  leagues  from  the  Gros  islet, 
is  the  Carenage,  one  of  the  best  harbours  in  the  West  Indies,  with  deep 
water,  and  exceeding  good  ground  all  over.  Three  careening  places  have 
been  formed  there  by  nature,  which  want  no  wharves,  and  require  nothing 
but  a  capstern  to  turn  the  keel  abovu  water.  Thirty  line  of  battle  ships 
would  lie  there,  secure  against  the  hurricanes,  without  the  trouble  of 
being  moored. — Add  to  this  that  no  ships  can  enter  without  warping  in  \ 
there  is  always  a  breeze  to  carry  one  out,  and  in  less  than  an  hour,  the 
largest  squadron  may  be  in  the  offing.  The  shores  here  are  so  bold,  that 
;i  first  rate  man  of  war  may  come  within  6  yards  of  them. 

A  league  to  the  southward  of  the  Carenage,  lies  the  Grand  Cul  ie  Sac, 
uud  two  leagues  to  the  northward,  the  Bay  of  Gros  Islet,  both  excellent 
roads  for  large  vessels. 

The  course  along  St.  Lucia,  from  the  point  Du  Gros  Piton  to  the  Gros 
islet,  is  N.  N.  E.  9  leagues. 

When  bound  from  the  northward  to  the  Carenage,  you  will  see  a  bluff 
two  leagues  to  leeward,  which  you  may  make  bold  with  ;  you  must  haul 
close  in  to  see  the  harbour,  run  mto  the  mouth  of  it  as  far  as  you  can  fetch, 
and  warp  in  ;  when  the  sun  shines  you  will  see  all  dangers. 

If  at  any  time  you  should  have  occasion  to  anchor  at  the  south  of  St.  La> 
cia,  there  is  a  fine  deep  bay,  called  Man-of>War  bay,  {Ance  de  Vieuxfortf 
by  the  French)  under  the  S.  E.  bluff;  you  may  turn  in  till  you  bring  the 
south  point  to  bear  S.  S.  W.  and  anchor  in  7,  8,  or  10  fathoms,  good 
ground.  There  is  a  river  in  the  north  part  of  the  bay  running  into  the 
sea  ;  if  you  water  there  you  must  go  up. half  a  mile  in  your  boat,  except 
^er  great  rains,  when  you  may  fill  at  the  mouth  of  the  river. 


The  Island  of  MdivWmco. 

From  the  north  end  of  St.  Lucia,  called  the  Cape,  to  Point  Salines,  oi- 
the  80^  epd  ofvMartinico,  the  course  id  N.  about  9  leagues.  This  is 
the  narrowest  part  of  the  channel  that  divides  the  two  islands. 

From  GroAoislet  bay  to  Diamond  rock,  the  course  is  N.  by  W.  about  9->- 


liitedeGros 


Martinico  is  about  \1  leagues  in  length,  and  lies  N.  W.  by  N.  and  S.  E. 
by  S. :  its  breadth  is  extremely-  unequal,  and  scarcely  any  wliere  more 
thai»,kor  ^'kM^fls ;  and  if  yea  include  the  promootoiries,  ^^licb  g^ject 


:i()6 


Bluiit's  American  Coafit  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


ji)  niimy  plsices  one  or  two  leagues  beyond  the  rest  of  the  iulnnd,  its  cir- 
»;ii!iirercncc  will  include  above  30  leagues.  Thr  land  is  very  uneven, 
iinii  every  where  intersected  with  large  hummockn,  in  the  form  of  sugnr 
loaves.  Three  mountains  rise  above  these  innuinernble  hummocks,  the 
highest  of  which  has  been  a  volcano  ;  it  appears  like  the  crown  of  a  hat, 
and  may  be  plainly  seen  from  any  side  of  the  island. 

Port  Royal,  on  the  south  side,  and  at  the  bottom  of  a  deep  bay,  called 
the  Cul  de  Sac  Royal,  is  the  chief  town  of  Marlinico.  It  is  very  advanta- 
geously situated,  near  an  excellent  harbour,  and  under  cover  of  a  penin- 
sula, which  is  entirely  occupied  by  a  fort.  That  part  of  the  Cul  de  Sac 
is  called  the  Carenage.  The  town  is  situated  to  the  N.N.  W.  and  N.  W. 
of  the  fort. 

The  harbour  and  the  road  art  incumbered  with  several  keys,  or  shoals, 
composed  of  hard  gravel,  limestones  and  coral ;  those  keys,  from  their 
number,  as  well  as  from  their  situation,  are  very  dangcrouii  to  strangers  ; 
but  they  may  be  considered  as  the  safety  of  the  road  and  harbour,  since  no 
large  a!iip  would  attempt 'to  sail  among  them  without  a  thorough  know- 
ledge of  the  channel.  The  watering  place  is  at  River  Monsieur,  to  the 
cast  of  the  fort. 

Point  Salines,  or  the  south  end  of  Martinico,  is  low  land,  and  has  three 
small  rock«,  or  islands.  When  they  bear  W.  from  you,  you  may  see  be- 
tween them  and  the  point ;  within  this  poin^  to  the  westward  the  English 
iihip  Raisonablc  was  lost,  off  Fort  and  point  Garden  ;  it  must  therefore  be 
avoided. 

The  Diamond  Rock,  and  the  southernmost  little  island,  (called  Calrit 
island)  at  P6int  Salines,  lie  from  each  other  W.  19°  N.  and  E.  J9'  S.  about 
12  miles.  This  rock  stands  about  a  mile  from  the  shore.  There  is  no 
going  within  the  rock,  but  on  the  S.  side  it  is  bold.  From  Diamond  Rock 
to  the  entrance  of  the  Cul  de  Sac,  or  Port-Royal  bay,  the  course  is  N.  N. 
W.  distance  2  or  3  leagues.  There  are  three  small  coves  between,  the 
southernmost  of  which  is  called  Little  Diamond  cove,  and  the  two  others 
Les  Ances  d'Arlet.  The  N.  side  of  the  bay  is  bold,  and  so  is  the  south 
side,  till  you  get  above  Pigeon  island,  {Islet  a  Ramiers)  which  is  a  small 
green  island  on  the  south  side  of  the  bay,  bearing  from  the  fort  about  S.  by 
E.  In  working  into  this  bay,  observe  to  keep  your  lead  going  ;  when 
standing  to  the  southward,  if  you  weather  Pigeon  island,  you  may  anchor 
in  what  water  you  please. 

There  is  a  ground  about  the  middle  of  the  bay,  the  lower  end  of  which 
lies  a  mile  and  a  half  below  the  fort ;  it  runs  a  long  way  up  the  bay,  above' 
the  fort ;  the  least  water  on  it  is  3  fathoms,  but  there  is  from  10  to  20  fa- 
thoms on  each  side  of  it  Below  that  ground  you  may  stand  bold  over 
from  side  to  side. 

If  you  are  bound  from  Barbadoes  to  Martinico,  the  course  is  N.  W.  by 
N.  allowing  for  a  lee  current,  or  N.  W.  about  29  leagues,  will  bring  you 
from  the  N.  end  of  Barbadoes  to  Point  Salines  ;  then  you  may  shape  your 
course  along  shore  for  the  Diamond  ;  there  is  no  danger  if  bound  for  Port 
Royal.  When  past  the  Diamond  3  leagues,  you  will  see  a  large  bay  open; 
haul  up,"  and  the  fort  will  be  in  view.  Turn  up  towjirds  the  fort,  till  you 
bring  it  N.  or  N.  by  E.  then  you  will  anchor  in  8  fathoms,  two  miles  dis- 
tance. If  desirous  to  go  farther  ip,  you  will  get  off  the  bank,  and  come 
into  14  or  17  fathoms  ;  that  is  the  deepest  and  best  ground.  In  upon  the 
bank,  the  gtound  is  corally,  but  no  rocks.  If  you  anchor  in  the  bay  against 
the  town,  bring  the  church  to  bear  N.  and  steer  right  in,  by  reason  of  a 
bank  off  the  fort,  not  above  6  feet  water  thereon.    You  may  make  bold 


a  Edil^ 

,  its  cir- 
tiTfeven, 
of  sugar 
)ck8,  the 
I  of  a  hat, 

ly,  called 
I  advanta- 
I  a  penin- 
Jul  de  Sac 
andN.W. 

,  or  shoals, 
from  their 
strangers ; 
ir,  since  no 
igh  kndw- 
jur,  to  the 

J  has  three 
[lay  see  be- 
the  English 
lerefore  be 

lUed  Calrit 
19' S.  about 
'here  is  no 
unond  Rock 
rseis  N.  N. 
itween,  the 
two  others 
19  the  south 
is  a  small 
about  S.  by 
»ing  ;  whe» 
[may  anchor 

id  of  which 
bay,  above' 
llOtoSO  fa- 
bold  over 

ts  N.  W.  by 
|1  bring  you 
shape  your 
md  for  Port 
tebay  open; 
fort,  till  you 
|o  miles  dis- 
and  come 
lln  upon  the 
■bay  against 
I  reason  of  a 
make  bold 


iO  Edit. 


Blunf  s  American  Coast  Pilot. 


367 


with  a  low  point  to  the  westward,  called  Point  Negro,  and  all  the  shore  on 
that  side,  but  the  foregoing.  If  bound  to  Pigeon's  island  bay,  go  round 
the  N.  E.  point,  and  you  will  see  open  between  the  island  and  the  main,  a 
small  channel  for  sloops,  when  very  well  acquainted  ;  but  go  round  the 
island,  and  borrow  as  near  a9  you  please  and  turn  iu.  The  south  shore 
is  steep  too  ;  bring  the  westernmost  part  of  the  island  to  bear  N.  W.  by 
W.  or  N.  N.  W.  and  you  will  anchor  in  7,  8  or  9  fathoms  :  the  bay  is 
clear  ground,  but  do  not  anchor  too  neai  to  the  eastern  shore,  by  reason 
of  a  bank  that  breaks,  when  a  great  swell. 

In  April,  1772,  the  variation  of  the  needle  was  found  at  Port  Royal, 
by  repeated  observations  to  be  3*^  b2'  east.  Tides  have  been  observed 
in  the  Cul  de  Sac  Royal,  as  well  as  in  other  parts  of  the  island  ;  at  the 
equinox,  they  rise  about  16  inches,  and  at  other  times  between  8  and  12 
inches,  French  measure. 

Pierre,  (St.  Peter,)  the  trading  town  of  Martinico,  lies  about  4  leagues 
to  the  N.  W.  of  Port  Royal,  in  14°  44'  N.  latitude.  It  is  built  partly  upon 
the  rising  grounds,  at  the  foot  of  a  ridge  of  hills  and  partly  along  the  shore 
of  a  spacious,  circular  bay,  which  forms  an  open  road  to  the  southward 
and  westward.  The  best  anchoring  place,  called  the  Frigate's  anchorage, 
lies  in  the  southernmost  part  of  the  road,  (where  you  see  some  steep 
cliffs  and  rocks,)  in  7  fathoms,  gravelly  ground.  If  you  bring  the  highest 
steeple  of  the  town  N.  by  E.  somewhat  northerly,  and  Point  Carbet  (on 
the  south  side  of  the  road)  south,  you  will  have  7  fathoms,  oozy  ground. 
If  you  intend  to  stay  some  time  in  this  road,  it  is  proper  you  should  lie 
with  one  anchor  close  to  the  shore,  to  the  S.  E.  or  E.  S.  E.  (or  even  on 
shore)  and  the  other  to  the  N.  W. 

In  the  hurricane  months,  that  is,  from  the  l.'ith  July  to  the  15th  Octo- 
ber, ships  cannot  lie  with  safety  in  this  road,  and  ought  to  leave  it  on  the 
15th  July  at  farthest.  If  they  are  to  remain  for  a  longer  time  at  Martini- 
co, they  must  retire  into  Port  Royal  bay,  where  they  lie  secure  against 
the  hurricanes  ;  they  may  also  find  shelter  in  Trinity  bay,  to  the  wind- 
ward, and  on  the  north  side  of  the  island.  The  whole  circumference  of 
Martinipo,  as  we  have  observed  already,  is  indented  by  large  bays,  at  the 
bottom  of  which  are  fine  sandy  coves,  and  very  good  harbours,  sheltered 
by  long  points,  projecting  into  the  sea,  but  all  these  are  not  safe  in  the 
winter  season. 

When  you  come  from  the  eastward,  if  you  intend  to  sail  by  the  north 
side  of  Martinico,  you  are  to  take  your  departure  from  the  Caraveta,  a 
small  rocky  island  that  lies  2  miles  north  of  the  easternmost  point  of  the 
island,  in  14^  48'  north  latitude  ;  in  running  along  which  you  will  be  expos- 
ed to  sudden  flurries,  which  are  very  frequent  on  account  of  the  narrow 
openings  of  the  mountains,  and  if  the  top-gallant  sails  are  up,  you  must 
Iceep  a  lookout  after  the  halyards. 

'  Point  Macouba,  the  northernmost  of  the  island,  is  in  14^  56'  north  lati- 
tude, is  remarkable  for  a  waterfall  of  the  same  name  ;  it  is  a  }cind  of  tor- 
rent faii.'ug  into  the  sea  from  the  top  of  a  high  rocky  coast. 

About  5  miles  further  W.  by  S.  you  will  see  a  round  rock,  detached 
from  the  land,  called  the  Pearl,  and  to  the  southward  of  it  are  the  little 
islands  of  the  Pirecheur.  Soon  after  Point  Precheur  presents  itself,  which 
ends  in  a  flat  hummock,  with  a  plantation  upon  it ;  the  town  is  more  to 
the  S.  E.  Beyond  that  point  you  discover  two  others  in  one  line  ;  the 
first,  called  Morne  au  Boeufs,  (Oxen  point,)  terminates  on  the  south  side, 
the  road  of  Fort  St.  Pierre,  including  the  coats  of  Catbet;  the  second  is 
Diamond  point,  already  mentioned,  to  the  S.  E.  of  Port  Royal. 


368 


Blunfs  American  Coast  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


Having  doubled  Point  Prechetir,  you  deicry  the  ships,  which  lie  at  an 
chor  in  the  road  of  Port  St.  Pierre  ;  as  they  have  every  one  of  them  awn- 
ings, on  account  of  the  intense  heat  of  the  sun,  you  would  take  them  at 
first^sight,  for  so  many  white  houses  whose  roofs  are  built  like  a  ternncc  ; 
you  cannot  come  to  anchor  close  hauled  ;  the  winds  which  prevail  always 
from  Che  E.  and  E.  N.  E.  oblige  you  to  make  several  trips  to  come  to  it. 


A  TABLE 

Of  tL  AMtitudea  and  Langitudet  of  the  principal  Places  and  Headlands  of 

Martimco. 

ifAMKS  o»  PLACES.  JV.  lal     W.  long.fr.  London 

Cape  Ferre  the  eaiternmost  of  the  Inland        .        .         .  14**  L7 —  60°  48'  

The  Bouthernmost  ijliind  of  Poin*.  SHlines  (Isleta  Cabrit)  14    23 60    £2  

Diamond  Rock  14    24 —  61     06  

Cap«  Solomon,  or  Grosso  Point,  beynn'l  Pigeon  island    .  H    30  45  61     07  — 

Port  Royal  (observed  on  chore) 14    35  55  61     09 

Mnrne  au  BocufR 14    41  55  61     10  3fl 

St.  Pierre  (observer*  nn  shore) 14    44 —  61     10  41 

Point  Macnuba,  the  northernmost  of  the  island      .        .  14    56 — 

Cul  de  sac  Robeit,  on  the  north  side       •        ...  14    42 —  60    50 


Bearings  of  Sundry  Rocks,  Points,  (^c.  at  Martinico, 

W.  190  N.  and  E.  190  S. 


Diamond  Rock,  and  Che  southernmost 

island  oti  Point  Sa tines, 
Diamond  Point,  and  the  point  of  Les  Ances  d*Alart  S.  E.  3°  E.  and  N.  W.  3*  W. 
Cape  Solomon  and  Point  Precheur,  the  )      «.  -er,  v   »  -ks  tto  u/ 

westernmost  of  the  island  ]     ^'^^    L.  &  N.  35«  W. 

The  Pearl  Rocic  and  Point  Potiche  W.  31°  S.  and  E.  H°  N. 
Point  Precheur,  and  the  S.  W.  point  of  Dominico,  > 

called  Cachacrou,  or  Scot's  head  5 


S.  180  E.  and  N.  18°  W. 


I 


In  coming  out  of  Great  Diamond  cove,  and  having  opened  the  north 
shore  of  Martinico,  the  westernmost  part  of  Dominico  just  appears  in 
sight,  and  bears  by  compass  N.  N.  W. 


The  Island  of  Dominico. 

From  Pearl  Rock  near  the  N.  W.  end  of  Martinico,  to  Point  Cachacrou, 
or  Scot's  head,  in  Dominico,  the  course  is  about  N.  N.  W.  7  leagues.  This 
island  is  about  9  leagues  in  length,  and  lies  near  N.  N.  W.  and  S.  S.  E.  It 
is  extremely  mountainous,  and  appears  rugged  and  broken.  It  bears  in 
great  plenty  oil  the  woods  which  are  common  in  the  West  Indies,  and 
produces  abundance  of  what  they  .call  ground  provisions.  There  are  pro- 
perly speaking,  no  harbours  in  Dominico  ;  but  there  is  good  and  safe  an- 
chorage along  the  west  side,  which  is  all  bold  :  though  ships  lie  exposed 
to  strong  westerly  winds,  as  indeed  in  almost  all  the  roads  of  the  Carribee 
islands :  but  thos^  winds  prevail  only  in -the  winter  months.  The  road  of 
the  town  of  Roseau  is  better  than  that  of  St.  Pierre,  in  Martinico,  the 
soundings  beiqg  more  gradual,  and  you  can  anchor  in  from  15  to  25^  fa- 
thoms, good  holding  ground  all  oyer. 

About  4  miles  from  the  north  end,  lies  a  most  noble  bay,  called  Prince 
Rupart's,  which,  besides  its  safety,  its  magiutade,  the  depth  ofthe  water 


X. 


10  Edit. 

1  lie  at  an 
homawn- 
,e  them  at 
I  terrace  ; 
ail  alway* 
)ine  to  it. 


.adlands  of 


.  ft.  Londo7^ 

48'  - 

62  — 

06  — 

07  -- 

09  — 

10  3n 
10  41 

50 


10  £dit. 


BlUnt'8  American  Coast  Pilot. 


J69 


3»W. 


N. 


id  the  north 
appears  in 


Cachacrou, 
icaes.  Tbii 
■^S.S.E.  It 
It  bears  in 
llndies,  and 
;re  are  pro- 
jnd  safe  an- 
nie  exposed 
le  Carribee 
_'he  road  of 
•tinico,  the 

6  to  25^  fa- 
iled Prince 
'the  water. 


and  the  goodnc&s  of  the  anchorage,  has  the  advantage  of  three  fresh  riru- 
lets  running  into  it. 

On  the  north  side  ia  the  high  remarkable  blufls,  called  Prince  Rupert*s 
head,  by  which  the  bay  is  easily  known.  The  south  point  (Rollo*s  head) 
is  pretty  low,  but  both  points  are  bold  too,  so  Ihat  in  working  in  you  may 
fltand  boldly  over  from  side  to  side,  which  is  near  3  miles  over  i  the  ha^ 
IS  about  I  h  mile  deep  ;  vou  may  anchor  in  what  wateir  you  please^  and 
moor  W;  N.  W.  and  E.  S.  E.  ;  the  best  anchoring  is  rather  ou  the  north 
side.  There  are  three  rivers  running  into  the  bay,  where  you  may  wa- 
ter, but  the  middle  and  north  rivers  are  to  be  preferred.  The  best 
wooding  place  is  on  the  north  part  of  the  bay. 

If  you  are  bound  to  Dominico  from  Barbadoes,  you  must  steer  N.  N.  W. 
till  you  pass  Martinico  ;  then  a  N.  W.  course  will  carry  you  to  the  north- 
ward of  Dominicok  Leaving  Mariagalante  on  the  starboard  side,  haul  up 
close  in  with  the  north  point  of  Dominico ;  yoii  will  see  a  round  blun* 
making  like  an  island,  if  at  some  distance  ;  go  round  that,  add  open  Prince 
Rupert's  bay  ;  turn  into  the  north  part,  and  anchor  ib  7,  8,  or  9  fathoms. 
Yo»i  will  see  t)**  motith  of  a  large  river,  which  anchor  to  vh»  northward  of 
half  a  mile,  nnc  yea  will  be  opposite  to  a  small  river,  which  you  water  at, 
the  best  in  the  bay ;  the  great  river  is  brackish.  There  is  another  river 
to  the  southward,  where  you  may  anchor  in  6  fathoms,  clear  ground  ;  but 
in  10  fathoms  you  will  have  coral  rocks. 

The  town  of  Rosea  lies  in  I5*>  18'  north  latitude,  and  G\^  S6'  west  lon- 
gitude. 


The  island  o/*Guadaloiipe,  and  its  Dependencies — viz.—^The 
adjacent  islands  called  The  Saints,  Mariagalante,  Deseada, 
o»  Desirade,  and  Petite  Terre. 

The  island  of  Guadaloupe  one  of  the  largest  of  the  Carribees,  is  near 
00  leagues  in  circumference  ;  its  form  is  very  irregular  ;  it  is  cut  in  two 
by  an  arm  of  the  sea,  called  tie  Salt  river,  diminishing  in  width  from  60 
to  15  fathoms,  whose  soiindin^»  are  in  some  places  deep  enough  for  a  ship 
of  500  tons,  whiht  in  others  they  have  scarce  water  enough  for  a  bark  of 
60.    The  length  of  this  strait  is  about  2  leagues. 

That  part  of  the  island  on  the  west  of  Salt  river,  which  gives  its  name 
to  the  whole  colony,  is  divided  into  two  by  a  ridge  of  very  high  moun- 
tains running  north  and  south  Towards  the  south  point  rises  in  the  mid- 
dle region  of  the  air,  a  mountain,  called  La  Souffriere,  (Sulphur  hill,) 
like  the  volcano  of  St.  Luciii,  th;it  exhales  a  thick  and  black  smoke,  mix- 
ed with  sparks,  which  arc  visible  in  the  night. 

The  chief  place  of  Guadaloupe  is  the  town  of  Basseterre,  on  the  west 
side,  near  the  south  end  of  the  island,  in  lat.  15"  59'  30"  and  long,  west 
from  London  61"  47'.  The  course  from  Prince  Rupert's  bay,  in  Domi- 
nico, to  the  road  of  Basseterre,,  is  N.  W.  by  N.  10  leagues. 

The  English  ship  the  Temple,  being  at  anchor  in  Basseterre  road,  the 
westernmost  part  of  the  Saints,  and  some  part  of  the  west  side  of  Domi- 
qico  were  in.  one,  bearing  S.  E.  by  S.  by  compass.  Then  Montserrat 
bore  N.  W.  northerly,  and  the  westernmost  part  of  Basseterre  bay  N.  W. 
by  N.  distance  one  mile. 


370 


Blunl^s  American  Coast  Pilot. 


10  Edit 


m 


The  trench  frigHte  La  Flora,  being  moored  N.  N.  K.  nnd  S.  S.  W.  in 
this  rmid,  iu  7  fathuins,  tinndy  ground,  und  the  stnnll  iinchor  in  37  futhum*. 
ramc  ground,  had  the  t'ullowing  bearings  by  compass  : 

Old  Point  Fort  to  the  S.  E.  2"  S.  In  ou«  wllli  the  Wc iternniost  Saint. 

The  Fori'to  tkiu  S.  W.  ol  ilio  lo\Mi S.  F..  by  F. 

The  Ciiunli W.  N.  K. 

The  N.  W.  end  oflhc  iowii N.  by  W. 

I'oint  Irois N.N.W. 

The  ■outi)«rnniobt  point  of  Doniiuicn  •        .        .        .        .        S>  E.  by  S. 

THE  SAINTS  are  5  or  (J  small  islandp,  the  t«o  larger  of  which  an- 
known  by  the  numen  of  Terre  d'en  hant  (6r  the  upper  land)  which  is  thr 
eaiitemmost,  and,  Terre  d'en  bas  (Lower  land)  which  is  the  wcsternmoHt. 
According  to  a  very  exact  bearing,  the  S,  W.  point  of  tl>e  westernmost 
Saint  lies  S.  21^  '30'  E.  of  the  S.  point  of  Guadaloupe,  distance  8  milc^  ; 
the  least  depth  between  them  und  titv.  main  island  is  1 7  fathoms.  l>ut 
the  best  channel  is  on  the  south  side,  for  in  the  forn^er  there  is  a  sunken 
rock,  which  lies  1^  mile  from  the  Saints.  These  islands  are  so  happily 
arranged,  that  in  the  midst  of  them  there  is  as  fine  a  road  for  shipping  an 
any  in  the  neighbourhood.  The  Suintfl  arc  all  bold  too,  though  they  ap- 
pear to  be  a  parcel  of  rocky  islands. 

The  island  of  M ariagalantc,  about  9  miles  to  the  eastward  of  the  Saints* 
with  a  good  channel  between,  is  about  the  height  of  Barbadoes,  and  rises 
gradually  towards  the  north.  At  the  isouth  end,  and  the  east  side,  arc 
dangerous  rocks  under  water,  and  reefs  which  stretch  about  one  league 
into  (he  sea  ;  but  the  west  side  is  a  good  fair  white  shore,  with  good  an- 
chorage in  several  places. 

From  the  north  end  of  JVIariagalante  to  Deseada,  the  course  is  N.  N.  E. 
about  5  leagues,  and  the  channel  good,  keeping  the  middle  ;  but  there  is 
n  very  small  sandy  island,  called  Petit-Terre,  which  lies  right  in  the  fair 
way  ;  it  is  about  3  miles  long  from  N.  W.  to  S.  E.  and  is  divided  in  two 
by  a  channel,  where  small  vessels  may  anchor.  It  is  ndt  safe  to  come 
within  more  than  2  miles  of  Petit-Terre.  It  lies  E.  S.  £.  from  the  east 
end  of  Grand  Terre  (Point  Chateau)  which  is  remarkable  by  a  parcel  of 
gray  rocks,  distance  about  5  or  6  miles.  There  is  no  passage  between 
Petit-Terre  and  the  main  island  for  any  thing  but  small  craft.  There  is 
pretty  good  anchoring  by  Petit-Terre,  to  the  westward,  2  miles  froni 
shore,  in  7  fathoms  water  ;  then  the  west  end  of  Deseada  will  bear  N 
87"  E.  and  Point  Chateau  N.  iiO"  VV.  / 

1)ESEADA,  or  the  Desirade,  one  of  the  smallest  of  the  Carribces,  lie? 
5  miles  to  the  N.  £.  of  Point  Chateau.  It  is  a  kind  of  rock  without  water, 
where  they  coltivate  some  cotton.  This  ishnd  lies  E.  N.  E.  and  W.  S. 
W.  having  no  trees  upon  it,  and  is  shaped  like  a  galley,  its  E.  N.  E.  end 
tnaking  like  the  head  or  prow,  and  the  S.  W.  end  like  the  tilt  of  the  gal- 
ley ;  but  coming  ne^r,  and  passing  by  the  north  end  of  it,  you  will  per< 
ceive  white  broken  patches,  like  heaps  of  sand,  with  red  streaks  in  them. 
On  the  north  side  there  are  some  rocks  under  water.  There  is  anchor 
age  at  the  S.  W.  part  of  Deseada,  distance  1^  miles  from  some  house? 
that  stand  by  the  shore  side.  You  may  anchor  in  from  5  to  7  fathom^ 
water,  taking  care  to  look  out  for  a  clear  spot*  to  let  your  anchor  go  in . 
for  the  ground  is  rocky ;  and  when  at  anchor,  Petrt -Terre  will  bear 
south-easterly,  distance  7  miles,  and  Point  Chateau  south-west  distance; 


Edit. 


iO  Edit. 


Bluiit's  American  Coast  Pilot. 


371 


W.  in 

ithomf* 


i.K. 
r  W. 
.  \V. 

byS. 

hich  ar<' 
ch  is  U»r 
srnmost. 
tcinmost 
8  niilt'<» ; 
ns.     Hut 
a  sunketi 
)  lini>pily 
lipping  as 
they  ap- 


the  Saints 
ami  rises 
;  side,  are 
me  league 
1  good  an- 


kbees,  lie? 
tout  water, 
fandW.  S. 
In.  E.  ena 
[of  the  gal 
I  will  per 
jcsinthem. 
I  is  anchor 
^me  house? 
7  fathom? 
cborgo  in. 
i  will  bear 
Ut  distance 


t  or  5  miles.  Point  Chatcati  the  easternmost  part  of  (irand-Tcrrc,  is 
known  by  a  hummock  upon  it,  and  between  it  and  Dcsoada  there  are  22 
or  23  fathoms  water. 

There  are  gradual  soundings  between  Mariagalant'^,  Grand-Terrc^  and 
(>audaloupc,  a«  far  as  Point  Peter,  (Point  a  Petre,  near  which  stands  the 
fort  of  Grand-Terre,)  but  if  you  are  to  the  eastward  of  Dcscada,  and 
bound  for  Point  Saline  in  Martmico,  the  bcst<way  is  to  keep  up  S.  or  S. 
by  E.  as  there  is  most  commonly  a  current  that  sets  down  between  the 
islandu  From  Dcseada  the  distance  is  about  30  or  40  leagues.  From 
the  N.  W.  end  of  Barbadocs  the  course  is  N.  N.  W.  distance  GG  leagufs 
to  Dcseada. 

Bearings  and  Distances  about  Gaudaloitpe,  Mariatfalante,  (he  Saintf,  4*c. 

■1*  . 

From  the  N.  W.  end  of  Barbadocs  to  the  E.  end  «)f  Mariagalnate  the 

course  is  N.  'M°  34'  W.  distance  50  leagues,  and  when  Mariagalante  bears 

between  N.  W.  by  VV.  and  N.  W.  ^  N.  the  distance  is  ^*  or  G  leagues. 

The  cast  end  of  Mariagalante,  Pctit-Terro,  and  Descada,  bear  when 
in  one,  N.  N.  E.  and  S.  S.  VV. ;  the  distance  between  the  east  end  of  Ma- 
riagalante and  Dcseada  is  5  leagues,  and  Pctit-Tcrre  is  midway  between 
both  ;  when  Petit-Terre  bears  between  S.'VV.  by  VV.  and  VV.  S.  VV.  then 
the  north  part  of  Dominico  bears  S.  VV.  by  S. 

Mariagalante  is  in  length  about  3  leagues  ;  the  west  part  of  it,  and  the 
S.  side  of  the  Siiints  bear  by  compass  VV. ;?  S.  distance  3  or  6  leagues,  but 
ihc  north  side  of  Mariagalante  and  the  south  sjde  of  the  Saints,  bear  VV.  S. 
W.  -^  VV.  and  E.  N.  E.  i  E.  When  the  west  part  of  the  Saints,  and  the 
S.  E.  point  of  the  Grand-Terre,  or  Point  a  Snint,  are  in  one,  they  bear 
N.  N.  E.  easterly.  When  the  northernmost  part  of  the  Saints,  and  the 
southernmost  part  of*  Mariagalante  come  in  one  they  bear  E.  When 
Point  Royal  (the  south  point  of  Gaudaloupe)  and  the  south  side  of  Maria- 
galante come  in  one  they  bear  E.  by  S. 

The  big  rock  of  the  Saints,  and  the  north  side  of  the  westernmost  Saint 
lie  E.  2l°S.  and  W.  2|o  N. 

A  peak  on  the  north  part  of  St.  Lucia,  and  the  west  point  of  Martinico, 
lieS.  17*E.  and  N.  17«  W. 

The  north  point  of  Dominico,  and  the  end  of  the  easternpiost  Saint,  lio 
It..  41°S.  andW.  4!«' N. 

The  south  point  of  Gaudaloupe,  and  the  easternmost  land  of  the  Saint 
lieN,  41°VV.  andS.  41°E. 

The  south  point  of  Gaudaloupe,  and  the  southernmost  point  in  view  of 
Dominico,  lie  N.  26°  W.  and  S.  2C"  E. 

Biarings  about  Deseada,  Petite-Terre,  and  Mariagalante. 

From  the  "hummock  of  Point  Chateau,  the  westernmost  point  of  Pe- 
lite- Terre,  (called  Sandy  Point,)  lies  S.  E.  by  S.  1°  E.  distance  near  6i 
miles. 

The  latitude  of  Sandy  Point  i^  16"  T  or  8',  and  its  longitude  61<»  10'. 

The  Hummock  called  Cave  a  Pierre-graize,  on  the  northpart  of  Maria- 
galante, lies  from  Point  Chateau,  S.  by  E.  .0°  4.5'  E.  distance  3  or  4 
leagues.     Its  latitude  is  1G°  2'  N. 


^■ 


•muK*" 


372 


Blunt'b  Aincricau  CoaBt  Pilot. 


luEdir 


Tho  Oovc,  called  Anse  du  Quiet  which  is  the  iiciithernnioiit  orDencit 
da,  lies  N.  E.  4°  30'  £.  from  Point  Chateau,  diiitunre  near  4i  mile!).     Ito 
latitude  is  IQ'^  1 T  N.  and  its  longitude  W.  Gl"  10  . 

From  Basseterre  road,  in  Oundnloupe,  should  you  want  to  go  to  Anti. 
gua,  the  best  way  is  to  weigh  at  night,  and  sail  ut  a  proper  distance  from 
the  shore,  in  order  to  keep  the  lan(|  winds,  and  they  may  carry  you  to  the 
northern  part  of  the  island  by  morning,  where  you  will  come  into  the  sea 
winds,  to  carry  you  across.  If  you  should  do  otherwise,  you  misht  be 
cntched  by  the  bafBing  winds  from  under  the  high  lands,  which  are  Mre. 

Off  the  N.  W.  part  of  Quadalonpe,  there  is  a  small  island  about  a  mile 
from  the  shore  but  there  is  no  going  within  it.  Two  miles  to  the  east- 
ward of  this  island  tics  a  small  rock,  2}  miles  from  shore,  which  lool^s 
gray,  and  is  very  high ;  that  rock  is  called  the  Englishman's  head. 

The  course,  in  turning  alonfr  the  islandii  the  Lnglishman's  head,  is  N 
W. — North,  and  N.  N.  E.  about  10  leagues,  and  from  the  Englishman's 
head  to  Johnson's  point,  in  Antjgua,  the  course  is  N.  by  W.  about  14 
leagues. 

From  the  north  point  of  Orande-Terre,  called  Antigua  point,  to  English 
harbour,  the  course  is  N.  N.  W.  11  leag^ues. 


The  Island  of  Antigua,  tvith  Barbuda. 

This  island  is  of  a  circular  form,  and  about  22  leagues  round,  having  i\ 
rocky  shore,  and  being  surrounded  with  many  dangerous  reefs.  It  has 
excellent  harbours,  particularly  English  harbour,  on  the  south  aide,  which 
is  capable  of  receiving  the  largest  ships.  English  harbour  is  at  a  small  dis- 
tance off  the  town  and  harbour  pf  Falmouth.  There  are  besides  Wil- 
loughby  bay,  to  the  windward  of  English  harbour ;  Nonsuch  harbour  on 
the  east  point ;  and  the  town  and  harbour  of  Parham  on  the  north  side, 
without  speaking  of  a  great  number  of  creeks,  and  smaller  bays.  But  the 
principal  trade  is  carried  qn  at  the  harbouf  of  St.  John  on  the  west  side, 
where  the  capital  stands,  and  which  has  water  sufficiently  deep  for  mer- 
cl^ant  vessels. 

httructions/or  sailing  into  St.  John's  harbour,  coming  from  the  Southward. 

As  you  come  nigh  the  Antigua  shore,  you  must  give  the  west  part  of  the 
island  a  good  birth  till  you  open  Sandy  Island  ;  bring  it  north  or  N.  by  W. 
and  ke^p  your  lead  going  :  you  may  keep  by  it  in  11  or  12  fathoms  wa- 
ter, and  continue  so  if  you  want  to  go  between  Sandy  island  and  the  main, 
or  until  you  open  the  houses  upon  the  little  rising  hill  within  Pelican 
point.  This  is  the  leading  mark  or  the  main  side.  As  for  Sandy  island, 
it  is  plretty  bold  too,  and  the  shoalings  may  be  seen  in  the  day  time.  The 
Ships's  stern,  is  also  boH  too.  !n  working  into  the  road,  you  may  stand 
80  far  to  the  northward,  as  to  bring  Ship's  stern,  S.  S.  E.  then  about.  By 
these  directions  you  may  work  into  St.  John's  road,  between  the  Walling- 
ton  rock  and  Ship's  stern.  The  rock  shows  itself  by  the  water  breaking 
upon  it. 

If  you  sail  from  the  southward  to  St.  John's  road,  within  Sandy  island, 
hriog  the  westernmost  of  the  Five  Islands  N.  by  £.   h  E.  of  you,  when 


John's 


-<Kf 


10  Edit. 


Blunt^fl  American  Coast  Pilot. 


373 


you  arc  off  John*i  point,  ond  keep  those  inlands  open  on  the  starboard 
bow  ;  thnt  will  cHrry  you  clear  of  n  sunken  rock  and  nund,  oft'  Fry's  or 
fiermndinn  valley.  Keep  a  mile  distance  froiii  the  woxternmost  of  the 
Five  islands,  and  you  are  in  the  channel,  or  keep  Sandy  island  on  your 
atarbourd  bow  till  you  open  the  Hawk's  bill,  and  then  luff. 

To  avoid  the  Nine  feet  bunk,  the  south  end  of  which  lies  about  W.  by 
N.  from  Sideserfe's  mill,  which  bank  is  about  two  miles  from  the  shore, 
and  one  mile  in  length,  but  very  niirrow  ;  keep  Will  Kniuht^H  house  open 
with  Ship'<<  stern,  and  in  not  less  than  3  fathoms,  for  at  4  tuthoms,  you  are 
immediately  on  it. 

The  vanes  of  Sideserfe's  mill  shjitting  in  with  the  high  land  to  the  north- 
ward of  thr  mill,  then  you  nr<\iuHt  on  the  south  end  of  thin  btink. 

If  you  are  obliged  to  turn  between  Sandy  island  and  the  Nine  feet  bank, 
you  may  stand  close  to  Sandy  island  ;  but  put  about  when  in  5  or  6  fa- 
thoms, off  the  bauk. 


From  Ship**  item  to  the  Wallington, 
From  the  WHlliiicton  to  the  Dianioiwl, 


N.  1|  mile. 
N.  3      do. 


If  coming  from  English  harbour  you  are  bound  to  St.  John's  harbour, 
observe  that  from  the  former  to  the  eastward,  the  shore  lies  E.  by  N.  and 
W.  by  S.  Down  abreast  of  Johnson's  point,  and  two  leagues  to  the  east- 
ward of  it,  is  foul  ground  about  two  miles  offshore.  Give  the  island  a  birth 
of  at  least  3  or  4  miles,  and  when  you  come  <lown  as  low  as  Johnson's 
point,  haul  towards  the  N.  N.  W.  and  keep  your  lead  going  ;  then  steer 
for  Sandy  island,  which  will  bearN.  or  N.  by  W.  of  you,  and  if  the  wind 
will  allow  you,  you  may  run  within  Sandy  inland,  where  you  will  not  have 
less  than  7  fathoms  :  however,  it  is  better  for  a  stranger  to  go  to  leeward  ; 
of  Sandy  island.  Be  sure  you  do  not  stand  above  :(  or  4  miles  to  the 
northward  of  the  island,  on  account  of  the  lee  current  that  comes  down 
to  the  north  side  of  it,  as  well  as  of  several  »lioals  which  lie  to  the  N.  E. 
of  the  same.  But  when  you  can  fetch  Ship's  stern,  you  may  btand  boldly 
towards  it,  and  anchor  in  what  water  you  please,  from  6  to  12  fathoms 
water,  if  you  keep  in  1 5  fathoms,  that  will  run  you  without  Sandy  island, 
that  is  to  the  westward  of  it,  in  case  night  should  come  on.  There  is  a 
bad  shoal  which  lies  N.  N.  E.  and  N.  E.  by  N.  from  Ship's  stern,  distance 
about  1^  mile  ;  when  it  blows,  yon  may  see  the  breakers  on  it  ;  it  is  call- 
ed  the  Walhngton.  The  channel  is  on  the  south  side  of  it,  up  to  St. 
John's  harbour. 

{£,  in  the  day  time,  you  are  running  down  the  south  side  of  Antigua, 
you  may  haul  m  for  Johnson's  point  till  you  bring  the  India  creek  laikl  to 
be  seen  a  good  sail's  breadth  open  with  Old  road  bluff;  run  down  with 
that  mark  on,  till  you  bring  the  largest  of  the  Five  islands  to  bear  N.  E.^ 
£.  then  steer  northward  ;  that  course  will  carry  you  clear  of  the  Ten  feet 
bank,  which  lies  offthe  south  side  of  the  Five  island's  ;  likewise  of  the  nine 
feet  bank  that  lies  offthe  north  point  of  the  Five  island's  harbour;  and  when 
you  bring  the  Hawk's  bill  to  bear  east,  you  may  haul  up  aa  nigh  Ship's 
stern  as  you  please,  within  Sandy  island. 

To  anchor  in  St.  John's  road,  bring  the  Ship's  stern  S.  W.  by  W.  and 
St.  James'  fort  E.  S.  E.  and  the  Wallington  N.  by  W.  and  you  have  7  fa- 
thoms water,  good  ground. 

In  1772,  the  French  Frigate  La  Flore  being  moored  in  this  road,  in  9  fatbomi,  fine 
land,  had  the  following  bearings  by  compasSn 

Sandy  island        . W.  by  S.        3°  15'  W. 

TheShip^ stern S.  W.  1    30  W. 

The  Flag-staff  of  the  Fort S.  £.  3    00   S. 


374 


131uiit*H  Amrricaii  Coael  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


Tttt  point  (probnliljr  C'lirbiian*!  point) 
Th«  Oraat  i)iit«r 


WilliiiKlon,  or  Wiilllnxion 
Thn  North  tnd  of  Moittiv 


K<><loii<lo 


Hock 
itivrrat 


N.  E.             1-^ 

00' N. 

N.  K.  by  N.    1 
N.  by  k.        0 
».  W.              3 

IS  K. 

M  N. 

(Nl  S. 

:.  W.byW.  1 

45  W 

St.  John's  ii  a  bur  hnritoiir,  there  boin^  iihui. ;  which  utretchca  ofTtVotii 
the  S.  o(  the  hurboiir  S.  VV.  bomt*  to  thu  bind  nn  the*  Hoiith  aide.  Tbu 
<lcn|)CAt  water  in  on  the  aoiitheininoHt  niirt  o(  th«  bur,  where  you  hii?e  14 
feet ;  on  th(^  north  in  liut  12.  In  «'omi.iK  in,  von  mnat  keep  nUmj^  the  S. 
Hhore,  08  there  in  nothing  to  hurt  yon  from  .Shii)'<t  Htern,  all  niong  into  tiio 
harbour  ;  ynn  may  conu!  ho  near  Ship's  Htern  ua  to  caat  a  atone  aahore, 
having  1 1^  futhoma  cIoho  by  -t. 

From  the  N.  VV.  part  ul'  Ouadatoiipe,  or  EnKlixbman'a  head,  to  English 
harbour,  the  course  ia  N.  distance  13  lenguct.  Thia  ia  a  very  aal'e  and  Hne 
harbour  ;  it  Ilea  close  under  tlic  W.  end  of  the  eaMtrrnmoat  highland,  but 
a  little  to  the  wcatward  of  th;it  the  land  ia  tnuch  hii;her.  It  is  sheltered 
front  all  wim'a,  and  ahipa  commonly  lie  there  in  the  hurricane  montlia. 
You  may  anchor  in  the  bay,  without  the  harbour,  in  5,  (i,  or  7  fathnnia 
water,  and  warp  in  ;  for  unleaa  you  can  lie  N.  N.  K.  you  cannot  lie  in  it  ; 
bc!(ides,  the  wind  ia  apt  to  flutter  you.  (Jive  the  low  point  on  the  star- 
board point  a  good  birth,  and  keep  mid-channel,  if  you  can.  The  mu»t 
water  in  4\  fathoms,  and  the  name  in  Frecmairri  Iray  ;  but  there  ia  at  moat 
timea  smooth  water.  However,  it  is  not  aafe  for  a  stranger  to  carry  a 
Hhip  in,  on  account  of  the  bar,  and  the  narrowneaa  of  the  entrance. ->- 
When  you  come  ofl'  the  harbour,  the  master-attendant,  or  a  pilot,  cornea 
uu  board. 

Large  ships  lie  at  proper  moorings,  but  small  ones  lio  ^vith  one  an- 

jXhor  to  the  E.  S.  II.  the  other  made  fast  aalcrn  on  shore.     There  arc 

four  moorings   for  ships  in  Freeman's  bay,  just  within    the  harbour's 

mouth  ;  the  best  bower  to  the  westward,  and  the  moorings  on  ^the  shoru 

to  the  eastward. 

No  wood  or  water  there.  You  can  get  your  water  at  Falmouth,  about 
1|  mile  to  the  leeward  ;  and  is  not  very  good,  being  very  soft,  muddy,  and 
brackish.     No  tide.     Variation  i°  50'  K. 

To  sail  into  Falmouth  harbour,  you  must  run  in  close  to  the  west  point, 
called  Proctor's  point.  There  is  a  ledge  of  rocks  which  covers  the  mid- 
dle of  the  inlet ;  from  thence  it  is  shoal  to  the  eastern,  or  (iovernor's 
black  point.  About  3  miles  W.  by  S.  lies  Carlisle  bay,  or  Old  Road, 
where  you  can  get  the  same  water  as  at  ^'almouth  harbour. 

Three  miles  to  the  N.  £.  of  English  harbour  lies  Willoughby  bay  ;  the 
goiag  into  this  bay  is  on  the  west  side  ;  for  on  the  east  side  stretches  off 
a  reef  within  half  a  mile  of  Sandy  island,  and  in  the  middle  of  the  chan- 
nel lies  a  spit  with  only  9  feet  water  upon  it ;  between  Sandy  island  and 
the  spit  there  are  4  fathoms  ;  between  the  spit  and  the  west  end  of  the 
reef  there  are  7  fathoms,  and  the  channel  wider.  It  is  better,  however, 
to  sail  in  close  on  board  Sandy  island,  and  anchor  in  4  fathoms. 

Nonsuch  harbour  lies  3  or  4  miles  farther  up,  at  the  east  end  of  Anti- 
gua. On  the  south  side  is  Green  island  ;  the  best  going  in  is  between  this 
island  and  the  south  part  of  the  harbour,  where  you  have  5  fathoms  wa- 
ter, for  the  northward  of  thl<j  island  is  all  rorky  ;  this  harbour  must  not 
be  attempted  by  a  stranger. 


0  hAiii. 


10  Edit. 


Blunl'ii  American  Coa^t  Pilot. 


37d 


I  N. 
)  ». 
J  W. 

ct  o(T  tVoni 
dp.  Tlw 
)U  hiife  I  i 
long  ths  S. 
ng  into  tin; 
nn  ai«horc, 

to  Ennli^h 
at'i'.  nnd  fin*' 
^hlaml.bnt 
iH  Hhcltcrril 
inc  montlw. 
r  7  fiithnnis 
ol  lie  in  it  ■, 
)n  the  star 
The  most. 
re  id  nt  most 
r  to  carry  a 
entrance. — 
pilot,  comcn 

'ith  one  nn- 
There  are 
e  harbour's 
n  ^the  hhore 

louth,  about 
muddy,  and 

west  point, 

•rs  the  mid- 

(Jovernor's 

Old  Road, 

jy  bay  ;  the 
stretches  off 
the  chan- 
island  and 
end  of  the 
,,  however, 

Lnd  of  Anti- 
Letween  this 
Ifathoms  wa- 
it roust  not 


Sailintf  directions  for  the  north  side  of  Aiitij^iia, 

WhiMi  you  niiikr  the  lanti,  ^\\v  it  n  birth  till  ymi  roino  ii  quaricr  down; 
then  haul  in  till  you  cumi*  into   11  faihoini,   and  thfii  yun  may  run  with 
oiit'cly,  kci'pini;  that  drail^'ht  of  wator.     It'  thf  water  •hoiild  •shallow,  haul 
t»n',  but  if  deepen,  haul  in  I  ill  you  bring  in  ShipN  Htern  to  bear  S.  j  K.  Then 
haul  up  tor  the  fort.     There  Iion  u  bank  olV  (irent   Kird  i«lantt,  bearing 
iV.  N,  K.  Ii  mile  ;  white  ground  may  be  neon  1^  mile  before  you  come  t« 
it.     The  beiit  wiiter  on  it  i<t  .'i  fatboiOM.   WeMt-nortlierly  from  that  Ii  milei, 
iuxl  about  the  «iame  dittanre  north  from  Harnirlu  Fort  point,  lien  Addiiton'x 
«buil,  where  then;  are  no  more  than  4  ftjet  water,  and  :)  fatbomn  round  it 
-\.  by  \V.  woHterly,  distance  not  a  mile,   there  lie   two  other  nhoals, 
having  :»  fathomn  water  at  IinmI.     Went  from  thence,  dittance  a  good  half 
mile,  lie*  the  Hor«c-8hoe,fiomctimeii  above  water,  and  bearing  north  from 
Prickle  penr  or  Beggar'n   point,  diitance  \\  mile.     A  little  to  the  west- 
ward of  the  point,  there  in  a  wind-mill,  and  about  one-third  of  n  mile  fur- 
thcr  to  the  S.  W.  there  lien  another,  which  are  very  good  markii  to  come 
innidcofthe  reef;  stoering  between  the  twoinilU,  it  will  make  the  cnufHP 
S.  by  W.  the  leant  water  in  coming  in  is  f)  fiithomn,  and  the  inner  part  of 
the  channel  0  fathom**.     There  lict  u  small  shoal  with  6  feet  on  it,  dis- 
tance from  the  Horse-shoo,  .S.  VV.  by  VV.  not  quite  \\  mile,  and  about  the 
same   distance  N.  VV.  by  VV.  from  Prickle   ponr.     'i'here   runs  another 
small  shoal  from  Trickle  pear,  about  half  a  mile  westerly,  but  it  is  to  be 
seen.     West  from  the  \n*i  mentioned  shoal  the   head  of  the  reef-begins, 
which  bears  from  Boon'st  or  Pnyerion's  point  N.  about  one  mile,  and  near 
the  same  distance  from  the  small  shoal.     Bring  Boon's  point  to  bear  S.  by 
W.  westerly,  and  you  may  steer  in,  then  making  that  course  good  to  come 
within  ihc  reef.     The  westernmost  part  of  the  reef  bears  N.  from  the 
Sisters,  above  \\  mile. 

There  are  so  many  shoals  and  spots  without  the  reef,  that  it  is  dan- 
gerous to  come  too  nigh  :  one  in  particular,  which  is  called  the  Diamond, 
lies  a  mile  to  the  west  of  the  reef,  and  in  the  channel  between,  you  have 
G  and  b\  fathoms,  which  channel  you  are  in  whilst  you  keep  the  \vc8t  side 
of  the  leewardmost  Sister  in  a  line  with  the  fort's  flag-staff.  The  Dia- 
mond is  of  a  round  f>rm,  being  one  mile  in  length  and  as  much  in  breadth; 
the  depth  upon  it  from  1  foot  to  0.  To  avoid  it  you  must  bring  Ship's 
stern  to  bear  S.  by  E.  before  you  haul  up  with  the  fort,  and  then  look 
out  for  VVallington  rock  ;  if  thv.  wind  will  serve,  you  may  go  close  to  the 
uestward  of  the  westernmost  Sister,  and  then  you  will  weather  Walling 
ton  rock,  which  bears  north  from  Ship's  stern  above  one  mile  ;  the  west  • 
ornmos'  part  shoals  from  the  breakers  a  full  cable'»  length,  but  to  thf. 
eastward  it  is  bold  too. 

On  the  north  side  of  Antigua,  and  to  the  south  of  Barnicle  fort  point, 
lies  Parham  harbour,  u  place  for  small  ships,  but  very  difficult  for  a  stran- 
ger to  sail  in. 

Barbuda  is  a  low  (!at  island,  about  3  or  4  leagues  long,  to  the  north  of 
Antigua  ;  off  its  S.  VV.  and  N.  VV.  points,  there  are  spits  of  sand,  which 
extend  a  long  way  into  the  sea  ;  and  on  the  west  side  lies  a  good  road, 
where  you  may  ride  in  9,  12,  or  14  fathoms  water. 

The  course  from  Ship's  stern  to  the  south  side  of  Barbuda  is  N.  N.  E. 
about  10  leagues. 


4 


.T70 


Ulunftf  American  Coast  Pilot. 


iO  Edit 


The  islands  of  Montscrmt,  Rcdondo*  Nerif,  awi  St. 

KitU. 

rrom  St.  John**  road,  in  Antigtm,  to  the  N.  W.  end  of  Montucrrut,  lb« 
oourie  ii  S.  W.  n«ar  7  If  B^uei. 

From  St.  John's  roiid  toth**  iiouth  end  n(  Ni*via,  W,  n<>ar  ISleiiguet. 

From  the  west  point  of  MoDtivrrtit  lo  the  luuth  end  of  Novii,  N.  VV. 
I  N.  R  leigaea. 

From  the  louth  point  of  Neri*  to  Hone-ihne  point  (the  •outhernmo<t 
of  St.  KitU)  N.  W.  by  W.  '2  loaguea. 

Moutaerrat,  to  called  by  the  Spimiardf ,  from  tiio  rcucmblnnce  it  b(>ara 
to  the  mountiiin  of  that  nume  near  Dur<-cloan,  ia  a  little  i«liind,  uboiit  H 
mile*  in  length,  nnd  7  or  H  in  breadth,  being  nearly  uf  u  circular  form  , 
itf  northernmoat  point  lie»  in  Int.  IC  50'  N.  The  euat  nuU:  of  M ontnerrut 
ia  very  high  land,  and  not  cultivated  ;  the  wuat  aide  declinea  gently  to- 
warda  the  aea,  and  is  covered  with  fntitfjl  pluntiitiima  ;  lowarda  the  niid 
die  of  the  weat  aide  ia  the  town,  with  the  roud  where  large  ahipa  can 
anchor :  but  the  ahipping  nnd  landing  of  goodit  iit  uttrndcd  with  many 
dithcultiea  ;  as  well  aa  in  the  two  other  roada  of  the  island,  which  boa  nu 
harbour. 

To  the  N.  W.  by  N.  of  Monlaerrat,  dintance  about  2  lengum,  Iiom  Rc- 
d^ndo;  which  ia  nothing  but  a  high  barren  rock,  without  inhabitants  ;  it 
wppeara  like  a  hay-cock,  and  haa  ita  name  from  its  round  form  ;  it  can  be 
seen  at  9  or  10  leaguea  distance. 

Nevis  ia  a  very  small  island,  little  more  than  6  miles  long,  and  4  in 
breadth  ;  it  lies  N.  N.  R.  and  S.  S.  W.  to  the  E.  S.  E.  of  .St.  Kittn.  from 
which  it  is  separated  by  a  channel  called  the  Narrows,  about  'i  miles  broail. 
The  island  ia  easily  known,  being  low  on  both  Hides,  and  ver^  high  in  thti 
middle.  The  top  of  this  middle  high  land,  which  makes  like  a  saddle, 
when  you  come  athwart  of  it  S.  and  N.  reaches  far  above  the  clouds,  the 
sugar  plantations  lying  on  the  sides  of  it,  near  the  bottom.  On  the  west 
part  are  two  fresh-water  brooks  ;  they  have  three  tolerable  roads  or  bays, 
on  the  principal  of  which,  near  S.  VV.  point,  is  Cbarlestowu,  the  chief 
place  or  th^  island. 

In  sailing  through  the  Narrows,  the  first  land  that  comca  in  view  is  the 
top  of  St.  Martin's  making  like  three  small  hilU  joined  together,  the  mid- 
dlemost and  highest  bearing  S.  W.  by  VV.  When  the  middle  of  St.  Bar 
tholomew  bears  W.  distance  4  or  5  leagues,  the  west  end  of  St.  KiltH  bears 
S.W.  by  S.—St.Eustatia  S.W.  ^W.— Nevis  S.  In  lat.  17"  SD*  N.  St.Burtho 
lomew  bears  N.  N.  W.^  W.— Saba  VV.  by  N.  ^  N.— St.  Eustatia  W.— St. 
Kitti  (west  end)  VV.  by  S.  southerly.  The  going  through  the  Narrows, 
S.  by  W.  and  Nevis  (N.  E.  point)  S.  easterly.  When  Subu  is  in  one  with 
the  middle  of  St.  Eustatia,  and  both  on  the  northernmost  part  of  St.  Kitts, 
and  at  the  same  time  Redondo  in  one  with  the  northernmost  part  of  Nevis, 
then  all  will  bear  N.  E.  and  S.  \V.  and  before  you  come  to  the  Narrows, 
you  will  see  a  high  rock  (called  Booby  island)  about  midway  the  channel, 
between  Nevis  and  St.  Kitts  ;  keep  it  on  the  larboard  side  or  rather  keep 
nigher  St.  Kitts*  shore.  But  you  must  keep  Nevis'  south  point  open  of 
the  aforesaid  rock  to  the  westward,  to  avoid  a  reef  of  rocks  that  lie  with- 
out the  great  one.  This  rock  and  the  northernmost  pnrt  of  Nevis,  when 
in  one,  bear  S.  £.  by  S.  easterly  ;  and  Nevis'  south  point  will  then  bear 
S.  I  E.    But  to  the  southward  of  the  aforesaid  rock,  about  one  mile. 


lai 

irt  t\ 

■ilnu  k 

you  M 
'iocrs; 

'i'h. 

^',  uiul 
'(  is  ni 

h'liKU*' 
''p  by  I 

JTl-cipj 

Blount 

♦vho  r,ni 
»,'"K««I  t 

<h«!  lofrt> 

<ii«  on  ti 
'lillt  m  il 
"•oiiritHif 
'•oait  gn 
'>nc  uhov 
'vhori  y,t\ 

<•'•  iilandi 
The  N.  V 

There 
•"  Bni»f!t« 
the  WMt  i 
the  smallf 
landing  p 
•ng  on  tht 
«rerted  ii| 
'InngeroiiB] 
'n  rum| 
^hoalcst  p 
a  mile  ove| 
*hn  south 
To  unci 
tance  aboul 
jou  will  h( 
To  anchl 
observe  th[ 
^«rgc  as  a 
the  wostwjJ 
the  south  si 
and  bring  if 
third  of  u, 
'vill  I'c  n  htl 
Keep  Novi.{ 
point  of  Oli 
—moor  in  \\ 


Kdit 
St. 

rut,  thr. 


ernino«» 

it  brnm 
ubout  0 
ir  foriu  , 
jutnerrav 
Biilly  to- 
the  iiiii) 

th  inmiy 
:h  hui  nu 

,  lies  Re 
ituntR  ;  it 
it  can  be 

and  4  in 
;itt««,  from 
Im  broad. 
iigh  in  the 

a  saddle . 
louds,  the 
1  the  weat 
lU  or  bays, 

tho  chief 

iew  is  the 
,  the  mid- 
)i  St.  Bar 
^.itts  bears 
Tst.Barlho 
la  W  .—St. 
,  Narrows, 
jn  one  with 
[f  St.  Kitts, 
•t  of  Nevis, 
5  Narrows, 
le  channel, 
[athcr  keep 
int  open  of 
latliewith- 
cvis,  when 
then  bear 
one  mile. 


it)  Edit. 


Blurtt's  Amcricoii  Const  Pilot. 


377 


iirt  two  lc«<«r  rorki  nbnvn  water  (rnllod  thfl  cowi)  :  t\\c*t*  you  mint 
uUu  ki*<*p  on  the  Im  liutird  «i<l«>,  Hnd  rntl.or  l>o  nnarrr  St.  Kitta'  nu\v  ;  (liuro 
yuu  will  hiivA  1),  5,  uihI  U  I'ttthurna,  «vilh  gooi\  Kruuiul  lo  anchur,  in  case  ol* 
n«ci>«iiity. 

The  uUitil  of  St.  Kitia  i*  1.1  or  U  UagnAt  in  circuit,  the  Ifngth  about 
5,  Bti«l  tho  brniidth  a  li'uguc  and  a  hull',  fxi  opt  towurd^  th«  aouth  wh«>r«' 
it  i«  nurrowt'd  hy  un  lathrnua,  which  joina  it  with  u  headtiimi,  about  a 
l*'iiKU<'  Joiiif,  mid  half  n  Ir  i({ii«>  broad.  I'lin  rontrc  of  Ihu  mlniid  h  tuknii 
•ip  by  u  groat  nuii.lirr  uf  IiikIi  niid  barrtiii  luomitaitia,  intcravctpd  hy  rorky 
prrctpicea,  almoat  impaKHuhlo,  and  in  many  nf  which  isaue  hot  aprinipi. 
Mount  Miai'ry,  whirh  la  uii  •>xliauMt«>d  vujiano,  who:to  hoad  ia  hid  in  thu 
'.luutN,  IN  thn  hiHlin%t  uf  all  tlioHii  niouQtuiii<i,  tt.<i  pcrpontlicular  bright  b«- 
ing  371 1  font.  At  ikc«!rt  'n  diatanr.c  ii  h(>ar4  •utno  reaembiauco  to  a  man 
who  currif>a  anotlior  on  Iim  hark;  iitid  thia  ap|)«'ar!iiic<\  truo  or  faUo,  vn* 
({iig«d  Colunihua  to  |{iv«'  tho  iahind  tho  nam**  uf  St,  Kitta,  in  iiwuiiory  of 
thi!  Irgr'ntlary  tab.*,  which  anppoco^  thia  a.iiiit  tu  have  curried  the  « liild  Jc- 
4U8  on  hia  •houhhu'  over  an  arm  of  the  nc>\.  The  uaaemhiage  of  thoso 
hilla  nnkt>  St  KiIIh  ajiprar  to  tlioM  wh)>  approach  by  avn,  liku  uiic  jiiigi* 
uionntHin  rovcrcd  with  wood,  but  thoy  find,  at  tliuy  cumc  nearer,  that  the 
roust  growa  otiaivr,  n*  well  ua  th*;  aaccnt  of  tf<e  niountuiiia,  which  ri»ing 
one  wbovo  another,  are  cultivated  ns  high  aa  pt)H<«ible.  The  S.  K.  part, 
when  you  aait  along  hI  I  lea^iivn  diit.iiico,  appears  like  a  heap  of  dctuch- 
<'d  islands,  occasioned  by  thorn  being  low  laiitU  between  thu  inountaini. 
The  N.  VV.  part  is  the  highest,  but  declines  gradually  to  tho  scu. 

There  are  two  towns  of  aomc  note  in  this  iaiand,  the  principal  of  which 
is  Basst^terre,  towards  the  east  end  ;  the  other  called  Sniidy  point,  nc.ii 
the  west  end.  There  is  no  such  thing  as  a  harbour,  or  any  thing  that  hiit 
the  smallest  appearnnce  of  it  in  this  island  :  oa  the  contrary,  at  the  fetv 
landing  places  whirh  arc  made  use  ot',  there  is  a  Lontiiiual  surf  beat- 
ing on  the  shore,  which  is  sandy,  and  prevents  any  quay  or  wharf  being 
Mrectftd  upon  it,  and  also  makes  lunding  always  incoo"9iiicnt,  sumetimct 
dangerous. 

In  running  from  Nevis  to  Basswiorrc,  you  will  cross  a  bank,  on  the 
shoalest  purt  of  which  there  arc  d  fathnmu,  or  quarter  less  6.  It  is  not  quite 
a  mile  over,  and  its  middle  lies  S.  by  VV.  westerly  from  the  Nr^g's  head,  or 
*he  south  end  of  St.  Kitts,  2  miles. 

To  anchoi  iu  Basseterre  road,  bring  Londonderry  ftrt  to  bear  N.  dia* 
tance  about  half  n  mile,  and  the  west  point  of  the  bay  W.  by  N.  and  then 
you  will  have  9  fathomii,  good  giound. 

To  anchor  in  Old  road,  1^  league  to  the  westward  of  Basseterre  road, 
observe  there  is  a  black  atone  or  rock  close  to  the  water  side,  about  u 
large  as  a  Moses  boat  bottom  upwards  ;  keep  that  stone  a  little  open  to 
the  westward  of  the  westernmost  of  the  negroes'  houses,  which  are  on 
the  south  side  of  the  hill,  a  little  above  the  Black  rock  ;  for  if  you  shut 
and  bring  it  on  with  the  iegroes'  houses,  you  will  have  no  ground  one- 
third  of  a  mile  from  tnc  roore  ;  but  bring  it  to  bear  N.  N.  E.  and  then  it 
will  be  a  little  open,  and  you  will  have  9  or  10  fathotns,  good  ground. — 
Keep  Nevis'  point  a  little  open  with  Fort  point,  which  is  the  eaaternmoit 
point  of  Old  road  bay,  and  the  S.  W.  point  of  St.  Kitt«  W.  N.  W.  9  miles 
—moor  tn  the  ^.  K. 

4R 


J7« 


Blunt's  Amcriran  Coast  Pilof. 


lOEdi^ 


10  1 


Remarks  madb  iti  Bdsseterre  Roctd  and  Old  Road. . 

fri  Basseterre,  whirh  is  n  large  open  bay,  the  marks  of  the  anrhora(5c 
;iie  f»H  follow  : — The  Ion;;  point  of  Nevis,  S.  S.  K.  Nag's  head,  S.  K. 
Bluff  point,  W.  I  N.-  -the  town  of  Basseterre,  N. — diatafice  off  shore, 
huii'  a  mile — depth  of  water  7  fathoms — wood  purchased — water  het- 
tcr,  and  easier  got,  at  Old  road,  about  1^  league  from  hence.  Tides, 
none. 

In  Old  road,  the  following  are  the  marks  of  the  anchorage,  viz. — the 
Long  point  of  Nevis,  S.  E.  southerly — Stbny  fort,  E.  S.  E. — the  western- 
most point  of  Old  road,  N.  VV.  by  N. — Stony  point,  S.  E;  ^  E.  Depth 
of  water,  where  the  anchor  lay,  10|  fathoms  ;  one-third  of  a  cable  out 
— wind  off  the  lanJ — -13  fathoms  under  the  stern — west  distance  offshore 
two-thirds  of  a  mile.  You  land  your  cask?,  roll  them  about  100  yards, 
md  till  them  at  a  runrtirig  gullet  ;  then  flout  them  orff  to  the  boat — a  |  veat 
surf  and  a  rocky  shore. 


7%e  Islands  of  St.  Eustatia  and  Saba. 

St.  Eustatia  lies  8  milelj  W.  N.  W.  from  Sandy  point,  the  westernmost 
head-lane!  of  St.  Kitts  ;  in  the  channel,  above  1^  mile  from  ll.e  point,  and 
with  the  aforesaid  bearing,  lies  a  danger  called  the  Sheep.  St.  Eustatia 
is  a  steep  rock  rising  out  of  the  sea,  to  a  greit  height,  about  three  mile$» 
in  length,  and  two  in  breadth.  At  a  distance  it  appears  in  the  manner  of 
a  sugar-loaf,  ascending  up  in  a  round  hill ;  but  coming  near,  it  alters  its 
shape,  and  seems  somewhat  long.  This  rock  is  composed  of  two  moun- 
tains, whose  middle  land  is  pretty  even.  The  south  mountain  is  a  great 
deal  higher  than  that  to  the  N.  VV.  it  is  hollow  in  the  middle,  and  the 
excavation  appears  to  have  been  the  crater  of  the  exhausted  volcano 
which  constitutes  the  island  }  the  bottom  is  pretty  near  on  a  le\  el  with 
the  town 

The  anchorage  in  the  road  of  St.  Eustatia,  is  none  of  the  best  ;  there 
is  a  swell  w'.ien  the  wind  blows  from  the  S.  E.  quarter  ;  besides  the  land- 
ing is  verj  difficult  on  account  of  the  great  and  continual  breaking  of  tho 
waves  against  the  shore.  If  you  intend  to  anchor  in  this  road,  you  must 
bring  the  tower  of  th?  church  N.  E.  by  E.  and  the  west  end  of  the  bay, 
called  Interloper's  ca^e,  N.  W,  by  N.  Then  you  will  have  9  or  10  fa- 
thoms, sandy  ground,  distance  less  than  a  quarter  of  a  league  from  the 
shore  ;  you  may  even  anchor  farther  in  the  offing,  in  14  or  IS  fathoms, 
same  ground.  This  road  is  much  frequented,  and  you  will  see  ships 
there,  even  in  the  hurricane  months  ;  but  in  this  season  they  must  be  very 
attentive  to  the  wind,  and  on  th.  smallest  appeajmnce  of  a  squall  from  the 
south  put  immediately  to  sea.  ^   ^ 

The  isle  of  St.  Eustatia  is  pretty  clear  all  round,  except  to  the  S.  E.  of 
the  bay,  where  there  is  a  shoal  which  stretches  about  1 50  fathoms  into 
the  sea. 

The  island  of  Saba,  still  smaller  than  St.  Eustatia,  lies  4  leagues  to  the 
N.  W.  of  it.  It  is  another  steep  rock  of  a  round  form,  which  is  accessi- 
ble only  on  the  south  side,  and  you  must  climb  almost  to  the  top,  through 
a  very  crabbed  artificial  path,  to  find  any  earth  :  it  is  inhabited  by  about 
SO  European  familiee  and  2  or  300  slaves.  You  may  we  the  bottom  round 


'his  it 
t>Ie. 
and  b 
<iide  li 
like  a 
lOfiitJ 


The 


ST. 
C'hristo 
6  leagu 
tremely 
rocks  al 
perienc( 
bour,  of 
tered  ih 
inost  rou 
fant  froii 
the  west 
covered 
St.  Ma 
separatee 
entrance 
Bartholoi 
ter.     Th 
rocks  cov 
*vest  side 
is'rarely 
especially 
On  the 
fathoms 
make  agr 
St.  .Vfarti 
rocky  and 
The  Fr 
t^ut-ih  tow 
■An^uih 
north  ofS 
mountains, 
anchoring 
has  no  fpfi 
east  point, 
from  the  s 
To  the 
leagues,   li 
Prickly  Pc 
easternmos 
of  them  to 
west  side ; 


g 


Edit 


10  Edit. 


Blunf  s  American  Coasl  Pilot. 


379 


lioraf^c 
8.  K. 
shore . 
;r  V)Ot- 
Tides, 

«.— Ihc 
estcrn- 
Depth 
»ble  out 
ff  shore 
i)  yards, 
-a  I  'eat 


iternmoBt 
)oint,  and 
.  Eugtatia 
iree  miles* 
nanner  of 
alters  it? 
vo  moun- 
is  a  great 
,  and  the 
d  volcano 
e^  el  with 

t  •,  there 
the  land- 
ing of  thfj 
you  must 
the  bay. 
)  or  10  fa- 
from  the 
5  fathoms, 
see  ships 
istbevery 
1  from  the 

he  S.  E.  of 
ithoms  into 

gues  to  the 
is  accessi- 
p,  through 

f  d  by  about 
ttom  round 


ihis  island,  but  you  need  not  fear,  for  there  is  no  danger  but  what  is  visi- 
ble. Also  round  about  it,  makc^  as  it  were  certain  heaps  of  white  sand, 
and  by  the  sides  thereof,  it  shows  like  a  ship  under  sail.  On  the  N.  W. 
v<tide  lies  a  roc'  ,  about  a  musket  shot  from  the  shore,  which  afar  ofl' seems 
like  a  sail.  South  and  north  about  2  leagues  off  in  the  scu,  is  not  above 
10  fathoms  water,  clear  sand  ground. 


The  islands  of  St.  Bartholomew,  St.  Martin,  mid  Anguila, 
with  Dog  Island  and  Prickly  Pear  Island. 

ST.  BARTHOLOMEW'S  S.  W.  end  bears  from  Sandy  point,  in  St. 
Christopher's  N.  ^  E.  distance  10  leagues.  It  lies  E.  and  W.  and  is  5  or 
6  leagues  long.  The  middle  part  is  very  high  land  ;  itn  .ihores  are  ex^ 
tremeiy  dapgeroqs,  chiefly  on  the  north  part,  wl.ere  there  are  many 
rocks  above  and  under  water,  apd  the  approaching  them  requires  an  ex- 
perienced pilot.  Bqt  it  enjoys  the  advantage  of  having  a  very  good  har- 
bour, of  an  excellent  hold,  in  which  ships  of  any  size  are  perfectly  shel- 
tered from  all  winds.  The  islapd  of  St.  Bartholomew  appears  at  lirst  al- 
most round,  and  can  be  seen  9  or  10  leagues  off.  E.  ^  N.  14  leagues  dis- 
tant from  the  island,  lies  a  large  bed  of  rocks,  about  20  yards  square.  On 
the  west  side  of  it  is  a  swell.  The  rock  is  sharp  pointed,  and  sometimes 
oovcred  ;  when  the  sea  falls  it  is  about  4  feet  dry.     Its  lat,  is  18"  2'  N. 

St.  Martin's,  an  island  about  as  long  as  St.  Bartholomew,  but  wider,  is 
separated  from  it  by  a  channel  5  leagues  broad  ;  in  the  middle  of  the  W. 
entrance  of  this  channel,  4  miles  W.  N.  \V.  from  the  north  point  of  St, 
Bartholomew,  lies  ?  large  rock  surrounded  with  many  others  above  wa- 
ter. This  island  contains  a  great  number  of  mountains,  or  rather  huge 
rocks  covered  with  heati^,  which  can  be  soen  above  10  leagues  off.  The. 
west  side  is  pretty  low  along  the  seashore  for  about  2  leagues.  The  sea 
is* rarely  disturbed,  and  the  anchorage  safe  every  where  about  the  island, 
especially  with  a  N.  E.  wind. 

Qr.  the  south  side  lies  the  Putch  town,  whose  harbour  has  8,  9,  or  10 
lathoras  good  sandy  grounJ.  Near  it  are  three  salt  ponds,  where  they 
make  a  great  quantity  of  ialtr  You  may  range  the  westernmost  point  of 
St.  .W.irtin's  within  2  miles,  and  nearer,  and  have  from  30  to  55  fathoms, 
rocky  and  corally  ground. 

The  French  town  lies  on  the  west  sids,  above  3  leagues  east  fron^  the 
Dut-ih  town,  on  a  bay  called  L'Ause  au  Flamands. 

An^uib  lies  E.  by  N.  ^  N.  and  W.  by  S.  J  S.  above  two  leagues  to  the 
tiorth  of  St.  Martin's  ;  it  is  a  low,  flat,  and  withered  island,  without  any 
mountains,  so  that  it  cannot  be  seen  farther  off  than  4  or  5  leagues.  The 
anchoring  ground  is  good  on  the  south  side,  because  the  current  there 
has  no  fpfce,  on  account  of  along  ledge  which  stretches  off  S.  E.  from  the 
east  point.  On  the  south  part  of  the  west  point  there  lies,  about  1  mile 
from  the  shore,  a  smi^ll  island  not  above  100  fathoms  in  length. 

To  the  N.  W.  by  W.  of  the  west  pjoint  of  Anguila,  distance  about  4 
leagues,  lie  several  small  is>h)nds,  the  principal  of  which  are  Dog  and 
Prickly  Pear  islands,  between  which  is  a  good  chaunel.  The  first  is  the 
easternmost  ;  the  second  which  is  the  largest  of  all,  lies  farther  than  any 
of  them  to  the  west,  save  a  little  rock  that  is  almost  joined  mth  it  op  the 
west  side ;  it  is  about  one  mile  in  length  and  has  a  few  inhabitants  ;  all 


m 


380 


Blunf  s  Amcrioan  CoaBt  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


10  f 


these  islands  ore  very  low,  and  cannot  be  eccn  further  ofi*  tlirut  4  or  b 
leagues. 

Bearings  taken  and  remarks  made  in  sailing  between  the  above-incntiontd 
isla.ids  by  an  experienced  .A  avigator. 

"  When  we  came  Ip  sail  so  far  out,  I  found  that  the  highent  top  of  St, 
Eustatin  came  even  with  the  top  ofBrimntonc  iiill,  and  that  the  two  south- 
ernmost points  of  St.  Kitt's  and  St.  Eustatia  were  in  one,  and  bore  N.  W. 
by  N.  At  the  same  tiipe,  Fprt  Tison  bore  N.  E.  easterly,  when  Sandy 
point,  and  Tumble-dpivn-dick,  or  the  norllici-nmost  part  of  St.  Eustatia, 
came  in  one,  and  bears  W.  K.  W 

•*  The  direct  course  fiora  the  west  end  of  St.  Kitt's  is  N.  N.  VV.  to  St 
Martin's  west  end,  and  so  through  between  the  Dog  and  Prickly  Pear.— 
For  when  you  arc  within  half  a  mile  of  the  west  end  of  St  Martin's  the 
southernmost  land  of  St.  Bartholomew  comes  in  one  uith  the  southern 
most  land  in  sight  o(  St,  Martju's,  and  they  bear  S.  E.  by  E.  and  then  Sabu 
will  bear  S.  by  W.  westerly.  By  the  aforesaid  bearings  of  St.  Bartholo- 
mew and  Saba,  if  you  see  either  of  them,  you  may  by  them  know  how  to 
direct  your  course  for  the  west  part  of  St.  Martin's. 

"  The  west  part  of  St.  Martiq's  and  the  west  end  of  Anguilabear  N.  N, 
W.  northerly.  When  the  N.  E.  part  of  Anguihi,  the  north  side  of  Prick- 
Iv  Pear,  and  the  middle  of  Dog  island,  bear  all  i\\  one,  it  is  E.  and  W. — 
Three  miles  N.  of  Dog  island,  I  ol}scrved  at  noon,  and  found  the  lat.  18^ 
26'  N. ;  and  the  variation  2°  30'  E.  At  the  san^e  time  St.  Martin's  show 
cd  itself  beyond  Anguila  from  E.  S.  £.  to  S.  by  W." 


The  Little  Island  mid  the  Sank  of  Avis. 

This  solitary  island  lies  west  42  leagues  from  Prince  Rupert's  Bay,  in 
Dominico,  and  S.  by  W.  38  leagues  from  Saba  ;  its  latitude  being  15^  48' 
N.  and  its  longitude  about  63^  41'  W. 

This  island  is  no  more  than  2  of  3  leagues  in  circumference  ;  to  the 
west  and  the  N.  W.  there  are  two  islands,  at  the  distance  of  6  or  700  paces, 
which  appear  only  barren  rocks,  and  are  the  resort  of  birds.  These  rocks 
may  be  a  quarter  of  a  league  round  ;  they  are  joined  with  the  islands  by 
sbpaU  and  breakers  which  are  seen  at  low  water.  This  island  is  a  great 
deal  longer  than  it  is  broad,  anc)  appears  at  a  distance  like  a  sand  bank  even 
w^tbthe  water's  edge.  The  middle  part  rises  more  than  16  yards  above 
the  level  of  the  sea.  There  are  some  reefs  to  the  east  and  N.  E.  which 
ei^tend  a  great  way  into  the  sea.  You  may  anchpr  on  the  S.  W.  half  a 
pistol  shot  from  the  shpre,  in  3^  fathoms,  white  sand.  There  is  neither 
pond  nor  spring  of  fresh  water  on  this  island . 

From  the  island  of  Avis,  to  the  isle  of  Saba,  there  lies  a  sand  bank,  to 
the  N.'by  £.  or  N.  N.  E.  whose  length  is  about  37  leagues,  and  the 
breadth  aot  more  than  2,  the  depth  varying  upon  it  from  U)  to  20  fa- 
thoms. ^:: 

The  Virgin  Islands. 

Upder  that  nvme  sre  included  all  the  small  islands  and  keys  which  lie 
between  the  Carribee  islands  and  Pprtorico.     They  tike  up  a  space  from 


oastt 

with  i 

whosi 

and  p 

oftho 

or  4  I 

where 

TheB 

Franci 

Mos 

all  joir 

throug 

these  ( 


Theli 

SAN' 
it  lies  V 
island  u 
side)  ai 
being  ab 
JiPd  is  a 
borderei 
Santa 
is  situate 
a  fortres 
Fridrich 
From 
the  cour 
by  W.  o: 
is  about  ( 
St.  Jol 
among  th 
i'oT  the  b 
The  ei 
derate  si: 
seen  7  or 
the  Moor 
mouth  of 
west  side 
southvvan 
to  the  noi 
to  the  sou 
in.     The 
mile  withi 
lagoons, & 
^thoms  w 
son  of  the 
and  S.  S.  ^ 
is  wide  an 
is  very  sti 


Sdit. 

1  or  b 

if/onetl 


.of  St, 

AOUth 

N.  W. 

Sandy 

ustatia, 

.  to  St 
Pear.— 
in's  the 
•uthcrn 
len  Saba 
artholo- 
'  how  to 

sarN.N, 
ofFrick- 
ndW.-^ 
ilat.  18' 
[^'sshow 


10  Edit. 


Blunt^s  American  Coast  Pilot. 


38J 


\  Bay,  in 

;  to  the 
loo  paces, 
Ipse  rocks 
(islands  by 
]i8  a  great 

)ank  even 
Irds  above 
]e.  which 

W.  half  a 

lis  neither 

Id  bank, to 
,,  and  the 

i  to  20  fa- 


oast  to  west  about  30  leagues  h)n^,  quite  to  the  eastern  side  of  Portorico, 
Nvith  a  breadth  of  about  20.  They  are  composed  of  36  or  40  small  islands, 
whose  rocky  shore,  surrounded  with  dangers,  are  famous  for  shipwrecks, 
tnd  particularly  of  several  galleons.  Happily  for  the  trade  and  navigation 
of  those  islands,  nature  has  placed  in  the  middle  of  them  a  large  basin  .'> 
or  4  leagues  broad,  and  6  or  7  long,  the  finest  that  can  be  imagined,  and 
wherein  ships  may  lie  <  t  .anchor  landlocked,  and  sheltered  from  all  winds. 
The  Buccaneers  called  it  the  Virgin'it  Gangway  ;  but  its  true  name  is  Sir 
Francis  Drake  s  bay. 

Most  of  the  larger  islands  are  pretty  high  land,  and  seem  as  if  they  were 
nil  joined  together,  but  there  are  several  deep  channels  between  them, 
through  which  those  who  are  well  acquainted  may  siiil  with  safety  :  in  all 
these  cbaoDels  there  is  great  plenty  offish. 


which  lie 

Lpace  from 


fhe  Islands  of  Santa  Cruz,  St.John,  St.  Thomas,  Bieque,&c. 

SANTA  CRUZ,  or  St.  Croix,  is  the  southernmost  of  the  Virgin  islands  ; 
it  lies  W.  by  N.  from  Sandy  point,  in  St.  Kitts,  distance  33  leagues.  The 
island  is  not  very  high,  but  full  of  hummocks,  two  of  which  (on  the  east 
side)  are  higher  han  all  the  rest.  It  is  of  a  triangular  form,  its  length 
being  about  7  leagues,  and  the  greatest  breadth  2  leagues.  On  the  S.  £. 
nnd  is  a  flat,  stretching  a  great  way  into  the  sea  ;  the  whole  south  side  is 
bordered  with  ^ecfs  and  shoals,  which  make  it  dangerous  to  come  near. 

Santa  Cruz  is  badly  watered.  The  chief  town,  called  Christianstaed, 
is  situated  at  the  bottom  of  a  bay  on  the  north  coast,  under  the  cannons  of 
a  fortress  which  defends  the  principal  harbour.  The  other  town,  named 
Fridrichstasd,  lies  on  the  west  side. 

From  the  town  ofChristianstaed,to  the  S.  W.  point  of  St.  John's  island, 
the  course  is  N.  by  £.  about  10  leagues.  In  the  channel  about  6  miles  S. 
by  W.  of  this  point,  lies  a  remarkable  round  rock,  called  Bird  key,  which 
is  about  one  quarter  as  large  as  Redondo  near  Monserrat. 

St.  John's  is  2  leagues  broad,  and  4  in  length  ;  it  is  the  best  watered 
among  the  Virgin's,  and  its  harbour  on  the  east  side  of  the  island,  passes 
for  the  best  to  the  leeward  of  Antigua. 

The  east  point  of  this  harbour  is  called  Moor's  point,  and  is  of  a  mo- 
derate size  ;  but  the  walls  of  the  fortress,  which  are  all  white,  m<iy  be 
seen  7  or  8  leagues  ofif.  You  have  regular  soundings  from  a  little  without 
the  Moor's  point  quite  into  the  harbour,  from  10  to  5  fathoms  water.  The 
mouth  of  the  harbour  is  not  quite  half  a  mile  broad,  and  off  the  lee  or 
west  side  there  is  a  key,  with  a  reef  from  the  inside  of  it,  that  runs  to  the 
southward.  As  the  entrance  of  the  harbour  lies,  with  the  wind  any  thing 
to  the  northward  of  east,  you  may  lie  in  it ;  but  if  the  wind  is  any  thing 
to  the  southward  of  E.  S!  E.  you  must  anchor  without  the  point  and  warp 
in.  The  Governor's  house,  and  part  of  the  town,  are  not  above  half  a 
mile  within  the  point  on  the  east  side  ;  but  there  is  a  large  harbour  with 
lagoons,  &c.  You  anchor  within  a  |  of  a  mile  of  the  weather  shore,  in  5 
ijithoms  water,  good  ground,  and  run  a  stream  anchor  to  the  S.  W.  by  rea- 
son of  the  land  breeze,  which  is  at  most  times  between  the  S.  S.  E.  south, 
and  S.  S.  W. — ^you  moorN.  E.  and  S.  W.  When  you  are  i»?re  the  harboar 
is  wide  and  large,  but  there  is  not  above  5  fathoms  within.  The  fortress 
1%  very  strong  ;  there  is  besides  a  small  fort  upon  the  reef  that  runs  in 


:^82 


tilunrs  American  Coast  Pilot. 


lOEdii. 


lOi 


i'rom  the  key  before  mentioned.     The  liarbonr  is  full  onugoons  and  rivu- 
lets, and  runt)  u  long  way  to  the  northward. 

Observe,  in  coming  in,  to  leave  one-third  of  the  channel  to  windward 
from  the  Moor'«  point,  and  two-thirds  to  leeward  towards  the  key,  and 
you  will  not  have  less  than  5  fathoms  water. 

There  is  a  small  bank  which  does  not  ^ihow  itself,  and  lies  right  off  from 
the  gate,  a  cable's  length  from  shore,  with  only  10  feet  water  on  it. 

The  watering  place  is  at  the  south  side  of  the  town,  just  without  the 
south  gate,  but  the  water  is  brackish. 

If  you  are  bound  to  Portorico,  from  the  eastward,  night  coming  on,  and 
you  ofi'the  E.  N.  E.  part  of  St.  John's,  you  will  take  notice  of  the  east- 
ernmost high  land  ;  it  is  inland  a  little  from  the  east  end  of  the  island, 
which  is  low.  You  m^y  run  to  the  westward  till  you  bring  that  high  land 
to  bear  S.  by  E.  and  then  bring  to  till  morning.  But  take  great  care  that 
this  high  land  does  not  deceive  you,  for  it  lies  a  long  way  in  the  country, 
and  it  is  all  low  land  by  the  water  side.  In  the  morning  make  sail ;  you 
may  see  the  walls  and  works  all  white  about  Moor's  point. 

From  the  south  point  of  St.  John's  island,  called  Ram's  head,  to  the 
entrance  of  St.  Thomas'  harbour,  the  course  is  about  W.  5^  leagues  .<  and 
from  the  N.  side  of  Santa  Cruz,  N.  N.  W.  ^  N.  10  leagues.  The  latitude 
of  St.  Thomas'  town,  is  18"  22'  N. 

.  The  island  of  St.  Thomas  is  about  the  length  of  St.  John's,,  but  nar- 
rower. Its  soil  is  sandy  and  badly  watered.  The  principal  advantage  of 
St.  Thomas'  island  consists  in  a  very  good  harbour,  on  the  south  side, 
where  50  ships  may  lie  very  secure. 

In  ruiiuing  down  from  St.  John's  to  St.  Thomas'  harbour,  you  leave 
Bird  key  to  the  southward  of  you,  and  you  continue  your  W.  N.  W. 
course  till  you  come  down  to  Buck  keys  ;  they  are  much  lower  and  longer 
than  Bird  key,  before  mentioned,  and  there  is  a  small  opening^ of  no  con- 
sequence between  them.  You  leave  these  keys  to  '  ^-e  southward  of  you* 
about  One  mile>  and  then  steer  N.  W.  when  you  bring  them  S.  2.  and 
continue  that  N.  W.  course  about  2  or  3  miles  till  you  bring  the  harbour 
open  ;  then  haul  in  for  the  town  N.  by  W.  or  N.  N.  W.  giving  the  east 
shore  all  along  a  good  birth,  and  run  \vithin  ^  a  mile  of  the  fort  which  is 
white  and  plainly  seen  at  the  east  of  the  town.  You  anchor  in  5  fi'.thoms 
water,  tine  clear  ground  ;  il  is  a  iine  harbour,  where  you  are  land-iockeH 
from  all  winds,  but  from  the  S.  by  W.  to  S.  E.  by  S.  which  part  lies  open 
to  the  sea  ;  but  the  wind  seldom  blows  in  unless  it  is  in  the  hurricane 
months.  There  is  a  rock  above  water  in  the  Ifarbour's  mouth  (called 
Prince  Rupert's  cliff,)  which  you  leave  to  the  eastward  of  you  ;  you  may 
make  bold  with  the  west  side  of  it,  but  there  is  no  passage  within. 

From  St.  Thomas'  harbour,  if  bound  to  Portorico,  being  in  the  offing, 
steer  W.  by  N.  till  you  come  down  the  length  of  the  west  end  of  the  island, 
which  is  about  3  leagues  from  the  harbour.  You  will  see  a  small  island 
called  Little  passage,  about  4  or  5  miles  to  the  westward  of  the  west  end 
of  Little  St.  Thomas.  Little  St.  Thomas  is  a  small  island  that  almost  joins 
with  the' west  end  of  the  Great  island  ;  there  is  a  small  opening  between 
them,  bat  of  no  note.  There  is  likewise  a  channel  of  small  importance 
between  Little  passage  and  Little  St.  Thomas  ;  but  there  are  two  other 


*  The  channel  between  the  main  island  and  Buck  island  is  but  3^  mile  broad,  and  at 
the  entrance,  in  the  fair  way,  lies  a  sunken  roclc,  about  |  mile  north  rrom  the  north  end 
of  Buck  island,  with  only  5  feet  water  on  it.  The  way  to  clear  it  is  to  keep  Buck  island 
close  on  board. 


islant 

♦Mum 

join« 

iislaiui 

called 

shore 

down 

deep  i 

W. 

and  S. 

able  n 

pointe 

all  wh 

called 

all  rou 

Twc 

ing  wes 

\       and  rot 

^      are  call 

>ng  thej 

betweei 

the  litll 

The 

Thomas 

Barbadc 

times  as 

to  the  n< 

The( 

little  wii 

side  beir 

course  ti 

to  bear  ' 

will  carr 

find  of  Li 

the  N.  E 

shoalest 
S.  VV. 
Great  pa 
from  the 
as  Maria^ 
west  end 
but  towai 
low  brok( 
From  the 
the  cours 
A'oing  (j  < 
north  par 
way  down 
fiandynpii 
^Bove^ 
Jow  sandy 
then  you  i 
plenty  of/ 
Peint,  in  t\ 


rivu- 

ilward 
^,  anil 

Hfrotn 

ut  the 

jn,  and 
le  east- 
island  , 
igh  land 
[\re  that 
ountry, 
U;  you 

to  the 

les  ^  and 

latitude 

but  nar- 
intage  of 
uth  side, 

ou  leave 
^N.  W. 
nd longer 
if  no  con- 
of  you* 
Is.  ^.  and 
harboui- 
the  east 
which  is 
fathoms 
id-iocked 
llies  open 
hurricane 
h  (called 
you  may 
in. 

he  offing, 
[he  island, 
lall  island 
west  end 
lost  joins 
between. 
jpoftUnce 
;wo  other 


load,  and  at 

le  north  end 

Juck  island 


10  Edit. 


Blunl's  American  Coa^*t  Pilot. 


383 


islands  before  you  come  down  to  the  west  end  of  thnt  islund.  The  east- 
onimost,  just  to  leeward  of  tho,  harbour  ir.  called  Water  island,  and  almost 
join«  witli  the  main  land  ;  about  2  or  3  miles  to  leeward  of  that,  is  a  rocky 
islniid,  about  half  a  mile  round,  which  lies  a  mile  from  the  shore,  and  is 
called  Ijittle  Saba  ;  it  is  foul  all  r«)und,  and  must  have  a  good  birth,  all  tb« 
shore  aloiijs;  thcHe  islands  must  be  left  on  your  starboard  hand.  In  running 
down  till  you  pas'..  Little  passage,  you  have  soundings  all  the  way,  but 
deep  in  somo  plact- h 

W.  S.  \V.  ^  S.  from  the  mouth  of  St.  Thomas'  harbour,  above  4  leagues, 
and  S.  VV.  by  S.  7  miles  from  the  west  point  of  the  island,  lies  a  remark- 
able rock  in  the  middle  of  the  channel.  It  is  round,  rugged,  and  double- 
pointed,  as  high  as  Buachy-head,  and  may  be  seen  6  or  6  leagues  off,  being 
all  white  ;  it  appears  at  some  distance  like  a  sail,  whence  it  has  been 
called  St.  Thomas'  carvel,  or  St.  Thomas'  hoy.  This  rock  is  bold  too 
all  round. 

Two  leagues  and  a  half  from  the  carvel  is  Great  passage  island,  bear- 
ing west  from  the  west  end  of  St.  Thoma«  about  4  leagues.  Several  keys 
and  rocks  lie  round  this  island,  and  chicily  to  the  westward  of  it ;  they 
are  called  the  Tropic  keys,  from  the  great  number  of  tropic  birds  breed- 
ing there.  Great  passage  island  must  have  a  large  birth  ;  the  channel 
between  the  two  passage  islands  is  near  3  leagues  broad  ;  keep  nighcst 
the  little  one  to  the  eastward,  leaving  all  the  others  to  the  southward. 

The  island  of  Portorico  is  high  land,  and  may  be  seen  from  off  St. 
Thomas.  Little  passage  island  is  2  miles  in  length,  and  about  as  high  as 
Barbndocs  ;  Great  passage  island  is  about  the  same  height,  and  three 
times  as  long  a-^  the  former  ;  there  are  two  or  three  small  islands  a  little 
to  the  northward  of  Littit  passage  island. 

The  course  through  the  passage  islands  is  N.  W.  or,  if  you  have  bat 
little  wind  keep  N.  N.  W.  for  fear  of  a  calm,  and  lee  current,  the  west 
side  being  foul,  and  dangerous  without  wind.  You  must  keep  that  N.  W. 
course  till  you  bring  the  E.  N.  E.  point  of  Portorico,  which  is  a  low  point, 
to  bear  W.  by  S.  or  VV.  S.  W.  and  then  you  may  steer  west,  which  course 
will  carry  you  to  St.  Juan,  the  chief  town  of  Portorico.  From  the  west 
end  of  Little  passage  island  to  Spill  staff's  keys,  which  lie  2  leagues  from 
the  N.  E.  end  of  Portorico,  the  course  is  W.  N.  W.  9  leagues  ;  and  the 
shoalest  water  3  fathoms. 

S.  W.  of  St.  Thomas'  harbour,  7  or  8  leagues,,  and  3  or  4  south  of 
Great  passage  island,  lies  the  island  of  Bieque,  called  also  Crab  island; 
from  the  great  quantity  of  crabs  that  are  found  there.  It  is  about  as  high 
as  Mariagalante,  with  a  rich  soil,  and  full  of  trees  almost  all  over.  The 
west  end  on  the  N.  E.  part,  is  low  and  smooth  land,  like  sandy  ground  ;' 
but  towards  the  S.  W.  there  are  hills,  and  from  those  hills  to  the  west, 
low  broken  hummocks  ;  then  to  the  S.  W.  higher  hills  and  hummocks. 
From  the  west  end  of  Little  passage  island  to  the  east  end  of  Crab  island, 
the  course  is  S.  ^  W.  5  leagues  ;  5^  fathoms  1  mile  from  the  shore.  In 
going  tj  Crab  island,  be  sure  to  run  down  the  south  side  of  it,  for  the 
north  part  is  foul.  You  may  sail  within  2  or  3  miles  of  the  shore  all  the 
way  down,  till. you  come  to  the  west  end,  and  then  you  will  see  a  low 
sandy  jtpJBt ;  anchor  on  the  south  sidt  of  that  point ;  you  will  not  have 
lEBoveSl^  or  4  fathoms  2  miles  off.  You  may  run  in  till  yoti  bfing  that 
low  sandy  point  to  bear  N.  by  E.  i  E.  and  the  south  point  of  the  bay  S.  E. 
then  you  will  be  1|  mile  from  the  shore,  in  4  fathoms  water.  Here  is 
plenty  of  fish  to  be  caught  with  a  seine,  on  the  north  side  of  the  low  sandy 
peint,  in  the  morning,  and  good  wood  of  different  kinds  ;  water  is  to  be 


:{8i 


BlunfB  American  Coast  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


%M 


had  about  Ii^tli'a  mile  to  the  southward  of  t|)e  \rm  sardy  point,  a  Httlotvay 
Irom  the  west  side. 

Crab  island  lies  about  5  Ic»gues  from  Portorico,  being  5  or  6  leugues 
long,  and  2  brond.  It  is  uninhabited  ;  the  English,  who  have  attempted 
tmce  to  settle  there,  have  been  driven  away  by  the  Spaniards.* 


Mayagua  Baj  (^Forh  liico.) 

To  Anchor.  Dring  the  island  of  Zacheo  to  bnar  VV.  N.  W.  tlien  steei 
E.  S.  E.  which  will  bring  you  in  sight  of  the  town.  Going  in  you  will  ser 
a  reefoD  your  starboard  hand  ;  when  abreast,  you  will  have  soundings  in 
13,  12,  imd  10  fathoms  ;  you  may  run  into  7  fathoms  and  anchor ;  the  ex- 
treme points  of  the  Bay  will  bear  from  S.  by  W.  to  N.  VV.  ;  the  east  par* 
of  the  reef  about  N,  W.  2}  miles ;  there  is  a  good  river  for  watering. 


Aquada  Bay  (Porta  Rico.) 


To  Anchor.  Bring  Point  Aquada  N.  N.  VV.  2  or  3  miles  ;  the  churcii 
tower  E.  N.E. ;  the  island  of  Zacheo,  VV.  by  S.  when  you  will  be  in  10 
fathoms  water,  about  3  cable's  length  from  the  shore  ;  there  is  a  good  ri- 
ver of  fresh  water  ;  the  sea  in  general  smooth  with  usual  trside  wind  ;  but 
should  the  wind  incline  to  the  northward,  avoid  anchoring^  or  weigh  as 
^ooD  as  it  sets  in. 


*M 


The  islands  of  Tortola,  Virgin  Gorda,  Aiiegada,  &c. 

TORTOLA,  a  few  miles  to  the  N.  E.  of  St.  .Tohn's,  is  the  principal 
of  the  English  Virgin  islands  ;  it  is  near  5  leagues  long,  and  2  broad,  bul 
badly  watered,  and  has  the  name  of  being  uwhcahhy  j  the  cotton  which 
they  cultivate  there  is  very  much  esteemed  by  the  manufacturers  ;  the 
entrance  is  wide  with  plenty  of  water. 

The  town  is  situated  on  the  south  side  to  the  bottom  of  a  bay,  2  mile? 
deep,  with  api'etty  good  road  at  the  entrance,  with  12  fathoms  water,  good 
ground.  ' 

Virgin  Gorda  (that  is,  the  Great  Virgin)  or  Feniston,  and  by  a  corrup- 
tion generally  adopted  Spanish  town,  lies  2  leagues  to  the  east  of  Torto- 
la ;  its  form  is  very  irregular ;  it  is  very  high  land,  aboiit  6  leagues  long 
from  east  to  west,  still  worse  watered  than  Tortola,  and  having  fewer  in- 
habitaAts,  who  cultivate  tobacco,  indigo,  cotton,  and  pease  ;  their  common 
is  fish  and  potatoes,  they  drink  rain  water,  which  they  keep  in  woodert 
casks.     l\,Vi  asserted  that  the  mountain  which" rises  in  the  middle  of  the 


•  Vessels  coming  to  an  anclior'at  St.  Thomas'  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining  inforniatioii; 
on  going  away,  will  pay  one  dollar  per  every  ten  tons. 

American  Vessels  that  unload  or  load,  on  going  uwuy,  to  pay  instead  of  16  cents,  6 
cents  per  every  ten  tons. 

European  vessels  that  load  or  unload,  on  going  away,  to  pay  instead  of  64  cents,  3? 
cents  per  every  two  tons. 


iO 

wlar 

xafe 

the  I 

Tl 

2Gle 

«<J,  IJ 

»tbout 

io 
•Terusi 
wlretci 
rocky 
fween 
gangwi 
the  iiai 
To  I 
salt,  P 
«J»ngwa 
islands, 
the  Vir 
imd  froi 
E.  ofT 
league  I 
twecn  S 
of  St.  J, 
King's  c 
Three 
the  Dro 
'md  almj 
over  it 
mock. 
i<nd  shoal 
to  ships 
Point  to 
the  gold 
:ifter  the  I 
da,  a  verl 
'er  on  it,| 
•course  b/ 
l*ut  you  . 
<-'f  the  en\ 


Betwee 
about  2  rr, 
hummockl 
descry  thl 

This  w'l 
grass  are  i 
little  wate 


p.  way 
iugneR 


10  Edit. 


Blunfs  American  Coast  Pilot. 


aSfi 


n  steev 
villseo 
lings  iri 
the  ex 
ist  pnr' 


church 
be  in  10 
good  ri- 
ind  ;  but 
weigh  a?^ 


&C. 

principal 

•oad,  but 

on  which 

era;  the 

y,  2  mileF 
ater,^good 

a  corrnp- 
ofTorto- 
igues  long 
fewer  in- 
ir  common 
woodeti 
idle  of  the 


n 


information  J 
3f  16  ccntE,  6 
;  S4  cents,  3- 


Ml»nd  contains  a  silver  mine.  N'irginGorda  has  two  good  harbours  :  Iho 
largest,  called  East  bay,  lioH  on  the  north  side,  and  you  may  anchor  very 
Nafe  at  the  bottom  of  it,  in  6  fatiionts ;  the  other  is  on  the  west  side,  where 
the  town  is  situated  in  IS^'  30'  N.  lat. 

The  course  from  Saba  to  Virgin  G'orda  is  N.  VV.  by  W.  northerly,  above 
?G  leagues.  When  Virgin  Gorda  bears  from  you  N.  W.  by  N.  7  leagues 
otf,  Ihc  Virgins  appear  like  three  islands,  with  a  great  many  small  ones 
about  them  ;  the  middlemost  is  the  longest,  and  when  you  come  within  3 
leagues,  they  seem  as  if  they  were  joined  together. 

To  the  S.  of  the  \V.  end  of  Virgin  Gorda,  lies  the  Fallen  city,  or  Old 
.lerusulem,  a  parcel  of  little  broken  islands  and  rocks,  jus^t  above  water, 
Htretching  about  3  leagues  from  N.  to  S.  At  their  S.  end  is  a  rcmarkabla 
rocky  island,  called  Round  rock;  the  next  island  is  called  Ginger  isLnd;  be- 
tween which  and  the  Round  rock  is  the  eastern  passage  into  the  Virgin's 
gangway,  called  the  King's  channel ;  there  is  no  ground  in  the  passage  with 
the  hand  lines 

To  the  W.  of  Ginger  island  lie  several  small  islands,  called  Cooper's 
salt,  Peter's,  Normaiurs,  and  Witch  islands.  They  bound  the  Virgin's 
gangway  on  the  S.  as  the  islands  of  St.  John's,  Toitola,  Beef,  with  Dog 
island9,and  Virgin  Gorda,  terminate  it  towards  the  W.  and  N.  The  depth  in 
the  Virgin's  gangway  is  from  10  to  25  fathoms.  It  is  about  8  leagues  long, 
and  from  2  to  4  broad.  The  N.  entrance  lies  between  Dog  island,  to  the 
E.  of  Tor  ola,  and  the  N.  VV.  point  of  Virgin  Gorda,  being  about  half  a 
league  br.Mk.l ;  the  S  entrance,  whose  breadth  is  above  one  league,  is  be- 
tween St.  John's  and  Witch  island  ;  there  is  another  entrance  to  the  N. 
of  St.  John's,  scarce  a  mile  over,  which  is  the  western  passage  of  the 
King's  channel  before  mentioned. 

Three  or  four  leagues  to  the  north  of  Virgin  Gorda,  lies  Anegada,  or 
the  Drowned  island,  about  as  big  as  the  first.  This  island  is  very  low, 
and  almost  covered  by  the  sea  at  the  highest  tides.  You  may  discern 
over  it  two  high  hills  on  Virgin  Gorda,  which  appear  like  a  great  hum- 
mock. As  Anegada  projects  out  of  the  cluster  of  the  Virgin's,  the  rocks 
and  shoals  with  which  it  is  surrounded  become  so  much  more  dangerous 
to  ships  in  the  offing.  The  Buccaneers  have  given  the  name  of  Treasure 
Point  to  a  headland  on  the  south  side,  that  has  been  otten  dus  to  discover 
the  gold  and  silver  which  they  supposed  the  Spaniards  had  buried  there 
iifter  the  shipwreck  of  one  of  their  galleons.  From  the  E.side  of  Anega 
da,  a  very  dangerous  reef,  with  only  6  feet,  and  in  some  parts  2  feet  wa- 
ter on  it,  extends  in  a  curve  towards  the  S.  E.  above  4  leagues.  The 
course  between  the  reef  and  Virgin  Gorda,  is  N.  W.  and  W.  by  N.  or  W. 
but  you  must  talj^  care  of  a  sunken  rock,  which  lies  almost  in  the  middle 
uf  the  entrance  of  the  narrows,  between  that  island  and  Anegada. 


The  Island  of  Somb rero. 

Between  the. Virgin  islands,  and  thatof  Anguila,  lies  a  small  rocky  islano 
about  2  miles  in  length  ;  it  consists  of  a  very  flat  eminence,  without  any 
hummock  upon  it,  covered  with  birds  from  the  southward.  You  cannot 
descry  this  island  farther  off  than  5  or  6  leagues  at  most. 

This  wretched  island  is  rugged,  steep,  and  barren  ;  a  little  camphor  and 
grass  are  the  only  vegetable  production  that  appear  on  its  surface  ;  what 
little  water  lodges  in  tlie  cavities  of  rocks  during  rains  soon  evaporate.-. 


386 


Blunf  6  American  Coabt  Pilot. 


lOVA'ii 


You  may  anchor  on  the  west  itidc  of  it.  The  rhft's  are  tteep  ton,  and  are 
iirom  40  to  16  feet  hif^h.  In  I  TOi'  an  American  brig  run  againat  it,  and  her 
crew  crept  from  h«%r  yard  arm  to  the  chiTtop.  The  brig  disengaged  her- 
eeif  and  dri'ted  down  to  Virgin  Gordu,  where  the  hull  and  cargo  became 
a  prize  to  ihe  wreckers. 

The  latitude  of  Sombrero,  in  IS^  3B'  N.  and  its  longitude  is  63«  3&  W. 
Two  leagues  otf  Sombrero,  when  it  beorH  from  E.  N.  E.  to  E.  by 
S.  is  found  from  36  to  22  fathoms,  uneven  ground  and  rocky  bottom.  It 
lies  about  14  leagues  E.  by  S.  from  the  island  of  Anegada,  and  12  leagues 
due  Eaflt  from  the  reef  lyin«;  off  the  S.  E.  end  of  it.  In  going  between  the 
two  you  have  6,  6,  7,  8,  and  10  fathoms  water.  The  course  from  Saba 
to  Sombrero  is  N.  W.  by  N.  ^  N.  distant  20  leagues. 

The  passage  to  Ic. '  ard  or  windward  of  Sombrero,  is  very  clear  ond 
safe  ;  there  is  *" '  sveli  ,  the  winds  are  generally  favourable  forgoing  out, 
and  wUen  onci         .«r    ;»ajt  Sombrero,  all  obstacles  arc  at  an  end, 


Hi  -. 


Porto  Rico. 

The  west  end  of  the  island  of  Porto  fiico  is  low  ns  well  as  the  south 
aide.  On  the  south  west  side  is  a  bank,  over  which,  7  or  8  miles  from 
the  shore,  may  be  carried  7  fathoms.  This  point  of  the  island  is  very  low, 
and  appears  like  a  separate  island  when  it  bean  E.  by  .S.  of  you  ;  vcsacli. 
dbiibling  it  should  keep  their  lead  goin^. 


Directions  for  sailing  along  the  south  side  of  Porto  Rico, 

If  you  are  bound  down  the  south  side  of  Portq  Rico,  observe  you  will 
see  the  S.  £  point  of  that  island,  when  lying  at  anchor  at  Crab  inland  ;  it 
bears  from  thence  S.  W.  by  W.  |  W.  or  W.  S.  W.  about  4^  leagues,  and 
ia  called  Cape  Mala  Pasqua.  You  may  run  down  till  you  con^e  abreast 
of  that  cape  within  3  or  4  miles  of  it,  and  then  steer  W.  and  by  the  time 
you  have  run  3  or  4  leagues  down  past  the  cape,  and  it  bears  N.  E.  you 
will  see  a  large  breach  2  or  3  miles  long  which  lies  along  the  shore,  and 
about  3  or  4  miles  off  the  same.  Take  care  to  keep  a  mile  or  two  with" 
out  the  breach  ;  and  in  running  down  aback  of  it,  you  will  des- 
cry a  imall  building  by  the  water  side,  which  is  a  guard  liouse.  Be  sure 
to  run  down  as  before-mentioned  till  you  bring  that  guard  house  to  bear 
N.  or  a  little  to  the  eastward  ;  then  you  may  haul  in  N.  or  N.  by  E.  for  the 
guard  house.and  anchor  in  J  fathoms  water,the  guard  house  bearing N.orN. 
^  E.  or  N.  by  E.  distance  1  mile;  and  the  W.  end  of  the  breach  S.by  E.  You 
may  run  a  small  anchoT  to  the  N.W.  for  the  land  breeze ;  you  have  no  shel- 
ter from  the  sea  breeze  but  the  breach :  this  place,  which  they  call  Guy- 
ama  or  Yama  bay,  is  much  frequented  by  traders.  In  going  in,  although 
you  give  the  W.  end  of  the  breach  a  good  birth,  you  must  keep  your  lead 
going  ;  the  soundings  are  irregular,  from  5  to  7  or  8  fathoms  water,  and 
then  it  shoals  gradually  as  you  go  in  shore.  The  land  is  low  by  the  wa- 
ter side  ;  in  tho  country  it  is  high  and  uneven,  and  has  nothing  remarka- 
ble. 

In  going  out  of  Guyama  bay  you  run  S.  S.  W.  or  S.  W.  The  next 
trading  place  is  called  Salinas,  and  lies  about  6  or  7  leagues  to  the  west- 


10  Edit 


Blunf  8  American  Coast  Pilot. 


387 


^i^ 


ward  of  the  former.  AAcr  you  nrc  out  of  Guyamn  bny,  about  3  or  3 
Icngues  ofl*,  you  mny  iitecr  W.  m  hefur«,  pasHinK  nevpriil  kcyii  to  the  north- 
Mrnrd  of  you,  which  lie  pretty  nigh  the  ahorc ;  nnd  when  you  hnve  ma 
nbout  6  leagucH  down,  you  wilt  arc  one  of  thouc  keys  lying  a  little  further 
off  shore  than  the  rest ;  haul  in  for  its  W.  end,  and  about  u  mile  or  M  mile 
nnd  a  half  off  that  W.  end,  there  is  a  breach,  which  is  a  key  just  under 
water,  no  part  of  it  to  be  seen.  Leave  that  breach  to  the  westward  of 
you,  an(|  stroke  the  weathermost  key,  on  board,  within  a  cable's  length  : 
it  in  bold  too,  but  shoaler  to  leeward,  towards  the  breach.  The  guard 
house  is  about  3  or  -1  tiiilei  from  this  key,  and  mav  be  leen  before  yoa 
come  tvithin  ;  you  may  run  in  boldly  2  milcH  towards  the  guard  iiouse,  and 
anchor  within  a  mile  of  the  same,  in  4  or  5  fathoms  water,  good  ground, 
and  moor  to  the  N.  W.  When  at  anchor,  the  guard  house  bearing  N.  1  E. 
there  in  a  good  watering  place  close  to  the  water  side,  a  kind  or  la- 
goon, which  is  about  N,  by  W.  from  the  ship,  and  half  a  mile  to  the  west- 
ward of  the  guard  house  ;  you  \vill  see  the  water  white  near  a  league  with- 
out the  key,  and  have  soundings  from  i2  to  7  fathoms,  very  gradual,  but 
no  drtnger  of  any  kind.  There  arc  several  keys  which  li«  ithin  the  be- 
fore-mentioned key,  but  little  to  the  eastward  of  it.  In  tni  g  in,  you 
win  sec  (3  or  4  leagues  to  the  westward)  two  small  kcvs  at  httle  dii- 
tance  from  each  other  ;  one  ofthem  looking  double,  the  i.  her  single  ;  you 
may  go  to  the  leeward  of  them.  Salinas  is  a  good  trading  place,  as  well 
as  a  place  of  safety  to  lie  in  ;  it  is  about  6  leagues  to  windw  rd  of  the  Dead 
Chest,  Which  ut  most  times  may  be  seen  very  plain  from  balinas,  and  is  a 
good  director  for  it. 

In  leaving  Salinas,  run  out  the  same  way  you  came  m.  After  you  get 
without  the  key,  steer  S.  S.  W.  till  you  bring  the  Dead  Chest  to  bear 
W.  and  then  run  down  boldly,  giving  it  a  mile  birth  ;  there  is  a  «mall 
key  on  the  S.  W.  part  of  the  Dead  Chest,  about  a  cable's  length  off,  but 
there  is  no  going  between  them,  as  the  interval  is  almost  dry  :  you  must 
give  the  VV.  point  of  that  key  a  mile  and  a  half  birth,  then  haul  in,  nnd 
you  may  anchor  under  the  lee  of  the  Dead  Chest  in  what  water  you  please, 
from  7  to  12  fathoms  water ;  the  W.  point  of  the  small  key  bearing  S. 
by  E.  4  E.  distance  1  J  mile,  and  the  N.  point  of  the  Dead  Chest  N.  E.  ^ 
E.  distance  from  the  shore  1  mile  ;  then  you  have  lO  fathoms  water. 
There  is  a  small  trading  place  called  Boca  Chica,  to  the  northward  of  the 
north  end  of  the  Dend  Chest,  with  the  guard  house,  which  you  cadnot 
see  when  you  lie  at  anchor  at  the  Dead  Chest ;  but  you  may  reach  over 
from  the  Dead  Chest  boldly,  it  is  about  7  or  8  miles  ;  keep  your  lead 
going ;  you  will  have  from  T  to  4  fathoms,  and  it  slioals  gradually  as  you 
Come  nigher  the  Porto  Rico  side.  There  is  another  small  trading  place, 
called  Yamma  Grande,  2  or  3  leagues  to  windward  of  this. 

The  Dead  Chest,*  or  Deadman's  Chest,  lies  16  or  17  leagues  from 
Cape  Malapasqua,  the  E.  end  of  the  island,  and  about  the  same  distance 
from  Cape  Roxo  (or  Red  cape)  which  is  the  S.  W.  end.  In  ruuniog 
down,  as  before  mentioned,  do  not  come  within  2^  leagues  of  the  shore. 
Afteryou  get  a  little  without  the  Dead  Chest,  a  W.  course  will  keep  you 


•  The  Dead  Chest  is  a  small  island,  distance  from  Porto  Rico  about  two  leagues,  nelar 
the  middle  of  its  'i  side.  It  is  IJ  leagues  in  length  and  1000  or  1300pac%8in 
breadth.  It  is  said,  at  when  you  see  it  from  a  certain  point,  it  appeart  like  a  corpse 
lying  on  a  table.  The  sliores  of  this  island  towards  Porto  Rico  are  flat  and.8Bi»dy ;  on 
the  south  side  tliey  are  high  and  stony.  There  is  bo  fresh  water,  rer  trees  of  any  kind; 
(Kit  for  flip). 


:ma 


iiluiil'ri  Ameiicuii  Couhi  IMut. 


10  Edit. 


clear  ofull ;  kci.p  thut  courHt>  till  you  Iuihk  C'iiuu  Koko  (wliirh  itr  low 
and  n|n»cnrHKr«y,  i»n«l  liko  Iwo  Jccyn)  lo  Immi*  N.  K.  tlirn  littor  N.  W.  lijt 
you  lu'iiiK  tli<*  iHland  Zurlitiu  N.  by  W.  fi-Din  you.  Yuu  niiiy  lh<>n  «t(<ri 
N.  VV.  by  VV.  for  the  island,  till  you  rt»in«  witlun  :i,  4,  or  it  Joukuch  of  it, 
ivhflnyou  may  liiiul  up  a  liltle  luul  ^o  l)«'t\v«?4'ii  /nchro  N.  by  VV.  and  Si 
Frunnllo  point,  the  W.N.  VV.  »mhI  oI'  l'oit«)  Uira.  It  in  a  very  good  rliuu 
nel,  abnut  \  lengucN  broad  ;  with  tlio  bcrorr-rnciittonod  cour»t:»  you  will 
be  nbont  S4  Iohkuvh  front  the  W.  «nd  of  I'orto  lii'  *>,  and  will  not  have  lottt 


futh 


than  \2  futhomit  water.     The  inland  /acheo  iit  about  twice  as  lar^v  u^i 
Ucdondo,  and  may  be  feen  12  league!)  off. 

Observe,  that  in  lailin^  ulon^  the  noutli  nidc  of  I'orto  llioo,  you  arc  ex 
poicd  to  Huddor)  calmii,  the  iMland  intercepting  all  the  lircexes  b   uveeii 
the  north  and  the  cant. 

(In  the  VV.  side  of  Porto  Rico,  in  Aguada  Hay.  onf  of  tlu^  linest  roadu  foi 
Ahipping  in  all  the  Weat  Indien,  being  sheltered  from  the  trudn  winds  by 
the  iMland.  flere  the  golleonrt  and  Hota  generally  anchorctl  when  tliey 
came  from  Spain  ;  and  the  Barlovcnlo  tieet,  after  they  had  been  at  (.'u- 
mnnugotc,  cnmc  here  for  fresh  water  and  provinion,  before  Ihey  returned 
to  Vera  Cruz.  You  may  anchor  in  this  road  in  ^M,  18,  14,  und  down  to 
9  fntlioms,  good  ground.  When  in  'i'A  futhomn,  soft  oo/y  ground,  thn 
northernmost  point  bears  tVoni you  N.  N.  W,  3  miles,  and  the  other  S.  by 
K.  about  two  leagtics,  and  n  small  village  amongst  th"  tree*,  iit  distant 
about  1  mile.  In  coming  into  this  road  from  the  northward,  you  may 
Hail  Within  a  mile  of  the  shore  to  the  southward  of  the  N.  point,  there 
being  10,  12,  and  15  fathoms  woter  ;  and  aHer  you  are  about  that  point, 
you  will  have  25  and  30,  soil  oozy  ground  ;  soni"  part  along  the  road  lA 
tkt  and  rocky,  but  you  rrvay  sail  all  around  it  within  half  a  mile  of  the 
shore.  In  the  channel  L»etvvi.cn  Porto  Rico  and  the  Virgin  Islands  th* 
variation  is  about  It'^  East. 


♦  To  enter  Mayagues  (Porto  Rico.) 

Bring  tlie  island  of  Zacheo  to  bear  W.  N.  W.  and  steer  t,.  S.  E. ;  yoii 
may  approach  the  island  within  5U  fathoms.  There  is  a  reef,  which  be- 
gins about  1^  mile  from  Zacheo,  and  extends  to  Cape  Roxo,  forming  n 
chain  with  only  10  feet  woter,  and  not  to  be  attempted  but  by  small  ves- 
sels. In  steering  E.  S.  E.  you  will  perceive  a  gulley  running  from  the 
mountain,  made  by  frequent  rains,  without  a  tree  or  busit  on  it. 


Extract  from  the  Journal  of  an  experienced  Navigator ,  along  the  iouin  side  of 
Porto  Rico,  and  in  the  channel  between  Porto  Kico  and  St.  Domingo,  ^c. 

"  Ma«  19lh.— At  5  o'clock,  P.  M.  we  thought  we  descried  to  N.  W.  and  N.  W.  by  N. 
the  little  island  of  Boriquem  (Crab  isluiid)  situated  near  the  S.  E.  end  of  Forlo  Rico.  At 
11,  we  saw  the  land  on  the  lai  board  hand;  I  supposed  it  to  be  the  eaitpoint  of  Porto  ftico. 
which  bore  from  us  N.  W.  aod  N<  W.  by  N.  distance  about  3  leagues ;  1  steered  west  to 
run  along  its  south  side. 

"  Mat  aoth.— -At  half  past  5,  A.  M.  we  saw  Porto  Rico,  and  the  Dead  Chest,  which  is  a 
•small  island  detached  from  the  main  oiio,  md  having  the  form  of  a  coflSn.  It  lies  very 
near  the  middle  of  the  sonth  coast,  and  I  have  been  assured,  that  there  is  a  passage  fot 
the  largest  ships  betivcen  it  ami  the  main  land.  r 


10  Kilit. 


Bliinl'H  AiufM  icaii  C'oaut  Pilot. 


:)89 


"  I  I. in  alnii;^  iIk;  laitJ,  iviih  an  nffNtu  of  :t  or  -I  U»C)it<,  in  fotcht'apa  ll««o,  llt««»»l« 
••rnmoai  ol'lhn  •oiith  toniti  of  Pomi  lluti,  utiM  nUlch  loiiit*,  wtili  lli«  S.  II.  (M>tNl  of  at. 
Iliitiiliil^n  uiirl  Siiiiiiii  Itlniiil,  a  rhntini'l  fruiii  II  In  W  U'^suri  broad. 

'*  Alioiii  Id  A.  M.  vir  »m¥t  Ihit  wultr  iliMoliininl  :  we  WAir  u|>on  a  khuji,  calU<l  tli* 
White  Kniitiiilt,  which  tiii'(ini|>niiitf«  <  a|i«  Hnao,  luul  tmriiiU  3  nr  4  Uiik«i««  i<>  Iha  8.  \V. 
nimI  'i  or  3  kriKut'K  to  ihii  •iistwiinl  •iitil  \vr«tMaiil  of  ihit  ca|Hi.  Yoti  liava  Ihaia  lU,  l^^ 
itiid  15  fiithiiiiis.  'Ilia  •uiiil  ut  tint  ImtuMii  i«  ol  itirh  n  nhiiiiiii  wliiic,  that  It  piarcfl 
lhrr>i)^h  lh«<  wnlri,     VVn  tuu^ht  |)h>nly  of  li>li  with  the  lliir. 

"At  II.  \v«  (||«iiiiK*ii'>'i*il  n  rii|m  whirh  lir«  u  lUiio  to  Iha  aailward  of  C'apa  floxo  i  It 
I*  lariiMiiaied  lo  tha  ^oiiili  liy  Itinr  littlii  uliiiuU,  tvliivh  iuiini  to  ba  nnr  Itacua  iliitnni 
iruiM  it.  To  thi<  I'iKt  nf  ilii<  ciiuu  i«  n  iinall  hity,  lullrd  In  V  «ii  Keulnii'i  citait  Itjr  IIih 
iiamn  of  Porto  (iiiniiini. — 'III  \Vf<t  lii(ll:«  »l(Hip*  ran  mnnr  thurr  :  we  inw  two  of  itiaiii 
nl  niichut.  'Ihia  capa  l.i  low,  nii<l  niiiiriiird  nt  flrti  nt  it  detnrh«)d  land,  bul  wa  toon 
illioovcrtid  the  low  liiiwl  hy  which  it  in  roiuu'Cted  wllli  tha  iniiin  uland.  <'apa  Roxo, 
whlc!i  y{\\i  Mioii  dricry  to  thu  wrttwurd  of  thi«,  nnd  which  I*  the  wctterninoit  point  oi' 
the  l»l<tnd,  in  uiiil  lowir  thnn  liin  fnniivr.  IIuIwkcii  ihu  two  you  (li>tii)|iuikh  a  fl.it  nnd 
very  whitr  inmly  klioro  ;  it  roiiiiiti  of  ilio  «iin\o  lond  that  cnmp<i««>4  the  \Vliita  uroiinJif 
iliroiii;!)  which  you  may  anil,  but  you  must  nut  coiiio  nearer  the  ronit  than  2  leiiguoi. 

'*  In  tlip  wi'ttiini  piirt  of  the  r.h;iniicl,  bvlAueii  I'orto  Hiro  nnd  M.  Doinin^^o,  nnd  nrur 
nudchniinrl,  nrn  two  ^uinll  inlaiid*:  iho  r  ARtftrnmoit,  which  in  likewiie  the  ««iuiherif 
luoil,  i«  calird  iMonii ;  the  •ecnnd  to  the  N.  W.  of  the  former,  diitanre  nhnut  2^  leatue*, 
l«  called  Mnnicn.  You  muit  pn!<t^,  if  pnnililr,  lo  the  wiiidwnnl,  th  it  is  to  ihu  ami  of 
liioin  two  iiliiinlB,  ill  (i,(|«!r  to  duublo  with  more  facility  Onpit  Knitiiniio,  that  form*  ih« 
(.'(liiiK  out  u(  the  chuiiniW,  to  th(t  wcit,  on  Ihv  tide  of  Ml.  Domiiifio.  VVhrn  you  have  duii« 
liled  Cape  Roxo,  you  <lricry  tti  the  iiurthwnrd  of  /atheo,  n  little  iKLnnd  lyinK  H  oi  9 
luaguei  lo  iho  N.  K.  bv  N.  oi  Mnna.  You  leava  Zacheo  to  windwaid,  to  pnti  beiweeit 
it  nnd  tho  tiniill  i^land  of  Mon.i,  viry  near  inid-clianncl ;  itiero  it  no  danger  but  what 
ynu  cnn  ipe.  When  the  wind  coiimn  from  Iho  K.  S.  K.  or  only  from  the  eutt,  you  arn 
not  obliKfd  to  tuck,  ynu  iron  the  channel  with  a  quarter  wind.  It  ia  tufficiant  to  iteer 
JV.  W.  hy  N.  to  foirh  Cape  Raphael,  which  ii  the  N.  K.  point  of  St.  Domingo,  or  even 
t'apa  Sdiuaun,  that  lie*  about  U  lenguet  to  the  N.  W.  of  the  former.  Samanu  iiland» 
whence  this  cnpe  taket  iti  name,  extendi  I'runi  eait  lo  woit,  12  leagues  ;  it  is  so  near  St. 
Doniingn  that  it  appears  to  be  joined  with  it. 

"  ^t  noon,  Cape  Rnxo  bore  N<  by  W,  distance  H^  leagues.  It  waa  not  possible,  on 
account  of  the  cloudy  weather,  to  take  the  moiidian  altitude  of  the  sun.  Wv  steered 
i\.  W.  by  N.  to  enter  the  channel. 

"  At  half  nil  >iour  after  12,  I  could  see  Z.tchco  very  plainly:  I  continued  the  sams 
course  to  run  along  it,  at  ono  or  two  loa^uos  distnncp.  This  island  appears  to  be  800 
or  1000  yards  long  ;  it  is  nothinj^  more  than  a  green  mountain,  on  several  parts  of  which 
ynu  see  some  woads.  I  was  too  much  to  windward  to  see  the  islands  of  Slona  and  Mo« 
r.ica,  from  the  dp.ck,  but  they  could  bo  perceived  from  the  mast  head.  The  wind  kept  to 
the  S.  E.  till  4  o'clock.  It  is  very  seldom,  that  in  sailing  through  tho  channel  of  Porto 
Flico  you  go  before  the  wind  as  I  did." 


Of  the  North  Coast  0/ Porto  Rico. 

The  north  const  of  Porto  Ilico,  which  extends,  Uke  the  south  coast, 
rast  and  west,  is  very  little  known.  It  is  rugged  nnd  uneven,  having  ma- 
ny rocks  and  small  islands,  where  the  sea  heats  sometimes  with  violence. 
Fifty  miles  north  from  Porto  Rico,  Capt.  Baxter,  in  brig  Robert,  struck 
on  a  rock  and  rcnained  several  hours.  On  that  coast,  about  12  leagues 
from  the  N.  E.  point,  is  the  town  of  St.  Juan,  the  capital  of  the  island.  It 
is  the  .sec  of  a  bishop  ;  large,  and  well  built,  and  defended  by  several  strong 
forts.  They  have  no  water,  except  rain ,  which  they  preserve  in  cisterns. 
This  place  is  better  inhabited  than  most  Spanish  cities  in  the  West  In- 
dies, being  the  centre  of  tho  contraband  trade  carried  on  by  the  English 
and  French  with  the  subjects  of  Spain,  notwithstanding  the  severity  of  the 
laws,  and  the  extraordinary  precautions  taken  to  prevent  it.  The  har- 
bour of  St.  Juan  is  very  capacious,  and  the  largest  shipn  may  lie  there 
with  the  utnM>8t  safety,  in  5,  6,  and  7  fathoms  water.  The  entrance  is* 
along  the  ea«torn  inland  (called  Rigo  or  Rigoa)  near  which  you  must  sail 


390 


BluiU^ii  American  Coant  Pilot. 


10  Edit 


br  roAton  ofu  ■hoal  that  •trctchca  on  thn  onpo«ite  aiiln.  On  ihti  point  of 
the  Maid  iiUnd  «(tuid«  thu  MorroCiMtlc  ;  nml  on  th«  we«t  •ide,  upon  ti  rock 
oO  thi*  Sandy  point  •taiult  u  little  tquarn  fortrulkd  el  Canunln  ;  you  mu«t 
lun  to  tht'  on<ttMrur«l  of  the  city,  to  iici  out  of  the  wmIi  of  tht*  «rii,  for  ttir 
tmdo  wind  Wlo«v«  right  in.  OiFthi*  N.  K.  puint  of  tho  itinnd  lie  iieviMid 
iaiundit,  the  lurgeat  whereof  ii  culled  (>'ngiidu.  The  next  to  the  wvntwurd 
i«  Cenohn,  thn  river  within  rutainioK  the  Httnie  niinxu  To  the  «fi>Mt«v:ird 
ufthia  lira  I'uint  Loquilln,  which  rnreivr<<  ita  mime  from  thi>  mountain  I.o- 
oiiilla;  then  river  Loquilln,  right  befon;  which  lie  two  rocka  above  water. 
Then  followa  n  rrcek  cnllnd  Bp(|uiiirio,  and  thn  iainnd  KiKO,  which  lie* 
before  the  harbour  of  Porto  Kico.  WnatwanI  of  the  harbour  railed  la 
Calecd,  iindjuat  in  ita  entr.incc,  ia  n  river  andialuiid  called  PtuiMuyi,  wUich 
reaches  with  a  Out  from  the  wcat  point. 


10  E<li 

The  S 

9.  K.  urii 

leMiea  ii 

lou  ei 

DC  rally  fi 

chief  the) 
them  aett 
their  efli> 
In  gen 
renta  whi( 


The  Silver  Kry  nnd  Triangles. 

Thciti  shoals  IttiTe  more  extent  thon  the  Square  Handkerchief;  the  south  • 
crn  point  is  in  the  lut.  of  ^O**  l.'V  and  the  northern  part  (which  include  thr 
Triangles  that  are  dangerous). in  lat.  30*>  48'.  It  is  a  very  white  ground  iu 
many  places,  especially  in  the  north  port,  and  very  brown  in  the  S.  and  ij 
K.  parts. 

The  N.  and  N.  N.  W.  norta  have  some  keys,  with  no  more  than  8  oi 
f)  feet  water,  and  perhaps  leas  ;  but  it  appears  that  these  kcyH  are  not  ex- 
acUy  on  the  edge.  The  master  of  a  schooner,  drawing  9  feut  water,  found 
himself  ashore  on  the  Silver  Keys,  coming  down,  after  he  had  run  near  n 
mile  S.  VV.  on  very  white  grounds.  The  K.  or  rather  the  N.  E.  edge  if) 
very  dangerous.  In  this  part  there  arc  3  keys,  within  u  cablets  length  of 
the  edge,  which  have  not  more  than  10  or  H  feet  water. 

The  west  side  is  safe,  and  there  is  a  great  depth  of  water ;  but  about  1  f. 
league  on  the  east  aide  the  bottom  decreases,  and  you  sec  shoals  in  the  N. 
K.  which  are  rising  very  near  tlie  surface. 

Ships  ought  never  to  venture  within  any  part  of  the  white  groundti, 
where  you  will  often  fall  from  N  fathoms  to  lU  feet ;  if  by  accident  they 
find  themselves  in  the  middle  of  them,  the  best  way  is  to  tack,  and  go  oul 
the  same  way  they  came  in,  ranging  along  the  grounds. 

Should  you  by  any  circumstances  be  forced  to  go  from  Cape  Francoi* 
through  thn  passaj^e  between  the  SquareHandkerchicf  and  the  Silver  Kcyii, 
you  must  at  the  departure  make  yoi*r  course  good  N.  E.  by  E.  and  K.  N. 
E.  If  the  winds  suffer  you  to  steer  that  course,  you  would  pass  iu  the 
mid  channel ;  but  if  you  are  forced  to  turn,  and  you  would  not  get  sight 
of  the  St.  Domingo  shore  after  you  have  once  got  into  th«  longitude  of  70" 
15'  W.  from  London,  you  must  not  pass  the  lat.  of  20°  26'  without  frequent- 
ly heaving  the  lead.  If  you  come  as  fur  at)  20^  48'  without  getting  ground, 
you  have  nothing  to  fear  from  the  Silver  Keys,  and  must  only  look  out 
for  the  Square  Handkerchief,  which  is  not  dangerous  on  the  south,  the 
bottom  giving  yod  notice  in  10  and  15  fathoms.  You  must  continue  to 
get  to  the  eastward,  and  when  you  come  in  tho  lat.  of  21°  2U'  you  arc  en- 
tirely out  of  the  passage. 

The  Silver  key  is  1 1  leagues  long,  E.  and  W.  and  7  leagues  broad,  N. 
and  S.  in  the  greatcit  dimension.  The  we«ternmQst  part  lies  N.  and  r-. 
from  Old  Cap«  Frftiicoif .  ^ 


This  pni 
rhipa  goin, 
make  it  ei 
'he  ncares 
Sand  key 
make,  that 
a  great  risl 
are  not  th< 
When  y 
pormit  you 
lit.  2|0()2 
Tht  En^ 
tance  8  or 
fliflts  of  7  0 
this  is  the 
28th  of  At 
rocks  have 
whoms  wat( 
■ot  be  asce 
There  are 
Sand  key, 
others  arc 
to  the  nort 
The  chann 
oious. 

Sand  ke 
very  neces 
may  pass  b 
islands,  cal 
Ty  you  alon 
miles  long. 
(Grand  Tu 
last  island! 
this  as  you 
most  point  I 
the  bank  of 
of  the  rocki 
bound  to  th 


m 


10  E<1it. 


Blunt*s  American  Coast  Pilot. 


n91 


Th(>  S(|ij«r«  IUnt)krrchi«r,  und  tha  Silver  kcya,  bear  from  rnrh  otltpr 
S.  h).  and  N.  W.  Tha  chann«l  hetwitrn  Ihr  two  i%  vrry  taiv,  and  II 
leafttc*  ill  brtadth. 

You  ripcn«itr«  on  thr  vAgm  of  thr  ■honlt  wrnk  currc>nl«,  whir h  (jf  • 
ucruily  fulloHT  tti«^  direction*  o.''ihoH«  cdgca.     On  the  .Si|(iiiri*  llnndkcr 
chiefthry  art  •carccly  felt ;  on  the  M.  K.  piirt  of  the  Milvcr  kcvi  you  find 
thrni  wfttinx  <*>  ('><*  ^ '  '*'^'i  ^-  ^^ •  ^"^  **  "hort  leugue  from  tlit*  Kround, 
th«*ir  rA'fcl  in  not  prrci'ivulik. 

In  gennrnl,  yuu  ought  not  to  mind,  in  your  reckoning,  the  tvi*nk  cur 
rent*  which  txiat  in  theao  puMugcH,  they  hvjiig  nn  >vheru  tu  he  fearod. 


Direetumit  for  Turku  Island  Passage. 

Thi*  pniitage  ii  the  nrnrcit,  ihorteiit,  nnd  Icnit  diingcroua  of  any,  foi 
rhins  going  from  HiH|mniol4  ;  but  in  genvrnl  the  windu  will  not  oilow  to 
tniike  it  even  from  Cape  Prancoit,  or  Port  Dauphin,  althnii|>;li  they  arc 
'he  nearest  portx  ;  the  winda  being  commonly  easterly ,  it  in  thliicult  to  fctcb 
Sand  key  (the  aouthernmoat  of  the  Turkn  islaodi)  and  which  you  must 
make,  that  you  may  be  ture  of  the  Pantage  ;  for,  without  Recing  it,  you  run 
a  great  riak  of  getting  upon  the  reefs  and  ahoids  of  the  Caycos  bank,  which 
are  not  thoroughly  known. 

When  you  take  your  departure  from  Capr  Francois,  if  the  wind  will 
pvrmit  you,  make  a  N.  E.  course  about  30  leagues  ;  you  will  then  be  in 
lit.  21*'  02  ,  and  in  sight  of  the  Turks  islands. 

The  Endyniion  rock  lies  S.  W.  by  S.  from  the  body  of  Sand  key,  dis- 
tance 8  or  9  milcH.  Th<>  dang<  <  of  this  shoal  is  but  of  small  extent.  It  ( 


con- 
sists of  7  or  H  heads  '  i  rocks,  one  of  which  has  only  8^  feet  water  on  it ; 
this  is  the  rock  whore  the  English  ship  Endyn)ioD  was  wrecked  on  the 
28th  of  August,  179*0,  ami  till  then  undiscovered,  bome  of  the  ol!ier 
rocks  have  2,3,  und  4  fathoms  on  them,  and  between  them  7,  U,  and  9  fu- 
choms  water.  The  exact  soundings  between  the  key  and  the  shoal,  could 
aot  be  asccrtaiu(:d  by  reason  of  the  blowing  weather  and  fur  want  of  time. 
There  arc  four  rocks  which  lie  off  to  the  eastward  of  the  south  end  of 
Sand  key,  two  of  them  ohow  themselves  above  the  ^vatcr,  and  the  two 
others  arc  even  with  it.  The  reef  from  the  north  end  of  the  key  stretches 
to  the  northward  1^  or  2  miles,  and  has  some  rocks  out  of  (he  water.— 
The  channel  between  the  shoal  and  the  key  appears  to  be  clear  and  spa 
oious. 

Sand  key  on  tkes  the  entrance  of  this  passage  from  the  south,  and  it  is 
very  necessary  to  make  it,  and  to  get  within  n  league  or  two  of  it ;  you 
tnay  pass  by  it  ai  that  distance,  and  you  will  then  make  the  second  of  those 
islands,  called  Litfle  salt  key  (Little  Turk)  a  N.  N.  E.  course  will  car- 
ry you  along  it,  at  the  same  distance  you  passed  the  other  ;  it  is  about  4  J 
miles  long.  Continuing  the  same  course,  you  will  see  Great  salt  key, 
(Grand  Turk,)  which  is  scarce  3  leagues  from  the  little  one.  This  is  the 
last  island  in  the  Qi^flsage,  and  you  may  keep  about  the  same  distance  from 
this  as  you  did  fWb  the  othefs.  When  you  have  brou^rht  its  northern- 
most point  to  bear  S.  E.  2  leagues,  you  are  clear  of  every  thing,  even  of 
the  bank  of  rocks  which  lie  off  the  N.  E.  point  of  the  Great  Cayco,  as  also 
of  the  rocks  which  are  off  the  north  point  of  the  Great  salt  k<:y.  When 
bound  to  the  southward  through  Caycos  passage,  you  should  net  ftltcmpt 


302 


Biuiil'b  American  Coast  Pilot. 


JOEdiL 


it  in  tl".  night,  unless  well  acquainted  with  your  situation.  The  Caycoscs 
nrc  connected  by  a  reef  of  coral  rocks,  and  there  is  no  danger  of  them  in 
the  day,  but  in  the  night  bhuuld  be  avoided,  as  fully  explained  under 
"  The  Caycos,"  page  39.1. 


The  Caycos  Passage, 


This  is  the  only  Passage  }  ou  ought  to  take,  coming  oul  of  Cape  Vmn 
eois,  when  the  winds  are  not  steady  from  the  E.  S.  E.  You  will  alwayb 
go  with  a  large  wind,  which  is  a  great  advantage,  and  will  avoid  all  the 
white  grounds  to  the  S.  E.  of  the  Caycos  which  it  is  customary  to  make, 
and  which  ^hows  itself.  This  method  of  coming  into  the  white  grounds 
is  very  bad,  and  very  dangerous,  whereas  there  is  no  risk  in  making  th«; 
land  some  leagues  to  leeward  of  the  Little  Cayco. 

In  lerving  the  Cape  you  must  steer  a  N.  by  W.  course,  and  after  having 
run  35  leagues  you  will  fmd  yourself  2^  leagues  S.  W.  of  the  Little  Cay- 
co ;  then  you  may  haul  your  wind,  first,  as  high  as  north  only,  on  account 
of  the  reefs  of  Sandy  island,  which  lie  to  the  nortii  of  the  Little  Cayco  ; 
after  which  you  may  steer  N.  by  E.  5  or  C  leagues,  when  you  may  haul 
upN.  E.  or  may  continue  to  steer  north  without  any  fear.  After  having 
run  10  or  12  leagues  on  that  course,  you  arc  out  of  the  Passage. 

If,  vhcn  you  are  two  leagues  S.  VV.  of  the  Little  Cayco,  the  winds  do 
not  permit  you  to  i^icer  N.  by  E.  or  to  make  a  good  north  course  ;  jifter 
having  run  13  leagues  without  getting  sight  of  Mogane  island  (Mayaguara) 
the  best  way,  if  night  comes  on,  is  to  tack  and  stand  S.  E.  3  or  4  leagues, 
then  tack  again  to  the  north,  and  you  will  weather,  by  3  or  4  leagues,  the 
breakers  off  the  cast  point  of  Mayaguana.  If,  when  you  are  to4he  S.  \V.  of 
the  Little  Cayco,  2  or  3  leagues,  the  wind  will  not  suffer  you  to  lay  nortii, 
you  must  not  attempt  to  go  to  the  windward  of  Mayaguana,  but  go  to  fetch 
the  channel  between  it  and  the  Isles  Plates,  or  Flat  islands.  You  must 
steer  for  it  N.  W.  6*^  N.  Having  run  18  leagues,  you  are  in  sight  of  the 
west  point  of  Mayaguana,  which  ought  to  be  north  of  you,  about  two  leagues 
<Ji8tant,  you  do  not  run  any  risk  in  approaching  this  point,  which  is  safe  ; 
a  small  white  shoal  runs  off  from  it,  with  three  fathoms  water  almost 
close  to  the  shore.  When  you  have  doubled  Mayaguana  West  Point,  so  as 
to  bring  it  to  bear  east,  you  may,  if  the  wind  permits,  steer  north.  In 
tha.;  case  you  will  pass  3  or  4  leagues  to  the  wiiuhvard  of  Samana  island  ; 
but  if  yoiT  coi'.rse  is  not  better  than  N.  by  W.  after  having  run  on  12  or 
13  leagi'CiS,  and  the  night  comes  on  before  you  can  see  Samana,  tack  and 
stand  on  for  5  or  6  leagues  ;  then  make  good  a  N.  by  W.  course  on  the 
other  tawk,  and  you  will  woather  the  eastern  breakers  or  Atwood's  key, 
or  Samana  island,  at  3  leagues.  Should  you  be  two  1-eagues  from  the  west 
point  of  Mayaguana,  and  the  wind  will  permit  you  to  make  only  a  N.  N.  VV. 
course,  after  having  run  six  leagues  on  that  course,  you  will  see  the  Flat 
islands,  bearing  W.  N.  W.  2  leagues  ;  then  you  may  pass  to  windward  or 
leeward  of  them,  as  the  wind  may  admit ;  when  you  ac^i.  come  1^  or  two 
leagues  north,  or  N.  E.  of  the  Great  flat  island,  you  may  steer  N.  N.  W 
and  N.  W.  ^  N.  without  any  fear,  and  after  running  12  or  18  leagues,  you 
are  out  of  the  Passage.  You  must  p^^t  go  in  the  least  to  the  northward 
of  this  course,  on  account  of  Samana,  whose  breakers  off  the  West  point 
bear  N.  N.  W.  from  the  westernaiost  of  the  Flat  islands 


iO  Edit. 


Bluiifti  American  Coast  Pilot. 


393 


The  Fiat  Inlands  are  ?ery  low,  they  beir  from  the  S.  VV.  poiut  of  Ma- 
yaguana  N.  W.  ^  W.  8|  leagues.  You  luay  go  pretty  close  on  the  east, 
north,  and  south  sides ;  the  white  bottom  which  uncloses  them  being 
pretty  ateep.  On  the>Sf.  W.  of  the  large  island,  the  reef  runping  out 
some  little  way,  it  is  necessary  to  give  it  a  good  birth.  You  may  anchor 
on  the  S.  W.  part  of  the  white  bottom,  but  very  close  to  the  shure  ;  there 
is  a  small  Iag:)oa  of  fresh  water,  supplied  entirely  by  the  rain. 

Little  Heneaga  lies  to  th«  leeward  of  the  Little  Cayco,  and  is  seldom 
seen  by  navigators,  whosfe^wish  is  always  to  cross  this  Archipelago  an 
quick  as  possible  :  ney^llpless,  as  you  may  have  a  N.  E.  wind  in  the 
{nid-char^nel  bel.vcen  tlHAycos  and  St.  Domingo,  it  is  requisite  you 
should  know  the  east  silre  pf  the  Great  aad  Little  Heneaga. 

Little  Heneaga  bears  W.  B''  S.  from  the  Little  Cayco,  9  leagues  ;  it  is 
lather  low,  and,  very  inuch  like  the  islands  above  described,  it  leaves  a 
very  dccp  channel  of  1^  league  between  it  and  the  north  part  of  Gi'eat 
ileneaga ;  the  two  sides  are  steep  within  a  cable's  length  of  the  shore  ; 
at  the  same  length  from  the  shore  you  may  go  within  i  mile  of  any  pirt 
of  Little  Heneaga.  There  is  a  small  reef  which  does  not  run  a  mile,  off 
the  S.  E.  part  -  and  on  the  south  side  a  white  bottom  bordered  with  a 
reef,  at  the  foot  of  which  you  will  have  40  fathoms.  If  you  should  be 
^rove  by  the  winds  near  Little  Heneaga,  and  should  find  yourself  to  the 
N.  E.  of  the  Enst  roint,  one  or  two  leagues  ofiF,  you  ought  then  to  steer 
N.  N.  W,  15  jes,  tc  come  two  leagues  sauth  of  the  West  poijat  of 
Alayaguana,  froi      hence  you  are  to  proocud  as  already  said. 

The  East  coast  gf  theGreat  Heneaga  is  bordered  with  a  reef;  it  runs 
in  a  N.  N.  E.  and  S.  S.  vV,  direction,  6  leagues  ;  then  W.  by  S.  9  leagues, 
und  joins  the  point  called  Pointe  des  PaillceneuU,  off  which  a  reef  ex- 
tends 2  miles  into  the  sep. 

"  At  the  east  end  of  Great  Heneaga,"  says  the  author,  **  is  a  remarka- 
\»le  rock.  When  it  bore  N.  W.  4  W.  (6  miles  distant)  I  saw  the  bottom 
having  no  more  than  3^  fathoms  :  I  then  hauled  up  S.  S.  E.  and  had  re- 
j^ular  soundings  3J,  4,  4^,  7,  8,  anU  10  fathoms,  and  afterwards  no  bot- 
tom. The  sea  broke  very  heavily  ou  it,  and  I  am  disposed  to  think  that 
on  some  parts  of  it  there  is  not  more  than  3  or  4  feet  water. 

"  The  reef  and  white  water  round  appeared  to  extend  about  d  miles 
irona  the  shore  of  Great  Heneaga  in  an  E.  S.  E.  direction,  and  seemed  of 
very  considerable  breadth." 

Leaying  Cape  Francois,  you  generally  find  the  wind  at  S.  E.  or  E.  S.  E. 
and  near  the  sJiore  the  current  runs  to  windward  ;  these  are  two  power- 
ful inducements  to  engage  you  to  steer  N.  E.  or  N.  N.  E.  for  the  Turks 
Island  Passage  ;  but  about  10  or  11  o'clock  the  wind  generally  turns 
round  to  the  ttorth^  and  sometimes  as  far  as  N.  E.  Being  then  5  or  6 
leagues  from  the  coast,  and  the  cuj:rent  no  longer  felt,  you  must  necessa- 
rily make  the  White  Qro'inds  to  the  southward  of  the  Caycos.  So  many 
ships  are  lost  there,  by  the  greediness  of  getting  20  leagues  to  windward, 
which  are  scarce  an  object,  and  when  the  risk  is  evident,  that  this  con- 
sideration should  induce  navigators,  when  they  set  sail  from  Cape  Fran- 
qois,  to  steer  at  once  for  the  Little  Cayco,  as  before  observed. 


The  Caycos. 

The  Caycos  are  an  assemblage  of  several  islands  and  islets,  which  in- 
close a  white  ?hoa!,  some  part  ol  which  are  very  shallow,  and  others  to- 

50 


.y.-*'".:w3.. 


394 


Bluiit's  American  CoaBt  Pilot. 


10  Kilil. 


lerablv  deep;  there  arc  four  principal  islands— viz.  the  ti  rent  Cayro, 
the  North  Cayco,  the  N.  VV.  Cayco,  or  Providence  island,  and  the 
Little  Cayco  ;  they  I'orm  a  semi-circle  from  the  K.  to  the  W .  coiping  hy 
the  N.  ;  and  arc  terminated  on  tlie  S.  part  by  a  great  bank,  on  which  you 
will  find  from  3  to  1 6  feet  water. 

The  north  part  of  these  islands  is  bordered  wilh  a  white  shoal,  on 
which  is  a  reef  extending  only  half  a  league  from  shore  ;  in  the  N.  E. 
part  of  the  while  shoa!,  runs  out  in  a  point,  a  whole  league,  and  at  its 
extremity  is  a  reef  called  Uasse  St.  i'htllipie,  Qkt.  Philip's  shoul^  on  which 
the  sea  breaks  with  violence  :  at  a  cable's  l<Mf|b  to  the  north,  and  the 
east  of  this  shoal,  you  will  not  have  less  than  '^thonis.  Sou*h  of  it  the 
white  bottom  runs  to  the  Houth,  and  approaches  insensibly  towards  the 
shore  ;  you  find  4  or  6  fathoms  between  it  and  the  shore,  which  in  an 
Urgent  case,  leaves  a  sure  passaj^e. 

The  east  coast  of  the  Great  Cayco,  and  the  west  coast  of  the  Little, 
are  safe  and  bold  to  within  half  a  league  of  the  shore. 

The  northern  part  of  the  Great  Cayco  is  almost  all  bounded  by  a  ree;', 
in  which,  however,  there  arc  some  openings,  particularly  one  at  the 
town  of  St.  George  and  those  in  watering  bay.  Any  person  shapmg  a 
course  from  off  the  Booby  roclcs,  to  weather  the  N.  VV.  point  of  the  Cay- 
cos,  by  any  English  chart  heretofore  published,  will  infalhbly  find  himself 
eptangled  among  the  reefs  on  the  west  side  of  watering  bay  ;  this  was 
the  case  with  the  United  States'  sloop  of  war  Chippewa,  the  English  ship 
Aimwell,  Capt.  Hawkins,  and  brig  Messenger,  Capt  Knubley,  the  wrecks 
of  which  now  lie  on  the  reefs.  When  a  vessel  once  gets  embayed  anion,", 
them,  it  must  be  next  to  impossible  to  beat  out,  as  the  reefs  ext-inding  out 
from  the  land  to  the  eastward  hook  suddenly  round,  at  their  outer  ex- 
tremity, to  the  southward.  Thus  a  vessel  iu,\y  be  i;i  blue  and  deep  wa- 
ter while  the  hook  of  the  reef  is  outside  her.     Avoid  this  passage  in  the 

nigl^t. 

From  the  beginning  of  the  south  point  of  the  Little  Cayco,  n  chain  of 
breakers  extends  to  the  east  3  leagues,  after  which  they  derrease,  and 
run  towards  the  south,  to  join  a  sandy  islet,  called  French  key.  'Ibis  is 
low,  with  some  bushes  on  it,  and  bears  from  the  south  point  of  Little 
Cayco  E.  S.  E.  5  leagues.  The  reef  from  the  French  key  stretches  to 
the  south  7i  leagues  to  join  anotiier  sandy  islet,  which  has  not  more  than 
20  paces  extent,  and  is  entirely  drowned  at  high  water :  all  this  part  of 
the  reef  is  bold,  and  as  the  water  breaks  pretty  strong  upon  it,  you  easily 
see  it  in  time  ;  but  south  of  the  sandy  islet  there  are  no  breakers,  and 
you  have  notice  of  the  edge  of  the  bank  by  the  whiteness  >f  the  water. 

From  this  sandy  islet  the  bank  runs  a  short  league  to  the  s.outh,  then  to 
the  S.  E.  8  leagues,  when  it  trenches  to  the  N.  E.  and  afterwards  runs 
S.  S.  E.  two  leagues,  till  abreast  of  the  southern  islets,  which  are  situated 
a  league  within  the  white  water.     These  islets  are  within  21^  10'  N.  lyt. 

From  the  sandy  islets  as  far  as  abreast  of  the  southern  ones,  the  bank  is 
very  dangerous,  you  cannot  see  any  land,  and  come  suddenly  from  a  sea 
without  bottom  into  2  or  3  fathoms.  The  colour  of  the  water  is  the  only 
thing  that  can  warn  you  of  the  danger,  and  this  is  by  no  means  certain, 
for  navigators  accustomied  to  see  on  the  surface  of  the  water  the  shadow 
of  clouds,  which  sometimes  has  the  appearance  of  shoals,  are  often 
lulled  into  a  fatal  security.  No  motive  then  ought  to  induce  you  to 
approach  this  part  of  the  bank,  and  you  must  keep  at  a  good  distance. 

If  after  having  been  turning  to  windward  several  days  in  tliis  neigh- 
bourhood, you  have  not  seen  the  land,  the  safest  way  is  never  to  cross 


^h. 


V 


]0  Edit. 


Blunt's  American  Coast  Pibt. 


395 


the  latitude  of  21**  in  the  night,  but  to  wait  for  daylight;  then  should 
you  perceive  any  change  in  the  water,  which  indicates  white  grounds, 
without  seeing  neither  land  nor  breakers,  you  may  be  sure  you  are  On 
the  west  side  ;  then  yoti  may  steer  N.  W.  nnd  N.  VV,  |  W.  to  fetch  tht* 
i^ittlc  CaycO)  and  ^'o  through  the  passage  to  leeward  of  these  ishmds. 
Should  you  ace  the  Southern  islets  bearing  about  N.  or  N.  VV.  you  may 
stand  on  upon  the  white  water  in  from  7  to  12  fathoms;  then  make  a 
tack  or  two  to  get  to  windward,  and  go  through  the  Turks  island  passage, 
which  is  to  windward  of  the  Caycos. 

As  soon  as  you  see  the  Southern  islets  the  bank  is  no  longer  dangeroi'.,, 
and  you  may  go  on  it  .w  far  as  1  or  1^  leagues  ;  S.  and  S.  VV.  ol  t'les** 
islands  you  will  not  have  less  than  7  fathoms,  and  generally  from  9  co  11. 

From  the  westernmost  of  the  southern  islet,  which  is  a  league  within 
the  bank  to  the  easternmost,  the  bank  runs  ly-st  south  3  leagues,  then  ea«»1 
7,  afterwards  north  2  leagues,  and  then  rounds  in,  to  join  a  large  island  to 
the  northwestward,  3  leagues. 

The  channel  between  the  Caycos  and  Turks  islands  is  G  leagues  across 
in  the  narrowest  part ;  it  is  a  good  passage,  and  without  any  danger  ;  you 
may  come  within  half  a  league  of  the  Caycos,  and  on  the  east  side  of  the 
islets  without  fear.  Through  this  passage  you  may  turn  with  great  safety, 
and  not  feel  the  current  if  you  do  not  ct)me  within  1^  league  of  the  shore. 

You  will  find  an  anchorage  on  the  white  shoals,  near  the  south  point  of 
the  Great  Cayco,  which  may  shelter  ships  that  do  not  draw  more  than  15 
or  1(3  t'eot ;  west  of  this  point  there  is  afresh  water  lagoon. 

The  best  anchorage  for  small  vessels  is  to  the  west  of  the  north  Cayco, 
near  the  small  island  of  Pines,  in  the  inlet,  which  that  island  makes  with 
Providence  island.  Within  the  reefs  (hat  border  that  part  of  the  coast, 
lies  L'Ance  a  L'Eau  (Water  cove)  where  you  anchor  in  3  fathoms,  upon 
ft  white  bottom  ;  there  is  good  water  and  it  is  the  watering  place  of  the 
Providenciers.  You  will  discover  the  entrance  qf  the  bay,  by  coasting 
«long  the  reef,  from  the  rounding  in  of  the  coast,  after  passing  the  west 
point  of  the  three  Maries,  or  Booby  rocks.  When  you  perceive  a  great, 
extent  of  white  water  within  the  reef,  you  must  send  your  boat  to  find  the 
channel,  and  moor  ler  in  it,  making  use  of  yuur  lead  ;  and  if  you  want  to 
get  in,  be  not  afraid  of  coming  near  tlie  reef.  When  you  are  once  with- 
in the  reef,  you  may  'et  go  your  anchor  in  3  fathoms  :  you  may  go  far- 
ther in  by  towing  or  turning  with  caution  ;  the  entrance  is  not  more  thai) 
half  a  league  or  two  miles  from  the  shore. 

W.  by  S.  of  Booby  rocks  point,  is  the  N.  W.  point  of  Providence  key; 
and  the  reef  terminates  at  this  point,  which  you  range  on  the  west  parL 
within  I  of  a  league.  You  may  anchor  off  this  coast  in  8  or  10  fathoms, 
but  you  must  range  the  shore  pretty  close,  to  be  on  the  White  Shoals, 
bringing  a  steep  hummock,  seen  j  league  inland,  to  bear  S.  W.  then  you 
will  see  the  shoals  recede  a  little  from  the  shore,  and  afford  a  large  space 
for  the  turning  of  the  ship.  Four  miles  south  of  the  N.  W.  point  begins 
a  reef,  which  comes  from  the  coast,  running  S.  W.  |  W.  2;1  leagues  ;  this 
reef  is  terminated  by  a  small  sandy  islet,  almost  under  water,  bearing 
S.  W.  from  the  New  point  of  Providence  key,  distant  3  leagues. 

From  this  sandy  islet  the  reef  runs  into  the  eastward,  and  afterward 
trenches  out  to  join  the  north  part,  or  the  Little  Cayco,  which  is  surround 
ed  with  white  shoals. 

S.  W.  i  S.  by  compass  will  barely  carry  a  vessel  clear  of  the  reefs  oft 
the  N.  N.  W.  point  of  the  Caycos  from  the  N.  VV.  point,  that  is,  if  she  has 
passed  pretty  close  round  the  N.  W.  point  which  is  tolerably  bold,  to 


396 


Blunfs  American  Connt  Pilot 


lOFAll 


lOKJli 


where  it  '^  ara  S.  S.  E.  a^  you  nrc  then  past  the  rccfn  which  e  L«u.k  olf  i 
'r>the  port'  -vnrd  and  eastward,  say  abont  R.  N.  K.  3  or  4  thil*"  Whto 
ioundin«5  tho  point  (N.  VV.)  you  may,  Irom  the  mast-nead,  see  v'svct;  Su 
tinct  reefs  inside  the  point,  one  end  of  each  joining  th'*  .uore,  "^nd  t.|,r 
othtr  end  stretching  in  a  hooked  form  into  the  bay,  (watering  bay)  hke 
barba  on  n  fish-hook.  A  vessel  pretty  much  embayed  at  night  in  this  bay 
can  have  little  chance  of  escape  if  she  attempt  working  out  on  the  west- 
ern sit'e  of  it,  as  there  is  deep  water  close  to  the  reefs.  In  day-light  the 
reefs  n  ay  be  seen  from  the  mast-head.  I  am  sati<lied  the  depth  of  ths 
bay  (N.  N.  W.  and  S.  S.  E.)  cannot  be  loss  than  4;^  or  5  leagues,  and  its 
width  E.  and  W.  full  7  leagues.  After  yon  round  iho  N.  \V.  point  v  oen 
bound  to  the  southward  (by  many  Chart?)  S.  S.  W.  ought  to  carry  you 
clear  of  the  reefs  off  the  N.  N.  VV.  point  but  aa  I  have  before-mentioned, 
S.  W.  ^  S.  will  barely  clear  you. 

N.  B.  The  reefs  to  the  eastward  of  the  N.  W.  point  from  their  peculiar 
shape,  seem  more  dangerous  than  any  other<(  I  ever  saw,  and  the  shoal 
and  reefs  between  the  N.  W.  and  N.  N.  VV.  points  appear  also  formidable. 

There  is  deep  and  blue  water  within  a  cables'  length  of  the  reefs,  and 
the  water  inside  the  reefs  appears  also  dark  coloured  and  deep. 

The  Little  Caycos  bears  S.  VV,  i  S,  from  the  N.  VV.  point  ol  Frovidence 
key,  which  is  of  a  middling  height,  and  of  a  white  colour.  You  may  rang«' 
along  the  N.  VV.  part,  close  to  the  edge  of  the  white  grounds  ;  the  west 
part  is  very  bold  to  the  south  point,  where  you  may  anchor  in  Anm  5  t© 
7  fathoms,  on  the  white  bottom. 


Moucboir  Quarre,  or  the  Square  Handkercliief. 

This  shoal  is  very  datigerous,  and  has  much  more  extent  thari  the  charts 
generally  give  it.  It  bears  S.  E.  |  E.  true  north  of  Sand  key,  one  of  the 
Turk's  island;',  distance  7  leiigues.  Upon  the  edge  of  the  white  ground 
to  the  W.  S,  VV.  of  the  Square  Ha'..^.f 'chief,  as  far  as  the  S.  W.  you  will 
have  from  1 1  \o  14  fathoms.  On  tli;  N .  W.  edge  there  is  a  key,  on  which 
you  find  but  8  or  10  feet.  From  tiuj  shoal  the  bottom  runs  E.  by  N.  7 
leagues  to  a  rocV;y  spot,  where  the  water  breaks  with  great  violence.  It 
is  natural  to  suppose  that  all  this  interval  is  full  of  sunken  keys,  which 
renders  its  approach  very  dangerous  ;  on  the  S.  and  S.  VV.  parts  the 
grounds  give  warning,  and  you  will  find  from  10  to  lb  fathoms  ;  however, 
the  best  way  is  to  bear  up,  and  pass  to  leeward,  unless  being  od  the  east- 
era  edge,  you  perceive  the  end  of  the  white  grounds,  and  can  weather 
them  the  next  tack. 

A  ship  entered,  on  the  3d  of  June,  1785,  at  6  o'clock  in  the  morning, 
the  white  grounds  of  the  Square  Handkerchief,  on  the  S.  W.  edge,  and 
found  from  11  to  14  fathoms  smooth  coral  bottom.  Stood  to  the  Nllk.  E 
at  50  minutes  after  7  ;  sounded  in  14  fathoms,  saw  ahead,  and  a  little  to 
winovvard,  a  bottom  which  appeared  nearer  the  surface  ;  she  then  bore 
up,  but  too  late,  for  she  was  stranded  on  a  key,  in  9  feet  water.  Thi" 
inay  show  how  dangf  ous  it  would  be  to  run  on  these  grounds.  Close  to 
u  e  N.  V/.  edge  of  this  key,  she  could  not  get  bottom  in  40  fathoms.  This 
key  lies  as  foilonp.  viz. 

N.E.  Point,  lat.21f^20'N.  long.  70''23' Vi^. 
S.  £.  Ho.  —  20  56  —  — •  70  28  — 
S,  W.    do.       —  20  53 70   56    — 


Ts  the  Ic 
I  he  Bay  ol 
ior  those  \ 
departure 
the  ofling, 
of  Great  fl 
two  league 
passage,  th 
the  ebb  to 
change  day 


Dircctii 

In  case  c 
(which  free 
more  than 
sheltered  fj 
tune  Island 
point  beari 
i'ceU  you  m 
a  cotton  mil 
ty  good  hoi 
chored  the 
slip  my  cah 

Great  Ii( 
passages,  is 
like  detach 
6  or  G  leagi 
west  side, 
ing  thrcugii 
ing  your  gr 
you  meet  > 
above  the  I 
and  in  suffi( 

When  yc 
off,  you  mu 
make  L'lsh 
in  2  miles, 
in  the  even 
avoid  the  H 
when  havin 
Caalle  islan 

The  Hog 
the  en<5l  8fd 
W.  H  o-agi, 
anchor  cT ; 

N.  K.  »r,tl  t 

■h''  west  p' 


^t^^^e^ijjz. 


.1  .'fc '  /littiSiiWi'ii 


..Am 


.Ml^ 


lOKdii 


Blunt'b  American  Coast  Pilot. 


W 


Crooked  Iiiland  Pasiage, 

Th  the  longest,  but  it  is  far  the  most  convenient  lor  ships  coming  out  of 
I  he  Bay  of  Gonaheoves,  or  from  the  southern  part  of  St.  Domingo,  and 
ior  those  which  are  bound  to  New-Kngland.  \  ou  commonly  take  /your 
departure  from  Cape  St.  Nichohis,  and  being  2  leagues  from  the  Cnpe,  in 
the  offing,  you  must  steer  N.  by  VV.  23  leagues,  to  make  the  S.  W.  point 
of  Great  flencaga;  then  sailing  N.  by  VV.  25  Icaguei),  it  will  bring  you 
two  leagues  to  the  westward  of  the  point.  There  is  a  regular  tide  in  thiH 
passitge,  the  tide  of  tlood  setting  to  the  eastward,  between  the  islands  and 
the  ebb  to  the  westward.  Tlu  flood  runs  to  the  eastward  on  full  and 
change  days  until  H  o'clock}  and  the  run  of  the  tide  ^^  miles  per  hour. 


Directions  for  anchoring  in  the  Crooked  Island  Passage. 

In  case  of  meeting  with  the  wind  from  the  northward  or  as  far  as  west, 
(which  frequently  happens  in  winter)  provided  the  vessel  does  not  draw 
more  than  10  feet,  but  in  case  of  a  heavier  draught  she  may  be  perfectly 
sheltered  from  the  W.  N.  W.  wind,  by  anchoring  under  the  point  of  For- 
tune Island,  giving  that  a  birth  of  1^  cable's  length,  and  anchor  with  the 
point  bearing  about  W.  by  N.  if  12  or  14  feet  draught  of  water,  if  only  10 
feet,  you  may  run  in  farther,  and  bring  a  long  bushy  key  to  bear  S.  E.  and 
H  cotton  mill  on  the  island  N.  W.  ;  the  bottom  ia  perfectly  clear  and  pret- 
ty good  holding  ground.  1  have  (says  au  experienced  commcmder)  an- 
chored there  frequently,  when  1  have  been  obliged  by  northerly  winds  to 
slip  my  cable  from  the  salt-pans  to  the  northward  of  the  island. 

Great  Heneaga,  (before  dtscribcd)  like  rdl  the  islands  wiiich  bound  the 
passages,  is  very  low,  with  Gmall  hummocks,  which  at  a  distance  appeor 
like  detached  islets.  You  will  in  clear  weather,  see  it  at  the  distance  of 
5  or  G  leagues,  but  you  need  not  fear  coming  within  half  a  leaj^ue  on  the 
west  side.  There  is  a  tine  bay,  which  is  left  on  your  starboard  sivle,  go- 
ing through  the  Passage  •,  there  you  anchor  on  the  white  bottom,  choos- 
ing your  ground  by  your  eye,  as  i»  many  parts  of  these  white  bottoms, 
you  meet  with  stones,  wiich  sometimes  rise  to  a  considerable  height 
above  the  levfl  of  the  sand.  You  may  get  fresh  water  with  little  trouble, 
and  in  sufficient  quantity  for  several  ships. 

When  you  are  opposite  the  west  point  of  Great  Heneaga,  two  leagues 
off,  you  must  steer  N.  N.  VV,  2  or  3"  VV.  for  25  leagues,  when  you  will 
make  L'Islot  au  Chateau,  (Ca?tle  Island,)  which  you  may  approach  with- 
in 2  miles,  or  nearer  without  fear.  If  you  should  depart  from  Heneaga, 
in  the  evening,  it  wou;  i  be  better  to  steer  N.  TV.  i  N.  for  17  leagues,  to 
avoid  the  Hogsties  ;  then  to  haul  up,  and  make  a  good  N.  by  VV.  course  ; 
when  having  run  8  leagues,  you  would  be  one  league  to  the  westward  of 
Castle  island. 

The  Hogsties  are  two  small  sandy  islets,  very  low,  and  encompassed  on 
the  e:w1.  S'tTe  with  a  white  shoal,  which  is?  surrounded  with  a  reef  extend- 
iof:,  U  tjaguf^.  The  west  side  of  them  is  clear  of  dangers,  and  you  might 
ancbor  f  T  if  in  7  and  5  fathoms,  sand,  having  one  of  the  islets  bearing  N. 
N.  K.  !'\.l  the  other  E.  They  bear  N.  Tiy  VV.  tine  north,  13  leagues  from 
'h'^  wpst  point  of  Heneajia, 


7^ 


39U 


Blunl':*  American  Coast  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


West  of  Castlf»  iBland,  3J  leagues  distance,  lies  the  Mira-por  vo»  :  it  i»r 
a  shoal  not  unlike  the  Hog^tien  ;  on  the  west  side,  which  is  clear,  is  un  in- 
different  anchoni||^  :  the  eiist  hide  ix  bold,  and  on  the  :jOuth-east  side,  ulti 
mile  distance,  you  will  have  t'rom  'JO  to  L'j  fathoms,  coral  and  rocky 
ground.  As  this  shoal  is  to  leeward,  you  do  nut  often  see  it  in  ranging 
uiong  Cnstle  island  ;  however,  if  it  was  necessary  to  turn,  you  might  ap- 
proach it  within  half  a  league  ;  all  the  dangerous  parts  break,  and  the 
white  ground  will  give  you  notice  of  it  in  good  time.  You  may  if  you 
choose,  pass  to  leeward  of  the  shoal  ;  its  extent  east  and  west  is  about  'J 
miles,  and  north  and  south  about  2  leagues. 

When  you  are  east  and  west  of  Castle  i«*Iand,  you  must  steer  N.  or  N. 
by  W.  7^  leagues,  to  make  the  west  end  of  Fortune  island,  within  a  Icagur. 
of  which  you  coau;  in  with  this  cottrse  and  distance  ;  you  will  continue  in 
the  same  direction  to  make  the  western  extreme  of  Crooked  inland,  oil 
which  is  a  small  island,  called  Passage;  islet  (Hird  key  ;)  having  run  G 
leagues,  you  will  be  1 J  league  west  of  this  islet,  so  that  llie  di'-ect  course 
from  Castle  island  to  the  end  of  the  pjuisage  is  N.  5°  \V.  14  leagues. 

When  you  are  come  to  this  place,  you  suppose  yourself  out  of  the  pas- 
sage ;  nevertheless,  should  the  wind  happen  to  be  to  the  N.  K.  or  E.  N .  I). 
\ou  hnve  to  fear  Watland's  island,  which  bears  from  Bird  island  N.  4"^  \V, 
true  north,  23  leagties  ;  therefore  to  avoid  it,  you  ought,  in  leaving  ll*e 
Passage,  to  keep  as  much  to  the  eastward  as  the  wind  will  permit  ;  should 
the  wind  be  at  S.  £.  and  you  steer  at  N.  E.  you  would  make  Samana 
island  (Atwood's  key,)  so  that  keeping  the  wind  when  you  .ne  out,  you 
must  observe  not  to  steer  higher  to  the  eastward  than  W.  E.  nor  more  to 
leeward  than  N.  by  E.  5^  N. 

Watland's  island  is  low,  and  covered  with  a  reef  on  the  E.  and  S.  sides. 
The  b.  E.  poii.t  has  a  shoal  without  u  »eef,  near  half  a  league  out ;  the  W, 
side  is  safe  and  otiers  an  anchorage  on  the  white  grounds,  but  always  very 
close  in,  and  not  mor^  than  halt  a  cable's  length  off.  The  N.  W.  part  i» 
covered  by  2  or  '.i  white  islets,  encompassed  with  white  shoals  and  reefs, 
which  extend  to  the  W.  Haifa  league  and  on  the  other  side  till  they  joiiy 
the  N.  E.  point.  On  the  reef  from  the  S.  E.  of  this  island,  the  British  fri- 
gate Soulhamj  t<  n  and  U.  S.  brig  Vixen  were  lost,  in  1814.  It  is  one  of 
the  most  dangerous  reefs  of  the  Bahamas,  extending  about  7  miles,  having 
several  rocks  or  heads  which  cannot  be  perceived  by  the  colour  of  the 
water  before  you  are  close  to  them,  and  which  have  6,  4,  7,  9  and  10  fa- 
thoms water  oetween  them,  and  a  current  setting  W.  and  W.  S.  W.  into 
Exuma  soui'd. 

Tlu  islanu?  of  Acklin,  of  Fortune,  and  Crooked,  are  united  together  by 
a  w)  ki»-  ,^rou.i>i,  ivhich  surrounds  them  entirely.  This  ground  does  not 
exter  J  in  the  W  side  more  than  half  a  league,  and  forms  in  the  bay  W.  of 
Acklia,  an  auchoi.^ge  where  the  water  is  very  smooth. 

Fortune  isiand  ioes  not  offer  any  anchorage,  and  its  N.  W.  side  is  co- 
vered by  ■\  reef,  ou  which  are  some  rocks  under  water,  outside  the  whilo 
ground,  which  renders  it  very  dangerous  to  approach. 

Crooked  i  land  has  an  anchorage  tolerably  good,  near  the  Bird  key,  ou 
ihe  W.  side.  This  island,  with  Fortune  island,  forms  a  deep  bay,  4 
/eagues  vn  depth,  at  the  bottom  of  which  is  anchorage,  near  Fiv.;  islets, 
which  are  at  the  extremity  of  a  low  point,  belonging  to  Crooked  island, 
and  join  the  N.  E.  end  of  Fortune  island  ;  you  let  go  your  anchor  m  from 
10  to  3  fathoms,  W.  N.  W.  oftiiese  islands,  and  nearer  Crooked  tliaD  For- 
tune island  ;  the  bottom  is  tolerably  good.  East  of  the  low  point  of  Crook  - 
eA  island  is  a  watrring  place. 


I  *■ 


fri- 
le  of 


?9 


iy,  ou 

ly,   'J^ 
islets, 

sl;imt, 
iVom 
For- 

ronk- 


10  Edit. 


Blunf  s  American  Coast  Pilot. 


399 


These  iHlnnds  nre  bordered  by  a  reef  on  the  N.  nnd  K.  sides  ;  thejr  nrc 
low  with  itonie  hillocks,  nnd  a  few  trees  and  shrubs,  which  at  a  distance 
iippear  like  groves  and  plantntion«<.  Their  prospect  is  very  a^^ceMbl(■  at 
.1  or  4  leagues  distance,  l)ut  when  you  come  near,  you  see  nothing  hut 
])rickly  or  creeping  plants,  to  which  this  rocky  and  corally  ground  can 
scarcely  siiTord  nourishment.  However,  Crooked  island  is  less  barren 
than  the  rest,  and  produces  a  few  shrubs. 

The  K.  point  of  Crooked  island  has  n  reef  ivhich  stretches  out  half  a 
league  to  the  eastward  ;  and  the  point  of  Acklin  Island,  which  is  only 
about  ^  miles  from- the  other  point,  has  likewise  a  reef  running  the  same 
length  to  the  N.  K. — observe  th»t  all  the  S.  K.  part  of  the  island  is  bcidand 
iron  bound.  • 

The  island  of  Samana,  or  Atwood'a  key,  »"  long  from  E.  to  W.  and  ve- 
ry narrow,  (fbm  S.  to  N. ;  the  fi.  point  lies  much  more  to  the  northward 
th;m  the  W.  point ;  it  is  entirely  surrounded  with  a  white  shoal,  border- 
ed by  a  reef;  oil*  the  W.  point  the  reef  runs  out  one  league,  and  under  this 
point,  in  the  extent  of  another  letrgue  along  the  shore,  there  is  no  reef; 
here  vessels  might  anchor  in  the  white  ground  iu  7  or  B  fitthoms,  but  very 
close  to  the  shore  ;  off  the  edge  of  the  white  ground  no  soundings  are  to 
be  had.  To  the  E.  true  N.  of  the  island,  are  two  small  islets  1^  league 
from  the  shore,  and  surrounded  with  reefs  and  %vhite  shoals.  'J  he  island 
is  low,  and  offers  the  same  appearance  as  the  others  do  in  thi:i  passage. 

You  have  no  occasion  to  fe;;r  the  currents  in  this  Passage,  if  you  have 
a  fresh  breeze,  they  being  then  scarcely  perceptible  ;  but  ir;  calms  and 
light  winds,  they  may  set  yon  to  the  westward,  but  slowly  and  so  feebly, 
I  hat  in  a  pa.ssage  so  sho''t  yon  ought  not  to  mind  them,  especially  as  you 
generally  make  it  with  a  large  Wind.  Nevertheless,  in  the  months  of 
•lune,  July,  and  August,  when  calms  or  light  westerly  winds  are  common, 
VQU  CKperience  currents  setting  to  the  W.  strong  enough  to  alter  your 
course.  This  effect,  which  is  only  felt  in  this  Passage,  is  occasioned  by 
the  vicinity  of  the  extensive  shoals  forming  the  Channel  of  Bahama  and 
those  of  Providence  island.  In  this  season  it  will  be  proper,  if  you  have 
i»ot  wind  sufficient  to  make  you  go  more  than  two  knots  an  hour,  to  allow 
i\  quarter  of  a  mile  an  hour  for  the  current  setting  to  the  westward  ;  if  you 
go  three  knots  and  upwards,  this  allowance  will  be  unnecessary. 


Description  of  the  Islands  of  Bonair  ami  Curasson. 

If  you  come  from  the  main,  and  are  bound  to  Cnrassoa,  I  \  )uld  advi«e 
you  to  endeavour  to  make  the  island  of  Bonair,  and  then  run  down  to  Cn- 
rassoa ;  but  be  sure  not  to  come  within  4  or  5  miles  of  the  south  side  of 
the  island,  by  reason  of  the  rocks  and  foul  ground,  unless  you  are  acquaint- 
ed. There  is  a  road  on  the  west  side  of  the  island,  which  lies  within  a 
small  islet,  but  it  is  a  little  difficult  for  strangers.  Bonair  has  a  governor  ; 
some  few  people  from  Curassoa  live  there,  and  a  great  many  Indians  ; 
there  are  likewise  several  warehouses,  where  the  Curassoa  sloops  load 
the  cocoa,  hides,  tobacco,  &c.  th.it  are  fetched  from  the  main  ;  these  goods 
are  lodged  here  until  they  have  a  good  market  for  them  at  Curassoa.  The 
island  of  Bonair  yields  nothing  but  wood  and  salt,  and  has  no  fir^sh  water  • 
(he  west  part  is  pretty  high,  and  very  rugged  uneven  land.  From  the 
west  end  of  it  you  may  see  the  island  of  Curassoa,  in  fair  weather,  which 
bears  W.  S.  W.  distant  15  leagues. 


J,       ?,' 


If. 


100 


Bluni^B  American  Coast  Pilot. 


lUEdit 


10  Ed 


When  bound  to  Caroffsnri  you  nre  to  run  down  bo  m  Id  como  n\ong  tin 
Ro  1th  side  ofit ;  il'  in  the  night,  come  not  nearer  tbo  ultnd  than  .'i  let^ueii, 
on  account  of  Little  CuraHnoa  ;  it  is  u  low  nandy  island,  very  httic  above 
water,  one-fourth  of  a  mile  in  length,  nith  nothing  but  prickly  bushcsi  on 
it,  so  that  you  cannot  po^itiihly  see  it  in  the  night ;  it  hen  S.  E.  from  tin 
cast  point  of  Curassoa,  distant  2  leagues,  and  is  steep  too  on  every  side. 

CurasHon  is  a  low  island  ;  the  ea<*t  nide  having  no  high  l.md,  except  .\ 
mountain  in  the  N.  E.  part,  and  another  of  great  height,  which  mukea  like 
a  table  land  in  the  S.  L.  part ;  on  tho  west  side  there  are  »ome  high  hills  ; 
but  all  the  rest  of  the  island  is  lower  than  barbudoes.  The  table  land  on 
the  &  E.  part  bearu  W.  N.  W.  from  Little  Curassoa  diutant  7  or  8  milc4. 
YoMkust  give  the  east  poini  of  Curassoa  a  birth  of  half  a  mile,  and  then 
you  may  keep  as  nigh  the  island  as  you  please,  for  H  is  steep  loo  all  alonj;^ 
the  south  side. 

The  haven  or  harbour,  called  also  Amsterdam,  or  St.  Ann,  is  on  the  S. 
W.  part  of  the  island  ;  there  is  a  white  buoy  on  a  ledge  that  lies  on  the 
starboard,  or  south  side  of  the  harbour's  mouth  ;  that  buoy  you  must  leave 
on  your  starboard  hand  in  going  in,  and  haul  close  round  it  into  the  har- 
bour, whose  entrance  is  very  narrow,  and  steep  too  on  both  sides.  You 
must  not  let  go  nn  anchor  in  going  in,  but  you  aro  to  have  a  hawser  ia 
your  boat,  ready  to  run  to  the  south  shore,  or  to  some  of  the  ships  ;  <for 
although  the  harbour's  entrance  is  not  broader  than  the  length  of  a  7Ugun 
ship,  yet  there  are  60  fathoms  water ;  but  if  the  wind  is  large  it  is  better 
to  run  up  above  the  town,  and  above  the  shipping,  then  you  may  let  go 
your  anchor  ;  it  is  there  something  broader,  and  clear  of  craft. 

The  town  lies  on  the  south  side,  and  is  called  Amsterdam  ;  but  there  are 
a  great  many  buildings  on  the  north  sfde,  m  well  as  all  over  the  island, 
which  is  populous.  This  is  a  very  good  harltour  to  heave  down  in,  as 
there  is  neither  sea  nor  swell.  All  manner  of  provisions  are  prodigiously 
scarce  and  dear  here  ;  for  the  island  itself  produces  very  fittle  of  any 
kind  of  necessaries.  On  the  N.  W.  and  N.  sides,  the  island  is  foul  a  lit- 
ilo  VKiy  off,  so  that  it  is  best  to  be  on  the  south  side,  for  this  is  all  bold  and 
clear.  There  is  a  fine  cove  sibout  5  or  G  miles  to  the  southward  of  the 
harbour,  called  by  the  Dutch,  Spanish  cove,  but  in  the  Charts  St.  Bar- 
ber; and  a  large  fort  stands  at  the  entrance  ofit. 

The  N.  end  of  Curassoa  lies  in  12°  24'  N.  lat.  and  long.  00°  13'  W. 
and  the  west  end  of  Bonair  in  lat.  12°  21'  north.  If  you  are  bound  to 
windward,  1  would  advise  you  to  beat  up  the  south  side  of  the  island,  and 
work  up  under  the  west  end  of  Bonair  before  you  reach  over,  for  you 
have  at  most  times  a  counter  current,  which  runs  to  windward,  and  the 
west  end  of  Bonair  is  clear  and  bold  too  ;  there  is  a  small  sandy  bay  on 
the  W.  N.  W.  part  of  the  island,  where  you  may  anchor  within  half  a 
mile  of  the  shore  ;  but  don't  come  within  two  leagues  of  the  south  side  o! 
the  island,  for  there  low  sandy  keys  lie  a  long  way  off,  as  well  as  some 
rocky  reefs. 

,  •  Tonnage  Ditfj/  in  Curassoa. 

Foreign  vcss<;h,  four  rials  per  ton  every  voyage 
Island  vessels,  four  rials  per  ton  per  annum- 
Dutch  vessels  from  Holland,  free. 
Pilotage  on  foreign  vessels,  double. 


J) 

In  the 
tteginnin 
Oragon'i 
Oronoro 
■'<trong  lo 
ieason,  < 
■jccident 
winds.    I 
nidaii,  fri 
Trinidml 
mil,   to  (j 
•  oursc  id 
point  of  ( 
If  you 
(being  th 
kecpina;  t 
carry  in  t 
tiing  out  i 
tide  on  eb 
where  yoi 
the  breez 
VVheny 
will  open 
south  part 
Oavid's  to 
interior  of 
heiglitii. 
de  (itian 
up, the  8 
From  t 
Points,  tin 
a  ship  maj 
ilie  shore, 
Upon  a 
(he  Spanis 
or  tradc-n 
norths  ;  t 
at  any  tim( 
the  rainy  s 
times  occu 
scjualls  of 
they  blow 
continued 
necessary 
of  the  coa 
storm. 

From  ti>e 
found  to  iiicr 
10  Chagre,  li 

'"• ;  and  at  1" 


•j.%; 


tO  Edil. 


UlunfH  American  Coast  Pilot. 


101 


Direciion^  for  vessels  bound  to  Trinidad,  Curnnis^  S{c. 

In  llin  rniiiv  soaMon,  that  rommnncrn  comtiionly  in  lh(>  end  of  June,  or 
iiegiiuiing  uf  July,  a  Mtrou);  currt^nt  setD  out  of  tlic  liot-ca'it  (U>1  Drngo,  or 
Druguu'tt  inoutlu,  orcaNioiicil  by  tho  rivurM  and  lii'iinrlici  of  the  river 
Orouoro,  that  onipty  themsclv«(i  into  tl»c  fiulf  of  I'aria.  Tiiis,  with  u 
i-itrong  loe  current,  and  ^nutlierly  wind  that  gcner.dly  prevails  the  sainn 
ieaaon,  occhmoux  many  vcnmcIs  to  full  very  unoxpcctcdiy  to  leewnrd,  un 
.iccidcnt  irretrievable  by  the  fattest  Hailing;  venHcl,  particularly  in  light 
windw.  It  is  therefore  adviseable  for  ven^xda  bound  in  that  season  to  Tri- 
nidad, fniin  the  United  States,  to  go  to  windward  of  BarbadocM,  and  make 
Trinidad.  From  thonce  steer  S.  S.  \V.  or  m  high  as  the  wind  will  per- 
mit, to  get  hold  of  the  land  of 'i'rinidad,  di:itant  (i  or  7  leagued.  The 
roursc  alotij?  the  north  nhorc  of  Trinidad  is  W.  S,  W.  16  leagues  from  the 
point  ofOallera,  or  N.  K.  pnint  of  the  island  to  the  lioccu's. 

If  you  have  a  moderate  breeze  you  may  enter  the  second  BoccoN 
(being  the  safest,  «xr<!pt  the  Cirand  Bocca's  farther  to  tho  leeward) 
keepiiia;  the  lee  or  weulwnrd  shore  on  board,  l>v  which  means  you  will 
carry  in  the  breeze,  and  leave  an  oddy  current  when  the  stream  is  run- 
ning out  in  the  middle  and  on  the  eastward.  If  the  wind  is  light,  and  the 
tide  on  ebb,  we  would  advise  the  Great  Bocca's,  or  Dragon's  mouth, 
where  you  may  come  to,  in  good  holding  ground,  with  n  light  kcdgc,  till 
the  breeze  or  current  favours. 

When  you  .ire  within  the  Boccasand  Gulf  of  I'aria,  a  short  distance,  you 
will  open  .St.  David's  tower,  above  the  town  of  Fort  of  Spain  clear  of  the 
nouth  part  of  Gnspar  (Jrunde,  about  E.  by  N.  distant  4  or  5  leagues.  St. 
David's  tower,  or  citadel,  is  of  white  stone,  a  conspicuous  mark,  in  the 
interior  of  the  fortifications,  built  by  governor  Ficton,  on  Abcrcrombie 
heights.  In  sailing  up,  you  will  see  the  forts  nn  Gaspar  Grande  and  Feint 
de  Guard,  for  protection  of  the  Carrenage  and  Chagaramus  ;  and  farther 
up,  the  shipping  oil'  the  town. 

From  the  Boccas  del  Drago,  or  Great  Dragon's  nfouth,  to  Cape  Three 
Foints,  the  land  is  high  and  hilly,  and  the  coast  rcmariably  clean  ;  so  that 
a  ship  may  run  along  it,  at  the  distance  of  half  a  mile.  At  a  mile  from 
ihe  shore,  the  depths  are  from  20  to  40  fathoms,  muddy  sand. 

Upon  ail  the  coast  of  Venezuela,  eastward  of  the  Gulf  of  Maracaybo, 
the  Spanish  ofticers  say,  that  there  is  little  other  than  the  regular  breeze, 
or  trade-wind.  Nothing  to  fear  on  it  either  from  hurricanes  or  hard 
norths  ;  the  tiisi  b^ing  absolutely  unknown  ;  and  the  second,  if  they  do 
nt  any  time  occur,  ne/er  exceed  the  strength  of  the  ordinary  breeze.  In 
the  rainy  season,  whicli  is  from  May  to  November,  southerly  winds  some- 
times occur,  and  are  very  strong  ;  but  they  are  to  be  considered  as  only 
.squalls  of  short  duration,  and  which  are  not  likely  to  do  much  harm,  as 
Ihey  l>low  oil"  sliore.  With  all  this  we  may  look  upon  the  coast  as  one 
continued  port,  for  thf;  climate  renders  it  e(|ual  to  that ;  and  no  more  is 
necessary  to  keep  clear  from  the  dangers  than  to  consult  the  description 
of  the  coast,  for  the  loss  uC  a  vessel  upon  it  is  very  rarely  the  effect  of 
storm. 

From  ti'O  island  Trinidatl,  wliere  lh«  eaEfeily  variation  Is  about  4^^,  that  variation  i» 
found  to  increase  to  the  eastward.  By  observations  in  1816,  at  Cape  Vela,  and  thence 
to  Chagre,  IVoinG"  toei"*  E.;  in  tlie  liay  of  IIonduraF.  6"^  F. :  at  Vera  Cruz,  nljoHt  9"" 
» '. ;  and  at  7rampico,  8^^  East. 

51 


..«#  ■ 


402 


Blunt*8  Amrrican  Coast  Pilot. 
Cape*  (Jodcra  and  Ports  of  Vcne;ftuelu. 


10  R(li( 


The  prinripfti  «'i"tnWi«hmrnt>J  for  commf  rcf  on  this  conni,  an<)  townrrf* 
whit.b  veaneln  tViiin  Kuro|M'.  in  genontl,  Hiri'ct  th«ir  course,  arc  Ciininiu. 
Biircelonn,  LtiOitnyrii  iimi  I'orto  Ciibello— Murncaybo,  Stiuta  Mtirtliii,iiii(l 
Curthaxena — Pnmpatai'  in  the  iftlund  Marijitritrt,  ami  bt.Anna  in  f'nrnzoii.  It 
H  a  KcnornI  rule  on  th«  coant,  to  m.iko  the  land  to  windward  uf  the  port  of 
(l«iilinntioo,  in  order  to  prevent  falling  too  far  to  leewnrd.  Having  onio 
entered  the  Hcn  of  ('oloii,  it  will  be  proper  to  make  the  land  about  Cape 
Three  Puints,  or  Cape  Malupa^niia,  if  bound  to  Curn-ma  or  Barcelona  , 
und  those  bound  to  LaCiuayra  will  make  Cape  Codera,  iic. 

There  is  excellent  i.ncboragc  io  Chuspn  bay,  at  11  leagues  to  the  east 
ward  or  windward,  of  La  Guayra,  and  the  coaHt  tlience  !•<  generally  clear, 
so  that  ft  ship  may  anchor  on  any  part  of  it,  at  half  a  milo  from  shore,  oi 
even  at  the  distance  uf  a  niuikt't  shot.     The  anchorage  is  exposed,  nt 
fgrding  no  shelter  from  northerly  tvinds. 


The  Island  of  Uarbadoes. 

The  south  point  of  Barbadoes  lies  in  13"  Ol'  N.  lat.  the  middle  in  H'^' 
ir  and  the  north  eud,  called  High  point,  13"  22'.  The  eiist  side  of  th( 
island  is  reckoned  59"  24'  W.  long.  In  the  latitude  of  Barbadoes,  about 
70  or  BO  leagues  to  the  eastward,  you  will  find  the  water  discoloured  and 
prodigiously  thick,  as  if  there  were  soundings,  but  there  are  none,  and 
you  may  depend  on  being  at  the  distance  aforesaid  of  that  island.  En- 
deavour to  keep  in  lat.  \'2°  .')()',  or  betwixt  that  and  I3,"  which  will  make 
you  fiurc  of  the  island  :  observe  also  there  is  near  half  a  poiht  east  vari 
ation. 

The  island  (jf  Barbadoes,  whi(  h  lies  out  of  the  line,  and  to  the  wind 
ward  of  the  Carribec  islands,  is  ot  a  moderate  height  and  pretty  level,  save 
a  few  hills  here  and  there,  of  an  easy  ascent;  thou;;h  originally  quite 
overspread  v/ith  wood,  there  is  little  now  remaining,  l)eing  mostly  cut 
down  to  make  room  fur  sugar  und  other  plantations,  'i'he  island  may  be 
•ecn  in  clear  weather,  10  or  )  I  leagues  oiT.  and  at  other  times  only  8  or  9 
leagues.  The  east  endis  much  lower  thai  the  other  parts  ;  but  when 
coming  from  the  eastward,  and  the  north  end  of  the  it^land  is  bearing  W. 
by  N.  and  VV.  N.  VV.  about  5  leagues  from  you,  and  the  S.  VV.  point  bears 
\V.  S.  W.  then  the  eastertunost  point  of  Barbadoes  appears  to  be  the 
highest  land  ;  from  this  east  point  to  the  southward,  the  land  is  even  and 
declines  towards  the  sea,  but  between  the  east  and  the  north  points  it 
is  uneven,  rugged,  und  broken. 

Always  endeavour  to  be  on  the  south  side  of  the  island,  along  which 
you  may  run  within  three  miles  of  the  shore,  till  you  come  to  Needham'a 
point,  giving  that  point  a  quarter  of  a  mile  birth,  and  haul  in  for  Carlisle 
bay  ;  run  into  the  bay  till  you  bring  Charles  fort  (on  Noedham's  point) 
to  bear  S.  E.  by  E.  and  the  Steeple  N.  N.  E.  ^  E.  you  will  have  14  fa- 
tbom#water. 

At  the  bottom  of  this  bay,  (where  there  are  very  commodious  wharves 
for  the  shipping  and  landing  of  goods,)  stands  Bridgetown,  the  principal 
town  of  Barbadoes. 


10  Rilit. 


Rlunfs  American  Coast  Pilot. 


403 


Thn  S.  K.  part  of  the  iitlantl,  from  South  point  to  KilriJgo'd  point,  is 
BurroumiLMl  by  u  lcd|(i<  of  ruek<(,  which  ar«  callvd  by  aom*  Cubbler'a  rock* 
iVniii  uiio  ofthi'  nioit  remarkable  iunuiif^  thorn  ;  they  extprut  nhout  n  mil** 
t'roiii  the  Mhurii,  mid  you  muit  be  careful  uot  to  full  in  with  them  in  the 
niKht.  At  South  point,  (culled  sometimea  Oi<itin'!t  pomt)  about  U  milei  !• 
windw.iril  of  Necdham'i  point,  where  the  rockn  end,  ia  a  Il»t  apit,  which 
muHl  hiivt;  a  birth  hh  it  ninn  ot)  VV.  8.  W.  and  E.  N.  E.  ibove  one  mile  ; 
in  the  day  time  you  may  aee  how  far  it  atrelcheM  by  the  white  water  ; 
when  you  are  over  that  apit,  haul  up  N.  K.  if  you  can,  and  ;U  the  head  of 
the  bay  you  will  aee  a  mill  cloae  by  the  water  aide  ;  bring  tliat  mill  either 
K.  hy  iN.  or  K.  N.  K.  and  aiuhor  in  7,  U,  1},  or  10  futhoiiia  water;  you 
will  have  tolerable  good  ground,  hut  the  bay  is  all  over  rocky,  and  thia 
»pot  ia  the  clearest  part. 

If  vou  come  into  the  leeward  of  the  island,  there  aro  acme  few  rocki. 
which  lie  N.  N.  VV.  of  Carlisle  bay,  some  three  miartera  of  a  mile  off, 
called  I'eliran  alioaU,  and  some  half  a  mile  from  ahore,  called  the  Halt' 
Acre  ahoal.  Juat  adove  the  north  point  of  Carlitle  bay,  about  '.)  miles  ti> 
fhc  nortli  of  that  point,  on  the  west  coast,  is  Speight's  town,  a  small  place, 
before  which  veaaels  ride  occasionally. 

Like  the  other  iMianda,  this  ia  aubjcct  to  tornadoca  and  hurricane*,  In 
the  aiimmer  nionthn,  which  are  very  terrible  and  dangeroua  to  the  ship- 
pinfT  for  they  have  no  harbours  to  shelter  themselves  in,  but  only  baya 
where  tliey  he  at  anchor  ;  and  in  the  principal  one  (Carlisle  bay)  there 
is  no  good  anchoring  ground,  it  being  foul  and  apt  to  cut  the  cablet. 


The  Island  of  Tobago. 

From  Barb.kdoes  to  the  north  point  of  Tobago,  the  distance  is  3G  leagues, 
the  course  by  compa<ia  is  S.  35  leagues,  which  will  bring  you  about  b 
leagues  to  windward  <jf  the  itiland.  It  is  common  with  most  pilots  to  ateer 
S,  I  E,  but  with  that  course  they  are  exposed,  when  in  the  latitude  of 
Tobago,  to  be  at  least  ten  leagues  to  the  eastward  of  it.  As  the  land  ia 
pretty  high,  it  may  be  seen  at  the  distance  of  15  leagues,  or  more,  in 
clear  weather,  and  you  must  iilways  endeavour  to  get  on  the  north  sidn 
of  the  inland ;  that  side  is  bold  and  clear,  till  you  get  down  about  9  miles 
from  St.  Giles'  rooks,  where  there  are  several  rocks  above  water,  called 
The  Sisters.  They  lie  two  miles  from  the  shore,  and  are  bold  too. 
When  abreast  of  these  rocks  you  may  see  the  west  end  of  the  isliind, 
Which  is  low  and  sandy,  and  to  the  wcst'.ard  of  them  you  may  heave  m 
near  the  shore  as  you  please. 

Tobago,  like  Barbadocs,  lies  out  of  the  line,  and  to  the  windward  of  the 
Carribec  islands.  The  latitude  of  the  N.  E.  end  is  11»  29'  N.  the  longi- 
tude is  60**  1 T  W.  It  is  not  exposed  to  those  dreadful  hurricanes  which 
ure  so  destructive  in  the  other  islands. 

If  you  make  Tobago  towards  the  evening,  and  are  afraid  of  running  in 
vith  it,  you  must  not  by  any  means  lay  to,  but  st;md  to  the  southward, 
under  an  easy  sail ;  otherwise  the  current,  whi'  h  al^vays  sets  to  the 
N.  W.  or  N.  E.  will  probably  occasion  your  losing  sight  of  the  island  ;  and 
if  it  should  set  to  the  N.  W.  would  perhaps  carry  you  so  far  to  leeward, 
that  you  could  not  be  able  to  fetch  it  again. 

Though  Tobago  does  not  possess  any  harbour?,  properly  so  calle*?,  it 


^mm. 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


1.0 


I.I 


tti|28    |25 
■u  Uii   12.2 

lU 


■It 

u 


140 


12.0 


IL25  III  1.4 


1.6 


6" 


PhotDgraiiiic 

Sciences 

Corporadon 


23  WiST  MAIN  STRICT 

WIBSTER,N.Y.  145S0 

(716)872-4S03 


o 

■/.. 


104 


Blunf  s  American  Coast  Pilot. 


10Eldie> 


# 


lias  several  good  buys,  which  considering  thut  from  their  southern  lati- 
tude, they  ore  nevt^r  exposed  to  dnngerou  galea  of  winds,  are  equally 
convenient  and  secure  to  shipping. 

In  going  to  any  of  the  bays  to  the  leeward  of  the  island,  you  may  run  as 
ntar  to  St.  Giles'  rocks,  (on  the  north  point,)  as  you  choose,  and,  if  going 
into  Man  of  War  buy,  may  borrow  as  near  the  north  point  of  that  bay  as 
you  please.  Vessels  sailing  from  the  eastward  for  the  south  side  of  the 
island,  must  keep  well  to  the  southward,  otherwise  the  current  round  Lit- 
tle Tobago,  (which  runs  always  to  the  N.  W.)will  sweep  them  all  away 
to  the  northward.  To  the  S.  W.  there  is  nothing  to  fear  till  you  come  to 
Courland  bay,  but  what  shows  itself,  except  Cheiterlield  rock.  This  is 
a  sunken  rock,  with  9  feet  upon  it,  at  low  water.  It  lies  above  half  u 
mile  from  the  shore,  near  the  east  point  of  Minister  bay. 

The  currents  near  Tobago  are  very  strong  and  uncertain,  especially 
between  that  island  and  Trinidad.  The  north-east  trade  wind  blows  all 
the  year  round.  At  the  full  and  change  of  the  moon  the  sea  rises  four  feet 
perpendicular. 


Description  of  the  several  Bays  o/*  Tobago. 

MAN  OF  WAR  BAY,  on  the  north  side,  lies  about  3  miles  from  St. 
Giles'  rocks.  You  have  no  soundings  till  you  are  close  up  in  the  bay,  and 
then  frori  40  to  10  fathoms,  except  a  small  spot  towards  the  west,  called 
the  Car  linal,  which  is  an  exceeding  good  place  for  fishing.  When  bound 
to  that  bay  you  go  to  leeward  of  St.  Giles'  rocks  :  haul  in  for  the  bluff,  or 
North  point,  and  you  will  see  the  bay  ;  open  the  key  as  near  the  bluff  as 
you  can,  but  take  care  the  wind  does  not  take  you  aback,  for  it  is  very 
fluttering  under  the  high  land.  Turn  into  the  bay  which  is  all  bold,  even 
to  the  rocks ;  anchor  as  far  to  windward  as  you  can.  After  you  are  shot 
in,  you  will  see  a  little  bay  called  Pyrat's  bay ;  get  as  nigh  that  bay  as  you 
can,  in  12,  14,  16,  or  17  fathoms,  all  clear  ground ;  if  you  cannot  turn  in, 
you  may  anchor  in  35  or  40  fathoms,  and  warp  up.  In  Pyi;  t's  bay  is  the 
watering  place,  in  the  r»iny  season.  On  the  south  shore  of  Man  of  War 
bay  you  may  anchor  it  K  or  18  fathoms  a  quarter  of  a  mile  from  the  shore. 
and  have  good  water,  at  alL  times,  half  a  mile  from  the  anchorage  ;  but 
there  is  a  great  surf,  which  makes  the  watering  hazanlous. 

About  6  leagues  from  Man  of  War  bey,  and  4  leagues  S.  W.  from  the 
Sisters,  lies  Guana  point,  or  the  north  point  of  Courland  bay.  If  you  ar- 
rive itt  the  night,  and  do  not  care  to  push  for  the  bay,  there  is  very  good 
anchorage  to  windward  of  the  bluff,  from  6  to  20  fathoms,  regular  sound- 
ings ;  in  the  day  there  is  no  danger  but  the  Beef-barrel,  which  breaks  nt 
low  water,  and  is  so  near  the  shore  that  no  prudent  seaman  will  come  nigh 
it.  Yda  come  to  an  anchor,  in  the  middle  of  the  bay,  between  Guann 
point,  and  the  rocky  point,  called  the  Hawk's  bill,  at  the  west  part  of  the 
bay.  You  may  anchor  in  6  fathoms,  but  in  9  or  10  there  is  good  fishing, 
eitlrar  with  the  seine  or  with  the  hook  and  line.  It  is  clear  ground,  only 
a  fevf  stuinps  of  trees  close  up  to  the  mouth  of  the  river.  If  the  wind 
hangpi^  Ae  southward  of  the  east,  you  will  ride  very  rough,  and  if  at  N. 
E.  you  WiH  roll  very  much.  In  this  bay  you  have  the  common  trade  wind 
all  day,  and  an  off-shore  breeze  all  nigtit. 

To  Uie  southward  of  Great  Courland  bi)y  is  Little  Courland  bay,  that 


10  Edit. 


Blunfs  American  Coast  Pilot. 


405 


])n9  very  good  anchorage  within  the  windward  point,  which  is  very  bold  ; 
there  you  may  ride  safe,  and  smoother  than  in  the  former. 

Between  Man  of  War  bay  and  Courland  bay,  are  the  bays  called  Bloody 
bay,  Paletuvicr's  bay,  Englishman's  bay,  and  Castara  bay,  which  have 
safe  anchorage  for  vessels  of  160  tons. 

At  the  south-west  end  of  Tobago,  is  Sandy  point  bay  ;  if  you  weigh  from 
Great  Courland  bay,  be  «ure  of  a  breeze  to  carry  you  without  the  reef, 
celled  Bucco,  for  if  it  is  calm,  the  current  will  set  you  down  on  this  reef, 
whose  northern  end,  which  breaks  and  dries  at  low  water,,  is  about  two 
miles  from  the  shore  ;  Leep about  two  cable's  length  from  the  breakers, 
and  it  is  perfectly  safe. 

To  enter  Sanuj  point  bay,  haul  close  round  the  reef,  and  having  |.ass- 
ed  ihe  point,  anchor  at  the  bottom,  in  six  fathoms. 

Between  Little  Tobago  and  the  great  island,  4  miles  from  St.  Giles* 
rocks,  i^  Tyrrcl's  buy  foi'  sliip3  of  150  tuns. 

Three  miles  and  a  half  from  this,  and  on  the  south  side  of  the  island, 
lies  King's  bay,  with  good  anchorage  any  where,  within  the  windward 
point  from  6  to  20  fathoms.  In  the  day  time,  the  high  land  on  this  pjint 
intercepts  the  trade  wind,  and  the  swell  from  the  eastward  is  apt  to  set  a 
vessel  down  to  the  leeward  point,  which  projects  farther  to  the  south- 
ward ;  therefore  the  best  time  to  sail  out  is  early  in  the  morning,  about 
day-break,  when  the  wind  blows  fresh  off  the  land  to  the  -northward. 

Queen's  bay,  adjoining  to  King's  bay,  on  the  west  side,  has  very  safe  an- 
chorage, within  about  I  ^  cable's  length  from  the  shore.  Give  the  island 
off  the  point  a  good  birth  to  wii^dward.  but  if  you  can  procure  a  pilot,  it 
will  be  proper  to  have  one. 

Halifax  bay,  about  one  league  to  leeward,  is  a  very  safe  snug  bay  for 
vessels  of  250  tons;  but  there  is  a  shoal  in  the  middle  of  the  entrance,  that 
makes  a  pilot  nescessary. 

Barbadoes  bay  lies  3  miles  S.  W.  of  Halifax  bay.  In  running  down  the 
south  side,  to  avoid  Great  river  shoal,  keep  the  east  end  of  Little  Tobago 
open  with  Smith's  island,  until  the  latter  bears  N.  W.  when  you  may  luff 
up  for  the  bay,  but  you  must  be  careful  to  avoid  a  reef  of  coral  rocks 
which  runs  out  from  Granby  point,  about  a  cable's  length.  When  you 
are  within  the  reef  you  have  very  good  anchorage  in  from  12  to  7  fathoms, 
and  the  best  mark  for  it,  is  to  bring  the  Silk  Cotton  tree  on  the  beach,  in 
one  with  the  flag  staff  on  the  hill. 

Rocky  bay  5\  miles  W.  from  Barbadoes  bay,  is  a  safe  deep  bay,  where 
a  vessel  may  anchor  from  15  to  7  fathoms  water,  and  no  danger  in  stand- 
ing in  boldly.  In  running  down  this  bay,  care  must  be  taken  of  Chester- 
field rock,  mentioned  in  page  404. 

Heavy  laden  vessels,  not  calculated  for  beating,  we  would  advise  to  run 
down  in  lat.  10°  10'  N.  make  the  S.  E.  point  of  the  island,  run  down  the 
south  side,  and  enter  the  Gulf  of  Paria  by  the  Serpent's  mouth.  There 
are  no  dangers  in  running  down  this  channel,  and  you  will  have  from  12 
to  5  fathoms  through,  keeping  the  land  of  Trinidad  nearest  on  board.  In 
entering  the  Gulf,  keep  as  close  as  possible  to  Point  de  los  Gallo,  or 
Cock's  point,  to  avoid  the  Soldier  Keys.  When  in,  luff  up.  Port  of 
Spain  town  lies  N.  E.  distant  12  leagues.  In  running  for  the  S.  E.  point 
and  south  side,  you  will  have  soundings  before  you  make  the  land. — 
Should  night  come  on  you  may  anchor  in  the  channel. 

On  the  N.  side  of  the  island  of  Trinidad  is  a  narrow  ridge  of  high 
mountains,  running  the  whole  length  from  E.  to  W.  the  other  parts  are 
moderatelyjow,  except  on  the  south  side,  where  there  are  several  hills. 


J 


406 


Bluni'tt  American  Coast  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


Remarks  on  D'Espagne  Bay,  or  Spanish  Bay,  Gulf  (/  Paria. 

Lately  given  by  a  Commander. 

,  P.  M.  Light  winds  and  cloudy  :  half  past  S  c^me  to  with  the  best  bow- 
er in  9  fathoms,  veered  to  |  of  a  cable,  latitude  lOdeg.  39  min.  N.  longi- 
tude per  middle  set  (mean  .M)  lunar  observations  61  deg.  64  iliin.  W.  when 
the  ship's  head  was  N.  E.  by  N.  which  was  the  way  the  nearest  land  bore, 
a  long  mik>  ofi.  The  Fortitied  Island,  forming  the  west  side  of  the  bay, 
bore  W.  by  N.  ^  N.  A  vvhite  half-moon  battery,  just  above  the  town  on 
the  brow  of  the  hill,  which  is  n  good  mark  for  this  bay,  as  it  may  be  secit 
a  lon^-  way  oflfit,  bore  E.  N.  E.  about  5  or  6  miles.  This  battery,  by 
large  ships  when  working  in,  should  never  be  brought  to  the  northward 
of  N.  N.  E.  and  the  best  anchoring  is  in  tlie  N.  W.  bight  of  the  bay,  per< 
haps,  to  have  anchorage,  this  is  the  most  spacious  safe  bay  in  the  world  ; 
for  here  is  a  superficial  space,  I  nm  sure  1  spuak  within  bounds,  when  I 
say  of  72  miles,  where  ships  may  anchor  ;  and,  if  the  wind  blows  from  any 
point  into  the  bay  so  as  to  embay  them  (which  is  a  rare  thing)  and  only 
happens  in  the  hurricane  season  ;  but  hurricanes  are  not  known  here  ;  if 
ships  drive  from  their  anchors,  which  are  in  good  holding  ground,  they  go 
on  shore  in  soft  mud,  and  are  got  off  without  damage.  The  depth  of  wa- 
ter throughout  this  spacious  bay,  is  from  12  to  5  fathoms  in  the  last  depth 
>vc  lay,  and  only  one  mile  offshore. 


Currents  of  the  Caribbean  Sea,  and  Inset  into  that  of  Mexicd. 

*'  On  the  Columbian  ceast  from  Trinidad  to  Cape  de  la  Vela,  the  cur- 
rent sweeps  the  frontier  islands,  inclining  something  to  the  south,  accord- 
ing to  the  Stl^iUts  which  it  comes  from,  and  running  about  a  mile  and  « 
half  an  hoilf^ith  little  difference.  Between  the  inlands  and  the  coast, 
and  particulan|lt%  the  proximity  of  the  latter,  it  has  been  remarked  that, 
the  current,  at  times,  runs  to  the  West,  and  at  others,  to  the  East.  From 
Cape  de  la  Vela,  the  principal  part  of  the  current  runs  W.  N.  W.  ;  and, 
us  it  spreads,  its  velocity  diminishes  :  there  is,  however,  a  branch,  which 
runs  with  the  velocity  of  about  a  mile  achour,  directing  itself  towards  the 
coast  about  Cartagena  :  from  this  point,  and  in  the  space  of  sea  compre- 
hended between  14  degrees  of  latitude  and  the  coast,  '.t  has,  however, 
been  observed,  that,  in  the  dry  season,  the  current  runs  to  the  westward, 
and  in  the  season  of  the  rains  to  the  eastward. 

"  On  the  Alosquito  Shore,  and  in  the  Bay  of  Honduras,  no  rule  can  be 
given  for  the  alterations  of  the  current.  All  that  can  be  said  is,  at  a  good 
distance  from  land,  it  generally  sets  towards  the  N.  W.     ,, 

"  In  crossing  from  the  coast,  or  from  Cartagena,  to  the  islands,  it  has 
baen  observed,  that,  from  La  Guayra,  to  the  eastern  part  of  St.  Domingo, 
on  a  voyage  made  in  December,  a  difference  of  106  mi'.es  to  the  westward 
was  found  during  the  seven  days  the  voyage  lasted."* 

_  I  I  -  -  IIBI        I  I         I.  -- 

*  The  Baron  Alexander  de  Humboldt,  in  describing  liis  passage  from  Cumana,  west- 
ward, to  Guayra,  has  said,  '♦  The  general  motion  of  the  waters  between  the  tropics  to- 
ward the  west,  is  felt  stron|{1y  on  the  coast  during  two-thirds  of  the  year  only.  In  the 
months  of  September,  October,  and  November,  the  current  often  flows  towards  the  East, 
ht  fifteen  or  twenty  d»ys  iu  succession.    Vessels  on  their  way  from  Gua]rra  to  Potto-Ca- 


■■%.. 


!■   (1-1 


10  Edit. 


Blunt's  American  Coast  Pilot. 


407 


Between  the  Island  of  Jamaica  and  the  Spanish  Main,  westerlv  currents 
nre  most  frequent,  yet  they  do  not  always  prevail  for  ships  have  been 
known  to  be  driven  by  the  current  from  50  to  CO  mien  to  the  eoilward, 
in  four  or  five  days.  From  the  beginning  of  May  till  November,  {the 
rainy  teaion,)  the  sea-breeze  seldom  or  never  blows  home  to  the  main: 
and  ships  going  there  should  never  go  to  the  southward  of  the  latitude  of 
11**,  until  they  arc,  at  least,  40  or  50  miles  to  the  westward  of  their  in> 
tended  port;  after  which  they  mav  make  a  south  course,  as  the  land<bree/e, 
which  is  generally  from  the  S.  W.,  and  the  strong  easterly  current,  will 
set  you  to  the  eastward  of  your  intended  pc  rt,  if  great  care  be  not  taken. 
When  to  the  eastward,  if  light  winds  prevail,  you  must  stand  to  the  north- 
ward until  you  meet  the  sea-breeze,  which  will  be  between  the  latitudes 
of  10  and  1 1  degrees,  and  then  run  to  the  westward. 

Between  Chagre  and  Porto-Bello,  during  the  rainy  season,  there  is  ge- 
nerally a  northerly  current,  at  the  rate  of  from  oue  and  a  half  to  two  and  a 
half  miled  an  hour.  After  the  end  of  the  rainy  season  the  current  sets  to 
the  southward  and  westward,  and  strong  southerly  and  easterly  winds  pre- 
vail here.  From  November  until  May,  (the  dry  tea$on,)  the  southerly 
and  westerly  are  very  light  wiriHs,  except  in  squnlU,  which  end  with  heavy 
rain.  In  sudden  squalls,  you  will  often  have  the  winds  from  all  points  of 
the  compass.  ' 

If  at  Chagre,  at  any  time  during  the  rainy  season,  (May  till  November,) 
and  bound  to  the  eastward,  endeavour  to  get  four  or  five  leagues  from  the 
land,  so  soon  as  you  can;  for  the  winds  are,  in  general,  very  light,  and  the 
'  curre'  t  very  strong.  The  latter  sets  from  Chagre  directly  on  the  rocks 
of  Porto-Bello,  and  thence  along  the  land  from  E.  by  N.,  E.N.E.,  E.S.E., 
and  according  as  the  land  lies:  its  general  rate  being  from  one  and  a  half 
to  two  and  a  half  miles  in  an  hour.  Great  care  should  be  taken  when 
near  the  land,  if  a  heavy  squall  and  rain  appear  to  be  coming  on.  During 
this  you  will  have  the  wind  from  all  points  of  the  compass,  and  often  so 
strong  that  all  sail  must  be  taken  in. 

In  crossing  the  Gulf  of  Dariei.,  "*.tle  or  no  current  will  be  found ; 
whenever  there  is  any.  it  sets  about  South,  S.  by  W.  or  S.  by  E.,  up  the 
Gulf. 

Near  Cartagena  the  current  generally  goes  with  the  wind  ;  but  ofi*  the 
Islands  of  Rosarito  it  sets  to  the  N.  W.  and  N.N.W.,  from  one  to  two  miles 
an  hour. 

Between  Cartagena  and  the  Magdalena,  in  the  rainy  season,  you  caonot 
put  any  dependence  on  the  winds  or  currents  ;  but,  from  Novembei^  to 
May,  the  trade-wind  blows  home. 

I  should  recommend,  if  turning  to  windward,  with  strong  trade-wind?, 
to  keep  the  shore  close-to:  whereas,  by  going  off  from  the  land,  you  vftilj 
not  only  have  <i  heavy  sea,  but  also  a  strong  N.  W.  current.  If  you  have 
light  variable  winds,  approach  no  nearer  to  the  land  than  4  or  5  leagues, 
as  you  may  be  certain  of  an  easterly  current. 

An  experienced  navigator  says,  **  During  five  weeks  in  which  I  remain- 
ed at  Cartagena,  in  June  and  July,  1817,  the  current  in-sbore  set  con- 

bello  have  been  known  to  be  unable  to  stem  the  current  that  runs  from  West  to  East,  al- 
though they  had  the  wind  astern.  The  cause  of  these  anomilies  is  not  yet  discovered. 
The  pilots  think  that  they  are  the  elFer'  of  some  gales  of  wind  from  the  N.  W.  in  the  Gulf 
of  Mexico.  Yet  these  gales  are  much  ni^e  violent  in  spring  than  in  autumn.  It  is  also 
remarkable  that  tke  current  to  the  East  precedes'the  change  of  the  wind.  It  begins  to  bo 
felt,  at  first  during  a  calm  ;  and,  after  some  days,  the  wind  itself  follows  the  current,  a^d 
becomes  fi«ed  in  the  West."  ■^.    '' 


-.#. 


4Utf 


Blunt's  American  Coast  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


•tantlv  and  strongly  to  (ho  northward,  at  a  rnte,  1  am  cnnvincod,  of  not 
(esfl  than  a  miie  and  u  hulf  an  hour,  or  nearly  us  strong  nn  th«  MissisHippi 
iit  New  Orleans.  I  have  neenthe  Esk,  sloop  of  war.  cuncnt-rode  r.i^ainAt 
a  very  fresh  sen-br'i^ze,  when  at  anchor,  nearly  west  from  the  city,  dis- 
tant about  a  mile." 

Captain  Capes  says,  *•  Between  .'amaina  and  Bonaccn  the  current  gene 
rally  sets  to  the  northward  and  westward.     Here,  in  May  I  SIC,  I  was  sc' 
60  miles  to  the  westward  by  the  current,  and  found  that  it  set  rather  north 
erly,  from  one  quarter  to  half  a  mile  an  hour.     Between  Jamaica  and  Bo 
nacca  are  the  islands  called  the  Swan  Islands,  in  latitude  I7P  22'  lon^.  8.3" 
36'.     I  would  not  advise  any  one  bound  to  the  Bay  to  make  these  islands 
for  it  cannot  be  of  service,  and  the  current  is  so  very  irregular  about 
them,  that  the  attempt  serves  only  to  bewilder  the  navigator;  -and  by  fall- 
ing in  with  them  in  a  dark  night,  a  ship  would  be  in  danger  of  runmng  on 
shore,  as  the  land  is  very  low." 

About  the  Southern  Four  Keys  the  currents  are  very  uncertain.  I  have 
known  th  :!e  ships  to  be  lost  on  these  Keys  by  lying-to  for  the  night,  after 
they  have  made  them;  for  at  all  times,  the  current  sets  strongly  on  them; 
and,  in  two  of  the  cases  the  ships  wore  every  two  hours,  with  an  inteu- 
tention  to  keep  their  station.  In  one  voyage  I  took  my  departure  from 
Bonacca  at  four  P.  M.  with  a  strong  breeze  from  the  East,  which  conti- 
nued till  midnight;  it  then  died  away,  (no  uncommon  circumstance  in  this 
part,)  so  that  I  did  not  liAthe  Southern  Four  Keys  before  4  P.M.  the  next 
day,  from  the  fore-yard.  I  then  made  till  snug,  and  plied  to  windward, 
under  single-reefed  topsails  and  topgallant  sails  over  them  ;  tacked  ship 
every  three  hours,  during  night,  and,  to  my  surprise,  in  the  morning,  we 
were  not  more  than  one  or  two  miles  to  windward  of  them  ;  so,  if  ,1  had 
hove  the  ship  to,  I  have  no  doubt  but  she  would  have  boon  driven  on 
shore  by  the  current. 

If  a  ship  be  lying-to,  under  Rattan,  it  will  not  be  amiss  to  try  the  cur- 
rent. It  is  my  opinion  that  the  current  about  Bonacca  takes  two  difl'erent 
directions  ;  one  part  setting  to  the  N.  W.,  and  the  other  part  branching  to 
the  S.S.W.  I  have  found  it  so  on  several  trials,  which  is  the  reason  that  I 
prefer  taking  a  departure  (for  the  Bay)  from  the  middle  or  East  end  of 
Rattan  ;  for,  if  a  ship  take  her  departure  from^the  West  end,  her  course 
will  be  N.N.W.  ;  but  it  very  frequently  happens  that  ships  get  down  on 
those  reefs  when  they  take  their  departure  from  the  West  end.  The  rea- 
son is  this  :  a  ship  steering  N.  W.  from  the  West  end  has  more  of  the  cur- 
rent on  her  beam,  which  sweeps  round  the  West  end  of  Rattan,  very 
strong  at  times  ;  consequently,  ships  that  take  their  departure  from  the 
East  or  middle  part  do  aot  iTcel  so  much  of  the  current. 

Captain  Burnett,  in  his  directions  for  sailing  from  the  Bay  of  Honduras, 
says,  "  When  the  trade-wind  prevails,  a  current,  often  very  strong,  sets 
down  between  Mauger  Key  and  the  Northern  Triangle  ;  there,  dividing 
itself,  it  sets  toUhe  southward,  between  Turneff  and  the  Main  Reef,  and 
to  the  northward  between  the  Triangle  Reef  and  Ambergris  Key.  It  i.'? 
most  adviseable,  with  the  wind  from  East  to  E.S.E.,  to  sail  to  leeward  of 
the  Triangle,  as  you  will  have  a  strong  current  in  your  favour  so  soon  as 
you  bring  it  to  the  eastward  of  you. 

In  the  channel,  between  the  island  Cosumel  and  the  shore,  the  current 
along  shore'  runs  at  the  rate  of  nearly  2|  miles  an  hour,  till  lost  in  the 
Mexican  Sea.  » 

It  is,  we  believe,  a  Vell-cstablished,  although  a  controverted  fact,  that 
there   is  a  constant  indraught  on  the  western  side  f^f  the  Channel  of 


10  Edit. 


Blont^s  American  Coast  Pilot. 


400 


Yucatan,  into  the  Mexican  Sea ;  ud  that  there  it  commonly  t  reflow  on 
the  eastern  aide  of  the  tame  chaMpI,  around  Cape  Antonio,  lie* 

With  the  former  in  its  favour,  hit  Majesty's  ship  Resistance,  Captain 
Adam,  oflf  the  Bank  of  Yucatan,  made  a  course  W.  N.  W.  ^  W.  nearly  80 
leagues  in  the  24  hours,  December  16  and  17,  1806  ;*  and  we  have  no 
doubt  that  many  instances  may  be  found  to  prove  th<i  same  effect ;  on  the 
Cuba  side  onlv,  it  appears  that  vessels  have  been  set  to  the  southward  ; 
gnd  Captain  Aland^rson  has  stated  that,  when  a  strong  easterlv  wind  hai 
bec(n  blowing  between  Cuba  and  Florida,  vesseli^  heaving>to  off  the  South 
side  of  Cape  Antonio,  at  about  two  leagues  from  shore,  have,  in  the  course 
of  one  night,  been  carried  against  a  strong  sea-breeze,  nearly  as  high  as 
Cape  Corientes,  being  a  distance  of  lu  leagues.  A  ship  once  lying-to 
for  the  night  off  Cape  Antonio,  was  driven  by  morning  off  Gape  Co- 
rientes. 

A  considerable  current  sets,  at  timet^  from  Cape  Antonio  to  the  E.  S. 
E.,  past  the  Isle  of  Pines.  Captain  Livingston  has  informed  us  that,  in 
March  1818,  he  found  the  current  between  the  Great  Cayman  and  Isle  of 
Pines  to  set  in  that  direction,  at  the  rate  of  fully  two  miles  and  a  half  an 
hour,  or  60  miles  in  the  24  hours.  In  August  1817,  he  found  the  set 
nearly  the  same,  but  the  current  not  half  so  strong.  The  Spanish  Direc- 
tory says,  *  From  Cape  de  Cruz,  on  the  South  side  of  Cuba,  it  is  noticed 
that  ther^  is  a  eon$tant  eurr$ni  to  the  wetltvard,  with  some  inclination  to 
the  southward  or  northward,  and  which  has  been  known  sometimes  to  set 
20  miles  in  a  single  day.'  In  oppositir  to  this,  the  exact  words  of  Cap- 
tain Livingston  are,  "  I  have  twice  experienced  a  strong  current  setting 
about  E.  S.  E.,  between  the  Caymans  and  Isle  of  Pines  ;  and,  on  the 
latter  of  these  oocasions,  both  mv  mate  and  myself  separately  calcu- 
lated it  to  set  about  60  miles  per  day,  or  2|  per  hour.  This,  however,  I 
incline  to  think  a  very  particular  case,  such  as  may  but  seldom  occur. 
The  winds  at  this  time  were  light  and  westerly.  On  the  other  o<;ca8ion, 
so  far  as  I  recollect,  it  set  about  12  or  14  miles  per  day  only.  All  my  pa- 
pers on  these  subjects  have  been  lost ;  but  the  first  instance  was  too  re- 
markable to  be  forgotten." 

On  the  northern  coast  of  St.  Domingo,  and  in  the  Windward  Passages, 
there  does  not  appear  to  be  any  general  current.  On  the  North  side  of 
Cuba  the  case  is  nearly  the  same ;  but  in  the  channel  here  is  a  regular 
tide  throughout  the  year,  subject,  however,  to  certain  variations. 

The  currents  of  the  Caribbean  Sea  are  probably  varied  by  the  influence 
of  the  moon,  and  combine,  in  some  degree  with  the  tides ;  especially 
about  Cuba,  Jaoftaica,  ana*  St.  Domingo. 

In  an  old  book,  ^Kelly's  Navigation,  Vol.  I.  1733,)  is  an  abstract 
from  a  journal,  which  contains  the  following  passage  : — "  Between 
the  West  end  of  Hispaniola  and  the  island  of  Jamaica,  if  I  took  my 
departure  upon  a  full  or  change  of  the  moon,  I  found  that  I  made  manj 
leagues  more  than  I  did  at  the  quarters  of  the  moon.  At  the  ^1  and 
change,  I  was  looking  out  for  the  land  long  before  I  saw  it ;  ana,  at  the 
quarters,  1  was  down  upon  it  Jiong  before  I  lopked  for  it.  The  reasons 
as  I  found  afterwards,  were,  that  the  fpH  and  change  made  a  strong  wind- 
ward current,  smd  the  contrary  on  the  quarters.  This  has  been  exem- 
plified in  many  instances.** 

On  this  subject  Captain  Livingston  says,  **  It  is  a  prevailing  opinion  with 
many,  that  the  moon  governs  entirely  the  currents  among  the  West  India 

*  The  nqnbf  innioit  sen  of  the  track  extended  to  849  M^  N.,  in  loacitude  W*  99' 

«2 


410 


Blunt^B  American  Coant  Pilot. 


10  Edit 


No  doubt  the  mgon  hoi  •omtcfTcct  onthfi,  but  I  om  uf  opinion 

rt^bl  iaflunnce 


Iilundi. 

that  the  winds  have  atill  n  more  pow4 

It  it  rarely,  indeed,  on  the  North  tide  of  the  ittlund  of  JHOiaicn  thnt 
there  ii  a  westerly  current  when  the  North  and  N.  W.  winds  prevail ;  the 
current  then  always,, or  nlrooHt  nlwiiys,  settini;  to  the  eastward. 

On  the  South  side  of  Cuhn,  when  the  wind  is  westerly,  which  it  oOen  is, 
Tou  are  always  certain  of  urc-flowing  current  round  Cape  Antonio.  This 
IR  easilv  accounted  for  ;  as,  when  the  fresh  trade- wind  ceases,  and  the 
westerly  winds  set  in,  the  harrier  is,  in  some  degree,  removed  which  con- 
fined the  waters  in  the  Oulf  of  Mexico,  and  they  seek  to  regain  their  le* 
f\  as  well  by  the  Channel  of  Yucatan  «i  by  tiTe  Strait  of  Florida." 

In  the  Windward  Channel  of  Jamaica  the  current  generally  nato  with 
the  wind,  to  leeward  or  S.  W. ;  yet,  both  here  and  at  Jamaica,  it  is  van- 
nble.  Some  have  affirmed  that,  when  a  current  runs  to  lee  vard,  ou  the 
South  side  of  Jamaica,  there  is  frequently  one  setting  east  vard  on  the 
North  side ;  and,  at  other  times,  no  current  is  to  be  perceived  ;  also 
that,  when  alee  current  runs  on  the  North  shore,  the  same  circumstances 
nay  be  perceived  on  the  South  shore  as  were  before  observed  on  the 
North. 

But  between  the  Mona  Passage  and  the  Caymans,  South  of  the  islands, 
the  tendency  of  the  currents  toward  shore  is  most  commonly  found  to  be 
to  north-westward. 

In  the  Bahama  Passages  the  currents  ore  devious ;  both  ijrsather  and 
lee-currents  having  been  found.  These,  also,  appear  to  be  influenced  by 
the  tidal  causes.  * 

The  FOLLOWING  is  an  additional  detail  of  the  bestinformation  we  have 
been  able  to  collect,  of  the  Currents  in  the  Caribbean  and  Mexican  Seas, 
from  the  Derrotero  de  la$  Antilla$,  &c. 

In  the  Channel  between  Trinidad  and  Grenada  the  current  has  been 
found  to  ^et  nearly  West ;  on  the  South  side  half  a  point  southerly,  and 
on  the  north  side  half  a  point  northerly.  Its  velocity  from  a  mile  to  a  mile 
and  ahalf  per  hour. 

Between  Grenada  and  St.  Finceni'it  among  theGranadines.the  currents 
are  devious  ;  but  the  general  inset  appears  to  be  W.  by  N. 

Between  St.  Viwenfi  and  St.  Lucia  the  current,  fVom  the  eastward,  sets 
in  mora  northerly  ;  and  within,  on  the  Was',,  it  has  been  found  setting  to 
the  N .  W.  Between  these  islands  it  seems  to  be  as  strong  as  in  any  other 
part  of  the  range. 

Between  St.  Lucia  and  Martinique  it  has  been  foAind  nearly  North.  Ve> 
ry  variable  on  the  western  side  oC  the  latter. 

TUe  current  sets  nearly  in  the  same  manner  ieta'een  Martinique  and  Do- 
mimca  ;  but,  to  the  north-westward  of  the  latter,  it  has  been  found  near- 
ly S.  W.  3  of  a  mile  hourly.  Northward  of  Guadaloupe  it  sets  W,  ^  S., 
and  between  Montserrat  and  Antigua  N.  W. 

BetWen  Redonda  and  /ieois  it  has  been  found  W.  S.  W.  half  a  mile 
hourly. 

Without  Barbuda  and  the  northern  isle^jthas  set  about  W.  by  N.,  and 
to  the  northward  uf  the  Virgin  Isles  ant^  Porto-Rico  about  W.  S.  W. 

At  the  distance  of  about  one  degree,  within  the  range  of  the  Caribbee 
Islands,  and  to  the  Virgin  Islands,  the  current  has  been  found  setting,  in 
general,  to  the  W.  N.  W.  ft<om  one  mile  to  one  mile  and  a  half  an  hour.* 

*  On  the  leeward  sid*  of  tUe  Virgin  Isles,  devious  currents  are  found,  frequently  to  the 
soutH  eastward.  Thi  i^me  bave  Wn  observed  on  the  waster'-  side  of  St.  Christoi 
plier'*}  Ac* 


10  Edit 


Blunfs  American  Coast  Pilot. 


411 


From  Trinidad  westiuard,  md  of  the  North  aide  of  the  Spanish  Let* 
ward  Ules,  the  currc  nt  ho*  been  foand  scttinn  West  and  S.  W.  to  the  Gulf 
of  Muracaybo  ;  thence  S.  W.  aUo  to  Cartagena  :  but  it  variei,  aa  already 
described  in  pages  406  to  4o9. 

From  Cartagtna  towards  the  Channel  of  Yucatan,  it  has  been  found  K. 
N.  W.,  and  N.  W.,  W.  N.  W.,  and  N.  W.  by  N.,from  I  to  nearly  2  roilea, . 
and  then  decreasing  to  li  mile  per  hour.     It  has  aUo  been  found  setUD|| 
to  the  eastward,  us  shown  in  the  preceding  pages. 

At  about  40  mile*  northward  of  Cape  Citoche,  the  current  has  been 
found  N.  W.  by  W.  ;  changing  thence  to  £.  S.  W.  off  the  N.  W  point  of 
Yucatan,  nearly  at  the  same  distance  from  tb«  coast.  Rate  sonlethiog 
less  than  half  a  mile  an  hour.  Between  tnis  and  Vera  Cruz  the  current 
ceases. 

TTiree  degreti  to  the  JV.  JV.  E.  <yl"  Vera  Crux,  the  current  has  been  fennd 
setting  to  the  N.  E.  one  mile  an  hour.  Thence  N.  N.  E.  and  N.  by  E.t 
and  again  N.  C.  nearly  to  the  parallel  of  ib\°,  longitude  91^o.  H^re  it 
changed  more  to  the  East,  and  became,  in  latitude  vn<*  E.  by  S.  changing 
southward  to  S.  E.  by  S.  in  the  (direction  of  the  lliver  Mississippi,  aoil»> 
titude  26*"  30'  N.  Hecce  it  seta,  with  sotoe  variations,  towards  the  west* 
em  end  of  Cuba.  ' 


Directions  for  entering  the  River  Oronoko. 

POINT  COCAL.— Eastward.— From  the  River  Poaeneron  the  coast 
of  Guayana  continues  without  varying  any  thing  from  the  former,  (to  the 
southward)  until  Point  Cocale,  which  is  kr.own  by  forming  a  Bay  to  the 
southward,  and  having  to  the  west  some  tall  Cocoa  trees,  which  are  the 
only  ones  on  the  whole  coast,  the  rest  being  covered  with  mangrovea.— 
From  the  said  point  you  must  steer  N.  W.  and  N.  N.  W.  with  the  pre- 
caution to  keep  in  five  or  six  fathoms,  to  avoid  a  bank  of  mud,  which  ia 
about  two  leagues  and  a  half  to  the  N.  N.  W.  of  it,  and  continuing  these 
courses  about  12  leagues,  yi  u  will  discover  the  mouth  of  the  River  Guay- 
ana,  in  8°  25'  N.  lat. — The  making  the  mouth  of  this  River,  the  only  one  on 
the  coast,  is  \  ery  important  to  those  who  want  to  enter  the  Great  Mouth 
of  the  Orinoco,  there  not  being  any  other  distinguishing  mark  that  can  be 
depended  on  with  security  ;  and  i^s  configuration  is  unequivocal,  not  oo- 
lly  from  its  entrance  or  appearance,  but  also  from  three  little  hills  or  hum 
mocks  which  will  be  seen  about  S.  W.  in  the  interior,  if  the  day  is  clear 
To  the  N.  E.  of  these  mouths,  aud  at  the  distance  of  about  3  leagues,  there 
ia  a  shoal  of  fine  sand,  on  which  there  are  2^  fathoms,  and  to  avoid  h 
great  care  ought  to  be  taken  not  to  come  in  tesf.  than  five  fathoms  water, 
muddy  bottom. 

POINT  MOCOMOCO.— From  the  mouth  of  the  Guyana  the  coaat  is 
low,  woody,  Rud  equal,  extcndli^  8  leagues  to  the  N.  W.  where  Point  Mo- 
comoco  is  situated  :  to  this  succeeds  the  coast  called  Sabanita,  which 
tends  W.  about  4  leagues,  also  woody,  equal  and  lower,  and  less  easy  to 
sound  than  the  former— The  point  of  Sabanita  is  in  lat.  8°  44'  30",  sur- 
rounded with  a  shoal  of  loose  mud  and  small  shells. 

ISLAND  CONGREJO.— The  island  Congrejo,  whose  N.  £.  point  is  in 
N.  lat.  8°  36'  has  a  shoal  of  hard  sand  the  colour  of  ground  coffee,  which 
extends  6  leagues  on  the  east  side  er  piirt,  and  aboat  2  on  the  north  aide^ 


412 


Hlunl*B  Americfin  Coast  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


which  miikea  the  entrance  to  the  ri^^  ciangeroat ;  between  it  end  the 
coMtofSnbflnita,  the  Bar  of  the  Orent  Month  oftheOronokn  beini;  form- 
ed, whote  depth  nt  low  wnter  ii  16  feet,  und  Ht  high  water  16  feet,  loose 
aud.  The  bar  from  N .  to  S.  in  three  leaKues,  und  lomethiog  le««  than  K. 
tcW. 

POINT  BARM  A.—  From  Point  Sabanita  the  coait  continue*  wuodj, 
but  •omething  higher  than  the  former ;  in  the  dirACti'tn  to  the  S.  W.  about 
3  leagues,  it  terminate!  in  forming  Point  Berma,  from  which  there  is  form^ 
«dl  •  great  Bay  or  Inlet,  by  which  you  enter  the  rirer. 

* 
C9ait  to  ih*  A*.  fV.  of  the  Great  Mouth. 

The  coast  which  continues  to  leeward  of  the  Island  Congrejo,  is  very 
different  from  the  former,  being  6at  and  broken,  forming  several  mouths 
by  which  the  Oronoko  disembogues,  and  which  are  navigable  only  for  small 
veaseU  that  have  good  pilott  on  board,  being  Aill  of  dangerous  shoals  of 
sand. 

The  making  the  Mouth. 

With  a  knowledge'ofthe  foregoing,  the  moath  of  the  River  Guayana  be- 
ing observed,  you  will  run  down  the  coast  at  the  distance  of  6  or  6  leagues, 
maintaining  not  less  than  4  or  5  fathoms  water,  muddy  bottom,  until  Cape 
Barmu  bean  S.  S.  W.  |  W.  when  you  must  steer  for  it  in  search  of  the 
Bar,  without  omitting  to  sound  to  preserve  the  muddv  bottom,  even  if  you 
should  shoal  vour  water,  being  preferable  to  ground  in  mud  than,  to  ex- 

riose  yourself  to  fall  ou  the  shoal  of  hard  sand  on  the  Island  Congrejo. — 
f you  have  this  sort  of  ground  (bard  sand)  you  will  immediately  steer  to 
the  S.  until  you  recover  the  muddy  bottom,  continuing  in  this  course, 
nearing  Cape  Barma,  and  when  within  about  2  leasnes  of  it  you  will  see  a 
large  woody  inland  to  leeward,  which  is  the  Island  Congreio  ;  and  you  will 
begin  to  deepen  the  water,  having  crossed  the  bar,  until  you  have  5  fa- 
thoms ;  in  this  situation  you  will  steer  from  S.W.  i  S.  to  S.W.  |  W.  to  keep 
in  the  mid  channel ;  if  you  should  have  less  than  five  fathoms  muddy  bot- 
tom, the  vessel  has  been  drawn  towards  the  Continent,  and  you  must  steer 
a  westerly  course  to  recover  the  mid  channel ;  but,  should  you  have  less 
than  5  fathoms,  sandy  bottom,  the  vessel  has  been  drawn  towards  the 
ahoal  or  Congrejo  Island,  and  you  must  steer^to  the  southward  to  regain 
the  mi  channel,  by  which,  and  the  qualities  of  the  bottom  aforesaid,  you 
will  run  in  until  the  S.  Easternmost  point  of  Congrejo  Island  will  shut  in 
some  small  woody  islets,  which  there  are  in  the  N.  Easternmost  part  of 
the  Island,  which  you  may  approach  and  anchor  in  5  or  6  fathoms,  muddy 
bottom,  in  which  situation  any  vessel  will  ride  secure  and  sheltered—-  and 
it  iu  absolutely  necessary  to  wait  for  a  pilot  to  conduct  the  vessel  up  the 

river,  as  without  one  you  would  inevitably  expose  your  vessel  to  danger : 

any  little  vessel  of  the  country  can  supply  a  pilot. 

Point  Corrobaod,  lit.  fio  46'  N.  long.  Iipiii  Cadiz          .       .  81^  44' 

Moutii  of  tha  Guayaaa  Rifiet          •...«.  99  9&'. 

Poiat  Sabaoita      .       .       .        « 8<>  44^. 

CapeBarna 8°  41'. 

N.  E.  Point  of  Congrejo  or  Crnb  Island,         ....  B°  2i'. 

a«r*iMMttbofth«Orinolio ^  S**  41' 

-•■••■       ^  -  — • 


(^'w?' 


%i 


10  Edit. 


Blunt^s  American  Coast  Pilot. 


tl:i 


Remarki  for  »mk  ^  m/o  tK«  River  Demarari. 


At  th«  entrancn  of  th«  Kiver  t)rmcruri,  un  ¥..  N.  E.  rimI  W.  S  W. 
moon  make  full  i«a,  and  the  water  at  the  bighett  tpriniit  title  do««  not  riM 
more  than  8  or  9  feet  perpondiruLir.  Krom  each  pomt  of  the  river  nint 
off  (I  flat  mud  bank,  at  k>ii<«t  M  it'aguea  into  the  acii,  on  many  pnrtt  uf  which 
there  are  not  more  than  from  8  to  12  feet  water,  nt  high  water.  Between 
these  bank*  lie  iho.  entrance  and  bur  of  the  rirer,  on  which  ut  the  hinheet 
•pring  tidea,  there  arc  not  more  than  /u  feet  water,  but  all  verv  iuft  ground. 
If  the  wind  ihould  ca«t  out,  be  very  cautious,  and  not  atancl  too  near  tha 
wett  bank^  an  the  flood  tide  lets  on  it  in  an  oblique  direction,  and  the 
ground  in  aomo  parti  is  hard  aand  ;  but  you  may  borrow  on  the  oast  bank 
at  picaiure,  being  nil  loA  mud,  and  you  receive  no  hurt  by  touching  the 
ground. 

About  ail  milet  up  on  the  W.  aide  of  the  river,  atanda  •  remarkable 
lofty  tree  by  itself,  the  branches  of  which  appear  to  be  withered,  and  '^ 
or  4  miles  above  that,  there  is  a  tuft  of  trees  or  bush,  which  is  verv  re- 
markable. I 

In  running  into  the  river,  the  leading  mark  is  to  keep  the  withered  tree 
on  the  westernmost  part  of  the  tuft  or  bush,  which  will  carry  you  in  the 
best  water  and  about  mid'Channel,  steering  at  the  some  time  S.  by  W. 
by  compass.  The  breadth  of  the  channel  going  in,  is  about  two  miles  ; 
shoaling  gradually  on  each  side.  The  besi  anchoring  ground  is  within 
the  east  point,  in  4  fathoms  at  low  water,  soil  mud,  keeping  the  eastern 
shore  on  board,  the  western  side  being  flat  and  shoal ;  it  is  necessary  to 
weigh  the  anchors  once  every  10  daya,  or  they  will  bury  so  much  as  to 
be  supposed  to  be  lost. 

N.  B.  The  thwart  mark  to  know  when  you  are  without  the  bar  is 
when  Point  Spirit  comes  open  to  the  northward  of  Corrobana  Point,  and 
you  have  4  iathoms  water. 

Vetiels  bound  for  Cayenne,  or  Surinam,  in  the  summer  season,  should 
always  run  down  10  or  16  miles  to  the  southward  of  the  port,  owing  to 
the  currents  running  much  stronger  to  leeward  at  thia  season  of  the 

J  rear,  which  ia  caused  bv  the  overflowing  of  the  Amazon.  During  the 
all  and  winter  aeaaoni,  I  would  recommend,  in  running  for  Cayenne,  to 
make  the  Constables,  which  are  two  islands  about  40  miles  to  windward 
of  Cayenne,  and  about  the  same  latitude.  The  northernmost  island  is  a 
round  lump,  and  the  other  quite  low.  Inside  of  these  islands  are  others 
called  the  Father  and  Son,  and  Mother  and  Daughter.  Go  to  the  south- 
ward of  all  these  and  you  will  soon  see  the  flag-staff ;  run  the  land  along, 
keeping  the  lead  going,  until  the  river  opens  S.  S.  E.  when  you  may  haul 
in  for  the  shipping,  and  anchor  abreast  of  the  town.  Going  from  Cayenne, 
and  the  wind  scant,  so  that  you  cannot  weather  the  Devil's  island,  you 
may  go  inride  of  them,  there  being  4  and  6  fathoms  water. 

To  windward  and  leeward  of  Surinam  for  a  long  distance,  the  land 
runs  east  and  west  nearly,  ifhich  induces  many  to  anchor  and  tend  their 
boat  on  shore  to  know  their  situation. 

The  most  remarkable  thing  to  windward  are  some  gaps  in  the  land, 
caused  by  clearing  the  trees  away,  and  just  to  windward  of  the  Mother 
bank  is  a  large  white  house. 

Vessels  should  run  down  this  coast  in  3  and  4  fathoma  watet,  and  an* 
chor  bynight,  unless  they  know  where  they  are,  and  have  diatance  to 
run.    Wh«p  j/on  approach  the  Mother  bank  you  have  to  bnul  away  te 


414 


Blunt^fi  Amerirnn  ComI  Pilot. 


lOKdif. 


the  S.  W.  to  go  rouml  th«  north  purt  of  it,  uiui  b«  turn  to  huul  <  lii«« 
round  it,  fur  you  have  to  haul  U|i  H.  K.  by  K.  whnn  yon  will  oprn  (hr 
rlVAr.  brtinrn  point  ii  tli<i  runt  vntmncv  nixl  hai  lomr  huuti'ti  uo  it,  but 
in  I'oKgv  Mr«Bthcr  mnnot  bu  aren  a  Kreut  (litttinrc*.  It  may  bf  r«!iuarke<l 
t^OQorally  on  thi«  couit,  whrn  you  got  hard  bottom,  ilnngor  i«  iioar. 


Observations  ami  Remarks  on  the  CoMi  of  Guyiuxa. 

Ship*  bound  from  the  Lcewnrd  or  Ourribre  lalnnda,  to  the  conit  ol' 
<iuyanu,  should  ulcer  ni  fur  to  the  enNtwnnl  at  H.  K.  if  the  wind  will  per* 
mit,  on  account  of  n  ttrong  indraught  or  current,  letting  oil  timet  or  the 
year  to  tlu*  woatward,  through  the  Gulf  of  Paria.  The  momrnt  you  come 
on  the  onitward  edge  of  the  ground,  vou  will  perceive  the  c«>lour  of  the 
wiicerchAngti  to  n  light  green,  and  will  have  from  3fi  to  Ab  fathomx.  If 
in  that  depth  you  ihoulcrbe  lo  far  to  the  southward  m  7«  2.V  or  7"  ju'  N. 
latiti:  Ic,  you  luiiy  ntcer  in  S.  W.  and  makn  the  land  ;  but  if  more  to  the 
north>nird,  keep  your  wind  till  you  attain  that  latitude.  You  will  have 
vory  grndunl  toundingi  finite  to  shore,  hut  very  •hollow  ;  you  will  be  in 
'.i  fathomi  whiMi  you  firnt  get  light  of  the  land  about  Demerari  ;  but  you 
may  run  in  without  fear  in  4  fathomi,  being  attentive  to  your  lead.  Ai  it 
ii  tnc  general  opinion,  that  there  arc^  many  micxplored  land-banki  on  thii 
coaHt,  a  great  attention  to  the  lend,  at^d  qiiallty  of  the  ground,  will  be  ne- 
ceiiary,  an  by  that  ortly  you  will  be  apprized  of  the  danger,  for  on  moit 
parti  of  thiH  coait  to  the  eastward  of  the  river  Oronuko,  the  bottom  iv  very 
loft  mud  :  if  on  a  Hudden  you  find  hard  lundy  ground,  be  uiiurcd  some 
danger  ii  near,  and  immediately  haul  off,  till  you  again  find  loft  ground  us 
before. 

The  making  of  the  land  all  the  way  from  Oronoko,  as  far  to  the  cait- 
ward  as  Cayenne  is  very  low  and  woody,  and  therefore  appears  in  all  parts 
so  much  alike,  that  the  most  experienced  pilots  arc  frequently  deceived  ; 
your  chief  dependence,  therefore,  is  in  a  true  altitude  :  if  that,  by  reason 
of  thick  weather,  cannot  be  obtained,  it  will  be  adviieable  to  onchor  in 
about  lix  fathoms,  which  you  may  do  with  great  safety,  bnving  good 
ground,  and  in  general  moderate  gales  and  smooth  water. 

The  making  of  the  land  about  Deroerari,ii  the  moat  remarkable  of  any 
part  of  the  coast ;  the  woods  in  many  places  being  burnt  down  and  clear- 
ed for  cultivation,  makes  the  land  appear  in  large  gaps,  where  the  houses, 
Lc.  are  plainly  to  be  seen,  and  if  there  are  any  shipi  lying  at  the  lower 
part  of  the  river,  their  mast-heads  may  be  plainly  seen  tibove  the  trees  at 
some  distance  at  sea. 

If  bound  into  Demerari,  you  muit  mn  to  the  westward  till  you  bring 
the  entrance  of  the  river  S.  S.  W.  or  S.  by  W.  and  either  lay  too  or  an- 
chor for  the  tide,  in  four  fathoms  Water  :  but  be  very  cautious  not  to  be 
hauled  further  to  the  westward  than  theses  bearings,  for  the  flood  runs 
very  strong  into  the  river  Essequibo  ;  at  the  mouth  of  which,  and  at  a 
great  distance  from  the  land,  li#many  very  dangerous  sand  banks,  on  some 
of  which  there  is  not  more  than  9  or  10  feet  water,  and  the  flood  tide  sela 
right  on  them. 

On  many  parts  of  this  coast,  particularly  ofi'Pdint  Spirit  to  the  eastward 
of  Demerari,  the  flood  tide  lets  right  op  the  shore,  and  the  ehb  right  ofl* 


^ 


10  Edit 


Blutifn  American  Coant  Pilot. 


416 


to  thfi  N,  E.  It  will  be  aiivUetiblc,  whan  calm  Riid  iii*«r  tht*  lumt,  to  mi- 
4'hor  th^r«.  About  4  U»cu«ii  if)  the  cMtwiinl  i>f  UrmorMri  riwr,  h  hfii- 
t'on  i«  i*r«ct«d  by  which  jp«tir  iiomtion  inuv  !>••  known  Mlirti  nioiMitgdown 
for  Hflrbiri) ,  to  the  w««tw«rH  of  which,  noout  two  I<>ukii»«,  v  a  bnnHtonM 
frovc  of  coeon  Irttn*,  whirh  mnkua  thi«  |>tii(  oi  ihr  cuuai  rtmarkHhIr,  itnd 
4ii«tinitoi«he«  .t  frumothfn. 

Ill  tlio  month  of  Di^rrmbcr  thrr*  i»,  «t  timi!<«,  |)nrti«-iiliirly  in  bhoul 
wutiT,  on  tho  rominK  in  of  thi-  llood,  •»  jrri*.!!  ii'ii,  «•  'll"fi  the  UvHm,  tind 
by  thn  Indinna  I'nroroea.  It  ia  oAm  fut.tl  to  v<*<in«'U  at  iinrhitr.  I'hn 
early  ntivixntor*  htivu  b«<>n  ])U/./.l«Mi  to  imfi;;.!  .i  i  aoao  for  tlii»  phi  ni>nii*- 
non,  which  is  occimioncd  by  thit  not  thorn  «\in<l»  bloMiug  on  tliu  kIiouI 
water. 

The  coast  of  Ouayuna  ia,  genernlly,  very  low,  and  •otindiii'i;*  r<ii<^h  out 
to  a  great  diatancc.  Thoac  aoundiiiKa  urn  ih«>  (-hi«*r  i^uid-niie  in  making 
tho  cotiat,  which  cannot  be  aeen  nt  Ihn  dii«tinre  of  6  Umku  ,«  :  .•  ir  irt'r 
approiich  than  8  louguea  ia  dangeroua,  tho  wntor  b<Mn|;sito.il  wit>i  <'iit(>ii* 
aive  bunka  of  annd  and  mud.  The  hnrbouri  urt>  the  moi.tliH  oi  rivers 
only,  and  each  ia  obitructed  by  a  bar  of  the  aami>  qmility.  Hi  ix  >-  puc* 
ticnl  knowledge  ia  neccMary  to  nil  who  attempt  to  I'ntrr. 

If  it  be  required  to  h«Mt  to  windwiird  on  thia  couat,  or  tu  prorcud  tVom 
the  Oronoko,  Eaaequibo,  or  Surinam,  to  Cayenne,  it  la  n«'riH«',iry  to  work 
along  the  coiiat  with  the  ebb  tide,  in  from  3)  to  t  fatKomH  watrr,  outwtird 
to  8  or  9  futhoma  ;  for,  th)UKh  you  may  be  ahoulderid  s\wny  by  the  cur 
rent  to  the  N.  E.  you  will  gain  very  well  on  the  tnck  to  iho  S.  E.  or  K.  S. 
E.  :  but,  with  the  flood  tide,  you  munt  anchor  ;  for,  then,  both  wind  and 
current  being  againat  you,  you  would  inevitably  be  driven  aahore. 


Directions  for  nailing  up  the  Surinam  River  to  Parmnaribo. 

It  is  udviaeable  for  ahipf  coming  from  the  eastward,  or  longvoyoj^es,  to 
get  into  lat.  6°  55'  N.  long.  50**  W.  (except  they  have  a  time-keeper 
or  lunar  observation  that  may  be  depended  upon)  ua  by  that  ineanH  they 
will  have  an  opportunity,  from  obscrvatioo  to  obsorvution,  ofascertainiag 
the  current,  which  almost  constantly,  off  the  Muroni,  runs  to  the  N.  W. 
and  you  arc  also  to  observe  that  during  the  rainy  season,  yuu  cannot  dc* 
pend  always  on  a  meridional  observation. 

When  you  have  got  ground  in  the  above  latitude  (and  be  e>ure  to  sound 
in  time)  60  to  40  fathoms  fine  sand,  you  are  about  30  leagues  to  eastward 
of  the  Maroni  shoals,  and  you  must  not,  in  the  night,  approach  nearer  to 
theni  than  10  fathoms,  when  the  soundings  will  be  gradually  coarser  :  in 
hauling  to  the  northward,  you  will  have  deeper  water  and  fmer  sand  :  and 
in  10  fathoms  water,  hebving  to,  with  your  head  to  the  northward,  you 
will  drive  clear  enough  of  the  shoals  to  the  N.  W.  You  will  always 
know  whether  you  are  to  the  eastward,  and  consequently  to  the  wind- 
ward, by  those  soundings ;  for  the  ground  six  leagues  to  leeward  of  the 
Maroni,  all  the  way  to  Bram's  Point,  is  soft  mud.  In  ord«r  more  readily 
to  distinguish  Bram's  point,  a  beacon,  70  feet  high,  is  eracttdi  about  one 
milte  to  windward  of  the  point,  exhibiting  a  broad  tin  vane,  painted  white. 
When  the  vane  is  first  distinguished  from  any  vessel  advancing  from  the 


4lb 


Blunt'B  America  Q^t  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


eastward,  the  may  be  coniiderttd  as  on  the  edge  of  the  mtid-bank.  The 
body  or  frame  of  the  beacon  ii  boarded  around  and  painted  white.  Your 
belt  land-fall  will  be  between  Port  Orange  and  the  Maroni,  indeed  it  is 
absolutely  necessary  you  should  make  the  land  thereabouts.  The  Ma- 
roni is  known  by  the  only  high  land  near  this  coast,  and  appears,  when 
you  muke  it,  a  great  distance  iuland,  and  bringing  it  to  bear  south  of 
you,  are  clear  of  its  shoals,  you  bad  better  then  stand  in  until  you  arr 
in  8  fathoms  water. 

In  making  Port  Orange,  which  has  been  often  mistaken  for  Bram's 
Point,  and  which  error  has  occasioned  the  loss  of  many  ships,  observe 
there  are  many  Itrge  whit?  houses,  which  are  barracks  ;  and  in  the  mid- 
dle of  them,  appears  a  large  tree,  which,  wherf  bearing  south  of  you, 
makes  like  a  ship  with  top-gallant  steering  sails  set ;  and  the  flag  staffalso 
appears  among  the  trees,  and  those  trees  show  to  be  near  the  houses, 
whereas  Bram's  Point  has  only  two  large  houses,  and  the  trees  are  on 
the  other  side  of  the  river. 

You  will  then  keep  on  the  edge  of  the  Mud  Bank  in  from  3  to  2|  fa- 
thoms, or  as  near  as  your  draught  of  water  will  permit ;  and  you  need  be 
under  no  apprehension  in  steering  along  the  coast,  as,  if  you  touch,  the 
mud  :s  very  soft,  and  on  the  Mud  Batik,  the  moment  you  haul  to  the 
northward,  you  deepen  your  water ;  for  on  the  whole  of  this  bank  it 
deepens  gradually  from  2  to  3^  fathoms,  and  then  you  are  oo  the  outward 
edge  of  it. 

The  next  mark  you  have  (for  you  must  be  very  attentive  in  keeping  a 
good  look  out)  is  a  break  in  the  land,  which  has  been  cleared  for  a  plan 
tation,  with  tivo  houses  ;  the  trees  on  each  side  havii^  been  burnt,  ap- 
pear very  brown,  aud  in  making  it  in  3  fathoms  water,  4  leagues  o|r,you 
are  from  3  to  4  leagues  to  the  eastward  of  Bram's  Point,  which  forms  the 
eastern  entrance  of  the  Surinam  River,  if  it  be  evening,  or  ebb  tide, 
you  had  beiter  haul  to  the  northward,  and  must  "Inchor  when  you  have 
4  fathoms  water,  as  the  current  would,  during  the  night,  drift  you  (should 
you  lay  to)  as  far  to  the  westward  as  the  Saramaca,  and  many  ships  have 
been  three  to  four  weeks  beating  back  to  Bram's  Point,  although  the  dis- 
tance is  only  7  leagues.  Nay,  heavy  sailers,  after  beating  many  weeks, 
have  bore  up  for  Berbice,  finding  it  impossible  to  contend  against  wind 
and  current. 

In  approaching  Bram's  Point,  which  is  easily  known  from  any  other 
poit  on  the  coast,  (as  ii  is  the  only  point  after  the  Maroni,)  and  is  km  m 
by  the  beacon  and  two  flag-staffs.  Observe,  the  eastern  staff  is  for  signals, 
and  the  western  the  colours  are  hoisted,  and  at  a  distance  appear  to  be  al- 
m(XM  in  the  water.  You  will  on  the  flood,when  it  bears  S.  S.E.  haul  in,  keep- 
ing the  point  open  on  the  larboard  bow :  steering  thus,  you  will  clear  the 
shoal  that  runs  out  to  the  northward  of  it,  and  you  are  in  the  fair  channel 
way,  and  may  go  within  hail,  whea  there  is  good  anchorage  in  4  fathoms 
water,  observing  the  best  anchorage  is  within  the  point,  h^f  a  mile ;  (the 
course  up  the  river  from  its  entrance  to  Fort  Amsterdam,  is  S.  E.  ;)  on 
getting  within  the  point,  keep  the  eastern  shore  on  board,  as  then,  all  the 
way  up,  until  you  reach  Panqmariho,  is  the  deepest  water.  About  9 
miles  within  the  point,  you  liPre  only  2  fethoms  at  tow  water,  and  from 
theiMse  to  within  2  Boiles  of  (m  entrance  of  the  Camawina,  asay  not  be 
impropMly  termed  the  lower  bar ;  it  extends  about  3  miles. 

In  apfnreachiDg  dose  to  Bram's  PomsC,  from  the  sea,  you  may  naturally, 
if  a  sttwlirr,  epprehend  daager  &Qm  se?«fal  wrcekt  that  li«  on  the  point, 


*=«^i 


10  Edit 


Blunfs  American  Coast  Pilot. 


417 


but  theflc  arc  old  vossels  that  have  been  brought  from  Paramaribo,  and 
fdaccd  there  us  break  waters,  us  at  some  seasons  the  sea  breaks  upon  the 
point.  In  war  time,  and  if  nn  aniied  ship,  V'^d  niunt  anctior  at  the  point, 
us  a  pass  is  necessur)'  from  tl     governor  at  raruinaribo. 

Having  reached  near  to  tlie  entrance  of  tito  Camnvvina,  which  branches 
from  the  Surinam,  you  must  be  very  particiil "-  in  guarding  against  the 
flood,  which  sets  strong  into  the  Camawir.a,  w))  i,  withbui  great  precau- 
tion,  would  set  you  on  a  spit  of  sftnd  which  runs  from  Fort  Amsterdam, 
almost  across  the  Camawina.  On  the  other  hand,  yov  i/iust  guard  against 
some  sunken  wrecks,  which  lie  a  little  below  the  Fort  Amsterdam,  on  the 
W.  shore,  so  as  to  keep  between  the  two.  Having  passed  the  flag-staff, 
you  will  have  18  feet  at  low  water,  and  from  thence  to  the  edge  of 
the  bar,  the  deepest  water  in  the  river.  It  is  here  ships  com- 
plete their  lading,  who  draw  too  much  water  to  come  over  the  bar.  At 
Tyger's  Hole  there  arc  6  fathoms  water,  which  is  just  above  governor 
Krederica's  Plantation,  called  Voorburg ;  you  will  then  have  a  leading 
wind  up,  and  by  keeping  three  quarters  over  to  the  eastern  shore,  you 
will  have  the  deepest  water,  1 1  feet  at  low  water,  and  18  at  high  water  ; 
you  will  anchor  abreast  of  Paramaribo,  4  futhomtj,  observing  the  deepest 
water  is  close  to  the  town. 

1  shall  conclude  by  these  general  descriptions  :  that  you  will  be  near, 
and  to  windward  cf  the  Maroni,  with  coarse  ground  ;  that  hauling  to  the 
northward,  ground  will  gradually  become  finer,  and  the  water  deeper ; 
and  to  leeward  of  the  shoals,  a  sandy  coast  and  ooze  ;  that  if  is  necessa- 
ry to  keep  on  the  edge  of  the  bank  in  from  2J-  to  3  fathoms,  and  in  the 
rainy  season,  rather  anchor  too  soon  :  or  if  you  are  the  least  doubtful,  or 
should  you  sail  a  few  leagues  to  leeward  even  in  a  fast  sailing  vessel, 
you  would  have  much  difficulty  and  length  of  time  in  turning  back  :  and 
that  in  observing  these  precautions  you  cannot  fail  to  make  the  land  pro- 
perly. 

It  is  high  water  at  full  and  change,  at  Bram's  Point,  ut  six  o'clock  :  ih^ 
dood  sets  to  the  westward  ;  ebb  to  the  eastward. 


sm 


River  Amazon. 


You  get  soundings,  coming  in  from  sea,  30  or  40  leagues  from  laod, 
from  30  to  60  fathoms  water  ;  if  you  arc  opposite  the  mouth  of  the  river 
or  to  the  westward  of  it,  you  will  have  mud  and  the  water  much  disco- 
loured, particularly  in  the  months  of  July,  August,  and  September.  If 
you  have  fine  sand,  or  sand  and  shells,  or  coarse  sand,  you  may  depend  you 
are  to  the  eastward  of  the  mouth  of  the  river,  and  the  water,  though  much 
discoloured,  has  a  different  appearance.  If  you  find  your  soundings  mud, 
haul  up  to  the  eastward  as  much  as  you  can.  Opposite  the  Bay  of  Sali- 
nas, where  you  take  a  pilot,  the  soundings  are  coarse  sand  an^  shells.  In 
running  along  the  coast,  when  to  the  eastward  of  the  entrance  of  the  ri- 
ver, at  3  or  4  leagues  distance,  you  have  various  soundings;  from  the 
Baxo  de  St.  Joao  (which  is  about  50  leagues  south  eastward  of  Sali* 
nas)  to  the  Baxo  de  Gurnpi,  you  will  have  from  20  to  6  fathoms, 
but  in  general  7,  8,  and  9  fathoms  ;  from  the  Baxo  de  Garopi,  to  Sa-» 
Unas,  10,  II,  and  12  fathoms;  all  these  sounding  sand  of  di^erent 
kinds,  sometimes  fine   white  and  yellow,  sometimes    the    same  kind 

i3 


_.r-*«prt^ 


418 


Blunt's  American  Coast  Pilot. 


10  Edit 


of  sand,  with  small  black  specks,  sometimes  coarse  snnd  like  bran. 
The  course  from  the  Baxo  de  St.  Joao  to  the  Baxo  de  Gurnpi,  it 
about  N.  W.  by  W. ;  if  you  run  in  the  night,  come  no  nearer  than  8  fa- 
thoms. From  the  Baxo  de  Gurnpi  to  Salinas,  the  course  is  W.  N.  W.  to 
carry  you  clear.  The  Bay  of  Sahnas,  where  you  take  a  pilot  for  Para, 
li«s  in  Int.  00^  36'  S.  You  must  not  anchor  in  less  than  6  fathoms  at 
low  water  ;  bring  the  village  of  Salinas  to  bear  S.  E.  by  S.  3  leagues  dis- 
tant ;  high  water  full  and  change  about  8  o'clock  \iO  minutes.  The  vil- 
lage of  Salinas  is  situated  on  the  west  side  of  the  East  point,  which  fornix 
the  bay,  and  in  coming  along  shore  from  the  eastward,  you  do  not  get 
sight  of  it  till  it  bears  about  S.  by  E. ;  there  is  no  other  village  in  any  of 
the  bays  in  the  neighbourhood  ;  it  is  good  holding  ground,  but  a  heavy 
swell  from  sea- ward.  In  the  middle  of  the  village  is  a  building  which 
appears  like  a  church,  on  which,  if  they  hoist  the  colours  in  the  day,  or 
make  two  fires  at  night,  you  may  be  certain  the  pilot  is  there  ;  when  they 
make  but  one  Brc,  there  is  a  pilot,  but  he  has  no  boat  to  bring  him  off; 
when  they  make  no  fire  and  hoist  no  colours,  there  is  no  pilot  there  ; 
both  of  them  (for  there  are  but  two)  are  absent  at  Para.  The  tide  rises 
at  the  Springs  about  3^  or  4  fathom?. 


lii*  \*:. 


General  Observations  on  the  Winds,  Tides,  and  Currents,  and 
on  the  Different  Passages,  over  the  Atlantic  Ocean. 

WINDS  IN  OKNERAL. — As  the  earth,  by  its  diurnal  rotation  on  its  a\)s,  pre- 
sents, in  succession,  every  part  of  its  circurnferRnce  to  the  sun,  the  heut  of  tliat 
luminary,  by  rarefying  the  air,  is  found  to  be  the  chief  cauae  of  winds.  For,  as 
the  air  is  a  fluid,  subjected  to  the  same  laws  of  ^rav'.iation  as  other  fluids,  it  has 
a  constant  tendency  to  preserve  an  equilibrium  m  every  part :  so  that  if,  by  any 
mf^ans,  it  be  rendered  lighter  in  any  one  place  than  another,  the  weii^htier  air  will 
rush  in  from  every  side,  until  as  much  be  accuniulated  as  makes  it  of  an  equal 
weight  with  the  rest  of  the  atmosph«  re.     These  currents  of  air  are  called  Winds, 

The  Winds  are  divided  into  Perennial,  Periodical,  and  Variable,  They 
are  also  divided  into  General  and  Particular.  Perennial,  or  Constant,  Winds 
are  those  v/hich  always  blow  the  same  way ;  such  is  that  easterly  wind,  between 
the  tropics  commonly  called  the  Trade-Wind.  Periodical  Winds  are 
those  which  constantly  return  at  certain  times :  such  are  land  and  sea-breezes, 
blowing  alternately  from  land  to  sea  and  from  sea  to  land-  Variable,  or  Er- 
ratic Wir.ds,  are  such  as  jj^ow  now  this  way,  now  that,  and  are  now  up,  now 
hushed,  without  regularity  either  as  to  time  or  place :  such  are  the  winds  preva- 
lent in  England,  be 

Winds  are  generally  found  to  vary  according  to  the  situation  of  land.  For 
the  temperature  of  the  land,  according  to  the  de(;ree  to  which  it  is  heated  bv 
the  sun,  always  affects  the  disposition  and  strength  of  the  wind.  ThuR,  it  is 
found,  that,  the  heated  land  of  Africa,  by  rarefying  the  atmosphe;-e,  produces  ii 
breeze  from  the  sea ;  and  from  this  circumstance  it  arises,  that  lands,  which 
would  otherwise  be  parched  up  or  burnt,  are  rendered  habitable.  It  is  observ- 
ed, generally,  that  the  continental  coasts,  between  the  tropics,  are  almost  al- 
ways blown  upon  oilifuely,  from  seaward,  by  winds  whose  course  is  affected  by 
the  winds  which  prei^iil  in  the  extensive  seas  that  surround  them. 

PERENNIAL  or  TRADE-WIND — But,  over  extensive  tracts  of  ocean. 
rmaitfroni  land,  and  in  the  lower  latitudes,  or  toward  the  equator,  Perennial  or 
^Trade-Wiodi  are  found  to  prevail,  which  follow  the  course  of  the  sun  :  ihu9,  on 
t)ie  Atlantic  Ocean,  at  about  100  leagues  from  the  African  shore,  betw  oeo  the 
latitudes  of  10  and  26  degrt-^  ,  a  constant  breeze  prevails  from  the  north-east- 
ward.   Upon  approaching  the  American  side,  this  N.  E.  wind  becomes  mnrr 


10  Edit. 


Blunt^s  American  (>oa8t  Pilot. 


419 


easterly,  or  seldom  bloni  more  than  one  point  of  the  compass  from  the  East, 
-either  to  the  northward  or  southward.  TniH  appears  to  be  caused  by  tht;  heat- 
ed lands  to  the  westward  rarefying  thp  air,  and  cautiing  nn  iiidrau|i^ht  that  way, 
as  a  contrary  wind  is  induced  on  the  AlVican  (.'oast. 

The  Perennial  or  Trade- Wind,  on  the  American  bide  of  the  Atlantic,  extends, 
at  times,  to  30  degrees  of  latitude,  wliich  is  about  4  degrees  further  to  the  north- 
ward than  on  the  African  side.  Liliewise  on  the  south  of  the  equator,  the  Pe- 
rennial Wind,  which  is  here  from  the  Houth-eaut,  extends  3  or  4  degrees  farther 
towards  the  Coast  of  Brazil  than  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  ocean. 

The  general  cause  of  this  wind  is  the  motion  of  theeaith,  in  iln  diurnal  rota- 
tion, which  thus  presents,  in  succession,  every  part  of  its  circumference  to  the 
aun ;  and  the  atmosphere  becoming  successively  heated,  a  constant  stream  is 
thus  produced.  This  is  sufficient  to  show,  that,  in  the  regions  near  the  e(|uinoc- 
tial  line,  a  constant  rarefaction  is  produced  by  the  sun,  and  a  current  ^f  air  con- 
seuuently  follows  that  luminary  in  his  progress  from  East  to  West. 

Heat  increases  evaporation,  and  renders  the  atmosphere  capiible  of  support- 
ing a  greater  quantity  of  moisture  than  it  would  do  in  a  cooler  state :  this  is  a 
powerful  agent  in  the  causes  which  produce  a  diverHity  of  winds  and  weather, 
especially  to  the  northward  and  southward  of  the  tropics ;  for,  b^  this  addition 
of  moisture,  the  air  is  more  fully  expanded,  and  becomes  specifically  lighter, 
than  it  would  be  in  the  same  degree  of  heat  in  a  drier  state. 

Were  the  atmosphere  of  one  continued  warmth,  and  its  motion  uniform,  there 
would  be  no  rain  ;  for  it  would  not  imbibe  mure  moisture  in  exhalation  than  it 
could  support ;  therefore,  in  a  perennial  wind,  notwithstanding  the  great  evapo- 
ration, there  is  seldom  any  rain ;  but,  from  accidental  causes,  these  winds  are 
alternately  stronger  and  weaker,  with  frequent  clouds,  and  sometimes  light 
showers. 

These  circumstances  are  assumed  as  prevailing  at  a  considerable  distance 
from  the  land,  and  from  the  limits  of  tiie  perennial  wind  ;  for,  every  where  near 
the  land,  when  the  sun  has  great  influence,  it  occasions  land  and  sea-breezes 
near  the  shores;  and,  in  particular  situations,  heavy  gusts  and  squalls  of  wind. 
The  Trade-Winoci  are  more  steady  and  uniform  in  the  Pacific  Ocean,  from  its 
greater  extent,  and  also  in  the  Ethiopic,  than  in  the  Atlantic  Ocean,  where  Cape 
Verde  and  the  broad  part  of  Africa  extend  so  much  to  the  westward,  and  the 
northern  part  of  Brazil,  in  America,  to  the  East. 

Small  islands,  Ivingat  a  great  distance  from  the  main  land,  operate  very  little 
upon  the  Trade-Wind.  If  elevated,  these  islands  are  more  subject  to  rain  than 
if^low  ;  this  may  be  occasioned,  principally,  by  the  ascent  given  to  the  wind,  or 
atmosphere,  in  rising  over  the  tops  of  the  hills;  when,  being  cooled,  it  condenses 
into  small  drizzly  rain.  This  is  an  effect  peculiar  to  all  mountains,  even  in  the 
middle  of  continents,  when  the  atmosphere  is  sufficiently  char$;ed  with  moisture. 
For  the  sun*s  rays,  by  heating  the  atmosphere,  according  to  its  density,  renders 
it  much  warmer  at  the  botton(\  than  at  tlie  top  of  hills.  Upon  a  mountain, 
sloping  from  the  sea  towards  the  top,  and  about  700  yards  in  height,  a  pleasant 
breeze  has  been  observed  inshore,  and  fine  clear  weather;  the  air  in  ascending, 
(being  condensed  by  cold,)  at  about  half-way  up,  had  the  appearanci>  <  I'  fog,  or 
thin  light  flying  clouds;  but  at  the  top  was  a  inisling  rain  ;  and  thi»  i^iay  fre- 
quently be  seen  in  any  mountainous  country. 

The  clouds,  in  the  higher  regions  of  the  air,  are  frequently  seen  to  move  in  a 
direction  contrary  to  the  wind  below.  The  reason  of  this  variation  is,  that  the 
cool  dense  air  below  forces  the  warm  and  rarefied  air  upwards,  in  a  continual 
stream,  where  it  spreads  so  as  to  preserve  the  equilibrium  ;  and  hence  the  uppiT 
course,  or  current,  appears  in  a  contrary  direction.  Thus  circulating,  the  N.  E. 
Trade-wind  has  frequently  a  S.  W.  wind  above  it ;  and  a  B.  E.  wind  often  pre- 
vails beneath  one  whos-e  direction  is  N.  W.  It  is  consequently  found,  that,  just 
witnuut  the  limits  of  the  Trade-wind,  the  wind  generally  blows  from  the  oppo- 
site qnnrter.  The  counter-current  of  air,  above,  is  often  seen  in  a  fresh  Trade- 
wind  ;  for  the  great  power  of  the  sun  between  the  tropics  so  rarefies  the  atmos- 
phere under  his  meridian,  that  it  has  not  so  much  influence  in  the  upper  region, 
where  the  atmosphere  is  light :  hence  the  motion  of  the  upper  part  takes  its 
direction  contrary  to  the  Trade-wind.  , 


ms^^^^ 


420 


Blunts  American  Coast  Pilot. 


10  Edit 


The  »pnce  from  latitude  25**  to  'JS'^  or  SO?,  between  the  VariHblo  and  Trade- 
t<?indH,  is  remarkublH  for  a  continual  change  of  winds,  wKh  sudden  gUHtn  and 
enlniM,  niiri,  thunder,  and  iiKhtnine.  This  space  has  been  called  the  Horse  ImH- 
Itidea,  bccHUM!  it  hiis  often  been  ninnd  necessary  here  to  throw  overboard  thtt 
hnrscs  which  wtre  to  ho  transportitd  to  the  West  Indies,  &cc.  To  the  north- 
ward of  these  latitudes,  upon  the  American  (-oust,^  and  more  than  one-third  over 
the  Atlantic,  westerly  winds  prevail  nearly  nine  months  m  the  year. 

In  the  latitudes  above  the  trade-winds,  the  wind  from  the  W.  S.  W  .ward 
being  replete  with  moisture,  from  the  great  exhalation  between  the  tropics,  as 
it  approaches  the  cold  and  higher  latitudes,  b«tcomes  condensed  into  showers  of 
hail,  rain,  or  snow.  For  instance,  in  the  50th  degree  of  North  latitude,  the  wind 
from  the'  b.  W.  generally  will  prevail  till  the  attnosphero  is  more  condensed 
than  in  the  fnWer  latitudes  ;  the  wind  frnm  the  colder  regions  then  ensues,  and 
blows  till  the  equilibrium  of  the  ntmosphore  is  restored,  when  a  short  calm  ge- 
nerally succeeds  before  the  wind  shifts  mto  another  quarter. 

There  is  often  »n  interval  of  cahii  between  the  trade-winds  and  the  oppnsite 
winds  in  liigh  latitudes.  This  is  not,  however,  always  the  case ;  for,  if  the 
trade-wind  in  its  borders  be  much  to  the  eastward,  it  frequently  changes  gradu- 
ally round  without  an  interval  of  calm.  There  is  generally,  also,  a  calm  in  a 
certain  space  between  two  prevailmg  winds  bloiving  in  opposite  directions,  as 
betwceh  the  trade-wind  and  the  westerly  wind  on  the  African  Coast.  In  the 
limits  of  the  trade- wind,  a  dead  calm  is  generally  the  prelude  to  a  storm,  and  it 
ought  always  to  be  considered  as  a  progn«)stie  thereof;  for  it  is  known  that  the 
conflux  of  the  trade-wind  hnd  the  variable  winds  is  the  cause  of  calnv^  and 
storms  in  tlie  tropical  regions. 

When  the  sun  is  at  its  greatest  declioii  ion.  North  of  the  equator,  the  S.  E- 
wind,  particularly  bettveen  Brazil  and  Africa,  varying  towards  the  course  of  the 
sun,  changes  a  quarter  or  half  a  point  more  to  the  southward,  and  the  N.  E. 
trade-wind  veers  more  to  the  eastward.  The  contrary  happens  when  the  sun 
is  near  the  southern  tropic;  for  then  the  S.  E.  wind.  South  of  the  line,  gets 
more  to  the  East,  and  the  N.  E.  wind,  on  the  Attantre,  veers  more  to  thernorth. 
In  June,  July,  August,  and  September,  while  the  sun  is  returning  from  the 
northern  tropic  to  the  equator,  the  action  of  its  rays  upon  the  land  and  sea,  in 
the  northern  part  of  the  globe,  renders  the  wind  kiSS  constant  by  altering  the 
state  of  the  atmosphere. 

On  t'hc  African  side,  the  winds  are  nearest  to  the  South,  and  on  the  American 
side,  nearest  to  the  East.  In  these  seas  Dr.  Halley  observed,  that,  when  the 
wind  was  eastward,  the  weather  was  gloomy^  dark,  and  rainy,  with  hard  gales 
of  wind  ;  but,  when  the  wind  veered  to  the  southward,  the  weather  generally 
became  serene,  with  gentle  breezes,  next  to  a  calm. 

The  Equatorial  Limits  of  the  N.  E.  Perennial  or  Trade-wind  between  the 
meridians  of  18  and  36  degrees  West,  have  been  found,  upon  the  comparison  of 
nearly  400  journals,  to  vary  considerably,  even  in  the  same  months  of  the  year. 

In  this  Table  the  columns  of  Extremes  show  the  uncertain  termination  of  the 
Trade-winds,  as  experienced'  in  different  ships.  The  annexed  columns  show 
the  Probable  Mean :  and  the  last  column  exhibits  the  mean  breadth  of  the  in- 
terval between  the  N.  E.  and  S.  E.  winds. 

Thus,  the  Table  shows,  that,  in  the  month  of  January,  the  N.  E.  trade  has 
been  found  sometimes  to  eease  in  the  parallel  of  10°,  and  sometimes.in  that  of 
3°  N.  That  the  probable  mean  of  its  limit  is  about  5°  N.— That  the  S.  E.  trade, 
at  the  same  time,  has  been  found  to  cease  sometimes  at  only  half  a  degree  North 
of  the  line,  and  sometimes  at  4  degrees.  That  the  probable  mean  of  its  limit  is, 
therefore,  two  degrees  and  a  quarter.  And,  that  the  interval  between  the  as- 
sumed means  of  the  N.  E.  and  S.  £.  trade-winds  is  equal  to  'H  degrees :  and  so 
of  the  rest. , 


V 


to  E4U. 


Blunf  s  American  Coast  Pilot. 


421 


^ 


v^ 


Tajple  ihomiig  the  Eauinoctial  Limita  of  the  JV.&\  and  S.  E.  Trade-JVindi, 
between  the Meridiam  of  I'd  and  V6  Degrees  West. 


N.E.TRADK-WIND. 


CEASKS,  ticneral 

•  Kxlitiinrs. 

Ill  January  at  3*  in  I0<^  N. 
February,. -2    to  10     — 

Mnrch 2    to    8     ~ 

April 2^  to    9    — 

May y..4    to  10     — 

Jiinn 6A  to  13     — 

July Hi  to  14     — 

August 11     to  15     — 

Septrinber..9    to  14    — 

October 7i  to  14    — 

November..6    to  11     — 

^December.. .3    to    7    — 


frobablp 
Mean. 

i'^  N. 
43- 
4i- 
6    — 

t\- 

11  — 
13  — 
lli- 

10    — 
8     — 


S.E.  TRADE-WIND. 


(.ieneral 
Extreme*. 
04"  to  4"  N. 
to 
to 
to 
to 
to 
to 
to 
to 
to 
to 
to 


3  — 

It- 

4  — 
6  — 
6  — 
6  — 

5  — 
5  — 

5  — 

44- 


I'robahit) 
Mttnn. 

a  N. 


INTERVAL 
IJETWEEN. 


Meau  Breadth. 

SI  degree!. 
3 

3,1 
3; 
4 
5J 

n 

i 


In  tile  space  of  voriuble  winds  between  the  trades,  exliibited  in  the  last  co 
kimn,  it  has  been  found,  that  southerly  winds  prevail  morn  than  any  other: 
fnore  particularly  when  the  sun  has  great  northern  declination.  Homeward' 
bound  Enst-India  ships  arc  therefore  enabled  at  this  season,  to  cross  the  space 
more  (|uickly  than  those  outward-hound  ;  which  they  do,  in  some  degiroi,  at  all 
other  times.  Yet  calms  and  variable  winds  are  experienced  in*every  month  of 
the  j'ear,  within  this  space  ;  but  the  former,  which  are  more  generally  in  the 
vicinity  of  the  N.E.  trade,  seldom  continue  long.  These  calms  are  frequently 
succeeded  by  sudden  squalls  :  agninst  which  every  precaution  should  be  taken  : 
as  many  ships  have  lost  their  topmasts,  and  have  been  otherwise  damaged  by 
them.  Whirlwinds  have  sometimes  accompanied  these  squalls  in  their  nrat  ef- 
fort against  the  resisting  atmosphere. 

It  has  been  stated  as  probable,  that  a  gale  of  wind,  or  storm,  never  happens 
hereabout  far  from  land,  or  near  the  equator  in  the  open  ocean,  on  any  part  of 
the  globe  ;  although,  in  its  vicinity,  sudden  gusts  of  wind  and  whirlwinds  are 
sometimes  experienced.  S.W.  and  W.S.W.  winds,  with  much  rain,  are  fre- 
quent in  July,  August,  and  sometimes  in  June  and  September. 

The  heated  land  of  Africa  within  Cape  Verde,  witli  the  Cape  Verde  Islands, 
produce  in  the  vicinity  the  variable  winds,  and  occasional  calms  which  counter- 
act the  trade-wind  to  a  considerable  distance  from  the  coast.  Hence  it  hap- 
pens, that  ships,  which  approach  too  near  the  coast  or  islands,  lose  the  trade- 
wind  sooner  than  those  which  keep  at  a  greater  distance.  To  guard  against 
this,  it  has  been  recommended  to  commanders,  to  keep  well  to  the  westward 
when  the  N.E.  Trade  fails ;  but  some,  in  observing  this  precept,  have  crossed 
the  line  too  far  te  the  west ;  for,  meeting  with  the  S.E.  trade,  han^^ing  far  from 
the  southward,  with  strong  westerly  currents,  they  have  made  thecoast  of  Bra- 
xil,  and  been  obliged,  in  consequence,  to  tack  to  the  eastward. 

It  has  been  stated,  and  generally  understood,  that,  at  the  eastern  end  of  the 
interval,  between  the  N.E.  and  S.E.  trade-winds,  there  is  a  continual  succession 
of  calms,  terrible  thunder,  lightning,  water-spouts,  and  such  frequent  rains,  that 
this  portion  of  the  ocean  has  been  denominated  The  Rains.  Ships  have  here, 
it  is  said,  been  detained  for  months,  in  passing  between  the  latitudes  of  10  and 
4  degrees.  The  cause  appearing  to  be,  that  the  westerly  winds,  setting  for  the 
coast,  and  the  easterly  winds,  herti  balance  ea«h  other,  and  produce  the  calms ; 
while  the  vapours,  meeting  and  condensing,  proOnne  the  almost  ceaseless  rains. 

The  words  of  M.  la  Perouse,  on  his  crossing  the  line,  after  passing  Cape 
Verde,  fcc  are,  in  this  place,  worthy  of  particular  notice.  He  says,  "  Nothing 
particular  dtcurred  during  our  passage  to  the  line.  The  trade-wind  left  us  in 
14°  North,  and  the  wind  then  constantly  blew  between  W.  and  W.S.W.  till  we 
reached  the  line,  and  obliged  me  to  run  down  the  Coast  of  Africa,  which. I  did  at 
the  distance  of  60  leagues. 


>J 


A 


422 


Blunt* 8  American  Coast  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


*<  We  croised  thu  line  on  the  3!>th  September,  1785,  in  IS^  West  longitude  (ib" 
40*  W.  or  GrKenwich.)  I  could  have  wished,  as  my  inatructinni  tverr,  to  have 
paHi«»-d  it  more  to  the  wi'Slward;  but,  fortunatoly,  tli«  wind  drove  ua  nkwavs  to 
tlieeaitWHrd,  otherwise  it  would  have  been  imposMible  to  have  mndf,  Trinidad'*', 
the  wind  being  B.  E.  at  the  line,  and  continuing  so  until  we  reached  latitude  '20" 
26  S. 

"  The  dread,  which  some  navigators  entertain,  of  being,  at  this  season,  be- 
calmed under  the  line,  in  founded  on  error.  We  were  not  a  day  without  wind, 
and  once  only  had  rain  ;  when,  indeed,  it  was  so  abundant  as  to  All  twenty-five 
casks. 

"  The  fear  of  being  driven  too  much  to  thu  eastward  into  the  Uulf  of  Guinea 
is  tiijuallv  chimerical.  The  S.E.  wind  in  noon  met  with,  and  even  drives  ships 
too  rapidly  to  tho  westward  ;  so  that,  had  I  been  better  acquainted  with  this  na- 
vigation, I  should  have  steered  away  more  large  with  the  8. W.  wind,  which 
constantly  prevailed  to  the  north  of  the  line ;  and  I  should  then  have  croa^d 
it  in  the  longitude  of  10  decrees  (7°  40'  W.  uf  Greenwich.)  This  would  have 
permitted  nie  tt)  run,  with  a  free  wind,  on  the  uarallul  of  Trinidad.  A  few  days 
after  our  departtire  from  Tenerifle,  we  left  the  serene  skies  of  the  temperate 
zones  ;  instead  of  which,  a  dull  whiteneHS,  between  fog  and  cloud,  always  pre- 
vailed. The  horizon  was  contracted  :  but,  after  sun-sut,  the  vapour  was  dissi- 
pated, and  the  i:ii;hts  were  constantly  fine.*^ 

PERIODICAL  WINDS,  i£c.— Among  the  Canarv  Islands,  northerly  or  N.E. 
winds  mostly  prevail;  yet,  being  in  the  vicinity  of  the  continent,  westerly  and 
southerly  have  been  found  to  prevail  there,  sometimes  for  eight  days  succeKsively. 

During  the  months  nf  Ni'«einber,  December,  January,  February  and  Mnrch, 
the  winds  from  the  East  anu  N.E.  are  prevalent,  in  the  country,  between  Cape 
Blanco  and  the  entrance  of  the  River  Gambia.  In  this  time,  the  nights  are  cool ; 
hut  scarcely  has  the  sun  risen  above  the  horizon,  when  the  air  becomes  dry  and 
parching.  Nevertheless,  these  Ave  months  arc  the  winter  iii  <hia  part  of  Africa, 
and  this  is  the  most  healthy  season.  Between  the  Gambia  and  Cape  Palnias, 
the  inland  winds,  during  the  same  season,  are  variable. 

in  June,  July,  AugU!>t,  September,  and  October,  the  country  situated  between 
Cape  Verga  and  Cspe  Mount  is  much  exposed  to  hurricanes,  or  tornadoes. 
These,  however,  do  not  occur  in  any  part  of  the  coast  northivard  of  Cape 
Verga. 

From  the  20th  degree  of  north  latitude  to  the  environs  of  the  line,  the  months 
of  July,  August,  September,  and  October,  are  those  of  the  rainy  season,  when 
the  atmosphere  emits  its  waters  to  the  earth  ;  the  only  difference  is,  twenty  days 
sooner  or  later  in  the  arrival  of  these  torrents.  During  the  other  eight  months 
in  the  year  there  does  not  fall  a  single  drop  of  water. 

WINDS  on  the  ATLANTIC  ISLES— The  winds  upon  and  near  the  differ- 
ent islands  in  the  Atlantic  Ocean,  are  very  variable  and  uncertain,  especiully 
where  the  land  is  high  and  irregular.  In  general,  regular  sea  and  land-breezes 
altern:;t<ily  prevail ;  the  sea-breeze  by  day,  and  the  land-breeze  by  night,  as  the 
land  is  alternately  heated  and  cooled  :  but  the  direction  of  these  breezes  ij  varied 
by  the  quality  and  figure  of  the  land,  and  other  local  circumstances.  If  the  land 
be  very  high,  it  generally  intercepts  the  prevailing  wind,  and  so  affects  the  nir  as 
to  produce,  on  the  lee-sid«,  either  a  calm,  a  gentle  breeze  in  an  opposite  direc- 
tion, or  a  kind  of  eddy,  which  is  sometimes  very  troublesome  to  shipping-  Such 
is  the  case  under  the  western  part  of  Madeira,  and  to  leeward  of  the  Canary 
Islands.  The  Grand  Canary  being  so  high  as  to  stop  the  current  of  the  N.  E. 
wind,  which  prevails  there ;  and  on  the  eastern  side  there  is  a  calm,  or  a  gentle 
breeze  from  S.  W. 

The  calms  and  eddy  winds,  occasioned  by  the  figure  and  height  of  the  Ca- 
naries, extend  from  10  to  80  leagues  beyond  them  to  the  S.  W.,  according  to  the 
height  o?  the  respective  islands.  The  i>oundary  of  the  calms  may  be  seen ;  for, 
wiuin  them,  the  water  is  smooth ;  without  them  is  the  regular  undulation  of 
the  sea,  caused  by  the  general  wind ;  « nd,  at  the  edge  of  them,  the  winds,  by 

*  The  little  Isle  of  I'rinidad,  lyin^  in  20°  31|'  S.  and  i9'>  10'  W. 


'^^ 


10  Edit. 


Blunt*e  American  Coast  Pilot. 


423 


Mttinf  in  oppuiU^  direcUonn,  producM  a  breaking  cf  the  wrvm,  with  a  foam, 
like  the  billowit  un  \  rocky  Hhoai,  junt  beneath  the  surface  of  the  ocean. 

From  a  cnnsid'-.ation  of  th»  particulars  now  described,  the  cause  of  thon  co- 
pious dews  which  fnll  in  the  night,  un  the  islands,  kc.  situated  within  the  tropics, 
will  b«  apparent.  For,  as  the  grt>at  power  of  the  win  by  day  causes  an  extra- 
ordinary  evaporation  ri  thi;  ocean,  so,  in  th«  night,  the  exhalation  ceasing  to  re- 
tain the  same  drgrvu  of  levity  acquired  from  the  heat  of  the  sun,  becomes,  bv 
th«  absence  uf  the  pownr  which  produced  it,  so  dense  and  heavy,  as  again  to  fall 
bacl(  to  the  earth.  The  uir,  at  the  sttm"  time,  cooling,  by  the  same  cause,  ia  also 
affect»>d  by  th**  descending  moisture,  and  thus  acquires  an  additional  tendency  to 
increase  the  land-hrei^ze. 

At  JAIVIAICA,  the  air  is,  In  most  places,  hot  and  unfavourable  to  European 
constitutions  :  hut  the  cool  sfa-breezes,  which  set  in  every  morning,  render  the 
air  more  tolerable  ;  and  that  upon  the  high  pounds  is  temperate,  pure  and  cool- 
i!ig.  It  lightt'ns  almost  every  night,  but  without  much  thunder  •  nevertheless, 
when  the  Tatter  happens,  it  is  very  terrible,  and  roars  tremendously. 

On  the  southern  side  of  the  island  the  sea-breeze  from  the  south-eastward 
comes  on  in  the  morning,  and  gradually  increases  until  noon,  when  it  is  stronf^est : 
at  two  or  three  in  the  afternoon  ih  force  diminishes  ;  and,  in  general,  it  entirely 
ceases  by  Ave  o'clock.  About  eight  in  the  evening  the  land-breeze  begins :  this 
brrezt^  ext«.>nds  to  the  distance  of  4  leagues  to  the  southward  from  the  island. 
It  increases  until  midnight,  and  ceases  at  about  four  in  the  morning. 

The  sea  and  land  breezes  are  more  recnlar  than  otherwise  from  the  latter 
part  of  January  until  May.  In  the  middle  of  May ,  the  sea-breeze  eenerally 
prevail!^  for  several  days  and  nights,  especiallv  about  the  time  of  full  and  change 
of  the  moon ;  and  thus  they  continue  througnout  June  and  part  of  July  ;  from 
that  time  the  sea-breeze  diminishes,  varies,  and  veers  round  to  S.  by  W.  o  '  S.  S. 
W.,  with  freouent  calms.  August,  September,  and  October,  are  the  hurricane 
months,  in  which  there  gen'-^plly  are  strong  gales  of  wind,  with  much  rain. 

In  December,  January,  and  F'ibruary,  when  the  north  winds  predominate, 
their  force  checks  the  sea-breeze.  The  southern  coast  is  that  which,  of  course, 
is  least  expositd  to  these  winds,  being  sheltered,  in  a  great  measure,  by  the 
mountains.  When  combined  with  the  land-breeze,  they  render  the  air  very 
cold  and  unhealthy. 

During  the  months  of  July  and  August,  the  sea-breeze  about  the  island  gene- 
rally blows  impetuously,  and  in  frequent  squalls.  At  this  season,  vessels  bound 
hence  to  Europe  woula  have  the  most  advantageous  passage  through  the  Strait 
and  iitream  of  Florida  ;  but,  in  October,  northerly  winds  frequently  extend  over 
all  the  Bahamas,  Cuba,  and  for  some  time,  on  the  north  side  of  Jamaica :  but 
the  current  of  air  is  forced  upwards  by  the  mountains  of  the  latter,  and  its 
strength  is  spent  in  the  heights.  In  seasons  when  it  is  more  impetuous,  it 
rushes  through  the  windings  and  defiles  of  the  mountains  upon  the  southern 
coast,  particularly  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Kingston,  and  has  been  known  to 
continue  for  some  days. 

During  the  winier,  the  land-breeze  is  more  general  off  the  shores  than  in  sum- 
mer ;  it  sometimes  continues  throughout  tht  day  as  well  as  night,  and  westerly 
winds  prevail  over  all  the  space  between  Jamaica  and  Cuba,  and  even  to  the 
Island  of  St.  Domingo.  They  have  been  experienced  from  Port  Royal,  through 
the  Windward  Channel ;  but  this  is  not  generally  the  case. 

In  November,  southerly  winds  prevail  on  the  south  side  of  ibe  island,  and 
have  been  known  to  extend  from  the  Mosquito  shore,  whence  vessels  hate  ar- 
rived in  five  or  six  days,  that  might,  at  other  times,  have  been  as  ronnv  weeks, 
when  beating  against  the  sea-breeze.  The  southerly  winds  are  generally  faiot; 
nor  do  they  come  upon  the  land,  until  it  be  heitted  by  the  sun,  and  are  ohen  ex- 
pelled by  a  fresh  land-breeze  soon  after  mid-day,  which  abates  in  a  fbw  hours. 

The  return  of  the  sea-breeze,  falling  sooner  or  later  in  autumn,  k  gradual ; 
first  approaching  the  east  end,  then  advancing  a  little ;  and,  in  someyears,  it 
reaches  Morant  Point  fourteen  or  twenty  days  before  it  is  felt  above  iungston. 
It  also  blows  for  a  week  or  two  later  on  the  east  end  of  the  island  than  at  King- 
ston ;  and  has  been  known,  in  some  years,  to  prevail  there  in  the  day-time  dur- 
ing the  whole  time  it  was  onfelt  at  the  former  place.  ^ 


424 


Bluiit*B  Amrrican  Connt  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


I 


WINDS  THnnuoiiourTMC  WKST-INDIKS.— Tlio  rollowinc  d«<Nrription  of 
winds  prtsvailiiiK  "ver  tliviii  r»*|;i*Mi<t,  in  tlin  (iitrcrtint  wriiftonH,  lianln'or.  rxtractod 
IVoni  Captain  l.iviiii^ttuir^  trunsluiiun  ui  tiiu  '  Dcrrolero  dt  laa  Jn(i/<a«/  ur  Spa. 
niah  Directory  for  flie  .Ve»t-ljiiUe«. 

*'  On  the  Eustvr^i  ('oiintMt.f  Amttrica,  nnd  nmon^  1(4  iitliiri(l<i,  Ihucoiirsn  of  Iho 
general  easterly  urtrudtt  wind  i^  i(iiii)terrii|it(>d,  llii)ii};h  siihji-ct  ti>soinu  lOudiAca 
tions  in  direction  and  furce.  Al  a  sliurt  distuncn  from  thu  land,  the  sua-lirnezit 
calms  nt  night,  and  is  roplaced  liy  the  laiid->>r«fx«! :  tliiu  vurintiun  happens  i>very 
day,  uidcM  a  strung  wind  ornvails  from  thu  n(*rthward  or  southward  ;  the  tlrat  ol' 
theae  being  experienced  trum  Octuhor  to  May,  and  t'te  ■vcuiid  in  July,  August, 
and  September. 

"  The  general  easterly  wind,  of  the  tropical  rcK'ions,  it  frit  on  the  coast  of 
Guyana  and  on  thucoastn  of  the  Cdribbtiun  and  IVIfxican  Seas,  luit  with  varia- 
tiona  which  may  be  dnnominatud  diurnal  and  annual.  The  diurnal  period  is 
that  which  the  ata-breezr  causes,  and  wliicli  Hiril<es  tliu  coast  usually  at  an  angle 
of  two  points,  lesH  itr  more,  according  to  thn  locality  and  otluu-  I'ircumstunces; 
and  then  the /an</-Mnm/,  which,  coming  iVom  the  interior,  always  blows  c.Tshoru. 
Tjie  sea-breeze  comes  on  at  about  niix!  or  ton  in  tli«!  fon-.noun,  and  continues 
while  the  sun  is  abovt;  the  horizon,  increasing  its  force  as  that  luminary  aug- 
ments ita  altitude,  and  diminishing,  in  a  siinilar  proportion,  as  the  sun*s  'iltitude 
ducreaies.  Thus,  when  thu  sun  is  on  the  meridian,  the  sea-breeze  is  at  the 
maximum  of  ita  strength;  and  at  the  time  that  the  sun  reaches  the  horizon, 
this  breeze  has,  perceptibly,  ceased.  The  land  breeze  commences  before  mid- 
night, and  continues  until  the  rising  of  the  sun  ;  sometimes  Innf^tr.  A  space  of 
some  hours  intervenes  bettveen  thu  land-breeze's  ceasing  and  the  sea-breeze's 
c6ming  on,  during  which  there  is  a  perfect  calm. 

«♦  The  wnnua/ pen*.  </  of  the  trade-wind  hero  is  produced  by  the  proximity  (»r 
distance  of  the  sun,  which  occassions  the  only  two  seasons  known  in  the  tro- 
pics ;  the  rainij  and  thu  dry  seasons.  The  first  is  when  th<3  sun  is  in  the  tropic 
of  Cancer,  and  heavy  rains  with  loud  thunder  (.re  prevalent.  In  this  season  th« 
wind  is  generally  to  the  southward  of  East,  but  interruptedby  frequenf  calms, 
yet  it  occasionally  blows  with  force  atid  obscures  the  atmosphere. 

"  When  the  sun  removes  to  the  tropic  of  Capricorn,  the  dry  season  com- 
mences, and  then  the  trade  wind,  which  h  steady  at  N.E.,  is  cool  and  agree- 
able. At  this  season.  North  and  N.W.  winds  are  sometimes  found,  blnwinc 
with  much  force ;  and,  indeed,  in  some  degree,  they  regularly  alternate  with 
thegeneral  wind,  as  they  are  more  frequent  in  November  and  December,  than 
in  February  and  March. 

'*Inthu  change  of  the  seasons  there  is  a  remarkable  difference;  fur,  in  April 
and  May,  no  change  is  experienced  in  the  atmosphere,  and  the  weather  is,  in 
general,  beautifully  fine ;  but,  in  August,  September,  and  October,  there  are 
usually  calms,  or  very  light  winds :  and  dreadful  hurricances,  in  these  months, 
sometimes  render  the  navigation  perilous.  From  these  perils  however,  are  ex- 
empted the  Island  Trinidad,  the  coasts  of  Columbia,  (late  Terra  Firma,)  the 
Gulfs  or  Bays  of  Darien  and  Honduras,  and  the  Bight  of  Vera  Cruz,  to  which 
the  hurricanes  do  not  reach.  In  the  space  of  sea  between  the  Greater  Antillas^ 
and  the  coast  of  Columbia,  the  general  N.  E.  or  trade  Wind  regularly  prevails; 
but,  near  the  shore,  the  following  peculiarities  are  found : 

*  At  the  Greater  Antillas  the  sea-breeze  constantly  prevails  hj  day,  and  the 
land-breeze  by  night.  These  land- breezes  are  the  freshest  which  are  kaown, 
and  assist  vessels  much  in  getting  to  the  eastward  or  remounting  to  windward, 
whicbi  without  them,  would  be  almost  impossible.  At  the  lesser  Antillas,  as 
Dominica,  Martiuique,  and  St.  Lucia,  kc,  there  are  no  land-breezes. 

"  On  the  Coasts  of  Guyana  there  are  no  land-breezes,  nor  more  wind  than  is 
generally  experienced  between  the  iropics.  In  January,  February,  and  March, 
the  winas  here  blow  from  North  to  £.  N.  E.,  and  the  weather  is  clear.  In 
April,  May,  and  June,  the  winds  are  from  East  to  S.  E.  In  July,  August,  and 
September,  there  are  calms,  with  tornadoes  from  South  and  S.  vV. ;  and,  in  Oc- 
tober, November,  and  December,  there  are  continual  rains,  while  the  sky  is,  in 


Cuba,  Jamaica,  St.  Domingo,  and  Poito4tico. 


,(<mtki 


10  Edit.  IBluni^B  American  Coust  Pilot. 


4U 


Kuneral,  obtcurfld  by  clouds,  tn  th«  di7Ma«on,  nhich  U  from  JtnuarjU  Juim, 
the  huat  U  very  gruat ;  and,  in  the  wet  teaiou,  ralni  and  tliundar  ar«  eonttaat 
and  violent. 

"  On  the  Coaati  of  Cumnna  iind  Caraeeaa,  to  Cope  dn  !a  Vela,  th«  bnait  Ibl- 
lowH  th«  regulnr  couraa ;  but  from  that  cap«  to  Capt  San  DIaa  the  ganand  wind 
niters  ita  direction  ;  fur  It  hlowi  Tronn  N.  B.  or  N.  N.  £.,  excepting  in  th«  OMatha 
nr  iMarrh,  April,  M«),  and  Juni>,  when  it  come*  to  E.  N.  E.,  and  thcfl  It  •• 
iincitnimorily  n^rong  us  to  render  it  necfcsaary  for  vessels  to  lie  to.  Thaaa  oIm, 
which  are  well  known  to  mariners,  extend  Trom  about  roid*channet  to  Withtll 
two  or  three  Ifcagues  of  thtt  coast,  where  they  become  weak,  eapncialLy  at  nIaM. 
On  this  coast,  about  th<>  Uulf  of  Nicaragua,  are  wmterly  winds,  which  the  piTota 
of  that  country  cull  yendntiUes,  (ruiny  winds,)  in  the  months  from  July  to 
December ;  but  these  windu  never  pass  the  parallel  of  13*  N.,  nor  do  thoy  olOW 
constMntiy,  but  alternate  with  the  aen-breeice. 

**  TFpon  the  Mosquito  Shore,  llnndiiras,  and  Eastern  Coast  of  Yucatan,  tht  ft* 
neral  winds  or  breezes  prevail  in  Fobruary,  March,  April,  and  Mmv  ;  but,  during 
the  first  two  of  those  months,  they  ^ire  occanionally  Interrupted  l>y  norlAf .  In 
June,  July,  and  Au|!;ust,  the  winds  her  irn  from  the  eastward  and  weatward 
of  South,  with  tornudnes  and  calms.  In  September,  Gctoher,  November,  Do- 
comber,  and  January,  they  are  from  the  nottliward  or  southward  of  west,  with 
frequent  gales  from  Vv.  S.  W.,  W.  N.  W.,  and  North. 

"  On  the  Northern  and  Western  Coasts  of  Yucatan,  bi'lwenn  Cnpe  Catocho 
•nd  Point  PiudruH  or  Drsconocida,  and  thence  to  Campeche,  there  is  no  other 
Chan  the  N.K.  orgoucrul  wind,  inUtiruptfd  ity  h:ird  norths  in  the  sanKon  of  them; 
and.  about  the  end  of  A|>ril,  tornadoes  coinnmncn  from  N.  £.  to  S.  R.  Thoio 
tornadoes  generally  form  in  the  afternoon,  continue  about  an  hour ;  and,  by 
nightfall,  the  serenity  of  titn  atmosphere  is  ru-establishc4l>  The  season  of  the 
tornadoes  continutc  until  September,  and  in  all  the  limn  there  nre  sea-breesoN 
upon  the  coast,  which  blow  from  N.  N.  W.  to  N<  E>  It  has  been  remarked 
thar,  as  the  sea-breeze  is  the  more  fresh,  the  more  florrc  is  the  tornado,  espe- 
cially fiom  June  to  Scptembur.  The  sea-brcfcses  come  on  at  about  eleven  of 
the  dayi  and  at  night  the  wind  gets  round  to  East,  E.  iiJ.  E.,  ur  S.  E.,  lo  that 
it  m^y  be,  in  some  degree,  considered  as  a  land-breeze. 

"  On  the  Coast  of  the  Mexican  Sea,  from  Vera  Cruz  to  Tdmpico,  the  breeM 
from  E.  9.  E.  and  East  prMvuils  in  April,  Mav,  June,  and  July;  and,  at  night, 
the  land-breeze  comes  ofifrom  South  to  S-  W. :  but,  if  tlie  land-breete  is  from 
the  N.  W.  with  rain,  the  wind,  on  the  uay  following,  will  be  from  North,  N.  N. 
E.,  or  N.  E.,  particulorly  in  August  and  September:  these  winds  are  denoroi« 
nated,  in  the  country,  '  Henlos  dt  Cubtza  o  Vendavales*  (head-wtnds  or  rainy 
winds) ;  they  nru  not  strong,  nor  do  they  raise  the  sea  ;  with  them,  thMtfore,  a 
vessel  may  take  an  anchorage  as  well  as  with  the  general  breeze,  bat  tlkoy  im* 
pede  getting  out,  for  %%-hich  the  land-breeze  is  required.  The  Ftentoc  d*  Cibutt, 
or  head-winds,  reach  to  about  20  or  30  leagues  from  the  coast,  at  which  dis- 
tance are  found  those  at  East  and  E.  S.  E. 

*'  From  tlie  middle  of  September  until  the  months  of  March,  caution  it  noces* 
sary  in  making  Vera  Cruz,  for  the  norths  ore  then  very  heavy.  The  narrow- 
ness of  this  harbour,  the  obstruction  formed  by  the  shoals  at  its  entranee,  and 
the  slender  shelter  it  affords  from  the  norths,  render  an  attempt  to  make  H,  dur- 
ing one  of  them,  extremely  dangerous,  for  it  will  lie  impossible  to  take  tke  an- 
chornge.  The  folbwing  description  of  the  winds  here  has  been  written  by  Don 
Bernardo  de  Orta,  a  captain  in  the  Spanish  navy,  who  has  been  captain  of  the 
Port,  and  who  surveyed  it. 

'^  Although  in  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  we  cannot  say  that  there  is  any  other  co»-« 
Gtant  wind  than  the  general  bree'..<^  of  this  region,  notwithst^.fMiing  that,  fWM».. 
September  to  March,  the  north  winds  interrupt  the  general  course,  and,  lo  lomo . 
degree,  divide  tiic  year  into  two  seasons,  ted  and  dry,  or  of  the  Brttwn  and' 
^ortha :  the  Drst,  in  which  the  freezes  are  settled,  n  from  March  to  Hq^embr; 
and  the  second,  in  which  the  norths  blow,  is  from  September  to  Hnvku    Tor 
greater  clearness  we  shall  explain  each  separately. 

"The  first  of  the  norths  is  regularly  felt  in  the  month  of  SMtemhcPthutrin 
this  month  and  the  following  one,  October,  the  norths  do  hot  Mow  fmMbuch 
A^rce.    Sometimes  it  happens  that  they  do  not  appaar,  but,  ia  tliftt^INt  Ihe 

64 


iM 


Lliuul'tt  Aineru'.uu  CoumI  Fiiot. 


10  Edit. 


10  Ei 


lire«s«  i«  ititiirni.  (t>ft  hy  hitavy  rMin*  nml  (ornnilui'*.  Ii  Nii««mb«r  tha  Nortlt* 
Mr*  wUhlrthiMl,  liluw  With  much  •trancihi  and  conliiiiia  •  'atiKtli  of  tkmt  tlurinp; 
DtKamlNtr,  Jaminry,  nnil  FvhniMry.  In  thona  inonttiR,  Mfl>-r  thvy  hrg\n,  th«y  in 
craaaa  faat ;  and  in  four  hour*,  nr  a  liUh  morn,  utlain  li)»ir  ktmoit  •trmnth,  willi 
which  thny  continue  bluwini;  I'ur  forty  ai^ht  liuurn  )  hut  tti'lriwiirtla,  though  tilt} 
do  not  cvNHfl  lor  tomn  days,  thi*l  itrf  inodfrala.  In  thi'iut  ini  nth*  th«s  kNorlliiarr 
uhicurti  and  north -Wflttariy,  ami  thny  cuina  on  tu  iVaqiian*!/,  that  ihttrn  ii,lnga- 
ncral,  not  mora  than  four  or  »ix day*  botwefln  thain.  i"  Marnh  and  April  thrv  arr 
neilhar  to  frequent,  nor  hut  to  lone,  and  nrr  cl»  /«t  they  are  mora  A«rc«- 

fur  the  Aral  twenty-funr  houni,  itntl  havti  lf*H  nu. ..«     ..Uing.    In  the  interval  br- 
for*  Novamher,  in  which,  »*  we  hiivn  taid,  the  Ai'ortht  are  ni^tuhliahrd,  the  wtm 
thar  ia  bMutiful,  and  thu  («•  i^rtd  breuau  blowa  with  grea'.  regularity  by  day  ;  thr 
land-braeM  m  rt>||ul«rl^  hy  night. 

"  There  nre  various  *■{>»<*  l*y  ^vhicli  the  coming  on  of  a  JMtrih  mny  be  furet«>en  ' 
■uch  are.  the  ^ind  atendv  nt  Houth ;  thu  inoi»ture  of  the  walla,  and  of  the  pave 
montiof  the  houaea«na  atrrcta;  teeing  vienrly  the  IVak  of  Orhiahn  and  llw.' 
M'uinUiina  of  Perotn  and  Villu-Kica,  with  the  cloud  on  thoiin  of  Hi.  Martin 
liuving  folda  like  a  white  ahevt;  tlio  increase  of  lient  and  of  duw{  nnd  n  thii'U 
fnj;,  or  low  acud,  nyins  with  vnlocity  to  tlie  aoutinvurd  :  hut  the  moat  certain  oi 
»!i  ia  the  barometer;  tor  thia  inHirument,  in  the  lime  of  thu  Northa  at  Vera- 
C'rus,  does  mtt  vary  more,  between  it*  hiKho»t  und  luwcHt  range,  than  8-10 1  that 
i)  to  aay,  it  dona  nut  rise  higher  than  dO  inches  tMO,  nor  full  lower  than  tlO  inch- 
es 8-10.  The  dcHcent  of  thu  mercury  nredicH  tlio  Norths  ;  hut  they  do  nut  be- 
gin to  blow  the  moment  it  ainks,  whicit  it  always  dues  n  short  time  before  thu 
nurtb  comes  on :  at  thone  times  lightnings  iippoar  on  tiie  liorixon,  especially 
iVom  N.  W.  to  N.  K. ;  the  sen  sparkles :  cnbwuha  nre  seen  on  tira  riggings  if  by 
day :  with  such  warnings  trust  not  to  the  weather,  for  u  North  whI  infallibly 
come  on. 

**Thia  wind  generally  moderates  at  the  setting  of  Iho  sun  ;  that  is,  it  does  not 
retain  the  same  strength  which  it  had  from  umu  in  the  murning  to  three  in  thu 
afternoon,  unless  it  commence  in  thu  uvunini;;  or  at  night,  for  then  it  may  increase 
otherwise.  Sometimes  it  hH|)pcns  that,  after  dark,  or  a  little  Iwforu  midnight, 
it  ia  found  to  be  the  land-wind,  from  thu  northward  and  westward ;  in  which 
cane,  should  it  get  rtiund  to  the  southward  of  west,  thu  north  will  bo  at  an  end, 
and  the  gene ruT breeze  will,  to  n  certainty,  comuon  at  its  regular  hour:  hut,  if 
that  does  not  happen  at  the  rising  of  the  sun,  or  afterwards,  and  at  the  turn  of 
the  tide,  it  will  return  to  blow  from  the  north,  with  the  same  violence  as  on  the 
dav  before,  and  then  it  is  callttd  a  Morte  de  Marea,  or  Tide-JSTarth. 

"The  Norths  also  sometimes  conclude  by  taking  to  the  northward  and  east- 
ward, which  is  more  certain;  for,  if  the  wind  in  the  evpning  gets  to  N.  E.  al- 
though the  sky  remain  covered  the  day  follovving,  but  by  night  the  land-breezn 
hat  been  from  the  northward  and  westward,  the  regular  breeze  will  aurely  ensue 
in  the  evening,  good  weather  succeeding  and  continuing  fur  four  or  six  dav»  : 
the  latter  perioaheing  the  Inngent  tlint  it  will  last  tO|  in  the  season  of  the  norths : 
bat,  if  the  wind  retrograde  from  N.  E.  to  N.  N.  £.  or  North,  the  weather  will 
be  still  unsettled. 

'*  Examples  are  not  wanting  of  norths  happening  in  May,  June,  July,  and  Au- 

Eutt,  at  which  times  they  are  most  furiouH,  and  are  called  Abrfet  del  JUtttto  Co- 
nraao ;  the  more  moderate  arc  called  ChoeolaleroSt  but  these  are  rather  uncom- 
mon. • 

"  The  Wet  Season,  or  Season  of  the  Dreezes,  ia  from  March  to  September  : 
the  Breezes,  at  the  end  of  March  and  tlirough  the  whole  month  of  April,  as  al- 
ready explained,  are,  from  time  to  time,  interrupted  by  Norths,  and  are  from  E 
8.  B.  very  fresh ;  the  Rky  sometimes  clear,  at  other  times  obscure.  At  timen 
these  touch  from  S.  E.,  and  continue  all  night,  without  giving  place  to  the  land- 
breeze,  which  prevails,  in  general,  every  night,  excepting  when  the  north  wind  is 
on.    T.ie  land-breeze  ia  freshest  when  the  rains  have  begun. 

**  After  the  sun  passes  the  zenith  of  Vera  Cruz,  and  until  he  n  .urns  to  it,  that 
is,  from  the  16th  of  May  to  the  tTth  of  July,  the  breezes  are  of  the  lightest 
description ;  almost  calnis,  with  much  mist  or  haze,  and  slight  tornadoes.  Af- 
ter that  time  the  pleasant  breezes  from  N.W.  ta.Jf.E.  sometimes  reroahi 
iijicdv  *  ''^ 


Pv 


10  Eilit. 


RlimtV  American  Coast  Pilot. 


127 


•*  From  th«  97ih  of  July  to  thn  mkldl*  of  OctobM*.  whrni  Ihr  Norths  bMooui 
•■Uliliaiifld,  tlin  turnmiuM*  ar*  rtarcr,  with  huMvy  rnin*.  (humlur,  and  lighlninf  t 
thoM  wluch  tit  itiK  tliD  lu!avi«»l  wind*  ar«  from  Ui«  «Mt,  but  Itiuy  iira  alio  tbrnm 
uf  IIm  ahurtctt  Utit.itiiiii. 

"  In  thu  kovaoti  >!'  till'  llr««txni.  thii  tnUl  yariatluii  uf  th«i  harnmatar  la  4*10 1  lk<^ 
Kriiatrtt  luniit  of  tli»  ini<rrury  U  to  30  inrhtn  Ai-lOO,  and  lu  ftaatwl  datMnt 
to  in  iiicliMn  Ofl-l«H>.  Till*  llicrinninrtar  in  July  riarii  ti>  nf,  and  do«>«  not  fall  tn 
KJi*:  in  I>crf>ml>ur  it  ri«e«  tit  HO^".  Hot  navcr  falla  ImIoiv  Afl4\  Thia,  it  miMt 
Im  undnmlood,  wil  tucMrtaini>d  in  tha  ahadi*,  th*  inatrumant  iMdng  plaefid  in  onv 
of  tbn  roolnat  and  h«*«t  wnlilatrd  halla  in  th«)  oavtltt. 

**  III  thn  moiitlia  of  AoKiint  mid  S«pt«ml>rr,  rarisly  a  vcar  paKKA*  witliout  iiurii 
i'ani>«  nvnr  FluriJii  and  tlio  nortlinrii  Anlillna ;  hut  to  Vara  Crur.,  or  iiny  port  ot 
iha  CQMiit  thenca  to  C'arnp«ch«,  thoy  navar  arrivo  ;  all  that  ia  fait  baing  th«  hea- 
vy tAa,  which  haa  ariicn  in  thit  hiKhfr  iMlltiidnt.  Hurricanaa  ha|;iii  to  th«  north- 
ward and  aaattvard  ;  nnd,  nltho«i((h thay  do  not  nlwaya  f|o  round  thn  aamt  way, 
y«t,  in  Kcnaral,  th«T  next  gu  to  the  aouthirard  and  aaatward,  with  thick  af|*ially 
wanthur  and  rain." 

From  Tampieo  to  thti  Day  of  San  Bernardo,  breesea,  from  the  aouthward  and 
nastward,  are  ateady  and  pitaaant  from  April  to  Auguat ;  but,  iu  the  romnining 
montba  this  cuaat  ia  much  oxpoand  to  galea  from  KhhI  mid  K.  S.  T,.,  which  blo«r 
without  int«!rmi«aion,  fur  two  or  three  dnvn,  before  a  North  come«  on.  In  about 
latitude  tei",  there  are  land-hreczea  in  the  nummer,  which  blow  from  midnight 
until  nine  in  tt)e  forenoon.     [See  pagn  im.  \ 


From  Maranham  io  Para. 

You  mint  pnsi  to  tho  northward  of  the  Croix  grande,  which  lies  in  )a(i-> 
tude  2°  10'  8.  and  give  it  n  birth  of  2  or  3  leagues.  The  bank  of  Manuel 
Louize,  which  has  not  been  long  discovered  and  is  very  dangerous  es  iu 
the  latitude  1^  16'  8.  it  is  never  dry  nor  does  the  sen  break  much  u  ;on  it, 
except  at  low  water ;  you  pass  to  the  northward  of  it  about  5  leagues  ;  it 
is  about  15  leagues  from  the  land.  From  the  bank  of  Manuel  Louize  to 
the  bank  of  St.  Jono  you  have  10  to  12  fathoms,  passing  6  leagues  to  the 
northward  of  Mnnuel  Louize  and  keep  in  17  fathoms  water,  you  have  qo* 
thing  to  fear  as  far  as  Salinas,  for  which  directions  have  been  given.  Be* 
tween  Salinas  Bay  and  Point  Tigiocn  (which  is  the  East  Point  of  the 
Kiver  Amaison,)  and  lies  in  00"  28'  S.  there  are  several  bays.  In  the  bay 
of  Mnra  Cann,  you  may  anchor  in  7  or  B  fathoms,  but  must  not  come  near 
the  island,  as  it  is  very  dangerous.  At  Point  Matras  de  Muraponi  you 
must  not  cpme  nearer  than  3  leagues,  nor  anchor  the  point  bearing  sooth, 
na  it  is  foul  ground.  At  the  point  of  Piracacn^b  nna  there  in  a  largo  Mmdy 
bay,  wl>efe  you  may  anchor  in  9  fathoms,  soilt  v/hite  sand.  In  the  t>ajr  of 
Cnjatuba,  you  may  anchor  in  12  fathoms  ;  you  must  not  come  nearer  in  ; 
voq  will  then  be  about  3  leagues  from  the  land.  The  point  of  Curiua  is 
round  and  some  red  spots  ;  yoq  may  anchor  on  the  eaflt  side  of  tl^e  point, 
in  IT  or  18  fathoms,  uhite  sand,  -^t  about  3  leagues  from  the  land.. 

From  Point  Tigioca  there  are  two  banks,  bearing  north  from  tha  point ; 
the  outer  bank,  which  is  called  the  Bnxo  de  Foru  is  6  or  7  leagues  from 
the  land,  the  inner  one  called  the  Baxo  de  Dentro,  extends  nearly  from 
the  point  to  within  3  or  4  miles  of  the  outer  bank  \  there  is  a  good  chan- 
nel betiveen  them  with  from  10  tq  )3  fathoms  water.  There  is  likewise 
a  channel  between  the  Baxo  de  Dentro  and  Point  Tigioca,  but  it  is  very 
intricate,  and  b;*  no  meann  attempt  to  pass  it,  being  only  freqaeoteil  by 
small  craft.    As  soon  as  yon  are  through  the  channel  between  the  b.inkff . 


r>. 


VM 


yiuiit'ii  Americiiii  Von^tt  Pilot. 


10  EdU. 


you  will  hava  7,  II,  ami  tf  (•thooM,  »tc«p4  you  |«t  to  tb«  WMtwiirJ  on  th« 
bank  of  8|.  Joau,  which  U  lowanhi  tho  w«*l«rn  •horo,  whvro  you  hav«  3 
IhthoiiMi  •!  low  WNter,  npnng  titUt :  on  thu  bank  Ihc  wn  do«n  not  br«ak, 
It  M  tod  mail,  and  (ooU  Mirhorinc  on  it.  Tho  wHtrr  it  tmoolh.  which  is 
not  tho  CM«  in  tho  chunuol  of  (ho  rivtr  whoro  there  U  ■  greMrr  ilroth  of 
wator.  Tho  Bmio  <)o  Fore  and  tho  ^uo  do  Dantro  iro  htird  aand,  and 
whon  thoro  ia  a  froah  breoso  tho  aoanKonka  vorv  much  on  (hem  ;  whan 
tlM  watof  ia  aaiootb  thoy  aro  vory  daagaroMa,  and  ar«  ataop  too.  I  hnv« 
paaaad  within  I  of  a  mile  to  tho  woatward  of  thorn  in  0  ftiltioma  at  low  wa* 
tor  :  tprinf  titloa  them  aro  not  more  than  V  or  II  tent  water  on  them.— 
Whan  you  aro  at  the  ea«t  entrance  of  tiio  channel  between  the  Baio  da 
Fora  and  tbo  Baxo  de  Dontro,  yuu  havo  all  the  point*  open  to  the  eaat* 
ward,  and  when  through,  Point  Tigioca  heart  N.  E.  by  E.  and  the  iaianda 
of  St.  Caetono,  S.  }  you  may  then  ateer  8.  W.  by  S.  and  8.  S.  W.  which  ia 
a  good  coune  till  you  aro  a  conaiderable  distance,  i)  or  10  Ukikucs  up  tha 
rivtr,  and  will  carry  you  clear  of  all  the  boiika,  which  Ke  off  the  ialanda 
St.  Caetano,  and  a  bunk  of  hard  aand,  which  lies  off  the  Point  Vigia  at 
•t  about  1|  o<  8  milei  from  tho  abore. 

The  longitude  of  this  coaat  baa  generally  been  laid  down  too  far  to  tha 
westward.  You  ahould  endeavour  to  make  the  land  to  Ihc  enatwiird  of 
Point  Tigioca,  which  lies  about  47**  \S'  W.  of  Greenwich.  If  you  make 
Cape  North,  it  will  tiike  you  a  conaiderable  time  to  beat  up,  iind,  unle«s 

Jrou  hnv*  a  very  goo«l  vaaael,  you  cannot  do  it  nt  all.  Cape  North  lie*  in 
ong.  bOf*  10'  W.  Suppofo  you  make  the  land  to  the  eaatwnrd  of  Point 
Tittoca,  and  are  reaolved  to  run  uptke  river  without  a  pilot,  the  beat  way 
ia  n  you  are  pretty  near  the  land  to  steer  N.  W.  to  get  nn  offing 
to  go  the  northward  and  westward  nf  all  the  banks;  then  atecf  W. 
N.  W.  or  W.  keeping  tne  land  in  sight  from  the  mnal  head.  From  the 
Bay  of  Salinas  to  Point  Tigioca  the  distance  is  about  10  leagues.  Keep 
tbia  course,  and  if  you  see  nothing  of  the  breakers  on  the  banks  at  the  en- 
trance  of  the  river,  haul  up  W.  oiid  W.  S.  W.  till  you  make  the  Island  of 
Qfaraia,  wliich  is  on  the  west  hide  of  tb«  river ;  when  yop  make  this 
bland,  bear  up  8.  and  S.  S.  £.  and  haul  up  for  the  east  side  of  the  river, 
which  you  will  ofiake  in  about  two  hours  ;  then  steer  between  S.  and  S. 
W.  bv  S.  observing  not  to  come  too  near  the  eastern  shore  till  you  are 
certam  oC  being  above  the  Point  Vigia,  as  there  are  several  sand  banks  off 
tht  islands  of  St.  Caetnno.  Point  Vigiii  is  about  eight  leagues  from  Point 
Tigiaca.  The  course  up  the  river  to  Para,  after  passing  the  islands  St. 
Caetano,  and  have  got  the  eastern  shore  pretty  close,  Tsay  2  or  3  miles) 
is  f .  W.  by  S.  and  S.  S.  W.  You  leave  all  the  small  islands  on  your  lar- 
board side,  till  you  get  up  near  Mosqueira,  which  is  about  IC  leagues  up 
the  rivar,  and  above  Bahia  do  Sol,  when  you  leave  the  other  islands  to 
starboard.  If  vou  come  up  the  river  in  the  night,  be  coreful  not  to  steer 
to  the  eastward  of  south,  or  vou  may  get  into  the  Bahiado  Sol,  which  is 
very  dangerous,  being  full  of  rocks  nnd  shoals.  At  Pura  it  is  high  water 
at  12  o'clock  foil  and  change,  the  tide  rises  from  3  to  4  fathoms.  There 
is  a  fort  about  three  leagues  below  the  city,  on  a  small  island,  where  you 
are  obliged  to  anchor  and  send  your  boat  ashore,  and  wuit  till  you  get  per- 
miuion  to  go  up  to  Para. 


10  Edit. 


Blunt V  American  Coast  Pilot. 


riO 


Oiher  DlrecUons  for  Rivrr  Para. 

Votaelt  hound  from  Maranhntn  to  the  rivrrn  Pnrn  niul  Amnxnn,  vhottM 
iivmI  th(>nM«Uc«  of  th«  morning't  tiite,  nitctinnnK  at  Arinji,  nn<l  lhrnc« 
ptNnHinK  out  to  ••award  in  15,  10,  in,  and  'iO  fiitlioni«  wolrr  ;  this  Hnt  or 
Mhttllow  coiitinuaa  •trclehiriK  northwctterly  lu  th<«  diflatH  o  of  '.'O  or  '1% 
Iraxuaa.  There  i»  no  dnngrr  whatarar  in  your  rouma  ;  hut  aa  «oon  na 
you  da«p«n  your  watrr  and  lo«n  your  RnuiidiiiKu,  you  «f  ill  And  your<i«lf 
uhrauat  of  tho  Uland  of  St.  Joao  ;  throughout  thi«  spaca  the  thurrw  nrti 
loMT,  with  a  f«w  Hrntterad  aundy  hillocliK ;  there  are  aoma  frw  opeintiga 
or  hayi  in  your  paaaafe,  aa  the  haya  of  Cuma  and  Corimata,  from  both  of 
which  arc  ahoala  that  atretrh  milra  into  the  a«a.  Northwest  of  Coriinnt:i 
ii  Mocamnmhttbe,  and  a  little  further  Cabelln  de  Velhaa  ;  from  which 
the  co..>t  ia  covered  with  a  ahort  heath  or  bruahwood,  which  having 

Iiuaaed,   you  approach  Curaapocira  Hay,   tilled  with  break^ra.     From 
lenco  N.  W.  liea  Ht.  Joau'a  Inland  ;  the  land  ii  level  and  low,  and  off 
the  N.  E.  point  of  the  iaiand  ia  good  anchorage  in  6  and  7  fathoms,  and 
water  may  bu  had  of  good  quality.     On  ita  weat  aide  ia  a  nver  called 
Tnrivana,  or  b<iv  of  Tiirivaaao,  capable  of  admitting  large  veaseii,  and 
formerly  much  frequented  ;  from  honce  to  the  Ourapi  Mountain,  which 
stands  inland,  ia  high,  and  haa  a  amaller  and  rounder  hillock  near  it,  ia 
about  70  miles,  having  several  rivtra  or  bava,  viz.  tho  Baya  of  Malaer- 
ca,  Carara,  Maracaaumc,  Pirocuva,  TtromNbhuba,  Caraiba,  and  Carniha- 
mesim.     These  two  latter  join  each  other,  and  art  aometimea  called  the 
sisters.     Oumpi  Point  is  low,  level,  and  snndy,  covered  with  a  dark 
hruahwood,  and  having  a  reef  running  into  the  sea,  over  which  th«  wotera 
break.     From  Point  Gorapi,  the  coaat  atrotches  weaterly,  but  indented 
with  various  openings  ond  bays.     It  ia  adviseable  to  keep  clear  of  thia 
part,  it  being  in  some  places  shoal  water;  but  \.hcn  you  are  at  the  dis- 
tunce  of  9  or  10  miles,  the  bottom  will  be  found  clear  and  even,  with  7, 
8,  0,  end  10  fathoms.     The  bays  between  Gurapi  and  Caite,  ore  Perea- 
luma  and  Fereatinga,  adjoining  it  Toque,  Embque,  Gimnunga,  .Scnnm- 
boca,  Panea,  and  Manigultuba;  you  will  then  arrive  at  Caite,  which  will 
be  known  by  aome  loAy  manqucs  islands,  while  the  coast  at  their  feet 
appeara  white  and  sandy.     In  coming  from  sea,  and  when  you  arc  just  to 
the  southward  of  the  equator,  and  in  longitude  46**  6'  W.  of  Greenwich, 
you  will  obaerve  your  water  discoloured,  and  soon  after  the  land  weat 
ward  of  Caite  appearing  like  breakers  ahead.     The  coast  from  Caite  bay 
to  Mar^cuno  runs  northwesterly,  and  ia  distant  about  13  leaguea  ;  yoo 
should  keep  about  2  leagues  from  shore  in  sailing  along,  where  your 
passage  will  be  without  danger,  and  your  soundings  from  7  to  9  fathoms, 
and  you  will  pass  Uic  following  inleta  or  bays  :  Cotiperu  and  Meriquiqui ; 
you  will  then  see  the  high  point  called  Mount  Pirousu,  having  red  cliffs 
on  its  eastern  part.  ■  Adjoining  to  this  is  Perimerim  bay,  the  Guaraptpo, 
and  Virianduba  or  the  Salt  Ponds  ;  here  you  will  notice  several  spots  or 
patches  of  white  sand,  on  which  the  sea  breoks  ;  and  at  the  western  ex- 
trcmity  of  these  is  a  watch-tower,  from  which  a  simn'  ^u  i  is  fired  on  the 
approach  of  any  vessel.     By  keeping  a  good  look  oui    "'ten  yoa  arrive  at 
this  part  of  the  coast,  you  will  readily  perceive  the  smoke  if  you  should 
not  hear  the  report.     This  point,  called  Point  de  Ataiia,  litis  two  white 
cliffs  upon  it,  and  on  rounding  it  you  will  enter  the  bay  of  Maraoino  in  5 
and  6  fathoms  water.     Eighteen  milea  west  of  Maracono  is  Point  Tigioca, 
the  eastern  land  at  the  entrance  of  the  ri  ver  Para.  From  Point  Tigioca  to 
Point  Tapua,  the  course  is  S.  W.  by  W.  but  tome  shoals,  called  Baso  de  Bo- 


430 


Blum  6  American  Coast  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


raneo,  spread  northwesterly  between  them,  you  will  therefore  give  these 
points  a  witle  birth  of  6  or  7  miles,  at  which  distance,  there  is  u  channel 
used  by  amali  v^gsclfi,  but  larger  vessels  must  keep  f.irther  out,  at  the 
diutance  of  10  or  11  miles  from  Point  Tii^ioca ;  they  will  there  have  12, 
11,  15,  and  1<)  fathoms,  and  between  these  two  channels  the  ground  in 
foul,  but  without  danso-r.  About  14  miles  due  north  from  the  point  are 
Tigioca  shoals,  which  extend  8  or  9  miles  northward,  and  are  about  6 
miles  in  breadth  from  E.  to  W.  Over  these  shoals  the  water  breaks  con- 
stantly. Vessels  leaving  Maracuna,  or  coming  from  seaward  and  bound 
to  Para,  should  steer  directly  off  these  shoals,  passing  within  3  or  even  2 
miles  of  them,  and  having  the  river  open,  stand  up  the  channel  a  S.S.W. 
keeping  nearer  the  Para  side  than  that  of  Capo  MsguaTi,  the  latter  having 
considerable  banks  of  sands  almost  all  the  way  to  Para.  At  the  entrance, 
and  opposite  to  Point  Tigioca  the  distance  from  shore  to  shore  is  9  leagues, 
but  narrows  as  you  proceed  ;  should  night  come  on,  you  will  do  well  to 
anchor,  taking  care  to  give  the  land  of  Juanes  a  good  birth,  on  account  ol' 
the  flats  before  mentioned,  and  when  you  weigh  in  the  morning,  let  it  be 
at  low  water.  The  land  on  the  Para  side  is  low,'levcl,  and  dark,  and  filled 
with  manques,  which  at  a  distance  appears  like  vessels  at  anchor,  and 
when  you  arrive  at  the  termination  of  these,  you  will  perceive  two  small 
hillocks  of  white  sand,  and  further  on,  some  reddish  clifls,  upon  which 
some  huts  are  erected.  Having  sailed  on  about  a  league  from  these,  you 
will  see  the  point  or  entrance  to  the'^'Bahia  de  Sol :  go  not  too  near,  as  it 
is  in  some  places  shallow,  but  should  you  find  your  water  decreasing  too 
much,  stand  immediately  toward  the  Juanes  shore,  and  your  soundings 
will  deepen.  Continuing  your  course,  you  will  approach  Point  do  Mos- 
quito, between  whigh  and  the  narrow  Island  Totuack  is  the  entrance  to 
the  Bahia  de  Antonio  ;  the  passage  is  about  1^  mile  broad,  and  has  7  fa- 
thoms mid-chanoei ;  the  ebb  tide  here  sets  very  strong.  Having  passed 
the  southern  point  or  Point  do  Pidheiro,  you  will  see  the  citv  of  Belim, 
or  Para;  continue  your  course  south,  passing  to  the  westward  of  the  islands 
of  Reiquites  and  Oncas,  the  latter  having  a  fort  upon  it,  and  anchor  op- 
posite to  the  city,  ip  3, 4,  o  r  5  fathoms  water.  Vessels  leaving  this  river, 
and  taking  their  departure  from  point  Tapua,  should  steer  agreeable  to 
the  tide,  keeping  that  point  S.  E.  until  you  are  diocant  from  it  15  or  1U 
miles  ;  Cape  Maguari  will  then  be  in  sight  ;  haul  up  N  E.  or  N.  N.  £. 
taking  care  to  avoid  the  shoals  of  St.  Rosa.  The  winds  are  generally 
firom  the  eastward,  and  blow  in  squalls.  The  beginning  of  the  flood  sets 
from  the  eastward  very  rapid,  and  veers  gradually  to  the  northeast  and 
north  ;  the  rise  of  water  Is  10  feet.  In  thick  weather,  when  Cape  Ma- 
guari  cannot  be  seen,  you  may  discover  yqur  approach  to  the  banks  of  St. 
Rosa  by  the  soundings  becoming  irregular,  n'hich  is  not  the  case  to  the 
eastward  of  the  channel.  Keep  the  weather  shoals  on  board  as  much  as 
possible.  Whoever  is  bound  to  Maranham  or  Para,  should  make  the  land 
in  the  months  from  December  to  July,  because  high  winds  seldom  pre- 
vail. The  shores  then  appear  clear  and  bright ;  but  from  July  to  No- 
vember, a  constant  fog  envefopes  the  land,  and  the  higher  the  tempests, 
the  thicker  and  more  hazy  the  atmosphere  appears.  The  winds  prevail- 
ing on  this  coast,  are  the  N.  £. — £.  N.  E.  and  E.  which  are  all  fair  for  go- 
ing in  or  out  of  Maranham  and  Pai'a.  Throughout  the  coast  you  may  an- 
chor 2  or  3  leagues  from  the  land,  but  it  is  not  adviseable  to  go  into  less 
than  8  fathoms  watet.  The  tides  rise  3  and  3^  fathoms,  and  it  is  high  wa> 
•ter  at  four  o'clock,  fuU  and  change. 


10  Edit. 


Blunf  s  American  Coast  Pilot. 


431 


Coast  of  Brazil. 

St.  Paul's  island,  called  aUo  Panedo  nnd  St.  Pctcr'a,  Ncs  in  hit  0°  55'  N. 
and  long.  29^  13'  W.  It  is  composed  of  an  imsemblagc  of  sleep  rocks 
without  verdure,  covcrpd  with  bird'e  dung,  and  with  no  place  fit  for  an- 
rhoring,  or  convenient  fur  landing.  Thid  small  island  has  been  seen  by 
(ndiamen  both  outward  and  homeward  bound;  although  it  is  considerably 
to  the  westward  of  the  common  course  of  the  latter;  and  no  ship  bound  to 
the  southward  should  cross  the  equator  so  far  west. 

Fernand  de  J^Toronha  has  nol  infrequently  been  visited  or  seen  by  ships 
bound  to  India,  occasioned  by  the  currents  having  set  them  to  the  west- 
v.ard,  after  the  failure  of  the  north-cast  trade  wind.     It  is  a  remarkable 
island,  and  is  readily  known  by  a  high  rocky  peak  called  the  pyramid,  very  " 
barren  and  rugged,  which  seems  to  lean  to  the  eastward,  when  it  bears 
S.S.W.,  and  by  its  S.W.  point,  which  is  perforated  and  gives  a  free  pas- 
«iige  to  the  sea,  and  therefore  by  some  called  the  hole  in  the  wall.     Off 
ihis  point,  at  a  considerable  distance,  lies  a  sunken  rock  which  is  danger- 
ous to  approach.     From  the  S.E.  part  of  the  island,  named  Tobaccp- 
point,  a  reef  extends  to  seaward  a  considerable  distance ;  and  a  rocky 
patch  on  which  the  sea  always  breaks,  lies  2i  or  3  miles  S.E.  by  S.  from 
this  point,  and  nearly  3i  miles  S.  J  W.  from  the  east  point.     There  is  a 
channel  of  10  to  15  fathoms  water  within  this  patch,  and  when  on  it,  the 
pyramid  will  be  shut  in  by  the  highest  hill. 

This  island  is  about  7  miles  in  length,  and  2  or  2^  miles  broad  :  it  pro- 
duces black  cattle,  sheep,  poultry,  melons,  corn,  &c.  It  is  inhabited  by 
Portugnese  exiles,  and  has  a  strong  garrison  ;  and  all  the  little  sandy  bay.s 
and  anchoring  places  are  defended  by  forts.  The  road  is  on  the  north 
side  near  the  N.E.  end  of  the  island,  and  the  anchorage  is  tolerably  good 
in  9  to  13  fathoms  water,  at  about  half  a  mile  from  shore,  with  the  pyramid 
bearing  from  S.S.W.  to  SiW.  It  is  quite  exposed  to  northerly  and  wester- 
ly winds,  which  are  said  to  prevail  here  from  December  to  April,  at 
other  times  they  are  mostly  south-east,  or  easterly,  and  sometimes  at  N.E. 
The  surf  is  frequently  high,  and  at  such  times  there  is  no  landing.)  Fresh 
Xvater  may  be  procured  from  a  well  near  the  governor's  house,  biit  it  is 
a  scarce  article  in  the  dry  season,  and  cannot  always  be  got  off  from  tho 
shore  on  account  of  the  surf  On  the  south  side  of  the  island,  to  the  east- 
ward of  Tobacco-point,  is  a  i>mall  bay  called  the  Port,  lit  for  boats  only, 
where  it  is  said  fresh  water  may  be  procured  from  a  rivulet. 

The  currents  generally  run  strong  to  the  westward,  therefore  the  ne 
cessity  of  approaching  the  road  by  Rat  or  Wooding  island  is  obvious.  Rn:t 
island  is  about  I  h  mile  in  length,  and  lies  about  1}  mile  from  the-  N.E.  end 
of  Fernand  de  Noronha  :  it  produces  grass  and  rewood,  with  some  wild 
goats  ;  but  the  wood  will  sink  if  thrown  into  the  >vater,  and  there  is  great 
risk  instating  the  boat  while  getting  it  off  from  the  rocks. 

The  pyramid  is  in  latitude  3®  55'  15"  south,  and  longitude  32**  35'  30' 
west :  the  tide  rises  about  6  feet,  and  flows  on  full  and  change  days  of  the 
moon,  until  4  o'clock. 

Between  St.  Paul's  and  Fernand  de  Noronha  the  current  sets  W.S.W 
about  20  miles  in  24  hours. 

The  RoccAS  are  low  sandy  keys  with  shrubs  on  them,  and  cannot  be. 
,   seen  in  the  clearest  weather,  more  than  three  leagues  from  the  ma<!t  head . 
They  are  particularly  dangerous  to  ships  sailing  ^tween  Fernand  de  No- 
ronha, and  the  coast  of  Brazil  by  night,  if  they  are  not  certain  of  then 
relative  position  from  the  formjer ;  for  they  are  liable  to  be  carried  by  (hf: 


432 


Blunt^s  Americar  Coast  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


strong  westerly  currents,  more  to  leeward  than  my  be  apprehended. 
The  English  East  India  ship  Britannia,  and  King  George  transport,  were 
wrecked  on  thes«  keys  at  4  A.M.  No?.  2nd,  1805.  They  lie  about  eigh- 
teen leagues  to  the  westward  of  Fernandde  Noronha,  in  latitude  3^  56' S. 
and  in  longitude  33**  36'  west ;  their  whole  extent  is  about  6  miles,  and  nt 
their  north  east  end  is  a  pretty  high  rock  :  the  sea  breaks  exceedingly 
high  all  aroMudthem.  When  the  above  ships  were  wrecked,  the  current 
set  at  the  rate  of  2h  knots  to  the  westward :  the  tide  rose  and  fell  6  feet. 
There  are  28  fathoms  about  2  miles  from  their  west  extremity. 

According  to  Pimental,  p  shoal  lies  i7  leagues  S.S.W. ;  another,  ac- 
cording to  the  Portuguese,  about  25  leagues  toS.W.  ;  another,  discovered 
by  the  Ei^lish,  45  leagues  to  VV.N.W.  of  Fernandde  Noronha. 


From  Cape  St.  Roque  t^  Maranham. 

Cape  St.  RoavB  is  the  north  easternmost  promontory  of  Brazil ;  it 
lies  in  5*^  8'  south  latitude,  iind  35"  38'  west  longitude.  The  banks  of 
St.  Roque  extend  about  7  or  8  leagues  to  the  northward  of  the  Cape, 
and  12  or  13  leagues  to  the  westward,  dry  in  many  places,  with  several 
navigable  channels  between  them.  Between  the  S.  E.  extremity  of  the 
banks  and  the  cape,  there  is  a  narrow  passage  of  1^  mile  in  breadth,  with 
4  fathoms  water  in  it :  close  to  the  east  end  of  the  banks  there  are  7  fa- 
thoms, and  at  the  distance  of  3  leagues,  36  fathoms. 

About  seven  leagues  to  the  westward  of  Cape  St.  Roque,  is  Point  Del- 
gadoy  the  west  point  of  the  River  Vermelho,  or  Red  River,  eo  caHod  from 
some  red  qliffs  on  its  east  side  ;  about  midway  is  Point  Seara.  A  bank 
lies'  before  the  mouth  of  the  river,  having  a  passage  on  each  side  of  it, 
with  2^  to  3  fathoms  water,  in  the  westernmost  of  which  a  vessel  may 
anchor.  About  7  leagues  farther  westward  is  Brandu  Bay,  and  the  river 
Doce  ;  whence  the  coast  trends  to  N.  W.  by  W.  and  VV.  N.  W.  to  Point 
Pedras  on  the  east  side  of  Paranduba  bay.  From  point  Delgado  to  Bran- 
du bay,  the  coast  is  mostly  flat  and  barren  ;  between^  the  latter  and  Point 
Pedras,  the  country  is  bare  and  black,  its  surface  covered  with  sand,  and 
appearing  like  small  islands. 

Off  Point  Pedras  are  some  rocky  shoals,  having  channels  between  them 
and  the  main  of  3  or  4  fathoms  \vater.  Hence  the  coast  lies  nearly  west 
to  the  river  Guamara,  which  is  known  by  2  inland  sugar-loaf  mountains 
of  unequal  heights,  and  about  3  leagues  farther  west  is  Tubarao  or  Shark's 
Point.  Nearly  midway  between  Point  Pedras  and  Shark's  Point,  are 
some  red  cliffs,  off'  which  lies  the  east  end  of  Salinas  Bank,  which  thence 
extends  nearly  parallel  to  the  shore  to  a-breast  oi  Shark's  Point.  It  lies 
about  4  or  5  miles  from  shore,  and  the  channel  between  has  4  fathoms 
water,  but  there  are  several  banks  lying  therein,  which  makes  f^e  nuviga- 
tion  difficult  and  dangerous  to  thos6  who  are  unacquainted  therewith. 

Tubarao  or  Shark's  Point  is  on  the  east  side  of  the  river  Amargoso 
near  which  to  the  westward  are  2  others ;  namely,  the  river  Cavallos,  and 
the  river  Conchas.  North-westward  from  Tubarao  Point  about  3  leagues 
is  Ponta  do  Mel,  or  Honey  Point,  known  by  some  high  red  cliffs,  and  some 
palm  or  cocoa  trees  near  th  sea.  Nearly  N.  W.  ^  W.  6  or  7  leaguci^ 
farther  is  Cap^  Corso  on  the  north  side  of  the  river  Upamena,  where 
there  are  some  salt  poods ;  .at  the  entrance,  th9.>  depth  is  only  9  feet  at 
high  water,  but  within  there  are  8  fathoms.    On  t^west  side  are  some 


lOEdi 

I'ed  cliff 
Corso,  ai 
Six  or 
tween  ii 
called  R 
Oncas,  ar 
which  mi 
minating 
points, 
and  unde 
River,  h 
leagues  i 
the  first 
schooner 
the  coast : 
distance, 
surround* 
high  tides 
rock ;  the 
but  the  I 
in  the   st 
empties  itj 
shore,  is  i 
pears  gret 
About  ' 
Macoripe 
St.  Joze  d 
let,  whicl 
site  the  f( 
at  low  ws 
and  unfit  f( 
Ship$  bi 
then  run  a 
10  or  12  fj 
the  tide,  p 
set  strong 
At  the  d 
is  the  poin 
the  river  I 
dahu.     Tl 
are  small 
Melancias 
W.  by  W.: 
point  of  an 
ba&     shall 
rivers  Aric 
Four  leagi 
point  on  th( 
an  islrit  lie! 
also. 

T'le  coa 
coara  Bay. 
It  is  full  of 
4  ^thorns. 


10  Edit. 


Blunt  i  American  Coast  Pilot. 


433 


fed  cliffs.      The  water  is  shallow  to  a  considerable  distance  from  Cape 
Corao,and  also  from  Honey  Point. 

Six  or  7  leagues  N.  W.  \  N.  from  Cape  Corso  is  Agebarana  Point ;  be- 
tween it  Itiobara  Bay,  to  the  eastward  of  which  is  a  remarkable  hill, 
called  Red  Mount.  On  the  west  side  of  Agebarana  Point  ia  Porto  dat 
Oncas,  and  about  5  leagues  north-westward  from  it,  is  the  river  Juguaripe^ 
which  may  be  known  by  a  round  bare  hill  of  sand  on  its  N.  W.  side,  ter- 
minating in  a  rock  below,  and  within  land  a  mountain  having  7  sugar-loaf 
points.  To  the  northward  of  Agebarana  Point  are  several  recks  abovk 
and  under  water.  About  3  leagues  north-westward  from  Jaguaripe 
River,  begins  some  dark  coloured  land,  which  thence  extends  about  4 
leagues  farther,  having  several  openings  like  bays.  About  a  mile  from 
the  first  of  these  openings,  there  are  some  white  cliffs  appearing  like  a^ 
schooner  under  full  sail,  standing  eastward.  Westward  of  this  bold  land, 
the  const  is  more  flat  and  level,  and  to  the  westward  of  this  flat  land  a  short 
distance,  is  the  Bay  oflguape  which  forms  a  small  harbour.  This  bay  ia 
surrounded  by  high  perpendicular  cliffs,  against  which  the  sea  breaks  on 
high  tides.  There  is  good  shelter  in  24  or  3  fathoms,  within  a  high  round 
rock  ;  there  is  an  anchorage  also  on  the  N.  W.  side  of  it  in  4  or  5  fethoms, 
but  the  latter  is  quite  exposed^  Here  water  may  be  obtained  from  pits 
in  the  strand.  Near  this  rock  of  Iguape,  on'the  estst,  the  River  Xaro 
empties  itself  into  the  sea ;  and  to  the  westward  of  it,  about  3  leagues  from 
shore,  is  a  bank  of  sand,  with  some  small  shells,  on  which  the  water  ap* 
pears  greenish  ;  the  depth  on  it  is  5,  6,  and  7  fathoms. 

About  W.  N.  W.  ^  W.  6  or  7  leagues  from  Igunpe  is  the  bluff  point  of 
Macoripe  ;  south-westward  of  which,  is  the  fort  or  settlement  of  Seara,  or 
St.  Joze  de  Ribamar,  in  3^  32'  south  latitude,  situated  near  a  small  stream- 
let, which  in  summer  has  very  little  water.  Small  vessels  anchor  oppo- 
site the  fort,  at  about  a  musket-shot  distance  from  a  reef  which  appears 
at  low  water.  Between  this  reef  and  the  shore  the  ground  is  very  bad, 
and  unfit  for  anchorage. 

Ship$  bound  to  Maranham  should  make  the  land  hereabout ;  they  may 
then  run  along  shore  within  a  few  leagues  of  the  const  in  sight  ef  land,  in 
10  or  12  fathoms  water  ;  observing  to  make  allowance  for  the  operation  ot 
the  tide,  particularly  when  passing  the  mouths  of  the  rivers,  as'tbe  ebbs 
set  strong  to  the  north-eastward. 

At  the  distance  of  1 4 '5  leagues  N.  W.  by  W.  \  W.  from  Point  Macoripe, 
is  the  point  of  Mount  Melancias  in  3°  T  S.  latitude,  having  on  its  east  side 
the  river  Frecheiras,  and  2\  leagues  to  the  westward  of  it  the  river  Mon- 
dahu.  There  are  other  rivers  between  Seara  and  the  point,  but  they 
are  small  and  of  no  use  ;  the  coast  is  also  skirted  with  rofcks.  Mount 
Melancias  is  very  remarkable  by  being  situated  very  near  the  point.  N. 
W.  by  W.f  W.  7 1  leagues  from  the  point  of  Mount  Melancias,  is  the  east 
point  of  an  island,  which  thence  extends  5  miles  in  the  same  direction,  and 
ha&  shallow  bunk  on  its  north  side.  It  lies  near  the  shore,  aiad  the  two 
rivers  Aricati  Assu  and  Aricati  Merim,  disembogue  themselves  at  its  ends. 
Four  leagues  from  the  west  end  of  the  island  in  the  same  direction  is  the 
point  on  the  east-bide  of  the  river  Caracu,  off  which  is  a  small  spit  of  sand : 
an  isl.it  lies  in  the  entrance  of  the  river,  off  which  is  a  small  spit  of  sand 
also. 

The  coast  hence  lies  W  .  by  N.  9^  leagues,  to  the  cust  point  of  Jericoa- 
coara  Bay.  This  bay  is  covered  with  sea  weed,  and  the  shore  is  barren. 
It  is  full  of  shoals,  having  near  the  shore  2  fathom?,  and  a  little  farther  out 
4  iiithoms.    It  is  in  latitude  2*  44'  south,  and  may  be  known  by  a  high 

«  as 


434 


Btunf  8  American  Coast  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


mouotain  h  little  inland,  almost  round,  the  ground  breaking  near  it,  and 
forming  others  of  n  little  less  height. 

Between  the  river  Mondahu  and  Jericoacoara  Bay,  a  flat  of  4  fathoms 
extends  from  shore  upwards  of  4  leueues,  having  5  or  G  fathoms  on  its  ex> 
trcmity,  with  red  coral  bottom  :  without  it  are  6  or  9  fathoms. 

From  Jericoacoara  Bay  the  coast  lies  due  west  22  leagues  to  the  river 
Igarasn  ;  between  are  the  rivers  Camosim,  or  Cumussi,  and  Tnnionia, 
ivith  several  smaller  ones.  On  the  cast  side  of  the  entrance  of  the  Iga- 
rasu,  id  the  island  Pedro  do  Sal  ;  and  about  U  miles  north-westward  from 
the  Ignrnsu  is  the  Barra  Velho,  or  Old  Bar,  of  the  river  F.irahaiha,  on 
which  there  are  4  fathoms  at  low  water.  The  entrance  is  only  120  fa- 
thoms wide,  but  within  it  widens  and  forms  a  kind  of  a  lake,  with  from  G 
to  8  or  0  futhomi.  water.  As  you  prqcect^.  upward,  the  Parahaiba  joins 
the  Igarasu,  for  they  are  both  branches  of  the  same  river.  The  bar  lies 
between  two  heads  of  sand,  which  extend  a  considerable  distance  from 
shore,  and  are  covered  at  high  water  ;  the  bottom  of  the  bar  is  mud  and 
red  coral.  The  great  bar  lies  farther  westward,  between  an  island  which 
sepamtes  the  old  one  from  it  and  the  main.  W.  N.  W.  12^  leagues  from 
thu  Old  Bar  of  Parahaiba,  is  the  entrance  of  the  river  Perguicas.  The 
coast  betireen  these  places  is  easily  known  by  being  n  tract  of  exceed- 
ingly white  sand  hills,  without  any  heath  or  shrub  wh&tever,  called  Lan- 
coes  Peguenos,  or  little  white  sand  hilis  ;  and  the  sea-water  oflF  this  part 
is  of  a  very  light  blue  colour.  From  the  mouth  of  the  Perguicas  a  ridge 
of  snnd  extends  to  the  N.  by  W.  nearly  7  leagues.  It  has  8  fathoms  on 
its  extremity,  and  at  the  distance  of  4  leagues  from  shore  only  4  fathoms, 
with  a  decreasing  depth  nearer  to  *he  land.  It  is  from  2  to  3  miles  wide, 
and  there  are  from  8  to  lU  and  17  fathoms  on  the  east  side  of  it  ;^on  the 
west  side  the  water  is  not  quite  so  deep.  Vessels  running  along  shore 
should  haul  ofif  ^  or  5  leagues  to  the  northward  until  they  have  passed  it, 
and  then  in  again  towards  the  shore  to  any  convenient  depth. 

On  the  west  side  of  the  river  Perguicas  begins  the  Lancoes  Grandes,  or 
tract  of  large  white  sand  hills,  similar  to  those  before  described,  but 
larger ;  and  the  instant  you  arrive  off  them  in  sailing  westward,  the  water 
changes  from  the  light  blue  colour  before-mentioned,  to  a  green,  so  that 
the  division  of  the  colours  takes  place  off  the  river  Perguicas,  and  pro- 
bably at  the  ridge  that  spits  off  from  it.  This  tract  extends  about  12 
leagues  westward,  the  coast  lying  W.  by  N.,  and  about  2  leagues  short  of 
its  west  extremity  there  is  one  sand  hill  larger  than  all  the  others. 

The  entrance  of  the  river  Perguicas  is  about  a  mile  an^  a  half  wide, 
and  has  4^  or  5  fathoms  water  ;  but  to  enter  it,  it  is  necessary  to  keep 
close  to  the  eastern  point,  to  avoid  the  sand  bank  which  lies  at  its  mouth. 
When  you  are  within,  you  may  anchor  in  4  or  6  fathoms.  There  is  also 
a  passage  on  the  west  side,  between  the  point  and  the  bank,  of  about  a 
mile  in  width,  and  from  2 J  to  3  fathoms  in  it. 

Adjoining  these  sheets  of  sand  to  the  westward,  there  are  above  5 
leagues  of  coast  covered  with  green  mangues,  which,  at  a  distance,  have 
the  appearance  of  a  dark  kind  of  brush-Wood.  Where  these  terminate 
is  the  river  Marim,  having  three  islands  of  green  mangues  at  its  mouth. 
Between  these  islands  and  the  east  point  large  ships  may  enter,  the  chan- 
nel being  one  mile  wide,  and  a  depth  of  7  or  8  fathoms  ;  the  other  en- 
trances have  only  one  fathom.  Between  2  and  3  miles  northward  from 
these  three  islands  is  a  shoal  bank,  on  which  the  sea  always  breaks  ;  it 
has  4  fathoms  near  it.  About  2  miles  west  from  the  entrance  of  the 
Marim,  is  alow  level  islasd  of  dry  mangues,  and  to  the  westward  of  it, 


10£(lit. 


BIunt*s  American  Coast  Pilot. 


435 


distant  about  j  ^f  a  mile,  i*  another  island  about  1|  mile  in  length,  called 
Fria,  on  both  of  which  fresh  water  may  be  obtained  from  pits  in  the 
strand.  A  turt  formerly  stood  on  Pria.  Nearly  4  miles  W.  N.  W.  from 
Pria,  is  the  Isle  of  St.  Anua,  about  2  miles  across  each  way,  and  sur- 
rounded by  a  shallow  bank,  a  spit  of  which  extends  to  N.  E.  by  N.  about 
7  miles,  having  from  5  to  3  fathooM  on  it. 

S.  W.  i  W.  5  leagues  is  Point  de  San  Joze,  the  east  extreme  of  M nraa- 
ham  island.  Between  is  the  entrance  to  the  Bay  of  St.  Joseph,  which  it 
is  not  safe  to  enter  without  a  pilot.  From  Point  St.  Joseph  to  the  N.  W. 
extremity  of  the  island  it  is  8  leagues.  The  Coroa  Urande,  or  Great 
Crown,  is  a  large  bank  extending  nearly  18  miles  north  from  Point  St. 
Joseph  ;  its  eastern  limit  is  10  or  II  miles  west  from  St.  Anna,  whence  it 
extends  about  1 8  miles  to  the  westward,  and  terminates  nearly  north  from 
Aracaji,  a  red  cliff  about  5  miles  eastward  of  the  N.  W.  point  of  Maran- 
ham.  There  are  several  navigable  channels  through  this  great  bank,  but 
they  are  little  known.  The  channel  which  leads  to  the  city  lies  between 
the  Coroa  Grande,  and  the  coast  of  Tapitapera  on  the  west,  and  is  7  or  8 
miles  wide,  with  from  7  to  10  and  12  fathoms  on  sandy  bottom,  and  having 
in  it  a  shoal  called  Baixa  de  Mcia,  or  Middle-bank.  St.  Luis  of  Maran- 
bam  is  in  latitude  Z'*  29'  south,  and  longitude  43<>  40'  west. 


Directions  for  sailing  to  St.  Luis  of  Maranham. 

Having  passed  along  the  coast  from  the  eastward,  in  the  depth  of  10  or 
12  fathoms,  as  before  directed,  be  careful  to  make  the  small  islands  of 
Mangues  Secos,  and  Pria,  and  also  the  island  of  St.  Anna  ;  then  haul  out 
N.  W.  if  it  be  ebb  tide,  or  a  little  more  north  if  flood,  to  avoid  the  long 
spit  of  sand  that  stretches  out  from  the  latter  island,  until  you  get  in  the 
depth  of  1 8  or  20  fathoms,  and  lose  sight  of  St.  Anna  from  the  deck.  Then 
steer  west  until  you  make  the  Hill  of  Itaculumt,  keeping  a  good  look-out  on 
the  larboard  hand  for  the  north  head  of  the  Cor'' a  Grande,  which  always 
shews  in  detached  breakers.  This  precaution  is  particularly  necessary 
with  flood  tide  and  little  wind  ;  and  if  tSe  tide  sets  you  near  it,  you  must 
steer  more  northerly  to  counteract  its  effects.  When  you  have  made  the 
hill  of  Itaculumi,  and  brought  it  to  bear  west,at  the  distance  of  four  leagues, 
you  will  be  to  the  westward  of  the  Coroa  Grande,  you  may  steer  south 
into  the  bay,  taking  care  to  avoid  the  Middle-bank.  As  you  proceed,  the 
Aracaji,  or  high  red  cliff',  will  appear  in  sight  a-head  of  yoti,  which  you 
mav  approach  to  the  distance  of  3  miles  or  less,  in  9  or  10  fathoms  water, 
and  anchor  with  it  bearing  S.  by  E.  or  S.  S.  E.  and  send  a  boat  for  a  pilot. 
It  is  high  water  on  full  and  change  days  at  three  quarters  past  six  o'clock. 
Springtides  rise  19  or  20  feet. 

Near  the  coast  of  Maranham  there  is  a  rock  of  the  most  dangerous  na- 
turc  which  can  be  met  with  at  sea — being  a  bank  of  sharp  rocks  intermix- 
ed with  sand  almost  conical  in  shape,  about  three  miles  in  length  from  the 
£.  I  S.  E.  to  W.  I  N.  W.  and  about  half  a  mile  from  North  to  South.  The 
rocks  are  separated  by  intervals  more  or  less  lai^e,  in  which  there  is 
from  8  to  10  fathom  water,  while  the  summit  of  the  conical  rocks  are 
/above  the  surface.  Latitude  by  our  observation  is  62^  27"  South,  and 
longitude  0^  V  30"  east  of  the  meridian  effort  San  Antoni  de  Maranham, 
(longitude  west  of  Paris  46o  36'  14")  or  about  26  leagues  north  of  the 
fMDt  of  departure  «f  rfifltls  fitm  Manidiaini  3  l««gtt«i  n»t  of  the  miaU 


4.36 


Blunffl  American  Coast  Pilot. 


10  Edit 


hill  cull«d  Itaeulumi ;  variation  of  the  compois  0"  bT'  E.  The  ubr)v« 
difi'cn  from  Arrowmnith's  Chnrt  6  leagues  in  latitude,  and  7  in  longitude* 
und  aufficie.itly  accounts  for  the  many  unfortunate  accidents  which  it  has 
occasionei.'* 

Rtmark.-^U  has  been  before  observed,  that,  off  the  tract  of  little  white 
fland  hills,  the  sea  is  of  a  light  blue  colour,  und  off  great  white  sand  hills 
it  is  grecD.  In  like  manner,  in  the  Uny  of  Marunham  there  muy  be  seen 
some  spots  of  muddy  water,  whilst  in  others  it  will  be  perfectly  traniipH- 
rent :  there  will  also  bo  seen  flouting,  a  kind  of  fruit  appearing  like  the 
rough  outer  coat  of  an  European  chesnut.  These  marks  arc  not  seen  ge- 
nerally, mora  than  9  or  10  miles  from  Tapituperu  ;  but  during  the  winter 
or  rainy  season,  from  December  to  July,  both  the  fruit  and  discoloured 
water  are  lo  be  met  with  at  a  great  distance  from  land. 

The  rainy  season  is  also  the  best  to  approach  the  coast  in,  because 
there  the  land  always  appears  clear  and  bright,  and  the  winds  are  mode- 
rate ;  but:  August,  September,  October,  and  November,  is  the  windy  sea- 
son, during  which  the  land  is  constantly  covered  with  a  thick  hft2e  ;  parti- 
cularly when  it  blows  hard.  The  prevailing  winds  on  tliis  const  are  the 
N.  E.,  E.  N.  'E.  and  east,  all  of  which  are  fair  to  sail  in  and  out  with.  Ves- 
sels may  anchor  any  where  on  this  coast  by  attending  to  the  time  of  tido^ 
in  order  to  have  sufficient  depth  of  water. 


*    From  Maranham  to  Belim  or  Para.    • 

The  best  time  to  leave  Maranham  is  the  morning,  then  pass  to  th'e  east- 
ward of  the  Middle-bank,  and  stand  out  north  until  you  get  the  depth  of 
15  to  8  fathoms,  or  until  you  have  passed  the  shoals  that  lie  off  the  Bay 
of  Cuma,  which  may  be  effected  by  a  run  of  8  or  9  leagues,  and  making 
proper  allowance  for  the  stream  of  the  tide.  Then  steer  N.  by  W.,  or 
N.  by  W.  \  W.,  and  you  will  fall  into  8,  7,  and  6  fathoms,  on  a  flat  that 
e?)  tends  1  or  &  leagues  from  shore,  and  so  far  to  the  north-westward  as  I. 
de  rSan  loao. 

The  coitst  from  the  Bay  of  Cuma  to  St.  Joao^s  island  is  all  low  and  flat, 
with  a  few  strands  of  white  sand.  Nine  leagues  N.  N.  W.  from  the  for- 
mer, is  the  Bay  of  Cabelho  de  Velha,  from  the  north  side  of  which  some 
shoals  extend  to  a  considerable  distance  off:  the  coast  hence  lies  about 
N  W.  ^  N.  9  leagues  is  St.  Joao's  island.  When  you  have  passed  the 
shoals  off  the  Bay  of  Cabelho  de  Velha,  you  may  steer  N.  W.  by  N.  and 
should  you  get  loss  than  6  fathoms,  you  need  not  be  alarmed  ;  <ind  when 
you  get  the  increasing  depth 'of  10  or  12  tathoms,  you  will  be  off  the  flat 
bank,  and  to  the  northward  of  St.  Joao's  island. 

The  Island  of  St.  Joao  lies  N.  E.  and  S.  W.,  is  about  3^  leagues  in  length, 
and  very  low  :  it  is  about  2  fijiles  from  the  main,  and  its  N.  E.  point  is  in 
latitude  \^  17'  S. ;  a  vessel  may  anchor  about  2  cables*  length  from  its 
N.  £.  point,  in  6  or  7  fathoms,  and  fresh  water  may  be  reaclily  obtained 
from  the  lakes  near  the  point.  >^ 

A  shallow  bank  lies  about  18  les^ues  E.  by  N.  from  St.  Joao's  ishmd, 
Jkaving  7  fkthoms  very  near  it,  and  at  2  miles  from  its  S.  W.  end  20  £a- 
thorns  ;  it  is  nearly  2  leagn«s  in  length. 

The  coast  froia  the  ii4)>Bd  of  St.  Joao  lies  about  IB  league&  W.  N.  W. 
to  Serra-Guruftt,  and  is  dWicM  with  rivers  and  bays  close  to.  each  otiien ; 
tbe  firit  of  wltich  is  %xmva§ix  Biy,  so  node  •!  ito  mouth  aod  the  famd;  so 


10  Edit. 


Blunt*8  American  Coast  Pilot. 


43: 


loYf,  that  one  point  canoot  be  leeit  from  the  other.  The  8crra  Uurupi 
i»  II  high  hill,  ut  a  ihurt  dittance  inland,  hiiving  near  it  another  Nomewhiit 
smaller  and  rounder.  The  coiut  here  is  low,  level,  and  sandy,  corered 
with  u  dark  duitky  hrtishwood  ;  ind  from  the  point,  some  ahoalsi,  on  which 
the  sen  bre.ikH,  extend  from  'i  to  :)  lengueM  olT :  about  3  leagues  farthar 
wivitwurd,  is  the  bar  of  Gurupi  river. 

From  the  point  of  Serra  Gurupi  to  the  Bay  of  Cayte,  the  coast  lies  west 
13  or  14  leagues,  but  as  the  sho.drt  uxicnd  a  considerable  distance  from 
shore,  it  is  not  safe  to  approach  it  nearer  than  3  leagues,  at  which  dii- 
tancc  there  are  7  or  B  fathoms,  on  clear  bottom.  Besides  tin*  Guiiipi, 
there  are  several  rivers  between  ;  th^  coast  of  Cayte  is  known  by  some 
high  mangues  islands,  and  white  sands  alono;  the  shore. 

From  the  Bay  of  Cayte  to  Mount  Pirau^u  is  about  1 1  or  12  leagues 
west,  a  little  northerly  :  between  are  the  bays  of  Cotiperu  and  Meriguiaui, 
uitd  several  small  rivers ;  and  as  the  water  i?  shallow,  it  is  not  safe  to  go 
nearer  than  the  depth  of  6  to  8  fathoms,  which  is  about  6  or  7  miles  from 
shorn.  The  hill  or  mount  of  rirau9U  terminates  in  n  high  Muff  purpeQ- 
dicular  ptint,  with  red  clifl's  jon  the  cast  part  of  it  Hence  to  IMaruccann 
is  13  or  14  leagues,  nearly  west :  and  between  are  the  bays  of  Piramfrini, 
Guarupipo,  and  Virandiiba,  or  the  Salt  ponds.  At  the  hater  are  se- 
veral beaches  of  very  white  sand,  and  some  projecting  points  on  which 
the  sea  breaks,  and  appears  at  a  distance  like  shoals.  Here  is  also  a  vi- 
gia,  or  wutch-tower,  on  which  a  signal  is  made  at  the  approach  of  any  ves- 
sel ;  at  this  spot  there  are  two  great  cliffs  of  white  sand.  In  the  Bay  of 
Maracana  are  5  or  6  fathoms  water 

Belem  or  Gran  Para.  West  southerly  about  8  leagues  from  Maraca- 
na is  feint  Tigioca^  the  east  point  of  the  mouth  of  the  Kivcr,  off  which, 
to  the  north  and  N.  W.  lie  the  shoals  of  Tigioca,  extending  6  or  V  leagues 
from  the  point,  and  having  near  their  extremity  6  or  7  fathoms  water  ;  the 
sea  breaks  heavily  oo  these  shoals.  There  is  a  passage  between  them 
and  Point  Tigioca ;  but  the  depths  are  irregular,  having,  in  some  places, 
only  2  fathoms,  and  probably  less  at  low  water  ;  at  the  narrowest  part  it 
is  about  half  a  mile  wide.  The  principal  channel  lies  to  the  northward 
and  westward  of  these  shoals,  between  them  and  the  hland  Joamn.     To 


Hail  in  here,  it  is  necessary,  when  you  are  2  or  3  leagues  off  to  the  north- 

"'.  or  more  northerly,  J 
tide,  until  you  are  8  or  9  leagueiMVom  it,  then  steer  to  the  westward, 


ward  of  Maracana,  to  hnul 


or  more  northerly,  according  to  the 


taking  care  to  go  no  nearer  to  the  shoals  than  H  or  7  fathoms.  By  keep« 
ing  in  that  depth,  you  may  steer  W.  S.  W.,  S.  W.,  S.  S.  W.,  &c.  and  pass 
between  it  and  Point  Maguari,  from  whence  to  the  city  oi  Belem  or  Para^ 
it  is  about  24  leagues.  The  Island  of  Joanes  is  low,  level  land,  and  at  a 
distance  appears  to  be  covered  with  a  round  bushy,  low  shrub. 

Should  the  approach  of  night  render  it  necessary  for  a  vessel  to  anchor, 
she  may  do  it  with  safety  in  sight  of,  and  at  the  distance  of  3  or  4  leagues 
from,  the  Island  of  Joanes  ;  and  the  best  time  to  weigh  anchor  again  is  at 
low  water,  then  run  in  by  the  east  side  of  Joanes,  and  passiQg  the  shoals 
of  Tigioca,  keep  nearest  the  east  shore.  The  bar  is  a  small  narrow 
bank,  lyiog  across  the  channel,  with  4  or  5  fathoms  at  low  water  on  mud 
bottom.  The  land  from  Tigioca  Poiet  to  a  considerable  distance  in,  is 
low,  level,  and  black,  and  full  of  mangues,  which  at  a  disUmce  appear 
like  shipping  at  anchor  :  it  should  not  be  approached  nearer  tha»  5  or  6 
miles.  At^e  terounation  ofthis^ark  land,^  are  two  small  beaches  ofg 
white  sand,  and  farther  on  some  red  cliis.  A  les^e  iarther  is  a  poini 
«f  knd,  Muthward  oC  Wbicb  it  the  Bay  4o  S<4,  to  the  S.  W.  of  which  i« 


138 


Blunt'B  American  Coast  ^ilot. 


10  Edit. 


the  iRUnd  of  MorobiriT  sepnrnted  from  the  hnd  by  a  narrow  channel  ;  it 
hai  n  viilngc  on  its  S.  W.  point.  Off  thene  pliiccii  the  water  i«  ahnllow  ; 
should  you  get  into  4^  or  b  futhoms,  edge  off  immediately  towards  Joanes, 
into  the  depth  of  u,  10,  or  II  fiithom*.  About  .i  or  f<  miles  farther  is  the 
Bay  of  St.  Antonio,  on  pnssing  whir.h,  the  city  of  Parp  will  appear.  There 
is  a  '."ound  islund  lying  within  sight  of  the  city,  and  to  (he  westward  of  it 
3  or  4  smaller  oneit,  one  of  which  has  a  red  clilT.  To  the  northward  of 
these  islands  is  a  shoiil,  which  appears  at  low  water  ;  and  to  the  south- 
ward of  them,  at  a  nhort  distance,  a  long  island,  called  che  Oncas,  with  a 
fort  on  it,  directly  opposite  the  round  inland.  The  channel  lies  between 
the  round  island  una  the  fort,  and  the  anchorage  is  before  the  city,  in  4 
ordfathom*  water. 

There  are  an  immense  number  of  islands  in  this  river,  through  which 
the  channelH  are  intricate  and  dangerous,  and  therefore  should  never  be 
attempted  by  any  but  those  who  are  well  acquainted,  without  a  pilot.  [Scf 
pages  427,  &c.] 


Directions  for  the  Mouth  of  the  River  La  Plata. 

Cape  St.  Mary  lies  in  34«»  57'  S.  lat.  and  in  54<»  47'  W.  long,  from 
Greenwich.  Sbips  generally  make  the  land  with  N.  or  N.  £.  winds, 
therefore  it  is  better  to  keep  to  the  N.  until  you  get  soundings,  as  the 
current  sets  to  the  S.  W.  Being  in  its  latitude  and  having  got  round  in 
25  or  ;iu  fathoms  fine  sand  and  shells,  you  may  reckon  yourself  about  20 
leagues  from  the  shore  ;  v.ith  from  15  to  20  fathoms,  sand  and  cl^y,,  you 
are  not  far  o(T  shore.  If  It  is  clear  weather  you  may  stand  in  boldly  even 
in  the  night,  and  in  the  day,  when  cle.tr,  Cape  St.  Mary  may  be  seen  JO 
or  12  leagues  off,  the  ship  being  then  in  15  fathoms.  When  you  have  not 
seen  the  land  before  night,  be  sure  to  keep  to  the  N.  of  the  Cape  by  your 
dead  reckoning,  to  allow  for  the  current  which  sets  to  the  southward. — . 
When  you  get  soundings  m  'J5  or  3'>  fathoms  tine  sand  and  shells,  steer  S. 
W.  until  >«^  II  have  16  fnthoms  with  sand;  thenif  you  judge  yourself  as 
far  porth  as  Cape  St.  Mary,  steer  S.  S.  W.  until  you  get  into  the  island  of 
Lobos,  which  you  will  know,  by  havinc;  sand  and  clay.  Running  this  S. 
S,  westward  if  you  are  set  to  thf  westMurd,  you  will  deepen  the  water  to 
20  fathoms  ;  but  if  you  are  set  to  Mie  muthward,  you  \vill  conlinue  in  16 
fathoms.  Between  Cape  St.  Mary  and  point  Castillos  the  water  decreases 
very  suddenly. 

When  you  have  got  into  the  parallel  of  Lobos,  you  may  steer  W.  which 
course  will  carry  you  to  the  south  of  it,  being  in  from  18  to  22  fethoms 
soft  clay. 

By  keeping  in  not  less  than  18  fathoms,  you  keep  to  the  south  of  Lobos; 
and  by  taking  care  not  to  have  more  than  22  fathoms,  you  clear  the  Eng- 
iish  bank  to  the  north  of  it.  From  the  island  of  Lobos  to  the  island  of 
Flores,  the  course  is  N.  83^  15'  W.  19^  leagues.  You  will  have  from 
1 7  to  7  fathoms  near  Flores. 

Soft  clay  is  a  proof  of  your  being  in  the  channel— and  mixed  with  small 
stones  and  shells  is  a  proof  of  your  being  in  the  parallel  of  the  English 
bank,  and  fine  brown  sand  mixed  with  mud  or  clay  is  a  proof  of  your  be- 
ing to  the  south  of  the  English  bank. 

When  you  are  near  Floret  the  depth  is  nearly  the  tame  to  the  north> 
ward  as  to  the  southward  of  it,  but  the  bottom  is  firmer  to  the  north ;  so 
when  you  find  tbi  bettom  firmur,  tteer  a  little  more  to  the  lontb,  till  you 


« 


10  Edit. 


Blunt^s  American  Coast  Pilot. 


430 


f;et  into  loA  grouud.  if  you  gel  to  thn  louth  of  tlio  channel  nnar  the  Enjc 
iih  bank,  the  ground  it  hard,  und  leu  ivnier  ;  in  thii  case  steer  more  to 
the  northward,  until  you  get  soft  botiMZ' ;  und  in  either  rape  continut> 
your  >Yeiterly  rourae  an  before. 


Directions  for  JVavieating  in  the  Northern  Channel  of  the  Rio 
dc  la  Plata,  or  River  Plate,  from  Monte  Video,  to  tht. 
road  of  Buenos  Ayres,  und  into  the  Baj  of  Colouia. 

[yariation  of  the  Compait  about  I3^£ail.] 

Vessels  intending  to  go  up  this  Channel  should  not  draw  more  than  13 
feet  of  water;  for  although  the  soundings  which  are  laid  down  in  the 
Chart,  indicate  a  sufficient  depth  for  Vessels  of  a  greater  draught,  vet,  in 
places  between  the  Bay  of  Pavon  and  Colonia,  where  we  have  had  3  &• 
thorns,  we  have  at  other  times  found  only  13  feet. 

On  leaving  Monte  Video  for  Buenon  Jiyret^  steer  so  as  to  keep  the 
Mount  bearing  N.  E.  by  E.   until  Point  Eivinilla,  which  forms  the  east- 
ern point  of  entrance  into  the  R^ver  St.  Lucia,  bears  N.  |  E.  you  will 
then  be  to  the  southward  and  westward  of  the  Panela,  a  sunken  bed  of 
Rocks,  having  only  6  feet  water  on  tMm,  and  4  fathoms  with  soft  muddy 
bottom  close  to  them :  they  lie  with  the  Mount  bearing  E.  N.  E.  the  Ca- 
thedral N.  76*^  £.,  and  Point  EtpiniUa^  Ndrth,  and  are  about  5  miles  dis- 
tant from  the  nearest  shore.     There  is  a  passage  between  these  rocks 
und  the  shore,  by  keeping  the  Mount  bearing  E.  by  N.,  which  will  take 
you  in  mid-channel  in  from  3^  to  4^  fathoms  water,  between  them  and  a 
Sand-bank  which  has  only  2  ''■^  homs  on  it.     This  Sand-bank  extends 
from  Primera  Baranca  S.  S.  E.  }  E.  about  6  miles,  the  Mount  bearing 
from  its  South  extremity  N.  Q5°  E.,  and  Point  Espinilla  N.  Ab°  E.  but 
as  this  passage  can  only  be  recommended  with  a  fair  wind,  it  can  be  but 
of  little  importance. 

Being  outside  and  past  the  Panela  Rocks,  you  may  shape  a  W.  N.  W. 
course,  which  will  take  you  about  4  miles  to  the  south  Westward  of  Point 
Santa  Maria/tn  from  4^  to  3  flithoms  watei,  soft  muddy  bottom,  but,  (as 
Captain  Heywood  very  correctly  observes,  that  no  stated  course  can  be 
steered  in  consequence  of  the  irregular  set  and  rate  of  the  tides  or  cur- 
rents) it  is  to  be  understood  that  great  attention  must  be  paid  to  the 
Ground  Log,  and  allowance  made  fur  those  irregularities,  in  shaping  the 
different  courses  herein  given.  Point  Santa  Maria,  is  easily  to  be  distin- 
guished, from  its  being  the  western  extremity  of  the  high  land,  which  is 
bold  to,  called,  the  Ravines  of  St.  Gregory  and  St.  Lucia,  and  there  being 
also  a  few  sand  hills  immediately  to  the  westward  of  it.  This  remarka- 
ble point  ought  always  to  be  made  by  vessels,  as  it  will  insure  their  not 
being  drifted  between  the  Banks  of  Ortiz,  but  it  should  not  be  approach- 
ed nearer  than  4  miles,  in  order  to  avoid  a  sand-bank  that  extends  about 
3  miles  in  a  S.  W.  by  W.  direction  from  it,  and  then  trends  to  the  north- 
ward and  westward  into  the  bay  along  the  coast,  on  which  tMre  are  only  2 
fathoms. 

Having  Point  Santa  Maria  bearing  E.  N.  E.  distant  about  4  miles,  you 
may  haul  up  N.  W.  by  W.  for  the  River  Cufre,  (about  4  miles  to  the 
eastward  Qf  which  is  a  remarkably  table  aand-hill,)  taking  care  not  to  shut 


440 


Bliin(*t4  American  Coast  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


in  I'oim  Santa  Maria  with  t.  prominent  lundy  Point  to  thii  weittranl  of  it* 
off  which  thfrn  it  (at  present,  (019)  the  wreck  of  a  v«m<>I,  an  by  to  do- 
inKyoii  would  immediHtely  Nhoal  your  water,  uffthe  buy  of  Favon,  from 
2^  luthoiDH  iioft  mud,  to  7  frvt  hnrd  land. 

Thero  nro  only  two  cluiiipi  uf  Treei  to  be  leen  when  in  ihorr  to  fhe 
wenHvard  of  Point  S<tnta  Maria,  rvccptinK  »  few  ut  the  entriince  uf  the 
Kivcr  Cufre  :  the  lirHt  or  etiitttirnnioat  clump  ii  about  halfway  between 
Point  Santa  Maria  and  Pavon ;  the  lecond  or  weitternnioat  clump  it  at  (he 
entrance  of  Pavon  Hiver,  from  whence  to  the  westward  the  general  cha- 
racter ofthecoaat  ii  auody,  interipciaed  with  patchea  of  green  brush- 
wood, lie.  ^ 

When  abreunt  of  Povon,  bearing  N  V..  by  N.  diHtant  between  4  and  5 
roilea,  in  the  depth  of.')  fathoma,  aoft  muddy  bottom,  you  may  ateer  for 
Colonin  VV.  i  8.  in  from  M  to  '2i  fathoma,  keeping  at  the  dialance  of  I)  or 
4  roilea  off  ahore,  and  when  in  aight  of  the  atceplea  be  careful  in  not 
bringing  them  to  bear  any  thmg  to  the  southward  of  W  i  8.  in  order  to 
avoid  the  Skerrie$.  a  bed  of  rocks,  one  of  which  is  above  water,  lying  with 
the  Hteeples  of  Colonia  bearing  8  7  7^3')'  W.  dintant  about  lUi  miles, 
and  at  about  :.:  miles  from  the  nearest  shore,  having  'ih  fathoms  water 
close  to  them. 

Being  past  theae  rocks  and  in  sight  of  the  Island  of  Farnllon  bearini; 
W.  by  8.  steer  for  it  in  that  dirf>ctioii,  until  the  steeples  of  Colonia  bear 
N.  W.  i  N.  when,  keeping  them  on  thnt  beating,  you  must  haul  across  the 
river,  (between  the  N.  W.  tail  of  Ae  Ortiz  bank,  'vhich  bears  from  Co- 
lonia S.  74^  E.  distant  I6i  miles,  and  having  on  it  2|  fathoms  water,  dark 
brown  sandy  bottom,  and  the  Fishers  bank,  the  no^h  end  of  tvhich  lies 
with  Colonia  steeples  in  one  bearing  N.  1 1  <*  VV.  and  the  Island  ofPiirallon 
S.  86"  VV.  having  on  it  2  fathom^,  hard  brown  sand,)  until  the  Island  of 
Farallon  bears  W.  by  N.  when  you  may  shape  a  W.  by  S.  course,  taking 
into  coDsidtration  the  wind  and  set  ot  the  tide,  for  the  outer  Road  of 
Buenot  Ayrts. 

Or  if  i^oing  into  Colonia,  when  you  have  passed  the  S&erriei,  continue 
steering  towards  the  Island  of  Farallon  VV.  by  S,  until  a  red  roofed  house, 
which  is  the  westernmost  building,  and  situated  near  the  middle  of  the 
bay,  bears  north,  when  you  must  steer  for  it,  in  order  to  avoid  a  reef  of 
rocks  extending  from  the  Island  St.  Gabriel  half  way  across  towards  Co- 
lonil,  nnd  anchor  with  the  steeples  bearing  E.  by  S.  and  the  centre  of 
the  Island  St.  Gsibriel  S.  W.  in  IB  feet  water,  on  soft  muddy  bottom. 

If  having  a  westerly  wind  and  intending  to  work  up  this  channel  from 
Monte  yidno,  do  not  bring  the  Mount  to  bear  to  the  eastward  of  N.  E.  by 
K.  h  E.  until  you  are  past  the  Panela  rocks  ;  and  when  abreast  of  Point 
Santa  Maria,  take  care  not  to  approach  it  nearer  than  4  miles,  in  order 
to  avoid  ihe  sand  bank  that  lies  off  it ;  and,  if  standing  over  towards  the 
Banks  of  Ortiz,  to  go  about,  when  the  bottom  becomes  stiff  clay  from 
aoftmud,  which  is  the  general  nature  of  soundings  in  the  fair  channel. 

When  standing  towards  the  shore  to  the  westward  of  Point  Santa  Maria, 
be  careful  that  you  do  not  i>hut  it  in  with  a  prominent  sandy  point  to  the 
westward  of  it ;  and  when  in  sight  of  the  8t.peples  of  Colonia,  never 
bring  them  to  bear  to  the  southward  ot  W.  ^  S.  in  order  to  avoid  the 
Skerries.  * 

Being  past  the  Skerries  and  bound  to  Colonia,  when  working  between 
the  Main,  which  is  steep  ta,  and  the  Fisher's  Bank,  be  careful  and  never 
bring  the  Island  of  Farallon  to  the  westward  uf  W.  }  S.,  as  the  water 
shofllf  sttddknly  from  5  to  2  fathomt  on  the  Fisher's  Bank.    But  you  may 


10  fA\{. 


T^UiuCh  AmcTicnii  Coant  Pilot. 


441 


•tund  uffncroai  lli«  river,  :»eltveen  the  N.  W.  tnil  of  th«  Ortii  tnd  th« 
Fitliffr'a  Hunk,  where,  having  more  ••«  room,  you  tn»y  hnngth«it««plM 
or('eloniA  to  botir  N.  N.  K.  niiii  Ihon  tteer  for  them,  in  3i,  4,  3|,  3,  t|, 
nnil  1  fithoiua,  uriiil  the  r«il  rooiVii  houae  beHre  north,  wiienjroa  nejr  ran 
ill  and  unchnr  ivith  the  bearing*  beforu  given. 


Directions  for  Monte  Video. 

Uctwecii  the  English  bank  tiiid  the  island  of  Floree,  you  may  run  W. 
by  N.  i  N.  7  or  H  leagues,  nnd  then  bring  too  till  you  see  the  entreoce  of 
the  harbour  ;  then  you  run  in  mid-chiinncl,  und  anchor  in  any  clear  birth. 
Ships  drawing  inuro  than  lU  feet,  must  anchor  outside  in  t  or  >  fathomi. 
It  will  be  necessary  to  cast  one  anchor  to  the  S.  K.,on«  to  the  H.  W.  also, 
und  one  to  northward,  which  take  in  ubaA  to  he  ready  for  the  first  ^outh 
wind.     Between  the  bunk  and  island,  arc  4,  5,  5|,  6,  and !)  fathoms,  ooasc. 

Abreast  of  Fort  Philip,  which  lies  on  the  starboard  band,  touth  ot  Uank 
Black  sand,  the  depth  of  water  is  from  3^  to  a  fathom'^  -,  and  in  the  betit 
anchorage  in  the  harbour,  from  '2\  to  2  fathoms,  all  soAmud,  except  n*  r 
Kut  island,  where  it  is  foul,  and  a  ruck  at  most  times  above  water,  having 
a  pole  fixed  on  its  top.     In  sailing  in  from  the  eastward  you  should  give  thp 

Koint,  at  the  S.  W .  part  of  the  town,  a  birth  of  at  least  one*fourth  of  a  mile, 
y  which  you  will  avoid  several  sunken  rocks  scattered  about  the  point 
und  off  Fort  Philip-,  and  us  soon  as  you  get  the  north  part  of  the  town  to 
bear  cast,  haul  in,  and  bring  the  jetty  or  landing  place  S.  S.  W.  about  one 
quarter  of  a  mile  distant ;  you  will  then  be  in  the  best  aiichorage,  and 
have  1 1  Oi  16  feet  wuter,  with  moderate  tides  ;  moor  hend  and  stern  to  the 
S.  W.  and  N.  E.  The  bcstcnchorage  for  a  frigate  is  for  the  Mount  to  benr 
N.W.  by  N. ;  Cathedral  N.E.  by  N.;  and  Point  Brada  E.  by  N.  in  1  fathoms, 
muddy  bottom.  The  holding  ground  is  not  good,  owing  to  the  bottom  be^ 
ing  soft  mud.  In  this  anchorage  you  are  distant  about  3^  miles  from  the 
city  of  St.  Philip.  To  water  a  frigate  here  is  attended  with  much  difficult 
ty  owing  to  the  great  distance  you  lie  from  shore,  and  you  have  to  pro* 
cure  it  from  welfs  north  of  the  city,  and  roll  it  about  230  yards  to  get  it 
to  the  boat,  and  when  obtained  is  not  good. 

The  harbour  of  Monte  Video,  situated  on  the  north  ihore  of  the  River 
In  Plata,  is  formed  by  a  Bay  about  two  miles  deep,  exposed  to  the  winds 
from  S.  E.  to  S.  W.  This  ^arbour  can  contain  200  sail ;  the  wuter  is 
shoal,  having  only  12  to  14  feet ;  winds,  from  south  to  S.  W.  arc  gencr> 
ally  accompanied  with  a  great  sea,  especially  when  it  blows  fresh.  The 
prevailing  winds  in  the  summer  season  are  from  the  North  and  East ;  in 
tlit  winter  they  blow  from  S.  W.  with  great  violence,  which  makes  i  eL< 
trqLely  dangerous  for  vessels  to  lie  there  at  that  season  :  this  wind  seti 
in  niU  sea :  there  are  no  regular  tides  in  the  harbour,  being  governed  en- 
tirely by  the  winds. 

Should  you  in  approaching  or  leaving  the  River  la  Plata,  ^ish  to  anchor 
at  the  island  of  Lobos,  which  lies  off  Maldonado  Roads,  it  m«st  be  tp  the 
south  of  it,  as  the  ground  near  is  too  loose  to  holdt 


56 


U2 


Blunt*M  American  Coaat  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


To  tail  to  tht  louth  of  the  English  Bank. 

B«iag  io  UUtiule  36**  .10'  fl.  lUer  w«tt  until  you  ha?#>  8  ur  10  rtithoDM 
clay,  thi>n  if  Cwpc  St.  Antonio  or  Point  8t.  PnirH*  are  not  in  tiKht  froni  the 
maal  hoa<t,  ator  north  until  you  %*i  into  lh«  Int.  •'>6*  16',  whrn  yuu  will 
have  J>  or  U  fathoms  MHntI  miivd  with  ■hell*,  you  nuiy  th«n  hr  lurn  of  be* 
ing  due  aouth  of  Mont«  Vidro.  Thu  guide  for  tho  Kngliah  bunk  by 
aounding*  it  Av(>  ftiiliom*  aand  und  •tonra. 

When  admitted  to  uiH.hor,  ti«  tlii<  current  may  act  yuu  to  the  Ortiz  btink, 
there  are  no  danger*  to  the  aouth  of  the  Engliah  bank. 

In  caao  of  obaerving  ■ign<i  of  bud  weathvr,  particularly  to  the  N.  run  to 
the  S.  aa  the  north  wind  m  bud  weather  generitlly  veers  to  the  8. 

The  Ortis  bank  Ilea  in  the  latitude  of  3^**  I'.  S.  Shipa  uaaaing  between 
the  Ortii  and  the  S.  ahorc,  have  only  to  keep  the  land  in  aight  to  clear 
the  bank.  On  the  Checo  bonk,  the  am'dleat  of  the  Ortix,  and  moat 
aOQthero,  there  ia  the  wreck  of  an  Rngliah  v  ease  I,  the  matt  of  which 
terves  at  a  beacon.  Theru  is  a  good  puaange  between  the  Ortiz  bank 
•nd  Cbeco  with  nothing  leas  than  four  fathoms  ;  the  Ortis  side  is  the 
d««D«st. 

Yoo  will  carry  5|,  5|,  and  4  fathoms  in  the  channel  (mud)  and  shoal 
gradtmlly  to  eitner  aide ;  the  paasage  4  or  0  milna  broad.  There  is  a 
good  harbour  at  Euscnada,  about  K  Icai^uea  b«low  Buenos  Ayres.  And 
it  the  latter  place  ahipa  must  anchor  in  the  outer  roads,  and  send  a  boat 
to  tb«  town  for  a  pilot,  as  the  entrance  is  diflicult. 

kb:marks. 

In  a  north  wind  the  river  generally  fulls  n  fathom,  and  in  a  south  it  rises 
■  fathom. 

The  currents  are  governed  entirely  by  the  winds,  and  frequently  coo- 
tinae  some  hours  aAer  a  heavy  blow. 

The  mount  to  W.  of  Cape  St.  Mnry  may  be  seen  in  18  fathoms. 
Between  Cape  St.  Mary  and  Ca^oe  Castillos  there  are  thiee  bays  and 
three  points,  the  plainest  of  which  is  Cape  St.  Mary,  lying  in 

Lat.  S.        Long.  W. 

Cape  St.  Mary 34'»  39'  bS*  58' 

Island  of  Lobos, 35    02  54     42 

Flores, 34     57  55     43 

.Monte  Video  (ti  mi) 34     54  56    04 


East  Coast  of  Brazil. 

We  will  now  return  to  Cape  St.  Roque,  and  iollow  the  coast  aa  it  trencbes 
southerly,  first  observing  that  every  navigator  should  be  attentive  to  the 
time  of  year  he  makes  the  Brazils,  there  being  a  kind  of  monsoon  or  trade 
wind  blowing  from  the  N.  £.  and  E.  N.  E.  with  a  current  setting  south, 
from  the  nonUi  of  September  to  March  ;  while  from  March  to  August, 
the  winds  are  from  the  S.  E.,  E.  S.  E.  and  S.  S.  E.  the  current  then  set- 
ting north :  according,  therefore,  to  these  seasons,  he  should  run  into  a 
higher  or  lower  latitude  than  the  port  he  is  bound  to.  From  Cape  St. 
Roque  to  Cape  St.  Augustine,  the  laad  may  be  approached  by  soundings 


10  Rdit. 


Blnnt^f  American  Coast  Pilot. 


443 


tbe 


of  roo(l«rat«  d«ptb,  and  gradually  IcManlnij  aa  jrou  approach  (b«  ibor*. 
Abova  SOmilaa  aoath  of  St.  Roqua,  U  the  Kio  Graoda  or  Indian  Potinfl, 
a  rapid  rifAr,  having  a  rorlnr  roof  atrttching  from  ita  northam  point, 
•oiB«tim«a  co¥«rod  {  and  a  flat  rock  off  ita  aoutharn  point,  upon  which 
tha  Port  do«  Rays  Magoa  la  aractad,  from  wliirh  a  ra«f  alio  oit«ii4i  to 
the  lan.  Thn  ontranca  ia  batwean  thaaa  raafa,  and  tha  anchoragt  ia 
ahreiiat  of  the  Fort,  in  3i  and  4  fathoma.  Soma  ahoala  aNo  lia  a  laagiM 
qAT  tha  northern  point ;  indead,  it  hut  vtmuy  rocka  acattarad  about,  aa  fiir 
ua  the  river  Calutaa.  The  town  of  Nutal  liea  on  tha  aoutharn  ahoro  of 
RioUrande.  You  will  have  good  water  uf  5  or  6  rathoma  all  tha  wav, 
and  mnv  anchor  with  good  holding  ground,  and  well  ahaltarad  from  tac 
aea.  The  rirar  ia  aaid  to  b«  navigable  nearly  100  milea.  Right  leaguM 
from  Rio  Grande  if  the  Bahia  Kormoau,  and  between  ia  Pirangi,  Pontn 
Negra,  and  Ponta  da  Pipu.  Ponln  Nogra  or  Bliick  Point,  baa  a  amull  bay, 
fit  only  for  amall  coaating  craft.  Your  entrance  ia  from  the  north.  Ponta 
da  Pipe,  which  ia  a  rock  on  a  point  of  land,  ia  ahaped  like  a  wine  pip«,  oo 
which  the  aea  breakn.  Houth  of  ihia  rock  urn  aome  apringa  of  good  wa« 
ter,  which  you  may  obtain  if  neceaaary,  when  the  tidca  are  low.  To  the 
northward  of  the  point,  the  bay  ia  open  :  you  may  anchor  cloae  to  th« 
white  rock  with  good  clear  ground,  in  6,  6,  a.nd  7  fathoma  water.  Abraaat 
of  thia  part,  about  3  leacuea  from  the  ahore,  ia  a  aboal,  which  may  rea- 
dily be  diacorered  by  the  aea  working  over  it,  but  oo  no  part  are  there 
leaa  than  4  fathoma  ;  amull  veaaela  may  therefore  paaa  over  it  in  aafety. 
About  i  milea  aouth  from  Ponta  da  Pipa  iH  the  little  river  Cunhau,  having 
3  fathoma  at  the  bar  ;  thia  will  be  known  by  a  wt>ite  cliff.  Sootharard  of 
thia  1 1  mile  ia  Bahin  Forinoaa  ;  thia  bay  ia  2  leaguea  acroaa,  and  1  league 
deep,  but  open  to  the  aea,  and  too  much  encumbered  with  ahoala  and 
rocka  to  be  recommended  for  anchoring  in.  Here  are  the  amall  porta  of 
Buzioa,  having  aome  rocka  acattered  about  ita  aouth  point,  but  by  keep* 
ing  nloi-c  to  the  northwiird,  you  will  avoid  them.  St.  Juan^de  Stave  it  to 
the  aouthwnrd,  and  bna  a  ahoal  midway  of  ita  entrance,  withe  paaaage  on 
either  aide.  Tabanty  Bay  lyins  aouth  of  Stau,  haa  aeveral  reefa  of  rocke 
within  it.  The  moat  diatant  or  them  ia  6  milea  from  the  ahore  ;  keep, 
therefore,  2  leaguea  or  more  IVom  the  land,  and  paaa  in  aafety.  The 
river  Congohajon  ia  broad  at  ita  entrance,  with  6,  6,  4,  .1,  and  2  fathoma 
water,  decreaaing  oa  you  advance  up,  but  at  the  western  part,  where  it 
narrowa,  are  aome  aunken  rocka,  and  on  the  northern  aide,  2  ahoala  which 
dry  at  low  water.  Port  Angaro  haa  a  ahoal  off  ita  northern  point ;  be- 
tween are  only  2  fathoma,  but  to  the  aouthward  of  the  ahoal  are  4  and  5 
fathoma.  There  ia  a  ahoal  alao  off  the  southern  point :  give  the  land  e 
good  birth  and  you  will  avoid  it,  and  having  paased  it  you  mav  anchor. 
Camaratiba  ia  a  small  river  to  the  aouthward,  having  aome  rocks  off  it« 
larboard  point,  which  running  southerly  enter  into  Treason  bay.  This 
bay  is  in  the  form  of  a  semicircle,  having  a  reef  of  rocks  running  from  ita 
east  point  to  nearly  ita  centre  ;  it  has  three  openings  or  entrances  ;  the  lar- 
board one  has  not  more  than  1 4  fathoma  water^  but  the  other  two  are 
capable  of  admitting  large  veaaela,  the  middle  one  having  4  and  5  fathoma^ 
bounded  by  the  reef  on  one  aide,  and  the  rock  Picaa  on  the  other  ;  and 
the  third  opening  having  5,  6,  and  7  fathoma  both  in  the  channel  and 
within  the  bay,  and  capable  of  admitting  50  ships  at  a  time.  Within  the 
bay,  and  opposite  to  a  river's  mouth  is  a  spot  of  «|Dd  running  about  a 
cable's  length  from  shore.  This  bay  is  good  and  generally  esteemed  the 
best  on  this  coast,  but  it  is  divided  into  two  porta  by  a  shoal  which  rune 
from  the  land  to  the  reef,  terminating  on  one  side  of  the  btr,  end  lying  ta 


ft!"'-* 


i44 


Blunf  8  American  Coakt  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


the  eastward  of  the  other  two ;  therefore  the  frequenters  of  this  bay 
should  be  careful  not  to  go  *^^o  the  eastward  of  the  middle  of  the  bay.  From 
iience  to  ihe  island  of  Manques  are  sevcrd  reefs  running  along  shore,  the 
farthest  not  extending  6  miles.  This  island  is  small,  and  lies  at  the  mouth 
of  the  river  Mongoangnpy.  This  river  has  many  reefs  upun  wiiich  the 
tea  breaks,  and  we  know  only  of  a  narrow  inlet  having  a  fathoms,  by 
which  you  can  enter  ;  but  when  you  are  within  the  reefs  and  between 
them  and  the  small  island  you  may  lie  landlocked  in  smooth  water-  South- 
ward are  the  two  sm^ll  rivers  Misery  and  Doce,  before  which  is  an  open 
bay  ;  there  are  some  sands  stretching  from  point  Lucena  to  the  north- 
ward, between  which  and  the  land  is  good  riding,  with  5,  6,  and  7  fa- 
thoms water,  but  the  passage  from  thence  to  the  point  is  dangerous.  To 
the  southward  is  the  entrance  to  the  river  Pariba,  having  Fort  Anthony 
on  its  northern  point  and  Fort  Catharine  on  its  south,  these  two  forts 
commanding  the  passage.  The  bar  has  2i  and  3  fathoms  over  it.  With- 
out the  bar  are  4,  t>,  6,  and  7  fathoms,  and  within  is  a  good  depth  of  wa- 
ter, the  river  being  navigable  far  into  the  country.  The  city  is  three 
leagues  up ;  in  entering  take  great  care  to  avoid  the  shoals  stretching 
from  Cape  Ledo,  as  well  as  those  from  the  opposite  point.  Cape  Ledo 
is  in  latitude  6°  i9'  south,  and  longitude  35<*  7  west  from  Greenwich. 
From  hence  southward  the  shores  abound  with  rocky  shoals,  stretching 
along  in  narrow  ridges  as  far  as  Tamarica  island.  Four  leagues  from 
Cape  Ledo  is  the  White  Cape,  from  which  some  shoals  run  into  the  sea  ; 
it  if.  so  called  from  some  white  cliffs  on  its  northern  side.  From  White 
Cape  to  Porto 'dos  Franceses,  or  Frenchman's  Harbour,  a  ledge  of  reefs 
extend,  between  which  and  the  shore  vessels  may  ride  in  lu  fathoms, 
smooth  water. 

About  the  middle  of  the  reefs  is  an  opening,  called  the  Bored  Rock, 
having  4  fathoms  only  ;  Porto  dos  Franceses  is  surrounded  by  high  cliffs, 
by  which  it  may  be  readily  known  ;  it  hr~  anchorage  for  about  12  ships, 
though  the  ground  is  bad,  but  vessels  bound  from  Europe  to  Paraibo, 
generally  make  the  White  Cape  called  Cabo  Branco,  and  coasting  north- 
erly to  Cupe  Ledo,  arrive  at  the  entrance  of  tlie  river.  Pursuing  a 
southerly  course,  you  will  pass  the  rivers  Guiryo,  Aveay,  Guiana,  and 
reach  Capibaribe,  the  bar  of  which  lies  between  Point  Pedras  and  Point 
Coqueiros  ;  vessels  of  40  tons  go  up  this  river  about  7  leagues  to  the  town 
of  Goyana.     You  will  now  approach  the  island  of  Tamarica,  for  having 

Sassed  Guiana,  the  breadth  of  the  channel  between  the  reef  widens  and 
eenens.  Small  vessels  belonging  to  the  country  frequently  sail  through 
to  Tamarica.  The  island  of  Tamarica  has  good  water,  and  an  excellent 
harbour,  the  principal  entrance  to  which  is  south  of  the  island.  Vessels 
of  300  tonb  may  safely  go  over  the  bar  ;  but  you  must  have  a  fair  wind 
for  that  purpose,  on  account  of  the  i>arrowness  of  the  channel,  which  is 
in  some  places  not  a  musket  shot  wido .  and  at  its  narrowest  part  is  a  shoal, 
having  at  low  water  only  2  fathoms  o  trer  it ;  but  having  passed  this  bank, 
70ur  water  deepens,  and  you  may  tide  in  perfect  safety.  The  bar  has 
3  fathoms  ov<er  it  with  spring  tides,  and  the  rise  of  water  is  about  one 
fathom  and  a  half :  frotxi  the  bar  to  the  anchorage  is  one  league.  The 
northern  bar  of  the  island  is  called  Catuama  ;  only  small  craft  can  enter, 
and  to  them  its  entrance  is  dangerous  :  within,  the  water  deepens  to  b 
fathoms,  and  on  the  northern  side  is  a  flat  rock,  with  \i  fathoms  over  it ; 
on  the  northern  end  df  Tamarica  is  a  foft,  and  on  a  little  island  at  the 
S.  E.  extremity  of  Tamarica  is  another.  Should  a  mariner  use  (his  har- 
bour* he  ought)  Ofileaving  it,  to  run  out  to  sea  N.  6.  by  E^  until  he  finds 


■<:£ij. 


10  Edit. 


Blunt^s  American  Coast  Pilot. 


^i!) 


himaelf  clear  of  the  shoals,  and  deepens  his  water  to  7,  8,  and  9  fathoms  ; 
he  may  then  steer  a  due  south  course  for  Pernambuco,  which  will  be 
readily  known  by  the  Recif  or  small  island,  situated  between  a  rocky 
ridge  and  the  shore,  and  about  18  milea  south  of  the  entrance  to  Tama- 
rica  harbour  ;  but  before  you  reach  this  place,  and  a  league  from  the  bar 
of  Taniarica  S.  by  W.  is  the  river  o*"  Maria  Furinha,  south  of  which  is  Pad 
Amorillo  or  Yellow  Wood  river ;  but  though  there  is  room  enough  for 
vessels  to  anchor,  it  is  considered  unsafe,  being  between  the  reef  and  the 
shore  in  a  narrow  channel,  and  it  being  always  necessary  to  have  two  an- 
chors out,  one  on  the  reef,  and  the  other  on  land,  to  prevent  the  ships 
swinging  with  the  tides.     One  league  south  of  Amorillo  river,  is  the  river 
Doce,  where  not  cvtfn. boats  can  enter;  the  river  Tapado,  is  the  next 
you  will  meet  with,  S.  W.  of  which  is  the  city  of  Olinda,  standing  upon  u 
hill,  on  the  top  of  which,  is  the  Jesuit's  College,  a  large  building  and  very 
conspicuous  ;  within  the  bar  of  Olinda,  is  anchorage  for  several  ships, 
but  though  there  are  reefs  before  it,  they  lie  too  deep  to  protect  the 
entrance  from  the  winds,  and  the  high  sea  which  continually  rolls  in, 
renders  it  at  all  times  a  place  of  danger  ;  near  4  miles  south  of  Olinda, 
are  the  bars  of  Pernambuco,  which  may  be  said  to  have  two  bars  or  en- 
trances :  the  northern  or  Great  Bar,  and  the  Picao  for  small  vessels, 
having  on  the  Recif  a  round  fort  for  their  defence  ;  large  ships  cross  the 
Great  Bar  in  4  and  5  fathoms  water,  and  steering  west,  anchor  in  the 
Poco,  or  well,  where  close  to  the  reef,  is  3\  and  4  fathoms  at  low  water, 
with  a  bottom  of  whitish  sand  ;  but  the  Little  Bar  has  not  more  than  two 
fathoms,  and  sometimes  not  so  much  over  it ;  from  the  Poco,  a  shoal  of 
shifting  Mnd  extends  onward,  until  you  are  abreast  of  the  town  of  Per- 
nambuco ;  this  bank  is  full  of  inequalities  sometimes  having  1^  and  2  fa- 
thoms over  it,  and  often  not  one  fathom.     Opposite  the  bar  is  a  danger- 
ous shoal,  which  must  carefully  be  avoided  ;  it  is  nearly  a  mile  out  to 
seaward,  and  only   1^  fathoms  water;  and  composed  of  red  concreted 
stone  and  shells  ;  many  vessels  having  struck  on  this  shoal,  it  is  therefore 
recommended  to  be  governed  by  the  wind,  which,  if  northerly,  will  lead 
you  between  the  land  and  it  to  the  northward,  and  if  southerly,  to  the 
southward.     Pernambuco  is  much  frequented,  and  is  a  place  of  very  con- 
siderable commerce.     In  sailing  from  this  port  wit'.i  a  land  breeze,  steer 
S.  by  E.  but  should  the  wind  be  from  the  south,  or  8.  S.  E.  then  stand 
out  E.  N.  E.  and  when  you  are  to  the  east^:   rd  of  the   Englishman's 
shoal,  which  has  just  been  described,  you  wilJ  deepen  your  water  to  C, 
8,  and  10  fathoms,  clear  ground  and  whitish  sand  ;  to  the  N.  E.  of  the 
bank  is  less  depth  of  water,  but  clear  of  danger.     Proceeding  southward, 
toward  Cape  St.  Augustine,  the  shore  continues  to  be  encumbered  with 
narrow  ledges  of  rocks  and  sand,  wifhin  jvhich  is  shallow  water,  but  on 
the  outside  of  these  ridges  are  8,  9,  10,  1 1,  and  12  fathoms,  clear  ground 
all  the  way.     Cape  St.  Augustine  is  in  latitude  8*^  27'  S.  and  longitude 
35^  west.     Vessels  coming  frcnPthe  sea,  and  making  the  land  in  latitude 
8°  30'  when  in  sight  of  the  Cape,  \v|||ph  at  a  distance,  has  not  the  appear- 
ance of  a  headland,  but  only  a  conMuation  of  the  coast,  should  look  to 
the  southward,  where  the  Saddle  How  Hill  will  be  visible,  and  when  this 
hill  bears  S.  W.  the  cape  will  bear  due  ivest  of  you  ;  if  the  coast  should 
run  north  and  south,  you  are  between  the  cape  and  Pernambuco.  br.  if  it 
Vfxm  S.  S  W.  you  are  to  the  southward  of  the  cape  ;  if  off  Marcahipe,  tbe 
Saddle  Hill  will  beai'  west ;  and  if  in  the  latitude  of  Alexo  island  N.  N. 
W.     In  doubling  PoitU  Marcahipe  to  the  north,  Cape  St.  Augustine  heaves 
in  sight ;  at  a  distance  it  appears  a  long  an^  narrow  strip  of  land,  having 


,*■; 


•^ 


446 


Blunt^s  American  Coast  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


several  breaks  upon  it,  and  a  point  of  land  resembling  a  small  island  at* 
tached  to  it,  in  shape,  not  unlike  the  head  of  a  Tunny  Fish  ;  on  the  top 
is  Fort  Nazareth,  to  the  south  of  the  point  is  a  bay  fit  only  for  boats,  but 
to  the  north  of  the  cape  is  the  bay  of  Gaybu,  where  vessels  may  lie  at 
anchor  within  musket  shot  of  the  cape.     A  fort  is  erected  here  to  defend 
this  bay,  called  Francisco  Xavier  de  Gaybu  ;  immediately  in  front  of  the 
cape  is  rocky  ground,  until  you  deepen  your  water  to  25  fathoms,  it  then 
becomes  good  sandy  ground  ;  3|  leagues  north  of  the  cape  is  the  bar  of 
Candelaria,  into  this  river  boats  may  enter  with  3  fathoms  water,  and  3^ 
leagues  farther  is  the  town  of  St.  Antonio  do  Recif  de  Pernambuco,  a 
princfpal  town  of  the  Brazils,  and  well  fortified.     From  Cape  St.  Augus- 
tine, southward,  the  shores  are  low  and  covered  with  shrubs,  having  a 
white  sandy  beach  and  reefs  running  as  far  as  point  Mnrcahipe.     Three 
leagues  S.  S.  W.  from  the  cape,  is  Porto  dai  Oalinhas;  this  bay  is  formed 
and  sheltered  by  the  reefs  without,  and  has  2  fathoms  water  within  it  and 
clear  ground,  but  only  boats  can  enter  it.     The  point  of  Marcahtpe  is 
low,  and  tppears  at  a  distance  inundated  ;  it  is  full  of  wood,  and  in  sailing 
•along  appears  without  any  projecting  point,  but  when  you  are  a  little 
north  of  it,  the  point  is  visible.     To  the  S.  W   is  Alexo  Island,  which  is 
small,  having  anchorages  both  at  its  north  and  south  ends,  but  exposed  to 
the  winds  and  seas*;  between  this  bland  and  the  main,  is  a  channel  ^  a 
league  in  breadth,  4  and  5  fathoms  deep  ;  but  there  is  a  rock  near  the 
Island  rendering  it  unsafe  for  anchorage.     Opposite  to  the  Island  is  the 
river  Sarinhaym  ;  farther  south  is  the  river  Formosa,  fit  onl}'  for  boats  ; 
south  of  Formosa  is  Tramandary  Bay,  the  bar  of  wltich  iu  among  the 
reefs  which  encircle  all  the  coast.     But  when  you  are  once  within  it,  it 
forms  the  best  bay  on  all  the  coast,  having  good  anchorage  with  clear 
ground,  5  and  6  fathoms  at  its  entrance,  and  4  and  5  faihoms  within,  de< 
fended  by  a  fortress  with  four  batteries ;  approaching  this  bay,  your 
soundings  will  gradually  decrease  from  the  distance  of  6  and  7  leagues, 
'  where  you  will  have  ^4  and  25  fathoms.     The  coast  from  Tramandary 
turns  south-westward,  where,  keeping  an  offing  of  7  or  8  miles,  you  will 
sail  along  clear  of  ail  danger,  passing  the  rivers  Ilhetos,  Huna,  Piracu- 
nunga,  Dordaris,  and  Mangos  ,  here  you  will  see  the  point  and  church  of 
St.  Bento,  before  which  is  Barre  Grande ;  this  place  has  many  reefs  run- 
ning into  the  sea,  and  in  it  is  a  flat  rock,  opposite  to  a  small  rivulet,  and 
covered  with  water  :  this  bar  is  abreast  of  soqie  cliffs,  and  has  '3  fathoms 
water  over  it.     Farther  on  is  Porto  Calvo,  fit  for  vessels  of  1 20  tons  ; 
and  of  these  about  6  may  be  accommodated  with  shelter,  those  who  are 
unacquainted  with  the  place  must  keep  the  lead  going,  for  Mong  the  coast 
2  miles  from  the  land  are  reefs,  ^retching  along  between  these  is  the 
bar,  having  6  and  6  fathoms  oHef  it,  3  and  4  within  them,  and  when  you 
are  into  the  river,  you  will  lie  ia  calm  smooth  water,  with  a  bottom  of 
sand  ;  about  9  miles  farther,  you  will  |^ch  the  river  Camarigibi ;  the 
shore  is  level,  the  beach  white,  and  the  ^^fs  still  continue  at  the  distance 
of  one  and  two  miles  from  the  land  ;  ^  the  south  side  of  the  Camarigibi 
river  are  some  cliffs  of  red  sand,  and  these  stretch  toward  the  Rio  An- 
thonio  de  Grande  ;  farther  on  is  Sapua'gira  river,  and  then  little  Anthonio 
river  ;  near  the  latter,  is  another  range  of  red  cliffs  and  3  round  hills, 
the  middle  one  being  the  lowest,  all  these  rivers  are  fit  only  for  boats. 
Coasting  onward  in  a  S.  W.  direction,  and  always  giving  a  good  birth  ^o 
the  ree&,  yoa  will  reach  point  Saragoay,  I'orming  two  capacious  bays, 
where  vessels  of  any  8iz,e  may  find  occasioi^al  shelter^ 


-Sk 


10  Edit.  Blunts  American  Coast  Pilot. 


447 


You  will  now  pass  Alagoa,  and  farther  on  St.  Michaers  river,  naviga- 
ble only  by  email  craA  ;  rivers  Yaqucacu  and  1  poci  are  of  the  same  de* 
icription.     Coroipo  river  is  to  the  southward  of  these,  and  has  before  it 
a  rocky  bank  called  Baxo  Ditgo  Roderiguez ;  it  appears  above  water, 
is  a  full  league  out  at  sea,  and  stretches  a  considerable  way  to  the  south* 
ward,  perhaps  five  or  six  miles  ;  between  it  and  the  land,  large  ships 
may  pass  in  safety  ;  but  the  river  Coriopo  is  so  narrow  and  has  so  littU 
water  in  it,  that  at  low  water  it  is  nearly  dry.     At  the  extremity  of  the 
reefs  is  the  small  river  Ipeba,  having  passed  which,  you  approach  the 
river  St.  Francisco  before  the  south  point  of  entrance  to  which  is  the 
island  of  Passaros  ;  between  this  island  and  the  main,  is  a  channel  called 
Garatuba  River,  leading  into  the  Rio  St.  Francisco  ;  it  is  narrow,  and  you 
have  2  and  2^  fathoms  water,  therefore  in  fair  weather  it  is  often  prefer* 
red  to  the  northern  entrance,  having  also  less  tide  to  oppose  your  pas* 
sage.   From  the  island  Passaros  a  shoal  runs  out  more  than  one  mile  and 
a  half  into  the  sea.     The  Rio  St.  Francisco  is  so  rapid  and  strong  that 
few  vessels  attempt  it ;  the  entrance  is  to  the  northward,  and  when  with* 
in,  you  anchor  at  the  port  of  Piasabusa,  about  3  leagues  from  the  bar 
where  the  water  is  deep ;  about  7  or  8  leagues  up,  is  the  town  of  Penado. 
From  the  island  of  Passaros,  the  shore  bends  circularly  to  the  westward 
to  Cutindiva,  Sergipa,  and  Rio  Real,  and  is  by  some   called  Vazibarit 
Bay,  into  which  the  sea  rushes  tumultuously,  more  especially  when  the 
wind  is  from  the  west  and  soutbwestward  ;  it  is  accordingly  considered 
dangerous,  and  had  always  best  be  avoided,  by  keeping  out  at  sea.     Cu* 
tindiva,  and  Sergipe  is  fit  only  for  small  craft,  and  the  latter  is  so  blockaded 
by  shoals  at  its  entrance,  that  it  requires  a  good  and  correct  knowledge 
of  the  place,  to  attempt  the  passage.     Rio  Real  also,  is  equally  dangerous 
and  impracticable  with  a  large  ship,  on  account  of  its  numerous  shoals  and 
its  strong  current,  against  which  it  is  scarce  possible  for  any  vessel  to 
proceed.     From  Rio  Real  the  coast  runs  S.  W.  to  Tapicuru  River, 
which  is  small,  and  fit  only  for  boats  ;  the  breakers  at  its  entrance  run 
so  high,  and  the  land  itself  is  so  low,  that  it  is  with  difficulty  its  entrance 
can  be  discovered.     Inland  the  ground  rises,  and  a  league  from  the  shore 
you  pass  in  10,  11,  and  12  fathoms  water  ;  farther  out  it  deepens  to  &(X 
fathoms  ;  from  hence  you  arrive  at  Torre  d'Avilla,  having  passed  the 
small  river  of  Ponica,  before  which  is  a  fishing  bank,  with  9  fathoms  water  ^ 
here  small  craft  frequently  anchor ;  from  hence  you  reach  the  smalt 
island  of  Tapoame  3  leagues  S.  W.  of  which  is  the  entrance  to  the  Bahia. 
When  bound  to  the  Bay  of  All  Saints,  and  coming  from  sea,  do  not  make 
the  land  in  less  than  12*^  30'  south  latitude.     The  land  is  in  appearance 
very  remarkable,  being  studded  with  hillocks  of  white  «and,  like  linei^ 
laid  there  for  bleaching ;  while  this  appearance  continues,  you  will  keep 
your  so^^thwesterly  course  ;  and  immediately  it  discontinues  you  will  find 
yourself  at  the  mouth  of  the  Bahia,  the  island  of  Tapahone  will  show 
itself,  but  come  not  toe  near  it,  as  foul  ground  runs  out  from  it,  steer 
S.  W.  by  W.  and  you  will  avoid  tiie  shoals  of  St.  Antonio,  and  as  soon  as 
you  can  descry  the  point  whereon  Fort  Philip  is  erected,  steer  right  in. 
These  directions  are  for  the  N.  E<  monsoons,  or  for  the  months  from 
September  to  March,  but  during  the  monsoons,  setting  in  from  March  to 
August,  and  blowing  from  the  S.  £.,  £.  S.  £.  or  S.  S.  E.  you  must  not 
make  the  land  in  less  latitude  than  13°  30' S. ;  the  shores  will  have  a 
sombre  appearance,  and  you  will  particularly  observe  a  bare  round  hill 
standing  near  the  8e>^,  and  called  St.  PauPs  Mquntain  ;  approach  not  too 
near,  because  of  a  shoal  bay,  formed  by  the  rivers  Taporica,  or  Yagaa- 


«       3 


€i-i 


448 


Bluiit*6  American  Coast  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


ripe,  but  with  a  good  lookout  run  northward  until  the  Bnhia  opens  to  the 
eastward  of  Tapoiica  Island  ;  keeping  therefore  to  the  westward  of  Cape 
St.  Salvador,  and  giving  the  f>ast  point  of  Taporico  a  birth  of  3  or  4  miles 
you  will  enter  the  bay  steering  W.  by  N.  and  N.  N.  W.  ;*  beware  of  the 
shoals  of  St.  Antdnio  and  you  will  have  24,  20,  and  1 B  fathoms  all  the 
way  to  the  Island  of  Frades.  On  Cape  St  Antonio  stands  a  fortress ;  a 
little  farther  is  another,  called  St  Maria  ;  three  others,  the  new  fort, 
Diego,  and  fort  Praya,  will  appear  before  you  reach  the  city  of  St.  Sal- 
vador. This  is  built  upon  a  rock,  stands  high,  and  is  extremely  popu- 
lous and  opulent.  Beyond  the  city  are  several  other  forts  and  batteries, 
particularly  Fort  Philip,  built  upon  a  point  of  land  nearly  north  of  Cape 
8t.  Antonio  ;  between  these  two  points,  the  coast  forms  a  semi-circle, 
where  vessels  anchor,  having  good  clean  bottom,  holding  well  and  shel- 
tered from  the  winds.  Directly  abreast  of  the  city  is  the  Albertus  shoal, 
narrow  and  long,  about  one  mile  from  the  shore.  Off  fort  Philip,  also, 
a  reef  extends  one  mile  into  the  bay  ;  this,  together  with  the  land,  rans 
northeasterly  to  the  entrance  of  Tapogipe  River,  on  the  starboard  en- 
trance to  which  is  fort  Bartholomew.  The  river  has  6,  5,  4,  3,  and  2 
fathoms,  decreasing  as  you  advance,  but  before  the  entrance  to  the  river 
there  are  15,  16,  and  1 ;  fathoms,  advancing  to  40  fathoms,  in  the  middle 
of  the  bay  of  All  Saints,  which  here  is  wide  and  free  from  danger.  To 
the  northward  is  the  Island  do  Mar,  having  some  shoals  off  its  eastern 
side  ;  to  the  N.  VV .  is  the  Island  of  Frades,  east  of  which  are  many  rocks 
and  shoals,  but  not  in  the  way  of  vesseJs  using  this  bay.  Between  the 
Island  Frades  and  Point  Baleo,  which  is  the  northernmost  land  of  Tapo- 
rica  Island,  and  upon  which  are  six  forts,  there  is  a  good  channel  4| 
miles  wide  ;  to  the  northward  of  the  Frades,  also,  is  a  passage,  bat  much 
narrower,  and  encumbered  with  shoals  ;  there  is  also  a  channel  west  of 
Taporica  Island,  but  as  this  is  intricate,  and  in  many  parts  intersected 
with  shoals  and  rocks,  therefore  never  used  by  Europeans  or  strangers, 
its  description  will  be  considered  unnecessary.  At  the  south  end  of  Ta- 
porica, are  many  shallows  and  flats,  running  8  miles  from  the  inland,  and 
between  the  west  point  and  little  Tapoiica,  is  the  Yaguaribe  River,  full 
of  shoals,  though  with  3,  4,  and  5  fathoms  water.  About  7  leagues  to 
the  southward,  is  the  Morro  or  Headland  of  St.  Paul's,  south  of  which 
runs  a  riyer,  having  4  and  6  fathoms  water,  the  entrance  to  which  is 
called  Sobreaguades  Bay.  In  entering  this  river,  keep  the  starboard 
land  close  as  possible,  for  the  opposite  side  is  so  filled  with  dangers,  that 
if  your  ship  should  get  entangled  in  them  it  will  be  lost.  On  the  side  of 
the  island  towards  the  sea,  a  reef  of  rocks  accompanies  the  coast  for  5 
leagues,  terminating  in  shoals  of  one  league  farther.  Seven  miles  south 
of  Sobreaguades  Bay  is  Tabatingo  Bar,  fit  for  boats,  &c.  and  farther  on  is 
a  reef  stretching  S.  £.  from  the  land  abont  2  miles,  and  forming  the  north- 
ern entrance  to  Serinhayn  River.  To  the  south  lies  the  isb  jd  Q,uepa, 
and  2  miles  south  of  Quepa  is  a  point  of  land,  from  which  a  shoal  extends 
northerly,  narrowing  the  entrance  to  Comomoau.  Large  ships  may  go 
safely  up  the  River  Comon^qaui  having  16,  12,  10,  and  8  fathoms  for  many 
leagues.    Being  about  2  letgaes  within  the  bar,  several  islands  divide  the 


*  Shipi  hound  into  St.  Salvador  must  be  careful  not  to  approach  Cape  Antonio  too 
near,  at  tntM^a  reef  of  rbckt  running  out  from  it  in  a  S.  W.  direction,  6  or  7  miles. 
This  reef  fflWise  runt  to  tlip  eastward,  and  has  a  good  channel  between  it  and  the 
niain.  T^iere  it  a  toleta)>le  goQ4  light  on  t^e  cap?.  W«tf  r  may  be  h^^fi  here  without 
much  difficulty  in  inioQtb  water ;  you  procure  it  at  tfc-  touth  part  of  the  harbour  from  a 
finifttaio  dote  to  the  wkttr.  ' 


f» 


ll» 


lUttitl^s  Amerio^H  Co|H  Pilot. 


449 


river  iato  aepariUe  cjumnels,  the  .fvi4ett  of  these  if  called  Hm  Rt? er 
Marau  ;  .this  it  also.tfk*  deepeat.  l^ii  t^wn  of  N.  S.  da  Coneeicao,  ia 
aboat  9  or  lu  luile^  up. ,  Xhe.  n.in  r  %j|l|ghnjii  ia  Inroad,  but  cncomber- 
«d  with  mony  shoals.  There  is  a  channel'irfso  to  tiie  town  of  CamoRMMm.  ' 
The  Qriinde  Bar  is  fortified,  and  capable  of  receiving  large  ships,  ^ntin 
t|i)nce  to  the  southwurj),  ilie  shore*  are  covered  with  nmngues,  which 
coq^ting  along,  you  •will  como  to  some  high  Innd,  terminated  by  a  wbHe 
rocic,  ;||id  this  r«ek  is«the  south  poiiit  fif  the  Rio  das  Oontas  ;  the  river  is 
parrow.  aikdi«n  of  s^^en  rpcka,  Iq  thi^  oaly'boats  enter  ;  from  hettea  to 
(Im  Ithciiji,  is  ;24  mil^S ;  the  coast  is  clev  and  the  soundings  regular.  Tlh» 
JUms  ar{»  tw6  islands,  appearingnet  a  distaqce^jn  the  shape  of  cardindt'" 
hats,  aboiit,4  miles  froni^the  land ;  one  he^ng  covered  with  trees,  and  t^e 
other  bate.  From  them  a  reef  oT  feveral  roc|(8  extends  southward,  rej|- 
d^i-ing  the, {Passage  that  way  hassardoius ;.  but  to  the  northward  of  theqP| 
the  chai^n^UJb  good,  and  bejtweeh  the  n^rthi^rn  ilhos  and  the  main,  yot^ 
may  anchQr  in  8  fathoms,  muddy  bottoiQ.  Opposite  to  ihe  IIuos,  is  the 
river  of  the  same  name,  which,  when  you  arewithin,  divides  intjt  Sieve- 
rul  braiiches ;  oa  the  first  of  tht^.^,  ci^led  Lake'Tayfiri,  on  the  north jfide 
of  the  nve^r,  is  th^  tow:)of  St.  Georg^ifrjurly  opposite  to  winch  is  the 
village  of  Aldeji ;  on  the  bar  are  less  than  3  fathoms  at  low;  water,  bo^  Up- 
wards of  4  iath(iBi»  insqsnie  pjiaces.  The  priii^ip(||fii^lMd-mBrk  of  thitfiver 
A»  a  i^^iind'hiMock,  wii|!j^>h^^e  ajppevr  t^e  ot^a  iaUnd,  though  in  ARHi 
it  is  but  part  of  ihe  nnjiitt ;  fp4.okMij|4o  the  entrano«|  On  the  north  side,  is 
a  highland  called  the  Dog^s  Snout  oi?  |Point  Cnon,.  at  the  foot  of  whicj|^  are 
breakers.  Wheb  (he|e  rocks  or  breakers  ^b^ar  £.  and  W.  from  yofi* 
«nter  and  keep  the  soothern  lattd  cl(4e4  l^u  wiii  then  have  dfe  mouth 
of  the  river  opei^f  Comioj^  from  sea  between  th^ months  of  Mafch  and 
•September,  ana  vHshing  to  run  for  th'esd  uQInds,  you  should  a^i  into  lati- 
tude }5°  iSfO'St  and  making  land  in  thia  jaarallel,  ybu  will  M'st  see  the 
AyqioEes  jiioimtains,  then  rtn  on  nor^h  wr  the  Ilhos  ;  the  coast  is  cileiir 
of  dangar,  aadt>the  Ilhos  are  in  lat  14°  5^S,  But' if  your  voyage  hi  be- 
twieeV  St^pl^ber  and  March,  endeavouxftp  ma)M|.the  land  in  the  latitude 
of.l4t^  jS:  ;  yoi|>^in  theta  see  the  land  e^i^Gamomoau,  which  is  cover<e;d 
withkthick  lA^ngues,, which  made,  run  sjo  .•^ii'Iy^  and  jabaerve  th^  dirae- 
tions  given  above.  Erom  Point  Zambo,  thjl  sputhQirn  point  of  JUHj^os 
River;  tlie  shores  becdfoe hilly  as^far  as  the  rirer  Contando  Tuba;  yau 
wiU  then  pass  the  sidall  rivers  of  Duna,  Juzih,  Patipa,  ahd  arrive  at  the 
river  Grando,  w  hie  ft  last  ha^  three  bars  or  entrances,  but  none  of  these 
rivers  ^ill  admit  any*  but  small  craft. 

The  shoals  of  St.  Antonio  commence  ablkut  the  entrance  of  Rio  Grando, 
and  inany  of  them  above  water ;  keeping  therefore  to  the  southward,  aiyl 
passhig^to  the  >east»vard  of  these  shoals,  you  will  perceive  a  reef  of  seven 
rocks^  here  you  will  hicve'  an  opening  leading  to  the  port  ok  harbour  of 
Santa  Cruz/  -Steer  infwest,  keeping  the  lead  going,  and  you  will  find 
anchorage  in  8,  9,  and  10  fathoms.  Wh^n  you  are  fairly  within  the  reefi, 
the  water  will  be  quite  smooth,'  and  you  will  ride  in  a  spacious  and  se- 
cure bay.  Here  ;tl»e  first  vessels  that  ever  visited  the  Brazils  caiqe  to 
anchor^  and  here,  also,  the  first, settlers  fixed  their  ustablishoient,  though 
they  afterwards  removed'  to  Pprto  Seguiro,  whjch  is  to  the  southward. 
If  bo^nd  to  Porto  Seguiro  during  the  months  from  March  to  September, 
you  must  not  .make  the  land  in  «  higher  latituile  than  17^  south,  le^t  you 
faU  in  witli  the  Abrolhos,  and  from  3eptemher  to  iMarch,  you  should  ao- 
d^v^iM*  to,  fall  in  >i^ttf  it  JQ  tl^UiUude  of  15*»^0'  S. ;  where  you  w^^jll 
*$a  the  A|^^es  Mo^tains;,^as<hmjffi'idirccted  ;  but  when  you  qia^ie  it 

Bf 


450 


Blunt's^mericaa  Coacit  Pildt  10  £dii. 


in  17"  or  11"  20'  you  will  notice  i|  hill  of  contUwable  eslenl,  ciillc* 
Mount  Paichal;  then;  ii  a  vyhiti  Vock  near  it,  mi  on  it«  north  aid 
■|>acio«s  valley  ;  yea  wilftban  tea  some  rnd  cliffs,  having  an  open  str^ind 

^  tq  the  southward,  north  of  which,  is  Porto  Scguiro.  Being  E.  uiid  W. 
with  the  above  white  rock,  you  will.perceive  tome  breakers,  which  ex- 
tend northv^ard  6  or  7  mrles  into  the  sen ;  on  the  soath  side  ot*  thase 
breakers  if  Porto  Seguiro,  where  yoM  may  anchor  in  trym  8  to  10  futhoqps 
wat^.  This  harbour  is  egfe  at^  commodious,  and  jut  its  entrance  may 
niidilY  be  known  by  four  high  rocks,  Appearing  liko  the  Noedlas  at  (ho 
iiNe  Qz  Wight ;  the  western  one^  are  of  thv  sugar-lonf  form,  and  the  iniier< 
afoflt  ba*  an  archway  perforated  through,  Uh»  lea  passioi^nder  it.  A  lit- 
tle southerly,  is  the  river  Serinham,  014  (he  banks  f  which  ia  the  town  of 
Veguim,  and  the  villages  of  Bocay,^du,  and  Amuru.  Several  rocks  and 
islands  lie  off  the  Juiid  ftom  Seguira,  northward,  as  fur  as^Rio  Grande, 

faod  between  are  good  anchorages  ;  but  it  is  requisite  you«should  have 
some  previous  knowledge  of  thein,  before  you  attempt  anchoring.  Be- 
tween the  Point  Gordu.aqd  Long  Island  there  is  anchorage,  and  also, 
abiuiast  of  Povocao  Valho.  To  the  eastward  is  a  good  channel,  through 
wMch,  leaving  the  outer  island;  or  the  island  of  Nostra  Citio  di  marena 
iara,  to  the  eastward, ^oa  may  pass  in  safety  ;  the  water  deepens  fast  to. 
seaward.  Eight  miilefeastof  Jt.  Antonio's  Bank  are  19  and  2A  fathoms, 
then  38,  and  a  few  more  easts  oi<the  lead.there  i8<  00  ground  at  60  and  76 
&tlMins,  passing  to  the  southward,  and  having  Mount  Paschal  in  sight,  you 
Will«reach  the  Abrolhos  islands  and  ahoals  which  s^r^tch  out  in  diviaed 
patches  above  60  miles  from  the  (Bain.  # 

'  Jp  thie  latitude  of  18°  are  |bir  islands,  forming  almost  a  square.  The 
N.W.  island  10  called40eco,  ^od  the  S.W.  Barbora,  wl^lejthe  S.E.  4s  nam- 
ed Passapos  and  th<^  N.E.  Monte  dos  Pedros.  These  islands  are  with- 
out wood  or  ivater.  On  the  N.W.  side  between  the  two  largest  islands, 
is  ajpassage  with  2^  fathom^,  oind  water  so  clear,  that  the  recks  at  the 
bottom  can  easily  be  perceived  ;  to  the  S.W.  .also  is  a  channel  lyith  7 
and  8  fathoms  water.  %  E.  ani^  S.E.  of  these  islands,  the  ground,  is  all 
rocky  for  a  considerable  dUtance,  and  ypo  may  see  tl)^  rocks,  although 
ilk  15  fathoms  water.  Ships  passing  this  way,  should  keep  a  good  Jook- 
oit't  and  mariners  frequc|i|tly  6rst  sai)  into  soundiega  about  this  part ;  for 
to  the  eastward  of  the  islands,  as  far  as  the  38th^egrees  of  longitude,  are 
50  fathoms,  decreasing  as  you  approach  the  Abiro^s.  Soundings  have 
also  beoQ  had  in  Ihe  paraUel  of  )'8<^  latitude,  as  fa.r  as  longitude  35°  30' 
the  bottom  of  stones,  shells,  and  corni  rock.  We  do  not  think  it  advise- 
able  for  vessels  bound  to  Rio  Janeiro,  to  n^ake  soundings  here,  but  pre- 
fer geing  more  southerly,  as  far  as  the  latitude  2;:'"  S.;  but  if  you  should, 
near  the  shoals  of  Abrolhos,  come  not  into  less  tbi^n  20  fathoms,  and 
steering  south  n  little  west,  you  wiji  meet  withoo  impediment.  To  ttiu 
westward  of  the  four  islands  before  mentioned,  ise  channel  running  north 
and  south  ;  it  is  broad,  and  hasl2, 13, and  14  fathoms  water,  with  aclenr 
bottom  of  sand  and  mud.  Between  this  an^  the  land  are  several  rocks 
above  water,  of  soft  calcertous  nature,  and^pearing  like  large  hats,  for 
which  reason  they  are  named  by  the  Dutch,  Chapeiroens,  and  by  others 
ire  Jesuits.  This  channel  is  safe,  though  not  much  frequented ;  but 
should  a  vessel  be  driven  to  these  islands  by  bad  weather,  she  may  ef- 
fect it  by  a  N.  and  S.  course  to  the  largest  island,  in  8,  9,  and- 10  fathoms 
water  v  an  lAdia  ship  will  find  anchorage  about  a-  musket  shot  from  its 
nerthere  pofnt  in  10  fathoms,  with  h  fafttoiu  of  s;and  ^  if  a  soiaUer  vessel, 
she  may  run  along  the  ishrod  tfrlhe' iM>lithward,  in  6,  7,»ifiid  8  fathoms. 


^, 


to  Elait;  Bltink'd  American  Cotift  Pilot. 


4dl 


then  doubling  itn  poiaf«  ttiDd  W.  wid  ^  NQon  m  she  is  N.  and  S.  with  a 
pirticuiar  opening  in  tllftltliiid,  aiH:h(^  w  4  and  6  fathoma.  Ships  bound 
from  the  Babia  to  Ebpirito  Santo,  or  Rift  .lanairo,  6ic.  may  navigate  this 
coast  at  any  ieason  o»  the  year,  eithemto  •a  small  tessel,  by  coasting  it,  ^ 
or  b;^  landing  to  the  eastward  and  clearing  the  Abrolhos  altogether. 
But  il*  yotf  shoirtd  coast  it,  the  tfiariner  will-  attend  to  tl|e  remarks  d|« 
reudy  given  to  Porto  Seguivo,  from  whence,  having  passed  Mount  Pa# 
rhal,  (which  is  sitouted  between  the  rivers  Jacbo^md  SarnabitabaJ|  tyi 
Abrolhos  shoals  begin.  The  inner  or  little  obanilel  is  intricswa^ 
known  only  to  the  natives,  it  is  therefore  hazardpu's  to  attempt ;  but  bn- 
>ng  pussed  the  riv^ers  Cai>iTeloa,  PHrnipa,  and  Parupa,)  which  are  saidlb 
unite  inland,  insomuob  Uiat  persons  have  been  known  to  sail  up  the  oi^|» 
and  come  down  the  other,)  you  will  arrive  at  Point  Abrolhost  which  ^ 
high  land,  and  to  the  fouth  of  all  the  shoals.  Sailing  on  southwextarly^ 
yuu  will  puss  the  island  of  Gderce,  bel^ind  which  n  vessel  may  anchor,  an4p 
<|rrive  at  the  mouth  ef  the  river  Doce',  whose  tvaters  are  lo  rapid  an<ff' 
full,  thafitsentranae  i4  rendered  difficult,  ewin  to  small  crafty  though  the 
(Uipth  is  conlidertfble,  and  canoos  navigate  it  uirwards  of  20  leagips } 
further  on  is  the  River  dos  Reys  Majos,  (before  you  come  to  which,  ift.a 
mountain  of  the  same  name;)  here  is  an  anchorage  between  the  sluire 
and  some  islands,  the  outermo«t  of  which  is  named  Drielingan,  and  the 
inner  one,  ReposOi  Having  passed  the  river  Sierra  Mestra,  Lunar* 
upjiears  terminatih^  to  the  south;*  with^a  point  called  Shark's  Point,  at 
Punta  de  Tubaraoitj  and  lietween  them,  is  the  river  Rorreyras,  fit  only 
for  craft ;  ypu  riow  reach  Espirito  Santo,  wh^ch,  though  narrow,  is  capa- 
ble of  harbonrinz  large  vessels.  Oh  its  fiiathern  point  is  a  cliff  or  rock 
called  Afbrto  ile  Jaan  de  Morenn.  In  mnkiogfor  this  bay«  in  latitude  21** 
S.  you  will  see  several  hills,  one  of  which  is  very  high  and  ragged.  Thii 
stands  n^r  the  river  Ooropara  ;  and  tathe  northward  ia  another  hill 
called  Pero  Cao.  When  you  make  tbpse  hills,  you  will  also  see  three 
small  isl^bdsj'^nd  to  the  southward  is  another.  This  joins  to  the  small 
river  6f  Goropafo^  admitting  dniy  boats  and  small  vaSsels  ;  these  sail  vp 
west,  leaving  the  flat  island  Reposo  to  the  noi*thward,  and  anchor  b#> 
fwe%n  it  and  the  land.  We  have  said  the  entrance  to  the  bay  of  Spirito 
Santo  is  narrow  ;  at  its  entrance  is  a  shoal, #hich  must  be  leR  to  Mie 
Routhwerdj  and  sail  right  on  for  the  island  witl^ti  the  bay,  and  whaa  you 
have  brSu^bt  it  to  b6ar  N.  or  N.W.  you  may  anchor  in  good  and  clear 
ground  ;  you  will  have  8  anj  7  .fathoms  at  the  entrance,  and  5  and  4 
when  at  anchor. 

Abbot  ^6  leagues  S.-W.  from  Spirito  Santo,  is  Cape  St.  Thomas  |  in 
takhig^your  departure  from  thence  to  Rio  Janeiro,  vessels  should  steer 
out  S.S.E.  to  avoid  some  flats  and  shallows  said  to  exist  in  the  neighhour- 
hood  of  ti«e  Cape,  and  when  you  are  in  the  latitude  of  22°  change  your 
course  to  the  vi^estward.  There  is  said  to  be  a  passage  within  these 
shoals,  through  which  the  small  craft  coast  alon^,  but  it  is  not  sufficiently 
know^  fur  us  to. give  a  description  of. 

There  are  several  rivers  on  the  coast,  viz.  Gorapara,  Iritibi,  Tapoana, 
and  Paraiba,  of  thesfe,  the  latter  is  the  largest.  Cape  St.  Thomas  is  low, 
and  cannot  be  seen  fur  off.  Vessels  coming  from  sea  and  making  the  land 
thereabout,  should  be  particularly  careful  not  to  go  to  the  northward  of 
22**  on  accodhf  ofcthe  shoatil  above  mentioned  ;  for  yoa  will  be  upon  the 
shoals  before  ibe  iand-cfim  b«  diiK:overed  ;  but  being  £.  and  W.  firora  Cape 
Thomas,  your  cbac«Ct  ahpald  4ie  W.  S.  W.  The  three  islands  of  St. 
Ann's  wiU  men  hear*  ib  sig^t ;  streteh  oa  in  that  direction  for  Cape 


452 


BtunVBAmerican  €o4fit  Pltd| 


10  Eait. 


Fiio  ;  but  ibouid  voa  ont  bi:«Me  to  r«iicl|  tb«'  dipt,  yon  way  cnm%  ti* 
■nchor  l»€tneen  tnef«  itlmiii  $*the  llrge»^^)#  midflle  one,  i/t  nbout  ■ 
|,  leAgttt  in  circumference  ;  iMvinf;,  oil  that  Ki^e  neihstt  the  Mnin  l8ncl,m 
^  pleaMfiit  bay,  where  frc»h  wattr  ony'rendily  be  obtx^ned.  BiA#een  thexr 
island*  it  a  paMagt ;  and  the  northern  iihind  ban,  on  that  pn\  facing  tht* 
main,  n  |eod  CQavcnient  place  for  abipf^  cnreen.  To  Ihe  nfirthwnrd  ot 
the  Island  la  Bahia  Formoto,  to  the  S.  W.  if  St.  Ann*i  bi«>  ;  off  the  south- 
ern ffint  of  thii  bay  It  White  Itland,  i^  due  eoat  from  DuzioH  l*oint  i^ 
Attchor  island,  distant  albout  5  miles,  and  having  deep  water  between  ;  (h« 
ilipre  from  hence,  hhs  several  scattered  islands  as  far  as  Cape  Frio.  The 
Md  from  Bt.  Thomas  to  Cnpe  Frio  is  higbi  and  in  clear  weather  may  be 
iten  moff  than  20  leagues  off  at  sea  ;  and  in  the  iMitude  of  these  cnpes, 
Miat  ia  flrom  22°  to  23'*  S.  you  will  hove  soundiogsat  that  distance,  from  100 
to  9  ftthoms,  decreasing  very  prcceptibly  ;  as  you  near  the  liind,  you  will 
^bsefve  a  curren^rannin^  strongly  .towards  the  N.  E. 
i*^  Cope  Frio  lies  in^d"  01'  S.  and  is  remarkable  ;  for'whcn  you  are  dis 
tantrromit  14  or  IS.Ieagtiea,  and  it  bears  W.  Si  W.  from  yom,  your 
somidings  being  49  adid  50  fathoms,  muddy  grouivJ,  the  Gape  will  then 
appear  like  a  snudl  island  withtwo  little  hurtimocks,  while  from  the  mast 
head  you  will  perceive  a  small  island  close  under  the  high  land  south  of 
the  Cape.  Among  the  many  loAy  mountains  by  which  your  approoch  to 
tb«  Cape  may  be  known,  is  one  to  the  northward,  about  midway  between 
tlie  Cape  and  St.  Ann's  Island  ;  it  is  called  the  high  land  of  St.  John,  and 
appears  like  an  old  decayed xhurch,  the  tower  seeming  to  be  on  Ihe  S. 
W.  side.  If  vessels  should  have  occasion  to  put  into  Cape  Frio,  there  in 
to  the  northward  a  place  of  gt>6d  shelter,  and  very  coriv<mient  for  small 
veMels,  caHed  by  some,  Fraya  de  Angra,  add  by  otheri,  Porto  Alcrto.— - 
Th^  entrance  is  between  the  northern  point  of  Cape  Frio  Island,  and  the 
Island  of  Pori^os  ;  there  ii  no  danger ;  tile  water  is  deep,  and  you  will  ob- 
tj|in  good  shelter,  provision  and  fitesh  water;  you  may  heave  down,  if  re- 
quisite, and  obtain  anv  kind  of  assistance  from  the  town.,  To  the  norths 
Ward  between  Cape  Frfo  Island  ^nd  the  main,  is  a  channel,  but  very  nar- 
row, with  4  fathoms  water.  You  should,  in  attempting  tbia  passage, 
keep  near  the -.iiland,  as  a  flat  df  sand  stretches  nearly  across  from  the 
side  opposite  ;  the-streai]i|  from  the  westward,  runs  very  strong  through 
it,  reo^eriog^  it  hazardoui;  From  Cape  Frio,  the  coast  runs^ 'directly 
west  to  Rio  Janeiro,  a  distance  of  27  leagues  ;  there  is  a  strong  current 
from  the  west,  and  you;  may  sail  along  wHhin'3  leagues  of  the  shore,  in 
from  30  tq  40  fathoms  water  all  the  way  ;  farther  out  the  water  deepens 
to  60  and  70  fathoms  and  upwifrds.  At  first,  having  passed  Cape  Frio, 
the  land  is  low,  and«carce  to  be  seen  at  6  and  V  leagues  distaiiuc^  ;'  but 
sailiM  on  to  the  westward,  it  becomes  high,  appearing m  huitiinockir,  and 
like  the  fdrm  of  sugar  loaves.  In  the  way  vessels  ma^. anchor  either  a 
little  past  the  Monks,  in  from  20  to  SOfathooM  wat«r,  cJead  ground,  with 
a'bottom  of  greeu'sandy  mud,  or  near  the  Maurice  Island  in.  18  fathoms. 
You  will  now  approach  the  entrance  to  Rio  /anegro,  which  may  easily  be 
known  by  a  remarkable  sugar  loaf  hill  on  its  western  point ;  there  is  also  to 
the  southwest,  another  sHigular  one,  called  Oavia  or  Tajuca  Point,  known 
to  the  English  by  the  name  of  Parrots-beak'.  This  higk  land  we  recommend 
ships  to  make,  when  bound  for  this  harbour,  and  with  K^ht  winds,  cast 
anchor,  waitit%  for  the  sea-breeze :  this  wil)  be  fou^t  lAdre  advantage- 
ous, than  beinjgdrhrentdth^eastward.1ly  the  cttiffeiBt.  The  anchorage 
though  deep,  WiH  be  clean  wuA  gopd  holdnggrouoi,  of  a  greenish  mud, 
«Qd^he  sea-breeze  blows  every  day  from  1 1  o'clock  till  suiwdi',  it  will; 


iO  fidft. 


Bfont'f  Aneriean  Coaflt  PUnt. 


463 


tbcreioro,  bt  f«r]r  efty  ibr  ■  ihifi  to  rmr^  MRi'ore  the  ntnA.  ObsrrfA 
fbere  ai«  tcvM-al  •nwl^iihNidfe  off  ibe  flilHNic^to  Rio  Janeiro,  the  moat 
rrutarkRhle.  of  «rhich  ifrlltonnd  Islanil  or  R«idiNldo  ;  it  ia  boM  too  on  ita 
N.  and  K.  ailea,  4inil  fo^OlciHikc  aliNy*al«ck,  btit  off  ita  aonthnrn  aiflu  are 
^cvernl  dnngeroiia  mck*.  itf  day  tinia,  (lieaif  tkHi|era  wjll  be  acen  by  the 
rippling  of  thft  amallcil  aea  ;  biit^tiiglil^  or  wittt  thick  weather,  come  06 
nearer  (ban  2  or  3  IcHgum  of  the  MeiAd. 

To  tlie  eHatnroi-d  rather  more  tHitfH  niilfl»  is  Rnaor  or  Pint  laland  ;  nnd 
between,  is  n  good  p:iHaaKe,  with  from  10  t^  llMHwrn  \  and  to  the  n«rth>- 
wurd  (if  Round  I.Hland,  are  •!  or  &  amnll  iahindf  ;  tbeabaretll'to  be  left  oft 
yodr  Htorboard- baud  a«  you  ontRr*Hie  Janeiroi    'In-  mmiing  into  the  har- 
bour, observe  wh^.i  Sai;nr-loaf  bill  benm  N.  W.  the  dnnnei  ia  omm,  nni 
as  you  near,  you  Hriil  see  the  abif  ping  at  anchor.     At  tKc  N.  E.  fi#gf  ttf  th^ 
entrance,  is  a  strong  fort  tying  ndirly  N.  E.  of  the  Sugar-'lMif,  abotiilrt|  of* . 
3  miles  apart.     This  is  called  fortSt.  Criz.'    Here  erery  veaael^  if  en- 
trance, must  bring  to,  and  an  officer  be  sent  to  anftonilce  tifb  arrifili  ibd 
the  purport  of  its  voyage.     The  coloura  mtlit  be  hiHated,  and  aeHMtimea 
the  harbour-master  takea  charge  of  the  vnaftl,  and  <^0|iduct8  it  to  toKfttr- 
ings.    The  male  is  oAen  tatCdh  and  ei(amined  ;  ^tft  the  omtnin  must  on  n6 
jiretence  quit  the  ship  until  the  Ifealtl;  of  the  cr«w,  aiid4ie*pSrticirinrt  of 
tbe  Toyage  are  made  known.     After  this,  oetabaission  to  the'existing  Inira 
of  the  country  is  required,  together  with  ^tber  treromoniet.     Yotaare 
then  permitted  to  go  on  shore,  and  hold  intercourse  with  thenatarea ;  Ihlt 
you  mast  land  at  the  palace  stairs,  and  neither  officer  iMraemnania  alHfW- 
i'd  to  walk  about  the  city,  without  the  mHU^  accdttipdnying  him. 

When  you  are  abreaat  o(\^%  fort,  keef)  oNe  in  toward  th6  fort  of  San> 
ta  Cruz,  or  in  mid-chanReirattill  anchor  in*  10  or  •TS' fathoms  abreaat  of  ^e 
town.     Wherinwitbin  thfr  entrance,  the  course  up  is  N.  by  W.  ^'.\¥.  about 
a  league,  which  will  carryyou  Q>  the  island  Cobrfla.     In  yonr  passage 
yon  will  leave  on  your  starboard  hand,  the  forts  of  Stinta  Grtiz,  Boa,  and 
St.  John's  BbUery  ;  on  Vonr  larbdUrd  hand,  fort  Sr.  John,  Square  Island 
fort,  Round  (sltiM  Batfery,  and  ibe  Mt  of  St . 'Sebastian.    *Tbi8  latter  ia 
buMton  a  high  isltfnd,  and  abreast^'of  thc't«)wef  of  Rio  Janeiro  :  there  is  a 
regular  tide  at  7f'  bours  ebb,  and  4}  flood  with  very  Iftfli  slack,  and  its 
velocity  is  from  3|  to  M  knota  mi  hour.    It  is  )%h  watet  at  4  o'clockT— - 
RefreshmenA  of  all  ktodsmiay  be  dbtnined  at  this  plnce  ;  Beef  and  miftton 
good,  cheap,  and  f/tehtiful ;  liruit  and  vegetablifes  in  abundance,  fresh  wa- 
ter ^ith  ease,  but  Wood  is  semewhut  dear.     Above*  the  town  of  Sebas- 
tian, this  harbour  becomes  extretnMy  capacious  ;  but  European  vessels 
seldom  have  any  oeetisioii  to  mvigatc  farther  than  we  have  described.-^- 
Round  island  Vit  the  entrantf^oTRio  Janeiro,  is  in  latitude  23^  5'  sooth, 
and  in  longitude  43**  19'  west  frdmrGreenwich.  -S.  W.  of  the  entrance  to 
Rio  Janeiro  about  14  leagues  is  the  Marnnbaya  channel,  the  shores  be- 
tween being  mountainous.     Leaving  the*. hill  of  Oavia,  you  pass  Tejuca 
riyer  and  four  small  islands  ;  leave  them  to  the  northward.     Following 
tbe  shore,  you  pass  also  tbe  Palmas  islands.     There  is  a  passagv?  between 
all  these  islands  aftd  tbe  maiA,  but  never  used  by  ships  of  any  burden.-^ 
On  their  outer  or  soxfthern  side,  you  will  have  frt^m  15  to  30  fathoms  wa- 
ter, until  you  arrive  before  tbe  bar  of  Guaratiba,  fit  only  for  small  craft. 
Sailing  onward,  a  strait  or  channel  runs  along  the  coast ;  you  must  keep 
off  tbe  lahd,  because  the  current  constantly  sells  upon  it,  and  passing  by  a 
low,  sandy  island,  you  will  see  the  mountain  of  Maranbaya  :  it  is  high, 
roand/  ^d  barren.     Farther  on  is  Maranbaya  channel,  formed  on  the 
western'  side  by  tbe  island  of  Gpande  ;  this  opening  is  near  2  leaguefs 


IJi 


BlimA  Aiti<*rii3iin  ComI  fUdt. 


)fJU 


wide,  leailing  into  a  iipiiclftiK|lMiy,  within  which,  M|d  at  the-ktck  ofMl- 
rMbMjra  iaUnd,  i«  sood  nrlcb*rnfte.     Tli*!  lahnd  ttranda  hM  llfo  aevenl 
hays,  which  urn  nafe  and  ca|Mbiii  of  contiiininf  ahipa  of  burdan.     Rnt«>rin|pr 
t>y  the  <  tiiuuitl  of  Maranbuya,  on  th«  iaUnd-^  (*riin(h^,  ii$  PMtniAr'N  buy, 
call«d  by  Moine  S«m>  dc  Altrahao  or  AbrahMfl^  lioinotn,  from  Ui«  aACurity 
with  which  re«aela  aaay*  ride  there }  Wt  fur  more  mft^  and  accutft  in  tli^ 
bay  nt  th*  weit  point  of  lli*t«lan<t.     North  of  the  rtlundUrnndc,  in  thr 
Villa  Grande,  or  town  of  Angra  do*  Heoa  }  b«>forc  which  nre  many  iftlnndii 
and  rocka,  with  nifdM»tlig<f  batwcMpn  ;  riding  nnar  midway  of  the  ialond 
Qrande,  the  iaiand  Jnpoo  baarin||\ior*h,  about  hnlfwiofifpio  from  thn  mnin 
land.     Here  yon  may  hochor  in  6  or  "Hhthoma.     Baaidoit' the  channel  nl 
Blai'ononyn  leudi»f|^o  the  village  or  town  of  Angrn  do«  Kcon,  there  is  th«' 
OHiroaof^a  Chatm^t  to  the  wentwiird  of^tlM'  iaiand  (irnndf*  full  3  lengur« 
wide,  wttb  d^a])  water  and  clear  from  etery  dnngtr  except  n  small  sunk* 
en  reak  said  to  liamidivay^of  (he  channel,  which  can  easily  be  avoided  by 
aailifig  on  cittier  aMe,  |n  from  12  to  20  fathoms.     A  town  or  viHnge  lien 
un  the  western  side  af  the  ini0n,  called  ParaB«v,bnt  iti;*  little  frequented, 
tmd  consequently  ftttle  knownto  Europeunn.'     Fussing  point  lotinga,  which 
it  tba  western  point  of  the  Oairoso  <;hanne!,  and  sailing  36  miles  weiterly, 
you  will  saC  Miclnland  of  l^t.  Sebastian,  5efore  y#u  renrh  which,  and  about 
4  leagtR>»  S.  W.  of  point  lotMgo,  is  GabMgo  island,  nflbrding  at  a  part  on 
iti  waatarn  aide  bbth  wood  (Aid  water.     L»l-ge  vessel*  may  pais  betweon 
it  and  tl^  main  in  tifety.     To  the  westward,  und  about  one  mile  from  thr 
main,  liaa  Hog  iaMhd,  hinrihg'ri  good  channel^  With  6,  7,  nnd  8  Aithomn 
water  betweon  »  (Hi«-^lace  U named  iShnriys  road.     To  (he  southward 
H  Monkey  isbind,  and  faithcHki-,  the  north.  oAhtt  of  St.  Sebditian't  iiland. 
'JTb  enter  between  St.'  Sebastian's  tsllnti)  wJ!^^  main,  you  shvftVd  steer 
H  8.  W.  jeonrse'-;  keep  near  the  island's  lice*  on  aecount  of  a  shoni 
stretching  froii»  (he  Ceifvent  to  the  vil|lge  of  Francisco.     This  island  i.* 
above  5  leafttaa  in  leAgth,  und  con  nhelter  mariy  vestels  ;  the  anchorage 
IS  either  at.  Chiaromim  bay,  or  befot'ie  the  vitthge  Arroasht^  \  here  is  u 
small  fort,  and  to  the  soathward  it  n  sunken  rockT   In  (he  middle  of  thiix 
channel  is  12,  13,  and' 14  fiithoms  decMeasing  on  both  sides  at  you  neai 
the  land.     Southward  you  will  push  the  vill^e  of  Sebastian  ;  and  sailing 
out  at  the  T6qt(e  To<}tia,  you  will  see  the  Aloiftrdsses  or  Cormorant's 
island,  round  which  is  foul  ground:    Thefe  ik  a  stO&il  port  &n  the  eastern 
side  of  the  island  of  St.  SebAsUnin  called  port  CastilKafis,  and  to  the  N.  E. 
are  the  islands  Victory  and  St.  Luxia,  both  uninjholffted.     Taking  ^our 
departure  from  Toque  Toque,  you  plttts  Meant  Trtgo,  a  sminll  island  ;  bnd 
to  the  westward  is  Barra.de  Bertioga,  w4iere  noi)^  but  small  craft  can 
enter,  and  these  only  when  they  are  unable  tb  reach  (he  Qi*ent  bar.  Ships 
of  burden  do  sometimes* attempt  it,  innvhicn  cake  you  mast  hug  the  main 
dose  to  the  bare  head'land,  where  there  are. 10  fathoms  water,;  but  run- 
ning along  the  coast,  you  come  to  Craw  island,  lying  about  a  mile  off,  and 
then  standing  off  till.you  double  a  hi^h  point  of  land  which  is  on    "j  prin- 
cipal entrance  or  bar  of  the  Santos.    Vess^s  *nust  sail  into  this  place  due 
north  ;  its  entrance  is  about  one  league  wide,  forming  a  circular  bay, 
with  n  sandy  beach.     To  the  eastward  is  point  Engenho,  and  farther  on 
a  fort,  opposite  to  which,  and  on  the  other  side  of*the  channel,  is  Sort 
Trinxeire  :  the  passage  here  narrows,  not  being  above  half  a  mile  wide. 
Abreast  of  the  forts  are  14, 12,  and  13  ftKhoms  ;  the  channel  runs  E.  N. 
E.  and  then  N.  N.  W.  and  west,  until  it  reaches  the  town  of  Santos,  be- 
fore which  is  anchorage  iii  ft,  6,  an^  7.  fathoms  water.     TheWbolcof 
this  channel  i«  good,.  »ind  free  fr^ai  any  danger  whatever.     'Hie  Barra 


i^Cdit. 


Uluttrs  Amehoaii  CoMt  Pilot. 


4.'i3 


rie  St.  Vincent  ia  to  thf  wMtward,  md  w«»  pne*  a  |ouii  cluuintl,  hut  titr 
«ontuiuHl  incrcot*  mad  Arcmntilutiup  of  mimI  bua  rhokaii  ita  «>ntraoce  wf, 
acurce  mlimtting  OMoca  to  |>gaa.     H,  E.  ahmii  .'i  Ivaguta  from  the  ontrM«« 
to  the  b»Tt»  He  Siiitoa,  ia  u  lint  rock,  a|>ueariiig  whit«>  tVuni  ilu*  duoc  of 
WinIc  ;  thtt  you  will  readily  uvuid.     'i  o  t^M  aoutkwRrd  of  tliia  plMM' li«a 
the  amull  ialand  of  Kadoiido,  in  lalUudf)  ^1°  3.*)'  abo¥«  20  milea  off  ihore  ; 
and  18  milca  H.  VV.  from  th«  Siintoa  it  (.'oucoicao  bar  or  Ita.^haeni,  whicb 
ia  narrow,  daogaroua,  an«l  uatd  oaly  by  boat*  ood  aioall.  rrufi ,  •  larg* 
rock  liea  on  the  middle  af  tha  bar.     Thrift  leuguea  and  n  linlf  to  the  eaat 
Hr.B  three  imall  iaianda  callud  the  Bgmtiialanda  f  0(>  milca  H.  W.  ia>the 
river  and  bar  of  Iguapc.     Both  theac  are  filled  with  aand,  ao  that  canoet 
(no  acarco  enter  with  lafcty,  but  if  you  get  within  tho  bar,  on  arm  of  th« 
tea  carriea  you  all  the  w»y  to  Cananoa  ;  thia  runal  dividca  into  two  parta, 
forming  a  complete  iainnd;  on  which  atunda  the  town  of  Cuiuinoa,  before 
which  you  may  anchor  in  b  and  0  futhoma  water.     The  inner  or  northern 
«-anal,  called  Marde  Arriraya,  runa  at  the  Ixick  of  the  ialand,  received 
Hevcrul  imull  rivera  in  itH  courae,  and  cuiptiea  itaelf  into  the  Mar  de  Ta^ 
rapande,  which  alao  nina  to  the  Oarrade  Cananea.     From  the  Barra-de 
iguape  to  the  Barra  de  Cananea,  ia  about  30  milea,  the  ihere  low  and 
Hat ;  ftppoaite  to  the  entrance  lieH  tho  t.<<land  Abrigo»  dividing  it  into  two 
chanutds,  both  of  which  are  dai\j^Eoua,  on  ficcount  of  the  bpeaken  and 
ahonU  thereabout :  the  northern  entnnce,  called  Borra  FaLa,  is  narroer 
and  ahallow.     Corvcttea  and  amall  boats  only  enter  there  ;■  the  southcra 
entrance  is  wfder  and  deeper,  smd  into  thia,  ships  of  burden  ^m^  a  pes-* 
auge.  ^  Sgiil  on  to  the  southern  shore,  keepiug  close  in  3  and  4  fathoms 
watDr*;  but  oj^^rve,  the  bar  is  shifting,  and  consequently  dangerous  to 
all  stoiiigers.     The  bar  is  )l)^out  a  mile  in  breadth  ;  when  vou  are  with- 
in, you  wlirieepen  your  water  to  6,  6,  and  7  fathoms,  anit.may  anchor 
a*  most  convenient  for  your  purpose.     From  Cananea  southward^ you 
will  ftdl  in  with  a  small  island  called  Castillo  ;  this  is  nearly  opposite  to 
Arrepira,  which  is  npyv  not  navigable.     Farther  on  is  Figuera..  another 
Boii^ll  island  ;  and  coa^tinffjlong  you  will  reach  the  Burra  do  Suparagui» 
admitting  canoes  only.    Thj^  cree]^  ia  divided  from  Uie  main  entrance  to 
the  bay  of  Paradgua  jby  th^  Jiland  pf  Pecas,  nfi^r  a  milq  (rim  the  southern 
part  of  which  are  some  rooks.     These  rockS  form  the  northern  bounda- 
ry of  the  channel,  whilQ  the  islandi'dd  Mel,  lies  to  the  south  ;  between 
the  passage  is  nearly  a  mile  in^wi^jih.     A  league  off  at  seu,  are  only  3i» 
4,  and  5  fathoms,  but  as  you  approach  the  bar,  it  odepens  to  5,  6,  7,  and 
B  fathoms.     In  the  channel  are  4i  and  5  fathoms,  and  when  within,  you 
will  have  5, 6,  and  7  fathoms.     Th^re  is  another  entrance  to  the  south* 
ward  of  Mel  island,  (ailed  Ba^ra  de  Sul,  but  like  Barru  de  Superagui,  it 
ia  fit  only  for  boats.  *  The  course  to  Paraagu*  town,  and  the  villa  Anto- 
iiina  is  due  west ;  the  former  is  on  the  larboard  side,  almost  4  leagues 
iron)  the  bar,  while  the  latter  is  rather  to  the  northward,  and  about  6 
leagues  up  the  river,  there  are  several  islands  scattered  about,  but  the 
channel  is  generally  clear,  and  every  known  danger  is  visible.     Eight 
leagues  S.  W.  is  the  Barra  Guaratuba,  or  Guarativa,  before  you  reach 
which,  you  will  meet  two  small  islands  3  miles  from  the  shore.    The  en- 
trance to  Guarntoba  is  on  the  north  side,  near  a  large  rock,  where  you 
will  have  a  deep  channel  with  15,  18,  and  20  fathoms  water ;  but  from 
this,  all  is  shoal  to  the  southward,  and  to  the  seaward,  for  nearly  5  miles  ; 
this  river  is  remarkably  rapid,  and  famed  for  its  fisheries.     Whoever 
runs  for  this  harbonriirom  thi  northwasd,  should  keep  close  to  the  land. 
maKe  for.  the  point  of  Uie  rock  abor^  oentionedf  and  when  about  to  en- 


J 


4M 


Blunl't 


latiit 


wfld, or  •ppMilt l^Ai  kUlM  tiM  Muih  Mdjt.    T^ytefr  u  Mpptttrf 
Vjr  f«f«nl  oUMn,  oM|^  Ml^(>  Iom  it  tlip  mOii  cfwiJlCBMc.  mid  !« 
••i44«»  Im  Mripilll  l(it«pirMidi  of  1 2  iMgnta.    About  Sa  attiit  womb 
wafdi  It  Um  nMttin  tnUiifgo  to  Ul*  Rio  8t.  Prtnciaa),  MHtd  IbpitafHiM 


<ap«bl% jfjKcomnitdiiiM  ii||r  t«m«I,  Md  baviog  rrom  4  ta  1 J  lilfc«iot«  in 
&!•  iibtiiiM  t»  atil,  mmU  m  MV4%i«blil  tp  comI  up  tba  Uod  whiob  li««  at 
Hm  tovUmard  !•  •»  t,  mm!  8  ftlthifa,  md  when  you  arrivt  al  tbe  head- 
l«iA  wbtre  this  c(m»I  •■df » ygvijAn^H  makt  for  the  northtrn^iiiUtek- 
kagfif  to  avoid  » Ifnb*  rnpiiaf  to  the  N«  C  wbidi  ia  ahual^,  haviuK 
Mt  BMro  Hum  one  nitAo»  at  low  water,  and  m  noamm  tj^b  north  point 
feyi  abroittt  ataad  S.  by  W.  fitr  th«  toWo,  or  for  the  ehaith  of  Si.  jokc, 
btul  ••  m  ^Moeo «  oppoeito  to  thia  you  jwyr  anehor  io  cUor  groumi. 
Tbo  olhor  entro^po  to  thorirer  ia  6  leuuea  to  the  fouthwerd,  ao<l  fit 
0m\j  ibrconoft ;  %ut  oppOiitiuore  two  itloiida  with  anchorage  wpd  •heUer 
fkoa  Hm  aoo»  in. 4  muTIi  felKoMa  water,  with  a  bottoni  oTwhitwh  miuJ. 
To  tiM  ao«|bward  are  the  rirora  Topuca  and  'rraroondi ;  tiMi  Jatter  i« 
torjNar  buMe^tod  aeid  to  bo  navignble  for  boati  more  than  40'l«guei. 
THiKmmmiUm  Wmrhi^o  ie  to  the  aouthward,  and  farther  on  tie  bav 
•(Qil«lM|pl^tho.ootrniw:e  ||0  whi«||.i«.8  or  0  miiea  in  bn.tdth,  well 
•Mtoaod  D«pi  |41  wiodf,  aod  depth  of  water  for  any  ship)  two  rivcra 
^ffihlil|li  ppaTilTai intff  Ibji  X  °^*^  bedaof white  rocks,  andtheiiir- 
iyiodiig  lin<,Mofiorf|i  wUk  thick  woods.  To  the  suuthward  ia  point 
•Ifaoi^on*  iroai  whence  you  proceed  alnth,  to  the  i»!and  oftttt 
thia  idoad  it*^  nifloi  in  leagHi  from  north  to  «outb>  and^ 
aoBO  idpCM  fft^y  narrow.  On  its  pattern  Jute  we  kfiqPT 
ago ;  iti  Borlhern  poipt  liea  in  S?""  21'  tOiHntitudo.  lok 
tfio  Bortl|fiord,  U  hii  •  remarkable  MtP^t  •^pod  Kko  a  fpulM.  ^ 
■amoit  jb generalU clietiqgoisbed ;  wbne  to thoioiUh'ward it  Aivdiredo, ( 
WoMJbf  iriimd,  to  Ihp  weatward  is  (he  bay  ^'  TUMfifH-  To  enterj^tw^eii 
St.  uSharina  a|^  the  ipaiii,  the  boat  aml^  iM^uaBvMuted  pat^e  it.be- 


liroon  the  D|pl|^|)9iut  ^  the  iflapd  ai^  Alv|ro4o,}^but  you  jnay  go  bc- 
tpreoo  AlxoM^  aoa  iGfaQajr^Uuidt,  uJ  in  fltf^^ou  catinot  agcompliih 
cit^r  ^fthoea',  proceed  between  Qvj^y  il^a^aud  IBe  main ;  an  Uhould 

aacoor  in  XU4i 


the  ivJMt  die  away,  turn  ia  an^  a2c8dr  in  Tu^ga  bev.  DeairooS  tu>»- 
pTor,  to  get  to  St.  Qatbarina,  keep  mulc)uionoi,  (|ad  tt^er  toutliward  be- 
twoea  two  forti,  anchoring  abreast,  oTthe  river  iRaMoes,  or  go  on  to -the 
town,  which  fllands  on  the  western  p^t  of  thi  iiluind,  and  is  much  fre- 
qoonted ;  there  it  n  touthern  chauaid,  but  it  ii  di(OcuU'te  navigate,  und 
chialy  uind  by  boHtt :  water  may  be  he^Jif  gpod'^quqjity,  and  in  abua 
dance ;  alao  provitiont  and  many  articlea  of  commerce.  The  tides  are 
irregular,  the  flood  enteriag  by  the  iwo  channels  norm  and  south,  aiid 
proceeding  as  far  at  the  narrow  strait,  bot  yet  i(  does  not  rifle  above  3 
feat.  Arutattba  bay  is  on  the  main,  to  the  southward,  where  vessels 
Bomatimea  aheltor,  bat  we  have  already  said  the  entranoe  to  it  is  danger 
out.  Three  tmall  itlandt  lie  at  its  mouth,  on  one  of  which  a  fort  is  erect- 
ed, and  about  a  mile  to  the  eastward  of  these,  are  three  others  some- 
what larger,  andcalled  the  Irmines.  >^.  £.  of  these  it  the  Moleques  do 
Sul,  and  Mmtboaiterly  is  Coral  island,  ot  Hock,  between  which  and  th<>, 
shore,  veaeelt  may  anchor^  T^tb^  aoath#ard,  in  latitude -28"  it  another 
island,  called  Aboreda  del  lNt4i#l>  ia  fituatid  about  iS  le^es  from  the 
shore,  and  between  ia  ayuufyili^a.'  f  $  the  t^atlMmrdare  riffra  Pa- 
tot,  Ririqneera,  and  the  nlaiMi  riiwiataba»'  lying  oioaa  in  with  the  atiore. 


10  Fdit. 


Pliinl*«  Amrriran  ToaHt  Pilot. 


457 


rti<i4inf  on,  ynti  mill  uli^rrvi*  (hr   I  lilt  ol'  Si.  Murthii,  u  proj^rliiiK  lifii«l< 
iirwl,  iiimI  t'oriiiinK  (li«'  loiitlicrn  |i<miiI  tu  th«*  l.iigoon  rivrr,  on  thr  north 
|»oinl  »)rwhnli,  It  Villi!  Niv.ivti  ;  tin*  uitfrninli.ili"  nvi-m  Irom  St.  ('uthu- 
riiiii  to  tint  |i|:i('«*  arr  tin.ill,  tuiil  r.liukiMl  ttitli  aanil.      Vr«*(>U   thrrri'oi'M 
t(iv«i  tint  |iitrt  of  thr  rotitt  ii  Rootl  birth,  «nilin|{  iit  .')0  or  40  inili**  I'ruin  thn 
liinil,  aitti  liaving  '10,  itt,  iitid  bO  lathomM  wiitcr,  without  any  (liuiKrr.     From 
li(Mii'*>  the  lihorf  l)«n(U  wvM  iind  Nouthwcttvrly,  high  riilK(*i  ot' nitiuntninii 
•ip|i<Miriiii(  iiiIiiihI.     TIh*    nvert   I 'riiran()iiu  or   Ariiranguii,   noar   which 
ttuntU  a  convent,   lhni|Htinhi  iinil  MHn|iital»,  In*  ht'twren  ;  thoy  uro  all 
'<hallow,  un<l  uiifr<Miii«'ntt*d  hy  any  *    '  canoft.      To  thi;  nouthwaril  it  the 
l.aki>  Trnmanday,    naving  u  village  of  thr  fiumc  name   to  tlu^  northward, 
•ind  that  of  loao   An(iiif«i  to  the  «oiithward  \  thn  ontranci'  to  thnt  n|t|i<'ttr« 
about  II  mile  widr,  ami  o|)(Mi<t  into  a  lir^r  lakt*  running  northerly  in  th<* 
direction  of  tin;  coatt  ;  about  .'>i)  Iimu;iii'«  oil'  land  now  intervcncH,  running 
i^nncrully  Houth  and  loiithwoht,  without  any  river  or  bay.      Von  will  thuii 
arrive  at   the   Uio  (irande,  or  Orcat  Lake  of  St.  I'edro,  tliu  entruncu  tq 
which  lien  in  .12°  K'  or    10'  touth,  but   vt><i«eN  hiiviiig  a  northerly  wind, 
should  make  the  l.ind  in  latitude  :)  I"  :i()' south  ;  but  witha  noiitherly  wind 
in  iNlitude  .')'J^  iO'  MOUth,   a|i|>r<)achinK  the  land  to  ti  convenient  dintunce 
without  .my  ritk.      Acro>>9  the  mouth  of  thin  river  ninn  u  bar,  and  un  you 
approach,  you  will  nee  a  Pilot  boat  ntationed  there,  purposed  to  direct  the 
mariner.     OI)flcrvc  her  hoist  a  red  and  white  flag  fore  and  ut^  ;  if  both  am 
kept  up,  be  sure  there  in  .tutlicient  water  over  the  bur  ;  you  iiuntt  then 
!<tcer  directly  for  the  Pilot  boat,  watching  the  moliont  of  tiic  llngM  ;  for  if 
the  Pilot  difcctn  you  to  ulcer  to  the    larboard,  he  will  lower  the  Mtafl*  the 
flag  in  affixed  to,  pointing  it  Atarboad  ;  this  he  will  continue  to  do  until 
you  Mtrcr  the  proper  course  ;  he  will  then  return  the  »talT  to  its  former 
position.     The  same  with  the  other  Hag.     When  there  i<4  but  one  flag  up, 
you  muHt  steer  directly  for  the  boat.    When  one  red  (lag  only  is  put  up  and 
taken  down  iignin  immediately,  you  muHt  anchor,  hoist  your  colours  and  u 
jack  at  the  fore-top-mast-hcad  ;  the  Pilot  will  then  come  on  board.     But 
should  the  weather  not  permit  your  anchoring,  you  must  put  oil' to  sea  ; 
for  when  the  winds  blow  strong  on  shore,  and  the  sen  runs  high,  the  land 
ought  not  to  be  approached  too  near,  it  will  always  then  be  most  prudent 
<o  keep  9  leagues  ofl",  %*  in  about  iiO  fathoms  water.     The  S.  E.  and  S.  S. 
W.  winds  cause  the  greatest  rise  of  water  over  the  bar.     When  the  wind 
is  from  E.  S.  E.  to  W.  S.  W.  the  south  bar  is  the  best  to  enter ;  and  with 
winds  from  E.  to  N.  the  north  bar.     Although  the  cntrunce  of  the  Kio 
Ornndc  is  narrow,  yet   when  within,  it  widens  to  a  large  lake,  running 
northerly  for  upwards  of  two  degrees,  and  receiving  several  rivers  from 
the  westward  ;  on  entering  over  the  bar,  you  will  have  a  fortress  on  the 
western  land,  and  farther  in,  several  batteries,  until  y.ou  arrive  at  the  Vil- 
l.i  Grande,  where  stands  thq  Fort  >St.  Pedro  ;  on  the  oppobite  or  eastern 
shore,  stand  the  batteries  of  St.  Pedro,  near  tlic  entrance,  and  the  batte- 
ries of  St.  George  and  St.  Harbaria  farther  on  ;  you  will  then  pass  Fort 
da  Coniscao  and  Fort  das  Fingueras  ;  there  is  also  another  battery  to  the 
northward  ;  over  the  north  bar  is  1^  fathom  at  low  water,  and  over  the 
t>outh  3  and  2  fath    .is  ;  within  the  bar  is  4,  5,  and  (J  fathoms,  and  vessels 
may  anchor  cither  before  the  battery  da  Fuarda  do  Pontal,  on  the  west- 
ern side,  or  near  Fort  Figueras,  or  farther  north.     The   Lake  of  Uio 
Grandu  has  also  a  communication  with  a  large  lake  to  the  southward,  by 
means  of  a  narrow  channel,  guarded  by  FortGonzalo  ;  two  degrees  south 
of  Kio  Grando,  is  the  river  f^l)uy,  narrow  and  little  known  :  t,his  is  the 

58 


458 


Blmit^B  American  Coast  Pilot. 


10£dit. 


entrance  from  the  sea  to  *hc  luke  above  mentioned,  having  on  its  •outhern 
banks  Fort  St.  Michael.  Between  Rio  Grande  and  to  the  soiithvrard  of 
this  river,  as  far  as  point  Grande  Cnstillos,  the  shores  are  encumbered 
with  many  shoals,  their  exact  forms  and  depths  of  water,  being  known 
only  to  the  natives  ;  it  is  asi^erted,  some  of  these  shallows  extend  10  and 
12  leagues  from  the  shore  :  it  is  therefore  recommended,  that  mariners 
bound  to  Rio  Grande,  do  not  make  land  in  a  higher  latitude  than  32°  2U' 
S.  Vess-sls  bound  to  the  river  Plate,  should  make  the  land  of  St.  Mary 
in  latitude  34°  :)8'  S.  as  hereafter  directed.  Off  the  coast  of  South  Ame- 
ricK,  but  at  a  very  considerable  distance,  is  the  Islands  of  Trinidada  and 
A^censan,  a  description  of  t.>  ,ae  may  be  considered  useful.  The  Island 
of  Tiinidada  lies  in  20°  28'  south  latitude,  and  in  longitude  29°  5'  West. 
In  coming  from  the  eastward,  as  you  appioach  it,  the  Islands  of  Martin 
Vaz,  three  in  number,  will  first  be  perceived  at  the  distance  of  8  leagues 
off;  th.;y  are  remarkable,  and  lie  about  9  leiigueH  E.  by  N.  of  Trinidada, 
Tire  nearly  north  and  south  qf  e.acl4  other,  and  cannot  easily  be  mistaken. 
The  middle  one  is  high  and  covered  with  grass,  the  two  others  quite  bar- 
ren. Between  the  southernmost  and  centre  rocks  is  a  passage,  but  be- 
tween that  and  the  northernmost,  it  would  be  hazardous  to  attempt  one, 
they  appearing  almost  to  ;c>in,  and  when  seen  at  a  distance,  are  like  five 
distinct  heads  of  land.  Trinidada  is  nearly  6  miles  round,  unequal  and 
fugged  ;  mostly  barreu,  though  in  the  valleys  are  several  shrubs,  with 

Slenty  of  sea  fowl,  and  the  shores  are  covered  at  times  with  stock  fish. — > 
'he  landing  is  dangerqus,  on  account  of  the  great  surf  which  continually 
breaks  round  the  Island  ;  this  occasions  watering  to  be  scarcely  practi- 
ctMe,  though  the  water  is  excellent,  yet  is  doubted  whether  it  be  plenti- 
ful or  permanent.  You  may  anchor  on  the  west  side  of  the  Islandf  about 
a  mile  from  the  shore,  in  from  40  to  45  fathoms,  coarse  sarid  ;  but  do  not 
anchor  nearer.  Here  you  will  see  a  stupendous  chasm  in  the  rock,  form- 
ing an  arch,  and  two  re.aark  »bJie  rocks  called  the  monument  and  the  su- 
gar-loaf, the  former  ?30  fee^  high,  th«;  latter  1160  feet,  and  b©th  have 
trees  on  their  summits.  It  '.^  said  the  best  anchorage  lies  off  the  east  side, 
the  west  side  being  rocky  ;  hi^i  side  is  I'istinguished  by  an  old  Church 
with  a  large  cross  upon  it ;  ofi'  this  you  may  anchor  in  6,  8, 10,  and  12  fa- 
thoms, the  cross  bearing  W.  S.  W.  and  a  point  <^  land,  resembling  the 
South  Foraland,  bearing  S.  W.  by  W. ;  thus  situated,  we  are  told  a  vessel 
may  be  moored  with  one  cable  on  shore.  The  catering  place  is  near  the 
church.  Here  the  wind  is  very  variable  ;  sometimes  light  airs  and  calms 
succeed  S.  E.  winds  :  sometimes  a  N.  N.  E.  wind  has  been  known  to  blow 
for  months,  and  sometimes  heavy  squalls  will  set  from  the  westward. 

The  Island  of  Ascensao  is  said  by  a  Portuguese  mariner  to  lie  in  lati- 
tude 20°  46'  S.  and  longitude  35°  08'  W.  and  by  him  thus  described  :  He 
states  it  to  be  high,  having  a  cove  on  its  north  side,  with  fresh  water ;  off 
its  western  side  are  five  small  islands  or  rocks,  one  of  which  stretching 
far  out  to  seaward,  appears  like  a  ship  under  sail.  Fish  and  wild  fowl  are 
there  in  abundance,  but  modern  navigators  deny  the  above  situation  for 
this  island,  and  altogether  doubt  its  existence. 


Directions  for  making  the  land,  and  coming  doivn  to  the  Bar  of 

Rio  Grande. 
The  land  is  very  low,  dnd  h^trdly  to  be  seen  in  some  parts,  even  in  12 


^-^^ 


10  Edit. 


filunf  s  Ahierican  Coast  Pilot. 


459 


anner» 

JS"  20' 
Mary 
Ame- 

ida  and 
lalnml 
West. 

Mnrtin 


fathont ;  when  first  seen,  you  discover  sandy  hills,  brush  wood,  and 
green  meadows.  There  arc  but  few  obiects  to  give  you  sufficient  know* 
ledse  to  ascertain  the  place  with  exactness,  but  8  or  9  leagues  to  the  N. 
E.  (the  coast  runs  N.  E.  and  S.  W.)  yoo  will  see  the  church  of  the  pa- 
rish of  Electa,  which  in  clear  weather  is  distinctly  s«tn  in  7  fathoma,  in 
which  depth  of  water  you  may  sail  from  this  to  the  bar.  From  the  church 
as  you  sail  down  appear  high  hillocks  of  land,  which  are  perfectly  bare 
of  any  objects.  At\er  running  the  last  named  distance,  you  must  be  look- 
ing  out  for  the  tower  beacon,  which  is  white,  and  has  the  appearance  of 
a  house  about  40  feet  high,  on  the  top  of  which  will  be  hoisted  a  red 
flag,  immediately  on  discovery  of  a  Tessel,  upon  which  the  pilot  boat 
goes  down  to  anchor  on  the  bar,  to  wait  the  vessel  bound  in.  This  boat 
will  have  a  white  flag  flying,  the  pilot  on  board  will  be  waving  a  red  flag, 
either  to  starboard  or  larbor.rd,  which  directs  the  vessel  iipproaching  the 
bar  how  to  steer,  till  you  are  just  upon  them,  when  they  immediately 
hcuvs  up  their  anchors  and  get  under  weigh  for  you  to  follow  them. 
The  boat  has  two  spritsuils,  and  sails  fast.  A  vessel  has  to  run  all  chan- 
ces to  go  over  the  bar,  and  ought  not  to  draw  more  than  H  feet  9  inches*  . 
If  you  draw  9  feet  and  ^  of  an  inch,  it  will  be  proper  for  you  to  hoist  a  / 
red  flag,  with  a  white  one  under  it,  on  the  fore -top-gallant-mast  head, 
both  of  which  should  be  large  and  easily  discovered  ;  if,  after  this,  you 
observe  the  boat  still  continues  her  white  flag  flying,  you  may  venture 
to  run  down  to  the  bar  to  go  in  ;  but  should  the  white  flag  be  lowered, 
you  are  to  come  to  anchor  or  put  about.  A  vessel  drawing  10  feet  2 
inches,  (which  is  the  most  water  a  vessel  ought  to  draw  bound  there,) 
must  hoist  on  her  fore-top-gallant-mast-head  a  red  flag  and  a  blue  one 
under,  observing  at  the  same  time  if  the  pilot  boat  continues  her  white 
flag  ^^ying,  you  may  approach  her ;  if  it  is  hauled  down,  anchor  or  go 
about,  as  the  lowering  it  shows  there  is  not  suflicient  water  on  the  bar. 
In  approaching  the  bar  you  shoalen  your  water  very  suddenly  from  5, 4, 
3,  and  2i  fathoms,  which  last  is  what  you  ought  to  have  on  the  bar. 

It  is  judged  most  proper  to  make  the  land  in  about  31®  3'  S.  and  not  to 
rui:  in  for  it  till  you  have  observed  in  that  latitude  ;  also  the  lead  should 
be  strictly  attended  to,  as  the  current  sets  generally  to  the  northward, 
and  storms  have  put  many  vessels  on  shore  when  least  expected. 


General  remarks  On  the  harbour  o/Rio  Janeiro  and  Cape  Frio. 

From  Abrolho's  bank  the  soundings  extend  to  a  considerable  distance 
from  the  coast  all  along  to  Cape  Frio.  This  Cape  is  remarkable  head- 
land, with  several  small  islands  near  it  on  the  N.  £.  side,  and  one  form- 
inur  its  extreme  point ;  about  6  leagues  to  the  northward  of  the  Cape, 
there  is  a  bay  which  is  said  to  afibrd  safe  anchorage  inside  of  the  islands. 

Ships  steering  for  Cape  Frio  should  take  care  not  to  run  into  this  bay, 
particularly  with  the  winds  easterly  or  south-easterly,  in  the  night.  The 
lak.id  (o  the  northward  of  the  Cape  is  mountainous,  but  near  it  of  middling 
height,  appearing  like  islands  *,  the  Cape  itself  makes  in  two  hummocks, 
like  paps,  and  has  deep  water  near  it. 

Ships  bound  to  Rio  Janeiro  endeavour  to  fall  in  with  Cape  Frio  ;  it  is 
therefore  desirable  to  ascertain  the  true  situation  of  this  promontory.— 
Capt  JaDjes  Mortlocks,  an  excellent  observer,  made  it  at  one  time  in  lati- 
tude 23"  1'  S.  ;  at  another  time  in  23"  2'  S.  and  in  longitude  41'*  42'  W. 


160 


Bluiil*B  American  Coast  Pilot. 


10  £ait. 


Capl.  Toain  liy  good  observations,  made  il  in  latitude  23"  1'  South,  and 
longitude  41"  42'  W.  Several  ship's  journnia  prove  this  Cape  to  be  in 
latitude  23<'  00'  S.  or  23°  I'  S.  whereas  the  English  Direolories  er- 
roneously state  it  to  be  in  latitude  22°  41'  S.  an  error  which  might  induce 
a  navigator  to  run  his  ship  on  shore.  Some  observers  have  made  the 
Cape  10  or  12  miles  more  easterly  than  the  longitude  mentioned  ;  but  as 
Capt.  Mortlock  and  Tosin  were  careful  observers,  and  agree  with  each 
other  to  one  mile,  the  true  situation  of  Cape  Frio  may  be  stated  latitude 
230  00'  30"  S.  and  longitude  41°  40'  W. 

The  const  from  Cape  Frio  to  the  Sugar-loaf  (which  forms  the  westera 
entrcace  of  the  harbour  of  Kio  Janeiro)  trenches  east  and  west  nearly,  dis- 
tant 69  miles;  the  soundings  are  regular  and  the  coast  perfectly  clear  from  all 
danger;  you  generally  find  a  strong  current  setting  to  the  westward.  OlTthc 
mouth  of  the  harbour  lie  several  small  islands,  which  is  an  excellent 
mark  for  vessels  running  for  this  port ;  you  need  not  be  afraid  to  ap- 
proach them  as  the  water  is  bold,  having  from  20  to  25  fathoms  all  round 
them.  Tho  passage  between  Razor  and  Round  island  is  clear  and  good  ; 
they  lie  3J  miles  from  each  other  ;  the  Sugar-loaf  forms  the  western,  and 
Fort  St.  Cruize  the  eastern  entrance  of  the  harbour,  and  bear  east  and 
west  from  each  other,  distant  one  mile.  There  is  no  kind  of  danger  in  en- 
tering the  harbour  ;  all  that  is  necessary,  is  to  keep  your  ship  (if  you  are 
not  acquainted)  in  the  broadway,  rather  bordering  on  the  Cruize  side,  for 
should  the  wind  be  far  to  tne  northward  you  may  fetch  in  without  tack- 
ing. The  harbour  is  spacious,  good,  and  well  fortified  ;  it  is  high  water 
on  the  bar  at  full  and  change  at  4  o'clock  ;  the  tides  do  not  ebb  and  flow 
regular,  but  are  governed  principally  by  the  wind,  run  with  great  velocity 
and  rise  about  six  feet.  " 

The  latitude  and  longitude  of  lihe  Sugar-loaf,  as  ascertained  by  a  good 
survey  in  1796,  is  latitude  22°  57'  8.  longitude  42°  44'  W.  var.  7°  E. 

Vessels  wanting  large  quantities  of  water  have  to  apply  to  the  Custom- 
Ilouse,  for  their  mode  of  bringing  it  otf  is  with  a  large  tank  which  holds 
from  12  to  14000  gallons,  and  for  this  quantity  you  pay  24  dollars. 

Var.  at  Rio  Janeiro  6°  E. 


General  direclions  for  leaving  Rio  Janeiro,  and  bound  to  the 
^  River  Plate. 

In  leaving  Rio  Janeiro,  you  must  endeavour  to  get  an  offing  of  from  16 
to  20  leagues,  where  you  will  have  GO  to  70  fathoms,  but  as  you  get  to 
the  southward,  into  the  latitude  of 30  and  31  deg.  south,  you  will  have  not 
more  than  35  to  10  fathomg.,  twenty  leagues  distant  from  the  land,  and  by 
standing  on  S.  by  W.  or  S.  S.  W.  you  will  perceive  the  water  shoal  to  14 
and  12  fathoms,  at  about  16  or  18  leagues  from  the  land.  Large  ships 
should  not  get  less  than  16  fathoms,  especially  between  Rio  Grande  and 
the  Great  Castillos,  a  point  8  or  10  leagues  north  of  Cape  St.  Mary's,  as 
there  are  many  shoals  and  banks  with  only  5  and  6  fathoms,  although  they 
lie  10  or  12  leagues  off  the  land.  In  bad  weather  a  great  swell  breaks 
over  them,  which  is.  dangerous  even  to  small  ships.  Coming  froip  Rio 
Janeiro  to  the  River  Plate,  His  Britannic  Majesty's  ship  Samson  had  on- 
ly 4  and  d  fathoms,  rocky  ground,  in  the  latitude  of  33  deg.  30  min.  though 
at  the  tttne,  the  land  in  clear  weather  could  not  be  seen.  Steering  south, 
the  water  deepened  to  16  and  18  fathoms,  and  to  the  southward  of  34  de- 


E.iE. 
bh  lathor 


at  ^  less 


tOfidit. 


BlUnf  s  American  Coast  Pilot. 


4G] 


grees  steering  S.  W.  by  S.  the  water  still  deepened,  the  hottom  mud.-— i- 
When  you  are  in  latitude  34  degrees  30  minutes,  or  36  degrees  S.  and 
have  from  20  to  22  fathoms,  should  the  weather  be  fair,  and  the  wind 
northeasterly,  haul  in  for  Cape  St.  Mary's,  which  is  in  the  latitude  of  34 
degrees  58  minutes  S.  and  longitude  54  degrees  W.  steer  in  W.  by  S.  un- 
til you  get  into  16  fathoms,  and  if  the  weather  should  be  clear,  you  will 
discern  the  land  a  little  to  the  northward  of  the  cape  ;  but  should  you  be 
in  the  latitude  of  the  cape  with  hazy  weather,  and  only  16  fathoms,  steer 
S.  S.  W.  or  S.  W.  bv  S.  until  you  get  into  the  it'itude  of  Lobes,  keeping 
in  from  16  to  20  fathoms  ;  if  more  than  20,  steer  westerly  ;  but  if  less 
than  16,  steer  southerly.  Being  between  the  Point  Castiilos  and  Cape 
St.vMary'e,  the  water  decreases  suddenly,  and  must  be  cautiously  ap* 
preached. 

When  in  the  latitude  of  Lobes,  and  having  22  fathoms,  steer  west, 
which  course  will  carry  you  clear  about  a  league  south  of  Lobes,  and  by 
not  letting  your  water  be  less  than  18  fathoms,  nor  more  than  22,  you 
will  ascertain  to  a  certainty  that  you  are  to  the  southward  of  Lobes,  and 
to  the  northward  of  the  English  bank.  Standing  on  to  the  westward  do 
not  get  into  more  than  22  fathoms,  particularly  when  you  are  to  the 
westward  of  Lobes,  from  Lobes  to  Flores  island,  you  will  have  bet^veen 
1 7  and  7  fathoms,  in  a  direct  line  between  the  two  islands,  the  soundings 
being  very  regular  as  you  approach  Flores.  The  proper  channel  is  with 
a  ground  of  soft  clay  ;  but  sand  intermixed  with  stones,  shells,  and  gra- 
vel, is  a  sure  sign  of  your  being  in  a  parallel  with  the  English  bank  ;  and 
should  you  meet  with  brown  sand,  or  mud,  or  clay,  you  will  be  to  the 
southward  of  the  English  bank.  When  near  Flores,  your  depth  is  the 
sanrie  to  the  northward  as  to  the  southward,  but  the  ground  is  harder  to 
the  former  than  the  latter  ;  therefore  when  you  tind  hard  ground,  alter 
the  course  southerly.  Pass  Flores  to  the  southward,  because  of  a  ledge 
of  rocks  stretching  out  3|  of  a  mile  from  its  northern  point,  having  no 
more  than  2  fathoms  in  several  places  ;  if  with  a  line  of  battle  ship,  come 
not  nearer  than  a  mile  of  Flores'  southern  part,  unless  the  wind  is  scant, 
and  you  are  desirous  of  hauling  for  a  weatherly  anchorage,  with  E.  or  S. 
E.  winds,  in  which  case  you  may  near  it  to  about  ^  of  a  mile,  when  you 
will  have  5h  and  6  fathoms^  Bring  the  south  point  of  the  island  S.  E.  by 
E.  i  E.  and  the  north  point  E.  by  N.  i  N.  and  you  will  have  from  5  to 
bh  fathoms  ;  this  is  the  best  anchorage  for  large  ships  :  you  will  be  near 
a  mile  from  the  island,  and  have  a  muddy  bottom.  S.  W.  i  W.  |  of  a 
mile  from  the  south  part  of  the  island,  is  a  shoal  with  only  23  feet  water 
upon  it,  on  which  His  Britannic  Majesty's  Ship  Raisonable  struck,  but 
got  off  without  damage.  Mr.  Oakes,  Master  in  the  British  navy,  says  of 
this  shoal,  that  it  is  a  rock  extending  nearly  E  S.  E.  and  W.  N.  W.  about 
a  cable  in  length,  and  i  in  breadth,  being  distant  from  the  island  about  f 
of  a  mile,  its  least  water  4  fathoms,  and  that  part  of  it,  not  above  5  fa- 
thoms in  circumference  :  the  other  parts  of  the  shoal  were  4i  fathoms, 
at  I  less  o,  he  was  off  the  rock  in  muddy  bottom.  In  the  shoalest  part 
the  following  bearings  were  taken  ;  the  outer  point  of  the  rock  of  the  N. 
W.  end  of  the  Island  Flores,  E.  by  N.  i  N.  The  extreme  point  of  a  low 
edge  running  toward  the  main  from  the  same  end  of  the  island,  on  with 
the  saddle  of  the  N.  E.  hill  on  the  island,  bearing  N.  E.  h  E.  The  N.  E. 
point  of  the  island  N.  E.  i  N.  nearly,  and  the  Mount  west.  On  the  east 
of  the  Flores  island  is  no  good  anchorage.  Going  from  Flores  toward 
Monte  Video,  steer  W.  by  S.  or  W.  by  S.  i  S. ;  you  will  then  avoid  a 
<iangerous  shoal,  having  only  11  feet  water.     This  lies  off  the  Goritta 


462 


Blunt's  American  Coast  Pilot. 


10  £dit. 


rocks.  (It  i«  tbas  described  by  the  Sarah  of  London,  which  ttruck  md 
remHined  on  it  8  hours.)  It  lies  from  N.  W.  to  S.  E  is  about  two  thirds 
of  a  cable  in  length,  and  one  fourth  of  a  cable  in  width,  having  only  11 
feet  on  its  shallowest  part,  and  5  fathoms  all  round.  The  bearings  taken 
on  board  while  agrMind,  were  the  N.  E.  part  of  Goritta  rocks  N.  W.  i 
N.  distant  2  iniUs  ;  highest  part  of  Maldonado  mountains,  N.  E.  by  E. ; 
the  south  point  of  Flores  E.  }  S.  Goritta  rocks  near  the  main,  W.  by  N.  ^ 
N.  and  point  Braba,  W.  ^  S.  E.  N.  E.  from  point  Braba,  is  another  shoni* 
dangerous,  and  nearly  on  a  level  with  the  surface  of  the  water  ;  round  it 
yoa  will  have  ^'  <athoms  water,  at  the  distance  of  2  cables'  length.  The 
bearings  on  this  sboal  are,  Point  Braba,  W.  S.  W.  about  2  miles,  Goritta 
Point  N.  B.  by  N. ;  the  centre  of  the  white  sandy  bay,  N.  W. ;  eastern- 
most  Farm  House,  west  of  Goritta  Point  N.  i  W.  Inside  th  shoal  is  q 
good  channel,  and  between  it  and  th<i  point  is  anchorage  to  'v  ;  N.  E.  of 
the  shoal  in  2h  fathoms.  Observe  Point  Braba  will  bear  S.  >V  or  S.  W. 
by  1.  and  at  the  distance  from  t!ie  shore  of  about  one  mile,  you  will  lie 
well  sheltered  from  the  W.  rind  S.  W.  winds,  with  room  enough  for  50 
sail  to  anchor ;  there  are  2i  fathoms  for  a  mile  and  a  half  or  2  miles 
round  the  bay.  Contiiiue  this  course  until  you  bring  the  mount  to  bear 
N.  W.  by  W.  or  N.  W.,  then  haul  in  for  the  harbour  or  the  men  of  war's 
anchorage,  which  is  about  5  miles  from  the  Tower ;  (the  mount  will  then 
bear  N.  W.  by  N.  and  the  town  of  Monte  Video  north,)  in  4  and  4i  fa- 
thoms, mu  Jdy  ground. 


Remarki  concerning  the  Wiudty  Weather,  THdes,  or  Currents,  Soundings,  ^c, 
in  the  River  Plata,  with  a  few  Instructions  for  navigating  therein,  by 
Cap*.  Peter  Heywood,  of  the  Royal  Navy. 

AT  the  entrance  of  the  Plata,  the  prevailing  winds,  during  the  summer 
months  from  September  till  March,  are  north-easterly,  with  tolerable 
clear  weather  overhead,  but  a  dense  atmosphere  near  the  horizon. 
These  winds  haul  gradually  to  the  eastward  as  you  advance  up  the  river  \ 
and  about  the  full  and  change  of  the  moon,  strong  breezes  from  the  south- 
eastward are  co<nmon  at  this  season,  accompanied  with  rain  and  foul 
weather.  Up  at  Buenos  Ayres,  during  the  summer  months,  the  S.  E. 
wihds  are  fresh  generally  in  the  day  time,  hauling  round  to  the  northward 
in  the  night. 

During  the  winter  months  from  March  till  September,  the  prevailing 
winds  at  the  entrance  of  the  Plata  are  S.  W.  or  more  westerly  ;  but 
up  the  river,  more  generally  from  the  northward  than  the  southward 
efwest. 

The  winter  seasou  «s  best  in  point  of  weather,  at  Buenos  Ayres  \  for 
the  winds  being  chiefly  from  the  N.  W.  to  S.  W.  the  water  is  smooth,  and 
the  6ommunicatioD  can  be  kept  up  between  the  shore  and  shipping  with 
more  facility.  The  weather  is  sometimes,  but  not  frequently,  foggy  : — 
fogs  are  most  common  in  the  months  of  July,  August,  and  September,  and 
prevail  more  at  the  entrance  of  the  river,  as  far  up  as  the  S.  E.  tail  of  the 
Ortez,  than  up  above  the  banks. 

As  it  cannot  be  said  that  th«re  are  regular  tides  in  the  Plata,  but  cur- 
rents, as  uncertain  in  their  duration  jas  they  are  irregular  in  their  rate 
and  direction  ;  no  certain  allowance  can  be  made  for  them,  and  therefore 


10  Edit. 


Blunts  American  Coast  Pilot. 


183 


«  ground  log  should  alwayi  be  used,  to  know  (he  course  made  good,  and 
distance  run. 

The  tides,  speaking  generally,  when  the  weather  is  fine  and  settled, 
and  the  winds  niode/ate,  do  not,  in  any  part  of  this  river,  rise  or  fall  more 
than  five  or  six  feet ;  though  up  at  Buenos  Ayres,  at  the  distance  of  eight 
miles  from  the  city,  we  had,  when  the  winds  were  strong  at  N.  W.  as  lit« 
tie  sometimes  as  fifteen  feet  water  ;  and  with  strong  breezes  from  the  E. 
S.  E.  to  S.  S.  W.  the  depth  wns  upwards  of  five  fathoms  ;  but,  except  on 
such  extraordinary  occasions,  we  had  between  1 7  and  22  feet  water.  1 
have  heard,  however,  some  marvellous  stories  of  the  river  having  been 
almost  dried  up,  across  from  Buenos  Ayres  to  Coloiiia,  during  heavy 
westerly  gales.  • 

The  fliver  Plata  has  many  singularities,  though  I  think  they  may,  in  a 
great  measure  be  accounted  for  from  its  formation  being  so  diiierent  from 
any  other  known  river:  Its  entrance  being  very  wide  and  shallow,  it  is 
affected  by  every  change  of  wind  in  a  most  extraordinary  manner ;  so 
much  so,  that  a  shif\  of  wind  may  be  predicted  to  a  c<)rtamty  almost,  by 
carefully  observing  the  state  of  the  mercury  in  a  barometer,  and  the  set 
of  the  currents,  as  t-"'v  usually  shifl  before  the  wind.  In  culm  weather 
thj  currents  are  geneiuily  very  slack,  and  then  as  regular  almos"  as  tides, 
setting  up  and  down  the  river  alternately.  When  the  winds  are  variable 
the  currents  are  equally  so  ;  and  1  have  known  the  ship  to  be  curren- 
rode  four  different  ways  in  less  than  six  hours.  When  the  current  comes 
in  from  the  eastward  along  the  north  bank  of  the  Plata,  a  north-easterly 
wind  may  (generally)  be  expected  to  follow ;  and,  at  the  same  tinOe, 
(should  the  wind  have  been  pisviously  to  the  S.  E.)  the  mercury  in  the 
barometer  will  fall  a  little ;  but  much  more  if  the  transition  be  quick 
from  south-west  without  stopping  on  the  south-eastern  board. 

When  the  wind  continues  in  the  N.  E.  quarter,  the  mercury  is  more 
depressed  (comparatively  speaking  as  to  its  strength,)  than  with  any  oth- 
er wind,  and  there  is  usually  then  a  set  into  the  river  on  the  north  bank, 
and  out  on  the  opposite  ;  indeed,  whilst  the  winds  are  between  N.  E. 
and  S.  S.  E.  the  current  generally  runs  ';p  to  the  westward,  past  Monte 
Video,  though  without  much  augirenting  the  depth  of  water  off  that  place, 
but  filling  the  river  up  above  the  Hanks. 

The  winds  between  N.  N.  E.  ai  d  W.  N.  W.  make  the  water  lowest, 
the  outset  being  then  strongest  dong  the  south  bank  of  the  river 
past  Point  del  Indio  and  Point  la  Memoria,  but  very  inconsiderable  along 
the  north  bank. 

Before  the  setting  in  of  a  S.  W.  gale,  or  pampero,  the  weather  is  usu' 
ally  very  unsettled,  and  the  winds  unsteady  and  variable  in  the  northern 
and  north-western  boards,  and  preceded  by  a  considerable  fall  in  the 
mercury,  though  it  usually  rises  a  little  again  before  the  wind  shifts  to  the 
south-west ;  and  often  continues  to  rise,  even  though  the  wind  may  in- 
crease from  that  quarter. 

Before  these  winds  set  in  at  Buenos  A^res,  the  current  runs  up  and  fills 
the  river  unusually  high  ;  at  the  same  time,  as  strong  an  outset  is  expe- 
rienced along  the  north  bank,  which  continues  whilst  the  winds  are  strong- 
est from  the  W.  S.  W,  to  S.  seeming  to  prove  that  these  winds  force  up 
from  the  southward  a  large  accumulated  body  of  water  past  Cape  St.  An- 
tonio, which  Qan  only  find  a  passage  out  agaip  by  the  north  shore,  where 
they  increase  the  depth  of  water,,  as  well  as  up  the  river;  and,  particu- 
larly the  shallow  harbour  of  Monte  Video.    Whilst  these  S.  W.  winds 


401 


Blunl'ri  American  Coast  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


bloiv,  the  air  in  cold,  and  the  atmobphern  clear  and  clantic,  in  a  degree 
rarely  to  be  met  with  in  any  other  part  of  the  worhl.  They  arc  gener- 
ally succeeded  by  Home  days  of  fine  «erene  weather ;  the  wind  continu- 
ing moderate  from  the  southward,  or  varying  to  tlic  eit^lward. 

I  have  never  known  the  velocity  of  the  tide* or  current  in  the  River 
Plata,  any  where  to  exceed  three  knot^  per  hour;  but  1  have  heard  it 
said  by  some,  that  they  have  found  it  run  at  the  rate  of  six  or  seven 
miles  an  hour. 

As  the  winds  outside  the  River  Plata,  and  particularly  about  Cape  St. 
Mary's,  are  most  freauently  from  the  north-westward  and  northward, 
except  when  the  S.  E.  summer  and  S.  W.  winter  galos  blow,  about  the 
times  of  nfw  and  full  moon,  I  consider  it,  on  the  whole,  most  advisable 
for  ships  bound  into  the  river,  to  get  in  with  the  land  about  the  latitude 
of  that  cape,  which  is  34"  40'  S.  and  its  longitude  Sa**  54'  W.  of  Green- 
wich, or  2<»  0'  9"  E.  of  Monte  Video. 

In  latitude  SS*'  S.  the  bank  of  soundin^^  extends  off  the  land  full  30 
leagues  ;  where  the  depth  of  water  in  longitude  50®  20'  VV.  \ji  94  fathomt^, 
the  quality  of  the  bottom  dark  olive  coloured  mud,  as  well  as  all  along 
the  outermost  verge  of  the  bank. 

In  latitude  34®  S.  and  30  leagues  from  the  land,  the  bank  is  steep  and 
the  soundings  decrease  quickly  in  standing  to  the  westward,  to  35  fathoms, 
20  leagues  off. 

In  latitude  34"  20'  8.  and  longitude  5I«  50'  W.  or  about  30  leagues 
east  of  the  Great  Castellos  Rock,  the  depth  is  63  or  64  fathoms,  and  the 
bottom  dark  mud.  In  standing  in  for  the  land,  between  the  Great  Cas- 
tellos and  Cape  St.  Mary's,  the  water  shoals  in  a  short  distance  from  60 
to  25  fathoms,  and  the  quality  of  the  bottom  changes  to  sand,  whicli  grows 
coarser  as  you  approach  the  coast,  and  as  far  as  seven  leagues  off  shore 
is  intermixed  with  shells.  This  bottom  is  found  only  in  and  to  the  north- 
ward of  the  latitude  of  Cape  St.  Mary's,  except  very  close  in  with  it. 

To  the  southward  of  34°  40'  S.  the  bottom  is  chiefly  mud,  intermixed 
with  fine  sand  or  gravel ;  and  if  a  ship  happens  to  be  set  to  the  southward 
of  Cape  St.Mary'iii,  as  she  hauls  in  for  the  land,  yet  keeps  to  the  north- 
ward of  Lobos,  she  will  get  out  of  fine  sand  into  dark  mud,  which  is  the 
jUality  of  the  bottom  (chiefly)  between  Cape  St.  Mary  and  Lobos,  as 
well  as  8  or  9  leagues  to  the  eastward  of  that  islanu  ;  and  the  depth  of 
water  generally  between  them,  26  and  20  fathoms. 

In  latitude  35"  S.  and  longitude  62°  W.  or  42  leagues  true  E.  of 
Lobos,  there  are  about  90  fathoms  water,  dark  sandy  bottom,  from 
whence  the  bank  of  soundings  tiike?  a  S.  W.  direction.  East  of  Lobos  27 
leagues,  the  depth  of  water  is  25  fathoms  ;  and  in  steering  in,  on  its  pa- 
rallel, the  same  depth  nearly  continues  till  very  near  that  island.  But 
if  you  should  be  set  a  little  to  the  southward  of  Lobos,  you  will  shoal 
the  water  to  as  little  even  as  10  fathoms  perhaps,  on  a  hard  sandy  or 
gravelly  ridge,  that  extends  all  the  way  from  the  English  bank,  in  its 
parallel  as  far  as  longitude  52"  30'  W.  or  full  18  leagues  to  the  eastward 
of  the  meridian  of  Lobos. 

Thus  the  approach  to  this  river  cannot  be  considered  dangerous,  if 
proper  care  is  taken  in  navigating,  and  due  attention  paid  to  the  lead  and 
to  the  course  steered. 

I  shall  here  insert  the  Honourable  Captain  Bouvcrie's  description  of 
Gape  St.  Mary,  &c.  which  I  believe  to  be  very  correct,  and  bis  direc- 
tions are  judicious  :  , 


10  Edit. 


Blunt^g  American  Coast  Pilot. 


465 


E.  of 

from 

obos  27 

its  pa- 

.     But 

1  shoHl 

andy  or 

in  itd 

astward 


*<  Cnpc  St.  Mary  is  n  loH  point,  with  rocks  nil  about  it.  The  direction 
of  the  const  to  the  westward  of  it  becomes  more  westerly  than  at  any 
other  part  to  the  northward  of  it  ;  about  six  miles  north  of  it,  is  a  house, 
with  a  row  of  trees  just  to  the  northward  of  the  house,  (probably  a  fence 
of  high  prickly  pear  bushed)  which  is  very  remarkable. 

"  About  a  mile  south  of  the  house  is  a  bluff  point,  with  a  few  rocks  at 
the  loot  of  it,  which  is  remarkable,  as  being  different  from  the  rest  of  the 
coast,  the  general  character  of  which  is  a  sandy  beach.  One  cannot  fail 
of  knowing  the  Cupe  by  these  markg,  if  you  run  down  the  coast  near  it ; 
if  you  are  at  any  distance  off,  you  will  not  perceive  them.  The  water 
off  Cape  St.  Mary  is  shoaler  Ihan  to  the  northward  of  it.  Off  the  Cape, 
in  a  S.  £.  direction,  you  have  U^  fathomn  at  the  distance  of  four  or  hve 
miles." 

I  am  inclined  to  think  Captain  Bouverie  may  have  been  somewhat  de« 
ceived  in  his  estimation  here  ;  for  I  found  more  ^vater  at  the  distance  he 
mentions.  On  the  17th  November,  1810,  at  noon,  observed,  in  latitude 
34®  42'  S.  and  longitude  about  2°  20' K.  of  the  Mount  Video,  had  light 
winds  for  S.  by  W.  and  fine  weather ;  at  half  past  one  P.  M.  tacked  in 
23  fathoms  to  stand  in  shore,  and  carried  from  that  depth  to  18  fathoms, 
when  sights  were  taken  for  the  Christopher,  which  made  2**  J3'  21"  E. 
of  Monte  Video,  Cape  St.  Mary's  bearing  N.  6C°  W.  and  standing  on,  lay- 
ing  up  W.  and  VV.  by  N.  tacked  in  12^  fathoms  water,  the  prickly  pear 
hedge  mentioned  by  Capt.  Bouverie  being  on  with  Cape  St.  Mary'i, 
(which  is  formed  by  a  low  rocky  islet  nearly  joining  the  shore,)  bearing 
N.  by  compass,  and  the  breakers  stretching  to  the  S.  E.  of  the  Cape  N. 
T*  E. ;  about  three  miles  was  our  distance  from  the  Cape.  Capt.  Bou- 
verie,  in  continuation,  says,  •'  To  the  northward  of  it,  (the  cape)  be- 
tween it  ar\^  Palma  you  have  10  or  11  fathoms  at  a  little  distance  from 
the  shore. 

"  Ships  in  general  make  the  land  with  N.  or  N.  E.  winds  ;  therefore  it 
is  best  to  keep  in  the  Cape's  latitude,  or  to  the  northward  of  it  some- 
thing, till  you  get  soundings,  as  the  current  sets  to  the  S.  W.  It  is  better 
not  to  make  the  land  north  of  the  Cape  ;  not  that  1  believe  there  is  any 
absolute  danger,  but  the  water  in  niany  places  is  shoal  a  long  way  off  the 
land,  and  would  alarm  any  one  not  acquainted  with  that  circumstance. 

"  In  latitude  33®  27'  S.  and  longitude  52"  09'  VV,  is  a  shoal  where  we 
found  9  fathoms  water.  I  believe  it  is  a  ridge  running  in  that  parallel  of 
latitude,  all  the  way  to  the  shore.  In  latitude  34°  S.  is  some  tolerably 
high  land,  on  which  is  a  Spanish  fortress,  called  Fort  Teresa.  It  is 
a  square  with  bastions  at  the  angles ;  it  has  three  guns  in  the  faces  and 
one  in  the  flunk,  and  stands  about  a  mile  from  the  beach.  About  si^iF 
leagues  N.  N.  E.  from  it,  is  a  mark  set  up,  as  the  terminutipq  qf  the  Spa- 
nish territories. 

"  Being  in  latitude  of  Cape  St.  Mary,  and  got  ground  in  28  or  30  fa- 
thoms water,  fine  sand  and  shells,  you  may  reckon  yourself  20  leagues 
offshore  ;  with  from  13  to  20  fathoms,  sand  and  clay  mixed,  you  are  not 
far  off  the  land.  When  you  have  not  seen  the  land  before  night,  be  sure 
to  keep  to  the  northward  of  the  cape  by  your  reckoning,  to  allow  for  the 
current,  which  sets  to  the  southward. — This  is  the  case  with  the  above- 
mentioned  N.  and  N.  E.  winds  :  with  S.  and  S.  W,  winds,  the  current  runs 
strong  the  other  way."  . 

I  am  inclined  to  think  that  the  strong  north-easterly  currents  which  arc 
to  be  met  with,  off  the  mouth  of  the  Plata  when  the  wind  is  about  (o  blnn. 

59 


466 


BluntV  American  Coast  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


or  blowing,  from  the  Moulh-westniinl  do  not  eitenil  much,  if  at  all  beyond 
the  bank  of  DOundingH. 

Agrreing  in  opinion  with  dipt.  Douvcric  that,  grnondly  flpcnking,  it  i^ 
adviMcable  to  make  the  land  ahoiit  Cape  St.  Alary,  I  wduld  alon  recom- 
mend, if  the  wind  should  bo  any  where  between  S.  K.  and  N.  N.  E.  (o 
enter  the  river  on  the  north  Hide  of  the  Koglitth  Bank,  panning  liobon  on 
either  Ride,  according  to  the  wind  and  i»tate  of  (lie  weather.  There  im 
a  good  passage  between  Loboa  and  the  Main,  having  17  to  14  fathoms 
water. 

The  inland  of  Lobos  in  in  latitude  .3.'>°or  S.  and  longitude  54^  30'  W 
or  1°  24'  K.  of  the  Mount  Video.     It  bears  about  S.  W.  by  the  world  from 
Cape  St.  Mary,  distant  41  miles.     'J'be  variation  off  it  is  i:)  easterly. — 
(IH13.) 

When  within  three  or  four  leagues  of  Cape  St.  Mary,  in  17  or  1»  fa- 
thoms, S.  8.  W.  by  compass,  is  a  fair  course  to  Htcerfor  passing  outside 
of  Lobos  in  the  night-time  ;  for  with  the  wind  from  the  eastward  or  N 
£.  the  set  along  shore  into  the  river  must  be  guarded  against.  Steering 
this  S.  S.  W.  course,  the  depth  of  water  will  increase  to  20  and  22,  and 
some  casts  perhaps  of  25  or  27  fathoms,  (if  you  are  net  neither  to  the 
westward  nor  the  southward  of  it,)  and  the  bottom  will  change,  tirst  to 
sandy  mud,  and  then  to  dark  blue  mud,  as  you  approach  the  latitude  o( 
Lobos. — If  you  are  set  to  the  southward,  in  steering  S.  S.  W.  you  will  not 
deepen  so  much  ;  the  bottom  will  keep  sandy  ;  and  when  you  approach 
the  latitude  of  Lobos,  you  will  have  no  more  than  19,  18,  and  17  fathom.s; 
but  if  you  are  set  to  the  southward  of  Lobos  a  few  miles,  you  will  have 
hard  casts  of  from  16  to  10  fathoms,  and  may  rest  assured  of  being  on  the 
parallel  of  the  English  Bank,  and  may  therefore  make  a  west-nbrtherly 
course  true,  till  you  find  the  bottom  soften,  as  it  is  all  dark  blue  or  green- 
ish mud  in  the  channel  between  the  foul  ridge  of  the  English  Bank  and 
the  north  shore,  all  the  way  up  to  Monte  Video  in  the  fair  way  from  Lo- 
bos. When  off  Lobos,  if  the  weather  threatens,  and  it  should  be  likely 
to  blow,  a  ship  will  find  safe  anchorage  in  the  harbour  of  Maldonado, 
sheltered  from  southerly  winds  by  the  island  of  Goretti,  which  bears  N. 
42"  W.  true,  11  or  12  miles  from  Lobos.  As  I  have  never  been  in  Mal- 
donado myself,  I  shall  insert  here  what  Capt.  Bouverie  says  about  it. 

**  The  Spanish  surveys  of  this  bay  lay  down  a  sufticient  depth  of  water 
for  any  ship  between  every  part  of  the  island  and  the  main  ;  however  it 
cannot  be  safely  entered  but  by  small  vessels,  except  to  the  westward, 
and  you  milst  not  go  farther  in  than  to  bring  the  N.  W.  point  of  G  veUi  to 
bear  S.  S.  W.  ^  W.  or  S,  W.  by  S.  by  compass,  with  four  and  a  half  or 
five  fathoms,  good  strong  clay.  With  southerly  winds  there  is  in  the  east 
passage  a  heavy  swell ;  and  the  water,  from  the  ground  being  uneven, 
breaks  almost  the  whole  way  across,  in  bad  weather — the  Diomede,  (50 
gun  ship)  passed  through  it  to  the  anchorage  before  its  dangers  were 
known,  and  had  not  less  than  IB  t'eet ;  but  there  are  places  where  there 
is  as  little  as  H  fathom,  and  it  iii  very  irregular.  There  is  a  bed  of  rocks 
to  the  south  ofGoretti ;  the  marks  for  it  are  ^ 

'*  The  tower  of  Maldonado,  N. 
"  And  the  outer  part  of  Point  del  este,  E.  N.  E.  i  E. 
"  In  the  direct  line  of  the  entrance  of  the  bay  from  the  westward  is  a 
bed  of  rocks  where  there  are  parts  having  only  three,  and  one  quarter 
less  three  fathoms  ;  the  bearings  taken  on  the  rocks  are-- 
"  N.  E.  Point  of  Goretti  E.  4  S. 
"  N.  W.  Point  of  Do.      E.  by  S.  J  S. 


10  Edit. 


Blunfs  American  CoaHt  Pilot. 


467 


••  S.  VV.  Point  ofGoretti,  S;  E.  byS. 

"  Point  Biillena VV.  by  N.  ^  N. 

**  The  hill  of  Pan  de  A/ucar  jimt  within  tho  Rntrance  of  Point  Ballena. 

"  In  mill-chnnnel,  between  these  rockH  and  the  island,  is  61  and  7  fa- 
thoms ;  their  distance  from  the  island  iM  about  three-fourths  ot  a  mile. — 
There  are  7  fathoms  close  to  them  all  round  the  western  side.  The  wa- 
tering place  is  on  the  main,  close  by  a  battery  :  the  stream  loses  itself  in 
the  sand,  except  when  swollen  by  heavy  rains,  and  you  have  to  roll  your 
OHskM  about  60  yards  over  the  sand.     '1  he  water  is  very  good." 

Having  Lobos  bearing  N.  by  VV.  of  you  by  compass,  distance  three  or 
four  miles,  you  will  have  about  18  fathoms  ;  and  in  making  a  compass 
course  W.  ^  S.  by  ground  log,  (having  due  regard  to  the  wind  and  cur- 
rent at  the  time,)  you  will  make  the  island  of  Flores  a-hcad  of  you.  In 
this  track  your  soundings  will  gradually  decrcdne  from  lU  to  Vi  fathoms, 
due  S.  of  black  Point,  and  to  7  or  H  fathoms  when  you  approach  within 
n  or  10  miles  of  Flores. 

1'hough  Capt.  Bouvcrie  fays  *'  You  may  run  quite  up  to  Monte  Video, 
either  by  night  or  day,  by  making  a  due  west  course,  first  trying  the  cur- 
rent to  make  allowance  lor  it ;"  and  tliough  I  have  freiiuently  done  it  my- 
self, yet  1  would  not  recommend  it  as  a  general  rule  to  be  followed  by 
strangers  to  the  River  Plata.  Great  earn  and  attention  to  the  course  made 
^ood  and  to  the  soundings,  are  indispensably  requisite  in  those  who  at- 
tempt to  conduct  vessels  during  the  night  in  any  part  of  this  river,  and 
even  these  have  been  but  too  often  insutficient  to  save  ships  from  de- 
struction. Hut  in  merchant  vesiiiels  1  fear  we  cannot  always  expect  to 
fmd  even  those  qualities  ;  and  therefore  I  withhold  my  opinion  of  its  be- 
ing adviseabic  for  them  to  run  in  the  night :  neither  can  it  be  done  by 
men  of  war  without  some  risk. 

Florea  bears  by  the  world  VV.  4**  30  N.  from  Lobos,  distant  52  miles. 
It  lies  nearly  N.  E.  and  S.  VV. ;  has  a  small  hummock  in  the  middle,  and 
one  at  estch  end,  that  to  the  S.  VV.  being  39  feet  high.  Between  these 
the  land  is  low  and  marshy,  and  overflowed  sometimes  between  the  cen- 
tral and  N.  E.  hummock.  It  may  be  seen  at  the  distance  of  five  or  six 
leagues  from  a  ship's  deck  in  clear  weather.  There  is  good  anchorage 
all  round  this  island  ;  but  a  reef  extends  in  a  N.  VV.  direction  from  the 
north  point  about  a  mile.  Seals  and  sea  lions,  and  various  aquatic  birds 
resort  to  this  small  island,  as  well  as  to  Lobos  ;  and  in  the  months  of  Au- 
gust and  September,  great  quantities  of  very  excellent  eggs  may  be  pro- 
cured. With  the  wind  easterly  boats  may  land  on  the  western  side  of 
Flores,  particularly  in  a  sm.ill  cove  very  near  the  S.  W.  part  of  the  island. 
From  Flores,  W.  N.  W.  the  Cautas  Hocks  (above  water)  are  distant 
about  five  miles  ;  and  there  are  five  fathoms  between  them  and  it.  True 
S.  at  the  distance  of  1 1  miles  from  Flores,  is  the  north  part  of  the  English 
bank,  on  which  in  that  latitude  35*  08'  S.  there  are  about  12  feet  water. 
The  depth  of  the  water  between  Flores  and  the  English  bank  is  seven  fa- 
thoms, all  the  way  across  to  within  a  very  little  distance  of  both.  The 
English  Bank  in  latitude  35°  12'  generally  breaks,  and  with  a  low  river, 
is  above  water  in  some  places.  Its  extent  to  the  southward  has  not  yet 
been  accurately  defined  ;  and  for  70  or  80  miles  to  the  south-enstward  of 
it,  the  ground  is  said  to  be  foul  and  uneven,  and  has  n^t  been  explored. 
Between  the  Archimedes  and  the  English  Bank,  there  is  a  swatch  of  five 
fathoms  water,  (according  to  Capt.  Beaufort,  of  the  R.  N.  who  explored 
these  banks  in  1807,)  and  as  many  miles  wide. 


itib 


liluiif  s  Aincricui)  C'uubl  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


The  utiiMiU**!  pnrt  of  llir  Arrliiinpile«  Bunk,  nhout  ?J  fiitliomn,  in  four 
inilfH  III  vxti'iit,  uhuut  tiorth  ridI  itouth  hy  i:oiii|>iiai ;  iiiiil  there  iirt*  tour 
fiithoniN  nil  round  it.  The  centn;  of  it  in  in  Intili'tl'^  '(.S**  I2'iiiiil  the  Mount 
ViiU'o  ht'iirii  N.  JS"  W.  by  the  worhl,  trom  it,  diti  :e  'JO  milen.  He- 
milieu  thi(t  bunk,  there  is  n  Hmiill  knoll  in  latitude  liV  ^'  .S.  which  in  true 
a.  (torn  Monte  \  id^o  'J  I  niilex,  iind  Iiiim  not  tnurc  th.in  M  (athoins  WHtei 
un  it,  and  ubout  four  fathoms  all  round  it. 

I'aflNing  to  the  Houthward  of  Florrn,  at  th«t  di»tiinrc  ofu  couple  of  milen, 
you  have  (ij  or  7  futhouiM,  and  nniy  Hteer  VV.  J  .*S.  by  couipasn,  to  paHk 
I'oint  Bruba,  which  bears  true  VV.  •!•  N.  diittanl  four  leaguen  from  the  S 
W.  end  of  Flores.  This  point  i<4  bolder  to,  than  the  lanct  to  the  westward 
between  it  and  the  town  of  Alontc  Video,  and  may  be  pawKed  close  in  4.^ 
or  5  fathomn,  ut  a  mile  or  ;i  n)il(>  and  a  half  distance.  The  bettt  anchor- 
age for  a  frigate  oil'  the  town  of  Monte  Video  is  with  I'oint  liraba,  bearing 
by  compafls  VV.  by  N.  J  N.  the  Catbodral  N.  K.  by  N.  and  tlu?  mount 
about  N.  W.  by  N.  in  IJJ  or  4  futliomi>,  two  mites  or  more  from  the  town, 
with  the  harbour  quite  open.     'J'he  bottom  is  all  soft  mud. 

The  harbour  of  Monte  Video  la  very  shoal,  having  only  from  14  to  If* 
feet  water  ;  but  the  bottom  is  so  very  Ho(t,  that  vessels  receive  no  dam- 
age by  grounding  there.     Capt.  Bouverie  says — 

"  A.  S.  S.  VV.  wind  which  blows  right  into  the  harbour,  and  causes  u 
good  deal  of  sea,  always  occasions  the  water  to  rise  a  fathom  or  more,  in 
u  long  continuance  oi'^tine  weather,  the  tides  sometimes  assume  the  ap- 
pearance of  regularity  ;  but  this  is  not  often  the  case.  They  are  govern- 
ed entirely  by  the  winds  :  The  winds  from  the  southward  cause  the  wa- 
ter to  run  out  on  the  north  shore  strongest.  Fine  weather  and,N.  VV. 
>vind  make  the  water  lowest.  It  is  usual  in  Monte  Video  harbour  to  have 
an  anchor  to  the  S.  E.  and  another  to  the  S.  VV.  and  to  take  one  in  abaft 
from  the  northward,  for  the  water  forced  in  by  the  southerly  wind  some- 
times rushes  out  with  astonishing  rapidity  :  when  the  anchor  to  the  N.  is 
of  the  greatest  service." 

The  Mount  Video  is  in  latitude  34"  53'  .S.  and  longitude  56®  03'  VV.  of 
Greenwich,  being  1°  24'  VV.  of  the  island  of  Lobos,  and  'J®  10'  E.  from 
the  Cathedral  of  Buenos  Ayres  :  on  the  summit  of  this  Mount  is  a  fortiti- 
ed  building,  whose  base  is  42  feet  C  inches  by  20  feet,  used  sometimes  for 
n  light-house.  The  diameter  of  the  lantern  is  10  feet  6  inches,  and  its 
elevation  above  the  level  of  the  sea  450  feet.  At  the  base  of  the  Mount 
are  several  runs  of  excellent  water,  particularly  in  two  small  smooth  sandy 
bays  on  the  S.  VV.  part  of  it.  where  ships  in  iiie  outer  roads  may  supply 
themselves  with  ease;  and  another  on  the  E.  side  of  the  Mount,  just 
abreast  Rat  Island,  adapted  to  ships  in  the  harbour. 

Giving  the  preference  to  the  pafisage  on  the  N.  side  of  the  English 
Bank,  especially  when  the  wind  is  any  where  between  S.  S.  E.  and  N.N. 
E.  on  passing  Lobos,  because  it  may  be  expected  most  probably  to  shift, 
if  it  does  at  all,  round  by  N.  to  the  westward  ;  though  perhaps  not  before 
that  wind  and  the  inset  together  might  carry  a  ship  up  to  Monte  Video  ; 
yet  if  the  wind  should  be  to  the  north-westward  at  the  time  of  making  the 
land,  it  may  pretty  confidently  be  expected  to  shiA  next  to  the  westward, 
or  S.  W.  and  therefore  a  ship  should  not  strive  to  beat  up  round  Lobos 
and  the  north  channel  against  an  outset,  but  stanr  at  once  over  towards 
Cape  St.  Antonio,  whc;e,  by  th"  time  she  could  stretch  across,  she  would 
most  likely  find  a  S.  S.  W.  wind  and  N.  W.  current  to  run  up  with  along 
a  weather  shore  to  Buenos  Ayres,  or  Monte  Video  if  bound  thither,  pass 
ingto  the  westward  of  the  Bank  of  Archiicedes  in  about  five  fathoms  wa> 


10  Edit. 


Blunt* 8  American  Coabl  Pilot. 


4130 


l«*r  ;  or,  ifilK*  mount  nlioiiM  he  %tirn  in  i^ooA  timr^,  <>nd«iToar  to  hririK  it 
tu  b<*nr  to  the  wetlWiiril  ui' north  hy  r.oinpiiii*,  till  uithin  Ave  laH|;ur«  ot'it. 

In  MtantlinK  to  tlu;  •outhward  from  ahrtsitt  of  Cupe  St.  Mary  with  thn 
wind  «oiith-w«Ht<!ily,  a  thip  will  hiivi>  from  lit  to  2  1  or  '2j  fathomn,  ivhen 
Ml  thn  latitude  of  l.uboii,  and  alioiit  12  or  i  ■)  loai^ucM  to  the  cdNtu-Hnl  ofit  ; 
uiid  making  a  H.  S.  K.  coimni!,  tlio  watiT  will  tli<>ti  nhoal  to  IK,  Id,  |2,  or 
1 1  futhoina  in  crotiiinK  tho  rid^u  which  in  Kciifrally  (omponcd  of  nand, 
Kruy  Hprckcd  niixod  with  atonen  h('roahout<«,  al'tcr  wliuh  tho  dcptii  in- 
rira^fs  gradually  to  2b  ur  M  falltoniM,  over  a  aaiidy  bottom  in  latitudi*  115^ 
40  S.  mid  loni;itudt>  :>3®  2.V  W.  In  tho  latitudt;  of  :iO^  S.  und  I J  or  20 
iiiiluM  f.irthur  to  thi<  eastward  you  will  dccpiui  otVtiu;  bunk  ontiroly.  A 
ship  having  got  to  the  ^touthward  tv  far  a^  M^  S.  may  coiiMidor  heracif  in 
the  fair  way  for  proc«i>ding  up  on  tin*  Houth  tiidu  oftli«  Kngliah  Ihink  ;  und 
if  tho  wind  Hcrvc'-i,  a  trui'  we^t  coui'ko  may  be  mad(>  good. 

In  latitude  of  MP  S.  thn  depth  of  water  on  the  inoridian  nf  Cnpe  St. 
IMary  i«i  'Mi  fathom*,  and  tho  liottom  tine  gray  "and  like  ground  pepper. 
Keeping  Htill  to  the  westward,  on  that  paralU-l  of  .'((i^  H.  the  du|illi  dc- 
rrca^ea  to  10  or  \<i  fathoniH  true  south  of  Lobo**,  and  for  l()  league*!  far* 
ther  you  have  from  that  to  13  fathuma.  lint  if  from  the  latitude  of  .M(i^  S. 
on  the  meridian  of  l.obos  you  make  u  W.  by  N.  or  W.  by  N.  i  N.  course 
true,  you  will  shoal  the  water  to  U  or  7,J  fathom**  in  latitude  35*"  't5'S.  on 
the  meridian  of  the  Kiiglinh  liank.  The  quality  of  th^  bottom  generally 
in  sandy,  mixed  with  Hiiiall  Htonen,  the  luMi-er  you  approach  to  the  ridge  ot 
the  Knglish  Hank  the  same  is  iiKcrmixed  with  bitaof  shells  and  sometimes 
with  clay  or  mud. 

From  latitude  35"  4.V  S.  due  S.  of  the  English  Hank,  n  W.  N.  W.  true 
course  to  latitude  35°  33'  S.  will  bring  the  Mount  Video  to  bear  N.  by  the 
world,  in  ubout  Ci  fathoms,  the  bottom  mud,  at  the  distance  of  13  leagues 
from  Foint  t'iedras  :  and  from  this  position  the  same  true  course  may  be 
mude  to  raise  the  land  about  Point  del  Indio,  if  bound  up  to  Buenos 
Ayres  ;  or  N.  W.  or  more  northerly  to  get  sight  of  the  Mount  Video  ; 
having  due  regard  to  the  set  of  current  up  or  down  the  river,  that  you 
may  neither  be  horsed  on  the  S.  E.  tail  of  the  Ortiz  Flats  nor  on  the 
western  part  of  the  Archimedes  Bank.  The  bottom  above  this  is  soft 
mud  or  clay  in  the  channels,  fit  for  safe  anchorage.  In  latitude  36°  30' S. 
or  thereabouts,  and  due  S.  of  the  Archimedes  Bank*,  or  some  miles  farther 
to  the  eastward,  1  have  been  told  by  some  persons  they  have  had  as  little 
as  4  fathoms,  hard  ground.    , 

Ships  leaving  Monte  Video  to  proceed  up  to  Buenos  Ayres  must  be 
very  attentive  to  the  lead,  and  the  course  steered  across  the  river  mus'. 
be  very  carefully  regulated  by  the  set  of  the  current  at  the  time.  If  the 
weather  is  sufficiently  clear  the  Mount  is  the  most  sure  guide,  keeping  it 
by  an  azimuth  compass  on  the  magnetic  •bearing  N.  E.  by  N.  and  when 
it  sinks  to  an  eye  in  the  top,  a  more  westerly  course  may  be  steered  to 
raise  the  land  about  point  del  indio.  This  direction  is  intended  to  apply 
particularly  to  frigates,  or  ships  drawing  more  than  16  feet  water,  because 
It  is  not  adviseable  forthemtocross  thetailof  the  Ortiz  Flats  much  farther 
to  the  westward  than  a  true  south-west  course  from  the  Mount  will  take 
them  ;  for  with  a  low  river  I  have  had  barely  3^  fathoms  in  the  Nereus. 
with  the  Mount  bearing  N.  35°  E.  by  compass,  distant  10  leagues.  At 
other  times  I  have  sunk  the  Mount  on  a  N.  63"  E.  magnetic  bearing,  and 
had  as  much  as  3^  fathoms  water  ;  but  the  river  was  then  well  tilled. 

On  the  southeastern  part  of  the  Ortiz  Bank,  which  is  there  hard  stonv 
snnd,  there  is  still  remaining  (in  181 3)  part  of  a  mast  or  beacon  {\bout  1 ;: 


470 


IUuiiI'h  Amoricuii  CoaRl  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


or  1.)  iVit  hiuli.  It  u  in  laritmU  :)5«  OS'  15"  5.  nml  (^  45'  W.  of  Mount 
Video,  I'nun  whirli  it  Ihmiii  >V.  II'  S.  Iiy  tim  worlil  .i7  mil«>«.  There  «r« 
iiboiit  12  ur  I J  l«><<t  iitutiK*«><U*  of  it  ;  thrt*i!  IriHiotui,  two  iiiili>»  to  thn  imat* 
tviirii  of  it,  hut  not  nion*  thnii  |i)  ur  I  J  t'«!i>l  an  I'tir  hi  ihr«*>  milr*  M.  W.  of 
it.     I'uint  (li'l  liuhu  hi'uiMi  tiitc  S.  X\ '  W.  |(i  or  17  niili>M  trom  it. 

Kor  tht^  (hatiinrc  ut'  toll  1 7  niiti>«  to  Ihv  iioiith'<>iiiit>v>iril  oftht*  Orti/.  Kni- 
ron,  Ihitrn  iir«!  KmtM'iilly  no  iiiuri!,  iiitd  oHen  \vn,  ilmn  3^  liitliom^  ;  Uiv. 
bottom  toiiKh  rhiy  nt'iirctt  th(>  h.ttik,  'iiiil  in  Hoini<  |il.i(-i'ii  I'.irtht'r  to  thr 
•outh-fURtMrtii-d,  Noi't  iniitl,  iind  not  iiiorn  tiiun  '^l  iuthoniM. 

AiUM-  kinkiiifi  thtf  IVIonnt  iihoiit  N.  K.  hy  N.  nn«l  having  •<j  fathomn,  ii 
W.  S.  \V.  rotimc  will  riiim'  the  liiml  C  if  tin-  u«  :»lli('i  it  rlrsir)  Jihout  I'tMnl 
il«l  Indio  to  thn  vyv.  ut  tho  niiiNt-hciid,  iind  prohahly  ytxi  will  not  hiivi* 
more  than  :(]  or  at  ht<«t  :U  falhotii*!.  1  hr  IVIocnt  and  laiwl  near  I'oint  del 
Indio  ur<*  HomL*tini<*M  vi**ilii|it  at  tint  *ani(*  tiiiiR. 

I'oint  del  Indio  in  in  lalitudn  ahuiit  :i.'>"  M!'  8.  and  (»"  .W  W .  of  thr 
Mount  Vid(M).  frotri  which  it  hnarn  S.  (i:P  W.  iiy  th<>  world,  di«t.inl  M) 
milea.  Thoio  in  littln  more  thtin  tlireo  falhom*  at  thr  dixtancr  of  10  or 
II  mih'H,  when  thn  river  i*  in  a  mean  nlatc  ;  firlhcr  to  the  Houthwnrd 
and  oil  i'oint  riedra**,  there  i it  only  that  depth  full  11  or  15  inilen  oil 
^horc.  Very  );reut  caution  therefore  ii  required  in  approachinf^  it,  and 
11  cotiHtant  lookout  nliould  he  kept  for  the  land,  a:t  it  in  very  low,  and  can- 
not be  Meen  farther  than  I!;!  ur  i;)  tntles  in  any  weather  from  the  deck  ot 
)i  frif^atc. 

When  tiie  land  in  harely  raided  to  an  eye  10  or  '.^0  feet  ahovc  the  lur- 
face  of  the  waier,  a  VV.  N.  W.  magnetic  course  will  loatl  nloiig  nhore  be- 
tween it  and  the  Houth  pnrt  of  the  Orte/,  which  in  diiitant  about  Ij  inilcM 
from  il,  and  between  them  there  in  no  where  more  water  than  three  and 
n  half,  but  mostly  H]  fathomH.  With  a  hii;h  river  I  have  had  one  quarter 
Icisi  four  fathom!!.     The  nearer  the  Orte/  the  deeper  the  water. 

In  flteering  up  W.  N.  W.  with  the  land  iiecn  trom  the  deck  (if  clear 
weather)  you  will  have  3J  or  ;j|  fathomM  (yet  if  tho  river  is  low,  per- 
haps some  cants  of  three  fathoms)  and  rainc  u  remarkable  clump  of  trees, 
called  Knibudo,  which  are  much  taller  than  the  rest,  highest  at  the  west 
end,  and  lie  in  latitude  35°  0'  S.  and  in  longitude  P  IG'  30"  W.  of  tho 
Mount  Video,  or  0"  67'  30"  E.  of  tlie  Cathedral  of  Buenos  Ayros.  At 
some  distance  to  tho  westward  of  the  Embudo  Trees,  there  is  another 
clump  about  the  same  height  as  tiioni,  but  thoy  being  highest  at  the  east 
end,  arc  suthciently  distinguisihud  not  to  be  mistaken  for  the  true  Embudo. 

When  in  3i  or  31  fatlioms,  the  Embudo  trees  bear  by  compass  W.  S. 
VV.  the  S.  E.  end  of  the  Chico  Bank  will  bear  W.  N.  W.  or  thereabouts, 
10  or  11  miles  from  you  ;  and  you  must  now  determine,  from  the  water 
your  ship  draws  and  the  then  direction  of  the  wind  and  .state  of  the  wea- 
ther, whether  yuu  will  pass  between  the  Chico  and  the  shore,  or  between 
the  Ortez  iiiid  the  Chico. — I  have  passed  up  and  down  several  times  be- 
tween the  Chico  and  the  south  shore,  in  the  Ncreus,  lighted  in  her  draft 
t>  IB  feet  3  inches,  but  I  would  never  attempt  it  again  from  choice  now  I 
nm  better  acquainted  with  the.  middle  channel  between  the  Chico  and 
Orte/,  and  have  every  reason  to  believe  that  the  middle  ground  some 
charts  lay  down,  docs  not  exist. 

A  ship  not  drawing  more  than  lu  feet  may  take  either  passage,  and  of 
the  two  ought  perhaps  to  prefer  that  to  the  southward  of  the  Chico  Bank, 
particularly  if  the  wind  should  be  well  to  the  southward,  as  she  might 
take  her  «oundinn;H  from  the  weather  £hor<*.  and  keeping  in  somewhat 


JO  R<Ii(. 


HIiiiifH  Amrru'uii  CoqmI  Pilot. 


471 


morit  Ihiin  li(«r  own  «lraiiKlit,  rtiti  up  uloriK  it ,  iiml  hy  not  ilrrncning  iiluivt 
thrtio  fHthonis,  woulii  I'lmurr  Ix'tiiK  l<>  t*i**  ■ouihwurtl  «ii'tli«?  (  liico, 

Tli«  S.  W.  imhI  (>r  till'  CliK-ii  lliuik   bfiirt  iVoni  Ihit  KintMulo  tr«tt  N. 
.il"  l\.  IriK*.  ilutiuit  10  null'*,  unci  it'..  M**  N.  I  i  niii<*«  (ViMn  Atuinyn  Chiiroli. 
IIh  lutitudtf  tlu'rt;  u  :U"  f)l>'  :i(»'M.  unii  lunKitnilr    I'  D    W.   ul'  thu  Motint 
Vidcu.     Thi*  blink  run*  in  the  ilirrrtion  of  N.  &V'>  W.  trur,  or  N.  6^" 
W.  by  <oin|inN<(,  HbiMil    i:i  iniluN  to  it*  N.  W.   vtu),  wbii  b   it   in  latitutb* 
.>  J"  48'  50^'  S.  ami  0^  17'  K.  of  Hurno*  Ayn;*  ('iitlnuliiil,     rrom  Ibi*  N.  W. 
I'tid,  in  II  I'crt  wiiti*r,  \litluyii  ('b<irrli  biMiri  H.  II'  W.  tliNliuit  II  niilM ; 
iind  I'uint  St.  Itigo  forniinK  the  KiNcniiihi  lit*  Itnriicun,  boars  W.  4'   N.  14 
fiiib'H  frntii  It.     'liw  br«M(ltb  of  tlu'  Chico  ilnm  not  rx««'«'«l  two  milo<»,  or 
piM  liiipM  ii  niil«>  Hiul  11  bull,  hikI  it*  inn«>r  vilgt*  i*  uboiit  niiii*  inilcM  iVoui  the 
niiorn.     The  wutcr  brlw(>(>n  the  Nhore  Hmi  it,  i*  no  where  mora  thiiii  '3^ 
fiitboinn,  and  the  ()('r|)(»t  wate.  in  alonif  the  inner  (mIkm  of  the  nhoal,  nt  ihi* 
dintance  ol  half  a  mile  from  it,  or  U>mh  in  Konie  place*.     About  mid-wiiy 
between  it  and  the  Hbore  there  i*  one  nuartvr  le«H  three  fathoms.     On 
Monui  parts  of  the  Chico  there  is  very  lidle  water,  and  within  the  limits 
1  have  aNHi^ned  to  it,  no  where  more  than  It  feet,     'i'hcrc  wa*  for  some 
years  the  nuiNt  of  a   veitMC'l  called  the  I'andora,  which  wiu  wrt^.ked  on 
this  Mhoal,   in  latitude  31"  64'  8.  about  6  mileH  from  its  H.  K.  end,  and 
proved  an  excellent  beacon  to  guidt;  tbipN  puMHin^  it  on  either  nide,  but 
it  has  now  unfortunaloly  disappeared.      It  is  very  necessary  that  three 
huovH  Hhould  be  placed  on  thin  dangerous  shoul,  to  mark  it<i  centre  an<l 
ench  end. 

To  ships  drawing  U'ss  than  15  feet  it  is  only  farther  neces.*ary  to  re- 
rommend  care  and  att<Miiion  on  approaching  !'oint  St.  logo,  which  formii 
bushy  und  distinct,  und  when  it  is  brought  to  bear  to  the  south-westWHrd, 
haul  out  into  the  stream  of  3^  fathoms  to  round  outMide  the  Spit,  which 
runs  about  N.  W.  by  compasx,  from  point  St.  lago  at  least  10  or  II  miles  ; 
its  extreme  point  in  two  l.tthoms  being  about  five  miles  trom  the  shore. 
When  two  remarkable  trees  on  Point  Lara  arc  brought  to  bear  S.  by  E. 
1  E.  or  S.  S.  E.  by  compass  you  are  past  the  Spit.  Thi  mark  will  also 
lead  a  rhip  of  that  draught  of  water  rluar  to  the  westward  uf  the  Spit,  in 
running  in  toward  En^cnada. 

After  pai^sing  the  Spit  off  Point  St.  lago  in  3|  fathoms,  a  W.  by  S. 
northerly  course  by  compass  will  lead  up  tr  the  outer  road  oi  Buenos 
Ay  res,  where  uny  ship  may  safely  anchor  iu  the  water  she  draws,  if  the 
river  is  low. 

Frigates  or  any  vessels  drawing  more  than  1G  feet  water,  should  bare* 
ly  raise  the  land  about  Point  del  Indio  to  the  eye  on  deck,  and  borrow 
nearest  the  Ortcz,  more  particularly  when  the  Kmbudo  trees  are  brought 
to  bear  as  far  as  S.  W.  by  VV.  (magnetic)  for  with  the  Embudo  bearing 
S.  W.  to  S.  S.  W.  the  bottom  is  flat  off  to  three  fathoms  lull  seven  miles 
from  the  shore,  and  chiefly  hard  clay. — Therefore  when  the  Embudo 
trees  bear  VV.  S.  W.  by  compass,  and  you  are  about  9  or  10  miles  off 
shore,  in  3|  fathoms,  if  you  have  a  leading  wind,  haul  to  the  N.  W.  by 
W.  or  more  northerly,  as  may  be  required  to  clear  the  S.  E.  tail  of  the 
Chico,  and  you  will  soon  deepen  your  water  to  four  fathoms  and  more, 
in  the  middle  channel,  between  the  Chico  and  the  Ortez  Shoal.  The 
fair  course  through  between  them  is  about  N.  W.  by  W.  ^  W.  magnetic, 
and  in  mid  channel  the  lund  can  but  just  be  distinguished  from  the  quarter 
deck  of  a  frigate.  When  the  Embudo  trees  bear  S.  20o  VV.  by  compa.s8, 
you  will  be  abreast  of  the  S.  E.  end  of  the  Chico,  and  may  either  take 
your  shoal  soundings  along  its  Dorthern  outer  edge,  tu  about  quarter  less 


472 


Blunt^s  American  Coast  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


four,  ifthti  wind  ia  southerly  ;  or  if  the  wind  be  nortlierly  or  easterly, 
borrow  into  a  convenient  depth  along  tl)\}  Houthern  edge  of  the  Orti>s.  [ 
believe  the  breadth  of  this  middle  channel  uiay  be  tive  or  six  miles,  and 
the  depth  of  water  from  4  to  5  J  and  even  (i  fathoms,  in  the  fairway,  about 
the  N.  W.  part  of  it,  and  abreast  that  end  of  Ihe  Chico.  The  quality  of 
the  ground  all  the  way  through  this  channel  is  generally  soi\  mud,  and 
tit  for  safe  anchorage. 

The  N.  W.  pitch  of  the  Chico  Bank  being  passed,  and  the  depth  of 
water  6  or  5^  fathoms,  you  may  steer  by  comj  ^^  \V.  by  N.  J  N.  or  W. 
by  N.  for  Buenos  Ayres,  taking  care  not  to  shoal  under  one  quarter  less 
four  off  Ensenada  till  Point  Lara  Trees  bear  S.  S.  E. 

A  little  more  than  halfway  Irom  Point  Laru  to  Buenos  Ayres  there  are 
two  other  remarkable  trees.  When  moored  off  Buenos  Ayres  in  the 
Nereus  in  19  feet  water,  and  the  bottom  soft  mud,  these  trees  bore  by 
compass  S.  17*»  E.  the  Cathedral  S.  67"  W.  'and  che  spire  of  the  Reco- 
leta  Co-went  S.  76°  W.  ;  the  latitude  observed  was  31"  34'  30"  S.  and 
the  longitude  by  Moon  58^  02'  VV.  of  Greenwich.  Variation  of  the  com- 
pass 12o30'  easterly. 


Directions  for  Maldonailo  Roads,  and  for  going  in  and  out, 

round  the  island  Goritta. 


The  harbour  of  Maldonado  is  situated  »n  the  north  shore  of  the  river 
La  Plata.  It  is  formed  by  Whale  Point  to  the  westwn  1,  and  East  Point 
and  the  small  island  of  Goritta  to  the  eastward.  The  town  of  the  same 
name  lies  two  miles  from  the  mouth  of  the  harbour.  This  is  a  very  un- 
safe harbour,  particularly  for  frigates.  In  the  winter  season,  when  the 
S.  W.  winds  prevail,  and  to  which  you  are  particularly  exposed,  there  is 
a  terrible  sea.  Small  vessels  may  lie  behind  the  island  of  Goritta,  so  far 
as  to  bring  the  west  end  of  the  island  to  bear  S.  W.  and  make  a  tolerable 
good  lee  with  the  wind  from  S.  W.,  but  with  it  farther  to  the  westward 
t!iey  ride  very  heavy  at  their  anchors.  There  is  a  bed  of  rocks  lying 
off  tne  west  end  of  Goritta,  distant  about  three  quarters  of  a  mile,  with 
only  6  feet  water  Oi  them.  The  best  mark  for  avoiding  them,  is  to  gyt 
the  Tower  of  Mal'ionado  to  bear  N.  E.  by  N.  by  compass,  (var.  14**  10'  E.) 
and  steer  for  it  till  you  get  Whale  Point  and  the  southern  part  of  the 
Sugar  Loaf,  (which  is  a  large  hill  lying  to  the  westward  of  Whale  Point, 
inland,  and  has  something  the  appearance  of  a  Sugar  Loaf,)  in  one  ;  you 
"may  then  be  sure  having  the  rock  in  the  same  line  with  you  to  the  east- 
ward, and  may  run  in  to  get  the  west  point  of  the  island  to  bear  south, 
and  anchor  in  5i  or  6  fathoms  water,  muddy  bottom,  and  good  holding 
ground,  in  mid  channel  between  Goritta  and  Vne  main,  the  passage  be- 
tween East  Point  and  the  east  end  of  Gcvitta  is  said  not  to  be  safe,  there 
being  sunken  rocks  in  it. 

Coming  from  the  northward,  betwtfen  the  Lobes  and  the  main,  and 
bound  to  Maldonado  Roads,  give  the  point  of  Maldonado  a  birth  of  more 
than  a  mile,  on  account  of  the  before  mentioned  shoal  lying  off  it,  having 
for  it8  least  water  only  5  feet,  and  at  two  cables'  lengths,  2^  and  3  fa- 
thoms Standing  in  from  the  northward  and  eastward,  bring  this  point 
of  Maldonado  to  bear  north,  and  haul  in  for  the  west  point  of  Goritta, 
taking  care  to  have  no  less  than  8  fatbomy  water,  until  you  bring  a  white 


10  Edit. 


Blunt^tt  American  Goaat  Pilot. 


473 


patch,  in  n  rulgip  of  hills  nbont  10  miles  to  the  westward  of  the  Western^ 
most  house,  on  with  the  island  Goritta  ;  then  steer  for  the  west  point  of 
the  island  ;  keeping  that  mark  to  the  westward  of  the  houses,  or  over  the 
west  point  of  the  island,  you  will  go  over  the  tail  of  the  shoal  off  the 
point  in  9  or  8  fathoius  water,  the  white  patch  then  bearing  N.  W.  by  N. 
The  south  point  of  the  island  is  bold  to  ;  but  if  you  intend  anchoring  be> 
tween  Maldonado  Point  and  the  island,  which  is  safe  and  good,  then  bring 
the  look-out  house  on  the  point  to  bear  N.  E.  or  N.  E.  |  E.  and  haul  in 
fur  the  bay,  steering  N.  N.  E.  in  from  10  to  16  fathoms,  sandy  ground, 
until  you  bring  the  barracks  within  le  point  to  bear  S.  S.  E.  the  cast 
point  of  the  island  W.  N.  W.  the  west  loint  of  the  island  W.  by  S.  and 
the  Tower  of  Mnldonado  N.  by  W.  i  VV.  then  you  will  have  from  6  to  7 
fathoms,  sandy  ground,  where  you  can  moor  with  a  cable  each  way,  pla- 
cing your  best  bower  N.  \V.  but  should  you  be  desirous  of  going  into 
Maldonado  Roads,  you  must  give  the  N.  W.  point  of  Goritta  a  birth  of  1 
mile,  for  a  dangerous  shoal  lies  off  it  with  only  1 7  feet  water.  Thiff  shoal 
bears  from  the  N.  W.  point  of  Goritta  N.  W.  by  W.  I  W.  c^Aiending  2 
cables*  length  from  N.  VV.  to  S.  E.  and  is  about  a  cable's  length  broad« 
AVith  a  fair  wind,  you  may  sail  between  the  point  and  the  shoal,  there 
being  6,  7,  and  7i  fathoms  water,  and  the  passage  near  half  a  mile  wide. 
When  you  can  bring  the  N.  VV.  point  of  Goritta  to  bear  S.  E.  by  E.  then 
steer  in  for  the  anchorage  ;  sh;ipe  your  course  N.  E.  or  N.  E.  by  E. 
keep  midway  between  the  island  and  the  main,  and  as  soon  as  you  bring 
the  N.  W.  point  of  the  island  to  bear  S.  by  W.  or  S.  S.  W.  you  will  then 
have  4h  fathoms,  good  holding  ground.  Here  large  ships  may  anchor, 
but  small  ones  may  go  up  farther,  bringing  the  N.  W.  end  of  the  island 
to  bear  S.  VV.  by  W.  or  W.  S.  W.  when  you  will  have  4  fathoms,  good 
ground. 

Beef,  poultry,  and  vegetables  are  to  be  had  here  on  moderate  terms. 
Water  may  be  procured  without  much  difficulty,  in  smooth  weather,  from 
a  small  stream  that  empties  itself  in  the  north  part  of  the  bay,  where  you 
have  to  roll  your  casks  about  i^O  yards. 


[We  now  suhjoin  such  informatlor  relative  to  the  Coast  of  Peru  as  has  been 
obtained.,  which,  though  not  extensive,  is  important.] 

Lobos  de  Mer, 

Or  the  Weather  Lobos,  are  situated  in  .ne  latitude  7°  0'  S.  and  longi- 
tude 80*^  17'  W..  and  are  about  10  leagues  from  the  main  land  on  the  coast 
of  Peru.  They  are  not  high,  but  very  rugged,  and  may  be  seen  5  or  G 
leagues. 

Those  two  islands  form  an  excellent  harbour,  with  a  smooth  bottom, 
and  good  holding  ground. 

A  small  vessel  may  come  in  through  the  weather  passage,  to  save  the 
trouble  of  beating  up,  but  the  passage  is  so  narrow,  we  would  not  re- 
commend it  as  prudent,  although  there  is  sufficient  depth  of  water  for  any 
ship. 

The  water  here  is  smooth,  and  a  ship  might  be  hove  out  to  the  rocks 
with  all  safety. 

There  are  plenty  of  small  fish  about  the  shores  and  many  ^eal.  But 
like  most  other  islands  on  this  coast,  these  are  cursed  with  sterility. 

Beating  up  to  anchor,  observe  and  keep  near  the  west  shore,  and  nnt 

60 


47;! 


Blunt's  American  Coast  Pilot. 


10  Edit 


stretch  so  fur  over  to  the  eastward  as  to  shut  the  passage  until  pretty  well 
up,  (when  yoo  may  reach  across  from  shore  to  shore,)  by  which  means 
you  avoid  a  sunken  rock  that  lies  midway  with  nine  feet  water  upon  it, 
ami  is  about  the  size  of  a  ship's  hull. 

From  16  to  18  fathoms  is  the  common  depth  to  anclior  in. 


Sethura  Bay. 

Scthura  Bay,  situated  in  5°  40'  S.  latitude,  on  the  coaat  of  Peru,  is  very 
spacious.  After  doubling  round  Cape  Noir,  you  soon  fall  into  shoal  wa- 
ter, which  will  decrease  as  you  haul  into  jlie  bay,  from  18  to  3  fathoms, 
sandy  bottom.  Keeping  well  to  windward  you  will  have  more  regulai 
soundings,  but  the  bottom  every  where  appears  to  be  iincvcn,  particular- 
ly so  abreast  tht  town  of  Selhura,  where  are  many  sand  spits  and  shoals, 
with  a  liwell  setting  in  from  sea-board  ;  ^vhernas  in  the  weather  part  of 
the  bay  the  water  is  perfectly  smooth,  and  if  a  ship  should  ground,  she 
woOld  receive  no  damage,  and  could  easily  be  got  off  again. 

At  the  head  of  the  bay  are  very  extensive  salt  ponds,  which  produce 
abundance  of  salt  of  a  .superior  quality,  and  which  the  inhabitants  seem  to 
set  little  or  no  store  by. 

The  land  in  sight  wears  a  most  barren  aspect,  but  back  in  the  country 
are  plantations  which  are  very  productive.  Pumpkins  and  melons,  eggs, 
&c.  may  be  obtained  from  the  natives,  by  paying  a  high  price. 

The  town  of  Sethura  appears  to  be  a  large  town,  and  is  situated  upoit 
a  river.  The  inhabitants,  who  ure  all  Indians,  are  very  poor,  And  sub- 
sist almost  entirely  by  fishing,  and  appear  to  be  industrious  and  very  ho- 
nest people. 

Their  water  craft  are  of  a  very  singular  and  s'mple  construction,  and 
deserve  notice. 

From  four  to  six  logs  of  the  cabbage  tree,  about  forty  feet  la  length, 
are  secured  together  with  strips  of  bark,  or  ropes  made  of  the  bark  of 
some  tree,  amidships  of  which  raft  is  erected  a  mast,  with  a  square-sail, 
supported  by  shrouds  and  back-stays :  thus  equipped,  they  sail  from  6  to 
8  knots  on  a  wind,  make  little  or  no  leeway,  and  go  very  dry  ;  when  on  a 
wind  they  put  the  blades  of  their  paddles  through  between  the  logs,  to 
make  them  hold  a  wind,  and  abaft  the  mast  they  have  a  platform,  3  or  4 
feet  in  height,  on  which  they  sit,  eat,  and  sleep. 


Lobes  de  Tierrc* 

Or  Lee  Lohos,  is  situated  in  latitude  6°  25'  S.  and  longitude  SO®  22'  W. 
00  the  coast  of  Peru,  is  3  leagues  in  length,  and  about  five  from  the  main 

landv 

in^Shelter  Bay  is  good  anchorage  in  from  16  to  13  fathoms  water,  over 
a  clear  bottom,  the  best  anchorage,  however,  is  to  bring  said  rock  to  bear 
S.  S.  W.  where  is  fourteen  fathoms;  farther  in  shore  the  bottom  is 
rocky. 

Sea  1400  Harbour  has  very  rocky  bottom,  otherwise  would  be  the 
safest  place'  to  anchor  about  the  island. 

Weather  Bay  is  daugerO'ixs,  having  many  sunken  rocks,  and  the  whole 
QUTge  of  the  ocean  heaving  into  it. 


10  Edit. 


Blunfs  American  Coast  Pilot 


470 


On  the  east  side  of  the  island  is  a  fine  bay,  where  there  is  good  an- 
chorage in  from  five  to  ten  fathoms,  over  a  clear  bottom  and  smooth 
water. 

This  island  presents  a  most  barren  prospect,  and  is  without  fresh  wa- 
ter or  vegetation,  and,  except  andiuragc  and  seal,  is  of  no  farther  conse- 
quence.    Excellent  fish  may  be  caught  with  hook  and  line  near  the  shore. 

Coming  in  to  windward  of  the  island,  it  will  be  prudent  to  give  it  a 
birth,  as  there  are  many  sunken  rocks  lying  a  considerable  distance  off. 


Lobos  Island. 


o  5' 


Lobos  Island  lies  in  the  latitude  of  14^  18'  S.  and  longitude  of  76 
W.  and  is  about  2i  le<igucs  distant  from  the  main  land. 

It  is  high  and  steep  upon  all  sides,  except  the  S.  E.  which  desceuds 
gradually  into  a  low  plain,  on  which  is  a  salt  pond  of  no  great  extent. 

Here  vast  quantities  of  birds  rookery  and  hatch  their  young,  having  a 
thick  coat  of  manure,  which  in  its  turn  becomes  covered  with  a  laying  of 
salt.  On  digging  through  the  manure,  a  laying  of  salt  was  found,  next 
another  of  manure  and  another  of  salt,  how  much  farther  it  thus  conti- 
nues is  uncertain.  The  highest  parts  of  the  island  are  also  productive  of 
salt,  but  in  no  great  quantities. 

This  island  is  entirely  barren,  without  a  spear  of  vegetation  or  fresh 
water,  its  only  excellency,  therefore,  is  its  anchorage  and  a  few  hair  seal. 
There  is  a  good  passage  quite  around  the  island,  and  no  dangers  but  what 
show  themselves. 

The  best  anchorage  is  under  the  lee  of  a  low  &tony  beach,  which  puts 
off  from  the  N.  E.  side  of  the  island,  in  7  fathoras  water,  where  is  fine 
holding  ground,  clear  bottom  and  smooth  water. 


Gallapagos  Islands. 

Hood's  Island,  the  south-easternmost  of  this  group  lies  between  lat.  1° 
16'  and  1"  32'  S.  and  long.  89«>  39'  and  89<»  54'  W.  The  only  bay  in  this 
island  is  on  the  N.  part,  and  is  called  Com.  Rodger's  Bay.  A  small  isl- 
and which  lies  off  forms  a  secure  bay  where  vessels  can  lie  at  anchor  in 
12  fathoms  water,  clear  white  sandy  bottom.  Here  wood  is  to  be  obtain- 
ed, and  land  tortoises  in  great  numbers.  Off  the  N.  W.  part  of  this  island, 
nbout  2h  miles  from  the  shore,  is  a  reef  of  some  extent.  This  is  the  only 
danger  I  could  discover,  and  breaks  with  much  violence.^ 

Charles'  Island  lies  W.  from  Hood's  Island  about  35  miles ;  the  Iw* 
hour  is  on  the  N.  W.  side,  and  is  formed  by  a  projecting  point,  off  which 
lies  a  remarkable  high  black  ragged  rock,  called  Rock  Dismal.  Shipping 
lie  in  12  fathoms  beyond  the  small  reef  which  shelters  the  landing  ;  th«; 
bottom  is  sandy,  but  vessels  have  had  their  cables  cut  by  scattering  rocks, 
The  landing  here  is  very  good.  This  is  called  E^ssex  Bay.  On  thqwest 
part  of  the  island,  about  six  miles  from  Essex  Bay  is  a  dark  sundy  bcacli, 


*■  Poi  ter's  Jouf  nal-. 


iU 


BiunVti  Amoricftu  CoaBt  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


10  E< 


callc'il  the  Black  Beach  ;  from  this  beach  is  n  pathway,  much  trodden, 
which  leads  directly  to  the  syrings,  which  are  about  three  milei  from  the 
shore.  The  road  here  is  the  best  on  the  island,  though  in  many  places 
steep  and  difficult 

To  the  eastward  of  this  island  are  several  islands,  the  largest  of  which 
is  Gardiner's  Island  in  lat.  V  26'  S.  and  long.  90°  IB'  W.  Three  miles 
East  from  Gardiner's  Island  lies  a  reef  on  which  the  sea  breaks  at  low 
water. 

Lord  Chatham's  lies  pearly  E.  N.  E.  and  W,  S.  W.  the  east  part  of  this 
island  is  Hobbs's  Bay,  pnd  lies  in  lat.  0«  47'  S.  long.  09»  7'  VV.  A  reef 
of  rocks  extend  from  the  south  point  of  this  bay  round  towards  the  N.  W. 
about  ten  mileR,  lying  from  one  to  three  mi|es  from  the  shore.  Wreck 
Bay  is  the  W.  part  of  the  island,  and  lies  in  lat.  0<>  55'  S.  long.  89**  44' ; 
a  small  bank  lies  off  the  mouth  of  this  bay,  on  which  is  three  fathoms  ; 
inside  of  which  is  seven  fathoms.  The  largest  bay  in  this  island  is  calk- 
ed Stephen's  Bay,  and  lies  on  the  N.  W.  side  of  the  island.  The  surest 
mark  tor  finding  this  bay  is  Kicker  Rock  which  lies  off  the  mouth.  Thi? 
rock  is  very  high,  flat  ou  the  top,  and  from  some  points  bears  strongly  the 
appearance  of  a  castle.  On  the  western  side  the  rock  is  split  from  the 
siimmit  to  the  base  ;  and  from  its  slender  appearance  seems  as  if  ready  to 
tumble  down  at  every  breeze.  The  bay  is  capacious  and  well  sheltered 
from  the  prevailing  >vinds  *,  there  is  good  landing  on  several  small  white 
sandy  beaches ;  the  northernmost  point    of  this  island  lies  in  lat.  0° 

4rs. 

Barrington  Island  lies  West  from  Chatham  Island,  distant  about  twen- 
ty miles  from  W^eck  Bay  ;  is  »bout  fiAecn  miles  long,  and  extends  in  the 
same  direction  as  Chatham  Island. 

Albemarle  Island  is  the  largest  of  these  islands,  and  lies  N.  and  S.  about 
seveqty  miles.  Port  ^endevous,  the  only  harbour  known  in  this  island 
is  situated  inside  of  Narborough  Island  ;  the  entrance  to  which  is  off  the 
N.  E.  point  of  Na^:borough,  either  through  Bank's  Ba^  or  Decatur's 
Soun^*  In  this  port  you  anchor  in  from  seven  to  ten  fathoms.  From  the 
N,  point  of  the  island,  a  reef  extends  off  nearly  three  miles  ;  and  from 
Cape  Rose  and  point  Essex  the  two  southernmoAt  points,  the  reefs  extend 
above  a  mile.  Off  the  S.  E.  pn^t  uf  the  island,  (Cape  Woodford)  are  several 
small  islands,  the  sputhernmpst  lies  in  lat.  I''  3.'  S.  bearing  from  Cape 
Rose  E.  by  S.  distant  t<>n  miles. 

Narborough  Island  is  situate^  between  the  north  and  south  head  of 
Albemarle,  and  separates  Banks  and  Elizabeth  Bays;  a  reef  extends  round 
the  scuth  part  of  the  island,  which  forms  the  north  shore  of  Elizabeth 
Bay.  between  Narborough  and  Albemarle  is  Decatur's  Sound,  the  length 
of  which  is  6fteen  miles  and  breadth  three.  The  soundings  obtained  in 
mid  channel  were  eighty  fathoms,  coarse  gravel.  There  appears  no  dan- 
gers lying  any  distance  from  the  shore  on  either  side,  with  the  exception 
of  the  reef  pff  the  S.  E.  point  of  Narborough,  and  that  does  not  extend 
more  than  1^  mile  from  the  shore.  This  passage  is  as  safe  as  any  other 
that  is  liable  to  sudden  shiAs  of  wind  and  rapid  currents. 

James  Island  lies  east  of  Albemarle,  towards  the  northernmost  point. 
T^ere  are  two  bays  in  this  island,  Cowan's  and  Adams'  ;  Cowan's  Bay 
is  on  the  west  side  of  the  island,  and  lies  from  cape  Marshal  (the  N.  L. 
point  of  Albemarle)  S.  E.  by  E.  There  is  good  anchorage  in  this  bay  in 
from  ten  to  six  fathoms,  a  quarter  of  a  mile  from  the  beach,  over  soft 
sandy  bottom.  Adams*  Bay  is  on  the  N.  side  of  the  island  ;  near  the  E. 
end  there  is  good  anchorage  in  thirteen  fathoms,  sandy  bottom,  about  half 


u  mile  I 
forme  r| 
FortI 

IvHpt. 

the  ab^ 
either 


^j^,^:^ 


mm 


10  Edii, 


10  Edit. 


Blunt^s  American  Coast  Pilot. 


477 


» trodden, 
•  from  the 
ny  places 

of  which 
ree  miles 
iks  at  low 

art  of  this 
A  reef 
tie  N.  \V. 
Wreck 
89«>44'; 
fathoms ; 
id  is  call- 
fce  surest 
ith.  Thi? 
ongly  the 
from  the 
ready  to 
heltered 
all  white 
lat.   0" 

ut  twen- 
lin  in  the 

S. about 
lis  island 
is  off  the 
ecatur's 
rom  the 
nd  from 
3  extend 
several 
m  Cape 

head  of 
's  round 
izabeth 
!  length 
ined  in 
no  dan- 
:eption 
extend 
f  other 

point. 
s  Bay 
N.  K. 
bay  in 
!r  soft 
theE. 
It  half 


■ 


a  mile  from  tlic  shore ;   this  bay  is   about   eighteen    milet  from  the 
former. 

Porter's  Island  lies  to  the  S.  E.  of  James  Island  ;  it  was  discovered  by 
•^apt.  Porter  in  the  Essex,  and  surveyed  by  D.  P.  Adams,  who  gave  it 
the  above  name.  On  the  most  careful  examination  he  could  not  discover 
<Mther  good  anchorage  or  fresh  water,  it  abounds  in  wood  and  lund-tor- 
toise,  and  green  turtle  were  found  in  abundance.  From  this  island,  James, 
Albemarle,  Norfolk,  Burrington,  Grossman's,  Charles,  and  many  others 
were  to  be  seen,  but  could  perceive  none  that  bore  the  slightest  resem* 
blance,  in  position  or  appearance  to  those  called  by  Capt.  Colnet,  Dun« 
can's,  and  James'  islands. 

The  S.  W.  landing  is  in  lat.  0°  42'  14"  S.  long.  90°  27'    9"  W. 
N.W.  do  0    32   40  90  23    54 

N.  E.  do  0    31   12  90  12    45 

Between  James  Island  and  Porter's  Island,  the  easternmost  in  lat.  0''22' 
S.  long.  90"  18'  W.  the  western  in  lat.  0°  25'  S.  long.  90«  31'  W. 

Abington  Island  lies  N.  E.  from  point  Albemarle,  is  about  15  miles  long ; 
good  anchorage  is  found  in  Hull's  Bay  on  the  south  side  of  the  island. 
Binloes  Island  is  E.  i  S.  from  Hull's  Bay  d!  ant  27  miles  ;  this  island  ex- 
tends E.  and  W.  1 5  miles  ;  affords  do  anchorage. 

About  45  miles  east  of  Binloes  Island  lies  an  island  nearlv  the  same 
£iize  it  was  seen  by  Lieut.  J.  Downes,  U.  S.  N.  in  1813.  '1  he  latitude 
from  the  report  of  several  whalemen  isO**  21'  N.  Weuam's  Island  lies  in 
lat.  1''  21'  N.  is  7  or  8  miles  in  circuit,  and  has  two  small  inlets,  one  off 
the  S.  E.  the  other  off  the  N.  W.  points,  but  within  more  than  100  yards 
from  the  island.  Its  sides  are  every  where  inaccessible.  It  affords  no 
anchorage. 

N.  W.  by  N.  from  Wenhb..)'s  Island,  lies  Culpepper's  Island,  distant  24 
iniles.     This  island  affords  no  anchorage. 

Redondo  Rock  lies  N>  N.  W.  from  Cape  Berkley  distant  15  miles; 
the  U.  S.  ship  Essex  was  very  near  being  driven  on  the  rock  by  the  cur- 
rent in  1813. 

Ther^  are  a  number  of  other  small  islands  or  rocks  which,  from  the 
present  state  of  knowledge  of  this  navigation,  it  would  be  impossible  to 
describe,  they  are  steep  and  inaccessable,  and  danger  is  to  be  apprehend- 
ed from  being  sent  on  them  by  the  currents  which  run  with  great  rapidi- 
ty. (The  latitudes  and  longitudes  of  the  principle  capes,  bays,  and  isl- 
ands, will  be  found  in  the  table  in  this  book.) 

A  bay  in  lat.  46°  3'  S.  The  enf,rance  of  this  bay  is  spacious,  with 
several  small  islands  in  the  midst,  affording  good  anchorage.  The  land 
about  it  is  of  immense  height.  Near  the  water  the  woods  are  impene- 
trable, and  the  tops  of  the  mountains  covered  with  snow.  A  ship  need 
not  let  go  an  anchor,  but  haul  into  some  of  the  small  inlets  which  are  nu- 
merous and  make  fast  to  the  branches  of  the  trees  ;  the  land  above  shel- 
tering you  from  even  a  breath  of  wind.  The  water  in  this  bay  is  of  great 
depth. 


li 


170 


Lnliludes  and  Longitudes. 


10  £di(. 


TABLE  I. 


^fi^    ^' 


[TABLE  containing  the  Latitudes  and  Lon^it'iHes  of  ths  most  rcmn.kahlo 
Harbours,  Islands,  Caticm,  Shoals,  iic.  mentioned  in  this  work,  I'oundcd 
on  the  latest  and  most  accurute  astronomiciil  observiUions,  surveys,  uint 
charts.] 

Tht  Longitudes  are  reckoned  from  the  meridian  of  Grecmvieh. 


Coast  of  th  mmm  st. 

vnTT 

"" 

Lat. 

Lone. 

AMUmVA. 

D.  M. 

D.  M. 

SALEM       .      .      .     . 

Marbleliead       .      .      . 

42  33N. 
42  32 

70  62  W 

70  50 

« 

Lat. 

Long. 
D.  RI. 

0.  M. 

Nuhant  point 

42  23 

70  51 

Entrance  of  St.  Croix 

Boston  light-house 

42  20 

70  54 

river 

45  07N. 

67  oaw 

BOSTON      .      .      .     . 

42  2J 

71  01 

Wolves'  islands       .     . 

45  04 

66  41 

Cambridge  (Mass.) 

42  23 

71   08 

E,  end  of  Grand  Mannn 

44  47 

66  43 

Scituatc  light     .     . 
Plymouth  lights 

42  11 

70  41 

Urand  Manun  N.  head 

44  d3 

66  45 

41   .'39 

70  34 

do.            W.  end 

44  40 

66  65 

Race  point  light      .     . 

42  06 

70  14 

Entrance  of  Machias 

Cape  Cod  light        .     . 
Chatham  liglit        •     . 

42  05 

70  04 

river         .... 

44  44 

67  20 

41   43 

"0  66 

Titmanan  island  (light) 

44  26 

67  39 

Sandy  point 

Shoal  of  Georges   .     . 

41  34 

69  59 

Gouldsboro'  harboiu* 

44  34 

67  52 

41  44 

67  43 

Mount  Desert  rock 

43  S2 

68  OD 

■a 

\.  shoal  of  do.  (6  fa- 

Isle  of  Holt       .     .     . 

44  00 

60  40 

thoms)      .      .     •      . 
E.  shoal  of  do.  (7  fa- 

41 63 

67  43 

Castine        .... 

V\  24 

68  46 

■s 

Martinicus  island    . 

43  «0 

68  55 

s 

thoms)      .... 

41  47 

67  20 

Wooden  Bald  rock 

43  4S 

68  54 

•• 

Nantucket  iight-houic 
8Hncotv  head    . 
Tom-^fevers-llead 

41  23 

70  00 

Manhelgin  island 

43  44 

69  15 

^ 

41  16 

69  58 

Penmaquid  point    . 

43  48 

69  27 

41   14 

69  59 

Bantum  ledge    .     .     . 

43  42 

69  33 

Nantucket  South  shoal 

H  04   - 

69  65 

Kennebeok  river,   en- 

Cape Poge  (Vincyai'd) 

41  25 

70  25 

trance      .     ,     .     ^ 

43  43 

69  47 

Gay  head  light         .     . 

41  21 

70  50 

Scgnine  island  light     . 

43  41 

69  46 

Noman's  land 

41  15 

70  49 

Ca{)e  Small  point    .     . 

43  40 

69  52 

Sow  and  Pigs 

11  24 

71  00 

Caislbfs  ledge,  shualest 

tintrance  to  Buzzard's 

pert 

43  04 

69  11 

bay 

41  28 

71  00 

Alden^s  ledge     .     • 

43  23 

70  09 

, 

■NEWPORT       .     .      . 

41  29 

71.18 

1 

Portland  light-house     . 

13  39 

70  17 

2; 

Rhode  ii^land  light 
Point  Judith  light    .      . 

41  28 

71  23 

Cape  Elizabeth       .     ■ 

43  .M3 

70  15 

-2 ' 

41  24 

71  29 

Wood  island  light 

43  27 

70  22 

•*« 

VYatch  hill  point  light 

41  20 

71  55 

Cape  Porpoise  • 

43  21 

70  26 

a^ 

L  ttle  Gull  light      .      . 

11   14 

72   10 

Well'sJiarbour       .     • 

43  19 

70  33 

li  ock  island      .      .      . 

41  10 

71  37 

Agamentious  hill 

43  16 

70  41 

•t 

New-London  lisht 

U  21 

72  11 

Bald  bead     .... 

43  13 

70  35 

Falkland  island  light    . 

41   16 

72  45 

Cape  Neddock  Nubble 

43  10 

70  36 

J 

New-Haven  entrance 

H   17 

72  5G 

York  river    .... 

13  01 

70  38 

0 

Montock  point  liRht 

41  04 

71  55- 

£ 

York  ledge  .... 

43  06 

70  34 

^ 

NEW-YORK,  CITY     . 

40  42 

74  00 

1 

Boon  island 
ditto        led{;e     .     . 

43  06 
13  04 

70  31 

70  27 

Sandy-hook  light    .      . 
Little  E;r  harljour 

40  28 
39  30 

74  01 
74  22 

1 

Portsmouth  lirjit-house 

43  04 

70  44 

fc 

"^ 

(Jruat  Egg  harbour 

39  18 

74  34 

PORTSMOUTH     .     . 

43  06 

70  46 

^ 

Cupe  May    .... 

38  57 

74  £8 

1 

Isles  of   Shoals    light- 

PHILADELPHIA 

.tJ  57 

75  09 

bcose        .... 

42  56 

70  33 

Light-house  on     Cape 

75  07 

Newburyport  lights  on 

Henlopen 

38  47 

Plumb  island       .     . 

42  48 

70  61 

Chincoteaguc  shoals    . 

37  68 

75  15 

iDSwtch  entrance    .     . 
9Qaa;a  light      .     .     . 

42  43 

70  49 

_^ 

Cape  Charles     . 

37  07 

76  15 

42  4a 

70  41 

». 

Cape  Henry      .     .     . 

36  66 

76  18 

C<Bie   Ann     lights    on 
Thccher's  island 

& 

WASHINGTON  CITY 

38  53 

77  02 

42  40 

70  34 

BALTIMORE        .     . 

39  23 

76  39 

E.  point  of  Cfpe  Ann 

Currituck     .... 

3G  27 

76  06 

harbour    .... 

42  37 

70  39 

CAPE  HATTER  AS  ex- 

Light houses  on  Baker's 

treme  point    .     .     . 

36  14 

75  30 

u}and       .... 

42  34 

70  47 

Deep  water  off  ditto    . 

35  06 

Ocracock  inlet        .     . 

35  05 

75  68 

10  Edit. 


CAPE  L(| 

irniit*  pj 
l)r»l)  VTUl{ 
lOUl  Top^a 
lUciuit'tirt 
\ViltniiiM,t*l 
Sniithvili<( 
,S»'W  liilf 
CAPE  111 

point 
Dtep  wHtj 
Little  rivi 
(icorgetoj 
Ditto 

ICrtpc  Hor 
•  CllAULl 
Itf  ChurU'stol 
N.Eddi^t 
S.  Eddist 
Beaufort 
I  Port  Roy 
Tybeelif; 
. SAVANr 
i  St.  Cntli* 
t'  Sapellol 
IS  Doboybi 
Amelia  ( 
River  St. 
bT.  AUt 
Matanza 
Musqlfo 
entran 
Cape  Ca 
Outer  br 
Las  Tor 
mocks 
Hillsbor 

Raltl  hei 

Grenvili 

Cooper 

Sand  hi 

[New  in 

Middle 

CAPE 

Aliol,  P 

Key  Li 

Old  Ml 

Sombr 

Looe  I 

Sanibc 

Sandl 

S.W. 

Cap 

iTortu 

ban 

ITortu 


,A3? 


)-/.' 


i^ 


L.A.il*t^'*iiii  n  ■     ■rrirfi 


JO  Edit. 


LulHud«9  and  Longitudes. 


170 


75  15 

76  lo 

76  18 

77  02 

76  39 

76  05 

75  30 

76  68 

2 


CAPE  LOOKOUT,  ex 

Ireiiif  point 
l>t'/|)  \»ut«T  off  «1<). 
|OI(l  Tup^ail  inlet 
H«Hiiforl(N.C.)     . 
Wilininiiton 
Smith  villt^     . 
.Sfw  liili't 
CAl'F.  FEAK,  extreme 

point  .      . 

OiepwHterofT  do. 
Little  river 
tjcorijetown 
Ditto  light     .     . 

Ctinf  Romiin 
CHAULESION     .     . 
CliurU>Hton  li|(bt-housc 
iN.  E(l«ii.«to  inlet 
S.  Eddi.tto  inlet        . 
Beaufort  (S.  C.)       . 

Port  Royal  entrance 
Tybee  li^ht  .  . 
SAVANNAH     .      . 

St.  Cntherine's  sound 

.^H|)el  lobar 

Doboy  bar 

Amelia  Sound 

River  St.  John . 

.ST.  AUUUSTINfc 

Matanza  inlet 

IMusqito  or  N.  Smyrna 
entrance 

Cape  Canaveral 

Outer  breakers  off  do. 

Las  Tortolas  or  Hum- 
mccks       .     .     .     . 

Hillsborough  Is.  N.  P. 
-S.  P. 


I. 


Raid  head 

Grenville  inlet 

Cooper's  hill 

Sand  hills 

New  inlet  .     . 

Middle  river 

CAFE  FLORIDA 

Aliol,  N.  P. 

Key  Largo,  N.  E.  P 

Old  Matacunihe 

Sombrero  key 

Looe  key 

Samboes      .... 

Sand  keys  .     . 

S.  W.end  of  shoals  off 

Cape  Florida 
Tortugas    islands    and 

bank,  N.  W.  part 
Tortugasls.  N.  E.  P. 
S.  E.  P. 
S.  W.  P. 


M  37N 
14  it] 
3i  4! 
M  '16 
U  \l 
.'1:5  54 
.JJ  67 


33  48 

33  35 

.»3  5'J 

33  25 

33   13 

33  02 

32  46  • 

32  40 

32  30 

32  28 

32  29 

32  08 

32  00 

S2  03 

31  37 

31  31 

31  21 

30  44 

30  21 

29  61 

29  37 

28  62 
28  18 
28  20 


27  35 
27  31 
27  16 
27  01 

26  47 
26  42 
26  32 
26  17 
"26  07 
26  42 

25  20 

26  07 
24  42 
24  32 
24  28 
24  25 
24  21 


Key  Marquis 
Boca  Grande 
bland  of  Pines 
Keys  of  Bay  Honda 
K«y  Vacas 

KeyAgi     .    .    . 

CAPE  gAB^^E      . 


24  20 

24  34 
24  37 
24  33 
24  25 
24  3U 
24  32 
24  42 
24  44 
34  4t 
24  48 
24  50 


I).  M. 
76  33\V 

76  41 

76  41 

77  59 
7U  01 
T'   65 

77  67 

78  34 

79  00 

78  65 

79  06 
79  43 
79  40 

79  59 

80  07 
80  33 
80  27 

80  47 

81  03 
81  13 
81  18 
81  26 
bl  43 
81  36 
81  28 
81  17 

80  66 
80  33 
80  13 

80  30 
80  19 
80  13 
80  11 

80  02 
80  03 
80  03 
80  06 
80  07 
SO  09 
80  20 
80  32 

80  56 

81  23 
81  37 
81  47 

81  59 

82  31 


<%ipe  Romnno    .     . 

Boca  Grundn     .     . 

r^pirilo  Sunto  Bay,  ent 

Key*  Ancloi«^ 

Si.  Mtu'tin'skeys 

Fri'sln*.  ntrr  keys 

.SI.  Marcos  de  Apalache  30  10 

South  Cupe        .      .      .  29  48 


TaT" 
1).  M. 

26  OON 
36  41 

27  38 

28  II 

28  42 

29  08 


83  02 

82 

45 

82  45 

83  00 

82 

13 

83 

11 

81 

41 

81 

29 

81 

17 

«1 

16 

81 

19 

St.  George's  key,  S.  P, 

Cape  St.  Bins 

Bay  St.  Andros 

Bay  St.  Rosa,  E.  point 

of  St.  Rosa  island 
PENSACOLA 
\V.  end  of  St.  Rosa  Is. 
River  Perdldo    .     . 
Mobile  point     . 
Mobile 

Massacre  island 
I.  del  (>uerpo     . 
Chandelier  Is.  N.  P. 
S.P. 


Key  Breton 

Entrance  of  Mississippi, 
N.E. 
Baliee 
S.  E.  Pass 
South  do. 
S,  W.  do. 


9  30 

29  36 

30  02 

30  21 
30  24 
30  19 
30  18 
30  13 
30  40 
30  12 
30  12 
29  59 
29  30 
9  28 


NEW-ORLEANS 

Long  island 
I.  Tonbalie,  S.  P. 
I.  del  Vino,  W.  end 
Bancos  de  Hostiones, 

S.P.       .     . 
W.  P.      .      . 


29  IS 
29  08 
39  05 
28  57 

28  65 

29  67 
29  16 
28  62 
28  66 


Point  Fierro      .     . 

Deer  Point 

Point  del  Pacaro 

River  Lobos,  entrance 

Salt  water  bay 

Constant  bay     . 

River  Mernientao 

River  Sabine,  entrance  129  40 


28  50 

29  26 
29  14 
29  S6 
29  24 
29  32 
29  26 
29  27 
29  38 


89  09 
89  11 
89  06 
89  II 

89  23 

90  09 
90  14 

90  39 

91  24 

91  44 

9.i  04 

92  07 
92  29 

92  48 

93  04 
93  U 

93  39 

94  II 
94  67 


hlands  in  the  West  Indies. 


TRINIDAD, 
Spanish  town 

—  Icaquc  point 

—  Point  Galiote 

—  Point  Galera 
Tobago,  N.  E.  point 

—  S.W.  point        . 
Grenada,  N.  E.  point 

—  9.  W.  point 
Grenada  bank,  middle 
Barbadoes,  S.  P. 

~  E.  ditto        .      . 

—  Bridgetown 

—  N.  VV.  point 

St  Vincents,  N.  point 

—  S.  ditto        .     . 
St.  Lucia,  S.  point 


I   Lat. 

Id.  m. 

10  39N. 
10  04 
10  09 

10  51 
It  29 
1)  05 

12  19 

11  58 
II  55 

13  01 
13  08 
13  06 
13  18 
13  12 
13  04 
13  30 


Long. 
D.  M. 

61  30\V 
61  66 
60  65 
60  51 
60  17 

60  48 

61  40 

61  6$ 

62  18 
59  36 
69  24 
69  41 
69  44 
61  21 
61  20 
61  00 


480 


Latitudes  and  Longitudct). 


10  Edit. 


w.  r. 


fl(.  T.ticln,  N.  point 

—  UiHinanil  rock    . 

—  I'ort  Rnyul 

—  Mttcuubu  point 
Dotnitiica,  S.  puint 

—  N.  point 
Tlio  iii^aintii  iMlanil    . 
MHriH<(Klant«,  N.  P. 

—  S.   I.ttr.  .      . 
GuHtliiloima,  9 

—  N.VV.  .litto   . 

—  N.  E.  ditto    . 

a.  E.  u  ttu    . 

Deaeada 
Antigua,  £.  P. 

—  VV.  |K)int 
Monserrat,  i'.  P. 

N.  P.       .     . 
Redondo  island^ 
iNevis, 
St  Chrlgt'w  or  St.  Kilts 

—  S.  E.  point    .     .     , 

—  N.VV.  ditto        .     , 
St.  Euitatia  town    .     , 

Saba 

Aves  or  Bird's  Is.  about 
Barbuda,  N.  P.  .      .      . 
St.  Bartliolomew-,  E.  P. 
St  Martins,  E.  P.    . 
AnKuiItt,  S.  W.  point 

—  N.E.  point  .     . 
Priclcly  Pear 

Isle  o!  Dogs,  western 
Sombrero          .     . 
St.  CroiK  or  St.  Cruz, 
E.  P 

—  W.  P 

Anegado,  S.  P.  of  shoal 

—  W.  P 

Virgin  Gorda,  E.  P.  . 
Tortola.E.  P.    .     .     . 

—  W.  P.  ... 
St.  Johns,  >  .  . 
St.  Thomas,  .  .  . 
Bird  Key  .  .  .  . 
Serpent  island,  E.  part 

—  Crab  island,  E.  part 


D.  M. 

13  a6N 

14  U 

li  U 

14  36 

14  A6 

I.*)  14 

15  A9 

lA  AS 

16  04 

ir,  A3 

36  bd 

IH  30 

16  30 

16  11 

16  2' 

"»  or. 

8 


Cape  St.  John  orN.  E. 
PORTO  RICO  .  . 
Point  Broquen  or  N.  W 
Point  St.  Francisco 
Cape  Roxo  or  S.  W.  P'. 
Lo3  Morillos  .  .  . 
Point  Coamo  .  . 
C.  Mala  Pasqua  or  S. 
E.  P 


Muertos  island 
La  Moon  I.        .     . 
Monito  I.     ■     •     . 
Zacheo  or  Deiecheo  I. 

Cape  Engano     .     . 
Saona  I.  E.  part 


•  V4 
I      'O 

16  A6 

17  09 

17  IS 
17  24 
17  29 
17  40 
lA  40 
17  44 

17  54 

18  04 
18  12 
18  18 
18  30 
18  19 
18  38 

17  43 

17  42 

18  36 
18  46 
18  30 
18  28 
18  23 
18  32 
18  22 
18  15 
18  19 
18  10 

18  24 
18  29 
18  31 
18  22 

17  58 

18  00 
17  65 

17  69 

17  62 
IR  06 

18  09 
18  34 

18  35 
13  13 


ToiiJ 

1^  M 
60  56W 

60  AC 

61  06 
61  09 
61  28 
61  8U 
61  30 
61  37 
61  14 
61  lA 
61  48 
6(  5<i 
61  .12 
61  *5 
SI  08 

61  44 
12  00 

:  17 

b-;  :7 

6v  ' 

62  A\i 

62  38 

62  51 

63  02 
6.1  16 
63  40 

61  60 

62  40 

63  01 
63  08 

62  52 

63  15 
63  20 

63  30 

64  34 
64  54 
64  09 
64  23 
64  18 
64  31 
64  42 
64  42 
64  55 

64  50 

65  17 
65  15 

65  36 

66  05 

67  07 
67  13 
67  09 
67  16 
66  27 

65  47 

66  30 

67  50 
67  63 

67  26 

68  20 
68  31 


P3 


I 


St.  Cathrrlne's  I.     . 
St.  Uoiniii;io 
La  Cuiulinu 
Ca|)e  B«^Hta 
Altavela  rock  ofTdo. 
Cape  Jacquoniet 
Nlund  Baca        .     . 
Point  Gruvois 
Cu|)e  TibtTon  • 

NavHBu  iftlnnd 
I'lipe  Donna  Maria 
Jcrciiiy 
CayiMito 

Putit  liuave       .      . 
Lcogane 

PORl-AU-PRINCE 
I.  Gonuve,  S.  E.  P. 
.  N.  VV.  P.      .      . 
.St.  Mark       .      .     . 
St.  Nicola  Mole 
Tortudas,  VV.  P.      . 

—  E.  P.        ... 
CAPE  FRANCOIS 
Port  Dauphin 
Shoal  off  tVl.  Chri^tiR 
Monte  Christie 
Point  Isabella 
Old  Cupe  Francois 
Cape  tsitmann 
Cape  Raphael 

Morant,  E.  P. 
KINGSTON 
Port  Royal         .      . 
Portland  point 
Pedro  bluffs       .     . 
Black  river 
Savannah-la-Mar 
Cape  IVegril,  S.  point 

—  N.  point 
Montego  buy 
Martha  Brae 
St.  Ann's  .     . 
Galma  point 
Arnatta  bay 
N.  E.  point 

Morant    Keys    or    Las 

Ranas 
Pedi'o  shoals 

—  Portland  R.  N.  E.  P. 

—  Rattlesnake,  N.VV.P. 

—  south  part  .     . 
Formigas  shoal,  N.E.  P. 

S.W.P.  .  .  . 
Little  Cayman,  S.  W.  P. 
Caymanbrack,  E.  P.  . 
Grand  Cayman,  S.W.P. 
-E.P.  .     .     . 

Swan  islands  .     . 

New  shoal         .     .     . 
Navaca  .     . 

Cape  Mayze  .     . 

C.  jBueno  or  Guanos    . 


■nr- 

D.  M. 

Itt  lUN 
18  38 
IH  08 
17  43 

17  28 
IB  13 

18  04 
18  00 
18  SO 
18  24 
18  38 
18  38 
18  39 
IH  25 
18  29 
18  33 
18  42 

18  56 

19  04 

19  49 

20  06 
10  02 
19  45 

19  42 

20  02 
19  64 
19  58 
19  40 
19  16 
19  03 

17  68* 

18  01 
17  59 
17  42 

17  60 

18  01 
18  13 
18  14 
18  24 
18  31 
IS  31 
18  31 
18  29 
13  21 
18  13 


17  25 

17  00 

17  05 

16  43 

18  34 

18  28 

19  36 
19  43 
19  18 

19  18 

17  SI 
15  66 

18  24 

20  14 
SO  06 


Totnt. 
U.  M. 

(lU  auvv 

69  51 

70  II 

71  20 

71  21 

72  .15 

73  311 

73  A.'i 

74  VJ 

75  03 
74  27 
74  07 
73  4.1 
72  54 
72  3H 
72  ill 

72  47 
7.1  18 
7a  45 

73  25 
72  54 
72  35 
72  13 
71  55 
71  40 


71 
71 


13 

10 


69  A  J 
69  07 
68  53 

76  09 
76  51 

76  .W 

77  14 

77  65 
73  01 

78  23 
78  .17 
73  .15 
78  09 
77  49 
77  22 
76  69 
76  51 
76  20 


76  00 

77  13 

79  13 

78  20 
76  42 
75  61 

80  05 

79  32 

81  05 

80  37 
84  04 
79  08 
75  03 

74  04 
74  12 


10  Edit. 


1).  M. 

N 

()U  AUW 

6!l  Al 

70  II 

71   '20 

71  21 

72  35 

73  ;iit 

7;i  65 

74  :^'J 

75  03 

74  27 

74  07 

73  4.J 

72  54 

71 
71 
71 
71 


69  Ai 

69  07 

6S  53 

76 

09 

76 

51 

76 

55 

77 

14 

77 

55 

73  01 

78 

23 

78 

;i7 

73 

35 

78  09 

77 

49 

77  22 

76  69 

76 

51 

76 

20 

76  00 

77  13 

79  13 

78  26 
75  42 

73  51 

80  05 

79  32 

81  05 

80  37 
84  04 
79  08 
75  03 

74  04 

74  12 


10  Edit. 


Latitudes  and  Longitudes. 


481 


I.at. 

l.oilK. 

^ 

1       I.Hl 

l;"l  1 

D.  M. 

1).  M. 

l>.  M. 

i't.  )>nl.    (!iimberlaiid 

Sllvffrkey.S.E.emi     . 

20  laN 

69  29W| 

liai'lidiir 

19  ft4N. 

75  IIW 

-N.  K.do.            .      . 

10  32 

69  S7 

S(  .1  A<iO  DK  CUBA 

--  \V.  do.            .      .      . 

20  39 

69  59 

eiiti'iiiioti 

19  57 

76  05 

Siiiiaiv  llandkeirhief, 

Turquiii  M  pt'uk 

19  54 

76  M 

N.  K.  P.            .      . 

21  20 

70  tS 

f"P<)  CriiK         .      . 

19   t7 

77  42 

-  S.  K.  P          ... 

20  56 

70  28 

Hitr.ii  i\v\  (•<«te             . 

Hi  \'.t 

79  03 

—  a.  W.  P.               .      . 

20  .'.3 

70  56 

Koy  iirt'loii        .      . 

i[  06 

79  5.i 

Turk's  itiniid.  lirund  T. 

21   .iO 

71  03 

j  Triiiiiliiil  river 

CI  44 

80  05 

—  Halt  key         ,     .      . 

21   20 

70  S8 

.J  Uay  XH>;ria          .      . 

21  n:l 

IK)  411 

—  Saiul  key 

21    12 

71    10 

Stone  keyt          .      . 
3^  Lof,  .fiirdliieH      .      . 

n  n 

81    n 

—  Kndyiiiion's  rocks 
(irf^it  L uy cos,  S.  part 

21  07 

71   15 

il   37 

III  .11 

21  31 

71  27 

•^  H.  K.  point  of  tiio  liank 

21   24 

III    Hi 

—  N.  K.  P.  or  shoul  St. 

5  Kl  .Iftnlinillo            .      . 

11  24 

«l   .00 

Philip 

21  45 

71  22 

^  KcyiJniilincH 
S  1.  Pines,  S.  W.  P. 

'.!l   21 

H2  04 

VI 

—  N.W.part          .      . 

21  51 

71  47 

21   22 

«2  55 

North  Caycos,  middle 

21  66 

71  57 

^  Iniliiiii  keys 

21  29 

!!2  56 

^ 

Hooby  rocks  off  do 

21  58 

71  57 

Keys  St.  riiilii)        .      . 

21   4li 

U.I  06 

:j 

Providence  Ciiycos,  N. 

Point  Hie.liMs           .      , 

21   4H 

1)3    1.2 

W.  P.                .      . 

'21   .',2 

72  21 

Ciipe  C'orientR» 

il   43 

84  23 

I.itlle  C  ycos  S.  \V.  P. 

21  .16 

72  27 

fiipe  St.  Aiiianio 

21  51 

8t  57 

Key  Francis       .      , 

31  31 

7t  07 

Hanrlio  rclio  .-.iKtal 

22  04 

ua  2a 

Siind  key            .      . 

il   18 

7S  OS 

Shoitl    tJiscoveretl    in 

South  keys  sliunl 

21  01 

7     V3 

1797          .      ,      .      . 

22  06 

85  02 

(■reat  Iiihxuh  or  Heuea> 

Ra,  rf.  K.P.     .      . 

Loi  Colornilos,  S.  VV.  1' 

22   19 

Hi  4» 

21    • 

7"  ul 

^  -  N.  K.  P.         .      .      . 

22  5H 

83  08 

—  S.  E.  P.         ... 

21  OU 

7.1  06 

*§  Point  JuHii  and  Jaiiiiitu 

22  22 

84  21 

—  S.  W.  P. 

2U  34 

73  41 

'O  tliil  (iniijilior. 

22  48 

83  21 

-  N.  VV.  P.             .      . 

21  Ofi 

73  41 

•^  Buy  lloi'idti        .      .     . 

22  54 

83  05 

Little  Heneaj'a,  E.  P. 

21   28 

72  54 

<u  Port  Cahamis     .      .      . 
5  .MAIUKL           .      .      . 

22  58 

82  52 

—  W.  P.             ... 

'"   28 

73  07 

23  01 

82  45 

Mo^sties  or  Corrolacs 

39 

74  00 

<  River  Hnnco 

23  04 

82  38 

Hank            .... 

21  57 

72  6fl 

i  HWANNAM.theMoro 

23  09 

82  19 

<2 

Maya^nana,  E.  reef 
—  N.do.            .      .      . 

22   17 

72  39 

>r.  Point  Escondido 

23  0« 

81   47 

^ 

22  30 

73  06 

Point  Guanas 

23  09 

81    10 

^ 

—  S.  W.  point         .      . 

22  20 

73  11 

Pan  of  MatanzuA 

23  02 

81   42 

■^ 

French  keys  or  I.  Pla- 

MATANZAS           .      . 

23  02 

81   36 

S: 

iias            .... 

22  40 

7.3  34 

Point  Vcaco.s           ,      . 

23  08 

(11  09 

a, 

iVliruporvoskeys 

22  07 

74  32 

Stone  key  off  do. 

23  12 

81  09 

Castle  island  or  South 

Key  Cniz  del  Padre 

23   14 

80  55 

key           .... 

22  08 

74  20 

Las  CHl>ezHS            .      . 

23   Ifi 

00  43 

Fortune  island,  VV.  P. 

22  30 

^4  20 

Nicolas  shoal           .      . 

23   10 

80   13 

North  key.  Bird  1. 

22  50 

74  22 

Key  Clarcnero 

22  51 

79  49 

Crooked  island,  VV.  P. 

22  48 

74  18 

Key  Francis 

22  40 

79  17 

-E.  P.              .      .      . 

2:2  38 

73  60 

Key  William  (nurthern- 

Atwood's  keys  or  I.  Sa- 

niosl) 

22  .36 

78  34 

mann,  K.  P.     . 

23  05 

73  36 

St.Juuit 

22   14 

78  5S 

—  W.  P.             .      .      . 

S3  03 

73  49 

Key  Coco,  S.  side  Ba- 

Rum key 

23  3i 

74  57 

hama  clinnnel 

22  29 

78   17 

« 

Watland's  I.  N.  E.  p. 

24  06 

74  26 

Key  Point  Paredon  do. 

"il  30 

79  05 

—  S.  VV.  P.        .            . 

23  37 

74  37 

The  Barrel         .      .      . 

22  25 

77  56 

t'onceptioii  or  Little  1. 

23  52 

75  16 

Cayo  Confitcs         .      . 

22   11 

77  40 

St.  Salvador,  ortiu;uia- 

Cayo  or  Key  Verde 

22  05 

77  37 

hiui,  S.  P.         .      , 

?.■}  57 

76  32 

GuHjuva 

21  54 

77  25 

—  N.  p.              ... 

24  33 

75  49 

Point  Maternillos     .      . 

21  40 

76  69 

Little  St.Salva»lor,  jN'.P. 

U  32 

76  12 

Point  de  Mangle     .      . 

21    13 

76  14 

k^leuthra  or  Hctera  1. 

Point  de  Mulas 

21  07 

75  34 

Point  Puluieto 

25  12 

76  10 

Tanamo 

20  43 

75  13 

James  point 

25  t4 

76  25 

Key  Moa           .      .      . 

20  44 

7i  49 

rjarbour  island 

25  31 

76  40 

Poijit  Gnarico          .     . 

20  40 

74  41 

Egg  island  reef 

23  32 

.76  58 

Bttracoa 

20  22 

74  23 

!Jool»y  rock* 

S3  11 

77  03 

.NEW-PHOVIDE.NCE 

Nativity  bank,   or  E. 

light                 .      .      .  25  05 

77  22 

reef         .     .     .     . 

20  08 

68  41 

Berry  islands.  Frozen 

Superb  shoal           .     . 

20  58 

68  59 

key                 ...  25  22 

T7  41 

^ 


482 


Luttti](1c8  and  Loiigitiides. 


(0  Ea;t. 


LMt.          |,u„.-,    1 

-TIT- 

l.i.m. 

D.  M      1).  M.  1 

D.  M. 

I>.  M. 

B«rry  l^lamN, 

1 

(nlclM  to  Lagnnn  Madre 

26  02  N 

97  41VN 

^  Sliiruiw  key,  K.  F. 

U  4fl> 

711  ftVW 

t 

Hur  I'll  la  Miiiini-i  rn- 

Mtlle  Uiuir  («Mirrii) 

la  .'»7 

711   t4 

H 

(ninti'iitir  HLAniiir 

23  46 

91  58 

Ortmt  Idhhi' 

If)  01 

7!*  Ot 

Hur  di'l  Inritii 

i2  62 

97  hi 

Briuinl  !•■  N.  W.  pxH 

2rt  n 

T.>  in 

1 

\louni  ('oninniiKliinlu 

n  48 

>n  ftii 

1 

<  tti  ki  y,iiil(lttl(> 

i!>  •^A 

7v  o;i 

tlur  de  la  Trinidad 

22  39 

y7  67 

KidiiiK  rurkM,  H.  P. 

'.V»  ii 

7!)  04 

,8 

llrtr  t-'ienn          .     . 

22  34 

97  58 

aj 

Ui-tttiKc  k*-y*y  nurlh 

'iX  b'A 

VJ  06 

Kivrr  Tumpico       .     . 

21   16 

•<U  02 

s 

-  Milltll 

'.'1  ;»;< 

TJ  06 

*^ 

I'oinI  ill*  XiMTi 

21  66 

97  4ft 

Ciiiif^cr  key         .     . 

■a  H 

7H  01 

Ciipe  Itojo               I 

.!!  4!) 

97  .16 

"irf 

K  y  J.Mbos 

a  m  • 

77  33 

< 

rHiniui<ini  city 

31    16 

97  45 

a; 

LiiM  MiiriiruM 

tz  h) 

77  II 

KlviT  liiMMin,  ent. 
I'olnl  I'it-ilriu          .     . 

21  01 

97  30 

•*. 

>«.Mii|i  <il;;i> .)(' tho  bttok 

r2  od 

76  22 

CO  60 

97  21 

K<7  tit.  l)itiiiiiii,o 

n  4ft 

7ft  45 

Kivrr  t'iixonns 

20  H 

97   16 

O 

Ht.  Vlnr.«iit»  Rhoal 

'i\  bii 

75  19 

Ti'ne»tf(|ni'|)« 

20  40 

97   12 

Kt'.y  VwnJo 

22  01 

75  05 

liiicii  de  Lima         .      . 

«0  37 

97  t)7 

Key  Sal              .      .      . 

ri  12 

7.')  41 

Hiver  ri»(V<''"t'»>'"'" 

20  .10 

97  01 

Lung  ixliind,  y.  P. 

Ti  4!» 

74  46 

Mount  (iordo 

20  22 

96  67 

—  N.  P.             ... 

'2:\  30 

75   19 

Itiver  Niuiln,  enlrnncu 

20  16 

96  60 

KxuaiH,  N.  W.  P. 

2.'«  3(i 

75  61 

Kiver  I'alniH,  mtinnce 

JO  10 

96  45 

LvHward  M»i'Kiiixi.*tli»i(i 
HOLE  IN  THF,  WALL 

23  60 

76  02 

I'oint  I'iedrn.s 

20  00 

96  36 

in  b\ 

77  10 

River  de  Snnta  Urn 

19  55 

96  30 

N.  E.  point  of  Ab«co 

26  17 

76  69 

Point  Drl|;HdH 

19  62 

!»6  26 

LlnyHni's  key,  N.  f.     . 

20  23 

76  67 

Point  M.  Andri'tt    . 

19  43 

96  21 

Kibow  key,  E.  P. 
Man  of  War  key,  N. 

26  jy 

76  63 

Point  de  Brrniit       .      . 

19  40 

96  21 

1 

Rivrrbt.Jolin  Antel 

19  32 

96  20 

W.  P 

26  37 

77  01 

Xalapa 

19  3t 

96  60 

ee, 

Great  Guana  key 

26  43 

77  08 

Peak  de  Orlvabo     .      . 

19  03 

97  09 

■ 

Memory  rocit          .     • 

26  A8 

79  08 

Point  de  Sum  lola 

19  30 

96  16 

1 

Sand  key,  N.  P. 

26  A4 

79  08 

River  St.  Car  os 

19  26 

96  16 

•§ 

Wood  kttv,  middle 
Great  Bahama  Island, 

26  46 

79  or 

Kivor  Antigua        .     . 

19  20 

96,14 

0Q 

I'oint  Gorda             .     . 

19   15 

9C  04 

:« 

W.  P.          ... 

26  38 

79  01 

VKRA  CUIIZ          .     . 

19  11 

96  04 

•5 

—  S.  P.           ... 

26  20 

78  36 

8 

St.  John  de  Ulloa 

19  15 

95  68 

»^ 

—  E.P.             ... 

26  11) 

78  10 

C 

Xamapa 

19  04 

96  06 

^ 

Uiver  MedelHn,  enl.     . 

19  06 

96  69 

Dogkcyii,  N.P.       .      . 

■24  CI 

79  46 

Point  Auton  Lis.^rdo 

19  04 

95  *•''> 

1 

Water  key         .      .     . 

23  58 

79  57 

Bar  de  Alvarado 

18  4^ 

95  3)1 

Donble-beaded   Shot 

■g 

riacotalpun 

10  35 

96  29 

keys,  westernmost 

23  62 

CO  14 

;t 

Vi^la             .      .      .      . 

18  38 

96  18 

1 

Salt  key             ... 

23  39 

80  08 

^ 

Point  Roca  Pnrtid.i 

18  40 

94  69 

Anguila,  E.  P. 

23  27 

79  14 

Point  Moriilos         .     . 

18  41 

94  61 

A: 

Tnxtin          .      .      .     . 

lii  lU 

95  05 

^ 

Bermuda, 

•1 

Point  Zapolitan      .      . 

10  34 

91  41 

—  GsorKCtown 

32  22 

64  33 

J 

Point  Xicacal 

18  27 

94  37 

—  Wreck  hill,  western- 

2 

Point  St,  John 

18  19 

94  29 

most  land 

32  15 

64  60 

1 

Han-illa               .      .      . 

18  07 

94  27 

Best  latitude  to  run  for 

Bar  GuaiiJironlios 

|8  08 

94  12 

Bermuda        .      .        32  08    1 

Klvcr  Toncladu 

|«  00 

'3  66 

Kiver  St.  Ann          .      . 
HiverCupilco          .     . 

18  08 
18   13 

93  41 

Eaal  Coatt  of  Jin^rica  from  liiver  tialnni 
to  Capf-  Horn. 

93  08 

Doft  Boriis 

18   13 

92  45 

RiverCliiltepcijiie 
HiverTabasiM) 

18   14 

18  22 

92  39 

Lat. 

Long. 

92  07 

'  '  }'• 

D.  M. 

V.  M. 

River  St.Peter  and  Paul 

18  27 

91  64 

1  Point  ent.  river  SaWne 

29  40N. 

94  67 \V 

Point  Jicalango       .     . 

18  44 

91  29 

'Poirtt  Culebrao  (E.  part 

Island  C'uirnen 

18  46 

91   14 

'  # 

L  St.  Louis)         .      . 

29  10 

96  05 

Point  Eseoudido 

18  60 

90  h\ 

e 

Point  St.  Franci«cof  en- 

River Chen 

19  20 

90  36 

trance  of  Bay  St.Ber- 

Point  Morros 

19  40 

90  39 

1 

nard         . ,   .     . 

28  .58. 

96  66 

CAMPECHE          .     . 

19  60 

90  30 
90  29 

a? 

Horse  Inlet       •     • 

2«  08 

97  3d 

Point  Desconocida 

20  65 

"S* 

Point  of  the  cdasi 

26  46 

97  36 

Pols*  Gordo            .     . 

21  06 

90  19 

cj 

BwdeSt.Jago        .     . 

26  05 

■97  91 

Point  Piedras          .     . 

21  09 

90  IS 

^ 

River  Briho,  eMtcapce 

25  5.0 

97  £6 

kil                .     .      .      . 
St.  Clara            .     .     . 

21  20 

89  19 

^iv«rSi.Fcrnando,ent.25  22    j 

97  32 

21  22 

88  4b 

10  Edit. 


Latituilee  ami  Loiigiiudes. 


483 


■T:r 

U.  M. 

'il  WN 
au 

M 
Mi 


I)  M. 
U  i9N 
1.1  6<J 
1.1  .19 
IJ  57 
P  «7 
14  'l<* 

u  li 

1.1  01 
13  04 
1%   19 


I 


Biiciii  d«  Slliin 
Ul  Cuyo 

llltlIKi  JolVfti,   N    I'. 

liUiKMNintoy,  N.  f>. 
LiK  Arttni  iilaiuii 
Uniik  iM»\Hi 
Triniiglf!!  uUniU 
N^'Mr  vliiMil 
HhJo  iNniiva  I. 
Iitlmiii  Ai'f>iiu.<i 
I.  tii^riiirja,   or   N.   W 

iliMni 
Biijo  Sisnl  . 

Aliicraii 
M-  purt  of  bttiik  oir  tlii.< 

N.  K.  do.  .      .      . 

f  til'  .Muuereii  ur  Wo- 

niHiiS  1.        .     . 
I.  Cunkiin,  S.  P. 
N  iMV  rival- 
Itivi'i'  Huralpi 
tiny  Asr.iiiision,  aiit. 
Inliinii  <;oAiitii*!l,  CN.  P> 

—  S.  E  P. 

Itio  tiondo,«ntrani:o 
I.  t'bero,  N.  1'. 

—  3.  P.  .      .     . 
I.  St.  Cruz 

K«y  Juicot 

North  ri'tfC  .      . 

t'liief  Channel         .      . 
VVulliV  riv»'r,  enfrunre 
KlCliluchorn.  [.  N.  P. 

—  H.P.  ofshoHl 
MisteriUHo  I.  .     . 
Viciosol.           .     .      . 
^Hntanilin  or  .Swiui  f. 
SouCh  keys,  N.  P. 

—  Hat  keyg,  S.  P. 

f  '^n^eritre  or  Glover's 

reef,  S.  P.  ,      . 

SnpotiUas  keys,  S.K.  P. 

Rattan  I.  E.  P.        ,      . 

—  VV.  P.  .     . 
Guanaja  or  Boniiacca  I. 
Point  IVIanaLiiquo 
Omoa            .     ,     .     , 
Point  Sal            .     . 
Triunfo  de  la  Crn?. 
Utlllal.  N.P. 
Truxillo 

Cape  Oelegado  or  Hon 

duras 
Cu[)e  Cainaron 
Cape  False 
Cape  Gracio.<i  a  Dios 
Caxones,  \V.  P.       .      , 

—  S.  E.  P.         .      .      , 
Cayman  op  ViTorlllu 
Key  ,)ohn  Thomas 
Ala^rte  Alla.JN.W.  P, 

—  3.  E.  P.         ... 
Sermuila  .     . 
Sernifta  or  Pearl  I.  N.P. 
~S.P.            .     .     . 


'iO  .12 

a  M 

ii  07 


.16 
Jl7 


Ui  4:) 

21  IH 
10  4'i 
to  tti 
iO  O.") 


2(i 
II 


19  at 

19  04 

19  2U 


10 
IM 


80 
14 


lii  Ot 
17  M 


fl2 
M 
19 


10  ay 

18  00 


il 

.10 
00 


16  00 
IC  02 
15   14 

14  67 
Ifi  02 

15  41 
Id  46 

13  23 
15  21 

15  05 

16  05 

14  46 
14  33 


l.orlu. 
U.  M. 

U7  43 
U7  II 
8li  51 
91  01 
9J  05 
9«  07 
91  50 
91  4H 
91    "iG 

91   SI 

■JO  Ot 
U9  '2H 


16  21 

87  41 

16  00 

88  12 

16  24 

86  20 

16  13 

86  57 

16  .12 

86  07 

16  .19 

88  20 

13  37 

87  67 

15  47 

87  29 

\r>  41 

87  17 

16  00 

87  02 

15  53 

86  06 

HO  43 
U6  37 

M6  42 
H(i  5H 
117    15 

87  .14 

au  01 

IKi  .".4 
Hl\  32 

88  17 
88  03 
07  5.1 
U7  5'i 
87  52 
87  50 

87  .W 

88  19 
«7  II 
ll7  06 
8.>  25 
84  44 
84  04 
07  12 
87  00 


86  II 
85  10 
8.1  05 
84  46 
83  II 

82  27 

83  26 

81  49 

82  05 
81  54 
80  09 
79  47 
79  61 


3  (iuMna  r««ri)N.  P. 

M   I' 

KuiH:ii<lor  .      . 

.Mu*ki>ti<i*r» 

Provid«<nc(>  I.  N.  P. 

Mu«inilu  k«<yii,  IN.  P. 

N«'d  riioniH!)' kityii,  .S.P 

Hrncmnn '»  hlulT 

iViNn  III' Warkf>yii 

Little  Corn  inland 

(treat  Corn  inland 

liluelleld*,  enlraiicfl 
•  I.  St.  Aiiilrew,  mid. 
I  E   H.  E  kityi 
I  is.  \V.ki«yor  Alhur 
qiitinjutt 

Paxoro  Hovo 

•St.  John'i|H>inl 

Port  IJoco  Toro 

I.  EhiikIo,  N.  p.      . 

KiviT  Chanre,  cn|r«nf 

POKl'O  HKI.LO 

Eandlon  1.  .N.  P. 

Point  MunKunillo 

Point  St  UIm!« 

Point  i;ont'*M)tjon 

Isle  ol  PintM 

Cape  TiliiiiDn 

Kiver  Sniiiipiilla,  ent. 

Point  Carulmna 

Point  Arltoletos 

Inland  Fiicile 

I.  St.  Bornai-d.N.  U.  I 

CAKTIIAOENA 

•  Jalerado  Samlm 

West  ttntraiice  ol°  rive 

MaEdut(!n 
St.  Martha 
Cnp«  Apiija 
Bank  Navioque  hrado 
Hacha 
Cape  la  Vala 
Point  Gnllinas 
MoHges  islandi,  N.  P. 
CajHj  Chichibacoa 
Point  Kspada 
•St.  Carlos  ,      . 

MAIIACAYBO 

Ctiro  ... 

Point  Cardon 

Point  .Miicnila 

Cape  St.  Roman     . 

Island  Ornba,  N,  W.  P. 

—  H.  E.  P. 

Point  Arlcula  .   , 

Point  Savannos 

Point  Soldado 

Key  Borrocho 

Tuvacas 

PORTO  CABELLO 

Valencia 

Point  St.  John  Andres 

Poim  Orlcaro 

Point  Trinchera 

LA  GUIRA        .     . 

CARACCAS 


10 


12  .1.» 
\i  ti 

13  06 
II  20 
10  41 

9  29 
9  14 
9  iO 
9  33 
9  40 
9  33 
9  .11 
9   19 


8  5.j 
8  40 

7  57 

8  37 


49 
20 


9  48 
10  25 
10  48 


OJ 
15 
21 
36 
31 
II 
27 
31 
17 


IS  05 
11  03 

10  43 

11  24 


11 
12 
12 
12 
12 
II 
II 
11 


35 
06 
12 
38 
25 
67 
33 
14 


10  57 
10  51 
10  29 
10  18 


10 
10 


SO 


10  38 
J0  3t 
to  M 


l> 


•a 

so  44W 

79  Ifi 

79  4« 

HO  39 
H2  19 
H2  SI 
««  ftO 
«t  39 
82  06 
82  II 
82  fti 
HI  00 
UO  41 

ni  08 

82  48 

82  54 

82  0.1 

80  .'>7 

80  03 
79  35 
79  .13 
79  20 
78  40 
77  53 

71  39 
77  29 
76  54 
76  57 
76  32 
76  13 
75  60 
75  29 
75  20 

74  56 
74  U 
74  12 
73  II 

72  56 
72  14 
71  41 

70  69 

71  17 
71  08 
71  12 
71  17 

69  46 

70  20 
70  19 
70  07 
70  09 
69  68 
69  63 
69  10 

68  9ft 
61  19 
68^17 

6fi  hi 

69  09 
67  4t 

B7  I^ 
67lO)| 
66  69 
66  57 


UM 


LalUutlc'H  and  Loiigiiiulcw. 


loKdit. 


I 


or 


Willi* 


l> 

10 
10 

II 
\i 
II 
It: 

I 


CViilrnela  I 

ro«k  , 

<'m|m  Cutlcrn 

CuilCtHll,    H,f, 

-  M,  K,  I*. 
I.l(|ki  f* iimco 
Uu«niiyr«,  N.  I*. 

—  H.  P. 
Hinii  ur  AvM  I.  WPtltnii  1 1 

—  rHaleni  .  { 1 1 
Boru,  VV.!*.             .      .11 

K.  P.  .      .         II 

OrrhllUI.  .      .      .11 

mniiclin  I.  ,      .      .Ill 

IoHukhI.  .1(1 

Hfvtii  BiuMipm,  mill.      1 1 
MurinrUn,  W.  P.  II 

-  l"  P.  .11 
I.  CiiOiiun  (If  Priirl  I.  10 
IVIiiPn  I.  ...  II 
I.  Huht  .  .  II 
leiitliut  I.  .  .  .11 
RIvvr  ()ri|iiilit,  ciilrHtife  10 
New  Bat-rcioim  .  .  lu 
\.  Uorrufhu  .  .10 
Hniile  F«t  .  .  .  tU 
CumaiiH  ...  10 
Amyu  ....  10 
Murro  Clioropnln  .  10 
Eicundliio    or   lliililcii 

|>ort  .      .      .10 

Cupo  !VlHUpH«<|iin  .  10 
€np«  ThiTc  poinl*  .  10 
Paint  (iakm  .      .  lu 

Point  Pt!iiH  or  Huliim  lo 
nrHj^onfl  iiioiilli  .  lu 

River  (iiuriipiclic,  nit.  10 
Point  Mon-o  .    y 

Oronoco  river  .    8 

Cupe  Barmn  .      .    t< 

r.NXGquebu  riv#>r  7 

DKMERARA  RIVKU, 

entrance 
—  Corobana  point 
River  Berbice,  eiitrancr 
SURINAM  river,  ent. 
Puramaribo 
R.  Merourl,  cuu-ance 
CAYENNE  .     . 

Oyapock  river,  St.Louls 
Cape  Orang-e  .      . 

R.  Cassipoiir,  eritrante 
(;apc  North 
Moutli  of  rSv«r  AinaKun 
Cape  MMOflasr       •      • 

rartf.  "  • 

flKv  fKwmnno       .     . 
CaUelii«Hi*«»r         .     . 
Cap«fikirri|)i 
Shoal        . 


.11). 
M. 

aON 

;»•» 

n 

W 

n 

0? 

m 

AM 
LA 
Al 
•I't 
tti 
1)1 
|i. 

00 

■I'J 
\\ 

:\ 

m 
m 

20 

it> 

27 
44 


41 

42 
46 
4.'» 
4i 
41 
12 
64 

00 


6 

6 
ft 

b 
4 
.*) 
4 
3 
1 
0 
0 
'0 
I 
0 
0 
0 
?0 
f 
I 
I 
I 
% 


I».  M. 

All  Of.U 
Oii  0.1 
fi'J  l.» 
4ii 
41 


•;ii 

m 


4« 

20 
SB 
49 
fiO 
.Mi 
61 
Vi 
64 
48 
16 
178 

sa 

28 
31 
47 
4« 
52 
17 
09 
SO 

m 

07 


till  'i(i 
(itt  in 

(17  4.' 
fi7  J!! 
<i(i  .'')i< 

m  M 

f'»l»  0.> 
«i»  4(1 

(..^  I 'J 

«1  J7 
(14  ;>ii 

»i.l  60 
ClI  411 

»i.t  :)ii 
li.i  o;) 
ti6  :vx 
i;  1 4ii 
ri4  411 

64  31 

61  I.) 
64  20 
6.'»  b-\ 

g:»  n 

63  04 

62  44 
6'2  .13 
61  63 
61  411 
6i  4:J 
01  611 
(JO  26 
60  04 
<Ui  *20 


67  68 
67  11 
53  fft 
ft.5  13 
5.1  62 
62  15 
51  40 
51  20 
51  10 
50  10 
4.0  00 
47  66 
47  28 
47  68 
47  10 
46  33 
45  28 

43  40 

44  kl 
43  llf 
43  54 
4»«f 
4^60 


rt.  Mnfro* 


Vii.  lie   VInrnntm 
>i.  I.iila  ill'  MHriuiYi'tni 
('(»roii  (iiHiiil,  M,  v.,  P. 
1.  Ml   Anna 
Klnilo«l,niM  0('«<<riMi<i''* 
M   «lf  llii>  l'prj(ui<-NH 
Ii|'iniiiiit«iil,   Pnrtiliiiitia 
.Icrti'oHrctHrii 
<'orH»  lie  <  (»i  ti'ii 
Moiinf  iMt*|pm'in«  point 
"Hruni  .... 

Hay  Ikmmp#< 

.'*I.I'hmI'i  .  . 

Riir«'a» 

l-'rriiiniiMil  .Noroniiik 
HI    lioiriiito 

Point  Oanifl  .      . 

HaioM  <!<•  .Siiliiio 
il'oijil  I'iriliiM 
l<,'Hp«  M.  Koi|Ufi 
Kivnr  Famliilm,  ant. 
{I.  raniHricH 
iPfk'nNfllHinro 
tapw  .H'l.  AiiK'i^tiiin 
Klo  M    l-'noirini-o 
hT.'jAI.VADOU  (Capt 
St.  Antonio) 

I.  (laN  lllio:! 

I'orto  Hi'nuro 

Altroliios  iHlumts 

F.«piiitu  .Santo 

t-ape  St.  'riiomnft 

!^t.  Ann'-s  iHlaiiilK 

.lohn'il*.  St  Ann'HBay 

Aiiclior  iittami 

CAPK  VMXii 

.VIonk'ti  ii«)untls 

Point  Ne^ra 

Maurice  islaml-i 

KaKor  I.  oflT  R.  Janeiro 

Point  St.  CruB 

RIU  JANEIRO  harbour 

Sugar  f.oaf 

Rivn-(>uHralibii 

Poiui  MHraniiaya 

r,Oni»«l<',  S.  P. 

Foiiit  JoaiitingH 

E.  Si.  Si'bHktian,  N.  P. 

-  S.  P. 

Mount  Trigo 

St.  Ctttli(rrine',s  island 

I'orto  St.  Pedro 

Cape  St.  Mary 

I.  Lobos 

Maldonado  harbour 

Point  Piedras 

MONTE  VIDEO 

BUENOS  AYRES 

Cape  St.  Antonio 

Cape  Lobos 
Pi  Cape  Coriente.<i 
W  Point  de  Neuvu 
I     St.  Helena 
I     St.  George'*    Bay, 
I    i    Cordova 


I. Ill 
>    M, 
•2  178. 

■i  ^i 

•  V'.i 

•2  II 

'2  l!l 

2  I  J 


2  2:» 

.:  41 

2  U 

'2  411 

A   07 

:i  3-2 

3  40 

0  ftftN 

3  66  S 

3  63 

3  57 

4  ^% 

4  40 

4  6V 

5  OB 

6  4)1 

7  46 

II  11 

I)  Vi 
10  57 

13  01 
U  62 
16  40 
III  00 
to  II 
'21  6!) 
'22  S!2 
22  35 

22  44 

23  01 

22  69 

23  00 
i.'3  0*2 
23  06 
22  67 
2'2  6'2 

22  68 
'23  10 
•23  17 
U3  22 
«3  27 

23  3C 
23  62 
23  69 
27  32 
.12  09 

34  39 

35  02 

34  56 

35  39 
34  64 
.14  37 

36  iil 

36  66 

37  59 

43  55 

44  30 

45  45 


iTiitiii. 

i».  .0 

4.1  lUU 
43  47 
43  40 
43  lii 
4:»  O.i 
4  •  40 
4.  04 
41  -'0 
40  1;, 
3'J  41 
;i'j  07 

30  -ii 
3n  [\ 
2'j  la 

33  26 

32  36 

31  62 
37  24 

37  Do 
3';  311 

33  311 
3.^  10 

34  67 
33  02 
31  61 
36  01 

33  31 

38  60 

39  00 

3^  22 
39  3!| 


40  40 

41  46 

42  03 

41  .^0 

42  06 

42  29 

42  41 

42  56 

43  16 

43  16 

43  IR 

43  17 

43  39 

43  68 

44  09 

44  22 

43  02 

45  02 

43  O'l 

43  00 

52  02 

53  3a 

64  42 

64  60 

57  02 

66  04 

68  24 

66  45 

56  47 

57  39 

64  09 

66  37 

67  35 


10  Cilit. 


I^AiilU(l«*«  anil  LongitiuU'i*. 


i1^ 


■  ••lllM. 

i».  s). 

4:1  47 
4.t  10 
».»  Ill 

II  )).« 
I     to 

i    <n 

tl  '0 
K»  I.. 

■t'»  •!  i 

'•>  (»7 

30  ','7 

S8  14 

'-"•  l;j 

.1.1  ■.'(, 

;*:  ;(i 

;n  .'.^ 

:i7  -.u 

•■17  00 

y;  ;)ti 

3j  ."III 
:iA  10 

.14  fl7 
.1.^  ();• 
•'14  A I 
M>  0  4 


4.1  16 

45  IR 

43  17 

43  3'J 

43  ftO 

44  09 

44  22 

ir>  Oi 

4.'»  02 

4:)  04 

43  00 

52  02 

53  oH 

54  42 

54  50 

57  02 

5t>  0\ 

58  24 

fiC  45 

56  47 

67  39 

64  09 

66  27 

67  25 

D.  M. 

< ;«p#  HUnrn  .      .47  lAK 

rolnl  IMiirs  .      .'47  4A 

l**trt  M  JiilUii,  fiilrHiirv  It)  07 
HI.  (.'niRlmrlHMii             .  M   l*J 

<'<i|i«>  Fiilrwi-allirr         .51  54 
(  ii|i««  \'trfin»,   u<irlh«rii| 
poiitl   of  •nlruiirn  Iim 


M«^f>llitii  •  •(mill 
I'liiir   f,i|iiiilt>   >Hiitit 

M'liilli  iMiint  iif    rii 

triiMci'  Id  ilillu) 
l>rru  ilrl    TurKU,    C. 
I'l'inii  . 

<'ii|rt>  HI.  Dirgu 
'^lati'ii  liiml 

rii|i<'  ^1.  Jitlin,  en. I 

n'liinii^l  litiiil  iiriir  C 

Moni 

—  ('..  Ml.  Riirlliii|i)(iii*\v 

—  C.  dfl  .Mfiliii  fiilrn. 
Id  I.v  Miiirc'i  Mtriiiu 

Nfw  i'tliiiiil,  K.  |Miri 
KvtMiCii^laiiil,  rniililli' 
Itornnltcliii  itlninli,  h',.V 
(  AI'K    IIOUN,    toulli 
pHrt  of  lloniiil't  l><l. 


5*    2  4 


5:  10 

53  4.5 
.'>4  Jl 


J4  4'l 
.'»4  67 

.V4  4'J 
.W  17 
.15  3i 
55  44 

55  58 


ti.-i  r.iw 

6ti0ri 

(.7  U 
liD  'iU 


en  2.1 


CO  2C 

«7  2» 
65  0* 


r.:l  4'J 

C  4  3<J 

«;  4  4i> 

(ill  t5 

«il»  47 

06  46 

67  21 


Wr.»/  C«f»/  of  Jmnira,  from  Cape  Horn 
to  hfi  Cttftr.  I 


CAPF.  HORN         .      . 
I.  Difgi)  Uiiniiror,  9.  W 

—  N.j)Hrt 

r.tle  St.  llilnfoiiM),  d.lV 
lerrii del  V'uejo 

—  FaUf  rape  Horn 

—  Yorkinin»ter 

—  r.  (ilniicptter 

—  Cape  Fillara,  S.  \V. 
entrniicn  to  Magel 
lan'tf  sti'Hit<t 

KvaiiRclist  I.   VV.  uitp. 

MiiKcllun'i  fitrait!* 

CB|)e  V  ictory 

Cape  St.  Ja^n 

t'apo  ThiTi?  I'oiiits 

Capt*  Corso 

I.  rainpniin,  N  W. point 

f'ape  Tres  Moi    fs 

Cape  Taitaoliaol.  joii 

I-  Miiufo,  VV.  part 

F.  Qiiilaii 

P.  St.  (Jarlos 

P.  Quedal  .     .     ; 

P.  de  la  Galern 

VALDIVIA,  entrance 

P.  Tinia  .      .      . 

I.  dela  MocliH,  W.  part 

St.  Maria  islands,  ti.  P. 
S.  p 

CONCEPTIONJ  cltV 
Talcahuano,  port  of  do. 
Santiago  ... 

VALPARAISO,  port 


Lnt. 

l.oni(. 

D.  M 

1).  M. 

55  WS. 

67  2 1  v\ 

Afi  n 

f.f!  :ii, 

fi>'   25 

fill  15 

Uj   56 

69  17 

55  42 

m  OQ 

55  27 

70  04 

'54  07 

73  36 

52  43 

74  67 

52  34 

76  05 

42  25 

74  57 

50  5  4 

75  30 

49  4C 

75  \i 

4(1  26 

75  4.-. 

4!l  00 

75  19 

4(;  59 

75  27 

45  51 

75  2U 

44  00 

74  42 

43  41 

74  21 

41  49 

73  53 

41  05 

74  09 

39  64 

7.1  46 

39  61 

73  33 

.-Jfl  29 

73  46 

38  20 

74  05 

3r.  69 

73  41 

37  05 

73  42 

36  49 

73  09 

36  41 

73  12 

33  27 

70  43 

33  01 

71  37 

iNtiiii  rtiiiuii* 

t 'lM|l|lllllMt 

llniiiiii  , 

P.  S«iiri» 

111.  r^l.  I>IU,  tailtni 
-  wr«lt)rii 
I.  Illimm 
Morn*  .Mori*iu» 
Miiint  •!(■  ,Mr\illoni'« 
Pitiiil  ruiiifi 
.liii'iiry  drt  l(ii<|iiliii 
Pil^ctliitl  (|r  Picit 
Point  Pit^drut 
Point  Pinni^im 
Arit-H  .     .      .      . 

Point  di>  C.'ole* 
llo  .      .      .      . 

i'oint  Cornrjo 
(iiinuna 
^tiro  .      . 

It.  SI.  .riiiui  .    . 

I.i)*  .\nii|;0»  p«iint 

I'iiro 

Citiii'tn  • 

P.Ctiilra 

I.  S|.  Lorcnxo,  Vt .  P. 

LIMA  .      . 

CALLU,    s«a  port  of 

Li-    » 
I.  Pel..  ,  W.  part 

L<*<«  Hi.  tiiiKON  iHJuiid.i 
I.PelHdo  .      . 

Maud  St,  Murtin 
Point  .Sunlander 
Rock  itt'fii  in  1792 
Frrrul,  entrunco 
Tnixillo 


MalahrigOt  p<)i  t 
Ixland  Lobondn  Mer 
Island  Loliot  do  Tierrn 
Kteii  .      .      . 

PointdoAjuga 
Point  Payiit  .     . 

Cape  Rliinco 
P.  Malpelo  ,     . 

GlJAVA«lJIL,City      . 
I.  Puna,  S.  W.  P. 
Point  St.  Helena 
I.  Pelade  .     . 

Point  del  Calln 
I.  de  la  Plata,  \V,  P.     . 
Ca|»e  St.  Lorenzo 
MantH 

C'auc  I'asadit  . 

Quito  .      .      . 

Galapagos  idancN 
Hood's  island 
(Miarif » island,  N.  P. 

—  b.  P. 

Rarrington  island,  W.p. 
Ciiatham  islfenU,  W.  p. 

—  Kicker  rock 
E.  p. 


T 
I). 
31 
i9 

U 
tl 
'ii 
10 
t6 
t4 
.'3 
".M 

a 
11 

i» 
20 
I J 
IH 
17 
17 
16 
16 
16 
15 
14 
13 
i:> 
12 
12 
12 

12 
It 
II 
II 
II 
10 
10 
9 

n 
7 

6 
6 
6 
5 
5 
4 

n 
*i 

2 
3 

a 
I 
1 
1 
1 
0 
0 
0 


Porter's  island,  N.E.  P 
—  S.  W.  P. 


ii. 
M. 

60H. 
Mi 
tfi 
10 

II 

•20 
16 

MJ 

in 
01 
3.1 

50 

58 

06 

«6 

27 

42 

38 

41 

17 

Oil 

Ij 

27 

Hi 

01 

33 

05 

03 

02 
46 
56 
27 
03 
39 
4)1 
07 
OH 

4n 

6li 
24 
66 
.')9 
03 
19 
32 
12 
»l 
10 
66 
23 
IK 
04 
67 
27 
13 

24 
11 
."50 
00 
57 
47 
49 
29 
41 


II  M. 

-I  44W 
71  If 

71  lA 
7J  m 
7U  5li 
79  47 
IMI  03 
70  36 
70  31 
70  in 

70  10 

70  09 
70  16 
70  13 
70  19 

70  l!l 

71  11 
71  13 
71  46 
73  21 
7.1  47 

75  II 

76  02 
76  It 

76  17 
7<i  43 

77  Ofl 

76  66 

77  04 
77  10 
77  4« 
77  41 
77.30 

77  41 
7fl48 

78  30 
,7fl  63 

71)  :i 

80  U 
BO  46 

79  49 

81  04 
rtl  02 
01  06 
BO  17 

79  42 
CO  00 
BO  43 

no  36 

80  •'!  4 

r,o  57 
00  43 

80  32 
CO  20 

7!t  13 

C9  45 
f>0  30 
90  33 
90  17 
C9  43 
09  39 

89  06 

90  03 
90  27 


f 


f 


4 


4(ib 


Latitudes  and  Longitudes. 


10  Edit. 


iO  Edit. 


•I 

I 


:\ 


tc 


Albemarle  hlaud 
Cape  Roto     .... 

PciiU  Eitcx         .     .     . 
Cluiiitophe rV  Point 
Cape  Berkley      .     .     . 
Ca|)e  Drummniid     .     . 
Cnpe  MarchHl         .     . 
Point  Albemarle,  (ruof) 
Rodoiido  Rock  .       .     . 
Wenham's  Is.  W.  P.    . 
Culpepper's  lii.         .     . 
Abington  Is.  N.  P. 
Cape  Chn'tncrB       .     . 
Blnloes  Island  W.  P. 
—  E.P.     .    .     .     .     . 

James  Island  ,JV.  K.  P. 


"TTT 

D.M. 

1  OOS 

0  59 

0  51 

0  00 

0  15 

0  0(» 

0  09  N 

0  15 

1  24 

1  44 

0  43 

0  29 

0  24 

0  24 

0  55 

Long. 
D.M. 

91  05  W 
91  16 
91  25 
91  32 
90  54 

90  59 

91  09 
91  M 

91  51 

92  00 
90  47 
90  50 
90  19 
90  06 
iO  20 


From  the  River  St.  Croix  to  Cape  Cansor 


Entrance  of  St.    Croix 

River 

Macgone's  I.  (ontrance 

of  St.  .John's  Uivor) 

Cape  Spencer     .     .    . 

C.  Chignecto,  (entrance 

Baeon  of  Mines) 
Haute  Island  .  .  ■ 
Annapolis  Royal  .  . 
Breyer'e  Island  ■  .  . 
St.  Mary's  Capo  .  . 
Cape  Fourchu  .  .  . 
Seal  Isles  .... 
CAPE  SABLE  .  . 
Sable  Island  (E.  point) 

— West  ditto  .  . 
Port  Rosewav  .  .  . 
Port  Mansii«ld  .  . 
Gambier  Harbour 
LIVERPOOL  .  .  . 
Isle  of  Hope  .  v  . 
Fort  Jackson  .  .  . 
Charlotte  Bay  .  .  . 
C.  Sambro  Light  house 
HALIFAX  Harbouir  . 
Port  Stephens  .  .  . 
Sandwich  Bay    .     .     . 

Torbay, 

Port  Ho««     .... 
CAPE  CANSOR    . 


Lat. 

n.M. 

45  07  JV 

45  la 
45  17 

45  24 
45  19 
44  47 
44  19 
44  10 
43  52 
43  27 

43  26 

44  5 
14  3 
43  40 

43  50 

44  0 
44  6 

43  53 

44  13 
44  34 

44  30 
44' 36 

45  0 
45  8 
45  12 
45  13 
iP   18 


Long. 
D.  M. 

67  08W 

G6  4 
65  52, 

64  49 

64  51 

65  50 

66  25 
66  8 
66  4 
65  55 
65  32 
60  3 

60  31 
65  13 
64  52 
64  41 
64  40 
64  39 
64  27 
83  53 
63  32 
63  28 

61  59 
61  36 
61  16 
61  6 
60  56 


i>3 


Tlu  Gulf  of  ill.  Lawrence. 


Chedabucto  Bay  .  • 
Ciut  of  Cansor,  (S.  ent.) 
Cape  Hinchinbroke  . 
Cape  Portland  .  .  . 
LOUISBUEG  .  . 
OAhEBRETpN  •  • 
5."atery  Islaiul,  .  .  . 
Flint  Island  ... 
Spanish  Bay,  .  .  • 
PortHaupbin  i  •  • 
Cape  Korth  If^land 


Chtticiin  Harbour 
Sea  Wolf  Island     . 
Port  Hood  .     . 

Juetan  Corp  Island 
GUT  OF  CAWSOR, 
(North  entrance) 

Cape  St.  George   or 

Lewis  .  .  , 
Picton  Island  .  . 
Cape  TiMinontJne  . 
Kicliibuctu  Uaibuiir 

St,  John's  I.  (i\.  Cap 
Wcb»  point 
Cape  i'^moiit 
Halifax  Kay 

E.  point 

Bear  Cape     .     . 
Hilsburuugh  Bay 


St.. 


P.  Escuniinac     .     . 
Miscou  1.  (entrance 

Chaleur  Bay)     . 
Cape  De«i)air     . 
Island  Bonaventure 
Flat  point     .     .     . 
Cape  Oaspe       .     . 
Cape  Rozier       .     . 
Magdalen  River     . 
St.  Ann's  River 
Mount  Camitle 
I.  rie  Bik  in  the  river 

Lawrence       .    . 

I.  of  Anticosta,  (E.  P 

—  Jupiter's  River 

—  S.  VV.  ditto     . 

—  W.  ditto 

—  N.  ditto     .     . 
Deadman's  Island 
Entry  Island       .     . 
Amherst  Island  (S.  W 
Magdalen  Isl.  (JV.  E. 
Piton  Island 
Bird  Island 
St.  Paul's  Island 


of 


St. 


P. 
P.) 


M. 

42  N 
27 
511 
56 


45  42 


45  52 

45  51 

46  9 

46  44 

47  5 
46  37 
46  28 
46  25 
46  27 
46     3 

46  6 

47  3 

48  3 
48  27 
43  32 
48  33 

48  47 
M8  50 

49  13 
49    3 

46  37 

48  30 

49  8 
49  26 
49  22 
49  43 
49  53 

47  17 


47 
47 


15 
12 


47  41 
47  52 
47  55 
47  11 


J^ewfoundhmd. 


Limits  of  the  Great  Bank 
of  Newfoundland,  (N. 
point)  .  .  . 
—  Soutii  point 

Outer  Bank 

Cape  Norman 

.Seal  Islands 

Point  Ferolle     . 

St.  John's  Bay   . 

Point  Richo        . 

Ingornechoiit  Bay 

Bon  Bay        .     . 

Cape  St.  Gregory 

South  Head 


iMai 


Loni;. 
I).  M. 
fiO  C8W 
61   12 
ft  I  35 
61  37 

61  27 


61  hr, 

62  27 
6.^  rifi 
64  36 

63  45 

64  10 
63  51 
63  36 


61 

62 
62 


43 
12 

55 


C4  33 

64  15 
63  58 
63  50 
63  50 
63  52 

63  54 

64  42 
66  8 
^7  45 

68  34 

61  40 
63  25 

63  23 

64  16 
63  54 
61  58 
61  24 
61  44 
61  05 
61  10 
60  46 
60    4 


Lat. 
D.  M. 


50  15  N 
41  0 

47  0 

51  42 
51  22 
51  5 
50  52 
50  46 
SO  39 
49  36 
49  22 
49  10 


Long. 
D.  M. 


49  45W 
52  0 
45  0 
56  0 


56  50 

57  11 
57  23 
57  28 

57  22 

58  05 
58  22 
58  33 


4 


L 


iOEdit. 


Latitudes  and  Longitudes. 


487 


^ 

•inn. 

D. 

M. 

fio 

58W 

Gl 

12 

Kl 

35 

61 

37 

61 

27 

ti! 

55 

62  27 

63 

36 

64 

36 

63  45 

64 

10 

!63  51 

63  36 

61 

43 

62 

12 

62 

55 

64  33 

64 

15 

63 

58 

63  50 

63 

50 

63 

52 

63 

54 

64  42 

66 

R 

^7 

45 

68  34 


22 


58  33 


Cape  St.  Georf;e 
Capo  AiigtiillK  . 
Cape  Kny 
Connor  bay 
liiifKos  iblitiid     . 
KHinea  iHlatid!)  , 

Penguins'  ioiunds 
Kortune  lieud     . 
Burnt  i8lan<i 
Great  Miquelon 
l/anglpy  island  . 
St.  Peter's  island 
Point  May 
Cliapcau  Kouge 
IWoitier  rocks 
Mortior  harboir' 
Red  inland,  S.  F. 
Virgin  rocks 
Point  Brchiii 
Cape  St.  Mary 
St.  Mary's  bay 
X;«po  Pine 
bAPE  RACL 
Cape  Race  rocks 
Cape  Rallard 
Capo  Broyle 
Bay  of  Hull 
Cape  Spear        .         . 
St.  John's  havboiir 
Cape  St.  Francis 
P.  of  Grates 
Trinity  bay 
Cape  Bonavista 
Barrow  harbour 
Punk  island 
Cape  Freels 
Woodhani  islands 
Gander  bay       . 
Fago  island 
Twilli.ignte  islands 
Bay  of  Notre  Dame 
Cape  St.  John    . 
Horse  islands     . 
White  bay 
Hooping  harbour 
Green  island      . 
Groais  ditto 
Hare  bay,  entrancp 


Lut. 

Long. 

Lat.     1 

Long. 

D.  M. 

I).   M. 

D.  M.    1 

D.  M. 

4H  SON 

59  12W 

St.  Anthony's  cape     .      i 

>1  20N. 

55  3^W 

4R  00 

59  18 

St.Lunairt!  bay           .      51  29 

55  30 

47  35 

59  15 

Cap*:  Degiute    .         .      51  43 

65  30 

47  3» 
47  33 
47  32 
47  24 
47  09 

58  (M) 
67  37 
57  25 
57  00 
55  51       a 

Hello  island        .         .      51  58 

55  30 

From  (^uehcr  tu  Iludton's  Bay. 

Lat. 

Long. 

47   16 

56  00      1 

D.  M. 

D.  M. 

47  05 

56  24       3 

QUEBEC 

16  48  N 

71  05  VV 

16  50 

56  24      ;, 

Condras  inland 

47  15 

70  10 

46  46 

56  15 

St.  Faul'si  bay 

47  16 

70  24 

46  56 

56  02 

Bay  of  recks 

48  00 

69  42 

46  52 

56  25 

Point  Mille  Vachc     . 

48  45 

68  38 

47  03 

54  57 

Manicougun  point 

49  11 

67  42 

47  10 

55  03 

Cape  Nicholas 

49  23 

67  10 

47  24 

54  08 

Cape  Montpelles 

49  25 

66  51 

47  11 

54  03 

Trinity  ct  ,e               .      ^^9  30 

66  48 

47  02 

54  12 

The  Seven  islands  bay    10  10 

66  00 

46  52 

54  00 

|St.  John's*  river           .      5»-  20 

63  55 

46  50 

53  40 

Mingan  inland            .      50  16 

63  35 

46  44 

53  26 

Eskimaux  ikluiids       .      50  13 

62  55 

46  40 

52  64 

Mount  Joli 

50  05 

61  23 

46  30 

51  30 

Boat  Tslands 

50  00 

60  24 

46  49 

52  42 

St.  Mary's  islands 

50  08 

59  50 

47    )8 

62  35 

Little  Mecdiina  ditto 

50  28 

59  27 

•  21 

5^  28 

Great  Mecatina  point 

50  45 

59  08 

"  30 

52  20 

St.  Augu(.tijiv3  bay 

51   15 

53  50 

4,   83 

52  25 

Eskiftiaux  bay 

51  28 

57  30 

47  57 

52  30 

Grand  point 

51  24 

57  18 

48  22 

52  32 

Forteau  bay 

51  32 

57  00 

48  30 

52  50 

Red  cliffs    '        .        .      51  36 

56  ^ 

48  56 

52  35 

Black  bay           .        .      Si  43 

56  47 

48  52 

53  00 

Red  bay              .        .      51  46 

56  80 

50  01 

52  12 

York  point 

51  59 

$5  58 

49  34 

52  65 

C  Cape  Charles     . 

a  Great  bay  of  Eskiinaux 

52  13 

55  30 

49  54 

S3  30 

54  20 

57  36 

49  44 

53  55 

S  Ca])e  Harrison 

54  54 

56  50 

50  00 

53  54 

a  St.  Peter's  harbour    . 

56  28 

60  50 

50  03 

54  .S5 

■^  Enchanted  cape 

56  40 

60  55 

50  00 

55  .30 

Saddle  islands 

57  13 

60  50 

50  10 

«5  30 

East  island 

57  45 

61  20 

50  24 

55  48 

Steel  point 

58  07 

61  50 

50  19 

56  15 

Ci>rdiual's  iiiland        ^ 

58  50 

63  00 

50  46 

56  13 

False  blackhead 

59  20 

63  19 

50  47 

55  35 

Black  head 

59  £0 

63  37 

50  56 

55  38 

Cape  Chi(,lley 

60  14 

65  20 

51   17 

55  SO 

Biittoii  &  islandi; 

60  47 

65  05 

■^  ill 


.   <1 


i*aMIMlM 


48U 


Blunt^s  American  Coast  Pilot. 


10  Edit, 


'/ 


iN> 


t 


TIDES. 

TIDE  is  a  periodical  motion  of  the  water  of  the  sea,  by  which  it  ebbs 
and  flows  twice  a  day.  The^ow?  continues  about  G  hours,  during  which 
the  water  gradually  rises  till  it  arrives  to  its  greatest  height ;  then  it  be- 
l^ins  to  ebb  or  decrease,  and  continues  to  do  so  for  about  G  more,  till  it  has 
fallen  to  nearly  its  former  level  ;  then  the  flow  begins  as  before.  When 
the  water  has  attained  its  greatest  height  it  is  said  to  be  high-water,  and 
when  it  is  done  falling  it  is  called  low-water. 

The  cause  of  the  tides  is  th,e  unequal  attraction  of  the  sun  and  moon 
upon  different  parts  of  the  earth.     For  they  attract  the  parts  of  the  earth's 
surface  nearest  to  them,  with  a  greater  force  than  they  do  its  centre  :  and 
attract  the  centre  more  than  they  do  the  opposite  surface.     To  restore 
this  equilibrium  the  waters  take  a  spheroidal  tigurc,  whose  longer  axis  ii 
directed  towards  the  attracting  luminary.     If  the  moon  only  acted  upon 
the  water,  the  time  of  high  water  would  be  when  the  moon  was  upon  the 
meridian,  above  or  below  the  horizon  ;  or  rather  at  an  hour  or  two  after, 
(because  the  moon  continues  to  act  with  considerable  force  for  some  lime 
after  passing  the  meridian.)     But  the  moon  passes  the  meridian  about  4'J', 
later  every  day  ;  of  course,  if  she  only  acted  on  the  tides,  they  would  hk 
retarded  every  day  49',  and  it  would  be  high  water  at  the  same  distance 
from  her  passing  the  meridian  ;  and  it  is  upon  this  principle  that  thetUne 
of  high  water  is  calculated  in  most  books  of  navigation,  although  the  time 
thus  calculated  will  sometimes  diifer  an  hour  from  the  trut!,.  owing  to  the 
neglect  of  the  disturbing  force  of  the  sun.     The  eflect  of  the  moon  upon 
the  tides  is  greater  than  that  of  the  sun,  notwithstanding  the  quantity  of 
matter  in  the  hitter  is  vastly  greater  than  in  the  former  :  but  the  sun,  be- 
ing at  a  much  greater  distance  from  the  earth  than  the  moon,  attracts  the 
different  parts  of  the  earth  with  nearly  the  same  force  ;  whereas  the  moon 
being  at  a  much  less  distance,  attracts  the  different  parts  of  the  earth  with 
very  different  forces.     According  to  tlie  latest  observations,  the  mean 
force  of  the  sun  for  raising  the  tides  is  to  the  mean  force  of  the  moon  as  1 
to  2i.     By  the  combmed  effect  of  these  two  forces,  the  tides  come  on 
sooner  when  the  moon  is  in  her  Jirst  and  third  quarters,  and  later  in  the 
second  and  fourth  quarters,  than  they  would  do  if  caused  only  by  tho 
•moon's  attraction.     The  mean  quantity  of  this  acceleration  and  retai  da 
tion  is  given  in  the  Table  B,  subjoined  ;  the  use  of  which  will  be  explain- 
ed hereafter. 

The  tides  are  greater  than  common  about  three  days  after  the  new  and 
full  moon  ;  these  are  called  spring-tidcg.  And  the  tide«  are  lower  than 
common  about  three  days  after  the  tirst  and  last  quarters  ;  these  are  call- 
ed the  neap-tides.  In  the  former  case  the  sun  and  moon  conspire  to  raise 
the  tide  in  the  same  place,  butin  the  latter  the  sun  raises  the  water  where 
the  moon  depresses  it.  When  the  moon  is  in  her  perigee,  or  nearest  ap- 
proach to  the  earth,  the  tides  rise  higher  than  they  Jo,  under  the  same 
circumstfmccs,  at  other  times  ;  and  are  lowest  when  she  is  in  her  apogee, 
or  farthest  distance  from  the  earth.  The  spring-tideo  are  greatest  nbout 
the  time  of  the  equinoxes,  in  March  and  September,  and  the  neap-tides 
are  less.  All  theae  things  would  obtain  exactly,  were  the  whole  surface 
of  the' earth  covered  with  sea  ;  but  the  interruptions  caused  by  the  con- 
tinents, i«lahds,  shoals,  <Vc.  entirely  alter  the  state  of  the  tides  in  many 
ca8«s.  A  smsdl  inland  sea,  such  as  the  Mediterranean  or  Baltic,  is  little 
sabjcctto  tid»«  j  because  the  action  of  the  sun  and  moon  is  always  nearjjj^ 


the 


Edit, 


10  Edit. 


Bliint^s  American  Coast  Pilot. 


489 


equal  at  the  cxtrcmitiea  ol  such  seaa.     In  very  high  latitudes  the  tides  ar« 
inconsiderable. 

FVom  the  observations  of  many  persons,  the  times  of  high-water  on  the 
days  of  new  and  full  moon  at  the  principal  places  in  North  America,  have 
been  collected.  Theso  times  arc  put  in  a  table  against  the  names 
of  the  places,  arranged  in  alphabetical  order  in  Table  IV.  The  most 
common  rule  prescribed  for  finding  high  water  is  tluit  depending  on 
the  golden  number  and  epact,  the  tide  beini;  supposed  to  be  uniformly  re- 
tarded every  day.  Tjjis  method  will  sonietiines  differ  2  hours  from  the 
truth,  for  which  reason  I  shall  not  insert  it ;  but  shall  proceed  to  explain 
the  calculation  by  the  adjoined  tables  A  and  B,  and  the  Nautical  Almanac: 
by  means  of  which  the  ti:.ie  of  high-water  may  be  obtained  to  a  greater 
<rlegree  of  exactness  than  tiom  our  common  almanacs. 

RULE. 

Find  the  time  of  the  moon's  coming  to  the  meridian  at  Greenwich  on 
the  given  day,  in  page  6th  of  the  Nautical  Almanac.  Enter  the  Table  A, 
and  find  the  longitude  of  the  given  place,  in  the  left  hand  column,  corres- 
ponding to  which  is  a  number  of  minutes  to  be  applied  to  the  time  of 
passing  the  meridian  at  Greenwich,  by  adding  when  in  west  longitude, 
but  subtracting  when  in  east  longitude  ;  the  sum  or  difference  will  be  near- 
ly the  time  that  the  moon  passes  the  meridian  of  the  given  pl^ce.  With 
this  time  enter  Table  B,  and  take  out  the  corresponding  correction,  which 
is  to  be  applied  to  the  time  of  passing  the  meridian  of  the  place  of  obser- 
vation, by  adding  or  subtracting,  according  to  the  direction  of  the  table. 

To  this  corrected  time  add  the  time  of  full  sea  on  the  full  and  change 
days  ;  the  sum  will  be  the  time  of  high  water  at  the  given  place,  reckon- 
ing from  the  noon  of  the  given  day.  If  this  sum  be  greater  than  12h.  24ra. 
you  must  subtract  12h.  24m.  from  it,  and  the  remainder  will  be  the  time 
of  high  water  nearly,  reckoning  from  the  same  noon  ;  or  if  it  exceed  24h. 
48m.  you  must  subtract  24h.  48m.  from  that  sum,  and  the  remainder  will 
be  the  time  of  high  water,  reckoning  from  the  same  noon  nearly. 

EXAMPLE  I.  . 

Required  the  tim'-  of  high  water  at  Charleston  (S.  C.)  March  17, 1820, 
in  the  afternoon,  civil  account  ? 

By  the  Nautical  Almanac  1  find  that  the  moon  passed  the  meridian  of 
Greenwich  at  2h.  31m.;  to  this  I  add  11m.  taken  from  Table  A,  corre- pond- 
ing to  the  longitude  of  Charleston.  With  the  sum  2h.  42m.  1  enter  Ta- 
ble B,  and  find  (by  taking  proportional  parts)  that  the  correction  is 
45m.  which  is  to  be  subtracted  from  2h.  42m.  (because  immediately  over 
it  in  the  table  it  is  marked  Sub.)  ;  to  the  remainder  Ih,  57m.  I  add  the 
time  of  high  water  on  the  fall  and  change  days  7h.  15m.  (which  is  found 
in  the  tide  table  following  ;)  the  sum  9h.  12m.  is  the  time  of  high  water 
on  the  afternoon  of  March  17,  1820,  civil  account. 

EXAMPLE  IL 

Required  the  time  of  high  water  at  Portland,  (Mass.)  May  23,  1820,  in 
ilie  atlernoon,  civil  account  ? 

62 


m 


BlmVa  American  Coast  Pilot. 


lOEJit. 


By  tfi^  Noutical  AlinaiMic  the  inoon  will  pass  the  meri«Jianot'Gt(M?nwicli 
at  8  hours  49  minuteH.  The  correction,  from  Table  A,  correspondiriiij  U 
TO"  tiic  loiinitude  ot  'ortlnnd  is  Om.  which  atUled  to  }lh.  .l!>ni.  gives  il'e 
tjjiiv;  of  the  Mioon'o  souUii:i«;  at  Portland  ilh.  f)Hm.  nearly.  Thi;  ii  umber 
!«  'l*!...!  >  3  corresponding  to  V,\\.  58m.  is  23m.  which  is  (<)  be  added  to  Pj. 
Su-.  Toecause  immediately  over  it,  in  the  table,  is  marked  Add.)  I  o  the 
jurn  ')h.  21m.  I  add  the  time  (ji'hiu;h  water,  on  the  full  and  change  days, 
JOh.  '16in.  and  the  sum  is  'iOh.  Tim.  consequently  the  high  water  is  at  2()h. 
Cm.  past  noon  of  May  23,  that  is,  at  8h.  6m.  A.  M.  of  May  24.  And  by 
subtracting  I'.'h.  Mm.  from  .'Dh.  6m.  we  have  7h.  42m.  which  will  be 
nearly  the  time  of  hij;li  water  on  the  -iftcrnoon  of  May  2;},  1820. 

In  this!  manner  we  may  obtain  the  time  of  high  water  at  any  place,  to  a 
considerable  dejjrce  of  accuracy.  Bui  the  tides  are  so  much  influence(|  by 
the  winds,  fresliets,  &.c.  that  the  calculated  times  will  sometimes  did'er  a 
little  from  the  uutli. 

Many  pilots  reckon  the  time  of  high-water  by  the  point  of  the  compass 
the  moon  is  upon  at  that  time,  allowing  45  minutes  for  each  point.  Thus 
on  the  full  and  change  days,  if  it  is  high  water  at  noon,  they  say  a  north 
aiKJ  south  uioou  makes  full  sea  ;  and  if  at  Ilh.  1.0m.  they  say  a  S.  by  E. 
or  N.  by  VY.  mooii  makes  full  sea  ;  and  in  like  manner  for  any  other  time. 
But  it  is  a  veiy  inJiccurate  way  of  t'lnding  the  time  of  full  sea  by  the  bear- 
ing of  the  moon,  except  in  places  where  it  is  high-water  about  noon  on 
the  full  and  change  days. 

When  you  Jiave  not  a  Nautical  Almanac,  you  may  find  the  time  of  high 
water  by  means  of  the  following  tables  C  and  D  ;  and  although  the  former 
method  is  the  most  accurate,  yet  the  latter  may  be  useful  in  many  cases. 
To  calculate  the  time  of  full  sea  by  this  method,  observe  the  following 


RULE. 

Enter  Table  C,  and  take  out  the  number  which  stands  opposite  to  the 
year,  and  under  the  month  for  which  the  tide  is  to  be  calculated  ;  this 
number,  added  to  the  day  of  the  month,  will  givr  tbe  moon's  age,  reject- 
ing 30  when  the  sum  excd^ds  thai  number.  A:. ;.») -s  t  her  age  found  in  the 
left  hand  column  of  Table  i^.  is  a  numberof  hoi  ^  ;  ,.ad  minutes  in  the  ad- 
joined column,  which  being  added  to  the  time  of  high  water  at  the  given 
place  on  the  full  and  change  days,  will  ^ive  tlie  time  of  high  water  requir- 
ed, observing  to  reject  l.ih.  24m.  or  24 h.  48m.  when  the  sum  exceeds 
either  of  those  times. 

By  this  rule  I  shall  work  the  two  pr^jceding  examples. 

EXAMPLE  111. 


Required  the  time  of  high  water  at  Charleston  (S.  C. )  March  17,  1820, 
iv.   be  afternoon,  civil  account? 

In  the  table  C,  opposite  1820,  and  under  March,  stand  16,  which,  add- 
ed to  the  day  of  iho  month  17,  gives  33,  and  by  subtracting  30,  leaves  3, 
the  noons  age  :  opposite  3  in  Table  D,  is  Ih.  46m.  which  added  to  7h. 
Ibuu  the  time  of  high  water  on  tue  full  and  change  days,  gives  9h.  Im. 
for  the  tl  e  'i  ^igh  water;  dillerin^  eleven  minutes  from  the  former 
method. 


10  Edit 


Blunt'p  An  ^rlcdn  Coast  Filttt. 


4^1 


EXAMFIK  IV. 

Required  the  time  of  M}>;I  wiiter  at  Portland,  (Mass.)  May  23,  18£.).  ui 
the  afternoon,  civil  account  ? 

In  the  Table  C,  opposite  1820,  iind  under  May,  stand  18,  which  added 
to  the  day  of  the  month  23,  gives  (by  neglecting  30)  the  moon's  rige  11  ; 
opposite  to  this,  in  Table  D,  is  Vh.  19m.  which  added  to  lull.  4.'/m.  the 
time  of  high  water  on  the  full  and  change  days,  gives  2()h.  4m.  from  which 
snbtracting  J'2h.  24m.  (here  remains  7h.  40m.  for  the  time  of  full  sea 
May  23,  lo?0  ;  this  differs  2  minutes  from  the  former  method. 

In  fbj  third  column  of  Table  D,  is  given  the  time  of  (he  moon's  coming 
to  the  meridian,  for  every  day  of  hci  age  ;  thus,  opposite  1  i  days  stand 
8h.  blm.  which  is  the  time  of  her  coming  to  the  meridian  on  that  day. — 
Thi^  table  may  be  of  some  use  when  a  Nautical  Almanac  cannot  be  pro- 
cure 1  ;  but  being  calculated  upon  the  supposition  that  the  moon  moves 
uniformly  in  the  equator,  the  table  cannot  be  very  accurate.  The  num- 
bers in  this  Table  are  reckoned  from  noon  to  noon  ;  thus,  Ih.  A.  M.  is 
denoted  by  13h.  ;  2h.  A.  M.  by  I4h.  &lc. 

The  time  of  new  moon  is  easily  found,  by  subtracting  the  number  taken 
from  Table  C  from  30.  Ex.  Suppose  it  was  required  to  tind  the  time  of 
new  moon  for  May,  1»20  ?  By  examining  the  table,  we  find  the  number 
corresponding  to  that  time  is  18;  this  subtracted  from  30  leaves  12  j 
therefore  it  will  be  new  moon  the  12th  May,  1820. 

When  the  time  of  high  water  is  known  for  any  day  of  the  moon's  age, 
we  may  from  thence  tind  the  time  of  high  water  on  the  full  and  change 
days,  by  the  following 

RULE. 

Find  the  time  of  the  moon's  coming  to  the  meridian  of  Greenwich,  in 
the  6th.  page  of  the  Nautical  Almanac  :  to  this  time  apply  the  correction^ 
taken  from  the  tables  A  and  J3,  (in  the  same  manner  as  directed  in  the 
preceding  rule  for  finding  the  time  of  high  water)  subtract  this  corrected 
time  from  the  observed  time  of  high  water,  and  the  remainder  will  be  the 
tinie  of  high  water,  on  the  change  and  full  days. 

Note.  If  the  time  to  be  subtracted  be  greater  than  the  observed  time 
of  full  sea,  you  must  increase  the  latter  by  12h.  24m.  or  by  24h.  48m. 
nearly. 

EX/  MPLE. 

Suppose  that  on  the  17th  March,  1820,  the  lime  of  high  water  at 
Charleston,  (S.  C.)  was  found  to  be  at  9h.  12mo.  P.  M.  required  the  time 
of  high  water  on  the  full  and  change  days  ? 

I  find,  as  in  example  1st.  preceding,  that  the  number  to  be  subtracted  is 
Ih.  57m. — taking  this  from  yh.  12m.  leaves  7h.  15m.  which  is  the  time 
of  high  water  on  the  full  and  change  days. 

When  you  hat'e  not  a  Nautical  Almanac,  you  may  find  the  time  of  high 
water  o'.  lh«^  full  and  change  by  means  of  the  Tables  C  and  D.  For  in 
the  1  r  .J. -it  eximple,  I  find  by  Table  C,  that  the  moon's  age  was  3,  cor- 
respon  ling  c  ^hich,  in  the  second  column  of  Table  D,  is  Ih.  46m.  this 
subtra  .V.'.  i.om  9h.  7m.  leaves  7h.  21m.  for  the  time  of  high  water  on  the 
full  aud  chjuig«  days. 


492 


Blunt*8  Ameri'c.an  Coast  Pilot. 


10  Edit. 


Ub 

.    A. 

Til. 

B. 

Ta 

B. 

C. 

Tab.  D. 

■a 
"s  . 

B   1 

Coir 

A  TABLE 

OC 

•< 

m 

"a 

a 

s. 

e 

e 
•3 

1^ 

Dbk 

■Is 
ail 

O   00    , 

ri.M 

Sub. 
0    0 
0  17 

FOR   rilfDmu   THK  moon's    A«£. 

Add  tho  number  tnkeii  from  this  Ta- 
ble to  tho   (lay   of  tho   month;  the 
sum  (rejeclin)j  30  or  60  if  iieccssciry) 

§ 

Day 

0 

1 

oti 

X 

E 

II.  M. 

0     0 

0  35 

H. 

M. 

M.   m 

Hours. 

0 

0 

0 

40 

0 

0 

will  bo  Moon's  age,  nearly. 

2 

1   10 

1 

38 

10 

1 

0 

1 

3 

1  46 

2 

26 

• 

4 

2  22 

3 

l/i 

20 

3 

2 

0  34 

_4 

>, 

X 

. 

,    '      ^ 

, 

, 

5 

3     1 

4 

4 

30 

4 

3 

0  5(; 

Vem 

c 

^3 

a. 

^    Ml 

3  ;  = 

c 

o 

6 

3  44 

4 

S3 

4 

1     y 

-1 

c*.  S 

< 

>; 

i-> 

-^,< 

Xi 

O 

1^ 

U 

7 

4  35 

/> 

49 

40 
50 
60 
70 

5 

• 

7 
8 
9 

5 
6 

7 

8 
9 

1     9 

1     3 

0  3.") 
A.1.1 
0     2 
0  23 

1820 
1821 

15 

26 
7 

I7|l6 

28|26 

J" 

i8 

28 
9 

18 
29 
10 

20 

1 

11 

20 

2 

12 

22 

3 

14 

23 

4 

15 

23 
16 

25 

C 

17 

25 

6 

17 

8 
9 
10 
11 
12 
13 

5  39 

6  57 
0  15 
9  19 

10  10 
10  54 

6 
7 
8 
8 
9 
10 

30 
19 
8 
57 
46 
34 

1822 

ao 

11 

10 

0  24 

-P_ 

— . 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 



— 

14 

11  33 

11 

23 

90 

100 

12 
14 

11 
12 

0  14 

0     0 

1823 

18 

20,18 

1i  0 

1 

1311 

1ft 

1 
12 

20 

2 

13 

22 

4 

!4 

22 

4 

15 

24 

6 

16 

26 

H 
18 

26 

8 

19 

2^ 
U) 
.9 

28 
10 
21 

15 

12     9 

12  44 

13  19 
13  54 

12 

12 

1824 

29 
12 

16 
17 

18 

13 
13 
14 

1 

50 
38 

Sub. 
13|0  17 

1825 

no' 

120 
130 

Ifi 
16 
18 

14,0  34 
150  50 

i82f. 

U 

24|23 

23 

24 

25 

25 

27 

29 

29 

1 

2 

19 
20 

14  31 

15  11 

15 
16  ^ 

27 
16 

16il     3 
17  I     9 

1027 

3 

5|  3 

.f; 

5 

6 

7 

8 

10 

10 

n 

12 

21 
22 

15  56 

16  49 

17 
17 

5 
54 

140 
160 

19 
20 

18 
19 

1     T 

f)  So 
Add 

1828 

14 



is'is 

16 

17 

18  19 

19 

21 

22 

23 

24 

23 

24 
25 

17  57 

19  17 

20  32 

18 
19 
20 

42 
31 
20 

160 

22 

20 

[»    2 

26 

21   33 

21 

9 

21 

[)  23 

27 

22  22 

21 

58 

170 

23 

22 

\)  24 

28 

23    4 

22 

46 

180 

9d          23 

[>  Ik 

29 

23  42 

23 

35 

^^         24  0    ol 

TT"- 

29i 

24    0  24 

^ 

In  all  the  preceding  calculations  oi'  the  time  of  high  water,  we  have  ne- 
glected the  correction  arising  from  the  variation  of  the  distances  of  the 
8un  and  moon  from  the  earth,  and  from  the  different  declinations  of  those 
objects.  These  cauisos  might  produce  a  correction  of  10'  or  12'  in  the 
time  of  high  wstcr,  bul  in  general  will  be  much  less,  and  may  therefore, 
be  neglected. 


10  Edit. 


Blunt^s  American  Coast  Pilot. 


493 


"\ 


f 

FABLE   IV. 

Shewing  the  TIMES  i 

,f  HIGH  WATER,  at  the  full  and 

change  of  the 
Hut   of  Jvorth 

Moon,  at  the  principal  Porta  and    Harbour*   on  the  C< 

America,  with  the  vertical  rise  of  the  Tide  infect. 

Pl.'it  KS. 

TIMK. 

IIIHK8. 

PI.ACK-^. 

TIME.     Rllftl. 

A 

H.    M. 

FEET. 

II.   M. 

rEBT. 

Amazon  Riviir 

6  00 

Henry  (Cape) 

7  40 

Amelia  Harbour 

8  30 

K 

Ann  (Cape) 

II   30 

11 

Keniiubeck 

10  45 

9 

Annapolis 

II  00 

L 

Aiiticosta  I.  (W.  eutl)    . 

;?  30 

Loukout  (Cap«) 

9  00 

7 

Auguntinc,  St. 

7  30 

M 

U 

Machiax 

11  00 

11 

Block  Island 

7  37 

5 

Marblithead                        ' 

11   .^0 

11 

Boston 

11  30 

11 

May  (Cape) 

8  45 

Broad  Hay 

10  45 

9 

Mount  Desert 

11  GO 

12 

C 

N 

Campbell  (Port) 

9  GO 

New-Bedford 

7  37 

5 

Canso  (Capo) 

8  30 

Newburyport 

11   15 

10 

Charles  (Cape) 

7  45 

New-Haven 

10  16 

Cliarlcston  Bar 

7   15 

6 

Npw-London 

8  54 

Cod  (Cape) 

11   30 

eh 

New- York 

8  54 

5 

I) 

P 

Delaware  River  (ent.) 

9  00 

Passamaquoddy  River 

11  30 

r,5 

E 

Penobscot  River 

10  45 

10 

Elizabethtown  Point 

8  54 

5 

Plymouth 

11   30 

6 

•       F 

Portland 

10  45 

9 

Fear  (Cape) 

8  00 

Portsmouth 

11   15 

10 

Florida  Keys 

8  50 

R 

Frying-Pan  Shoals 

6  30 

Rhode  Island 

6  45 

Fox  Island 

10  45 

Roman  (Cape) 

8  00 

O 

S 

Gay  Head 

7  37 

7 

St.  Mary's  Bar 

7  30 

7 

(Jeorge's  River 

10  45 

9 

Sable  Island 

»  30 

Georgetown  Bar 

7  00 

Salem 

11  30 

11 

Goldsborough 

11  00 

12 

Sbeepscut 

10  45 

9 

H 

Simon's  Bar,  St. 

7  30 

Hatteras  (Cape) 

9  00 

T 

Heniopen  (Cape) 

3  45 

5 

ITownsend 

10  45 

9 

• 

• 

■fK 


r  .10.',  ] 


APPENDIX. 


Ill  iioto  to  pug<;  121,  mciiiion  Ih  made  of  n  light-house 
building  on  Cross  Island.  It  in  not  yet  completed,  which 
prevents  the  int'ormntion  to  the  mariner  navigating  that 
coast  whicli  is  recjiiisito.  No  time  will  be  lost  in  commu- 
nicating the  nccesbaiy  directions. 

At  the  bottom  of  page  l.'JM  mention  is  made  of  a  light- 
house buihlingon  liiirnl  Island^  at  the  entrance  of  Towns- 
end  harbour.  No  <lirectiona  have  yet  bo<?n  obtained  re- 
lative to  its  situation,  but  it  shall  be  attended  to  as  soon 
as  practicable. 

Pond  Island  light,  mentioned  in  page  139,  is  completed. 

Stratford  Point  liglit,  mentioned  in  page  196,  is  now 
completed,  lighted,  and  contains  a  fixed  light.  It  bears 
W.  S.  W.  from  New-Huven  light,  distant  11  miles,  and 
from  the  temporary  light  at  Black  Rock  (mentioned  in 
note  to  page  206)  N.  E.  about  4  miles. 

Page  240.  A  Beacon  is  erected  on  Tybee  Ib^and,  which 
is  lighted,  and  bears  E.  ^  S.  from  the  light-house. 

The  Beacon  light  on  with  Tybee  light,  is  the  direct 
course  over  the  bar.  The  best  anchoring  ground  is  with 
Tybee  liglit  bearing  from  S.  S.  W.  to  S.  the  former  to  be 
preferred,  and  distant  about  one  cable's  length  from  the 
beach. 

Coast  of  Brazil,  page  445.  A  new  light-house,  with  a 
revolving  light,  has  been  erected  at  the  entrance  of  Per- 
nambuco,  which  was  lighted  for  the  first  time  on  the  2d  of 
February,  1822. 


\ 


% 


CHART  AND  QUADRANT  STORE. 

*  GEORGE  W.  BLUNT 

HAt  OPENED  A  NEW  CHART  AND  QUADRAIIT  STOMBf 
No.  140  FLY-MARKET  SUP, 

On*  floor  abov*  lh«  North  rnrn«r  of  Fionl>Air««t,  NEW- YORK  i  whtrt,  bf  pctaoniit 
■lUiiiion  lo  bii*in*««i  tt*  hoMi  lo  raialva  ihal  p«lion«|«  which  Iniiuatry  Md  MrMVc 
raucc  RMiU.    HE  lUH  FOR  HALK— 

BOOKS : 

noivntr  ws  practical  KinnAToH,  /5ih««mioi»,  it«r«otyp«d. 

lil.VN'i'S  AMIlHICAN  coast  I'lLor,  loih  •diiiun. 

THK  MKMJIIAjVT\S  AJ^D  SHU'MAyriCHS  AS.StSTAJrT,  cniii>inliig  Informa- 
tion uMful  to  (lie  ArimrlcKii  mmchuutat  uwrntrn,  imd  maittrt  or  th'^it,  Itc.  ACc. 

KAVTICAL  AljMA/fACS,  from  tht  yeur  1811  to  1IS4,  ioclu«lv«— to  b«  coutinutJ 
•  nnually.     KxplniiKiiuii  itcreotyiMid,  nnd  Entfliih  copy  corriclvd. 

HEAMAJ^nU'  A.VI)  A.jrAL  T.iCTICS. 

CHAHTS: 

AJfEWCHART,  aalcnrtlnK  from  New  York  to  Knvana,  inrludinK  Bahama  Br nkt 
and  ClinnnnN,  improved  by  actual  Sui«t<yt  and  Plan*  ol  Harhuuri, 
■urvayed  by  ordur  ol  iha  Uiiltfid  State*  Niivy  Department,  IB20. 
■  ',  of  tha  MiitiiiRipnl  Hiver,  extendinK  '<>  Naw-Urlean«,  inr|udiii|  Mo- 

bkl«t  kc.  Willi  Sailing  l)lra<:iion«,  and   Flan  of  Mobil*,  on  a  larg* 
icnle,  from  ik  tunl  lurvey. 
I  ,  of  Bahama  Uiink«,  frcmi  actual  turrvj,  made   in  iloep  Orbit,  in 

lUfO,  with  SttilinK  Direction*. 
— — ^ — \  from  New-York  to  No»a  Scotia,  rxtendi,i|  from  latituda  38<*  If.  to 
latitude  47»  N.  lonKituilcSBU  W.  to  longitude  74<'  W.  Including  tha 
whole  of  St.  (teorge'i  Bank,  Improved  to  Augutt,  1831,  by  gov)*rn- 
meiit  and  other  luivevi,  by  which  ihit  latitude  of  South  Shoal  uf 
Nantacket  wai  found  22'   wrong,  and  it  heta,  for  tha  Arat  tinit, 
publiklied  correct. 
,  of  the  Atlantic  or  Weitorn  Ocean,  improved  to  1830,  with  an  Ana- 
lyiii  of  the  authoritiei  upon  which  the  daugert  have  been  iniertcd 
on  tha  Chart.    The  Trarki  extend  to   the  Equator,  and  areconti> 
nued  on  the  Chart  of  the  South  Atlantic  Ocenn.    Thii  it  tha  only 
genernl  Chart  extant  which  has  the  laiit0B  of  tha  South  Shoal  of 
ffe  itucket  within  32  milfli  correct. 
■I    ■  ■,  of  the  Snu'h  Atlantic  Ocean,  containing  Inoro  authentic  information 

than  any  extant,  pnrt  of  which  dcH'Cribei  dangen  lately  diicoverad, 
with  original  Flam  <ii  Harhouri  and  Viewi. 
,  of  the  North  Coast  of  Brazil,  showing  the  entrnncei  and  coursutofth* 
Rivf  <  I'ara  and  Amazon. 

of  the  Weit-lndiea,  on  tour  iheati,  which  may  be  hadnparata, 
of  the  Coawt  of  Guyana.    . 
of  the  roait  of  Brazil. 

of  the  Inland  of  Bermudai,  with  tailing  Directions  on  the  chart, 
of  Long  Iiland  Sound,  improved  to  1821. 
of  the  r<  .lit  of  Labrador. 

of  Newluundland.  g 

PLAN  of  New-London  hiarbour,  Aurveyed  by  CHARLES  MORRIS,  Eiq.  of  the  United* 
Sta(ei  Navy,  by  order  otconiriiudnri  IIODOEKS,  and  to  him  reiipectfully  dcdicai|(t. 
Bepeating  Cifcioe;  Brai8  Sextants,  with  Tnlekcopet  complete,  in  mahogany  c^m^ 
Bras*  Sextants  for  the  porket ;  Ebony  SexMms  ;  Qnadrnnts  of  superior  make,  with  Tele- 
acopoB',  ditto  without  ;  Artificial  HiiTizoiit;  Steerv-g,  Storm,  Am|ilitude,  Azioiuth,  Pock- 
et niid  Hai^ioK  Cnuipaskei.Day  Telu;copf>8  for  tc  i  or  land  ;  Night  and  Day  Telescopaat 
Niglit  Telifscopes,  eithn  to  invert  the  object  or  sho#  it  erect ;  Cases  of  Instruments  for 
Navietxion  and  Drawing  in  gcnprhi.  Scales  and  Dividers:  Common  and  Sliding  Gun- 
ter's  acalfk;  Mast-makers^  Shin  nrpftiiteis',  and  Cordage  Kules  ;  Marine  and  Cflmroua 
Tht>rii.oniet«rs;  Log  and  Tim«  Glunes ;  Bni  and  Compound  Magnets;  Jack  and  Pen- 
Knivei  of  various  kinds;  Writing  and  Letter  Paper :  Ink  and  Ink  Powder ;  Lead  and  Stale 
Pe<urtb;Log  and  Account  Books ;  Seamen's  Journals : — with  every  article  in  the  statiuu- 
ary  line  useful  at  tea. 

Also,  every  Ch^rt  and  Natioatioit  Book  required  by  gentleman  navigating  any 
part  w/tba  globe,  it  being  his  sole  object  to  furnish  an  universal  aianrtment  on  the  most 
n(thl»  t«rmf.  *  ♦ 

''^jonipaeaaay  Saxiants,  Qoadrants,  Thermometer*,  Barometers,  and  Spy-Glasses 
tiiy  raiMiired ;  and  ordart  left  at  his  store  will  be  punctually  attended  to  by  ^eodiag 
t^.vMtisle,  and  wlwti  repaired  carefully  returned. 

'Tin  for  conact  ateond  hand  Initrumentt.  Mafeli,  I89e 


1:, 


68 


r# 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


1 

1.0 

I.I 

Ui  Ui   12.2 
»[   Ufi    |20 

\,^ 

1^1^                      , 

^         ^ 6" — A 

Photographic 

Sciences 
Ckaporalion 


23  WIST  MAIN  STRfiT 

WCBSTIR.N.Y.  MSSO 

(716)872-4503 


^^  r 


MiUtreet,  Castle-ptreet,  near  the  Exchange, 
*^'"  LIVERPOOL. 

duuMi  Mtpa,  Booki,  Gleb«i,  BarooMten,  Th«rnionMtcrt.  aad  tftrr  artiolt  in  tht 

mton  4  Frodthan'*  London  ChrOnomalori. 


i|fA<Hi«aI  IiMramant  line. 
Ajl»ni  Sot  ParUnton  « 
'  '13*  Otfinpairif^-  Quadrantf,  Sextants,  4cc.  repajirad.    Tht  modara  inproTamanta  ajp 
ptiad  W  tba«  oeeaiionally. 


M.  NASirS 

MaihtiimxHcal^  J^amU  and  Commercial  SCHOOL^ 

Ne.  69  BEEKMAN-STREET,  NEW-YORK. 

aatabUthment  youns  gentlemen  of  the  navy,  or  those  employed  in  tlia  irer- 

rfica,  can  be  regularly  and  perfectly  insvructed  in  Natlgation,  Lunar  Ob«ar* 

tittiUne  Surveying,  laiH  in  ttie  use  of  Mathematical  and  Nautical  initiumeBta. 

aitavs  aad  Mates  of  ships,  wh6  mny  desire  (o  ohtaiu  a  small  addition  to  their 

lioowledge  already  acquired,  may  be  privately  instructed  in  the  methods  of 

Milg  eelipses  of  the  sun  and  moon,  lunar  nccultutions  of  the  fixed  jitars,  or  by 

itidnf  of  these  phenomena  to  determine  the  lotigttada  of  any  meridiaa  fn  tlMr'most 

nanaar.    Alsotlia  regulatiou  a.nd  finding  the  rates  of  Chronometers,  either  by 

_;  the  altitudes  of  celestial  bodies,  or  their  transits  over  the  merit Uau. 

'.  jf.  reapactfutly  announces  to  the  parents  and  guardians  of  youth  in  this  city,  his 

I  of  forming  a  Class  of  young  gentlemen,  not  less  than  13  years  of  age,  and  not 


_  30  in  number,  and  ;o  perfect  them,  in  all  the  useful  learning  requisite  for  the 

business.    The  course  of  iastruetion  to  embrace  grammar  and  riwtoric,  arith- 

Mercbants*  and  Shipping  Accounts,  Geography  and  the  use  of  the  Globes ;  to 

.  will  be  added,  when  remiired.  Land  Surveying,  Navigation,  Astronomy,  and  the 

fiaeful  parts  of  mathematical  science.'  March,  1822. 

TO^fflPMASTERS,  &c/ 


CLMIK  tt  HALLETT  respectfully  inform  the  Sbip.ma8ter8,  ice.  of  the  Port  of 
_  Itoirk,  that  they  have  obuined  from  Masters  of  Ships,  and  otherwise^  a  list,  con- 
Dtag  the  navies  of  tlie  Seamen  in  New* York,  together  with  a  particular  descriptiop 
cif  twir  peraops,  re«idence,  character,  ie.  Also,  the  natnes  of  the  ships  or  vesself  ia 
which  they  last  sailed ;  and  th«y  intend  in  future  to  keep  a  complete  Register  of  the 
apM ;  by  the  aid  oi.  which,  they  hope  to  ha  able,  at  all  times,  to  ship  crews  of  unques- 
jp^Mhlf  cbaiactar  in  point  of  seamanship,  if  required. 

Ojfiee  JSo,  \76  Water-Streetj  JSeW'York, 

iren$«  to  Juu$e  Wright  ^  Son,  Franets  Thompson,  O.  O.  £•  S.  H«uhmd,  Jfathor 
Minttem  4r  Co.  mi  Janu»  Loteit,  Merchants.  Iiaae  Waitej  John  WtiUamtt 
XMWtUt  Seth  O.  Mmtyt  Jomet  R^ers,  William  Bovme.  Levi  Joy^  Jonathan 
•Of  Ptter  Pnett  WiUiam  Tlmnuony  John  Stanton,  James  Watkintonf  and  J.  G. 
ingy  Sblpmastere. 

'HfeMATlK.    Ths  above  promises  great  advantages  to  the  commercial  city  of  Na^- 
'|||i  where  the  Merchant  and  jTavigntor  are  too  often  imposed  on  by  bad  Seamen, 
'  rifl  entitled  to  the  patronagirof  the  public.    We  wish  the  prsfessional  gentlemen 
lucceaa.]  _ 

PAPER  WAREHOUSE, 

J/o.  49  JOHJV^§mEET,  NEW.  YOR^r 

J.  SRtMQUR  RMpMtfiiUy  in^i^BoohMUi 
Ij  on  hand  a  supf^  of  t|ft  best  <iualitieft  m Jj 
■yawed  Mri  a)tit<  f  oMo  *«^  <iuarto  Posr 

/%  E(mithwai£^«Ml^  idtkprom^ 


i 


::U-2 


an4 

Id*  in  tht 
piMnta  ap. 


Kn 


the  irer- 

«r  Ob-ar- 

itrumeat*. 

n  totbtii 

ifltboda  of 

•>  or  by 

either  by 

•'•  citj,  fail 
and  not 
e  for  the 
[Tic,  arith- 
''lobes ;  to 
'y>  and  the 
ch,  1822. 


the  Port  of 
1  >i*t,  con- 
deicriptiop 
venelf  jo 
Iter  of  the 
of  unques- 


I,  JTaOM' 
ff'illianm, 
Jonathan 
mdj,  G. 

of  I«-«^. 
Seamen, 
cntlemen 


■! 


flttfe 


^Hevlf 


'iSZAjdlQii^^ 


I  abadM  \ 


with  liiver,  braifc  Md  Ivory  atchai;  QuadfUrta,  wHli  ani 

Nrewt ;  Day  and  JH\^jM  TtiMcopet,  witli  and  without  bniN  i 

iveiy  daMription  \  Aiimutbi  Ampiitnde,  Stornii  Bran  and  Wood  fiianaeltk  «■■ 

and  Poekat  CompaiMt ;  BiMiacle  Lampe,  Tima^laiMtof  every  qui|ll>y  I  Titfoifft 

teri,  Marina  Baraoiatart,  Scalae  and  Divideri,  Paralial  tlulaa,  ProtiMtarii  Caaai  11^ 

•triimentf,  %u>llc.  .  ■ 

Bowditeh**  Practical  Navigator,  BlunOi  American  Coatt  Pilot,  do.  8«MMknakip  ia4 
Naval  Tactic*,  do.  Nautical  Almannct,  Ship  Maatar*t  AMletant— toflllMt  Mtk  Vtrnf 
Nautidal  Publication  of  merit.  | 

SexUntt,  Quadrania,  (Sompaiwii  Time  GJaiNi,  and  other  inttniinaat%  ciMMf 
and  repaired  at  the  shortest  notice,  and  oa  the  nott  reaionabla  tarma. 

March,  1832.  >, 

MATHEMATICAL*  INSTRUMENTS. 

>  JOHN  ODELL, 

No.  76  BROAD.STREET,  BOSTON, 

From  Spenceiv  Brownin{r,  fe,  'luit,  London  :  in  vhnsa  Manufactory  ba  bailiig^JiM- 
itant  practice  for  upwards 'of  twenty  yean,  and  been  three  yetrt  empimad  fot||Mwai|^ 
ere  in  Boston— would  further  inform  the  Merchants,  Ownera,  and  Oileara  iC,v»a|ill. 


Ibathe  ia  a  real  Maker  of  Sextants,  Quadranit,  Telescopes,  and  CompasMli-'lMMl  In 
brals  and  wood  t  do.  Sqrveyors'  Inatrumertts,  accordinj  to  order. 

Has  on  hand— ^Spencer's  best  Tan^atMiQuadrants,  -Teiescopai,  Compaiaai 
Rules,  Center's  Scales,  Wantage  Rods,  Timber  Rules,  Sofnicifcles  for  Land 
Aiiates  for  Caps,  do.  Bubblet  for  Levels,  E.  M.  Blunt^s  Charts,  Bowdltcb's 
fifth  edition,  American  Coast  Pilot,  and  Shipmaster's  Assistant. 

N.  B.  SeYtanis,  Quadrants,  Telescopes,  Compasses  for  land  or  sea,  fbithfuH; 
and  repai>.-!l  by  his  own  hands,'  having  no  conndaiice  In  Bojft,  where  livesai 
are  at  btak  \  Mardi^ 


ANDREW  J.  ALLEN, 

whOlesjil^  and  retail  stationer. 

No.  66  State-Street,  BosToir, 
Haa  constantly  for  sale,  a  complete  assortment  of  Stationary,  Chmitt  Cf 
Blmatif  ^ereft^ntt'  and  SfuommiteHf  Patent  and  Plain  Recount  Binkt.    All 
dileh}$  Jfangatw ;  Blunt*t  American  Coast  Pilot ;  dor.  whole  Coast  of  North . 
on  15  sheets;  do.  Labrador;  da.  Newfoundland  ;  dp.  Brazil;  do.  Bahama  Bai 

Mississippi ;  do.  Coast  Guayana ;  do.  Atlaiitic  or  Western  Ocean  ;  do.  SoutvX,.,^ 

Ocean;  do.  West  Indies^  do.  Long  Island  Souod;  do.  Nautical  Almanacs  ;  w^^j^ny 
article  useful  at  sea. 

benjaminToring^ 


^ 


ACCOUNT  BOOK  AND  STATIONARY  STORBfM^^   su 
No.  50  Statci-Street,  Boston,  (directly  opposite  Broad-Stpiftmi^^ 
Maps,  Charta.  Blanks,  Navigators  and  Coast  Pilote,  Seaman'a  '('wnsyUj^liMHw 
.Books,  (all  sizes)  Writing  Paper,  Wrapping  do.  Oartridge  do.  Log  do.  ^rnKtMSS^'' 
Ink,   inkstands.  Sand  Boxes,   Pencils.  Pocket  Books,  Cuthry  of  all 
Blacking,  Brushes  of  all  kinda,  India  Rubber,  Sealing  Was,  School  Bo 
small  Bibles,  with  a  general  assortment  of.every  artida  ip  the  Statienanr^^ 
"^iU  be  sold  oo-  as  good  terms  as  at  any  store  in  toWn.  Iff 

K  SAMUEL  filAXTER, 

^'fATEEMATICAL  jMmVMEJTr  MAIOSB: 

\  No.  27  Stat#6t%t,   BosTOM,  ^F^:     I 


'S  * 


*-.:,■ 


OrVOglTB  KUICHAHTI'  EOW, 

^kdooka  ni3p€{i«rti,«'SeiilM  ant  OmZS 


■/' 


•fully  c«p«fnd. 


'M^''^'^  iHMii 


•*«■, 


./■^^ 


wlnf  artl> 
,  ..  gm  Mljr  wptjtior,  bttt  dMM^r  fiHMi  amr  tai- 
pim<  t1«.  OftfpMMit*  Ivorj  Mnd  Bos  >«■•  of 
fvtVjr  tfkMflyilMt  ]f4vl|lwlon,  SlldhigMid  Gun- 
Mr*!  ScM«H  wMi  Dmi*t  iiMi  RoblUMO**  MnpMvtd  t 
9tr«<jf«ri*  SoAlifl  on  varioua  plans  {8i|M  SIm 


GUiclM ;  Maiptoto  Mta  of  iMtrftmtnM  for  Onucing 
Ott  or  Liquoni ;  BwMrt  aaj  Wantu*  llodt  j  Roll- 
tatg,  l>oubl«<B«r»  aAd  all  aorit  of  Araltal  RmIm; 


Tape  Moaauras  aH  CbaiM  of  all  kngtlM,  for 

Land  MI»4MioiiiaAt  i  mm  af^rawflaUnttfonantr. 

turn  P«o  f ao.   A1mi  Statlte  StOb  i  Ckcumlb- 

,  r  MOlaii  wllb  Of  wiiuuii  aMiotu  i  Level* ;  Ship 

t  Kiehi  aatf  Day  Tataaaopei,  Quadvante,  Tkarinoinlten,  Baro- 

,        aver  J  lalhuda^ ^  March,  I8S2. 

Fi^ft  AND  CARD  MANUFSkCTORY. 

f  8.  M.  ^C.  BARTLETT, 

i>  tod  Card  Manufacturers,  No.  78  Bowery,  New* York, 

niily /br  aala,  wholeir?e  and  retail,  a  |eneral  aaeortment  of  lltM  iMfyttt 
i^Carda,  Booka,  Stationary,  ftc. 


A.  SHEARMAN,  Jun. 
BOOKSELLER,  mW-BEDFOPJ), 

t  i^4J>IUJ^fTS,  wltl)  And  without  tanfont  Mrifwt;  CJZ^fJITS,  Navi- 
nWla,  of  l*te«t  aclitione ;  Nautiefl  Almanaeat  Wm«I*s  PoiwMila ;  £1- 
-•lablaB:  8eaiaen^«J«urnaU;  Scales  dnd  Divi^ert;  Caeas  of  Matlnamatical 
liFaiAlM  RahirB.;   Ken  and  Pookei  Knives;  Xog  %per,  Slates^  Blank 
^^  MemoraQdums,  tU- — a  great  variety—with  almost  every  arlfcle  of 
Jby.Seain«ii. 
elifafully  attended  to.  Jfareh,  UflB. 

-% — "irsiriErFofe's  — *^~^ 

iBMTAND  MATHEMAmiAL  STORE, 
|j|B>i«lt  Bay,  sign  of  t^e  Q,uadnait,  pHliaBSTOV,  S.  C. 

OLfi»:riBTA«LISHED  STAND. 

„  Nautical  .Booke,  and  MMhematical  Inatrumenta  of  every  da< 
Quadrants,  Spy^Glaases,  sc.  re}»ired  and  for  sale.    Chiono« 

ibr-ala,  J.  ((•'tHbrd^s  LONGltVDE  TABLjCS,  beina  theaboitest 

Indjof  woriliiig  Lunar  Ohaaiiatlnns  of  any  in  practice.    scp(4*a 

^IIHfi  lor  Anding  the  tadtude  at  any.  time  of  n^ht  by  an  Altitude 

""Mn^  IfillytMBl  and  Pefpatual  C%«ular  TIDE  TABILE,  for  liikdr 

'«ter  •tP'r  daY  in  the  year,  at  all  the  pHncipal  plact"  ' 

•t  1^.'  Ilaf^Tha  UNIVERSAL  SIGNAL  BPr        .  ..usmen 


^ 


ItfcludlKg  Astronomical  au^ 

P^^— and  priTata']«saei»<        >' 


I 


1 


\ 


■'^•' 


w^-:m 


f  *  *."  •  *  -«  v»* 


?*l 


::?l. 


?  •  • 


*-**-. 


"-^^y^Ci»4.  ^^TSPST"^ 


'/*>■**.    .  ^^t: 


^' 


i.^ 


s  » 


■■^i1 


» 


